I,
SESSIONAL PAPERS
VOL. LIV.— PART II.
THIRD SESSION
OF THE
FIFTEENTH LEGISLATURE
OF THE
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
SESSION 1922
1022 A/ ^
TORONTO:
Printed by CLARKSON W. JAMES, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1923
PRINTED BY
RYERSON PRESS
LIST OF SESSIONAL PAPERS
Presented to the House during the Session
Title
No.
Remarks
1
Pri7ited.
30
a
32
a
97
Not Printed.
43
Priiited.
29
a
52
Not Printed.
54
Printed.
76,78
Not Printed.
37
Printed.
20
a
67
u
74
Not Printed.
75
n
77
Not Printed.
70
n
27
ii
91
Printed.
38
Printed.
5
u
17
Printed.
56
Not Printed.
51
Printed.
36
2
60
u
((
11
Printed.
44
u
14
Printed.
72
Not Printed.
26
Printed.
82
Not Printed.
Accounts, Public, 1921
Agricultural College, Report
Agricultural and Experimental Union Report
Agricultural Development Report
Agricultural Societies, Report
Agriculture, Department of
Archives, Report
Auditor, Provincial, Report
Backus, E. W., Correspondence, Lake of the Woods, etc
Bee-Keepers Association, Report
Births, Marriages and Deaths, Report
Blue Sky Legislation, Report
Brantford Commission, Report
Brantford, administration of Justice in, or County of Brant
Canada Roads Act, correspondence
Chatham, Report of Commission re seizure of whiskey at
Children, Neglected, Report
Civil Service Commission, Report
Dairymen's Association, Report
Division Courts Inspector, Report
Education, Report
Education, Orders-in-Council
Elections, by. Returns from Records
Entomological Society, Report
Estimates
Extra-mural Employment Commission, Report
Friendly Societies, Report
Fruit Growers' Associations, Report
Game and Fisheries, Report
Game and Fisheries Act, fines, etc., under
Gaols and Prisons, Report /
Gregory Commission
Title
Harding, R. T., correspoudeuce re Hourigan & Co
Hastings, Magistrate, correspondence re dismissal of ....
Health, Report of Board 'of
Health, Regulations re Lumber Camps
Heenan, Peter, correspondence re appointment of
Highway Improvement Fund, sums credited to
Highway Improvement Fund, sums credited to
Highway construction, contribution under Canada Roads
" Act
Horticultural Societies, Report
Hospitals and Charities, Report
Hospitals and Charities, Orders-in-Couneil
Hurdman Scale, Report
Hydro-Electric Railway Commission, Report
Hydro-Electric Power Commission, Report
Hydro-Radial Commission, correspondence re remuneration
Insane, Feebleminded and Epileptic, Report
Insurance, Report ,
Keewatin Lumber Company, timber removed by
Kingston Highway, work done on, etc
Labour Department, Report
Lake of the Woods, correspondence, etc
Lake of the Woods, correspondence, etc
Lands and Forests Department, Report
Land Titles Act, Operation of
Lefevre, Constable, correspondence
Legal Offices, Report
Librarian, Report
License Commissioners, applications to, for remission of
fines or sentences, etc
Live Stock Branch, Report
Loan Corporations, Report
Lumber Camps, Regulations
Mines Department, Report
Minimum Wage Board, Report
Mothers' Allowances, Commission Report
Municipal Affairs, Report
Municipal Auditor, Report .
]Sripigon and Pic River, agreement re lease
Ontario Agricultural College, Report . . . .
No.
Remarks
88
Not Printed.
99
Not Printed.
21
Printed.
80
Printed.
101
Not Printed.
92
Not Printed.
94
Not Printed.
77
Not Printed.
42
Printed.
25
Printed.
98
Not Printed
83
Not Printed
24
Printed.
49
Printed.
100
Not Printed
22
Printed.
10
Printed.
86
Not Printed
58
Not Printed
16
Printed.
76
Not Printed
78
Not Printed
3
Printed.
69
Printed.
87
Not Printed
6
Printed.
53
Not Printed
81
Not Printed
39
Printed.
12
Printed.
80
Printed.
4
Printed.
73
Printed.
89
Printed.
47
Printed.
8
Printed.
63
Printed.
30
Printed.
Title
No.
Remarks
Ontario Athletic Commission, Report
Ontario Railway and Municipal Board, Rej)ort
Ontario Temperance Act, Report
Ontario Temperance Act, correspondence re penalties, etc.
Parole Board of, Report
Police Court, Toronto, Report
Police Court, Toronto, Report re charges . . . .
Presbyterian Manse, Vernon
Prisons and Reformatories, Report
Public Accounts, 1921
Public Highways, Report
Public Service Superannuation Board, Report
Public Works Department, Report
Registry Offices, Report ,
Rural Public and Separate Schools, Legislative grants to
Secretary and Registrar, Report
Sheriffs, Report of Commission
Shevlin-Clarke Company, Ltd., letters and documents
Shevlin-Clarke Company, agreement re settlement . . .
Soldiers' Aid Commission, Report
Statistics Branch, Report
Statutes, Distribution of
Temiskaming and iST. O. Railway, Report
Timber Limits offered for sale
Toronto and Hamilton Highway Com., correspondence
Toronto Police Court, Reports
Toronto University, Report
Vegetable Growers Association, Report . . . .
Vernon Presbyterian Manse, correspondence
Whiskey Seizure, Report of Commission .
Women's Institutes, Report
Workmen's Compensation Board, Report
York Registry Office, Report of Commission
85
50
28
95
59
61
64
71
26
1
15
79
13.
Queen Victoria Niagara Palls Park, Report g
Queenston-Chippawa Power Development, Commission to g2
W. D. Gregory
Not Printed.
Printed.
Printed.
Not Printed.
Printed.
Not Printed.
Not Printed.
Printed.
Printed.
Printed.
Printed.
Printed.
Not Printed.
7
96
19
57
62
66
93
46
68
48
84
90
61,64
18
34
71
70
41
55
65
Printed.
Printed.
Printed.
Printed.
Not Printed.
Not PHnted.
Not Printed.
Printed.
Not Printed.
Printed.
Not Printed
Not Printed
Not Printed
Printed.
Printed.
Not Printed
Not Printed
Printed.
u
Not Printed.
LIST OF SESSIONAL PAPERS
Arranged in numerical order, with their titles at full length; the dates when
presented to the Legislature; the name of the Member who moved
the same, and whether ordered to be printed or not.
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
2
CONTENTS OF PART L
Public Accounts of the Province for the year ending 31st October,
1921. Presented to the; Legislature, 14th March, 1922. Printed.
Estimates — Supplementary, re Queenston-Chippawa Development.
Presented to the Legislature, 3rd March, 1922. Not Printed.
Supplementary Estimates for the service of the Province for the
year ending 31st October, 1922. Presented to the Legislature,
16th March, 1922. Printed. Further Supplementary Estimates.
Presented to the Legislature, 26th May, 1922. Printed. Estimates
for the year ending 31st October, 1923. Presented to the Legis-
lature, 31st May, 1922. Printed.
3
4
No. 5
No.
6
No.
7
No.
8
No.
9
No.
10
CONTENTS OF PART IL
Report of Minister of Lands and Forests for the year 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 8th June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Minister of Mines for the year 1921. Presented
to the Legislature, 2nd May, 1922. Printed.
CONTENTS OF PART IIL
Report of the Inspector of Division Courts for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 5th April, 1922. Printed. See Part
3, 1921 Session.
Report of the Inspector of Legal Offices for the year 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 6th April, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Inspector of Registry Offices for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 6tli April, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Provincial Municipal Auditor for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 29th May, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Commissioners for Queen Victoria Niagara Falls
Park for the year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 9th June,
1922. Printed.
Report of the Superintendents of Insurance for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 6th April, 1922. Printed.
No. 11
No. 12
No. 13
No. 14
No. 15
No. 16
Na 17
No. 18
No. 19
No. 20
No. 21
No. 22
No. 23
No. 24
No. 25
Report of the Registrar of Friendly Societies' Transactions for
the year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 6th April, 1922.
Printed.
Report of the Registrar of Loan Corporations for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 6th April, 1922. Printed.
CONTENTS OF PART IV.
Report of the Minister of Public Works for the year 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 22nd March, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Game and Fisheries Department for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, Sth Jnne, 1922. Printed.
Report on Highway Improvement for the year 1921. Presented
to the Legislature, 30th May, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Department of Labour for the year 1921. Presented
to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Minister of Education for the year 1921. Presented
to the Legislature, 29th May, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Board of Governors of the University of Toronto
for the year ending 30th June, 1921. Presented to the Legislature
22nd March, 1922. Printed.
CONTENTS OF PART V.
Report of the Secretary and Registrar of the Province for the
year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 7th June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Registrar General relating to the registration of
Births, Marriages and Deaths. Presented to the Legislature, Sth
June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Provincial Board of Health for the year 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
Report upon the Ontario Hospitals for Insane, Feeble-minded and
Epileptic for the year, 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 9th
June, 1922. Printed.
Report on Hospitals for Idiots. Included in No. 22.
Report of Hydro-Electric Railway Commission. Presented to the
Legislature, 24th February, 1922. Printed.
Report upon Hospitals and Charitable Institutions for the year
1921. Presented to the Legislature, 9th June, 1922. Printed.
No. 26
No. 27
No. 28
No.
29
No.
30
No.
31
No.
32
No.
33
No.
34
No.
35
No.
36
No.
37
No.
38
No. 39
No. 40
No. 41
No. 42
Report upon the Prisons and Reformatories of the Province for
the year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 8th June, 1922.
Printed.
Report upon Neglected and Dependent Children for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 8th June, 1922. Not Printed.
Report upon the wor'king of the Ontario Temperance Act for the
year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 8th June, 1922. Printed.
CONTENTS OF PART VI.
Report of the Minister of Agriculture for the year 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Ontario Agricultural College and Experimental Farm
for the year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 31st May, 1922.
Printed.
Report of the Veterinary College. Not presented.
Repoxt of the Agi'icultural and Experimental Union for the year
1921. Presented to the Legislature, 15th May, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Stallion Enrolment Board. Not presented. {Printed.)
Report of the Vegetable Growers Association for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Corn Growers- Association. Not presented.
Report of the Entomological Society for the year 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Bee-Keepers Association for the year 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Dairymen's Association for the year 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed. See Sessional
vol. for 1923.
Report of the Live Stock Branch of the Department of Agriculture
for the year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922.
Printed.
Report of the Housing Commission. Not presented.
Report of the Women's Institutes of the Province for the year
1921. Presented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Horticultural Societies for the year 1921. Presented
to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
No. 43
No. 44
No. 45
No 46
No. 47
No. 48
No. 49
No. 50
No. 51
No. 52
No. 53
Report of the Agi-icultural Societies and of the Convention of the
Association of Fairs and Exhibitions for the year 1921. Presented
to tJie Legislature, 31st Mav, 1922. Printed.
Regort of the Fruit Growers^ Association for the year 1921.
sented to the Legislature, 31st May, 1922. Printed.
Pre-
Report of the Vineland Experimental Station. Not Presented.
Report of the Statistics Branch of the Department of Agriculture
for the year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 31st May, 1922.
Printed.
CONTENTS OF PART VII.
Report of the Bureau of Municipal Affairs for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 12th April, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Temiskaming and Northern Ontario Railway Com-
mission for the year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 22nd
May, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Hydro-Electric Power Commission for the year
ending, 31st October, 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 30th
May 1922. Printed.
Report of the Ontario Railway and Municipal Board for the year
1921. Presented to the Legislature, 12th May, 1922. Printed-
CONTENTS OF PART VIII.
Return from the Records of the By-Elections to the Legislative
Assembly held on the 19th day of December, 1921, and the 6th day
of iTebruary, 1922, showing: —
(1) The number of Votes Polled for each Candidate in each
Electoral District in which there was a contest; (2) The majority
whereby each successful Candidate was returned; (3) The total
number of Votes polled; (4) The number of Votes remaining
unpolled; (5) The number of names on the Polling Lists;
(6) The number of Ballot Papers sent out to each Polling Place;
(7) The Used Ballot Papers; (8) The Unused Ballot Papers;
(9) The Rejected Ballot Papers; (10) The Cancelled Ballot
Papers; (11) The Declined Ballot Papers; (12) The Ballot
Papers taken from Polling Places; (13) A General Summary of
Votes cast in each Electoral District. Presented to the Legisla-
ture, 21st February, 1922. Printed.
R/eport of the Bureau of Archives for the year 1921. Presented
to the Legislature, 20th April, 1922. Not Printed.
Report of the Librarian on the state of the Library. Presented to
the Legislature. 1st May, 1922. Not Printed.
No. 54
No. 55
No. 56
No. 57
No. 58
No. 59
No. 60
No. 61
No. 62
Report of the Provincial Auditor for the year 1920-21.
to the Legislature, 20th April, 1922. Printed.
Presented
Report of the Workmen's Compensation Board for the year 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 1st June, 1922. Printed.
Copies of Regulations and Orders-in-Council made under the
authority of the Department of Education or of the Acts relating
to Public Schools, Separate Schools or High Schools. Presented
to the Legislature, 22nd February, 14th March, 21st March, 5th
April, 12th April, 25th April, 11th May, 29th May and 9th June,
1922. Not Printed.
Interim Report of the Commission respecting Sheriffs appointed
to inquire, consider and report upon best mode of selecting and re-
munerating Sheriffs, etc., etc. Presented to the Legislature, 24tli
February, 1922. Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of the Twenty-fourth day of
February, 1922, for a Return showing — 1. The total cost as shown
by the records in the Department of Highways of the work on the
Kingston Highway at the east end of the Village of Pickering in the
summer of 1921, where the highway was lowered almost to the
level of the highway before construction work commenced — show-
ing (a) Cost of excavation in summer of 1921 ; (h) Cost of sur-
facing road after excavation of 1921 ; (c) Total cost of all work
done by reason of change in level of road in summer of 1921, 2. The
original cost of filling the hollow when the road was originally
built. 3. The original cost of surfacing the portion which was
broken up in the summer of 1921. 4. By whose orders the change
in the surface of the road was made in the summer of 1921. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 24th February, 1922. Mr. Sinclair.
Not Printed.
Report of the Ontario Board of Parole for the year ending 31st
October, 1921. Printed.
Report of the Commission under the Extra-Mural Employment of
Sentenced Persons Act, for 1921. Presented to the Legislature,
28th February, 1922. Printed.
Literim Report of the Public Service Commission, respecting the
Toronto Police Court. Presented to the Legislature, 28th Febru-
ary, 1922. Not Printed.
Letters and Documents in the matter of the Shevlin-Clarke Com-
pany, Limited. Presented to the Legislature, 7th March, 1922.
Not Printed.
No. 63
No. 64
No. 65
No. 66
No. 67
No. 68
No. 69
No. 70
No. 71
An Agreement made on the Ninth, day of February, one thousand
nine hundred and twenty- two, between His Majesty, represented
by the Honourable the Minister of Lands and Forests for the
Province of Ontario, hereinafter called the Government, of the
first part, and Lewis L. Alstead, Esquire, of the City of Milwau-
kee, in the State of "Wisconsin, and George A. Seaman, Esquire,
of the City of Chicago, in the State of Illinois, hereinafter called
the Grantees, respecting a lease, or leases, of Water Power on
Xipigon and Pic River. Presented to the Legislature, 8th March,
1922^^ Not Printed.
Report of the Commission appointed to conduct an enquiry into the
truth or falsity of charges relating to Toronto Police Court, etc.
Presented to the Legislature, 14th March, 1922. Not Printed.
Interim Report of the Public Service Commission respecting the
Registry Office of the County of York. Presented to the Legisla-
ture, 16th March, 1922. PHnted.
Agreement in the matter of settlement of suits of the Shevlin-
Clarke Company, Limited. Presented to the Legislature, 16th
March, 1922. Not Printed.
Report upon Blue Sky Legislation.
20th March, 1922. Printed.
Presented to the Legislature,
No. 72
Statement on Distribution of Revised and Sessional Statutes.
Presented to the Legislature, 21st March, 1922. Not Printed.
Interim Report of the Public Service Commission, on the opera-
tion of Land Titles Act in Northern Ontario. Presented to the
Legislature, 21st March, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Commission to make inquiries and report upon all
matters and things connected with or relative or incidental to the
seizure on or about the 21st of April, 1920, of a car of whiskey at
the City of Chatham, etc., etc. Presented to the Legislature, 22nd
March, 1922. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 15th March, 1922, That there
be laid before this House a return of copies of all documents, maps,
correspondence and papers dealing with the purchase, expropria-
tion or acquiring of a certain property occupied as the Presbyterian
Manse at the Village of Vernon, in the County of Carleton, at the
Department of Highways, or any official thereof. Presented to the
Legislature, 22nd March, 1922. Mr. Ferguson. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 28th February, 1921, That
there be laid before this house a Return showing: — 1. All fines
No. 73
:N"o. 74
l^'o. 75
Is^o. 76
No. 77
and confiscations of property under The Game and Fisheries Act
for each of the years 1916-17-18-19-20, imposed by game wardens,
overseers or other representatives of the Department. 2. The
number of such cases brought before a Magistrate of which there
is any record for each year as above, and the numbers of recorded
convictions. 3. The amounts for each year received by the Gov-
ernment and the amounts paid eacTi year to informers. 4. Copies
of instructions issued to game wardens, overseers or other repre-
sentatives from time to time during the period 1912-20, dealing
witb the method of levying fines and directing seizure of property.
Presented to the Legislature, 22nd March, 1922. Mr. Hall. Not
Printed.
Report of the Minimum Wage Board for the year 1921. Presented
to the Legislature, 23rd March, 1922. Printed.
Report of the Commission to investigate the Organization, Disci-
pline, Administration and Efficiency of the Police Court of the City
of Brantford. Presented to the Legislature, |5th April, 1922.
Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of Sixth of March, 1922, That
there be laid before this House, a Return of copies of all correspon-
dence and other documents between the Attorney-General's Depart-
ment, the Ontario License Board, the Provincial Police Depart-
ment, or Provincial Secretary's Department and any person or per-
sons in Brantford having to do with the administration of justice
for the City of Brantford or County of Brant since October 20th,
1919, to date. Presented to the Legislature, Ttli April, 1922. Mr.
MacBride. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 30th April, 1921, That there
be laid before the House a return of all copies of all correspon-
dence between the Minister of Lands and Forests, the Prime Mini-
ster or any member of the Government, and E.W. Backus, or any
otlier company, firms, or person, together with all estimates, reports,
advertisements, conditions of sale, tenders, agreements, maps, docu-
ments and papers of every kind and nature relating to: — 1. The
Lake of the Woods pulp concession. 2. The White Dog Rapids
Water Power, or any other water power in the District of Kenora.
3. The recent sale of pulp^ wood and timber on the English River
concession. Presented to the Legislature, 10th April, 1922. Mr.
Ferguson. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 30th April, 1921, That there
be laid before the House a Return of copies of all correspondence,
papers, plans, reports and documents ibdtween the Minister of
and the Federal Government and any Minister or official thereof,
Highways, or any member of the Government or any official thereof,
No. 78
No. 79
No. 80
No. 81
No. 82
No. 83
with reference to eontribution under The Canada Eoads Act towards
the construction of Highways in Ontario. Presented to the Legis-
lature, 10th April, 1922. Mr. Henry. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 10th March, 1922, That there
be laid before this House, a return of copies of all correspondence
between the ^Minister of Lands and Forests, the Prime Minister,
the Attorney-General, or any Member of the Grovemment and E. W.
Backus or any person on his behalf or any other company, firm or
person, together witli all estimates, reports, advertisements, condi-
tions of sale, tenders, agreements, maps, documents, memoranda
and papers of every kind and nature relating to (1) The Lake of
the Woods pulp concession; (2) The White Dog Rapids water
power or any other water power in Ontario; (3) The English
River Pulp concession; (4) The Keewatin Lumber Company;
(5) The Keewatin Power Company. Presented to the Legisla-
ture, 18th April, 1922. Mr. Ferguson. Not Printed.
Report of the Public Sendee Superannuation Board for the year
1921. Presented to the Legislature, 19th April, 1922. Printed.
Regulations of the Provincial Board of Health for sanitary control
of Lumber, Timber and Mining Camps. Presented to the Legisla-
ture, 19th April. 1022. Printed for distribution.
Return to an Order of the House of 29th March, 1921, That there
be laid before the House a Return showing: 1. What is the num-
ber of applications to the Board of License Commissioners, or any
Commissioner, Official or Minister for the remission of fines or
sentences under the O.T.A. in regard to which the member for
South-East Toronto (Seat "B") acted personally or was interested
professionally. 2. (a) What is the number of such applications
favourably considered; (&) Rejected. 3. (a) What is the total
sum of fines under the O.T.A. remitted in regard to which the
member for South-East Toronto (Seat "B") acted personally or
was interested professionally; (&) What is the aggregate number
of fines remitted from sentences imposed under the O.T.A. in
regard to which the member for South-East Toronto (Seat "B")
acted personally or was interested professionally Presented to the
Legislature, 19th April, 1922. Mr. Pinard. Not Printed.
Copy of Commission issued to Walter Dymond Gregory, et al to
inquire into and report upon the estimates and other matters relat-
ing to the Queenston-Chippawa Power Development in pursuance
of Order-in-Council, dated 13th April, 1922, thereto annexed. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 19th April, 1922. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 29th April, 1921, That there
be laid before this House, a Return of the Report of the officer, or
person, who has been conducting a scale of the logs and mill-cut
No. 84
No. 85
No. 86
No. 87
No. 88
No. 89
at twenty-six lumber mills of Ontario throughout the sawing season
of 1920. and which the Minister of Lands and Forests has reported
to the House is now in his possession, together with the data on
which the Report was based and all correspondence in connection
therewith. Presented to the Legislature, 20th April, 1922. Mr.
McCrea. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 21st April, 1922, That there
be laid before this House, a Return showing how many timber
limits have been offered for sale since December 1st, 1919, and
where situated. 2. Were they all sold by tender. 3. How long was
each sale advertised. 4. The date of sale, area and price paid.
5. How many tenders were received in each case. 6. The name
of the successful tenderer. Presented to the Legislature. 24th
April, 1922. Mr. McCrea. Not Printed.
Report and Statement of the Ontario Athletic Commission and of
Auditor, for the year 1921. Presented to the Legislature, 25th
April, 1922. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 26th April, 1922, That there
be laid before this House, a return showing the quantity of timber
removed by the Keewatin Lumber Company in the District of
Kenora each year during its cutting operations upon Berths S2,
S3, S4, 3, 4, 6, 7, 10, 12, G9 and GIO, 21 and 20. Presented to
the Legislature, 28th April, 1922. Mr. Mathieu. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 15th March, 1922, That there
be laid before this House a Return of copies of all letters, telegrams
or other correspondence during the year 1921, between any Minister
of the Government or of any Member or Officer of the Ontario
License Commission with any person or Corporation relating to
the charges laid against Constable Lefevre, Provincial Police
Force, and Constables Fleming, McKenzie and Michaud, the North
Bay Police Force. Presented to the Legislature, 28th April, 1922.
Mr. Stover. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of tlie House of April 29th, 1921. That there
be laid before this House, a return of copies of all Correspondence
between R. T. Harding and the Honourable the Attomey^General,
or any other Minister of the Crown, or any Officer of the G<>vern-
ment since March 1st, 1921, with reference to a certain account
for $500 rendered James Hourigan & Co. by the said R. T. Hard-
ing, and also copies of all letters from Crown Timber Agent Wylie
since 1st June, 1920, referring to the settlement with James Houri-
2:an & Co. for $12,600. Presented to the Legislature, 1st May,
1922. Mr. Hill. Not Printed.
Report of the Mothers' Allowances Commission for the year 1921.
Presented to tihe Legislature, 3rd May, 1922. Printed.
No. 90
No. 91
No. 92
No. 93
No. 94
No. 95
No. 96
No. 97
No. 98
Ketum to an order of the House of 12th April, 1922. That there
be laid before this House, a Return of all copies of all correspond-
ence, memoranda and reports between the Toronto and Hamilton
Highway Commission and the Minister of Public Works or any
member of the Government since November 15th, 1919. Presented
to the Legislature, 11th May, 1922. Mr. Henry. Not Printed.
Report of the Ontario Civil Service Commissioner for the year
1921. Presented to the Legislature, 12th May, 1922. Printed.
Statement showing sums credited to The Highway Improvement
Fund and all payments chargeable thereto as of October 31st, 1921.
Presented to the Legislature, 12th May, 1922. Not Printed.
Report of the Soldiers' Aid Commission of Ontario for the year
1921. Presented to the Legislature, 16th May, 1922. Not Printed,
Statements showing all sums credited to the Highway Improvement
Fund and all payments chargeable thereto for the fiscal years end-
ing October 31st, 1920, and 1921, respectively. Presented to the
Legislature, 23rd May, 1922. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 9th February, 1921, That there
be laid before this House, a Return of copies of all letters of in-
struction or other correspondence from the Attorney-General or any
of the members of the Government, or Officials, addressed to any
Police Magistrates or Crown Attorneys in the Province of Ontario ;
and any communications or letters in reply thereto relating to the
imposition of penalties, or the trial of cases, and their disposition
under The Ontario Temperance Act and amendments thereto. Pre-
sented to the Legislature, 30th May, 1922. Mr. Dewart. Not
Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of 25th May, 1922, that there be
laid before this House, a Return showing (1) What Legislative
Grants were earned in each of the years 1920 and 1921 by
(a) Rural Public Schools, (h} Rural Separate Schools, (2) What
was the actual amount paid to each Rural Public and Separate
School for the said years. Presented to the Legislature, 6th June,
1922. Mr. Cooke. Printed.
Report of the Agricultural Development Board for the year 192L
Presented to the Legislature, 8th June, 1922. Not Printed.
Copies of Order-in-Council designating, pursuant to section 14 of
the Hospitals and Charitable Institutions Act, Hospitals, Refuges,
Orphanages and Infants' Homes to which aid may be granted.
Presented to the Legislature, 8th June, 1922. Not Printed.
No. 99
No. 100
No. 101
Return to an Order of the House of 29th April, 1921, That there
be laid before this House, a Return of copies of all correspondence,
reports and documents, relating to the dismissal of Magistrate Hast-
ings, of Dunnville. Presented to the Legislature, 9th June, 1922.
Mr. Price. Not Printed.
Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March, 1922, that
there be laid before the House a Return of copies of all corres-
pondence between any Minister of the Crown and any member of
the Hydro-Radial Commission in connection and dealing with ac-
counts for remuneration of services by each and every member of
the Commission whether such accounts were paid in full for the
amount claimed or reduced in amount. Presented to the Legis-
lature, 9th June, 1922. Mr. Hay. Not printed.
Return to an Order of the House of the 24th February, 1922, that
there be laid before the House a Return of all papers, documents,
memoranda, recommendations, letters, telegrams and communica-
tions of eveiy kind between any Municipal corporations, associa-
tions, bodies or persons and the Prime Minister or any Minister
of the Government regarding the appointment or suggestion to ap-
point Peter Heenan, M.P.P. for Kenora, a Member of the Hydro-
Electric Power Commission of Ontario. Presented to the Legis-
lature, 9th June, 1922. Mr. Tliompson. Not Printed.
REPORT
OF THH
Minister of Lands and
Forests
For Year 1921
BOUND IN VOL. L[II
PART [I, 1921
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MfNES
Hon. H. Mills, Minister of Mines Thos. W. Gibson, Deputy Minister
THIRTY=FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART I, 1922
CONTENTS
Paqe
statistical Review, 1921, by W. R. Rogers = = U52
Gravel Deposits of the St. Clair River
by Jas. Bartlett = = = = = 53=61
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO :
Printed by CLARKSON W. JAMES, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1924
Printed by
THE RYERSOX PRESS
CONTENTS, PART I
Page
Letter of Transmission vi
Introductory Letter vii
STATISTICAL REVIEW
OF
ONTARIO'S MINERAL INDUSTRY
IN 1921
Table I — Summary of Mineral Sta-
tistics of Ontario for 1921... 2
Tal)le II — Value of Mineral Produc-
tion, 1917 to 1921 3
Table III— Value of Total Produc-
tion of Metals in Ontario... 4
GOLU —
Producing Gold Mines, 1921 5
Table IV— Ontario's Gold Produc-
tion, 1921 5
Table V— Total Gold Production of
Ontario 6
Table VI — Dividends and Bonuses
Paid by Gold Mining Companies
to December 31, 1921 7
SlLVER-COBAXT
Silver Producers in 1921 8
Table VII — Shipments from Silver
Mines, 1904 to 1921 9
Table VIII— Total Shipments from
Silver Mines, 1904 to 1921 10
Table IX— Silver Shipments by
Camps 11
Operations of Silver-Cobalt Refi-
neries in Ontario. 1921 12
Table X — Dividends and Bonuses
Paid by Silver Mining Com-
panies to December 31, 1921... 13-14
Nickel, Copper and the Platinum
Metals —
Table XI — Nickel-Copper Mining
and Smelting, 1917-1921 16
Table XII — Nickel-Copper Refining,
1921 16
Platinum Metals 16
Iko.v Ore —
Shippers of Iron Ore, 1921 17
Pig Iron, Steel and Ferko-Alloys 18
Blast Furnaces in Ontario 18
Iron Blast Furnaces in Operation,
1921 18
Table XIII— Iron and Steel Sta-
tistics, 1917-1921 19
Lead 19
Non-Metallic Minerals.
Actinolite 20
Barite 20
Calcite and Dolomite 20
Corundum 20
Feldspar 20
Feldspar Shippers, 1921 21
Fluorspar 21
Fluorspar Shippers, 1921 22
Page
Graphite 22
Graphite Operators, 1921 22
Gypsum 22
Iron Pyrites 23
Iron Pyrites Shippers, 1921 23
Mica 23
Mica Shippers, 1921 24
Mineral Waters 24
Natural Gas 24
Peat 25
Petroleum 25
Petroleum Refineries, 1921 26
Crude Petroleum and Refinery Sta-
stistics, 1917-1921 26
Quartz and Silica Brick 27
Quartz Shippers, 1921 27
Salt 27
Salt Statistics, 1917-1921 27
Salt Companies, 1921 28
Talc and Soapstone 28
Talc Statistics, 1917-1921 28
Talc Operators, 1921 29
Structl'ral Materlvls.
Clay Products 29
Sewer Pipe and Potterv Works,
1921 29
Value of Clay Products sold or
used, 1913-21 30
Brick and Tile Plants, 1921 30
Portland Cement 33
Portland Cement Plants Operating
in 1921 33
Portland Cement Statistics, 1913-
1921 .33
Concrete Products 33
Concrete Products Statistics, 1917-
1921 34
Producers of Concrete Products,
1921 34
Lime 36
Lime Statistics, 1917-1921 37
Lime Producers, 1921 37
Sand-Lime Brick 3g
Sand-Lime Brick Producers, 1921 38
Sand and Gravel 38
Sand and Gravel Operators, 1921.. 38
Sand and Gravel Licensees, 1921.. 41
Stone 42
Stone Quarry Operators, 1921 42
Value of Stone Production, 1917-
1921 42
Mining Divisions 43
Moneys Remitted by Mining Re-
corders for the Fiscal Year end-
ing October 31, 1921 44
Summary of Business in the
several Mining Divisions for the
Calendar Year, 1921 45
Contents, Part I
No, 4
PAG12
Mining Revenue 46
Mining Lands Sold and Leased in
Year ending October 31st, 1921 46
Details of Profit Tax 47
Mining Companies Incorporated and
Licensed. 47
Mining Companies Incorporated
in 1921 48
Mining Companies Licensed in
1921 49
Mining Company Charters Sur-
rendered in 1921 49
Provincial Assay Oflfice 49
Tariff of Fees for Analyses and
Assays 50
Departmental Correspondence 52
GRAVEL DEPOSITS
OF THE ST. CLAIR RIVER
Page
Sand and Gravel Definitions and
Specifications 53
Origin of the Deposits 55
Rate of Growth of the Deposits 56
The Gravel Boats 57
Results of Screen Tests 57
Pebbles 57
Selling Prices of the Gravel 58
Details of the Deposits 58
Gravel Tests 60
Future Demand for the Gravel 61
Conclusions 61
Acknowledgments 61
fLLUSTRATIONS AND MAP
Self-loading Boats dredging gravel below the "Tunnel," St. Clair River 56
Gravel Boat leaving Dredge after being loaded, St. Clair River 57
Map of the St. Clair River, scale three miles to the inch insert facing 58
LETTER OF TRANSMISSION
To His Honour, Heney Cockshutt,
Lieutenant-Governor of the Province of Ontario.
Sir, — I have the honour to transmit to yon herewith^ for presentation to the
Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario, the Thirty-first Annual Eeport
of the Department over which I have the honour to preside.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your obedient servant,
Henry Mills,
Minister of Mines.
Department of Mines,
Toronto, 1923.
Introductory Letter
To THE HOXOIRABLE H. MiLLS,
Minister of Minxes.
Sir: —
I beg to submit to you herewith the Thirty-first Annual Report of the Depart-
ment of Mines. The Report comprises ten parts, published separately, as follows: —
Part 1. — Statistical Review of the Mining Industry of Ontario, with a variety
of Tables illustrating the course of the industry during the year 1921, by W. II.
Rogers; also Gravel Deposits in the St. Clair River, by James Bartlett, Inspector of
Mines. The St. Clair River is an important source of these materials for road
building and other construction purposes.
Part 2. — Geology of the Mine Workings of Cobalt and South Lorrain Silver Areas,
by C. W. Knight, Associate Provincial Geologist, together with a description of
mining and metallurgical practice in treatment of silver ores at Cobalt by Fraser
D. Reid, James J. Denny and R. H. Hutchison. Mr. Knight made an extended and
thorough investigation into the structural conditions of the mines of Cobalt, as
revealed in the underground workings, and particularly into the relationships ex-
isting between the ore bodies and the surrounding rocks. In presenting his conclu-
sions, Mr. Knight also brings together a mass of interesting material regarding one
of the richest and most remarkable silver areas ever discovered. Particulars are
also given of the valuable deposits being uncovered in South Lorrain at the time the
Report was written.
Fart 3. — The Blanche River Area, with Map No. :31b, by A. G. Burrows and P. E.
Hopkins.
Part 4. — Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee, by B. F. Haanel, Secretary.
Part 5. — Natural Gas and Petroleum in 1921, by R. B. Harkness, Nati^ral Gas
Commissioner.
Part 6. — Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds, with Map No. 31c, by Prof.
M. B. Baker, of Queen's University, Kingston.
Part 7. — Geology of the Watabeag Area, w-itli Map No. 31d, by Douglas G. H.
Wright.
Part 8. — Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph, with ]\Iaps Nos. 31e and 31f. by
Prof. E. L. Bruce, of Queen's University, Kingston.
Part 9. — The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity (Part III.—
Gastropoda, Cephalopoda and Vermes, with six plates), by Prof. W. A. Parks and
Madeleine Fritz, of the University of Toronto.
Part 10. — Mining Accidents in 1921, and Mines of Ontario, by T. F. Sutherland,
Chief Inspector of Mines, and Inspectors G. E. Cole, James Bartlett, J. G. McMillan
and A. R. Webster; also Instruction Classes for Prospectors, by Dr. W. L. Goodwin,
and Notes on Clays of the Missinaibi River, by Joseph Keele.
I venture to think that the series of Reports contained in Volume XXXI, makes
a substantial addition to the existing stock of information regarding the mining
industry and mineral resources of Ontario.
I have the honour to be. Sir,
Your Obedient servant,
Thos. W. Gibson,
, Deputy Minister of Mines.
Department of Mines,
Toronto, 1923.
VI
STATISTICAL REVIEW
OF
ONTARIO'S MINERAL INDUSTRY IN 1921.
By W. R. Rogers.
The mining industry as a M-hole, in common with most other lines of business,
experienced a year of depression. Post-war conditions have been reflected in the
fluctuating values obtained for mineral products. The general deflation in com-
modity prices experienced in 1919 was followed during the greater part of 1920
by a return to higher levels. In 1921 most branches of the industry again passed
through a period of deflation, and prices in some cases returned to pre-war levels.
This condition is exemplified in the case of nickel, copper and pig iron. Some
non-metallics which may be classed as war minerals experienced a decrease in
output and lowering of ])rices. In the building industries there are evidences of
a revival, brought about in part by a decline in cost of materials.
A scheme of co-operation has been effected with the Dominion Bureau of
Statistics, Ottawa, whereby uniform blank forms are used in collecting statistics.
This saves the operators expense and inconvenience, the same forms serving
both statistical bureaus.
During the war period attention was directed largely to the production "of
Avar metals such as nickel, copper, iron and molybdenum. Subsequently the
demand slackened, more particularly as regards nickel and copper. Owing to an
over-stocked market and consequent low prices, the nickel-copper producing com-
panies curtailed operations or shut down entirely, pending the absorption of
surplus stock. Meantime, as nickel requirements for armament purposes had
declined, new uses for nickel were being investigated with a view to extending the
market for the industrial consumption of this metal. Ontario, which produces
90 ]>er cent, of the world's nickel supply, is vitally interested in the success of
the nickel industry.
The outstanding feature in Ontario's mineral industry is the growing impor-
tance of the Province as a producer of gold. The situation for gold-mining com-
panies improved greatly during the year. Labour became more plentiful, more
efficient and cheaper; costs of supplies declined and gold commanded a premium.
The exchange premium, however, which was at its maximum at the l)eginning of
the year declined gradually, and is still declining. This, however, is not a factor
on which the success or failure of the gold-mining industry in this Province
depends. Every indication points to greatly increased gold production in the
future. A shortage of hvdro-electric power curtailed the output in the spring
of 1921.
Details regarding output and conditions in the several phases of the mining
industry are noted under separate headings. The value of metalliferous produc-
tion exceeded that of any pre-war year, while the non-metallic valuation was the
greatest in Ontario's history. Table I, which follows, gives a summary of
Ontario's mineral production in 1931, together Avith the number of employees and
wages paid to Avokmen by operators. Table II on page 3 shoAvs the valuation
itemized for the last quinquennial period.
1
Department of Mines
No. 4
TABLE 1.— SUMIMARY OF MINERAL STATISTICS OF ONTARIO FOR 1921
Product
Metallic :
Gold ounces
Silver "
Copper in matte (a) short tons
Nickel in matte (a) "
Iron ore (b) "
Iron, pig (c) " •
Lead, pig lbs.
Copper "
Nickel, metallic "
Nickel oxide "
Platinum metals ounces
Cobalt, metallic and in residues lbs.
Cobalt oxide ''
Other Cobalt and Nickel compinuids. . "
Total metallic
NOX-METALLIC:
Actinolite tons. .
Arsenic, white "
Clay products— ($5,183,125).
Brick, common M .
Brick, fancy and pressed " .
Tile, drain " .
Tile, building and floor tile tons.
Pottery
Sewer pipe
Cement, Portland bbls.
Corundinn tons
Feld.spar "
Fluorspar "
Graphite, crude and refined "
Gyp.sum, crushed, ground and calcined "
Iron pyrites "
Lime —
Quicklime bush.
Hydrated tons
Mica "
Mineral water Imp. gals.
N'atural gas M. cu. ft.
Peat tons
Petroleum, crude bbls.
Quartz and silica brick tons
Salt "
Sand and gravel "
Sand-lime brick M
Stone, building, trap, granite, etc .... tons
Talc, crude and ground "
Total non-metallic.
Add metallic
Grand total.
Quantity Value
710,812
8,435,593
3,686
4,850
100
66,316
3,576,222
3,131,762
5,430.147
1,402,019
13,418
38,544
165.554
111,178
78
1,491
114,583
58,904
2,723,071
403
20.115
116
899
84,790
27,785
2,763,062
26,862
218
308,647
8,532,234
1,666
172,859
72,068
161,987
6,273,173
36,482
2,716,080
9,967
14,692,357
5,673,908
737,142
1,939,851
459
1,588,751
191,113
364,588
1,825,359
285,391
862,034
147,952
354,418
114,258
28,777,581
975
233,763
2,025,643
1,241,375
397,104
421,127
69,984
939,463
6,424,356
55,965
150,457
1,744
63,439
433,053
101,306
962,439
381 , 749
28,891
14,438
2,975,502
6.664
559,198
220,806
1,649,626
1,496,729
534,531
4,167,582
140,390
25,786,728
28,777,581
54,564,209
Emploj'ees Wages
761
074
id)
He)
1,895
44
391
15
454
225
6,859
(e)
^ 1,703
24
230
883
34
82
5
32
109
96
366
28
1
554
18
147
109
264
307
131
809
30
5,968
6,859
12,827
4.368,070
1,440,144
1,557,696
68,859
620,938
17,830
367.216
325.466
8,766.219
(e)
215
1,309,731
28 , 502
272.837
,228,460
16,885
95.469
132
13,198
122,549
97,653
341.826
23,539
923
504,497
11,662
149,395
49,017
311.205
228,628
141,460
702,507
41,978
5,752,268
8,766,219
14,518,487
(a) Copper and nickel in the matte valued at 10 and 20 cents per pound respectively.
(b) Exports and shipments to points other than Ontario blast furnaces. Total .shipments of
iron ore, 58,499 tons, valued at $227,134.
(c) Production from Ontario ore only. Total output of blast furn.ices, 494,901 tons of
pig iron, worth .$11,856,352
(d) Employees and wages for nickel-copixT refineries.
(e) Emploj'ees and wages for silver-cobalt smelters and refineries.
1922
Statistical Review
The following comparative statement shows the course of the mining industry
during the five-year period, 1917 to 1921 inclusive, as indicated by the value of the
total production :
TABLE II.— VALUE OF MINERAL PRODUCTION, 1917 TO 1921.
Product.
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
Metallic:
Gold
Silver
Platinuui inotals
Cobalt (a)
Nickel (h)
Other Nickel and Cobalt compounds.
Cojiper, metallic and in matte
Iron ore (c)
Pig iron id)
Lead (pig)
Molvbdenite
8,698,735
16,183,208
502
415
480
882
Metallic jn-oduetion.
Non-metallic:
Actinolite
Arsenic
Asbe.sto.s
Barite
Brick, common
Brick, sand-lime
Brick, fancy, and pressed . . .
Cement, Portland
Corundum
Feldspar
Fluorspar
Graphite
Gypsum . . . .
Iron pyrites
Lime
Mica
Mineral water
Natural gas
Peat fuel
Petroleum (crude)
Phosphate of lime (apatite) .
Pottery
Quartz (silica)
Salt
Sand and gravel
Sewer pipe
Stone, building, crushed, etc.
Talc, crude and ground
Tile, drain
Tile, building and roofing . . .
Non-metallic production .
Add metallic production.
Total production
1,122,779
21,041,956
42,026
7,961,662
483,690
1,016,699
172,601
108,501
615,
840.
73,
532,
624:
364.
149,
59,
130
422
347
790
364
736
841
067
10,451,
12,904,
200 :
868,
11,925!
188,
3,709,
48,
1,200,
94,
709
312
000
107
220
083
687
341
793
507
,686,043
,873,496
,996,535
,603,736
,689,131
16,959
,970,744
60,981
,204,205
179,714
56,831,857
1,320
608,483
2,150
66,178,059
2,508
566,332
41,590,759
1,176
485,360
48,281,553
1,160
432,434
800,983
900
756,962
2,334,526
2,617,031
474,614
,934,271
31,213
81,802
66,474
296,587
130,138
,111,264
657,364
92,453
ie)
,220,123
396,698
1,910,839
26,120
111,173
153,190
208,848
151,-564
1,144,737
872,177
49,575
133,808
2,498,769
539,908
3,659,720
475,000
781,097
94,501
358,674
,047,707
431,597
378,923
939,052
179,554
546,040
301,688
88,275
452,711
1,287,039
553,638
362,536
869,239
246,691
309,899
195,588
88,663
60,389
99,841
278,111
366,422
1,268,290
56,199
19,290
2,583,324
1,750
632,789
31
119,551
179,070
1,395,368
501,666
609 , 100
1,230,922
240,399
354,700
186,592
809,126
4,377,814
27,000
268,295
67,381
132,882
404,162
618.283
1,799,763
54,169
15,059
3,163,500
15,600
724,145
127,049
366,441
1,544,867
1,390,704
860,811
3,944,972
306,319
359,373
369,530
15,261,975
56,831,857
14,130,913
66,178,059
17,293,157
41,590,759
24,797,969
48,281,553
72,093,832
80,308,972
58,883,916
73,079,522
,692,357
,763,908
862,034
502,370
,050,601
114,258
,101,730
459
,588,751
191,113
28,777,581
975
233,763
534,531
6,424,356
55,965
150,457
1,744
63,439
433,053
101.306
1,344,188
28,891
14,438
2,975,502
6,664
559,198
220,806
1,649,626
1,496,729
4,167,582
140.390
25,786,728
28,777,581
54,564,209
(a) Cobalt oxide, metallic cobalt, and cobalt content of residues marketed.
(6) Nickel in matte, oxide and metallic nickel.
(c) Exports and shipments to points other than Ontario blast furnaces.
id) Product from Ontario ore only.
(e) Production figures not collected.
Department of Mines
No. 4
In Table IJl is given the aggregate value of the metals and metallic products
since the several substances began to be produced in Ontario down to the end of
1921. It should be pointed out that since 1914 the statistics of annual production
credit pig iron only with the value of the pig iron product made from Ontario ore.
This is but a small part of the total output, since the great bulk of the iron ore
charged into the blast furnaces of the Provinces is "lake" ore from the mines of
Michigan, Minnesota and AVisconsin. Conversely, part of the iron ore raised in
Ontario is exported to the United States in the form of briquettes produced from
low-grade magnetite ores. In the production tables credit is taken only for the
ore exported or shipped to points other than Ontario blast furnaces, since to include
the value of the domestic ore converted into pig iron in Ontario furnaces would in-
volve a duplication of this item.
TABLE III.— VALUE OF TOTAL PRODUCTION OF METALS IX ONTARIO.
Metal or Product
Production to
31st December,
1920
Production,
1921
Production to
Slst December,
1921
Gold
.Silver
Platinum metals
Cobalt, including Cobalt oxide
Nickel, including Nickel oxide
Other Cobalt and Nickel compcnmds .
Copper
Iron ore
Pig iron
Lead
Zinc ore
Molvbdenite
Total .
$
$
S
73,192.873
14.692.873
87,885.230
208,80.5.398
5,673,908
214,479,306
3, 496.. 535
862,034
4, 358.. 569
8,390.742
502,370
8.893.112
165,624,893
4,0.50,601
169,675.494
435,819
114,258
5.50.077
57,627,511
1,093,850
58. 721.. 361
9.411,234
459
9.411.693
82,330,915
1.588,751
83,919.666
784.816
191,113
975,929
92,410
92,410
209,735
209,735
610,402,881
28,777,581
639,180,462
Gold
Ontario's gold production of $14,692,351 in 1921 Avas nearly three million
dollars or over 25 per cent, in excess of the 1920 output. During the la.st quarter
of the year bullion worth $4,832,305 was produced, or at the rate of $19,329,220
per annum. With considerably augmented milling capacity at both Porcupine
and Kirkland Lake the ]922 production is expected to show a marked increa.se
over 1921. From 1904 to 1919 Ontario's output of silver exceeded gold in valua-
tion, but in 1920 this position was reversed. During the first quarter of 1921 the
gold mines were unable to operate to capacity owing to hydro-electric power .short-
age; otherwise the year's showing would be still more satisfactory. Operating
conditions are steadily improving both as regards labour and supplies.
The Wright-Hargreaves at Kirkland Lake started its 175-ton mill in May and
an initial dividend of 5 per cent. wa> paid on January 1st, 1922. In the same
area the Ontario-Kirklaiid. aiiothci- new ]:)roducer, tuned uj) its 110-ton mill in
December, and cyaniding was under way by the middle of January, 1922.
Expansion of milling capacity at Porcupine has been deterred by reason of
the uncertainty of an adequate hydro-electric power supply. The Northern Canada
Power Company has recently come to an agreement with the Mclntyre mine to
take over the latter's power rights at Sturgeon falls on the Mattagami river. 28
miles to the north of Porcupine, where a development of 7,000 horsepower is pos-
sible. Work will proceed at once and power should be available by the end of 1922,
thereby increasing Porcupine's power supply by about 50 per cent. An increase
1922
Statistical Review
of milling capacity from 550 to 800 tons is proceeding at the iMcIntyre. The Hol-
linger, which was treating about 4,000 tons of ore daily at the end of the year,
also plans greater capacity, but additional power will be necessary, so application
has been made to the Ontario Government for a waterpower lease at a point on
the Abitibi river, IS miles north of Cochrane.
The following operators produced gold in 1921 :
PRODUCING GOLD MINES, 1921
Name of Company.
Name of Mine.
Locality
P.O. Address of
Manager, etc.
Argonaut Gold, Limited
Dome Mines Company, Limited .
HoUinger Consolidated Gold Mines,
Limited
Kirkland Lake 'Gold Mining Com-
pany, Limited
Lake Shore Mines, Limited
Mclntyre Porcupine Mines, Limited. .
Xorthcrown Porcupine Mines, Ltd.. . .
Pilon, A., and Richards, M
St. Anthony Aline Syndicate
Teck-Hughes Gold Alines, Limited . . .
Wright-Hargreaves Mines, Limited . .
Argonaut
Dome and Dome
Extension
Hollinger.
Gauthier tp .
Porcupine. .
Porcxipine. .
Kirkland Lake
Lake Shore
Mclntyre
Xorthcrown
T.B., 1471-2
St. .\nthony
Teck-Hughes
Wright-Hargreaves .
Kirkland Lake .
Kirkland Lake .
Porcupine
Porcupine
Sturgeon Lake .
Sturgeon Lake .
Kirkland Lake .
Ivirkland Lake .
Dane.
South Porcupine.
Timmins.
Kirkland Lake.
Ivirkland Lake.
Schumacher.
Timmins.
Northpines.
Toronto.
Kirkland Lake.
Kirkland Lake.
Details of production are given in the table which follows:
ONTARIO'S GOLD PRODUCTION, 1921.
Ore
Milled,
tons
Bullion shipped
Total
Value
Bullion
Source
Gold
Silver
Fine
ounces
Value
Fine
ounces
Value
Porcupine
Dome
335,680
1,072,493
172,287
110,316
435,404
87,837
382
$
2,280,237
8,999,796
1,815,597
7,896
15,628
80,911
20,321
69
$
10,027
51,480
12,164
47
$
2 290 264
Hollinger Consolidated
AIcIntA-re
9,051,276
1 827 761
Northcrown
7,943
Total
1,580,460
43,966
21,817
34,693
36,053
633,939
11,678
23,896
15,582
22,617
13,103,526
241,379
493,940
322,028
467,504
116,929
1,665
2,025
1,305
2,066
73,718
1,037
1,336
891
1,248
13 177 244
Kirkland Lake
Kirkland Lake
242 417
Lake Shore
495 276
Teck-Hughes
Wright-Hargreaves
322,919
468 751
Total
Miscellaneous
Argonaut
136,529
Clean-up
30
73,773
25
54
420
243
2358
1,524,851
510
1,113
8,688
5,032
48,637
7,061
4
12
82
59
4,512
3
9
83
36
1,529,363
513
Pilon and Richards
St. Anthonj- —
1920*
1,122
8 771
1921
320
5 068
Nickel-Copper refining
48,637
Total
350
3100
63,980
157
131
64,111
Grand Total
1,717,339
710,812
14,692,357
124,147
78,361
14,770,718
"Not previously reported.
Department of Mines
No. 4
Exchange on New York funds averaged 11.61 per cent, for the year as com-
pared with 12.27 in 1920. Ontario gold producers, in addition to tlie values given
in the table on page 5, received $1,359,636 by way of exchange premium.
In the following table the total gold output of the Province is given, also that
from Porcupine and Kirkland Lake beginning in 1910 and 1913 respectively: —
TABLE v.— TOTAL GOLD PRODUCTION OF ONTARIO
Year
Total Production
Value
$
Porcupine
Ivirkland Lake
Value
$
Per
Cent.
Value
Per
Cent.
1866-1891
190,258*
2,509,492
68,498
42,637
2,114,086
4,558,518
5,529,767
8,501,391
10,339.259
8,698,735
8,. 502, 480
10,451,709
11,686,043
14,692,357
1892-1909
1910
35,539
15,437
1,730,628
4,294,113
5,190,794
7,536,275
9,397,536
8,229,744
7,767,907
9,941,804
10,-597,573
13,103,526
51.8
.36.2
81.8
94.1
93.8
88.6
90.8
94.5
91.4
95.1
90.7
89.3
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
65,260
114,154
.551,069
702.761
404,346
632,007
486,809
1,033,478
1,524,851
1.2
2.0
6.5
6.8
4.6
7.4
4.7
8.8
10.4
Total
87,885,230
77,840,876
88.6
5,514,735
6.3
*Estimated.
Dividends. — The important period of gold mining in Ontario began with the
opening of the Porcupine mines in 1910. Since that time the gold mines have
paid out in returns to shareholders a total of $23,140,734.85, details of which are
given in Table VI.
1922
Statistical Review
_;
,_,
,_l
,_,
1— 1
r-
CO
;-•
^ ^
(M
!M
■M
0^1
^H
o
r ^ !C
Cl
cr.
o
C2
bp
T" .^ ^ ■— '
^
^
^
^^
? > C-3
o
T-H
o
T— 1
L"?
t^
■^
^pp3 a
!M
CO
'"'
-N
ffi
o
6
o
p
>
o
15
02
h^
^
o
p
rt
. "O
o
o
o
■~o
o
o
Icl
^
tJ
c
ol^
o
o
I— 1
o
o
o
00
Tf
CM
O cc 0^ ^ j£
,-4
o
o
iX
o
o
lO
^
03
wi
,-H
o
o
02
o
o
C<1
CO
.^
'""'
^
o
o
CO
o
o
CO
t^
s
^-
O-S O C5 ^ rH
^ -
00
o
o
-M
00
o
3
CO
Ci
lO
o
^
^
1— i
C5
■*
P5
CO
^
cc
CO
1— (
CO
03
W
P
<M
_g
k^
=3 S 5i
s
o
p
o
CO
"
Lf
2
"o
«« 33 S ^
o
o
o
o
c
o
-►^ c 2 »- _i
lO
o
o
•M
00
-2
03
o
o
00
o
o
o
o
CO
CO
00
a
1^
05
oa
-h
CO
^
1— (
^^ la
'tl
CO
1—1
o
CO
-a
0^
. O
o
o
IC
~o
c
c
IC
-(-:>
^ c o
° "^ <» ^s
_LJa tB Oi o 05
CO
o
o
o
o
CO
c
c
o
o
c
CO
•3
O
o
S/aoo
o
o
>o
c
(M
CO
00
CO
o
o
o
CO
c
c
CO
cc
(M
s
o
1—1
CO
00
C5
^
1—1
c-
c
Ci
CO
CO
(N
1—1
cc
CO
oc
GC
^
P
1—1
^~
- 2a
►-H
. o
■^
o
o
~c
c
c
.^ i
Q
Ph ^ a^
o
*c
c
s
c
uO
03 '3
2§S
H?
0 c g
o
o
o
CO
c
c
go*'
-7~ 0
o
t^
GO
c
c
l5 7i
o
o
o
(M
c
in
>-'
■l^S
a^o
o"
o
o"
c
c
r^
m
5< " M
CO
o
o
t*
c
c
IT
'-'J -k-i -ti
c3 O CO
l^
CO
o
CO
c
(N
cc
S "^ t-i
Q
U^^
'^
(M
eo"
(M
Cs
.2 °.2
— r! ^ Pi
Ph
CO
o
o
o
o
~~c
c
c
03-— ,,
^i^
o
o
o
o
c
o c
-*^-s s
.2 ss
o a
o
o
o
o
o
c
c
^11
03'0<i
P^
«#o
o
c
o
o o c
32
o
o
c
o
c
o c
P
"So
>o
»o
(M
-^
(M 1-1 C^
0 0-^
12;
o
<<
(M
jH =« a
eq
c
o
CO
'+
1—1
CO T-^ C<-
1
S .23 f^
o
1—4
1-H rH 1—
P
e+-i *+i
c;
C5
c-
o
c
—
c
5
o-sg
;?;
O ai
^^
^~'
""^^
*"
1
«i; _go
02
QJ g
CO
lO
lO
CO
CO iC ir
^
o-?:o"
P o
OQ
I— 1
7
+^ S CO
33 s
P
" o
f
rt
rt
rt ?: — ■
rt ^ 0
fl
%
^
s
^ -?
►^
s
p
0 c ^
>
-c
p
l2
"^
_
■ ^3 2
1— i
a
h-^
o
h- ^
1
1—
c
5 -J
1—
0
3
nS — "H
: 'j^^P
o
U
o
o
s
c:
c
g
c
a
c
o
c
c
o
o
o
Ph
c
: a
5 c
) -^
c
; 1
i c
3 -
3
;
2
I 7
c: o.t;
! Hi
c
s
c
o
c
1 c
i 1
' all
"o
c
1
c
2 "^
b
* H— ,
^-; <^ Ph p:;
Department of Mines
No. 4
Silver — Cobalt
Although the price of silver clropiDed from an average of 100.90 cents in
1920 to 63.65 in 1921, production was well maintained. Several mines which were
forced to close down in the fall of 1920 owing to power shortage have not re-
opened. In South Lorrain the Keeley mine has struck rich ore and is producing
concentrates in its new mill. The adjoining Frontier mine, which has been
ojDtioned by the Mining Corporation of Canada, was also a producer. During the
year an undergi'ound survey of silver mines at Cobalt and South Lorrain was com-
pleted by C. ^X. Knight, Associate Provincial Geologist. His report will appear
as Volume XXXI, Part 2.
Mines shipping over a quarter million ounces of silver in 1921 are given in
order :
Mine. Ounces.
Xipissingc 3,012.680
O'Brien 1,366,686
Coniagas 1,301,860
Mining Corporation of Canada 911,899
La Rose 658,423
Keeley 281 ,659
In addition to the silver content of ores, concentrates, residues, etc., producing
mines are paid for the cobalt content provided the percentage is sufficiently high.
Mine shippers in 1921 were paid $48,512 for 185,4:42 pounds of cobalt.
From weekly statements, issued by the General Freight and Passenger Agent
of the Temiskaming and Northern Ontario Eailway, showing railway shipments
of ore, concentrates, etc., from the Cobalt area the following information has been
compiled: Total shipments, 2,616 tons of which 1,479 were consigned to southern
Ontario and 1,137 tons to United States smelters and refineries.
Classified according to source, the outjjut of silver in 1921 was derived as
follows :
Ounces.
Cobalt 7.673,535
South Lorrain 328,886
Gowganda. 258,292
Casey township 1 , 101
James township (Elk Lake) 117
Recovered from gold ores 124, 147
Recovered from nickel-copper refining 49,515
Total 8,435,593
The producers of silver are given in the following list: —
SILVER PRODUCERS IN 1921
Operator.
Mine or Source.
Location.
Aladdin Cobalt Company, Limited. .
Bailey Silver Mines, Limited
Beaver Consolidated Mines, Limited.
Bennett, N. W
Beaver
Casey-Coljult mill clean-
up
Ben.son, C. H Silver Leaf dumj)
Chambers-Ferland Cobalt.
Bailev and Silver Cliff 'Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Casev tp.
Cobalt.
1922
Statistical Review
SILVER PRODUCERS IN 1921— Continued.
Operator
Mine or Source
Location
Camburn Silver Mines
Chitty & Johns
Chitty & Johns
Colonial Mining Company, Limited
Coniagas Mines, Limited
Crown Reserve Mining Company, Ltd . . .
Dominion Reduction Company
Frontier Mine
Hudson Bay Mines, Limited
Keeley Silver Mines, Limited
Kerr Lake Mining Company, Limited. . . .
La Rose Mines, Limited
Mclvinley-Darragh-Savage Mines of Co
bait, Limited
McKinney, S. T
Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited
The
Mosure, F. B
Nipissing Mining Company, Limited
O'Brien, M. J., Limited
Penn Canadian Mines, Limited
Post, W. J
Regent Mines, Limited
Trethewey Silver-Cobalt Mine, Limited . . .
Lumsden
Ophir dump
People's silver mine ....
Colonial
Coniagas and Trethewey .
Crown Reserve
Dominion
Frontier
Hudson Bay
Keeley
Kerr Lake
La Rose
McKinlejjPSrragh-Savage. Cobalt.
Smelter erean-up Orillia.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
South Lorrain.
Cobalt.
South Lorrain.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt Lake, Townsite-
City, Buffalo
Various mine samples
Nipissing
O'Brien
Miller Lake O'Brien
Mill clean-up
Silver Queen (lease)
Regent
Castle
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Gowganda.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
James tp.
Gowganda.
In Table VII are shown the shipments of ore, concentrates and bullion from
the mines of Cobalt, South Lorrain, Gowganda and outlying silver areas since
mining began in 1904. By "shipment" is meant consignment to outside points
whether in Canada or abroad, but not movements within the camp, for example,
ore shipped from a mine to a concentrating or reduction plant in Cobalt itself. It
Avill be noted that the quantity of ore shipped away from the camp has been re-
duced to relatively small proportions during recent years. Tlie table follows :
TABLE VII.— SHIPMENTS FROM SILVER MINES
1904 TO
1921.
Ore.
Concentrates and Residues
Bullion
Total
No. of
Produc-
ing
Year
Mines
Silver,
Ave. per
Silver,
Ave. per
Tons
Ounces
ton
Oz.
Tons
Ounces
ton
Oz.
Ounces
Ounces
Value
$
1904. . . .
4
158
206 , 875
1,309
206 , 875
1 1 1 , 887
1905
16
17
28
30
31
41
2,144
5 , 335
14,788
24,487
27,729
27,437
2,451,356
5,401,766
10,023,311
18,022,480
22,436,355
22,-581,714
1 143
2,451,3-56
5,401,766
10,023,311
19,437,875
25,897,825
.30,645,181
1 360 503
1906
1,013
677
736
809
821
3,667 551
1907
6,155,-391
1908. . .
1 , 1-37
2,948
6 , 845
1,415,395
3,461,470
7,082,8.34
1,244
1,714
1,030
9,133,378
1909
12,461 576
1910....
980,6-33
15,478,047
1911....
34
17,278
20,318,626
1,176
9,375
8,0-56,189
858
3,132,976
31,-507,791
15,953,847
1912....
30
10,719
15,395,-504
1,4.36
11,214
9 , 768 , 228
871
5,080,127
30,243,859
17,408,935
1913....
35
9,861
13,668,079
1,386
10,016
8,489,321
770
7,524,-575
29,681,975
16,5.53,981
1914....
32
4,. 302
6,-504,7-53
1,511
12,152
8,915,9.58
733
9,742,130
25,162,841
12,765,461
1915....
24
2,865
6,758,286
2,3-59
1 1 , 996
10,001,548
834
7,986,700
24,746,534
12,135,816
1916....
28
2,177
4,672,-500
2,146
8,561
7,-598,011
887
7,644,579
19,915,090
12,643,175
1917....
28
2,288
3,271,353
1,429
13,720
6,445,243
469
8,0.53,318
19,401,893
16,121,013
1918....
38
1,456
1,401,050
962
17,958
5,793,7-56
323
10,466,888
17,661,694
17,341,790
1919....
33
850
806,341
949
15,208
4,024,764
265
6,-383,764
11,214,317
12,738,994
1920. . . .
35
578
668,081
1 , 152
9,757
3,777,812
387
6,402,423
10,845,436
10,654,471
1921....
28
948
986,597
1,041
3,101
2,962,771
955
4,312,603
8,261,931
5,564,594
Total..
155,400
155,573,027
1,001
134,988
87,802,748
650
77,710,716
322,707,550
198,250,410
10
Department of Mines
No. 4
O
O
>
O
^C:'-^C:cO00Lf5'*Q0C0OOt^C301'M0C'rC
^COt^OOOO'-HOC3^iOOC20C<l^t^Ci-0
iCOOCliMiOtOt^r^OtKMCOGCO^C^IC:
^GCLOLOroCOiOOCCOO't'X'-iOt^CiTtiiO
'r-Hot-'-orc^^oC'CCOCfOOOcc-^'— IOC-*-*
1-H CO O C: C^ LC iC t-- O C^ C^ ^ to t^ (M O '-':
X'COt^CCOOX'-^I^XOXiCC::
o --o -^ -t< --o
X ^4
O X
COCOX-^COa3Cnc::r:-OJ^CXCOCO(MOt^CO
OCl'OOf^COOO^-t'Mt^CXfOCDC^O
> ^ ^ . ., „ ^ . ^ ., ,. .,
C^IiCOO — C:-t-C:-1---CX3X:OiO^CO
i-iTf-}"C:l-t-XC:^'t3C:--OXCOCO
(M050XC<J^t^cO:--rrCC:C;0'MtC^rO'-H
>0TfiO:0(MXX — C:c;-t.-iiCiCXX-*
OO-^cOXiCOJO^^CCCDr-i-rficOOiOiO
OOt^'*^C20XCCCO'*C^OT-iro-*COC<I
^0500'*'-H'*^O^COCOiOX002i-0 0
T-HoxO'-icioi^^tMcrsxoco^^O'-H
OX'-H02'*'COXC^'*'-^T--tOC:t^OXCOCO
1— i^C^COC^IOOLCCOC^LtCOCOXOXC^
1— icoi^c^»coxc:xccc^'*rorcc^c^i>— I
t^ o
CC o
'* o
ooxcoc;'-<ccxcci-i
C<i(Mt^LOXt^c-. ^ro:o
(NC0C5C0CCOX'+M:0
'*iOOOC<l:0-*C^10t^OiCC5'OcC:01^0
,-U:^C0t^^OC02C<ir^0:C0t^»CXt^'>J^
r-4 C<3 -^ t^ LT re ■* CO T-< rt C^5 r—
O 1^ X C-.
o — M CO '^ »c --ci^ X
CO oc^ o
IC 0> 05 t~»
'^ c^ r^ c^
0(N ^ -+ '^^
Tfl rt t^ C5 O
X t^ o: ■* LO
H
^ X .2:^
i; •? V-' tc ,,
Si CL •' " EC
c ;:r^^ eg
^ ~ c o '^
g £ X r. C
In o -^ — £
o c - c 53
ji « c c;,r:
> " o_o OJ
o 5> ^ ^ G
g o S e g
g S S '^ '^
^ -r, li C3 ^
o ^ ^_j .+JJ (35
a o S rt 5; •
o
^_^ ^^ ^_^ a
1922
Statistical Review
11
Since the discovery of silver at Cobalt in 1903 shipments from tlie camp
and outlvino' silver areas have been as follows :
TABLE IX.-
-SILVER SHIPMENTS BY CAMPS
Average
price, cents
per ounce
(New York)
Silver Shipments in Troj
' Ounces, 1904-1921
Year
Total
Ounces
Cobalt
Ca.sey
Township
South
Lorrain
Gowganda
Montreal
River and
Maple
Mountain
1904
57.221
60.352
66.791
65.237
52.864
51.502
53.486
53.340
60.835
57.791
54.811
49.684
65.661
81.417
96.772
111.122
100.900
62.654
206,875
2,451,356
5,401,766
10,023,311
19,437,875
25,897,825
30,645,181
31,507,791
30,243,859
29,681,975
25,162,841
24,746,534
19,915,090
19,401,893
17,661,694
11,214,317
10,845,436
8,261,931
206,875
2,451,356
5,401,766
10,023,311
19,424,251
25,6.58,683
29,849,981
29,989,893
28,605,940
28,105,505
24,155,699
24,280,366
19,008.517
18,327,258
16,807,407
10,314,689
10,402,249
7.673,535
1905
1906
1907
1908
500
26,185
92,, 544
114.789
253,824
825,108
499,643
223,939
445,900
'"'143,961
171,278
laoi
13,124
194,955
!
1909
18 002
1910
1911
1912
221,133
933,912
834,119
248,992
108,199
""77 ",280
10,000
72,188
4,586
8,2.53
328,886
471,688
468,687
549,976
502,370
399,300
242,229
383,393
1,064,635
638,198
723,764
433,352
258,292
9,835
510
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1,582
^ 117
Total
322.707,550
310,687,281
2,942,613
3,055,627
6,135,884
30,046
Befineries. — The companies named hereunder with plants situated in southern
Ontario, treat silver-cobalt ores, concentrates and residues :
REFINERS OF SILVER-COBALT ORES, 1921.
Name of Company.
Location of Works
P.O. Address
Deloro Smelting and Refining Co., Ltd. . . .
Deloro
Deloro
Coniagas Reduction Co., Limited
Thorold
St Catharines
Ontario Smelters & Refiners, Ltd
Welland
Welland.
The operations of the refining companies during 1921 are summarized in the
figures given below. Apart from the silver recovered, from Cobalt and outlying
silver areas, the marketed by-products had a value of $1,056,596. Metallic
cobalt was sold for $3.00 per pound.
12
Department of Mines
No. 4
OPERATIONS OF SILVER-COBALT REFINERIES IN ONTARIO, 1921.
Schedule
Production
Quantity
Marketed.
Quantity
Value
Ore and Concentrates treated tons
Residues treated '"
Silver fine ounces
Silver content of matte and residues ounces
Arsenic, white lbs.
Cobalt Oxide "
Cobalt content of residues, marketed "
Cobalt-nickel oxides, unseparated "
Cobalt, Metallic "
Nickel Oxide "
Nickel Sulphate and Hvdrate "
Nickel, MetaUic ." "
Copper content of matte and sulphate "
Total value of products marketed
2,047
2,984
3,709,693
3,509,921
216.875
22,216
66,382
5,503
39,485
3.884,683
245,679
2,982,525
165,554
55,826
105,675
32,718
12,396
5,503
10,973
142,313
2,668,107
172,309
233,763
354,418
49 , 724
113,865
98,228
3,830
393
3,442
26,624
3,724,703
The following figures have been comiDiled from information furnished by
refineries in the United States which treated products from Ontario silver mines : —
Quantity
Ore, Concentrates, etc., treated, tons 1 , 183
Silver recovered, ounces 562 , 160
Gold recovered, ounces 0 . 76
Copper recovered, lbs 63 ,042
Lead recovered, lbs. 6,000
Shipments were consigned to the following: —
American Smelting and Refining Company. (Pueblo, Col., and Perth Amboy, X.J.).
Pennsylvania Smelting Co., (Carnegie, Pa.).
United States Metal Refining Co., (Chrome, N.J.).
Late in 1921 the new insecticide plant of the Deloro Smelting and Eefining
Company commenced operations, the principal products being arsenate of lime
and arsenate of lead. The price of white arsenic (arsenious oxide) rose as high as
20 cents per pound in 1920 and fell as low as six cents in 1921. Arsenic is in de-
mand, calcium arsenate particularly, as an antidote for the boll weevil in the
cotton growing areas of the United States. Antimony was substituted for arsenic
in glass manufacture during the war, owing to the latter being reserved for the
manufacture of insecticides. Generally speaking, arsenic is preferred to antimony
in the glass indiistry. In the Province the recovery of arsenic is entirely as a by-
product in the treatment of silver-cobalt arsenides by southern Ontario refineries.
1922
Statistical Review
13
-Ti
r^
O
^
'#
0^
IC
X
r^
CO
t^
CO
,—1
00
0
0
0
Tfi
when
viden(
onus
paid
c<\
1— t
c
^^
0
oa
1— (
0
t— «
•M
1-H
c^
C<I
C<1
s
Oi
od
C-.
1>\
C5
LO
1— I
c:
^__
cr.
I-H
C5
Ci
co"
0
0:
0:
10'
crs
IC
5
I-H
Sq^ ^
CO
CO
(M
c<t
!M
CO
c^
CO
■—I
?5
1—1
1-H
C^
Q|°'
■- ?^ ^.
< S S ^
< <
>
c
0
1-5
b£ ^
3 0
<
0
, ,
. c
o
O
CO
C
0
0
0
0
0
(M
0
CD
CO
t^
0
0
CO
0
0
0
c
c
'^
0
IC
00
a:
0
0
—
—
3
c
iC
^
0
—
cr.
—
05
0
05
"^
--,
0
-~^
^
^
'^
"*
0
c
0
TfH
c
0
0
0
0
1^
0
^o
^
o
C<1
oc
c
c
0
oc
0
C2
c
^
CO
X
^
Tol
den
use
list
19:
lo
^
I^
rr^
'M
c
UO
c
0
LO
06
10
»o
iC
X
tc
Ui
t^
V—
X
o
c;
CC
r— '
-+
cr.
'^
t^
t^
0
iC
CR
M^
CD
I^
l^
C<1
i-H
(M
CO
cr.
^.
t^
"*
10
0:
TJH
Tt<
C<1
0
'■^
en
t^
>^
"O
0
0
?? i=£
o
0
0
-^ l.s
0
0
€^
0
c
0
0
Divii
and B
paid
19
c
c
0
0
t^-t
. o
3
c
CO
^
3
3
3
^
c
(M
0
CO
CO
I--
^
0
K c
OO
c
CO "
0
0
0
0
c
c
rt<
0
IC
oc
cr
c
idends
Bonus(
,o end
920
c
c
c
c.
L-O
c
c
3
c;
0
02
0
C5
^
—
c:;'
c
o
c;
-+
rf<
c
0
^— ^
-f
0
0
0
o-
t--
0 0
c
c
c
c
c
c
IC
c
0
0
c
1.0:
0;
OC
0
10
IC
CO oc
1.0" oc
0 0
ic i-o"
> -^ "
6ei>
X
c
0:
'^
"*
t^
CO
c
LC
cr
^ CO
q's:2
t^
t-
(M
i^
CO
t^
t^
00
iC
c-
Th
T-H TJH
rt rt
(M
2
'■^
00
t^
k;
LO
.c
c
O
3
3
3
^
3
^
0
0
c
c
0 0
^ 3 !- ;-
OC
c;
•C
—
c
—
—
^
c
0
0
c
c
0 0
""
""
0
^
I-H
>o
§
»c
T-H I-H
(^
c
c
o
^
c
0
F^
OC
c;
0
c
(M
c
0 0
^
c
c
0
0
c
0
iC
oc
iC
0
c
C2 iC
0 0
1-^1
c
c
o
0
c
c
0
a-
LO
c
0
c
CD <M
0 0
c:
5
c
,3
c
c
" r~
c
cr
LO
c
0
c
t> c
0" 0"
~5 m
c
c:
.^
c
c
C
cr
1—
c
-*
c
Tt< cr
0 0
13 ^ CC
lit
c
IC
i—H
LO
0
cr
*
'M
IC
c<i CO
10 c
c^
iC
^
t
c^
X
^ CO
^
^
c
f — ■
c
0
c
c
0
0 c
00 0
£-3
c:
c
0
c
c
c
c
S
0
c
0 iC
00 0
c
c
0
C:
c
0
c
c
0 c^
00 0
■ tn ^
^
^
.^
.^ .^
.^ .^
*-i .^
c
c
■^
c
c
c
a.
^—
0
0
c
^
00 0
2 ^
c
^
0
c
c
c
0
r-*
-+
0
c
c
f^ C^
i^
c
i^
1— >
c
IH
0
^
iC
iC
10 CO
iQ LO 0
"^ o
■^
., ..
-5
(M
It;
'^
rf<
c^
'"
CO
c^ oc
i-i CO
c
!N
{:;
CC
:C
ic
CO
CC
ec
1>
cc
o-
10
oc
CD CO
COCJ5 CD
o
^
9
0
c:
T—
c
c
c
c
c
0
C:
0 I—
00 C
t« '-S
c-
c^
c^
c
c
~
cr
o-
c-
02
c-
03 O"
0:1 Oi C3
C o3
^"
^^
'~
'— "
'"
I-H 1 '
^ o
-V-
t^
c^
•^
'^
<r
't
CC
<T.
t^ CO
LO^i^ c<i
I&
C^"
;^i
I—*
T—
•M
1—
CO
(N CS
c^
G c
h
t ?
2
a
c
•r
>
-
^ bJD ^' T
>
^ r^ CJ
<
<
2j
Q
a.
<
<
C
c;
<
^
0^ Q
-^3
"^
^
w
,0
•p
'^
0
c^
^ —
- —
C
3
-1
„
lC |_
"vi
^
0
"^
'■p-
•;:
3
)-^
S „
r "3
■^-^
c
s.
^
: H-
5 .
- -^
0
^ S-
h^
~
i-
h^
-, H-
>
■^
i ^
'^
c
^
c
5 1^
'-< i-
i
■J
1-^
1-^
a
b
c
b
' 1
-
bC
Hh
C
1
C
c
I J
• h-
) ^
I 3
c
c
• c
3 -1-
a
C
a
2 s
C
c
a
u
a
c.
a
^7
r ^
' b
d
-. ^
a
a
c
c
1 c
t^ C
Q ?
5
b£
-2
.z
J 5
: ^
; +:
fa
D
^
■J
■^ b
£ t;
-►^
■z
; ^
J-
"c
' '5
c
c
y
■r
W -E
^,
"rt
^
; rt
" Q
5 "C
^
^
z
^
i i
."t^
^
-a
' i^
; 0
L
c
C
C
C
^
:x
^y
t-^
w'
0
14
Department of Mines
No. 4
TS
-^ c
^
t
- t- o r- c
5 c
D -f
Ci
cc
H ■M
o
§ S iS"^
■: C:
": C
O c:' C
■^ c
1 C: c:;
c;
-^rs 2'a
- "-^
■^ ""
*"
~' *"
■^ ^
H T—
'^
^
^ > S c^
h" cT
-" C
'-
-T 1-
LT
f" ^
■T c
cf
ci
^ C-J
~
■^ ^
^ cc T—
1
1 O
:»46SO^^^ 4
^
>— '
. .-H lO
lOiOCOOOLQO o
o 1 oo
S"^ r
i; O <N
<r>f005Ocq(NO »o
LO 1 cc
S-;3 c
"So
05 I^
rH O cc LO l> O C
cc
lO Tt<
IC C2
^ L'"
>rfH cq ^
■< i_c uc O
-^ «o
(N C^l
^ CC --
:; cc X --^ c
o
r^ O
^c^- CO-
ir
; Cs
-+ cf r
r -
f —
T— r
tC ccT
E-i-c :3^'-H
-t c;
t^ w
Cl 'C t^ L-
^ -^
^—
cc Ci
.^ COC
O !M
T-l Tt
^
; CI Lc ^
c
Cl
;^
; lO
^«°s
--H CI ^
^~*
LC
00
y.S ^
C
s
i §
—; t; —
5 5'5
o
o
c
^ " — - ^1
^
o
o
. ^ '^ "^ c^
-,
' s "" "T^ T"*
*^
lO
.c .— .
t^
00
^|E
05
iC
»r
: LC
c
5 C
5 o ».c c;
o
~~o 1 00"
■r 'i'^
cJ tr
M
; cc
c
i C
> CQ C-l C:
»-C
Lc 1 cc
"ZT — "^
a
1^
^ o
c
5 L'
J I^ .;
' o
X
LC -*
^ " C ,— .
IT
) c;
; LC
'^
H C
1 >-
^ ir
^ ^-C
^
O lO
|lll
■' cc
5 C^
3 a
D X ^ C)
'"
•i
^H
l^
O
c^
1 ic
■< I- LC 1<
r^
ly
o
Q-g^
C
'"1
H Tt<
<y
5 C^
) LC .-
< C2
CI
c
CO
c^a
fO
^ ':^ ■r-^
1-H
cc
iM
00'
_. C
O
~~c
3
^
o
^
~c
•^ 2 ir- ^
o
=^
^
c
c
^ t"-^.
^
^-
^
—
1— i
r-
^^
2
^
ir
cq
y.
^
^
O r-H
o
~~c
^
c
o
^
00 o <c
^
o-
,pita]
Lock
sued
c
o
o"
00
IT
IT
00 O 1-
oo" o" I--
o"
cr
f
iC
Tt
o
o-
a
1>
o
/-^
^
C3 ^/-, a:
c^
^
'Tf
-^
cc
■*
lC
o
'^
IM
c
^
'-
^_^
c
^
c
^
3
o
~c
^
o
^
o
S
^
^
c
5^ ci
o
o
o
c
1Z.
o
o
c
^
'S ."t:
o
^
Q)
3
c
l^
o
c
■^ di
o
LO
^
c
c
C:
CI
^
o
^ ai
c^
^
o
^
>c
i^
(^
>-c
-go
CO
C5
CJ
c^
7—1
—
w
zt
ca
^
C"
^
cc
'-^ 1—1
~x
—
^
*
^
^
^
o '—'
^
C-.
■^ "!:;
^-^
>—
^-
^-
^^
1— ^-
"—
i ^'
cc
' tc"
Tf
^^
c;
»^
" o
cTi-T
c
'--^
*1
■^-
Cl
^^
ro
cc
>
[^
7ZZ
. i >
>-
^'i
>
1— (
S
Q
-<
<
^^
5
!y2
^
^
1-5
s^
_^
-6
3
5
►3
_r
6
w
O
it
3
bO
. "
~
_c
.s
3
"3
■^
.s
3
I<
'-'
X
j2
1-5
"^
^
S
^
^"^
, i
>,
X
^
^
r
^^
-^
•/,
^
-v^
s
.n:
~
o
;
~
^^
%
— ^
— '
■j:;
,<
u
l3
i3
3
6
,2
S
w
X
^,
"o
'5
d
X
fcX
-
o
M
^
-|
X
4)
'x
a
o
X
b£
>
o
O
H
1
rt
03
-jL
s
c3
"o
c-i
"x
X
O
o
X
'o
^
j:
X
X
c
^"
[S
^
^
>^,
^
—
0^
^
X
r-
r-
r-
i::
o
g n1
^
03 ^
— -
o'.ii
X
X
^ X
." ^
o ~
^.S
"C —
o S o
c c
o
C^ J> ^
o^
»5 c~
o~"'
' ^ ^ G
lO bC
t^ G
-G -3 o
^•>
~ ^ ^
S rt
c c
O-^
t" ^
_2 C =;
u
" ^ s ■
S C
cr
c>-^ cco
•— .«
'.i^ =^s
f— ^ "^
^ C3 bCrH
;:J
^ ^ ^ ^
o -^-^
_ c u; Tt
2
c3
C-- — ^ CI
€*& S
^
^ o3 O f^
O OfM
^^:S<^
^■^^§
o o c
O G .
o cr i:-
T-T ^ ' —
-;.-:; O ^
; . 3 o.S cr
■ c) O - o rt
G *- — G ^^
ci P ^ r: '-^^ £ o .
G bC G S G 'G 'C '-^
O.G.2 JT 2.G;qx
"Srtis^^G
COG ^'^ =— CJ cT
11^ g|i|-|
2S :^J
G^ k,^
bC^ G
G ;:i O
M^H-ipL,
1922 Statistical Review 15
Nickel, Copper and the Platinum Metals
The nickel-copper industry, which developed gradually prior to the war and
expanded greatly during that period, has been forced to greatly curtail operations
or suspend them temporarily owing to the accumulated stocks ol: nickel and co[)-
per and lack of market for new production. If the disarmament programme is
ratified the outlet for nickel in warship construction will be small. The present
surplus stock will require time for absorption. A revival of the industry, there-
fore, depends on increased commercial activity and widened industrial uses for
nickel and its alloys. Early in the year the British x\merica Nickel Corporation
closed down its mine, smelter and refinery, and was followed in September
by the International Xickel Company of Canada. The Mond Nickel Company,
which ships matte to its refinery in Wales, continued operations on a reduced scale
throughout the year. The International Nickel Company is dismantling its re-
finery at Bayonne, New Jersey, and shipping part of the equipment to the refinery
at Port Colborne, Ontario. Hereafter it is expected that the larger part of
nickel-copper matte produced by this company will be treated in Canada at the
Port Colborne refinery.
A few years ago engineers were confined to the use of steel, brass or bronze in
the design and construction of plant and equipment, but research and experiment
has changed this condition and now there are numerous alloys available, each with
one or more outstanding properties which make it particularly desirable for
special applications. The use of nickel has largely figured in these alloys and the
one most widely' used is the natural alloy called "Monel" metal, which is produced
by the International Company directly from nickel-copper matte after the sulphur
content has been eliminated. It is stronger than mild steel, retains its strength at
high temperatures and has maximum resistance to corrosion and erosion. It re-
sists crystallization and fatigue and will take a high nickel polish.
The production of ore during the year from the several mines was as follows : —
British America Nickel Corporation: — • Tons
Murray 45,366
International Nickel Company of Canada: —
Creighton 54 , 471
Mond Nickel Company: —
Levack, Garson, Worthington, Victoria No. 1 and Frood 157,317
Bruce 5,439
162,756
Total 262, 593
In Table XI, following, is indicated the course of the nickel industr}^ during
the last five years. That this metal takes on added importance during times of
Avar is sufficiently shown by the fact that while in 1914 the quantity of ore smelted
was 947,053 tons, it rose in 1918 to 1,559,892 tons, and fell again as noted in the
table to 393,768 tons in 1921.
For the purpose of this table the nickel and copper in matte exported in 1921
were valued at 20 cents and 10 cents per pound, respectively.
16
Department of Mines
No. 4
TABLE XL— NICiaiL-COPPER .MLXIXG AND SMELTING, 1917-192L
Schedule
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
Ore raised tons
Ore smelted "
Bessemer matte produced "
Nickel contents of matte "
Copper contents of matte "
Alatte exported* "
Matte refined in Canada "
]Men employed No.
Wages paid
1,536,828
1,453,661
78,897
41,887
21,197
1,643.040
1,559,892
87,184
45,886
23,843
3,356
> , 570 , 587
5334
3.145
7,861,773
614,955
754,567
42,735
22,035
12,099
25 , 207
10,911
2,536
3,382,154
1,200,830
1,087,531
57,938
30,615
16.021
40,367
17,297
3,258
5,555,469
262,593
393,768
19,498
9,128
6,323
10,466
5,558
1,895
,557,696
*A11 matte was exported prior to 1918 when refining in Canada began at Port Colborne,
Ontario.
The following figures sunuiiarize the operations of the International Nickel
Company of Canada's refinery at Port Colborne and that of the British America
N^ickel CorjDoration at Deschenes on the Ottawa river : —
TABLE XIL— NICKEL-COPPER REFINING, 1921.
Schedule
Quantity
Value
S
Matte treated tons
Nickel Oxide marketed lbs.
Metallic Nickel recovered "
Blister Copper and Electrolytic Copper recovered "
Gold recovered* ounces
Silver recovered*
Platinum metals recovered* "
Employees No.
Wages paid
5,558
1,389,623
5,419,174
2,926,407
2,358
49,515
13,418
281,561
1,821.917
330,084
48,637
30,953
862,034
454
$ 367,216
*Includes recoveries by the ^lond Nickel Company at Clj'dach in Wales
Eeturns by refineries treating Ontario silver ores show a recovery of 205,355
pounds of copper. In addition 10,973 pounds of nickel and 12,396 pounds of
nickel oxide were marketed.
The average New York price of electrolytic copper Avas 12.502 cents per
jjound for the full year, as compared with 17.156 cents in 1920.
Platinum Metals. — Ontario nickel-copper ores of the Sudbury area contain the
precious metals, gold, silver and metals of the platinum group. The latter may
be divided into two main sub-grou])s on a specific gravity l)asis as follows:
Metal
Palladium (Pd.) . .
Rhodium (Rh.) . .
Ruthenium (Ru.;.
Specific
Gravity'
12.16
12.44
12.10
Metal
Platinum (Pt.) .
Iridium (Ir.). . ,
Osmiimi (Os.).
Specific
Gravity
21.40
21.42
22.50
In the last annual report figures were given for 1920 showing platinum metals
produced in Canada, United States and Great Britain from the refining of On-
tario nickel-copper matte. Complete figures for 1921 are given on next page.
1922
Statistical Review
17
Precious metals cement was shipped by the International Xickel Company ol:
Canada to the United States for further refining along with similar recoveries
made at the Bayonne, N.J., plant.
Production of platinum metals by the British America (reporting for the
first time), International and Mond companies follows: —
Platinum
Palladium
Iridium, etc.
Total
Quantity Troy ounces
Value $
5,412
402,508
7,729
446 , 588
277
12 , 938
13,418
862,034
^Iridium and rhodium in small amounts was grouped by the Mond Company with
gold and is not recorded in the above figures.
At the Bayonne plant 2,217 tons of matte were treated, although the matte
bears little relation to precious metals recovered as the residues treated accumu-
late over irregular periods. In the figures above given platinum metals contained
in precious metals .cement shipped from Port Colborne to the refinery of the
International Nickel Company, at Bayonne, IST.J., are included with recoveries
from the matte treated in the United States.
Average prices as reported by the U.S. Geological Survey were platinum $75
per ounce troy, palladium $59, iridium $86 (containing five per cent, platinum.)
Iron Ore
The only iron ore raised in 1931 was 42,198 tons of siderite from the Mag-
pie mine of the Algoma Steel Corporation. Total shipments of ore and briquettes
from the three properties noted below were 58,499 tons worth $227,134. Of the
total shipments only 100 tons worth $459 were consigned to points other than
Ontario blast furnaces. These consisted of 78 tons of briquettes by Moose Moun-
tain, Limited, and a trial shipment of 22 tons of hematite from the Wallbridge
mine, near Ma doc. From the Magpie mine, which closed down in March, the
Algoma Steel Corporation of Sault Ste. Marie, received 58,399 tons of roasted
siderite.
During the year repairs to the blast furnace at Port Arthur were made with a
view to placing it in operation again to handle ore from a property near the
Ontario-Minnesota boundary, which is being developed by the Palatine Mining
Company. Some work was done at Atikokan, 142 miles west of Port Arthur, to
more fully determine the quality and extent of certain ore bodies.
Following is a list of iron mines from which shipments were made during
the year :
SHIPPERS OF IRON ORE, 1921.
Companj^ or Firm.
Mine.
Location.
Kind of Ore.
P.O. Address of
Company.
Algoma Steel Corporation,
Limited
Moose Mountain, Ltd . . . .
Wallbridge, Mrs. T. C . . .
Magpie
Moose Mount'n
Wallbridge. . . .
Algoma dist
Hutton tp. (Sud-
bury dist.)
Madoc tp
Siderite. .
Magnetite
Hematite .
Sault Ste. Marie.
Sellwood.
Madoc.
18
Department of Mines
No. 4
Pig Iron, Steel and Ferro=Alloys
The iron and steel industry experienced depression throughout the greater
part of the year. Prices returned practically to pre-war levels. Blast furnaces
were operated for different periods by the Algoma Steel Corporation, Steel Com-
pany of Canada, Canadian Furnace Company and the Midland Iron and Steel
Company. In Table I Ontario is credited with the proportional output from
domestic ore, or 13.4 per cent, of the total pig iron made.
The average Valley quotation for the year was $31.71 per gross ton for basic
pig iron. In the Iron Age, issue of December 8, 1921, the cost per gross ton
(2,240 pounds) of producing pig iron in the three principal iron centres of the
United States was given as follows: Pittsburgh, $19.29; Chicago, $19.54 and
Birmingham, $15.58.
The Algoma Steel Corporation produced 9,750 tons of spiegel valued at $436,-
559. Electro-metals, Limited, of Welland, produced 12,209 gross tons of ferro-
silicon valued at $561,720. For this output of several grades ranging from 15 to
80 per cent, ferro the following raw materials were used; 370 gross tons of pyrito
cinder from the United States; 1,315 tons of steel turnings and 12,083 tons of
KiHarney quartzite containing 99 per cent, silica.
BLAST FURXACES IX OXTARIO FOR THE PRODUCTIOX OF PIG IROX.
Location
Furnaces
Company
Xo.
Daily
capacity,
gross tons
Remarks
Algoma Steel Corporation, Ltd ....
Atikokan Iron Company
Saiilt Ste. iNIarie. .
Port Arthur
Port Coll)orne ....
Ojibway (near
Windsor)
Midland
Parrj- Sound
Deseronto
Hamilton
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1,4.50
175
.325
1,100
120
90
60
750
Active.
Canadian Furnace Co., Ltd
Canadian Steel Corporation, Ltd. .
Midland Iron and Steel Co., Ltd. .
Parry Sound Iron Co., Ltd
Standard Iron Co., Ltd
Steel Company of Canada, Ltd . . .
Active.
Under construction.
Idle since Feb., 1921.
Idle since Oct. 1., 1919.
Idle since June 9, 1919.
Active.
Note. — The first and last mentioned produce open-hearth steel as well as pig iron.
IROX BLAST FURXACES IX OPERATIOX, 1921.
X'ame of Company
Furnaces
Xumber.
Ave. days
operated.
Fuel u.sed.
Location.
Algoma Steel Corporation, Ltd. . .
Canadian Furnace Company, Ltd.
Midland Iron and Steel Co., Ltd .
Steel Company of Canada, Ltd. . .
358
114
41
365
Coke
Coke
Coke
Coke, coal and
gas
Sault Ste. Marie.
Port Coll)orne.
Midland.
Hamilton.
1922
Statistical Review
19
The following- table gives particulars of the iron and steel-making industry
of the Province for the last five years: —
TABLE XIII.— IRON AND STEEL STATISTICS, 1917-192L
Schedule.
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
Ontario ore smelted .short tons
Foreign ore smelted '"
Limestone for flux "
Coke
Charcoal bu.sh.
Pig iron produced short tons
Vahie of pig iron produced $
Steel made short tons
Value of Steel made $
94,318
1,221,881
319,535
723,657
1,288,390
691,233
14,201,695
862,504
22,179,982
99
1,400
405
869
852
085
683
729
751
20,522
881
28,792
650
356
.509
,361
97,
1,201,
343,
736.
177,
623,
16,010,
616,
17,913,
514
834
907
872
795
586
537
251
263
152,176
,341,661
349,960
818,698
748,173
.652,308
707,692
,366,524
126,653
818,749
221,761
420,358
494,901
11,856,352
932,473
15,861,635
Lead
The only producing lead mine in Ontario is that of the Kingdon Mining,
Smelting and Manufacturing Company, Ltd., which also operates a smelter at
Galetta, on the Ottawa river. With the exception of a small recovery of lead in
United States refineries from Ontario silver ores, the total sales of 3,576,222 pounds
worth $191,113 were shipped from Galetta. Daring the year 33,557 tons of ore
were mined and concentrated. Shipments of pig lead were made to Canadian
points. The average Xew York price for the year was 4.545 cents per pound, the
lowest since 1914. Prices at Montreal, the main Canadian market, are generally
higher than in the United States, the Montreal average price being 5.742 cents
per pound in 1921 and the Toronto price 5.849 cents.
About 1,500 tons of lead slag, a residue from the Newnan hearth, was on
hand at Galetta at the end of the year. A small grab sample assayed 40 per cent,
lead and 10 per cent, zinc; and a similar flue dust sample gave 70 per cent, lead
and three per cent. zinc. The erection of a small blast furnace is under considera-
tion for further treating slag and flue dust. Zinc blende is recovered from con-
centrating tables and bagged for future use. A description of mine and smelter
ajipeared in the Canadian Mining Journal, issue of February 24, 1922.
20 Department of Mines No. 4
NON=METALLIC MINERALS
Actinolite
Shipments during the year were seventy-eight tons, valued at $975. There
is only one producer in the Province, namely, the Actinolite Mining Company,
with a mill at the village of the same name, situated about four miles north of
Tweed station on the Canadian Pacific railway. The mineral is mined in the
toM-nships of Kaladar and Elzevir, Hastings county, and the head office of the
company is Bloomfield, Xew Jersey. The product, which is iilu'ous in nature,
is used principally for roofing purposes, as an ingredient in coal-tar compounds.
Barite ( Barytes)
There was a production by H. C. Bellew of 6 Saint Sacrament St., ]\lon-
treal. Que., of approximately 200 tons of barite or heavy spar. No shipments
were made from the deposit, Avhich is located on lot 20, concession X, towmship
of Xorth Burgess, Lanark county.
Calcite and Dolomite
There is a growing market for ground calcite and dolomite in the paint and
other trades. From Palmerston township in Frontenac county, T. B. Caldwell,
of Perth, shipped seventy tons of pure calcite to paint manufacturers, for ex-
l^erimental use.
A dolomite deposit was opened up at Baptiste lake, Herschel township,
by the Ontario Dolomite Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Xo shipments to the
Toronto grinding plant of the company were made in 1921. Tliis mineral is coming
into use for the manufacture of artificial stone.
Corundum
The entire production of this natural abrasive, -103 tons, valued at $55,965,
was the output of Corundum, Limited, operating at Craigmont. During the
year 11,256 tons of tailings from lot 4, concession XA^III, Eaglan township,
were milled. Shipments were made in ^"'grain'^ form. Artificial abrasives are
replacing corundum for many purposes.
Feldspar
For several years prior to 1920, Ontario's output of feldspar ranged from
12,000 to 20,000 tons per annum. In 1920 shipments jumped to 37,335 tons,
worth $268,295, due to an increased demand by United States pottery and por-
celain manufacturers. In the second half of 1921, shipments fell off, particu-
larly those of second-grade spar. Prices dropped during the year from $9.00
per ton f.o.l). cars to $7.00 for No. 1 spar and from $6.00 to $5.00 per ton for
No. 2. The bulk of the supply is quarried in Frontenac and Hastings counties.
Shipments go chiefly to the pottery and porcelain centres of New Jersey and
Ohio. The Feldspar Milling Company of Toronto, with ])lant on Don Esplanade,
has a grinding capacity of about 6,000 tons per anniiiu. The new plant of the
1922
Statistical Review
21
Frontenac Floor and Wall Tile Co., completed iu December, is capable of hand-
ling 1,500' tons per year, and can be doubled by adding another pebble mill.
About 2,250 tons were ground in Ontario in 1921 by the Toronto firm. Total
shipments in 1921 were 19,887 tons, worth $170,133, which includes both crude
and ground spar.
There is a growing demand for j^ink spar, crushed to pass one-cpiarter inch
mesh and retained on one-eighth inch mesh, for use as a "stucco dash." Second-
grade spar, including chips, may be marketed in this form.
Shippers in 1921 are noted hereunder:
FELDSPAR SHIPPERS, 1921.
Name.
Location of Deposit.
P.O. Address.
Canadian Xon-Metallic Miner-
als, Ltd
Dillon and Mills...
Eureka Flint and Spar Co
Federal Feldspar, Ltd
Feldspar Quarries, Ltd
Feldspars, Limited
Gardner Feldspar Co
Industrial Minerals Corp. of
Canada, Ltd
International Feldspar Co., Ltd.
McConnell Consolidated Mines,
Ltd
North American Feldspar, Ltd .
O'Brien and Fowler
Orser-Kraft Feldspar, Ltd
Orser and Wilson
Provincial Feldspar Co
Rock Products Company, The.
Storrington Feldspar Comi)anv,
Ltd :.
Verona Mining Co
Dickens tp
Lot 23, Con. VI, Monteagle tp.
Lot 16, Con. XI, Portland tp . .
Lot 25, Con. Ill, Bedford tp. . .
Portland tp
Richardson Mine, Bedford tp. .
Lots 1 and 2, Con. XI, Lough-
borough tp
Lots 29 and 30, Con. XV, Mon-
mouth tp
Lot 2, Con. Ill, Bedford t ])....
Lot 3, Con. VIII, Bathurst tp. ,
(Kirkham quarry)
Pickins mine, Gooderham ....
Lots 5 and 8, Cons. II and III
March tp
S. Sherbrooke, Bathurst and
Drummond tps
Lot 11, Con. IX, Loughborough
tp
Lot 1.5, Con. VI, S. Sherbrooke.
Lot 10, Con. VI, Bathurst tp. .
(Jas. Keays' quarry).
Lots 8, 9, 10, Con. XIII, Stor-
rington
Lots 18, 19 and pt. 20, Con. VII,
Monteagle
207 .lames St., Montreal.
Hybla.
Verona and Trenton, N.J.
46 Elgin St., Ottawa.
60 Front St. E., Toronto.
103 Bay St., Toronto.
Hartington.
805 Bank of Hamilton Bldg.,
Toronto.
214 Humber Bldg., Highland
Park, Detroit, Mich.
Perth, Ont.
24 Orchard Park Rd., Toronto.
17 Beech St., Ottawa.
Box 366, Perth.
Perth, Ont.
33 Richmond St. W., Toronto.
1154 Nicholas Bldg., Toledo,
Ohio.
C. G. Walton, Sec.-Treas.,
Elgin.
Hybla and 404 Harrison Bldg.,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Fluorspar
The output of this mineral declined from 3,704 tons in 1920 to 115 tons,
worth $1,744, in 1921. Curtailed operations in the steel industry was the
primary cause of this situation. The maximum output was in 1918, when 7,286
tons were marketed.
22
Department of Mines
No. 4
There were only two shijipers in 1921, as follows:
FLUORSPAR SHIPPERS. 1921.
Name.
Location.
Addi'ess.
Cross and Wellington
Herrington and Herrington.
Lot 11, Con. XIII, Huntingdon
Lot 2, Con. XII, Madoc
Madoc.
Aladoc.
Graphite
The graphite industry Mas stagnant during tlie year, only one operator,
the Black Donald Graphite Company, reporting shipments. The Timmins Gra-
phite Mines treated a small quantity of crude ore, and the two companies had
on hand at the end of the year 614 tons of unsold product. Shipments hy the
Black Donald Company were 211/2 tons of flake and 3411 ■> tons of dust, or a
total of 363 tons, valued at $23,273.
GRAPHITE OPERATORS, 1921.
Com])an,v.
Location of Mine.
P.O. Address.
Black Donald Graphite Co., Ltd.
Timmins Graphite Mines, The .
Brougham tp., Renfrew county Calabogie.
X. Burgess tp., Lanark county Stanleyville.
Artificial graphite, a product of the electric furnace, is manufactured by the
Acheson Graphite Company of Xiagara Falls, Ontario. The output in 1921 was
376,508 pounds.
Gypsum
The Ontario Gypsum Company is the only operating Company in the Pro-
vince, with mines and mills at Caledonia and Lythmore, in Seneca and Oneida
townships, Haldimand county, and head office at Paris. "When the Crown Gyp-
sum Company's mill at Lythmore was purchased, a new mine at Lythmore, about
five miles east of Hagersville on the Michigan Central railway, was opened up
and tlie old Martindale mine abandoned. The company mines, crushes, grinds
and calcines gypsum ; manufactures wall plaster, plaster of Paris and other gyp-
sum products. Crushed and fine-ground gypsum marketed in 1921, totalled
37,751 tons, calcined gypsum 15,020 and calcined gypsum used in manufactured
products, 32,019 tons; a total of 84,765 tons, valued at $433,053. Gypsum
products, including Avall board and fireproof blocks, are finding an increasing
market in tlie building industry.
The Emley patented process of manufacturing plastic gypsum has been
adopted by this company in the Caledonia mill, and similar machinery is being
installed at Lythmore. In the new process plaster of Paris is ground in a ball
1922
Statistical Review
23
mill thereby driving out the moisture of crystallization. Eecombining while
still in the mill has the effect of making hardwall plaster denser and more plas-
tic, o-iving it the property of easier spreading and making it capable of carrying
more sand. This process is being introduced rapidly in the United States, and
means a general improvement in the plaster industry. The Ontario Gypsum
Company was the first company in Canada to adopt the Emley process, pa-
tented by W. E. Emle}', of the United States Bureau of Standards, Washington,
D.C.
Iron Pyrites
The iron pyrites or sulphur ore industry in Ontario, in 1921, reflects the
general economic depression, and the outlook for this mineral is not bright.
There were mined during the year a total of 26,107 tons, of which 19,375 tons,
worth $91,604, were shipped. A final clean up of the Wawa (Helen mine)
stock pile was made by the Algoma Steel Corporation and the ore shipped to
Sault Ste. Marie. Ontario shipments contained thirty-eight per cent, sulphur,
with the exception of the sulphide deposit of the Xichols Chemical Company,
which assayed 33.6 per cent, sulphur.
Native sulphur from the ''Gulf^' states of Texas and Louisiana, made avail-
able more cheaply than pyrites could be, is supplanting the latter on the North
i^merican continent. It also finds sale on the European market in competition
with Sicilian sulphur. The only place where Spanish pyrites competes success-
fully on the United States market is on the Atlantic seaboard, and less than
one quarter of the pre-war quantity of iron jjyrites is being imported into the
United States. In fact, domestic production of iron ppyrites in the United States
meets its cliief competition from American native sulphur, rather than from
imported pyrites.
Following is a list of pyrite shippers in 1921 :
IRON PYRITES SHIPPERS,
192L
Name of Owner, Firm or Company.
Location or >
of Mine.
H^ame
P.O. Address of
Manager, etc.
Algoma Steel Corporation, Limited
Grasselli Chemical Co
Nichols Chemical Co., Limited, The . . . <,
Helen
Caldwell
Sulphide
Vermillion Lake . .
Saiilt Ste. Marie.
Flower Station.
Sulphide.
Northpines.
Mica
The industry, which is centred in Eastern Ontario, was inactive during
most of the year. Shipments totalled 218 tons, including 86 tons of scrap mica.
The total value of all grades was $28,891, as compared with $54,169 in 1920,
when 719 tons were marketed. Scrap mica is now being concentrated and ground
to various degrees of fineness for a wide variety of uses, including the rubber
trade, but principally for the manufacture of prepared roofing materials.
24
Department of Mines
No. 4
The Loughborough Mining Company, operating the Lacey mine at Syden-
ham, Frontenac county, was the largest shipper of rough-cobbed mica.
Prices for tlmmb-trimmed mica, depending on quality, ranged as f olloAys :
Size. Price per lb-
1" X 1" 7c. to 17c.
1" X 2" 13c. to 17c.
1" X 3" 20c. to 35c.
2" X 3" 40c. to 60c.
Following is a list of mica shippers;
Size. Price per lb-
2" X 4" 60c. to 80c.
3" X 5" $1.35 to $1.50
4" x6" $2.00 to $2.25
MICA SHIPPERS. 1921.
Xaine of Owner or Producer.
Elliott, Wm. M
Green, George
Kent Bros, and Estate J. M. Stoness.
Kingston and Perth Mining Co
Loughl)orough Mining Co., Ltd
McLaren, W. L
Trousdale, Jas
Location or Name
of ]\Iine.
Mica lake, Butt tp.
Bedford tp
Bedford tp
North Burgess tj). .
Loughborough tp.
North Burgess tp. .
P.O. Address of
Manager, etc.
3433 Walnut St., Chicago,
111.
Perth Road.
Kingston.
Ivingston.
Sydenham.
Perth.
Sydenham.
Mineral Waters
Statistics of jjioduction and valuation are not entirely satisfactory, for the
reason that in many cases mineral waters are .shipped from the springs in bar-
rels or other containers to bottling work.s, and only a nominal yaluation is given
for such shipments. In other cases a much liigher valuation is placed on the
product where bottling works are located at the springs. The record does not
include consumption of mineral Avaters for medicimil or bathing uses in con-
nection with sanitaria, such as tliose located at St. Catharines and Preston
Springs. Shipments reported were 308,647 Imperial gallons, valued at $14,438.
Below are taljulated records of shipments since reports were first received
in 1918:
1918
1919
1920
1921
Imperial gallons
\'alue . .
208,498
$133,808
276,833
$19,290
127,150
$15,059
308,647
$14,438
Natural Gas
A complete discus,sion, -''Xaiural (ias in ^\)•^\:' l^y H. H. Ilarknes.s, Natural
Gas Commissioner, appears as Part Y, Volume XX.Xi. Ih'port ot the Ontario
1922
Statistical Review
25
Department of Mines. Production was 8,53r3,2 34,000 cubic feet, valued by the
producers at $2,975,502. The average retail price in 1921 was about 45 cents
per M. cubic feet.
Peat
Shipments for the year from the Alfred bog, east of Ottawa, where experi-
mental operations are being carried on jointly by the Ontario and Federal gov-
ernments, were 1,666 tons, valued at $7,800. About 4,000 tons were manufac-
tured, but all fuel not sold was lost in ISTovember, by a fire which destroyed
the storage pile.
The work carried on at Alfred is primarily an investigation with the ob-
ject of developing a type of machinery suitable for peat fuel manufacture by
the air-drying method. In 1921 the plant was in operation for 107 days, or
about the average period feasible in our climate. For fuller description of the
1 iant see progress statement of the Joint Peat Committee, issued as Part IV,
Volume XXXI, Report of the Ontario Department of Mines.
Petroleum
A report on '-'Petroleum in 1921," by the Xatural Gas Commissioner, a])-
pears in Vol. XXXI, Part V. The following statistical tables, which are re-
peated here for convenience, are taken from the above-mentioned report.
CRUDE PETROLEUM PRODUCTION (i), BY FIELDS, 1917-1921.
Field.
Petrolia and Enniskillen.
Oil Spring.'^
Moore townshi])
Sarnia township
Plympton township
Bothwell
Dover, West \rp-,.
Tilbury, East P^"''-^'-
Raleigh township
Dutton
Onondaga township ....
Belle River
Mosa town.ship
Thamesville
Total Production Bl:)ls.
Value %
Average price per Bljl. (3j |
1917
Bbls.
74,267
48,902
6,282
4.494
.579
29 , 682
10,041
,941
383
20,999
6,420
202,990
475,000
2.34
1918
Bbls.
65,467
44,671
6,367
3,4.38
412
29,116
25,228
1,875
1,186
447
108,988
1,565
1919
Bbls.
70,087
45,245
4,029
4,259
560
29,425
/ 16, 705
\ 1,660
1,272
197
45,860
801
288.760
781.097
2.703^
220,100
632 , 789
2.871^
1920
Bbls.
65,082
39,. 388
7,036
3,495
531
25,563
12,171
623
(2)
837
341
24,063
1,131
181,7.50
724,145
3.983^
1921
Bbls.
68,484
40,967
7,536
4,068
481
26,877
7,473
1,003
3,. 320
566
10,764
1,.320
172.8.59
466,716
2.68H
(1) Figures supplied by J. C. Waddell, Supervisor of Petroleum Bounties, Petrolia.
(2) Production for 1920 in Raleigh township was included with that of Dover West.
(3) A bounty of 52 H cents per barrel (35 Imperial gallons), or a total of $90,748.78, wa.s paid
in addition by the Federal Government under The "Petroleum Bounty Act."
26
Department of Mines
No. 4
Four refineries operated in the Province in 1921, as noted hereunder
PETROLEUM REFINERIES, 1921.
Company.
Location of Refinery.
Daj's
Operated
Head Office Address.
British American Oil Co., Ltd
Canadian Oil Companies, Limited
fCities Service Oil Co., Ltd
Imperial Oil, Limited
Toronto, Cherrj' St . . .
Petrolia
314
309
306
312
Toronto, Roval Bank
Bldg.
Toronto, Excelsior Life
Wallaceburg
Sarnia
Bldg.
Wallaceburg.
Sarnia.
fThis company took over the Great Lakes Oil Company's refinery on Mar. 1, 1921.
The following tahle, summarized from annual re|)orts of the Ontario De-
partment of Mines for the years 1907-1920 and tahle supplied by the Dominion
Bureau of Statistics for 1921, shows refinery operations for the past five years :
CRUDE PETROLEUM AND REFINERY STATISTICS, 1917-1921.
Schedule.
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
Crude petroleum production
Imp. gals
7,107,700
475,000
10,106,615
781,097
7,703,515
632,789
6,361,234
724,145
6,050,062
1 Value
$
559,198
American Crude, distilled.
Imp. gals
122,436,923
9,236,033
137,065,788
12,612,882
141.157,309
12,486,174
148,540,511
20,102,784
150,692,113
Value
$
14,537,339
Canadian Crude, distilled,
8,122,063
559,435
9,513,222
781,703
7,693,385
661,927
6,402,118
769,775
5,880,086
Value
$
500,418
rti cem. oiioidi
6.22
6.49
5.17
4.13
3.75
Products:
Illuminating oil . . . Imp.
gals.
40,195,774
36,211,715
34,800,233
33,897,891
29,774,134
Value
$
3,457,817
4,239,816
5,073,647
6,331,706
3.335,200
Lubricating oil Imp.
gals.
12,288,466
12,595,305
12,501,385
13,804,074
13,848,721
Value
$
1,586,270
2,118,002
2,293,640
3,276.569
2,351,975
Benzine, Naphtha,
Gasoline Imp.
gals.
34,611,056
39,156,447
44,625,590
47.418,420
51,033,337
Value
$
8,292,828
10,244,328
11,677,077
14,485,935
12,655,244
2Gas and Fuel oil. Tar,
Imp. gals.
39,815,106
40,949,358
40,581,499
45,025,050
44,364,794
Value "
$
2,671,414
2,943,503
2,265,457
5,486,636
2,130,685
Paraffin Wax and Candl
es,
lbs.
12,649,553
13,650,128
10,903,202
10,398,127
10,777,994
Value
$
908,996
1,148,726
1,044,798
973,805
310,267
Emplovees Ave
.No.
1,289
1,312
1,580
1,736
1,560
Wages paid
...$
1,259,344
1,486,677
2,045,072
2,695,507
2,176,700
1 The value includes Iwunty paid to producers.
-' Figures for 1921 do not include Tar product, which was 18,971,400 pounds, witli .selling
value of $142,285.00.
1922
Statistical Review
27
Quartz and Silica Brick
I'liHluct itiii for tJie yvnv was ]'<;,UG8 luiis, \aliU'd al $'^';!0,iSUG. Quartz or
silica is used in tlie smelting of nickel-copper ores in the Sudbury area, in the
nianut'acture of ferro-silieon, for making silica brick and other iises requiring-
siiiaHcr quantities. The nickel companies supply their own requirements. Feld-
spar ])roducers frequently recover quartz, which, if sufficiently pure, is shipped
as a by-product. The Algoma Steel Corporation manufactured 1,094,069 silica
lirick during tlie year, using the same for lining blast furnaces.
The following operated quarries and niade shijunents in 19?1:
QUARTZ SHIPPERS, 1921.
Xaiuc of ( )\vner, Fiiin or C'()mi)any.
P.O. Address of
Operator.
Location of Quarrj-.
Alfioma Steil C'uri)()ration
Eureka Flint and Spar Company
International Nickel Co. of Canada
Mond Nickel Company
Sault Ste. Marie
Verona
Copper Cliff
Coniston . . .
A. C. Rv. fDeroche tp.).
P(jrtland tp.
Dill t}).
Xeelon t]).
Bathurst, Drunimond and
S. Sherbrooke tps.
Orser-Kraft Feldspar ComiJany
Perth
Salt
rroduction of salt was well maintained in l!)"^], but brine for chemical plants
was not as extensively used as in lil'-^n. TJic ten salt plants operated are all
situated in the south-western ])eninsula of the Province, between Kincardine on
Lake Huron and Andterstburg on the Detroit river. Brine with salt equivalent
f)f ri0..-)29 tons was used in the t'hemical ])lant of RruniUM- Mond, Canada, Lim-
ited, at Andierstburg, and that of the Canadian Salt Company, Limited, at
Sandwich. Chemicals produced include soda ash by the former company, while
tlie latter turns out caustic soda and bbvacliing ])owder.
The following tables gives details of Ontario's salt industry over a five-vear
period :
SALT STATISTICS, 1917-1921.
Schedule.
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
Land
C'oar.sc.
Fine . .
Table and Lau \
Pre.ssed Blocks".
. . . tons.
((
$
Xo.
$
2,093
32,236
56,028
34,251
2,041
25,232
53,908
34,324
1,720
35,150
47,571
34,396
2,054
28,709
39,663
42,474
2 , 599
28,925
36,074
40,931
2,966
Brine (salt equivaK n. .
14,301
16,221
20,275
93.712
50 , 529
Total Sold or I'scd. . .
\'aluc of
138,909
1.047,707
131,726
1,287,039
148,112
1,395,368
206,612
1,544,867
161,024
1,643.527
Einployees*
Wages
238
234.925
312
275,842
296
319,463
338
442,004
264
311,205
"Emi'.loyccs of chemical works are not included.
28
Department of Mines
No. 4
Tlie list ot' companies protlueiiio- brine or salt in 1921 was a~ follow:
SALT COMPANIES. 1921.
Location
of Wells or
P.( ). .Vddress of
Xaine of Owner, Firm or Coniioany.
^^'
orks.
r^lunager, etc.
Brunner, Mond Cana'la, Liniited
Amherstbur
.*
Amherst liuru.
Canadian Salt Company, Limited, The.<
Windsor.
Sandwich'
[Wind.sor.
Dominion Salt Company, Limited, The .
Elarton Salt Works Co.; L^d
Sarnia . . .
Sarnia.
^^'arwi(•k . .
Watford. IM;. Xo. 5.
Exeter Salt Works Company, Limite 1. . .
Exeter .
Exeter.
Goderich Salt Co., Limited
Godericl'
Goderidi.
Ontario People's Salt and Soda Co., Ltd.
Kincardin"
Ivincardinc.
Western Canada Flour Mills Co., Ltd. . .
Goderich .
Goderich.
^^'estern Salt Company, Limited
Courtrighi
Courtright.
\A'ingham Salt Works (Young Estate). . .
Wingham. .
Wingham.
*Chemical work.s u.^^ing salt brine as raw material.
Talc and Soapstone
Shipments of crude and ground talc fell oil from 21,411 tons, valued at
$162,784, in 1920, to 9,967 tons, worth $140,390, in 1921. There was a larger
proportion of ground talc sold than in 1920, as the valuation figures indicate.
The American Talc Corporation early in the year turned over its mill and the
Connolly mine to the Asbestos Pulp Company, Limited. The latter Company
operated to September 1st, when the plant was shut down. Thn Henderson
mine, an adjacent property, delivered its entire output of 7,916 tons of crude talc
to the mill of Geo. H. Gillespie and Company, Limited. Ground talc prices
ranged from $8.00 to $22.00 per ton, depending on grade. The entire industry
is centred at ^Lidoc in Hastings countv.
The I'nited States is the largest talc-producing country. Uses of ground
talc in 1921, in order of consumption, as reported by the United States Geo-
logical Survey, were as follows: paper, 38 per cent.: paint, 23: roofing, 18;
rubber, 91/2 ; textile, 4; toilet powder, 2I/2: other uses, 5 per cent.
A deposit of soapstone has been located near Wabigoon .':;tatioii. District of
Kenora. It closely resembles the Alberene stone of Virginia in mineral compo-
sition. There is no record to date of soapstone of domestic origin liavinu- been
used in a commercial way in this Province.
TALC STATISTICS, 1917-1921
Schedule
Crude talc .-hipped ton.s.
Ground talc .shii)))c(l . . "
Tfjtal value ,slii|)ineii1 . $
iMnpl'A'ce.-, mine and mil' Xo.
Wages'paid $
1917
2,;398
l;i,67S
179,554
56
49,734
1918
1919
1920
1921
1,044
1,644
5.22s
\ 9,967
16,421
15,927
i5,i;n
246,691
240, ;«9
:m\.:nu
un,:590
43
S7
GO
;]()
41,9:36
76.384
77.818
41, 97s
1922
Statistical Review
29
The followin.L;' ((iinpaiiies and lliius were engaged in the miniiio- and millini
ol' talc during ID'^l :
TALC OPERATORS, 1921
Finn cr Company
Location of Mine or
Works
Addres.s pf
Manager, ete.
*Hciulers()n Mines, Limited
Ceo. H. Cillesi)ie and Company, Ltd. . . .
Hnntingdon tp
AL-idcc (grinding millj . . . .
Madoc.
Madoc.
*The tlender.son mine was operated nnder lease by Henderson Mines, limited, the product
going to the mill of Ceo. H. Gillespie and Company.
STRUCTURAL MATERIALS
iJuriiig J;)"il wli()k'.<a!e ]»riees ul' eounnoditie.s in general deeliiied "i i |>cf cent.
from tliuse ul)taining at the elo.se of 192i), or a total decline of nearly 4(i per cent,
from the peak of May, 192U. This unprecedented fall in prices, I'otli as to swift-
ness and severity, naturally had a depressing effect on general husiness. The first
seven months of the year were marked Ijy the greatest decline, Avhile Decemher
recorded a reaction as shown hy a small advance in general commodity prices.
Building construction naturally responded to the decline in prices of materials,
but still there was hesitation to launch large building programmes in the fear that
the downward trend might continue. On the other hand it was necessary to
commence work on projects that luid l)een long delayed l)y high construction costs,
botli as to materials and lal)Our, which prexailed throughout the greater part of
19"20. Building ])erniits in 2.") Ontario cities as reported by the Labour Gazette
Totalled .$49.2;6,9iM) in 1921, as compared with $.^l,:83.6(i6 in 1920.
Clay Products
Many of the smaller and less-efficient clay-working plants which closed down
during the war may not reopen, as the present-day tendency is towards larger and
better-equipped plants. The Canadian National Clay Products Association is
doing nnich in the way of standardization and towards improving conditions in the
industry. The average price of conmion brick was $7.96 per M in 191.5. $13.92 in
1919, $17.r-l: in 1920 and $17. (iS in 1921. A decrease in fuel and labour costs
])ermitted a small reduction in brick prices.
SEWER PIPE AND POTTERY WORKS, 1921.
Xame of Comjiany
Location of Plant and P.O. Ad-
dress of Manager, etc.
Sewer Pipe.
Dominion Sewer Pi])e and Clay Industries, Ltd [Swansea.
Hamilton A Toronto Sewer Pipe Co., Ltd ! Hamilton.
Ontario Sewer Pipe ct Clay Products, Ltd jMimico.
Pottery.
R. Cami)l)eirs Sons |lOO Locke St. South, Hamilton.
Davis & Son, .lohn i601 :\Ierton St., Toronto.
Foster P>)ttery Company jMain St. West., Hamilton.
The taldc which follows gives the value of clay products marketed tor the
last pre-wai- year and sul)sequently :
Department of Mines
No. 4
VALUE OF CLAY PRODUCT.S SOLD OR USED, 1913-21
]5iick
Year-
Prp.ssed
C'oiiiinoii FaiK'y. Build-
ing Tile, ctf
i S
1913 I 3,283,894
1914 2.336.207
191.") 763.591
191(i 009.559
1917 713. S24
19 IS 665.454
1919 1,966,711
1920 2.209,265
1921 2,025.643
1,162,860
52,875
894.381
25,720
375.865
49,387
495.895
87.025
776,302
94,501
592,286
88,275
726,500
119,551
1,178.656
127,049
2,059,606
69,984
Potfe
Drain Tilt
292,767
277 , 530
321,253
275,471
546,040
309,899
354,700
359,373
397.104
600,297
571.750
361,283
216.749
379,923
362,536
609,100
860,811
939,463
Sfwer Pipe Tot a
5.392,693
4.165,597
1,871,379
1,584,699
2,509.590
2.018.450
3 . 776 . 562
4,735,154
5,094,696
I'olldW'iiiL;- i> a list of KMi lirii-k ami tile (>]ii'rat<)rs wlio i-cjxirtcd an (Hitpiit in
1!)-^:-
BRICK AND TILE PLANTS, 1921.
Xame.
Address.
Product.
Atlas Brick Co., Ltd
Alvinston Brick and Tile Co.
Ltd.
Baird & Son, H. C
Baker, Geo. C
Bannerman, Geo., Jr
Barnhardt, W. H
Bechtel, B. E
liennett. Robert
Booth Brick and Lumber Co., Ltd. .
Branijjton Pressed Brick Co
Broadwell & Son, B
Brownscoinbe, H
liuck, J. L
Canadian General Electric Co., Ltd.
Canadian Pressed Brick Co., Ltd. . .
Toronto, 30 Toronto St .
Alvinston
Chapman, John
Cheeseman, Peter
Cooksville Shale Brick Co., iAd .
Cooper, W. H
Crang, Jethro
Crawford Bros
Curtin, Frank
Curtis Bros
Dalton, Maurice
DcLaplante, J. E., & Co.
Parkhill
Arni^rior
Greenock, R.R. No. 1
Stratford
Waterloo
Dunnville, Box 21
New Toronto
Brampton
King.sville
Cargill
Port Rowan
Toronto, King St., W
Hamilton, 36 Siui JJfe
Building
Napanee
Hamilton, 670 King St., W.
Toronto, 26 Queen St., E. .
Hamilton, 104 Clvde Block
Toronto, 2 Regal Rd
Hamilton, King and Mack-
lin Sts. . . . ."
Lindsay
Peterboro, Box 809
Dre.sden, R.Il. No. 3
Toronto. 1000 Gerrard St.,
E.....
Pressed Brick.
Common Brick. Hollow
Blocks and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Common Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick.
[Brick and Tile.
IPressed Brick.
Pressed Brick antl Tile.
Tile, Brick and Blocks.
Brick and Tile.
Brick, Tile and Blocks.
Pottery.
Pre.ssed Brick.
Brick and Tile.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick and Tile
Tile.
Brick.
1921
Statistical Review
31
BRICK AXD TILE PLANTS, l92l-~('on'ini<r I .
Xaine
Deller, Albert E .
Deller Bros
Deller, Win. H
Dolan, John
Dominion Sewer Pipe and Clay Industries,
Limited
Don Vallev Brick Works
Donaldson, S. E
Dublin Brick and Tile Company
Elliott, Charles "
Elliott, Wm
Elliott, Jas., Jr
Fort William Brick and Tile Company.
Fox, Cie(j. J
Frid Bros
Frid, Geo., Comj)any
Eraser & Leith
Gardiner, William
Godfrey & Co., Thos
Grip;g, William
Hallatt, Wm
Hallatt & Son, H
Halton Brick Co., Ltd
Hamilton Pressed Brick Co., Limited ,
Hill, Aaron
Hill, A. W
Hill Brick Co
Hinde Bros
Hirccck Bros. & Company
Hitch, Mrs. Susan
Hitch, Thos
Holland & Son, William
Howlett, Fred
Huntsville Brick Co
Interprovincial Brick Co. of Canada, Ltd.
The
Jackson Bros
Janes, D. A
Jamieson Lime Co
Jasperson Brick and Tile Co
.Jeffrey, Leon
Jervis & Son, John . .. .
John.son, Jas., Sr
Kerr, Fred
Koebel, Joseph Z
Kruse Bros
Kuhn, Jenry H
Lal)ey & Son, Geo. A . .
Lindsay, Stephen
MacKav Bros
Martin Estate, David
McCormick Bros
McGregor & Gammage.
Mclvor Bros
McLoughlin, Jno
McMahon, Robert
.Address.
Vienna
Norwich. U.K. Xo. 2..
Thorndale, R.R. No. 4.
Watford, R.R. Xo. 2...
Aldershot and Swansea. . . .
Toronto, 714 Dominion
Bank Building
Pioduct.
Brick, Tile and Blocks.
Brick, Tile and Hollow
Blocks.
Tile.
Tile.
Brick, Bl(
and Tir(
Harristoii, R.R. Xo. 4
Dubhn
Bluevale
Glenannan
Sault Ste. Marie,
519 Wellington St., X
P"t. William. 509 Victoria
Avenue
Dresden
Hamilton
Hamilton, Main St., ^^' .
Blyth
Blenheim
Carleton Place
Thedford, R.F.D. 1
Merlin
Comber
Terra Cotta
Hamilton, Kensington
Ave., S
Essex
Coatsworth, R.R. Xo. 1
Madoc
West Toronto
Bowmanville
Ridgetown
St. Thomas, Box 254. .. .
Ru.scomb
Petrolia
Huntsville, Box 308
(1 and
Blocks.
Common, Press(
Tapestry Brick,
Tile.
j Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Common ami Rug iiiick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick aufl Tile.
Brick and Tile,
Brick.
Tile.
Tile.
Brick, Tile and
Pressed Brick.
Block^
Pres.sed Brick.
Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick.
Toronto, 30 Toronto St . . . Pressed Brick
Brantford Brick.
Mt. Brydges Brick and Til
Renfrew
Kingsville .
3.
Tile.
Zurich, R.R. Xo. 2
Dorchester Station
Pembroke, R.R. X(
Crediton Brick.
St. Clements Tile.
Seaforth, R.R. Xo. 3 Bricl
Centralia, R.R. No. 2 Tile.
Foxboro Tile.
Wallaceburg ; . Tile.
Dutton Tile.
Thamesville Tile.
Watford, R.R. Xo. 5 Brick and Tile.
Dresden, R.R. Xo. 2 iTile.
Cobourg, Box 636 jBrick.
London, 1044 William St . . JBrick.
Kerwood, R.R. Xo. 2 iTile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick, Hollow Blocks and
Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick.
32
Department of Mines
No. 4
BRICK AND TILE PLANTS, 1921— Continued.
.Merklcys, Ltd
^liddleton, Chas.
Mills, Geo. E
Milton Pressed Brick Co., Lttl
Miner, J. T
National Fire Proofing Co. of Canada. Ltd
New, Edward
Norton, Alsev
O'Dell, All)ei1 & Henry
Ontario Brick and Tile Plant
Ontario Paving Bi-ick Co., Limited
Oilman Bros ...
O'Reilly. T. E
Ott Brick and Tile Mfg. Co., Ltd., The. . .
Ottawa Brick Mfg. Co., Limited, The
Owen Sound Brick Co., Limited, The
Paxton cV- Brav
Pears tV: Son, Jamef*
Peml)r(^ke Brick Co., The
Phillii)s & Son, Thos
Phippen & Field
Phinn Bros
Piggott & Co., Geo
Port Credit Brick Co., Limited, Tfu
Price & Cuniining
Price e^- Smit h
Price. Ltd., Jiio .
Richardson & Son, James .
RoHin.s, D. W
Shale Products, Ltd. .
Snelgrove, A
Sproat, Wm. M
Standard Brick Co., Ltd.
Ltd., The
Stroh. M. C
Superior Tile Co., Limited.
Telford, John C
Til])urv Brick and Tile Co.
Tol.son, Mrs. Margaret J . .
Toi)e E.state, Richard
Toronto Brick Co
Turner <fe Co., C. B
Wag.stafT& Co., A. H
Wag.staff, Charles. . . .
Waide, J. C
\\'aite, John E
Wallace & Son, R
A\'arwick Brick Works
Whitl.y Brick and Clay Products Co.
Wi's n, Samuel A: Sf)ns
Wiicli Bros
Windsor Brick and Tile Co
Ltd.
Wood.slee Brick and Tile Co .
A\'right & Sons, Geo
Wright, J. C
Ottawa, 53 Queen St
Wvoming
Hamilton, 614 King St. E..
Mihon
King.sville, R.R. No. 2. . . .
Toronto, 601 Dominion
I Bank Building
Hamilton, Dundas Rd . . . .
Bolton
Ingersoll
Mimico . .
West Toronto
Hamilton, Macklin St
^Ottawa, 320 Bay St
Kitchener
Ottawa, 53 Queen St
Owen Sound
St. Catharines, Queenston
Street
Toronto, Eglinton Ave., W.
Pemljroke
Lucknow, R.R. No. 2
Toronto, Dawes Road
London, St. James Park. . .
Mount Dennis, 20 Gue.st-
ville Ave
Port Credit
Humber Bay, Salislnuy
Avenue
Toronto, 458 Greenwood
Avenue
Toronto, 395 Greenwood
Avenue
Kerwood
Belle\-ille, R.R. No. 4
Inglewood
Beaveiton
-<eaforth, R.R. No. 4
Toronto, 'S(VA Broadview
Avenue. ...
Conestogo. .
Fort William
~^outhwold
Tilliurv
Highgate, R.R. No. 1 . . . . .
Hamilton, 171 Queen St., S
Toronto, 60 Victoria St . . .
Toronto, 894 Bat hurst St . .
Toronto, 348 Greenwood
Avenue
Lindsav, R.R. No. 4
London, 1010 Adelaide St. .
Forrester Falls
North Bay
London, 647 Grosvenor St.
Whitbv, Box 96
Paislev, R.R. No. 2
Pai.sley, Box 220
Wind.sor, 201 Exchange
Building
W'oodslee
Uomber, Box 56
Proton
File
rile
and
and
Brick.
Tile.
Brick.
Pressed Brick.
Tile.
Tile and BlGck>
Brick.
STile.
Brick,
Brick,
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick, Till
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Tile.
Brick.
Brick and Tile
Brick.
Pressed Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Block.'
Bl(!ck^
and Block.'
Til
Brick.
Brick and
Brick.
Brick.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick.
Brick and Tile.
Common and Tapestrv
Brick.
Tile.
Brick, Tile and Blocks.
Brick and Tile.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Tile.
Brick.
Brick and Tile.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick.
Brick and Tile.
Brick and Tile.
Brick, Tile and Blocks.
Brick and Tile.
Tile.
Brick and Tile.
1921
Statistical Review
33
Portland Cement
Tilt' cajiarity ol the ])lants ()[)('rate(l diiriiio- tlit' year was l"^..j(M) liarrrl.s per
(lav. All average of 883 men were employed, and wages amounted to $1.'^.38.4G0.
Fdllowjng is a list of the operating plants: —
PORTLAND CEiMENT PLANTS OPERATING IN 1921.
Company.
Location of Plant.
Hcacl Office Adtlress.
Canada Cement Comjiany, Ltd .
Plant No. 4 Thurlow t])
Plant No. .5 Thurlow tp., near Belleville
Plant No. 8 .^ Port Colborne '
Hanover Portland Cement Co., Ltd., The. . jHanover Hanover.
St. Marys Cement Co., Limited iSt. Marvs jSt. Marys.
Herald Bldg., Montreal,
Quebec.
The f()ll(>\\ing tal)le gives details of the industry in 1[)13, during the war
tcriod and subsequently: — ■
PORTLAND CE:MENT STATISTICS, 191:3-1921.
Stock on
Sales.
No. of
Operating
hand
Dec. 31st
Average Price
Year
per bbl.
Plants.
])bls.
Barrels.
Value
(350 lbs.)
$
$
191;B...
13
450,213
3,802,321
4,105,455
1.08
1914...
11
846,562
2,665,650
2,931,190
1.10
1915...
/
755,799
2,302,242
2,534.537
1.10
1916
7
380,458
2,143,949
2,242,433
1.05
1917
6
567,261
2,063,231
2,934,271
1.42
191S...
4
473,184
1.226,244
1,910,839
1.56
1919...
5
278,188
2.022,575
3,659,720
1.81
1920...
5
248,142
2,035,594
4,377,814
2.15
1921...
5
174,686
2.723,072
6,425,266
2.37
Tn the T'nited States the factory price per harrel of 380 pounds ranged from
Si. 13 in tlie Hast to $2.58 in the West, the average price being $1.89 per harrel.
Concrclf I'roducis. — The term '''concrete" as usually understood refers to a
compact mass of sand and gi'avel or crushed stone hound together by Portland
cement. MonoliThic concrete construction is not considered in this report, which
deals oidy with moveable concrete products. In the United States approximately
one barrel of cement is used to one ton of aggregate. i\.s the materials entering
into concrete receive individual consideration, the statistics of i)roduction of con-
crete products are not included in the summary of mineral output of the Province
(Table I).
In 19-21, There was an output of 441,243 concrete brick, 801,748 drain pipe,
and 151,247 sewer pipe and culvert tile. For the most part the industry is not
carried on during the Avinter months. Detailed statistics for the past five years
I'ollow :
34
Department of Mines
No. 4
COXCRETE PRODICTS STATISTK'S, 1917-1921.
Schedule
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
Brifk.... «
Rlocks, sills and (•ai)s $
nt-aiii tile S
Sewer pipe and culvert tile $
Artificial stone and other products. .$
1,420
8,312
90.586
1,290
41,362
81,351
10,631
147,895
142.072
11.117
382,994
338.286
Total value of output ?
Average period of nporat ion .
Employees
Wages
. davs
No.
100,318
105
105
28,641
9,235
409,722
/ 70,412
\317,811
87,701
124,003 300.598 732.397
122
72
25,901
lOS i 161
14S ; 218
90.653 212,014
894,881
224
230
253,141
PRODrCEKS OF CONCRETl-. PRODFCTS, 1921.
Producer.
Location.
Kind of Product Made.
Andrews, 8. ,J .
Anthistle, \\ . .]
.\rthur, Corp. ( f Townslii)) ( f
A.shman, T. .1
Banks, John .
Bawden, F. \\ .
lieuglas, Jas .
liowers, E. C;
Bisho]). Thos. Wni
Brigden, Hem y
Brown, D. L
Burkholder, Ge; rge.
Calder, James
(yorinthian Stone Co
Cross Builders Supply Co., Ltd
Concrete Pipe and Protkicts Co
Canadian Concrete Products Co.
Cast Stone Block and Machine C(
Chatham Cement Tile and 1?1 ck Cc
Christie Concrete Products
Clintcn
London . . .
Kenilworth
Londf n . .
Lond( n . . .
Exeter. .
Bright ...
Cottani . . .
Ridgeviilc.
Bi'ucc
Sudhinv
Whitevah
Fergus .
Guel])h
Windsor
Hamilton
Clarkson Cement Tile and Brick Co.
Dewitt, W. J. .
Deline, L
Doidge, James A . . .
EIridge, George. . .
Elliott, J. A
1-Metcher <t Son, .1. 11
I'lowcrs, \\'iii. T . . .
Chat ha n
Wintlsc V
Chathan
Lindsa\'
TonMito
Locust Hi
Enterpri.-:
Hainiltc n
Sarnia . . .
Dvmsford
Ridgeviilc
Caledonia
Budding Blocks, Drain Pipe, Sewer
Pipe and Cidvert Tile.
Vaults.
Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Building, Blocks, Heads and Sills.
Building Blocks, Artificial Stone.
Building Blocks, Drain Pipe, Posts.
Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Building Blocks, Drain Pipe, Culvert
Tile, Sewer Pipe.
Cement Bricks, Buikling Blocks, Drain
Pipe, Sewer Pipe anfl Culvert Tiles,
Artificial Stone, Caps, Posts.
Building Blocks.
Cement Bricks, Building Blocks.
Drain Pipe.
Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
.\rtificial Stone.
Building Blocks.
Building Blocks, Drain Pipe, Sewer
Pipe, Culvert Tile, Septic Tanks,
Artificial Stone.
Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile, Pipe
Carrier Foundations, Battery Wells,
Battery Bo.xes.
Cement Bricks, Building Blocks, Mach-
inery Sales, Cement, Granite and
Gravel Sales.
Building Blocks, Drain Pipe.
Cement Bricks, Building Blocks, Drain
Pipe, Sewer Pijjc, Culvert Til(\
Artificial Stone.
Cement Bricks, Building Blocks, Drain
Pipe, Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile,
Artificial Stone.
Sewer Pi])e and Culvert Tile.
Building lilocks, Sewer I*ipe and
Culvert Tile.
Building Blocks, Drain Pipe.
Building Blocks.
Building Blocks.
Building Blocks, Cistern Block.
Building Blocks, Sewer Pipes and
Culvert Tile.
1921
Statistical Review
PRODUCERS OF CONCRETE PRODUCTS, 1921— Continued.
Pioducci'.
Location
Kind of Pioduct Made
Fulton, John
Garnet & Sons. Thos.
(Jillis, Alfred
flranite Concrete Block ('(
Hall A: Tami)linii
Hare, John
Pakenham Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Port Hope | Cement Brick.s, Building Block.-^
Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Gait .
Toronto.
Cement Bricks, Building Blocks
ficial Stone, Lawn Vases and
dry Tubs.
Building Blocks, Lintels.
S'.'wer
i, Arti-
Laun-
Dunnville ; Building Blocks.
Markham . . .
Hewitt & Son, A. B.
Hunt & Sons, J. \V .
Sewer Pi])i' and
Hyndman, Jno
Independent Concrete Pi])e Co.
Ingrouille, Stephen
Jacques, Ulderic
Kilhourne & Son, H
King.ston Cement Products — Horace
!•". Norman
Kinzel Bros
Lefebvre, Jos
Lesperence, Peter J.
Lishman, W. H . . . .
Building Block;
Culvert Tile.
Princeton Building Blocks, Drain Pijje.
Mount Forest ... Drain Pipe, Sewer Pipe antl C
Tile.
Gorrie Drain Pipe, Sewer Pipe and C
Tile.
Woodstock Drain Pipe, Sewer Pipe and C
Tile.
Strathroy Sidewalks, Out.side Coffin Boxes.
Windsor 1 Building Blocks.
London Building Blocks, Artificial Stone
ulvert
ulvcrt
ulvert
McQueen. Alex.
■ks. Sewer
Pipe, Sewer
McLenaghaii. A\ . .\
]^Larty, Emil
Mitchell, Ralph R
Miller, Thos .
Morse, W. O
< )rd, J(jhn A .
( )akes, Sam
Oil Springs Tile and Cement Co.
Page, George Lc^slie
Palm, Jacob
Peerless Artificial Stone Co.
Pi'aff, Wm. E
Reid, M. P
Roi)i(loux, H. L.
Robinson, T{d iMitchell
Ro.ss t^ Son, Cha.s
Russehj, Howard .
^>t. Onge, Hormidas
Schmidt, J. T
Schram, A. J
Shoemaker, Allen . .
Sh< )wel Bros
Smith, Albert
Smith, Allan G. C.
Smithson, Frank. .
Kingston Building Blocks, Artificial Stone, Crave
Vaults, Ornaments.
Preston Building Blocks.
Windsor . Building Blocks.
Ford Cement Bricks.
Cayuga Cement Bricks, Building Bl
Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Moorefield Cement Bricks, Drain
Pil)e and Culvert Tile.
Essex I Building Blocks.
St. Catharines. . . | Building Blocks.
Niagara Falls .... I Building Blocks.
Sandwich Building Blocks.
Campbellville . . Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Guelph Drain Pipe.
Burlington Cement Bricks, Building Blocks.
Oil Springs Cement Window Sills, Building Blocks,
Drain Pipe.
Lucknow I Drain Pii)e.
Mildmay I Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Toronto" ;.\rtificial Stone, Laundry Tubs.
Hen.sall Cement Bricks, Building Blocks, Drain
Pipe, Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile,
Verandah Posts and Caps.
Kingston Cement Bricks, Building Blocks.
jAmherstburg Cement Bricks, Building Blocks, Drain
Pipe, Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile,
Artificial Stone.
Drain Pipe, Sewer Pipe and Culvert
Tile.
Dunnville i Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
[Leamington Building Blocks, Sewer Pipe and Cid-
1 vert Tile.
'Wind.sor Building Blocks.
Waterloo Cement Bricks, Drain Pipe, Sewer
Pil)e and Culvert Tile.
Camlachie j Drain Pipe.
Kitchener. .
Owen Sound
West Lome
Drain Pipe.
Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Cement Bricks, Building Blocks.
Acton Building Blocks, Sewer Pipe
I Culvert Tile, Sills and Lintels.
Leamington LSewer Pipe and Culvert Tiles.
md
36
Department of Mines
No. 4
PRODUCEKS OF CONCRETE PRODUCTS, 1921— Continuai.
Producer.
Location
Kind of Product Made
.Soniervill(> tt S(jn, W. CI .
Staiilov, J
Stinson, H. H
Sydenham Block and Tile Co.
W'elland
Staiihn" Corners.
Oniemee
Wallaceburg .
Taylor ct Hall iPeterboro
Telford, Pet(>r
Thcakcr, \\'ni
Tigert, Jno. .
Watts. Alfr(
White, Sidney
Whitlock, Peter
Williams, E. J. .
Winchester Cement Block and Tile
xMfg. Co
Young <fe Sou, John
Holland Centre.
Bartonyille
Port Albert .
Tillsonburj
St. Catharines
Hensall
Wheatley
Winchester
Ridgeway .
Building Blocks, Sewer Pipe and
Culvert Tile.
Cement Bricks, Building Blocks, Se\ver
Pipe and Culvert Tile, Sills, Chim-
ney Base and Cnnvn.
Sewer Pipe and Culvert Tile.
Building Blocks.
Building Blocks, Sewer Pipe and Cul-
vert Tile.
Drain Pipe, Sewer Pipe and Culvert
Tile, Well Blocks, Troughs and
Reducers.
Building Blocks, Window Sills, Lintels.
Drain Pipe, Scwcr Pipe and Culvert
Tile.
Building Blocks, Sewer Pipe and Cul-
vert Tile, Window Sills and Pier
Cai>s.
Building Blocks.
Building Blocks, Sewer Pipe and Cul-
vert Tile.
Building Blocks, Drain Pipe, Sewer
Pipe and Culvert Tile, Artificial
Stone, Flower Pots. vSidewalks.
Drain Pipes.
Building Block.-^, Sewer Pi[)e and
Culvert Til(\
Lime
Tlie day of small liiue-kilus perched on a liilLside or nestling on the river
hank has passed. The}^ have given way to modern plants capable of producini:.-
more and better lime. Following the introduction of Portland cement nearly a
century ago, lime was gradually displaced to some extent for construction Avork.
In recent years investigation has proved that hydrated lime mixed with cement
mortar or concrete mixtures produces beneficial effects. It improves the worka-
bility, facilitates passing concrete through chutes, and increases the density and
water-tightness. The strength of cement mortar is increased Avhen quantities u]i
to 10 per cent, by weight of liydrated lime are added to or sul)stituted for Portland
cement. On the otliei- liand wliere great loads are carried and wlierr work is eon-
diietod under IVeezing conditions comcnt in lime mortar has distim-t advantages.
Statistics of lime marketed uv used diii-ini; the past Tnc years ar- gi\en iji lIu-
followini>' tal)le :
1921
Statistical Review
LIME STATISTICS, 1917-1921.
Lime Marketed.
Fuel
Cost
$
Em-
l)loyees.
Year.
Hy.lrated
Total Lime.
(Hydrated and (^uiekliine.)
Wases
•1
Tons.
Total
Value.
$
Per
Ton.
$
Bu.sh.
Value.
$
Ave. Price
per bu.sh.
c.
1917.
2,820,507
2,650,285
3.991.572
4.982.912
3,530,547
657,364
872,177
1.268.290
1,799.763
1,344,188
23.3
32.9
32.4
36.2
38.0
'237,425
302,144
546,604
325
287
363
448
366
262,132
1918. . .
1919
1920. ..
1921 . .
30.454
28.591
26.863
307,342
397.305
381.749
10^09
13.89
14.58
300,746
366 . 686
568.513
341,826
Below are iii\'eii tlu' names of pi-odiicers and tlie location of ])lants operated
in 19-?1 :—
Li:\lE PKODrCERS, 1921.
Name of Owner or Company.
Location of Kiln.s.
Head Office Addres.s.
AlahasTine Co., Paris, The {*) . Elora.
.\merican Cyanamid Co Niagara Falls
Beachville White Lime Co., Ltd Beachville
Bergin, Patrick Xapanee
BnnuK'r Mond Canada, Limited iAnderdon tp., near
herstburg
Am-
Jiiedciinan, A. (! |Ciolden Lake. .
(^uiada Lime Co Cobcconk
Chalmers Lime Works jOwen Sound. . .
Chri.-^tie, Henderson & Co., Limited. ...(*) Hespeler, C!alt,
Kelso
Pci.slinch.
Dominion Sugar Company.
Flieler, Edward
Callagher Lime and Stone Co., Limitec
Harvey, E., Limited.
Janiie.son Lime Co . .
.lamieson. .J. M
Marshall, .hones. .
O'Donohue, Michael
Parks Bros
Robertson Co., Limited, D
Smith, John S
Standard White Lime Co., Limited. , . .
Toronto Brick Co., Limited
Toronto Lime Co., Limited
Toronto Plaster Co., Limited, The (*)
Vogan, Samuel
\\eppler, Henry
(*)
Chatham, Wallaceburg and
Kitchener
Clarendon
Barton tj:). . .
Rcckwood
Renfrew
Ross tp
Barton tp
Campbellford
Beverley tp
Nassagaweya tp
Kincardine
Beachville, Guclph
Coboconk . ,
Dolly Varden
Teeswater
Wiarton
Glenelg tp
Paris.
Niagara l'"all>.
Beachville.
'Nai)ance.
Toronto, Bank of Com-
I merce Building.
IGoldenLake, R.R.No. 1.
Lindsay.
Owen Sfund.
Toronto, 201 Crown
Office Building
Chatham.
jFernleigh.
Hamilton.
.Guelph.
Renfrew.
Forrester Falls.
iHamilt. n.
Campl)eIlford.
Troy.
Toronto, 26 (^ueen St.,E.
Kincardine.
Gueljjh.
Toronto, 60 \'ictoria St.
Toronto. 26 Queen St.,E.
Teeswater.
Wiarton.
Prieeville, R.R. No. 2.
■^Producers of hvdrated lime.
38 Department of Mines No. 4
Sand=Lime Brick
Brick are made from sand and lime by compressing these materials in moulds
and subjecting the resulting product to a steam bath. These brick will not stand
rouffh handling before thev are well cured. Thev find a ready market, particularly
as inside brick, the cost being less than for the clay ])rodnct.
Seyen plants operated in 1921. the output being 36,482 M. worth -tolU..-);)!.
or an average of $14.64 per M. The industry gaye employment to 131 men, whose
wages totalled $141,460. Production in 1920 ^yas 2r,T03 M., worth $407,766, or
an ayerage of $14.72 per tliousand.
Tbc fullowing ])lants Ayci'e operated during the year: —
SAXD-LIME BRICK PRODUCERS, 1921.
Xamp. Li cutiiiii of Plant. j Addrcs.s.
Caledon Brick Co., Ltd {Caledon E 471 Yonge St., Toronto.
Canada Sand-Lime Pressed liiick Co.. Ltd. j West Toronto 2S Symes Rd., Toronto
Toronto Brick Co.. Limited Scarboro and Swansea 60 Victoria St.. Toronto.
West Lake Brick and Products Co jWest Lake R.R. Xo. L Picton.
Willcox Lake Brick Co., Ltd | Whitchurch tj) . jRichmond Hill.
York Sand.stone Brick Co., Ltd iGerrard St. and X'icturia
i Ayenue E. Toronto.
Sand and Gravel
Out of a total of 6,273,173 tons of sand and gravel reported, 2,l»43,lt.")!;» tons
was used for railway ballast: glass sand consuni})tiou was i:].") tons; moulding
sand 00.901 : l)la.st and engine sand 6,746 tons.
Following is a list of sand and grayel pit operators who marketed or used
l.OOo cubic yards or more during the year: —
SAXD .\XD CRAVEL OPERATORS. 1921.
I Material i
Xainc (if Owner or Coniiianv. ' G = Grayel Location of Dcjiosits Address.
S = Sand '
Al(lliorou>ili, 'I'ownslii]) of . . G. Aldi)oroufih tp.. lot .\..
con. V Rodney.
Mluii l^ro- S. and G. Sto]) lit. Kinjiston Rd I'oronto. CiO Hiiclirliffe
Ave.
Allan. .Mrs. M S. Grantham tj)., lot 7,
con. 2 St. Catharine-;. R.R. Xo.
: i-
.Vrnistronfi Sii])i)lv Co., Ltd., The. . S. [1143 ^'ork St.. llamil-
' ton Hamilton. I>4 .lames St.,
X.
A.sht( n A: Son.s, E S. Scarhoroush tp., Vic-,
toria Park, A\' iToronto, 13.)4 (^ueen St.,
I E.
liellvou. Xorman K S. and (!. Miirrav ti)., lot (>, con.'
] Trenton, R.R. Xo. 4.
Bennett .Joseoh S. Scarlett Rd., York tj). Toronto, 14.") Caledonia
Rd.
lienson iV: Patterson . S. and G. Stamford tp., lot 17-lS Stamford.
1922
Statistical Review
39
.SAXD AND GRAVEL OPERATORS, 1921— Continued
Material
Name of Owner or Company G = Gravel Location of Dejiosits
>S = Sand
Address.
Blair it Son, Jamc.'
Bovd Bros
Brantford, Corporation of City of . . | S. and G.
Brown & Sons, Wni i S. and G.
Campbellford, Town of S. and G.
Carroll Bros I S.
Cleary, Thomas ! S. and G.
Conlon, John J S.
Construction and Paving Co. of|
Ontario, Ltd | S. and G.
i
Cotterill, Alfred A S.
Crosthwaite, F S.
Cudmore, J. W G.
Dean, Harry F . .
Dereham, Tp. of.
Donald, Andrew
Donaldson, W. J
Doyle, Wm
Elgin, County Highways.
Empire Limestone Co
Faulds, Morley
Fonthill Gravel Co., Ltd
Forbear Sand and Gravel Co .
Foster, R.R .
Frid Bros. .
G.
S. and G.
S. and G.
S. and G.
Godson Contracting Co., Ltd S. and G.
Guelph, City of
Hamilton Sand and Gravel, Ltd.
Harwich Township i S. and G.
Hoffman, Jas S. and G.
Hydro-Electric Power Commission . S.
L-o(iuoi.s Sand and Gravel Co., Ltd. S. and G.
Kent, County of
Kill)ourne & Son, Harvev
King.ston Sand and Gravel Co.
S. iFitzroy tp., lot 22, con.
I 4 Arnprior.
G. {0.sgoode tp., lot 27, j
con. 4 jOsgoode.
Brantford tp Brantford, City^Hall.
Smith tp., lot 19, con.'
3 and lot 18, con 2. Peterborough, Box 784.
Seymour tp., lot 5 . . . . jCampbellford.
Humberstone tp., lots!
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.!
con. 1 Buffalo, X.Y.. 490 Elli-
! cott Scjuare.
Cornwall tp jMille-Roches, Ont.
Pelham tp., lot 4, con.j
8 'St. Catharines, 31 Maple
St.
Erin tp jToronto, 708 Confedera-
I tion Life Bldg.
Westminster tp London, 81 Briscoe St.
Barton tp., lot 3, con. 3 Bartonville, Ont.
Howard tp., lot 12.
con. 1 Thamesville.
Middleton tp., con. 2. TilLsonburg, R.R. Xo. 2.
Dereham tp., lot 16,;
con. 10 iMount Elgin.
Dereham, lot 22, con. 7 jinger.soll, R.R. X'o. 1.
Fitzroy tp., lot 27,! Arnprior.
con. 3. j
Oneida tp., lot 16, con. i
4 ICaledonia, R.R. Xo. 3.
Yarmouth tp., lot 3 j
con. 4; Aldboroughj
tp., lot C, con. 7;
Southwoldtp.,lotl3,!
con. 5 |St. Thomas, Court House
Sherkston Buffalo, X'.Y.,'19 Hudson
St.
Southwold tp., lots 12
and 14, con. 5 lona Station, R.R. Xo. 4.
Fonthill iThorold.
Vaughan tp., lot 22,1
con. 3 jAIaple.
Ottawa, Gloucester tp. Ottawa, 278 Echo Drive.
Hamilton, Dundas Rd.!
and Macklin St. . . . jHamilton, Dundas Rd.
and Macklin St.
Brock tp., lot 12, con. 4 Toronto, 113 Manning
Chambers.
Guelph Guelph, City Hall.
Burlington Heights. . . Hamilton, 110 Queen St.,
' N.
Harwich tp Blenheim.
City of Kitchener. . . . Kitchener, 27 Pine St.
Stamford tp Toronto, 187 I'niversitv
Ave.
Scarborough \p., lot 9,
] con. 2 ;Toronto, 1107 R(>\al
j Bank Bldg.
S. iRaleigh tp iChatham.
S. Westminster tp.,
I Wharncliffe Rd London, 9 Cove Road.
S. Kingston tp., lots 33-
34, con. 5 Kingston, 179 Stuart St.
S.
S.
S. and G.
S. and G.
G.
S. and G.
40
Department of Mines
No. 4
SAND AND GRAVEL OPERATOl^S, 1921— Continued
Material I
Xanic of Owner or Cninpaiix" ,G = Grav(] Location of Dc])o>its
S = Sand
Addn
Lartcr, Chas
Laiiilitoii. Countv of.
Lane, Cieorge
Le Viness & .Sons, A
Lyons Fuel and Supply Co .
^ialahide t))
Malloy, Wm. B ,
Maple Sand, Gravel and Brick Co.
McAl))in(', Daniel
Middlesex, Countv of.
Millard, David. ...... .
:\Iilk James
Mover, Lovelace Co., Ltd.
Oakland Sand and Gravel Co.
Oilman Bros
Ontario Hijflnvays Dept
Paris Sand and (iravel Co.
Peter! lorouuh, Citv of . . . .
S. and G.
S.
G.
S.
G.
G.
S. and (J.
S. and G.
G.
S. and G.
S.
S. and G.
-S.
S. and (;.
S.
S. and G.
S. and G.
S. and G.
N(n-tli Dumfries tp. . Gait, 7(j Chalmers St.
Enni.skillen tp., lot 9,
con. 13 /^arnia.
Thurlow tp., con. 2. . . Bcll'ville.
Stamford tp., lot 37. . Stamford.
Mile 34, A.C.Ry Sault Ste. .Marie. Ont.
Malahide tj)., lot 2L
con. (i Aylmer.
Ellice tp., lot S, con. 4. iSebringville, R.R. Xo. 1.
Vaughan tp., lots 21-24
con. 3 jToronto, 454 King St., W
Dunwich tp., lot 10,
con. A Dutton.
Numerous places [London. County Bldgs.
Whitchurch tp., lot,
33, con. 3 Newmarket.
Downie tp., lot 12, con.
Stratford. R.R. No. 3.
Pelham \p., lots (i and
7, cons. S and 9.
Oakland tp., con. 3. . .
Hamilton, Macklin .St.
Numerous ]iits. .
Pon.-iford. A. E i S. and G.
Porter, Thomjjson
Prior, Elston M
Quick, Chas. R
(^ligley, B. C
Redden, Henry
Rideau Canal Sui)i)Iy Co., Ltd.
.'^and and Supplies, Ltd
Sarjeant Co.. The
.Shannon, Hiram L
Shirk, Geo. M
.Skinner, Robt .
Sleeman, P
Smith Estate (F. S. .Scott).
.Stolhart. James
Sullev. W. J
St. Catharines.
Niagara Falls.
Hamilton, Macklin .St.
Parliament Bldgs.,
i Toronto.
S. Dumfries t])., lo 34,
con. 1 Paris, R.R. No. 2.
Hilliard farm, hlock
G., south of north
city limit Peteri)orougli, 133 .Sim-
coe St.
Yarmouth tj)., lot 1,
con. 7
S.
G.
S. and
S. and
S. and
S.
.S. and
S. and
S. and
S. and
G.
S. and
S. and
S.
s.
York t]).. lots 28 and 29
Yarmouth tj)., lot 16,
con. 4
Westminster, Manf)r
Park
Saltfleet tp., lot 29,
con. 3
Campbellford, Kent
St
Hogs Back, (douce.ster
tp.
W aterloo Co., near Avr
St. Thomas, 605 Talbot
.St.
Mt. Dennis. S()6 Weston
Road.
St. Thomas, R.R. No. 4.
London. 101 Hris<'oe .St.
Hamilton.
Campbcllfortl.
Ottawa, Rideau Canal
Basin.
Toronto, 54 I'niversity
Ave.
Barrie, James and Pen-
etang .Streets
Richmond tp.. lot 6
con. 3
Bridgeport Bridgeport
Usborne tj)., lot U,!
con. 5 Exetei-.
Port Hope
Barrie, Dunlop St.
Napanee, R.M.D. No. 5.
Hope tp., lot 9, con. 2.
N. Dumfries tp., lot 8,
con. 12
Smith tp., lot 17, con. 2
Gait.
Peterboroimli. \{.\{. No.
Darhngton tp., lot 28,
i con. 4 Courtif
J 922
Statistical Review
41
SAND AND GRAVEL OPERATORS, l92l~Contimied
Name of ( )\\ iut or Conipan^v
Material
G = Gravel
S = Sand
Location of De[)o.sit,s
Address
Tarmtorus, Townshij:) of
AVhito 6z Co., Homer
S. and G.
G.
S.
G.
S. and G.
S.
s.
s.
Tarentorus tp., sec. 29
Hallowell tp., lot 22 . .
Stamford tp., part lots
4 and 17
Mersea tp., W. of
Leamington
Two miles west of
Leamington
Korah tp., sec. 13 . . . .
London tp., lot 12,
con. 2
Yarmouth tj)., lot S,
con. 5
Sault Ste. Marie.
Picton.
W illox, Henrv
Windsor, Essex and Lake Shore Rv.,
Co •.". .
Niagara Prills, 209 Bridge
St.
^^'illdsor Sand and CJravel Co., Ltd.,
The
Kingsville.
\\'risht & Co
Yaek, Henrv .
Windsor, 57 Hall Ave.
Sault Ste. Marie, 9(50
Queen St.
Yarmouth, Townsliij) of
London.
St. Thomas, Southern
Loan Chambers.
Tlic Department of Mines issues licenses and collects a royalty on the re-
moval of sand and gravel from the beds of the great lakes and rivers. The
revenue from this source accruing to the Ontario Government was $113,996.95 ■
for tlie calendar year of 1921, and the quantity of sand and gravel removed was
599,655 cul)ic yards. Following is a list of such licensees :
SAND AND GRAVEL LICENSEES, 1921.
Name of C<jmiiany
Aljitibi Power and Paper Co
Cadwell Dredging Co., Ltd
Chatham Sand and Gravel Co
Chick Contracting Co
Cameron Steamship Co
Department of Railways and Canals
Great Lakes Trans]iortation Co. . . .
Gleason, F. D.. Coal Co
Hadley Co., Ltil., The C. & J
Homegardner Sand Co
International Sand and Gravel Co..
Kelley Island Lime and Transport
Co
Lake Erie Sand Co
Marysville Land Co
National Sand and Material Co. . . .
Niagara Sand Corp. (J. E. Carroll
and T. E. Millwrn)
Superior Sand and Gravel Co
United Fuel and Supply Co
Material.
G = Gravel
S = Sand
S. and G.
G.
S. and G.
G.
G.
G.
S.
S. and G.
S. and G.
S.
G.
S. and G.
S.
G.
S. and G.
S. and G.
S. and G.
G.
Location of Deposit
Township of Rickard
St . Clair River
Thames River
St. Clair River
St. Clair River
Niagara River
Tlumder Bay
St. Clair River
Thames River
Dummy Foundation,
Lake Erie
St. Clair River
Lake Erie
Dummy Fovmdation,
Lake Erie
vSt. Clair River
Lake Erie
Niagara River
St. Clair River.
St. Clair River.
Address
Iroquois Falls.
Windsor.
Chatham.
Windsor.
Detroit, 39 Buhl Bldg.
Ottawa.
Fort W'illiam.
Detroit, Mich., 2S Cam-
pan Building.
Chatham.
Sandusky, Ohio.
Detroit, 47 Canpau Bldg.
Sandusky, Ohio.
Sandusky, Ohio.
Marysville, Mich.
Well and.
BufTalo, N.Y., 915 White
Building.
Detroit, Mich.
Detroit, Free Press Bldg.
42
Department of Mines
No. 4
Stone
As noted in TaMc I tlic total output of stone oF all ^^rades was 2,7 1 (i.osii
tous valued at •$4,1(1 i..")<S"2. The toinia.iie of sandstone was ;),<?()T : trap 152 800:
and granite ().1.j3. Of the limestone sold or used (i\cr 0(1 ])pi- cent, was in ilie
for)n of cruslu'd stone, inaiidy for con.crete and I'oad pui'poses.
The tahle whirh follows shows the \aluation of the sexcrai kind- of -tone
marketed or used over a tive-vear iieriod :
NAU'E OK STOXE PHOOrOIK ).\, 1017-1021.
Year
Limestone
>Sand.stone
Trail
Clranit?
Alarl.le
Total
1017
S
728.975
820,985
1,112,340
3,78(5.2(53
3.934.045
115.932
145
5 , 544
10.502
(5.423
$
70 . 570
24,744
82,995
92,630
158,407
$
25 . 575
23,334
10.683
55,277
68.647
s
8
941.052
1918
<S69 238
1919
1020
1921
19.3(50
300
1.230.922
3.944,972
4 167 582
STOXE QrARRY OPERATORS, 1921.
Name of Owner, Firm or Company
Location
Kind of Stone
Al)itil>i Power and Pa])er Co
Abrams, J. AI
Alabastine Co., Paris, Ltd
Ball, B. W
Bergin, Patrick
Bolender Bros
Britnell & Co., Ltd
Brown, A. C
Brantford and Hamilton Electric Railwav
Co., Ltd ■.
15nice Klines Trap Rock Co., Limited
15iunner, Mond Canada, Ltd
Caldwell Bros
Cami)bell and Lattimore
Carleton County (W. J. Farmer and Cald-
\\ell Bros)
Canada Crushed Stone Corporation, Ltd . .
Cayuga Stone Co
Cook, J. S., & Son
Crashed Stone, Limited
Dei)t. of Prov. S(>cty., Ont. Prisons and
Asylums Branch
Department of Public Highways
Fort William, Corp. of the City
I'\)ster & Cram
(iallagher Lime and Stone Co
Gosselin, Chas
(iow, James
Hagersville Crushed Stone Co., Ltd
Hager.svillc Quarries
Haldimand County (lood Roads S%steni.. .
Farr quarry, Bucke tp. . . . Limestone.
Gananoque jGranite.
Xichol tp
Woodhouse tp.
X"ai)anee
Haliburton . , .
Somerville ti).
Limestone.
Lime.stone.
Lime.stone.
Cry.stalline Limestone.
Limestone.
Leeds tp Monumental Granite.
I
Ancaster Limestone.
Bruce Mines Trap.
Amherstburg Limestone.
Gloucester Limestone.
Findley Granite.
Limestone.
Osgoode and Gloucester
tps
Dundas Limestone.
N^elles Limestone.
Wiarton ;Lime.stone.
Eldon Crushed Limestone.
Guelph tp.
Toronto. . .
Rifle Range, Ft. William. .
Merevale Rd., City \'iew
Ottawa
Hamilton
Quarries, Rus.sell Co
Fergus
Hagersville
Walpole tj)
Nelles and Dunn\illc
[Limestone.
Limestone antl Dolo-
mite.
Trap Rock.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone, Dolomite,
Lime.stone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
1922
Statistical Review
43
STOXr; (^rARH^' OPI'MrVTOHS, WIl—CoNtinual
Xame of Owner, Finn or Companj-
Location
Hamilton, Corporation of Jlaniilton
Henderson Farmers' Lime, Ltd
HigginsDn, Geo., & Son
Hildreth, Chas
Home, Wm
Hydro-Electric Power Commission
Ivingston Penitentiary Quarries . . .
Lally, E .^
Law Construction Co., The
Lincoln County
Longford Quarry Co., Limited j Longford Mi
McNeelv, D. R Ilieckwith tj)
Woodstock
Coldwater
Barton, lot (i, con. 12.
Butler
Brant tp
Portsmouth
Smith ville
Bertie tp
N. Grimshv t])
Markus, Wm., Ltd
Middleton, John X
McDonnell, George
Mond Nickel Co., Ltd
Mills, Jas
Morrison Bros
Muskoka Quarries. Ltd
Ontario Rock Co., Ltd
Ontario Stone Corporation, Limited.
Ottawa Improvement Commission . .
Owen Sound, Board of Works
Pearce Company, Ltd
Perkins, Geo. A
Point Anne Quarries, Limited
Reid, C. F , . :
Rideau Canal Suijply Co., Limited . . .
Robertson, D., & Company, Limited. .
Robillard, H., & Son
Roddy & Monk
Rogers, F., & Co
Standard White Lime Co., Limited . . .
Streets and O'Brien
Thames Quarry Co
Walker Bros. .' jThorold. .
Wallace, R., & Sons Stephen St
Webber, John Dunn t])
Webster, Jas. S IFoot of Auguista St., Gait
Wentworth Quarry Ccnipunv, Ltd [Saltfleet tp
Wilson, Geo. S ' [Perth, R.R. No. 3
Pembroke
Ancaster
Wolfe Island tp
Drury and Levack tjjs. . . .
Xapanee
Coehill
Draper tp
Belmont and Methuen tps.
North Orillia tp
Coiner Bell and Carling,
Ottawa .
Owen Sound. . . . .
Marmora. .
Owen Sound . .
Point Anne
Ode.ssa
Ottawa
Milton
Ottawa
Kingston
Chinguacc Ui-y tp
Beachville
Leeds tp
St. Marys
Kingston .
Kind of Stone
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone,
CJranite.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Lime.stone.
Limestone.
Lime.stone and liiprap.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Trap Rock.
Limestone.
Granite.
Granite
Trap Rock.
Limestone.
Cru.shed Stone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Sandstone.
Limestone.
Sandstone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Sandstone.
Limestone.
Ciranite.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Limestone.
Sandstone.
Mining Divisions
Followinu' is a sunniiarv ol' tlic comiiiciits by Minim;- Iiccordcr.- (ui the sub-
ject of mining and prcspecting activity in thoir respective Divisions:
Sudbury — A little more prospecting activity than usual has been manifested in
the neighbourhood of Lake Wanapitei.
Porcupine — Promising gold finds are reported in Ogden, Bristol and Cody town-
ships. Favourable results from diamond-drilling have been obtained at the X'ight
Hawk Peninsular mine. The Dome, HoUinger and Mclntyre mines are working to
capacity and mill additions under construction at the last mentioned will consider-
ably increase the production. The power situation is causing uneasiness in the
camp, but hydro-electric developments are under way at Sturgeon Falls and Indian
Chutes, that should improve conditions before next winter.
Larder Lake — There was activity in all parts of this Division during the year
1921. In McVittie, Gauthier, Lebel and Teck townships, particularly, a large numbei-
of claim.s have been staked with good gold values, resulting in several grouijs of
44
Department of Mines
No. 4
claims being purchased by well-known mining companies from Porcupine and Cobalt.
From reports, there are at present a great many prospectors scattered throughout
the whole of this Division, and it would appear that in at least 75 per cent, of the
townships good gold values have been obtained. Every indication points to 1922
being a very busy year.
fiault Stv. Marie — Receipts for the year were about .$1,100 in excess of 1920. Mr.
Thomas Murphy made an important discovery of gold in Township 28, Range 27, on
the Algcma Central Railway. This property is now called the Goudreau Gold Mines,
Limited. While this discovery was made on Algoma Central Railway lands, never-
theless, it has a great bearing on the future of the surrounding areas. In Town-
ships 48 and 47, and near Dog lake to the northeast, there was considerable activity
in developing gold properties, thus making the Goudreau belt 25 miles in length.
At Mile 60 on the Algoma Central Railway the Clark Iron Mining Company have
given a contract to the Smith & Travers Diamond Drill Company to drill their iron
claims in Township 22. Range 13. If they are successful in locating a body of ore,
Che Clark Iron Company will open up the mine. In November last a silver dis-
covery was made in Township 188, north of Clear lake, and 28 miles north of the
town of Thessalon. A rush started to the vicinity, with the result that the town-
sliip is pretty well staked. Staking extended to Township 182, to the east of 188.
Koirl.ash — Thi^ Division was neglected almost entirely during the Great War as
lew miners could be employed; however, returned soldiers appear to be seriously
interested in many of the old holdings, and development of the area may be looked
for in the near future.
Tiviiskaming — Most of the prospecting in this Division during the past year was
in the township of Bryce, v.here a discovery of gold was reported in the fall of
1920, and the beginning of 1921. There was less prospecting in 1921 than previously,
owing no doubt to economic conditions, but the prospectors are very hopeful and are
looking forward to 1922 for better results.
Goicganda — About 65 mining claims were staked for gold during September and
October in Rankin and Doon tow-nships, but as very little work has been ijerformed
on any of these claims it is too soon to say whether or not the new discovery will
prove valuable.
Monfrral River — No new discoveries were reported during the year. A large
number of the claims recorded during 1921 ai-e re-staking of former claims in Powell
and Cairo townships.
Kenoru — There has been marked activity in prospecting, as shown by the in-
crease in the number of licenses issued and in the number of claims staked, and
there are good indications that the year 1921 will show even a greater activity.
The two table.s foUowiii^u- sliow tlio work done in tlio offices of the Miiiiii,!{
Recorders during 19'31, the lirst table Ix'iny- for tlie fiscal year ending October 31,
and the second for the calendar year.
MONEYS REMITTED BY MINING RECORDERS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING OCTOBER 31, 1921.
MiiiiiiK Divi.siDii*
Xaiiip of Recorder
Address
Purchase
Price
Permits
Miners'
Licen.ses
Recording
fee.s, etc.
Total
Campbell, C. A
Gauthier, G. H
Donaghue, W. A. . .
Ginn, H. Geo
Holland, H. E
O'Flahertv, T. F. . .
Miller, W. N
Sudbury
S. Porcupine
S. Porcupine
Swastika
$ c.
2,986 00
2,138 28
1,977 53
15,085 41
$ c.
330 00
70 00
$ c.
3,148 50
616 00
1,087 00
2,401 00
597 00
3 00
1,.369 00
1,812 25
1,250 00
4,834 00
$ c.
3,502 25
1,041 50
1,908 75
7,. 586 .50
297 50
20 00
1,386 97
1,472 25
2,304 75
1,287 25
$ c.
9,966 75
Porcupine |
Lardner Lake
Kenora >
3,795 78
5.041 28
25,072 91
894 50
23 00
Sault Ste. Marie. . !
Port?Artlmrl
Sault Ste. Marie. .
Port Arthur
Elk Lake
Haileybury
873 01
1,649 20
1,747 95
664 45
60 00
50 00
630 00
30 00
3,688 98
4,983 70
5,932 70
6,815 70
Kowkash . . /
Gowganda. .,..)..
Montreal River./ . .
Timiskaming
Morgan, .1. W
Morgan, M. R
McAulay, N. .J
Total
27,121 83
1,170 00
17,117 75
20,805 72
66,215 30
*The office of the Parry Sound Divi.sion was closed Oct. 31st, 1920 and a'l records transferred to the Department
at Torfinto.
1922
Statistical Review
45
ccrc --^ re
1-
^_
■M
—
-^
~ -f 1
~ t^
.-
-v.
«:;-Hoc --
;_^
c:
X
—
y:
t^ ri
•-t
.—
c; L-t -t< ^
f^^
1^
M
-v^
^*".
"
^-
X
^
r^ 'O — -M
M
1— •
1—1
-f
^
\-
CO
— rc Tf ^ a: »c
t^ Ot iC '^ ir^ :C
'T c; Ti t^ "-^ n
t^ ^ CO
C^ CC 1-1
^ X t^ •— c:
^ 2- CO c M
X Ci C^J "-f -^
t^ t^ CO M ^
■* r- t^ T X
c^ ■— ^ cr.
X X X X O".
w ^ X CO ^H
C^l ^ C^l CO c^
-H c: ^
> S c c'5.
p t:---"
■.>^yA
■fi yi -/; -/:
S p'
S'S :^ s b.
OJ ipH "2
bD u
I £ «=
^ « ^
^
§0^
. - . O ^ bD U C " rn "S S •
s-S^^-H
S ^ d
*-" o ^
^^^^§ s
— C^ CO ^ lO :C
P « o £ij
a •« g q; W
o 3
OJ EC
i s
O
ci, 0) q; ij «:
^ ^ O C3
" ,^ vj oj i
oj 5£ oj q;'
O O o3 cj
X oj 0)
a. «
?? = 5^
O CB O
s a
CIh
o
C —I 01
q; _
<D M M «?
3
46
Department of Mines
No. 4
Mining Revenue
The revenue for tlie ii.scal vear endiuo- October 31st. 1!)'21. i.-s u-ivt-n in dftai!
hereunder
REVENUE FOR THE YEAR ENDING OCTOBER 31.st, 1921.
Mining Sales $25,834 05
Rent —
Mining Lease.s
Licenses of Occupation.
Fuel Investigation.
Coal Permits
13,654 7s
5,208 47
— 18
8,625 99
8,815 05
Sand and Gravel Rovaltv 131 ,001 31
Sand and Gravel Rental 3 . 160 00
Miner's Licenses 28, 181 10
Permits 1.240 00
Recording Fees 22 , 051 22
Mining Tax Act —
Acreage Tax 37,581 11
Profit Tax 183,821 80
Gas Tax
Gas Licen.ses.
Casual Fees
Patent Fees . . .
Temiskaming Testing Laljoratories, fees.
Natural Gas Commissioner's Office, fees.
Draughtsmen, North Bay, fees
Provincial Assav Office Fees
Refunds—
Explorations and Investigations. . .
Natural Gas Commissioner's Office
Mining Recorders
21,450 01
1.958 82
1,150 39
486 36
3,971 32
70 00
90 15
715 00
2,238 83
476 51
185 00
134
8()3 25
441 04
161 31
51,472 32
244,813 74
6,483 22
2,900 34
.'5501.969 27
MINING LANDS SOLD AND LEASED IN YEAR ENDING OCTOBER 31st, 1921.
District
Sales
Leases
Total
No.
Acres
Amount
No.
Acres
Amount
No.
Acres
Amount
Temiskaming . . .
Thunder Bay . . .
Sudbury
Algoma
232
10
19
8
1
2
9,445.29
345.25
735.73
365.78
12.50
74.00
$ c.
19.434 36
811 88
2,010 00
838 04
15.65
222 00
129
9
29
3,465.29
381.20
1,041.29
$ c.
568 04
381 20
723 91
361
19
48
8
1
2
S
12,910.58
726 . 45
1.777.02
365.78
12.50
74.00
307.78
$ c.
20,002 40
1,193 08
2,733 91
838 04
1^ lo 65
222 00
Rainy River. . . .
Nipi.s.'-'ing . . .
8
307.78
30 78
30 78
5
207.30
556 50
5
207 30
556 50
Total
277
11,185.85
23,888 43
175
5,195.56
1,703 93
452
16,381.41
25,592 36
1922
Statistical Review
47
TTiider the Mining Tax Act, a graduated tax is levied on the profits of min-
ing companies in excess of $10,000 per annum. The hasal rate is 3 per cent., hr.t
there are special provisions for nickel-copper companies. The following statement,
prepared ])_v G. T^. IMickle, Mine Assessor, gives details of the Profit Tax for the
fiscal year ending Octolier .'Hst, 1921 :
DETAILS OF PROFIT TAX.
Gui.n:
Hollinger Consolidated Gold Mines, Ltd $76,042 .54
Dome Mines Company, Ltd 8,110 77
Mclntyre Porcupine Mines, Ltd S,393 61
Lake Shore Mines, Ltd 1,929 05
Teck-Hughes Gold Mines. Ltd 618 96
$95,094 93
Sii.vkk:
Coniagas Mines, Ltd 4,656 25
Cobalt Lake mine (Mining Corporation of Canada) .... 1,235 42
Central Operating Co 324 11
Kerr Lake Mining Co. Ltd 4,929 86
La Rose Mines, Ltd., 591 93
Miller Lake O'Brien Mine (M. J. O'Brien, Ltd.) 2,342 66
Nipissing Mining Company, Ltd 12,401 44
26,481 67
Xkkfx- — Copper:
International Nickel Co. of Canada, Ltd 00,245 20
Mond Nickel Co., Ltd., 2,000 00
62.245 20
Total $183,821 80
Mining Companies Incorporated and Licensed
A synoi)sis of mining coni})ani<'s incorporaTed and licensed in Ontario (hiring
the j)ast decade i.^ given lierennder :
Incorporated
Licen.sed
Year
Xunil.er Capital.?
Xunil)er Capital $
1912
130
73 , 237 , 000
(i
570,000
1913.
119
78,000,000
12
21,735,000
1914
80
39,030,000
13
5.445.000
191.5.
59
42,005,000
2
10,200,000
1916.
83
109,079,500
8
7,011.650
1917.
100
117,183,000
7
7,202,000
191S.
71
49,800,000
7
15,000,000
1919.
147
223,530,000
10
9,554,197
1920.
119
146,094.000
12
9.435.000
1921
67
105,715.000
6
1,030.000
The mining com])aides incor])orated in 1921 are slmwn in tlie list ap])ended,
togetlier witii head oflice. date of incori)oration and amount of caj>ital authorized.
48
Department of Mines
No. 4
MINING COMPANIES INCORPORATED IN 1921.
N;ini(' of C"(!nii)aiiy
Actou Mines, Limited Gananoqiie
Allied Porcupine Gold Mines, Limited Toronto
Almont Gold Mining Company, Limited Toronto
A. L. Shaw Oil and DevelojHnent Co., Ltd (Toronto
Aster Gold Mines, Limited [Toronto
Blue Quartz Gold ]\Iines, Limited jToronto
British Canadian Petrolemn Co., Ltd JToronto
Burnand Gold Mines, Limited JToronto
Canadian Non-Metallic Minerals, Ltd lOpeongo
Canyon Mines, Limited Toronto
Central Ontario Oil Fields. Limited Peterborough
Chamberlain Coal and Oil Develoimient Co., Ltd. Shellnu-ne
Cities Service Oil Company, Limited Hamilton
Comfort-Kirkland Mines, Limited Toronto
Feldspar Glass, Limited Bowmanville
Fort Norman Oil Company, Limited Toronto
General Petroleum and Gas Comjiany. Limited. iToronto
Cloldwyn Mines, Limited iToronto
Hfrmo Mining Company, Limited [Cobalt
Htlijgden Mines, Limited JNorth Bay
Hcltyre.x Gold Mines, Limited .Toronto
International Oil Gas and Develoi^ment Co., Ltd. [Toronto
Islet Exploration Company, Limited iPort Arthui-
•lackson Development Company, Limited jPort Artluu-
Kirkland Motherlode Limited Toronto
K. M. B. Syndicate Elk Lake
Lakeside Development Company, Limited Toronto
Lebel Lode, Limited Cobalt
Lorrain Operating Company, Limited Toronto
Maisonville Mining Company, Limited Toronto
Majestic Gold Mines, Limited Toronto
Manley-O'Reilly Gold Mines. Limited [Toronto
Mars Alines, Limited [Toronto
Mathcson Gold, Limited 'Toronto
Middlesex and Dover ( )il and Gas Co., Ltd Toronto
Mikado Consolidated Mines, Limited iKenora
Mono Petroleum Pro(hiets. Limited Toronto
Montreal-Kirkland Mines, Limited I&kland Lake
Mount Eagle Feldspar Company, Limited ^Toronto
Muir Porcupine Gold Mining Company, Limited. jToronto
North Trail Gold Mines, Limited Toronto
Noyes Mining Company, Limited IPeterborough
Porcui)ine David.son (Jold Mines, Limited iToronto
Porcu])ine Penin.sular (Jold Mines, Limited Toronto
Porter Gold Mines, Limited .Toronto
(^ueen Lebel Gold Mines, Limited Kitchener
(^ueenston Quarries, Limited [St. David
Kendix Mines, Limited . . (Toronto
Piibble Mines, Limited Toronto
Royal-Flu.sh Oil and Gas Conii)any, Limited jToronto
St. Anthony Gold Mines, Limited! [Toronto
Sanderson-kirkland Gold Mines, Ltd iToronto
South Keora Mines, Limited Toronto
Storrington Feid.spar Comi)any, Limited Kingston
Sydenham-St. Vincent Oil and Cias Co., Ltd Owen Sovmd
The American Matachewan Gold Mining Co., Ltd. Toronto
The Arkona Gas and Oil Comi)any, Limited ... Toronto
The .^.sbestos Pulp Company, Limited i Belleville
The Dominifjn Petroleum Company, Limited. . . . London
The Gold Nugget Mining and Development Co.,
Limited Sudbiirv
The Grenville Crushed Rock Co., Ltd Smiths Falls
Tlie McEnaney Gold Mines, Limited Toronto
Date of I
Incorporationj Cajjital
April
Feb.
June
May
Jime
Nov.
April
Oct.
April
Aug.
June
Feb.
Feb.
Feb.
Sept.
Feb.
Mar.
Oct.
Aug.
Dec.
June
Oct.
Jan.
Dec.
Jime
May
Mar.
Mav
Nov.
Feb.
Jan.
Sept.
May
Jime
Feb.
Nov.
May
Nov.
Mar.
Mav
Aug.
Nov.
Aug.
Julv
Sept.
Mav
Mar.
Mar.
Nov.
Fel).
Sept.
Mav
A])ril
May
Aug.
April
May
Jan.
Mav
It)
1
23
23
19
2-1
4
11
21
(1
4
10
12
22
10
IB
in
o
13
10
Ht
•)
13
24
11
24
20
2S
10
10
24
9
9
30
14
10
1.^
19
10
IS
100,000
5,000.000
1.000.000
500,000
2.000.000
3,000.000
1,000,000
2,500.000
40.00(1
(£) 200.00(1
1,000.00(1
2,000.000
5.000
1,. 500. 00(1
1.000.000
3,000.0(K)
500,000
2.000,000
40,000
1,000.000
3,000,000
510.000
250,000
40,000
2,500,000
1()0,00()
100.000
2.000.000
40.000
2.500,000
1,000,000
3,500.000
3,000.000
2.000.000
2,000,000
5,000.000
500.000
2,500.000
000,000
Of)0,000
000.000
000.000
000.000
000.000
.500.000
000,000
250.000
000,000
2,000,000
.500,000
3,000,000
2,. 500, 000
3,000,000
100,000
40,000
1,000,000
300,000
200.000
100.000
1
1
1 21
A])ri
Jan.
Aug. I
.■)00,000
300.000
3.000.000
1922
Statistical Review
49
MINING COMPANIES INCORPORATED IN 1921— Co ntuiued
Name of Company
Head
Office
Date of
Incorporation
Cai)ital
Toronto-Grey Gas and Oil Company, Limited . . .
Triplex Gold Mines, Limited
Toronto
Toronto
Toronto
Hamilton
Toronto
April 18
June 1
April 7
Jan. 19
Feb. 26
600.000
5 000 000
Two-in-One Gold Mines, Limited
Wentworth Oil and Gas Company, Limited
West Beaumont Gold Mines, Limited
5.000,000
100,000
2,000,000
Total (67 Companies)
105,715,000
Companies of Extra-Provincial incorpoi'atioii lioldini;- mining lands in Ontario
arc required under The Ontario Com])a]iies Act, lo take out a license and specify
the amount of capital used in Ontario in connection with mining.
Following is a list of the Companies so licensed in lO'-^l :
MINING COMPANIES LICENSED IN 1921.
Name of Company
Head Office
for Ontario
Date of
License ■'
Capital for
use in
Ontario
Consolidated Molybdenum Steel Corporation, Ltd.
Dickson Creek (Cobalt) Silver Mines, Limited . . .
Empire Asbestos Alines Company, Limited
Renfrew
Haileybury
Toronto
Mar.
Jan.
May
Jan.
Feb.
Fel).
22
5
11
18
24
9
$
500,000
100,000
40,000
Hamilton-Bothwell Oil Comj^any, Limited
The Eureka Flint and Spar Company, Limited.. .
Wheeling Feldspar Company, Limited
Hamilton
Ivingston
Burks Falls
300,000
40,000
50,000
Total (6 Companies)
1.030.000
Companies which surrendered their charters were as follows:
MINING COMPANY CHARTERS SURRENDERED IN 1921.
Name of Company
Date of
Dissolution
British American Metal Company, Limited
Burlington Steel Company, Limited
Indian Peninsula Mining Company, Limited
Petrol Oil and Gas Company, Liniited
The Smiths Falls Malleable "Castings Company, Limited
.Mar. 21
Mar. 21
Feb. 14
Feb. 21
Jan. 31
Provincial Assay Office
The Pi-()\ iiicial Assayer, W. X. McN'cill, reports as rolh)WS for tlie year r.»21 :
The Assay Office has been In operation without interruption during the entire
year, and the usual variety of work has been done with the assistance of T. E. Rothwel!,
Chemist and Assayer, and Robert Stewart, Laboratory As-istant.
50 Department of Mines No. 4
The work during the year maj' be classified as follows:
Gold. ><ilvir and Platinum. — 1,019 samples were tested and reports issued.
Cohalt and Nickel — 9 samples were tested and reports issued.
Copper. — 25 samples. These were mainly from Ontario.
Feldspar. — 9 samples were submitted for complete analysis.
Iron Ores. — 28 samples were received. A number of these were analyzed for sul-
phur and phosphorus.
Rocks. — 11 samples were received for complete analysis. These were submitted
by the geologists of the Department of Mines.
Radium. — 68 samples were tested for radio-activity. These were from widely dis-
tributed sources, but mainly from Parry Sound and Eastern Ontario.
A large number of samples were brought directly to the Laboratory and if not
radio-active, no record is kept.
Identification — 152 samples were sent to the Laboratory for identification. :\Ianv
more were brought direct to the office. Of these latter no record is kept.
Miscellaneous- — 71 samples of other minerals were tested. These included lead,
zinc, tin. barite, etc. A large number of samples of water were brought to the labora-
tory to be tested for oil.
I-\:i]|(iwi]io- iis a statement of samples assayed free when accompanied by coui)on-
issuril liy ]\Iiiiiiio- IJecordcrs under tlie provisions of the Mining- Act of Ontario:
Mining Division
Samples received for Free Assay.
Kenora I 8 samples for gold, 4 silver, 1 lead.
Fort Frances : o samples for gold, 1 silver, 2 cn))i)er, 1 zinc 2 nickel.
Kowkash ,3 samples for gold.
Parry Sound 1 sam])le for silver.
Sault Ste. Mari(> 38 samples for gold, 5 silver, 2 iron, 3 copper, 1 tin.
Sudbury 55 samples for gold, IS silver, 7 copper, 4 lead, 1 i)latinun).
Timiskaming 28 samples for gold, 18 silver, 2 coi)per.
Montreal River. . .39 samples for gold, 2 silver.
Porcupine 66 samples for gold, 4 silver, 3 nickel.
Gowganda 1 13 .samples for gold, 4 silver.
Port Arthur 45 samples for gold, 7 silver, 1 lead, 10 iron, 2 inolyhdenuni, 1 copper.
Eastern Ontario 4 samples for gold, 2 silver.
The scheihile of charges for the Provincial Assay Office and Chemical Laltora-
tory is as follows:
Tai;ii F OF Fees foij Analyses and Assays.
1. Assays:
Gold $1 50
Silver 1 50
Gold and silver in one sampl? 2 50
Platinum Minerals 5 00
Gold and Platinum minerals in one sample 7 00
Separation of Platinum Minerals Prices on aiiplication
2. Iron Ores:
Iron (metallic) $1 50
Silica 1 50
Iron and insoluble residue 2 50
Ferrous Oxide 2 00
Phosphorus 3 00
Sulphur 2 50
Iron, Suliihur, Phosi)horus and insoluble 8 00
Manganese 3 00
Titanium 4 00
Complete analysis Price on application.
1922 Statistical Review 51
■f. Limestones, Dolomites, Marls, Clays, Shales:
Determination of:
Insoluble'; $1 50
Silica 1 50
Ferric Iron 3 00
Ferrous Iron 2 00
Alumin.-i 3 00
Lime 2 00
Magnesia 2 50
Potash 5 00
Soda 5 00
Alkalies (on one sample) 6 00
Water (combined ) 2 00
Moisture 1 00
Carbon Dioxide 2 00
Sulphur . 2 50
Phosphorus Anhydrite 3 00
'/. Examination of Clay, Shale, or Cement Rock for Cement Manufacture:
Determination of:
Silica, Iron Oxide, Alumina. Lime, Magnesia, Sulphur, and Volatile
matter _ Prices on application.
■;. C<m1, Coke, Peat, etc.:
Determination of:
Moisture $1 00
Volatile Combustible 1 50
Fixed Carbon 1 50
Ash 1 50
Sulphur 2 50
Phagphorus 3 00
Caloric value (B.T.U. ) 5 00
Ultimate analysis Price on application.
6'. Mineral Waters Price on application.
7. Ores and Minerals:
Determination of:
Alumina ?3 00
Antimony 4 00
Arsenic 4 00
Bismuth 4 00
Cadmium 4 00
Chrominri 5 00
(^obalt 5 00
Nickel 5 00
Cobalt and Nickel on same sam'^l ? 6 00
Copper 2 00
Fluoritc 4 00
Lead 3 00
Molybdenum 4 00
Manganese 3 00
Tin 4 00
Zinc 3 00
S. Hocks. Complete Analysis Price on application.
.''. Slags, Sand, etc Price on application.
10. Idrntifrcation of Minerals and Jioiks not Requiring CJiemical .\_nal!isi.-< Free
/ /. Test for Radio- Activity , • • . . FrtM-
Any analytical work not specified in this list will be undertaken on applicatio:i
to the Provincial Assayer.
The pulp of each sample is retained for future reference.
DiKi:cTio.\s.
Samples will be dealt with in the order of their arrival. In every instance speoi
mens and samples should be accompanied by statement specifying the precise locality
whence they were taken.
52 Department of Mines No. 4
Crushed samples representing large quantities or samples less than five pounds
weight may be sent by mail as third-class matter- The name and address of sender
should be written plainly on each parcel. Instructions, with money in payment of
fees, should be contained in a separate letter. Samples may be sent by express, charge-!
prepaid.
Sample bags addressed to this Laboratory for sending ore pulp by mail may be
obtained free on application; also canvas bags for shipping.
Money in payment of fees, sent in by registered letter, post-office order, po.^tai
note, cr express order, and made payable to the Provincial Assayer, must invariably
accompany sample to ensure prompt return of certificate, as no examination is com-
menced until the regulation fee is paid.
Samples should be addressed as follows:
Provincial Assay Office,
.") (Queen's Park,
Toronto, Out.
Departmental Correspondence
Till' \olunie of correspoiidciicc necessary ior tlie \vorl\ of tlie I)epartineut in
all its branches is considerable. Fi,iiures supplied by the Files Branch show that
foi- the fiscal year endino' 31st ()ctol)er, 1921, communications received numbered
■i2.1!)N. and communications sent out <?3.!'-')-t. Xew files issued were ().")0 and
amount paid out for postaae was $1.41!).
Corre-spondence in connection with the office of the Miiiister of Mine'3 is
not included, nor is that pertaining to a])plications for patent or lease of mining
lands — tlie latter files heing k(^])t in the Department of Lands and Forests.
GRAVEL DEPOSITS OF THE ST. CLAIR RIVER
By
James Bartlett
In Juiir, 1921, llie writer was instructed by Thomas W. Gibsoii, Deputy
.Minister of Mines, to investigate the extent of the gravel deposits in the Cana-
dian portion of the Saint Clair river, south of the International Tunnel Avhidi
Joins Sarnia and Port Huron. As the De^Dartment of Mines did not wish to
liave an instrumental stirvey and borings made this year, the work consisted in
ascertaining the approximate positions of the deposits and getting details re-
garding their magnitude. Six weeks were spent in travelling on the river,
locating the positions where gravel boats were dredging and interviewing those
likely to have detailed knowledge of the deposits, viz., the officers of some of
the gravel comi)anies, the engineers of the Dominion Public Works Department
and the masters of the gravel boats. A map was prepared from the information
iibtainod. and it ap])ears as an insert accompanying this report.
Sand and Gravel Definitions and Specifications
The speciiications of the r)iitari<) Dcitai'tnioit of Highways regarding gravel
and sand are as follows:
Gravel shall consist of naturally formed fragments of tough, durable rock, well
graded in size from the smallest to the largest, free from flat, elongated particles,
and shall not contain more than fifteen per cent, by weight of soft, friable material.
It shall not contain an excess of clay nor an excess of loose or adhering dust, vege-
table loam or other deleterious matter. It shall be satisfactory to the Engineer in
all respects.
Kun of liaidv gravel shall be classed act-ordiiig to the following grades:
Grade "A" is a run of bank gravel containing a large percentage of pebbles of
igneous rocks. It shall not contain more than 5 per cent, by weight of material
which shall be retained on a screen having 4-inch circular openings, and not more
than 45 per cent, by weight of material which shall pass a screen having i/4-inch
square openings. It shall not contain more than 3 per cent, by weight of clay
or loam, nor have a coefficient of wear of less than 14.
Grade "B" is a run of bank gravel containing a smaller percentage of igneous
rock pebbles. It shall not contain more than 5 per cent, by weight of material
which is retained by a screen having 4-inch circular openings, nor more than
60 per cent, by weight of material passing a screen having i/4-inch square open-
ings. It shall not contain more than 12 per cent, by weight of clay or loam, nor
liave a coefficient of wear of less than 11.
Grade "C is a run of bank gravel composed chiefly of pebbles of sedimentary
rock. It shall not contain more than 5 per cent, by weight of material which
is retained on a screen having 4-inch circular openings, and not more than 80
per cent, by weight of material which passes a screen having 14-inch square open-
ings. It shall not contain more than 12 per cent, by weight of clay or loam, nor
have a coefficient of wear of less than 7
Grade "D" is a run of bank gravel which does not meet the requirements of
any of the above grades, and which may be used only by written permission of
the engineer.
Gravel for Gravel Roads. — Gravel is to be clean, moderately coarse and free
from an excess of clay, sand or earthy material. The best gravel for roads con-
sists of about 75 or 80 per cent, stone and pebbles, about 10 per cent, coarse sand,
and the remainder clay or loam.
53
54 Department of Mines No. 4
Pas:
s
Retained on
S-mesh
sieve
30-niesh sieve
30 ••
50 "
50 "
80 "
80
100
100
200
200 "
Concrete Sand. — Fine aggregate lor concrete shall consist of natural sand com-
posed of hard, tough, durable particles graded from fine to coarse. When dry, not
more than 6 per cent, shall be retained on a sieve having 4 meshes per lineal inch;
not more than 20 per cent, by weight shall pass a sieve having r)0 meshes per
lineal inch; and not more than 4 per cent, shall pass a sieve having 100 meshes
per lineal inch. It shall not contain more than 3 per cent, by weight of clay or
loam.
Sand for Bit urn incus Construetion- — Sand for use in bituminous pavement con-
struction shall consist of hard, tough, durable particles. It shall not contain more
than one per cent, of clay or loam. The various types of grains ))resent shall bo
as closely as possible in the following proportions by weight:
Fercentae'p of Sand
30
27
30
15
7
1
Til l^ullctiii No. 'M . ( f('()li»,uical Siirvcv of (Jeorgia, "i*rcliiiiiiiarv Report on
tile Sand and (iraM'l l)c|i(>sits of ( i(•()^^i■ia,'■ hy L. P. Teas, llir fdllnwino^ defini-
tiniis and classilications are ,iiiveii :
Sand consists of fine particles of crushed or worn rock. . . . We may define
sand as an incoherent material made up of grains ranging from l/150th of an inch
to i)-inch in size. rnconsolidated material whose grains lie between 1/lOOth. and
l/250th of an inch, is known as silt; and if the grains fall Ijelow l/2oOth of an inch
we have clay or mud.
When the grains of any natural, unconsolidated substance become larger thaii
i( inch in diameter, the term gravel is applied to them.
According- to I'ake' the followinu' tci'ins applied to ariixcl are widely tised
in ^lissouri :
Sand Through % inch.
Torpedo Gravel.. Through % inch on % inch, also called Torpedo sand.
Roofing Gravel Through -"4 inch retained on '_i inch.
Joinder Gravel Through li>. inch on ^i inch.
Concrete Gravel Through 2% inch on IVz inch
Condra - con-idci's tlii'i'f sizes of sand:
Fine Sand 0.5 mm. or 0.02 inch in diameter.
Medium Sand 2.0 mm. or 0.08 "
Coarse Sand.. 5.0 mm. or 0.20 "
111 Mi'inoir s.') (if ('anaila. ( ieolo^iiieal Siir\"cv. '"lioad ^Tatcrial Surveys in
]'•*! I," \j. Iicincckc. the autlior says, on paj^'e ;!•"■):
In the sjiecifications adopted by the American Concrete Institute for concrete
highways it is recommended that the coarse aggregate should be such as would
pass a li,{.-inch round opening and be retained on a screen having i^-inch openings;
and the fine, that which would pass when dry through a screen with U-inch open-
ings. Not more than 20 per cent, of the fine shall pass a screen having 50 meshes
]!er linear inch, and not more than 5 per cent, a screen having 100 meshes to the
linear inch. It is recommended that not over 40 per cent, of the total aggregate used
be fine, and that not more than 5 parts of total aggregate be used to 1 of cement.
Vegetable matter, loam and clay are a source of w^eakness in concrete, and the In-
stitute recommends that not more than 3 per cent, of the aggregate should consist
of these impurities.
' Dake, C. L., The Sand and Gravel Resources of Missouri: Missouri Bureau of
Geology and Mines, Volume XV, Page 7, 1918.
-Condra, G. E., Sand and Gravel Resources and Industries of Nebraska: Nebraska
Geological Survey, Volume III, Part 1, Page 29, 1908.
1922 Gravel Deposits of the St. Clair River 55
Origin of the Deposits
Most of tlio gravel has Wen bonie by the river from Lake ihirou, where it
v.as doubtless o])tained from the erosion of the shores which are said to consist
largely of glacial deposits. A small percentage of the material may come from
.-treams flowing into the St. Clair river.
No articles have appeared giving the rate at which the east shore of Lake
Ilnron is being eroded, but Leon J. Cole, of Michigan Geological Survey, in an
instructive paper on the St. Clair delta, mentions the following with regard to
the erosion of tlie west shore :
That the source of sediments (in the St. Clair delta), is not confined to the
east shore of Lake Huron is shown by the work .of C. H. Gordon,' who studied the
destructive action of the waves at a point on the west shore some fifteen miles north
of Port Huron. By comparison of surveys m„ade in 1823 and in 1901, Gordon finds
that one estate, which contained 184.90 acres at the earlier date, with a water front
of something less than a mile, lost in the intervening seventy-nine years, 27.25 acres
of land, which was washed away and carried into the lake by wave action — an
average of 0.345 acres per annum. The total average recession of the shore line
within this area was 449.46 feet, or an average recession of 5.7 feet per annum. The
amount of material was 878,944 cubic yards, and it is safe to assume that a great
deal of this eventually found its way into the St. Clair river, both on account of
the direct wave action along the beach, as on the eastern side, and by the shore cur-
rents, which on this side run close to the shore and would catch the lighter materials,
that did not sink at once to the bottom. It is important to note the character of
the sediments contributed at this place, where the bluff twenty feet in height gives
a good section of the glacial deposits which compose the land. According to Gordon
the section is made up as follows:
Feet Inches
1. — Soil — top loam 1 6
2. — Light coloured or drab Sandy soil, small pebbles 9 9
2a — Brownish band: apparently a soil horizon 6
3. — Blue clay; more compact than No. 2a 7 0
4. — Blue clay; darker and more compact than No. 3. .... 4 0
The gravel deposits are found at intervals in the river, Irom Lake Huron
to the channels emptying into Lake St. Clair. As a rule they occur in the form
of long and com]iaratively narrow bars whose longer axes are parallel to the direc-
tion of flow. The current of the river is estimated to be 4i/4 miles per hour
and less, its greatest velocity being at Point Edward. The lessening of the cur-
r( nt, when Lake St. Clair is reached, has resulted in the precipitation of large
fpiantities of -ilt am] clav and the formation of the St. Clair delta. As might
lie expected, the coarser gravel is found in the upper reaches of the river, the
]iebbles becoming smaller and fewer and the sand more abundant as the river
is followed south, \intil in the vicinity of Algonac the deposits consist either oL"
''torpedo'" gravel or ol' sand.
In the journey down stream the coarser ])articles roll along the bottom and
the lighter sediments are suspended in the water. Divers report that opposite
Point Edward their work is at times rendered difficult by the bombardment of
pebbles carried by the current and suspended in the water. In times of storms,
]>articularly with winds blowing from a northerly direction, the amount of
material swept from the lake into the river at Point Edward is greatly increased.
The movement of vessels, especially the large freight boats drawing up to twenty
feet of Avater. exerts a considerable influence in assisting the gravel down stream,
ici' and wave actioii also probably assist to some extent.
There is Imt little gravel digging being done this summer in the United
States portion of the St. Clair river. Whether this is due to there lieing little
' Wave Cutting on West Shore of Lake Huron, Sanilac County, Michigan, Report
Michigan Geol. Survey for 1901, Lansing, 1902.
56
Department of Mines
No. 4
gravel left, or whether the deposits are being kept for future use, I was unable
to learn, l)iir the diflieultly of dealing with the OAvners of tlie riparian rights is
])rol)al)ly a deterring factor. The digging of sand and "torpedo" gravel is prac-
tically all being done in United States waters, viz., in the North Channel, the
Middle Channel, and Chenal a Bout Eond. It is possible that important de-
posits of torpedo gravel occur in Canadian water, but little !~earcli seems to have
been made for them.
Rate of Growth of the Deposits
Oj^posite Point l^dward and Sarnia the dejDOsits shift rapidly: this neces-
sitates frequent surveys by the engineers of the Canadian and United States
Governments in the interests of navigation. Dredging is done by both Gov-
ernments in their respective halves of the river and has been carried on annually
for many years. Of late years the shoals in the Canadian portion of the river
at these points have been removed by gravel-dredging licensees under the super-
vision of the engineers of the Dominion Public Works De]:iartment. As most
Self-loading Boats Dredging Gravel Below the "Tunnel," St. Clair river
of the material on the two principal dc|>osii.-, which ai'c kiniwn as the "Point
Edward" and '"Sarnia" shoals, has l)ecn of connnenial \ahic. tlic dredging com-
panies are glad to do this dredging free, paying the Province of Ontario royal-
ties on the gravel sold and furnishing certain municipalities in AYestern Ontario
witli stijiulatcd (piai^tities of gravel at less tliaii cost.
During 1i)l!), the Point Edward '■shoal," which lies beside the Xorthern
Navigation Com])any's dock at Poiiit Edward, increased by 5 to T feet in thick-
ness: in July, ]0';?0, this shoal built up I feet at one spot in three weeks. It is
the opinion of the engineers of the J*ul)lic \\'orks De])artment that the percentage
of sand on the Point Edward "shoal" and the Sarnia "middle ground" is in-
creasing. Whereas there used to l)c plenty of gravel above tlu' ^^i-foot depth,
tlu-rc is said to l)e but little to-(bi\'. In order tliat the cross-section of the river
may not be inci'cased, and tlic lc\cl of l/rd<i' Mui'iiii l(i\\t're(|. gra\i'l boats are
not permitted to dig 1() a greater depth than 'l'.) feet in fivuit of I'njnt P^dward
and Sarnia.
With regai'd to the rate (if iiici-ease oi' the (b'posits south iif the I nt<a'national
Tunnel, no exact infoi'inatiou is (ilitaiiudiie. Iiut it is geniu-ally agriMM! that the
annual increment is small.
922
Gravel Deposits of the St. Clair River
57
The Gravel Boats
Tu illustrate the size of sonio of the boats engaged in grave] <lrudging the
following exanijiles are cited:
Capacity,
Gross tonnage Net tonnage cubic yards
Str F. E. Harm/ 355 288 340
■' C. W. CdiUfrJl 593 212 8G0
Ch'is. Hrhlnt 717 44G 625
John .V. McKcrclKij 443 161 732
Barge Whale 1,144 1,144 1,850
Str. Harsen ... ... 700
Ontario • ■ . ... 275
" F. C. Oshonic . . ... 600
On most of the Ijoats the dredging is done with l'^ cubic yard ^-lanis, l)ut
in a few cases a 1 1 _i cubic yard size is used. In addition to the clam some of
the boats carry a centrifugal pump for wimiing the gravel. The Str. Jolni M.
McKcrclieij has no clam, but is equip])ed with a Morris centrifugal pump con-
nected to a 10-incli suction; this boat carries a crew of 16 men.
Gravel Boat Leaving Dredge After Being Loaded, St. Clair river
Results of Screen Tests
Eight samples of gravel and sand were ol)tained from the portions of th:^
river mentioned below, and were sent to the Ontario Highways Department
testing laboratory for screen-tests :
Sample 1 — Gravel from Point Edward slioal.
2 — Gravel Ironi t.eiiosit J about 1^,4 miles north of Sombra village.
3 — Sand from a cargo du?; in the North Channel.
4 — Gravel from Point Edward.
5 — "Torpedo gravel" or coarse sand from a cargo dug in the Middle
Channel, gome four miles below Algonac.
6 — "Torpedo gravel" dug in U.S. waters in front of Algonac.
7 — Gravel from deposit 1, which is opposite concession III, towmship of
Moore.
8 — Gravel from deposit "A" in front of Mueller's Bras-; Works, Sarnia,
and a few hundred feet south of the International Tunnel.
The laboratory tests are given in the Appendix at the end oi' this report.
Pebbles
As the mineralogical comjiositioii of gra\('ls is ot imjMjrtanee, I examineil
the coarser pebl)les (roughly •"'4-inch and upwards) in tlie aliove mentioiied sam-
]iles and round the niimlier and kind oi' these i)el>bles to l)e as follows:
58
Department of Mines
No. 4
Jvind of Rock
1
Xo. 1
No. 2
Xo. 4
Xo. 6 pebbles
over J^-inch
Xo. 7
Xo. 8
Limestone .
43
21
12
1
11
2
18
26
29
3
1
34
15
20
2
2
6
2
13
2
54
Dolomite
Chert
1
2
7
19
Chertv dolomite
1
Chertv limestone
3
Quartzite
Arkose
9
3
7
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
5
5
6
1
7
3
Granite
Greenstone
Granite Gneiss
1
1
Green Slate
Diorite
1
10
6
1
1
Hhale
4
2
1
2
Grevwaeke
7
2
Hornl^lende syenite . . .
Svenite . .
7
2
1
1
Conglomerate ....
1
Red quartzite
Sandstone
6
1
1
Trap
Slate. .
Quartz schist
1
j
Selling Prices of the Gravel
li droit. — Tlie United Fuel and Supjily ('oni|)an_v i.s the largest dealer in
sand and gravel in Detroit. It obtains gravel from tlie St. Clair river and also
from seven pits within 25 miles of Detroit. This Company's retail price list
of .Inly 2U, 192], quotes the following prices per cubic yard on less than car lots:
Sand, river or washed, screened, flat or sharp:
District 1 District 2 District 3 District 4
$2.65 $3.00 $3.50 $3.75
Gravel for concrete:
District 1 District 2 District 3 District 4
$2.65 $3.00 $3.50 $3.75
Roofing gravel — any district — per ton, $2.75.
The boundary of district Xo. 1^ is rouglily a mib' and a half from the
Detroit I'iver. Tlie aljove prices are subject to a 5 per cent, discount, 130 days.
M'niiUdv. — In Windsor tlie retail price of sand and gravel in small lots is
$.').5n ])er cul)ic yard for all points less than a mile away from the docks; out-
side the one mile radius the rate is $3.25. Fifty cents more per yard is charged
if the gravel is screened. Algonac "torpedo gravel" sells here for $3.50 per
cubic yard in small lots. The discount in Windsor is 7 per cent., 30 days.
The prevailing practice in both cities is to call material below 14-inch sand.
Most of the sand is sold as ■ihit" or ".«]iarp." The "flat" sand is fine and suit-
able for mortar or i)laster: the "shar])'" is coarse, such as is obtained in the
Xorth Channel and near Algonac, ami is ])articularly suitabh^ for the nuinufac-
ture of concrete blocks.
Details of the Deposits
The map whicli a((om])anies this report was compiled from Lake Survey
charts and Department of ^lilitia ma]is. On tin's the information obtained from
lliose engaged in dr(Mlging graxel a\;is iilottcd. tbe scNcral di'posits beino- dis-
1922 Gravel Deposits of the St. Clair River 59
tiii'^uished l)y letters. As even those who have been dredging gravel for years
do not, as a rule, possess accurate information about the deposits, it necessarily
follov>s that the outlines of the deposits, as shown, are by no means exact. Th(!
following notes regarding the deposits are a compilation of the data obtained
irom -10
Tvmnel ;
^lay has
engaged
in this
Survey
ago.
six feet
'ly more
gettino"
I stream
wel. but
ether it
om 2 ttj
e of the
:. This
of about
worked
Middle
: is now
1. It is
yard.
t'gest de-
in thick-
diipyard.
et thick.
2onsider-
to have
n stated
.'onsider-
' workeiJi
ug from
Hi^H^ ^^^^ ^ r^^-^.,- „^o „v-^^ .^.„^x„5 „^.^ xxv^ring my
stay. The gravel w^as said to have been 8 or 10 feet thick in the Canadian por-
tion and some may still remain, but the U.S. portion is believed to be about
exhausted.
-^n"'
Ids!
^g n>
o f= = S
2 _ "" SJ=-
-/.
o
3 o ;, '^
Q « O p
I-
r
-c« -^-5
"
>
o
■n
i-g-ji £.
s
70
3
^
'" 2, i 1
5-
70
^
<
i-"o^-
m
„ 5^^'§
70
>
13
3 2--
1922 Gravel Deposits of the St. Clair River 59
tiiiguisli('(l ])}■ letters. As even tluise who have been dredgiii<^- gravel for years
do not, as a rule, possess accurate information about the deposits, it necessarily
follows that the outlines of the deposits, as shown, are by no means exact. The
following notes regarding the deposits are a compilation of the data obtained
from various sources :
"A" — In front of Mueller's Brass Works, Sarnia: This deposit is from 40
to 80 feet wide, and extends for 1 ,000 feet south of the International Tunnel ;
it is from 3 feet to 6 feet thick, but at some points the underlying clay has
been bared. Much of the gravel here was probal)ly dumped from scows engaged
in dredging the cliannel. Sticks and l)al]s of mud are quite numerous in this
deposit.
A couple of miles south of the Tunnel and north of Boundary Survey
Monument No. 50, there was a four-foot bed of gravel some four years ago.
"B" — East of Stag island. This deposit was at one time five or six feet
thick, l)ut is now nearly worked out, and where gravel remains it is rarely more,
than one bucket, or three feet, in thickness. One captain told me that in getting'
a load recently from the central part of this bar he had to drop down stream
in all 800 feet. .,
"C" — West of Stag island. This deposit consisted of fairly good gravel, but
carried considerable sand. Some imcertainty was expressed as to whether it
extends west into deep water or not; one captain states that it Avas from 3 to
8 feet thick, about 90 feet wide and is now almost exhausted.
"D'' — This is a small deposit near Stag Island Lower Light. None of the
captains interviewed had dug here of late years.
"U" — Extends from a mile north of Moore to south to Courtright. This
bar was formerly from 2 feet to 8 feet in thickness, with an average of about
6 feet and was about 250 feet in width. Most of this deposit is now worked
out, particularly that portion which lies above Courtright.
"F"—Js situated west of Deposit "E" and east of the St Clair Middle
Ground. It is said to have been at one time 14 or 15 feet thick, but is noM-
nearly depleted.
"G"- — Is a deposit in U.S. waters whose dimensions I did not learn. It is
said to extend from above the town of St. Clair to the Great Lakes shipyard.
"H"- — Is a extension of ''E" to the south. This was one of the largest de-
posits in the river and consisted of a fairly coarse gravel up to 12 feet in thick-
ness. It is now said to be from 0 to 4 feet thick.
"I" — Is a small deposit in U.S. waters south of the Great Lakes shipyard.
This consists of coarse gravel and is about 40 feet wide, and 4 or 5 feet thick.
The material in Canadian water east of this point in "H" deposit is consider-
ably finer.
"J" — Is opposite concession XIII, Sombra township. This is said to have
been from 8 to 10 feet thick and some 800 feet in width. One captain stated
that it probably had been 20 feet thick at the International Boundary. Consider-
al)le digging was still being done on this deposit this summer.
"K" — Is a small deposit in front of Sombra village. It is practically worked
out, but was formerly 1,000 feet long and up to 6 feet thick.
"L" — Is south of Woodtick island. A great deal of gravel was dug from
this deposit in past years, but not a boat was seen loading here during mv
stay. The gravel was said to have been 8 or 10 feet thick in the Canadian por-
tion and some may still remain, but the U.S. portion is believed to be about
exhausted.
60
Department of Mines
No. 4
M ' — Tlii.s liar, j^uiitli of the liead of tlie Clioitil Ecnrtc, consists of saud
and ''to7]iedo gravel" wjtli tlie former predoniiiiatinii'. The thickness is not
known.
"W'' — Is south of "^L"' and northeast of liussell ishuid. It is said to lie 8
or 9 feet tliick, and to consist largely' of "torpedo oravel."
"P' — Is in front of Algonac and consists of sand and "torpedo gravel."
]t is said to be getting thin.
"Q" — Is situated about three miles north of the Canada Club. ]t consists
of "fiat" (plaster) saud and it is stated that a load can be pumped at any point
on the deposit ■without changing the boat's position.
From Algonac to Lake St. Clair, via the Xorth Channel, large deposits of
'"torpedo gravel" and of saud are reported. Sand is also dug in the Channel
known as the Baltimore Highway. The l)e(l of tlie Middle Channel is said to
lie crivered Avith saud throughout most of its course.
Gravel Tests
]\Ir. H. E. Davis, Testing Engineer, Department of Public Highways, under
date of September 14tli,.1921, reported to the Department of Mines on the eight
samples of gravel sulnnitted, as follows :
In accordance with your request regarding samples of gravel submitted for test,
I am attaching copies of Reports giving the granulometric analysis, and ratio of
sand to gravel. The colorometric test was satisfactory in all cases.
All of these samples would be considered suitable aggregates for concrete work.
It will be noted, however, that in the case of sample No. 3, there is no gravel present
and for making satisfactory concrete this addition would have to be made. The silt
and organic matter apparently has been washed free from all eight samples.
For convenience these separate reports have been arranged in talnilar form.
t-'amplc Xo.
Mcclianical Analvsi?-
1
2
3
4
5
6
i
8
S.\.\n —
Percentage retained on
U) iHcsh screen
•^0 •• ■•
30.0
()3.0
84 . 0
93.0
97.0
99.0
99 . (j
37 . 4
44.0
47. S
53.2
66.2
97.2
99 . S
1.0
(i.O
18.0
38.8
66.4
96.0
99.6
46.4
75 . 4
89.0
95.0
98.8
99.8
99.9
43.4
61.6
69.6
78.0
90.4
99.0
99.9
48.8
65.4
71.0
76.0
85.2
99.2
99.9
40.4
51.8
57.8
65.0
75.6
96.8
99.2
57.4
73.0
;',() •• '•
80.0
10 •■ "
-A) ■■ - "
loo •■
200 ••
86.6
92.4
99.0
99.6
(lliAVKI.
Percent aijc retained on
1-1/4 inch screen
7/o " "
112
IS. 2
27.5
38.0
53 . 0
10.6
14.5
19.9
42.4
63.1
13.5
23.6
33.5
50.0
72.2
2.5
10.0
'■^U " "
V2 " "
1/4 . " "
1.2
8.9
30.3
0.9
1.9
9.0
"o'6"
11.9
21.7
39.7
64.2
P,.Hc i;n r.\<;K H.vno:
Sand
47
53
()9 . 7
30.3
36.9
63.1
91
9
88.1
11.9
27.8
72.2
35:8
Ciravci
64.2
1922 Gravel Deposits of the St. Clair River 01
Future Demand for the Gravel
As Essex. Kent and l.anihto]! counties ctjntain l)ut few gravel pits and
very few rock outcrops, there is a constant and increasing demand for river
o-ravel for road Iniildino- and general construction work. There is no douht that
this demand will continue to increase, as the huildijig of good roads in these
counties has been un(h'r way tor comparatively few years.
Conclusions
The following conclusions have been reached regarding the gravel deposits
south of the Tunixd :
1. That the (h'posits ai'e being rapidly depleted and that many of them
are worked out or iho gravel remaining is so thin that diggiiig is no longer
piofitahle.
2. That the annual increment south of the Tunnel is comparatively small.
.3. That there are pro1)ahly some. Init not many, deposits which have not
been found.
4. That no estimate can l)e made as to how much longer digging can be
carried on at the present rate unless a hydrographic survey be made and borings
put down at frequent intervals. I do not believe that the deposits warrant the
expenditure.
Acknowledgments
I wish to express my appreciation of the courtesies shown me and the as-
sistance siven by Messrs. H. B. E. Craig and John Graham, engineers of the
rublic Works Department, the officers of the United Fuel Company and the
Chick Contracting Company, and particularly by Mr. Thos. ^Y. Whiteley, in-
spector of dredging operations for the Ontario Department of Mines.
INDEX VOL. XXXI, PART I
Note — All place names refer to Ontario
unless otherwise mentioned.
Page
Abitibi Power and Paper Co 41
Abrasives. See Corundum.
Acheson Graphite Co 22
Acme Gold Mines, Ltd 7
Acreage tax, revenue 46
Actinolite.
Industry and statistics 2-20
Actinolite Mining Co 20
Acton 35
Acton Mines, Ltd 4S
Addington Co. See Lennox and Ad-
ington Co.
Alabastine Co 37
Aladdin Cobalt Co 8, 13
Aldborough tp., sand and gravel. . .38, 39
Aldershot 31
Alfred, peat 25
Algoma dist.
See also Iron ore: Quartz.
Mining lands sold and leased 46
Sand and gravel 41
Trap. See Bruce Mines.
Algoma Steel Corporation 17,18
See also Iron pyrites.
Quartz Mining 27
Algonac 55, 57, 60
Allan, Mrs. M 38
Allan Bros 38
Allied Porcupine Gold Mines, Ltd.... 48
Almont Gold Mg. Co 48
A. L. Shaw Oil and Development Co. 48
Alvinston 30
Alvinston Brick and Tile Co 30
Amabel tp. See Wiarton.
American Cyanamid Co 37
American Matachewan Gold Mg. Co. 48
American Smelting and Refining Co. 12
American Talc Corporation 28
Amherstburg.
Concrete products 35
Limestone quarry 42
Salt 27, 28
Analyses.
Charges for 50
Gravels, St. Clair river i;0
Ancaster 42-43
Ancaster tp. See Ancaster: Ham-
ilton.
Anderdon tp., lime kilns 37
Andrews, S. .1 34
Anthistle. W. J 34
Antimony 12
Apatite production ( 1919 ) 3
Argonaut Gold, Ltd 5
Arkona Gas and Oil Co 48
Armstrong Supply Co 38
Arnprlor 30
Arsenic.
Price ; statistics 2,3,12
Arthur tp., concrete products 34
Page
Asbestos production ( 1917 ) 3
Asbestos Pulp Co 28, 48
Ashman, T. J 34
Ashton and Sons, E 38
Assay Office, Provincial —
Report by W. K. McNeill 49-53
Aster Gold Mines, Ltd 48
Atikokan 17
Atikokan Iron Co 18
Atlas Brick Co 30
Ayr 40
— B—
Bailey Silver Mines, Ltd 8
Baird and Son, H. C 30
Baker, Geo. C 30
Baker, M vi
Ballast, railway 38
Banks, John 34
Bannerman, Geo. ( Jr. ) 30
Baptiste lake 20
Barite 3, 20
Barnhardt, W. H 30
Barrie 40
Bartlett, James vi
Report by, on gravel deposits of
St. Clair river 53-61
Barton tp.
Lime kilns 37
Limestone quarrying 43
Sand and gravel 39
Bartonville 36
Bathurst tp., feldspar 21
Quartz 27
Bawden, F. W 34
Bayonne, X. J 15, 17
Beachville 37, 43
Beachville White Lime Co 37
Beaver Consolidated Mines, Ltd 8,13
Beaverton 32
Bechtel. B. E 30
Beckwith tp., limestone 43
Bedford tp., feldspar 21
Mica 24
Belle River 25
Belleville 32, 33
Bellew, H. C 20
Bellyou, Norman E 38
Belmont tp., limestone 43
Bennett, Joseph 38
Bennett, N. W S
Bennett, Robert 30
Benson, G. H 8
Benson and Patterson 38
Benzine production 26
Bergin, Patrick '. 37
Bertie tp., limestone 43
Beuglas, James 34
Beverley tp., lime kilns 37
Biederman, A. G 37
Bisliop, Thos. Wm 34
Black Donald Graphite Co 22
Blair and Son, James 39
62
1922
Index, Part 1
63
Pagk
Blanshard tp. >Scc St. Marys.
Blast furnaces 17-19
Blast sand 38
Blenheim 31
Blister copper, production 16
Blue Quartz Gold Mines, Ltd 48
Bluevale 31
Blyth 31
Bolton 32
Bonuses paid by silver mining com-
panies 13,14
Booth Brick and Lumber Co 30
Bothwell 25
Bout Ronfl Channel 56
Bowers, E. G 34
Bowmanville 30,31
Boyd Bros 39
Brampton 30
Brampton Pressed Brick Co 30
Brant county. Sec Brantford tp.;
Dumfries N. tp.
Brant tp., limestone 43
Brantford tp.
Brick 31
Gravel and sand 39
Brick.
Industry and statistics 2,29-32
Brick, concrete 33
Brick, sand-lime 38
Brick, silica. See Silica brick.
Bridgeport 40
Bridgden, Henry 34
Bright 34
Bristol tp 43
British American Metal Co 49
British America Nickel Corp 15,17
British American Oil Co 26
British Canadian Petroleum Co 48
Broadwell and Son, B 30
Brock tp., gravel and sand 39
Brougham tp., graphite 22
Brown, D. L 34
Brown and Sons, Wm 39
Brownscombe, H 30
Bruce, E. L vi
Bruce co., limestone quarries ....42, 43
Bruce Mines, trap 42
Bruce nickel mine 15
Bruce tp 14
Brunner Mond, Canada, Ltd.. .27, 28, 37,42
Buck, J. L 30
Bucke tp., limestone 42
Buffalo silver mine 9
Buffalo Mines, Ltd 13
Building Material. See Structural
material.
Building stone. See Stone, building.
Bureaus of Statistics, Dominion 1
Burgess North tp.
Barite 20
Graphite 22
Mica 20, 24
Burkholder. George 34
Burlington 35
Burlington Heights 39
Burlington Steel Co 49
Burnand Gold Mines, Ltd 48
Burrows. A. G vi
Butler 43
Pagk
— C—
Cadwell Dredging Co 41
Calcite 20
Calcium arsenate 12
Calder, .James 34
Caldwell, Out 23
Caldwell, T. B 20
Caldwell Bros 42
Caledon tp 38
Caledonia.
Concrete products 34
Gypsum 22
Camburn Silver Mines, Ltd 9
Cameron Steamship Co 41
Camlachie 35
Campbell, A. C 44
Campbellford.
Lime kilns 37
Sand and gravel 39, 40
Campbell's Sons, R 29
Campbellville 35
Canada Cement Co 33
Canada Lime Co 37
Canadian Concrete Products Co.... 34
Canadian Furnace Co 18
Canadian General Electric Co 30
Canadian National Clay Products
Association 29
Canadian Non-Metallic Minerals,
Ltd 21,48
Canadian Oil Companies, Ltd 26
Canadian Pressed Brick Co 30
Canadian Salt Co 27, 28
Canadian Steel Corporation 18
Candles, production 26
Canyon Mines, Ltd 48
Capital issue of new companies. ... .47-49
Cargill 30
Carleton co.
Limestone quarrying 42-43
Sand and gravel 39
Carleton Place, brick 31
Carroll, J. E 41
Carroll Bros 39
Casey tp., silver 8, 11
Casey Cobalt Silver Mining Co 13
Cast Stone Block and Machine Co.. . . 34
Caustic soda 27
Cayuga 35
Cement, Portland.
Industry and statistics 2,3,33-36
Cement, precious metals IT
Centralia 31
Central Ontario Oil Fields, Ltd 48
Central Operating Co 47
Chamberlain Coal and Oil Develop-
ment Co 48
Chambers-Ferland silver mine 8
Chapman, John 30
Chatham, concrete products 34,37
Chatham Cement Tile and Block
Co 34
Chatham Sand and Gravel Co 41
Cheeseman, Peter 30
Chenal a Bout Rand 56
Chenal Ecarte 60
Chick Contracting Co 41, 61
Chinguacousy tp., sandstone 43
Chitty and Johns 9
Christie, Henderson & Co 37
64
Department of Mines
No. 4
Pa(;e
Christie Concrete Products, Ltd 34
Chrome, N. J 12
Cities Service Oil Co 26,48
Clarendon tp., lime kilns 37
Clark Iron Mining Co 44
Clarkson Cement Tile and Brick Co. 34
Clay products.
Industry and statistics 2, 3, 29-32
Cleary, Thomas 39
Clinton 34
Clydach, Wales 16
Coal permits 46
Coatsworth 31
Cobalt.
See also Cobalt, Ont., silver.
Price of metallic 11
Statistics 2. 4. 10, 12
Cobalt, Ont.
Silver and cobalt 8-14
Cobalt silver area, production 9
Cobalt Central Mines Co 13
Cobalt-City Mining Co 13
Cobalt-Comet Mines, Ltd 13
Cobalt Lake silver mine 9,47
Cobalt Lake Mining Co 13
Cobalt Townsite Mining Co 14
Coboconk, lime 37
Cobourg, brick 31
Cochrane dist.
Sand and gravel. Sec Rickard tp.
Cody tp 43
Coehill, granite 43
Coldwater 43
Cole, G. E vi
Cole, Leon J .55
Coleman tp., silver 8-14
Colonial Mining Co 9
Comber, brick and tile 31, 32
Comfort-Kirkland Mines, Ltd 48
Concrete, brick 3:'.
Concrete Pipe and Products Co 34
Concrete sand.
Definition by Highways Dept 54
Condra. G. E 54
Conestogo, brick and tile 32
Coniagas Mines, Ltd 9, 13, 17
Coniagas Reduction Co 11
Coniagas silver mine 8
Conlon, John J 39
Consolidated Molybdenum Steel Corp. 49
Construction and Paving Co 37
Cooksville Shale Brick Co 30
Coo])er. W. H 30
Copper.
See also Nickel.
Statistics 2-4. 10-16
Corinthian Stone Co 34
Correspondence, departmental 52
Corundum, statistics 2, 3, 20
Corundum, Limited 20
Cottam 34
(V)tterill, Alfred A 39
Courtright, gravel 59
Salt 28
Craig, 11. B. R Gl
Crang, .Jethro 30
C'rawford Brothers 30
Crediton, brick 31
Creighton nickel mine 15
Cross and Wellington 22
PAtii:
Crosi Builders' Supply Co 34
Crosthwaite, F 39
Crown Gypsum Co 22
Crown Reserve Mining Co 9,13
Crown Reserve silver mine 9
Crystalline, limestone, operators.... 42
Cudmore. J. W 39
Curtin. Frank 30
— D—
Dake, C. L 54
Dalton, Maurice 30
Darlington tp., sand and gravel 40
Davis, H. E 60
Davis and Son, John 29
Dean, Harry F 39
De Laplante, J. E. & Co 30
Deline, L 34
Deller, Albert E 31
Deller, Wm. H 31
Deller Bros 31
Deloro Smelting & Refining Co- 11, 12
Denny, James J vi.
Department of Public Highways.
Limestone quarrying 4 2
Sand and gravel specifications 54
Dept. of Railways and Canals 41
Departmental correspondence 52
Dereham tp., sand and gravel 39
Deroche tp., quartz quarry 27
Deseronto, blast furnace 18
Dewitt, W. J 34
Dickens tp., feldspar 21
Dickson Creek (Cobalt) Silver Mines,
Ltd 49
Dill tp., quartz 27
Dillon and Mill-, 21
Dividends.
Gold mines 6,7
Silver mines 13,14
Dog lake 44
Doidge, James A 34
Dolan, John 31
Dolly Varden, lime 37
Dolomite industry 20, 42
Dome gold mine 43
Dome Extension gold mine 7
Dome Mines Co 5,7,47
Dominion Bureau of Statistics 1
Dominion Petroleum Co 48
Dominion Reduction Co 9
Dominion Salt Co 28
Dominion Sewer Pipe and Clav In-
dustries, Ltd 29, 31
Dominion Sugar Co 37
Donaghue, W. A 44
Donald, Andrew 39
Donaldson, S. E ,31
Donaldson, W. J 39
Don Valley Brick Works 31
Dorchester Station 31
Dover, West, oil field 25
Downie tp., sand and gravel 4
Dovle, W^illiam 39
Drain tile 30-32
Draper tp., granite 43
Dredging. See St. Clair river.
Dresden, brick and tile 30, 31
Drummond tp., feldspar 21
Quartz 27
1922
Index, Part 1
65
Page
. 43
. 31
. 31
43
40
43
30
42
34
40
!0
25
:;i i
Drury tp., limestone
Dublin
Dublin Brick and Tile Co
Dumfries North tp.
Limestone
Sand and gravel
Dundas, limestone
Dunnville.
Brick and tile
Concrete products 35,
Dunsford, concrete products
Dunwich tp.. sand and gravel
Durham co.. sand and gravel
Dutton, oil
Tile
Dysart tp. Scr Haliburton.
— E—
Ecartc channel
Edward pt 55
Elarton Salt Works Co
Eldon, limestone
Electrolytic copper, production
Elgin CO.
See also Aldborough tp.
Sand and gravel 39, 40
Elk Lake, silver 8
Eunice tp., sand and gravel 40
Elliott, Charles 31
Elliott, J. A 34
Elliott, .Jas., Jr 31
Elliott, Wm 31
Elliott, Wm. .\I 24
Elora, lime kilns 37
Elridge, George 34
Elzevir tp 20
Emley process (gypsum ) 22. 13
Empire Asbestos Mines Co 49
Empire Limestone Co 39
Employees. See Labour.
Engine sand 38
Enniskillen tp.
Oil 25
Sand and gravel .■ 40
Enterprise, concrete products 34
Ernestown tp. See Odessa.
Esquesing tp. See Milton.
Essex, concrete products 31, 35
Essex CO.
Sand and gravel. See Mersea tp.
Limestone. See Amherstburg.
Eureka Flint and Spar Co 21, 27,40
Exchange premium 6
Exeter 28,34
Exeter Salt Works Co 28
Farmer, W. J 42
Farr limestone quarry 42
Faulds, Morley " 39
Federal Feldspar, Ltd 21
Feldspar.
Industry and statistics 2,3,20,21
Feldspar Glass, Ltd 48
Feldspar Milling Co 20
Feldspar Quarries, Ltd 21
Feldspars, Ltd 21
Fergus.
Concrete products 34
Limestone quarry 42
P.\(;i:
Findley, granite quarry 42
Fitzroy tp., sand and gravel 30
Flamborough West tp. See Dundas.
Fletcher and Son. .L H PA
Flieler, Edward 37
Flowers, Wm. T 34
Fluorspar.
Statistics and shippers 2,3,22
Fonthill 39
Fonthill Gravel Co 39
Forbear Sand and Gravel Co 39
Ford 35
Forest Reserve permits 45
Forrester Falls, brick and tile 32
Fort Norman Oil Co 4S
Fort William.
Brick 31, 32
Limestone quarry 42
Fort William Brick and Tile Co 31
Foster, R. R 39
Foster Cobalt Mining Co 13
Foster Pottery Co 29
Fox, Geo. J 31
Foxboro, tile 31
Fraser & Leith 31
Frid Bros 31,39
Frid Company, George 31
Fritz, Madeleine vi
Frontenac co.
See also Feldspar: Palmerston tp.
Limestone 42, 43
Quartz. See Portland tp.
Sand and gravel. See Kingston tp.
Frontier silver mine 8
Frood nickel mine 15
Fuel. See Peat fuel: Petroleum.
Fulton, .John 35
— G—
Galetta 19
Gallagher Lime and Stone Co 37
Gait, concrete products 35
Limestone quarry and kilns 37, 43
Gananoque, limestone quarry 42
Gardiner, William 31
Gardner Feldspar Co 21
Garnet and Sons, Thomas 35
Garson nickel mine 15
Gas, natural.
See also Natural gas.
Tax and licenses, revenue 46
Gasoline production 26
Gauthier, G. H 44
Gauthier tp 43
See also Argonaut Gold, Ltd.
General Petroleum and Gas Co 48
Gibson, Thomas W^ vi, 53
Gillespie, Geo. H. and Co 28,29
Gillis, Alfred 35
Ginn, H. Geo 44
Glass sand 38
Gleason Coal Co., F. D 41
Glenannan, brick and tile 31
Glenelg tp., lime kilns- 37
Gloucester tp.
Limestone quarrying 42, 43
Sand and gravel 39, 40
Goderich 28
Goderich Salt Co 28
Godfrey & Co., Thomas 31
66
Department of Mines
No. 4
Pa(;i:
Godson Contracting Co 39
Gold.
f'^ce also Mining Divisions.
Nickel-copper mg., production from lii
Notes and statistics l-(i
Profit tax, revenue from 47
Gold Nugget Mining and Develop-
ment Co 4 S
Golden Lake, lime kilns 37
Goldwyn Alines, Ltd 48
Goodwin. W. L vi
Gordon, C. H o'->
Gorrie. concrete products GT)
Goiidreau Gold Mines, Ltd 44
Gowganda Mining Division.
Recorder's comments 44. 4.5
Gowganda silver area 9,11
Graham, John 61
Granite.
Production and operators 42, 43
Granite Concrete Block Co 35
Grantham tp 38
Graphite.
Industry and Statistics 2, 3, 22
Grasselli Chemical Co 23
Grattan tp. Sec Caldwell.
Gravel.
Sec also Sand and Gravel.
Definition of, by Highways Dept. .')3
St. Clair river, report by Bart-
lett .53-61
Statistics .2, 3, 38, 41
Great Lakes.
Sand and gravel, revenue from. ... 41
Great Lakes Oil Co 26
Great Lakes Transportation Co 11
Green, George 24
Greenock, brick and tile 30
Grenville Crushed Rock Co 48
Grey co.
Limestone. Sec Owen Sound.
Grigg, William 31
Grimsby North tp., limestone 43
Guelph.
Concrete product? 34, 35
Gravel and sand 39
Lime kilns 37
Guelph tp.. limestone quarry 42
Gypsum.
Industry and statistics 3,4, 22, 2o
— H—
Haanel, B. F vi
Hadley Co., The C. & J 41
Hagersville. limestone quarry 42
Haldimand co.
Gypsum, gravel and sand. -SVe
Oneida and Seneca tps.
Limestone quarrying 42, 43
Haliburton 42
Halite. See Salt.
Hall and Tampling 35
Hallatt, Wm 31
Hallatt and Son, H 31
Halton CO.
Limestone quarrying. .S'rr Milton.
Halton Brick Co 31
Hamilton.
Blast furnace 18
Brick 30-32
Paoi:
Concrete products 34
Limestone quarrying 42, 43
Sand pits 38. 40
Sewer-pipe and pottery 29
Hamilton and Toronto Sewer Pipe
Co 29
Hamilton-Bothwell Oil Co 49
Hamilton Pressed Brick Co 31
Hamilton Sand and Gravel. Ltd 39
Hanover, cement plant 33
Hanover Portland Cement Co 33
Hare, John 35
Harkness, R. B vi. 4
Harriston, tile 31
Harvey, E., Ltd 37
Harwich tp., sand and gravel 39
Hastings co.
Sice also Actlinolite. Feldspar.
Huntingdon and Madoc tps.
Limestone. Sec Marmora tp.
Sand, gravel and cement. .S'ce
Thurlow tp.
Heavy spar. Sec Barite.
Helon iron pyrites mine 23
Hematite 17
Henderson Farmers' Lime. Ltd 43
Henderson Mines, Ltd 28,29
Hensall, concrete products 35,36
Hermo Mining Co 48
Herschel tp.. dolomite 20
Hespeler, lime kilns 37
Hewitt & Son, A. B 35
Higginson, Geo. and Son 43
Highways Dept.
Sand and gravel pits 40
Sec also Dept. of Highways.
Hildreth, Charles 43
Hill, Aaron 31
Hill, A. W 31
Hill Brick Co 31
Hinde Bros 31
Hircock Bros. & Co 31
Hitch, Mrs. Susan 31
Hitch, Thos 31
Hoffman. James 39
Holland. H. E 44
Holland and Son, William 31
Holland Centre 36
Hollinger gold mine 43
Hollinger Consolidated Gold Mines.
Ltd 5. 7. 47
Hollinger Gold Mines, Ltd 7
Hologden Mines, Ltd- 48
Holtyrex Gold Mines, Ltd 48
Homegardner Sand Co 41
Hope tp., sand and gravel 40
Hopkins, P. E vi
Home, William 43
Howard tp., sand and gravel. ...... 39
Hewlett, Fred 31
Hudson Bay Mines, Ltd 9, 13
Humber Bay, brick 32
Humberstone tp.
See also Port Colborne.
Sand and gravel 39
Hunt & Sons, J. W 35
Huntingdon tp., fluorspar 22
Huntsville Brick Co 31
Hutchison. R. H vi
Hutton tp 17
1922
Index, Part I
67
Page
Hydrated lime, statistics 37
Hydro-electric power 1. 4
Hydro-electric Power Commission . .o9, 43
Hyndman, Jno 35
— I—
Illuminating oil, production 26
Imperial Oil, Ltd 26
Incorporated companies 47-49
Independent Concrete Pipe Co 35
Indian Chutes 43
Indian Peninsula Mining Co 49
Industrial Minerals Corp 21
Industry, mineral. jS'rc Mineral in-
dustry.
Ingersoll, brick and tile 32
Inglewood, brick 32
Ingrouille, Stephen 35
International Feldspar Co 21
International Nickel Co 15, 17, 27
International Oil Gas Development
Co 48
International Sand and Gravel Co. . . 41
Interprovlncial Brick Co 31
Iridium 16, 17
Iron and Iron Ore statistics 2, 4, 17-19
Iron Pyrites.
Industry and statistics 2, 23
Iroquois Sand and Gravel Co 39
Islet Exploration Co 48
— J—
Jackson Bros 31
.lackson Development Co 48
Jacques, Ulderic 35
James tp., silver 8
Jamieson, J. M 37
Jamieson Lime Co 31,37
Janes, D. A 31
Jasper Brick and Tile Co 31
Jeffrey, Leon 31
Jervis & Son. John 31
Johnson, James ( Sr. ) 31
Joint Peat Committee 25
— K—
Kaladar tp., actinolite 20
Keele, Jo.seph vi
Keeley silver mine 8
Keeley Silver Mines, Ltd 9
Kelly Island Lime and Transport
Co 41
Kelso, lime kilns 37
Kenilworth 34
Kenora dist.
Iron pyrites 23
Limestone. See Butler.
Mining lands leased and sold 46
Soapstone 28
Kenora Mining Division.
Revenue and business 44. 45
Kent Co., sand and gravel 39
Kent Bros 24
Kerr, Fred 31
Kerr Lake Mining Co 9, 13, 47
Kerwood. tile and brick 31, 32
Kilbourne & Son, Harvey 35,39
Kincardine.
Lime kilns 37
Salt 28
Page
Kingdon Mining, Smelting and Mfg.
Co 19
Kingston.
Concrete products 3,",
Limestone 43
Sand and gravel 39
Kingston Cement Products, Ltd 35
Kingston and Perth Mining Co 24
Kingston Penitentiary quarries 43
Kingston Sand and Gravel Co 39
Kingsville, brick and tile 30, 32
Kinzel Bros 35
Kirkland Lake 4-6
Kirkland Lake gold area 6
Kirkland Lake Gold Mining Co 5
Kirkland Motherlode, Ltd 48
Kitchener.
Brick and tile 32
Concrete products 35
Lime kilns 37
K. M. B. Syndicate 48
Knight, C. W vi, 8
Koebel, Joseph Z 31
Korah tp., sand and gravel 41
Kowkash Mining Division 43-45
Kruse Bros 31
Kuhn, Jenny H 31
— L—
Labey & Son, Geo. A 31
Labour.
Lime industry 37
Mining, general 2
Nickel-copper refining 16
Oil, salt and talc industry 26-28
Lake Erie, gravel and sand 41
Lake Erie Sand Co 41
Lake Huron.
Erosion of W. Shore 55
Lake Shore Mines, Ltd 5, 47
Lakeside Development Co 48
Lally, E 43
Lambton co.
See also St. Clair river.
Gravel and sand 40
Lanark co.
See also Burgess N. tp.
Limestone. See Beckwith t]).
Quartz quarrying 27
Lane, Geo 40
Larder Lake Mining Division.
Recorder's comments 43-45
La Rose silver mine S
La Rose Mines, Ltd 9,13,4?
Larter, Chas 40
Lattimore and Campbell 42
Law Construction Co 43
Lead.
Industry and statistics 2-4,10,12,19
Leamington 35,41
Leases, mining. See mining leases.
Lebel tp 43
Lebel Lode, Ltd 48
Leeds tp., granite and limestone. . .42, 43
Lefebvre, Jos 35
Lennox and Addington co.
See Odessa. Richmond tp.
Lesperence, Peter J 35
Levack nickel mine 15
Levack tp., limestone quarry 43
68
Department of Mines
No. 4
Pagi:
Le Viness & Sons Co 40
Licensed companies 47-49
Licenses for gravel and sand 41
Licenses, miners'. . . H, -J5
Lime.
See also Sand-lime brick.
Statistics and producers 3G, 37
Lime phosphate. See Apatite.
Limestone.
Quarry operators; production. .. .42, 43
Lincoln co.
See Grantham tp.: Grimsby X. tp.
Lindsay.
Brick and tile 30.32
Concrete products 34
Lindsay^ Stephen 31
Lishman, W. H 35
Locust Hill 34
London, brick and tile 31. 32
Concrete products 34,3")
London tp., sand and gravel 41
Longford Mills 43
Longford Quarry Co 43
Lorrain Operating Co 48
Lorrain, South. See South Lorrain.
Loughborough Mining Co 24
Loughborough tp.
Feldspar and mica 21, 24
Louisiana. U.S., sulphur 23
Lubricating oil. production 26
Lucknow. concrete products 3.5
Tile 32
Lumsden silver mine !)
Lyons Fuel and Supply Co 40
Lythmore, gypsum 22
— M—
-McAlpine, Daniel 40
McAulay, N. J 44
.^IcConnell Consolidated Mines, Ltd. 21
McCormick Bros 31
.McDonnell, George 43
-McEnaney Gold Mines. Ltd 48
McGregor and Gammage 31
Alclntyre gold mine 43
Mclntyre Procupine Mines, Ltd. . 1, 5, 7. i T
Mclvor Bros 31
MacKay Bros 31
.AIcKinley-Darragh-Savage :Mines of
Cobalt, Ltd 9, 13
McLaren, W. L 24
McLenaghan, W. A 35
McLoughlin. Jho 31
.McMahon. Robert 31
McMillan. .1. G vi
.McNeely. D. R 43
.McNeill. W. K.
Report by. on Provincial Assav
Office ."49-52
McQueen. Alexander 35
McVittie tp 43
-Madoc.
See (il.so Wallbridge iron m.
Brick 21
Talc 28
Madoc tp., fluorspar 22
Magnetite 17
-Magpie iron mine 17
Maisonville Mining Co 48
Majestic Gold Mines, Ltd 48
P.\(,i:
Malahide tp.. gravel and sand 4;)
Maiden tp. See Amherstburs.
Malloy, Wni. B 40
Manlev-O'Reillv Gold Mines, Ltd 4S
Map.
St. Clair River, gravel deposits.
facing 58
Maple Mountain silver area 11
Maple Sand, Gravel and Brick Co.... 40
Marble.
Production and operators 42, 43
March tp. feldspar 21
Markham 35
Markus, Wm., Ltd 43
Marmora, limestone 43
Marmora tp. See Deloro.
Mars Mines, Ltd 48
Marshall. .James 37
Martin Estate, David 31
Martindale gypsum mine 22
Marty, Emil 35
Marysville Land Co 41
Matheson Gold, Ltd 48
Medonte tp. See Coldwater.
Merkley's. Ltd 32
Merlin, tile 31
Mersea tp., sand and .-^ravr! 41
Metallic minerals.
Statistics 2-19
Methuen tp., limestone . 43
Mica, industry and statistics 2, 3, 23
Mica lake 21
Michipicoten area. See Helon iron
pyrites m.
Mickle, G. R 47
Middle channel, St. Clair riwr 56
Middlesex co., gravel and sand 39-41
Middlesex & Dover Oil & Gas Co 48
Middleton, Charles 32
Middleton, John K 43
Middleton tp., sand and gravel 39
Midland, blast furnace 18
Midland Iron and Steel Co 18
xMikado Consolidated Mines. Ltd 4S
Milburn. T. E 41
Mildmay, concrete products 35
Millard, David 40
Mille-Roches • 39
Miller, Thos 35
Miller, W. N 44
Miller Lake O'Brien silver mine 47
Millerton Gold Mines, Ltd 7
Mills, Geo. E 32
Mills, Jas 40,43
Milton, brick 32
Limestone 43
Milton Pressed Brick Co 32
Mimico, brick and tile 32
Sewer pipe 29
Miner. J. T 32
Mineral industry. 1921.
Statistical review, by W. R. Rogers 1-52
Mineral water, industry and statis-
tics 2,3,24
Miners' licenses 44-46
Mining Companies
List of incorporated and licensed 47-50
.Mining Corporation of Canada.
Ltd S. 9. 13, 47
1922
Index, Part I
69
Page
Mining Divisions.
Recorders' comments V*-
Mining revenue • 4b
Mining Tax Act, revenue 4b, 4/
Mitchell, concrete products 3o
Mitchell, Ralph R ^3o
Molybdenite ■ ^'.'^o-^'.o
Mond Nickel Co 16, 1 < , 2 . , 4o
Monel metal 1^
Monmouth tp., feldspar -^1
Mono Petroleum Products, Ltd 48
Monteagle tp., feldspar 21
Montreal River Mining Div.
Recorder's report 44, 40
Montreal River silver area 11
Montreal Kirkland Mines, Ltd ^^ 48
Moore tp., gravel • 57, 59
Oil 25
Moorefield • ■ '-"^
Moose Mountain, Ltd 17
Morgan, J. W 44
Morgan, M. R 44
Morrison Bro.s 4.j
Morse, W. O ^
Mesa tp., oil 2d
Mosure, F. B ^
Moulding sand ^8
Moulton tp. Scr Dunnville.
Mount Brydges, brick and tile HI
Mount Dennis, brick 32
Motmt Eagle Feldspar Co 48
Mount Forest, concrete products 35
Moyer, Lovelace Co 40
Muir Porcupine Gold Mg. Co 48
Murphy, Thomas 44
:\Iurray nickel mine 1-'
Murray tp • 38
Muskoka dist., limestone. See Draper
Muskoka Quarries, Ltd 4.j
— N—
Xapanee.
Brick and tile 30
Lime kilns 3 <'
Limestone quarry 41', 43
Naphtha production 26
Nassagaweya tp., lime kilns- 37
National Sand and Material Co 41
Natural gas.
Industry and statistics 2,3.24,25
Neelon tp.. quartz quarrying 27
Nelles, limestone quarry 42
Nepean tp., limestone. See Ottawa.
New, Edward 32
Niagara river, gravel and sand 41
Niagara Falls.
Concrete products 35
Graphite, artificial 22
Lime kilns 37
Niagara Sand Corporation 41
Nichol tp., limestone 42
Nichols Chemical Co 23
Nickel.
See also Copper.
Mining and smelting. . . . • 17
Statistics and industry 1-4,15-17
Night Hawk Peninsular gold mine... 43
Pa(;e
Nipissing dist.
Mining lands leased and sold 4:'.
Nipissing silver mine 8,9
Nipissing Mining Co., Ltd ^ 14
Non-metallic minerals, statistics. . .2, 3. 19
Norfolk CO.
Limestone. See Woodhouse tp.
Sand and gravel. See Middleton tp.
Ncrman, Horace F 3.3
North channel, St. Clair river . .50. 5 ., 60
North American Feldspar, Ltd 21
North Bay, brick 32
Northcrown Porcupine Mines, Ltd... o
Northern Canada Power Co 4
Northpines -'^
North Trail Gold Mines, Ltd 48
Northumberland co. See :\Iurray tp.
Seymour tp.
Norton, Alsey ^2
Norwich, brick and tile 48
Noyes Mining Co 4^
— O—
Oakes, Sam '^'^
Oakland tp ]\
Oakland Sand and Gravel Co 40
O'Brien silver mine • S, 9
O'Brien and Fowler 21
O'Brien, M. J., Ltd ■'. 4<
O'Dell, Albert ;^^
O'Dell, Henry ^:; .
Odessa, limestone 4.j
O'Donohue, Michael ■>'
O'Flaherty, T. F 44
Ogden tp 4o
Oil. See Petroleum.
Oil Springs ^-'^ l^
Oil Springs Tile and Cement Co..... oo
Ojibway, blast furnaces •_ 18
Ollmann Bros ''"' o!?
Omemee, concrete products oh
Oneida tp. ^^^
Gvp-sum --'
Limestone. See Hagersville. ^^
Sand and gravel 3.^
Onondaga tp., oil -^^
Ontario co. See Brock tp., Lang-
ford Mills.
Ontario Brick and Tile Plant oL
Ontario Dolomite Manufacturing Co. 20
' Ontario Gypsum Co 22
Ontario Highways Dept 40
Ontario-Kirkland gold mine ^4
Ontario Paving Brick Co 32
Ontario People's Salt and Soda Co... 28
Ontario Rock Co 23
Ontario Sewer Pipe and Clay Pro-
ducts, Ltd 29
Ontario Smelters and Refiners, Ltd. 11
Ontario Stone Corporation 43
Ophir silver mine ^9
Ord, John A 3d
O'Reilly, T. E -^^
Orillia North tp., limestone- 4o
Orser and Wilson 21
Orser-Kraft Feldspar, Ltd 21
Osgoode tp., limestone 42
Osmium l"
Ottawa. .,
Brick 3-
70
Department of Mines
No. 4
Page
Limestone 42, 43
Sand and gravel 39
Ottawa Brick Manufacturing Co 32
Ottawa Improvement Commission. ... 43
Ott Brick and Tile Manufacturing
Co 32
Owen Sound.
Brick 32
Concrete products 35
Lime kilns 37
Limestone quarry 43
Owen Sound Brick Co 32
Oxford CO., sand and gravel. /S'ee
Dereham tp.
Oxford East tp.. limestone. See
Woodstock.
— P—
Page. George Leslie 35
Pakenham. concrete products 35
Paisley, brick 32
Palatine Mining Co 17
Palladium 16
Palm, Jacob 35
Palmerston tp., calcite 20
Paraffin wax, production 26
Parkhill, brick and tile 30
Parks, W. A vi
Parks Bros 37
Paris Sand and Gravel Co 40
Parry Sound, blast furnace 18
Parry Sound Iron Co 18
Parry Sound Mining Division 44
Pearce Co 43
Pears and Son, James 32
Peat fuel 23, 25
Pebbles of St. Clair river gravel .. .57, 58
Peel CO. See Caledon tp.; Chingu-
acousay tp.
Peerless Artificial Stone Co 35
Pelham tp 39,40
Pembroke, brick 31
Limestone 43
Pembroke Brick Co 32
Penn-Canadian Mines, Ltd 9, 14
Pennsylvania Smelting Co 12
People's silver mine 9
Perkins, George A 43
Permits, building 20
Mining ( prospecting ) 44-46
Perth, sandstone (|uarry 43
Perth CO.
Limestone 43
Sand and gi'avel 40
Perth Amboy, X.J 12
Peterborough.
Brick and tile 30
Concrete products 36
Sand and gravel 40
Peterborough co.
See also Peterborough, Smith tp.
Limestone quarries 43
Peterson Lake Silver-Cobalt Mining
Co 14
Petrol Oil and Gas Co 49
Petroleum statistics 2, 3, 25, 26
Petrolia, brick and tile 31
Oil 25,26
Pfaff, Wm. E 35
Phillips and Son, Thos 32
Pagi:
Phinn Bros 32
Phippen and Field 32
Phosphate of lime. See Apatite.
Pickins feldspar mine 21
Pig iron 18
Piggott and Co., Geo 32
Pigments, dolomite for 20
Pilon, A 5
Pipe, drain. See Drain pipe or tile.
Pipe, sewer. See Sewer pipe.
Pit operators. .S'ee Sand and gravel.
Plaster of Paris. See Gypsum.
Platinum 16, IT
Platinum metals.
Industry and statistics 2-4,15-17
Plaxton and Bray 32
Plympton tp., oil 25
Point Anne Quarries, Ltd 43
Ponsford, A. E 40
Porcupine, gold 4-6
Porcupine gold area.
Production; dividends 6
Porcupine Mining Division.
Recorder's comments 43. 45
Porcupine Crown Mines, Ltd 7
Porcupine Davidson Gold Mines,
Ltd 48
Porcupine Peninsular Gold Mines,
Ltd 48
Port Albert, concrete products 36
Port Arthur 17,18
Port Arthur Mining Division.
Revenue and business 43, 45
Port Colborne.
Blast furnace IS
Cement plant 33
Nickel refinery 15
Port Credit Brick Co 32
Porter, Thompson 40
Porter Gold Mines, Ltd 48
Port Hope, concrete products 35
Portland Cement. See Cement.
Portland tp.
Feldspar 21
Quartz 27
Port Rowan, brick and tile 30
Portsmouth 43
Post, W. J 9
Pottery.
Industry and statistic.^ 2,3,30-32
Precious-metals cement 17
Prescott Co., peat. .S'ee Alfred.
Pressed brick. See Brick.
Preston, concrete products 35
Price, Jno., Ltd 32
Price and Cumming 32
Price and Smith 32
Princeton, concrete products 35
Prior, Elston M 40
Prisons and Asylum Branch, Dept.
of Provincial Secty 42
Production, mineral 2-29
Profit Tax, revenue 46,47
Proton, brick and tile 32
Provincial Assay Office. See Assay
Office.
Provincial Feldspar Co 21
Pueblo, Col 12
Puslinch, lime kilns 37
Pyrites. See Iron i)yrites.
1922
Index, Part I
71
Page
— Q—
Quarries P. O., Russell co 42
Quarry operators 42-43
Quartz (silica).
Industry and statistics 2,3,27,28
Queen Lebel Gold Mines, Ltd 48
Queenston Quarries, Ltd 48
Quick, Charles R 40
Quicklime statistics 37
Quigley, B. C 40
— R^
Raglan tp., corundum 20
Railway ballast 38
Rainham tp., limestone. Hcc Nelles
Rainy River dist.
Mining lands sold and leased 43
Raleigh tp.
Oil 25
Sand and gravel 39
Rama tp., limestone. tScc Longford
Mills.
Rea Consolidated Gold Mines, Ltd. . . 7
Recorders' reports 43-45
Redden, Henry 40
Refineries, petroleum 26
Silver-cobalt 11, 12
Regent Mines, Ltd 9
Reid, C. F 43
Reid, Fraser D vii ,
Reid, M. P 35
Reinecke, Ij 54
Rendix Mines, Ltd 48
Renfrew, brick and tile 31
Renfrew co.
See also Brougham tp.; Caldwell;
Renfrew; Raglan tp.
Lime kilns 37
Limestone. See Pembroke.
Rhodium 16-17
Ribble Mines, Ltd 48
Richards, M 5
Richardson and Son, James 32
Richmond tp., sand and gravel 40
Rickard tp., sand and gravel 41
Rideau Canal Supply Co 40,43
Ridgetown, brick and tile 31
Ridgeville, concrete products 34
Ridgeway, concrete products 36
Right-of-Way Mines, Ltd 14
Right-of-Way Mining Co 14
Rivers.
Gravel and sand from, revenue ... 41
Roads.
Gravel for, composition 5.3
Robertson Co., D 37,43
Robidoux, H. L 35
Robillard, H. and Son 43
Robinson, Ed 35
Rock Products Co 21
Rockwood, lime kilns 37
Roddy and Monk 43
Rogers, F. & Co 43
Rogers, W. R vi
Statistical Review by, of Mining
Industry 1-52
Rollins, D. W 32
Ross and Son, Charles 35
Ross tp., lime kilns 37
Royal-Flush Oil and Gas Co 48
Pa(;k
Ruscomb, brick and tile 31
Russell CO., limestone. See Quar-
ries P. O.
Russell island 60
Russelo, Howard 35
Ruthenium 16
— S—
St. Anthony Gold Mines, Ltd 48
St. Anthony Mines Syndicate 5
St. Catharines.
Brick 32
Concrete prodvicts 35
St. Clair river.
Gravel deposits 41
Report by Bartlett 53-61
St. Clair lake 55
St. Clements, tile 31
St. Marys cement 33
Limestone 43
St. Marys Cement Co 33
St. Onge, H 35
St. Thomas, brick and tile 3, 31
Salt.
Industry and statistics 3,27,28
Saltfleet tp 40, 43
Sand and Gravel.
Operators 38-41
Royalty and rental 46
<s'('(' also St. Clair river.
Sand-lime brick 38
Sand and Supplies, Ltd 40
Sanderson-Kirkland Gold Mines, Ltd. 48
Sandstone quarries 42,43
Sandwich, concrete products 35
Salt 28
Sarjeant Co 40
Sarnia.
Concrete products 34
Gravel 56,59
Oil refinery 26
Salt 28
Sarnia tp., oil 25
Sault Ste. Marie.
Blast furnaces ■ 18
Brick 31
Sault Ste. Marie Mining Division.
Recorder's comments 44,45
Scarboro 38
Scarborough tp 38,39
Schmidt, J. T 35
Schram, A. J 35
Scott, F. S 40
Seaforth, brick and tile 31, 32
Seneca tp., gypsum 22
Seneca-Superior silver mines 14
Sewer pipe statistics 2, 3. 29-32
Seymour tp. See Campbellford.
Shale Products. Ltd 32
Shannon, Hiram L 40
Shaw Oil and Development Co 48
Sherbrooke South tp.
Feldspar and quartz 21, 27
Sherkston 39
Shirk, Geo. M 40
Shoemaker, Allen 35
Showel Bros 35
Siderite .• 17
Silica brick 27
72
Department of Mines
No. 4
Page
Silver.
Mining S-14
Profit Tax 47
Sanlt Ste. Marie :\Iining Division.. 44
Statistics i*. 10-14
iS'ee also Cobalt.
Silver Leaf silver mine 8
Silver Qneen silver mine 9
Simcoe co.
Limestone, gravel and sand 40, 4;',
Skinner, Robt 40
Sleeman. P 40
Smith. Albert 35
Smith. Allan G. C 3.3
Smith Estate 40
Smith, John S 37
Smith tp., sand and gravel 39,40
Smiths Falls Malleable Castings Co. 49
Smithson, Frank 3.5
Smithville 4.)
Snelgrove, A 32
Soapstone. Sec Talc.
Soda ash 27
Sombra tp.. gravel 57,59
Somerville tp., limestone 42
Somerville and Son, W. G 34
South channel, St. Clair river 56
South Keora Mines, Ltd 48
South Lorrain silver area 8-14
Southwold tp., sand and gravel 39
Tile 32
Spar. Sec Feldspar.
Spar, heavy, see Barite.
Sproat, AVm. M 32
Stag island 59
Stamford 39
Stamford tp 41
See also Niagara Falls.
Sand and gravel 38-41
Standard Brick Co 32
Standard Iron Co 18
Standard White Lime Co 37,13
Stanley, J 34
Stanley Corners 36
Statistics. See Rogers, W. R.
Steel Company of Canada 18
Stinson, R. H 36
Stroh. :\I. C 32
Stone.
Industrv and statistics 2-4, 42. 43
Stoness, S. M 24
Stormont co. See Milles-Roches.
Storrington 21
Storrington Feldspar Co 21
Stothart, James 40
Stratford, brick and tile 30
Strathroy, concrete products 35
Streets and O'Brien 43
Structural materials.
Industry and statistics 29-43
Sturgeon Falls 43
Sturgeon Lake, gold 5
Sudbury 34
Sudbury dist.
Iron. Sec Moose .Mountain, Ltd.
Limestone 43
Mining lands sold and leased 46
Nickel. See Nickel.
Quartz quarrying 27
Page
Sudbury Mining Division.
Recorder's comments 43, 45
Sulley, W. J... 40
Sulphide, Ont 23
Sulphur ore. see Iron Pyrites.
Superior Sand and Gravel Co 41
Superior Tile Co 32
Sutherland, T. F vi
Swansea 29,31,38
Sydenham tp. See Owen Sound.
Sydenham Block and Tile -Co 36
Sydenham-St. Vincent Oil and Gas
Co 48
— T—
Talc.
Industry and statistics 2,3,28,29
Tapestrv brick. See Brick.
Tar 26
Tarentorus tp., sand and gravel 41
Taxes. See Revenue: Mining Tax.
Taylor and Hall 36
Teas, L. P 54
Teck tp 43
Teck-Hughes Gold Mines. Ltd 5,7,47
Teeswater, lime kilns 37
Telford, John C 32
Telford, Peter 36
Temiskaming and Hudson Bav Min-
ing Co 17
Temiskaming Mining Co 14
Terra Cotta, P. 0 31
Texas, sulphur 23
Thames river 41
Thames Quarry Co 43
Thamesville. oil 25
Tile 31
Theaker, Wm 36
Thedford, tile 31
Thorndale, tile 31
Thorold.
Limestone quarry 43
Refinery 11
Thunder bay 41
Thunder Bay dist.
Limestone. Sec Fort William.
^Mining lands sold and leased 46
Thurlow tp.
Cement plants 33
Sand and gravel 40
Tlgert, Jno 36
Tilbury brick and tile 32
Tilbury, oil field 25
Tile.
Industry and statistics 2,3,30-34
Till^onburg, concrete products 36
Timiskaming dist.
Gold and silver 4-14
Limestone quarry 42
Mining lan(ls leased and sold 46
Timiskaming Mining Division.
Recorder's comments 44, 45
Timmins Graphite Mines 22
Tiny tp., sand and gravel. See Pene-
tang.
Tolson. Mrs. Margaret J 32
Tope Estate 32
Toronto.
Brick and tile 30-32,38
Concrete products 34
1922
Index, Part I
Pa(;e
Feldspar. Sec Feldspar.
Limestone 42
Petroleum refinery 26
Pottery works 30-32
Toronto Brick Co 32,37
Toronto-Grey Gas and Oil Co 49
Toronto Lime Co 37
Toronto Plaster Co 37
Tough-Oakes Gold Mines, Ltd 7
Townsite-City silver mine 9
Trap.
Production and oiierators 42, 13
Trethewey silver mine 9
Trethewey Silver Cobalt Mines,
Ltd 9, 14
Triplex Gold Mines, Ltd 49
Trousdale, James 24
Turner and Co., C. B 32
Tweed 20
Two-in-One Gold Mines, Ltd, 49
U—
United Fuel and Supply Co 41,(51
United States Metal Refining Co 12
Usborne tp., sand and gravel • 40
— V—
Vaughan tp., sand and gravel 39, 40
Vermilion lake, Kenora dist 23
Verona Mining Co 21
Victoria co., limestone. See Eldon.
Victoria nickel mine 1.5
Vienna, brick and tile 31
Vogan, Samuel ; 37
— W—
Wabigoon, soapstone 28
Wages. See Labour.
Wagstaff. Charles 32
Wagstaff & Co., A. H 32
Waide, J. C 32
Waite, John E 32
Walker Bros 43
Wall plaster. See Gypsum.
Wallace and Sons, R 32. 43
Wallaceburg.
Concrete products 36
Lime kilns 37
Petroleum refinerv 26
Tile 31
Wallbridge iron mine 17
Walpole tp., limestone 42
Wanapitei lake 43
Warwick, salt 28
Warwick Brick Works, Ltd 32
Waterloo.
Brick 30
Concrete products 35
Waterloo co., sand and gravel 39, 40
Waterpower 4, 43
Waters, mineral. See Mineral Waters.
Watford, brick and tile 31
Watts, Alfred 36
Webber, John 43
Webster, A. R vi
Webster, Jas. S 43
Welland, concrete products 36
Welland co.
See also Niagara Falls; Port Col-
borne.
Page
Limestone. See Bertie tp.; Thor-
old tp.
Sand and gravel 38, 3>)
Wellington co., limestone 42
Sand ^ . 4(j
Wentworth co.
See also Barton tp.. Hamilton,
Saltfleet tp.
Limestone quarry 42
Wentworth Oil and Gas Co 49
Wentworth Quarry Co 43
Weppler, Henry 37
West Beaumont Gold Mines, Ltd.... 49
Western Canada Flour Mills Co 28
AVestern Salt Co 2<S
West Lome, concrete products 35
Westminster 40
Westminster tp 39
West Toronto 38
Wettlaufer Lorrain Silver Mines, Ltd. 14
Wheatley, concrete products 36
Wheeling Feldspar Co 49
Whitby Brick and Clay Products
Co 32
Whitchurch tp., sand and gravel. . .38, 40
White, Sydney .- 36
White & Co., Homer . .■ 41
Whiteley, Thos. W 61
Whitevale, concrete products 34
Whitlock, Peter 36
Whitney tp. See Porcupine.
Wiarton, lime kilns 37
Williams, E. J 36
Willox, Henry 41
Wilson, Geo. S 32
Wilson, Samuel and Sons. ; 32
Winch Bros 32
Winchester Cement Block and Tile
Mfg. Co 36
Windsor, concrete products 34,3.5
Salt 28
Windsor Brick and Tile Co 32
Windsor, Essex and Lake Shore Ry.
Co ". 41
Windsor Salt Works, Ltd 28
Windsor Sand and Gravel Co 41
Wolfe Island tp., limestone 43
Woodhouse tp., limestone 42
Woodslee Brick and Tile Co 32
Woodstock, concrete products 35
Limestone 43
Woodtick island 59
Worthington nickel mine 15
Wright, Douglas G. H vi
Wright, J. C 32
Wright and Co 41
Wright and Sons, Geo 32
Wright-Hargreaves Mines, Ltd 4-7
Wyoming, tile 32
— Y—
Yack, Henry 41
Yarmouth tp., sand and gravel 39-41
York CO.
See Scarborough tp., Swansea,
Toronto, Vaughan tp. and West
Toronto.
York tp 38
Young and Son, John 36
— Z—
Zinc production 4
Zurich, brick and tile 31
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
Hon. Charles McCrea, Minister of Mines Thos. W. Gibson. Deputy Minister
THIRTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART II, 1922
Geology of the Mine Workings of
Cobalt and South Lorrain
Silver Areas
By
Cyril W. Knight
Together with a Description of
Milling and Metallurgical Practice in Treatment
of Silver Ores at Cobalt
By
Eraser D. Reid, James J. Denny and R. H. Hutchison
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed and Published by Clarkson W. James, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
19 2 4
J The J?g?0
lUmted Press]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Author's Preface xi
Outline of the Report xii i
Chapter I. — Introduction 1-41
Area Covered by Report 3
When Work Was Done i
Preliminary Report 3
Maps Accompanying Report 3
The Ores and How They Occur 5
Grade of Ore 5
Depth of Ore Shoots 5
Wh}' the Siher Disappears When V'eins Pass from Cobalt Series into Keewatin 5
Relative Quantities of Silver in the Several Rock Series 7
Ninety Per Cent, of Silver from "Lower Contact" 7
Why More Veins in the Cobalt Series than in the Other Rocks. . . 8
Factors Governing Formation of Siher Ore-Shoots 8
X'eins in Cobalt Series above Depressions in Keewatin 11
Faults 12
Lake Timiskaming Fault 15
Relation of Faults to \'eins 16
Character of Vein-Filling in Faults 17
Influence of "Iron Formation" and Lamprophyre Dikes in Formation of Vein
Fractures 18
Ore Reserves and Sampling 18
Total Shipments of Silver from Entire Cobalt Area, 1904-1923 18
Table Showing Silver Production in 1911 19
Dividends and Bonuses Paid by .Siher Mining Companies to December 31st, 1922 20
Go\'ernment Revenue and Sih'er Production 22
Table Showing Royalties Received by the Ontario Government 22
Siher Production from the Cobalt Area Proper — Troy Ounces Shipped 23
Shipments from Gowganda Mines, 1910-1922 . 28
Silver Production from Important Localities in the W^orld Compared 29
World's Average Annual Production of Silver, 1493-1912 29
World's Annual Production of Silver, 1901-1921 29
Yearly Average Price of Silver, 1895-1923, New York 29
General Geology 30
Legend 30
Structure of the Rocks 31
Folding 32
The Kerr Lake Diabase Dome 32
Thickness of Nipissing Diabase Sill 34
Sill Probably Intruded from Southeast 34
Keewatin "Iron Formation" 34
Minerals Occurring in the \'eins . . 35
Epsomite (MgS04 + 7 H2O) _...._. 36
Oiigin of Ores — Piimary Character of Native Silver 36
Secondary Silver 39
Surface Geology 40
Keewatin Lava Flows 40
Correspondence Regarding Re-Sur\'ey of the Cobalt Silver Area 41
Chapter II. — Geology of the Mine Workings 43-187
Nipissing 44
Costs 44
Development in Year 1922 . 45
\'eins 45
Ore Reserves 45
Nipissing Mine Workings 46
Mine Workings North of Cobalt Lake 46
Workings on \'ein No. 64 49
Meyer Vein System, and Veins 544. 490, 80, and 100 52
Nipissing Mine Workings South of Cobalt Lake 57
Nipissing Mine Workings from Shaft No. 63 60'
\'ein No. 28 Tunnel 62
iv Department of Mines No. 4
PAGE
Mining Corporation 63
Ore Reserves 64
Structure 64
Veins 65
Buffalo 66
Veins 66
Faults 67
Relation of \'eins to Faults 69
Buffalo Mine Workings ; 69
City of Cobalt 70
South End of City of Cobalt 71
North End of City of Cobalt 73
Cobalt Lake 74
Width and Grade of Veins, Cobalt Lake F"ai;lt 75
Cobalt Lake Mine Workings 76
Townsite Extension 78
Townsite 78
Workings from No. 1 Shaft, Townsite 79
Faults 80
Structure of the Rocks 80
Workings from No. 4 Shaft, Townsite 81
Coniagas 82
The "Contact" Fault 83
Coniagas Mine Workings 84
Kerr Lake 87
Kerr Lake Mine Workings from No. 7 Shaft 90
Kerr Lake Mine Workings from No. 3 Shaft 91
Hargrave (Kerr L-ake) 92
La Rose Mines 93
La Rose 93
Cobalt Lake Fault 93
Relation of Cobalt Lake Fault to Main La I^ose Vein 94
McDonald and No. 3 Veins 94
Fault 64 94
La Ro.se Extension (La Rose) 95
Violet (La Rose) 96
Princess (La Rose) 97
Lawson (La Rose) 99
University (La Rose) 100
Fisher-Eplett (La Rose) 101
Crown Reserve 101
Average Cost of Producing Silver to the End of Year 1919, Crown Reserve. . . 102
Mill and Smelter Returns to End of 1919, Crown Reserve 102
Development 104
Total Mine Development, Crown Reserve 104
Structure 104
Thickness of Cobalt Series, Crown Reserve 105
Veins 105
Silver Production of Veins, Crown Reserve, to End of Year 1919 105
Pumjjing of Water out of Kerr Lake 107
Deep Diamond-Drilling at Crown Reserve 107
Analysis of Quartz-Gabbro, Crown Reserve 109
Description of Mine Workings 109
McKinley-Darragh-Savage 113
Cost of Producing Silver at McKinley-Darragh in year 1922 113
Costs and Profits Per Ounce of Silver Recovered, McKinley-Darragh 114
Extent of Mining Operations, McKinley-Darragh Mines 114
Ounces of Silver Shipped from the McKinley-Darragh Mines, 1906 to 1922. . . 115
Description of McKinley-Darragh Workings 117
Savage 120
O'Brien 121
Description of O'Brien Mine Workings 123
Temiskaming 128
Structure 129
Veins 130
Copper 132
Special Examinations 132
The Discovery of the Temiskaming Mine, by Charles A. Richardson 134
The Early History of the Temiskaming Mine, by Norman R. Eisher 135
Description of Temiskaming Mine Workings 138
1922 Table of Contents
PAGE
Trethewey (Coniagas) 140
Trethewev Mine Workings 141
Hudson Bay. ' 142
Hudson Bay Mine Workings 143
Beaver Consolidated 145
Beaver Mine Workings 148
Seneca-Superior 152
Penn-Canadian 156
Drummond (Cobalt Comet) 158
Right of Way 159
Workings North of Cobalt Lake 159
Mine Workings South of Cobalt Lake 160
Silver Queen 161
Chambers-Ferland (Aladdin) 161
Workings from No. 4 Shaft 162
Workings from No. 2 Shaft, Right of Way 164
Workings North of the Northeast Corner of O'Brien 165
Foster 165
Peterson Lake 167
Silver Leaf 167
Colonial 170
Drummond Fraction 170
Bailey. 172
Provincial 172
Edwards and Wright (Green-Meehan and Red Rock) 1 74
Little Nipissing Silver Mine 177
Mercer 177
Adanac 177
Lumsden 178
Rochester 179
Ruby 179
North Cobalt Mine 180
Genesee 181
Oxford Cobalt 183
Victory 184
Agaunico 185
Prince • 186
Watash 186
Ophir and People's Silver 187
Chapter HL — South Lorrain 1S9-238
Introduction 189
Production 191
Vein Minerals 191
Where Veins Occur 193
Pre-Glacial Weathering 193
Length of Ore-Shoots 193
The "Mother Lode" 194
Faults 194
Discoverv of Ore Bodies 195
Maps and Plans ; 196
General Geology 196
The South Lorrain Diabase Dome 196
Details of the South Lorrain Diabase Dome 197
The Outside of the Diabase Dome (Top of the Sill) 197
The Inside of the Diabase Dome (Bottom of the Sill) 201
Description of Properties 202
Keeley 202
Veins and Rock Structures 207
Pre-Glacial Weathering 208
Secondary Silver 210
Description of Keeley Mine Workings 210
Workings from No. 3 Shaft, Keeley Mine 210
Workings from No. 4 Shaft (Beaver Lake) 217
Workings from No. 1 Shaft, Original Discovery, Keeley Mine 218
Frontier and Crompton 219
Pre-Glacial Weathering 220
Early History of Frontier Mine 220
Description of Frontier Mine Workings 221
Wettlaufer , 224
Curry Claim, H.R. 105 228
vi Department of Mines No. 4
PAGE
Silver Eagle Ckiini, H.R. 97 220
Bellellen Claim, R.L. 470 229
Maidens Claims, H.R. 69, H.R. 70. H.R. 67, H.R. 66 230
Little Keeley Claim, H.S. 40 233
Lorrain Consolidated Claim, H.R. 24 2^3i
Montrose, H.R. 459 234
T.C. 71 234
Taylor Claim, R.L. 471 23i
Alice Lorrain Claim, R.L. 467 234
Forneri Claim, H.S. 42 234
Sharp Lake Claim, B.C. 100 . . 235
H.R. 63 235
H.R. 14 235
Tallen Claim, H.R. 106 235
King George Claims, H.R. 110, H.R. 170 236
T.C. 73 236
Toronto Lorrain Claim, H.S. 308 236
H.S. 500 236
H.R. 56 236
Lang-Cas\vell 237
Giroux 237
Lorrain Trout Lake Mines Claim, H.R. 103 238
Cr-Apter IV. — Mining and Metali.uk(;ical Practice in Treatment of Silver Ores
AT CoB.\LT, by Fraser D. Reid. J. J. Denny, and R. H. Hutchison 239-320
Author's Preface to Chapter I\' 239
Summary of the Report 241
The'Ore 241
Crushers and Crushing 242
Gravity Concentration — Low-Grade Ore 242
Cyanidation 242
Flotation 243
High-Grade Treatment. . . 244
The Silver Ores of Cobalt 246
General Characteristics 246
Suitability for Gravity Concentration 246
Suitability for Cj-anidation 248
Cjanicides 248
Cyaniding Low-Grade Ore 249
Cyanide in Treatment of High-Grade Ore and Concentrates 250
Suitability for Flotation 251
Crushers and Crushing 253
Introduction 253
Coarse Crushing 253
Intermediate Crushing 25^
Gravity Stamp Best for Intermediate Crushing 25^
Tube-Mills for Fine Grinding 254
Economic Limit of Crushing 254
The Cost of Crushing 258
Stamp Battery Practice at Xipissing 262
Rubber Liner for Tube-Mill 263
Treatment of Low-Grade Ore 263
Introduction 263
Gravity Concentration 265
Preliminary Treatment 265
Treatment Below the Stamps 26o
Outline of Coniagas Practice . 26S
Additional Notes on Oavity Concentration . . 272
Cyanidation 277
Early Practice 277
Development of Later Practice at Xipissing . 281
Present Xipissing Practice 281
Summary of Xipissing Practice 283
Cobalt Reduction Company Practice 2S7
Additional .\otes '. 289
Precipitation 291
Treatment of Precipitate 294
Sampling Milling Ore 295
Sampling of Table Concentrates 296
Aero-Brand Cyanide 296
1922 Maps and Plans vii
PAGE
The Flotation Process 297
Introduction 297
General Outline of Cobalt Practice 297
The Coniagas Practice 300
Additional Notes 303
Treatment of H igh-Grade Ore 305
Introduction 305
Amalgamation and Cyanidation 306
The Nipissing High-Grade Mill 306
Additional Notes on Amalgamation 308
Cyanidation 315
The Hypochlorite Treatment 315
Cobalt Reduction Company Practice 315
The Acid-Wash Treatment 317
Bibliography of Milling Practice at Cobalt 318
Chapter \'. — Literature on Geology 321-358
Introduction 321
Summaries of Literature 322
Appendix 356
MAPS AND PLANS
(In text of the Report;
Map showing the location of Cobalt in relation to the other important mining areas of
northeastern Ontario, namely, Sudbury, Porcupine, Kirkland Lake, South Lorrain.
and Gowganda
Plan showing general outline of some of the faults at Cobalt showing their approximate
position on the surface 14
General geological map of Cobalt area proper Insert facing 30
Plan showing mine levels at Lawson (La Rose) 99
Stope section on vein No. 1, O'Brien mine , Insert J acing 122
Stope section on vein No. 6, O'Brien mine " " 122
Geological Map of Peterson Lake Silver Cobalt Mining Company, Limited 168-169
Plan showing location of leases which were granted from time to time by the Peterson Lake
Mining Company 171
Plan showing mine workings of Edwards-Wright (Green-Meehan and Red Rock mines). ... 175
Stope section on Edwards- Wright (Green-Meehan) 176
Plan showing workings in North Cobalt mine 180
Plan of Genesee levels, furnished by Mr. L. F. Steenman 181
Plan showing location of diamond-drill holes on Watash . 186
Plans of mine levels of Ophir and People's Silver 187
Plan showing relative position of South Lorrain 189
Geological Map of South Lorrain, scale one mile to 1 inch Insert facing 193
Plan showing claims in South Lorrain 203
Plan showing mine workings of Wettlaufer 224
Plan showing mine workings of Maidens claim H.R. 69 231
MAPS AND PLANS
(In pocket at back of Repart)
Sheet 31a- 1 — Beaver and Temiskaming Mines, showing plans of mine levels, scale 250 feet
to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a- 2 — Crown-Reserve and Silver Leaf Mines, showing plans of mine levels, scale 250
feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a- 3 — Kerr Lake and Hargrave Mines, showing plans of mine levels, scale 250 feet
to 1 inch.
Note. — Sheets 31a-4 to 31a-7 are insert maps bound in the report.
Sheet 31a- 8 — Penn-Canadian Mine, showing plans of mine levels, scale 250 feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a- 9 — Bailey, Foster and University Mines, showing plans of mine levels, scale 250
feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-10 — O'Brien, Violet, and Colonial Mines, showing plans of mine levels, scale 250 feet
to 1 inch.
Sheet 3 la- 11 — Nipissing, Coniagas, Trethewey, and Hudson Bay Mines, showing plans of mine
levels, scale 400 feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-12 — The Mining Corporation of Canada, Ltd. (City of Cobalt, Buffalo, Townsite,
Townsite Extension, and Cobalt Lake Mines), showing plans of mine levels,
scale 400 feet to 1 inch.
yiii Department of Mines No. 4
Sheet 31a-13 — AIcKinley-Darragh, Xipissing, Silver Queen, Princess, Little Xipissing, _ and
Right of Way IMines, showing plans of mine levels, scale 400 feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-14 — La Rose, Right of Way, and Chambers-Ferland (Aladdin) Mines, showing plans
of mine levels, scale 400 feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-15- — The Productive Area of South Lorrain, scale 400 feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-16 — Keeley, Frontier, and Crompton Mines, showing plans of mine levels, scale 400
feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-17 — Provincial and Savage Mines, showing plans of mine levels, scale 400 feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-18 — Lumsden, Rochester, Adanac, Prince, Cochrane, and Columbus Mines, showing
plans of mine levels, scale 400 feet to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-19 — Plan Showing Mine Workings under Cart and Peterson Lakes, scale 500 feet
to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-20 — Map Showing Silver Veins in Cobalt Area Proper, scale 20 chains to 1 inch.
Sheet 31a-21 — Map Showing Mining Claim.s in Cobalt Area Proper, scale 40 chains to 1 inch.
COLOURED SECTIONS
(In text of the Report)
PAGE
Vertical Section through Xorth Part of Cobalt . .Insert facing 8
Sheet 31a-5 — Vertical Sections parallel to \'eins Xos. 1, 2 and 3 on the Temiskaming Mine,
and to Vein No. 5 on Beaver Mine Insert facing 10
Vertical Section through Townsite, McKinley-Darragh, and Xipissing Mines. . . _" " 12
Sheet 31a-4 — Vertical Sections East and West through Beaver and Temiskaming Mines
Insert facing 32
Sheet 31a-7 — Vertical Section through Crown-Reserve Shaft and Silver Leaf North Shaft
Insert facing 34
Sheet 31a-6 — Vertical Section through University and Penn-Canadian Shafts. . . " " 40
Section along line A-B, showing dome structure of Nipissing diabase sill, .South Lorrain
Insert facing 207
Vertical Section along Vein 16 and through No. 3 Shaft, Keeley Mine, South Lorrain
Inseit facing 207
Stope Section on Wood's \'ein, Keeley Mine " " 216
Vertical Section through Xo. 1 Shaft, Frontier Mine " " 219
FLOW SHEETS
(Inserts)
Mill flow-sheet, McKinley-Darragh-Savage Mines, January 1913 Insert facing 264
Comparative flow-sheet, Cobalt milling practice, 1914 " " 274
« « « « "1917 " " 276
(( « « " " 1923 " " 278
Flow-sheet of low-grade mill, high-grade mill and refinery, Xipissing Mining Co., Ltd.
Insert facing 280
"The ore is undoubtedly very rich, containing \alues in nickel, cobalt,
silver, and arsenic, and a comparatively small vein could be worked at a hand-
some profit". — Willet G. Miller in the Engineering and Mining Journal,
December 10th, 1903.
ix
50 Kilometres
Fig. 1 — Map showing the location of Cobalt in relation to the other iniijortant
mining areas of northeastern Ontario, namely, Sudbury, Porcupine,
Kirkland Lake, South Lorrain, and Gowganda.
[X]
AUTHOR'S PREFACE
In preparing this report the main object in view was to construct geological
plans of all the mine workings in Cobalt and South Lorrain, and to put on record
a brief description of the geology of these workings. This object has been,
for the most part, accomplished; unfortunately a few of the mines were idle or
flooded, hence no examination could be made of these properties.
The report may perhaps be regarded as supplementary in character to
Dr. Willet G. Miller's well-known work on Cobalt, the last edition of which
was published in 1913 in Volume XIX, part 2, of the Ontario Bureau of Mines
Annual Reports. There still remain on hand copies of his report together with
geological maps of the surface. For those who are not already familiar with
the general geology of the camp. Miller's memoir should be read in conjunction
with the present one.
In the year 1919 the mine managers of Cobalt requested the Ontario Depart-
ment of Mines to undertake a detailed geological survey of the mine workings.
The department acceded to their request, and the preparation and publication
of this report were undertaken. If the report serves any useful purpose, it will
be largely due to the mine managers who made possible the carrying out of the
work. The writer wishes to acknowledge their co-operation and to thank them
heartily for the many courtesies, social and otherwise, which were extended to
him. Those who know Cobalt are familiar with the spirit of hospitality which
exists there among mining men.
Messrs. Fraser D. Reid, J. J. Denny, and R. H. Hutchison have written the
section of the report dealing with the milling and metallurgical practice in the
treatment of silver ores at Cobalt. The preparation of their report entailed
much arduous labour — given ungrudgingly and without remuneration of any
kind. For them it was an unselfish piece of work done for the love and advance-
ment of the science of milling and metallurgy. There are too few instances of
such service for the public good. The Ontario Department of Mines and
many engineers owe Messrs. Reid, Denny, and Hutchison a debt which will
not be easily paid. The writer thanks them sincerely for their kindness in
preparing the report.
To Mr. Thomas W. Gibson, 13eputy Minister of Mines, the writer expresses
his thanks not only for the sympathetic attitude which he took towards the work,
but especially for his steady support in the way of procuring the appropriations
which made it possible. The report has cost more than any other of its kind
ever published by the Ontario Department of Mines. This cost was largely
due to the expense of publishing the accompanying maps and cross-sections.
Cobalt was discovered in the summer of 1903, and in the fall of that year
\V. G. Miller began his geological work in the newly-ff)und camp. Since the early
spring of 1904 the author has assisted Dr. Miller in his labours in the Cobalt
silver field. As a student prior to that time, the author gained his first know-
ledge and love of the science of geology from Dr. Miller who, before he became
Provincial Geologist for Ontario, was professor of geology at Queen's University,
Kingston. To all his old students Dr. Miller has, indeed, been guide, counsellor,
and friend. This opportunity is taken to thank him for the many years of
inspiring companionship and of unstinted advice.
[xil
xii Author's Preface No. 4
During the course of the work Messrs. James Hill, T. R. Buchanan, J. M.
Robb, and David Hill acted as valuable assistants. Acknowledgment is here-
with made of their help. Mr. James Hill has, moreover, read and corrected much
of the proof of the report.
Miss D. J. Ferrier has also very kindly read many pages of the proof.
Mr. W. K. McNeill, Provincial Assayer for the Province of Ontario, and
Mr. T. E. Rothwell have kindly made the analyses which were necessary.
The department is indebted to a number of mining engineers who \ery kindly
undertook to write an account of the discovery and early history of certain
mines. Mr. Charles A. Richardson has given an interesting account of how
the Temiskaming mine was discovered, and Mr. Norman R. Fisher has written
concerning the early mining operations at this property. Mr. Walter E. Segs-
worth, who was largely responsible for the discovery of the Seneca-.Superior,
and who was its managing director, has furnished the department with an
excellent report concerning the geology and history of that mine. Mr. Balmer
Neilly has also written a description of the Penn-Canadian mine, and Mr. R.
W. Brigstocke an account of the Drummond mine. In South Lorrain. Mr.
Horace Strong kindly wrote the history of the F'rontier mine, prior to its acfiuisi-
tion by the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited.
The writer had the privilege of using an unpublished report dealing with
the underground geology of Cobalt. This report, which was written by Alfred
R. Whitman, was a private report, made for certain of the mine managers of
Cobalt. A summary of Whitman's work appears in Chapter V.
Mr. W. R. Rogers, Statistician of the Ontario Department of Mines, has
had the arduous task of compiling the figures showing the production of every
mine in the entire Cobalt silver area.
The annual reports of the inspectors of mines for the Province of Ontario
have been freely drawn on for information, particularly pertaining to the South
Lorrain area. These reports will be found invaluable, especially to those desiring
information concerning properties closed down and flooded. In the early days
Mr. E. T. Corkill inspected the mines in the Cobalt camp. In later years Mr.
T. F. Sutherland was appointed Chief Inspector of Mines. His reports, together
with those of James Bartlett, J. G. McMillan, and E. A. Collins, inspectors of
mines, give excellent accounts of the progress made from year to year at the
various mines and prospects. Their reports also at times totich on the geology
of the ore deposits and on the rock structures.
Finally the writer would like to make mention of the mining paper, pub-
lished in Cobalt, called the Northern Miner. This robust little weekly is doing
splendid work in promoting not only the interests of silver mining in the Cobalt
area, but of mining generally throughout central Canada. It may be added
that the Nugget, published in North Bay, is doing equally good work in further-
ing the mining industry.
C. W. K.
Toronto, April, 1924.
OUTLINE OF THE REPORT
The report deals with (Ij that part of the Cobalt silver area surrounding
and near the town of Cobalt, and (2) one of the outlying areas, namely. South
Lorrain (Fig. 45). The area surrounding and near the town of Cobalt has
produced 96 per cent, of the total output of silver from all parts of the field.
The report is divided into five chapters. The first chapter discusses the
recent discoveries of ore-bodies; the total production of silver, cobalt, nickel,
and arsenic in the entire camp including Cobalt, South Lorrain, Gowganda, and
the other outlying areas; certain ideas regarding the deposition of the silver
ores; the veins, faults, and so forth. A l)rief summary of the general geology of
the camp will be found in this chapter.
Chapter II gives a detailed geological description of most of the mine
workings in the area surrounding and near the town of Cobalt.
Chapter III deals with South Lorrain. It gives a history of that inter-
esting camp, together with an account of the general geology, the ore deposits,
and a detailed description of the mine workings.
Chapter IV treats of the mining and metallurgical practice at Cobalt.
This section is written by Messrs. Fraser D. Reid, J. J. Denny, and R. H.
Hutchison.
In Chapter V will be found a list of the reports and papers which have
been published on the geology and mineralogy. A summary of man\' of these
papers is given.
Xlll
Fig. 2 — McKinley-Darragh mine, Cobalt, showing stope in Cobalt lake fault, 350-ft. level
The fault is a reverse type with a displacement of about 550 feet at the McKinley-
Darragh. The ore-shoot mined from this stope yielded about
half a million ounces of silver.
XIV
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION
The rocks of the Cobalt silver field, as mining men now know, belong to
that much discussed pre-Cambrian shield which stretches westward from the
Atlantic ocean about three-quarters of the way across Canada. This immense
region has of recent years been much written about in the annual reports of
the great banking institutions of Canada, in the financial press, in the technical
journals, and in daily newspapers which devote space to the mining industry.
The eyes of a great part of the mining world are turned more and more towards
this great prospective source of wealth. As a result the general public is com-
mencing to get a faint inkling regarding its relation to the prosperity of Canada.
In recent months it has, indeed, been the subject of a lively and prolonged
controversy regarding its ultimate production of economic minerals. Although
it may not, perhaps, be the province of this report to take any part in that
controversy, nevertheless the writer cannot refrain from stating his belief, a
belief held by most mining men, that there will be found untold riches in the
pre-Cambrian shield as years go by. Including the great iron and copper mines
in the Lake Superior region, the nickel of Sudbury, the silver of Cobalt, and
the gold of Porcupine and of Kirkland Lake, the region has produced wealth
amounting to many billions of dollars.
The writer may perhaps be pardoned for again alluding to the pre-Cam-
brian shield as he has done in the preceding paragraph. To some mining men
in Ontario and elsewhere these remarks are now trite and commonplace. Govern-
ment reports on m'ining subjects, however, often circulate into the farthest
corners of the earth, and this report may, perhaps, tell the story of the pre-
Cambrian to some who have not yet heard it. If the above remarks will serve
in even a remote w^ay to increase the stream of capital for mining purposes
which is flowing towards Canada, particularly Ontario, the repetition will
surely be justified.
Among the great silver fields of the world. Cobalt is only exceeded in silver
production by the following three historic camps: Potosi in Bolivia, with
a production of 30,000 metric tons of silver; Guanajuato in Mexico, with LS,000
metric tons; and Zacatecas in Mexico, with a production of 14,000 metric tons.
Cobalt yielded 10,375 metric tons to the end of the year 1922. To the end
of the year 1923, Cobalt produced a total of 343,895,780 troy ounces of silver.
In addition to this, to the end of the year 1922, Cobalt yielded $10,606,880
in cobalt and its compounds, vS764,976 in nickel and its compounds, and $3,541 ,491
in arsenic and its compounds.
These figures regarding the production from the Cobalt field include Cobalt
and all the outlying areas.
The amount of dividends compared with the quantity of silver produced is
very large. The Nipissing, as the late Mr. R. B. Watson pointed out, has paid
to its stockholders in dividends 66 per cent, of all the money received by the
Company.
The most striking development in the Cobalt silver field in the past two
years has been the discovery of high-grade ore in South Lorrain at the Keeley
fll
Department of Mines
No. 4
and Frontier mines. This has been the means of renewing a more general interest
in silver mining. The promising development, too, at the Colonial and Genesee
mines in the fall of 1923, has been a cheering influence. And the discovery of
a strong vein of cobalt ore, containing small patches of high-grade silver, under
a drift-covered area at the Ruby has raised hopes in that section.
These recent discoveries, combined with the fact that the silver-bearing
rocks extend across a stretch of country, not yet intensively prospected, at
least 70 miles long (Fig. 44) appear to justify the belief that mining of silver
will continue to be carried on somewhere in this area for many years to come.
In the words of Mr. R. B. Watson, "It takes a long time for a good camp to die."
In a mining way the most interesting development of recent years has been
the treatment of great quantities of low-grade ore. The Coniagas, for instance,
in the last two years has been milling ore which averaged only between eight
and ten ounces of silver per ton. The stopes throughout the camp have been
Fig. 3 — Rail\va\- station at Cobalt, 1922.
mined to much greater widths than was the case in the early days when only
high-grade ore was extracted. The ore in these wide stopes — in one case over
80 feet in width — consists of country rock which has been mineralized along
tiny cracks with thin leaves of native silver or other silver ores.
It is not the province of this report to publish again a full account of the
general geology of the Cobalt silver area. That has already been done years
ago by Miller. But a brief summary of the geology may be found useful for those
who do not happen to have a copy of Miller's report at hand. It will be recalled
that the silver deposits are associated with a great sheet of diabase a thousand
feet thick. This sheet penetrates beds of sedimentary rocks consisting of con-
glomerate, quartzite, and greywacke. The sediments rest on Keewatin basalt;
the diabase sheet also penetrates the Keewatin. The deposits consist of narrow,
generally vertical veins, averaging three or four inches wide, cutting the sedi-
ments, the diabase sheet, and the Keewatin. The silver occurs chiefly in the
native form. A fuller summary of the general geology will be found elsewhere
in this report.
1922 Introduction
In connection with our knowledge of the veins there have been two out-
standing developments in the last decade. The first of these developments has
been the gradual realization that most of the silver in Cobalt occurs at the
base of the sedimentary rocks, the Cobalt series, immediately above the Keewatin
rocks (Fig. 5). This contact has proved to be the most productive ore horizon
in the camp. The depth of this contact zone is, indeed, shallow — between
100 and 200 feet above the contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series.
The second outstanding development is the recognition that faults appear
to have played an important part in the formation of some of the ore shoots.
That is to say, certain faults, older than the ore bodies, appear to have acted
as barriers or "dams" by confining the deposition of the silver ores within
certain restricted areas. The Beaver-Temiskaming ore shoots, for example,
are terminated at the north end by a fault.
The recognition of deep-seated, pre-glacial weathering by J. Mackintosh
Bell at the Keeley mine in South Lorrain has been a notable feature.
Another point of interest regarding the ore-bodies is the growing belief
among geologists that the veins are, in part at any rate, replacement types.
That is to say, the mineral-bearing solutions have found their way along joints
and faults and have replaced the wall rocks as deposition took place. Open
fissures are believed to have been uncommon.
Of interest, too, is Mr. J. E. Spurr's recent announcement of his belief that
the veins of Cobalt belong to a class of deposits which he has named vein dikes.
Our knowledge of the number and location of the veins has increased in
recent years on account of the great amount of development work which has
been carried on. Mining operations have revealed an amazing net-work of
veins, the intricacy of which is shown on plan No. 31a. Many of these veins do
not outcrop on the surface and hence the early maps do not show all the ore-
bodies. The plan brings out the fact that the veins are found in what have
been called by mining men in Cobalt vein-systems. These vein-systems occur
in a somewhat isolated manner separated by barren areas. Examples of some
of the vein-systems are the Beaver-Temiskaming, the Kerr Lake-Crown Reserve,
the Meyer-Coniagas-Trethewey system, and so on.
The faults in the area around the town of Cobalt have now for the first
time been mapped. It has been found that pay ore occurs in some of these
faults, including the greatest in the camp, namely the Cobalt lake fault.
Area Covered by Report
The Cobalt silver area includes a number of silver-producing localities
occurring across a stretch of country 70 miles in length, from the southeast to
the northwest (Fig. 45). Chief among these is the Cobalt area proper which
comprises the locality surrounding and near the town of Cobalt; this area of
about five square miles has produced 96 per cent, of the entire production to
the end of the year 1922. Next in point of interest, at the moment, is South
Lorrain, about 16 miles southeast of the town of Cobalt, which has produced 1.4
per cent, of the entire production to the end of the same year.
It is with these two localities, the area around and near the town of Cobalt
and the South Lorrain area, that this report deals. Statistics, however, referring
to the entire camp, including Cobalt and the outlying areas, are given.
Descriptions of the other areas, namely, Gowganda, Casey township. Cane
and Auld, Shining Tree, Maple Mountain, Bay Lake, and Wendigo, will be
found in Dr. Miller's report referred to in the Preface. An excellent report was
2 D.M.
Department of Mines No. 4
also made on Gowganda by A. G. Burrows, the fourth edition of which was
published in the thirtieth annual report of the Ontario Department of Mines
in the year 1920.
When Work Was Done
The work of examining the mines was begun in the spring of 1920, during
which year five months were spent in a detailed geological survey. In
1921, seven months were similarly devoted to the task; while in 1922, one month
was spent mostly in South Lorrain. In the spring of 1923, about two weeks
were devoted largely to the examination of certain properties which had become
accessible in the meantime, namely, the Seneca, La Rose Extension, Genesee,
Ruby, and the deep shaft on the Colonial. During the latter part of January,
1923, a brief visit was paid to the Keeley mine, for the purpose of photographing
vein No. 26 which developed an extraordinary width of high-grade ore at cne
place (Fig. 50).
Preliminary Report
As the work had extended over a period of about three years' time it was
thought desirable to issue a preliminary report. This report, under the title
"Cobalt^Its Past and Future," was published on May 6th, 1922, in the Engineer-
ing and Mining Journal-Press of New York. In August of the following summer,
1923, the complete report on South Lorrain was published as Bulletin No. 48
of the Ontario Department of Mines. This forms Chapter III of the present
report. At the same time that this bulletin was published, the report on the
milling and metallurgical practice at Cobalt, by Messrs. Reid, Denny, and
Hutchison, was issued as Bulletin No. 47. This is Chapter IV of the present
report. In publishing these parts separately before the entire report could be
issued, the department acceded to a demand from certain quarters to give
some sort of preliminary statement prior to the publication of the final report.
These separate reports made it less urgent to hurry the publication of the final
report.
It may be added thai when the writer first undertook the work, and during
its early progress, it was sometimes remarked to him, by certain individuals,
that the report would be largely of the nature of a post mortem. The work was
begun several months before the important discoveries were made in South
Lorrain at the Keeley and Frontier mines. These discoveries in South Lorrain
have proved that the post-mortem report on the Cobalt silver camp may not
be wTitten in our generation, and probably not, let us believe, for many years
to come. The recent utterances of certain well-known mining men confirm this
view.
Maps Accompanying Report
In the map case accompanying this report will be found a set of geological
plans. These plans represent in a detailed manner the geology of practically
all of the mine levels in Cobalt and South Lorrain. They show the kinds of
rocks, the veins, the faults, and the position of the drifts, crosscuts, shafts, and
so forth. No such complete set of geological plans showing the mine workings
has been published of any of the other important mining camps in Canada;
and there are few camps in the Cnited States which have had published similar
geological plans of all the levels. The Comstock lode in Nevada is an outstand-
ing exception.
The plans show only one vein in the drifts, the veins being indicated by a
red line. It may be pointed out, however, that in many places there may be
1922 Introduction
two or more parallel veins in the same drift, but on the small scale on which the^
plans are published it was not possible to show the vein systems in all their
complexity.
The drawing and preparation of the plans and sections was accomplished
mainly by Mr. A. Braidwood. Mr. H. C. Smith also did much of this work.
The task of reducing and compiling the hundreds of mine level plans to a uniform
scale required some two years of painstaking labour, and Messrs. Braidwocd and
Smith are to be complimented on the excellent character of their work.
As the report deals essentially with the underground geology it was not
thought advisable, on account of the added expense, to reprint all of the geological
surface maps which accompany Miller's report. Only one of these surface
maps accompanies the present report on Cobalt. These surface maps are still
in print and may be obtained, together with Miller's report, from the Ontario
Department of Mines, Toronto. That on a scale of 400 feet to the inch will be
found especially useful. In the case of South Lorrain, however, a new detailed
surface map showing the geology and contours of the productive part of the
area will be found in the map case accompanying the report. There is also a re-
print of part of A. G. Burrows' plan of South Lorrain, scale one mile to the inch.
THE ORES AND HOW THEY OCCUR
Grade of Ore. — As is well known among mining men, the silver veins are
exceedingly rich, containing from one or two hundred troy ounces of silver
to the ton to as high as five or ten thousand ounces. In recent years, however,
the wall-rock of these high-grade veins in certain properties around Cobalt
lake is being treated, and ore as low as eight to ten ounces per ton is now being
mined at a profit. Most of this low-grade ore occurs in rocks of the Cobalt series.
Depth of Ore-Shoots.— The silver from Cobalt has been obtained from a
shallow zone, most of the ore having been mined from a depth of not more than
about 300 feet.
The greatest depth at which pay ore has been encountered is a little less
than 1,000 feet. This ore, which w^as mostly a good grade of mill-rock, was
found at the Colonial mine in the fall of 1923; a comparatively small quantity
had been shipped.
A very little silver, some 40,000 ounces, was reported by F. L. Culver to
have been mined in the Beaver at a depth of 1,600 feet.
Why the Silver Disappears When Veins Pass from Cobalt Series into Keewatin. —
More than SQ per cent, of the silver has been obtained from veins in the Cobalt
series. Many oi these veins in this series pinch or feather out into stringers en
reaching the underlying Keewatin. \'ems of this type generally occur in joint
planes as distinguished from faults; the fractures were not, apparently, strong
enough to pass downward into thp tougher Keewatin. The disappearance of
silver at the Keewatin contact in veins of this type is ihus readily understocd.
In the case, however, of veins which persist to unknown depths into the
Keewatin, but which lose their silver contents at or near the Keewatin contact,
the explanation of the loss of silver at the contact is more difficult. Generally
speaking, it is only the stronger fractures, such as faults, which persist into the
Keewatin. \'ein No. 64 on the Nipissing, for example, occurs in a prominent
fault. This vein was explored downward into the Keewatin for 800 feet, but
no pay ore was found in the Keewatin although the calcite vein persisted
(Fig. 4).
Department of Mines
No. 4
Legend
PRE- CAMBRIAN
South
SHAFT N0 64
^^ >$' North
Animikean
(Cobalt Series)
Keewatin
Cong/om erate
Fe/site
Keewatin
(green)
mm'////-
Keewatin
^ (block)
L umprophyre (Haileybunan)
Geo/ogical boundary
fdefined)
Geological boundary
(assumed)
Scale, 150 Feet to 1 Inch
150 0
Fig. 4 — \'ertical section through siiaft No. 64, Nipi^sing mine, showing vein No. 64. This vein
occurs in a fault. The vein was productive in the Cobalt series, but no ore was found
in the Keew^atin rocks below the Cobalt series, although the vein persisted to the bottom
of the workings. Section furnished by the Nipissing Alining Company. Elevations are
shown in feet above sea level.
1922 Introduction
Miller explains the disappearance of silver at the Keewatin contact in veins
of this class in the following manner.'
In the case of a vein which passes from the Cobalt series into the Keewatin and carries high
silver ^'alues in the former and not in the latter, the variation in values is to be accounted for
by the fact that there have been two periods of deposition of the ore minerals. The first minerals
to be deposited after the cracks were formed were essentially the cobalt-nickel arsenides. After
these minerals were deposited there was a slight disturbance of the rocks, and the veins were-
slightly fractured and opened, giving an opportunity for the deposition of the silver minerals,
which were then percolating through the rocks. The Cobalt conglomerate and slate-like grey-
wacke, being not highly metamorphosed and lying on the Keewatin or in contact with the
diabase, were afTected by the secondary disturbance, while the great mass of tough Keewatin
rock for the most part escaped the disturbance and the veins in it were not fractured so as to
give access to the silver solutions.
Relative Quantities of Silver in the Several Rock Series. — Mr. G. R. Mickle in
1912 estimated the relative quantities of silver in the various formations. He
found that over 82 per cent, of the silver came from the Cobalt series, 10.85 per
cent, from the Keewatin, and 7 per cent, from the Nipissing diabase.^
Ninety Per Cent, of Silver from "Lower Contact''. — After twenty years of
mining in the Cobalt silver field it is now possible to compare (1; the quantity
of silver obtained from the top, or "upper contact" of the Nipissing diabase
sill or rocks just above the top, with (2) the quantity of silver obtained from
the bottom or "lower contact" of the sill or rocks just below the bottom. And
it has been found that by far the greater portion has been obtained from the
"lower contact." This contact has, indeed, produced approximately 90 per
cent, of the total output, including Cobalt, South Lorrain, Gowganda, Casey
township, Montreal River, and Maple Mountain.
The mines which produced their silver from the top of the sill, or upper
contact, are the Temiskaming, Beaver, Adanac, Lumsden, Rochester, Nova
Scotia, Colonial, King Edward, and Silver Cliff, in the Cobalt area proper;
while in South Lorrain and Gowganda all of the output has come from the
"upper contact." Every other producing mine of importance in the entire
field has yielded its silver from the "lower contact" or rocks just below the
lower contact. It may be added that in the fall of 1923 the Colonial mine
began to produce a little silver from the lower contact, the previous production
from the mine having come from the upper contact. A relatively small, non-
commercial quantity of silver was also obtained from the lower contact at the
Beaver.
The finding of silver in the deep levels of the O'Brien, Colonial, and Violet
workings along the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill, the "lower contact",
opens up a vista of possible ore-shoots which may be contemplated with more
satisfaction by the geologist than by the mining engineer. This lower contact
extends to the eastward for three and a half miles, and is virgin territory except
for a small amount of development work at such properties as the Ruby,
Edwards-Wright (Green-Meehan), Agaunico and other mines. But the investi-
gation of this unexplored "lower contact" will require much money, is specu-
lative, and will be looked at with question by mining engineers unless some
vein of more or less promise is discovered to lead the way. The veins on the
Colonial and Violet are now leading in the direction of the unexplored and
unknown. Not far to the east these veins may have to face possible vicissitudes,
or enrichments, in the vicinity of the Cross lake fault or branches thereof.
'Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt. II, pp. 123-124.
^The Probable Total Production of Silver from the Cobalt District, Jour. Can. Min. Inst.^
1912.
8 Department of Mines No. 4
Why More Veins in the Cobalt Series than in the Other Rocks. — Most of the
veins are found, as already stated, in rocks of the Cobalt series. If the reader
will study, for a moment, the coloured cross-section facing page 8 he will obtain
some conception of the reason this should be so. The cross-section shows that the
Cobalt series forms a comparatively thin stratum of sediments with the great
mass of Keewatin below, and the enormous sheet of Nipissing diabase above.
The Cobalt series is, indeed, sandwiched between two great igneous masses,
w^hich differ from it entirely in character. The Cobalt series is more brittle
than either of these masses. If we imagine, then, the three groups of rocks
subjected to certain stresses it does not seem unlikely that the more brittle group,
the Cobalt series, should develop more fractures than the tougher Keewatin and
Nipissing diabase.
It is of interest to add that only at Gowganda has silver been found in
the Cobalt series above the Nipissing diabase sill. Mr. A. G. Burrows states
that the Millerett in Gowganda produced 500,000 ounces of siher from the
Cobalt series above the top of the Nipissing diabase sill.^
Factors Governing Formation of Silver Ore-Shoots
The ore-shoots in the veins consist of those parts of the veins which contain
commercial quantities of silver as contrasted with the barren parts containing
calcite and other minerals but no silver. The smallest shoot may be only a
few feet in length; the longest, hundreds of feet. The longest shoot is that in
the Meyer vein on the Nipissing and Trethewey.
It is of importance to know something about the factors which govern the
formation of ore-shoots as distinguished from the barren parts of the veins.
In a broad, general way it may be said that the dominating factor in the
deposition of the ore-shoots is the Nipissing diabase sill. Wherever silver ore
occurs, there also will be found the Nipissing diabase. No silver ore-shoots
occur in the entire camp where the diabase sill is absent.
Next in importance in guiding the deposition of silver ore-shoots appears to
be the influence of contacts.
There are three contacts along which the silver ore-shoots have been found.
The first and most important contact is that between the Keewatin and
Cobalt series. The second contact is that along the bottom of the Nipissing
diabase sill. And the third is that along the top of the Nipissing diabase sill.
The contact between the Keewatin and the Cobalt series governs the forma-
tion of 80 per cent, of the silver ore. It may be said that all the ore-shoots in
the Cobalt series follow along the Keewatin contact and do not rise, as a general
rule, more than 100 to 200 feet above the contact. E.xamples of some of the
ore-shoots which occur along this contact are given in following paragraphs.
One of the best examples of the way this contact controls the occurrence of
the ore is that of the Meyer v-ein in the Nipissing and Trethewey mines. The
Meyer vein extends westward into the Trethewey, and the total length of the
ore-shoot on the Trethewey and Nipissing is about 1,600 feet. The shoot,
which is all in the Cobalt series, only rises an average height of about 110 feet
above the Keewatin (Fig. v5).
The figure shows how the ore-shoot pitches down along the dip of the contact
between the Cobalt series and the Keewatin series. The part of the vein above
the ore-shoot consists of barren calcite. It may be added that the late Mr. R.
B. Watson, the general manager of the Nipis.^ing mine, first explained to the
Avriter how the Meyer ore-shoot followed down along the Keewatin contact.
'Ont. Der-t. Mines, \cl. XXX, pt. III. p. 3.
1922
Introduction
■)joi/^ (-'9/(9i/Vj£J oft/ iBuissidif^j
, 990/ '"^/^
,090/ ^^/ J
/i-.V, 1/^/ v/o
\ Kic.
\\\
■/
$
//>\^//v^^^^A■
H
<ii
ui
^•
o
OJ
,.^
CO
OJ
1 ,
c
— ;
o
o
o
o
o
;j
.r^
C
n
C^
2
-tj
0/.
o
r^
C
^
tx
CO
QJ
X
.,
-L-l
(-V
o
0)
z
cfl
u
O
J=
tJ
•"—
.^
Ti
o
^
c
CJ
(ij
in
'/^
tn
o
r
1-
O
o
^
<u
o
H
?(
"^
o
OJ
o
7-
;S
H
o ^
O
o
"•^
rr,
■""
c
o
c
CO
O
^^-
c
OJ
o
OJ^
m
-i^
1-
-
u
^
u
CO
•^
'/I
j£
^
G C
o
t*
CO
C .
c
'11
>
o.^,
«i
z:
'~
OJ CO
^
4=Xi
^
c
i^
>
-
OJ
OJ
s
_l-
OJ
>
{_!
<1)
0)
-*-^
+j
'^,
c
o
n
a;
G
J.;
O
c<: o CO
10 Department of Mines No. 4
Another example of the way the contact controls the formation of the silver
ore-shoots is the vein-system at the northeast corner of the City of Cobalt
mine owned by the Mining Corporation of Canada. The chief veins of this
system are known as No. 24 and No. 32. This system of veins, which has a
length of some 600 feet, also occurs in the Cobalt series. The ore-shoots in the
veins only rise above the Keewatin contact from 100 to 175 feet, above which
the veins consist of barren calcite. Indeed, they do not appear to reach the
surface, except as narrow joint cracks containing calcite, fractions of an inch
wide. The Cobalt series in this area has a thickness of about 400 feet.
\'ein No. 490, on the east side of the Nipissing north of Cobalt lake, is another
good instance of the way the ore-shoots follow the Keewatin contact. The shoot
in this vein is about six or seven hundred feet long, but it does not rise more
than about 150 feet above the contact.
So far as the writer can ascertain the first one to publish the fact that the
ore-shoots follow the Keewatin contact was Mr. R. B. Watson, in 1912, in the
fifth annual report of La Rose Consolidated Mines Company. Mr. Watson
remarks: "The experience in the district has been, that while the conglomerate
is the most favourable formation for ore, the ore-bodies usually lie in the vicinity
of the Keewatin contact."
The practical importance of a knowledge of this structure need hardly be
mentioned here. It must now be clear to anyone that the most promising place
to prospect in the area surrounding Cobalt is near the base of the Cobalt series.
The second contact controlling the formation of ore-shoots is the top of
the Nipissing diabase sill, sometimes referred to as the "upper contact." All
of the ore so far discovered in South Lorrain occurs along the top of the sill,
mostly within two or three hundred feet above or below the contact. In Cobalt
itself, practically all of the ore at the Beaver and Temiskaming has been derived
from the top of the sill, mostly within 200 feet above or below the contact.
The structure of the Nipissing diabase sill and the relation of the veins to the
sill at the Beaver and Temiskaming are shown in the coloured cross-sections
facing pages 10 and 32.
The third contact controlling the deposition of the ore-shoots is the bottom
of the Nipissing diabase sill, sometimes referred to as the "lower contact." All
of the ore at the O'Brien and Violet mines has been derived from this contact.
The structure at the O'Brien and Molet is illustrated in the coloured cross-
section facing page 8. In one instance, that of No. 3 vein at the Kerr Lake
mine, the ore-shoot rose to the middle of the sill; it may even have extended
to the top of the sill, but erosion has carried away the upper half of the sill at
this point. This is the only instance the writer knows in Cobalt in which an
ore-shoot extended into the centre of the diabase sill. In Gowganda, however,
A. G. Burrows has found that the silver veins at No. 1 shaft of the Castle, R.S.C.
101, are apparently near the centre of the sill.
Another factor governing the control of ore-shoots is the occurrence of
faults older than the veins. These faults appear to have acted, in places, as
dams or barriers in confining the occurrence of ore-shoots to certain areas.
One of the best examples is the Beaver fault, which occurs at the north end of
the Beaver-Temiskaming vein-system. No pay ore has been found north of
this fault, although some rich ore occurred in the fault itself. Another fault
which appears to have governed the deposition of ore-shoots, is that known as
No. 64 at the north end of the town of Cobalt (Fig. 8). Only a few hundred
thousand ounces of silver have, as yet, been found north of this fault. Never-
theless the discovery of some high-grade ore in the fall of 1923 at the Genesee
1922 • Introduction 11
mine, which lies about half a mile north of the fault, lends hope for the discovery
of silver ore-shoots under the drift-covered area in and near Genesee.
It should be noted here that the best ore does not necessarily occur along
the actual contacts, whether the diabase contacts or the Keewatin-Cobalt series
contacts. In some veins there is no pay ore at the actual contact, the ore being
from 50 to 100 feet, or more, above or below the contact.
It is a fact that no pay ore, in any important quantity, has yet been found
where the Keewatin is absent. Contacts, for example, between the quartzite and
Nipissing diabase have not proved productive zones for the deposition of silver.
The occurrence of silver ore under lakes at Cobalt is of interest. Many
million ounces have been mined from veins below Kerr, Cart, and Cobalt lakes.
It may be that one of the main reasons for the occurrence of ore under these
lakes is that the lakes represent lines of weakness or disturbance. Exploration
of the rocks below Lake Timiskaming has been, to the end of 1923, neglected.
To digress, for a moment, from the Cobalt silver area, it may be noted that in
the case of gold, the rocks near or below certain lakes have also been productive
of great wealth in Ontario. Pearl lake in Porcupine, and Kirkland lake in the
Kirkland lake area have yielded much gold. The Argonaut ore-body is also
below a lake — York lake. The only iron mine in Canada of any consequence,
the Helen mine, is also below a lake.
^===-^-^sL^r°''° °
°°»%V///{c °/ °=°o°°= / 1
//
1^-^^^^^^^^^^
^;7B4i£i£^f^^c
Fig. 6 — Ideal sketch showing conglomerate of Cobalt series filling an erosion valley in Keewatin;
a bed of slate-like greywacke rests on the conglomerate above the middle of the trough,
but directly on the Keewatin on the upper side of the trough. The structure shows that
the trough in the Keewatin is largely caused by erosion, not by folding. Structures
similar to this occur below or near the beds of Cobalt and Cart lakes.
K — Keewatin series. C — Conglomerate of Cobalt series.
S — Slate-like greywacke of Cobalt series.
Veins in Cobalt Series Above Depressions in Keewatin
The occurrence of certain vein-systems in the Cobalt series, above or
near depressions or troughs in the Keewatin, is an interesting feature of the ore
deposits in the Cobalt silver area proper. The most noteworthy of such occur-
rences was pointed out to the writer by Mr. Warren Emens, geologist of the
Mining Corporation of Canada. This occurrence was found by mining opera-
tions to exist in an area included in the Buffalo, Townsite, City, and Cobalt
lake properties. If the reader will examine, for a moment, the plan No. 31a-12,
of these properties, he may observe that this trough is developed on the third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth levels. The trough, which strikes southeastward, is
shown by the contour of the contact between the Keewatin and the Cobalt
series. Many important veins occur above this trough.
Another instance of the occurrence of important veins above a trough in
the Keewatin was noted in the Crown Reserve and Kerr Lake mines. The well-
known Carson, the Big Chamber, and other veins occur above this trough.
The Meyer vein-system on the Nipissing also appears to occur above a
slight trough in the Keewatin. This trough is not as marked or as deep as those
referred to above. Indeed, the trough on the Nipissing is only apparent on the
third and fourth levels, shown by the contour of the contact between the Keewatin
and Cobalt series.
12
Department of Mines
No. 4
These troughs appear to the writer to have been formed by erosion in the
old Keewatin surface (Fig. 6). Possibly a little folding, after the Cobalt series
was laid down, may ha\e accentuated the troughs.
Faults
In recent years it has been found that silver ore occurs in many of the
prominent faults of Cobalt and South Lorrain. It has been demonstrated, also,
that faults have acted as dams or barriers in confining the deposition of silver
to certain areas. These two facts, combined with the constant encountering
of faults in the mine workings, have led to a close study of faults.
Miller has .shown that the region in and around the Cobalt silver area has
been subjected to great faulting disturbances, chiefly in a northeast-southwest
and a northwest-southeast direction. These faults, which follow the great
water courses, divide the rock formations into immense blocks.
We are concerned in this report only w^th a discussion of the faults around
the town of Cobalt, and with the faults in South Lorrain. Something will also
be said regarding the Lake Timiskaming fault.
^GoL
ige
V^/f
-."y ■ '
.^
■■'.jf'--'-
C-Sr
■'^<i
^^'^
4:/t-'
0°^°
':-?i
ik"
Fau/t
■ '."■>/>
breccia
~-r^- 9y*
t__ Fau/t
' ^■''Jc"
breccia
'W/l--'
■ d
1
w
-:^
'.'
Fig. 7 — Drawing illustrating character of faults in the Cobalt area. The heavy black line in the
centre represents the gouge, which consists of soft clayey material and fine particles of
crushed rock; it is usually less than an inch in width. In places there are two or more
gouge planes, about parallel, and a few inches to a foot or two apart. The fault breccia,
represented bv dots and irregular lines, consists of fine and coarse fragments of the
countr\- rock, together with a little clayey material. The fault breccia varies in width
from an inch or two, in minor faults, to as much as 15 or 20 feet in the case of a major
fault like the Cobalt lake fault.
In describing faults throughout this report, the terms "gouge" and "fault
breccia" have been used. F"ollowing Lindgren,' gouge refers to the fine-grained
impervious clay, usually a mixture of minerals. Fault breccia refers to the
breccia of crushed wall-rock which occurs in the faults. There is usually some
clay in the matrix of the fault breccia (Fig. 7).
In certain of the faults at Cobalt the gouge and the fault breccia are sharply
distinguished one from the other. That is to say, the gouge may occupy a
a distinct fracture with smooth wal's, the fault breccia being on each side of the
gouge. In other faults, the gouge and fault breccia are scarcely distinguishable,
the gouge then forming a matrix for the fault breccia.
The main faults in the vicinity of Cobalt and Cross lakes are shown in Fig.
8. They are mostly reverse types, but some are normal. The greatest is probably
the Cobalt lake fault, although little is as yet known about the Cross lake fault.
The Cobalt lake fault is a reverse one with a displacement of about 550
'IJndgren, Waldeniar, Mineral Deposits, 2n(l ed., p. 124.
1922 •_ Introduction 13
feet at the McKinley-Darragh mine. Proceeding northeastward, however, the
displacement becomes less, until at La Rose the displacement is approximately
275 feet. The fault dips 50° to 70° to the southeast. It may be that many of
the other faults and fractures in the vicinity of Cobalt lake are the result of
stresses connected with the Cobalt lake fault.
Another important fault, though one of less displacement, is that known
as the "valley" fault. It is west of the Cobalt lake fault and is shown on the
plan (Fig. 8), at the north end of the camp. It is also a reverse fault with a
displacement of 75 feet at the point where it could best be studied. It dips
45° to 65° to the southeastward.
West of the Cobalt lake fault and the "valley" fault there occurs a much
more gently dipping fault known as the "contact" fault. It is so named because
it follows, in a general way, the contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt
series. Fig. 20. For the most part it occurs in the Cobalt series a few feet above
the Keewatin series, though in places it is found in the Keewatin. Rarely does
it occur precisely at the contact. On the Buffalo and Townsite where the fault
spans a trough in the Keewatin, the fault is some distance above the Keewatin
(Fig. 17). Judging from its occurrence on the Trethewey, the "contact" fault is
a reverse one. The displacement is probably less than the "valley" fault. The
"contact" fault has been met with again and again in the mine workings of the
Mining Corporation properties, the Coniagas, and the Trethewey. Its age
relation to the veins is puzzling.
It is likely that the Cobalt lake fault, the "valley" fault and the "contact"
fault ha\'e all been formed as the result of a compressive force acting from the
northwest towards the southeast, and from the southeast towards the northwest.
Most of the strain was relieved along the Cobalt lake fault; a lesser amount was
relieved along the "v^alley" fault, and probably a still less amount along the
"contact" fault. The three faults are roughly parallel and strike northeastw^ard.
These faults are shown in the coloured cross-section facing page 8; in this
cross-section the "contact" fault is named the Trethewey fault.
Another group of faults, west of the Cobalt lake fault, may be described
together. The faults constituting this group almost parallel one another and
strike a little south of east, or about at right angles to the Cobalt lake, "valley,"
and "contact" faults. The faults of this second group are named, beginning
with the southerly one: fault X, galena fault. No. 6 fault, an unnamed fault in
the deep bay of Sasaginaga lake, and fault No. 64. Two of these. No. 64 and
fault X, have proved to be normal faults with a displacement of less than 25
feet; there may have been some horizontal movement. All of them have
vertical or steeply inclined southward dips. Three of these faults have silver
ore in them particularly fault No. 64 on the Nipissing, which has been one of the
important producers of this company (Fig. 4). This fault appears to form a
boundary line at the north end of the camp beyond which a comparatively small
quantity of silver has been found. High-grade silver ore, however, was found at
the Genesee in the fall of 1923, and also occurs at the Green-Meehan, two miles
northeast of the fault, and at the Casey mine 13 miles north of the fault.
Little is known about the Cross lake fatilt. It occurs in a pronounced valley
formed by Cross lake and a string of lakes to the southeast. The writer has
never seen the fault in any mine workings. It is reported to have been
encountered in a crosscut from one of the workings at the northwest end of the
lake. Much water was said to have been encountered. Fault No. 64 strikes
towards the Cross lake fault and appears to be a branch of this fault; this remains
to be pro\en by actual mine workings.
14
Department of Mines
No. 4
Besides the faults shown on the plan (Fig. 8), there are other faults of
importance. One of these is found on the lower levels of the Crown Reserve,
paralleling the longer axes of Kerr lake. Another one of much importance
occurs at the Beaver mine at the north end of the ore-shoots. The faults
referred to in this and preceding paragraphs are described in much more detail
in dealing with the various mines.
It may be added that fault No. 64 has not been traced continuousK- from the
Hudson Bay to the \'iolet mine. It has been drifted on for long distances in
the Hudson Bay, Trethewey. Chambers Ferland, La Rose, O'Brien, and \'iolet,
and its character is similar throughout. The fault has not, however, been
followed through the Cobalt lake fault. It is not at all certain, therefore, that
qiJON
■^ -f. ir. cj
^ O r. m
X
CJ
o
o *-'
"o
c
"S^
X X
u -
:;
^ O ^ P
■J'.
M o
—
3
^ rt
.;
CJ
•iH
>■ X
u
-
<u
^ —
7*"
T
j=
^ ^
."■
**
■4->
o —
—
"o
> .^
^
:S
tCl^
^"
o
<u
o^
M
X
o
*^ o
'>.
-
*-*-!
t; aj
r-
•;-'
O
c >
rt
<U
C X
O
:S
■:;
X 0
3
=
bO H
1922
Introduction
15
what has been called fault No. 64 west of Cobalt lake fault, is really the same
fracture that has been called fault No. 64 east of the Cobalt lake fault.
It has been erroneously remarked that the silver deposits of South Lorrain
differ from those of Cobalt in one important respect, namely, that the South
Lorrain deposits occur in faults, while the ore bodies in Cobalt occur in mere
fractures. As a matter of fact, at Cobalt some very important ore bodies occur
in faults which have greater displacement than those of South Lorrain.
Important ore bodies have, for example, been found in the Cobalt lake fault.
Much ore has also been mined from fault No. 64 on the Nipissing. On the
whole, however, most of the ore from Cobalt has come from joint planes showing
little or no movement.
Coming now to South Lorrain, little need be added to the description of the
faults given on page 194 of the chapter on South Lorrain. Economically the most
important one is Wood's fault, a reverse one with a displacement of approxi-
mately 30 feet. Most of the ore mined during the last two years in South Lorrain
has come from this fault or from branches thereof.
Of all the faults briefly referred to above there are none which appear to
compare in magnitude with the Lake Timiskaming fault.
After G.S.Hume
Fig. 9 — X'ertical section, east and west through New Liskeard; horizontal scale 2 miles to an
inch, vertical scale 800 feet to an inch. The Lake Timiskaming fault is shown at "fault
line." The rocks on the east side of the fault have been faulted down 800 to 1,000 feet.
C — Post Glacial clay. T — Haileyburian — Ordovician.
L — Lockport formationl o-i .„:„„ P — Pre-Cambrian.
W — W'alsi formation
Lake Timiskaming Fault. — Willet G. Miller was the first geologist to detect
the presence of the Lake Timiskaming fault. ^ No mining operations have as
yet been carried on in this fnult. but its presence is inferred from the fact that
Lake Timiskaming follows a narrow, deep depression for its entire length.
The most important evidence, however, occurs at the north end of the lake,
where the fault cuts across Paleozoic limestones and shales, and the outcrop of the
fault has been observed in at least one place. These Paleozoic sediments have
been carried down on the east side of the fault 800 to 1,000 feet, according to
G. S. Hume (Fig. 9).
The best description of the fault has been given by G. S. Hume,* and owing
to its importance as a major fault of the region, a part of Hume's description is
given below. The average reader may not have access to the technical journal
in which Mr. Hume's paper was published.
A study of the Paleozoic rocks has revealed the presence of a fault which is responsible for
the straight western shore of Lake Timiskaming, and a fault-line scarp extending about eighteen
miles northwest from the head of the lake. The thickness of the \-arious [Paleozoic^ formations
included along the fault shows the displacement to be from 800 to LOOO feet, with the downthrow
side to the east. The rocks on the eastern side of the fault are Silurian, with a westward dip,
'Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt. II, pp. 119-120.
^•\m. Jour. Sci., 4th. ser., 1920, Vol. 50, pp. 293-309.
16 Department of Mines No. 4
and near the fault at New Liskeard station a well boring has shown that they are covered with
post-glacial deposits over 240 feet thick. At an elevation of over 250 feet higher, on the west
side of the fault, Ordovician occurs in flat-lying beds, while on the fault-line scarp itself, Silurian
strata outcrop at various places, with beds tilted over 50 degrees to the east. North of the lake,
at a higher elevation, pre-Cambrian rocks outcrop to the west of the fault-line, while Silurian
occurs to the east, so that the faulting relationships are quite evident. The scarp decreases in
elevation to the north, due to the irregularities of the surface having been completely obliterated
by the later deposits of post-glacial clay.
Regarding the age of the Lake Timiskaming fault, Htime remarks: —
Since the Silurian rocks have been broken by the faulting, and glacial and post-glacial
material are undisturbed, it is obvious that the faulting is post-Silurian and pre-glacial. The
presence of a fault-line scarp, now over 150 feet high, which was over 400 feet high before the
depression at its base was partly filled with post-glacial clay, is in favour of a date for faulting
much nearer the Pleistocene than the Silurian. The fault-scarp is relatively slightK' dissected
by stream action, so that it is believed it could not have been earlier than the Cenozcic, and the
probability is that it is late Tertiary, perhaps connected with the widespread crustal instability
and accompanying earth mo^•ements which took place in Pliocene time.
It may be added that there are faults in the Cobalt silver area which are
not only pre-Cambrian in age, but which are earlier than the Cobalt series. In
a fault with such a great displacement as that of the Lake Timiskaming fault
it is possible that movement began in pre-Cambrian times, and continued at
intervals during Paleozoic or later eras.
Relation of Faults to Veins
Faulting in the pre-Cambrian rocks, as mining operations have now pro\ed,
is widespread and complex. The great antiquity of the formations, and the
profound disturbances to which, at \-arious times, they have been subjected, show
that faulting was not confined to any one period in this great era, but that it
must, indeed, have taken place from its most remote times down to its most
recent.
To its most recent period, the Keweenawan, belongs the formation oi the
silver veins.
A little reflection will, therefore, show that when the veins were formed,
most of the faults and fractures had already been developed. So that when the
silver-bearing solutions began to circulate through the crust of the earth, the
solutions found many possible channels through which they could permeate.
Some of these channels ofifered an easy path of circulation: others were more
or less impermeable. Solutions moving through easy paths of circulation would
meet with impermeable faults which would stop or impede circulation at certain
points and thus confine the formation of ore-shoots within restricted areas.
Curiously enough, these silver-bearing solutions did not choose, as a general
rule, the great faults in which to deposit their precious burden. The solutions
chose, for the most part, the joint planes and minor fractures. One may wonder
why such is the case; why, for instance, more ore was not deposited in such
a great fracture as the Cobalt lake fault which has a displacement of more than
500 feet at the McKinley-Darragh mine.
The explanation appears to be that the minor fractures offered easier channels
along which the solutions could permeate. Possibly the soft, clayey material
in the faults made it difficult for circulation to take place.
While it is true that most of the ore is confined to joint planes and minor
fractures, very productive ore-shoots have been found, as already pointed out,
in such important faults as Wood's fault in South Lorrain and fault Xo. 64 on
the Nipissing.
1922 Introduction 17
Although the above general principles regarding the relations berween
faults and veins appear simple enough, the practical working out of these relations
presents one of the difficult problems in the geology of Cobalt and South Lorrain.
Much unpublished discussion regarding the subject has taken place.
The writer believes that most of the important faults are older than the
veins. In some cases, however, movement has taken place after the deposition
of the ore.
The age relation of some of the faults to the veins is clear. If we consider,
for example, three of the faults, namely, the Cobalt lake fault, fault No. 64 on
the Nipissing, and fault X on the Townsite, it will be found that vein material
in these faults is younger than the faults. The proof that the vein material
is younger is found in the fact that high-grade ore occurs in these faults. That
is to say, the ore abuts against the gouge of the faults. And as the movement
in the fault took place along the gouge, it is evident that a vein cannot be said
to be more actually in a fault than when it rests against the gouge.
A different variety of evidence may be given to show that some of the
silver veins are younger than faults. This evidence is. found at vein No. 490
at the east side of the Nipissing property north of Cobalt lake. The vein cuts
through a fault, knowm as the "valley" fault, which has a reverse displacement
of about 75 feet. The vein is not displaced by this fault and must consequently
be younger than the fault (Fig. 15).
Again on the City of Cobalt property, vein No. 32 passes through a fault
known as the "west" fault and the vein shows little or no displacement.
The "galena" fault on the Buffalo has, in places, a vein of high-grade ore
in it, and this vein is therefore younger than the fault.
The "main" vein of La Rose property extends vertically downward into the
Cobalt lake fault and is evidently a branch fracture of that fault.
In South Lorrain, Wood's vein and other important veins occur in faults.
It may be remarked here that there appears to have been some later move-
ment in the Cobalt lake fault after the ore was deposited in it. This later
movement is shown by the fact that a smaltite vein in the fault at the Princess
mine is crushed in places into roundish balls, and these roundish balls are much
slickensided. However, this crushing of veins in faults is rare. In the case of
the Cobalt lake fault, the extent of the later movement is not known, but judging
from the general absence of marked crushing or brecciation of the vein it is
likely that the later movement is not of importance.
When we consider, however, the Lake Timiskaming fault, the amount of
this later movement was great — probably 800 to 1,000 feet. This later move-
ment took place in Paleozoic times.
Character of Vein-Filling in Faults
It has been shown that most of the faults in Cobalt and South Lorrain are
older than the productive silver-bearing veins.
The character of the vein-filling in these faults is sometimes quite different
from that in the veins which occupy joint planes. The minerals which are found
in smalf quantities in the faults are: galena, zinc blende, copper pyrites, iron
pyrites, marcasite, and quartz, together with pink and white calcite.
It would appear that this kind of vein-filling, namely, galena, zinc blende,
iron pyrites, and so forth, belongs to a period of deposition preceding the
deposition of the silver ores and cobalt and nickel arsenides.
The older period is characterized by the deposition of sulphides, the younger
period by the deposition of arsenides and native silver.
18
Department of Mines
No. 4
Influence of "Iron Formation" and Lamprophyre Dikes in Formation
of Vein Fractures
In a number of cases it has been found that veins in the Cobalt series when
traced downwards into the underlying Keewatin pass into steeply dipping beds
of slate and chert which have been called "iron formation." When these veins
are followed into this formation it has been found in certain cases that they
conform approximately in strike and dip with the "iron formation." From
this evidence it would appear that the production of some of the joints or fissures
in the overlying Cobalt series was guided by the structure of the Keewatin
"iron formation" below the Cobalt series.
Miller has already pointed out that certain veins in the Keewatin follow the
path of lamprophyre dikes. ^
Ore Reserves and Sampling
As this report was made for the purpose of working out the underground
structure of the rocks, no attempt was made to estimate the ore reserves now
remaining in the mines. This would have been a task quite beyond the scope
of the report. Very little sampling was done by us during our examination.
The annual reports of some of the mining companies generally give an estimate
of the ore reserves at the respective properties.
Since the discovery of silver at Cobalt in 1903, shipments from the camp
and outlying silver areas have been as follows: —
TOTAL SHIPMENTS OF SIL\ER FROM ENTIRE COBALT AREA, 1904-1923
Average
price, cents
per ounce
(New York)
Silver shipments in Troy ounces, 1904-1923
Year
Total
ounces
Cobalt
Case^-
township^
South
Lorrain^
Gowganda^
Montreal
River and
Maple
Mountain
1904
57.221
60.352
66.791
65.237
52.864
51.502
53.486
53 . 340
60.835
57.791
54.811
49.684
65.661
81.417
96.772
111.122
100.900
62.654
67.521
Total . . .
206,875
2,451,356
5,401,766
10,023 311
206,875
2,451,356
5,401,766
10 0.?3 311
1905
1906
1907
1908
19,437 8751 19 424'?51
500
26,185
92,544
114,789
253,824
825,108
499,643
223,939
445,900
13,124
194,955
221,133
933,912
834,119
248,992
108,199
1909
25,897,825
30,645,181
31,507,791
30,243,859
29,681,975
25,162,841
24,746,534
19,915,090
19,401,893
17,661,694
11,214,317
10,845,436
8,261,931
10,695,133
25,658,683
29,849,981
29,989,893
28,605,940
28,105,505
24,155,699
24,280,366
19,008,517
18,327,258
16,807,407
10,314,689
10,402,249
7,673,535
9,239,147
18,002
1910
1911
1912
471,688
468,687
549,976
502,370
399,300
242,229
383,393
1,064,635
638,198
723,764
433,352
258,292
170,651
9,835
510
1913
1914
1915
1916
77,280
10,000
72,188
4,586
8,253
328,886
1,284,307
1917
1918
143.901
171,278
1919
1920
1,582
1921
1922
1,101
1,028
117
333,402,683
319,926,428
2,799,740
4,339,934
6,306,535
30,046
19232
64.873
10,493,097
7,375,469
2,955,646
160,761
1,221
»Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt. II, p. 71.
2 Preliminary figures.
^The entire production from Casey township was obtained by the Casey-Cobalt Silver Mining
Company. In the year 1919, the Casey-Kismet Mining Company (northeast './j, north '/2, lot 5,
concession \T, Harris township) shipped 28,432 ounces, and the Harris Consolidated Mines,
Limited (southeast '/}, south '/j. lot 6, concession I, Casey township) shipped 47,570 ounces.
Both of these were operated by the Casey-Cobalt Silver Mining Company, and these shipments
were included by the Casey-Cobalt Silver Mining Company for the year 1919.
■* Details of shipments from South Lorrain and (iowganda are given on pages 192 and 28,
respectively.
1922
Introduction
19
TABLE SHOWING PRODUCTION OF SILVER MINES, 1904 to 1922
No. of
pro-
ducing
mines
Shipments and silver contents
Year
Ore
Concentrates and re-
sidues
Bullion
Total
Tons
Ounces
Av.
per
ton,
oz.
Tons
Ounces
Av.
per
ton,
oz.
Ounces
Ounces
Value
1904
4
16
17
28
30
31
41
34
30
35
32
24
28
28
38
33
35
28
22
158
2,144
5,335
14,788
24,487
27,729
27,437
17,278
10,719
9,861
4,302
2,865
2,177
2,288
1,456
850
578
948
1,485
206,875
2,451,356
5,401,766
10,023,311
18,022,480
22,436,355
22,581,714
20,318,626
15,395,504
13,668,079
6,504,753
6,758,286
4,672,500
3,271,353
1,401,050
806,341
668,081
986,597
1,712,878
1,309
1,143
1,013
677
736
809
821
1,176
1,436
1,386
1,511
2,359
2,146
1,429
962
949
1,152
1,041
1,154
206,875
2,451,356
5,401,766
10,023,311
19,437,875
25,897,825
30,645,181
31,507,791
30,243,859
29,681,975
25,162,841
24,746,534
19,915,090
19,401,893
17,661,694
11,214,317
10,846,321
8,261,931
10,711,127
111,887
ions
1,360,503
1906
3,667,551
1907
6,155,391
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1,137
2,948
6,845
9,375
11,214
11,016
12,152
11,996
8,561
13,720
17,958
15,208
9,757
3.101
7,897
1,415,395
3,461,470
7,082,834
8,056,189
9,768,228
8,489,321
8,915,958
10,001,548
7,598,011
6,445,243
5,793,756
4,024,212
3,777,812
2,962,771
1,675,055
1,244
1,174
1,030
858
871
770
733
834
887
469
323
265
387
955
212
980,633
3,132,976
5,080,127
7,524,575
9,742,130
7,986,700
7,644,579
8,053,318
10,466,888
6,383,764
6,402,423
4,312,603
7,323,194
9,133,378
12,461,576
15,478,047
15,953,847
17,408,935
16,553,981
12,765,461
12,135,816
12,643,175
16,121,013
17,341,790
12,738,994
10,654,471
5,564,594
7,658,802
Total
156885
157,285,905
1,002
142885
89,477,803
626
85,033,910
333,419,562
205,909,212
The greatest yield of silver in the Cobalt area was achieved in 1911, when
31,507,791 ounces were shipped. There were 34 producing mines, counting as
one mine all the properties owned by the same company or firm. The largest
shippers were the following: — •
TABLE SHOWING SILVER PRODUCTION IN 1911
Troy Ounces
Company Shipped
Nipissing 4,627,043
La Rose 4,090,156
Crown Reserve 3,430,902
Coniagas 3,273,465
McKinley-Darragh-Savage 2,551,885
Kerr Lake 2,238,353
Buffalo 1,644,245
O'Brien 1,397,546
Temiskam-ng 1,162,31/
Hudson Bay 1,067,667
Wettlaufer-Lorrain 925,017
Beaver 888,876
Cobalt Townsite 834,949
Trethewev 7 16,464
Cobalt Lake 626,044
Miller Lake-O'Brien 338,000
Right of Way 289,718
20
Department of Mines
No. 4
,—
t^
—
-t
c^
u-
:;<;
f^
r-~
-<;
^
r^
0
0
0
TjH
-^
c ^
»—
^
—
.^
^
^—
c
rv
»— i
^
^^I
tN
fN
rsi
^-
^— 1
_^ 5 2
c^
c^
C^
C^
c^
C^
C-
c^
C^
C^
c>
C^
C^
C^
0
C^
C^
»—
'—
'^
^"
'^
'^
**-•
*"*
'~-'
^—^
^■?g
'C
-
^
^
^
c
»—
cc
r~i
ly^
^—
•—
cc
^-
o
u-
LT;
Cn
T-H
o:;:j2
c.
r^
(^
rN
Ol
r^
r<-
r^
'^
fN
■^
r^^
'^
—
. < § S <
fcJO u 0
3 a a.
< < C
>
C
C
bJo +J u;
■> < o <
C
<
« 0
S 2
~ °
c
c
C
rr^
c
c
C
c
o
o
r^
c
vO
vO
0
0
w—t
c
c:
r/^
c
c
c
c
c
c
-t-
c
ly^
CO
c*
0
^ rt.'S
Cv
c
c
C^'
I/-
c
c
c
o
c
C^
—V
-+
^
^
CN
O en cS
'"^
c
c
£
-h
-t
c
c
c
-t
c
c
o
0
I^
^-^
c
uo
— -o a
»
c:
c
c
fNI
GC
c
1>C
c
c
't
^
£_
c
■^l
rr>
u-
c
t-^
("C
'^
j;;
ir
c
c
ly-
::C
ir
lO
u-
X
u-r
ly-
^r
r^
OC
o
c^
r*-
»—
-+
•*
1^
u-
ly^
l/-
^
"+
-t<
c
<^ t^
J>-
CN
"-
(>
r<-
t^
OC
"R,
^
-t
^
o_
> C
y
CN
vC
^
w
Lr
ir
^— 1
— c
^
—
o
^
^
. , , ^ ^
c^
o
o
f i'^
r<i
c
J-:
— ' yj v^
T— <
c
^
^
- ;^ o
b*
o
c^
S-5 -
"
c
o
c
3c
LC
— •--' C
'»-
CN
r/-
,— (
<|i
>-^
i^
,
^^
O
o
o
f<0
~~o
c
O
o
o
o
C
o
0
J^
^
~C
1—1
<— c —
CVI
o
o
o
IT!
c
c
C
o
o
•*
C
lO
OC
0
"P
c
0
C c5 t^
Xh
o
c
o
CN
I/-
3
f —
o
o
c
O
C
;3v
-+
c
c
c^.
-u in — ■
o
c
o
't
'+
o
C
o
'^
c
c
o
0*
r-~
0
c
10
C i^ tn
"o
o
c
o
CN
CC
o
o
o
OC
c
o
-+
t^
OC
0
■T^
Anion
ividen
onuse
XT'
c
r-.
irT
tN
c
LT-
c
c
ir-
OC
ir
lo
L/-
cc
ly^
ly^
r^r
-c
t^
cc
^
wN
V
^
o
't
j:^
1^
^
l/^
^
•+
VC
-+
c
«^
J--.
r^i
■^
<>'
^
o
t^
-+
u-
IT-
^^
'^
0^
-5-^
o
o
o
O
o
o
3
c
C
^
C
O
"^
0
~C
3
, o
o
o
iC
o
o
c
o
o
c
O
C
O
c
c
0
c
0
C3 — S
rt
tn
l/~
,_,
^
.^
_
,„
IT-
Lr>
^
ir-
^'
r-1
_H ^ _
a?
c
o
o
o
o
~o
o
c
c;
I-^
OC
C
c
^
!>
C
0
"~c
,-H
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
c
LT-
cc
i/-
c
^
0
ir-
C
C:
1— t
"-^
— .
o
o
o
o
c
o
o
^
u-
o
c
O
rv
o_
C
o_
.ti CJ
o
c
o
o
c"
'^
^
^
^
^
vr
^
^
^
1^
C
^
LO
a. o
Zj
c
c
c
^
c
^
o
^
^
^
•^
:^
-t
C
0
■+
IT,
L/^
c
u-
*—
^
ly-
^
^
^
r^
u^.
Ol
r*"
iy~.
,^ y}
X
m
1^
u-
^
-+
"
c~
OC
o
^
o
o
"~o
c
c
c
C
C
c
o
~o
0
c; 0
~C
0
o
^
o
o
o
o
c
o
^
c
C
c
o
0
ly-
c 0
c
0
c
c
o
o^
c
o
o
o
C:
c
O
c
o^
0
C^
CO
o_
o
o
o
o"
o
o
C:
o
c
c
C
c
3"
C
C
o"o-
c
3"
2 a
3 "
o
o
c
^
^
^
•^
c
c
C
^
^
0
c
00
c
0
lo
c
u~
^-
^
^
ir
c
c
u-
U--
ly-
ir; ly^
©1
rN
ir-
^
^
-t
<!^
r^
^"
Cs
cc
r^"
r^
<
r-
r-1
t--
^
^
LC
(vr;
^
^
r~
^
ir^
c>;
~o
0
0 C^
~^
0
_o
1~H
^
^
c
o
^H
^
c
o
o
^
0
0
00
0
0
c-
Q^
o
c*
c^
O^
c*
c^
c>
C^
Cs
0
c
c^ 0*
c^
CN
O rt
•"
•^
■"
"^
"^
""
~~
'~
"^
"^
■^
-— ,—
■^
-, 1-*
" O
'^
T— 1
r^^
^
r*".
o
*—
-+
o
-f
o
c^
^-
t^
r^
ly-, t~~-
^
CC
rt P<
<^
^
—
>—
—
^
—
(t:
!>
r>
CN
^8
b
J,
■^
. bi: >>
L.
:t3
u
_Q
<
2
<
/-^
o.
<
<
z
■5 ^
►T
■> <
S
<
z
C^A
S
^
^
•
— '
—^
^
^
^-j
-_
^"
t:
'r
■-^
6
.—
■^
c
—
C
b.
t:
^"
0
S
o
'o
>
■J
a.
o
bJO
c
c
t:
■t-
b,
•;c
- ;
i 1
CJ 5
be ,rt
M
s
bj
bX)
0
"c
0.
c
o
c
2
0,
9-
c
s
c
>
b
en"
0
-f
S
'in
c
I
i
.c
■7
s
X
c:
^
S
0
J _c
-.,
"rs
.5
;_
^^
^
[^
3
-
b|0 .^
0
"0
^
C
>
;-^
'Z
"
"^
•7
^
^
^^
U
•X
r
^
^
^
^
c
_c
—
—
k-H
<
^
'_/
L/
''s_
'_
—
'/
—
^
<:
1922
Introduction
21
tN t^ 1^ C
S t^ vC
5 C
; 'd
~
ro
CN --
-t 1—
^ ^
H ■rH ^1 ^
■t y—
O C^, C>. O O CN c>, o c
On
-
? O O) »-H 1^ LO --
h" o" oT f^r
^
1 —
■< "-
H rr; ^
tN
; -
;
: o
>
■w
^5cFi,(DSQ^Z i
37 1
lOiOiOr^OOiOO OO !ocl
r^ v;
; fO CN O CM Ol O LT
lO ro
r^ ^
—
rr-
LO J^
O C
CC
lO -^
LC L/-
;^
O "~-
^ ^ r^
0_ :X X -
o
c-
-^ o_
"
; ir> o
-+" r^r c
■^ w
^
1^
■^
>-" i^ \c:
r^i Lc t^
LO -t
▼—
(^
-*
^ ^ -t
r<: cj in ■^
^
rvj
nC
-rt^
lO
1—
rs T-
T—
r^
^1
GO
۩^
^
c
c
o
'-
d
5
o
o
o^
o"
c"
fS
LO
'-
0O_
'-
s
LO ir
lO
rr-
c
u-
o
o
C:
(XJ
•^
<:
r'i
c-
c
rs
c^
c
\r-
ir-
ro
t^
^
O
r^
LT
t-.
^
c
CO
u~
-*
^
s^
in
-*
(^
1—
u-
u-
Cn
NC
LO
^
-*
t~C
^C
OC
OC
'-
CN
Ov
'^
o_
-y-
ir-
r<i
■^
tN
O
O
o
•rt
t--
cm"
^
r--
o
tN
If
t-~
LT
-+
1-H
rf
•On,
c^
1—
^
f^
OJ
u-
T—
>>
NC
lO
■*
CN
lO
C^
00
4©=
^
3
o
3
c
.^
C
^
O
c
—
—
o
^
c
~
^
^^
c
^
:^
i/^
(^
OC
c
^
c
,— (
o
c
■^
^
o
^-H
o
OC
c
o
o
ON
— ^
t-~
00
L/^
LT-
OC
c
r-~
o
u~
— '
-^
ON
o
ir-
OO
c
t--
o
NC
L?
•*
o
C^
CO
t~~
o
o
JN
't
rl^
vO
"*
ly"
q
•rt<
^"^
;>?
Ol
o
C
o
O
o
O
C:
O
o
o
o
O
o
C
o
o
C
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
C
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
•-O
o
o
U"
o
o
o
c
o
<»
o
o
•>
lO
o
lt;
in
m
c
Ln
■^
'^
'^
f^i
C^l
^
l>]
■o
o
a-
y—,
■■c
r^
o ^
OO
o
o
o
o
T-H
c
O
o -^
o
Cn
o
c^
o
On
o
o
CN, ON
On
o
'*
,— 1
ro
Cn
L/^
o
O'-h'
O
'-'
l>
"-H
■^
o
"— 1
"^
f~C
t
>
«
^
>
>
>-. if
>
^
/^
<
<
h5
Z
^
^ s —
. z
' — ,, —
■^^
TI
^
hJ
^'
;
O
d
b/
D
O
ti
)
■~
■c
"=
S
■2
1
i
o
>^
>
S
_
-
'^
^o
s
c
s
-^
3
>
c
X
o
0
o
c/5
CJ
0 ^
"o
CO
J
_
c7)
i
s
S
c5
5
u
;
CJ
V-
^
c :
-^
^
1 >
1
a.
" ' =
0 b/
13
1
'"
w
p
-
■T
r
s
'c
X
i
~
J "t.
C S
E
E
OJ
t-
2
z^
zl
^
•/
c-
o
•-
^
1
O 2
LO ^—
- o
p: rt
On ^ OJ
'^ -^ 5-
^ r- a;
So. S
lO 3 -
o ~
o a
o 0--
^5^ u -a
C in ?",
2 o.
£ o
O b« 5
•5 3 o
u- 5 a
o 2i o
ij ^'-^
~iO y
^ O O
o
U
EC a. c
J
U
H-!
£ <
.- U o
E to c
O .2
° Z
73.
a
■;:: ::; c ON _
~ ■'^ o '^_ «
a ^
Ol ,- .s
o !i ■«
Z .5 0.
22 Department of Mines No. 4
GOVERNMENT REVENUE AND SILVER PRODUCTION
The silver mines of the entire Cobalt area have paid in royalties to the
Ontario Government the sum of 82,067,153, to October 31st, 1923.
The following table gives the amounts paid by various companies. These
royalties have nothing to do with the taxes. Every company which is making a
sufficient profit is subject to taxes. Only companies which bought or leased
certain lands under special agreement from the Ontario Governm.ent are subject
to the payment of royalties.
Royalties to October 31st, 1923, paid to theT. & X. O. Railway Commission,
as set forth in their annual reports, amounted to 81,059,440.31. This is in
addition to the figures gi\-cn in the table below: —
TABLE SHOWING ROYALTIES RECEIVED BY THE ONTARIO GOXERNMENT
MiXE R0Y.\LTY
O'Brien $884,322 82
Crown Reserve 812,410.91
Hudson Bav 333.870.05
Chambers-Ferland 26,259 . 64
Provincial 6, 735 . 14
Hargrave - 1,200.00
Wvandoh 1.421.72
Waldman 932 . 72
Total §2,067,153.00
Royalty agreements have terminated, and producing mines now pa\- a
Profit Tax under the provisions of the Mining Tax Act.
The Ontario Government received 81,532,162.51 as Profit Tax from the
silver mines to October 31st, 1923, the end of the fiscal year.
In the matter of the sale of Cobalt lake, Kerr lake, and lots in the Gillies
limit, the Government received 81.640.139.11, distributed as follows: —
Cobalt lake (1907) 8936,500.00
Kerr lake (1907) 178,500.00
^Gillies limit lots (1908-10), including Provincial mine ore
sales and property sale (surplus receipts over ex-
penditure) ' 527,523 . 64
Total 81,642,523.64
^Fhe gross revenue was S836,886.63.
1922
Introduction
23
H
.
r^
r^i ^ 00 O (^i ■^
U-) O O
VOt^ ON
<~N) O t^ 00 On 00
1
— bo be
t-~.vOiOO\t^t--.C>OOvOr<-
•^ cvi lO
O re 00 r-i oo o
l^
OOCNr^, ^-O^^00000lOCO
COO On
NO ID t^ -* ^ re
'^
n rt rt
t^u^C^l.r-it^r:t<O'^^0C
O -hUO
re LO O re Cn] -rt*
On
r^TtHT-HO<MOiOC>rs
vO O lO
•^ 00 nC ^ 00 LO
to
- ^rS
CN \0<3r<0OiO\CO
fS o o
O 00 t~~ nO Cn)
On
^G^
"-1 tN CN l» o
^ ^ -^
■^
On"
le le o <^i "~. c/3
o ^o o
O t^ re <^1 '-< On
ON
r- 4J
"0 r^i O C ^ i~~-
(-N1 On r^
tvj O to re CnJ ir-
ON
1 t
C^ re --^ C^ t^ ^
re re t)<
^ to OO rN] -H On
o
oU
OO ^00 O '* ^
lo M r^
On •.— 1 LO lo "-H nC
'^
o re Tt< re ■^ r—
r>i -^ \0
O O NO nO t-^
NO
^^
O O oi ^ r^ t--
-H -^ re re" fN '-h"
'^ lO CN
^n rr^ r<\
o
o"
tvi
Ol:^0rr)0'^\00'+>0
^ •*I—
On O I-- --H re C
NO
O^Ot~~r^ir^OiO'+t^
O ON o
re re CNl O Ol o
t^
rr.
iOC0'---f'-t<O'^I'^~0t^
■*\Ot~-
NO -^ <^J 00 'f lO
to
cd
t^I-— ■O'— iCNiCCNOOf^
00 ^ O
00 NO o fN 00 -^
-*
■— i-^OOt^-u-JCCOCvCMC
On i:^ re
r^ t~~ O On lO r<-'
CN
^^r^oOt — r^'—^r^OO^*^
re O 00
-t< (^1 CNl -fi NO ^
re
■^ ^C CN •^ CN CN
•rt '-'
Cn)
0-1
iOOOTt<t^O^<-OOr^
t-~ lO Ol
NO ^ re -^ ■^
re
OOOr-lM30v"-)00
OO lO NO
NO >- -* O ON
CO
00OOreO<~-l'~Cf^'^
ore o
rf 00 (^I NO re
lr>
>— '
oOLo^O-^r^it^oOiOfv
r^ On t^
f^i >-i r^i o 00
to
J_,
oi c^] r^ LO ^H : — cc O^ t^
■^ O og
O f^ O -^ f^
'*
1-
■^rf<\OiO'-<oor~ioOO
00 ■^ lO
re Cn) 00 o
■*
k_/
■^ r^ CN CN "-I r-
"-^ (M Cn)
(M Ol
r^
<M
i-CC-LCiO'— '"-Hirjfvi^C
r— vo r^
re -t re o o >-
'^
^
LC COO"^, oOO-^vC
O-^OC
U-) O nO t^ O t~-
-*
M
■oCCOC-t^O'^CN"-
O NO Cn)
00 ■^ O -^ 00 lo
t-~.
r!
Ct^OOvO'^r'5<^-(^
On SO nO
re NO OO O -^ On
NO
^
rcOOO"— ir^ir^C"'
lO -^ ■^
r- O ■^ On O ON
00
O
'— ' LO re oc ^ O Ol r^ cv
"* On 00
CN O On On re OC
On)
'^
^^ ^— t 1— ( o^J re re r^
tN ^-( — (
^-H 1— t ^H ^-H
re
(.1
00
<-Nl IT) nO
lO '— 1 ■H< -rf On CnJ
lo
<»
"-. On '-t^
NO nC NO On. O-. lO
to
inin
orat
UO
ON t^ r-j
o o o 'o 00 no
rsi
NO 01 O
NO -t '00 to r^ -t<
Ol
^
CN] ^ -rt
^ On 00 ^ ^ tX
i^-^
ON
rn '^ -^
to ON O CO On. "-^
Cn]
ON
■*'*'*
^ ^ ^ rt T-H
-^
1 U
"
_
O r<l O^ O O ■^ 00
t-Nl
.2 ^ w
o —
i/^ r^ i/^ 1— 1 1-^ to lo
lO
^ ^
O r^ O r^i oo C- >-
t^
., -ii >.'P ■=■
1 ;-':s
IT) re C-] ""; -* r^ O
o
cj-i-.ti-Q •-
O O re C -^ C C
re
-*-^
^y^c5s
O^
ir, TjH re (M O) •r-
00
r ) to ON 00
V r^ 00 re
r.
J
-
r-.
00
i r<i ID NO
U-)
•S o
to
T-
r-f
a; t^ t^ .^
r—
CN
..5
re t^
1^ On O r-l
-*
^ re r-j re
ON
O0_
Cobal
Towns!
>0 Ol
O -*<ON o
re
oo
to
O^ 00
lO On re ^C
re
o
O 00
lO "* IC ^
o
H
vO O
On re O "-
Ol
■^
'-I OO lO re
o
1
1
"* (>q 00 ^ O oc
CnI
I^ NO 00
re
re re C^l -* ■* "--
-*
r- C O
re
rt ii
On t^ t^ O "-^ OC
'^
NO <M nO
On
■* O On NO re C
" ^-
t^ nO ^
On"
t^ -* re oi r^q 00
ON
^ sD On
On
O) O -^ CN
o
Cn) U-; ON
00
I
^
i '^
^^
NO
bJD
tNi 'Tt' r~i c^i rt On O '^ 00 C-
re 00 00
(^1 1-~ O i^i O cn
o\
re it; r-1 lO 1^ O 1^- t^ t^ nC
NO lO NO
o t^ t^ to o -^
t^
"— ^ lO O :>^ -^ O i^. >-
00 ONl^
00 C C ^^ I- c
to
1^, -+C>'^, OOXCN-^
ON re ON
00 nO C ^ O tr
" 1 cT
ir; -H ro C^ Tj* o t^ '— 1 "^
ON CN) •rt
On »- 00 T-i ^ ^
o
—
t^t^lt^)00O"^v0t^0C
On nO 00
r- -^ O OOO 00
t--
2
r-1 r-1 tvi "^ "-) Tf •* "*
(^. -^ <Ti
re '^ re Cn) re re
to
NO
><
o
-* "-, O I^ oc o O ■^ cq r/~
•ri-ir-.^
r- 00 o O "-^ <>;
O O O O O O ^- ^- ^^ ^-
•.-H .— .^ Ol <^1 ON
o
ii
i£
jl
^
X
O
o
o
2
2^xl2
^
-I
ON O. O O O ON
1
jn(ii
O
-J
t>
aj
5
c
a en
■J)
3 o
■t^
be u3
CO tn
-2.2
hr
:S
«=
T
3
J
n
C
t«
OJ
o-o
ci
3
j::
rt
CO J
K-i
24
Department of Mines
No. 4
c
<
w
Pi
<
c
Si
c
r-
U
o
>
.2^ 0>
O— +j
3Ur5
Q
^ ^ t- V cr:
aj ttJ (U "^ r^
C a-i;^/^ S
>" 3 i^ ^-^ ^
m
►2e
■ o' o't— " r^ "~r C^" o' C^" r^r (^1 r<i O C" lO 00
■ OC — -^ t^ "~. 30 lO O <M O <M -^ "* ■^
■CoOOrcO'^"^30"^C'jO-+oCO
• ■^ r<^ O t-~ O "^ O r^ O^ cc t-^ "~-_ '-<_^ 0_
■ 'O !>■" \C oo" •*" o' O <^r 'rf CN t— " tr, (^i c
■ r-i tM i^
. . ^ -, ,-, ■ • O X r<: r>i
•-- ^H CN CO l-~- IC '—
puouiuinjQ
^ r^, ir^ yz '^. i-^ '^> '-^ 1^ X, X C- t^
rr; ^ t— 1^1 I^ C^ -t — _^ '-_^ in !--._ •^_^ O^
^^^3c'"oc"c^'o'^^'''+"o'"c''cc c><>i oo
pJBpUBJS UBipBUB3-UU3J
ir; r^ \0 O r^
t^ t~- vC m r-i
I/-, Lo r^ CN] -f
r^ '^] O C" i^
f^ ^- '^ C^ O
O- ^1 3C r— O ^1
r^, X 30 O ^I C t
^ 1— CC O t^ vC c
• -f '^1 ■>!
O w O t^ "~.
(^1 Ol 1^ CC -c
O <J <^. ^- —
O J^ I^ ^ (Nl
(v^ vC — OJ O
I>1 sC 00 3C t^
00 -^ r^ -f lO 30
-C O "^ C "^ r^
r^l O O C> "^ fN
r»2 l:^ t-~ O -*■
C^ — C^
663
1,067
692
544
380
O t-~ tN r~q O ("-T
u~, t^ fN C^ 00 tN
c oi 00 o ~-, 1^ c^ -+ ~~- ^s i^ c 00 Tf cv 00 ~^ '
Cvj O ■^" m 3C '^, t^ ~C '^1 ~~, c> — X <^i o t-~ t-~ 1
r<-, nC OO -* •^ ^1 L*". -+ C- C: O 0_ C^_ ^_ ^l_ 0_ ^_
ic ir, i^ r-1 J~- i^ O O O C '^. ^ O — — — 3C
lOTtf^lO — '^l-t — '^iC-'+oiC^ — C^X^
r<- — r/- t^ t^ X t^ nO "V LC »— — ^ '^1 '-
r^-+'^JOf— •+C^'^O^^fN^oO^~~
ic X "^ r^i '^C C~ C~ O ■^ "0 ^- t^ r<i vC
t-^ r^ o" -^^ r^ t^Xf^O'*^t^t^'^X
rv)-^ — C O'-^OOlXt^X'— iC^O
• X X
^ ^ :^ U-, o c- O -- X in i^ —
^1 ^ ^1 -+ "", c~ m ^, o — -+ —
, (^ ur, o — <: '^. ^1 ^ — ^, X -+ ^_^i_oo_^
' c^i" o' o <^' <^r c' •+ o' ^r ^f t^ t^ "-, o i~-
■ X "-^ o c t^ ^1 ^ c> ic -^ "", o -t- 1^ i^
<Nj^Or^OOXt^C-:r-^J-CX"-,
■ >n oi O ^, — '^ O -- — ^ -rt- X u~- r-J — O O >£,
-ooc^w'+'^iooc^xoo'^'^iot^o^-
" o" -f '+ x" Ov' o" o
1^ O I^ '^ t^ O On
I^ O O O r- "-, X
r^
U-, ^
l>".
o
(^I i^
i-H
3
-t oc
o
1^
\C c^
c^
-+
■^-
T— LT,
1^
lA
^- '^
'.^
^)
1922
Introduction
25
o
is
'c
o
o
U
OS OS
■■-1 lO
rv| re
\0 Os PO I/"
ro ID O -rt
00_-^__sO_^-rt
•.— 1 r-J T-Trr-
sO OS OS Cs
re t-~
00 >*
00 <z
oo
OO"
00
re
t^ OS >— 1 lO
so r^ rsi uo
(>] 00 OS t^
O ^'^ ro OS
OOO
OS- so
ii->_sO
o
00
o
^^
o
O -^ CnI
O cn] ■^
OS -H_T-<_
o
00
so
so
°\
00
■^ ■* O oi
•r+i T-i ro re
00 -^ re (>)
OO't-^sd^CsT
SO ^ u^ re
"^ CSl -Tti •<* OO
'^ OS 00 t^ O
lo re__oo__-^ "^
o x^ te re't~^
le ^H
1 f^
1 t^
Qs
so
o
King
Edward
(National)
o
NO
I
1
lO so OS '^
lO Os 1^ t^
tN -H UO -r+<_
SO lO O) OS
so re
r^ so
^__Os_
u-Tos"
in Lo
IBUOT
re
(^
re"
lO
so
SUTX
c
'-1 t- -H ro
00 sO OS LO
0_'^_^TtH so
lO P^l -^ r<5
■rt <M •^
re OS
LO re
<!N SO
•^'re"
re CN
CO le o
O LO OS
O t-_ o_
os"ie lo
T^ ret^
re
re
1^
c o
'^ o
U-) O so rsi '-H -^
00 O <~0 r^J 00 Os
r^ O '— 1 tN OS so
o" oT o" I--' ■^'' lo"
•rt i-H ■rt LO 1^ '^l
T-H -rt ■rt CN T-l
00
o
00
u
0)
o
oooo
O i^ oo
o'-^'on'oT
■^ -O O On
O re r^i -j<
O so 00 O
t^ ^ fN 00
^-.''r-''oo'"'--H'
re t~-
so
re
r
Dominion
Reduction
Co.
(Dominion
Mine)
00 00 »^ On CSI t^
00 <— 1 ■■— 1 MO re re
Tf^re 00 le OS i>)
oo Le t-^ o re"i^"
00 '^ O <N 00 fNl
sC
re
re
t^
OS
Aladdin
Cobalt
oisOr^iiDrer^u-jr^-H
Osi/O'^reOrsit^sOre
r^oOOsr^ioosre-^O
(n" os" o" le o" oo" o" ■^'" oo"
CSUOOt^reOsCMOlre
r-a •^ re '-I
00
m
so
o
tn
1- -3
^ c
n OJ
5^
O
o
U
t^ in <~o o r<~
r^ LO lO ro c
■* t^ 00 O o
oTi^lW-rf OS
SO T-H "^ OS •^
sO (>I
O O
Cs)
o
00_
o
Cobalt
Silver
Queen
I^ t^ rr; O ■^
O 00 OS •^ OS
O0__0-__s0_^rsi O
"-r r-T OS* iioi>r
OS 00 00 rt<
so"
re
OS O re O 00 GO
f^ u-j r^ O "^ "-^
sO_^'* re_sO O so
re" O" C^r rf" i-nT Os
r^i oi >-H
in
saassaq
u
o
o^
o
o
c
C
00
o
OS
O
o
o
rsi
OS
re
^
lo
o
o
00
OS
o
OS
rN
i
26
Department of Mines
No. 4
u.
Angus,
D. H.
(Nip.
Red Co.
Mill
clean-up)
13,182
22,040
10,563
00
1
.5
3,636
21,425
20,671
675
659
o^
•CO
00
00
bo
00 o
re r^
rt ON
^"OO""
00
o
00
20,000
31,569
37,106
o
OS
i5 joijadng
o
0\
Green-
Meehan
and
Red Rock
o
CO o
r^i lo
74,066
17,025
44,274
CN
15
26,110
149,200
24,245
\ aujiv'
C-" A}ISJ9A[U|"l
■ 33S
OO'
c
■>
2
O,
18,410
124,381
15,685
7,000
11,634
20,214
29,466
'^
00
tN
48,335
131,431
15,080
8,401
67,706
15,647
o
o
o_
o"
00
CM
1%
144,631
104,450
40,450
67,112
o
o
o
C:
i^
CO
c
c
o
o.
i»
o-
•+
t^
00
ON
o
c
fN
CN
"a
C
1922
Introduction
27
u
o
1
><
•O
o
oo"
o ^
to -r;
"o o
1 :
LO
, o
• CO
■ Cv
1 °o
1 o
1— "
-J
:
■ o
00
00
> rt
CO
00
CO
tJ
c-J rq ^ .
^^Tt^ O ■
LO
o
Wyandoh
c
u
O
U
(>1 o
t^ lO
00
to ■
CO •
CJO" ■
LO ^ ■
<i OO .
o
5
bo
<
LO •
o •
!
LO
o
c o
o o c
c- o c
5 C
o
-
I>]
r^
-+
LO
i;
t^
X
C^
o
OS
~^1
O
28
Department of Mines
No. 4
c
■-+
o o
lO 1
5%:s cu^
o
r/-
• lo
O to
• 1-H
ir
• CN
Ct--
. .SO
0-5 "3 o^
y—
IC u~.
■ CN
H 8 a--
-*
• • lO
OS O 00
rr
• T-i rs] tN o
^ O 1 -ir^ .
*» *^ OJ
w QJ 7\
— ^t^
Cs
• CN OS Ol lO
ooo ! to •
CN O SO
>*
■ SO t^ 00 <so
lO O 1 . U-) .
?|c
00-*
fv
• .— 1 r^ ■.— t 00
00 ■^
. o .
(M ^
CV
OS •^'*
00
•o -
H-Sg
so ro
. ro •
O i^. c
sC
• OS ^ O 00
to o -+ • • 1
"rt "2
CN OO C OO
C
s ■ t^ SO O CN
T-HO J-
-4-> C
o o
rsi so t^ ■■— 1
sC
• O t^ r- O
to --I '-t-
t^ T-H OJ
OC
Ti* so -*
00
•rr
so 00
00
■<-H
tN
r--
. . . -O
t- .^ 00
r^
oc
•
00
so lO t^
r^
•O^
OS
c
•
i^
so O X
'^
'^
t^
ccr-
~oc
•
t^
ir-, t^l t^
'— <
OC
•
O
OS, O CO
tN
• tN •"
Ov
o
to
CN 00 OS
T-H
Cs
•
o
to lO
• *
•r-H r<l
o
,—
• OS
OS
'^
O- <^1 O
o
o
r<-
■ t-^
o
th
so lO 'O
r^i
• to r^l
Cv
<^
tr
■o
lO
o
Tf to lO
y—i
y—1
^
T— t
00 to T-i
<— !
■^ -+
o •
OS
'f
to -f -+
Ov
O
t^
OS
I- <5 O
^— <
•t- -+
o
PsI
OS
s— (
to to f^
.*"""
y—^
Tf
00
to CM tN
'^
T-H
rsi j^
CO
o
o
ooo Tin
o
CC
tN
Tt'
SO OS OS
. -^ Os
ti/O
Oi
o
o
O OOsO
••-1
f~n
so
OS to tN
c
-•— *
— ISO
c
o
E-,
o
lO
LO l/~, -^H
r^
o
1^
t^ ir; 00
• O OC
^
0\
o
UO
lO •+ so
tfi
U~l
lO so u^
o
to
to c
t^
o
r-~ to •
-]->
o
•o
o
l^- Os
C
^— (
• to •
o
On
o
y—*
•^ to ■
CJ
<-H
t^
T— 1
oo 00 •
c
o
■^^
^^ PO
so
so Cs ■
>0
so
so <N •
-a
OS
o
• tN ■
OS tN •
c
T-H
o
0-* •
03
0)
•■-H rsi •
o
o
OO •
^
^
o
OS
OS C •
o
OS
00
to
. ro ■
"—I OS
to Os •
T^ to •
t^
o
OS o •
ro
00
Os
r^ i^
^— (
• to
OS
lO
so
psi'rsi .
^-H
^-H
so
00 O •
. ^-H
▼-I LO
Tt OO
^sO ■
r^i
t- O so
to I^ •
<— <
• Os
OS
r'l tN tN
00' O^ ■
■'"'
•^ OS ■^
to w^
• O *^
lO t^ .
^-H
•00 •
y—t
00 -H
OS SO •
OS
r^-t-
so 00 •
^-H
CN O •
*
*
rt ■
Cs. oo
OO
o c
OS 00 tN
o
t^ O 00
O O
o c
LO 00 to
^-H
■so -rf
OS
r'; t^ ^
r~- ^j
-t
ir. — OC
■^
*
tN
*■
'+ tc
to *
ir-
so r^
(/I tn , ■
c oj ?5
no —
i; c— .
• ^
c
-— -^
c
.Si
i
c
1
'u
b
o .
cz
u P rt fc
<u
s C
"^
J
■jr
IS
o
Q
c
u
c ,
a
> <ui5 — Li: c
> t
rt aj c3
rtuOOSrtolrt
t-rr o
ecu
CC
CC
CQ
U
U
u
li)!^
2
<
So.
Cii
1^
Oc/:
U'
o c
00
o !=
okH
tS
a4.j
c
be
o
rt a
CC a;
O r-
3 /■^
r °
C5
►r ^
^-
^
— rt
-^ Ji
3 C
■" I-
'-^ +->
o'O
n rN
~. fe
&
p cu
Cu C
S.2 c«
en C
"o-S o
nU
CN
to oT
to_ ^
oo" t^
tj CD
c-s I
JiiCsios
O u "-^
O C
Cl. 1-
(L) 1)
^ cJ
5'5
<D .
> a
o -^
C- OS
(L) c
p a
c >.
II
O o
-" !/)
3 4->
O C
^ <L)
£ 'S
a. oj
1£-^
1922 ' Introduction 29
Silver Production from Important Localities in the World Compared
A comparison of the silver yield of the entire Cobalt area with the yield of
other great silver camps of the world, shows that Cobalt has been the fourth
largest producer of silver. The following table has been compiled largely from
information obtained from a text-book by Beyschlag, Vogt, and Krusch.
COBALT'S SILVER PRODUCTION COMPARED WITH THAT OF OTHER DISTRICTS^
Silver Production
Locality (metric tons) Years
Potosi, Bolivia. . 30,000 Since 1545
Guanajuato, Mexico LS.OOO Since 1558
Zacatecas, Mexico 14,000 1548-1832
Cobalt, Canada^ 10,375 1904-1922
Freiberg, Germany 5,243 1163-1896
Comstock, Nevada 4,820 1859-1889
Pachuca, Mexico 3,500 1522-1901
WORLD'S AVERAGE ANNUAL PRODUCTION OF SILVER, 1493-1912^
Average Annual Average Annual
Period Production Period Production
(ounces) (ounces)
1493-1544 (52 years) 2,152,070 1821-1860 (40 years) 21,966,300
1545-1600 L56 years) 11,111,040 1861-1869 (9 years) 38,800,000*
1601-1700 (100 years) 11,970,730 1870-1887 (18 years) 74,502,470
1701-1800 (100 years) 18,336,720 .1888-1907 (20 years) 158,037,350
1801-1820 (20 years) 23,066,340 1908-1912 (5 years) 217,499,950
WORLD'S ANNUAL PRODUCTION OF SILVER, 1901-192P
Year Fine OUxMces Year Fine Ounces
1901 173,011,283 1912 226,251,013
1902 162,763,483 1913 225,410,085
1903 167,689,322 1914 168,452,942
1904 164,195,266 1915 184,204,745
1905 172,317,688 1916 •. 168,843,000
1906 165,054,497 1917 174,187,800
1907 184,206,984 1918 197,394,900
1908 203,131,404 1919 174,517,400
1909 210,453,431 1920 174,212,686
1910 222,879,362 1921 171,285,542«
1911 225,372,844 1922 213,541,784'
YEARLY AVERAGE PRICE OF SILVER, 1895-1923, NEW YORK^
Price Price
Year per Ounce Year per Ounce
cents cents
1895 65.250 1910 53.486
1896 67.060 1911 53.340
1897 59.790 1912 60.835
1898 58.260 1913 59.791
1899 59.580 1914 54.811
1900 61.330 1915 49.684
1901 58.950 1916 65.661
1902 52.160 1917 81.417
1903 53.570 1918 96.772
1904 57.221 1919 111.122
1905 60.352 1920 100.900
1906 66.791 1921 62.654
1907 65.237 1922 67.521
1908 52.864 1923 64.873
1909 51.502
i"The Deposits of the Useful Minerals and Rocks," by Bevschlag, Vogt and Krusch-
1916, translated by S. J. Truscott, pp. 202, 529, 675.
-Shipments for 1922 added to those in the text book.
^Report on Silver, published by the Imperial Mineral Resources Bureau, 1923.
*The production for several years of this period is only approximately known.
^Eng. & Min. Jour.; and Report on Silver, published bv Imperial Mineral Resources Bureau,
1923.
"Annual Report, 1923, Director of United States Mint.
"Eng. Min. Jour.-Press, Jan. 19, 1924, p. 140.
30 Department of Mines No. 4
GENERAL GEOLOGY
A brief outline of the general geology will be given in order to make the
report intelligible; and below will be found a legend showing the rock formations
in northeastern Ontario, including the Cobalt silver area, the Sudbury nickel
area, and the Porcupine and Kirkland lake gold areas.
LEGEND
{After WiUet G. Miller)
PLEISTOCENE
Glacial drift, post-glacial clays,
sands, gravels.
PALEOZOIC
Silurian and Ordovician
Limestone shales, sandstone,
basal conglomerate.
GREAT UNCONFORMITY
EOZOIC OR PRE-CAMBRIAN
(Keweenawan)
Granite
INTRUSIVE CONTACT
Diabase dikes, Nipissing diabase
sill at Cobalt, and norite at
Sudbury.
INTRUSIVE CONTACT
Animikean
Upper Cobalt Series
Ark.ose and quartzite.
Lower Cobalt Series
Conglomerate, quartzite, greywacl^e.
GREAT UNCONFORMITY
(Matachewan)
Diabase dil^es, etc.
(Algoman)
Granite, syenite, porphyry, etc.
(Haileyburian)
Lamprophyre. diabase, serpentine, etc.
INTRUSIVE CONTACT
Timiskamian
Conglomerate, quartzite.
greywacl^e. slate.
GREAT UNCONFORMITY
(Laurentian)
Gncissoid granite, banded gneiss.
Probably also includes much
granite of later age.
INTRUSIVE CONTACT
Loganian
Grenville
Crystalline limestone, etc.
Jaspililc or " iron formation."
(Keewatin)
Green schists, amygdaloidal ba-
salt, ellipsoidal basalt,
andesite. acid porphyries, etc.,
essentially lava flows.
1922 Introduction 31
With the exception of a small outlier of fossiliferous rocks of Paleozoic age,
the rocks belong entirely to the pre-Cambrian.
A description of the rocks which are more immediately associated with the
silver ores will be found sufficient for the requirements of a report such as this.
The oldest series, known as the Keewatin, consists mainly of basaltic lava
flows, interbedded with which are beds of "iron formation" consisting of slate,
chert, and greywacke, the whole series of basalts and "iron formation" having
been tilted up into vertical position.
The Timiskaming series of conglomerate, slate, greywacke, and quartzite
was laid down on top of the Keewatin. These two series, the Keewatin and
Timiskaming, have been intruded by many lamprophyre dikes of Haileyburian
age. The dikes are, for the most part, two or three to fifteen or twenty feet in
width.
All of the rocks mentioned in the preceding paragraph were then intruded
by a great mass of p'nk granite of Algoman age.
A prolonged period of weathering and erosion then followed, and the rocks
were planed down to a surface probably not much unlike the surface existing in
northern Ontario at the present time.
On this ancient basement, rest the rocks of the Cobalt series. This series
is of immense importance owing to the fact that most of the silver has been
mined from veins in it. The Cobalt series consists of beds of fine and coarse
boulder conglomerate, greywacke, slate-like greywacke, and quartzite. It
has a thickness of about 600 feet at the north end of Cobalt lake.
The great geological event of most importance to the miner then took place.
This consisted of the intrusion of an enormous sill of diabase about 1,000 feet
thick. The sill has been named the Nipissing diabase and is of Keweenawan
age. Its importance is due to the fact that the silver veins have been deposited
from mineral solutions which were given off by it during the time it was cooling
and for some time after it had solidified and had be^n faulted.
Dikes of diabase cut all of the rocks above described and also, apparently,
the silver veins.
What is known as the Pleistocene epoch, or most recent time, was not a
beneficent one in its relation to the ore deposits of northeastern Ontario. During
this epoch a great sheet of ice known as the Labradorean sheet accumulated in
Labrador. It spread out in all directions, part of it coming southward and south-
westward, and sweeping the rocks clean of their weathered and decomposed
surface. In doing so the upper parts of ore-bodies have been carried away and
mixed with the glacial debris. Only in a few places, as at the Keeley silver mine
in South Lorrain, has any remnant of this pre-glacial weathering been preserved
in the Province of Ontario.
Structure of the Rocks
The structure of the rocks is illustrated in the coloured vertical section facing
page 8. This section is drawn through the most productive part of the camp,
passing as it does through, or in the vicinity of, the Coniagas, Trethewey,
Nipissing, La Rose, and O'Brien mines.
The great extent of the underground work in this locality through which
the cross-section passes has made it possible to show, with tolerable accuracy,
the relation of the rocks, one to another, and to the veins and faults. The
writer believes that if the reader will make a close study of this cross-section, he
will gain a better idea of the structure of the rocks than could be acquired by
perusing several pages of descriptive writing.
32 Department of Mines No. 4
The structure of the Xipissing diabase sill, and its relation to the silver
veins, is best studied at the Beaver and Temiskaming mines. There the entire
sill has been preserved from erosion. This structure is illustrated in the coloured
cross-section facing page 32. The reader is referred to this section if he would
understand the structure in this part of the camp.
Folding
Some of the rocks in the Cobalt silver area have been greatly disturbed.
The lava flows, for example, of the Keewatin series have been severely folded
and are now found in vertical or almost vertical attitudes. Although these
Keewatin lava flows have been strongly folded they have not been altered to
schists such as are commonly found in the Porcupine gold area 107 miles north-
west of Cobalt. The vertical attitude of the flows in Cobalt may be seen in the
area between Cobalt and Sasaginaga lakes.
The sediments of the Timiskaming series are also steeply folded. These
rocks are exposed along the shores of Lake Timiskaming between Haileybury
and New Liskeard. They have been tilted up into vertical or nearly vertical
attitudes.
The formations of most importance to the miner belong to the Cobalt series.
They are not disturbed as much as the Keewatin or Timiskaming. The Cobalt
series in places rests in almost horizontal attitudes. In other places the series
dips at gentle to somewhat steep angles. . In the area around Diabase mountain
the slate-like greywacke of the Cobalt series is almost horizontal as is shown in
the coloured cross-section facing page 40. But in the vicinity of the town of
Cobalt the sediments of this series have been disturbed by the Cobalt lake and
other faults shown in Fig. 8. The bed of Cobalt lake forms a decided syncline
with the sediments dipping towards the long axis of the lake at angles from
10 degrees or 20 degrees to as high as 45 degrees or more in the \icinity of the
Cobalt lake fault. The fault is shown in the coloured cross-section facing page 12.
Coming now to an important rock formation, namely, the Nipissing diabase
sill, it is certain that some folding, particularly around Cobalt lake, took place
in this great sheet of rock, the thickness of which is about 1,000 feet. The sill
has been faulted by the Cobalt lake fault — exactly how much is not known; in
the coloured cross-section facing page 8, an attempt has been made to estimate
the amount of this displacement which was caused by the Cobalt lake fault.
While it is thus evident that the sill was folded to a certain extent in the vicinity
of the Cobalt lake fault, there are other places in the sill which show apparent,
not real, sharp folding, such as in the Kerr lake area. The sill in this area forms
a structure known as the Kerr lake dome. This is dealt with in the following
paragraphs.
The Kerr Lake Diabase Dome
In the Kerr lake area the Nipissing diabase has the form of an elongated
dome, known as the Kerr lake dome. This anticline-like structure is shown in
the vertical section facing page 34. A study of the coloured section, which is
drawn through the Crown Reserve mine, will convince one that folding did not
cause the diabase to acquire its anticline-like structure. It will be noted that
the sediments of the Cobalt series below the dome are resting at almost horizontal
or gently dipping angles. Had the diabase sill been folded into a sharp anticline,
the sediments of the Cobalt series immediately below would not only have been
folded into an anticline, but also altered to schists. The same structure was
1922
Introduction
33
c^
-a
a.
ra
34 Department of Mines No. 4
found at the University mine at the west end of the dome. This structure is
ilkistrated in the coloured section facing page 40. It will be noted that at the
University the sediments of the Cobalt series below this dome are not folded
into an anticline as they would be if the diabase sill had been folded into an
anticline.
From the evidence found at the Crown Reserve and University mines it is
probable that the diabase assumed its dome structure during the time it was
intruded in a molten condition.
In South Lorrain a somewhat similar dome occurs in the diabase sill. This
is discussed in the chapter dealing with South Lorrain.
Practically all of the silver-bearing veins in the Kerr lake area occur below
the Kerr lake diabase dome. All of the productive veins, for example, in the
University, Foster, Lawson, Crown Reserve, Kerr Lake, and Drummond have
been found below this dome. The rocks below a similar diabase dome in South
Lorrain have not, as yet, been productive of silver veins.
Thickness of Nipissing Diabase Sill
The thickness of the Nipissing diabase sill has now been definitely determined.
It has been penetrated at four places, namely, the Temiskaming, Beaver, King
Edward, and Colonial mines, where it was found to have a thickness of about
1,000 feet. At a fifth place, the North Cobalt property on the western outskirts
of the town of North Cobalt, the diabase was penetrated to a depth of 700 feet
without reaching the bottom of the sill.
These five points extend along a distance of over four miles, pro\'ing fairly
conclusively the thickness of the sill.
In South Lorrain the thickness of the Nipissing diabase sill has not yet been
determined.
Sill Probably Intruded from Southeast
Although the direction from which the Nipissing diabase sill was intruded
may not be an important question, it may be put on record that the sill was in
all probability intruded from the south- east toward the northwest. The evidence
for this statement was obtained at the Beaver mine. Here, at the top of the
Nipissing diabase sill, a great block of granite about 150 feet long was found
included, caught up, in the sill. To the southeast a few hundred yards a
batholith of Algoman granite, similar to the inclusion, occurs, and it is evident
that, as the diabase sill forced its way northwestward through the granite
mass, it caught up a block of this granite during its progress.
Keewatin "Iron Formation"
The term Keewatin "iron formation" is frequently used throughout the
report. The rocks belonging to the formation consist of chert, finely bedded,
together with slate and greywacke. These beds have been tilted up into vertical
or nearly vertical attitude. The formation contains very little iron oxides,
although iron pyrites is common, so that the name "iron formation" is, perhaps,
a misnomer. But similar rocks occur elsewhere in the Province of Ontario and
in the Lake Superior region interbedded with bands of iron ore. Hence the
cherty beds and associated slate and greywacke are usually called "iron forma-
tion." It has frequently been met with in the mine workings which have
penetrated below the Cobalt series into the underlying Keewatin.
The formation is of some importance in relation to the sih'er veins at
Cobalt, as it has guided the course of certain xeins; that is to say, some of the
1922 Introduction 35
veins have followed the strike and dip of the "iron formation." This subject
is referred to elsewhere.
Two of the most prominent bands of "iron formation" in Cobalt may be
mentioned. One of them occurs in the deep bay of Sasaginaga lake. This bay
extends eastwardly into the Trethewey property. The "iron formation" here
consists of a bed of slate about 300 feet thick. On the south side of the bed
there is a band of finely bedded siliceous material which passes into the slate.
The formation was encountered in the workings from No. 6 shaft of the Trethewey
below the Cobalt series. The other prominent bed of "iron formation" occurs
in the depression under Clear lake; it extends eastwardly into the Townsite
property. The bed consists mainly of chert and slate and appears to be wider
than the bed at Sasiganaga lake.
There are several other beds of "iron formation" in this area. It may be
added that it is difficult to distinguish the Keewatin "iron formation" from
similar beds in the Timiskaming series. For instance, the vertical beds of chert
or slate met with in the Genesee mine, below the Cobalt series, have been classed
with the Keewatin "iron formation." It is reported, however, that "pebbles"
have been found in these beds. If well defined "pebbles" do occur, it is more
likely that the formation at the Genesee belongs to the Timiskaming, since the
occurrence of true pebbles in the Keewatin iron formation is unknown at Cobalt.
Minerals Occurring in the Veins
The most important mineral in the veins is native silver. Other silver-
bearing minerals are dyscrasite, argentite, and pyrargyrite. The ores of the
metal cobalt are mainly smaltite and cobaltite. The gangue is chiefly calcite.
Miller gives the following list of minerals.'
I. — Native Elements:
Native silver, native bismuth, graphite.
II. — Arsenides:
Niccolite, or arsenide of nickel, NiAs; chloanthite, or diarsenide of nickel, NiAsz;
smaltite, or diarsenide of cobalt, CoAs2.
III. — Arsenates:
Ervthrite, or cobalt bloom, C03AS2O8-I-8H2O; and annabergite, or nickel bloom,
NisAsoOs+SH.O; scorodite, FeAs04-|-2H20.
I\'. — Sulphides:
Argentite, or silver sulphide, Ag-iS; millerite, or nickel sulphide, NiS; argyropyrite?
stromeyerite? (Ag, Cu)2S; bornite, Cu5FeS4; chalcopyrite, CuFeS2; sphalerite,
ZnS; galena, PbS; pyrite, FeS2.
\\ — Sulpharsenides:
Mispickei, or sulph-arsenide of iron, FeAsS; cobaltite, or sulph-arsenide of cobalt,
CoAsS.
\'I. — Sulpharsenites:
Proustite, or light red silver ore, AgsAsSs; xanthoconite? Ag3AsS4.
\'II. — Antimonides:
Dyscrasite, or silver antimonide, AgeSb; breithauptite, NiSb.
\'III. — Sulphantimonites:
Pyrargyrite, or dark red silver ore, Ags SbSs; stephanite, Ags SbS4; polybasite?
Ag9 SbSe; tetrahedrite, or sulph-antimonite of copper, CusSb^S:; freibergite?
(silver-bearing tetrahedrite).
IX. — Sulphobismuthites:
Matildite, AgBiSs; emplectite, CuBiS2.
X. — Mercury:
Amalgam?
XI. — Phosphate:
Apatite.
XII.— Oxides:
Asbolite; heubachite?; heterogenite?; arsenolite; roselite?
XIII. — Veinstones:
Calcite, dolomite, aragonite, quartz, barite, fluorite.
'Guide Book, Sudburv, Cobalt, South Lorrain, Kirkland Lake, Porcupine and Timagami,
Ont.'Dept. Mines, 1923, p' 98.
4 D.M.
36 Department of Mines No. 4
In addition to the minerals in the above Hst, H. \'. Ellsworth has identified
the following: lollingite (FeAs2), rammelsbergite (Ni AS2), chalcocite (CU2S),
symplesite (Fe3As208 + 8H20).^
T. L. Walker has identified the mineral cosalite (2PbS. BiiSa) from the
Columbus mine at Cobalt.^
T. L. Walker and H. \'. Ellsworth identified in 1914 the mineral temiskamite
(arsenide of nickel) from the Moose Horn mine, Elk lake.^
Mr. Hugh Park, general manager of the Nipissing mine, gave to Willet G.
Miller, Provincial Geologist, a speciment of the rare mineral sphserocobaltite, the
proto-carbonate of cobalt (C0C03) from the Nipissing mine. The mineral has a
delicate rose-red colour.
Mr. C. A. Knittel detected minute quantities of platinum and palladium
in anode slimes resulting from the electrolytic refining of silver recovered by
smelting ores from Cobalt.*
Epsomite {MgS0^-\-7 H2O). — In some of the old workings of the mines at
Cobalt the writer found here and there a coating of white material. This coating
consists of a fine net-work of white, hair-like, fragile needles, which vary in
length from fractions of an inch to as much as two inches or more. The width of
of the needles may be from a fiftieth to one-hundedth part of an inch; possibly
some of them may be as thin as cobwebs.
This net-like coating is sometimes half an inch thick and occurs on the
floors, walls, and roofs of the workings, although mainly on the floors. As far as
could be observed the material occurs where the workings are dry.
A sample of the mineral, which without doubt was deposited after mining
had begun, was submitted to W. K. McNeill, Provincial Assayer. Mr. McNeill
found the material to be epsomite, the hydrous sulphate of magnesium. The
sample analyzed was obtained from the City of Cobalt mine on the third level,
in a drift south of the "galena" fault.
Origin of Ores — Primary Character of Native Silver
It is now generally accepted that the ores have been deposited from mineral-
bearing solutions which were given of¥ by the Nipissing diabase. Miller was the
first geologist to suggest this origin. The theory has stood the test of two decades,
although numerous papers have been published espousing the secondary
hypothesis.
Miller's views, and the views of certain other writers, regarding the origin
of the ores are quoted below.*
The material in these veins has, in all likelihood, been deposited from highly heated and
impure waters which circulated through the cracks and fissures of the crust and were probably
associated with — followed — the Nipissing diabase eruption.
The waters are said to be associated or connected with the diabase eruption in the sense
that they probably represented the end product of the eruption. In many volcanic regions
hot springs are present long after the rocks have been solidified. In the Cobalt area the fissures
'Ont. Bur. Mines, \'o!. XXV, 1916, pt. I, p. 200.
-University of Toronto Studies, Geological Series No. 12, 1921, b\- T. L. Walker.
^T. L. Walker, Am. Jour. Sci., 1914, \ol. 37, p. 120.
•'Jour. Can. Inst. Chem., Vol. 6, 1922, Aug., pp. 179-180.
^The Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Tiniiskaming, h\ Willet G. JNIiller,
Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt. II, p. 8.
Guide Book No. 7, Int. Geol. Cong., 1913, issued by (Jnt. Bur. Mines, pp. 91-95.
1922 Introduction 37
and joints now occupied by the ores were probably produced by the gradual shrinkage in cooling
of the diabase, the ores being deposited by the waters which represented the last stage of
vulcanicity.
It is rather difficult to predicate the original source of the metals — silver, cobalt, nickel,
arsenic and others — now found in these veins. They may have come up from a considerable
depth with the waters or they may have been leached out of what are now the folded and dis-
turbed greenstones and other rocks of the Keewatin. Analyses of various rocks of the area
have not given a clue as to the origin of the ores. However, the widespread occurrence of cobalt
veins in the diabase, or in close association with it, shown by discoveries during the last seven
or eight years, throughout a region three thousand square miles or more in extent, appears to be
pretty conclusive proof that the diabase and the ores come from one and the same magma.
After the intrusion of the Nipissing diabase sill, which, on the whole, dips at a low angle
from the horizontal, and penetrates both the Cobalt series and the Keewatin, disturbance, probably
due chiefly to the contraction of the sill on cooling, caused fissures and joint-like cracks to be
formed. These openings were made in the rocks of the hanging-wall of the sill, in those of the
foot-wall, and in the sill itself.
Ore-bearing waters working through or along the zone of weakness produced by the sill
deposited their burden in the fissures and cracks. The minerals first to be deposited were essen-
tially cobalt-nickel arsenides, and related compounds, and dolomite or pink spar. The fissures
and cracks were ultimately filled with these minerals. Then there was a slight disturbance of
the veins, reopening the ore-filled fissures and cracks, or fracturing the material deposited in
them.
In the interval, between the filling of the fissures and cracks with cobalt-nickel ores and the
fracturing of the veins thus formed by a secondary disturbance, the character of the material
carried by the circulating waters had changed. Silver was then the characteristic metal in
solution and it was deposited, along with calcite, in the cracks and openings in the fractured
veins. There may have been some silver deposited in the earlier period of vein filling and doubt-
less cobalt-nickel minerals were deposited after the secondary disturbance, but the latter minerals
belong characteristically to the first generation and the silver minerals to the second.
Certain writers on the Cobalt ores have expressed the opinion that the silver represents
"secondary enrichment," meaning that it has come from the decomposition of compounds of
the metal in the veins that were deposited at approximately the same time as the cobalt-nickel
minerals. The present writer believes that at least by far the greater part of the native silver
is of primary origin. The recent interesting experiments of Messrs. Chase Palmer and Edson S.
Bastin,^ on the precipitation of silver from solutions by cobalt-nickel minerals, appear to confirm
the opinion that the native silver is a primary deposit, and did not come from the decomposition
of silver compounds in the veins. The work of these gentlemen shows that where silver solutions
come in contact with cobalt-nickel minerals the silver is deposited rapidly and essentially as
native silver. Since there is much calcite in the veins with the native silver, it would appear
that the metal was carried in solution as a carbonate, or double carbonate. Under ordinary
conditions of temperature and pressure, silver carbonate is slightly soluble in water. For example,
sufficient of the carbonate can be dissolved in an ordinary beaker of water to make a distinct
precipitate of metallic silver when cobalt-nickel minerals are placed in the beaker.
It has been proved, by the experience gained in mining at Cobalt, that the presence of rich
silver ore is dependent on proximity to the diabase sill. Over much of the productive area, not
only the upper wall of the sill but the sill itself and more or less of its foot-wall have been removed
by erosive agencies. Owing to little of the upper or hanging wall remaining in the productive
area, most of the ore has come from the foot-wall of the sill, or from what was the foot-wall before
erosion took place. In these veins, in the foot-wall of the sill, it is the exception to find rich
silver ore extending more than two or three hundred feet below the surface. Most veins are
productive to a lesser depth. After rich silver ore disappears, with increase in depth, cobalt-
nickel ore frequently continues downward in the veins. This seems to be due chiefly to the
strong precipitating effects that the cobalt-nickel minerals had on the silver in the waters that
worked downward beneath or along the sill. The silver was deposited before it reached a great
depth. In certain cases, where veins with cobalt-nickel minerals contain no rich silver ore, or
in which the silver extends to a comparatively shallow depth, the absence of the precious metal
is to be accounted for by the fact that such veins, or parts of veins, escaped fracturing during the
secondary disturbance, thus not affording openings for deposition from the silver-bearing
solutions.
Frequenth-, below the rich silver-bearing parts of veins, well crystallized argentite and hair
silver are found in vugs. These minerals may represent secondary deposition of a little of the
silver that has been dissolved from the upper part of the veins and carried downward.
Characteristically, the native silver of the area is impure, chiefly from the presence of anti-
mony and mercury. Samples of well crystallized silver and certain veinlets of the mineral that
have been examined are free from these impurities. Such silver is probably of secondary origin.
When native silver is precipitated by its solutions coming in contact with cobalt-nickel
minerals, compounds of nickel and other metals go into solution. Hence, it is not surprising to
find in the Cobalt veins minerals or compounds of the baser metals that appear to have been
deposited during the later period of vein filling.
lEcon. Geol, March, 1913.
38 Department of Mines No. 4
Regarding the primary origin of the siKer Edson S. Bastin concludes as
follows:^
Field and office studies of the ores of the Frontier mine show that nearh- ail of the native
silver is a late primary mineral. Native sih-er is the principal valuable mineral of the ores.
Most of it was deposited late in the primary nn'neralization. As the nickel and cobalt arsenides
prevailingly show their own characteristic crystal faces against the silver the latter can not have
replaced them. What appear at first sight to be replacement veins of silver and calcite traversing
the arsenides are shown to be fillings of minute rifts developed during crystallization.
J. Mackintosh Bell has found that some of the silver in the Keeley mine is
secondary. Regarding this secondary silver Bell concludes :-
What little microscopic work that has been done on the Keele^' ores serve to corroborate the
evidence, derived from anahses and gained more particularly from the careful accumulation of
geological data, that a substantial part of the silver in certain of the rich shoots of the Keeley is
secondary and derived from the impoverished highly oxidized upper portions of the veins. In
making this statement the writer does not attempt to combat the now generalK" accepted theory
as to the hypogene origin of the primary ore in veins of the cobalt t}.pe, to which those of the
Keeley mine clearly belong. Much of the Keeley ore is probabh^ purely primary and has gained
no enrichment from descending solutions, but in other parts of the mine, where, indeed, the
richest ore has been found, there would seem no reason to doubt the existence of widespread
changes, which have material!}- altered and enhanced the value of the primar\- mineralization.
The views, regarding the origin of the ores, of an eminent geologist of his
day, the late S. F. Emmons, are of interest in an historical way. Emmons, in
1910, considered that the silver was of secondary origin, and that the veins as
they are found to-day are but the roots of veins that once could have been
measured in thousands, rather than in hundreds of feet in depth. It may be
added that his ideas have not been generally accepted.^
Doubtless most of you are more or less familiar with the general geological relations of the
Cobalt district as given by the Canadian geologists. My own examination of the district has
been too brief and cursory to justify any criticism of their determinations, which I therefore
accept as far as the areal geology is concerned. The ore deposits are, however, of so remarkable
a nature and so utterly different from anything seen within the boundaries of the United States
that I have thought it might be interesting to you to hear what particularly impressed one who
has had considerable experience in the study of the latter.
I could find no evidence that the silver had been introduced from below by a later accession
of metal-bearing solutions, as seems to have been implied, if not explicitly stated, by those who
have written on the subject, and I am inclined to believe that the second period of fracturing
has served simply to furnish channels for descending silver solutions. I further believe that the
reason that in the early veins the very rich ores did not extend far into the underlying Keewatin
is to be found less in the fact that the Keewatin is unfavourable to the formation of fissures, than
because the downward limit of secondar>' enrichment had been reached about at that depth.
The change from rich to poor ore is certainh" a remarkably abrupt one. In the No. 3 Kerr Lake
mine, it occurs within 20 ft. or so, and in the No. 7 vein at the shaft it has been said that within
two feet the ore dropped from 2,000 to 20 oz. The depth at which this change takes place is
extremely variable. There are cases in which it has occurred within a few feet of the surface,
and as already stated in the No. 3 Kerr Lake vein it is at a depth of over 300 ft. That denser,
more plastic rocks may have an unfavourable influence, since in them there is less likelihood of
cracks that are sufificiently open to admit the descending solutions, is quite probable, but there
does not seem to be any general association of this condition with the bottoming of the bonanzas.
I have in mind a single case. In the north-south portion of the No. 7 Kerr Lake \ein, the bonanza
seemed to stop at a band of dense black indurated slate which dips northward with the other
sedimentary formations, but is above the so-called Huronian (Cobalt series) conglomerate,
already spoken of as resembling a tillite. In the northwestern part of the claim, however, where
this slate band has not been distinctly recognized, the bonanza has already gone down 50 ft. below
the horizon the slate should occupy, and has reached a depth of 190 ft., whereas at the shaft it
stopped within 100 ft. of the surface. At other points observed there seemed to be no change
of rock associated with the bottoming of the bonanza zone. The microscopic study of polished
specimens of the same vein in and below the bonanza discloses, as the main difference, the absence
in the latter of the minute cracks traversing the vein material that characterize the former, and
that evidently have served as channels for the introduction of the silver.
4\imary Native Silver Ores of South Lorrain near Cobalt, Ontario, by Edson S. Bastin, Geol.
Soc. Am., Ann. Meeting, 1923.
^Deep-seated Oxidation and Secondarv Enrichment at the Keelev Silver Mine, by J.
Mackintosh Bell, PZcon. Geol., \'ol. 18, Ocl.-Nov., 1923, pp. 684-694.
^Read before the Geol. .Soc, Washington, January 26, 1910.
1922 ' Introduction 39
Mr. Van Hise has stated, as a general truth, that openuigs in the zone of fracture of the
reeky crust gradually decrease in size as depth increases, and doubtless many of you have had
occasion to observe, as I have, cases where the opening of a given fissure vein decreases very
perceptibh' as distance from the original surface increases, and that a fissure-opening that may
have a width of many feet in its upper part, if followed to sufficient depth, is found to end in a
series of verv small cracks whose width is to be measured in inches rather than in feet. It would
seem, therefore, that the natural conclusion to be drawn from the extreme narrowness of the
fissures in the Cobalt region is that they were originally formed under the pressure of a great
weight of superincumbent rock or at great depth below the then existing surface; hence that the
greater part of thesa original fissures has been eroded away, and what we see to-day are merely
the roots of veins that once could have been measured in thousands rather than hundreds of feet.
The question then is, what evidence is to be found in the geological history of the region that
would justify this conclusion? Let us search and see.
The geology of the region to the north of the Great Lakes and west of Hudson Bay has not
yet been worked out in detail, but its general character is assumed to be a great plateau of low
relief, composed largely of pre-Cambrian rocks in which are patches of early Paleozoic beds that
have escaped erosion, presumably through being enclosed in synclinal troughs, in like manner
as have the Triassic beds which are found to be infolded with the crystalline schists in the Pied-
mont region west of Washington. The veins, as has been seen, cut through both series of pre-
Cambrian rocks as well as the igneous rocks that have been intruded into them, but so far as
known did not penetrate the Paleozoic sediments, and are hence assumed to be of pre-Cambrian
age. From the manner in which the exposures of the two unconformable members of the latter
series are distributed, it is evident that there must have been a considerable period of erosion
before the Paleozoic beds were deposited over them, though there seem to be no criteria for
estimating the length of that period. Since these beds were deposited, however, and the region
has been again raised above the sea, it has been exposed to sub-aerial degradation continuously
up to Glacial times, which in itself is a much longer period than the entire existence of the ores of
^Iesozoic or Tertiary age, which constitute by far the greater part of the ore deposits of the
Rocky Mountain region. The evidence afforded by the peculiar character of the phenomena
of secondary enrichment at Cobalt furnishes, to my mind, a still more convincing argument
in favour of the assumption that the veins, both primary and secondary, are extremely old and
have been exposed to degradation for an immensely long period, for secondary enrichment and '
degradation are processes that go on pari passu, and in a given region are necessarily coordinated.
It seems fair to presume, then, that the erosion and wearing away by the continental glacier
was only the emphasizing of a similar process that had been going on, though at a slower rate,
for much longer periods of time. Secondary enrichment of ore deposits proceeds in a sort of
arithmetical progress. As the vein with its enclosing rocks commences to wear away, certain
of its metallic contents, rendered soluble through oxidation, are leached down and redeposited
at a lower level, which we call the zone of sulphide enrichment because the ore in that region is
abnormally enriched. But this enriched zone is gradually brought nearer the surface by con-
tinued wearing away of the latter; hence increasingly richer material is carried down, and the
zone of secondary enrichment is constantly increasing in richness; but the primary ore beneath
this zone, which is not reached by the enriching solutions, remains constant and unchanged in
the condition in which it was originally deposited. Thus there seems no limit to the amount
of enrichment that may take place, provided sufficient vertical extent of original vein is provided,
and enough time allowed for wearing it down to its roots.
C. R. \'an Hise/ in 1907, believed that most of the silver was secondary
and was deposited through the influence of descending surface waters bearing
oxygen. His views are given more fully in Chapter V.
Secondary Silver
Regarding the secondary origin of silver in the veins at Cobalt, there is
evidence in vein No. 64, Nipissing mine, that silver has been deposited at two
different periods in the history of the vein.
During the first period in the history of this vein. No. 64, the primary
silver minerals, native silver and certain other silver minerals and cobalt and
nickel arsenides, were deposited. Then the vein, a very high-grade one rich
in nati\-e silver, was slightly fractured and cracks a quarter or half an inch wide
were formed in the \'ein at right angles to the wall-rock. Along the walls of
these cracks, which are partly open and vuggy, were deposited crystals of
calcite; and on top of these crystals of calcite there were deposited crystals of
argentite, ruby silver, and stephanite. These crystals of argentite, ruby silver,
^The Ore Deposits of the Cobalt District, Ont., bv C. R. Van Hise, Jour. Can. Min. Inst.,
1907, Vol. X, pp. 45-6L
40 Department of Mines No. 4
and stephanite belong to the second period in the history of the vein. It is
probable that this silver of the second period of deposition is secondary, and
was leached out of the vein higher up and deposited in its present position. It
may be added that the writer observed very little of this secondary ore.
Some of the silver at the Keeley mine in South Lorrain is also secondary.
This is discussed in Chapter III.
Surface Geology
Keewatin Lava Flows. — The work of this report was designed essentially to
obtain and publish a record of the geology of the underground workings of
Cobalt and South Lorrain. Hence practically all of the time was spent in the
mines. A few weeks were devoted, how^ever, to surface work, particularly in
the Keewatin rocks between Cobalt and Sasaginaga lakes.
The Keewatin rocks in this area consist of several beds of "iron formation"
interbedded with basalt. The "iron formation" is made up of banded chert,
slate, and greywacke. The whole series, basalts and "iron formation," rests in
almost vertical position, with a steep southward dip, and a strike of a few degrees
north of west. The total thickness is unknown, but it exceeds one mile.
The only explanation which the writer has to offer as to the origin of this
series is that the basalts are lava flows, and that the "iron formation" beds are
of sedimentary origin, interbedded with the lava flows. After the beds were
formed the whole series was tilted up into vertical position.
The occurrence of amygdules in rare cases, and the general fine or medium
grained character of the basalts suggest their volcanic nature. It must be
admitted, however, that the evidence for believing that the basalts constitute a
series of lava flows is not as clear and indisputable as is the evidence regarding
the wonderful series of flows in Lightning River and Cook townships sotith and
southwest of Lake Abitibi.^
East of the north end of Sasaginaga lake there is a considerable area of
fine-grained, grey felsite. It is not known whether this rock is a lava flow or an
intrusion. Nor has its age relation to the beds of "iron formation" and basalts
been definitely determined. The only clue of the age relationship was obtained
in the Buffalo mine where a small dike of felsite cuts the "iron formation."
If a new surface map of Cobalt is ever published these beds of basalt and
"iron formation," together with the felsite mass east of the north end of
Sasaginaga lake, should be mapped in detail.
A little surface work was also done northwest of the town of North Cobalt.
In a number of places there is exidence that a fault follows the valley which
runs northwestward from the town of North Cobalt. In some pits, which were
shown to us by Mr. Bennett, the fault breccia of the fault was observed, con-
sisting of crushed rock cemented together by brown-weathering carbonate,
probably dolomite or some closely related mineral. This fault probably extends
southeastwardly along the drift-covered valley which lies immediately west
of the Green-Meehan. The fault was met with in the long westward crosscut
of the Ruby mine which is just west of the Green-Meehan.
In South Lorrain some days were spent on the surface, working out the
form and structure of the Nipissing diabase. It was found to occur in the form
•of a sill of unknown thickness. The sill forms a great elongated dome. A
■description of this dome is given in that part of the report dealing with South
Lorrain.
'Abitibi-Xight Hawk Gold Area, bv C. W. Knight, A. (;. Burrows, P. E. Hopkins, and
A. L. Parsons, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XXVHI, pt. H, op. 9-17.
Black River Area, b^■ D. G. H. Wright, Ont. Dept. Mines, \ol. XXX, pt. \I, pp. 33-42.
1922 Introduction 41
Correspondence Regarding Re-Survey of the Cobalt Silver Area
The following letter was written on December 20, 1919, to Dr. Willet G.
Miller by the Timiskaming Mine Managers' Association, requesting the Ontario
Government to undertake further geological survey work in the Cobalt silver
area. As the letter resulted in the publication of this report it is printed here
for purposes of record.
Temiskamin'g Mine Managers' Association
Cobalt, Ontario, December 20, 1919.
\V. G. Miller, Esq.,
Bureau of Mines,
Parliament Buildings, Toronto.
Re Geological Survey of Cobalt Silver District
De.ar Sir,—
At a recent meeting of this Association the matter was discussed regarding a further
geological survey being made of the Cobalt district.
Being so instructed, we beg to communicate with your Department, placing this matter
before \ou for >our kind consideration.
You will appreciate that underground development has continued to verify the early con-
clusions of }"Our Department.
With such further data as these developments have made available at various contact points,
and by referring to stoping production records, it is very probable that the location of most
important ore deposits will result from a thorough study of the geological conditions as are at
present exposed in the Cobalt district. This is an essential work which would doubtless result
in materially increased revenues to the Pro\ince, and the members of this Association will be
pleased to be of any possible assistance to your Department in procuring the desired information.
This suggestion was one of several placed before Premier Drury and his colleagues during
their recent visit to Northern Ontario, and we hope, after your consideration, that you may be
able to arrange for the completion of this further geological survey, which will result in material
and mutual benefit to the Province and the Cobalt mining industry.
Thanking you in anticipation, we are.
Yours truly,
Temiskaming Mine Managers' Association,
(Sgd.) H. A. Kee, President.
CHAPTER II
GEOLOGY OF THE MINE WORKINGS
In following pages there will be found a description of the mine workings
of nearly every property in the Cobalt area proper. An account of the mines
in South Lorrain is given elsewhere in this report.
The order in which the properties are arranged is based on the number of
ounces of silver which each company has produced. Thus, at the head of the
list will be found the Nipissing mine, the output of which to the end of the year
1922 amounted to 65,700,579 ounces.
In describing the various levels of each mine it has been found convenient
to begin with the lowest level and then deal with higher and higher levels. This
order of description has been adopted because, as a general rule, the examination
and mapping were begun on the lowest level of each mine.
The reader will be able more readily to follow the descriptions if he will
use the plans in the pocket at the back of the report.
Mine managers at Cobalt who are familiar w^ith every stope, drift, crosscut,
and winze in their respective properties may find the descriptions lacking in many
desirable details, particularly in reference to veins mined out previous to our
examination. Little or nothing could be learned from an investigation of an
empty stope, the ore-bodies of which have long since been w^orked out. It is
hoped, however, that the general descriptions given will be of some value to
mining men who have had neither the opportunity nor the time to examine all
of the mines at Cobalt for themselves. Moreover, it may perhaps be added that
later generations of engineers and geologists will read, at least with curiosity,
if not with profit, the descriptions of what to them will be ancient mine workings!
In addition to the properties described in following pages there are many
other prospects or mines which were not accessible, or which the writer did not
have an opportunity to examine. They are consequently not described. Among
these mines, descriptions of which are not given, are the following: Nova Scotia,
Silver Cliff, King Edward, the mine workings under Peterson lake, the property
known as "A. 53" on Giroux lake, Shamrock, Badger, Cochrane, Waldman,
Silver Bar, and others. Then, too, there are scores of claims on which more or
less work has been done, such as the sinking of shallow shafts, open pits, trenching,
and so forth, but which are not mentioned.
Those seeking information regarding these properties will find the reports
of the inspectors of mines, in the annual volumes of the Ontario Department of
Mines, of valuable assistance. It would have been possible to republish these
descriptions in the present report; this, however, would have made the report
of unwieldy bulk.
By making use of the general index to the annual volumes of the Ontario
Department of Mines and of the index accompanying each volume, the reader
will obtain references to information regarding many properties not mentioned
in this report.
The aim of the writer has been to furnish descriptions and plans of all the
principal producing mines. This, in large part, has been accomplished.
[43]
44
Department of Mines
No. 4
NIPISSING
The Xipissing Mines Company, Limited, has an authorized and issued
capital of 86,000,000, consisting of 1,200,000 shares of the par vahie of S5.
In respect of the total silver output, the dividends paid, the number of veins,
and the number of productive acres owned, the company is the most important
in the entire silver field.
To the end of the year 1922, the property had produced 65,700,579 ounces of
silver, and had paid in dividends 824,720,000. The company owns 846 acres in
the heart of the area, of which 422 acres are underlain by rocks of the Cobalt
series, 238 acres by Xipissing diabase, and 186 aces by rocks of the Keewatin
series.'
To the end of the year 1922, there were 28.2 miles of underground work,
including drifts, crosscuts, raises, winzes, and shafts.
The writer has perused the eighteen annual reports of the Xipissing Mines
Company, Limited. They are familiar to the engineers at Cobalt, but they may
be commended to mining engineers elsewhere. They are models of accuracy,
clearness, conciseness, and, above all, of integrity. The late Mr. R. B. Watson,
the general manager, who was the dean among the mining fraternity at Cobalt,
has signed all but the first three of the reports. They ha\"e been used freely in
preparing the present report, and acknowledgment is herewith made.
Costs
The cost of producing silver in the year 1922 at the X'ipissing is detailed
in the following table, based on a production of 3,423,114.80 ounces and 82,025
tons of ore. The figures are given in the eighteenth annual report of the
company.
Expenditure
Diamond drilling
Exploration
Development
Stoping
Hauling dumps
Assaying and engineering
Loading residue
Tailings disposal
Assorting and teaming Cobalt ore
Administration and office
Camp maintenance
Insurance and taxes
General and legal
High-grade mill
Low-grade mill ■
Depreciation
Marketing product
Corporation, New York office, and travelling.. .
Less rents, exchange, and miscellaneous income
Total cost of production
Amount
31
125,
103,
118,
7,
12.
50,
4,
126,
20
136
343
32
21,
19,
S
,544.22
660.15
600 . 96
469.22
077.76
995.28
547.39
640 . 33
13.09
948.71
176.37
264.74
053 . 93
354.96
567.91
571.24
882.71
441.54
51,154,529.85
27,008.93
Per ton
ore
S
.385
1.532
1.263
1.444
.086
.158
.007
.008
.000
.621
.051
1.539
.245
1.662
4.189
.397
.267
.237
14.075
.329
Per oz.
silver
Cents
.921
3.671
3.027
3.461
.207
.380
.016
.019
.000
1.488
.122
3.689
.586
3.983
10.037
.951
.639
.568
33.727
.789
SI. 127. 520. 92
13.746
32.93S
^Seventh Annual Report, Xipissing Mines Company, for year 1911, p. 10.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 45
Development in Year 1922
An account of the development work which took place in the year 1922 has
been given by Mr. R. B. Watson, the general manager, in the eighteenth annual
report of the company, and is quoted in following paragraphs: —
All mining operations were considerably increased during the year. Work was carried
on at six shafts, all widely separated. The total underground advance was the largest in several
years; it was 63 per cent, more than in 1921.
The number of faces worked was 170, exclusive of stopes, of which there were 20.
Several new veins of moderate importance were discovered. The greatest increases of
known ore, however, were obtained in the stopes of the older veins, particularly 64 and -490,
and in the satisfactory development of vein 251 (south of Cobalt lake), found a year ago.
Shaft 19. — A large tonnage of mill-rock was mined from No. 6 open cut. The stope is
increasing in length, and there is still a considerable area to be broken.
\'ein 130 will also be mined through this shaft. It is smaller than No. 6, but the vein con-
tains more high-grade ore.
Stoping operations were confined to the summer months, as the broken rock freezes during
the winter.
Shaft 26 (Vein No. 26 north of Peterson lake). — A large production was obtained from
this shaft during the early period of the property, but it has not been worked in recent years.
The vein was extremely high-grade and was mined to a depth of 200 feet. It was one of the
few veins of the district that produced any considerable amount of silver from the Keewatin
formation.
The shaft was pumped out and repaired during the latter part of the year, and a large amount
of exploration and development will be done. Particular attention will be given to an area near
the lower contact of the diabase sill and the Keewatin.
Shaft 26 was worked before the companj- had a mill for the treatment of low-grade material;
only high-grade ore was sought. It is probable that the old stopes contain unbroken low-grade
ore which can now be recovered and treated at a profit.
Shaft 63. — All mining work was increased during the year. A few small veins were found,
but the most important result of the year's work was the favourable development of vein 251.
A new level was started just above the Keewatin contact, 55 feet below the discovery level.
A drift at the lower level shows a continuous ore-shoot 265 feet in length. The vein is 2 inches
wide and has an average assay of 2,900 ounces. The present estimated ore reserves in vein
251 will probably be materially increased by vertical development, now under way.
After producing a large tonnage during the year, the ore reserves at shaft 63 show practically
no decrease, and are about one-half of the total reserves at all shafts.
Shaft 64. — Stoping was actively carried on throughout the year. Notwithstanding a
large production, the ore reserves show only a small decrease.
There is still an area to be mined which contains high-grade ore and which will also produce
a large amount of mill-rock.
Shaft 73. — As in former years, this shaft produced most of the tonnage treated. After
sending 42,000 tons to the mill, the reserves show an increase in tons and only a slight decrease
in silver ounces.
Several new veins of fair importance were found. Faulted portions of a number of others
were favourably developed and will produce a considerable tonnage in the future.
An important development was made on vein 490. While stoping a low-grade section
of the vein, a high-grade shoot was encountered which more than compensated for withdrawals
made during the year. The vein is 6 to 8 inches in width and assays several thousand ounces
over a length of 60 feet.
Vein 490 has been a consistently large producer for several years and the present reserves
show an increase over the previous year.
Shaft 80. — No work was done during the year.
Shaft 128. — No favourable developments were encountered, and the shaft was closed late
in the year, the equipment being transferred to shaft 26 (vein No. 26).
Veins
In the description of the Nipissing veins in following pages only the more
important ones are dealt with. As the veins on the property are numbered in
the hundreds it is clearly impossible, in a report of this nature, to deal with all
of them.
Ore Reserves
At the end of the \'ear 1922, the ore reserves, according to the annual report
of the company for the \-ear 1922, consisted of 1,205 tons of high-grade ore
46
Department of Mines
No. 4
averaging l,v321 ounces of silver per ton, or 1,592,000 ounces; and of 57,338 tons
of low-grade ore averaging 18 ounces of silver per ton, or 1,023,469 ounces.
This makes a total of 2,615,469 ounces of silver.
In 1911, the area north of Cobalt lake, or east of the Coniagas, Trethewey,
and Hudson Bay mines, became the most important producer and yielded three-
quarters of the year's output. This area continued to produce a large proportion
of the ore imtil 1921, when more than half the underground development took
place on the southeast side of the lake, and the ore reserves were about equally
divided between the two sides. In 1922, the ore reserves at shaft No. 63 were
about one-half of the total reserves at all shafts.
Nipissing Mine Workings
In describing the Nipissing mine workings the ground may be divided roughly
into two parts, that north of Cobalt lake, and that southeast of it. The ore is
hoisted mainly in two shafts, namely, No. 73, north of the lake, and No. 63,
southeast of the lake, although four other shafts of much less importance were in
use in 1922, and there are a number of other shafts not now used.
West
East
^z Scale:200 Feet to 1 Inch
200 0
r I
200
377--~--
Fig. 12 — Stope" section on vein No. 64, Nipissing.
Mine Workings North of Cobalt Lake
The level plans of this part of the property are shown on sheet No. 31a-ll.
The rocks consist of the Cobalt and Keewatin series. In the southeast
corner of this part of the Nipissing, the Cobalt series attains a thickness of about
600 feet, its greatest known thickness in the Cobalt area proper.
The veins in this area belong to the same vein-system as do the veins on the
Coniagas, Trethewey, and Hudson Bay. Vein No. 490 on the Nipissing. however,
does not appear to have any direct connection with the Coniagas, Trethewey, or
Hudson Bay veins.
There are four great systems of veins in this ground, namely: (1) vein-system
No. 64, which is the eastward extension of veins on the Hudson Bay; (2) the
Meyer vein-system, which is the eastward extension of the "main" vein on the
Trethewey; (3) vein-system consisting of veins No. 80 and No. 100, which is the
eastward extension of veins on the Coniagas; vein No. 80 has been called the
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 47
"Fourth of July"; (4) vein No. 490, which is at the east side of the area and
strikes about north and south. Other veins of lesser importance occur.
Of these four vein-systems the Meyer, with its various branches, is the most
important and intricate. The system extends across the entire property, and
vein No. 98, the main branch of the Meyer vein, has been followed into the
Chambers-Ferland a couple of hundred feet.
As the ore from many of these veins has been hoisted from shaft No. 73,
it was not found possible to keep a record of the number of ounces of silver which
each vein produced. Mr. Hugh Park, the manager, has, however, estimated that
the production of the Meyer vein will amount to approximately 13,000,000
ounces of silver. This does not include any of the branch veins from the Meyer
vein. The main branch. No. 98, of Meyer vein will produce approximately
4,000,000 ounces, according to Mr. Park.
The most northerly vein in this area is No. 64. It strikes eastward and
dips to the south at angles of 70° to 90°, the flatter dip occurring on the lower
workings. The vein occurs in a fault which is apparently a normal one, the
south side having been faulted down 10 to about 25 feet, but it was not found
possible to determine the exact amount of displacement. On the Hudson Bay
property the displacement is not as much as it is on the Nipissing. There has
been horizontal movement as indicated by the more or less horizontal scratches
on the walls of the fault. The fault breccia varies in width from a few inches
to as much as 8 or 9 feet in places, and the gouge is as wide as an inch or two.
The vein is one of the largest and strongest in the Cobalt area, and it has been
prospected to a depth of 1,075 feet on the dip of the vein. Several valuable ore-
shoots have been opened up in the Cobalt series, but the ore-shoots did not
extend into the underlying Keewatin. The ore-shoots in the Cobalt series had
a width of two or three inches to as much as 42 inches. As the vein in the
Keewatin was strong and carried low values throughout, it was considered
advisable to explore it at depth, and the main shaft, No. 64, was therefore
sunk to the 902-ft. level (Fig. 4). On crosscuts at 440 and 650 feet, the vein was
soft and decomposed and showed little change from the condition on the third
level. At the 902-ft. level, a crosscut 272 feet long was necessary in order to
reach the vein, which was then drifted on for 454 feet. From this level an inclined
winze was sunk, and 53 feet of drifting done on the lowest level. All this work
at depth failed to develop any pay ore; the vein, while narrower, is still strong,
but only assays from 5 to 20 ounces of silver per ton. At the time of the writer's
examination in 1921 these deep workings were inaccessible; the description
given is taken almost word for word from the annual reports of the company.^
For several years little work was done on vein No. 64 in the Cobalt series
and the ore reserves remained practically unimpaired. In 1921, stoping and
development were increased, due to the completion of haulage facilities to the
main hoisting shaft. No. 73. Substantial increases of ore reserves, both high-
grade and mill-rock, resulted from this work. The average assay of the high-
grade ore is about 1,000 ounces, but parts of the vein will assay much higher
over widths of one to two feet. The vein is in the hanging-wall of the fault,
and it generally rests on top of the gouge. In places it leaves the fault and
•runs parallel with it at a distance of two or three feet. In addition to the vein
which is in the fault, there are veins which leave the fault and rise vertically
upward for 40 or 50 feet (Fig. 14).
No ore-bodies have yet been found north of fault vein No. 64 on the Nipissing
property. .
^Annual Reports of the Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for the years 1909, 1913, and 1914.
48
Department of Mines
No. 4
The Meyer vein-system is one of the most important in the area, and, at
the same time, one of the most interesting and intricate. In 1913 it produced
the major part of the year's production. The Meyer vein is the eastward
extension of what is known as the "main" vein on the Trethewey. The stope-
section (Fig. 5) of that part of the vein on the Nipissing shows a length of
1,100 feet, and of that part of the vein on the Trethewey of about 500 feet, a
total of 1,500 feet. Branching from the east side of Meyer vein there are about
a dozen branch veins, the most important of which is No. 98, which extends
eastward across the Nipissing and runs into the Chambers-Ferland for one or
two hundred feet, where it breaks into two or three branches which practically
pinch out.
Meyer vein is an excellent example of how ore-shoots at Cobalt follow
down along the contact between the Keewatin and the Cobalt series, the ore
being almost entirely in the Cobalt series. The ore-shoot rises about an average
height of 110 feet above the Keewatin (Fig. 5). The Meyer vein on the surface
is a barren calcite vein, three-quarters of an inch or less wide, except where the
West
East
_a;
2"d le^el
faonjA
njjj^^fs^
..-^rr^
^r'' level
COBALT
»v;
SERIES
'^^^^^^I^Jl^
Fig. 13 — Sketch showing relation between Meyer vein and fault, or joint, Nipissing mine.
high-grade shoot is exposed at the surface at the west end, owing to erosion.
The general manager of the company, Mr. R. B. Watson, pointed out to the
writer how the Meyer ore-shoot follow^s the Keewatin contact in the manner
described; the stope-section referring to the Nipissing (Fig. 5) was kindly
supplied by Mr. Watson, while the stope-section on the Trethewey was supplied
by F. D. Reid of the Coniagas mine.
The east and northeast part of Meyer vein-system occurs above a slight
depression or trough in the Keewatin on the third and fourth levels; how much
of the depression is due to folding the writer is not prepared to say, but some
folding has taken place and may be seen in the Cobalt series on the third level
near the Keewatin.
The Meyer vein strikes a few degrees north of east and continues with
this strike for about 400 feet when it gradually turns northeastward and finally
northward.
On the third level the Meyer vein has been faulted, apparenth-, a distance
of 40 or 50 feet, the part of the vein above the fault, or joint, having moved
40 or 50 feet to the west. This is dealt with further in describing the third level
(Fig. 13).
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 49
Vein-system Xo. 80 and No. 100 consists of two veins known by those
numbers; No. 80 has been called the "Fourth of July" vein. They have been
important producers and are the eastern extensions of veins on the Coniagas.
Between the first and second levels the management met with a fault which made
the development on the second level for a while quite uncertain. The fault
problem was satisfactorily solved by the management, and the veins were finally
picked up below the fault.
Vein No. 490 is one of the best producers owned by the company. It is
at the east side of the property, 50 to 100 feet from the Chambers-Ferland
boundary line. The vein strikes north and south, but at the north end it turns
eastward and enters the Chambers-Ferland, and at the south end it turns south-
eastward and enters the Chambers-Ferland again. Most of the ore occurred
on the Nipissing. In 1919, the vein had the largest ore reserves of any vein on
the entire property. On the fourth and upper levels, the vein was barren.
When the vein was first being explored, a winze was sunk from the fourth level
on the vein to the Keewatin, but the results were not very favourable. It was
found later that the winze went down at a poor spot with good ore on both sides.
When drifting started on the fifth level, 431 feet below the collar of No. 73 shaft,
results showed a great improvement; an ore-shoot 690 feet long was opened up,
assaying 800 to 1,000 ounces of silver per ton. The vein averages five to six
inches in width. On the sixth level, the ore-shoot has a length of 660 feet. In
1918, the average width of the stopes was ten feet; in that year the vein contained
one-third of the total ore reserves.^
The ore-shoots on vein No. 490 are like those in the Meyer vein, that is to
say, they occur in the Cobalt series near the Keewatin contact. The ore-shoots
of vein No. 490 do not rise more than about 150 feet above the Keewatin. Thus
the vein is barren from the fourth level to the surface.
Workings on Vein No. 64
A description of the geological details of the mine workings north of Cobalt
lake may now be given, commencing with vein No. 64. The lowest accessible
level of vein No. 64 in 1921, when the examination was made, was the fourth
level, which is reached from No. 73 shaft. All the ore is now hoisted from this
shaft. A description of the workings below the fourth level has already been
given.
Fourth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 654 feet at the station of No.
73 shaft.) The vein, No. 64, had up to the year 1921 been drifted on for about
500 feet. Part of the back of the drift had been timbered, apparently on account
of the fact that the rock falls readily, causing the drift to be dangerous were it
not for the timbering. Where the fault. No. 64, could be examined it was seen
to consist of crushed rock from a foot to four feet wide, together with the usual
gouge fractions of an inch wide. The drift was made in a fortunate position,
because it shows that the fault is a normal one and that the rocks on the south
side have been displaced at least eight feet. This may be seen in a short crosscut
running south of the drift. The vein, which is one to fifteen inches wide, consists
largely of pink calcite, together with lesser quantities of smaltite. In one place
the smaltite appears to be younger than the pink calcite, because the smaltite
occurs in irregular stringers cutting the calcite.
Third Level. — (Elevation above sea level 732 feet at No. 64 shaft.) The
west part of the level had two or three feet of water in it during the time of
'Annual Reports of the Xipissing Mines Ccmpanv, Limited, for the years 1916, 1917, 1918,
1919.
50 Department of Mines No. 4
examination in August, 1921. The raise east of the shaft, howe^-er, between the
third and second levels was accessible from the second level, and in it we were
able to find that the contact between the Keewatin and the conglomerate of the
Cobalt series was about 14 or 15 feet above the third level on the south side
of the fault. The contact on the north side is, of course, higher up the raise,
but how far we could not determine. It is certainly below the sub-level, next
to be described.
The winze from this le\'el down to the fourth level was also accessible;
the Cobalt series occurs for eight feet below the third level, and the remaining
part of the winze down to the fourth le\'el is greyish-white felsite.
Sub-level. — (Elevation above sea level 787 feet at No. 64 shaft.) The
workings on this level consist of a drift, 650 feet long, following the vein. Towards
the east end, the vein has been stoped from the third level up to and a little
above the sub-level.
The sub-level is reached by a ladderway on the second level ; this ladderway
is about 160 feet east of shaft No. 64.
The vein on the sub-level is a wide one, in places two feet. It consists
largely of pink calcite. At one place it shows a width of ten inches of smaltite.
The vein occtirs on the south side of the fault and closely follows it, except here
and there where it may be a foot or two south of the fault.
In the stope, there had formed in the vein, in places, cracks at right angles
to the walls of the \ein; these cracks contained calcite crystals in vugs, and
growing on top of the calcite crystals were crystals of argentite, stephanite, and
ruby silver. The argentite, stephanite, and ruby silver are thus secondary,
and clearly younger than the silver in the vein. There is, therefore, evidence
that silver was deposited at two different periods in the history of vein No. 64.
The subject of secondary silver is further dealt with on pages 39 and 40 of this
report.
In places the vein contains much iron sulphide now altered to limonite.
At one place on the level, the fault breccia is so soft that it has fallen down slowly
from the back of the drift for 20 or 25 feet.
The ladderway, referred to above, leading from the second le\el to the sub-
level, was examined. It shows a vein almost vertical, but dipping about 80°
south. On the sub-level this vein is three or four inches wide. It apparently
runs into the fault 15 or 20 feet below the sub-level, the exact distance not being
determined on account of the timbers.
Second Level. — (Elevation above sea level 826 feet at shaft No. 64.) The
fault on this level consists of one to two feet or more of fault breccia, on each
side of which is a gouge an inch or less wide. The gouge consists of clay and
finely-crushed rock. The vein rests on the upper gouge of the fault; it is, in
places, two feet wide. It consists mostly of calcite. but there are veins of smaltite
or niccolite. If the vein is followed along the drift, it will be seen that in places
it leaves the fault and runs parallel with it, at a distance of two or three feet to
the south.
Here and there in the fault, as on other levels, there are rusty streaks which
probably resulted from the decomposition of iron pyrites, galena, or zinc blende.
At the west end of the stope on this level there is an excellent place to examine
the vein and the relation of the vein to the fault. Here the party wall between
the Nipissing mine and the Hudson Bay mine was still left standing in August,
1921. The fault may be seen dipping steeply to the south. Rising vertically
from the fault there are three or more veins of smaltite and niccolite (Fig. 14).
It was not ascertained how high these veins rose, but on the Hudson Bay side
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
51
of the wall one of them could be seen to rise 40 or 50 feet above the fault. A
curious vein of smaltite or niccolite occurs in the fault breccia, crossing from
the gouge on the upper side of the fault breccia, down through the fault breccia
itself to the gouge on the footwall of the fault breccia.
Running north of vein No. 64, there is a long exploratory crosscut, 1,200
feet in length, which runs to the north end of the Nipissing boundary. The writer
did not examine the north part of this crosscut. In a crosscut, 450 feet north
of vein No. 64, a light-coloured grey felsite was met with at the west end. A
fault was encountered in this west crosscut dipping 21° to the east.
Eighty feet north of vein No. 64, in the long crosscut referred to in the
abo\'e paragraph, there is a fault striking apparently a few degrees north of west.
This fault may be the eastward extension of "Y" fault on the third level of the
Hudson Bay. Twenty feet farther north of this fault there is another similar
fault which may correspond to fault "X" on the third level of the Hudson Bay.
Both faults have a foot or two of fault breccia and fractions of an inch of gouge.
They appear to be branches of fault No. 64.
Touth
North
Fig. 14 — Sketch, idealized, showing relation between fault No. 64 and veins;
Nipissing mine, shaft No. 64, second level, west face of stope on
boundary between Nipissing and Hudson Bay mines.
First Level. — (Elevation above sea level 918 feet at shaft No. 64.) There
has not been much work done on this level; the vein has been drifted on for about
200 feet, and there is one short crosscut. No stoping has been done. The vein
in the west part of the drift \aries in width from a few inches to a foot; it
averages about six or eight inches in width. A few feet east of the shaft, the
vein pinches out, and from there to the east end of the drift, a distance of 90
feet, there is no vein exposed. In this barren area, the fault breccia has a width
at one place of nine feet, with a gouge at each side of the fault breccia an inch or
two inches wide.
Near the west end of the drift, at a crosscut, there is a pink calcite vein, a
few inches wide, north of the fault about two feet. In places there is much rusty
material in the fault. This rusty material probably results from the
decomposition of iron pyrites, galena, or zinc blende.
In the shaft about 30 feet below the first level, there is a bed of slate about
13 feet, more or less, thick; timber in the shaft pre\ented our obtaining its
exact thickness. The bottom of the bed of slate is 30 feet below the level.
5 D.M.
52 Department of Mines No. 4
Meyer Vein-System, and Veins 544, 490, 80, and 100
These veins are worked almost entirely from shaft No. 73. A description
of the workings, beginning with the lowest, the ninth, may now be given.
Reference to sheet No. 31a-ll, in the pocket at the back of the report, will make
the descriptions more readily followed.
Ninth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 434 feet.) With the exception
of the deep shaft on vein No. 64, the ninth level is the deepest on the Nipissing
property in this area. The Cobalt series has a thickness of about 600 feet,
which is the greatest known thickness in Cobalt. The level is reached by going
to the bottom of the Meyer shaft, thence along the fourth level to winze No.
73-4014; thence down this w^inze 112 feet to what is known as the fifth level;
thence southward along the fifth level about 750 feet to winze No. 544; thence
down this winze 122 feet to the ninth level, which is 548 feet below the collar of
No. 73 shaft.
On the ninth level, there are about 500 feet of drifts and crosscuts, mostly
on vein-system No. 544, which is labelled on the geological plan as vein No. 73-92
and No. 73-97.
An interesting feature of the Keewatin floor is the fact that the floor dips
to the west, whereas on the west part of this area on higher levels the Keewatin
floor dips to the east. There is, therefore, a valley, or depression, in the Keew^atin
floor in this area, the axis of which strikes a few degrees east of north. The
depression may be due, in part, to folding.
The vein strikes about parallel to the axis of this Keewatin valley, that is,
a few degrees east of north. The vein is not a wide one, possibly averaging an
inch or two, mostly of pink calcite. At the north end it contains considerable
niccolite. There has been no stoping on this level. The vein is one of the
deepest veins occurring in the Cobalt series in the entire camp.
There are at least five faults on the level. One of these appears to be
important; this one occurs at the station and seems to almost parallel the strike
of the contact between the Keewatin series and the Cobalt series, namely, a few
degrees east of north. It dips at angles of 57° to 67° eastward. The fault
contains a vein of pink calcite and quartz two or three inches wide, in places
six inches or more wide. The only place at which we could obtain a hint as to
whether the fault was normal or reverse was in a crosscut 95 feet south of the
winze, running eastward. Here the fault may be seen dipping 61° east-
ward. Broken rock largely filled the crosscut at the time of examination, but
it appeared from what could be seen of the fault that it is a re\erse one. Judging
from the dip of the bedding on this le\el and the le\el abo^-e. the displacement is
20 to 25 feet, approximately.
In addition to this fault, there are four other faults, one of which is shown
on the plan. These four faults do not appear to be as important as the one
described above. The fault at the north end of the workings dips at an angle
of 42° to 48° to the west; it intersects the vein above the level, but does not
appear to fault it. On account of these faults the rocks on this level are crushed
and altered, making it difficult, around the winze, to determine accurately the
contact between the Keewatin and conglomerate of the Cobalt series.
Eighth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 481 feet.) Vein-system No. 544
on this level has yielded a little ore, whereas it had not been a producer on the
ninth level up to August 11th, 1921. The vein at the south part of the drift
follows a fault dipping steeply eastward, Init, at a distance of 85 feet south of
the winze, at a crosscut, it leaves the fault, the fault running into the wall.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 53
At the south end of the fault, the rock is crushed for a width of two feet, but the
crushed zone and gouge may average perhaps three or four inches.
In the crosscut at the south end of the workings, there is a bed of finely
banded greywacke dipping southwest at an angle of 18°.
\'ein No. 73-804, at the southeast corner of the level, has been stoped to a
small extent and has produced a little ore. The stope apparently extends south
to the party wall, and the veins may thus extend into the adjacent Right of Way
claim on the south; it is a small vein.
Summing up the results of the work on the eighth and ninth levels, it may be
said that these levels were made to explore vein-system No. 544; the output
of silver therefrom has not been important. The general manager reported that
ore occurrences in the vein were erratic and that two branch veins produced
small quantities of good ore.^
Before describing higher levels it may be explained that there is no seventh
level.
The sixth Ie\el is reached from winze No. 73-4014, about 750 feet north of
winze No. 544, and will be next described.
Sixth Level. — (Ele\'ation above sea level 511 feet.) The level consists
mostly of a drift about 700 feet long on vein No. 490. The general manager
reported in 1917 that the ore-shoot in the vein was 660 feet in length.
The Cobalt series forms a narrow belt running north and south and having
a width of 30 to 70 feet.
An important fault, which has been named the "valley" fault, occurs on
this level (Fig. 15). The fault strikes northward, and dips to the east at 59° to
77°. It is a reverse one, the rocks on the east side having been thrust up 75
feet, approximately.
Another fault occurs following the contact between the Keewatin and
Cobalt series for some distance on the west; this fault dips eastward 38° to 60°.
The rocks are crushed and altered owing to these faults. For this reason
the conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series are difficult to separate
from the Keewatin. It was found necessary to examine many thin sections of
rock under the microscope, and even then the contact shown on the geological
plan must be considered approximate. If more thin sections were taken and
more time devoted, it might be possible, perhaps, to determine the contact more
accurately. At the extreme north end, the contact between the Keewatin and
conglomerate of the Cobalt series occurs about 13 feet above the floor in a raise
leading to the fifth level. In another raise, just to the south, the contact is
about 25 feet above the floor.
South of the winze, in the stope, the vein could be examined in August, 1921.
It is a wide vein, in places showing a width of 8 or 10 inches of smaltite and
niccolite. This vein occurs below the "valley" fault. It is younger than this
fault, as will be explained presently.
About 11 feet below the sixth level there is a sub-level, consisting of a
crosscut, which was flooded at the time of our examination. This sub-level
was run some years ago, and little is known concerning it.
Fifth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 551 feet.) The level is reached
from winze No. 73-4014. It is an extensive level, running north and south
for about 1,800 feet, about paralleling the Chambers- Ferland boundary, in places
a few feet distant.
Vein No. 490 has been followed for nearly 1 ,000 feet, and an ore-shoot 690 feet
long disclosed, the vein assaying 800 to 1,000 ounces per ton across 5 to 6 inches.
^Annual Report Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for year 1920.
54
Department of Mines
No. 4
At the southeast corner of the workings, a small stope has been mined in
vein Xo. 73-567. This vein extends into the Chambers-Ferland.
The "\alley" fault (Fig. 15) occurs in a crosscut opposite winze Xo. 73-4014.
The rock east of the fault is Keewatin, and west of the fault Cobalt series. In
the back of the stope, below the level, the writer examined the tault for a distance
of about 300 feet, and found a fault breccia 6 to 10 feet wide, consisting of badly
crushed rocks. In the stope, the fault dips eastward at about 60°.
Keewatin rocks appear to be on the east side of the fault, and Cobalt series on
the west; but the rocks are so badly crushed that difficulty was found in dis-
tinguishing them. As on the level below, it is evident on the fifth level also
that the "valley" fault is a reverse one. the Keewatin ha\'ing been thrust over
the Cobalt series about 75 feet (Fig. 15).
i f There is another fault, at the station of winze X^'o. 73-4014, dipping 36°
eastward. This fault gradually joins the "valley" fault some 20 or 25 feet
below the level. \'ein Xo. 490 passes through this fault (Fig. 15).
West'' ° o o "J'^ °V ° ° o ° 0 ooo
a o o O '^ <? qOO oY-^ " o ° ° « '^ Io
' " 4 ^ /ele/°E/ey°.663 '
•j^ "o °CO B A L T- o a\.
O o o ° o o-n ° ^°
0 o °^o <, East„
\ , ,^- -^
^- C\ -C v5 ■ le ye/, £le y.55l'o„
- -^K E E W A^T I W— -^°
\ I --iy/y ^ y^-^^c^ ^^ <^^ ox,<t
\\ W \ Qt^ieTel, Eley.SlhSr?
— \ >--._^w\ — -^
■ sub^eye/, Eley. 500'
Scale; 100 Feet to I Inch
Fig. 15 — \'ertical section through vein Xo. 490, Xipissing mine, north of Cobalt lake, showing
"valley" fault, and vein Xo. 490 passing through fault.
F * The age relation between the "valley" fault and vein Xo. 490 is shown in
winze Xo. 73-4014, about 65 feet above the fifth level. The vein passes through
this fault without having been faulted. Therefore, the vein is younger than the
fault, as it has been shown that the displacement along the fault is at least 75
feet (Fig. 15). If the vein were older than the fault, it would have been faulted
75 feet.
\'ein Xo. 490 is about vertical until it descends to within a few feet of the
fifth level, when it flattens out and about follows the same dip as the "valley"
fault (Fig. 15).
At the south end of the workings, west of winze Xo. 544, there is a bed of
finely-bedded greywacke, 30 or 40 feet thick, which forms a horseshoe-like
structure. The structure is suggestive of a syncline due to folding, as the bottom
of the syncline shows the greywacke to be crushed and contorted for 15 or 20
feet or more. It mav be that this l)ed conformed to a vallev in the Keewatin,
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 55
which strikes east of north, and that the bed was slightly folded, the folding
following the axis of the valle>'.
The contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series is exposed in the work-
ings south of winze 73-4014 in three crosscuts. There is a well-defined fault
at or about the contact. In one of the crosscuts this fault is followed for 140
feet; the fault here contains a vein of pink calcite and quartz up to 8 or 10 inches
wide, immediately below which is a striking seam of blue clay a fraction of an inch
to an inch wide. The fault dips at an angle of 34° to 40° southeastward.
Snb-lei'el between the Fifth and Fourth Levels. — (Elevation above sea
level 601 feet.) This level, which is reached from winze No. 73-4014, was also
mainly used to develop vein No. 490.
The general plan of the le\"el consists of a crosscut about 1,500 feet long,
with a northerly but variable strike. It parallels the Chambers-Ferland
boundary in a general way. It roughly parallels the Keewatin contact to the
west; there are several east-west crosscuts running out to the contact.
\'ein No. 490 may be seen at the w^nze and in three crosscuts south of the
winze. In the first of these crosscuts south of the winze, the vein consists of
about 5 inches of niccolite and some native silver. The "valley" fault is also
exposed in three crosscuts. The vein apparently crosses the "valley" fault about
25 feet south of winze No. 73-4014. This fault south of the winze shows 2 to 3
feet of crushed rock and a gouge an inch or two wide.
Another fault, dipping 29° to 49° eastward, follows roughly the contact
between the Keewatin and Cobalt series, and in places contains a vein of barren
pink calcite and quartz, one to eighteen inches wide. North of the winze the
fault turns northeastward and splits at the northeast end.
At the north end of the crosscut, the fault known as No. 64 was met with.
It dips at 70° southward, and is about on a line wath No. 64 fault disclosed
in the w^orkings from shaft No. 64. The fault consists, beginning on the south
side, of the following: (1) six inches of soft, decomposed crushed rock fragments,
with reticulating stringers of calcite fractions of an inch wide, together with
stringers and disseminated grains of galena; (2) one and one-half to two inches
of almost pure galena and a little copper pyrites; (3) eight inches of material
similar to No. 1; (4) fifteen inches of slightly crushed rock; (5) two to six inches
of crushed rock cemented with calcite stringers.
The rock on the north side of the fault is Keewatin felsite, and on the south
side the Cobalt series. It is thus seen that the fault is a normal one in which the
rock on the south side has been faulted down, how^ much is not known, but
elsewhere in the mine the displacement is 10 to 25 feet.
Fourth Level. — (Elevation above sea-level 654 feet at shaft No. 73.)
This level has developed the Meyer vein and its several branches The level is
connected w^ith vein No. 64 at the north part of the workings. \'ein No. 490
has been explored by a drift for 350 feet at the southeast part of the workings,
but the vein has not been productive on this or levels above because the level is
too high above the Keewatin contact.
The level shows the main Meyer vein extending into Keewatin and follow-
ing, at the south part, a bed of Keewatin "iron formation" which consists of
black slate and chert. The vein was not productive in the Keewatin.
The most important branch of Meyer vein is No. 98 which continues north-
eastward and eastward, and extends into the Chambers-Ferland a short distance,
where it practically pinches out. Vein No. 98 has half a dozen branch veins
leaving it on the southeast side, and three or four leaving it on the northwest
side. The stope on vein No. 98 averages approximately 10 or 15 feet in width.
56 Department of Mines No. 4
There are three important faults on the level, namely, (1) fault No. 64»
striking eastward, at the north part of the workings, in which vein No. 64 occurs;
(2) the "valley" fault, striking a little east of north, at the east side of the work-
ings; and (3) a fault which roughly parallels the valley fault at a distance of
100 to 200 feet to the west; this fault towards the north gradually converges with
the "valley" fault, until about 200 feet north of shaft No. 98 the two faults are
only 10 or 12 feet apart. At the south end of the workings this third fault
follows the contact between the Keewatin and the Cobalt series for 300 feet,
more or less, but towards the north it gradually leaves the contact until, at the
north end, it is about 330 feet east of the contact. In places a vein of barren
pink calcite and quartz is found in the fault; this vein is generally 2 or 3 inches
in width, but in places as wide as 15 inches. This fault has been cut in a dozen
places by drifts or crosscuts. It is of importance because it cuts off four of the
veins, Nos. 420, 433, 419, and 426, which are southeastward branches of No. 98
vein. The stopes show how these four veins have been mined up to the fault,
and are there cut off. Three veins have, however, been found above the fault;
our examination did not determine whether or not these three veins were faulted
portions of three of the veins below the fault.
The conglomerate on this level is remarkably coarse in many places, the
boulders commonly being a foot or two in diameter. Quite often these boulders
are seen on the floors of the workings, having fallen out intact from the sides or
backs. Possibly one reason why the stopes in the Meyer vein-system are not
wide, compared to certain Coniagas stopes, is on account of this coarse con-
glomerate. It was found on the Coniagas that the widest stopes are in the
finer-grained conglomerate, not in coarse-grained conglomerate.
The contact between the Keewatin series and the Cobalt series shows a slight
valley or depression in the Keewatin floor in one place. This depression occurs
also on the level above, that is, the third level, on which level it is more pro-
nounced. The Meyer system of veins appears to occur in the Cobalt series above
this depression. Folding may, in some measure, have formed the depression.
\"ein No. 64 has already been discussed in dealing with the workings from
shaft No. 64.
Third Level — (Elevation above sea-level 734 feet at No. 73 shaft.) From
this level have been mined the Meyer vein and some of its branches, and No. 64
vein at the north end of the workings. \'ein No. 490 was intersected in a long
crosscut, at the southeast end of the workings, and followed for a few feet, but
it was not productive on this level.
The valley or depression in the Keewatin, which was described on the fourth
le\el, also occurs on the third, and the Meyer vein-system occupies, in a general
way, this depression. Folding may ha\'e caused the formation of the depression,
or it may be partly due to a trough or depression in the original surface of the
Keewatin, later somewhat deepened by folding.
The Meyer vein extends up to a minor fault plane (Fig. 13), immediately
above which it was found at a distance of 40 or 50 feet westward. The
vein has the appearance of having been normally faulted, 40 or 50 feet to the
west. The fault dips at angles of 8° to 15° to the west. Where we were able to
examine the fault it contained neither fault breccia nor gouge; scratches were
noted in it striking westward, the direction of the supposed movement. The
fault, however, has more the appearance of a strong joint plane rather than a
typical fault. It contains in places a calcite vein fractions of an inch wide.
There is a possibility that the Meyer vein may not have been faulted;
perhaps the fracture in which the vein was found extended down to this well-
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 57
defined joint plane, and that, instead of continuing downward through the joint
at that place, the fracture formed below the joint 40 to 50 feet eastward,
and then continued down to the Keewatin.
Regarding these two points of view the writer must admit that he did not
have an opportunity of examining the relationship of the vein to the supposed
fault during the mining operations. The vein was mined out at the time of
our examination. Those who were daily examining the working faces are best
able to judge.
\^ein No. 64 is described in that part of the report dealing with the workings
from shaft No. 64.
Second Level. — (Elevation above sea level 816 feet at No. 73 shaft.) The
second level is the most extensive level north of Cobalt lake, extending as it
does almost the entire length of the property, about 3,700 feet. The workings
connect with vein No. 64 at the north, with the Meyer vein at shaft No. 73, with
vein No. 80 (the "Fourth of July") and vein No. 100. These two vein-systems.
No. 80 and No. 100, were worked from No. 80 shaft. Vein No. 490 was also
intersected in a long eastward crosscut, but it was barren, being too high above
the Keewatin.
The workings from shaft No. 80 are about 29 feet below the workings from
shaft No. 73.
At the station of No. 73 shaft, a prominent fault dips 21° to 30° southeast-
ward; it has a vein of barren calcite about two inches wide, and some very red
hematite. In the stope just west of the shaft above the level, the calcite vein
in this fault is about 20 inches wide.
Vein No. 80 appears to pinch out in a few feet after it enters the Keewatin.
First Level. — (Elevation above sea-level 905 feet.) On this level the Meyer
vein and veins Nos. 80 and 100 have been worked. The level is not an extensive
one. The Keewatin does not occur.
The fault at the northeast part of the workings has been intersected in two
places, in a drift and in a crosscut. The fault dips about 22° to 24° to the south-
east and strikes northeastward. It consists of a fault breccia and gouge up to
12 inches or more wide. It cuts off a strong pink calcite vein which occurs at
the northeast corner of the workings east of the Meyer shaft. This fault is
shown on the map to connect with a fault which cuts the crosscut about 120 feet
north of the "Fourth of July" shaft. It is not definitely known that the two
faults are one and the same.
Veins No. 80 and No. 100 were originally worked from the "Fourth of July"
shaft. They are the eastward extension of the No. 2 system on the Coniagas
mine. They are now stoped out, but it w^as stated by the management that
both veins were faulted, or apparently faulted, the parts of the veins above the
fault having been moved some 4.or 5 feet to the northwest. The fault on which
the movement took place is evidently the one described above.
Nipissing Mine Workings South of Cobalt Lake
The inine workings, grouped under the above heading, occur to the south
and east of Cobalt lake. The plans are shown on Sheet No. 31a-13. The ore
reserves in this area were in the year 1922 about one-half of the total reserves
of the entire property.
Included among the important veins in this part of the Nipissing are No.
63 (Kendall), "Little Silver" vein-system. No. 251 (259), No. 96, No. 102, No.
109, and No. 99. These veins are south of the south end of Cobalt lake. In-
58 Department of Mines No. 4
eluded among the important veins east of the lake are the following: No. 49,
No. 122, and No. 26.
The company did not find it possible to keep a record of the ounces which
each vein produced.
\'ein No. 63, known as the Kendall, was considered to be the best vein found
on the property up to the end of the year 1910,^ but its output was subsequently
far outstripped by the Meyer vein-system north of Cobalt lake.
The "Little Silver" vein-system was one of the first discovered in the camp
in 1903. It has been an important producer.
The productive part of vein No. 251 (259) was discovered in 1921. and has
developed during the last two years beyond expectations. The annual report
of the company for the year 1921 states that the drift at the second level dis-
closed an ore-shoot 70 feet long with an average of three inches of ore assaying
3,500 ounces of silver. On the level below there is a continuous ore-shoot 265
feet in length, the \-ein showing two inches in width and an average assay of
2,900 ounces. -
In the year 1917, acti\-e stoping of \'eins Nos. 96 and 102 was begun, and
results from this work were satisfactory and exceeded expectations.^ \"ein
No. 109 in the year 1919 had been opened up on two levels and showed at that
time ore reserves of 675,000 ounces of silver; the best part of the ore-shoot on
the tunnel level assayed 6,800 ounces of silver over a width of 2.5 inches for a
length of 80 feet.'
\'ein No. 99 was found late in the year 1918; it is a comparati\'ely small
vein, but is rich.^
In the early history of the company, vein No. 49 was discovered and created
much excitement and great hopes. It had an unusual width and was very rich.
Unfortunately, the depth of the Cobalt series in the vicinity of the vein was
shallow, and the hope that the vein would be a great producer was not realized.
The records published in the annual reports of the company for the years 1908,
1909, and 1910 show that the vein during these years yielded 859,102 ounces of
silver; the Ontario Department of Mines has no record as to what was the total
yield of the vein.
\'ein No. 122 was discovered in 1909, and the fracture was traced for about
900 feet; it was, however, only productive at the w^est end. During the years
1909 to 1914 this vein, together with Nos. 53 and 54, produced 1,958,711 ounces
of silver, according to the records of the company; practically all of this output
was obtained from vein No. 122. The ore of vein No. 122 was rich, the average
value of the high-grade in 1909 being 5,600 ounces of silver per ton. A large
amount of exploration work has been done on this vein, but much of the work
was not productive of results. Work on the vein ceased in 1914.^
Vein No. 26, near the north end of Peterson lake, was one of the veins
worked during the early days of the company. It produced about 1,500,000
ounces of silver; operations at the vein ceased in 1910. The workings were,
however, dewatered in 1922 and operations resumed. The vein was entirely
in the Keewatin basalt, and it was one of the few producers of the entire Nipissing
property which was productive in the Keewatin. At the time of examination
^Annual Report Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for year 1910, p. 11.
-Annual Report Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for >ear 1922, p. 15.
^Annual Report Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for the \"ear 1917.
'Annual Report Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for the year 1919.
Mbid.
^.Annual Reports Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for the years 1909 to 1914.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
59
the workings were inaccessible. The stope section (Fig. 16) furnished by the
company shows that the stope narrowed in length at the bottom.
At the time of our examination, in the year 1921, a number of other workings
were also inaccessible. At the east side of Cobalt lake, the workings at No. 81
shaft and No. 128 shaft were not accessible. The workings east of Cart lake
at No. 150 shaft and the workings west of Cart lake at No. 86 shaft were also
inaccessible. The information regarding these inaccessible shafts, and workings
connected therewith, has been obtained from the annual reports of the company.
South
North
'round
Scale, 100 Feet to I Inch
100 0
100
Fig. 16 — Stope section of vein No. 26, Nipissing.
At shaft No. 81, near the east shore of Cobalt lake, considerable work was
done on the Cobalt lake fault. Important ore-shoots had been found in this
fault on the Cobalt Lake property, making it advisable to prospect the fault on
the Nipissing property. The annual report of the company for the year 1916
states : —
Shaft 81 was sunk to the Keewatin and crosscuts were driven at 425 feet and 520 feet
below the collar. There is a strong vein alcng the fault, at times considerable cobalt, and
occasionally some high-grade ore. These occurrences of rich ore, however, are scattering;
nothing that can be considered an ore-shoot has yet been found.
The annual report of the company for the year 1917 states: —
Development of the Cobalt lake fault continued throughout the year. An adjoining
company found considerable ore in the fault just to the south of the boundary line. With the
exception of a few tons of ore, however, no profitable values were discovered on the Nipissing side
of the line. Some 4,200 feet of development work was done on the fault at 425 and 520 foot
levels, including some exploration into the conglomerate at these levels. About 6,500 feet of
work was done in the two years' operation at this shaft. It was discontinued in December [1917].
At shaft No. 128, also on the east shore of Cobalt lake and some distance
north of shaft No. 81, development work was done in a basin of conglomerate,
60 Department of Mines No. 4
around the edges of which a number of veins were opened up on the surface.
At the 120-ft. le\-el of the shaft, 685 feet of crosscutting was done in various
directions, but no ore was discovered.'
At shaft No. 150, on the east side of Cart lake, much prospecting was done
in the Cobalt series. From the 209-ft. and 309-ft. levels, crosscuts were run in
\'arious directions, and se\'eral calcite veins were found and developed, but no
ore was discovered in them.- The work proved that the Cobalt series had a
thickness of about 300 feet. Operations were discontinued in the year 1915.
Shaft No. 86, at the west side of Cart lake, was inaccessible in 1921 and the
writer has no information concerning the workings connected therewith.
Shaft No. 19, on Nipissing hill, was reopened in 1921 to extract the ore
remaining in No. 6 open cut which had not been worked since the early days of
the property. Vein No. 130 will also be mined through this shaft. ^ The group
of veins (Nos. 6, 7, 129, 130, and 131) around shaft No. 19 has produced important
quantities of silver from the Keewatin. The total silver yield from these veins
did not, however, amount to as much as the output from vein No. 26, which
was the largest producer from the Keewatin. Veins Nos. 12 and 40 yielded some
silver from the Keewatin
Nipissing Mine Workings from Shaft No. 63
South of the south end of Cobalt lake, there is a valley or depression in the
Keewatin which is now partly filled with sediments of the Cobalt series. This
valley strikes southward, but towards the south end it broadens out and the east
side of the valley strikes southeastward, as shown on the plan of the second level
from No. 63 shaft. Cutting across this ancient valley, more or less at right
angles to the strike of the valley, there are several veins, of which No. 63
(Kendall), the "Little Silver," and No. 251 are examples. Most of the veins
extend up to, or into, the Keewatin on the west side of the valley, but only a
few have been traced eastward to, or into, the Keewatin on the east side of the
valley. The veins strike about eastward on the north part of the valley, but
towards the south they strike more northeastward.
There is a reverse fault at the east side of the valley. The fault strikes
about south-southeast and dips eastw^ard 55° to 65°. The west side of the
fault is the downthrow side, but the amount of the displacement is not known.
The fault appears to be exposed on the surface near the narrows between Cart
and Peterson lakes. It may be a branch of the Cobalt lake fault, although the
two faults have not been connected by mine workings.
The veins occurring in this valley are worked almost entirely from shaft
No. 63. The workings from this shaft, the second most important one in the
Nipissing property, may now be briefly described, beginning w^th the bottom
level.
Third Level. — (Elevation above sea-le\el 779 feet.) The level was flooded
and inaccessible at the time of our examination in 1921. The workings, and the
reported location of the veins, are shown on the plan.
Second Level. — (Elevation above sea-level 854 feet at No. 63 shaft.) This
is the most extensive level from No. 63 shaft, the workings extending about
half a mile in a north and south direction.
At the north end of the workings is the Kendall \ ein. It is about vertical where
it occurs in the Cobalt series, but where it occurs in the Keewatin it dips south-
'Annual Report of the Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for the years 1918 and 1919"
^Annual Report of the Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for the years 1912, 1913, 1914'
and 1915.
•'Annual Report Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, for the >ears 1921 ard 1922.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 61
ward about 58°. The vein follows, for part of its course at least, a minor fault.
This fault contains a gouge and breccia as wide as five inches in places. At the
east end the vein leaves the fault; where it leaves the fault, the vein becomes
smaller and finally almost pinches out in 100 feet. The vein enters the Keewatin
about 20 feet east of the shaft, and it was followed by a drift for about 190 feet
west of the shaft. It was not productive in the Keewatin, although it is six
inches wide in places, consisting of calcite and some aplite.
Vein No. 108 crosses the Kendall vein about at right angles. This vein
also follows a minor fault, which contains varying amounts of gouge and fault
breccia up to four inches wide at one spot, but in most places less than this.
Vein No. 148 is stoped, although the stope is very narrow.
Extending southeast from vein No. 148, there is a minor fault consisting of
less than an inch of gouge and fault breccia. Here and there in it there is a little
calcite. The fault is open for an inch or two; whether these open parts are due
to a leaching out of the vein matter, or whether the fissure was never filled in
these places, was not determined.
The next vein to the south is known as the "Little Silver" vein. On this
level it splits at the west end and these two branches apparently pinch out as
they enter the Keewatin. The east end of the "Little Silver" pinches out
gradually until finally it is a joint crack with about an eighth of an inch of calcite
in it. As the plan shows, the vein pinches out about 200 feet west of the
Keewatin on the east side of the Keewatin valley.
About 150 feet south of the "Little Sih-er" \-ein, there is a vein-system of
minor importance, Nos. 250 and 253.
Some 300 feet south of the last-mentioned veins there is another important
group of veins, namely, Nos. 251, 254, 256, 259. In vein No. 251 (259), there
was discovered in the summer of 1921 an important shoot of high-grade ore
about 70 feet long and three inches wide, assaying 3,500 ounces of silver per ton.
Since the writer examined this shoot in October, 1921, the level 55 feet below
has been opened up and a shoot of ore in the vein disclosed having a length of
265 feet, a width of two inches, and an average assay of 2,900 ounces, according
to the annual report of the company for the year 1922.
South of the last-mentioned group of veins there is another \'ein-system
striking northeastward. The silver in these veins is reported to be erratically
distributed and the production has not been large.
On the second level the basal conglomerate of the Cobalt series is, generally
speaking, composed almost entirely of fragments of the underlying Keewatin.
The contact between the Keewatin and the Cobalt series is therefore not sharply
defined. It was, consequently, often difficult to decide as to where the contact
should be shown on the plan. The contacts indicated on the plan should be
regarded as approximate.
At the south end of the workings, the plan shows a bed of finely banded
slatelike greywacke. The bed dips at angles of 10° southeastward, the steeper
dips occurring near the southeast corner of the workings. It would appear that
these steeper dips show that some folding has taken place in this area.
On the east side of the valley, opposite the "Little Silver" vein-system, a
major fault was met with in two crosscuts. This fault is a reverse one, the
Keewatin series ha\'ing been thrust on top of the Cobalt series. The fault
strikes south-southeast and dips eastward at 55° to 65°. There is a gouge one
to two inches wide and a fault breccia of three or four feet, the Keewatin being
more crushed than the conglomerate. An irregular vein of barren pink calcite
and quartz occurs in the fault. This vein pinches and swells, and is an inch or
62 Department of Mines No. 4
two wide. At the east side of the fault the Keewatin floor appeared at one place
to be dipping about 20° westward.
First Level. — (Elevation above sea le\el 941 feet at No. 63 shaft.) The
veins worked on this level include the Kendall, the "Little SiKer," and Nos. 99,
102, and 109.
The Kendall has been stoped out on this level, except at the shaft where the
vein was still intact in the year 1921, showing a width of four to five inches.
The "Little Silver" vein has a length of about 450 feet and has been stoped
for about 200 feet. The stope averages about 15 feet in width, its widest portion
being in the slate-like greywacke. At the east end the vein gradually pinches
out, while at the west end it enters a fault in a gentle curve. When the vein
enters the fault, it becomes barren of silver, as far as the writer could observe.
The fault consists of an inch or two of fault breccia and gouge, together with
some calcite which cements the rock fragments. The fault is almost vertical,
dipping 80° northeastward. About 30 or 40 feet southeastward of the "Little
Silver" vein, there is a parallel vein with a length of 250 feet. At the east end it
also gradually pinches out, while at the west end it also gradually enters in a
similar manner the fault just referred to.
The south end of the first level is not connected directly with the north end,
but is reached through winze No. 102-13. The veins in this part of the level are
Nos. 99, 102, 109, all producers.
The first level is characterized by the bed of slate-like greywacke, which
in winze No. 102-13 is 35 or 40 feet thick. The bed dips eastward at angles of
7° to 25°, the steeper dips occurring at the south end.
It may be added that none of the workings on the first level extend far
enough to the east to intersect the reverse fault v.hich was found on the level
below in two crosscuts.
Tunnel Level. — (Elevation above sea level 1,024 feet.) This level is reached
from a tunnel, and it may also be reached from winze No. 102-13. There are two
important veins on the level, namely, Nos. 96 and 109.
Vein No. 28 Tunnel
\>in No. 28 tunnel is one of the longest tunnels in the camp. It is about
150 feet south of shaft No. 81, and it extends southeastward for some 1,800 feet
from the east shore of Cobalt lake. In 1921 the tunnel was accessible and we were
able to examine it. The following notes concerning the tunnel may be of interest.
The Cobalt series, dipping northwestward at about 25°, occupies the tunnel,
or adit, for about 120 feet southeastward from the mouth of the tunnel. In this
part the vein is about an inch and a half in width and consists of smaltite and
calcite. It occurs in a minor fault wdiich contains less than an inch of fault
breccia and gouge. On entering the Keewatin, in which series the remaining
part of the tunnel w^as run, the vein pinches out, but the fault appears to extend
southeastward almost to the end of the tunnel, although it leaves the tunnel in
one place, only to appear again towards the southeast end. The fault, where it
occurs in the Keewatin, is about vertical and contains one to two inches of fault
breccia and gouge. It has, here and there, lenses of calcite and quartz, fractions
of an inch in width, together with a little smaltite, cobalt bloom, and nickel bloom.
About 625 feet from the portal of the tunnel, there is a crosscut striking
southw^estward ; in this crosscut, about 60 feet from the tunnel, there is a calcite
vein three or four inches wide carrying galena, zinc blende, and copper pyrites.
The next crosscut to the southwest has a vein of calcite in it several inches wide;
the vein is in a minor fault.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
63
MINING CORPORATION
The Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, owns the Buffalo, City ot
Cobalt, Cobalt Lake, Townsite, and Townsite Extension properties at Cobalt,
and also several properties in South Lorrain, chief of which are the Frontier and
Crompton. The Buffalo was bought in the year 1919 and is operated under the
name of the General Examining and Developing Company. The Mining
Corporation leased Peterson and Cart lakes in the year 1922, and in 1919 leased
the Foster mine.
The Frontier and Crompton mines are described in that part of the report
dealing with South Lorrain.
In recent years the Mining Corporation has made an energetic search for
properties of merit. The company's campaign has taken its mining engineers
into the farthest corners of the earth. China, Russia, Nicaragua, Bolivia, Chile.
Peru, Mexico, and the I'nited States have been searched. The company finally
succeeded in May, 1921, in acquiring a majority interest in the Flin Flon mine
in northern Manitoba. The engineers report that there are in this mine
16,000,000 tons of assured ore averaging 1.82 per cent, of copper, together with
1.16 ounces of silver per ton and SI. 60 in gold per ton.
The Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, has a capital of 1 ,660,050
fully paid shares of a par value of $5.00 each. To the end of the year 1922 the
company had produced 34,906,491 ounces of silver. The number of fine ounces
of silver which each property produced is given in the following table. ^
Production ix Ouxcp:s by M.xixg Corporation of Caxada, Limited, from
TowxsiTE, City. Cobalt Lake, and Buffalo Mixes
Townsite
City
Cobalt
Lake
Total
Buffalo
Total
Prior to 1908. . . .
53,743
94,926
25,918
200,707
832,381
1,494,029
2,754.042
407,663
1,621,449
1,963,540
1,737,959
1,996,549
64,873
538,590
416,336
271.258
242,745
210,650
56,763
105,303
691,024
1,023,865
1,742,954
2,181,106
118,616
633,516
442,254
471,965
1,777,002
2,827,826
3,784,718
866,622
3,185,124
4,563,956
4,457,441
4,485,542
1,708,252
1,230,653
1.664,018
495.512
497,232
118,616
Year ended Dec 31 1908
633,516
" " " 1909
442,254
" " " 1910
471,965
" " " 1911
701,876
1,123,147
973,913
353,656
872,651
1,576,551
976,528
307,887
1,777,002
" " " 19P
2,827,826
" " " 1913
3,784,718
Jan. 1, 1914 to Mar. 31, 1914
April 1, 1914 to Dec. 31, 1914
Year ended Dec 31 1915
866,622
3,185,124
4,563,956
" " " 1916
4,457,441
" " " 1917
4,485,542
" " " 1918
1,708.252
" " " 1919
1.230,653
" " " 1920
1,664,018
" " " 1971
731.205
965,037
1,226,717
" " " 1922
1,462,269
Total
33,210,249
1,696,242
34,906,491
The cost of producing silver in 1922 was SI 1.96 per ton, or 56.29 cents pei
ounce, based on a production of 23,404 tons which produced 497,232 ounces of
silver. At the Buffalo the cost was S7.39 per ton, or 46.32 cents an ounce, based
on a production of 62,218 tons which produced 965,037 ounces of silver. The
table below gives a summarized statement of costs. -
^Ninth Annual Report of the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, for year 1922. p. 11.
^Xinth Annual Report of the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, for year 1922, p. 12.
64
Department of Mines
No. 4
Summarized Costs
, Mixing
Corporation, 1922
Labour
Material
Other
Tctal
Per
ten
Per oz.
Mining costs
S54,975.83
$19,779.36
$8,561.45
63,725.14
85,548.49
27,456.60
8,450.12
$83,316.64
63,725.14
85,548.49
27,456.60
19,827.12
S3. 56
2.72
3.66
1.17
.85
cents
16 76
Milling and reduction
(mine ore)
12 82
Milling and reduction
(tailing)
17 20
Freight and realization (in-
cluding selling and
smelting charges)
5 52
Administration and general
8,868.65
2,508.35
3.99
Total
$63,844.48
$115,582.38
$22,287.71
31,656.34
$193,741.80
250,196.47
$279,873.99
397,435.19
$11.96
5.83
56 29
General Examining and
Developing Co., Ltd.,
Buffalo mine, total cost ...
41.18
Total
$179,426.86
$53,944.05
$443,938.27
84,198.09
$677,309.18
84,198.09
$7 . 39
.92
46.32
Head office, royalties,
taxes, etc
5 76
$179,426.86
$53,944.05
$528,136.36
$761,507.27
S8.31
52.08
Ore Reserves
The ore reserves at the end of the year 1922 consisted of 19.585 tons of
broken ore in the slopes, while the tonnage of possible ore in place was stated
by the management to be problematical. In other words, the City of Cobalt,
Buffalo, Townsite, Townsite Extension, and Cobalt Lake properties are so inten-
sively prospected and mined that ore reserves are now at a low ebb. The
favourable development, howe\er, of the corporation's properties in South
Lorrain has given the company much promising area to exploit.
Structure
The rocks at the Mining Corporation properties at Cobalt consist of the
Cobalt series which rests unconformably on the Keewatin series. The Cobalt
series has produced practically all the ore, although the east wall of the Cobalt
lake fault vein, which yielded important quantities of silver ore. is Keewatin.
The thickness of the Cobalt series is variable. On the west it thins out and
finally disappears. At the southeast corner of the Buffalo it has a maximum
thickness of over 244 feet. On the east side of the Townsite it has a maximum
thickness of over 385 feet, while at the northeast corner of the City of Cobalt it
has a m.aximum thickness of over 346 feet. At the north end of Cobalt lake the
series has a thickness of about 510 feet, as proved by a drill hole from the tifth
level at the north end of the Townsite Extension; the location of this hole is
shown on the plan of the fifth level of the Townsite Extension. At the base of
the Cobalt series there is a conglomerate bed ; this is followed by a bed of slate-
like greywacke, then by conglomerate, then by a thicker bed of slate-like grey-
wackc, and finally by conglomerate. The slate-like greywacke beds, which are
called "slates" by the miners, are irregular and often pass gradually into con-
glomerate, so that it is difificult to map them. The beds are not continuous.
The general outlines of the beds are, howexer, shown on the plans.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 65
The Keewatin consists of basalt, interbedded with which are beds of "iron
formation", consisting chiefly of finely banded chert together with slate, the
beds resting almost in \ertical attitude and striking a little south of east. They
are cut by small dikes of felsite.
Lamprophyre dikes cut the Keewatin series. At the City of Cobalt shaft
an intrusion of lamprophyre has by its presence obscured the position of the
Keewatin "iron formation" which apparently extends eastward from the Buffalo
mine.
The geological mapping of the Mining Corporation's properties was done
almost entirely by Mr. James Hill, who was assisted by Mr. David Hill. The
writer spent a few weeks going over their work, but the plans show the geology
substantially as they mapped it. During the work the Ontario Department of
Mines had the valued advice and criticism of Mr. Warren H. Emens of the
Mining Corporation, who is more familiar with the geology of the company's
properties than any other geologist.
Veins
As discussed elsewhere in the report, it may be again pointed out that many
of the veins on the Townsite and the south end of the Buffalo, Cobalt Lake, and
City of Cobalt properties occur above or near a depression or trough in the
Keewatin series. This depression in the Keewatin may have been caused by
erosion; or it may have been caused by folding after the Cobalt series was laid
down. Possibly a combination of these two causes may have accounted for the
depression. That is to say, there may have been an erosion valley in the
Keewatin which was subsequently filled with sediments of the Cobalt series;
folding, parallel to the axis of the valley, may have deepened the depression.
Whatever is the cause of the depression, the fact remains that the veins referred
to occur above or near this trough in the Keewatin.
The vein-system at the northeast corner of the City of Cobalt property is
reported to have produced about 12,000,000 ounces of silver. The two most
important veins in this corner are No. 24 and No. 32. The writer is indebted to
Mr. W. F. Fancy, mine captain of the Mining Corporation, for the following
interesting information regarding the discovery of this vein-system. In 1913
the quantity of known ore on the City of Cobalt property was small, and the
company was diligently searching for new veins. At that time it was the custom
of Mr. C. E. Watson, resident manager, and Mr. Fancy to spend certain after-
noons together examining the old workings which had been operated by a former
company. On the second level there was a long crosscut extending from the
City shaft northward to the Coniagas boundary line. This crosscut had en-
countered no ore. One afternoon Mr. Watson and Mr. Fancy were examining
the crosscut and Mr. Fancy noted a crack in the rock about ten feet south of
the north end. He found a few specks of cobalt bloom in the crack. After a
consultation as to the advisability of prospecting this crack, Mr. Watson
instructed that a drill be started and that the crack be followed southeastward.
The location of this crack is shown on the plan of the seond level of the City of
Cobalt property on Sheet No. 31a-12. The crack was accordingly followed
about 35 feet, where it met wnth a four-inch vein of smaltite running about at
right angles to the drift. The vein was immediately sampled, but the result
was disappointing. It assayed but four ounces of silver to the ton. When,
however, the next round of holes was blasted the vein was found to assay about
1,500 ounces of silver per ton. The finding of this vein was the means of dis-
covering the vein-system known as No. 24-No. 32, which is reported to have
yielded about 12,000,000 ounces of silver.
66 Department of Mines No. 4
The old company, which had previously worked the property, had diamond-
drilled this part of the mine. The drill barely touched vein No. 29 at a barren
spot. Afterwards, when the Mining Corporation was stoping this vein, the
diamond-drill hole was found in the stope. Truly, luck often plays a vital
part in the fortunes of mining companies!
Many of the veins in the Mining Corporation properties have a strike a
little south of east. This is about the strike of the Keewatin "iron formation",
as shown on the level plans. It would appear that the strike of many of the
veins was governed, to a certain extent at any rate, by the strike of the "iron
formation."
One of the interesting features of the veins in the company's properties is
the occurrence of ore in the Cobalt lake fault (Fig. 18). The writer was not able
to obtain a record of the quantity of silver which the ore-shoots in the fault
produced, but it is reported to have amounted to at least a few hundred thousand
ounces.
Regarding the ore in the Cobalt lake fault, Mr. D'Arcy Weatherbe, con-
sulting engineer of the company for several years, has the following remarks to
make : —
The most important results attained during the year were those from exploration and de-
velopment on the Cobalt lake fault. It follows the eastern boundary of the lake and has a
pronounced dip to the eastward. During the past year [1915] a programme of very energetic
development work was followed on this fault, consisting of three crosscuts from the old workings,
each of which intersected the fault at lower levels than any on which it had previously been
explored. From these intersections, three levels, the fourth, fifth and sixth, were driven for
long distances northerly and southerly and several very rich ore-shoots were discovered and
worked. The ore consists largely of argentiferous niccolite. In one stope the vein averaged
about eleven inches in width, and at one point exceeded two feet.^
The ^•arious properties of the Mining Corporation are described below.
Reference to Sheet No. 31a-12 in the map case accompanying the report will
make the descriptions more readily followed.
BUFFALO
Prior to its acquisition by the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, the
Buffalo Mines, Limited, had a capital of SLOOO,000 in shares of a par value of
SLOO each; in 1918 the capital stock was reduced to 8750,000. The Buffalo
Mines before it w^as acquired by the Mining Corporation paid 82,787,000 in
dividends, the last one paid being on May 28th, 1914.
The following account of the Buffalo mine is, in part, summarized from the
notes of Mr. James Hill, who in 1921 examined and geologically mapped the
property for the Department.
Veins
There are two main vein-systems, one at the south end and one about the
middle of the property. These veins for the most part strike a few degrees
north of west and dip at approximately 80°. Midway between the systems
there are two parallel veins which carry fair ore.
The system at the south end of the property includes Nos. 3, 10, and 12
veins together with connecting networks. There is a continuous stope along
this system having a length of 960 feet, not including branch veins. The stope
on No. 10 vein extends into the City of Cobalt property. The greater part of
^Second Annual Report, Canadian Mining Corporation, for vear ended March 31st, 1916.
p. 32.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 67
the stope is five to se\'en feet wide, but at the east end, at No. 12 shaf^, there is a
large open cut, which is some 75 feet in width. The grade of ore in this system
varies from point to point.
The system in the middle of the property includes veins Nos. 5 and 6, to-
gether with connecting network. \'ein No. 5 has a stope 400 feet long, not
including branch veins, and it continues into the Nancy Pfelen. The stopes are
from five to seven feet wide. An open cut has been worked in this system.
\'ein No. 21 is of interest as it is the only vein in the property that was
productive in the Keewatin. The vein is near No. 4 shaft, and is stoped up
from the third level nearly to the second. About one-half the stoping height is
in the Keewatin. The vein was cut off in the conglomerate by a gently dipping
joint plane in which there is a calcite stringer about one-quarter of an inch wide.
Faults
There are two vertical taults, one known as the galena fault and the other
as fault No. 6 (Fig. 8). The galena fault strikes a few degrees north of west
and parallels the vein-system known as Nos. 3, 10, and 12 at the south end of
the property. No. 6 fault occurs in the middle of the property and parallels the
vein-system knowm as Nos. 5 and 6. It also strikes a little north of west. The
galena fault, as its name implies, carries galena. On the second level there were
in places four inches of pure galena in the fault. The fault contains gouge and
fault breccia having a combined width of one-half an inch to twelve inches. On
the third level for 100 feet along the east end of the fault, the rocks adjacent to
the fault are much crushed. The fault may be seen cutting the slate-like grey-
wacke in the east end of No. 10 stope; it does not displace the bed, and no
displacement of the beds was anywhere noted. At the east end of the fourth
level, the fault dips 75° to the north, while at the west end on the third level it
dips 75° to the south, but in general it is about vertical. It is of interest to note
that the galena fault dies out in the City of Cobalt property before it reaches
the Cobalt lake fault.
Fault No. 6 has a fault breccia and gouge from one-half to eight inches wide,
probably averaging from one-half to one inch. The w^orkings of No. 5 open cut
were inaccessible, and therefore it was not possible to see how far the fault
extended to the east. Where it crosses the contact fault, described below, there
is in one place a fault breccia of about four feet.
In addition to the vertical faults described above, there are gently dipping
faults which, in a general way, parallel the contact between the Keewatin and
Cobalt series. Chief of these faults is that known as the "contact" fault. On
the plan of the first level of the Buffalo, the contact fault is shown commencing at
the north shaft; it strikes southward, passing about 175 feet east of No. 6 shaft
and about 120 feet east of No. 4 shaft. It extends northeasterly into the
Coniagas and Trethewey properties. The contact fault appears to be a reverse
one, but it has not been possible to determine definitely the amount of displace-
ment, owing to the fact that the fault more or less parallels the bedding of the
Cobalt series, and parallels the contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series.
The fault dips from the surface to the third level at No. 12 shaft at an angle of
approximately 25°; below this it dips in places more gently at 12° to 15°,
following for a distance a bed of slate-like greywacke. In certain parts the fault
dips at angles as high as 27° to 45°. Between the third and fourth levels it passes
into the City of Cobalt mine. The fault breccia and gouge average perhaps an
inch or two in width; north of No. 12 shaft on the third level the rocks are
crushed in the \icinit>- of the fault, which in this part splits.
6 D.M.
68
Department of Mines
No. 4
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 69
Relation of Veins to Faults
The galena fault about parallels veins Nos. 3 and 10, and it appears to be
older than these \eins; the latter pass into the fault in places and do not appear
to be disturbed by the fault. In the open cut in at least one place, the fault
contained high-grade silver ore, some of the silver occurring in wire forms.
The age relation of the "contact" fault to the veins is puzzling.
Buffalo Mine Workings
There are five levels in the Buffalo mine, the lowest of which, the fifth, was
not accessible at the time of examination in the latter part of the year 1921.
The following notes regarding these levels may be put on record: — ■
Fifth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 785.9 feet.) The Mining Cor-
poration furnished the Department with sufficient information to show the
contact between the Cobalt series and the Keewatin series. The contact is
shown striking east and west, parallel to which is a vein which splits at the west
end. The vein and its branch are stoped.
Fourth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 811 feet at No. 12 shaft.) The
Keewatin on this level consists of "iron formation" made up of finely-bedded
chert and slate dipping about vertically, and impregnated with iron pyrites.
The "iron formation" is cut by lamprophyre. The contact between the con-
glomerate of the Cobalt series and the Keewatin "iron formation" is sharp,
although the surface of the Keewatin is jagged.
The feature of this level is the occurrence of a fault, which has been called
by the miners the galena fault on account of the fact that it carries in places a
galena vein a few inches wide. It also contains zinc blende and iron pyrites.
The fault is in the same drift in which No. 10 vein occurs.
The fault consists, for the most part, of a gouge and breccia up to about a
foot in width. In places there is in the fault a vein of smaltite and calcite
carrying native silver. This vein may still be seen at the east end of the level,
where it consists of about half an inch or more of smaltite and calcite with a
clay gouge about half an inch wide on the north side and a fault breccia about
ten inches wide on the south side. The vein is not disturbed or brecciated. At
this point a parallel vein of smaltite occurs a few inches north of the fault, but
this parallel vein is frozen to the country rock. At this end of the drift. No. 10
vein is a few feet north of the galena fault; in other places it is in the fault.
No. 10 vein at the west end of the level practically pinches out in the vertical
beds of Keewatin chert or slate. The galena fault also appears to have pinched
out when it reaches these chert and slate beds.
Third Level. — (Elevation above sea level 887 feet at No. 12 shaft.) The
Keewatin series on this level contains the bed of "iron formation" consisting of
chert and slate some 300 feet in width. This bed was encountered
on the fourth le\-el. It strikes westward, and the beds are in about vertical
position. This "iron formation" bed is well exposed in the long crosscut running
south from No. 6 shaft. To the north of the "iron formation" there is a bed of
basalt 375 feet thick; while at No. 6 shaft an intrusion of lamprophyre and a
small area of chert-like rock occurs.
East of No. 4 shaft a small intrusion of felsite appears to cut the "iron
formation."
The galena fault is weaker in the Keewatin than in the Cobalt series. In
the latter it has in places a foot of fault breccia. Some horizontal scratches
were noted in the walls of the fault, indicating horizontal movement.
70 Department of Mines No. 4
The contact fault has about three or four inches of fault breccia and half an
inch of gouge.
Second Level. — (Elevation above sea level 955 feet at No. 12 shaft.) The
junction of the galena and contact fault is exposed in the back of the drift at the
south end of the workings. The contact fault appears to have faulted the
galena fault about 18 inches, that part of the galena fault which is on the east of
the contact fault having been moved to the north.
The contact fault on this level contains in places a vein of calcite and quartz
up to two inches wide.
Fault No. 6, running southeast from No. 6 shaft, contains an inch or two
of fault breccia and gouge.
In the southwest corner of the level there is a network of veins connected
with vein No. 3 and the galena fault. In this area a bed of slate-like greywacke,
four or five feet thick, rests almost directly on the Keewatin floor.
First Level. — (Elevation above sea level, 998.9 feet at No. 4 shaft.) This
is the most extensive level in the mine, extending as it does from the north to the
south boundary. The contact fault is shown to extend from the north to the
south end of the le\-el. At the south end it dips as steeply as 45° to the east;
in places the fault breccia at this end of the mine is as wide as two feet. The
contact fault apparently splits at the south part of the level. At the south end
of the level the contact fault is over 500 feet east of the contact between the
Cobalt series and the Keewatin series, but, towards the north, the fault converges
closer and closer to the Keewatin until finally at the north end the fault is at
the contact.
\"ein No. 6 passes from the Cobalt series into vertical beds of "iron forma-
tion", the strike and dip of which it appears to follow.
CITY OF COBALT
The records of the Mining Corporation show that the City of Cobalt pro-
duced 7,545,461 ounces of silver during the years 1908 to 1917 inclusive. After
the year 1917 the records do not show the separate production from the Town-
site, City and Lake properties.^
As already stated in this report, the veins on the City of Cobalt consist of
an isolated vein-system at the northeast corner of the property known as No.
24-No. 32 and of veins at the south end of the property, some of which are
the eastward extensions of veins on the Buft'alo and Townsite.
The interesting feature of the vein-system at the northeast corner of the
City of Cobalt property is the extension of vein No. 32 through what has been
called the "west" fault with little or no displacement. Regarding this occur-
rence, Mr. D'Arcy Weatherbe remarks: —
The most interesting development at the end of the year 1917 consisted in the work en
vein No. 32, which has, somewhat unexpectedly, been followed through the west fault, with
apparently little or no displacement and was producing excellent high-grade ore.-
Mr. Weatherbe has described the vein-system at the northeast corner of the
property in the annual report of the company for the year 1915, and his descrip-
tion is quoted below: —
\'ein No. 24 when first found, had a strike northwesterly and southeasterly but later on
turned to the east, and a winze sunk from the 200-foot level intersected the Keewatin formation
at about the 300-foot level. This winze proved the ore-shoot to be over 70 feet high at that
point. On the 300-foot level the vein was followed for seme 280 feet east of the winze. The
^Ninth Annual Report of the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, for year 1922, p. 11.
^Fourth Annual Report of the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, for year 1 f. ' j .
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 71
ore was replaced by calcite but the Keewatin contact is dipping in that direction, and indications
point to a probable continuance of the shoot on its pitch to the east below the 300-foot level.
Northwest of the winze vein No. 24 is supplying some exceedingly rich ore, and another strong
high-grade vein, similar in character to vein No. 24, and parallel to that portion of it northwest
of the winze, has proved to extend northwesterly from the winze for about 130 feet. This vein
is numbered 27. Meanwhile development to the west and southwest of the winze has proved
an ore-shoot on a third rich vein, or system of parallel veins (No. 29), which also follows the
Keewatin formation on its pitch similarh' to 24 and 27. This ore-shoot, which approximates
No. 24 in height, had been followed to the southwest of the winze for some 285 feet by the end
of the vear, and showed every indication of further extension in that direction. A somewhat
obscure system of horizontal faulting intersects the whole rock containing these vein-systems
and at places makes it difficult to follow the ore in the drifts. In the stopes, however, where
the full widths of the ore bodies may more easily be exploited, the faulting appears to have had
the effect of extending the silver deposition into the wall rock to such an extent that the stopes
are occasionally carried to widths of 20 feet in pay ground. Development of branch veins and
veinlets also tends to produce much larger quantities of ore than are at first apparent and in
several cases indicate the possible existence of distinct high-grade ore bodies. The aggregate
width of the high-grade ore from end to end of this vein system so far as exposed on veins 24
east of the winze and 29 west of the winze, will probably exceed V'/i inches and average in value
over 2,000 ounces per ton.
The principal fault on the City of Cobalt property is known as the west
fault. The location of the west fault is shown on the plans of the levels. If the
west fault is the southward extension of the valley fault on the Nipissing, then
it is a reverse fault with a displacement of some 75 feet. It has not, however,
been proved that the two faults are one and the same.
The contact fault also occurs in the City of Cobalt property where it has
been named the "reverse" fault on the plans.
It will be convenient in describing the workings of the City of Cobalt
property to divide the property into two parts, namely, the south end and the
north end. The south end includes the eastward extensions of the vein-systems
on the Buffalo and Townsite. The north end deals with a distinct and important
vein-system which has no connection whatever with the southerly system and
is distant from it more than a quarter of a mile. The system at the north end
has produced about twelve million ounces of silver.
South End of City of Cobalt
Fijth L«'e/.— (Elevation above sea level 633.3 feet at City shaft.) This
level is an important one from a mining point of view, since the electric haulage
running from the south to the north end of the property is located here.
There are five parallel veins at the south end of the fifth level having the
unusual strike of almost north and south — a few degrees east of north. The
most westerly area is stoped out, and has at the south end a concrete dam which
holds water up to the level above — the fourth. The stopes on this level, as far
as we could see, are all narrow, some five to ten feet in width for the most part.
\'ein No. 31 is on the Townsite Extension.
The crosscut running east from No. 7 shaft on the Townsite is in Keewatin
basalt. Conglomerate of the Cobalt series rests on the basalt, followed by a
thick bed of slate dipping about 12° to 14° eastward.
The long drift and crosscut running north to the City of Cobalt shaft was
unfortunately inaccessible, having been dammed. The location of the contact
between the Keewatin and Cobalt series was obtained from Mr. Warren H.
Emens of the Mining Corporation.
There appears to be a distinct valley in the Keewatin. The five veins
referred to strike northward across this valley. A winze has been sunk on
No. 31 vein, but it was flooded at the time of our examination.
There is a sub-level between the fourth and fifth levels.
72 Department of Mines No. 4
Fourth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 701.7 feet at City shaft.) This
level consists mainly of a north and south crosscut and drift paralleling the west
boundary of the City of Cobalt. The main vein, No. 14, strikes a few degrees
east of north. The stope is full of water, being held in by a concrete dam at the
south part, referred to in the description of the level below.
The crosscut running north and south from the City of Cobalt shaft is
partly in Keewatin "iron formation", but the "iron formation" is obscured by
the presence of a lamprophyre dike which is somewhat schistose in places. The
north end of the crosscut is basalt. In the crosscut running northwestward,
opposite the City of Cobalt shaft, there is a rock containing fragments which
consist largely of very fine-grained, greenish-grey material. There is, however,
one rounded fragment of pink syenite about an inch and a half in wadth. The
matrix of this fragmental-like material appears to be a lamprophyre. Certainly
the south wall of the crosscut is lamprophyre.
The south part of the level was inaccessible at the time of our examination
in 1921.
There is a ladderway, about 200 feet from the south end of the workings,
by means of which it is possible to reach the sub-level below the fourth, and also
to reach the fifth level.
Third Level. — (Elevation above sea level 758.3 feet at City shaft.) The
galena fault on this level occurs about 40 feet south of the City of Cobalt shaft
and it has been followed for about 200 feet eastward in a drift. No ore occurs
in it, but in places there is a calcite vein less than an inch in width. The fault
shows an inch or two of fault breccia and gouge. This drift appears to be in
lamproph^^re
What appears to be the contact fault may be seen in six places, the most
northerly of which is at the City of Cobalt shaft at the station, where it is a weak
structure and somewhat irregular, showing only an inch of fault breccia and
gouge. Possibly its weakness is due to the fact that it occurs in the Keewatin
at this point. Elsewhere on the level the fault shows from three to six inches
or more of gouge and fault breccia. The fault strikes southwest and dips at
25° to 40° eastward.
The bed of slate-like greywacke on the le\el is resting in places, at unusually
flat angles, dipping at as low angles as 7° to 8° eastward, but it also dips at
angles as high as 15° to 20°.
The depression in the Keewatin on the third levels of the City of Cobalt
and Tow^nsite properties is well shown on the plans of the levels.
Second Level. — (Elevation above sea level 813.9 feet at the City shait.) The
second level is of interest on accotmt of the fact that the vein-system known as
No. 24-Xo. 32 was discovered on this level. The story of its disco\'ery is given
on page 65.
The galena fault extends about 100 feet east of the Buffalo. It appears to
pinch out at the east end of the drift. The fault contains from an inch to two
inches of fault breccia and gouge, although in places it is wider.
No. 10 vein of the Buffalo was, at the time of our examination, still to be
seen in the party-wall between the Buffalo and the City of Cobalt; it is two or
three inches wide. The vein is at the north side of the drift while the galena
fault is at the south side, so that here the vein is not in the fault. In the stope.
No. 10 vein made several jogs at horizons where it encountered well-defined
joint planes in a bed of slate-like greywacke. This "jogging" of veins in the
slate-like greywacke beds is of common occurrence at Cobalt (Fig. 25).
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 73
The contact fault, labelled "reverse" fault on the plan, has been followed
200 feet in a drift which about parallels the boundary between the City of
Cobalt and the Townsite. The fault shows in places one-half to three-quarters
of an inch of gouge and about 5 or 6 inches of fault breccia. In places the
fault has a vein in it of the usual type characteristic of many fault
veins, that is, of pink calcite and white quartz. This vein is up to 5 inches
wide. The fault is well defined in this part of the workings. The contact
fault is also well exposed on this level in a stope which is 100 feet east of No. 1
shaft on the Townsite. This is an important locality because it demonstrates
that the fault is a reverse one. The reverse character is shown by the fact that
the slate beds below the fault have been bent up.
Lamprophyre occurs at the City of Cobalt shaft. It also occurs at this
shaft on the third and fourth levels.
First Level. — (Elevation above sea level 873.6 feet at city shaft. j The
galena fault has been followed on this level for some 300 feet east of the Buffalo
boundary line. At the east end it encounters a fault dipping about 35° to the
southeast. The galena fault does not appear to extend east of this fault.
At the southeast side of the workings there is a bed of black and green slate
dipping 12° to 15° to the southeast.
6 5 -ft. Level. — (Elevation above sea level 945.6 feet). This is not an extensive
level. Only one vein has been stoped, and this is an eastward extension of
vein No. 10 on the Buffalo. There are a number of small veins of pink calcite
in the crosscuts, but these have not been drifted on.
About 100 feet north of the shaft there is a fault dipping 35° to the south.
It has been met with in the workings from point to point for 300 feet; it strikes
northeastward, and shows 2 to 4 inches of gouge and breccia.
The crosscut running over 200 feet south of the shaft was not accessible.
The entire level appears to be conglomerate of the Cobalt series.
North End of City of Cobalt
Fifth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 652 feet at winze No. 10, vein No.
32.) The north end of the level is reached by a long crosscut from shaft No. 7
on the Townsite. This crosscut, which roughly parallels the Keewatin contact,
follows the right of way of the Temiskaming and Northern Ontario Railway;
the right of way is known as the Townsite Extension. This crosscut intersects
a well-defined fault named on the map the "west" fault; the fault has several
inches of fault breccia and, in places, as much as an inch of gouge. It has not
been proved that the "west" fault is the southward extension of the "valley"
fault on the Nipissing.
The writer has been unable to obtain much first-hand information concerning
the important vein-system at the northeast corner of the City of Cobalt property.
The veins were about worked out at the time of our examination. The stopserQjn
vein No 32 is, in places, about 6 feet wide. -'^i
Where vein No. 32 extends west to the Keewatin, there is a fault at the
contact of the Keewatin and Cobalt series.
Vein No. 24 extends westward into the Keewatin where it then follows a
fault dipping about 65° southward. The fault contains one to five inches of
fault breccia and a quarter of an inch or half an inch of gouge, but there is
v-ery little vein material in the fault.
The Department is indel)ted to Mr. Warren H. Emens for the following
information regarding the drill hole at the north end of the level. The hole
■dips at 30° and parallels the right-of-way of the railway; it is 411 feet deep.
74 Department of Mines No. 4
The Cobalt series occurs at a depth of 400 feet, beyond which Keewatin was
encountered for 11 feet. The elevation of the top of the hole is approximately
661 feet above sea level.
Sub-level hetu-een Third and Fifth Levels. — This le^•el is at varying elevations.
It may really be referred to as the fourth level. A little of the Keewatin "iron
formation" was noted. The plan shows the location of the veins and faults.
Third Level. — (Elevation above sea level 738.7 feet at winze Xo. 24.) This
le\'el is reached from the second level by way of winze Xo. 24. A bed of Keewatin
"iron formation" occurs on this level, and the same bed was encountered on the
two sub-levels below and on the fifth le\el. It consists of chert and slate finely
banded.
\'ein X'^o. 24 pinches out at a minor fault, which contains about an inch of
fault breccia. On this level the \ein did not extend as far east as the "west"
fault. The stope is 6 to 8 feet wide, but in places as wide as 10 to 20 feet.
\'ein Xo. 32 extended through the "west" fault, and the vein has been
stoped above and below the fault. The latter has a fault breccia of 3 to 12
inches wide, and a gouge from one-eighth to one-quarter of an inch wide.
Sub-level above Third Level. — (Elevation above sea level 761 feet.) The
"iron formation" strikes southward, and it was found that vein Xo. 29 followed
its strike and dip. The usual strike of the "iron formation" in the area west of
Cobalt lake is a little north of west. Its southwestward strike on this level is
unusual.
The west fault dips at an angle of 55°, which is much steeper than the dip
on the fifth level. The vein went through the fault and was stoped abo\-e and
below the fault.
Second Level. — (Elevation above sea level 813.9 feet at City shaft.) This
is the level on which the important vein-system Xo 24-Xo. i2 was discovered.
An account of how it was found is given on page 65 of the report. The west
fault was intersected in two crosscuts. It dips at 40° to 50° eastward. In the
long crosscut at the south end of the workings, a fault resembling the west fault
was not found, but there are a number of eastward dipping faults at about the
place in which the west fault should be. if its normal strike continues southward.
Possibly these minor faults represent the west fault. In other words, the west
fault may have split up into se\eral branches at the point where the crosscut
intersects it.
First Level. — This is really a sub-le\-el about 70 feet abo\-e the second level.
It is of no importance.
COBALT LAKE
The lower workings in the Cobalt Lake property are the deepest of any of
the properties owned by the Mining Corporation at Cobalt. Most of the
levels were, unfortunately, filled with water in the year 1921, the property not
being worked at that time.
The returns to the Government show that Cobalt Lake produced 6,899,933
ounces of silver.
Cobalt lake was pumped out in 1915. The dewatering was commenced
on April 19th, 1915, and was completed on June 5th. Two centrifugal pumps
and motors of 3,500 gallons per minute each were installed on a pontoon in the
deepest part of Cobalt lake. The water was discharged through a 20-inch wire-
wound, wood-stave pipe line, 3,600 feet in length,^ to Farr creek.
'Second Annual Report, Canadian Mining Corporation, for year ended March 31st, 1916,
pp 27-28.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
75
The principal veins consist of the vein in the Cobalt lake fault and veins
No. 5 and No. 2. The two latter veins strike about eastward, but do not extend
as far east as the Cobalt lake fault.
The vein in the Cobalt lake fault is of unusual width in places. On the
second level from No. 4 shaft, it has a width of 4 feet in one place; in the stope
above this le\-el the vein has 15 inches of niccolite.
Southwest
Northeast
Water level of
Cobalt Lake
Collar N?6 Shaft,- - - Collar N?4 Shaft,
E/ev. 383-7' Elev. 971-6'
al^.tJeve/ Jm'^^~~^~%d'el9'\~°~^'''^~ ^°^^- bottom- - ■'\Tjo'u
JC/eke/, Elev.754-6'
This line is perpendicular to
strike of vein at ' '
4-017 on 3^° level
Scale:300 Feet to I Inch
0 4-00
Fig. 18 — Stope section in Cobalt lake fault vein, in Cobalt lake property (Mining Corporation).
Furnished hy the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited.
Fig. 18 shows a stope-section of the vein in this fault. An idea of the rich-
ness of the ore may be obtained from the record of sampling which is shown in
the table below. This information was kindly furnished by the Mining
Corporation.
Much work has been done on the fault, and it has been found that over
long distances the fault is lacking in vein matter. On the third level the fault
has been drifted on for nearly half a mile.
Width and Grade of Veins, Cobalt Lake Fault
Sixth Level
1
Fifth Level
S,iniple 1
Width
Assay
Sample
Width
Assay
Sample
Width
Assay
inches
ounces
inches
ounces
inches
ounces
1
31/4
59.4
20
19
23.8
1
3'/2
178.4
2
7
86.8
21
s'A
28.2
2
5'/2
846.1
3
4
68.4
22
/
22 4
3
10'/2
262.4
4
31/2
122.8
23
8'/2
14.2
4
13
607.5
5
5
67.6
24
9
23.6
5
13'/2
863.3
6
12
51.7
25
7'/2
88.4
6
17'/2
1448.6
/
13
44.0
26
11
4453 . 8
7
18
1933.2
8
14
970.0
27
14
85,3
8
17
2990.0
9
9
0.5
28
6
1500.5
9
10'/2
2078.6
10
9'/2
0.5
29
9
455.0
10
11
2034.2
11
8'/2
28.2
30
9'/2
1198.6
11
9
976.8
12
/
0.5
31
8
601.4
12
7
1039.6
13
4
0.5
il
14
246.0
13
7^
1290.5
14
5
0.5
il
17'/2
537.8
14
13
749.6
15
6
0.5
34
16
1401.3
15
14
947.0
16
7'/2
0.5
35
6
1400.2
16
15
1249.8
17
4
0.5
36
5
305 . 6
17
14
515.8
18
5
8.4
37
3
162.4
18
12
80.9
19
8
18.5
38
12'/2
1789.9
19
20
21
8
5
5
264.4
87.8
60.0
76 Department of Mines No. 4
Cobalt Lake Mine Wprkings
The fifth, sixth, sev^enth, and eighth levels were not pumped out in the
year 1921. Hence no examination was made. The geology of the sixth level
was, however, kindly furnished by the Mining Corporation. The extensive
exploration work on this level represents a systematic and comprehensive piece
of de^"elopment. On the fifth level the contact between the Keewatin and
Cobalt series is shown by a dotted line, this information having been furnished
bv the mining company.
Fourth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 678.9 feet at No. 5 winze.) The
principal vein on the fourth level is No. 5. It is stoped out, and the stope is
5 to 12 feet wide and averages 10 feet wide in places. This vein-system pinches
out before it reaches the Cobalt lake fault.
A well-defined fault, showing about 12 inches of fault breccia and gouge,
occurs near the west end of No. 5 vein. The fault dips 26° eastward and is called
the reverse fault. It is at the contact between a bed of slate-like greywacke
and conglomerate.
The Cobalt lake fault has been drifted on for about 1,100 feet. In one
place a crosscut was run through the fault at right angles to its strike. In this
crosscut there is a fault breccia at least 15 feet wide, and the Keewatin is still
crushed on the east face of the crosscut. The gouge is one inch wide. The
rock in the fault breccia is schistose in places and the Keewatin is more crushed
than the Cobalt series. On the west face of the gouge there is a vein of calcite
12 inches wide containing cobalt bloom. West of the vein there are 4 inches of
rock, and west of the rock another vein consisting of 12 inches of pink and
white calcite.
The Cobalt lake fault contains disseminated grains of cobalt bloom almost
continuously along its entire stretch on this level; the width of the cobalt bloom
is an inch or two, but in places it is 5 or 6 inches wide. The bloom occurs in
or near the gouge. At the north end of the drift on the fault there is a vein of
pure smaltite 3)^ inches wide in places. This vein is exactly in the Cobalt
lake fault; that is to say, it abuts against the gouge of the fault. Incidentally
it may be remarked that no vein can be said to occur more exactly in the
fault than one which rests against the gouge. It is along the gouge that the
movement took place. In places the fault contains a calcite vein a foot or two
wide; a little quartz occurs with the calcite.
Near the south end of the drift along the Cobalt lake fault, the fault splits;
the east branch has been followed for about 50 feet, and it has a fault breccia
2 feet wide and a gouge about one-quarter of an inch wide.
Third Level. — (Elevation above sea level 754.6 feet at No. 5 winze.) The
third levels of the Cobalt lake, Townsite, and City of Cobalt properties show
particularly well the depression in the Keewatin series; and these levels also
show how most of the veins occur in the Cobalt series above this depression. At
the east side of the Townsite the depression is about 800 feet wide and about
125 feet deep.
The relation of the fauh, called re\-erse fault on the plan, to the main
vein may be seen in the stope. The vein has the appearance of being faulted
20 feet to the north by the reverse fault; that is to say, the part of the vein
above the fault appears to have been moved 20 feet north. While the vein
has the appearance of being faulted, there is a possibility that the vein came up
to the fault and emerged above the fault 20 feet to the north; this possibility
would simply mean that the \ein is younger than the fault.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 77
At the southwest end of the level, the Keewatin "iron formation" occurs.
It consists of beds of chert and slate dipping steeply to the south. As shown
on the plan, the bed of slate-like greywacke rests for some distance directly
on the Keewatin "iron formation", there being no conglomerate between the
greywacke and the "iron formation."
The Cobalt lake fault has been drifted on for nearly half a mile, and at the
south end has a calcite vein in it as wide as 18 inches. In places smaltite and
niccolite occur in the fault. North of No. 4 shaft a little cobalt bloom occurs
in the gouge.
The gouge of the Cobalt lake fault is in places 4 or 5 inches wide; this is a
most unusual width.
About 60 feet northeast of No. 4 shaft the Cobalt lake fault splits; the
east branch has been followed a short distance and shows several inches of fault
breccia, but little or no gouge. There is a calcite vein in the east branch from
one-half to an inch and a half wide. This vein, which is called No. 3, splits into
small stringers which barely come up to the Cobalt lake fault. A raise follows
the vein up to the first le\'el where the vein w^as productive in the Cobalt series.
Second Level. — The second level is reached from No. 4 shaft on the east
side of Cobalt lake.
The southwest part of the level is reached by way of No. 1 winze from the
first level from No. 6 shaft at the south end of Cobalt lake.
The workings from No. 4 shaft are of particular interest on account of the
fact that it is one of the best places to show that a vein occurs in the Cobalt
lake fault. This vein pinches and swells, and in most of the fault there is little
or no vein material. One of the lenses is of extraordinary width, namely,
4 feet at the widest place; this lens is about 65 feet long and consists mostly of
calcite, but shows in places 9 inches of pure niccolite. The characteristic feature
of the lens is that it is banded.
Along the entire length of the drift the Cobalt lake fault has an almost
continuous streak of cobalt bloom in or near the gouge.
In the back of a stope above the level, there is a vein of almost pure niccolite
15 inches wide in the Cobalt lake fault. A diamond-drill hole was drilled vertically
upwards at this point, and it was found that there were 20 feet of rock between
the back of the stope and the bottom of the lake.
The writer has not had an oportunity to examine all of the stopes in the
Cobalt lake fault, but those he has examined show that the ore is in the fault.
No. 3 vein, which is a branch of the Cobalt lake fault, has 15 inches of
calcite in one place. The calcite goes directly into the Cobalt lake fault.
That part of the second level at the south end of the property, which is
reached by way of No. 1 winze from No. 6 shaft, is not of importance. The
veins and kinds of rock are shown on the plan.
First Level, No. 6 Shaft. — The level consists of a crosscut following the
boundary of the property. The crosscut intersects the Cobalt lake fault, which
here shows a less disturbed character than is usual.
First Level, No. 4 Shaft. — No. 3 vein on this level has been stoped, and in
one place in the back of the stope the vein contains 8 to 10 inches of smaltite.
The vein occurs in a fault which appears to be a normal one, the south side having
dropped down, judging from the attitude of a bed of slate-like greywacke.
That is to say, the beds on the footwall are bent downwards.
78
Department of Mines
No. 4
Townsite Extension
The Townsite Extension property consists of a long strip of land following
the right of way of the Temiskaming and Northern Ontario Railway on the west
side of Cobalt lake. The workings are described incidentally when dealing with
the City of Cobalt, Townsite, and Cobalt lake properties.
Townsite
The Townsite property produced 13,182,906 ounces of silver during the
years 1908 to 1917, inclusive. After the year 1917, the records of the Mining
Corporation do not show the number of ounces of silver which this property
yielded.^
The following description of the Townsite is taken substantially from the
notes of Mr. James Hill, who examined and mapped the mine for the Ontario
Department of Mines.
Furnished by The Mining Corporation of Conodo L^^
Fig. 19 — X'crtical section through Xo. 1 and Xo. 2 shafts, Townsite mine, showing relation of
veins to "contact" fault and "slate" fault.
The Townsite property may be divided into two parts, namely, that operated
from Xo. 1 shaft at the northeast corner of the property, and that operated
from No. 4 shaft at the southwest part of the property. The levels from these
two shafts are not at the same elevation. There are four levels connected with
No. 1 shaft; there is also a fifth level from No. 7 shaft, but this fifth level consists
merely of a short crosscut eastward to the City of Cobalt property. No. 4
shaft has two levels connected with it.
There are three faults in the property which are of importance. The
first of these is known as the contact fault; this fault has been named on the
plans the "reverse" fault. It is the southward extension of the contact fault
on the Buffalo, and it dips eastward at angles of 25° to 40°.
Below this fault is one which follows the principal bed of slate-like grey-
wacke; this fault has been called the slate fault, or slate slip, by the miners,
and it dips southeastward at gentle angles. The contact fault and the slate
fault are shown on the vertical section (Fig. 19). Both are reverse faults.
^Xinth Annual Report of Mining Corporation of Canada, I.imited, for year 1922, p. 11.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 79
Near the south end of the property there is a normal fault known as X
fault with a displacement of about 21 feet. It dips to the southward at about
75°, the south side being the downthrow^ side. This fault is probably the east-
ward extension of the Clear lake fault. It follows a vertical bed of Keewatin
"iron formation" from Clear lake eastward to the Townsite. The fault contains
a vein of good ore; in places the \-ein is several feet from the fault.
Workings from No. 1 Shaft, Townsite
First Level. — (Elevation above sea level 917.8 feet at No. 1 shaft.) \'ein
A is 240 feet long and extends to the surface. It is cut off below by the contact
fault, and is stoped to a width of 5 to 10 feet. The ore is reported to have been
very rich.
Vein Q is 265 feet long, and is cut oft' between the first and second levels
by the slate fault which follows a bed of slate-like greywacke. The stope has a
width of 5 to 7 feet. It pinches out before reaching the surface. The ore was
very rich.
Vein L west is 300 feet long. About 55 feet of this vein at the west end
extends down to the first level. From No. 3 raise westward, the base of the vein
rises with the Keewatin floor, and the ore rises to the surface. The width of
the stope is about six feet, and the ore was rich. There is a net work of veins,
connected with vein L west, which is cut off by the Keewatin floor or by the
slate fault.
P vein is 210 feet long. It is cut off at the northeast end by the contact
fault on this level, but it follows down below the fault. At its southwest end it
pinches out. The vein is cut off below the second level by the slate fault. The
stope is 5 to 6 feet wide, and the ore is reported to have been rich.
Second Level. — (Elevation above sea level 820.2 feet at No. 1 shaft.) \'eins
P and P west have a combined stope about 360 feet long and a width of 6 feet.
Vein P west is cut off at the floor of the second level by the slate fault. The
ore was high-grade.
The stope in Q and L veins combined has a length of 310 feet and a width
of 5 to 6 feet. Q vein is stoped up to the slate fault; the scuth half of vein L
is deflected at the fault, but it is still in the stope, and is stoped nearly to the
surface. The remainder of L vein was cut off above by the slate fault; the vein
is cut off below by the Keewatin floor. Vein Q is cut oft" 20 feet below the second
level at the base of the lowest bed of slate-like greywacke. These veins afforded
rich ore.
Veins S and S east have a combined stope 330 feet long and 5 to 6 feet wide.
The top of this vein-system follows down the contact fault. Below it is stoped
down to the slate fault.
Third Level. — (Elevation above sea level 756.8 feet at No. 1 shaft.) The
stope in vein No. 14, vein S east, and vein S has a total length of about 480 feet.
The stope has a width of 10 to 15 feet for a distance of 70 feet. This is the largest
stope in the Townsite mine. \'ein S was stoped up through the second level to
the contact fault. \'ein S east and No. 14 were cut off above by the slate
fault. This vein-system pinches out at the fourth level near the Keewatin
floor. X'ein S had poor ore, S east had high-grade ore, and No. 14 vein had
ore of fair grade.
The stope in vein R continues into the stope in vein G, and the two stopes
together have a length of 290 feet. The average width of the stope is 5 to 6 feet.
Part of the stope in vein R has a width of 10 feet for a distance of 30 feet. These
80 Department of Mines No. 4
veins are cut off above the third level by the slate fault, and continue downwards
to the fourth level near the Keewatin floor.
The stopes in \ein P west and vein P north ha\e a combined length of 400
feet, and are 5 to 6 feet wide. These veins are cut off above by the slate fault,
and they pinch out below near the Keewatin. \'ein P west had high-grade ore,
but vein P north was poor on this level.
Fourth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 702.1 feet at No. 1 shaft.) \'ein
No. 14 has a stope 380 feet long and 5 to 7 feet wide. It pinches out near the
Keewatin. The stopes in vein G and \'ein R ha\e a comljined length of 200
feet and width of 5 to 7 feet.
\'ein S has been stoped for 200 feet and the stope has a width of about 5
feet. \"ein S and the net work of \'eins connected therewith are small and
low-grade, and yielded mill-rock.
Faults
The contact fault strikes about north and south and is the southward
extension of the contact fault on the Buffalo. On the first level it occurs about
100 feet west of No. 1 shaft and at the station of No. 7 shaft. It dips eastward
at 35° to 37°. On the second level it passes into the City of Cobalt p.-opsrty;
on the plan of the level this fault is named the reverse fault. On this level it
dips eastward 25° to 30°. The contact fault has in places a fault breccia 1 or 2
feet wide. There are barren calcite veins in the fault, but these are never crushed.
In the vicinity of No. 7 shaft on the first level, the rock is much crushed near the
fault. There is evidence in the City of Cobalt property to show that it is a
reverse fault.
The slate fault has been so named because it follows a bed of slate-like
greywacke. In the northwest corner of the first le\'el, the slate fault occurs at
the top of a bed of slate-like greywacke. It dips with the greywacke at about
15° to the southeast. There is very little fault breccia or gouge in the fault.
The location of the fault is shown on the vertical section (Fig. 19). The
displacement along the fault is not known.
In addition to the contact fault and slate fault there are a few other faults,
more or less parallel to the Keewatin contact; these are of less importance.
There are a number of almost vertical faults, the chief of which is known
as "X" fault; it is probably the eastward extension of the Clear lake fault, and
it follows a bed of Keewatin "iron formation." At the time of the examination
in the year 1921, the best place to study X fault was in a raise in the fault above
the second level. On the plan of the second level it may be seen that X fault,
here named X vein, is at the extreme south end of the level. The fault strikes
about west 20° north and dips at 75° southward. The south side has dropped
down about 21 feet. This displacement may be accurately measured on account
of the presence of a bed of slate-like greywacke. The fault breccia is up to 15
inches wide. Some horizontal movement has taken place along the fault, as
the bed of slate-like greywacke in the hanging-wall is about one foot thicker than
it is in the footwall.
On the second level a drift was run along the fault to prospect a calcite vein
which occurs in the fault. The vein was not producti\-e in this level, l)ut was
in the level above.
Structure of the Rocks
In the Keewatin rocks there is a depression or trough which strikes south-
eastward and is now filled with conglomerate, greywacke, and quartzite of the
Cobalt series. The contour of the trough on the fourth le\-el is, as the plan
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 81
shows, horseshoe in shape, and it opens out into the old basin underlying the
present Cobalt lake. The dip along the bottom of the trough is 15° to 22°
southeastward. The dips of the beds of the Cobalt series are, Mr. James Hill
believes, controlled by the slopes of the Keewatin floor; that is to say, the beds dip
inwards towards the centre of the trough. As the trough was partly filled with
conglomerate before the deposition of the slate-like greywacke, the dip of the
slate-like greywacke bed is a little flatter than the dip of the floor of the trough,
the slate-like greywacke dipping at angles of 6° to 20°, and the bottom of the
Keewatin trough at 15° to 22° southeastward. Possibly, folding after the
Cobalt series was laid down may have deepened the trough.
There are two beds of slate-like greywacke. The lowest bed, where it has
been intersected by the workings on the fourth level, occupies about a third of
the mineral area, and in two places it rests directly on the Keewatin floor; on
the third level it occupies a small crescent-shaped area, and rests in one place
directly on the Keewatin floor. On the second level it is only a thin bed of
poorly-bedded sediments where it feathers out.
The second and higher bed of slate-like greywacke is in places about 16
feet above the first, and there is a bed of conglomerate between the two. This
second bed of slate-like greywacke is 50 feet thick in "Q" stope, the thickness
diminishing towards the surface and becoming thicker towards the southeast.
This second bed covers about one-half the mineral area on the third level;
while on the second level it forms a broad belt about 250 to 300 feet wide. On
the first level it has narrowed down to a belt about 45 feet wide which almost
rests directly on the Keewatin. It may be seen feathering out in L stope above
this level. The lower part of this second bed is finely-banded greywacke, very
fine in grain; higher up in the bed the sediments passes into quartzitic material
which, however, has been included with the slate-like greywacke for mapping
purposes.
A boulder of iron pyrites, 6 inches wide by 12 inches long, was found in the
conglomerate on the first level of the Townsite. The pyrite was perfectly fresh.
Workings from No. 4 Shaft, Townsite
There are two levels from this shaft; part of the geology on the lowest
level is shown.
The most important vein is known as "X" vein; it occurs in a normal fault
having a displacement of about 21 feet, and containing fault breccia from 1 to
12 inches wide. On the first level the vein has been stoped for 380 feet, and on the
second level for 470 feet. The stope has a width of 6 or 7 feet; in places
barren calcite may still be seen from 8 to 12 inches wide. At the west end the
vein consisted of smaltite 1 foot wide. In places the ore was rich. The vein
is sometimes in the fault and sometimes in the wall-rock some 5 feet or more
from the fault.
To the south of vein "X" on the first level, there are a number of other
veins, chief of w^hich is No. 8 which is stoped in places nearly to the surface.
No. 8 vein is in or adjacent to a fault which has a fault breccia from one-quarter
to two inches wide. The other veins south of vein "X" have for the most part
been stoped only 10 or 20 feet above the level. The vein known as "X-6"
produced fair ore; the other veins yielded about 10-ounce mill-rock.
On the second level there is a fault at the northeast end of the long crosscut
running northeast under the railway track. This fault dips at 25° eastward,
has a fault breccia and gouge 1 to 6 inches wide, and appears to line up with the
contact fault.
82 Department of Mines No. 4
CON I AG AS
The Coniagas Mines, Limited, has a capital of vS4,000,000 in shares of a
par value of S5 each. To the end of the year 1922 the company had produced
31,286,744 ounces of silver and had paid 811,140,000 in dividends.
The company was incorporated in November, 1906; concentration of ore
began in September 24th, 1907; and mine ore and concentrates were shipped
and treated together during 1907 and 1908.'
In January, 1920, the Coniagas bought the Trethewey mine and all the
company's assets for $100,000. In 1922 the company leased the Beaver mine,
and began operations thereon in January. 1923. The company in 1922 and 1923
were working under option the Ruby mine near North Cobalt.
In addition to its activities in and around Cobalt, the company is developing
a gold property at Porcupine, and is interested in other gold claims elsewhere in
Northern Ontario.
At the end of October, 1922, there were at the Coniagas mine about se\-en
miles of workings, including drifts, crosscuts, raises, winzes, and shafts.
The company has been treating lower grade ore than any other company in
Cobalt. For the year ending October 31st, 1922, the ore averaged 9.19 ounces
per ton. The ore hoisted amounted to 123,583.8 tons, from which were received
1,121,279 ounces of silver. The ore was mined and concentrated during the
year at a cost of 32.64 cents per ounce of silver content. This cost includes all
overhead expenses, royalties, and other general expenses, but excludes the cost
of smelting, refining, shipping and marketing, which amounted to 7.64 cents per
ounce. The average cost of silver produced during the past 15 years, including
all charges above mentioned, has been 23.87 cents per ounce. 2
The low cost of operation is partly due to the immense width of some of the
stopes, partly to the fact that mine and mill are encompassed within an area of
but 17 acres, and partly to the excellent management.
It is interesting to contrast the grade of ore in the early days at the Coniagas
with the grade at the present time. In the year 1907 the ore averaged $50 per
ton; in the year ending October 31st, 1922, the ore averaged, as pointed out above,
9.18 ounces of silver per ton.
Almost the entire production of silver has come from the northeast part of
the property from an area of ground about 17 acres in extent and about 200 feet
in depth. The south half of the property has not been productive.
As may be seen from the plans, the veins on the Coniagas form a complex
network; included among the big producers are Nos. 2, 18, and 28; of these veins
No. 2 is the most important.
In the last few years very little high-grade ore has been found, and the mill
has been treating low-grade mill-rock. In the year 1920, the mine produced
only five tons of high-grade ore.
The ore has been obtained almost entirely from the Cobalt series, but a
very small quantity was won from the Keewatin. The Cobalt series has an
average thickness of about 200 feet, although ai the west end of the property
it pinches out entirely.
The stopes in the Coniagas are the largest in the Cobalt camp. Some of
them are 40, 50, and 60 feet wide and, in one instance, that of the stope on vein
No. 18, the stope is 85 feet in width. The great width of this stope is due to the
fact that several veins join vein 18, and it is at the junction of these veins with
'Annual Report, Coniagas Mines, Limited, 1918, p. 11.
^Annual Report, Ccniagas Mines, Limited, year ending October 31st. 1922, pp. 4-5.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
83
vein 18 that the stope attains a width of 85 feet. Many of the veins in this stope
were small, averaging not more than three-eights of an inch in width.
It has been the experience of the Coniagas mine that the fine-grained con-
glomerate was more producti\'e of ore of milling grade than was the coarse-
grained conglomerate. No dotibt the reason for this was that the fine-grained
conglomerate was more readily fractured into tiny cracks than was the coarse-
grained. The high-grade ore occurs as commonly in the coarse conglomerate as
in the fine-grained. It is well to remember that the high-grade ore occurs only
in the veins; these a\'erage about an inch or two in width. What has been called
the low-grade ore, or mill-rock, is for the most part simply the country rock which
is fractured into innumerable tiny cracks, into which silver solutions have pene-
trated, and along which the silver was deposited. The country rock is thus
impregnated with silver for many feet on each side of the vein or veins, producing
what is locally called mill-rock.
Horizontal and Vertical Scale. -300 Feet to I Inch
300 O 300 600
I I I I i I
Fig. 20 — Vertical section, west 23° north through Coniagas shaft No. 2, showing location ot
"contact" fault, and its relation to the Keewatin and to a bed of slate-like greywacke.
The "Contact" Fault
An important structural feature of the mine is the presence of a fault which
is named on the plans the "Coniagas" fault. This fault is the northward
extension of what has been called "contact" fault on the Buffalo. In the
following description it will be called the contact fault. On the Coniagas it
occurs, for the most part, about ten feet more or less above the Keewatin floor,
although in places in the lower levels it passes down into the Keewatin. In
other words, this fault is, generally speaking, about parallel to and a little above
the contact between the Keewatin series and the Cobalt series; hence the name
"contact" fault. The fault dips at an angle of about 16° in a vertical section
through No. 2 shaft (Fig. 20). The dip of the contact between the Keewatin
and the Cobalt series in the same vertical section is about 14", or about 2° flatter
than the dip of the contact fault.
Silver occurs, as a general rule, above and below the fault where the veins
are in the Cobalt series. This statement may be substantiated even now,
although the ore is mined out, by examining the great stope in vein No. 69.
The fault may be observed on the sides of the stope, some 15 or 20 feet above the
level, while above and below the fault it may be seen that the ore has been mined
7 D.M.
84 Department of Mines No. 4
out. While it is true that the silver ore does occur above and below the fault,
it has nevertheless been pointed out by the management that the character of
the ore above the fault is different from that below. The management states
that more high-grade silver ore occurs above the fault than occurs below; on
the other hand, the rock below the fault was found to be a better grade of milling
ore than the rock above the fault.
The displacement along the contact fault has not been determined nor has
the direction of the movement. The age relation of the fault to the veins has
also not been definitely determined, but it would appear that the veins are younger
than the faults. One reason for this belief is that the ore below the fault is lower
in grade than that above the fault. The writer had no opportunity to study
this problem during the time that the veins were being mined along the fault.
The same problem regarding the relation of the veins to the contact fault was
met with in the properties of the Mining Corporation south of the Coniagas.
The Keewatin floor, on which the sediments of the Cobalt series were laid
down, was remarkably uniform, as may be seen by examining the contours of the
contact on the map of the Coniagas. Only at one place was much irregularity
obser\ed and that was on the 225-ft. level in the vicinity of No. 9 vein.
During May, 1921, the Coniagas mill was treating about 325 tons of ore per
day from the mine; the ore contained about 10 ounces of silver per ton. In
addition to this, the Coniagas mill was treating about 200 tons a day of tailings
from the dump, the tailings containing about 3 ounces of silver per ton. The
slimes on the property contain 6 or 7 ounces per ton, and were also being
treated by the Coniagas Mines, Limited, but these slimes were treated in the
Buffalo mill.
Coniagas Mine Workings
The Coniagas is worked mainly from No. 2 shaft, the elevation of which
above sea level is 1,079.5 feet. The mine has 5 levels, namely, the 75-ft., 150-ft.,
225-ft., 285-ft., and 375-ft. The lowest level, the 375-ft., is at the extreme
southeast corner of the property, and is not connected directly with any shaft,
but is entered by means of a winze from the 285-ft. level.
375-ft. Level. — The 375-ft. level was not pumped out at the time of our
examination. Less than 200 feet of work has been done on it. The company
states that the winze was in conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series.
In the crosscut which runs west of the winze, the Keewatin was said to have
been encountered 15 or 20 feet west of the winze. The crosscut running north-
ward is said to be entirely in conglomerate. There are no veins reported on this
level.
285-ft. Level. — This level produced, relatively speaking, unimportant
quantities of silver.
The contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series may be seen in half
a dozen places, and thus its contour is fairly well established. At the north end
of the workings, there are two faults which are about parallel to the contact
between the Keewatin basalt and the Cobalt series. One of these faults is
about 15 feet above the other. The faults are evidently part of the contact
fault which is so well developed on all of the higher levels. Possibly at this
depth the contact fault has split into two parts, although we were not able to
prove this. At the north end of the property, on a sub-level about 10 feet
above the 285-ft. level, the most productive vein on the property. No. 2, has been
stoped out. The floor of the stope follows about the contact between the
Keewatin and Cobalt series on this sub-level. The west face of the sub-level
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 85
is Keewatin, and it may be seen that No. 2 vein has pinched out on entering
the Keewatin series at this point. Vein No. 65 has a width up to 3 inches of
pink calcite; it is a strong-looking vein, but is unproductive as far as explored.
A little stoping w^as done on a vein near the south end of the property.
The Keewatin on the 285-ft. level is a fine-grained basalt. No slate-like
greywacke in the Cobalt series was observed on this level.
The only suggestion of the presence of the contact fault at the south end of
the property is a calcite stringer dipping 21° eastward; this stringer is a few feet
below the contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series.
225-ft. Level. — On this level the contact between the Keewatin and the
Cobalt series has been met with in several places. The contact fault has also
been met with in several places; it is partly in the Keewatin series, but mostly in
the Cobalt series. At the north part the fault takes a long bend eastward into
the Cobalt series. It consists of fault breccia up to 6 or 7 inches wide, and, in
extreme cases, a foot or two wide. The gouge is an inch or two wide. In places
there is a pink calcite vein as wide as 6 inches in the fault. The fault may be
very well studied in the south part of vein No. 69. This vein is located between
No. 2 shaft and w^nze No. 23. We were not able, from actual observation, to
determine the direction of the movement on the fault, or for how many feet
the rocks had been faulted, nor were we able to determine the relative age
of the fault and the vein. It was reported by the management, however, that
vein No. 69 came down vertically to the Coniagas fault and that, on encounter-
ing the fault, the vein followed the fault down in step-like breaks, until at a
distance of about 22 feet southeastward it again took a vertical course and
continued down through the conglomerate. The management further reported
that in this part of the fault some ore of economic grade was met with.
At the east end of vein No. 23, the fault bears an economic relation to the
silver content of the vein ; it was reported that no silver was found below the
fault, although the vein occurs below the fault.
No well-defined bed of slate-like greywacke was observed on this level, but
a poorly-defined bed, shown on the plan, was noted in drift No. 26. This bed
probably corresponds to the bed of slate-like greywacke in the big stope on No.
69 vein and to the bed of slate on the 150-ft. level. Greywacke also occurs in
crosscut H, about 500 feet from the entrance; it is not clearly enough bedded to
make it possible to map.
\"eins Nos. 18 and 12, at the north end of the property, apparently pinch
out on entering the Keewatin, judging from what may be seen on the level.
Vein No. 2, the most productive vein on the Coniagas, may still be seen on the
face of the drift at the east end ; the ore was not mined here because it is at the
boundary of the Nipissing and Coniagas mines. No. 2 vein on the Coniagas is
known as the "Fourth of July" vein on the Nipissing. The vein on the east face
contains high-grade silver ore. and is about an inch and a quarter in width;
the vein contains smaltite, calcite. and native silver. About 8 feet above the
floor of the drift, there is a fault which is apparently the contact fault. The vein
may be seen at the bottom of the face of the drift, and may be traced up the face
about 53^2 feet, where it pinches out. The point at which it pinches out is
about 23^ feet below^ the fault. The vein, of course, appears again above the
fault, but how far above w^e were not able to observe. Vein No. 22 at its eastern
extremity pinches out to a crack in the conglomerate, and it also pinches out
westward in the Keewatin to a mere crack containing calcite here and there
about a thirty-second of an inch in width.
86 Department of Mines No. 4
Vein No. 9 is interesting on account of the work which has bean done on
it; but this work was done in order to explore the vein in the Keewatin. The
vein was followed in a drift in the Keewatin for 600 feet to the west boundary
of the property. It was found to have a width up to 2 or 3 inches, but it did not
contain enough silver to pay.
\^ein No. 62 at the south end of the property has a width, where it may now
be seen, of about half an inch of calcite; it is not a productive vein. Stoping
was done at the south end to a height of 22 feet by about 25 feet long.
150-ft. Level. — This level has more work done on it than has any other in
the mine. The feature of this level is the great size of stope No. 18, which in one
place attains a width of 85 feet. The reason that the stope could be worked to
such a width is that there are several veins running into the main vein. No. 18.
No. 9 vein was explored on this level well into the Keewatin series, and while
it produced a small quantity of silver, we were not able to ascertain how much;
it was, nevertheless, of little importance in the Keewatin. The contour of the
contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series is very regular.
About 10 or 12 feet above the base of the Cobalt series, there is a bed of slate -
like greywacke some 8 or 10 feet thick. The bed may be traced on this level for
about 7C0 feet, but we were not able to find a bed on the level below, the 225-ft.,
which would correspond to it. The bed does go down almost to the 225-ft. level,
for it may be seen in stope No. 69 about 15 or 20 feet above the 225-ft. level.
The bed was not recognized on the 75-ft. level.
On the 150-ft. level the contact fault follows the top of this bed of slate-like
greywacke, except at the south end where it appears to pass down to the lower
part of the bed and thence out of it.
Another bed of fine-grained cherty greywacke of a peculiar greenish colour
was noted on the eastern part of the workings at veins Nos. 2 and 28. Its
location is shown on the plan. This bed is not easy to separate from the other
sediments of the Cobalt series; it is structurally about 75 feet above the bed which
has just been described.
In July, 1921, the only development work which was behig carried on was
being done on the 150-ft. level at the south end of the property. A small vein
about 35 feet northeast of vein 15 was being drifted on towards the southeast.
At the end of the long crosscut near the southwest corner of the mine, another
small vein was also being explored.
The south part of the Coniagas property is the only part which has not been
thoroughly explored, hence the development work which was being done in
July, 1921. The contact fault has been traced for a greater distance on this level
than on any other. It has been followed for 1,100 feet, and at neither end had
it pinched out. The fault consists of a fault breccia and gouge 4 or 5 inches in
width; there is always more fault breccia than gouge in the fault. In places
the fault breccia is 2 feet or more in width. Practically all of the 150-ft. level
is accessible, except the last part of vein No. 2 and part of vein No. 18.
75-ft. Level. — Much of the level is inaccessible as the floors have been stoped
out, and there is generally no timber to allow the examination of the parts so
mined out. The contact between the Keewatin and the Cobalt series was cut
only in one drift, that which follows vein No. 4. The contact fault, however,
was encountered in five drifts and has been traced for 500 feet; the fault has not
pinched out at either end.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
87
KERR LAKE
The Kerr Lake Mines, Limited, has a capital of $2,400,00 in shares of a par
value of S-i. The company has produced 27,005,276 ounces of silver, and has
paid SlO, 195,000 in dividends to the end of the year 1922. The property was
closed on February 1st, 1922.
Fig. 21 — Showing stopes in veins in bed of Kerr lake.
88 Department of Mines No. 4
The cost of producing siher for the year ending August 31st, 1920, was
56.04 cents per ounce, including mining, developing, shipments, treatment,
administration and general expenses; for the year ending August 31st, 1919, the
cost was 40.81 cents an ounce, and for the previous year it was 24.74 cents. ^
The total development work, including drifts, crosscuts, raises, winzes,
and shafts, amounts to 12.2 miles.
The vein-system on the Kerr Lake and Crown Reserve is a continuous one,
the boundary lines of the claims being accidental. Some of the veins on the
Kerr Lake extend into the Crown Reserve, notably the Big Chamber, which is
known as the Carson on the Crown Reserve; No. 10 which is known as the Ross
on the Crown Reserve; and the Fleming which is known by the same name on
the Crown Reserve.
The principal veins on the property are No. 10, No. 3, Fleming, No. 7,
Big Chamber, Main East, and McDonald. A separate record of the production
of each vein was not kept until the fiscal year ending August 31st, 1911; con-
sequently the figures in the following table are not complete, but nevertheless
serve a useful purpose. No. 3 vein at the southeast corner of the mine was one
of the most important veins on the property and one of the first discovered.
By August 31st, 1910, it was almost mined out, so ihat the production figures
given in the following table have been estimated. The company has informed
the writer that No. 3 vein produced between two and three million ounces of
silver.
Production of Individual Veins, Kerr Lake Mine, August 31st, 1910,
TO August 31st, 192P
Name of \'ein Xo. of Ounces
Produced
No. 10 3,345,233
No. 3 3,000,0003
Fleming 2,217,512
No. 7 2,029,518
• Big Chamber 1,488,401
Main East 932,352
McDonald 867,401
No. 3 Lake 557,584
No. 15 463,740
No. 8 279,290
Xmas 207,146
No. 3 Lake North 114,501
Little No. 3 89,757
No. 2 . 82,660
No. 218 Side 42,712
No. 21 34,542
No. 218 22,847
Little No. 7 29,796
South No. 10 22,243
No. 2 Lake 16,657
Cross 11,405
Keevvatin 9,087
No. 21 Side 5,602
No. 7 Side 5,301
Split vein 3, 140
No. 3A 3,000
No. 18 2,410
Little McDonald 2,393
No. 23 1,603
Crusher 1,560
No. 17 1,526
No. 2 1,315
No. 6 930
No. 19 152
No. 20 150
No. 16 100
^Annual Report, Kerr Lake Mines, Limited.
^Annual Reports, Kerr Lake Mines, 1911-1921.
^Estimated at two to three million ounces.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 89
No. 3 vein at the southeast corner of the property is one of the most interest-
ing in the camp. The vein occurs in the Nipissing diabase and passes down into
the Keewatin, in which formation it has been explored by workings for 150 feet
below the diabase. The vein proved productive, however, only in the Nipissing
diabase. Even in the diabase the ore-shoot did not extend to the bottom of the
sill, but came to within about 125 feet of the bottom. The stope-section, showing
the ore-shoot and its relation to the diabase and Keewatin, is printed on Sheet
No. 31a-3, on which are published the plans of the Kerr Lake and Hargrave
mines. Assuming that the diabase has a thickness of about 1,000 feet, it will
be seen from the stope-section that the ore-shoot extends upwards into the middle
of the sill. It may have continued to the top of the sill, but this part has been,
of course, long since eroded. At any rate this is the only instance in the Cobalt
camp proper in which an important ore-shoot occurs in the centre of the diabase-
sill. On the 550-ft. level, No. 3 vein in the Keewatin contained some gold at
one point; assays of $1 to $18 were obtained.^
The No. 3 vein was very rich on the surface; the vein above the adit level
up to the surface produced 170 tons averaging $1,500 per ton.'^
Here and there along the walls of No. 3 vein there are striations dipping
gently to the south, proving that some more or less horizontal movement took
place along the fracture in which No. 3 vein occurs.
At the south end of the Kerr Lake property, the No. 3 vein splits into two
branches and these branches continue south into the Hargrave.
Vein No. 7 had an ore-shoot about 700 feet long.^ An idea of the richness
of the ore in this vein may be obtained when it is considered that on the 140-ft.
level a drift 60 feet long in the No. 7 vein produced 94,000 ounces of silver.
The Big Chamber vein has a length of about 175 feet on the 140-ft. level.
It extends into the Crown Reserve where the vein is known as the Carson, the
length of which was about 275 feet. The total length of the vein on the Carson
and Kerr Lake is about 450 feet. The Big Chamber produced at least 1,488,401
ounces of silver, the records of production of this vein not being complete. On
the Crown Reserve the vein produced over nine million ounces which was nearly
half the production of the entire Crown Reserve mine.
The plans show that at the w^est part of the Kerr Lake mine there is a trough
in the Keewatin. The axis of the trough pitches and strikes to the north. This
trough or depression is best shown on the 140-ft. level. If the plan of this level
be joined to the plan of the 100-ft. level of the Crown Reserve the outline of the
trough will be brought out better. This trough appears to have been formed by
erosion and later filled in with the Cobalt series. It does not seem to have been
formed by folding after the Cobalt series was laid down, because the lower bed
of slate-like greywacke, shown on the 140-ft. level of Kerr Lake and the 100-ft.
level of Crown Reserve, does not conform with this deep trough. If the reader
will examine these plans he will more readily grasp what is meant.
The veins in the Crown Reserve and Kerr Lake not only cross the trough,
but run down the axis of the trough. Indeed, the veins have a variable strike.
It would appear to the writer that the main factor governing the fractures in
these two properties is their occurrence below the Nipissing diabase dome,
shown in the vertical section facing page 34.
Difficulty was experienced in deciding as to where the contacts between
the Keewatin and Cobalt series should be located. Where the Cobalt series
rests on Keewatin basalt the contact was transitional, and therefore difficult
^Annual Report, Kerr Lake Mines, Limited, for jear ending: August 31st, 192L
^Report to Directors of Kerr Lake Mining Company by \V. J. Barrett, November, 1906.
'Annual Report, Kerr Lake Mining Company, year ending August 31st, 1909, p. 2.
90 Department of Mines No. 4
to place. On the other hand, v\here the Cobalt series rests on Keewatin cherty
"iron formation", at the northeast corner of the property, the contact was sharp,
and more easily placed. The company's plans showed some of the contacts,
which were worked out by Mr. G. R. Whitman; these plans were of assistance.
The company obtained most of the silver from veins under Kerr Lake, with
the exception of the silver which No. 3 vein at the southeast corner of the
property prcdticed. The plan of the adit level shows the strip of land under
Kerr Lake.
A description of how and when the water was pumped out of Kerr lake is
given elsewhere in this report.
The mine has been operated from. No. 7 shaft at the northwest part of the
claim, and from No. 3 shaft at the southwest corner; No. 3 shaft was used mainly
in mining No. 3 \'ein.
Kerr Lake Mine Workings from No. 7 Shaft
The mine workings from No. 7 shaft are described below. Most of the ore
came from veins operated from this shaft.
325-ft. Level from No. 7 Shaft. — This level was run in Keewatin and was not
accessible. It is reached by a winze from the 275-ft. level, and has little work
done on it. The level was run on the Fleming vein where a short shoot of fair
ore was met with. The rest of the vein is barren.
275-ft. Level from No. 7 Shaft. — The east part of the level was not accessible;
it is reached by a winze from the 225-ft. level, and has little work done on it.
The rock is Keewatin and the drift followed the Fleming vein, which showed ore
of fair milling grade with occasional spots of high-grade for over 200 feet.
The west part of the le\'el was examined and found to consist entirely of
Keewatin, together with a narrow bed of banded Keewatin "iron formation"
striking southwesterly.
225-ft. Level from No. 7 Shaft. — The Big Chamber vein, the eastward
extension of the Carson vein on the Crown Reserve, is entirely in Keewatin on
this level. The Fleming vein is partly in Keewatin and partly in Cobalt series;
that part in the Keewatin produced some high-grade ore.
The bed of Keewatin "iron formation" found on the 275-ft. level also occurs
on the 225-ft. level. It is highly impregnated with zinc blende and iron
pyrites. The Cobalt series forms a belt from a few feet up to 135 feet in width
at the north boundary of the property.
165-ft., 175-ft., 190-ft. Levels from No. 7 Shaft.— These levels may, for
descriptive purposes, be treated together. The Fleming vein has been followed
for over 600 feet, and it may still be seen in the back of the stope in places where
it is as wide as 15 inches. The vein dips at 67° to the south. Near the east
end of the vein there is a fault dipping 60° to 79° eastward which apparently
cuts off the silver content of the Fleming vein. The fault contains iron pyrites,
calcite, and quartz, and is rusty. In places the iron pyrites in the fault is banded,
as many as 40 bands having been counted. The character of the fault varies
from point to point. Where it meets the Fleming vein it consists of two inches
of calcite, four inches of iron pyrites, banded, and half an inch of gouge. In
other places the fault has only a little calcite together with gouge and fault
breccia. The age relation between the vein and fault was not determined.
At the northeast corner of the level the Keewatin consists of black, car-
bonaceous chert. At the west part there is a trough in the Keewatin floor,
now filled with Cobalt series. This trough is more pronounced in the level
above.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 91
140-ft. Level from No. 7 Shaft. — This is the most comprehensive level in the
mine, giving as it does a good idea of the complexity of the vein-system. The
level is about the same elevation as the ICO-ft. of the Crown Reserve, the levels
being connected along the Carson vein. The barren parts of the Fleming vein
have a width of 12 to 15 inches.
The trough in the Keewatin at the west end of the mine is well defined on
this level. No. 7 vein follows along the east side of the trough and then turns
westward and crosses the trough.
At the east end of the level the Keewatin consists of chert; where the
bedding of the chert may be seen, it is about vertical. The chert is impregnated
with iron pyrites, zinc blende, and galena, and is also carbonaceous.
A fault occurs at the northwest corner of the level. It dips 32° northward
and has a reverse displacement of at least five feet.
90-ft. Level from No. 7 Shaft. — Most of the level is Cobalt series. At the
south end some wcrk has been done in the Nipissing diabase which shows that
the contact of the diabase and adjacent rocks is an unusually irregular one.
What is known as the "ofiice" vein, consisting of smaltite and calcite, was not
productive of silver. No. 7 vein consists of several parallel veins which join
together into one or branch again into several veins.
Kerr Lake Mine Workings from No. 3 Shaft
Vein No. 3 is worked from this shaft; it was one of the most important
veins in the property. The ore-shoot was wholly in the Nipissing diabase,
but the lower levels vv^ere used to explore and prospect the vein in the Keewatin
below the diabase. The seventh, eighth, and ninth levels are worked by a winze
from the sixth level.
Ninth Level, 550 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — This level was examined
on June 6th, 1921. At that time the drift on No. 3 vein was about 60 feet in
length. North of the winze the vein averaged about four inches in width.
South of the winze the vein became smaller and on the face was half an inch
wide. A little galena occurs in the vein. The vein assayed at one place 54
ounces of silver, but the average grade on the level was too low to pay. In the
winze the vein was four or five inches in width, consisting of calcite. The rock
on the ninth level consists of Keewatin cut by an 18-inch lamprophyre dike.
The dike is north of the winze and dips 10° to 20° southeast.
Eighth Level, 420 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft.— No. 3 vein on the eighth
level pinches and swells, and varies in width from one to five inches. It consists
mostly of calcite, together with a little smaltite in spots. On the north face of
the drift there were three veins in the face, one of which was two inches wide
while the others were narrower. The vein was barren of commercial ore.
Seventh Level, 370 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — No. 3 vein between the
winze and the north face of the drift is a strong vein averaging three or four
inches and up to eight inches in width. A little native silver was found, but
no ore of commercial importance w^as met with. The contact of the diabase
and Keewatin is at the north end of the drift. The contact dips between 80°
to 90° to the north. The Keewatin at the contact is chert. The No. 3 vein
splits and almost pinches out on descending into the chert, although six feet
from the contact it is five or six inches wide in the diabase. At the south end
the drift goes into the Hargrave.
Sixth Level, 320 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft.— On this level considerable
crosscutting was done to explore the ground. About half a dozen veins were
92 Department of Mines No. 4
encountered and drifted on, but were of little value. This was the lowest level
on which No. 3 vein was productive.
Fifth Level, 272 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — The level is all run on
No. 3 vein, except at the north end where an exploratory crosscut extended
north into the Keewatin. On the walls of No. 3 vein, there are scratches and
striations dipping gently southward, showing that some horizontal movement
has taken place along the walls of the fracture in which the vein occurs.
Fourth Level, 224 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — The level is all diabase
except at the northwest corner where a drift follows a vein containing smaltite
and iron pyrites.
Third Level, 179 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — This level consists of a
short drift along No. 3 vein, all in Nipissing diabase.
Second Level, 123 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — This is an extensive level
which is connected with No. 7 workings by a raise from the northwest corner.
On the walls of No. 3 vein there are scratches and striations dipping 10° to 20°
south.
First Level, 67 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — This is a small level con-
sisting of a short drift on No. 3 vein.
HARGRAVE (KERR LAKE)
The Hargrave was bought by the Kerr Lake Mines, Limited, for $16,500
during the company's fiscal year ending August 31st, 1921. After the Kerr
Lake Mines acquired the property, the mine produced 35,973 ounces of
silver.
According to the records of the Ontario Department of Mines, the Hargrave
property produced 506,972 ounces of silver.
During the time that the property was being worked by the Kerr Lake
Mines, the writer had an opportunity of examining some of the workings con-
tiguous to the Kerr Lake property on the south. These workings are on the
southward extension of the No. 3 vein and its branch.
No. 3 vein on the Kerr Lake produced between two and three million
ounces of silver, but unfortunately the ore-shoot scarcely extended into the
Hargrave, although the two branch' veins of calcite did extend to the south as
far as the Hargrave workings had been driven. The stope-section of No. 3 vein
is shown on the Kerr Lake-Hargrave Sheet, No. 31a-3. It will be seen from
this section that a very small part of the ore-shoot at the top and at the bottom
extended into the Hargrave.
The cause of the cutting off of the ore-shoot to the south is not certainly
known, but a fault, which was best seen on the 375-ft. level of the Hargrave,
may have been a factor in the matter. Very little ore is reported to have
occurred to the south of the fault.
The seventh level of the Kerr Lake mine was extended south into the
Hargrave workings, as shown on the plan of the sixth and seventh levels of the
Kerr Lake mine. No. 3 vein splits, and branches were drifted on for about
100 feet. This level had not been directly connected with the Hargrave shaft
No. 3. The rock is all Nipissing diabase, which is considerably disturbed in
places, the numerous joint planes in the rock being polished and striated. A
small shoot of ore was found in the east branch of No. 3 vein above the level,
yielding 35,973 ounces of silver.
The 375-ft. level of the Hargrave is an extensive one. The writer examined
that part of it south of the Kerr Lake. On this level there is a fault striking a
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 93
little east of south and dipping almost vertically. The fault cuts across No. 3
vein about 20 feet south of the boundary line. The east branch of No. 3 vein
gradually converges toward this fault, and enters the fault at a very gentle
angle. On the seventh level this fault was not a clear-cut fracture, but appeared
to be represented by the crushed and striated diabase referred to in the pre-
ceding paragraph.
The writer did not have an opportunity of examining the fault on the
higher levels of the Hargrave mine. It would have been of interest to see what
relation the fault had to the ore-shoot on No. 3 vein in the upper part of the
mine.
The Hargrave workings east of the Kerr Lake claim were not examined.
LA ROSE MINES
La Rose Mines, Limited, has a capital of $1,500,000 in shares of a par
value of $L00; all the stock has been issued. The company has produced
25,897,914 ounces of silver, and has paid $7,655,410 in dividends to the end of
the year 1922.
The company owns La Rose mine. La Rose Extension, the Violet, the
Princess, the Lawson, the University, and the Fisher-Eplett. Most of the
production has come from La Rose.
The writer is indebted to Mr. G. C. Bateman, manager of La Rose mine,
for the figures giving the shipments from La Rose, Lawson, University, Princess,
and Violet.
La Rose
La Rose mine was not working during the time of examination and, more-
over, the workings, w4th the exception of the tunnel levels, were flooded. The
plans of the mine in the pocket at the back of the report show the geology of
the tunnel levels. This geological mapping was done by Mr. James Hill.
It was a source of regret to the writer that he was not able to examine this
historic mine. The main vein was one of the first found at Cobalt, the McKinley-
Darragh being the first for which an application was sent to the Government.
The main La Rose vein was the first one in the camp to have a blast put in it.^
La Rose mine produced 17,479,977 ounces of silver to the end of the year
1922.
The report of the company to the shareholders dated June 20th 1908,
contains three reports from three different sources on the operations of the
company up to that time. These and later annual reports of the company
give excellent descriptions of the property. The main vein was the most
important one. On the 62-ft. level this vein had an ore-shoot about 850 feet
long, which averaged about 700 to 1,000 ounces to the ton from ore taken from
the drift in this level. It was richer in other places, assays from 3,000 to
14,000 ounces having been obtained. The vein really consisted in places of
two to four roughly parallel veins and the average width of ore was 8 to 12
inches. The vein has, according to the descriptions in the annual reports, been
faulted here and there by minor faults.
Cobalt Lake Fault
The Cobalt lake fault is a reverse one with a displacement of approximately
275 feet. At the McKinley-Darragh the displacement is greater. It has been
'\V. G. Miller in the Report of La Rose Consolidated Mines Company, June 20th, 1908.
94 Department of Mines No. 4
prospected down to the 665-ft. level, as indicated on the vertical section facing
page 8. No ore of commercial grade was found in it, although a large calcite
vein w'as discovered in places. On the 380-ft. level the fault was drifted on
for 500 feet; a strong vein of calcite, in places three feet wide, lies along the
fault. It carries silver throughout, but no high-grade ore has been developed.
On the 500-ft. level the fault was followed for 130 feet and a large calcite vein
was found which carried only a small quantity of silver. An inclined shaft was
sunk on the fault for a distance of 233 feet below^ the 500-ft. level. Near the
bottom, at a depth of 215 feet, drifts were run both ways for a combined length
of 80 feet. No ore of commercial importance was found. ^
Relation of Cobalt Lake Fault to Main La Rose Vein
The writer has not had an opportunity of investigating the age relation
between the main La Rose A-ein and the Cobalt lake fault; nor are there any
published descriptions concerning this question. It was learned, however, from
those in charge of operations, that the vein extended into the fault at the north
and south ends. The vertical section facing page 8 shows the vein extending
down vertically into the fault. It would appear therefore that the vein is really
a branch fracture of the Cobalt lake fault and that this brar.ch fracture rises up
vertically from the fault. Certain it is that the main La Rose vein has not
been found on the west side of the fault, although it has been diligently searched
for in La Rose, La Rose Extension, Chambers-Ferland, and Right of Way
mines.
McDonald and No. 3 Veins
There are several other \eins on the La Rose, chief of which are the
McDonald and No. 3 veins. These strike eastward and southeastward, or
about at right angles to the main vein. The McDonald extends into the O'Brien,
thence eastward across the O'Brien and possibly into the Violet mine. The
combined length of the McDonald \'ein on the three properties is about two-
thirds of a mile, probably the longest vein-system in Cobalt; the ore-shoots are
not continuous for the whole length. On the O'Brien the vein is known as
No. 1. It should be added here that No. 1 vein on the O'Brien had not been
connected up by mining operations with the Violet veins, and therefore it cannot
be definitely said that No. 1 vein on the O'Brien extends into the \'iolet.
The McDonald vein has a stope at least 445 feet long,- while on the O'Brien
the stope is 900 feet long, making a continuous ore-shoot at least 1,345 feet long.
No. 3 vein persisted from the Cobalt series into the Keewatin, and contained
high-grade into the Keewatin at least to the 135-ft. level of No. 3 shaft. On the
236-ft. level the vein was small and low-grade.
Fault 64
The fault known as "No. 64" has been followed in a tunnel at the northeast
corner of the claim. The fault is a normal one with a displacement of about
four or five feet, the south side being the downthrow side. There is a fault
breccja a foot wide in places, and the fault is about \ertical. A vein occurs in
this fault for a distance, after which it leaves the fault and turns southwestward
into the Chambers-Ferland. The fault lines up with the O'Brien and Violet
^Sixth and Seventh Annu.il Reports, La Rose Consolidated Mines Companv, for years 1913
and 1914.
-Third Annual Rejiort, La Rose Consolidated Mines Companv, for vear ending May 31st,
1910, p. 10.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
95
faults (Fig. 8). It is supposed also that it extends westward into the Chambers-
Ferland, Nipissing, and Hudson Bay; but as the fault has not been followed
by mine workings through the Cobalt lake fault, it is not known definitely that
it is continuous across all the abo\'e properties.
La Rose Extension (La Rose)
La Rose Extension has not produced any silver, although considerable work
has been done on it. The writer examined what is called the 380-ft. level on
May 3rd. 1923. This level is 340 feet below the collar of No. 10 shaft and is
reached from the shaft. The level is all in Cobalt series. A major fault was
met with in three crosscuts north of the shaft. The fault dips at 58° to 62°
southeastward; its location is shown on the plan of this level. In the first
crosscut north of the shaft, the rocks are crushed for about 100 feet in the vicinity
of the shaft.
West
^^ ^^ -Ban c/e i
Cong I in eraie
O 0 o oo o
O (/argej
Q ° 0 '^
° o Q 0
o o 0 o o
o 0
o o
/oosi^ p
o o
° o, Q O O o
O 0 o 0 0 0
o o 0 0 O '
o o o O 0 0
Conglon^eratei
" °o o "(small
^/
iebbjes.)0 <^
o o o o o
'° o O 0 o
°00 00° o
' o o o o o
0 O o „ °
?66/e5;/„%%
°°Pum°p%''<,
iTStatibn"
'.' Cong/omerate'
°f°^ (red pebbles)'^ "
East
Scale, 100 Feet to I Inch
Fig. 22 — \'ertical section through No. 10 shaft on northwest part of J.B. 4, La Rose Extension,
furnished by La Rose Company. The shaft was not geologically examined by the
Ontario Department of Mines. The rocks in the shaft are reported to belong to the
Cobalt series.
96 Department of Mines No. 4
Violet (La Rose)
The Violet is east of and contiguous to the O'Brien. It has produced
404,204 ounces of silver to the end of the year 1922. On the surface on the west
part of the property there were no veins exposed, but, as the O'Brien was mining
ore bodies near the Violet boundary, La Rose management decided to sink
a shaft and explore the ground east of the O'Brien. This shaft was sunk to a
depth of over 410 feet and levels established at 330 and 410 feet, with two sub-
levels at 250 and 315 feet. At the 410-ft. level, a winze was sunk over 600 feet
below the collar of the shaft and levels established at 470, 530, and 600 feet.
A lawsuit having determined that this shaft was on the O'Brien property.
La Rose management decided to sink another shaft, which on our plans is
named the "new shaft." The new shaft was finished to the 600-ft. level b\^ the
spring of 1923, and connected with the 600-ft. level of the winze from the old
shaft.
The work from the tw^o shafts proved the existence of two main veins.
No. 5 vein strikes eastward. No. 3 vein strikes southeastward and dips about
65° to the southwest.
There is a bed of Keewatin "iron formation" striking a little west of north
on the 330-ft. level. This bed was also encountered in the O'Brien and at
points farther westward. The "iron formation" dips steeply to the south.
The Violet fault probably follows the strike and dip of the "iron formation."
In fact this fault, which extends westward to the O'Brien, La Rose, Chambers-
Ferland, Nipissing, and Hudson Bay, appears to follow the bed of "iron forma-
tion" across these properties. Neither the fault nor the "iron formation" has,
however, been traced continuously across these properties. The fault dips at
80° to 90° to the south and has a fault breccia 2 to 14 inches wide.
600-ft. Level. — This level w^as not accessible at the time of examination,
but No. 3 vein is reported to have been met with and high-grade ore and mill-
rock encountered in the drift.
530-ft. Level. — No. 3 vein appears to follow a narrow lamprophyre dike.
There is much pyrite in the Keewatin near the shaft.
470-ft. Level. — The No. 3 vein has been drifted on for over 500 feet and it
may be seen to pass from the Keewatin to the diabase. The isolated area of
Keewatin on this level appears to be a great included block of Keewatin basalt
caught up in the Nipissing diabase. The new shaft penetrated and passed
through this block of Keewatin, as shown in the coloured section facing page 8.
330-ft. Level. — The structure in parts of this level was rather difficult to
work out. The crosscut running north of the shaft followed about the base of
the Cobalt series, and the contact between the Keewatin and the Cobalt series
was transitional ; the contact was consequently difficult to locate. About 20
feet north of the shaft the conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series were
met with, and these rocks were followed in the crosscut for about 135 feet, at
which point fine-grained cherty beds of silicious sediments belonging to the
Keewatin "iron formation" were encountered and followed to the north for 160
feet in the crosscut. The cherty sediments are in most places finely bedded;
they strike eastward, and dip to the south at steep angles, 70° to 80°.
About 165 feet north of the shaft a vein, No. 5, was met with, striking east
and west. This vein was followed for about 420 feet. It is, in places, a strong-
looking vein one to five or six inches wide, although towards the east it averages
in places less than a quarter of an inch. It consists mainly of calcite, but a
short distance east of the crosscut the vein consists of two or three inches of
smaltite. It has been stoped at the west end.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 97
The rocks along the drift following No. 5 vein consists largely of fine-grained
cherty beds of the Keewatin "iron formation," which are cut by dykes of
lamprophyre.
The conglomerate and greywacke in the crosscut, and in the drift on No. 5
vein, have a brownish colour, which gives the rock an uncommon appearance.
The Violet fault was met with about 90 feet north of the shaft.
315-ft. Level.- — This is a small sub-level on vein No. 5 above the west end of
the 330-ft. level. The X'^iolet fault was also encountered in this level.
250-ft. Level. — This is a sub-level which is reached by a raise from the
330-ft. level; the raise follows No. 5 vein. The contact between the Keewatin
series and the Cobalt series is about 30 feet above the 330-ft. level in this raise.
The 250-ft. level in a general way follows the contact between the Nipissing
diabase and the conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series. The dip of
the contact of the diabase is steep between the 250-ft. and 330-ft. levels.
On this level the Violet fault has been followed for about 100 feet. As
nearly as may be determined, the fault strikes southeastward and dips at about
80° to the southwest. It consists of two to 14 inches of gouge and fault breccia
and in places contains galena. Here and there it carries as much as 10 per cent,
of galena, the remaining part of the fault consisting of gouge and crushed rock.
The only level on which the fault intersects the No. 5 vein is the 250-ft. At the
west end the vein continues up to the fault, but does not apparently occur on
the southwest side of it. About 65 feet westward down the vein, a vein occurs
on the southwest side of the fault, but whether this is the faulted part of No. 5
vein, or another vein, could not be determined at the time of the examination,
the back of the drift being about 20 or 25 feet above the floor.
90-fL Level. — This level is reached from a shaft at the south part of the
claim. It was not accessible at the time of examination.
Princess (La Rose)
The Princess mine is west of and contiguous to the McKinley-Darragh.
The property has produced 3,713,806 ounces of silver to the end of the year 1922.
Scarcely any of the veins came to the surface; they pinch out to mere
cracks before they rise to that height.
The mine has been worked from four levels, namely, the first, second, third,
and fourth; these levels are respectively 45, 132, 185, and 230 feet below the
collar of the shaft.
A very interesting structure occurs on the lower levels. There is a vein on
these lower levels which is limited as to depth by the Keewatin below, and as
to height by the contact fault. The fault is about 12 feet above the contact,
so that the vein is only 12 feet high ; it pitches down along the Keewatin floor
as far as the workings had extended on August 2nd, 1921. Up to the date
mentioned, the vein was said to have produced $50,000 in silver. This vein is
another of the numerous examples which show how the ore follows the Keewatin
contact. In this case the ore rises an exceptionally short distance above the
Keewatin.
The levels, beginning with the lowest, are described below: —
Fourth Level. — This level had about 500 feet of crosscuts and drifts up to
August, 1921. The main crosscut follows in a general way the contact between
the Keewatin and Cobalt series. A fault just above the contact is well exposed
by the workings. It occurs from a few feet to about 12 or 15 feet above the
Keewatin floor. This fault is of economic importance on this level because it
98 Department of Mines No. 4
completely cuts off vein No. 405; that is to say, the vein has not been found
above the fault, and the ore is cut off in the Keewatin below. Above tha fault
there occurs a thick bed of quartzite.
In the vicinity of this vein the succession of the sediments of the Cobalt
series is as follows: On the Keewatin rests a bed of conglomerate about 12 or
15 feet thick; this is followed by a somewhat ill-defined bed of slate-like grey-
wacke, a foot or two wide; above the slate is a thick bed of quartzite. Th^
contact fault follows the bed of slate-like greywacke.
From the fourth level an inclined winze along the Keewatin floor was being
sunk on the vein in August, 1921, and on the second day of that month the winze
was down about 30 feet. On the face at the bottom of the winze, the vein
was a strong one, two to eight inches wide, consisting of calcite, smaltite, and
some native silver.
The vein appears to be younger than the fault, as it does not show any
drag, nor is it disturbed by the fault. The fracture in which the vein occurs
does not extend upward through the fault into the thick bed of quartzite above
the fault. Perhaps the thick, massive bed of quartzite was too unyielding to
allow the fracture to extend into it; or perhaps the fault was the controlling
factor w^hich prevented the fracture from extending upwards into the quartzite.
A search for the vein above the fault failed to locate it.
Third Level.- — An interesting feature of this level is the development work
which has been performed on the Cobalt lake fault, the only level in the mine
in which the Cobalt lake fault has been encountered up to the time of our exam-
ination. The fault has been drifted on for over 200 feet. At the northeast end
of the fault masses of pure smaltite occur in the fault. One of these is 18 inches
in length by about 8 inches wide. It is roundish in shape and striated and
polished. There are scores of these masses of smaltite in the fault. The curious
thing about them is that they are all roundish, polished, striated, and slicken-
sided, as though they had been disturbed by a late movement which took place
in the fault after the smaltite was deposited. The length of that part of the
fault containing the smaltite masses is 25 or 30 feet. This is the only spot in
the Cobalt lake fault in which the vein has been disturbed by movements in the
fault after the ore was deposited. Cobalt bloom is profusely developed in this
part of the fault. Beyond this, to the southwest, cobalt bloom occurs here and
there along the gouge of the fault. The company sampled the entire length of
the drift in which the fault occurs and found that the rock averaged about three
ounces of silver per ton.
The contact fault is well developed in this level.
In some of the Keewatin workings, in line with \'t;in No. 405, there is a fault
consisting of gouge and crushed rock an inch or two wide dipping steeply to the
southwest. In it here and there is a vein of calcite and a little quartz, less than
an inch wide. This fault \em may be the downward extension of vein No. 405
into the Keewatin.
Sub-level. — What is known as the sub-level, or intermediate le\'el, is about
20 feet below the second level. There is a network of veins on this level, and
some stopes of considerable size, 10 to 20 feet or more wide. The workings on
this sub-le\^el are most irregular.
Second Level. — Much of the second level is inaccessible; the southwest part,
for instance, having quite extensive crosscuts which are now dammed oft" by
concrete dams. We were not able to examine these workings; the information
regarding the location of the contacts between the Keewatin and Cobalt series
was kindly furnished by the company. Where we could see the contact of the
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
99
Keewatin and Cobalt series it was found to be irregular; that is to say, the
Keewatin floor was weathered into valleys and hills, which were filled with
conglomerate.
The contact fault was found at two places dipping 25° southeastward; other
places where it should normally be found were inaccessible.
The main veins on the property are found on this level, and have stopes
on them 15 or 25 feet wide in places.
First Level. — The first level is not important, there being only a small
amount of work accomplished.
S I L V E R
LEAF
KERR
\LAKE
WORKINGS FROM MAIN SHAFT
•-Fr LEVEL
185-FT LE\/EL = = =
300-FT LEVEL -: = :z
WORKINGS FROM N? II SHAFT
4'O-Fr LEVEL z: =
75-FT LEVEL rzzzi;
300
Scale:300 Feet to I Inch
0
300
Fig. 23 — Plan showing mine levels at Lawson (La Rose).
Lawson (La Rose)
The Lawson was not working at the time of our survey, and no examination
was made. The plans of the levels (Fig. 23), were kindly furnished by the com-
pany. The property produced 4,213,553 ounces of sih'er to the end of the year
1919. Some of the veins yielded exceedingly rich ore.
The following summary of the work at this property was obtained from the
annual reports of La Rose.
The development of the main vein, No. 1, proved disappointing; the ore
body which promised so much at the outcrop held its value only to a shallow
100 Department of Mines No. 4
depth/ Veins Nos. 2, 5, and 8, 9, and 11 developed good ore-shoots. No. 2
vein is in Keewatin and had an ore-shoot on the 88-ft. level 140 feet long. A
stope on No. 5 vein was 130 feet long in the year 1910. On vein No. 8 at the
1 88-ft. level an ore-shoot of very high-grade ore, 80 feet long, was opened up.
No. 9 vein on the first level had a shoot 70 feet long, about four inches wide,
assaying 2,000 to 3,000 ounces of silver per ton.
In the year 1911, the mine produced 1,321,000 ounces of silver. A small
shoot of ore assayed 9,656 ounces of silver per ton. The ore in this vein occurs
in small, rich pockets.
No. 5 vein and the main rem proved barren on the 400-ft. level.
At the end of the year 1915, all the known ore had been mined. The mine
was closed in 1917, but ore from the surface dumps was still being shipped.
University (La Rose)
The University property produced 879,599 ounces of silver to the end of the
year 1922. At the time of examination in 1920 and 1921, the old workings at
the east end of the claim, adjacent to the Lawson, were not being operated.
The workings at the west part, from the shaft near the shore of Giroux lake,
were, however, being operated.
The structure of the rocks at the University mine is illustrated in the vertical
section facing page 40. This section, which is drawn through the University
shaft at the west part of the property, extends northward through the Penn-
Canadian shaft. At the University shaft, the Nipissing diabase forms an arch;
north of the shaft the diabase dips at some 45° to the north, while south of the
shaft it dips to the south at about the same angle. The structure has the
appearance of an anticline, but it is evident that this anticline-like structure
has not been caused by folding. Had folding caused the formation of the arch,
the Cobalt series below the arch would also have been folded into an anticline.
This is not the case, as is shown by the vertical section. Indeed, the Cobalt
series below the arch has been folded the opposite way into a gentle syncline or
basin.
The writer believes that the Nipissing diabase sill was intruded from the
southeast towards the northwest in the form of an arch, and that, in the vicinity
of the University shaft, it first ripped upwards across the bedding of the sedi-
ments of the Cobalt series, then turned downwards at a right angle forming an
arch. It then very soon flattened out, and, when it reached the Bailey and
Penn-Canadian, it selected a single bed in the slate-like greywacke and followed
this bed for some distance.
The Cobalt series around the University shaft is not thick; in the section
referred to is it about 135 feet. There is a basal conglomerate about 50 feet
thick, followed by a bed of slate-like greywacke 70 feet thick, and at the top a
bed of quartzite about 15 feet thick. These dimensions are approximate.
The bed of slate-like gre>^vacke is the productive formation. Although
the veins extend down into the conglomerate, no silver of importance has been
found in the conglomerate.
The vein-system is a short one striking northeastward. There are five
comparatively small levels at 60, 90, 110, 120, and 145 feet below the collar of
the shaft.
On the 145-ft. level, an exploratory crosscut was run northward. It passed
first through Keewatin basalt and then encountered conglomerate of the Cobalt
^Third Annual Report, La Rose Consolidated Mines Company, for vear ending Mav 31st,
1910.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 101
series which did not come down to the floor of the drift. There is a gradual
transition between the Keewatin basalt and the conglomerate of the Cobalt
series which made it difficult to place the contact. The diabase dips at v34°
northward.
The 110-ft. and 120-ft. levels are very small, consisting of a drift on the
vein-system. The 60-ft. level consists of a stope in the bed of slate-like
greywacke.
At the east end of the University, La Rose company did some work in
1914 by running a crosscut from the Lawson mine into the University to cut
No. 1 vein opened up in the old workings. The ore exposed by the old Univer-
sity company on this vein was sampled and found to be generally low-grade.
Subsequent shipments w^ere made, and 1,479 tons were milled and found to yield
17.42 ounces per ton. No. 2 vein, which produced some high-grade ore at the
outcrop, was reached by a crosscut from the second level of the Lawson, but
proved valueless at depth.'
Fisher-Eplett (La Rose)
The property was not accessible, and the following information is taken
from the annual reports of La Rose.
The claim w^as first thoroughly trenched and a number of veins were dis-
covered, one of which was a strong vein containing a short shoot of high-grade
ore. A shaft was sunk, and at the 200-ft. level four veins were developed of
good size, carrying considerable cobalt and nickel with the calcite, but wath low
silver content. On the 300-ft. level, crosscuts explored the rock for almost the
full width of the property to the vicinity of the granite contact. Much drifting
was also done. Numerous calcite veins were encountered, but none had any
commercial ore. The property was closed and the plant removed in 1914.
Much w^ater was encountered in the mine, which made operations expensive.^
CROWN RESERVE
The Crown Reserve Mining Company, Limited, had, during the operation
of its Cobalt property, a capitalization of $2,000,000 in shares of a par value of
$1.00. Recently the capitalization has been increased as a result of its activities
in acquiring certain gold properties elsewhere.
The company has produced 20,071,472 ounces of silver from its Cobalt
property and has paid $6,190,849 in dividends. The company ceased active
operations at its Cobalt property on January 30th, 1921, except for the hand-
sorting of the dump in a small way by a few men.
The cost of producing silver is shown in the following table, which is copied
from the annual report of the company for the year ending December 31st, 1919.
The cost varied from 7.5 cents an ounce to 94.4 cents an ounce. In 1909 the
cost per ounce was 10.31 cents w^hich, in the opinion of the management, was
lower than the production cost not only of any other mine in Cobalt, but probably
of any other silver mine in the world. ^ The company did not own a mill,
c onsequently its ores were treated in certain other plants.
'Ninth Annual Report, La Rose Consolidated Mines Company, for year 1915, p. 11.
^Eighth Annual Report, La Rose Consolidated Mines Company, for year 1914, p. 11.
^Annual Report of the Crown Reserv^e Mining Company, Limited, for the year ending
December 31st, 1919.
102
Department of Mines
No. 4
Average Cost of Prodlcixg Silver to the End of Ye.\r 1919, Crown Reserve
Net pro-
Price
Cost per
Profit
Year
duction in
Total cost
received
ounce
per
ounces
per oz.
ounce
cts.
cts.
cts.
1908
1,798,954
8135,073.56
50.64
7.50
43.13
1909.
4,034,325
416,140,90
51.56
10.31
41.25
1910
3,248,196
389,700.48
54.10
11.97
42.13
1911
3,430,902
366,108.53
53.46
10.67
42.79
1912
2,714,766
380,812.96
62.32
14.02
48.30
1913
1,776,678
408,956.13
59.45
23.02
36.43
1914
1,425,320
414,552.40
51.92
28.95
22.97
1915
657,395
344,596.00
52.40
45.01
7.39
1916
274,470
190,266.61
70.40
69.30
1.10
1917
329,670
183,265.97
80.63
55.60
25.03
1918
202,505
191,255.85
97.78
94.44
3.34
1919
196,812
155,804.05
83,576.533.44
118.80
79.20
39.60
Total
20,089,993
The mill and smelter returns to the end of the year 1919 are guen in the
following table, which is copied from the report to which reference has just been
made.
Mill .\xd Smelter Returns to End of 1919, Crown Reserve
Year
Gross
ounces
returns
Gross value
Value
1908.
1909.
1910
1911.
1912.
1913.
1914.
1915.
1916.
1917.
1918.
1919.
1,798,954
4,034,325
3,248,196
3,430,902
2,714,766
1,776,678
1,425.320
657,395
274,470
329,670
202,505 ■
196,812
8910,350.62
2,080,156.08
1,757,824.27
1,833,516.80
1,692,060.76
1,056,271.86
740,092.70
344.596.00
193,239.89
265,839.02
198,791.35
233,810.91
$854,788.89
1,895,484.92
1,633,716.66
1.751,300.21
1,638,191.58
1,040,117.98
722,873.21
339,425.81
191,822.34
265,155.32
198,011.35
233,034.32
■ T
otal
20,089,993
811,306,550.26
810,763,922.59
After a successful and profitable period of production, the Crown Reserve
in 1920 reached a stage where the known ore bodies were practically worked out.
In the year 1919 the compj.ny hoisted and delivered to the Dominion Reduction
Company's custom mill at Cobalt 13,755 tons of ore, which averaged 15 ounces
of silver per ton. During the year 1920 the output was still further reduced;
the year was a disappointing one, there being a deficit of 872,054.
The company has since acquired a gold property at Larder lake, with the
merits of which it is not the province of this report to deal.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
103
Fig. 24 — Crown Reserve, Carson vein in the foreground, November, 1907. On the left, the
late Sir John Carson after whom the Carson vein was named; centre,
Mr. S. \V. Cohen; right, Mr. J. G. Ross.
104
Department of Mines
No. 4
Development
The total mine development to the end of the year 1920 amounted to about
eight miles, made up of sinking, raising, drifting, and crosscutting, as shown in
the following table. ^
Total Mine Development, Crown Reserve
Development
To 1919
1919
Total
Sinking and raising
Drifting
feet
4,062
18,573
15,512
feet
305
1,305
1,088
feet
4,367
19,878
Cross-cutting
16,600
Total
38,147
2,698
40,845
Development in 1920 amounted to 2,146 lineal feet, making the total development work
42,991 lineal feet, or 8.1 miles.
Structure
The structure of the rocks, and the relationship of the veins to the rocks, is
shown in the vertical section facing page 34. This section is based on a general
one in Miller's report,^ and on a more detailed one kindly furnished by the
Crown Reserve Mining Company; the latter, which showed the mine workings,
was signed by A. R. Whitman. Certain changes were made in Whitman's
section, particularly in reference to the contact between the Keewatin and
Cobalt series. The location of the quartz-gabbro, lamprophyre dikes, and
chert beds has also been added.
The section is drawn in a north and south direction through the Crown
Reserve shaft and the Silver Leaf shaft north of Kerr lake. It will be noted
that the central and lower parts of the section consist of Keewatin basalt cut
by lamprophyre dikes of Haileyburian age. On top of the Keewatin is the
Cobalt series, consisting of conglomerate, greywacke, slate-like greywacke, and
quartzite, having a maximum thickness of about 255 feet, the series dipping at
gentle angles to the north. At the north end of the section the Nipissing diabase
dips at an average angle of about 45° to the north, cutting across the bedding of
the Cobalt series. At the south end of the section the diabase dips to the south
at an average angle of about 45°. As explained elsewhere in this report, the
Nipissing diabase sill in the Kerr lake-Giroux lake area occurs in the form of an
elongated dome, the longer axis of which strikes a few degrees north of east.
The top of the dome has been eroded, and at the Crown Reserve only the lower
limbs remain. It is believed that the diabase was intruded in the form of a
dome, and that folding did not cause the sill to take its dome-like shape. Had
folding caused the sill to take this form, the sediments of the Cobalt series below
the dome would also have been sharply folded. This is not the case, as the
sediments dip at gentle angles.
The ore-shoots occur almost entirely in the Cobalt series. They are barren
of silver in the diabase, and barren, comparatively speaking, in the underlying
Keewatin, although the Carson vein, a very strong one, appears to have
produced some silver in the Keewatin. The productive part of the Cobalt
^Annual Report of the Crown Reserve Mining Compan\-, Limited, for the year ending
December 31st, 1919.
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. of Mines, \ol. XIX, pt. II, 1913, p. 92, section KJ.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 105
series forms a wedge, as shown by the vertical section. On top of this wedge is
the Nipissing diabase sill, while below is the Keewatin.
While it is true that the Nipissing diabase has not been productive on the
Crown Reserve and Silver Leaf, it should, however, be pointed out that very
little work has been done on the veins in the diabase. The most work accom-
plished was done on vein No. 17 on the 150-ft. level, where the vein was followed
into the diabase about 65 feet. It has not yet been demonstrated that the
Nipissing diabase is barren in the area north of the Crown Reserve workings.
The Cobalt series has a maximum thickness of about 255 feet; the following
table gives the kinds of rock and their approximate thickness, the lowest bed
being shown at the base of the column.
Thickness of Cobalt Series, Crown Reserve
.,. , J. Approximate
Kind of rock maximum
thickness,
• feet
Quartzite 35 pjyg
Slate-like greywacke, third bed 80
Conglomerate 15
Slate-like greywacke, second bed 15
Conglomerate 55
Slate-like greywacke, first bed 15
Conglomerate 40
Total 255
While the Cobalt series has a total thickness of about 255 feet, it may be
pointed out that near the Carson vein it is not much over 100 feet. It will be
noted that there are three beds of slate-like greywacke. The lowest one, the
first bed, does not come up to the 250-ft. level.
Veins
There are about a dozen productive veins on the property. The company
kept a record of the production of these veins, as shown in the table below.
This record was published in the annual report of the company for the year
ending December 31st, 1919, and was revised for the Ontario Department of
Mines by H. J. Stewart.
Silver Production of Veins, Crown Reserve, to End of Year 1919
Vein
Produclion,
ounces
Carson 9,211,279
Gear 2,463,500
f OSS 2,757,500
Victoria 585,500
No. 10 549,000
No. 17 2,821,000
No. 23 89,000
No. 25 12,700
No. 19 (Fleming) 176,780
No. 29 (17) 988,000
North vem 100,000
Miscellaneous 62,797
19,817,056
Dump 550,000
Total 20,367,056
106 Department of Mines No. 4
From the information summarized in the above table, it may be seen that
the Carson vein was the most productive on the property, its output of
9,211,279 ounces being almost equal to one-half of the entire production. This
yield was obtained above the 200-ft. level. The length of the vein on the Crown
Reserve property was only 286 feet, but it extended into the Kerr lake property,
where it was known as the Big Chamber. On the Crown Reserve it was explored
to a depth of about 500 feet, but it was not productive below the 200-ft. level.
Most of this yield appears to have come from the vein where it occurs in the
Cobalt series, but there must also have been some production from the vein
where it occurs in the Keewatin series, since the vein is stoped between the
2CC-ft. and the 100-ft. levels and the rock between the 100-ft. and the 200-ft.
levels is largely Keewatin. The Cobalt series has a thickness of about 100 feet
at the Carson vein, but east of the shaft it is thicker. The contact, however,
between the Cobalt series and Keewatin series on the 100-ft. level is a transitional
one, and it is therefore only possible to show the approximate line of contact.
Mr. Samuel W. Cohen, who was general manager of the Crown Reserve mine
for many years, has kindly given the writer some interesting information regarding
the richness and size of the Carson vein. In 1908, when the 100-ft. level of the
vein was being opened up, the company produced approximately 900,000 ounces
of silver from a drift 200 feet long. In qhp spot in the drift the vein was 33
inches wide and the ore contained about 12,000 ounces of silver per ton. At one
place in the open cut, the vein was 37 inches wide. The actual yield of the
whole Carson vein in high-grade alone is over 9,100,000 ounces of silver, produced
from a section 286 feet long and averaging 150 feet deep, which includes the lean
as well as the rich spots. This gives an average production per square foot of
vein area of 217 ounces which, Mr. Cohen believes, is the largest unit production
of any silver vein that was ever known, on a section comparable in size with that
stated.^
The vein of next importance is No. 17. It strikes about north-northeast,
and has a length of about 500 feet. It has been followed into the diabase for
some distance, but has not been productive in that rock. Anyone disposed to
take a gamble might be inclined to prospect this vein in the Nipissing diabase.
At the time of our examination of the property in August and September,
1920, the veins were practically worked out; very little information could be
obtained by peering into empty stopes and, as the annual reports of the company
deal largely with financial matters, the writer was able to obtain little or no
information regarding the characteristics of most of the veins. As the table of
production shows, the Gear, Ross, Victoria, and No. 10 veins were large pro-
ducers. The Fleming vein, however, was a disappointment. On the Kerr Lake
property this vein was a largeproducer,but, where explored on the Crown Reserve,
it produced only 176,000 ounces of silver.
At the east end of the property on the 2()()-ft. level a small production came
from No. 23 and No. 25 veins, namely, 89,000 ounces and 12,700 ounces of
silver, respectively
The vein known as the North vein produced about 100,000 ounces of silver.
This vein was productive in the Keewatin, and has the distinction of having
the deepest workings in the mine, namely, 800 feet deep. The company reports
that the vein contains gold, assays as high as $12.00 per ton having been obtained.
No native gold was found. The vein may be best examined on the 500-ft.
level where it may be seen for 450 feet in the drift. It is a fault vein striking
eastward and dipping 70° to the south.
'Private communicalion from Samuel W. Cohen, Ma\ 4th, 1923.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 107
Pumping of Water out of Kerr Lake
In the year 1913, the water in Kerr lake was pumped out in order to allow
the mining of veins which came to the surface under the water of the lake. The
operation was carried on joinlh- by the Crown Reserve and Kerr Lake mining
companies.
Pumping was acti\ely begun on the 28th of August, 1913, and in four weeks
most of the clear water had been pumped out, lowering the lake 28 feet and
leaving silt and mud. Pumping of the silt and mud was continued until No-
vember 28th, lowering the lake another 10 feet, making in all a lowering of
water, silt, and mud of 38 feet. About 325,000,000 gallons of water, silt, and
mud were pumped out. /Xfter the clear water was pumped out, it was found
that there was an average depth of 25 feet of mud and silt, over the whole lake.
Four single-stage pumps, installed on a 100-ton barge, were used, each
pump having a capacity of 1,800 gallons a minute. The pumps were arranged
in two units, each unit being directly connected with a 250-horsepower motor.
In 1914 about 600,000,000 gallons of mud and water were pumped. It was
necessary to install hydraulic pumps in order to liquify the heavy material
consisting of mud and clay; and an additional fresh pump w^as installed to
provide the water. In 1915 drainage of the lake was completed except for a
certain quantity of clay in the middle of the lake.'
The lake has been kept pumped out since that time.
Deep Diamond-Drilling at Crown Reserve
In the summer of 1920, a diamond-drill hole was started on the 500-ft. level
of the Crown Reserve mine, the original intention being to continue the drilling
to a depth of 2,500 feet^ below this. When the hole had reached a depth of
1,500 feet it was decided to stop further drilling, no silver-bearing veins having
been encountered. This is the deepest point, approximately 2,000 feet below
the surface, at which the rocks at Cobalt have been tapped, either by diamond
drill or workings of any description. It is thus of interest, although unfortun-
ately the drill did not discover economic deposits of silver or of any other metal.
The drill hole was started on the 500-ft. level in an east and west drift,
330 feet east of the main crosscut. It was directed at an angle of 70° from the
horizontal, the course being south about 40° west. The hole was surveyed at
various depths and it was found that its intended direction was maintained to
the bottom. As originally planned the depth of the hole was such that" at
2,500 feet it would have traversed southwestward across the property and have
explored the rocks below the productive silver veins all of which had already
been practically mined out.
The writer examined the first 1.050 feet of the core.
Briefly stated, the diamind drill passed through fine-grained basalt of
Keewatin age for 197 feet, below which it cut a body of medium-grained quartz-
gabbro. The drill remained, for the most part, in the quartz-gabbro at least
to a depth of 1,050 feet. It is not known whether the quartz-gabbro is an
intrusion of Haileyburian age, or whether it is a coarse-grained variety of
Keewatin basalt.
The rocks encountered by the drill have no economic significance as far as
the further discovery of silver ore is concerned. As a matter of fact the deeper
the drill penetrated the farther it retreated from the source of the ore, the source
^Annual Reports, Crown Reserve Mining Company, Limited, 1913, 1914, 1915.
^Annual Report of the Crown Reserve Mining Company, Limited, for year 1920.
108 Department of Mines No. 4
of the ore being the Nipissing diabase. One object which the Crown Reserve
management had in mind, when the drilhng of the hole was proposed, was to
explore for a second sill of diabase below the Nipissing diabase sill. It may be
added, however, that the core showed no evidence of a second sill of diabase.
A description of the rocks encountered by the drill is given more fully in
following paragraphs. In connection with the description, about forty thin rock
sections of the core were examined under the microscope.
The first 188 feet of the core consist of fine-grained basalt of Keewatin age,
showing under the microscope a network of plagioclase rods which are set in a
ground-mass of secondary minerals such as chlorite. Here and there are
specks and tiny veinlets of iron pyrites, pyrrhotite, and copper pyrites. Veinlets
and stringers, fractions of an inch in width, of white calcite occur every few feet.
At a depth of 179 feet 5 inches, the drill passed into a brecciated zone of
Keewatin basalt, this zone consisting of fragments of basalt, round and angular,
fractions of an inch or more in diameter. The brecciated zone continues to a
depth of 200 feet, the last three feet consisting of brecciated quartz-gabbro.
Between 180 and 185 feet about three-quarters of the core was lost.
At 197 feet the drill entered a body of quartz-gabbro. It continued to cut
this rock to a depth of at least 1,050 feet, with the exception of a few places in
which it intersected fine-grained rocks.
Thin sections of the quartz-gabbro from many parts of the core were
examined under the microscope, and the rock was found to consist mainly of
hornblende and feldspar. There are also microscopic intergrowths of
quartz and feldspar, owing to the presence of which the rock has been
named quartz-gabbro, Ilmenite altered to secondary material is found. The
rock is much more weathered than the Nipissing diabase, and when both rocks
are studied under the microscope and compared with each other, there is no
difficulty for anyone who is familiar with the rocks at Cobalt to distinguish the
two types. The horneblende in the quartz-gabbro is sometimes altered to
chlorite, while the feldspar is badly decomposed to secondary minerals. In the
Nipissing diabase, on the other hand, the pyroxene and feldspar are generally fresh.
In a few places between 197 feet and 1,050 feet, the rock becomes fine-
grained, and it was not determined whether the drill passed out of the quartz-
gabbro intrusion or whether the quartz-gabbro became finer in grain.
The quartz-gabbro becomes somewhat acid in places. For instance, the
thin section from a depth of 299 feet showed an unusual quantity of quartz;
possibly this part of the core might be named a grano-diorite.
Between 420 and 425 feet, the rock is rather fine-grained, although a thin
section examined under the microscope from a depth of 422 feet showed it to be
a quartz-gabbro.
Between 439 and 450 feet, the rock is fine in grain. A thin section at 439
feet 6 inches shows the rock to be a different type from either the quartz-gabbro
or the common basalt of Keewatin age at Cobalt. It consists of fine needles
of hornblende set in a feldspathic matrix. No quartz was noted. It is difficult
to say whether the drill at this depth, i.e., between 439 feet and 450 feet, passed
out of the gabbro into an adjacent rock, or whether it passed through a fine-
grained, border phase of the gabbro.
Between 450 feet and 451 feet 6 inches, the core has a banded texture, about
a dozen bands, alternately fine and coarse grained, occurring. A thin section
at a depth of 451 feet showed irregular grains of feldspar set in a matrix of
chloritic material. Cutting across the section is a band consisting mostly of
carbonate.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 109
The rock between 451 feet and 6 inches and 507 feet is fine to medium in
grain, and is banded in places. The banded structure is suggestive of sediments,
although a thin section at a depth of 479 feet 8 inches gave no hint of a sedi-
mentary origin, the rock consisting of fresh plagioclase feldspar and a few grains
of quartz set in a matrix of chlorite and a few needles of hornblende. A thin
section from 499 feet 6 inches also shows banding, due to alternating bands of
fine and coarse grains of quartz and feldspar; whether this is the banding of
acidic vein material or of sediments was not determined.
Between 507 feet and 1,050 feet, thin sections show that the drill passed
through quartz-gabbro, except at 850 feet, at which point the rock appears to
be a lamprophyre.
The quartz-gabbro from the point at which it was first encountered, that
is at 197 feet, down to a depth of 1,050 feet is cut by hundreds of calcite veinlets
and stringers usually fractions of an inch in diameter.
In a few places sulphides and arsenides were met with. At a depth of 39
feet, the drill cut 8 inches of calcite with which occurred some smaltite. At 178
feet, a three-inch vein of calcite containing a little zinc blende and galena was
encountered by the drill. Between 178 feet and 179 feet 5 inches, there is a
stringer of calcite three-eighths of an inch wide carrying zinc blende and galena.
At 181 feet, there is a two-inch vein of calcite carrying zinc blende.
The plan of the 500-ft. level of the Crown Reserve incorrectly shows the
drill hole to have a depth of 1,800 feet.
The chemical analysis of the quartz-gabbro, shown in the following table,
was made by W. K. McNeill, Provincial Assayer. The sample was taken from
the diamond-drill core at a depth of 1,000 feet below the 500-ft. level.
Analysis of Quartz-Gabbro, Crown Reserve
Per cent.
Si O2 45 . 82
AI2O3 17.71
Fe203 0. 14
Fe O 12.60
Ca O 8.66
MgO 4.21
Na20 2.33
K2O 0.80
CO2 3.37
H2 O (combined) 4.66
Total 100 , 30
Description of Mine Workings
550-ft., 700-ft., and 800-Jt. Levels. — These levels are reached from a winze
from the 500-ft. level. The deepest workings in the Crown Reserve are on the
north vein, which w^as discovered in 1912 and which produced about 100,000
ounces of silver. The vein, which is at the north end of the property, is not an
important one, but is of interest on account of the depth to which it was worked.
The workings on the vein are somewhat isolated from the more productive part
of the property and may be considered almost as a separate mine. On the
lower levels the company reported that gold was found in the vein, assays as
high as $12 per ton having been obtained. The discovery of this gold has proved
to be of no economic significance.
The vein was discovered when the crosscut on the 500-ft. level was being
driven between the main winze from the Crown Reserve shaft to the Silver
110 Department of Mines No. 4
Leaf north shaft as shown on the coloured vertical section facing page 34. The
vein strikes eastward and dips about 70° to the south. It varies from a mere
crack to about 18 inches in width, and averages probably 3 or 4 inches in width.
It consists largely of calcite, but contains also some quartz and a little smaltite.
The silver occurred in irregular patches, but the quantity was small; and the
writer was given to understand that it scarcely paid to work it. The vein occurs
in a fissure, which in places shows a fault breccia as wide as 12 inches and a gouge
about an inch wide; but for the most part the gouge and breccia are less than
this.
The vein occurs largely in the quartz-gabbro, but it also appears to extend
up and into the Cobalt series on the 300-ft. level.
On the 800-ft. level, the rock is largely quartz-gabbro; at the eastern part
of the \eve\ the rock is fine to medium in grain, and 15 feet west of the east end
of the drift the rock is basalt. The vein on the 800-ft. level averages about 4
inches in width, but varies from a crack to 18 inches.
The rock in the winze between the 700-ft. and 800-ft. levels appears to be
largely quartz-gabbro.
On the 700-ft. level, part of the rock is quartz-gabbro. two thin sections hav-
ing been examined under the microscope. The vein on the 700-ft. level varies
from a mere crack to 12 inches in width; it averages some 2 or 3 inches. On
this level a raise was driven, and at a height of 55 feet above the level the vein
was about 6 inches wide at one place where it contained a little high-grade silver
ore and smaltite.
Near the east end of the 700-ft. level there is a fault consisting of crushed
rock; it was encountered in two places, in the crosscut and about 60 feet
west of the east end of the drift. This fault has about the same strike and
dip as the prominent fault on the 500-ft. \eve\ described below. The mine
captain, Mr. Martin, stated that the siher on this level, the 700-ft., appeared
to be concentrated at the junction of the fault and the vein.
In the winze between the 700-ft. and 550-ft. levels, there is a fine-grained
dike 6 inches wide cutting the quartz-gabbro.
In the winze between the 550-ft. level and the 500-ft. level, the rock is
quartz-gabbro and lamprophyre.
500-ft. Level. — The level is reached from a winze on the 300-ft. level about
40 feet north of the Crown Reserve shaft. The Silver Leaf north shaft also
goes down to this level, but this shaft has not been in use for some years.
There are two main veins on this level, the Carson and the North veins.
The former was drifted on for 200 feet, and, while the vein was continuous for
this distance, no silver of economic consequence was encountered.
The North vein strikes eastward and dips at 70° to the south. It contained
a few rich patches of silver ore, and although the vein produced, as already stated,
100,000 ounces of siher, it was not profitable. The vein occurs in a fault and
varies in width from 2 to 12 inches. The evidence of faulting, namely, the
fault breccia and gouge, is not marked on this level, but in the lower work-
ings the faulting is more marked, although the displacement was not worked
out.
In the main crosscut about 430 feet south of the Silver Leaf shaft, there is
a well-defined fault dipping steeply southeastward. The fault consists of a
zone of crushed rock about 2 feet wide, and a gouge up to 2 inches wide.
Iron pyrites and other sulphides occur in it. The fault strikes in a northeast-
ward direction. A fault, which appears to be a continuation of this fault, is
met with in the east and west drift which follows the \orth \-ein. This fault.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 111
which is about 250 feet east of the crosscut, intersects the North vein at a gentle
angle. The age relationship of the fault to the North vein is a debatable
question. It is not clear to the writer whether the fault is older or younger than
the vein. The displacement of the fault was not determined.
The rocks on the 500-ft. level are Keewatin and Haileyburian in age.
The Keewatin consists of a fine-grained basaltic rock, together with two beds,
less than 5 feet thick, of black, fine-grained siliceous carbonaceous "iron for-
mation" carrying iron pyrites. These two beds occur about 45 and 100 feet,
respectively, north of the w^inze at the south end of the main crosscut. A mica-
lamprophyre dike of Haileyburian age cuts the "iron formation" bed nearest
the winze; this dike is 5 or 6 feet wide and dips about 35° to the northwest.
Other lamprophyres are found on this level. The north half of the main crosscut
is composed mostly of quartz-gabbro, medium in grain. It is supposed that this
quartz-gabbro is of Haileyburian age, although there is no definite proof as to
its exact age, except that it is older than the lamprophyre dikes. The gabbro is
first seen in the crosscut about 133 feet south of the "North" vein, and it con-
tinues north to the Silver Leaf shaft, except where it is cut by a mica-lampro-
phyre dike. The contact between the quartz-gabbro and Keewatin is not
sharply defined. This quartz-gabbro has the same composition as the quartz-
gabbro which was encountered in the diamond-drill hole on the 500-ft. level.
450-ft. Level. — The le\el is mainly in quartz-gabbro together with
lamprophyre.
300-ft. Level. — The Carson %^ein has been drifted on for about 250 feet and
found to be 2 to 6 inches wide of calcite and some smaltite. The silver content
was not of commercial grade. The vein w^as further explored by a winze, following
the vein, from this level to the 500-ft. le^'el.
The north part of the 300-ft. level, which is distinct from that part on which
the Carson vein occurs, is reached by a winze from the 200-ft. level. In this
part of the level there is a shallow basin of the Cobalt series resting on the green-
stones, the basin striking eastw^ard. The North vein, w^hich roughly parallels
the basin, has been stoped, but it has not been followed upwards into the over-
h'ing Nipissing diabase. Indeed, the North vein has not been recognized on the
200-ft. level. The vein occurs in a fault showing fault breccia and gouge as
wide as one or two feet in places.
No. 17 vein w-as followed from the 200-ft. to the 300-ft. level by a winze,
and on the plan of the 300-ft. level the vein is shown at the winze, striking a little
west of north. Vein No. 17 was faulted about 2 feet by the North vein.
A bed of slate-like greywacke at least 7 feet thick is exposed in the stope
on the north vein; it is also met with at the west end of the level.
250-ft. Level. — The level is reached by a winze from the 200-ft. level. The
contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series shows that the Keewatin
forms a hill on which the Cobalt series is deposited.
200-ft. Level. — This is the most extensive level in the mine, its workings
intersecting the rock from the east almost to the west boundary. The explora-
tion of the eastern half of the level proved disappointing. It was hoped that the
Fleming vein, for instance, would be a large producer, since on the Kerr Lake
mine it was a very important one. As already stated it only produced 176,780
ounces of silver on the Crown Reserve.
At the contact between the Nipissing diabase and the Cobalt series, north of
the winze on vein No. 17, there has been faulting. At the winze the bed of
slate-like greywacke dips northward at the gentle angle of 4°, but at the contact
the bed dips much more steeply, suggesting that the diabase was faulted down, or
112 Department of Mines ^No. 4
that the beds were bent down during the intrusion of the diabase, and later
faulting along the contact caused a farther bending down of the beds. Else-
where in this report it is suggested that the diabase was intruded from the south-
east to the northwest. At this point in the Crown Reserve, therefore, the diabase
was intruded downward across the bedding of the Cobalt series. It cut its way
downwards for an unknown distance, then flattened out, and finally rose again,
emerging along the Nipissing and O'Brien properties, where it was exposed by
erosion.
In the main crosscut north from the Crown Reserve shaft, the diabase was
penetrated at the north end of the drift. There is no faulting at the contact,
the fine-grained diabase being frozen against the slate-like greywacke, the contact
dipping 48° to the north. North of the contact about 22 feet a fault does occur;
this fault may be the same one that occurs at the diabase contact north of the
winze on vein No. 17.
In the eastern part of the level, our plan shows a fault dipping 20° to 30°
to the north. This fault is in the long crosscut, and it occurs in the Cobalt
series near the diabase contact.
Judging from these three occurrences it would appear that a fault follows,
in a general way, the contact between the Nipissing diabase and the Cobalt
series. The work at the Crown Reserve was done in 1920, and at that time the
Ontario Department of Mines was not paying the same attention to faults as
was later done in 1921, 1922, and 1923, consequently the faults on the Crown
Reserve have not been mapped as they should be.
On the 200-ft. level there is also a fault which roughly follows the contact
between the Keewatin and Cobalt series. The location of this fault is shown in
three crosscuts north of the Crown Reser\-e shaft. Between the 200-ft. and the
250-ft. levels, there is a fault dipping at about 30°. In places this fault is banded.
It contains nodules of iron pyrites.
150-ft. Level. — This level is of interest on account of the fact that \-ein No.
17 was followed into the Nipissing diabase for about 65 feet, and was found to be
unproductive. Vein No. 17 was the second largest producer on the property.
The outlines of the second and third beds of slate-like greywacke are shown.
These beds are in places almost horizontal, and in other places dip as high as 19°.
130-ft. Level. — The level is a small one, mainly in veins around the shaft.
It is mostly in the Keewatin. The contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt
series is indicated by a dotted line.
100-ft. Level. — Difficulty was met with in determining the contact between
the Keewatin and Cobalt series at the Carson vein. About a dozen samples
of the rock were examined under the microscope, and the Keewatin basalt was
found to be much decomposed at the contact. In fact, the contact is the trans-
itional type in which the unaltered Keewatin basalt passes gradually upwards
into altered basalt, thence into a basal conglomerate of the Cobalt series in which
the fragments are largely Keewatin basalt, and finally into a typical conglomerate
of the Cobalt series Under these conditions it is difficult to decide where to
place the line of contact. It might be placed at the unaltered basalt, or at the
point where the typical conglomerate is developed. We have chosen a line
midway between these two extremes, but we will not quarrel with those who are
disposed to move the line a few feet to the south.
From one point of view the determination of the contact is important.
For instance, on our plans the contact is shown about at the Carson vein, although
east of the shaft the contact is below the 100-ft. level at the Carson vein. As
this vein has been stoped down to the 200-ft. level, it would seem that some
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
113
silver must have been obtained from the vein where it occurs in the Keewatin.
According to Mr. Samuel D. Cohen, the vein was productive to an average depth
of 150 feet.
The north part of the level is largely in a bed of slate-like greyw^acke, which
dips for the most part at angles of 10° or 12° northward.
50-ft. Level. — The Carson vein at the west end splits into two branches
which continue into the Silver Leaf a short distance. On the Crown Reserve
the barren part of the vein may still be seen, showing in one place 10 inches of
calcite.
McKINLEY-DARRAGH-SAVAGE
The McKinley-Darragh-Savage Mines of Cobalt, Limited, has a capital
of $2,500,000 in shares of a par value of $1 each. Of this amount, $2,247,692
had been issued. To the end of the year 1922, the company had produced
19,941,726 ounces of silver, including the Savage mine, and had paid $5,955,592
in dividends. The company operates the McKinley-Darragh and the Savage
mines, the former having produced most of the ore.
The cost of producing silver during the year 1922 was 54 cents an ounce,
or $6.25 per ton of ore. The details of these costs are shown in the following
table.
Cost of Producing Silver at McKinley-Darragh^ in Year 1922
Operations
Total
amounts
Per ton of
ore mined
Per ounce
recovered
Insurance, txxes, administration, etc
General cliarges at Cobalt
Mining
Milling
Sampling and assaying at Cobalt
Bagging and shipping
Operating camps
Surface work, roads, etc
Alterations to plant
Prospecting
Surface dumps
Savage
Production costs
Marketing costs $22,243 . 68
Less cobalt and copper 7,609.02
Shut down costs
Total costs
$22,032.80
8,644.73
44,843.51
44,247.94
2,412.04
1,910.09
682.67
1,570.17
3,531.55
4.32
199.50
1,310.90
$131,390.22
14,634.66
15,915.93
$161,940.81
SO. 851
0.334
1.732
1.709
0.093
0.074
0.026
0.061
0.136
0.008
0.051
$5,075
0.565
0.615
,255
$0.0742
0.0291
0.1510
0.1490
0.0081
0.0064
0.0023
0.0053
0.0119
0.0007
0.0044
$0.4424
0.0492
0.0536
$0.5452
^Annual Report, McKinley-Darragh-Savage Mines for year 1922.
114
Department of Mines
No. 4
The company has compiled the table printed below showing the costs and
profits of producing silver from the years 1906 to 1922,^ inclusive.
Costs and Profits Per Ounce of Silver Recovered, McKinley-Darragh
Year
Average
price
received
Total
costs
Net profits
per ounce
1906-7. . . .
SO. 59
0.52
0.5131
0.5405
0.5416
0.6166
0.5919
0.54385
0.50785
0.67364
0.8320
0.99724
1.1065
0.8060
0.64995
$0.2614
0.2341
0.2263
0.1705
0.19479
0.1859
0.2233
0.31325
0.28710
0.40730
0.5709
0.6842
0.7193
0.8562
0.5452
$0 3286
1908
0.2859
1909
0.2868
1910
0.3700
1911
0.34681
1912
0 4307
1913 .
0 3686
1914
0.2306
1915
0.22075
1916
0.26634
1917 . .
0.2611
1918 .
0 31304
1919
0.3872
1920 .... ....
Loss 0 0502
1922
0.10475
The property was closed at the end of the year 1920, and opened again on
May 15th, 1922; six weeks later a normal tonnage was being hoisted. During
the year 1922 the mill treated 25,848 tons of ore, the mill-heads of which assayed
12.1 ounces of silver per ton.
There are 15.2 miles of underground workings including drifts, crosscuts,
raises, winzes, and shafts. The table below, giving a record of the work done,
was published in the company's annual report for the year 1922.
Extent of Mining Operations, McKinley-Darragh Mines
Year
Shafts
Drifts
Cross-
cuts
Stopes
Raises
Winzes
Station
Trenches
1905-7-8
1909
1910
feet
966
200
106
14
85
feet
4,190
2,007
2,437
3,256
4,706.5
4,260
1,848
2,527.5
2,444
2,408
4,370
1,340
1,084
113.5
feet
2,971
1,499
2,417
3,757
3,164.5
4,088
4,383.5
1,431
1,808.5
1,876.5
3,433
1,241
1,110.5
94.5
tons
4,181
7,126
18,084
36,261
42,592
43,741
39,855
50,753
39,340
46,712
34,255
27,218
38,990
16,752
feet
301
415
252
824
632 . 5
857
838
443
738.5
374.5
441
556.5
534.5
112.5
feet
175
81
60
93
167.5
105
170.5
78
279.5
12
18
26
cu. yds.
feet
4,000
10,900
150
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915 .
58.5
3.5
14.5
1916
238
240
1917
1918
1919
1
1920
1922
Total
1,447.5
36,991.5
33,275
445,860
7,320
1,265.5
478
15,050
In the matter of ore reserves at the end of the year 1922, the company
reported that there were approximately 20,000 tons of broken ore, and "a
considerable tonnage of unbroken ore to be mined. "-
^Annual Report, McKinley-Darragh-Savage Mines for year 1922.
^Annual Report, McKinley-Darragh-Savage Mines, 1922, p. 4.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 115
The table below, showing the yearly shipments from 1906 to 1922, was
compiled by the company in the annual report for the year 1922.
Ounces of Silver Shipped from the McKinley-Darragh Mines, 1906 to 1922
Years 1906-7 675,656
Year 1908 738,212
" 1909 1,324,704
" 1910 2,621,888
" 1911 2,569,654
" 1912 2,704,868
" 1913 2,228,497
" 1914 1,260,046
" 1915 1,060,136
« 1916 1,055,996
« 1917 1.020,545
" 1918 886,398
" 1919 760,482
" 1920 613,483
" 1922 254,307
Total to January 1st, 1923 19,774,872
The known veins in the McKinley-Darragh were nearly mined out at the
time of our examination in 1921, so that very little first-hand information could
be obtained regarding them. They form a complex network, particularly well
developed on the 150-ft. level. None of the veins extend from the footwall
into the hanging-wall of the Cobalt lake fault. One of them on the 400-ft.
level is sloped up to the fault, but the writer was informed that the silver content
gradually disappeared before reaching the fault. This vein did not extend
to the surface.
On the 350-ft. level there is a \ein in the Cobalt lake fault which follows the
fault for a distance and then gradually leaves it and passes into the footwall.
This vein had an ore-shoot which produced approximately 500,000 ounces of
silver.
The veins in the McKinley-Darragh are limited on the southeast by the
Cobalt lake fault, and as to depth by the Keewatin floor.
In our examination of the mine, we were struck by the fact that there are
scarcely any veins now to be seen on the various levels; they have been largely
mined with the exception of mill-rock. This appears to show that practically
all the veins on the property were productive. These veins are different in this
respect from many in the Beaver and Temiskaming mines. At the Beaver and
Temiskaming, barren veins are to be seen in some of the drifts; they have in
some cases been followed for hundreds of feet, and have been found to be barren
of silver, or to have short ore-shoots.
In the annual report of the company for the year 1910, there is an excellent
vertical section showing the structural features of the mine. The section shows
that the rocks northwest of the Cobalt lake fault have been severely faulted,
though the displacement is not nearly so great as is the displacement in the
Cobalt lake fault. \'eins are shown by the section to occur in these faults.
Owing to the nearly worked-out condition of the property at the time of our
examination, we were not able to confirm or disprove the presence of these faults
in which the \'eins are shown to occur.
There are two beds of slate-like greywacke, the outlines of which are shown
on the vertical section just referred to. Where these beds abut against the
Cobalt lake fault, they are bent upwards by the reverse movement of the fault.
Some trouble was met with in mapping the slate-like greywacke on account
of the fact that in places it passes gradually into the conglomerate, which makes
9 D.M.
116 Department of Mines No. 4
it difficult to decide as to where the contact Hne should be drawn on the level
plans. An attempt was made, however, to show these beds separately on the
plans because of their economic importance. Their importance is due to the
fact that where certain veins pass through them, the mill-rock is reported to be
of better grade than the mill-rock in the conglomerate. The lower bed of slate-
like greywacke rests in places directly on the Keewatin floor, but more generally
it is from a few feet to 30 or 40 feet above the Keewatin floor, with conglomerate
between the floor and the slate-like greywacke.
If the vertical section facing page 12 be examined by the reader, it will be
noted that at the bottom of the mine the conglomerate is over 100 feet thick.
Above the conglomerate is the lower bed of slate-like greywacke. On the 250-ft.
level this lower bed of slate-like greywacke rests in places, as already stated,
directly on the Keewatin floor. It is thus evident that the trough in the Keewatin
floor, which occurs below the bottom of Cobalt lake, was first filled with con-
glomerate to a depth of at least 100 feet. Later on the lower bed of slate-like
greywacke was laid down; in the middle of the trough the slate-like greywacke
rests on the conglomerate, but higher up the sides of the trough it rests, in places,
directly on the Keewatin. A little reflection will make it apparent that this
trough in the Keewatin is therefore essentially due to erosion. No doubt
the trough was accentuated by folding which took place along the axis of the
Cobalt lake fault. This folding is certainly proved by the upturned beds of
the slate-like greywacke.
The Cobalt lake fault, which dips 50° to 60° to the southeast, is a reverse
one w4th a displacement of about 550 feet. At La Rose mine the displacement
is less, about 275 feet. One might therefore fairly assume from this that the
amount of displacement becomes less towards the north.
The writer had a better opportunity to study the Cobalt lake fault at the
McKinley-Darragh than at any other property in the area, and it may be
described in some detail.
The entire hanging-wall is Keewatin, and the footwall is Cobalt series down
to the bottom level. The fault may be said to consist of two parts, first the
gouge which is persistent throughout, and second the fault breccia. The
fault breccia occurs on each side of the gouge, although most of it is below the
gouge in the more easily crushed conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt
series. The gouge consists of what the miners call a ''mud seam", and it varies
in width from a quarter or half an inch to an inch or two. It consists of a soft,
plastic, clay-like material. The fault breccia consists of crushed and broken
rock with some clay and it varies in width from a few feet to 15 or 20 feet or
more. The crushed rock becomes less and less crushed as the distance from
the gouge becomes greater. It is along the gouge that the movement has taken
place. The gouge offered a smooth, greasy plane, along which the movement
between hanging-wall and footwall occurred. In the fault in many places
there is a calcite vein which reaches an extreme width of 3 or 4 feet, and in which
an important ore-shoot of silver was found. This ore-shoot is described below.
An interesting feature of the exploration campaign at the McKinley-
Darragh mine is the persistence with which the Cobalt lake fault has been
explored. It has been systematically developed on six levels for a total distance
of between 6,000 to 7,000 feet. No doubt the reason for so much work along
the fault was the discovery of the valuable ore-shoot mentioned abo\e, which
was found in the fault between the 350-ft. and 300-ft. levels. This ore-shoot
partly follows the fault, and then gradually leaves it and runs into the
conglomerate; at its southwest end the vein is about 3 or 4 feet or more northwest
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 117
of the gouge. As already stated, according to information received from the
management, this ore-shoot produced approximately 500,000 ounces of silver.
From the plans of the McKinley-Darragh levels, and from the vertical
section facing page 12, it will be seen that on lower and lower levels the width
of the productive formation, the Cobalt series, becomes less and less, until on the
400-ft. level it has an average width of only 135 feet; on the 450-ft. level it is
reported to be more narrow still.
The Keewatin consists mainly of basalt, although there is some Keewatin
"iron formation." The contact between the Keewatin basalt and the Cobalt
series is generally transitional, but the contact between the "iron formation"
and the Cobalt series is often sharp and well defined.
On the surface of the property a small remnant of the bottom of the
Nipissing diabase sill was found in the railway cutting. This patch is about
15 feet wide and at least 40 feet long, being covered with drift towards the
Cobalt lake fault. It is interesting to find this patch here. It corresponds
structurally to that at La Rose, but at La Rose it is much larger.
Description of McKinley-Darragh Workings
450-ft. Level. — This level was not accessible; the following information was
obtained from the company. A vertical winze was sunk from the 400-ft. to
the 450-ft. level, and a crosscut was run southeast about 75 feet where it
encountered the Cobalt lake fault. The fault was then drifted on about 200
feet to the northeast, and about 125 feet to the southwest. Near the southwest
end of the drift, there is an inclined raise along the fault up to the 400-ft. The
Keewatin was encountered in the lower part of the winze. The crosscut from
the winze to the fault was said to be in Keewatin for some distance southeast of
the winze, after which it entered the Cobalt series and remained in this series up to
the Cobalt lake fault.
400-ft. Level. — The Cobalt lake fault has been explored by a drift on this
level for about 900 feet. A calcite vein occurs in places in the fault; the vein is
4 feet wide at one point, but contains no silver. In many places in the gouge and
in the crushed rock beside the gouge there is cobalt bloom, and in one place some
smaltite. Here and there much rusty material occurs which may be altered
iron pyrites. For long distances, 50 to 100 feet, there is no calcite vein in the
fault. Towards the northeast end, the fault contains much graphitic material.
The rock is very badly crushed at this end, and the cost of mining the drift was
therefore low.
In a number of places in the mine, there are veins which run towards the
Cobalt lake fault at right angles, such as vein No. 70 on the 400-ft. level, east of
the shaft. The vein became weaker as it approached the fault, and it is reported
that the silver content disappeared before it reached the gouge of the fault.
An interesting feature of this vein is that it is a blind one, and does not reach the
surface. It is thus limited by the Keewatin floor below, by the Cobalt lake fault
on the southeast, and vertically by the fact that it pinches out.
350-ft. Level. — The most interesting feature of this level was the occurrence
of an ore-shoot, the northeast end of which was in the Cobalt lake fault; that
is to say, the vein rested directly against the gouge at the northeast end, but
towards the southwest the vein gradually left the gouge until, at the southwest
end of the drift, it was 3 or 4 feet or more northwest of the gouge. All of the
silver-bearing portion of this vein has been mined except a small pillar about
3 or 4 feet square. It is in this pillar that the vein may still be seen resting
directly against the gouge of the fault. This vein is about 2 or 3 inches wide
118 Department of Mines No. 4
in the pillar and consists of smaltite, niccolite, native silver, and calcite. At the
southwest end of the vein, the unproductive part may still be seen in the back of
the stope about 15 feet or so above the floor. The vein here consists of smaltite
and calcite, and in places there are two or more parallel veins. Fig. 2 is a
photograph of the stope, showing the hanging-wall of the Cobalt lake fault.
The productive part of the vein extended 20 feet below the level and rose
a maximum 50 feet above the level, a total vertical distance of 70 feet. The
length of the ore-shoot was about 275 feet. The width of the vein was a few
inches, but it was said to be in one place as much as 5 feet in width. 2 feet of which
was high-grade ore. This rich part was about 12 feet long. The company
reported that the ore-shoot yielded about 500,000 ounces of silver.
Southwest of this ore-shoot a calcite vein in the Cobalt lake fault attains
a width of 2 feet, and it carries in places some iron pyrites and other sulphides.
About 270 feet southwest of the main shaft there is a vein-system striking
southeast towards the Cobalt lake fault. The stope on this vein-system comes
up to the fault, but we w^ere not able to find out whether or not the ore-shoot
in the vein extended as far as the fault.
At 185 feet from the northeast end of the Cobalt lake fault, there is an almost
vertical fault running into the Cobalt lake fault at an angle of about 30°.
At the southwest end of the property, there is a vein in the Keewatin series
which is said to contain good mill-rock. The \ein extends up to the 300-ft. level.
300-ft. Level. — This level has a drift along the Cobalt lake fault for almost
a quarter of a mile. An interesting feature of the fault is that at the southwest
end there are horizontal striations in the walls of the gouge, indicating some
horizontal movement.
At the southwest end of the mine, a bed of slate-like greywacke abuts against
the Cobalt lake fault, and the beds have been thrust up in the manner commonly
seen in reverse faults. The bed begins to tilt up 30 feet from the fault. Near
the fault the bed dips at 50° to 70° to the northwest.
This level is characterized by a bed of slate-like greywacke, finely bedded
and having a thickness of from 10 to 25 feet. It does not occur on the lower
levels. The bed is generally separated from the Keewatin by a bed of
conglomerate and greywacke from 5 to 15 or 20 feet thick.
In the northeast part of the Cobalt lake fault, cobalt bloom occurs almost
continuously along the gouge for about 300 feet. At one place some smaltite
was found in the gouge, and there is a stope in this part of the vein in which a
small quantity of silver was found. The vein is clearly younger than the fault.
250-ft. Level. — A feature of this level is the manner in which the bed of
slate-like greywacke for a thickness of about 8 feet has been mined in a manner
similar to that in which a gently dipping coal seam is mined. The bed dips at
an angle of about 15°. The mining of this bed of slate-like conglomerate
is due to the peculiar manner in which the "Lake" \-ein occurs. A glance at
Fig. 25 will explain its character. The Lake vein descends vertically to the
slate-like greywacke; then, by a series of "steps," passes through the bed. The
slate bed was impregnated with native silver, and it was thus possible to mine
about 8 feet of the bed. The vein in the Seneca was aft'ected in a similar manner
when it encountered a bed of slate-like greywacke (Fig. 32).
There is a crosscut about 800 feet long running southeast from the shaft
and intersecting vein No. 7, the Kendall. The crosscut intersected Keewatin
basalt southeast of the Cobalt lake fault. The Keewatin was cut by coarse-
grained lamprophyre dikes. The Kendall \ein on this level is 7 to 8 inches
wide of calcite.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
119
200-ff. Level. — An interesting feature is the occurrence of a fault similar to
the "contact" fault on the Coniagas. It occurs in the conglomerate a few feet
above the Keewatin, and we were able to trace it for 600 feet. It is most
prominent at the southwest end of the mine, and becomes weaker towards the
notheast. This fault was also noted on the 250-ft. level.
150-ft. Level.— The contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series on this
level is much more irregular than on any lower level. The contact shows the
Keewatin floor to consist of two prominent hills with intervening troughs. This
irregularity is due to erosion in the Keewatin before the Cobalt series was laid
down. If the troughs were due to folding after the Cobalt series was laid down,
the Cobalt series would also be folded. Such minor folding as there is does not
conform to the Keewatin troughs.
This le\'el has more development work done on it than has any other level,
and it is the most productive.
An attempt has been made to show the outlines of two beds of slate-like
greywacke. It was found to be an unsatisfactory piece of mapping, but, in
Fig. 25 — Sketch illustrating what happens to the "Lake" vein, McKinley-Darragh mine, when it
passes from conglomerate and greywacke into a bed of finely-bedded, slate-like greywacke.
view of the structural importance of the beds, it was thought advisable to map
them as best we could in the time at our disposal. The upper bed is thicker than
the lower. Where the upper bed abuts against the Cobalt lake fault, the bed is
tilted up at angles as high as 50° or 60°.
At the northeast end of the Cobalt lake fault, there is a barren calcite vein
about an inch wide containing cobalt bloom. The vein strikes towards the
Cobalt lake fault at right angles. Where it enters the fault it splits into three or
four small stringers. These stringers gradually change their strike and, in place
of running directly into the gouge at right angles, they gradually turn and
finally follow the gouge itself. It would appear that this vein is a subordinate
fracture from the Cobalt lake fault.
110-Jt. Level. — The Keewatin has not been encountered on this le\'el, nor
do the workings extend to the southeast far enough to intersect the Cobalt lake
fault. There is much slate-like greywacke on the level, but, owing to the fact
120 Department of Mines No. 4
that many of the workings are inaccessible, it was not found practicable to map it.
The slate-like greywacke is resting at gentle angles, in places 5° to 10°.
75-ft. Level.— An interesting feature of this level is the occurrence of a silver-
bearing vein in the hanging wall of the Cobalt lake fault. The vein is about 4
feet to the southeast of the fault. It is said to have produced about S25,000
in silver. The vein may still be seen in the back of the small stope where it
consists of 3 or 4 inches of smaltite and calcite, together with a little niccolite.
60'ft. Level. — The workings on this level are not extensive. The rock is
conglomerate of the Cobalt series. What is known as the "first swamp" vein
occurs on the level. The vein is now stoped out.
Kendall Vein. — No. 7 vein, the Kendall, on the 60-ft. level of No. 7 shaft,
occurs at the southeast part of the property. The vein is known as the Kendall
vein on the Nipissing, on which property most of the ore was obtained. This
is due to the fact that the conglomerate on the McKinley where the vein occurs
is but 14 feet deep in the shaft. While the vein in the Keewatin is a strong
vein, 1 to 12 inches wide, of calcite and a little quartz, and has been explored for
250 feet in depth, it was not commercially productive in the Keewatin rocks,
although some rich patches were found. One of these rich patches in the vein
may still be seen on the 60-ft. level.
The No. 7 vein was worked from the No. 7 shaft from the 60-ft. and 100-ft.
levels. A long crosscut from the 250-ft. level of the main shaft was driven
about 800 feet southeast and intersected this vein, where it was found to be a
strong one consisting of 7 to 8 inches of calcite. In the Cobalt series the vein
was about vertical, but on entering the Keewatin it dips southward at a steep
angle. Where we observed the vein in the Keewatin it occurs in a minor fault.
SAVAGE
The Savage mine is owned by the McKinley-Darragh-Savage Mines of
Cobalt, Limited.
The vein-system consists of a number of parallel \-eins striking north-
eastward, as shown on the plans. The ore-shoots are confined to the south-
eastern half of the property where the conglomerate is shallow. The veins do
not contain ore in the Keewatin nor does the ore as a general rule extend to the
surface. It is probable that the Keewatin floor influenced the deposition of the
silver ore-shoots, as it has elsewhere in the Cobalt area. The chimney-like form
of some of the ore-shoots is a feature of the Savage ore bodies.
A characteristic of the ore bodies is that the silver has not extended into the
wall-rock as far as it has, for instance, at the Coniagas, McKinley- Darragh, or
other properties. Hence the stopes are narrow, ordinarily the width of a drift.
Much development work has been done on barren veins.
The fractures in which the veins occur are in places open for a width of 4 or
5 inches.
The conglomerate of the Cobalt series is a very coarse boulder variety;
boulders a foot or two in diameter are common. One bed of slate-like grey-
wacke was noted which in places rests directly on the Keewatin floor, as it like-
wise does in the Provincial mine immediately west of the Savage.
The Keewatin appears first on the 140-ft. level near the south boundary;
this level produced the greater part of the ore.
The descriptions of the levels, beginning with the 240-ft., may now be given.
These descriptions are substantially from the field notes of Mr. James Hill, who
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 121
geologically mapped and reported on the mine for the Ontario Department of
Mines.
290-ft. Level. — The level was flooded at the time of examination. No. 2
vein was explored, but was found to be non-productive. The rocks are reported
to belong to the Cobalt series.
240-ft. Level. — No. 2 and No. 10 veins have been opened up on this level.
No. 10 was inaccessible at the time of examination, but was said to occur in
Keewatin rocks and to be stoped for 120 feet. No. 2 vein was not accessible
east of the winze. It is reported to have contained low-grade ore for 440 feet.
Lenses of smaltite 3 inches wide were noted in No. 2 vein at the winze.
In the drift on No. 2 vein, a bed of slate-like greywacke may be seen resting
on Keewatin at the winze. At the west end of the winze, the bed of slate-like
greywacke dips 9° westward, and is about 15 feet thick. In the crosscut north
of the winze, the greywacke bed dips northward.
190-ft. Level. — Only part of the workings around No. 2 vein were accessible.
This vein was stoped for 100 feet in length, and its branch 70 feet; the latter is
also stoped on the Provincial. On the Savage the branch of No. 2 vein occurs
in a minor fault.
No. 10 vein is reported to have been stoped for 180 feet in length. Vein
No. 23 produced some rich ore and has been stoped for about 80 feet.
The level is reported to be in conglomerate except in the vicinity of vein
No. 6.
140-ft. Level.- — -V^eins Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 produced most of the ore which
came from this level. No. 10 vein was richest from this level upwards, but
yielded a greater tonnage below the level. The stopes average only 4 to 5
feet in width, as the silver did not penetrate the wall rock as far as it usually did
in many other mines in the Cobalt area. A notable feature of the productive
part of the veins is their chimney-like form. No. 10 vein, with a productive
length of only 40 feet, yielded very rich ore. The ore-shoot of No. 23 vein was
also chimney-like in form, the ore occurring below the level. The stope of No.
4 vein was 180 feet long; that of No. 3 vein was 130 feet long; that of No. 6
vein was 130 feet long; and No. 8 vein 200 feet long.
The level is almost entirely in conglomerate of the Cobalt series; much of
the conglomerate is of the coarse boulder variety.
The Keewatin was met with in No. 6 and No. 11 crosscuts. In No. 6 cross-
cut the Cobalt series rests on a lamprophyre dike.
80-ft. Level. — None of the veins except part of No. 4 reach the surface.
No. 4 vein was stoped for about 260 feet, and No. 3 for 250 feet. No. 5 and No.
6 veins produced little ore on this level. The level is all in conglomerate of the
Cobalt series.
O'BRIEN
The O'Brien mine is owned by M. J. O'Brien, Limited, the head office of
which company is in Ottawa, Ontario.
It has not been the policy of this concern to publish annual reports, the com-
pany being a close corporation; hence the costs of mining and treating the ore
have not been made public, and the following account of the property is not as
full as it might otherwise be.
The mine has produced 18,342,603 ounces of silver to the end of 1922, but
the profits or dividends which have been paid from this substantial yield have
not been made known.
About three-quarters of the silver, according to information furnished by
the company, has been obtained from veins occurring in the Nipissing diabase
122 Department of Mines No. 4
sill ; these veins occur along the bottom of the sill. The rest of the siher produced
was obtained from veins in the Cobalt and Keewatin series in about equal
proportions. Thus, it may be said that the Nipissing diabase sill is economically
the most important formation at the O'Brien mine, since it is responsible for
three-quarters of the output of silver.
In the fall of 1921, the O'Brien was reported to be mining ore in Xo. 20
winze workings at a depth of 800 feet below the collar of No. 6 shaft. The ore
at this depth was said to be largely a good grade of mill-rock, although some high-
grade ore was also reported to have been mined. This ore occurs along the
contact between the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill and the underlying
Keewatin.
In 1918 the company obtained most of its ore from the Keewatin basalt.
In regard to this matter E. A. Collins reports: "It may be noted that of the
ore broken [in 1918] 3,484 tons came from the conglomerate, 18,980 tons were in
diabase, and 26,800 tons were mined in the Keewatin below the diabase sill."^
There are three main vein-systems on the property, the No. 1, No. 6, and
No. 20. Veins Nos. 1 and 6 strike between eastward and southeastward, are
roughly parallel and about 500 feet apart. Towards the southeast, the two
veins tend to approach each other, and to split into a number of branches. \'ein
No. 20 runs southeastward from vein No. 6.
No. 1 vein is probably the longest \-ein in the Cobalt area; it is the
eastward extension of the McDonald vein on La Rose. If the veins on
the Violet eventually prove to be the eastward extension of the O'Brien No. 1
vein-system, then the total length of this vein-system (including the McDonald
on La Rose, the No. 1 vein on the O'Brien, and the Molet veins) will be about
two-thirds of a mile. One of the stopes in this vein-system on the O'Brien
is 900 feet long on the second level of No. 1 shaft. This stope extends into La
Rose at least 445 feet.
While the No. 1, No. 6, and No. 20 \eins are the principal veins on the
property, there are a number of others of much less importance, the locality of
which may be seen on the sheet showing the O'Brien, \'iolet, and Colonial
workings.
The O'Brien mine is a good illustration of how the silver ore-shoots follow,
in a general way, the contact of the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill. The
ore-shoots have been pro^■en to occur within a zone about 100 feet above or below
the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill, but some of the shoots do occur as far as
200 feet above or below the bottom of the sill.
The bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill dips at angles of 10° to 25° eastward,
but the dip becomes steeper on lower levels.
Since the ore-shoots follow the dip of the bottom of the diabase sill down-
wards, the surface outcrops of the veins towards the east are represented by
little else than joint planes.
Generally speaking, it may be said that at the O'Brien, if there are ore-shoots
in the Cobalt series between the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill and the
Keewatin, very little silver descends to the Keewatin; but, if the Cobalt
series is absent, then ore-shoots may descend from the bottom of the Nipissing
diabase sill down into the Keewatin basalt.
The stopes in the O'Brien mine examined by the writer are generalh' narrow,
averaging between 5 and 10 feet in width. At junctions of two or more veins,
however, the stopes are in places 15 to 20 feet in width. The stope at the west
end of No. 1 vein, on the 50-ft. and 100-ft. levels, is as wide as 20 to 35 feet in
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XXVIII, pt. I, 1919, p. 146.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 123
places; this stope Is in conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series. The
width of this stope may be seen in the open cut at the west end of the vein.
The maximum depth of the conglomerate in this stope is about 100 feet.
The most prominent fault on the property is what has been called the O'Brien
fault, which strikes between west and northwest. It has been encountered on
the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh levels. The fault is about vertical, dipping
80° to 85° to the south, in places dipping locally to the north. It is similar in
character and strike to the Violet fault on the east, and to the fault on the
Chambers-Ferland, Nipissing, and Hudson Bay to the west. On the O'Brien
it was reported to the writer that the fault yielded no silver.
About 100,000 ounces of silver had been obtained from veins north of the
O'Brien fault to the end of the year 1921, this production having come from mill-
rock containing 15 to 25 ounces of silver to the ton. Little high-grade ore of
any consequence was mined north of the O'Brien fault.
The workings of the O'Brien mine, shown on the O'Brien, Violet, Colonial
sheet, are, unfortunately, not complete. About three-quarters of the workings
are shown. This is owing to the fact that at the time of our examination of the
O'Brien, in the fall of 1921, a strip of land between the O'Brien and Violet mines
was under litigation. In consequence of this lawsuit, the O'Brien workings in
this disputed strip are not shown on our plans. Nor do the plans show the work-
ings below the seventh level. These workings below the seventh level are from
winze No. 20 and follow the extension of vein-system No. 20 along the contact
between the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill and the Keewatin basalt.
Description of O'Brien Mine Workings
At the end of the year 1921, there was a total of about 12 miles of drifts'
crosscuts, raises, winzes, and shafts.
Workings below Seventh Level. — There are reported to be about 4 or 5 miles
of drifts, crosscuts, winzes or raises in the workings below the seventh level.
The lowest level is 800 feet below the collar of No. 6 shaft. At the request of
the management, the Ontario Department of Mines did not make a detailed
examination of these workings, nor are the plans published in this report. A
few hours were spent with the assistant manager in a casual examination, and it
was observed that on one of the lower levels the contact of the bottom of the
Nipissing diabase sill with the Keewatin was at one place very steep — in the
neighbourhood of 60° or more
From time to time, since the year 1914, certain information regarding
these lower workings has been published in the reports of the inspectors of mines
for the Province of Ontario. For convenience this information is given below.
In 1915, J. G. McMillan^ reported as follows:—
During the year [1914] the winze [No. 20] from the 300 ft. level of the No. 6 shaft was sunk
to a depth of 200 feet, cutting the diabase-Keewatin contact at 180 feet, or 480 feet from the
collar of the shaft. In this winze three levels have been opened, some new ore put in sight, and
ore proved to exist below the lowest level.
In 1916, James Bartlett- reported: —
The winze, No. 20, from the 300-ft. level of No. 6 shaft has been sunk to a depth of 250 feet
and four levels have been opened.
In 1917, James Bartlett^ wrote: —
A new level was established at 610 feet.
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Alines, Vol. XXIV, pt. I, 1915, p. 121.
= Ibid, \'ol. XX\\ pt. I, 1916, p. 119.
sibid, Vol. XXVI, 1917, p. 123.
124 Department of Mines No. 4
In 1918, E. A. Collins' reported as follows: —
A new low level was established at 720 feet below the collar of the main shaft and ore mined
at this level.
In 1919, J. G. McMillan' reported:—
During the year a new winze level was established at 800 feet below the collar of No. 6 shaft.
Seventh Level. — (700 feet above sea level at main shaft.) \^ein No. 6 at
the west end in the Keewatin occupies a fault dipping 50° to 60° north, and having
a fault breccia and gouge 2 or 3 inches to a foot or more in width. In
places there is a quartz and calcite vein in the fault, but the vein has not been
productive in the Keewatin. Where this vein enters the diabase about 350
feet east of No. 6 shaft it becomes productive, and a stope some 300 feet in length
has been developed. The stope is about vertical, so that as vein No. 6 went
from the Keewatin into the Nipissing diabase it evidently became vertical and,
also, productive of silver. The fault is in the Keewatin series; we were not
able to observe if this fault enters the diabase, but it was observed that farther
southeast this vein is not in a fault.
Vein No. 6 pinches out about 50 feet northwest of No. 20
No. 20 vein is an important one, and has a stope on this level about 250 feet
long. This stope begins at winze No. 20, and is wholly in the Nipissing diabase
on this level.
For about 500 feet east of the main shaft. No. 1 vein in the Keewatin is
for the most part only fractions of an inch in width, consisting of calcite. As
the vein approaches the Nipissing diabase it becomes wider, and finally ore
develops in it; a stope three or four hundred feet long has been mined. A vein
of unusual shape crosses at right angles the No. 1 vein near the east end; this
vein forms a huge semi-circle, and has a stope some 600 feet long.
At the north end of the workings there is a vein striking about east and
west which follows the north side of a small lamprophyre dike. This vein was
not productive on the seventh level, but was being stoped on the level above in
October, 1921. The ore was not high-grade, but was a fair grade of mill-rock.
The rocks on the seventh level consist largely of the Keewatin series wath
a smaller development of the Cobalt series and Nipissing diabase at the east end.
The Keewatin is made up of basaltic rocks, except at the north part of the work-
ings where finely bedded cherty rocks of the "iron formation" occur. The
Cobalt series at the northeast part of the level consists of easily recognizable
conglomerate and greywacke, but towards the southwest the Cobalt series
consists of decomposed Keewatin which is difficult to distinguish from the
Keewatin along the contact.
The O'Brien fault is met with in a crosscut about 150 feet north of No. 1
vein. The fault consists of about 15 inches of fault breccia and gouge, and it
contains a little galena, zinc blende, and iron pyrites; it dips steeply south.
The fault follows the contact between the finely bedded cherty rocks of the "iron
formation" on the north and the basalt on the south.
Sixth Level. — (755 feet above sea level at main shaft.) The contact between
the Nipissing diabase and the Keewatin occurs in No. 6 shaft about 13 feet above
the level. In the vicinity of No. 6 shaft it may be seen that vein No. 6 is vertical
in the Nipissing diabase and that, when it descends and enters the Keewatin,
it dips at about 50° to the north. It would appear that the vein in the Keewatin
'Annual Report, Ont. Hur. Mines, \"ol. XX\I1, pt. I, 1918, p. 125.
•Mbid, \ol. XXIX, \A. 1, 1920, p. 104.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 125
follows an old fissure of pre-diabase age. The fissure shows an inch or two of
fault breccia and contains quartz which is probably older than the calcite. For
500 or 600 feet in the vicinity of winze No. 20, the No. 6 vein is little else than
a vertical joint plane in the diabase containing fractions of an inch of barren
calcite. The southeast face of this drift shows a crack containing a little gouge.
This part of the vein southeast of winze No. 20 is evidently too high above the
contact between the diabase and Keewatin to be productive. The vein is for
the most part frozen to the diabase walls. East of No. 6 shaft there is a stope
in the diabase 250 feet long.
\'ein No. 1 just east of the main shaft splits, the two branches continuing
eastward for about 200 feet and eventually joining again. The two branches
contain usually less than one inch of calcite. Opposite the shaft the vein is
3 or 4 inches in width of calcite.
\^ein No. 16 strikes about northward. It has 2 stopes, one about 275 feet
long, and the other less than 100 feet long. The O'Brien fault crosses vein No.
16 about at right angles. For 20 or 30 feet on the north and south side of the
fault, vein No. 16 appears to pinch out save for irregular stringers.
The O'Brien fault occurs near the north end of the level, and has been drifted
on for nearly 400 feet, but no ore was found. Galena, iron pyrites, zinc blende,
and a very little calcite occur in it. The fault contains from one-half to three-
quarters of an inch of gouge, and 1 to 4 feet of fault breccia. It strikes W. 16° N.
and dips 70° to 75° south ; locally it dips to the north.
The rocks on this level consist of Keewatin and Nipissing diabase in about
equal proportions, together with a belt of the Cobalt series. The Keewatin is
made up largely of basalt, but at the north end of the level it consists of "iron
formation" having a width of at least 300 feet. The "iron formation" is made
up of chert, greywacke, and quartzite-like rocks. The "iron formation" dips
steeply southward, and strikes westward about parallel to the O'Brien fault.
Indeed, the O'Brien fault on this level and the seventh follows the contact between
the "iron formation" and the Keewatin basalt.
This "iron formation" was found on the \"iolet mine to the east of the
O'Brien.
Fifth Level. — (850 feet above sea level at main shaft.) This is the most
extensive level in the mine, reaching as it does almost from the north end
to the south end of the property. The noteworthy piece of development work
is a crosscut almost half a mile long in the Nipissing diabase, intersecting veins
No. 1 and No. 6, and some others which were not productive.
On vein No. 6, just west of No. 6 shaft, there is a stope about 500 feet long
for the most part in the diabase, while at the west end of the vein there is a small
stope 150 feet long which is in the Keewatin.
On No. 1 vein there is a stope about 300 feet east of the main shaft; this stope
is in the diabase and is about 150 feet long.
Vein No, 16 has been stoped up to the surface, and the upper part was being
worked as an open pit in the fall of 1921.
On the plan of the fifth level, there are show^n certain workings at the north-
east end of the O'Brien property. These workings are not connected with the
main shaft on this level; but the workings may be reached from No. 14 shaft,
or by going up a raise from the sixth level at the north end. \e\n No. 16 and
a vein farther east have been worked from this level, with small stopes, partly
on the Nipissing property and partly on the O'Brien property. The workings are
all in the Cobalt series except at the east, and where a drift just enters the
Nipissing diabase.
126 Department of Mines No. 4
The fifth level workings are connected with the No. 3.^ shaft at the south-
west corner of the property; and the second level of the No. 33 shaft corresponds
to the fifth level of the main shaft. The fifth level at the No. 33 shaft was run
to work vein No. 33, which was followed for 500 feet. In places this vein attains
an unusual width — from 12 to 15 inches of white calcite. The contact of the
Nipissing diabase and Keewatin basalt occurs at the shaft, and is irregular in
outline as the plan shows.
There are a number of interesting faults on this level, chief of which is the
O'Brien fault at the northeast end of the level. Here the fault is in the Nipissing
diabase, and has been followed for some 50 feet. It has an unusual dip on this
level, 75° to the north, whereas, as a general rule, it dips to the south. The fault
breccia and gouge is about one foot wide and, in places, the rock is crushed for
four or more feet. The rock falls readily from the back, making mining
operations dangerous.
Southw^est of No. 6 shaft 650 feet, there is a minor fault striking a little
north of east. The gouge and fault breccia are from half an inch to about 3
inches in width, being widest at the east end. Possibly this fault explains the
presence of the valley on the surface in this part of the O'Brien. Cutting about
at right angles to this fault, there is another one about 30 feet west of the main
crosscut. The fault shows from 1 to 3 inches of gouge and breccia and appears
to strike about parallel to the diabase contact. A similar fault to this occurs
at the south end of the property, and it also strikes about parallel to the diabase
contact.
Fourth Level. — (885 feet above sea level at main shaft.) No. 1 vein has been
drifted on for about one-quarter of a mile. This vein is almost wholly in the
Keewatin basalt. Where examined, it is but a few inches in width and, at the
east end, it pinches out to a mere joint crack. The west end of the level was
flooded and inaccessible. West of the main shaft there is a stope about 200 feet
long in Keewatin. From this stope west to No. 1 shaft there are no other stopes.
The O'Brien fault was met with on this level at the northeast part of the
workings and was followed for about 300 feet. It strikes about W. 20°N. and
dips 85° to the south, although locally it is practically vertical or even dips
steeply to the north. The fault has about a foot of fault breccia and gouge,
and a vein of calcite about an inch wide occurs here and there in the fault. In
places the fault is rusty.
A crosscut runs northward from the fault, passing No. 14 shaft, to the
north boundary between the O'Brien and Nipissing properties. Exactly on
the boundary line there is an east and west crosscut 600 feet in length, the cost
of which was shared jointly by the O'Brien and Nipissing companies. The
Keewatin was encountered at the west end of this crosscut, consisting of rusty
cherty rocks of the Keewatin "iron formation."
Third Level. — (No. 6 shaft, 921 feet above sea level at No. 6 shaft and 75
feet below collar of No. 6 shaft.) This level was worked originally from No. 6
shaft. It is, as a matter of fact, the first level from No. 6 shaft, but is known
as the third level. No. 6 vein has been drifted on for nearly 1,500 feet. Im-
mediately west of the shaft, there is a stope nearly 500 feet long in Nipissing
diabase; at the west end there is a stope about 450 feet long which is in Keewatin.
In places where No. 6 vein could be seen, it \aried in width from fractions
of an inch to six inches or a little more. Part of tlie stope at the west end was
accessible, and in the back the vein was seen to be in places as wide as six inches.
The stope was 5 or 6 feet wide.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 127
At the west end of the drift, there is a fault of importance with a fault breccia
and gouge of three or four inches. The fault dips to the north about 55°, and
the vein appears on each side of the fault; what the displacement of the vein
has been, if any, was not apparent.
The rocks on the level are Keewatin basalt and Nipissing diabase in about
equal proportions.
Third Level. — (No. 1 shaft, 929 feet above sea level at No. 1 shaft, 150 feet
below collar of No. 1 shaft.) This level was not examined, nor is it shown on
our plans. It has a length of 265 feet; there is a stope west of the shaft 60 feet
long, and a stope east of the shaft 30 feet long.
Second Level.- — (No. 1 shaft, 979 feet above sea level at No. 1 shaft, 100 feet
below collar of No. 1 shaft.) The stope on No. 1 vein on this level is 900 feet
long, partly in rocks of the Cobalt series, and partly in Keewatin rocks. At the
east end of the stope there is a fault dipping at some 20° or 30° to the east. No
ore has been found above the fault in this part of the mine. In other words,
this fault limits the eastward extension of the ore. The vein continues east-
ward, but does not become producti\'e again for some distance east of the main
shaft. This fault is another instance of how a fault limits the deposition of the
sih^er ore at Cobalt.
In the vicinity of the fault, at the east end of the drift, there is on the walls
of the drift in places a thin coating or film of bluish-black, oily-looking material.
A sample of this material was taken by scraping it off the walls of the drift. In
doing this, much of the finely powdered rock which clings to the walls of all
mine workings in Cobalt, was mixed with the sample, so that the quantity of the
bluish-black material in the sample was small compared to the quantity of
powdered rock. But, in spite of this dilution, the sample was found to contain
100 ounces of silver to the ton. It is quite evident that this coating is of
secondary origin and has been deposited on the walls of the drift after mining
operations had ceased. No mining has been done in this part of the drift for
five or six years.
Material similar to this was first noted at the Crown Reserve mine about
ten years ago. At that time a sample was submitted to W. K. McNeill, Pro-
\incial Assa}'er for Ontario, who considered the material might be a mechanical
mixture of finely powdered, silver-bearing minerals. In the old workings of
other mines at Cobalt, this material has also been observed occurring under
similar conditions.
The level is in the Keewatin and Cobalt series. The Keewatin "iron for-
mation" is present. The contact between the Cobalt series and Keewatin is
in the shaft a few^ feet below the level.
First Level. — (No. 1 shaft, 1,029 feet above sea level at No. 1 shaft, 50 feet
below collar of No. 1 shaft.) This level is now mostly an open cut nearly 500
feet long, all in conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series. At the west
end, two \'eins, striking southward from the Chambers-Ferland, join the No. 1
vein. In the ^'icinity of the junction the open cut is about 35 feet wide.
The level is all in conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series except
at the south end of a crosscut at the east end of the level where there is about
eight feet of Keewatin.
Workings from No. 2 Shaft. — This shaft is 900 feet south of the northwest
corner of the property. It was sunk in order to mine the southeastward exten-
sion of La Rose veins known as Nos. 3 and 6. On the O'Brien property
these veins are unfortunatelv all in the Keewatin series.
128 Department of Mines No. 4
At the time of our examination, in October, 1921, only the first level was
accessible. There are four le\'els.
The first level is 65 feet below the collar of the shaft. There are half a
dozen veins on the level, all of which are in Keewatin basalt. The most westerly-
one has been drifted on for about 275 feet, and there is a small stope at the south
end; the vein shows one or two inches of calcite. East of the shaft another vein
has been drifted on for about 200 feet, and there is a stope about 100 feet long.
This stope goes to the surface and shows the vein to have an unusually flat dip
— at the south end 35° to 38°, at the north end a little steeper.
At the east end of the workings, there is a well-defined fault which has been
followed for about 100 feet; it strikes northeast and dips about 25° to the
northwest. The fault shows an inch of gouge in places, and from six inches to
two feet of fault breccia. A calcite vein, three or four inches wide, shows in
the back of the drift; its relation to the fault was not noted.
In several places there are lamprophyre dikes on this level.
Workings from No. 33 Shaft. — This shaft is at the southwest corner of the
property. There are two levels, at 100 feet and 180 feet below the collar of the
shaft. The 180-ft. level has been described in dealing with the fifth level.
The first level from No. 33 shaft follows a vein for 400 feet. The vein strikes
southwestward and occurs in the Nipissing diabase at the northeast part and in
Keewatin basalt at the southeast part. The vein consists of calcite which varies
in width from a fraction of an inch to one or two inches, while in the northeast
face it is a mere crack. A small stope about 60 feet long and 25 feet high was
mined at the southwest part of the vein, along the Keewatin-Nipissing diabase
contact.
The diabase contact occurs on the level below at the bottom of the shaft, a
few feet west of the station.
TEMISKAMING
The Temiskaming Mining Company, Limited, has an authorized and issued
capital of $2,500,000 in shares of the par value of $1.00. To November, 1920,
when the company ceased operations, the mine had produced 11,721,433 ounces
of silver, and had paid $2,159,156 in dividends. This large output was obtained
from eight acres of ground. There are about nine miles of underground workings,
including drifts, crosscuts, winzes, raises, and shafts.
The Temiskaming Mining Company owns half of the capital stock of the
Blue Diamond Coal Company, Limited, the mines and plant of which are at
Brule, in the Province of Alberta. The remaining half of the stock of the Blue
Diamond Coal Company, Limited, is owned by the Mclntyre Porcupine Mines,
Limited.^
The general manager at the time the plant closed in November, 1920, Mr.
Gordon F, Dickson, in discussing the reasons for the closing down of the Temis-
kaming, stated that the price of silver fell during the year 1920 to such a low
level that profitable operation was not possible in view of the high cost of labour
and supplies; these factors, combined with the shortage of power due to the
dry season, caused the plant to cease operations. In regard to the finding of
more silver ore, Mr. Dickson stated that the likelihood of discovering any
quantity of high-grade ore in the old workings was small. He thought, however,
there was scope for opening up a considerable tonnage of medium-grade ore
which would show a profit with silver at 70 cents an ounce. ^
'Report of the Temiskaming Mining Company, Limited, for the eighteen months ended
June 30th, 1921.
-Ibid, page 12.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
129
Structure
The structure of the rocks, and the relation of the veins to the rocks at the
Temiskaming, is shown in the coloured cross-sections facing page 32. Take, for
instance, the section marked D-D through the main shaft of the mine. It will
be seen that the Nipissing diabase sill is shown intruding the Keewatin rocks,
and that the sill has a thickness of about 1,000 feet. The Keewatin consists of
what appear to be two lava flows of basalt, separated by a bed of finely banded
chert and greywacke, known as "iron formation", but which in this description
will be called the chert bed. It is 100 to 200 feet thick, dips about vertically,
and strikes a little east of south. The basalt adjacent to the chert on the west
is generally rusty, owing to the presence of iron pyrites w'hich is partly weathered
t limonite. The vertical section shows the chert formation below the diabase
-""f, ijI^
4
t
"^t- -...
f
Ml
^^^H')
^•^^^1
V
I^^SH^S^^^9PmiHH3
H'j ^bl
^
-
Fig. 28 — Temiskaming shaft-house.
sill, but its exact position there was not ascertained, as the 1,600-ft. level was
not accessible; nor is it known to the writer whether the mine w'orkings inter-
sected the chert. The hanging wall and footwall of the diabase sill may have
been displaced relatively to each other during the intrusion of the diabase, in
which case the chert below the sill may be difificult to find. Its strike below the
sill might be different from its strike above it, depending on the character of the
movement between the footwall and hanging wall of the sill.
The position of the veins in relation to the top of the sill is shown in the
sections. It will be noted that the veins in the diabase dip to the westward,
about at right angles to the dip of the top of the sill. In fact, the veins, appear
to occur in joint planes in the diabase; these joint planes are about at right
130 Department of Mines No. 4
angles to the contact. As the veins emerge upwards from the top of the sill,
they become vertical for a short distance abo\'e the contact and then dip steeply
eastward.
Attention may be directed to what has the appearance of being a sharp fold
in the Xipissing diabase sill, shown at the west side of the vertical sections facing
page 32. It is doubtful, however, if this sharp irregularity in the sill was caused
by folding. The writer could not find proof of folding. Rather would it appear
that the sill was intruded through the Keewatin rocks in this irregular form.
The occurrence, however, of the silver-bearing veins just to the east of this sharp
irregularity may be pointed out. The question naturally arises: Will silver be
found in commercial quantities below the sill under similar structural conditions?
Intruding the Keewatin rocks are many lamprophyre dikes and sills of
Hailevburian age, several feet in width. The \'eins are, of course, younger than
these dikes.
A dike of basalt, about a foot wide, has been found en the 385-ft. and 499-ft.
levels. It appears to be younger than the veins, although this is not definitely
proven.
Veins
The vein-system of the Temiskaming and Beaver consists mainly of two
parallel veins, 200 to 250 feet apart, striking a little east of north. The system
has a. length of approximately 2,400 feet. The Temiskaming owns the southern
two-thirds and the Beaver the remaining part to the north. The entire system
yielded 18,293.216 ounces of silver, of which quantity the Temiskaming has
produced 11,681,900 ounces.
The Temiskaming-Beaver system is an isolated one, removed as it is almost
a mile from the nearest productive vein, namely, No. 3 vein at the southeast
corner of the Kerr Lake property. The productive part of the veins was ter-
minated at the north end of the Beaver by a fault, to the north of which no silver
has yet been found, although some of the veins, consisting of barren calcite, do
extend north of the fault.
The ore at the Temiskaming occurs w^hoUy at the top of the Nipissing
diabase sill, both in the sill and in the overlying Keewatin, most of it having
been mined from \'eins in the Keewatin. The ore bodies of the Keeley and
Frontier, mines in South Lorrain occupy similar structural positions. The
writer was informed that more than three-quarters of the ore at the Temiskaming
came from within about 125 to 150 feet of the contact. While most of the ore
came from near the contact, it may be noted that one shoot of high-grade ore
was mined 40 feet below the surface, and that mill-rock was obtained at the
surface about the time the company ceased mining in the autumn of the year
1920. Reference to the richness of the ore along the contact is made in the
annual report of the company for the year 1915.^ The report states that along
the contact, both above and below, the Temiskaming and Beaver have recovered
their richest values.
As illustrating the richness of the ore at or near the upper conract of the
Nipissing diabase sill, the shipments for the year 1910 may be referred to. The
high-grade ore produced that year by hand-sorting amounted to 376 tons, the
average assay value of which was 3,562 ounces. One 32-ton car assayed as
much as 4,423 ounces of silver per ton. The major portion of these 376 tons
came from the 396-ft. level. From the level below this, namely, the 499-ft..
one car of 25 tons was shipped which contained a total of 202,806 ounces of
'.Annual Report, Temiskaming Mining Company, for j'ear 1915, p. 5.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 131
silver, and netted 8117,962. This car was shipped in the year 1912 and was the
richest per ton car lot e\'er shipped from Cobalt up to that time, according to the
company's statement/
While all of the silver was obtained from veins at the top of the diabase sill,
it may be added that a vein was foimd below the sill on the 1,600-ft. level; it did
not, however, produce silver.
The greatest depth below the surface from which the ore was mined was
about 800 feet.'
Of the two main veins, referred to above, the westerly one is No. 19; its
northward extension into the Beaver is known as No. 3 vein. The easterly vein
is known as the No. 1 and No. 3; its northward extension into the Beaver is
known as the No. 5 vein.
The coloured section, facing page 10, shows the stoped portions of veins
Nos. 1 and 3 on the Temiskaming and vein No. 5 on the Beaver.
Vein No. 19 was first discovered on the Beaver, where it was known as vein
No. 3. In view of the importance of this vein on both properties, we publish
elsewhere in this report, on page 150, an account of its discovery, as written by
Mr. F. L. Cuh'er, president and general manager of the Beaver, and president
and general manager of the Temiskaming at the time of the discovery of the vein.
The ore-shoots in some of the veins occur in such an irregular and erratic
manner that it was impossible to accurately estimate the ore reserves from year
to year. Mr. Norman R. Fisher, who was general manager untilthe year 1914,
makes the following comments regarding the difficulty in estimating ore
reserves.'
Notwithstanding that I have been in close touch with this property since its infancy, therebj-
gaining a very intimate knowledge of the occurrence and intricacies of its ore bodies, still the
estimation of its ore reserves is to me an enigma the solution of which I hesitated to approach.
Though the various veins are exceptionally persistent both in depth and strike, they prove
very erratic in values, so much so that it is practically impossible to gauge within reasonable
limits one way or other the quantity of silver they contain.
Likewise as regards the milling reserve I can but reiterate the opinion voiced in my last report
as to the utter impossibilit\' of doing this justice. Here the ^•alues are also irregular and the ore
not only occurs as mineralized zones, traversed by rich narrow streaks, but as lenses and pockets
of high-grade di-stributed throughout otherwise lean but strong calcite veins.
The productive parts of the Temiskaming vein-system extended into the
Gans ground on the south, a distance of only about 250 feet. The Gans lot is
owned by the Temiskaming and constitutes the south part of the Temiskaming
property. Not much silver was discovered in the middle and south parts of the
Gans. At one time, however, it looked as if important quantities of high-grade
ore would be found in vein No. 506, but development work proved disappointing;
it was stated that only in the neighbourhood of some 10,000 ounces of silver
were recovered. This vein occurs in about the middle of the Gans lot, and about
150 feet west of the east boundary; it roughly parallels section line 500 on the
499-ft. level. Regarding the discovery of this vein, the following is quoted from
the annual report of the company.^
In the middle of April [1919] a pocket of high-grade ore was found at the 499-ft. level in
506 vein on the Gans propert>'. Subsequent development disclosed other rich patches in this
vein, but although, owing to their irregular occurrences, the tonnage obtained from this source
has been comparati\-eI\- small, there is encouragement for the belief that the de\elopment scheme
now in progress in this southern area of the property may ultimately disclose more permanent
enrichment in the veins.
^Sixth Annual Report, Temiskaming Alining Company, Limited, December 31st, 1912, p. 16.
-Eighth Annual Report, Temiskaming Mining Company, Limited, December 31st, 1914, p. 14.
^Fourth Annual Report, Temiskaming Alining Company, Limited, February 18th, 1911, p. 28.
^Annual Report, Temiskaming Alining Company, Limited, vear ending December 31st ,
1919, p. 10.
132 Department of Mines No. 4
Copper
The occurrence of copper in the mine is of interest. The report of the
company for the year ending December 31st, 1912, states that 16,037 pounds of
copper were sold, for which 81,133 was received, this being the first instance in
the history of Cobalt in which copper was produced in economic ciuantity.
Special Examinations
Towards the end of the time that the ore reserves of the Temiskaming
began to play out, the company had four special examinations and reports made.
These reports were made by Mr. R. J. Ennis, consulting engineer for the com-
pany, Mr. Balmer Neilly, Mr. Douglas Mutch, and Mr. A. R. Whitman,
geologist.
The report by Mr. R. J. Ennis gives a first-class summary of the history of
the mine from its beginning to the middle of the year 1918. The following is
quoted from the report by Mr. Ennis, dated July 3rd, 1918.'
During the last four months the mine has been carefully examined, plans and sections made
of the workings and a geological examination made by Mr. A. R. Whitman, from all of which
has been outlined a plan of exploration.
The broken ore reserves were exhausted in the latter part of April and as only a few faces
in the mine were producing ore, the concentrator was shut down and all machines were put on
exploratory work.
The mine started to ship silver in 1908 and for ten years has shown a varied production.
The annual reports of the Company also show equalh" \arying ore reserves, bringing out the
fact that the ore shoots in the veins on the property are of most irregular occurrence.
The operation of the mine may be divided into two periods. First, from the beginning of
production in 1908 to the end of 1913, when Veins Nos. 1 to 16 were worked and reached their
maximum production, yielding 142,818 tons of ore, from which 7,173,360 ounces of silver were
recovered, or 50.2 ounces per ton, including both high-grade and mill-rock. To make this pro-
duction possible 21,851 feet of development work was done, or one foot for every 328 ounces of
silver obtained. In the second period, from 1914 to the end of 1917, Veins Nos. 19 to 21 were
opened up and together with a small tonnage from the ends of Veins Nos. 1 and 16 produced
91,595 tons of ore yielding 3,664,559 ounces of silver or 40 ounces per ton of ore mined. Seventeen
thousand six hundred and fifty-two feet of development work was performed in this period, or
one foot for every IQV/i ounces of silver obtained.
All the productive veins on the property have been found in about eight acres of ground in
the west half of the Temiskaming Lot. On the levels of the mine within this area above the
diabase sill and on the 575-, 650- and 725-foot levels in the diabase 38,000 feet of crosscuts, drifts,
raises and winzes have been driven. This work has thoroughly prospected the ground, leaving
but little chances of finding any extensive ore bodies in this territory.
From Mr. Whitman's report, printed herewith, it will be noted that the productive veins
run north and south over a trough in the diabase sill and that a similar trough exists in the diabase
in the Cans Lot. The veins on tlfe Temiskaming and Beaver mines no doubt belong to the same
system, which has been productive over a trough or basin in the diabase sill 1,300 feet wide,
the southern arch being in the north end of the Cans Lot and the northern arch being four hundred
feet in the Beaver Property. From this whole system has been produced to January 1st, 1918,
approximately 433,000 tons of ore yielding about 16,000,000 ounces of silver. The trough in
the Cans Lot is probably 900 feet wide, in which are favourable chances of finding a new vein-
system containing high-grade ore-shoots. An exploratory programme has been laid out to
thoroughly prospect the Cans Lot above the diabase sill and the Gans and Temiskaming Lots
below the diabase sill on the 1,600-foot level. This programme will be completed in six months
and in the meantime prospecting will be continued in the old vein system.
The trough referred to by Mr. Ennis is shown on the coloured section
opposite page 10. This section is drawn parallel to veins Nos. 1 and 3 on the
Temiskaming and No. 5 on the Beaver.
Regarding the reports of Mr. Balmer Neilly and Mr. Douglas Mutch, the
following is quoted from a report to the shareholders by the mine manager, Mr.
I. S. McReavy.^
'Special Report to Shareholders, Temiskaming Mining Company, Limited, 1918, pp. 4-5.
-Special Report to Shareholders, Temiskaming Mining Company, Limited, 1918, p. 5.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
133
The operation of the mine was taken over by the present management on February 7th of
the current year [1918] and, after thoroughly examining the mine and ore records, it was found
that the estimate of ore reserves made by Air. Balmer Neilly on August 7th, 1917, and by Mr.
Douglas Mutch, on Octobeg- 31st, 1917, were practically correct. From the date of Mr. Neilly's
report to February 7th, 1918, 566,180 ounces of silver were produced, 2.8 per cent, more than
the amount estimated. From the date of Mr. Mutch's report to February 7th, 1918, 304,444
ounces of silver were produced, 22.8 per cent, less than the amount estimated.
Mr. McReavy has, in the following table, summarized the operations of
the company since its incorporation to December 31st, 1917.^
Pro-
gress
Shipping production
Positive ore
reserves
Ounces \
per ft. of]
develop- .
ment (on
ore
hoisted)
feet
tons
ounces
tons
ounces
9 months to 31st Jan., 1908
452,229
976,027
12 months to 31st Jan., 1909
Previous to 31st Jan., 1909
3,110
3,082
3,042
3,586
4,645
4,397
2,791
4,763
5,243
4,896
31st Jan., 1909, to 31st Jan., 1910.
31st Jan., 1910, to 31st Dec, 1910,
1st Jan., 1911, to 31st Dec, 1911..
1st Jan., 1912, to 31st Dec, 1912 . .
1st Jan., 1913, to 31st Dec, 1913. .
1st Jan., 1914, to 31st Dec, 1914. .
1st Jan., 1915, to 31st Dec, 1915..
794.298
1,029.210
909.000
1,004.200
572.100
682,861
1,872,708
1,213,754
1,242,243
739,726
278,961
1,456,894
963,848
958,670
74,220 3,298,000
118,681 4,805,532
Not estimated
Not estimated
Not estimated
Not estimated
Not estimated
380.2
607.2
296.1
227.8
193.9
100.0
305.9
1st Jan., 1916, to 31st Dec, 1916. .
Not estimated
Not estimated
183.8
1st Jan., 1917, to 31st Dec, 1917. .
195.8
39,555
10,837,921
Cost
per oz.
(on
Mar-
Ore
Ore
ship-
price
Profit
hoisted.
milled.
Net
ping
ket
per oz.
cost per
cost per
profit
pro-
per oz.
ton
ton
duc-
tion)
$
$
$
$
$
$
9 months to 31st Jan., 1908
12 months to 31st Jan., 1909
Previous to 31st Jan., 1909. .
31st Jan., 1909, to 31st Jan., 1910. .
0,349
0.520
0.171
13,063
75,178.30
31st Jan., 1910, to 31st Dec, 1910. .
.177
.540
.363
17,917
15,250
691,713.88
1st Jan., 1911, to 31st Dec, 1911...
.311
.540
.229
15,220
10,863
271,423.09
1st Jan., 1912, to 31st Dec, 1912. . .
.292
.606
.314
11,525
9,049
413,150.38
1st Jan., 1913, to 31st Dec, 1913. . .
.434
.598
.164
9,936
9,932
117,574,02
1st Jan., 1914, to 31st Dec, 1914. . .
.903
.490
loss. 413
unavail-
able
una\-ail-
able
81,422.35 loss
1st Jan., 1915, to 31st Dec, 1915, . ,
.198
.497
.299
u
10,710
443,864.17
1st Jan., 1916, to 31st Dec, 1916, . .
.402
.657
.255
«
11,770
321,666.87
1st Jan., 1917, to 31st Dec, 1917. . .
.373
.819
.446
10,683
11,235
518,556.92
Extracts from Mr. A. R. Whitman's report' are given below: — -
The diabase sill is the formation of chief interest, because it was the source of the silver ores
of the district. They emanated from it, in a state of solution, and were deposited in the form of
mineral, in fractures adjacent to the margins of the mother formation. In the Keewatin, and
in the diabase itself, commercial ore bodies occur only within 350 feet of the margins of the sill.
^Special Report to Shareholders, Temiskaming Mining Company, Limited, 1918, p. 7.
"Special Report to Shareholders, Temiskaming Mining Company, Limited, 1918, pp. 12, 13.
134 Department of Mines No. 4
The configuration of this sheet of igneous rock is significant, and is due to the fact that it
was injected into its present position in a molten condition. The wedge-Hke advancing edge of
the molten mass worked its way along a nearh- horizontal line of fracturing, being compelled to
pursue, frequently, more or less wavy courses. As it advanced it lifted up the great mass of
overlying Keewatin formation which at that time extended above the horizon of the present
surface After the entire body of molten diabase had come into place, and had consolidated
into cold rock, certain compressive forces in the earth's crust became active to the extent of
slowly bending the sill into folds, which tended to form along the undulations which already existed
in its configuration. That is, the undulations were accentuated by the folding.
These processes developed fractures which bore certain relations to the sides of the folds;
and those fractures atterwards became filled with the ore minerals, which diffused into them
from the sill, making the present veins.
It is by determining the configuration of the sill, and the localities and directions of folds
and fractures, that it is possible to know where conditions were fa\ourable for the deposition of
good veins.
It has been found that where there has been folding, flatly inclined joints, faults and shear-
zones have been produced parallel to the sides of the folds. And it has also been found that
they have served as feeders of mineral to the \'eins; so that the richness of the ore bodies is, to a
considerable extent, proportional to this flat shearing, and to the acuteness with which the troughs
and arches have been compressed. Thus, the richest ^•eins should be found on the sides of, or
spanning such folds, where there has been much shearing in the adjacent diabase.
It is also important to bear in mind that the undulations in the lower margin of the sill must
correspond to those in the upper margin, since the two are parallel. And an arch of Keewatin
under the sill may be as favourable a place for ore as a trough in the upper margin.
Cases. — The development outlined on the 1,600-ft. level is a case in point. The east crosscut
is designed to diagonally cross the axis of an arch in the Keewatin under the sill. It is expected
that veins would be found crossing the arch, and that the arch would be found to have been
compressed to such an extent that shearing would have been developed on its sides, in the sill,
adequate to have produced commercial ore bodies in the veins.
Virtually the entire production of the Temiskaming mine has come from fractures which
crossed a trough in the upper margin of the sill. This trough pitches eastward, and its axis is
concave upward, the good veins occurring only where its slope lies between 10 and 25 degrees.
The sides are well sheared on the margin of, and within the sill, thus making fa\"Ourable conditions
for the supph" of mineral to the veins. It is important to note that although the shearing con-
tinues into the interior of the sill, it is only near the margins that it aftects their richness. This
is because the individual fractures are not persistent, and mineral drained from the interior by
them cannot be contributed directh- to a common seat of deposition, but must find its way to
the margin, where the shearing is continuous and more concentrated. Thus it can be onh' from
the margin of the sill, or from the marginal region, that mineral could have been fed in commercial
quantities to any given vein. The only exception to this would be a very strong and persistent
shear-zone within the sill. But such a thing is not known to exist in this property, the shear-zone
found in the shaft just below the 1,400-foot horizon not being of sufficient importance to fall in
this class, nor to be of an\- other significance.
The Discovery of the Temiskaming Mine
By Charle.s A. Richardsox
For the following ^•ery interesting account of the discovery of the Temis-
kaming mine, the Ontario Department of Mines is indebted to Mr. Charles A.
Richardson, one of the pioneers at Cobalt. The plan of the 80-ft. level, referred
to by Mr. Richardson, is not shown on the Beaver and Temiskaming Sheet, No.
31a-l.
Early in the year 1905 a syndicate was formed by Mr. R. A. Cartwright, Mr. J. L. Wheeler,
and the writer, for the purpose of exploring for or otherwise securing ground of possible merit in
the Cobalt area. Later we associated Mr. B. E. Cartwright with us by dividing our original
syndicate shares into four instead of three parts; and this proved fortunate for us, as it was
largely through Mr. B. E. Cartwright's efforts that the large expenditures, that were entailed in
bringing this property to a producing state, were arranged for.
A claim of twenty acres, which later became the north half of the Temiskaming mine, was
staked by Alex. Daigle, at that time an employee of the \'endome Hotel at Hai'eybury, under
an arrangement with the writer whereby I secured a one-half interest for doing the statutory
assessment work on the ground with an option on the one-half interest which he still owned.
These options were taken by me for the benefit of myself and associates, and I commenced
prospecting work on this claim during the latter part of April, 1906. The first stripping and
trenching was done near the central part of the claim, which consisted of twenty acres, at a point
about five chains from its eastern boundary and on the 18th of Ma\- we had uncovered some
small fractures showing cobalt bloom.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 135
At that period of the camp's development this occurrence of cobalt bloom was considered
of more importance as an indication of probable enrichment than was later the case, and as at that
time it was necessary to have inspection for discovery b}- the Ontario Bureau of Mines' repre-
sentative in order to obtain title to the claim as mining property, I immediately arranged with
Mr. E. T. Corkill, at that time mining inspector, for an examination for "discovery." Mr.
Corkill accompanied me to the property on the 19th May, and examined the occurrence above
referred to and then spent some time with me in a genera! examination of the claim. At a point
on or near the south line of the claim, about where No. 2 shaft was afterwards located, we had
built a small log hut and to the west of this there was a "draw" or section of low ground with a
general north-south strike. Mr. Corkill expressed the opinion that this probably indicated a
line of weakness and suggested the advisability of doing some trenching at this point. He and I
put in the stakes for this work and the men started at once. I have always felt that Mr. Corkill's
suggestion at that time was primarily responsible for the discovery that led to this property
reaching its ultimate success.
That afternoon, after a very small amount of trenching work, the outcrop of what afterwards
was known as No. 1 vein was uncovered and consisted of over twelve inches of smaltite and
niccolite, afterwards proving on assay to contain little or no silver. When this discovery was
reported to me late that ev^ening at Cobalt, I immediately proceeded to the property for the
purpose of staking the ground to the south as this discovery was on our south line with a strike
approximately northeastward, which would consequently carry the vein into the ground to the
south.
On my arrival I found that the claim to the south had been staked by a Mr. Cans on our
discovery, his "discovery" post being in our trench and on the vein uncovered by our men. I
accordingly staked the claim on the ground that as the discovery had been made by our emplovees
it could not also be a valid "discovery" for one who had no part in the operation. This resulted
in litigation as to the title to this additional claim of 20 acres, afterwards known as the "Cans"
claim, and necessitated a restaking on our part. Eventually this claim became and now is a
part of the Temiskaming mine.
We started a shaft. No. 2, on this vein and in sinking found that the character of the vein
matter changed from massive smaltite and niccolite to calcite carrying little or no mineralization.
This condition persisted to a depth of 80 feet at which point we started a drift north. There
was no change until at a point about 90 feet north of the shaft we encountered a body of very-
rich ore, a few "rounds" out of which produced about twenty tons and realized about ninety
thousand dollars. Encountering this enrichment at this depth was a most fortuitous circum-
stance, as very few if any of the veins afterwards developed on the property "apexed" as high
as this above the diabase sill.
From this point the history of the property is too well known to require comment further
than is covered by Mr. Fisher in his report to you.
I should like to add that I consider that the experience of this propert^•, which is now being
duplicated in the South Lorrain area, shows that, given proper geological and structural condi-
tions, even in the absence of surface values, there are many opportunities still existing of develop-
ing properties of major importance in the diabase-Keewatin and diabase-sedimentary contact in
the Cobalt area.
The Early History of the Temiskaming Mine
By Normax R. Fisher
Mr. Nornian R. Fisher was general manager of the Temiskaming mine until
the spring of 1914, and he was consequently familiar with the earlier development
of the property. The writer asked Mr. Fisher to give the Ontario Department
of Mines an outline of the early history and a description of the ore bodies
which were mined up to that time. The Department is much indebted to Mr.
Fisher for the following report which is dated January 12th, 1923. The num-
bering of the veins in the early days does not appear to quite agree with the
numbering of the veins as shown on the Department's Beaver-Temiskaming
sheet No. 31a-l ; nor is the 80-ft. level shown on this sheet.
Though it was not until May, 1907, that silver in payable quantity was discovered at what
is now known as the Temiskaming mine, its birth may reasonably be said to ha\e taken place
in the year 1906, with the discovery on the surface, during the summer of that year, of two strong
calcite veins well bespattered with cobalt bloom and showing at points considerable smaltite,
but containing little or no silver either in combined or free form.
Both these veins occurred in the Keewatin formation, which was at the time little favoured
by experts for the occurrence of silver, and as a consequence the property- might still have remained
a mere prospect to this day but for the fact about this time it came under the control of that
forceful pioneer of the northern Ontario mining field, Mr. B. E. Cartwright, who in after years
136 Department of Mines No. 4
took so prominent a part in and did so much towards the development of that field generally.
It was he and his associates who, contrary to all expert advice, decided to prospect them at depth,
and by the fall of 1906 had sinking on them both well under way.
At a depth of about 40 feet the work on the more westerly of these two veins, which some
eight or nine years later proved to be such a bonanza at depth, was abandoned, not altogether
because it was the less promising of the two at the time, but rather because of its being in low
ground and so more expensive to explore, and thenceforth all energies were concentrated on the
exploration of vein No. 1.
At the point where sinking was commenced on the latter, the vein was some ten inches wide
of solid smaltite, with little or no silver content, but this very soon gave way at depth to very
barren looking, unmineralized calcite and so continued until it eventually dipped from the shaft
at a depth of about 50 feet.
Though lack of courage to proceed farther under such unpromising conditions might in those
days have verj- well been excused, these resolute pioneers decided to keep on with their sinking,
and to investigate the vein at still greater depth; and with this end in view eventually ran a
crosscut to it some 80 feet below the collar of the shaft.
1*^ \\ here intersected the vein was still found to be a very strong one, some 12 inches wide,
but unfortunately still entirely composed of barren calcite, with not even a sign of smaltite or
any of its kindred metals in it to encourage farther exploration. Nevertheless, the owners
remained steadfast in their resolve to locate the silver which they were still confident existed
there, and forthwith decided to further prospect the vein by drifting upon it both ways at this
level.
For some time very discouraging results obtained in this work. Nothing was encountered
to indicate the near presence of silver. The vein continued both ways as barren-looking calcite,
physically weakening towards the south, but gaining in strength towards the north until on
ISIay 17th, 1907, after drifting upon it for about 90 feet in the latter direction the miners, upon
returning to the face after shooting a round of holes, were astonished to find some 15 inches wide
of solid metal glistening before them with native silver sticking out all over it.
The next day, May 18th, is probably still very vivid in the memory of many of the old-
timers of the north country because of the great excitement that was created when a large block
of this ore was conveyed to Cobalt and publicly displayed to the great wonderment of the crowds
who sought to view it, because its discovery under such apparently disadvantageous geological
conditions had all along been so little expected.
This rich ore continued in the drift more or less constant in width and values for a length
of about 30 feet, when it gave way entirely to barren calcite as suddenly and cleanly as it had
come in, and it continued as such until it was decided to stop farther drifting upon it to permit
of the ore shoot being mined for an early shipment.
Unfortunately the back stoping on this was not productive of much ore as it was soon dis-
covered that the ore shoot had been encountered very near its apex, even at its highest point
only carrying up some 15 or 20 feet above the back of the drift where it again gave way entirely
to barren calcite.
Directly above this point the surface was considerably lower than around the shaft, and
taking this into consideration I later figured that the top of this ore was about 40 feet from the
surface.
After mining out all the ore to be found in this stope, the ore shoot was attacked by under-
hand stoping, and this work had reached a depth of some 36 feet from the bottom of the drift
before the extraction of further ore was for the time being abandoned to permit of the shaft
being sunk deeper so that the ore body could be more conveniently mined and its continuance
to a greater depth established.
So far the work done upon it showed the ore shoot to be carrying to depth not only very
regularly in length but unusually strong in width and constant in value, being in places as much
as 37 inches wide of ore, the richness of which may be gauged from the fact that the initial ship-
ment of 52,366 pounds made in May, 1907, gave a return of 123,786 ounces of silver, whilst a
further shipment of 82,452 pounds made in August of that year gave a return of 185,178 ounces.
Up to this stage the exploitation of the property had been carried on with very primitive
appliances and equipment. This was now replaced by more up-to-date steam-power equipment,
and the sinking of the shaft to a farther depth of 100 feet was commenced.
Upon the completion of this a crosscut was run at a depth of about 173 feet to again intersect
the vein, and after this had been done the extension of the ore shoot to this level was eventually
picked up in it, again as strong and rich as when it had been left behind in the bottom of the
winze above.
As soon as possible preparations were made to overhand stope the ore body from this level,
and whilst this was going on prospecting for other ore bodies was also carried out.
The first discovery to be made in this search was of a vein some 2 or 3 inches wide, subse-
quently known as No. 4, which was encountered striking a few degrees north of east some few
feet to the north of the ore shoot in No. 1 vein if not actually coinciding with its northern
extremity.
Though carrying pay ore this vein was on the whole not nearly so rich as No. 1, being much
more irregular in its silver content, and even at that time was noticed to be very different in
certain of its physical characteristics, especially in that it occurred very free from the country
rock enclosing it whilst No. 1 vein was always found to occur in a more or less frozen condition.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 137
It disappeared towards the west as a mere knife blade crack, so was followed towards the
east, and some 70 feet distant No. 2 vein, which together with its subsidiaries, subsequently
proved to be probably the greatest producer of the property, was encountered. Striking in a
north and south direction this vein was later found to traverse the full length of the property,
running more or less parallel to No. 1 vein, and to contain not onl^- well defined and regular
chimneys and shoots of ore, but also numerous lenses occurring sporadically throughout it and
varying considerably both in extent and richness.
Whilst these lenses had no apparent relationship to each other or anj- particular geological
feature, the chimneys and shoots were plainly infiuenced in their occurrence by certain factors,
the chimneys, which were more or less vertical and in places up to 4 feet wide of over 5,000-ounce
ore, being intimately related to a system of cross-fissuring, whilst the horizontal shoots were
undoubtedly governed in their occurrence by the Keewatin-diabase contact conditions.
The influence of this east and west system of Assuring on the occurrence of silver in the
north and south systems was first noticed at the intersection of the east and west No. 4 vein or
fissure with the north and south No. 2 vein, at which point rich ore was found to occur in the
latter at the north of the intersection, whilst only barren calcite occurred to the south of it.
The vein was richest, too, at and near this intersection, gradually dwindling to barrenness
towards the north as No. 4 vein or fissure was left behind, and thereafter continued as more or
less barren calcite until another of these east and west fissures, merely a knife blade in width this
time, was encountered. Here ore again came in with as remarkable suddenness and distinctness,
only to once more dwindle in value towards the north as this cross-fissuring was also left behind.
Other such shoots or chimneys of ore were later found at similar intersections throughout
the mine, and these being not only very persistent in depth but unusually regular in their width
and values throughout, really proved to be the main source of production from this property'
during its active existence. It is significant, however, that though these ore-shoots carried down
through the full depth of the Keewatin more or less regular both in length and width and with
only an occasional lapse in values, they were never known to pass through the contact into the
diabase sill below, though the vein itself, usually as white barren calcite and sometimes as pink
■calcite, in\-ariably did.
In these veins, however, other ore shoots of the contact variety and apparently influenced
in their deposition by the Keewatin-diabase contact were found in both formations. They
generally occurred a few feet to one side or the other of the contact, with their longer axes parallel-
ing it, and varied considerably in extent, the largest of them measuring about 80 feet long by
about 40 to 50 feet deep of continuous ore, and wholly in the diabase.
These horizontal shoots and the lenses could only be located by intensive exploration at all
levels, but the vertical shoots or chimneys of ore once located at any level were always easy to
pick up again at any other level because of their intimate relationship to the east and west cross-
fissuring before mentioned.
The close connection between this cross-fissuring and the existence of the chief ore bodies of
the property was, in fact, very obvious almost from the beginning. As a result they were, during
the seven years of my regime at any rate, looked upon and known about the mine as the feeders
of the north and south v'ein-systems, and the exploration and development of the property was
carried out with this feature in mind, accompanied, it may be added, with most satisfactory
results.
Of the two veins originally discovered on the surface of this property and described at the
beginning of this article, I have so far given the history of only vein No. 1, but it is also of interest
to note that the other, upon which the 40-foot prospect shaft was sunk in the earliest stage of the
property's development, only to be then temporarily abandoned for the certain good reasons
already given, later proved to be just as important a producer, if not the greater of the two.
This vein was first investigated underground from a crosscut at the 173-foot level, but where
intersected at this horizon appeared to be of very little importance. It w^as, however, later cross-
cut to at the 270-foot level and intersected almost directly below where it was first investigated
by the prospect shaft at the surface, and here found to be of considerable promise, containing,
it is true, an inappreciable quantity of silver, but considerable smaltite and niccolite, particularly
the latter, up to 9 inches wide Indeed, so ripe-looking and promising did the vein appear to be
at this point that it was given particular notice in the annual report of that year, and the prog-
nostication was ventured that an ore shoot would sooner or later be picked up in it. It was
with every expectation of this that two crosscuts were actually being run to it from the 499-foot
level in the spring of 1914, when the writer retired from the general management of the property.
I have since learned that these crosscuts were later extended to tap this vein and actually
encountered extremely rich ores where they intersected it, but owing to my departure I am not
•sufficiently conversant with the extent or richness of this ore body nor of the exact conditions
under which it was found to be able now to give any authentic information regarding the same.
»«< One other point, it is perhaps interesting to note respecting the occurrence of the ore bodies
of this property, is that in the passage towards the silver the sequence in the occurrence of the
vein matter was usually found to be the same at all points whether near the surface or deep
underground.
Except of course where silver was encountered direct, as at the intersection of the above-
mentioned cross-fissuring, the usual order was, first, smaltite in varying quantity, then, barren
calcite, and when niccolite began to come, silver was always expected to appear in the next
round or two of shots and usually did when this condition arose within the silver-bearing portion
of the property.
138 Department of Mines No. 4
The silver encountered would of course vary considerably in extent and would sometimes
be associated with a predominance of niccolite, or one of its allied minerals, but usually these
would soon gi^e way to a predominance of smaltite.
In other words, whilst smaltite was usually the forerunner of the occurrence of silver, and
was also generally the chief mineral intimately associated with the main mass of it, niccolite or
one of its allied minerals generally predominated on the fringe of its occurrence, and when en-
countered in a vein existing under otherwise favourable conditions for the occurrence of silver,
was alwa\s looked upon as an almost sure indicator of the near presence of silver.
Description of Teniiskaming Mine Workings
The following is a brief description of the variotis levels of the Temiskaming
mine, commencing with the lowest.
In mapping the contact between the Keewatin and the Nipissing diabase,
the plans published by the company in the special report to the shareholders in
1918 have been of assistance. The contacts on the Department's maps agree,
approximately, with those on the company's maps. The company furnished
the writer with plans showing the location of the veins on the various levels.
1,600-ft. Level. — This level was full of water at the time of our examination,
and was consequently inaccessible. The information shown on the plan was
obtained from the special report in 1918 of the Temiskaming Mining Company,
and partly from a geological plan furnished by Mr. \Vm. Cooper, mine superin-
tendent. It is reported that a non-productive vein was disco\'ered striking
north and south. The vein was said to occur in a fault which showed a few
inches of fault breccia. The vein material in the fault was said to occur spar-
ingly and irregularly in the fault. It has been followed by a drift for about 850
feet, and appears to be the same vein in which the Beaver is reported to have
found 40,000 or 50,000 ounces of silver on the 1,600-ft. level.
The workings are in Nipissing diabase and in the Keewatin series.
About 150 feet above the 1,600-ft. level, in the shaft, there is reported to be
a shear zone.^
1,130-ft. Level. — A station has been cut at this le\'el; the rock is Nipissing
diabase.
830-ft. Level. — This level has only 150 feet of workings, all in Nipissing
diabase. The coloured section opposite page 10 shows a raise from this level
to the level above, namely, the 749-ft.
749-ft. Level. — The veins on this le\el consist mostly of white calcite, and
subordinately of pink calcite. They all dip steeply to the westward, and are
in the Nipissing diabase. The veins are smaller on this lexel than the veins on
the levels above.
649-Jt. Level. — This level is also all in Nipissing diabase, the most easterly
crosscut, however, show^s the diabase gradually becoming finer in grain, sug-
gesting that the Keewatin rocks are not far east of the face of the crosscut. The
veins also dip to the west, as in the level below, following joint planes in the
diabase. In the long crosscut westward of the shaft, there is a fiat fault showing
fault breccia and gouge an inch or two in wndth.
573-Jt. Level. — This level shows how the veins pass from the Nipissing
diabase into the Keewatin rocks. There is a long crosscut extending over 800
feet east of the shaft to the east boundary- of the property. This crosscut went
through the chert formation and showed it to have a width of about 175 feet.
The Keewatin rocks immediately west of the chert formation are impregnated
with iron pyrites for a width of 100 feet, and the walls of the crosscut in this
iron-pyrites zone are rusty, owing to the decomposition of the sulphide. In the
'Special Report to Shareholders, Temiskaming Mining Company, Limited, 1918.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
139
same crosscut east of the chert formation, there is a lamprophyre dike dipping
18° to the northeast. As on the levels below, so also on this level the veins in
the Nipissing diabase dip steeply westward.
499-ft. Level. — This is the most extensive level in the mine, the workings
extending from the north boundary almost to the south, a distance of nearly
1,800 feet.
\'ein Xo. 19, at the northwest end of the property, was an important pro-
ducer. It is the southward extension of No. 3 on the Beaver. The vein was
followed for over 500 feet south of the Beaver boundary, but the ore-shoot
continued for only about 190 feet south of the boundary. It is stated that the
silver content of the vein suddenly disappeared, although the calcite \ein con-
tinued to the south. The writer is not able to account for the sudden disap-
pearance of this ore-shoot.
Vein No. 20 is a strong pink calcite vein; it occurs in a fault which has
about a foot of fault breccia.
At the northeast end of the mine, veins No. 6 .md No. 3 are in chert. Some
low-grade mill-rock occurred in the chert.
Vein No. 506 is in the southeast part of the Gans. It about parallels the
north and south co-ordinate line 500, and lies between the east and west co-
ordinate lines 1,100 and 1,500. The company did not apparently keep a record
Fig. 29 — Sketch showing relation between feldspar-porphyr>- dike, fault, and calcite vein;
499-ft. level, Temiskaming mine. The \cin is two to three inches wide,
and is clearly younger than the dike or fault.
of the silver output of the Acin, but the writer was informed it produced about
10,000 ounces of silver. The vein gave promise of an important output, but its
exploration proved disappointing. The vein consists mostly of white calcite up to
eight inches wide, possibly averaging three or four inches. In one place niccolite
makes up half of the vein. In the stope a narrow dike of pink feldspar-porphyry
cuts the Keewatin. The dike has been faulted about six inches. The vein
cuts about at right angles across the fault (Fig. 29), but the vein is not faulted.
This appears to be a clear case in which it is proved that a vein is younger than
a fault.
At the southeast corner of the workings, a vein has been followed for about
350 feet, and a little stoping has been done. The vein where examined consisted
of calcite two or three inches wide. Near the vein some narrow granite dikes
cut the Keewatin. These dikes no doubt come from the granite mass a short
distance to the east.
385-ft. Level. — This level is almost wholly in Keewatin rocks, although the
diabase has been intersected in three short crosscuts at the west side of the
workings. Minor faulting, indicated by gouge and fault breccia a few inches
wide, has taken place at or near the contact of the Keewatin and diabase. The
crosscut at the northeast corner of the level has intersected the chert formation
and shows it to have a width of about 200 feet. About the central part of the
level there is a fresh basalt dike, 12 or 15 inches wide, cutting the Keewatin rocks
140 Department of Mines No. 4
and dipping about 70° to the southwest; the relationship of the dike to the veins
was not definitely determined, but the dike appeared to be younger than the
veins. In raise No. 402, about 90 feet above the level, the dike appears to cut
a calcite vein.
350-ft. Level. — This level is not connected with the main shaft; it is reached
by a raise from the 270-ft. level. \'ery little work, comparatively speaking, has
been done.
270-ft. Level. — The workings are all in Keewatin cut by lamprophyre dikes
of Haileyburian age. The chert bed was not intersected, but its probable
position is shown on the plan. \'ein No. 17 occurs in a fault, showing fault
breccia four or five inches wide, and gouge fractions of an inch wide.
226-ft. Level. — Also all in Keewatin rock; the probable position of the chert
bed is indicated on the plan.
173-Jt. Level. — The level is in Keewatin; the long eastward crosscut inter-
sects the chert bed for about 75 feet. The basalt west of the chert is sparingly
impregnated with iron pyrites for about 150 feet.
90-Jt. Level. — This level is not shown on the plans. At the time of our
examination of the level, during August 1920, the stope was about 350 feet long
and the ore was reported to run from 6 to 22 ounces of silver per ton. The stope
was broken through to the surface in one place. In places there are two quartz
veins, more or less parallel.
These quartz veins appear to have been opened up and fractured, allowing
the calcite to be introduced later into them. Fragments of quartz appear in the
calcite. In places the quartz is banded and the calcite cuts across the banding
of the quartz; in other places there is no quartz in the vein. On the west wall of
the stope, a few feet west of the vein-system, there is gouge and fault breccia a
few inches wide ; on the gouge there are pronounced scratches dipping 20° to 30° to
the south.
TRETHEWEY (CONIAGAS)
The Trethewey was purchased by the Coniagas Mines, Limited, in January,
1920, for $100,000. Prior to that time the property produced 6,761,581 ounces
of silver and paid $1,211,999 in dividends.
In respect to the veins, the property may be divided into two parts, one at
the northeast corner and one at the southeast. The latter is the more important,
the vein-system there being the westward extension of the Meyer system on the
Nipissing and the northward extension of certain veins on the Coniagas. The
"main" vein on the Trethewey is the westward extension of the Meyer vein on
the Nipissing. The productive area at the southeast corner of the Trethewey
is only about eight acres in extent. The veins at the northeast corner of the
claim are southward extensions of veins on the Hudson Bay; they are worked
from No. 4 shaft.
The stope section of the main vein is shown on the vertical section on
page 9.
The largest stopes on the property are on the "main" vein, and on the
extension into the Trethewey, of one of the Coniagas veins. No. 2. These stopes
are thirty or forty feet wide in places.
As on the Coniagas, Buffalo, and Townsite, so also on the Trethewey there
is a fault which is roughly parallel to the contact between the Keewatin and the
Cobalt series. On the first level the fault is found entirely in the Cobalt series,
but in the lower part of the mine the dip of the fault becomes steeper, and it
passes into the Keewatin series. It has not been traced quite down to the third
level, but was found in a sub-level above the second level, and on the second
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 141
level. This fault has been called the Trethewey fault on the plan of the first
level, while on the sub-level referred to, it is called the "reverse" fault. It is
probably continuous with the Coniagas fault. On this sub-level the Keewatin
has been thrust on top of the Cobalt series, proving that the fault is a reverse
one, the displacement of which is at least 15 feet (section facing page 8).
The sediments of the Cobalt series on the Trethewey are not as thick as they
are on the Coniagas, nor does the bed of slate-like greywacke, which is well
developed on the 150-ft. level of the Coniagas, extend into the Trethewey.
Trethewey Mine Workings
Third Level. — (No. 2 shaft, elevation above sea level 900 feet.) The third
level is a small one at the southeast corner of the mine with some 700 feet of
workings. About a third of the workings are in the Keewatin series, the re-
mainder in conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series. The contact
between the Keewatin and Cobalt series may be seen in a crosscut; the contact
is sharp and well defined.
There is no sign of the Trethewey fault to be seen on this level, probably
because the fault has passed into the Keewatin below the level. The workings
do not appear to have extended far enough to the northwest to have encoun-
tered it.
Second Level.- — (No. 2 shaft, elevation abov^e sea level 945 feet.) The
second level at the southeast corner of the property has encountered the Keewatin
series in four places. In one of these places a lamprophyre dike cuts the Kee-
watin; a granite boulder of the Cobalt series about three feet wide was found
resting directly on the lamprophyre dike. Evidently the contact between the
conglomerate and the old basement is sharply defined here. In No. 6 shaft the
contact between the Keewatin and the conglomerate of the Cobalt series occurs
about 15 feet above the second level. The Keewatin here consists of a fine-
grained grey slate resting in almost vertical attitude. This bed of Keewatin
slate is exposed on the surface along the shores of the deep bay of Sasaginaga
lake, westward from No. 6 shaft.
Sub-levels between the First and Second Levels. — The sub-levels form a com-
plex group of workings which were somewhat difficult to map in a satisfactory
manner. A composite plan of the sub-levels will be found on the Trethewey
sheet, together with separate geological plans of each sub-level. On the sub-
level, the elevation of which is 970 feet, the plan shows a "reverse" fault. This
is probably the Trethewey fault ; it is a reverse fault with a displacement of at
least 15 feet. The Keewatin has been thrust on top of the Cobalt series.
First Level. — (No. 2 shaft, elevation above sea level 1,021 feet.) The
Trethewey fault has been traced for about 700 feet. It may be studied in daylight
in the open cut at No. 1 shaft. The fault has a fault breccia two or three feet
wide in the first crosscut south of No. 5 shaft. In the open cut referred to the
fault splits, the upper part following the bedding and the lower part cutting
across the bedding.
No. 6 shaft, about the middle of the property, was sunk on a vertical "mud
seam", or fault, with fault breccia and gouge one-half or three-quarters of an
inch wide. In one or two places it is two inches wide. The fault on the first
level has been drifted on for about 250 feet. No. 6 shaft was sunk on this fault
to the second level where a pink calcite vein, an inch or two wide, was found in
the fault.
At the northeast corner of the property certain veins are worked from No. 4
shaft. These veins were not of great importance and the stopes were all small.
142 Department of Mines No. 4
HUDSON BAY
The Hudson Bay Mines, Limited, has a capital of $3,500,000 in shares of a
par \alue of S5.00 each. Of this, $3,200,000 have been issued. The property
north of the Trethewey mine has produced 6,405,938 ounces of silver and has
paid $778,909 in dividends to the end of the year 1922.
The producti\-e part consists of a small area in the southeast corner of the
property.
There are two important veins, namely, No. 2 and No. 1, the locations of
which are shown on the fourth level. The plans do not give the numbers on
the higher levels. The No. 1 vein strikes a little north of west and occurs im-
mediately south of the main shaft. No. 2 vein passes into the Nipissing and
is known as No. 64 on that property.
Other veins occur, but the two referred to are the most important producers
of silver.
No. 1 vein has been explored in the Keewatin to a depth of over a hundred
feet, and it has still a wndth of one to eight inches of barren calcite. An inter-
esting feature regarding this vein, where it occurs in the Keewatin, is that it
follows the dip and strike of a bed of Keewatin chert and slate commonly called
"iron formation." Evidently this fundamental structure in the Keewatin
formation constituted a line of weakness along which the vein fracture formed,
and these fractures extended upwards into the Cobalt series. The overlying
sediments of the Cobalt series may have had little or nothing to do with the
guidance of the fracture. Certain veins in the Foster, Buffalo, and other mines
were also found to follow the strike and dip of similar almost vertical beds of
Keewatin chert or slate, known as "iron formation."
On the surface of the Hudson Bay property the "iron formation" and lava
flows of the Keewatin series may be worked out. The Keewatin consists of
three or four beds of sediments interbedded with basaltic lava flow's. The sedi-
ments strike a little south of east and dip steeply to the southward. They
consist of chert and slate. It is one of these beds of sediments which the No. 1
vein follows where it has been explored in the Keewatin.
It was stated by the management that ^'eins Nos. 1 and 2 were the only ones
that produced important quantities of mill-rock. The stopes of these veins are
wide, in places 15 to 40 feet. The other veins ^aelded mill-rock for only two or
three feet on each side of the veins.
There are three almost vertical faults, striking southeastward and dipping
steeply to the south westward. The best known one is No. 64. The others,
known as Z and Y, are north of No. 64, and they appear gradually to join No. 64
on the Nipissing. Faults Z and Y are shown on the third level of the Hudson
Bay. Comparatively little silver occurs to the north of these faults. The
question arises as to what influence the fatilts had on the deposition of the silver.
It is possible that the faults acted as a barrier or dam to the silver solutions,
preventing the latter from depositing silver north of the faults. This idea,
however, is merely a suggestion; but whatever may have been the cause, the
fact remains that little silver has been found to the north of these faults, on
the Hudson Bay, Nipissing, Chambers-Ferland, O'Brien, or Violet. It must be
admitted, however, that the rocks north of the fault have not been intensivel}'
prospected by underground workings.
No. 2 vein on the foiu'th level occurs in fault No. 64. This fault is evidently
older than the vein. The other two faults, Z and Y, contain calcite in places.
In addition to the three faults mentioned, there is another fault dipping
southeastward which follows in a general way the contact between the Keewatin
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 143
and Cobalt series. This fault probably corresponds to the Trethewey and
Coniagas fault which is known as the "contact" fatilt. It occurs also on the
Buffalo, Townsite, and City properties.
Below will be found a brief description of the \'arious le\els of the Hudson
Bay, beginning with the lowest.
Hudson Bay Mine Workings
Fifth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 797 feet.) The fifth level is reached
by means of a winze from the fourth. This winze is located at the southeast
corner of the property on vein No; 2, about 15 feet from the Nipissing boundary.
The level and winze were full of water at the time of examination, but, judging
from the dip of the Keewatin floor, it is probable that the Keewatin occurs some
10 feet or more below the fourth level. Thus, the fifth level is probably entirely
in Keewatin.
Fourth Level. — (Elevation above sea level 847 feet.) No. 1 vein has been
explored in the Keewatin on this level in the drift. It is a strong vein from one
to si:: or eight inches wide, and it has been stoped in places. The interesting
thing about this vein in the Keewatin is that it follows a bed of chert and slate
known as Keewatin "iron formation", the bed being in an almost vertical posi-
tion. On levels above, this vein also follows the bed of "iron formation."
At the east end of No. 2 vein, at the winze from the fourth to the fifth level,
fault No. 64 was met with. The fault consists of a foot or two of fault breccia
and gouge. The relation between the fault and No. 2 vein may be seen on the
east face of the workings. The vein may be seen to come down vertically to the
fault, which dips at an angle of 70° or 80° to the south. As the vein approaches
the fault it also begins to dip to the south and finally follows the fault down.
The winze being full of water we were not able to observe if the vein followed
the fault down to the fifth level, but it was stated by the management that such
was the case.
The "contact" fault was found occupying its usual position near the contact
between the Cobalt and Keewatin series.
The Cobalt series on this level consists of conglomerate. Owing to a
printer's error, the rock is incorrectly shown as slate-like greywacke on the plan
of the fourth level.
Third Level. — (Ele^•ation above sea level 896 feet.) No. 1 \^ein occurs
immediately south of the main shaft. It has been followed for about 200 feet
in the bed of Keewatin "iron formation" referred to in the level below. For
some distance, the vein conforms in strike and dip to the "iron formation."
The vein in the "iron formation" averages about an inch or tw^o of barren calcite.
It may still be seen on the northwest face of the drift.
This level is characterized by the occurrence of three vertical or steeply
dipping faults, which on the plan have been named No. "64," Y, and Z. The
faults consist of the usual fault breccia from an inch or two to as much as three
or four feet in width. Here and there a calcite vein occurs in them, and they
have been stoped to a limited extent. Some iron pyrites was noted in them.
Fault "No. 64" is almost vertical, striking about 18° north of w^est. It
varies in width, being as wide as two feet in places, and consists of crushed rock
and gouge. There were vugs of calcite in the fault. It is rusty in places owing
to the decomposition of iron pyrites. A calcite vein of irregular width, and not
continuous, follows the vein. The south branch of the fault enters the large
stope in vein No. 2, but, as this vein was mined out, we could not determine the
relation between the vein and fault on this level.
144 Department of Mines No. 4
Fault Y strikes about west 50° north; at one place it dips 80° to the south-
westward, while at the north end it dips 67° to the northeast. It has been stoped
in places, and was said to carry small quantities of native silver. The fault
consists of a fault breccia and gouge as wide as three feet; calcite cements to-
gether the rock fragments. In places almost pure pyrite forms a vein in the
fault as wide as three inches and the pyrite is beautifully banded, as many as a
dozen or more parallel bands occurring.
Fault Z strikes about west 32° north, and the southeast part was accessible.
It consists of a fault breccia and gouge from an inch to 12 inches wide, and a
calcite vein one to two inches wide occurs in it. Cobalt bloom was noted in the
calcite vein in places.
There is no slate-like greywacke on this level save a few inches at the south-
west part of the workings. Here the "contact" fault follows the bed for some
distance.
A crosscut 660 feet long runs north along the east boundary. It is blocked
by a concrete dam and we were not able to examine it, but the management
reports it to be all in conglomerate of the Cobalt series.
Second Level. — (Elevation above sea level 948 feet.) The No. 1 vein occurs
immediately south of the main shaft. It strikes a few degrees north of west.
It has been follow^ed for 180 feet west of the main shaft; as on the levels below
it follows the same bed of Keewatin "iron formation." The vein where it occurs
in the "iron formation" is from one to four inches wide.
This level shows how vein No. 1 and vein No. 2 are related to each other.
Vein No. 2 strikes a little south of west for about 230 feet and runs into vein No. 1
almost at right angles. The last 50 or 75 feet of No. 2 vein, before it enters No. 1
vein, is not yet stoped out. The vein may be seen in the back where it is a strong
one consisting of three to eight inches of pink calcite.
Fault No. 64 has been explored on this level in a drift which follows the
fault continuously for 190 feet. In this drift it may be seen that the fault has a
width of as much as six feet, consisting of a fault breccia and gouge. No calcite
vein was noted, although there are some irregular stringers of calcite. At the
east end of the drift a bed of finely-banded greywacke about three feet thick has
been faulted by fault No. 64. The rock on the south side is the downthrow side.
The bed of greywacke dips gently westward.
In one place on the level a vein of calcite one-quarter to one-half inch in
width passed through fault No. 64 without being faulted. It is evident that
this small vein is younger than the fault.
First Level. — (Elevation above sea level 981 feet.) Fault No. 64 was drifted
on for about 190 feet and found to be similar in character to its deeper parts on
lower levels. The bed of slate-like greywacke is also faulted in a similar manner
to that noted on the second level. The rocks on the south side of the fault
appear to have been faulted down about 10 feet.
At the northwest corner of the workings there is a vein called "\-ein blank";
it is north of fault No. 64. This vein has been stoped from the first le\-el to the
surface, but the company reported that it was not a very profitable vein. This
is one of the few ore bodies which occur north of fault No. 64. On the O'Brien
and Violet some ore was also found north of this fault.
No. 1 vein passes into the Keewatin "iron formaiion" as on lower levels.
The contact between the "iron formation" and the conglomerate of the
Cobalt series is as sharply defined as a knife.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
145
BEAVER CONSOLIDATED
The Beaver Consolidated Mines, Limited, has an authorized and issued
capital of $2,000,000 in shares of the par value of vSLOO. The mine has produced
6,03L-448 ounces of sih'er, and had paid 8710,000 in dividends. There are about
8.5 miles of underground workings, including drifts, crosscuts, winzes, raises, and
shafts. The company ceased operations on the 31st of December, 1920,
but the property was leased by the Coniagas, which company began operations
in January, 1923.
bo
146 Department of Mines No. 4
According to the annual report of the Beaver company- for the year ending
Febrtiar\- 28th, 1919, the Beaver owned approximately seven-eighths of the capital
stock of the Kirkland Lake Gold Mining Company, Limited, at Kirkland Lake,
Ontario, which the Beaver purchased at a cost of 8370,957.79.
The Beaver vein-system is the northward extension of the Temiskaming
system, which property is contiguous to the Beaver on the south.
The silver ore at the Beaver occurs almost wholly at the top of the Xipissing
diabase sill (vertical sections facing page 10). It is reported, however, by the
Beaver management that 40,000 or 50,000 ounces of silver were obtained below
the diabase sill on the 1,600-ft. le\'el. This is the greatest depth below the
surface at which silver ore has been found at Cobalt and is of interest for that
reason. The remainder of the siher was mined above the 804-ft. level.
Regarding the occurrence of silver ore on the 1,600-foot level of the Beaver,
the Ontario Department of Mines is indebted to F. L. Culver for the following
information contained in a letter dated May 25th, 1921: "I am sorry that we
did not keep an actual record of what was taken from the 1,600-foot level.
However, I would say that it w'as possibly 40.000 or 50,000 ounces [of silver],
but, assuming that you desire this for statistical purposes, I could not vouch
as to the accuracy. I know we took out some high-grade and milled a lot of
the product."
The central zone of the diabase sill at the Beaver or Temiskaming has not
\'et pro\ed to be productive.
The management of the Bea\"er estimate that about three-quarters of the
ore was obtained from within about 125 or 150 feet of the contact between the
top of the Nipissing diabase sill and the Keewatin, the Keewatin being much
more productive than the diabase. A little of the ore extended down into the
sill to a depth of 275 feet, at which depth the veins became barren and narrower.
The veins passed from the Keewatin down into the diabase without pinching out.
There are two main veins at the Beaver known as No. 3 and No. 5. These
veins have an average strike of about north 22° east, and they extend southward
into the Temiskaming. The two \eins are parallel and are about 225 feet apart.
Other veins occur, but these are the most important ones. The veins where
they occur in the Keewatin dip steeply to the eastward, but about where they
enter the top of the Nipissing diabase sill they become vertical, and, finally, in
the sill itself, they dip steeply to the westward. The coloured section opposite
page 10 shows the stoped parts of vein No. 5 on the Beaver, and of veins Nos. 1
and 3 on the Temiskaming.
While the veins at the top of the sill have an average strike of north 22°
east, the vein which produced ore at the bottom of the sill strikes north 30°
west, or about at an angle of 52° to veins at the top of the sill. None of the veins
at the Beaver or Temiskaming have been followed downward continuously from
the upper part of the diabase sill to the bottom of the sill.
The stopes at the Beaver, and also at the Temiskaming, are narrow com-
pared with many stopes elsewhere in Cobalt which occur in the conglomerate,
greywacke, and slate-like greywacke of the Cobalt series. This is due to the fact
that the Keewatin basalt at the Beaver and Temiskaming did not fracture along
the wall rock of the veins into innumerable tiny cracks. Hence the silver
minerals did not penetrate far into the wall rock. The rocks of the Cobalt
series, on the other hand, have generally been fractured more readily than the
Keewatin rocks; hence the siKer minerals were able to penetrate farther into
the rock.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 147
Owing to the irregular and erratic occurrence of the ore-shoots in the veins,
the Bea\er management did not pubhsh in their annual reports a statement
regarding the ore blocked out. i\t the time the property closed down, in
December, 1920, it was stated that there were 14,000 tons of broken ore in the
mine.
The ore-shoots of the Beaver are terminated at the north end of the propsrty
by a fault which strikes northwestward and dips steeply to the noriihsast. No
ore occurs north of the fault. This fault is older than the period of ore deposi-
tion, because ore occurs in the fault; and some of the richest ore in the nine is
said to have been mined from, this fault, known as the Beaver fault. It is a most
interesting, though unfortunate fact that the Beav^er fault should limit the ore
in a northerly direction on the property. Some veins extend to the north of the
fault, but the\' are not productive of silver. Possibly the fault acted as an
impermeable [carrier and prevented the silver solutions from penetrating
beyond it.
In examining the Beaver and Temiskaming workings, one is struck by the
number of barren calcite veins; one is also impressed by the more or less erratic
occurrence of ore-shoots in some of the productive veins.
The economic geology at the Beaver and Temiskaming mine has to do with
but two main series, namely, the Keewatin and the Nipissing diabase sill. There
are also lamprophyre dikes cutting the Keewatin. The Nipissing diabase sill
intersects the Keewatin series; and the top and bottom of the sill have been
encountered in the workings at depth. The Keewatin consists of basaltic lava
flows with which is interbedded a bed of so-called "iron formation" resting in
about vertical attitude. This bed consists of cherty rocks and greywacke,
finely banded, and w^ill be referred to as the chert bed. It pinches out at the
north part of the Beaver and has a maximum thickness of 150 feet at the south
end, where it continues southward into the Temiskaming property.
The rock along the west side of the chert formation is more or less impreg-
nated with iron pyrites, some of it, as on the 297-ft. level, occurring in rojndish
or cyclindrical forms.
The chert bed is of little economic interest, except that in places, where it is
cut by productive \'eins, the rock has become impregnated with thin films of
nati\"e siKer. This is owing to the fact that the chert fractured into innumerable
cracks, and where the productive veins intersected the chert bed the native
sih'er had a tendency to impregnate the chert along the tiny cracks, and thus to
cause the stopes to be wider in the chert bed than they are in the basalt. The
basalt did not fracture into the innumerable cracks which are found in the chert.
I nfortunately the productive veins in the Beav'er oc:ur for the mDst part in the
basalt and the Nipissing diabase. In the Temiskaming the productive veins
scarcely touch the chert formation.
Owing to the enterprising management of the Beaver mine, the main shaft
was sunk to a depth of 1,600 feet, so that it passed through the entire thickness
of the Nipissing diabase sill and encountered the Keewatin series below the sill.
The object of this deep work was to prospect the rock below the bottom of the
sill. The shaft cut the top of the sill at a depth of about 468 feet, and cut the
bottom of the sill at a depth of about 1,590 feet. Allowing for the dip of the
sill, it may be estimated that the sill has a thickness of about 1,000 feet, in round
numbers. About 1,900 feet of development work was done on the 1.600-ft. level
of the Beaver mine, but, unfortunately, at the time of our examination this level
was flooded and we were not able to investigate it. If the level were accessible,
it would be interesting to find out if the chert formation is vertically below where
11 D.M.
148 Department of Mines No. 4
it occurs on the top of the sill. By means of this chert formation it would be
possible to show what movement, if any, had taken place between the hanging
wall and footwall of the diabase sill.
An interesting feature of the geological structure of the Beaver mine is that
it has been possible to prove that the diabase sill moved, during its intrusion,
from the southeast to the northwest. This is shown by the inclusion of a great
block of Lorrain granite, which was found at the top of the sill on the 456-ft.
level. The granite inclusion is similar to the Lorrain granite which occurs about
one-quarter of a mile southeast of the Beaver mine. As the sill moved towards
the northwest it caught up this block of Lorrain granite.
The general structure of the rock formations at the Beaver is shown by the
tw^o verical sections AA and BB, opposite page 32. It may be seen from these
sections how the Nipissing diabase sill intersects the Keewatin chert formation
and the basalt. The chert formation must occur somewhere below the diabase
sill, but, as previously stated, the workings which may show its location on the
L600-ft. level were not accessible at the time of our examination, so that we
were not able to locate it. The ^•ertical sections show its supposed position
below the sill.
Commencing with the lowest level, the L600-ft., the various levels of the
Beaver mine mav now be brieflv described.
Beaver Mine Workings
1 ,600-Jt. Level. — At the time of our examination of the Beaver in June, 1920.
the 1,600-ft. level was flooded and no examination could be made. The plans
furnished by the company show that about L900 feet of development work had
been done. It is stated that the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill was en-
countered in the shaft about ten feet above this level, that is, at a depth of
1,590 feet
The work on this level resulted in the discovery of a vein which is said to be
six to eight inches in width. The vein is reported to contain native silver; and
it is also stated that leaf silver is scattered through the wall-rock for a distance
of about four feet on each side of the vein. ^ A little stoping was done on this
vein, and about 40,000 to 50,000 ounces of silver were reported to have been
obtained. A winze was put down on the vein to a depth of about 40 feet, and
it was stated that high-grade ore was met with. While these results were
encouraging because they showed that high-grade ore occurred at this depth,
the work did not, however, disclose the presence of commercial ore of importance.
At this depth, nam.ely, 1,600 feet, is the deepest zone in which silver has been
found in the Cobalt camp; it is interesting to quote, concerning the discovery,
from the company's annual report.
The past year has brought most interesting changes to your mine. A very important
discovery has been made — the discovery of high-grade ore at a depth of 1,600 feet. We might
mention that this is the lowest depth at which values have been found in the Cobalt camp. A
year ago the main shaft had reached a depth of 1,400 feet. During the year the shaft was con-
tinued to the lower contact [of the Nipissing diabase sill], the station cut at the 1,600-foot level,
and crosscutting both east and west of the shaft uncovered a number of veins.
Drifting on the vein west of the shaft brought us into silver values. This vein is from six
to eight inches wide, rich in silver, and on both sides of the vein for a distance of about four feet
the wall-rock is heavily impregnated with leaf silver. The discovery of ore at the 1,600-foot
level of your property has caused a great deal of interest in the Cobalt camp, and while we are
not yet in a position to say to the shareholders that it will actually make a new mine out of the
Beaver, it is most encouraging.
^Annual Report, Beaver Mine, for year ending February 28th, 1917, p. 4.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 149
1,400-Jt. Level.- — Fortunately this level was being worked at the time of our
examination. It was the deepest level in the Cobalt area to which we had access.
There are only 800 feet of development work, but enough was done to discover
a strong vein at a distance of 500 feet west of the shaft. This vein, which occurs
in the Keewatin below the Nipissing diabase sill, was followed for 225 feet and
found to strike about north 30° west, with a steep dip to the east. It may be
noted that its strike is at an angle of about 52° to the strike of the productive
Beaver and Temiskaming veins which occur on the upper contact of the Nipissing
diabase sill.
A raise was driven on the vein to a height of some 87 feet abo\'e the level,
disclosing some niccolite and smaltite; but no silver was encountered, and the
vein was still in the Keewatin greenstone. On the level the vein pinches and
swells and varies from less than an inch in width up to eight inches or more. It
consists mostly of pink calcite together with a little quartz. In places some
almost pure smaltite occurs four or five inches in width, and it is reported that
smaltite had been found as wide as a foot. The vein evidently occurs in a fault,
because four or five inches of fault breccia and gouge occur on the walls of the
vein, especially at the northwest part.
The vein occtirs partly on the Beaver and partly on the Prince, contiguous
on the west to the Beaver. The Prince is under option to the Beaver.
This vein on the 1,400-ft. level is thought to be the upward extension of the
vein on the 1,600-ft. level in which a little ore had been discovered, as described
in preceding paragraphs.
The crosscut on the 1,400-ft. le\'el runs west for about 600 feet, extending
into the Prince property for about 75 feet. The first 400 feet of the crosscut is
Nipissing diabase, the remaining westward part being Keewatin basalt cut by
lamprophyre dikes, and, at the west end, a very tough, medium-grained horn-
blende-diabase, probably of Haileyburian age. This hornblende-diabase was
difilicult to drill.
1,200-ft. Level. — A station is cut at this depth. The rock is Nipissing
diabase.
900-ft. Level. — -A station has also been cut at this depth, and the rock is
likewise Nipissing diabase.
804-ft. Level. — The veins on this level are narrow, varying from about one-
quarter of an inch to two inches and probably averaging less than an inch in
width. They consist mostly of white calcite, and subordinately of pink calcite.
The level is all in Nipissing diabase, and the veins occupy joint cracks. This is
the lowest level on which ore is reported to occur in the Beaver at the top of the
sill, some stoping having been done on No. 3 vein.
702-Jt. Level. — A striking feature of this level is the manner in which the
veins occupy joint planes dipping steeply to the westward. The level is all
Nipissing diabase.
602-Jt. Level. — This level is also completely in the Nipissing diabase sill.
The joint planes in the diabase are very regular, and it is clear that the veins
occupy the joint planes. The veins dip steeply westward.
530-Jt. Level. — With the exception of the southeast part, all of the level is
in Nipissing diabase. At the southeast corner the Keewatin has been met with
and also the bed of finely-bedded chert (section BB, page 32). The cherty bed
is impregnated with thin films or leaves of native silver near veins.
The discovery of the No. 3 vein (No. 19 on the Temiskaming) on this level
is described in the annual report of the Temiskaming Mining Company for the
150 Department of Mines No. 4
year ending December 31st, 1914, on page 7. In view of its importance we may
quote in detail regarding it. Mr. F. L. Culver, the general manager, in that
report stated: —
A few months ago, the management of the Beaver Consolidated started to drive a crosscut
on the 530-fcot level west to locate a vein which they had in early workings in levels above.
About 130 feet frcm their shaft, they ran into a vein of high-grade ore in virgin territory. This
vein was intercepted at a point about 55 feet north of the Temiskaming line. Arrangements
were immediately made and a contract entered into with the management of the Beaver Company
to drive south en this vein into the Temiskaming ground to see if the ore body carried there.
The contract provides that, as scon as work commenced on the Temiskaming, the Beaver Com-
pany would receive sixteen dollars a lineal foot for drifting and nine dollars a cubic yard for
stoping, all ore and waste to be returned through the Beaver shaft to the Temiskaming property.
The Temiskaming boundary was reached in December and it has proven that this ore body
continues into the Temiskaming ground [where the vein is known as No. 19]. The vein, which
has been drifted on for a distance of about 60 feet, is from four to five inches in width carrying
very rich ore. A number of tons of ore have been extracted so far which will carry values any-
where from 4,000 to 10,000 ounces of silver to the ton. The Beaver management have since
proven that the ore in this same vein extends up to the 456-foot and the 396-foot levels of their
property with a width of six to seven inches of very high-grade ore.
The 530-ft. is the lowest level on which the Beaver fault has been met with,
the workings below this level not having been e.xtended far enough northeast-
ward to cut it.
The Beaver fault occurs at the northeast corner of the workings and has been
followed for 210 feet. In this drift the fault breccia and gouge have a combined
width of one to fifteen inches. In places the fault breccia (crushed wall-rock) is
as wide as five feet, and along the wider crushed parts the rock in the back of the
drift falls off very readily and is therefore dangerous ground to work in. There
is a calcite vein from a fraction of an inch to one and a half inches in width in the
fault, but the vein pinches cut in places. No. 5 vein is a long one, extending
from the south boundary of the Beaxer northeastward about 575 feet. It
extended up to the Beaver fault, and into the fault breccia, where it broke up
into stringers. The Beaver fault appears to be older than the No. 5 \'ein.
About 270 feet east of the shaft, there is a barren vein consisting of many
parallel stringers of quartz and calcite from an eighth of an inch to three or four
inches in width, the combined width of the stringers being more than two feet.
456-ft. Lei^el. — This level and the one above have the most extensive work-
ings in the mine. About a third of the workings are in Nipissing diabase, the
remainder being in Keewatin rocks.
An interesting feature of the level is the presence of a great block of Lorrain
granite completely enclosed in the Nipissing diabase. It is evident that the
granite block was caught up by the molten diabase sill during the time that the
sill was being intruded through the older rocks. The main mass of the Lorrain
granite occurs southeast of the Beaver mine; consequently it would appear that
the molten diabase sill moved during its intrusion from the southeast towards
the northwest. The inclusion of granite is at least 150 feet long and 65 feet wide.
The stope, which follows a vein up into the granite mass, was not accessible, so
that we were not able to find out how high above the level the granite extended.
The granite does not. however, occur on the level above, namely, the 396-ft., nor
does it occur on the level ])el()w, namely, the 530-ft. Where examined, it was
noted that only a foot or two of the Nipissing diabase sill intervened between
the lop of the granite mass and the overlying Keewatin, so that it may be said
that the granite inclusion practically floated at the top of the molten sill. \'ein
No. 2 cut through the granite inclusion, the Nipissing diabase, and the Keewatin
rocks.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 151
The cliert formation has a maximum width of 155 feet. It is wedge-shaped
in plan, gradually pinching out at a distance of 360 feet north of the south
boundary of the Beaver. The bedding at the south end of the chert dips about
55° to the west. Near the shaft the chert is cut by a dike of lamprophyre which
dips at very gentle angles.
I'he Beaver fault, which occurs at the northeast corner of the workings, has
been drifted on for over 200 feet. It strikes northwestward, dips steeply to
the northeast, and shows about eight inches of fault breccia and gouge. A vein
occurs in the fault, and the management of the mine stated that some of the
richest ore obtained was mined from the vein in the fault. This rich ore occurred
where three productive veins ran into the fault, the veins entering at about right
angles. The ore in the fault was obtained between the 456-ft. and the 396-ft.
levels.
It is evident that the Beaver fault is older than the veins, since the pro-
ducLi^"e vein referred to in the preceding paragraph occurs in the fault. But it
would also appear that there has been a little movement along the fault after the
veins were deposited, because one of the veins which crosses the fault at about
right angles and extends beyond it, has been faulted about two feet.
The sinister influence of the Beaver fault in regard to ore shoots is well
illustrated on this level. While some of the veins extend to the northeast of
the fault no silver ore occurs to the northeast of it. For example, one of the main
veins of the mine, the No. 5, extends to the northeast of the fault about 250 feet,
but is not productive along that part. It would appear that the absence of silver
ore in quantity on the properties which are immediately north of the Beax'er is
due to the presence of the Beaver fault. This fault may have acted as an
impermeable barrier which prevented the silver solutions from circulating to the
northeast.
The direction and extent of the displacement along the Beaver fault is not
known.
396-jt. Level. — The workings are almost entirely in the Keewatin rocks,
except at the northwest corner, where the Nipissing diabase has been met with
in two drifts and a crosscut. The bed of chert has been encountered, showing
dips of 51° to 63° to the west, and the workings are such that this bed has been
proven to pinch out at a distance of about 350 feet north of the south boundary
of the property. The Keewatin basalt along the west side of the chert bed is
partly impregnated with iron pyrites.
The Beaver fault also occurs on this level and has been followed for about
2C0 feet. It strikes northeastward and dips at one place 61° to the northeast.
A vein of calcite and quartz, four or five inches wide, occurs in the fault. There
are some four inches of fault breccia and gouge in the fault.
The plan of this level shows a fine-grained lamprophyre dike, which was
met with while following No. 5 vein. On the south wall of the dike there is a
fault showing about a foot of fault breccia and gouge. The vein passed through
this dike and fault.
347 -ft. Level. — Compared with levels below, this level has very litde w:!."'c
done. The No. 5 vein has been followed for over 600 feet; and there has been
about 125 feet of drifting done on the other veins west of the No. 5. The level
is all in Keewatin rocks, including the chert formation, the bedding of which
dips westward about 65°.
297-ft. Level. — The workings on this level are almost as extensive as are the
workings on the 396-ft. and 456-ft. levels. The rocks encountered are all
Keewatin and consist of basalt and the chert bed.
152 Department of Mines No. 4
Ihe Beaver fault has been drifted on for 275 feet, and shows several inches
of gouge and fault breccia. There is a calcite vein in the fault which pinches
out entirely in places.
The rock immediately west of the chert formation is impregnated with iron
pyrites, some of which occurs in roundish or cylindrical nodules.
235-ft. Level. — This level has about 800 feet of workings, all in Keewatin
basalt.
199-Jt. Level. — The workings are comparatively extensive, and are all in the
Keewatin except at the northwest corner where the Nipissing diabase was met
with in a crosscut. The Nipissing diabase is fine-grained at its contact with the
Keewatin. The contact is about vertical, and there has been some movement
along the contact, as is shown by the presence of two or three inches of fault
breccia and gouge.
Some of the veins on the level consist largely of quartz with subordinate
quantities of clacite.
The chert formation is narrow — about 35 feet in width.
77-ft. Level. — The level consists of an east and west crosscut about 600 feet
long, which has intersected about a dozen non-productive veins, most of which
are quartz. At the east end of the crosscut there is a quartz vein twelve to
fifteen inches wide.
The chert bed on this le^■el is about 50 feet wide; some of the chert is almost
black.
SENECA-SUPERIOR
The Ontario Department of Mines is indebted to W. E. Segsworth for the
following description of this property. As Mr. Segsworth was not only largely
responsible for the disco\ery of the Worth \ein, but was also managing director
of the company during the period of its operation, he is in a position to write
authoritati\'ely regarding the property.
The Seneca-Superior Silver Mines, Limited, was incorporated in October, 1911, to acquire
and operate three leases under Peterson Lake. These leases are shown on the plan (Fig. 36),
and have an area of approximately ten acres each. One was situated under Peterson lake proper
and was called the upper lease. The two contiguous leases under Cart lake were collectively
referred to as the Cart lake lease, and had a combined area of about 21 acres. It was from
this Cart lake lease that all the production came. The surface was covered with water except
a 33-fcot road allowance around the shore.
These leases were held on a royalty of 25 per cent, of the gross smelter returns to be paid
to the Peterson Lake Mining Company. They were formerly operated by the Kerrj- Mining
Company of Rochester, New York. This company did most of its exploration on the upper
lease, and found small patches of high-grade ore, but no ore in commercial quantities. The
upper lease was abandoned by the Seneca Company after a careful examination had been made,
and subsequent exploration by the Peterson Lake Company did not disclose ore in commercial
quantities.
The Seneca Company commenced operations in January-, 1912, and confined its work to
the Cart lake lease. The Kerry Company had previously trenched all the shore line, had done
some diamond-drilling, and had sunk several test pits and two shafts. No. 2 was down 50 feet
and No. 1, 110 feet. Three short drifts had been run at the 100-fcot level in shaft No. 1. None
of this work disclosed an\- ore on the Cart lake lease.
The plan showing the workings under Cart and Peterson lakes is in the pocket at the back
of this report.
Before commencing operations, the Seneca Company's officials made a close study of the
geology and ore deposits in the Cart lake area. The accompanying geological sections (Fig. 31),
were made before operations commenced, the contacts in the Seneca No. 1 shaft and the position
of the Worth \ein being added subsequently. This study shows a flat dish-shaped bed of con-
glomerate of the Cobalt series resting on Keewatin greenstone. The bed was about 350 feet
deep at its deepest part. The diabase sill, the remnants of which in this vicinit}" form Diabase
mountain, at one time lay over the conglomerate with its lower surface perhaps 100 to 200 feet
above the lake level, or 450 to 550 feet above the Keewatin contact. A bed of slate-like grey-
wacke, locally called slate, occurred at 70 feet above the Keewatin contact. This bed dips at
more gentle angles than the dip of the Keewatin floor, and it rests on, or is near, the Keewatin
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
153
Si
CO
<
0)
oO^ri
^v^\\
^^1 ,
Oo-
(aDDj.jns jaMOf) C
///s ssoqoiQ 0^ ^
7JOl/£DD3U9£
A^o/u/ioy W^'^
154
Department of Mines
No. 4
contact around the rim of the basin. The bed was identified in the Little Silver shaft of the
Nipissing, the Nipissing shaft No. 150, and' in the Savage and Provincial mines. In these
properties se\eral instances were found where veins contained high-grade ore above, and in,
this slate bed, and the same veins underneath the slate were rich in cobalt but contained little
if any silver. The theory was therefore adopted, and afterwards proved true, that in this
particular basin the locus of the richest ore was just above the slate bed. ^lany of the ore-
bearing veins on the surrounding properties, nameh', the Nipissing, Sa\"age, and Provincial
mines, had a northeast strike. It was therefore decided to sink the No. 1 shaft to the slate
bed, and drive a crosscut perpendicular to the strike of the veins just above the slate.
Operations were commenced, following out this plan, in January, 19,12. The slate was
reached at 200 feet, a sump cut, a level established, and a crosscut, in a southeasterly direction,
started at 200 feet. On October 10th, 1912, this crosscut had reached a distance of 439 feet
from the shaft, and at that point encountered a small stringer of ore which, in the next round,
broke into the Worth vein.
The development of this vein disclosed an oval-shaped vertical lens, cr ore-shcot, of high-
grade ore with a northeast strike. This lens had a maximum horizontal length of 440 feet on
the Seneca, and e.xtended about 50 to 60 feet into the adjoining Gould Consolidated (Mercer),
giving it a total length of 500 feet. The lens rested on the Keewatin contact and had a maxi-
mum height of 250 feet above the contact. The upper limit of the lens would be about 200
to 300 feet below the bottom of the diabase sill.
The average assays on the stope maps prove that the ore was richest in the upper levels.
The Cobalt content was greatest in the lower levels. The first level just skimmed the top of
the ore-shoot. The ore in the top of the vein was calcite, free from cobalt, rich in native silver,
and about four inches wide. The ore near the contact was a dense hard smaltite ore, practically
free from visible native silver or calcite. The pillars on the stope map represent barren areas
in the vein. These barren areas were larger than shown by the pillars.
Fig. 32 — Illustrating what happened to "Worth" vein, Seneca mine, when vein passed through
a 30-ft. bed of slate-like greywacke. Drawing furnished by \V. E. Segsworth.
The slate bed between the second and third levels furnishes the most interesting feature
of this ore deposit. At the southwest boundary, it is 30 feet thick, and thins out to a point
230 feet to the northeast. This slate profoundh' affected the deposition of the ore. Above
the slate and in its upper part, the ore assa}ed 3,500 ounces of silver per ton, but immediately
below, the silver content dropped to 2,000 ounces per ton, and from there decreased in value
to 900 ounces near the Keewatin contact. This phenomenon was beautifully illustrated on
the third le^•el where, in drifting to the northeast, the assays jumped from 2,000 ounces to 3,800
ounces per ton immediately the drift passed from under the slate bed.
The slate bed has a strong parting along the bedding plane and, as shown in the transxerse
section of the vein, "step-faulting" occurred in the slate, the total throw being 20 feet (Fig. 32).
The slipping of the lasers o\er each other left the structure quite open, and con\"erted the slate
bed into a favourable water course. The wall-rock in t he conglomerate was dense and 1 ard
and, compared with the slate, did not offer favourable conditions for the circulation of solutions.
It is probable that the silver solution in its descent from the diabase sill was diluted or escaped
in the slate. On the other hand, the increase in cobalt under the slate might indicate that the
cobalt was deposited before the silver and before the faulting in the slate had opened it to the
circulation of solution.
Apart from this step-faulting in the slate, no faults of any importance were found.
The Seneca vein was rather unicjue in that no mill-rock was found in the conglomerate
walls. What small amount of ore was milled was the undersize from the sorting tables, too
small to be handpicked, the large pieces with \(in matter attacheri which could not be cobbed,
and a little disseminated ore from the Keewatin.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
155
A winze was sunk 75 feet below the fourth level (Fig. 33), and the vein was found to feather
out into numerous small stringers and disseminated ore and then to disappear in the Keewatin.
The average assay of 1,87^ tons milled from this rock below the fourth level was 16.5 ounces
per ton.
When the Seneca company abandoned operations, it left a small amount of this ore in place
as it could not be profitably extracted and milled owing to the 25 per cent, royalty payable to
the parent company.
The rocks below the fourth level, which were tapped by the winze above referred to, form
an interesting study. As shown by the vertical section (Fig. 33), the winze encountered a bed
of slate, immediately below the level, having a thickness of 15 feet, 6 inches. Below the slate,
a bed of conglomerate was found. This conglomerate is composed almost wholly of fragments
and boulders of the underlying Keewatin, although there are a few granite pebbles and boulders.
Northeast of the winze the slate bed gradually rises and becomes thinner, and when it reaches
the forth level it is only six feet thick, and is found resting directly on the Keewatin. Thus
there is at the bottom "of Cart lake a basin or trough in the Keewatin. This basin was first
'ZZZ/-^
4'Nevel n \/^
J35' '^'^■^^-^-^Z&
Scale, 120 Feet to I Inch
Fig. 33 — .Stope section of Worth vein, Seneca mine, prepared In- W. E. Segsworth.
filled with conglomerate of the Cobalt series, the conglomerate consisting almost wholly of
Keewatin fragments and boulders together with a few granite pebbles and boulders. Conditions
of deposition then changed and a bed of slate-like gro\ wack^', locally called slate, was laid down.
Above the central parts of the basin, the slate rested on the conglomerate, but higher up on the
sides of the basin the slate was deposited directly on the Keewatin (Fig. 33). There is thus very
good evidence to show that this basin was not caused by folding, but was formed in the usual
wa>' by erosion before the Cobalt series was laid down.
The Worth vein was the only ore-bearing vein found on the Seneca property. In all, 7,665
feet of exploration work was done in an effort to find other productive veins, but without result.
The plan of the mine shows this exploration, which co\ered practical!} the whole of the property.
The Seneca presents one of the few instances in the Cobalt area of a paying mine being established
on a single isolated ore-shoot.
All profitable ore was extracted early in 1916, and the mine was closed, the plant sold, and
the lease abandoned that year. In a period of less than four years the mine produced 5,639,093
ounces of silver from the one ore-shoot.
156 Department of Mines No. 4
The following figures from the annual report of the company- at the end of the year 1916
are interesting: —
Production 5,639,093 ounces at 55.3 cents per oz $3,118,938.54
Royalty $751,381 . 87
Smelter deductions 68,164. 81
Freight and treatment 108,112.21
927,658.89
Gross receipts from shipments $2,191,280.65
Less:
Mining and operating $576,606.05
Head office charges 78,510. 86
War tax 15,245.39
670,362.30
Net profits on operations $1,520,918.35
Cents
The costs over the whole operation were: per oz.
Royalty $751,381.87 13.33
Smelter deductions 68,164.81 1.22
Freight and treatment 108,112.21 1.93
Alining and operating 576,606.05 10.22
Administration 78,510.86 1.40
War tax 15,245.39 .28
Total cost $1,598,021.19 28.38
Profit on operation 1,520,918.35 26.92
Gross value $3,118,939.54 55.3
From the operating profit of $1,520,918.35, as above, plus the money realized from the
sale of the capital stock, the company paid $1,582,211.62 in dividends, or $3.30'/2 per share en
its issued capital of 478,884 shares. The capital stock was sold for seventeen and a half cents
per share.
The officers of the company were: S. Harry Worth, director and president; F. W. Zoller,
director and vice-president; R. F. Segsworth, director and secretary-treasurer; W. E. Segswcrth,
managing director; .\lvin H. Dewey, director; R. H. Lyman, mine manager, and T. D. Maguire,
mine captain.
PENN-CANADIAN
Prior to its acquisition by the Penn-Canadian Mines, Limited, \vhich was
incorporated on April 24th, 1912, the property was worked by two other
companies known as the Big Pete Canadian Mines and the Cobalt Central.
The total output of silver under all companies amounted to 3,752,610 ounces
of silver.
When the property was examined during the latter part of the year 1920
it was not in operation, but most of the mine was accessible, and we were able to
map all of the levels except the sixth. The information regarding this was kindly
furnished by Balmer Neilly, manager of the Penn-Canadian company when
the mine was last in operation.
The structure of the rocks at the Penn-Canadian and Bailey is shown in
the vertical section facing page 40. The Nipissing diabase sill was met with
down to the third level where it rests on a gently dipping bed of slate-like grey-
wacke of the Cobalt series about 40 feet thick. Below the greywacke is con-
glomerate of the Cobalt series from a few feet to about 35 or 40 feet in thickness.
The average thickness of the conglomerate and slate-like greywacke combined
is about 70 feet. Below the Cobalt series is the Keewatin. which was not
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
157
productive. The Cobalt series is resting at an unusually flat angle, the dip
being about 6° or 7° to the northeastward. The Nipissing diabase sill has for
the most part forced its way along a single bed of the slate-like greywacke.
The Ontario Department of Mines is indebted to Mr. Neilly for the following
description of the property.
The ore bodies so far developed were found on that portion of the property lying west of
Glen lake or under Diabase mountain. As the latter name suggests, the diabase outcrops on
the surface and the original disco\'eries were made in that formation; these same ore bodies
produced some much decomposed rich ore down to a horizontal fault which was 20 or 30 feet
above the bottom of the diabase sill.
The displacement of this fault was about 90 feet to the northwest. For 20 feet above
the fault there was little ore, and the 20 or 30 feet of diabase below the fault was practically
barren, although the veins were quite persistent.
Li^^^tfSlfliliHlHHHferiHHHHHiWttHii
B^^^a^ ' ■
. '^ni'MWr' ' "—'■""*' ' ' —
Fig. 34 — Penn-Canadian and Bailey mines; Glen lake in foreground.
Below the diabase is the slate-like greywacke of the Cobalt series, having an average depth
of about 40 feet. Below the slate-like greywacke is the conglomerate of the Cobalt series varying
in thickness from a few feet to 35 or 40 feet.
The downward extension of the "Big Pete", or discovery vein, was mined in the Cobalt
series and found to occupy a long syncline with its a.xis a little east of north. Another main
vem-system was developed in a syncline running at about right angles to the "Big Pete" vein.
From these two systems practically all the production to date was obtained.
To the northwest of the present workings there is evidence of another syncline, and, when
work was discontinued at the time of the strike in 1919, a crosscut was being driven in the con-
glomerate of the Cobalt series in that direction.
The property situated east of Glen lake is practically undeveloped, except for a shaft sunk
to a depth of 120 feet in the diabase. On the northern half of this lot the diabase rests on the
Keewatin, but, toward the south and adjoining the Foster mine, such work as has been done
indicated a considerable depth of the Cobalt series. This area of approximately 20 acres can
be looked upon as almost virgin ground and undoubtedlv will be further developed some time
m the future.
158 Department of Mines No. 4
DRUMMOND (COBALT COMET)
To the end of the year 1922, the production from this property amounted to
3,707,137 ounces of silver.
The property was bought by the Cobalt Comet Mines, Limited, the latter
company having been incorporated on April 16th, 1913, with a capital of
$1,000,000.
The mine has not been in operation during recent years, and the Ontario
Department of Mines is indebted to R. W. Brigstocke for the following account
of the discovery of the mine, and description of the rocks and veins. Mr.
Brigstocke was manager of the property until it was taken over by the Cobalt
Comet Mines, Limited, in 1913.
Mr. Brigstocke discloses the important fact that the Cobalt series is only
about 50 feet thick. And, as the Cobalt series is the only productive horizon,
it is seen that the ore zone is a very shallow one indeed.
In the autumn of 1904, one year after the discovery of ore at Cobalt, the Drummond Mines
was staked b>' IM. P. Wright for Messrs. Drummond and associates of Montreal, amongst whom
was Dr. W. H. Drummond, the well-known Canadian poet.
Mr. Wright found a calcite vein at the northerh- end of the Kerr Lake property. This
was the birth of that important section of the Cobalt camp known as the Kerr Lake section.
The geologx" of this section has been fully described in the government reports. As far as
the Drummond Mine is concerned the southerly claim consisted of a small portion of Nipissing
diabase, a small portion of conglomerate of the Cobalt series, and the remainder of Keewatin.
The northerh' claim consisted almost entirely of Nipissing diabase.
The conglomerate was the only rock in which ore was found, and it was not much more
than 50 feet thick.
During the winter of 1904-5 a small shaft was sunk on the vein which Mr. Wright had
discovered, but the result was disappointing. Work accomplished afterwards re\'ealed no
ore of importance. This was a strong calcite vein containing smaltite and niccolite and low
silver values.
In the spring of 1905 further prospecting exposed the veins that constituted the birth of
the Drummond ^Iines as a producer. There were two veins 6 feet apart, and a small one in the
centre consisting of calcite, smaltite, and silver, but ver\- little niccolite. Some portions yielded
up to 14 inches in solid smaltite containing only 200 ounces of silver and over 50 per cent, arsenic
by the carload. This was exceptional, the general tenor being high-grade ore assaying up
to 6,300 ounces of silver per ton by the carload.
Other veins were also found extending under the lake which produced high-grade ore.
The walls of all the producing veins yielded mill-rock. In places sheets of silver extended
into the walls many inches.
The large producing veins of early discovery extended over 400 feet in length, which some-
w-hat compensated for the shallowness of the conglomerate which, as already stated, is not much
more than 50 feet thick.
On these veins a shaft was sunk to a depth of 200 feet, and levels opened up at 50, 100, and
200 feet.
No ore was found below the conglomerate which was, in the shaft, 50 feet deep. A small
calcite vein extended downwards into the Keewatin, but no ore was found.
About the time that these early discovered veins were nearing exhaustion of high-grade
ore, the whole property had been thoroughly trenched to bed rock and apparently nothing of
importance was forthcoming.
A second lease of life was, however, in store. The ground between the original workings
and the south boundary was considered worthy of intensive exploration. Believing that the
conglomerate existed underneath some heavy overburden and below the diabase sill, a shaft
was sunk on a small barren vein in the diabase. The conglomerate was found at a depth of
about 75 feet, a level driven, and the shaft continued to a depth of 125 feet, where another level
was driven. A patch of ore was found on each level, having no connection with one another.
In the meantime the old trenches were being cleaned out and the ground cut up into 50-foot
squares. A vein was found about 20 feet long and feathering to nothing at each end; it was
about 2 inches wide in the centre and contained 2,000 ounces of silver to the ton.
The 75-foot level of these new workings was extended about 60 feet to cut the vein, which
was found to be about 3 inches wide of high-grade ore. The same thing occurred on the 125-foot
level.
This vein was followed and other veins disclosed, resulting in the discovery of several high-
grade veins which yielded their share of high-grade ore and mill-rock.
In 1913 the mine was sold to the Cobalt Comet Mines, Limited, which carried on success-
fuUv to the end.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 159
RIGHT OF WAY
The Right of Way Mines, Limited, has a capital of 82,000,000 of which
81,685,500 has been issued. The shares have a par value of 81.00. The com-
pany has produced 2,961,353 ounces of silver and has paid $252,825 in divi-
dends to the end of the year 1922.
The company worked the "right of way" of the Temiskaming and Northern
Ontario railway at the north end of Cobalt lake, and at the south end. At the
north end the extension of the main La Rose vein was mined, while at the south
end veins from the Silver Queen and Townsite were operated. The property
was not being worked in the year 1921.
The workings north of Cobalt lake will first be described; the plans of this
part are shown on sheet No. 3 la- 14.
Workings North of Cobalt Lake
Most of the two important le\els, the 83-ft. and the 143-ft., were dammed
off by concrete dams, making them inaccessible. The writer regrets that he
was net able to examine this part of the mine; it is reported that the junction
cf the main La Rose vein and the Cobalt lake fault was met with during mining
operations in these levels. It is unfortunate that there are no published records,
in so far gs the writer is aware, concerning the structural relation of the main
La Rose \e\n to the Cobalt lake fault. The writer, however, obtained the
fcUowing information from D. Angus, who was at one time in charge of the
Right of Way. Mr. Angus states that La Rose vein entered the Right of
Way property and continued southwestward, finally running into the Cobalt
lake fault; that it followed the fault for 25 or 50 feet, and that it then turned
south and gradually left the fault. The part of the vein in the fault and north-
east of it was productive, but the part to the south of the fault w^as not pro-
ductive and appeared to pinch out. It may be added that La Rose vein
together with its southwestward extension into the Right of Way was on the
southeast side of the Cobalt lake fault. The vein has never been found on the
northwest side of the fault.
Judging from the verbal descriptions which the writer has obtained regarding
the structural relation between the main La Rose vein and the Cobalt 'ake fault,
it is evident that the vein is younger than the fault.
The Right of Way shaft. No. 2, is about 280 feet northeast of the north end
of Cobalt lake. There are four levels from this shaft, at 83, 143, 358, and 410
feet below the collar of the shaft. The lowest level, the 410-ft., is reached by
a winze from the 358-ft. le\'el. The winze was said by the management to
extend some distance below the 410-ft. level; it was flooded at the time of our
examination, but as the rock below the 410-ft. level is Keewatin it would not
appear to have much economic significance.
7i6'-/'/. Level. — The level consists of a drift about 70 feet long in the Cobalt
lake fault. No cobalt bloom was noted in the fault, although there are irregular
stringers cf calcite in it.
The bottom of the Cobalt series occurs at the winze, so that these rocks
have a thickness of about 410 feet on the north side of the Cobalt lake fault.
1 he Chambers-Ferland made use of this level to operate their property to
the north of the Right of Way. With the exception of the drift on the Cobalt
lake fault, the entire level is on the Chambers-Ferland propert\ . The level is
described in that part of the report dealing with the Chambers-Ferland.
160 Department of Mines No. 4
358-Jt. Level. — This level was also used by thfe Chambers-Ferland to work
their property to the north of the Right of Way. The level is described on
page 165.
143-ft. Lere/.— Practically all of the level was dammed off by a concrete
dam, so that only the crosscut for 100 feet northeast of the shaft could be
examined. This part of the level is on the south side of the Cobalt lake fault.
The contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series occurs about 10 feet north
of the shaft, and strikes northeastward. In the shaft the contact occurs about
4 feet above the floor of the crosscut. About 60 feet northeast of the shaft, there
is a bed of slate-like greywacke one foot thick. The dip of the Cobalt series
may be readily ascertained from this bed, and it is seen to be dipping about 20°
to the northwestward. There is a crushed zone along this bed of slate-like
greywacke, indicating some slight movement, how much was not ascertained.
Above the bed of slate-like greywacke is quartzite.
83-ft. Level. — The north part of the level was dammed off by a concrete
dam; the south part was accessible. The latter consists entirely of the Cobalt
series e.xcept a short crosscut at the east side, in the Chambers-Ferland ground,
which consists of Keewatin. The Cobalt series dips at about 10° to the
northwest.
About 10 feet north of the shaft, there is a minor fault dipping 20° to the
northwestward. There are no veins except a small barren calclte one at the south
end of the workings. From this level the Chambers-Ferland did some work on
its property to the north.
Mine Workings South of Cobalt Lake
The Right of Way mine at the south end of Cobalt lake was worked from
two shafts, Nos. 3 and 4. There are two levels, the upper one of which is known
as the 75-ft. level. This \eye\ consists of a crosscut more than 1,700 feet long,
running parallel with the railway track. At the time of examination, early in
August, 1921, the level was partly flooded, and we were only able to examine the
north half of the workings for a distance of about 800 feet. The crosscut in this
north part of the workings encountered five \eins, four of which have been
more or less stoped. The veins strike northwestward. The one which is 340
feet north of No. 3 shaft has been stoped for a width of 10 to 20 feet. There
was water in this stope 30 or 40 feet below the level, at the time of examination.
On this level a fault may be seen intersecting this vein. The fault strikes north-
ward, and dips at an angle of 37° to the east. Its relation to the vein could not
be worked out.
The stopes on the other three small veins are narrow, 5 or 6 feet in width.
At the north end of the property there is a vertical fault, which has a fault breccia
and gouge 1 to 12 inches wide. A small vein of calcite with cobalt bloom
parallels the fault.
The north end of the crosscut follows a fine-grained greywacke and slate-like
greywacke for about 550 feet; to the south of the slate is conglomerate as far as
we could explore. Keewatin is reported at the south end of the crosscut. The
upper part of No. 4 shaft is conglomerate, below which is the bed of greywacke
and slate-like greywacke to the 75-ft. le\'el, and for a few feet below.
The first level of the Right of Way is about the same elevation as the second
level of the Siher Queen.
The second level of the Right of Way was not accessible.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 161
SILVER QUEEN
The Cobalt Silver Queen, Limited, has a capital of $1,500,000, all of which
has been issued. The par value of each share is SL The company has
produced 1,225,111 ounces of silver, and has paid $315,000 in dividends to the
end of the year 1922.
At the time of examination in August, 1921, the property was idle, although
the rock dump was being shipped.
The workings in this mine are not extensive, as the plans of the levels show.
The Cobalt series is shallow, and there are only two veins of importance on the
claim. There are three levels, the two lower of which were flooded and
inaccessible in the year 1921,
The property was worked from an inclined shaft, which dips southward at
an angle of about 60°. The main vein strikes a few degrees north of west.
In the conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series this vein is about vertical,
but, on entering the Keewatin, it flattens out and dips at an angle of about 60°
to the south. At the station on the first level, the vein may still be seen in the
Keewatin; it is in places 5 or 6 inches wide consisting mostly of calcite. A drift
follows this vein westward from the shaft along the first level for 600 feet;
unfortunately at the time of examination this drift was blocked, but it was
reported that the drift was all in Keewatin and that the calcite vein persists
throughout and contains in places 3 or 4 inches of smaltite.
A fault, corresponding in position to the "contact" fault, occurs on the
first level, but it is poorly defined and shows, as a general rule, only an inch or
two of fault breccia and gouge.
The other vein on the property occurs at the northeast corner of the claims;
it extends into the Townsite, and thence into the Right of Way mine.
The second level was inaccessible, but it was reported that the contact
between the Keewatin and the Cobalt series is about 270 feet east of the shaft.
The second level of the Silver Queen corresponds to the first level of the Right
of Way.
In 1921 the Cobalt Silver Queen was under lease to Mr. W. J. Post, to whom
the writer wishes to express thanks for courtesies extended during the
examination.
CHAMBERS-FERLAND (ALADDIN)
The Chambers-Ferland mine was operated by the Aladdin Cobalt Company,
Limited, which was incorporated on August 23rd, 1912, with a capital of $500,000
in shares of a par value of $5 each. The company has paid in dividends $75,000.
The Aladdin Company has been liquidated, and superseded by the Kirkland
Lake Proprietary (1919), Limited, which is also the holding company of the
Tough-Oakes Gold Mines, Limited, and the Burnside Gold Mines, Limited.^
The old Chambers-Ferland produced 1,107,810 ounces, and the Aladdin
produced 1,067,658 ounces of silver.
The main workings of the Chambers-Ferland were operated from No. 4
shaft. The veins in this part of the mine are mostly the eastward extensions of
veins Nos. 98 and 490 of the Nipissing, and these veins produced most of the ore
for the Chambers-Ferland.
At the southwest corner of the property certain veins were worked, using
the No. 2 shaft of the Right of Way. These workings are not connected with
the No. 4 shaft workings.
'Annual Report, Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXX, pt. I, p. 107.
162 Department of Mines No. 4
Some work has also been done on the Chambers- Ferland, which Hes north
of the northwest corner of the O'Brien mine.
The No. 2 shaft on that part of the Chambers-Ferland south of La Rose
was not examined.
Workings from No. 4 Shaft
The most productive vein at this end of the property, in fact on the entire
property, is reported to be vein No. 15. This vein is said to be the eastward
extension of vein No. 98 on the Nipissing. \'ein No. 98 is the most important
branch of the Meyer \'ein of the Nipissing. \>in No. 15 was followed for about
200 feet eastward from the Nipissing boundary, but it was only stoped for about
80 feet east of the boundary.
The next important vein on the property is No. 14. This vein is the
eastward extension of vein-system No. 490 on the Nipissing — a very important
system on the Nipissing property. It is reported to ha^•e produced some 100,000
ounces of silver on the Chambers-Ferland. These two veins, Nos. 15 and 14,
are the tale-end, so to speak, of two very productive veins on the Nipissing.
On this part of the Chambers-Ferland mine there are six levels, namely,
525-ft., 480-ft., 453-ft., 425-ft., 350-ft., and 275-ft. These levels may now be
described, beginning with the lowest. Unfortunately most of the levels were
inaccessible, due to concrete dams at the north ends of the workings. During
the time of our examination, we gained access to the mine from the fourth and
sixth levels of the Nipissing mine.
525-ft. Level. — The level is reached from a winze on the 425-ft. level. It
was flooded at the time of our examination. The fault known as No. 64 on the
Nipissing was reported to have been met with near the south end of the level,
and it was drifted on for about 40 feet.
4S0-ft. Level. — This is a small le\el with about 250 feet of workings operated
from winze D. It is about 30 feet above the sixth \e\e\ of the Nipissing. In
our examination we entered the le\'el by way of a raise at the north part of the
sixth level of the Nipissing.
There are a number of short \eins on the 480-ft. level. No. 6 at the north
end has been followed 50 feet northeast of the Nipissing boundary line. Near
the northeast end, it meets a prominent fault. The vein goes through the fault
and has been followed to the northeast of the fault for about 10 feet, although
on the northeast side of the fault the \ein is a mere crack showing nickel and
cobalt bloom.
Vein No. 4 may still be seen in the back of the drift and shows 1 to 2 inches
of smaltite and calcite. \'ein No. 3 has less than half an inch of smaltite. X'eins
Nos. 1 and 2 join just before encountering the fault.
The fault referred to in preceding paragraphs, and shown on the plan of
this level, may be the northward extension of what has been called the "valley"
fault on the Nipissing. It has a fault breccia of 12 or 15 inches in places, and a
gouge fractions of an inch wide. It strikes a few degrees east of north and dips
at an angle of 76° to the eastward. The fault is a reverse one with a displacement
of about 33 feet. On the Nipissing, however, at winze No. 73-4014, a distance of
350 feet south of the Chambers-Ferland 480-ft. level, the "valley" fault has a
displacement of some 75 feet. It would appear therefore that the displacement
along the \alley fault becomes greater to the south.
Only one of the veins on the 480-ft. level was observed to pass through the
fault; this was No. 6 vein, which, as already stated, was followed for 10 feet
northeast of the fault. The \ein was not faulted. I'.lsewhere on the Chambers-
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 163
Ferland and Nipissing, the veins pass through this fault without any displacement
so far as the writer has observed. This would appear to show that the veins
are younger than the faults.
453-ft. Level. — This is a small level, only about 27 feet above the 480-ft.
level. On account of caving, we were able to examine only a few feet in the vicinity
of winze D. It was observed that the contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt
series is 6 feet above the floor of the level.
425-ft. Level. — This is the most extensive level in the Chambers-Ferland
mine. A concrete dam near vein No. 15 prevented an examination of the north
part of the level. In this inaccessible part it was reported that fault No. 64
was met with and drifted on for 450 feet. No ore was reported in the fault,
although a little calcite occurs here and there.
In the accessible portion of the workings the most northerly vein is No. 15,
which is the eastward extension of vein No. 98 on the Nipissing, the most
important branch of the great Meyer vein. Vein No. 15 has been stoped for
about 80 feet east of the Nipissing boundary and has been drifted on for 120
feet farther east. Just east of the stope the vein splits into two branches, the
south branch of which has 1 to 5 inches of smaltite and calcite, but contains
little or no silver. Towards the east these two branches gradually pinch out
until, on the east faces of the two drifts, the veins are mere cracks, an eighth of
an inch or less, containing gouge-like material. Thus dies out the eastward
extension of one of the greatest veins in the Cobalt area.
Vein No. 18 has been stoped for nearly 100 feet east of the fault shown on
the plan. This fault is described below.
Win No. 14, said to be the Nipissing vein No. 490, has also been stoped
for nearly 100 feet east of this fault.
The fault referred to above has been drifted on for about 300 feet. It dips
steeply eastw^ard, in one place at an angle of 68°. All of the veins which we
examined pass eastward through this fault. \^ein No. 15 was stoped for a
distance of 30 feet east of the fault, and veins Nos. 14 and 18 were, as pre^•iously
stated, stoped about 100 feet east of it. We were not able to observe the relation
between the fault and the veins; it is reported, however, that the veins were not
faulted.
This fault may be the northward extension of the "valley" fault on the
Nipissing; this we wen; not able to prove.
All the accessible part of the 425-ft. level consists of the Cobalt series.
350-ft. Level. — The north part of the level was not accessible. It was
reported that fault No. 64 was met with and followed for over 400 feet. No
silver was found in the fault, but a little nickel bloom occurred at the west end.
There are four calcite veins on the level, none of which were productive.
The long crosscut extending southwestward from No. 64 fault is entirely
in finely bedded, slate-like greywacke of the Cobalt series. The greywacke
dips southeastward at an angle of about 7° to 9°.
Winze D and crosscut extending east therefrom reveal an interesting
structure in the Cobalt series. In the winze the bedding dips gently to the west,
while, about 60 feet east of the winze, the bedding begins to dip southeastward
at angles of 7° to 8° and continues this southeastward dip to the east end of the
crosscut. Thus there is here an anticline in the sediments of the Cobalt series;
or, if not an anticline, then the sediments follow the contour of a gentle hilltop
in the underlying Keewatin. It is not known how far east this southeastward
dip continues, but it is likely that, as the Cobalt lake fault is approached, the
sediments will be found turned up and dipping again westward.
12 D.M.
164 Department of Mines No. 4
The part of the le^'el which was examined is entirely in the Cobalt series.
27 5 -ft. Level. — \'ein No. 15 was met with at the north end of the level where
it has been stoped for about 65 feet east of the Nipissing boundary. It is reported
that high-grade ore was obtained. East of the stope about 40 feet, the vein
splits. The north branch was followed for about 55 feet and found to pinch
out to a mere crack; but the south branch was a strong vein, showing up to 4
inches of smaltite and calcite; it was followed for 120 feet. The east face of the
drift still showed an inch of smaltite.
In winze D, there is a bed of slate-like greywacke about 49 feet thick;
it was met with 14 feet below the 275-ft. level, and 12 feet above the 350-ft.
The bedding of the greywacke dips gently westward.
Workings from No. 2 Shaft, Right of Way
The Chambers-Ferland mine obtained permission from the Right of Way
mine to use the latter's No. 2 shaft. This shaft is conveniently located so that
the Chambers-Ferland could operate its property immediately to the north of
the Right of Way No. 2 shaft. There is no connection between these workings
and those from No. 4 shaft.
Several small veins were worked in this part of the Chambers-Ferland mine ;
these veins strike nearly at right angles to the Cobalt lake fault.
There are three levels, the 410-ft., the 358-ft., and the 83-ft. Commencing
with the lowest, these levels are described below.
410-ft. Level. — The level is reached by a winze from the 358-ft. level of the
Right of Way. There are about a dozen small veins consisting mostly of pink
calcite and a little smaltite. These veins all average less than an inch in width,
although they are larger in places. Only one. No. 21, at the south end has been
productive, and it was stated that it produced abotit 30,000 ounces of silver.
The stope on this vein extends into the Nipissing, which also obtained some ore
from the xem. The stope is below the 410-ft. level. Where the vein is still
exposed in the back of the drift, it is seen to be a pink calcite vein up to 2 or 3
inches wide, but averaging mtich less.
\'ein No. 23 shows about three-ciuarters of an inch of smaltite on the west
face of the drift.
Vein No. 28 is at the north end of the level. It is only about a quarter of
an inch wdde at the west end, but at the east end is as wide as an inch and a half.
At the east end, the wall rock is impregnated with native silver. The vein consists
mostly of pink calcite with a little smaltite.
The Cobalt lake fault is at the south end of the workings, but is on the Right
of Way property about 30 feet south of the boundary. The Keewatin is on the
south side of the fault, and the Cobalt series on the north. The fault has been
drifted on for 70 feet, and dips about 60° to the southward. The strike of the
fault is a little unusual here, being a few degrees north of east. No cobalt bloom
was noted in the fault, and only a few irregular stringers of calcite a few inches
long here and there were observed.
The contact between the Keewatin and conglomerate north of the Cobalt
lake fault occurs at the winze on the Right of Way property and, as far as could
be determined, strikes a few degrees east of north. The dip of the bedding of
the Cobalt series is about 10° to the west. There are two winzes at the north
part of the workings, in the most northerly of which Keewatin was said to be
encountered about 7 feet below the level, while in the other winze the Keewatin
w^as said to be encountered about 10 feet below the level.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 165
35S-ft. Level. — There are only three small pink calcite veins on this level,
none of which were productive.
At the north end of the level, what was considered to be the southeastward
extension of vein No. 490 on the Nipissing was encountered. The location of
this vein, which is small, is not shown on our plan of the 358-ft. level.
South of this vein, a vein known as No. 28 was explored in a raise to a height
of about 81 feet above the 358-ft. level. The vein in this raise was small, and at
the top was a mere crack. The first 14 feet of rock in the raise was said to be
slate-like greywacke, finely bedded and similar to that on the level. On top of the
slate it was stated there was a bed of quartzite 60 feet thick, above which is
conglomerate to the top of the raise. A few feet of drifting was done on the
vein at the top of the raise with no results. Most of this level is in a finely bedded,
slate-like greywacke which dips at very gentle angles. Al the south part it
dips at about 10° northwestward, while at the north end it dips about 5° south-
ward, forming a gentle basin. Ripple marks are common in this rock.
The Cobalt lake fault was encountered 100 feet north of the shaft and was
followed by a drift for 200 feet; but all the work on the fault was done in the
Right of Way property. The fault contains only a few short stringers of calcite.
At the point where the drift leaves the Cobalt lake fault, there are two or
three fractures parallel to the lake fault and within some 10 feet of it. These
fractures contain cobalt and nickel bloom.
83-ft. Level. — In the crosscut north of the Right of Way No. 2 shaft, the
Cobalt lake fault was intersected. Just south of the fault there is a vein up to
2 inches in width, consisting of calcite and a little smaltite. No. 3 shaft of the
Chambers-Ferland was sunk on this vein, but it was apparently of no economic
importance.
Southeast of No. 2 shaft, there is a crosscut running into that part of the
Chambers-Ferland which is south of La Rose. The Keewatin was encountered
in this crosscut; resting directly on top of the Keewatin is a bed of slate-like
greywacke of the Cobalt series with little or no conglomerate intervening.
Workings North of the Northeast Corner of O'Brien
These workings were practically inaccessible at the time of examination,
but the plans are published on sheet No. 31a-14. Fault No. 64 had some work
done on it, and a little high-grade ore was reported to have been found. The
fault may be seen on the adjacent La Rose property in the face of the cliff, and
in the tunnel on vein No. 10.
FOSTER
The Foster property, at the time of our examination in the autumn of 1920,
was under lease to the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, and was being
operated under the name of the Central Operating Company, Limited. The
total output of silver from the property amounted to 815,346 ounces. The
old company, the Foster Cobalt Mining Company, Limited, was capitalized at
SI, 000, 000, of which $915,588 were issued. The par value of the shares was
$1. The old company paid $45,000 in dividends.
Prior to the operations of the Mining Corporation, the property was under
lease to Mr. C. L. Campbell who found a small though very rich ore-shoot
in No. 6 vein.
The only known veins occur at the southeast end of the property. The
vein-system is an unusually regular one, consisting of a number of parallel veins
166
Department of Mines
No. 4
striking northwest, and a number of parallel veins striking northeast. An
interesting feature of the veins which strike northwest is that two of them follow
narrow bands of cherty rocks which may possibly belong to the Keewatin
"iron formation." It is evident that the fractures in which these veins occur
followed the line of weakness formed by the "iron formation." In the Cobalt
camp other examples occur in which veins follow the strike of the Keew^atin
"iron formation", notably in the Buffalo and Hudson Bay mines.
The Cobalt series on the Foster is quite shallow at the south end where the
veins occur. There is just a narrow fringe of this series along the southeast
shore of Glen lake. Consequently, practically all of the mine workings are in
the Keewatin series.
Fig. 35 — Foster and Lawson mines; Glt-n lake
jrt'grouncl, ( lircnix lake in background.
The rich ore-shoot found by IVIr. C. L. Campbell occurred in the Keewatin,
and was in vein Xo. 6 between the 4n-ft. level (elevation 981.6 feet) and the 70-ft.
level, in the vicinity of No. 6 shaft.
On the 40-ft. level, there is a fault dipping steeply northeastward. The
WTiler was informed that in vein Xo. 23 no silver was found n(^rtheast of this
fault, except a little on the surface. The fault, as in many other instances in
Cobalt, appears to have had some influence in the deposition of the silver.
On the 210-ft. level, there is an exploratory crosscut and drift running almost
entirely across the property in a northwestward direction. A \'ertical section
along the north part of this crosscut is printed on the sheet showing the plans
of the I'cster mine. The north part of the crosscut follows about the bottom
of the Nipissing diabase sill. In working out the contacts on this le\el we found
a large block of slate-like greywackc imbedded in the diabase at the winze.
The block has a length of o\'er 125 feet. The occurrence of large inclusions in
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 167
the Nipissing diabase is, curiously enough, quite uncommon in the Cobalt
area. The two other conspicuous instances are at the Beaver and \^iolet mines.
The lowest level in the Foster, the 260-ft., is at the northwest corner of the
property. It is reached by a wdnze at the north end of the long crosscut on the
210-ft. level. The 260-ft. level is of interest, as it shows there is a thickness of
about 28 feet of the Cobalt series between the bottom of the Nipissing diabase
sill and the underlying Keewatin.
PETERSON LAKE
Peterson Lake produced 744,343 ounces of silver. The property was not
pumped out during the time of our examination of the Cobalt area. The plans
of the underground workings are, however, shown on one of the plans in the pocket
at the back of this report. Three vertical sections, illustrating the structure
of the rocks, are shown on pages 168 and 169.
SILVER LEAF
The Silver Leaf is contiguous to and west of the Crown Reserve. The
property produced 487,956 ounces of silver. It was leased to the Crown Reserve
for a number of years, the lease expiring on October 15th, 1919.
The Carson vein, which produced 9,211,279 ounces of silver on the Crown
Reserve, was a bitter disappointment on the Silver Leaf. The writer has not
been able to ascertain how much silver it yielded in the Silver Leaf territory,
but its yield was insignificant compared to that on the Crown Reserve.
The writer has not been able to obtain much information about the property
and, moreover, it was not being worked during our examination. The following
notes may be put on record.
In 1914, the most important development since the property was under
lease to the Crown Reserve took place on the 75-ft. level, 500 feet west of No. 1
shaft, where a vein one inch wide was encountered assaying 1,000 ounces of
silver per ton.
In 1915 the property gave a profit of 816,140.41 over all expenses, and pro-
duced 84,000 ounces of silver. In 1918, one ton of high-grade and 2,216 tons of
mill-rock were raised and shipped. In 1919, the net revenue was $1,963.44, of
which $1,276.22 w^as due to the Crown Reserve.^
The lowest level of the Silv^er Leaf is the 300-ft., which is the westward
extension of the 300-ft. level on the Crown Reserve north of Kerr lake. Work
was done on the extension of the North vein into the Silver Leaf property, and
some ore was mined.
The 200-ft. level of the Silver Leaf is all in Keewatin, and consists of a long
westward crosscut, which was not productive of results. The 130-ft. level was not
examined. The 125-ft. level is a small one which is reached from the west end
of the 75-ft. level; it was not examined, nor was the 100-ft. level. The 75-ft.
level intersected the Nipissing diabase in three crosscuts, in the most easterly
of which the contact of the diabase dips 70° to the north, an unusually steep dip.
The bed of slate-like greywacke on the 75-ft. level dips at 10° to 20° to the north,
but at the shaft near the east boundary it is steeper, apparently owing to a fault.
The 50-ft. level of the Silver Leaf is about the same elevation as the 50-ft. level
of Crown Reserve. The Carson vein splits into two branches before entering
the Silver Leaf, and these two branches extend a short distance into the Silver
Leaf.
'Annual Reports of the Crown Reserve Mining Company, for the years 1<»14, 1915, 1918,
1919.
168
Department of Mines
No. 4
Geological Map
of
PETERSON LAKE SILVER COBALT W-^ C° L™
Showing Leases
Scale
aoo 1200
2000 FEET
LEGEND
^ /■
KEWEENAWAN SERIES
^p — ^p'
■y -^ ^ ^
Nipissing Diabase
/n^rusive Con/^ac^
COBALT SERIES
°o %°^ Conglomera he, greywacke, quarrzil-e
Unconformi/-/ p
KEEWATIN SERIES ^ '.
Greenshone complex ^
c Shafr
— -^ Vein
lj02y
(M.
N?4
PRQV'I nW I Al>
S AVAG E
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
169
O' BR! E N
1 fsl' d V A
SCOTIA
/- /"/■••/•..h'^ff/
3 < PETERSON LAHE
Sec M on A-B
Sec M o n C- D
SecM on E - F
170 Department of Mines No. 4
COLONIAL
The Colonial mine produced 388,681 ounces of silver to the end of the year
1921.
The writer did not have an opportunity of examining the upper workings,
or those along the top of the Nipissing diabase sill. These old workings were
operated largely in the earlier days of the camp, and the silver production to
the end of the year 1921 has been obtained wholly from them.
More recently, a new shaft has been sunk. This shaft was completed in the
spring of 1923, and on May 4th of that year the writer examined it. The location
of the new shaft is shown on the plan of the Colonial workings; it was begun in
the Nipissing diabase almost at the top of the sill. At a depth of approximately
960 feet below the collar, the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill was met with.
The rock below the sill is Keewatin basalt.
Near the new shaft, about 30 feet above the bottom of the diabase sill, a
vein was met with in the diabase and had been followed for a short distance at
the time of our examination. On the northwest face of this vein native silver in
thin leaves was impregnated in the diabase, giving what was' reported to be mill-
rock. The vein really consisted of about a dozen calcite stringers across a width
of about three feet. These calcite stringers were from a quarter to half an inch
wide. One of these was an inch wdde and consisted of pink calcite, together
with some smaltite and a little native silver.
It was reported to the writer by Robt. A. Bryce that in subsequent opera-
tions on this vein, some high-grade silver ore was discovered.
In the fall of 1923 and the winter of 1924, some mill-rock of good grade
was being shipped.
DRUMMOND FRACTION
The Drummond Fraction is at the east end of Kerr lake and comprises
that part of the Drummond which is under the water of Kerr lake. There are
about seven acres in the claim. The property is jointly owned by the Crown
Reserve and Kerr Lake mining companies, having been purchased by these
companies in 1913.
The property has produced 356,643 ounces of silver.
At the time of our examination the mine was not in operation. The following
information has been summarized from the reports of the inspectors of mines
for the Province of Ontario.^
In 1913, after the lake was lowered, a high-grade vein averaging 2 inches
in width was opened up on the surface for 60 feet in length. The vein was
worked from the Wright shaft on the Drummond property by a crosscut which
was driven from this shaft at the 100-ft. level.
In 1914, the production was derived mostly from the No. 1 vein. The output
for the year was 134,256 ounces of silver, of which 95,771 ounces was from
mill-rock, and 38,485 from high-grade ore.
During 1916 the property produced 40,450 ounces.
In 1917, the production amounted to 67,112 ounces, taken chiefly from a
smaltite vein which is said to be the easterly extension of the Fleming vein,
and also from a vein which is the westerly extension of the Comet (Drummond)
vein.
Work was discontinued on January 31st, 1917^ ^
, ., . ^Annual Reports, Ont. Bur. Mines, for years 1913, 1914, 1916, 1917.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
171
172 Department of Mines No. 4
BAILEY
At the time of examination in the autunm of 1920, the property was being
worked by the Bailey Silver Mines, Limited.
The mine has produced 286,600 ounces of silver. The extent of the
mine workings is not great, as shown on the plans of the mine. The vein-system
on the property consists of an extension of the Penn-Canadian vein-system.
The structure of the rocks is about similar to that at the Penn-Canadian,
as will be seen from the vertical section facing page 40. An interesting feature
of the structure, however, is the manner in which the conglomerate of the Cobalt
series pinches out about 400 feet west of the shaft in the long crosscut, resulting
in the bed of slate-like greywacke resting directly on the Keewatin. This
structure shows that there is a depression in the Keewatin which was partly
filled with conglomerate of the Cobalt series. After the conglomerate was laid
down, conditions of deposition changed and a bed of slate-like greywacke was
deposited. Above the depression in the Keewatin, the slate-like greywacke
was deposited on the conglomerate, but, along the side of the depression where
no conglomerate had been laid down, the slate-like greywacke was laid down on
the Keewatin floor. Similar conditions of erosion and deposition occur under
Cobalt and Cart lakes.
Near the bottom of the Nipissing diabase sill, there is an almost horizontal
fault showing 4 to 6 inches of fault breccia. It was stated that no ore occurs
in the diabase below this fault.
PROVINCIAL
The Cobalt Provincial Mining Company, Limited, has a capital of
$1,500,000. The property has produced 245,832 ounces of silver.
The mine was worked from two shafts, one at the northwest corner of the
property and the other at the east side of the property. The workings at the
northwest corner of the property were in connection with the discovery of a
vein made by a geological survey party of the Ontario Bureau of Mines in the
year 1906. The workings at the east side are adjacent to the Savage workings,
the Provincial No. 2 shaft being about 43 feet from the Savage boundary. The
vein worked from No. 2 shaft is the westward extension of No. 2 vein of the
Savage.
The workings at the northwest corner of the Pro\'incial mine were flooded
at the time of the examination in August, 1921, so that an examination could
not be made.
Part of the workings at the east side were being kept dewatered to within
a few feet below the 175-ft. level. The No. 2 shaft in this part of the mine is
reported to be 350 feet deep, and the levels are at the following elevations below
the collar of the shaft, namely, 100-ft., 175-ft., 217-ft., 300-ft., and 350-ft.
The shaft was sunk on a calcite vein, and it is reported that the vein continued
vertically to the bottom of the shaft. When the vein passed into a 20-ft. bed
of slate-like greywacke below the 175-ft. le\'el, it became irregular and patchy.
The bottom 100 feet of the vein was reported to consist of pure smaltite, 8 inches
wide in places, assaying 2 to 40 ounces of silver. We were able to examine the
vein in the shaft from about the surface down to the 175-ft. level, and found it
to be a strong calcite vein 1 to 3 or more inches wide.
The Cobalt series has a thickness of approximately 350 feet in the No. 2
shaft, the contact between the Keewatin and Cobalt series having been found
at about that depth in the shaft by Mr. John Redington.^
'Private communication from Mr. John Redington.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
173
The rocks in the shaft consist of conglomerate and greywacke, with the
exception of two beds of slate-like greywacke, one of which is about 4 feet thick
just above the 175-ft. level, and the other about 20 to 25 feet thick at about the
217-ft. level.
The Cobalt series rests in a deep erosion valley carved in the old Keewatin.
This Keewatin valley strikes northeastward along the bed of Cart lake. The
eastern side of the valley is extraordinarily steep, dipping as it does to the north-
westward at an angle of about 50° or more (Fig. 37). The bottom of the valley
was hrst tilled with conglomerate, upon which a bed of slate-like greywacke
was later deposited. The sediments were laid down in such a way that the
conglomerate filled the bottom of the valley, and the slate-like greywacke was
deposited directly on top of the Keewatin on the upper sides of the valley, but
on top of the conglomerate which filled the bottom of the valley (Hg. 37).
South
North
Proy'inciat
N?2 Shaft
T-rj^ , o _o o ,| „ - - — 1
a Q ^oo°
O 0 O C
0 0 ° ^ „ jo o ^
O = ° (J
0 ° ° 0 ° <,! " o
1° ° °'
"p o „ o "J^/oo-rt.
^ (7 ^ C)
o" ° ° o =1 /eye/
e=> '^
^ o o o •=■ ^\ ° °
?^
1 -^ /
-nT^^;^!^/ 7- ft .
KEEWATIN A P^T'" ="
/ \ ^ /-
N - -Xo L^OO-ft.
^
/ \o '1 'eye/
" \ \
^ y /
;; N /_ \ >^350-ft.
" " \
^ ^ ^ ^ ^"'Vet'e/
Scale
200 Feet to 1 Inch
100
, , , ? '9°
1
Fig. 37 — Vertical section through the Provincial mine showing deep basin in Keewatin; a bed of
slate-like greywacke rests directly on the Keewatin on the side of the basin,
and on conglomerate in the middle of the basin.
S — Slate-like greywacke. C — Conglomerate.
The property was examined by Mr. James Hill in 1921, and the writer also
spent part of a day in the same year in company with Mr. John Redington. A
description of the two accessible levels, based on information furnished by
James Hill and John Redington, is given below.
175-ft. Level, No. 2 Shaft. — The vein on this level is the westward extension
of No. 2 vein on the Savage. It has been stoped for 160 feet. There is a parallel
vein which has been stoped for 35 feet. The larger stope connects with the
stope on the Savage. The two veins unite a few feet west of the Provincial
shaft. A calcite stringer crosses the vein about 40 feet west of the shaft, and at
this intersection the richest ore was said to have been obtained.
About 165 feet southwest of the shaft, the vein encountered a minor fault
showing an inch or two of fault breccia and dipping about 65° eastward. To
the west of this fault the vein is very small, consisting of a crack with an eighth
of an inch of calcite. About 40 feet west of the fault the vein pinches out.
All of the level consists of the Cobalt series, except the south part of a
crosscut running south of the shaft. In this crosscut, about 120 feet south of
the shaft, a bed of slate-like greywacke a few feet thick rests directly on Kee-
174
Department of Mines
No. 4
watin. The slate-like greywacke has ripple marks. The crosscut was driven
in Keewatin for some distance, as shown on the plan. At the south end of the
crosscut, there is an inclined raise showing the steep dip of the Keewatin floor.
The bed of slate-like greywacke was also met with in the shaft at the 217-ft.
level where it is much thicker; it was also encountered at the southwest end of
the long crosscut which extends southwestward from the No. 2 shaft on the
175-ft. level.
A long crosscut extends northwest from No. 2 shaft to the northwest part
of the property. This crosscut was inaccessible owing to a dam near the No. 2
shaft; it was stated, however, that the crosscut was wholly in the Cobalt series,
except at the north end where the Keewatin was encountered.
lOO-ft. Level, No. 2 Shaft. — The vein is stoped westward from the shaft for
70 feet; in the west face the vein varies in width from one to four inches. The
ore does not extend to the surface. The level is all Cobalt series.
Southwest
N
ortheast
■O
■<^
.^0
■!>
^1
<
>^
^
■00
<o
,■" 15 ?
•r-l
03
CO
PM
■rH
.2
pq
b
/x /
/ -^
E
N \
\
\
E
/
o o 0 ^--^
III
/
/
\
- 1
^ /
\ /
\
/
/ /
W
A
/ -
/
T
-■■"/
\ \
1 N
1
^/l/-
%
\ _
\
/
/
/
~ \
1
/
\
Scale: I Mile to I Inch
D-A//p/5siny cLi'abase. Q.- Cobalt Series.
Fig. 38 — X'trtical section showing relation between the Nipissing diabase sill and underlying
rocks at Nipissing, O'Brien, \'iolet. Ruby, Edwards and Wright (Green-IMeehan), and
Agaunico. Since this ^•ertical section was drawn, subsequent operations at the Ruby,
early in 1924, proved the existence of a major fault at the spot marked "Fault?".
Vertical scale slightly exaggerated.
EDWARDS AND WRIGHT (GREEN-MEEHAN AND RED ROCK)
Edwards and Wright, Limited, was incorporated on January 30th, 1918,
with a capital of $100,000. The company worked the old Green-Meehan and
Red Rock properties for a number of years.
To Major Ward Wright, who operated the Green-Meehan in recent years,
belongs the credit for keeping alive interest in this section of the Cobalt silver
area.
The Green-Meehan has produced 223,629 ounce.'; of silver. There are
a number of veins on the property, chief of which is the No. 1 vein on which
most of the work has been done. Vein No. 9 also produced some ore from an
open pit. The veins are all in Keewatin rocks.
A shaft has been sunk on the No. 1 \'ein to a depth of 200 feet with levels
and sub-levels. The No. 1 vein is a strong calcite one in which half a dozen
small ore-shoots have been discovered. The vein strikes about north and south
and dips at an angle of about 75° westward. The trend of the ore-shoots is
35° southward.
There are a number of minor faults in the workings, one of which dips at an
angle of about 35° to the south.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
175
EDWARDS-WRIGHT
(G R E E N - M E E^ A N )
op^^^C^:.^
Ir—
- [i-\N92 SHAFT
^sub-level
Openn
cut 0
/f C^i;=i
a '-' /A N93 SHAFT
'^^Pp
/7
Openn ^
E D WA RDS-WRIGHT
(red rock)
Scale of Feet
300 0 300
Plan showing mine workings of Edwards-Wright (Green-Meehan and Red Rock Mines)
176
Department of Mines
No. 4
o
m
v^w^o/Vi:
7Joi^s/6N
u
o
"A
UJ
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 177
The general relationships of the rocks at the Green-Meehan to the rocks in
the main productive area in Cobalt, are shown in the vertical section (Fig. 38).
At the south end of the Red Rock the Nipissing diabase occurs; it rests on top
of the Keewatin and dips eastward towards Lake Timiskaming and westward
towards Cobalt, forming a gentle dome. The No. 1 vein on the Green-Meehan
occurred below the dome. Of course that part of the diabase above the No. 1
vein has long since been eroded. Possibly the vein extended upwards into the
diabase and may have contained rich shoots.
The Red Rock is contiguous to the Green-Meehan on the south. The
rock consists mostly of Keewatin basalt; but there are a few patches of con-
glomerate of the Cobalt series on the west side of the property. These con-
glomerate patches are only some 10 or 15 feet thick. There are three shafts on
the property 35, 75, and 110 feet deep. A number of calcite veins were found,
characterized by the presence of copper pyrites.
Some of the veins on the Green-Meehan, Red Rock, and Ruby are char-
acterized by the presence of unusual quantities of copper pyrites.
LITTLE NIPISSING SILVER MINE
The Little Nipissing property at Short lake is south of the Princess mine.
The plans of the mine levels are shown on sheet No. 31a-13. Considerable
exploration work was done on the property by the Mining Corporation, and while
some patches of ore were found in the Cobalt lake fault, the results were not
sufificiently encouraging, and operations ceased in the autumn of 1917.'
The Little Nipissing at one time held a lease of part of the northwest corner
of Peterson lake (Fig. 36). This area produced 83,108 ounces of silver. The
lease was later surrendered.
MERCER
Mr. W. E. Segsworth very kindly furnished the Ontario Department of
Mines with the following information regarding the Gould Consolidated or
Mercer mine, which is immediately southwest of the Seneca-Superior.
The adjoining lease to the southwest was operated successively by the Gould Consolidated
and Mercer Mining Companies. As previously indicated, the southwest end of the Worth
ore body extended into this property 50 to 60 feet. From the Worth vein the Gould Consoli-
dated produced 60,220.8 ounces of silver and the Mercer 81,998.41 ounces, or 142,219.24 ounces
of silver in all. This, added to the production from the Seneca, gave a total production of 5,781,312
ounces from the Worth vein.
It may be added that in 1922 the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited,
leased Peterson and Cart lakes, pumped out the Seneca workings, began stoping
the low-grade ore in the winze, and commenced exploration for further ore bodies.
ADANAC
The Adanac Silver Mines, Limited, operated claims in the southeast corner
of Coleman township contiguous on the west to the Temiskaming mine. The
company was incorporated on May 15th, 1915, with a capital of $2,500,000, and
acquired claims formerly known as the Pan-Silver and Calumet. No large ore-
bodies have been discovered, but some small shoots of high-grade silver ore
were met with and some shipments of mill-rock were made. The company
produced 28,057 ounces of silver.
^Fourth Annual Report, Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, for year 1917, p. 23.
178 Department of Mines No. 4
At the time of examination, in July, 1921, the only accessible shaft was the
Patterson, at the southeast corner of the workings. From this shaft there are
seven levels which are 100, 200, 267, 300, 310, 321, and 400 feet below the collar of
the shaft. The 310-ft. and the 267-ft. levels are reached by way of winzes.
James Hill examined the 100-ft., 200-ft., 300-ft., and 310-ft. levels in 1921
for the Ontario Department of Mines; at that time the water was a few feet
below the 310-ft. level. The information given below concerning these levels is
based on Mr. Hill's notes.
310-ft. Level. — The workings in the south half of the level are in Keewatin
basalt. In the long drift running northward, the Nipissing diabase was met
with dipping 18° to the southward. This long drift follows for 1,050 feet a
small calcite vein from a quarter of an inch to two inches wide. Near the south
end of the vein, where it branches, there is a stope about 115 feet long and 15
to 20 feet high.
300-ft. Level. — This level is all in Keewatin which is cut in places by lampro-
phyre in the vicinity of the shaft. A calcite vein about an inch wide occurs in
the drift in which the winze has been sunk. There are no stopes on this level.
200-ft. Level. — The level is also in Keewatin rocks cut by lamprophyre
dikes. East of the shaft there is a small stope 16 feet long and 15 feet high; the
vein contains a little smaltite and niccolite.
100-ft. Level. — This level, which is a short one, is in Keewatin rocks. About
90 feet west of the shaft there is a vein of quartz eight feet wide.
LUMSDEN
At the time of examination, in October, 1920, the Lumsden mine was being
operated by the Camburn Silver Mines, Limited, Major J. H. Rattray in charge.
The Lumsden mine has produced 21,088 ounces of silver, which was obtained
largely from the Keewatin.
The shaft was sunk in Keewatin and encountered the Nipissing diabase
at a depth of about 290 feet.
The main vein-system strikes a little east of north and occurs a few feet
east of the shaft. There are also two intersecting veins near the southeast end
of the long crosscut on the 300-ft. level; and there is a vein called the "\'imy
Ridge" on the 250-ft. level.
300-ft. Level. — The station at the shaft is in Nipissing diabase; about 50
feet south of the shaft the Keewatin was met with; the long southeastward
crosscut is entirely in Keewatin rocks.
The vein-system a few feet east of the shaft consists of 3 or 4 parallel
veins which split at a point about 100 feet south of the shaft. Some of these
veins contain quartz.
Near the end of the long crosscut at the southeast end of the property,
there are three veins at the junction of which a winze 20 feet deep had been
sunk. On October 28th, 1920, the winze was 20 feet deep. A small patch of
high-grade silver ore was reported to have been met with at the intersection of
these veins.
250-ft. Level. — A few feet east of the shaft there is a quartz vein, about 6
inches wide, containing some calcite.
About 235 feet east of the shaft, a vein called the "\^imy Ridge" was met
with and drifted on for over 200 feet; it was found to be a strong though irregular
vein. About 90 feet east of the "\'imy Ridge" vein, the top of the Nipissing
diabase sill was met with dipping southwestward about 22°. The crosscut was
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 179
continued eastward into the Prince as far as its east boundary, and the rock
was found to consist of Nipissing diabase. About 100 feet west of the east
boundary of the Prince, there is a dike of fine-grained basalt cutting the Nipissing
diabase. This dike is 12 or 15 inches wide and strikes 10° or 20° east of south.
It resembles the small basalt dike on the 383-ft. and 499-ft. levels of the Temis-
kaming mine, and may be the northwest extension of the Temiskaming dike.
Z2 5 -ft.' Level. — The main vein on this le\el consists of a quartz vein 2 to
12 inches wide. A calcite vein follows this quartz vein. In some places the
calcite vein is in the qiiartz vein; in other places it follows the wall of the quartz
vein, and in still other places it may be 1 or 2 feet from the quartz vein. About
85 feet south of the Nipissing diabase, the quartz vein enters the wall of the drift
and is not seen again. The calcite vein continues north to the diabase, where it
splits into half a dozen calcite veins less than an inch in width. Native silver
occurs in the quartz vein and in the calcite.
ROCHESTER
The Rochester mine was flooded at the time of examination. It produced
13,459 ounces of silver.
The plans of the levels are shown on a map in the pocket at th(.' back of the
report.
RUBY
The Ruby produced 8,702 ounces of silver to the end of the year 1922.
During the years 1922 and 1923 it was under option to the Coniagas Mines,
Limited. This company put down three diamond-drill holes. In the No. 1
hole, a four-inch vein of much promise was discovered; the vein contained
mostly calcite, together with a little smaltite and copper pyrites. A sample of
the vein in the core was found to assay 375 ounces of silver per ton.
The Ruby property is almost entirely covered with drift, and this diamond-
drilling was done in the heavily-covered portions. In the drill hole which
discovered the calcite vein, the drift was found to be about 50 feet deep, and,
much to the surprise of every one, the Cobalt series was found to be about 160
feet deep.
The Coniagas management established a level at 150 feet in the shaft at
the east side of the Ruby property and ran a crosscut about 1,000 feet westward.
The vein which was cut in the diamond-drill hole w^as intersected in this long
crosscut. Other veins were also found at the west end of the crosscut. These
calcite veins contained native silver, ruby silver, and smaltite. In the summer
of 1923 and early in 1924, they were being explored by the Coniagas manage-
ment. A shoot of cobalt ore, 150 feet long and five or six inches wide, carrying
small patches of native silver, was discovered.
The long crosscut referred to in the above paragraph was in Keewatin
basalt for 446 feet west of the shaft, where the Cobalt series was met with. The
Cobalt series consisted of coarse greywacke and fine conglomerate. One pink
granite boulder 3 or 4 feet long was noted in the conglomerate, but the latter
rock is for the most part made up of small pebbles.
Prior to the time when the Coniagas mine obtained an option on the property,
a little work had already been done in some veins at the shaft. It was found
that the conglomerate of the Cobalt series had a thickness of but 15 feet in the
shaft, below which was the Keewatin. These workings had a depth of about
13 D.M.
180
Department of Mines
No. 4
100 feet. Some shipments of good mill-rock had been made from a winze which
was sunk from the 65-ft. level of the shaft. This ore was all obtained from the
Keewatin in an irregular calcite vein ; some of the silver was in the wall-rock.
On the surface, just southeast of the shaft, a calcite vein about an inch wide
containing some smaltite was encountered. This vein may be seen at the
present time in a shallow trench.
nd ^^ deep
Scale. 100 Feet to I Inch
Fig. 39— Plan showing workings in North Cobalt mine, the southwest quarter of the north half of
tot eleven, in the second concession, Bucke township.
NORTH COBALT MINE
The North Cobalt property, consisting of 40 acres, is located on the western
outskirts of the town of North Cobalt. The claim is the southwest quarter of
the north half of lot eleven, in the second concession of the township of Bucke.
The workings are shown on the plan (Fig. 39). They were not accessible
during the time of our examination. Through the courtesy of the Mining
Corporation of Canada, the writer was informed that the No. 1 shaft was sunk
in Nipissing diabase to a depth of 300 feet. From the south end of the main
crosscut, which is in Nipissing diabase, a diamond-drill hole was put down 427
feet at an angle of 72° to the eastward. The hole is reported to be entirely in
Nipissing diabase.
The workings and drill hole thus show that the Nipissing diabase has a
thickness of at least 700 feet in this area.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
181
GENESEE
The Genesee property is located in Bucke township immediately to the north
of the Chanibers-F"erland (Fig. 40). A little high-grade ore has been encountered
on the 350-ft. level, and about 800 bags of ore obtained up to January, 1924.
The property was examined on the 5th and 6th of May, 1923, but the
lowest level, the 500-ft., was not accessible at that time. The Ontario Depart-
ment of Mines is indebted to Mr. L. F. Steenman for the geological details of the
500-ft. level, and also for the plans of the three levels (Fig. 40) and the vertical
shaft section (Fig. 41) showing the rocks in the shaft.
According to Mr. Steenman, the contact between the Cobalt series and the
Keewatin occurs in the shaft 526 feet below the collar. There are few places in
Cobalt where the Cobalt series has such a great thickness. The collar of the
shaft is, according to the management's survey, 72 feet below the collar of No.
4 shaft of the Chambers-Ferland.
Kirkegaard
Genesee
Margaret
mmA
Chambers
Ferland
Lay
Nancy
Helen
KEY MAP SHOWING LOCATION
OF GENESEE MINE
_^ ^' Raise 10'
<s'.,N , -'i^Raise 10', Winze 5 '
"'j^fiaise?'
Keewatin slate; dip about
vertico/, strike eastward.
f^i=-«;^"5Ssss5;"-
Fig. 40 — Plan of Genesee levels, furnished by Mr. L. F. Steenman.
182
Department of Mines
No. 4
North
South
Surface of rock
red
conglomerate
Contact between Cobalt series
and Heewatin is 526' below
collar of shaft.
5724
lamprophyre dikes
(H alley b urianj
Vertical Scale, 80 Feet to I Inch
100 0 100
Pi^ 41 — Section by L. F. Steennian, showing rocks in Genesee shaft. The Cobalt series has a
depth of 526 feet.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 183
Beginning with the bottom level the following notes may be put on record.
500-fl. Level. — As stated above, this level was not accessible at the time of
our examination, and the Department is indebted to Mr. Steenman for the follow-
ing information. The Keewatin consists of a grey slate, dipping about vertically
and striking eastward; samples of this rock may be seen on the dump. The
slate in these samples from the dump is cut by mica-lamprophyre. . It is stated
that a few pebbles were found in the slate. Four veins were encountered,
namely, Nos. 2, 3, 4, and 6. \'ein No. 3 is reported to occur in a major fault,
and a little silver is said to have been found in it.
450-ft. Level. — At the north end of the level, grey Keewatin slate was met
with in three crosscuts (Fig. 40). The slate dips almost vertically and strikes
eastward; it resembles the Keewatin slate in the deep bay of Sasaginaga lake
just west of the Trethewey mine. The contact between the slate and ('obalt
series is sharp and knife-like.
At the north end of the workings a small vein, No. 10, less than an inch in
width, was met with. A sample of the mineral from this vein was submitted
to W. K. McNeill, Provincial Assayer, and found to be cobaltite. This vein was
met with in the workings just about at the contact between the Keewatin and
Cobalt series.
350-ft. Level. — This level is all in the Cobalt series. Five veins were dis-
covered, Nos. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12. \"ein No. 10 is about three-quarters of an
inch in width, consisting of pink calcite; a little high-grade silver ore is reported
to have been found in this vein. \'ein No. 8 is 1 to 2 inches wide, consisting of
pink calcite; it was not met with on the level below, the 450-ft. Vein No. 9 is
also of pink calcite, about half an inch in width.
In the fall of 1923, vein No. 11 was discovered on the 350-ft. level, a short
distance north of vein No. 10. \'ein No. 11 strikes about east and west and
averages about three inches in width. It was from this vein that the production
was obtained.
OXFORD COBALT
The Oxford Cobalt Silver Mines, Limited, has been doing some pioneer
work between Giroux and New lakes, about a mile west of the Temiskaming
mine; these operations are being carried on by J. W. Russell. The property
was examined in August, 1921, and the following information was then obtained.
In the spring of 1921 a small vein of smaltite, about half an inch wide, was
discovered on the northeast part of lot No. A. 99. The vein occurs in Keewatin
basalt, about 100 feet south of the Nipissing diabase. In this section the diabase
dips under the Keewatin. A shaft was sunk on this vein and had reached a
depth of 40 feet.
The company was also operating claim C. 1000, which is directly southeast
of A. 99. Although the company had, in the summer of 1921, ceased operations
on this lot, they had previously sunk a shaft to a depth of 150 feet. The shaft
followed a pink, bright-coloured, fine-grained felsite dike, which, at a depth of
37 feet, passed out of the shaft. This dike strikes east 20° north and dips steeply
to the northwest. On the 150-ft. level a crosscut was driven 35 feet, where the
pink felsite dike was encountered. It was drifted on for 60 feet northeast of the
crosscut, and the dike still showed in the face. It was also followed for 20 feet
to the southwestward, at which point it was cut off by a prominent joint plane
in the rock. A crosscut, 10 feet southeast and 15 feet northwest, failed to locate
the extension of the dike.
184 Department of Mines No. 4
The dike varies in width from an inch or two to about a foot and may
average three or four inches. Here and there, sparingly, the dike contains
galena, zinc blende, pyrrhotite, copper pyrites, calcite, epidote, and quartz.
The shaft was sunk in Keewatin basalt. It is difficult to estimate the
depth at which the top of the Nipissing diabase sill may be below the surface
where the shaft was sunk. But, from the depth at which it occurs at the Beaver,
Temiskaming, and Adanac properties, a hint may be obtained as to its possible
depth at the Oxford Cobalt.
Since the above information was obtained, Mr. Russell reports that further
work has been carried on at the property.
VICTORY
The Victory Silver Mines Company. Limited, has been operating for the
past two or three years a 10-acre claim north of the Ophir in southeast Coleman.
The writer examined the property in August, 1921, and found that the shaft
was down to a depth of 185 feet where a station had been cut and a crosscut
driven westward. On August 13th the face of the crosscut was 120 feet west of
the shaft. The crosscut encountered a vein of quartz and calcite containing
galena, zinc blende, and copper pyrites; this vein is an inch or two in width. Two
or three other stringers of calcite, fractions of an inch wide, were also encountered.
All these veins strike about north and south and have a vertical dip. No native
silver was noted in these veins at the time of examination.
On the 100-ft. le\-el, there was a drift about 25 feet long, following a calcite
and quartz vein an inch or two wide. The \'ein strikes 10° or 15° west of north.
On the 40-ft. le\el, no drifting had been done, but the shaft had originally
been sunk on an incline, following a small calcite \'ein which, at the 40-ft. level,
was less than an inch wide. Later on the shaft was sunk vertically and the
inclined upper part made vertical also.
The shaft is about 150 feet south of the north boundary of the claim.
The rock encountered in all the workings is Keewatin basalt. There is a
two-inch dike of pink granite in the crosscut on the 185-ft. shaft.
Since the above examination was made, further work has been done, and
the writer has been informed that a little high-grade silver ore has been found.
The shaft has been sunk to a depth of 450 feet. Through the kindness of the
company, the writer was furnished with a report by J. A. MacVichie, the mine
manager. The following information is summarized from this report, which is
dated November 15th, 1922.
In sinking the shaft a calcite vein was encountered at a depth of about
300 feet, striking north 33° west and dipping 56° northwestward. The vein left
the shaft about 21 feet below where it was first met with. It had a width of two
to ten inches and contained smaltite and native siher. The report states that :
"From the second round we had an assay of silver, 1,676 ounces per ton."
On the 450-ft. level ten veins were said to have been met with, most of them
small niccolite and smaltite ones. \'ein No. 3 was as wide as 17 inches of calcite
and was said to contain some small "spots" of native silver. \'ein No. 3 was
also said to be wide and to contain some smaltite and "low values" in sIKer.
Veins Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 5 strike northwestward, while Nos. 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10
strike northeastward.
1922 Geology of the Mine Workings 185
AGAUNICO
The Agaunico mine is situated on the shore of Lake Timiskaming about a
mile south of the town of Haileybury. The property has not been productive
of siKxr, but a strong vein of cobalt ore was discovered in the early days of the
camp. This vein, which occurs in a fault, has had some stoping done on it.
The writer examined the property in the spring of the year 1920. There is
a shaft 400 feet deep. The Cobalt series in this shaft has a thickness of 210 feet.
Below this, the rock consists of fine-grained Keewatin basalt to the bottom of
the shaft. At the bottom of the shaft, however, there is a soft, schistose dike of
mica-lamprophyre. It dips westward and leaves the shaft 25 feet above the
floor on the northeast side of the shaft. About four-fifths of the floor is com-
posed of the lamprophyre.
The Keewatin basalt in the shaft contains many pink and white calcite or
dolomite stringers, usually less than half an inch wide and a foot or two long.
There are also some quartz veins, a few inches wide, in the Keewatin and in the
lamprophyre dike. At the bottom of the shaft these quartz veins have a bluish
colour.
Some interest was aroused in the Agaunico about the years 1918 and 1919
by the finding on the dump of a dozen or more specimens of a bluish-white
quartz containing some native gold. These specimens were all about the size
of a man's fist and somewhat resembled the quartz veins in the bottom of the
shaft. The rock attached to the specimens was apparently Keewatin basalt;
no mica-lamprophyre was noted. In an effort to discover where these rich gold
specimens came from, the shaft was systematically sampled in the year 1920 by
the owners, and about 100 samples were taken. Most of these samples were
blanks, or assayed less than one dollar per ton of gold. It may be added that a
careful examination of the quartz stringers in the shaft failed to discover any
native gold.
Regarding the cobalt vein, referred to above, the following notes may be
put on record. The vein strikes northeastward and dips steeply to the north-
west. It occurs in a reverse fault, the displacement of which is probably less
than four or five feet. There is a fault breccia, which is in places two feet
wide. On the 200-ft. level, the vein is about 60 feet northwest of the shaft. It
has been stoped more than 100 feet in length and some 25 feet in height. The
vein on the 200-ft. level dips at 80° to the northwest. It varies in width from an
inch to six or eight inches; it contains niccolite in places, in addition to cobalt ore.
At the base of the Cobalt series, there is a bed of conglomerate about 10 feet
thick, above which is a bed of slate-like greywacke several feet thick. The
crosscut on the 200-ft. level from the shaft to the vein follows this bed of grey-
w^acke.
On the 55-ft. level the vein has been stoped for a length of over 50 feet and
is as wide as eight inches.
186
Department of Mines
No. 4
PRINCE
The work done on this property consists of a westward crosscut from the
1,400-ft. level of the Beaver mine, and a northwestward drift following a vein
on the same level. This vein on the l,6C0-ft. level of the Beaver is reported
to have produced 40,000 or 50,000 ounces of silver. These workings on the
Prince are shown on the plans of the 1,400-ft. le\'el of the Beaver mine.
Some work was also done on the Prince from the 300-ft. level of the Lumsden
mine. This work consisted of a crosscut running eastward across the claim to
the west boundary of the Temiskaming mine. Near the Temiskaming line a
crosscut was rim to the south. These two crosscuts are in Nipissing diabase.
The Prince was under option in the year 1923 to the Coniagas.
EXPLORATION C°
OF CANADA
WATASHoN
W.E.RUSSEL ,;
VIOLET (La Rose)
Scale: 800 Feet to I Inch
200 0 lOCO
Fig. 42 — Plan showing location of diamond-drill boles on Watash.
WATASH
The Watash property lies north of the \'iolet (Fig. 42). The writer is
indebted to T. R. Jones for the following information concerning the diamond-
drilling which has been done on the claim.
Two holes were drilled, the location of which is shown on the plan. Hole
No. 1 dips at an angle of 45° to the northeast and is 600 feet deep. After cutting
through 12 feet of soil, the hole is reported to pass through conglomerate for
the rest of its depth, except between 360 and 380 feet which is reported to be
diabase.
Hole No. 2 also dips at an angle of 45° to the northeast, and, after passing
through 71 feet of soil, is reported to have passed through diabase to a depth of
320 feet, after which conglomerate was encountered to a depth of 421 feet.
The measurements given are along the dip of the holes.
1922
Geology of the Mine Workings
187
OPHIR AND PEOPLE'S SILVER
The Ophir and the People's Silver mines in the southeast part of the town-
hip of Colt man were not accessible. Fig. 43 shows the plans of the levels.
~rd level _^
JlSHAFT
w
0
R
\^3VV7e7e/ '^'> I SHAFT
PEOPLE'S S I L V "e R
\V.
Scale. 250 Feet to I Inch
Fig. 43— Plans of mine levels of Ophir and People's Silver.
Fig. 44 — Wood's vein, north face, Keeley mine, 480-ft. level, October 12th, 1922. The vein
averages 10 inches in width and assays 8,000 to 14,800 ounces of silver per ton. This
ore is in the Nipissing diabase sill, about 50 or 60 feet below the top of the sill. Leonard
G. Smith at the left. Photographed by Cyril W. Knight.
CHAPTER III
SOUTH LORRAIN
INTRODUCTION
The productive part of the South Lorrain silver field occupies a compara-
tively small area, probably less than one hundred acres. It is sixteen miles
southeast of the town of Cobalt. The field may be reached by a road from
Cobalt, or by a pleasant twenty-mile trip on a steamboat from the town of
Haileybury down Lake Timiskaming. From the wharf at South Lorrain it
is about three miles westward over a rough road to the Keeley, Frontier, and
Wettlaufer mines.
! 'C V ^^"%^-lehart !
\ \..-J~^ \ ^ ^
(o
V / 1 ^
Uj
U ^
03
~ ^.ELK LAKE
\ k
kj
V^ A V§
'■ <
1 Cl
htGOWGANDA ^V""----*----*--^.^.,^''""*''^ \ ^^
' ^
W < CANE ^1 ^^^^i \
.r-
V^AULD ^\ JKOX
' SHINING T I M I S K A MJ4 N G ^\ (r-y
1 TREE ^^. -^V L// f-^
, ^ MAPLE A'^. Haile^^burA .1-^
: ffiW'^^lQ^ BAY ©^^^^r^ xSJv^-
1 LudyE^ely,, / > LAKE \/ X S'vfO^
/i7-A,^-i Cx \ \X 1^^ \\ir
SUDBURY |l/ \ ^-^ ^%^
Scale of Miles ; N I P I S S I N G ) soUTHV • j'?
0 0 10 20 1
y LORRAIN \_ .'/
1
/ '
^'1 1
Fig. 45 — Plan showing relative position of South Lorrain.
South Lorrain at the present time is attracting much attention owing
to rich silver ore-shoots which have been discovered at the Keeley and Frontier
mines during the last two years. As a result it is certain that much new explora-
tion will be carried on, with the object of ascertaining whether the present
small productive area can be enlarged.
The field was examined in the fall of 1921 and 1922, and brief visits were
a' so made in January and May, 1923. In the year 1,922 there were only two
operating companies, namely, the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited,
working the Frontier, and the Keeley Silver Mines, Limited, operating the
Keeley.
189
190 Department of Mines No. 4
The history of South Lorrain has had its tragic and romantic aspects,
its ups and downs. Silver was discovered in 1907 at the Keeley mine, and
there followed a period of widespread staking of claims, and of active work
lasting until the latter part of the year 1913. During this time, which may
be called the first period in the history of the camp, there were produced about
2,446,235 ounces of silver, practically all of which came from the Wettlaufer
mine. The Keeley yielded 24,337 ounces, according to the official records of the
Ontario Department of Mines.
The camp then became almost inactive for eight years, and was looked
upon with little interest by most mining men during that time. To all intents
and purposes it was a dead camp.
The credit for the rejuvenation of South Lorrain is due to Dr. J. Mackintosh
Bell. He obtained an option on the Keeley mine in 1913, and after efforts
lasting for eight years finally succeeded in 1921 in finding rich ore-shoots. South
Lorrain thereupon entered the second period of its history, and now gives promise
of developing, for the time being at any rate, into the most important of the
outlying areas of the entire Cobalt silver camp.
In the rejuvenation of the area Horace F. Strong also pla\'ed a prominent
part. He discovered the first important high-grade ore at the Frontier mine
in August, 1921, and through his agency the Mining Corporation of Canada,
Limited, acquired this property. J. G. Harkness, who had spent much time
in South Lorrain, was associated with Strong in the early development of the
Frontier. On following pages are described conditions that militated against
the earlier development of the Frontier.
Most people in northeastern Ontario are familiar with the role which the
Farmers Bank played in the early history of the Keeley mine. The bank was
indirectly and vitally interested in the property, and became insolvent partly
as a result of the failure of the mine to produce the anticipated quantity of silver
for which the promoters of the mining venture hoped. Let this be said for the
Farmers Bank: Had the operators known the relation of ore-shoots to the
diabase contact, it is probable that the rich ore-shoots along the top of the
Nipissing diabase sill would have been found by the early promoters. In view
of the high-grade ore which has been discovered recently at the mine along
the top of the diabase sill at a depth of 400 to 500 feet, it would appear that the
early promoters were justified in their venture. They failed through what
would popularly be called hard luck.
The silver veins of the producti\e area of South Lorrain outcrop on the
height-of-land between the Montreal river and Lake Timiskaming, 500 to
600 feet above the lake. The deposits are just over the crest, on the west side
of the divide facing the \-alley of the Montreal river. The country is rugged
and generally barren of soil, except in the valley of the river and in isolated
spots elsewhere. Along the river valley there are picturesque stretches of
agricultural land, fringed by rocky hills, which some day will be turned into as
beautiful a bit of farm land as is to be found anywhere in northeastern Ontario.
It is desirable that this land be settled now, as a market for farm produce is
available at the nearby mines.
A. G. Burrows reported on the South Lorrain area in 1909, his report
being based on work carried out in 1908.' The surface geology of South
Lorrain and also of part of Lorrain township was mapped by A. G. Burrows,
James Bartlett, and R. B. Stewart. The accuracy of their work has been
acknowledged and appreciated by mine operators and prospectors alike. Burrows
i()nt. Bur. Mines, Vol. XVIII, pt. II, 190Q.
1922
South Lorrain
191
found that the formations conformed to the scheme of classification worked out
by W'illet G. Miller for the Cobalt area proper. When Burrows reported on
the area little actual mining had been done, and hence his report did not deal
with the geological structures of the rocks and veins at depth. More recently,
in 1922, Dr. J. Mackintosh BelF has written a report on South Lorrain, dealing
particularly with the Keeley mine.
The writer is greatly indebted to Dr. J. Mackintosh Bell, and to his associates,
Messrs. H. Whittingham and Leonard G. Smith, for much information regarding
the Keeley and Maidens mines. Dr. Bell gave to the Department extracts from
his report on the Maidens mine, and his plan accompanying the report. To
Mr. Warren Emens of the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, and to the
officials connected therewith, the writer is also much indebted for many details
concerning the Frontier and Crompton mines. The generous and kindly manner
in which the Keeley Silver Mines, Limited, and the Mining Corporation of
Canada, Limited, gave to the Department of Mines all the information which
was asked for may be put on record here. Mr. Horace F. Strong furnished
the Department with plans of the mine levels of the Wettlaufer, and with a
stope section of the Wettlaufer vein; he has also very kindly written an account
of the history of the Frontier mine, and a description of the Wettlaufer mine.
To Mr. Walter J. D. Penly the writer begs to express his thanks for information
regarding the location of certain claims.
Production
To the end of the year 1922, South Lorrain had produced 4,339,984 ounces
of silver, contributed by the several properties according to the table on page
192.
Vein Minerals
In South Lorrain, the vein minerals are much the same as at Cobalt. The
silver occurs largely in the native state and is, as at Cobalt, the most important
mineral. Analyses of four samples of cobalt ore were made by Mr. W. K.
McNeill, and his results appear in the table below. It will be noted that three
of these samples contain only about one per cent, of surphur, which proves
that if either cobaltite, the sulph-arsenide of cobalt, or mispickel, the sulph-
arsenide of iron, is present, it must occur in small quantity. The first three
analyses evidently show, therefore, that the cobalt occurs in the form of the
mineral smaltite, the diarsenide of cobalt. The high per cent, of iron in sample
No. 2 suggests the presence of lollingite, iron diarsenide, which was identified
bv H. V. Ellsworth at the Kerr Lake mine.
ANALYSES OF COBALT ORE FROM SOUTH LORRAIN
Constituent
Sample No. 1
per cent.
Sample No. 2
per cent.
Sample No. 3
per cent.
Sample No. 4
per cent.
Cobalt
Nickel
14.14
5.28
3.37
70.64
1.06
0.20
9.46
0.46
14.42
63.06
1.48
1.42
13.38
1.50
4.60
65.40
0.97
0.30
11.88
8.53
Iron
6.20
Arsenic
64.04
Sulphur
Insoluble
4.73
0.70
Sample No. 1 from Frontier mine, Wood's vein,
mine stock pile. Sample No. 3 from Curry mine dun
Keeley mine stock pile.
fourth level,
ip at inclined
Sample No. 2 from Keeley
shaft. Sample No. 4 from
'Bulletin of the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, February, 1922.
192
Department of Mines
No. 4
W
U
o
o
Pi
o
H
u
D
Q
O
Cs5
cu
Di
>
.J
1^
OC
c
OC
On
o
0O_^
l-N]
O
to
cc"
00
o
oo
00
-
o
CM
ON_
00
00
c
c
o
o"
o
o
c
o
5!
X
0< CNl
OC
rNi
•O
Cn
rz
OS
r^ O
O
ON
1
Cs
ON
On
oo"
ON
OC"
Cs
3C
ON
00
Cv
in
ON
00__
oc"
On_
O
O
ON
On"
ON
CNl
INO
CNl
Cs
o
OS
<v
IT;
-4- >
a.
c
i
O
-.i:
- >
-c2
2
ca'b;
s a.
2-
0
"re
r-
Total oz.
to end
1922
1^
rr
OC
1/
ON
_nO_
"cn"
c:
rr-
OC
ir
OC
-
- s'^
o — ..r.
C ON
c '^
Q '^
^— I -' c i-
rt - rt
-g^
O
o — S o
u w rt
L; U. O
1922 / South Lorrain 193
Where Veins Occur
The firoductive veins occur along the top of the Nipissing diabase sill,
both in the diabase and in the overlying Keewatin (v^ertical sections facing pages
193 and 207). In this respect the occurrence is similar to that at the Temiskaming
and Beaver mines in Cobalt. The diabase occurs in the form of a great elongated
dome, known as the South Lorrain dome, and the productive veins discovered
up to the present time have been found on the northwest slope of the dome.
No ore has yet been found in the conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt
series below the South Lorrain diabase dome. In Cobalt, on the other hand,
the rocks below a similar dome, in the Kerr lake-Giroux lake section, have been
highly productive, and such mines as the University, Lawson, Crown Reserve,
Kerr Lake, and Drummond all occur below the diabase dome in rocks of the
Cobalt series.
Pre-Glacial Weathering
In Wood's vein, at the Keeley mine, pre-glacial weathering exists to a
depth of at least 480 feet. The weathering has escaped glaciation, and is the
only known occurrence of the kind in the entire Cobalt field. The upper part of
Wood's vein has been leached and oxidized, and the wall-rock has been changed
to red and grey clay for a width of an inch or two to as much as seven or eight
feet. This weathering and oxidation is more fully discussed in dealing with
the Keeley mine.
The economic significance of pre-glacial weathering in Wood's vein may be
important if it is proved that large quantities of secondary silver have been
deposited at or near the bottom of the weathered and oxidized zone.
While pre-glacial weathering at the Keeley mine is unique in the Cobalt
silver field, it is known, nevertheless, in a few other localities in Ontario. Two
notable instances may be cited. At the Helen iron mine, north of Sault Ste.
Marie, weathering of a diabase dike and Keewatin schist has taken place to a
depth of 540 feet, according to A. L. Parsons. These rocks are altered to grey
kaolin.^ In Hastings county, at the Eldorado copper mine, weathering of iron
and copper sulphides has taken place to a depth of 60 to 80 feet, the sulphide
having been changed to iron oxide, which yielded a good grade of iron ore. Below
the weathered zone primary sulphides were met with. E. L. Fraleck has
described this occurrence.- In certain other hematite deposits in southeastern
Ontario similar conditions occur, the iron ore passing into sulphide in depth.
Length of Ore-Shoots
The ore-shoots at the Keeley and Frontier mines are shorter than are those
at Cobalt. The most consistent high-grade shoot in the Keeley is 74 feet
long in vein No. 26; "N" shoot in Wood's vein on the seventh level is 198 feet
long. On the 300-ft. level of the Crompton there is a shoot of high-grade 102
feet long in Wood's vein. If we compare the South Lorrain shoots with certain
shoots at Cobalt, we shall obtain a just idea of their relative lengths. The stope
on the Meyer shoot, with its westward extension on the Trethewey, is about 1,600
feet long. The stope on the O'Brien No. 1 vein on the second level is 900 feet
long at the west end of the property. The stope on the No. 3 vein of Kerr Lake
is 400 feet long. Other examples might be given.
It may be, of course, that longer shoots will be found in South Lorrain
as development and exploration proceed. The writer has not seen the stopes
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Alines, \'ol. XXIV, pt. I, 1915, pp. 192-194.
=Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XVI, pt. I, 1907, p. 182.
194 Department of Mines No. 4
in the Wettlaufer mine. He was, however, given the stope section of the
Wettlaufer vein through the kindness of Horace F. Strong; the section shows
one of the stopes to have a length of 210 feet on the second level, and 260 feet
on the third level.
While the South Lorrain ore-shoots have not yet proved to be as long as
those at Cobalt, some of them are very rich. At the Keeley mine, J. Mackintosh
Bell reported that in drifting 74 feet along vein No. 26 on the 480-ft. level not
less than 250,000 ounces of silver had been mined ; no stoping was done in recover-
ing this huge amount. On the 300-ft. level of the Crompton a shoot on Wood's
vein 102 feet long and an average height of 35 feet had produced 900,000 ounces
of silver to the end of April, 1923.
The "Mother Lode"
The vein-system in the productive part of South Lorrain is an interesting
one. The main vein is known as the Wood's vein. It has been named by Dr.
J. Mackintosh Bell the "mother lode" of the productive section. It is in a
reverse fault, the displacement of which is about 30 feet, and most of the produc-
tive veins are probably branches. The relation of the Wettlaufer vein to Wood's
vein is not known. The Wettlaufer vein strikes towards Wood's vein at an angle
of about 45°, but, in so far as the writer can ascertain, it has not yet been followed
to its intersection with the Wood's. According to Horace F. Strong, it "feathers"
out about 50 feet southwest of the northeast corner of the Curry, H.R. 105.
Faults'
The faulting system in South Lorrain is believed to be a complex one. The
two main faults are the Lake Timiskaming fault on the east, following the
course of the lake, and the Montreal river fault on the west, following the general
course of the river. The former strikes north and south, the latter southeast-
ward, so that the two faults join about five miles south of the Keeley mine about
at the point where the Montreal river enters Lake Timiskaming.
Between these two major faults it is believed that there are many minor
faults, although the only one which has been positively proven to exist is Wood's
fault with its small branch faults. The evidence for stating that many other
faults exist is the presence of sharply defined valleys. It if is assumed, for
the moment, that these valleys are fault valleys, then the number of faults
between Lake Timiskaming and the Montreal river is great.
At the north end there is Maidens creek valley striking westward, a few
degrees north of west. Running about at right angles to the Maidens creek
valley are a number of valleys entering it from the south; one of these begins
at the northeast corner of Trout lake, and, striking about north-northeast,
passes through the Wettlaufer claim, and then continues to the Maidens valley,
a total distance of two and a half miles. This fault may be called the Wettlaufer
valley fault. East of this there is probably another fault along the east arm
of Loon lake, which continues north-northeast to Maidens valley. The Loon
lake fault appears to be exposed to view a few hundred yards south of the lake,
where the conglomerate is crushed into a rock similar to the fault breccia found
in faults. This breccia is cemented by calcite, dolomite, or other carbonate.
Wood's fault has been proven to strike southward through the Frontier,
Crompton, Keeley, and claim No. H.R. 103. It may join the Wettlaufer valley
'The Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskaming, hv W'illet G. Miller,
Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, \"ol. XIX, 1913, pt. II, pp. 116-121.
1922 South Lorrain 195
fault at some point near the northeast corner of Trout lake. Another fault, enter-
ing from the eastward from a little lake on H.R. 98, also seems to join Wood's
fault at or near the point that the Wettlaufer valley fault joins it. Another valley
enters Trout lake at the northwest corner. Thus there appear to be several
faults entering the north end of Trout lake. If these faults, or veins connected
with them, contain commercial quantities of silver, they present an interesting
problem.
Some of the valleys referred to above are indicated on the map of South
Lorrain by A. G. Burrows.
There are several other prominent valleys not mentioned above, notably
that about half a mile west of the Frontier mine; and there are also a number
of sharp cliffs suggestive of faulting.
A Avord may be added as to the character of the faults. The Lake Timisk-
aming fault was first pointed out by Willet G. Miller.^ Later, G. S. Hume-
showed that the fault has a displacement of 800 to 1,000 feet, the east side being
the down throw side. The character of the Montreal river fault, whether
reverse or normal, is not known; nor is the character of any of the other faults
known, except Wood's fault at the Frontier and Keeley, which appears to be a
reverse fault with a displacement of about 30 feet.
A word of caution must be added about assuming that all the valleys in
South Lorrain represent faults. A valley in Cobalt may be cited which proved
to have no fault. This is the valley along which runs the branch line of the
Temiskaming and Northern Ontario railway from Cobalt to Kerr lake, opposite
the cliff at the "Little Silver" vein on the Nipissing property. The under-
ground workings penetrated below this valley, and no evidence of a fault was
found. This may be the case in more than one valley in South Lorrain.
Discovery of Ore Bodies
To those, and there are many, who want to know the likely places in which
to explore in South Lorrain, the writer can do no better than to point out how
success was achieved during the last two years at the Keeley and Frontier
properties. The operators began working at the surface on strong calcite
veins, an inch to a foot or more in diameter; these veins contained small shoots
of cobalt ore; the silver was negligible. The veins outcropped in Keewatin
rocks three to four hundred feet above the top of the Nipissing diabase sill.
The operators sank on the veins to the contact of the Nipissing diabase and
Keewatin basalt. Exploration of the veins along and near the contact revealed
the rich ore-shoots which have brought the camp into such prominence. Another
factor, however, besides the diabase contact played its part at the Keeley mine.
J. Mackintosh Bell believed that, at or near the bottom of the pre-glacial
weathered zone in Wood's vein, he would find rich masses of secondary silver
ore which had been leached out of the top part of the vein. While the bottom
of the weathered zone has not yet been reached at a depth of 480 feet, there is
evidence nevertheless that the workings are approaching it. At any rate, most
cf the high-grade ore in the mine has been encountered at this depth.
Those seeking new ore bodies in South Lorrain should also keep in mind
the conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series below the South Lorrain
dome, in the vicinity of Loon and Oxbow lakes. Up to the present time no
calcite veins of importance are known in these rocks under the dome. Should
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt. II, 1913.
^The Orclovician Rocks of Lake Timiskaming;, Geol. Surv. Can., Museum Bulletin No. 17;
Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., Vol. 50, 1920, pp. 293-309.
14 D.M.
196 Department of Mines No. 4
strong calcite veins, with smaltite, be discovered by trenching or diamond drilling
such veins might be explored along the base of the Cobalt series. In Cobalt
much of the silver ore occurs along the base of that series; similar conditions
may exist in South Lorrain under the diabase dome.
Maps and Plans
In the pocket at the back of the report will be found a detailed surface
geological map of the productive area of South Lorrain, on a scale of
400 feet to an inch. The map shows the kinds of rocks, the location of the veins,
contour lines, buildings, and so on. This map was prepared by the Mining
Corporation of Canada, Limited, in co-operation with the Keeley Silver Mines,
Limited. The work is w^holly theirs, and the geology is based on A. G. Burrows'
map, scale one mile to an inch, published in 1909 by the Ontario Department
of Mines. The writer herewith expresses the thanks of the Ontario Department
of Mines for the generous manner in which the companies concerned handed
over the entire map for publication in this report. The map was made by the
companies on a scale of 100 feet to an inch; the Department has published
it on a scale of 400 feet to an inch.
In the pocket will also be found a sheet showing the plans of all the levels
of the Keeley and Frontier mines. The geology, veins, faults, and so forth,
are shown.
General Geology
The following classification of the rocks in South Lorrain is largely based
on that given in the report of A. G. Burrows,^ to which the reader is referred.
The rocks have been fully described in Burrows' report, and it is not necessary
to add much, beyond referring to the presence of lamprophyre dikes of Hailey-
burian age which have since been found. The Nipissing diabase has, since the
early work, been proved to occur in the form of a sill with a great dome-like
structure. In view of the importance of this dome structure, the writer has
described it in somewhat great detail in following pages.
2.-
<
2
Si
u
5
Table Showing Rock Classification of South Lorrain
Keweenawan
Silver veins.
Nipissing diaV)ase sill.
Intrusive Contact
Animikean fLorrain quartzite, arkose and conglomerate.
(Cobalt Series) \Conglomerate, greywacke, slate-like greywacke, quartzite.
Great Unconformity
x\lgoman Granite and syenite, feldspar-porphyry.
Intrusive Contact
Haileyburian Lamprophyre dikes.
I Keewatin Basalt and similar basic lavas, much altered in places.
The South Lorrain Diabase Dome
The Nipissing diabase in South Lorrain occurs, as in Cobalt, in the form
of an irregular sill, hundreds of feet thick. Its exact thickness in South Lorrain
is not known, and will not be until the diamond drill or shafts have penetrated it.
The sill has the shape of a great elongated dome, the longer axis of which
strikes northeastward. The dome structure is illustrated in the drawing facing
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, \'o!. XIX, pt. II, 1913, pp. 131-144.
1922 South Lorrain 197
page 193, which shows a vertical section at right angles to the longer axis. A
study of this vertical section, and the plan accompanying it, will explain the
structure much better than a page or two of text.
It is believed that the dome-like structure of the diabase sill was not caused
by folding, but that the diabase was intruded in that form during its molten
state. Of course there may have been a little subsequent folding, but the
gentle dips of the slate-like greywacke and conglomerate of the Cobalt series
show that there has been comparatively' little disturbance.
The top of this diabase dome, during a great period of time, has been slowly
eroded and worn down until, finally, all that now remains of the dome is the
lower part with its encircling arms dipping away from the centre.
Contacts of the bottom of the diabase sill with the underlying rocks around
the inside of the dome are exposed in a score of places, showing the diabase
dipping away from the centre at angles varying from 5° or 10° to as high as 65°.
Similarly, the top of the diabase sill around the outside of the dome is exposed
in many places, and the top of the sill may be seen plunging under the older
rocks at angles of 15° to as high as 80° or 90°. The almost vertical dips along
the top of the sill were noted in the \-alley of Maidens creek along the north
part of the dome.
Details of the South Lorrain Diabase Dome
As the dome-like structure of the Nipissing diabase sill is one of the most
important structures in South Lorrain, it is described rather fully.
The evidence proving that the diabase forms a dome may readily be obtained
by following the contacts around the inside and outside of the dome. The
contacts around the inside of the dome show the bottom of the diabase sill;
while the contacts around the outside of the dome show the top of the diabase
sill. The contacts which were found may now be described in detail, beginning
with the outside of the dome on the shores of Lake Timiskaming, at Maidens
creek, half a mile north of the government wharf.
The Outside of the Diabase Dome (Top of the Sill)
The actual contact of the top of the dome is heavily covered with drift
for a mile and a half w^estward from the shore of Lake Timiskaming. The
contact appears to follow the south side of Maidens creek valley. The first
contact observed was found on or near claims Nos. R.L. 461 and H.S. 11, where
it is excellently exposed, particularly at one place. At this place a hill rises
about 25 feet high, and the contact goes up one side and down the other, and
is seen to be vertical. The actual contact is exposed for about 60 feet. Else-
where on the two claims mentioned above, there are half a dozen contacts exposed,
but the dip of the diabase is obscure and could not be positively determined;
at one place, indeed, the diabase seemed to be resting on top of the Keewatin.
This may, however, be a local irregularity.
Half a mile northwest the contact is again excellently exposed in a valley,
through which the main road runs, on claim No. B.C. 105. The valley cuts
across the contact at right angles. Standing at the bottom of the valley and
looking southeast up the hill, the contact of the diabase is seen to extend up the
hill. It is vertical. Similarly, standing in the valley and looking northwest,
the contact is seen to extend up the other side of the valley and to be also vertical.
The rock with which the diabase is in contact is a pink quartzite. The colour
of the quartzite makes a sharp contrast with the dark colour of the diabase.
The contact is vertical for at least 50 to 75 feet.
198
Department of Mines
No. 4
The vertical contacts described in the preceding paragraphs are along the
north side of the diabase dome, where the only known vertical contacts have
been found. There is no way of determining to what depth this vertical
contact extends except by diamond-drilling or shaft-sinking. A knowledge
of the dip of the diabase at the Maidens claim, H.R. 69, is of practical importance
on account of the veins which occur there.
The northwest end of the diabase dome terminates in a spur about 300
yards wide. At the north end of this spur, a shaft has been sunk in the diabase
near the quartzite. The shaft dips about 55° or 60° to the southwest. The
rock on the dump is diabase. There are on the dump pieces of a pink calcite
vein about three or four inches wide carrying a little cobalt bloom. The lattet*
mineral may be seen in place in a joint in the rock about six feet southeast of
the shaft. Evidently the inclined shaft was sunk on this joint. West of here
about 450 feet another shaft has been sunk, apparently at the contact between
the diabase and quartzite. This shaft is in a valley, the contact here following
the valley as it curves around to the west, southwest, and south. The rock on
the dump from this shaft is coarse and fine grained diabase.
From the north end of the spur the contact runs about due south for nearly
four miles to the south end of Trout lake. This part of the contact, up to the
present time, is the most important part in the whole South Lorrain area because
the productive properties, Wettlaufer, Keeley, and Frontier, occur here.
Fig. 46— Mr. j. M. Wood
Fig. 46a— Mr. K. J. jowsey
These partners were pioneers in South Lorrain and joint discoverers of the Keeley mine. The
"Wood's" vein was named after Mr. Wcod. The Keeley mine was named
after Mr. Charles Keele>- who was associated with Jowse\- and Wood.
1922 J South Lorrain 199
Commencing at the north end of this important part of the sill the contacts
may be described in detail.
About 300 yards south of the north end, fine-grained diabase occurs along
the side of a hill. The slope of the hill appears to indicate the dip of the diabase,
namely, about 30° or 35° to the westward. The diabase here is dipping under
conglomerate and greywacke of the Cobalt series.
The first satisfactory place to examine the contact along this four-mile
stretch is about three-quarters of a mile south of the north end of the dome,
on claim No. R.L. 467, known as the Alice Lorrain. A shaft has been sunk on
this claim. About 125 yards southwest of the shaft, the contact is excellently
exposed for about 40 feet; the contact dips steeply westward under the Keewatin.
South of here three claims, on the Lorrain Consolidated property. No.
H.R. 24, the contact is excellently exposed along the side of a hill. It dips
to the westward at 15° to 22°, but is much steeper in places. South of this
exposure the contact goes below swampy or low ground, and is not exposed until
the Keeley property is reached, where at the roadside, about 75 yards from the
old Keeley shaft, it dips westward. Between this last-mentioned exposure
and the Wettlaufer mine, there are several excellent exposures of the contact,
all dipping westward under the Keewatin.
At the Frontier, the diabase dips about 25° to the westward in the vicinity
of No. 1 shaft; this dip is shown by the mine workings.
At the Keeley, to the south of the Frontier, the dip of the diabase is about
34° westward ; this dip is also shown by the Keeley workings. The drawings
facing pages 207 and 219 show the dip of the diabase contact at the Keeley and
Frontier.
The \^'ettlaufer mine was flooded at the time of examination of the area
in October, 1922, so that it could not be inspected. But it was learned from
those who had examined this mine that the diabase dips below the Keewatin
at steep angles. On the surface the contact is exposed at more than one place,
and is particularly well shown near the east side of the valley, where the diabase
dips under the Keewatin at an angle of about 15°. From this exposure south-
ward to Trout lake the contact is covered with soil.
At the south end of Trout lake, on the east side, the contact between the
conglomerate of the Cobalt series and the top of the Nipissing diabase is well
exposed. At two places the contact dips 45' to the westward. Southeastward
from here about two claims, on No. H.S. 497, the diabase contact is exposed on
the side of a bare hill and dips 44° to the south. This contact is located at
about the most southward part of the Nipissing diabase dome.
Northeast of here, on the next claim. No. H.S. 500, the contact is well
exposed in three places, dipping from 36° to 51° to the southeast. Two
of these contacts are on the side of a hill. It may be noted here that many of
the contacts observed in South Lorrain are on the side of valleys, as frequently
as they are in the bottom of valleys. On H.S. 500 little acid dikes from one-half
to two inches wide intersect the diabase; these dikes were noted elsewhere in
the area.
Northeast of the last-mentioned contacts about a mile, the contact is exposed
on H.R. 113, but the dip could not be ascertained.
Two claims to the northeast, on H.R. 54, at the northwest corner, the
contact is exposed in two places dipping 41° and 55°, respectively, to the south-
east. The Keewatin basalt is here altered to a banded, slightly schistose rock;
the diabase has cut about at right angles across the banding, making the contact
sharp and clear-cut.
200
Department of Mines
No. 4
1922 South Lorrain 201
Northeast of the last exposure the contact is again exposed on H.R. 27 at
the northeast corner. Judging by the jointing in the diabase, the contact
dips 25° to the southeast.
From this point eastward to the shore of Lake Timiskaming, the contact
is drift-covered, except at the hill on the side of the lake. Here, near the north
end of claim No. H.S. 308, the contact is exposed in two places about 40 feet
apart, one exposure being just north of the boundary and the other just south
of it.
The contact dips 25° to 30° to the southeastward. The Keewatin basalt
is altered to a banded rock with streaks of epidote paralleling the banding;
the diabase cuts about at right angles across the banded basalt, and the contact
is sharply defined in consequence. At the foot of the hill the coarse-grained
Nipissing diabase is exposed, and a shaft has been sunk in it.
In the preceding paragraphs we have followed almost completely around
the outside of the Nipissing diabase dome. The east part of the dome is partly
covered by the water of Lake Timiskaming, but outcrops on the Quebec side of
the lake along the shore. According to the geological map-sheet No. 1066,
of the Geological Survey of Canada, the diabase contact near the shore is drift-
covered.
The contact along the inside of the diabase dome may now be followed,
commencing at the shore of Lake Timiskaming at the south end of claim No.
H.R. 6L
The Inside of the Diabase Dome (Bottom of the Sill)
The bottom of the Nipissing diabase is well exposed a little over half a mile
west of Lake Timiskaming on or near claim No. H.R. 30. Forest fires have
destroyed the trees, and lines are difficult to find. At the foot of a low cliff the
diabase contact is exposed in two places, resting on finely bedded slate-like
greywacke of the Cobalt series. The contact follows the bedding; contact and
bedding dip 9° to the northwest at one point and, at another 200 feet north,
13° to the northwestward. The jointing in the diabase is well defined along the
contact, the most prominent jointing being at right angles to the contact.
From claim H.R. 30 westward to the northwest shore on Loon lake, a
distance of a mile, the contact is either heavily drift-covered or hidden under
the water of Loon lake.
Southward from the northwest corner of Loon lake for half a mile, the contact
of the bottom of the diabase sill is exposed in half a dozen places. Prospectors
have trenched it here and there. The contact has a semicircular outline along
this part, so that the dips strike from southwest, to west, to northwest, at angles
of 10° to 35°. This semicircular outline of the contact is due to a local arching
of the bottom of the sill, the arch striking apparently about northwestward
along the west arm of Loon lake. At the top of the arch the diabase is resting
on pink arkose and quartzite, while at the bottom of the arch, on the southwest
side, the diabase rests on finely bedded slate-like greywacke. Where it lies
on the slate-like greywacke it follows the bedding for a distance, then it leaves
the bedding and rips upwards across the bedding, resting on the sediments
at a higher and higher horizon, until it finally rests on the pink arkose and
greywacke at the top. The succession of the sediments of the Cobalt series
in this place is as follows, the older rocks being shown at the bottom of the
column:
Arkose and quartzite.
Greywacke and slate-like greywacke.
Coarse boulder conglomerate.
202 Department of Mines No, 4
The bedding of the slate-Hke greywacke dips at 10° to 14° to the northwest.
The greywacke and slate-like greywacke have a thickness of 50 to 60 feet, and the
total thickness of the whole section is from 150 to 200 feet. The coarse boulder
conglomerate is at the bottom of the section; its thickness is not known. The
arkose and quartzite are similar to the Lorrain arkose and quartzite, while the
greywacke, slate-like greywacke, and conglomerate are typical of the Cobalt
series. The sediments are all conformable.
In places faulting has occurred parallel to the contact in the area southwest
of Loon lake described in the two preceding paragraphs. The faulting is
indicated by the presence of a fault breccia 15 inches or less in width; the direc-
tion and displacement of the faulting were not determined.
Southwest of the area described in preceding paragraphs the diabase contact
is covered for three-quarters of a mile, when it is again well exposed on the south
shore of a small lake on claim H.R. 98. The contact is exposed for 50 feet
dipping at 40° and more to the westward.
About 250 yards south of the little lake the diabase contact is again exposed
for about 40 feet; judging from the joint planes in the diabase, the bottom
of the diabase sill here dips southwestward 30° to 40°. The slate-like grey-
wacke nearby dips at 10° to the southwest.
South of the exposure referred to in the preceding paragraph another
contact is exposed, bur the direction of the dip is obscure. The slate-'ike grey-
wacke dips 10° under the diabase.
About 200 yards north of the west arm of Oxbow lake, another contact
is exposed for 50 feet. The dip is obscured by a fusion between the diabase
and the sediments; the jointing in the diabase dips 38° westward.
Oxbow lake constitutes the south end of the inside of the Nipissing diabase
dome, and the contact of the bottom of the sill follows the bed of the lake in a
rough semicircle, the contact being covered by water for more than a mile.
The southeast side of the dome dips at steeper angles than the northwest
side, and the diabase sill along the southeast side appears to be thinner than
elsewhere.
For a mile northeast of the east arm of Oxbow lake, the bottom of the
diabase sill is drift-covered. Then, 200 feet southwest from the northeast
corner of claim H.R. 34, the contact has been e.xposed in a trench. Here the
diabase is resting on altered Keewatin basalt which has a banded structure.
The contact dips at 62° to the southeast.
From the last-mentioned exposure northeast for a mile and a half to Lake
Timiskaming, the contact is drift-covered, and it then passes below the waters
of the lake.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTIES
Keeley
The Keeley Silver Mines, Limited, has a capital of 2,000,000 shares having
a par value of one dollar a share. All the shares have been issued. The company
bought the original Keeley claim, H.R. 19, and the claim immediately to the
west, H.R. 21, known as the Beaver Lake claim.
The property was examined in the fall of 1921 and 1922, and brief visits
were also paid during the latter part of January and early in May, 1923.
The first discover^' was made by J. M. Wood and R. J. Jowsey on the original
Keeley claim, U.K. 19, in the fall of 1907, and the first shipment of ore from the
discovery was made by the owners of the claim, Charles Keeley, R. J. Jowsey,
1922
South Lorrain
203
H.R. 21
H.R. 16 Frontier
H.R. 25 Crompton.
H.R. 85 Wettlaufer,
R.L.Ji.70 BeReJlerh
H.R.103 Trout Lake
H.R. 24. Harris.
H.R. 69 Maidens /C^'
Fig. 48 — Plan showing claims in South Lorrain.
204 Department of Mines No. 4
and J. M. Wood, in the spring of 1908, and was received by the Deloro Mining
and Reduction Company, Limited, Deloro, Ont., on the twenty-second of
June of that year. The shipment consisted of twelve tons, dry weight, assaying
1,061 ounces of silver per ton. The value of the shipment was 86,068.52, of
which amount $170.32 was credited to the cobalt and arsenic content. In the
latter part of March, 1908, Mr. James Bartlett and the writer examined the
open pit from which this shipment was made.^ The pit was about 40 feet
long and 14 feet deep, and the vein had a width of two to six inches showing
some pure smaltite and wire silver.
The following account of the discovery ot the Keeley mine has been kindly
furnished by R. J. Jowsey: — ■
The find on the Keeley was made in the fall of 1907. J. M. Wood had been digging while
I had gone to Hailejbury for some prov^isions. I went to Haileybury on the last trip of the
boat, and the lake froze, so I had to pack the supplies down on my back. When I returned
Wood had found a chunk of smaltite, and had it in the camp when I arrived. I went out and
helped him dig that evening, and next day, about three o'clock, he uncovered the vein when I
was a little farther ahead in the trench. We left it on the window sill a couple of days, as it
looked to be just smaltite. On Sunday we were looking at it when it had dried out, and noticed
all those fine hairs in it. We were not sure of its value, so we had it assayed. If 1 remember
right it was around 11,000 ounces of silver per ton.
Messrs Keeley, Jowsey, and Wood then sold the property to interests
connected with the now defunct Farmers Bank. The bank was only interested
in the property on account of having made advances on a million dollars worth
of bonds issued by Keeley Mine, Limited; and the bank was never owner of the
mine. Keeley, Jowsey, and Wood received 8300,000 for the property. The
total amount advanced by the bank, including the purchase price, wages, cost
of plant, etc., was much greater than the above mentioned sum.
The property, under the name of Keeley Mine, Limited, was worked by
interests associated with the bank until 1911, and about 24,337 ounces of silver
were produced, mainly from the original discovery. No. 1 shaft. Wood's
vein was not worked during this period in the history of the mine.
The affairs of the Farmers Bank then became involved, and the bank failed.
The liquidators of the bank found themselves in possession of the Keeley mine,
H.R. 19, but they did not allow the operating company, Keeley Mine, Limited,
to fail. It was kept in good standing.
In 1913, J. Mackintosh Bell acquired an option on the property for the
Associated Gold Mines of Western Australia, Limited. An option had been
granted on the 26th March, 1913, by Keeley Mine, Limited, and the Farmers
Bank to one, E. G. Aman, which option was assigned to the Associated Gold
Mines of Western Australia, Limited, on the 12th June, 1913. The Associated
Gold Mines of Western Australia, Limited, obtained several renewals of that
option, and on the 23rd April, 1918, they obtained the last option. These
were given by the Keeley Mine, Limited, and the Farmers Bank. The final
payment on the property was made on August 1st, 1919; the total price paid
was 8110,000. LIpon the Associated Gold Mines of Western Australia, Limited,
making the final payment they received a transfer from Keeley Mine, Limited,
and the Farmers Bank of the property, and they also received the majority of
the stock in Keeley Mine, Limited, and the bond issue of a million dollars made
by Keeley Mine, Limited, which was held by the Farmers Bank. Eventually
these bonds were burned by J. Mackintosh Bell and the solicitor of the present
company, W. H. Stafford. The writer is greatly indebted to these two gentlemen
for much of the information regarding the history of the property.
lAniiual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, 1907, Vol. XVI, pt. II, p. 147.
1922
South Lorrain
205
206 Department of Mines No. 4
The Associated Gold IMines of Western Australia, Limited, did not operate
the original di-covery at the Kee'ey mine, Xo. 1 shaft, nor have these old wot kings
been connected with the main, present-day workings on Wood's and other
veins at Xo. 3 shaft.
Between the years 1913 and 1919, work at the property was retarded and
carried on intermittently on account of the Great War which lasted from 1914
to 1918. In 1914. the mine was worked with a force of 85 men, but, following
the outbreak of war, the force was reduced in August from 85 to 20 men, and in
September to 6 men, who were sinking by hand in X'^o. 2 shaft. The mine
ceased operations about the middle of October, 1914.
In 1915, the mine was worked from IVIay to October 1st. In 1918, a shipment
of ore, in stock from previous operations, was made; and the property was in
operation between July and September. In 1919. work was carried on during
the summer months with a force of 15 men.
Subsequent operations have been highly successful, and the mine has
been operated without cessation up to the time this report went to press.
On account of the fact that Wood's vein, the "mother lode" of the productive
section, was first discovered on the Beaver Lake claim, a few words may be added
about its history. The claim, as already noted, is now owned by the Keeley
Silver Mines, Limited, and is contiguous to the original Keeley, H.R. 19, on
the west.
Wood's vein was discovered in 19U8 b\- J. M. Wood on the Beaver Lake claim,
H.R. 21. The southern two-thirds of the vein outcrops on the Beaver Lake claim:
the northern third of the vein passes into the original Keeley claim In 1908
and 1909, Jowsey and Wood sank a shaft on Wood's vein, on the Beaver Lake
claim, near the west boundary of the Keeley. The shaft was sunk to a depth
of 110 feet, and on the 75-ft. level a drift 75 feet long was run. Had Jowsey
and Wood drifted a short distance farther north they would have encountered
a very rich ore-shooc known as O 3 (Fig. facing page 216), althotigh only a small
part of the shoot is in the Beaver Lake claim, most of it passing into the Keeley.
But had Jowsey and Wood found this shoot, the Keeley would undoubtedly
have heard about it, and would have worked that part of the shoot which is
in the Keeley and which constitutes the largest part. The shoot has proved
to be an important producer, and, if it had been discovered in those days, the
discovery certainly would have led to an exploration of Wood's v^ein. Perhaps
the rich ore-shoots four or five hundred feet below the surface might have been
encountered by Farmers Bank interests, and the bank might have thus been
saved from failure. But these are idle speculations. It remained the good
fortune of the present company to discover at depth the fabulously rich silver
ore of Wood's vein. Such are the vicissitudes, such the tragedy and romance
of mining!
The credit for the discovery of Wood's vein must be given to Wood; and
although this pioneer and his partners Jowsey and Keeley did not find any
ore, they did find tlakes of native silver in the vein.
Some of the early history of the Beaver Lake claim is recorded by the inspec-
tors of mines for Ontario and by A. G. Burrows, and their remarks are quoted below.
In 1908, the inspector of mines reported that the following work was done
on Beaver Lake claim: —
The claims H.R. 21 and H.R. 11 are owned by the original owners of the Keeley mine,
Messrs Keeley, Jowsey, and Wood, and lie immediately to the west of it. Considerable trenching
was done on the two claims during 1Q08, and veins carrying silver discovered. A shaft has been
sunk on it 25 feet, and sinking was to be continued. This vein [Wood's] had a strike of about
north and south, and was only a short distance from the west boundary of the Keeley claim. ^
'Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XVHI, pt. I, 1909, p. 125.
1922 r South Lorrain 207
In 1909 the work reported on the Beaver Lake claim, H.R. 21, by the inspec-
tor of mines, was as follows: —
Messrs Jowsey and Wood have been operating on claims H.R. 21 and H.R. 22, lying west
of and adjoining the Keeley mine. A shaft has been sunk to a depth of 110 feet, and, on the
75-ft. level, 75 feet of drifting done.^
A. G. Burrows, in 1913. has the following remark to make concerning the
Beaver Lake claim, H.R. 21 : —
On H.R. 21 there are several calcite veins, and one of these has shown on development native
silver. This vein is near the east side line and strikes about north-northeast. A shaft has been
6unk to a depth of 1 10 feet, and on the 75-ft. level, 75 feet of drifting has been done. The gangue
is calcite, which has a very fine crypto-crystalline texture, associated in bands with quartz and
decomposed material. Leaf silver, in small flakes, has been found in the vein, associated with
smaltite, copper pyrites, and native bismuth. Minute crystals of chloanthite are scattered
through the gangue. -
Veins and Rock Structures
The structure of the rocks and the relation of the veins to the rocks are
shown in the drawing facing page 207. The veins occur at the top of the Nipissing
diabase sill, both in the sill and in the overlying Keewatin. The top of the sill
at No. 3 shaft dips westward at an angle of 34°. Most of the ore has been
found along this contact at a depth of 400 to 500 feet below the surface. An
important shoot of ore was, however, met with only 55 feet below the surface;
this shoot is known as D 3 in Wood's vein. There are also other ore-shoots,
200 or 300 feet above the contact, which are on the whole much lower in grade
than those along the contact.
There are five main veins on the Keeley which are worked from the main
or No. 3 shaft. The veins at No. 1 shaft, the original discovery, are described
elsewhere in this report; they have not been worked by the present company.
The rive veins referred to are Wood's, and Nos. 26, 16, 6, and 20. The
most important vein is Wood's. The others are branches of this vein. There
are several other minor veins.
Wood's, Nos. 26, 16, and 6 are fault veins with displacements up to 30 feet.
The writer has not had an opportunity of examining No. 20 vein. The displace-
ment along vein No. 26 is not yet known.
XA'ood's vein occurs in a reverse fault, having an apparent displacement
along the dip of about 30 feet, as nearly as could be ascertained in the present
state of development of the mine workings. The horizontal displacement is
not known, but the presence of more or less horizontal scratches on the walls
of the fault show that some horizontal movement took place. The vein strikes
about north and south, and dips eastward at an angle of 65°. The breccia
of the fault is not wide, perhaps averaging one to six inches, in places being almost
entirely absent. The gouge, too, is narrow, showing only small fractions ot an inch
in width; in the weathered and oxidized zone the gouge is an inch wide. In
places the walls of the fault are schistose. The vein in Wood's fault is, in places,
exactly in the fault; that is to say, it abuts against the gouge. In other places
the vein is in the hanging wall a foot or two above the gouge; and, in other places,
it is in the footwall a foot or two below the gouge. In the same face of the drift,
from time to time, veins have been noted in the hanging wall, in the footwall,
and in the gouge. In places several irregular veins occur across a width of
four or five feet. The breccia of the fault is in places cemented together
by vein material, and the veins thus form an irregular network intersecting
the fault breccia.
•Annual Report, Ont. Pur. Mines, Vol. XIX. pt. I, 1910, p. 114.
2 " " " " " Vol. XIX, pt. n, 1Q13. p. 143.
208 Department of Mines No. 4
It is difficult to say what is the average width of Woods vein. In places
vein matter is almost absent, w^hile in one place on the fourth level the vein
has a width of three to four feet. It may average between three inches and a
foot in width.
Some replacement of the wall-rock by vein matter has taken place.
Pre-Glacial Weathering
An interesting and unique condition occurs on the south part of the Wood's
vein. Pre-glacial weathering has been preserved in this part of the vein (Fig.
facing page 216). It has reached a depth of at least 480 feet below the surface.
In no other mine in the entire Cobalt area has pre-glacial weathering been
preserved, although, as stated elsewhere in this report, good examples are found
in connection with ore bodies in other parts of Ontario. There is no absolute
proof that the weathering is pre-glacial. It is simply assumed that sufficient
time has not elapsed since the retreat of the glaciers to have allowed such deep
weathering to form. J. Mackintosh Bell was the first geologist to observe these
conditions and he has given the first description of them..^ For convenience,
the term "weathering" may include disintegration, solution, leaching, oxidation,
and hydration. The mine workings have penetrated this weathered zone on
the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh levels. The third level penetrated
the weathered zone for 600 feet; no indication was there noted that it was becom-
ing less intense at the south end of the drift. The weathering has altered the
country rock to a more or less soft clay. In places the clay has a reddish-brown
and yellow colour. Elsewhere it has a pale greenish-grey colour. Towards
the bottom of the weathered zone, the pale greenish-grey clay is more common
than the red clay. That is to say, the red variety of oxidation occurs, for the
most part, at and near the surface, and the grey variety occurs, for the most
part, at depth.
Judging from chemical analyses and tests made by W. K. McNeill, the red
colour of the clay is due to ferric oxide, while the pale greenish-grey colour is
due to ferrous oxide.
In places there is a sharp line of demarcation between the red clay and the
grey clay; in other places there is a more or less gradual transition between the
two. In the case of the sharp line of demarcation, the fault sometimes separates
the grey clay from the red.
The alteration of the country rock to clay was noted in one place across
a width of six or seven feet. It is, on the average, much less than that.
The zone of contact, which is a very gradual one, between the weathered
rock on the south and fresh solid rock on the north, is about vertical.
The writer has been asked the question, whether the weathered zone will
extend south to Trout lake, a distance of about half a mile, and whether it will
follow along the bottom of Trout lake, a distance of a mile farther south. This
can be answered only by exploration of the ground. It is very doubtful, however,
if the weathering will persist unless the Wood's or some other fault extends
south to Trout lake. The reason that pre-glacial weathering has been preserved
is that it followed down Wood's fault along a narrow zone on each side of the
fault. Glaciation was not intense enough to remove the solid fresh rock on each
side of the fault. Hence the preservation of the weathered zone in Wood's
fault.
J. Mackintosh Bell forwarded two samples of ore from the weathered zone
of Wood's vein to Ledoux and Company, New York. One of these samples
'"The Occurrence of Silver Ores in South Lorrain, Ont., Canada," Bulletin, Inst. Min.
nnd Met., February, 1922.
Pulp
Metallics
Composite
er cent
per cent.
per cent.
43.24
39.6
10.33
4.69
9.9
12.06
11.1
2.42
2.2
6.92 .
6.3
0.68
0.6
10.36
10.42
10.4
0.53
0.5
0.07
0.1
0.33
0.3
4.59
73.36
10.3
0.26
0.2
0.30
0.3
trace
6.06
1922 _■ South Lorrain 209
was the red, ferric variety of weathered ore, and the other was the ferrous variety.
Ledoux and Company found that the ferrous ore contained a large proportion
of metallics, which were principally silver. The sample of ferric ore contained,
on the other hand, no metallics.
Ledoux and Company's letter, addressed to the Keeley Silver Mines,
Limited, regarding these samples, is given below: —
Practically complete analyses have been made on two samples of ore referred to in \our
letter of December 28, 1922.
The first sample, designated as "ferrous ore," contained a large proportion of metallics
which were principally silver. On fine grinding we obtained: Pulp, 91.68 per cent.; Metallics,
8.32 per cent. Since in the ordinary practice of treating this ore. the metallics would be separated
in the preliminary stages by ball-mill crushing or otherwise, particular attention has been paid
to analysis of the fine pulp, and only the principal elements in the metallics have been deter-
mined. Our analysis of the ferrous ore is as follows :-
Silica (SiOi)
Iron (Fe)
Alumina (AI2O3)
Lime (CaO)
Magnesia (MgO)
Manganese Oxide (MnO)
Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb)
Copper
Cobalt
Silver
Sulphur
Phosphoric Anhvdride (P2O5)
Gold .'
Bismuth ]
Lead I
Zinc [ None
Nickel i
Selenium |
Tellurium J
silver'..'.. ..... '3668.5' 'oz.'per ton of 2,666 lb?.'
Gold 0.88 oz. per ton " " "
It will be noticed that the elements determined in the pulp account for only 92 per cent.
The balance is made up of oxygen combined with some of the iron and with other elements,
combined with water as an essential part of the gangue and the alkali metals, potash and soda.
The calculation of the composite is on the assumption that the metallics do not contain the
constituents of the gangue matter, but of course some gangue constituents are included in the
metallics. The metallics consist essentially of native silver, silver arsenides and iron.
The ferric ore developed no metallics on crushing and grinding. Our analysis shows: —
Per cent.
Manganese Oxide QInO) 1.33
Silica (SiOs) ' 45.46
Iron (Fe) (FeaOs 15.24) 10.67
Alumina (AI2O3) 1^^-92
Lime (CaO) 1 • 69
Magnesia (MgO) 3.92
Arsenic (As) 0.38
Antimonv (Sb) Trace
Copper fCu) 0 06
Cobalt (Co) 0. 28
Silver (Ag) (3 . 00 oz. per ton of 2,000 lb.) 0 01
Sulphur (S) 0.10
Phosphoric Anhydride Q'-oOo) 0 . 20
Combined Water 10.47
Gold Trace
In this sample the iron is present principally as ferric oxide (FeaOs), but an exact deter-
mination of the state of oxidation is impossible on account of the presence of arsenic, sulphur
and perhaps other oxidi/able elements. So far as we can see from the results of our analysis,
there is nothing in the ferrous ore that should interfere with ordinary milling operations. While
the ferric ore likewise contains nothing deleterious, it contains nothing valuable except a small
proportion of cobalt and three ounces of silver per ton. If this is a characteristic sample, we
venture to say that the ferric ore should not be included with the ferrous in milling operations.
210 Department of Mines No. 4
Secondary Silver
It is generally accepted that most of the native silver at Cobalt is primary/
The primary character of all the silver at the Keeley mine, however, is to
be doubted. Some of the silver which occurs in the weathered zone, described
in preceding pages, is in all probability secondary, as was first pointed out by
J. Mackintosh Bell. It would be difficult, nevertheless, to reach a definite
conclusion as to what proportion of the silver in the Keeley mine is primary
and what proportion is secondary.
This much may be said: In the oxidized zone, native silver in thin leaves
has been found deposited on top of red iron oxides. These red iron oxides are
secondary; and hence the leaf silver deposited on top of the oxides is also second-
ary. Very little native silver, however, occurring under this condition has been
noted.
Again, soft spongy layers of native silver were noted resting loosely on top
of sm.altite. The sponge silver could be removed with the nail. This silver
is doubtless secondary, having been leached out of the upper greatly oxidized
zone and precipitated when the silver solutions came in contact with the unal-
tered smaltite at depth. Little of such silver was noted.
Probably the ruby silver occurring in geodes and vugs is also secondary.
The wire silver, so common at the Keeley mine, is also doubtless secondary.
Beyond these statements, the writer is not prepared to go at the present
time. An examination of many polished surfaces of the ore might lead to a more
definite idea a'^ to how much silver at the Keeley is primary and how much
is secondary
More light ma\', perhaps, be thrown on this subject when mining operations
have reached the bottom of the weathered zone.
W. K. McNeill tested some of the native silver in vein Xo. 26 on the 4S0-ft.
level for mercury and found it to contain a trace.
DESCRIPTION OF KEELEY MINE WORKINGS
The workings of the Keeley mine may now be described in detail, and if
reference is made by the reader to the level plans accompanying this report,
the descriptions will be more readily followed.
The workings from the main shaft, No. 3, will first be described, beginning
with the bottom level.
Workings from No. 3 Shaft, Keeley Mine
Seventh Level, 480 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft.— There are on the
seventh level four productive veins, namely, Wood's; No. 26, which is some-
times called the "Birthday"; No. 16; and No. 20. This level is the richest in
the mine.
, Wood's is a fault vein, the displacement of which has been worked out on
the level above. It dips to the east at 55° to 69° and strikes about north and
south. The fault shows very little gouge or fault breccia; the gouge is for the
most part but a small fraction of an inch in width, and the fault breccia some
two or three inches. In the oxidized zone at the south part of the level the
gouge and fault breccia are wider; in places the gouge is an inch and a half in
width and the fault breccia six inches in width. Here and there in the gouge,
horizontal scratches were observed; other scratches were noted dipping at 10°
^The Coball-Xickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskamine;, by Willet G. Miller,
Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt. II, 1Q13, and Guide Book No. 7, Internat. Geol. Congr. 1913,
pp. 90-95.
1922 ,_• South Lorrain 211
to 15° to the north. E\idently there was some horizontal movement along
Wood's vein. In places the fault contains little vein matter. North of the
shaft about 80 feet Wood's vein became wider, and early in October, 1922, a
high-grade shoot was discovered. Part of this shoot, for a length of 40 feet,
assayed from 500 to 14,800 ounces of silver to the ton; one part of the shoot,
12 feet in length, had a width of six to fifteen inches and assayed, according to
the returns of the company, 8,000 to 14,800 ounces of silver per ton. This rich
shoot was in the hanging wall of the fault about two feet east of the gouge.
The writer was fortunate enough to have been at the Keeley mine in October,
1922, when this shoot was discovered, and was therefore able to photograph
it (Fig. 44).
At the south part of Wood's vein, a shoot of silver ore was discovered,
having a length of 198 feet, which gave an average assay return of 370 ounces
of silver per ton across an average width of 19 inches, according to the sampling
of the company. This shoot is known as "N" shoot.
In the Keeley mine on the seventh level, there are thus two ore-shoots in
the Wood's vein.
In December, 1922, vein No. 26 was discovered. In this vein was found
the most consistent shoot of high-grade ore encountered in the mine up to
March, 1923. It had a length of 74 feet and, according to the company reports,
gave an average assay return of 2,600 ounces across an average width of 15
inches. It is reported by the management that in drifting 74 feet along this
shoot the company mined 250,000 ounces of silver; no stoping was done to recover
this output. At one place this wonderful shoot had a width of about five feet,
but this width was only local and appeared to be due to a sudden swell
in the vein, combined with a sharp bend (Fig. 50).
\'ein No. 26 is at the south part of the level. It is a branch of Wo3d's
vein and very gradually leaves this vein, almost paralleling it for about
60 feet, at a distance of 2 to 5 feet. Vein 26 then turns to the northvv'estward,
just about the point at which the ore-shoot began to develop. The wTiter
examined the vein on January 24th and 25th, 1923. At that time it showed
very little calcite, but was characterized by a high percentage of smaltite,
some of which occurred in vuggy, kidney-like, or grape-like rusty masses.
The native silver, in places, was noted to occur in thin leaf-like forms in vugs,
and on top of the kidney-like or grape-like masses of smaltite. Vein No. 26
appears to occur in a fault of small though unknown displacement.
At the south end of the level, vein No. 20 was discovered early in the year
1923. It is a branch oi Woods vein on the east side and strikes eastward.
I'he writer has not seen this vein, but it is reported to contain high-grade ore,
the native silver occurring in "matted'' forms.
Vein No. 16 is a branch of Wood's vein. It leaves the latter in a gentle
curve and finally strikes westward, about at right angles to Wood's vein. In
October 1922, the vein had been followed westward for 225 feet. It is in Nipissing
diabase for some distance west of Wood's vein. Where the vein occurs in the
diabase it is vertical, but where it enters the Keewatin it dips at an angle of
about 60° to the south. This southerly dip is due to the fact that where the
vein enters the Keewatin it follows the footwall of a mica-lamprophyre dike and,
as the dike dips to the southward at 60°, so the vein also has this dip. It is
another instance, so common in the Cobalt area, of a vein following the strike
and dip of a lamprophyre dike. In every case, of course, the lamprophyre dikes
are younger than the Keewatin, but older than the Nipissing diabase. At the
time of our examination in October 1922, vein No. 16 had been traced for 100
212
Department of Mines
No. 4
Fig. 5C— Keelev mine, vein No. 26, 480-ft. level, January 24th, 1923. The vein is four l:o_ five
feef wide on this face, but pinches out rapidly to normal size. The ore averages 7,C10f>
ounces of silver per ton. Leonard G. Smith at the right. Photographed by Cyril
W. Knight.
1922 '^ South Lorrain 213
feet along the footwall of the lamprophyre dike. Vein No. 16 is a fault vein;
it has faulted the contact of the Keewatin and Nipissing diabase about two feet
horizontally, the vertical movement not having been ascertained. The fault
breccia is six inches wide in places. A stope section along vein No. 16 is shown
in the drawing facing page 207.
Weathering and oxidation of Wood's vein and wall-rock first develops
about 75 feet south of \ein No. 16, where there is a zone of red oxidized material
about 15 feet in length. The back of the drift along this 15-ft. zone had soft
and dangerous rock, necessitating some timbering. South of this small oxidixed
portion weathering almost ceases for about 50 feet, when it again develops,
and in places the Nipissing diabase is altered to a more or less soft green clay
for a width of at least 4 or 5 feet in places. Most of the oxidized material
has a pale greenish-grey colour, although some is coloured reddish-brown due
to ferric oxide.
An analysis of the weathered Nipissing diabase at the south part of Wood's
vein was made by W. K. McNeill, Provincial Assayer, and T. E. Rothwell.
fhe specimen analyzed was a clayey material having a pale greenish-grey
colour; and although the rock minerals were apparently almost entirely altered
to kaolin the specimen still preserved its diabase texture.
Analysis OF Greenish-Grey Clayey Material (Altered Nipissing Diabase), Keeley Mine,
480-FT. Level, Wood's \'ein, in Oxidized Zone
Per cent.
Silica 44 . 76
Alumina 25 . 06
Ferrous oxide 5.23
Ferric oxide 5 . 54
Lime 5.76
Magnesia 3.12
Potash 1 . 64
Soda 1 .44
Carbon dioxide 0 . 28
Water 7 .42
100.25
Vein No. 26 is stained here and there with red oxides, but the weathering
of the wall-rock is not marked.
On levels above, the red oxides of iron are more common in the weathered
zone than they are on the seventh, 480-ft. level.
Much water w^as encountered in certain parts of the oxidized portion of
Wood's vein; on October 23rd, 1922, the flow taxed the capacity of the pumps.
More water was encountered in the weathered part of Wood's vein on the various
levels than was met with in the unweathered portions of the vein at the north
part of the workings.
The workings on the seventh level are almost entirely in the Nipissing
diabase sill. All of Wood's vein is in the diabase. The Keewatin was met with
in the drift along vein No. 16, about 100 feet west of Wood's vein; the Keewatin
was also met with in the drift on vein No. 28 west of Wood's vein. The dip of the
diabase contact where it occurs in the drift along vein No. 16 is about vertical,
but this vertical contact is, presumably, a local irregularity.
Sixth Level, 418 Feet below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — ^The productive veins on
the sixth level are Wood's, No. 16, and No. 6.
W'ood's vein marks the contact between the Nipissing diabase and the
Keewatin. In October, 1922, the vein had been drifted on for nearly 700 feet,
disclosing Nipissing diabase on the hanging wall, east side, and Keewatin basalt
214 Department of Mines No. 4
on the footwall, west side, except at the north and where the diabase forms both
hanging wall and footwall. The contact of the top of the diabase on the footwall
dips, at the north end, at an angle of 10° to the south (drawing facing page 216).
Wood's vein is in a fault. As far as could then be determined, the fault is a
reverse one, with a displacement of about 30 feet, more or less, along the plane
of the fault (drawing facing page 207). But horizontal scratches on the walls of
the fault on the level below show that some horizontal movement has taken
place. Sufficient work, however, had not been done to definiteh' determine the
exact displacement, either along the dip or along the strike of the fault.
Wood's vein on this level is, in places, a strong one, showing at one point
12 to 15 inches of smaltite; in other places there is little or no vein matter. At
the north part of the drift, the vein apparently leaves the fault for about 50 feet
and enters the hanging wall, finally, however, entering the fault again farther
north, as shown by the plan of this level. North of this there are vugs in the
fault, and some beautiful crystals of argentite and ruby silver were found in these
vugs.
The fault breccia varies in width from two to fifteen inches; it will a\"erage
probably less than three or four inches. The gouge is but small fractions of an
inch in width, showing in one place, however, a width of an inch.
Weathering and oxidation along Wood's vein and wall-rock on the sixth
le\el begins about 20 feet south of the crosscut which runs from No. 6 vein to
Wood's vein. The oxidation increases in intensity towards the south, until on
the face there are three feet or more of soft, brownish-red decomposed rock. In
places the hanging wall of Nipissing diabase is completely altered to the soft,
cla>--like material with a pale, greenish-grey colour, already mentioned, which
still retains the diabase texture of the original rock. At the south end of this
oxidized zone some very rich lenses of sih-er ore, a few feet long and one to three
or four inches wnde, were met with. In this part of the tault there were found
lenses of smaltite; and in cracks in the smaltite, there occurred plates of soft,
spongy silver. This silver could readily be removed from the smaltite
with the finger. Such occurrences of silver, in cracks in the smaltite, are appar-
ently of secondary origin. The silver was probably dissolved out of the upper
part of the vein in the oxidized zone and carried down and re-deposited on the
smaltite. In this part of the \-ein there is much wire silver, growing in geodes
in the smaltite.
\"ein No. 16 is an important one on this level, although it has not yet been
so productive on other levels. It leaves Wood's fault in a gentle curve and is
evidently a branch of Wood's fault, running at about right angles to it. Imme-
diately west of the fault, a rich shoot was encountered in No. 16 vein. The stope
in this shoot is only 30 feet long and 25 feet high, yet it produced about 150,000
ounces of silver. The vein in this stope was in places 12 inches wide of smaltite.
The shoot did not extend quite up to Wood's vein, but a small calcite stringer
did enter the latter. The vein had been followed west for some distance, and
two more shoots of less importance were found (drawing facing page 207). The vein
in the drift, west of the rich shoot, is a strong calcite vein showing in places a
width of 15 inches. It follows a mica-lamprophyre dike, as on the seventh level.
The vein is sometimes on one wall of the dike and sometimes on the other.
\"ein No. 16 is evidently a fault vein, as there is about half an inch of fault
breccia and gouge in the fissure. On the seventh level the fault has a horizontal
displacement of about two feet.
Vein No. 6 is a strong, white calcite vein up to a foot in width, dipping 70°
to the east. In places the vein is almost frozen to the walls, while elsewhere
1922 .j__ South Lorrain 215
there are from one to perhaps three inches of fault breccia and gouge. On tho
fifth level, 35 feet south of the shaft, a winze was put down on No. 6 vein. In
this winze, 17 feet below the fifth level on the east side of the vein, the top of
the Nipissing diabase sill was met with; while on the west side of the vein the
Nipissing diabase was encountered 19 feet below the fifth level. Thus, vein No.
6 is in a reverse iault which has displaced the diabase contact two feet (drawing
facing page 207).
Fifth Level, 355 Feel below Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — Nearly all of the level is in
Keewatin, cut by lamprophyre dikes. A little Nipissing diabase occurs at the
shaft and in two nearby drifts. Opposite the shaft the contact between the
Nipissing diabase and Keewatin is vertical, but this is a local irregularity.
Wood's vein varies in width from an inch or two to about a foot. The fault
in which it occurs shows about one to three or four inches of fault breccia and
gouge. In places the vein consists of a number of small, irregular stringers
which evidently, in part at any rate, replace the wall-rock, which is somewhat
schistose. Here and there a lamprophyre dike was noted along the walls of the
vein on this level. In places a little pink feldspar occurs in the vein. The south
end of the vein and wall-rock is oxidized, the intensity of oxidation increasing
towards the south.
Vein No. 16 is a strong vein, up to 18 inches wide, of white calcite; and at
one place 30 feet west of Wood's fault, 12 inches of pure smaltite was exposed;
some high-grade silver ore also occurred here. The vein follows a mica-lampro-
phyre dike, as it also does on the two levels below. On the west face there was
half an inch of gouge in the fault in which this vein occurs.
No. 6 vein is a strong one, four to six inches wide, having in places a width of
12 to 18 inches of calcite. In places it splits into six parallel stringers. A stope
has been worked on this vein.
Fourth Level, 296 Feet beloiu the Collar of No. 2 Shaft. — This level is not con-
nected directly with No. 3 shaft. It is reached by a winze from the third level.
The rock consists of Keewatin basalt cut by lamprophvre dikes.
The fourth level had, up to November, 1922, proved to be barren. The
work had been done wholly on Wood's vein, the drift on the vein being 550 feet
in length. The vein is a strong one, at one point showing four feet of white
calcite. It has in places a finely banded texture, due to the interbanding of
pink and white calcite, as many as 50 bands or more having been counted across
six inches. There is in places a pink, fine-grained variety of calcite in the vein,
a sample of which was submitted to W. K. McNeill for analysis, the result of
which was as follows: —
Analysis of Fixe-Grai.ned, Pink Calcite, Keeley Mine, 296-ft. Level
Per cent.
SiOo 0.20
AU-0 0.16
CaO 53.91
MnO 0.10
The vein is not always in the fault. It leaves the fault at times, and parallels
it at a distance of three feet or so in the hanging wall.
The gouge and fault breccia have a combined width of two or three inches.
The south end of the drift is oxidized for 200 feet, the intensity of the oxida-
tion increasing towards the south. On the south face of the drift there is one
foot of soft clay, stained brown or yellow; on each side of this clay, the walls are
still hard but are stained with iron oxides.
216 Department of Mines No. 4
Third Level, 235 Feet belo'M the Collar of Ao. 3 Shaft. — ^This level is all in the
Keewatin basalt, cut by lamprophyre dikes of Haileyburian age. It is one of
the most extensive workings in the mine, the Wood's vein having been drifted
on for about 1.200 feet. The Wood's vein, as on lower levels, pinches and swells,
and is as wide as 15 inches in places.
The south part of Wood's vein and adjacent country rock is oxidized and
weathered for 600 feet. Oxidation begins about 125 feet south of the crosscut
which goes to the main shaft. The oxidation is at first not marked. It first
becomes evident by the appearance, in cracks and joints of wall-rock and vein,
of reddish-brown limonite together with the earthy variety of limonite which
has a brownish-yellow and ochre-yellow colour. Proceeding south along the
drift, this oxidation becomes more intense. The wall-rock gradually turns soft,
until finally in places the rock is almost completely decomposed to a soft clay.
In some places the rock is altered to this soft material across a width of four feet.
The decomposed and oxidized rock, fault breccia, and vein material have for the
most part a reddish-brown colour. In places the material has a pale grey colour,
tinted with pale green. The lamprophyre dike, which here and there forms the
wall-rock of Wood's vein, appears to have weathered more readily than the hard,
tough basalt. At one place a sample of this altered lamprophyre was taken and
submitted for analysis to W. K. McNeill, Provincial Assayer, and T. E. Rothwell,
who found it to have the following composition. It will be noted that the iron
occurs almost wholly in the ferric state, Fe203, probably accounting for the red
colour.
Analysis of Reddish-brown Clayey ]\Iaterial (Altered Mica-Lamprophyre Dike)
Keeley Mine, 235-ft. Level, Wood's \'ein, in Oxidized Zone
Per cent.
Silica.... 44.30
Ferric oxide 13.37
Ferrous oxide Trace
Alumina 24 . 19
Lime 1.25
Magnesia 2 . 24
Soda 0.72
Potash 0.32
( Water 12.97
Carbon dioxide 0 . 90
Total 100.26
Some of the pale greenish-grey clay in the oxidized zone of Wood's vein was
tested by W. K. McNeill, who showed that this clay contained the iron largely
in the ferrous state, while in the red and brown clay the iron is largely in the
ierric state.
In the south part of Wood's \'ein, there is a stope 175 feet long and 75 feet
"high in the oxidized portion of the vein. In this stope the width of the oxidized
jzone varies; in places it is but six inches wide. In December, 1921, a little of the
■oxidized ore was being treated in the mill, but in November, 1922, none of this
material was being used. It is difiicult to treat with the present process in use
at the mill, and some other method will be adopted for treating it.
In the stope referred to above, there are, here and there, thin films of nati\e
silver deposited on top of films of reddish-brown oxide of iron. As these oxides
are certainly secondary, it follows that this leaf silver must also be secondary in
origin. This secondary silver has probably been leached out from portions of
the vein higher up.
1922 .^ South Lorrain 217
Wood's fault near the south end of the drift branches, one branch continuing
southward along the general strike of the vein and the other turning and striking
southeastward. The southeast branch, judging from the fault breccia, is the
stronger fissure. On the south face of this southeast branch, the rock is decom-
posed across five or six feet to a soft, grey, clay-like material. This branch of
the fissure contains a rusty quartz vein one to six inches wide, carrying here and
there galena, zinc blende, and iron pyrites. It is curious that some of these sul-
phides should be perfectly fresh, while the country rock is so much decomposed
that it is now altered in places to a soft, clay-like substance. In the fault breccia
there is much reddish-brown (ferric) material.
No. 6 vein is in a minor fault, as evidenced by a small gouge and breccia one-
half to one inch wide. The vein in this fault may average two or three inches in
width, and is as wide as six inches. In places there is no vein material
whatever in the fault. • The vein and fault breccia are slightly oxidized, begin-
ning about 125 feet south of the shaft. In this part much cobalt bloom occurs
along the vein.
Second Level, 164 Feet below the Collar of No. 3 Shaft.— The level is in Keewatin
basalt. No. 6 vein is a strong-looking calcite vein one to eight inches wide. It
contains some small shoots of smaltite a few feet in length, but carries no silver.
No. 6 vein and its branch. No. 9, have been drifted on for 300 feet. No. 6 shows
a fault breccia and gouge about half an inch in width. The south end of No. 6
vein and country rock is oxidized for 50 feet. Wood's vein was not worked on
this level.
First Level, 100 Feetheloiv Collar of No. 3 Shaft. — This level is in the Keewatin
basalt. No. 6 vein and its branch, No. 9, have been worked. No. 6 averages
in width from two to three inches of calcite and is wider in places. No. 9 vein is
12 inches in width in places, consisting of calcite; it also shows four inches of
smaltite in one place. South of the shaft there is a stope on No. 6 vein about
30 feet long and some 15 feet high. It is reported that one of the old companies
obtained a small quantity of silver from this stope. No. 6 vein shows evidence
of movement along the wall; there is a fault breccia of about an inch. The
vein dips 75° westward, whereas on the sixth level it dips eastward.
Workings from No. 4 Shaft (Beaver Lake)
No. 4 shaft is also called the Beaver Lake shaft, it having been sunk on the
Beaver Lake claim, H.R. 21, which is now a part of the Keeley Silver Mines,
Limited. The shaft was sunk on Wood's vein and is, tharefore, an inclinsd one,
as the vein dips eastward about 65°. There are two levels, namely the 74-ft.
level, and the 98-ft. level, known as the intermediate. These two levels are
shown on the plan of the third level of the No. 3 shaft. The No. 4 shaft extends
down to the third level of the No. 3 shaft.
74-ft. Level. — This is a short level and consists of a drift 120 feet long on
Wood's vein. Had the original workers continued the drift a short distance
farther north, an important high-grade shoot of ore kaowa as "D3" would have
been encountered, although it is largely on the original Keeley claim H.R. 19.
98-ft. {Intermediate) Level. — This level was run by the present operating
company, and on it was encountered the high-grade shoot of ore known as
"D3" referred to in the preceding paragraph. The shoot was 60 or 70 feet long
and was one of the longest high-grade shoots in Wood's vein. The back of the
stope was, at the time of our examination in October, 1922, about 55 feet below
the surface (stope section facing page 216).
218 Department of Mines No. 4
Workings from No. 1 Shaft, Original Discovery, Keeley Mine
The mine workings from No. 1 shaft are those which were first worked by
interests connected with the Farmers Bank. The original discovery was made
there by J. W. Wood and R. J. Jowsey. The present company has not attempted
to operate these old workings.
On October 28th, 1922, the writer made an examination of these workings.
The levels were fortunately all accessible, owing to the fact that the water was
kept pumped out for use on the property. The old workings are distinct and
separate from the later workings, and have not been connected with the latter.
No silver production has come from them since the present company bought the
property. Including drifts, crosscuts, and shafts, the length of the workings
amounts to some 1,800 feet. They are in Keewatin basalt and Nipissing diabase,
the first 168 feet of the shaft being in Keewatin. fhe top of the Nipissing
diabase sill was encountered at this depth, and the work below this, on the third
level, was all done in the diabase. The workings show that the contact of the
diabase and Keewatin dips at about 28° to the west.
There are three levels, at 61, 131, and 206 feet, respectively, below the collar
of the shaft. No stoping was done on the third level. There is a small stope
about 25 feet long in Keewatin on the second; and there are four stopes on the
first level, the largest of which is about 90 feet in length, all in Keewatin. The
first level was the only one of importance as far as production is concerned.
These old workings produced 24,337 ounces of silver, according to the
records of the Ontario Department of Mines.
Beginning with the bottom level the following notes may be of interest: —
Third Level, 206 Feet below the Collar of No. 1 Shaft. — The level is entirely in
the Nipissing diabase, at the top of the sill The contact between the diabase
and Keewatin in the shaft is approximately 38 feet abo\-e the level.
There are some twelve veins on the level, consisting of pink and white
calcite, barren of silver. They are more or less parallel and strike west 10° to
30° north. The veins are mostly from a half to an inch or two in width; the
largest is No. 1 A vein at the shaft which is from a half to four inches in width.
Second Level, 131 Feet below the Collar of No. 1 Shaft. — The west part of the
level is in Keewatin, and the east part in Nipissing diabase, the contact dipping
26° westward. Practically all the work has been done on No. 1 vein which, west
of the shaft, shows in one place live parallel veins from one-half to three inches
in width, one of them showing two inches of smaltite and niccolite. A stope
about 25 feet long occurs here. East of the shaft this vein is scarcely more than
a pronounced joint crack, showing evidence of a little movement.
At the east end of the workings. No. 8 vein is a fault vein dipping 60° south-
west. It carries a little cobalt bloom. The work on the level below had not
been, it would seem, carried far enough northeast to encounter this \"ein.
First Level, 61 Feet belou the Collar of Xo. 1 Sh:ift. — Most of the'siher produc-
tion came from the lirst level. It is almost wholly in Keewatin, except about 20
feet at the southeast corner of the workings which is in Nipissing diabase. No. 1
vein at the shaft has a stope about 90 feet long and some 30 feet high, as far as
could be ascertained. No. 8 vein at the northeast part of the workings is a fault
vein with a dip of 80° to 90° southwest. There are two stopes on this vein, one
20 feet long and the other 15 feet. A vein at right angles to No. 8 vein has
a stope about 20 feet long. There are thus four stopes on the first level. The
veins, as far as could be seen, vary in width from fractions of an inch to tour
inches.
1922
South Lorrain
219
Frontier and Crompton
In 1922, the Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited, was working the Frontier
and Crompton properties. The number of the Frontier claim is H.R. 16, and
that of the Crompton. H.R. 25. The Crompton is a narrow claim, about 500 feet
wide, between the Frontier on the north and the Keeley on the south. Both
properties are worked from the same shaft, namely. No. 1. In the spring of 1923.
however, a new shaft, No. 3, was begun.
The Haileybury Silver Mining Company originally owned H.R. 16. In the
year 1909, this company sold the south half of the claim, 20 acres, to the Hailey-
bury Frontier Mining Company. The Mining Corporation of Canada, Limited,
subsequently bought the north and south half of H.R. 16, and this claim, H.R. 16,
is now generally referred to as the Frontier. The company also owns the Little
Keeley, H.S. 40, north of the Frontier, and the Forneri, H.S. 42, north of the
Little Keeley. Other claims have been acquired.
Fig. 51 — Frontier mine on left, Keeley mine on right.
Examination of the property was made in the fall of 1921 and 1922, and a
brief visit was paid in May, 1923.
The ore-shoots at the Frontier mine, like those at the Keeley, occur at the
top of the Nipissing diabase sill, both in the diabase and in the overlying
Keewatin.
Almost the entire surface of the Frontier and Crompton is composed of
Keewatin basalt, showing in places pillow structure, and volcanic fragmental
rocks. The Keewatin is cut by lamprophyre dikes of Haileyburian age. At the
southeast corner of the Crompton, the top of the Nipissing diabase sill is exposed.
The mine workings prove that the diabase dips under the Keewatin rocks. No. 1
shaft of the Frontier, for example, passes through 322 feet of Keewatin and then
encounters the top of the Nipissing diabase sill ; the diabase is thus proved to dip
under the Keewatin at an angle of about 25° (drawing facing page 219).
There are four main veins on the property, namely. No. 1, the Watson,
Wood's, and the Haileybury Silver. Of these veins, Wood's has proved to be the
most productive, up to the end of April, 1923.
The mine, referring to the Frontier and Crompton, is worked from No. 1
shaft, and has four levels, which are 75, 150, 300, and 372 feet, respectively, below
220 Department of Mines No. 4
the collar of the shaft. There is also a shallow shaft, No. 2, on the Wood's vein;
and a shaft on the Haileybury Silver vein, now no longer in use.
At the end of April, 1923, fifteen shoots of high-grade silver ore had been
met with, two of which were on the Crompton, and the remainder on the Frontier,
Three of these were on the second level, but were small and unimportant. The
remaining twelve shoots were on the third level; one of them occurred in Wood's
vein, another in the Watson vein, and the other ten were in No. 1 vein.
The longest silver shoot was in Wood's vein, at the south end of the Cromp-
ton: this shoot had a length of 102 feet and an average height of 35 feet, although
it was 57 feet high in one place. The shoot produced to the end of April, 1923,
approximately 900,000 ounces of silver, and was the most important ore-shoot in
the mine up to that time. At one place the vein was 40 inches wide, of which 36
inches consisted of high-grade, the remaining four inches being calcite. When
the writer examined this stope on May 7th, 1923, the vein in the back showed
30 inches of high-grade silver ore in one place (Fig. 52).
Of the other silver shoots one was about 60 feet in length. The shoot in the
Watson vein "was only 30 feet long and 22 feet high, but it produced approx-
imately 125,000 ounces of silver. Some of the other shoots appeared to have a
length of only a few feet.
All of these ore-shoots occur within 100 to 200 feet of the contact between
the top of the Nipissing diabase sill and the Keewatin; most of them are within
100 feet of the contact.
The tendency of No. 1 vein to follow a lamprophyre dike may be noted.
This dike was observed here and there along the drifts which follow the vein;
and on the third level an attempt was made to map it.
Pre-Glacial Weathering
In places the lamprophyre dike referred to in the preceding paragraph is
decomposed to a soft clayey material, having a pale, greenish-grey colour.
Possibly this alteration is all that now remains of the deep-seated portions of
pre-glacial weathering.
Early History of Frontier Mine
As the early history of a mine is always of interest, the writer asked Mr,
Horace F. Strong if he would give the Department an account of how he became
interested in the Frontier, how he found certain ore-shoots, and how he was instru-
mental in turning the property over to the Mining Corporation of Canada,
Limited. The Department is indebted to Mr. Strong for the following account
of the early history: —
What is now known as the Frontier mine was originally the south half of the property of the
Haileybury Silver Mining Company's claim, No. H.R. 16. It contains about twenty acres, and
is situated to the north of the Keeley claim and separated from the same by the Crompton fraction.
The latter is about 500 feet wide.
One, Henry Newburger, of Memphis, Tenn., bought the south half of H.R. 16 from the
Haileybury Silver Mining Company in 1912 for $100,000 cash and formed the Haileybury
Frontier Company. This company sank two shafts, one to the southwest to a depth of ninety
feet and one near the northern boundary to a depth of 150 feet. From the latter was done about
100 feet of crosscutting and fifty feet of drifting on the 75-foot level, and about 250 feet of drifting
on the 150-foot level. Both levels showed a strong vein carrying smaltite, but no silver was in
evidence. In the meantime Henry Newburger died and the company went into liquidation in
1914. Joseph Newburger, a cotton king of Memphis, Tenn., and brother of the deceased, bought
in the property in the interests of his brother's widow, and the mine remained closed until the
autumn of 1920. During the summer of 1920, Joseph Newburger had the mine dewatered and
examined by representatives of several silver-mining companies. At this time J. G. Harkness,
who had dewatered the mine, had collected options on control of the Haileybury Silver property
and advised Mr. Newburger to purchase same. The latter, however, failed tc do so and after a
couple of weeks allowed the Frontier to fail.
1922 J South Lorrain 221
During the autumn of 1919 and spring and summer of 1920, the writer was doing considerable
investigation into the various sources of cobalt ore for a large consumer of the metal in the U.S.A.,
and during a shortage had supplied his client with several carloads of high cobalt, low silver ore.
During the month of August, 1920, the situation became so acute that the v^riter asked his client
to be allowed to purchase the Haileybury Silver and Frontier properties, using the argument
that several hundred tons of high cobalt, low silver ore could be cheaply developed, with reason-
able chances at the same time of running into shoots of high-grade silver ore. The force of the
argument was seen, and the writer was allowed to proceed. The Haileybury Silver property
was bought outright early in September for S15,000 cash, and negotiations started for the Frontier.
The latter proved more difficult, but eventually, in November, 1920, the writer had secured a
reasonable lease for a year and further option to purchase. Dewatering was proceeded with
immediately, and the first machine started on December 16th. A thorough sampling of the old
working showed a short shoot of mill ore on the 75-foot level. Drifting proceeded at the rate of
200 feet per month until May 1st, 1921 , and the work put into sight about -100 tons of high cobalt,
low silver ore, and two short shoots of 500-ounce silver ore.
Having worked out the geology of the property, the writer prevailed upon his client, the
cobalt ore situation being in the meantime settled temporarily, to allow the 150- foot shaft to be
sunk to the contact zone. This entailed a further 150 feet of sinking and 27 feet of crosscutting.
The sinking was very much retarded by extremely hard rock, the Keewatin greenstone proving
very baffling. Eventually the desired horizon was reached about the end of August, and the
vein cut within a few inches of the projected point. A short patch of high-grade silver was
encountered in the second or third round of the drift, and in 300 feet of drifting, driven during
September and October, at least 200,000 ounces in high-grade was indicated. The writer then
put two propositions before his client. First, that he should put up an additional 8200,000 for
the purchase of adjoining properties, install a suitable mining plant, etc., and proceed to develop
and mine on a larger scale, or, second, to sell the property. The latter course was decided .on,
and in November, 1921, the writer concluded the sale under option to the Mining Corporation
of Canada, Limited, at a price of 8525,000 over a period of two \ears.
Description of Frontier ^Hne Workings
Commencing with the bottom \e\e\, the mine workings may now be
described.
Fourth Level, 372 Feet beloiv Collar of Xo. 1 Shaft. — This was the bottom level
of the Frontier mine in April, 1923. There were about 2,600 feet of workings.
The northeast half of the same is in Xipissing diabase, the remainder in Kee-
watin. The contact betw^een the diabase and Keewatin dips about 15° to the
southwest. The Keewatin consists of basalt, cut by lamprophyre dikes of
Haileyburian age.
Xo. 1 vein averages two or three inches in width, swelling in places to 12 or
15 inches. It consists for the most part of pink and white calcite, and strikes
southwestward. It contains a few sm.all shoots of almost pure cobalt ore and
niccolite, but is barren of silver, excepting for the presence of one small sample.
It is wider in the diabase than in the Keewatin. Its contacts with the wall-rock
are frozen.
The Watson vein was also barren of silver on this level. It is 2 to 4 inches
or more in width and is vertical. A little movement appears to have taken place
in the fissure which contains the Watson vein, as shown by a gouge about one-
quarter of an inch wide, and a fault breccia an inch or two in width. In places
the joint planes, adjacent to the vein, are lightly covered with thin films of red
iron oxide. There are vugs in the Watson vein.
Third Level, 300 Feet below Collar of No. 1 Shaft. — This was the most extensive
and most productive level in the mine; in April, 1923, there were about 2,850
feet of workings. The Xipissing diabase was met with about 40 feet northeast
of the Xo. 1 shaft. The contact of the diabase and Keewatin occurs in the shaft
about 22 feet below the third level. The rest of the level to the southwest is all
Keewatin basalt, cut by Haileyburian lamprophyre dikes.
An attempt was made to map an irregular hornblende-lamprophyre dike
which appeared parallel to X'o. 1 vein in the vicinity of the winze. This winze is
about 230 feet southwest of X'o. 1 shaft. The lamprophyre dikes occur in v^arious
parts of the level. They are irregular intrusions, ditihcult to map sfter the walls
222 Department of Mines No. 4
have become covered with rock dust following blasting. Soms of the dikes are
sill-like in form, that is, they have fiat dips. Towards the southwest end of No.
1 vein, a lamprophyre dike is decomposed to a soft rock.
The presence of a dike of pink feldspar-porphyry was noted about 60 feet
southwest of the winze referred to in the preceding paragraph. Presumably it
cuts the lamprophyre, although the relationship was obscure owing to rock dust
on the walls and back, and the small exposure.
In No. 1 vein, ten high-grade shoots of silver ore had been met with. The
vein is a strong one, in places up to a foot in width, but towards the southwest
end, before enteting the Watson, it is but an inch or two in width, and in places
is little more than a crack. There appears to have been no movement along the
crack in which the vein occurs. Little or no gouge or fault breccia was noted.
What appeared to be the longest of these shoots in No. 1 vein occurred about
230 feet southwest of the shaft. A winze was sunk on this shoot, and it was
found to extend about 40 feet below the third level. 1 his shoot of high-grade
silver ore averaged five or six inches in width on the northeast face of the winze.
It was wholly in the Keewatin rocks, and did not extend down to the fourth level
where the Nipissing diabase occurred. A small fault, with only fractions of an
inch of fault material, intersected the vein, displacing it about an inch. The
rich ore occurs above and below the fault. At the time of examination, in the
middle of October, 1922, the ore-shoot had not been mined, save for the ore
taken out of the winze.
T he Watson vein strikes about north and south, bending southwestward at
the south end. North of its junction with No. 1 vein, it is a strong calcite vein
up to a foot in diameter, and, in places, contains smaltite six inches to a foot in
width. This part of the vein is characterized bv the presence of many irregular
vugs lined in places with arsenides on which have grown calcite crystals. One of
these vugs rises at least nve feet above the back of the drift, and is six inches wide.
The Watson vein, south of its junction with No. 1 vein, may average an inch
or two in width of banded calcite, bulging in places up to five or six inches. The
banding consists of alternate layers of pink and grey material, as many as 30 or
40 bands to an inch. About 260 feet south of its junction wnth No. 1 vein, a
wonderfully rich shoot of high-grade silver ore was met with. I'his shoot is
reported to have produced 125,000 ounces of silver, and was only 22 feet high and
30 feet long. In one place it was said to be 23 inches wide. The ore consisted
mainly of smaltite and native silver.
To the south of this stope the Watson vein is weak-looking, and along most
of the distance is a mere rock. In one place vugs of calcite were noted.
T he Watson vein is a fault vein; this is shown by the presence of gouge,
small fractions of an inch in width, and a fault breccia of an inch or two in width;
in places the fault breccia is wider than this. The displacement along the fault
is not known. A lamprophyre dike was noted here and there along the Watson
vein; it was not determined whether the dike was continuous along the vein.
Pink feldspar was noted in the latter.
Wood's vein is about 300 feet west of the Watson \'ein, and it strikes about
north and south, dipping 65° to the eastward. It is difficult to say what is its
average width; in the stope at the south end, described below, it is 40 inches
wide in one place, but it is doubtful whether the width of the vein will average
more than a few inches along the whole length. It consists mostly of pink and
white calcite, in places finely banded. Some pink feldspar occurs here and there.
About an eighth of an inch of gouge and three or four inches of fault breccia
occur in the fault; in places the fault breccia is wider.
1922
South Lorrain
223
The longest and most important shoot in the mine occurs in Wood's vein
at the south end of the workings, near the Keeley boundary line. As stated
elsewhere in this report, the stope on this level is 102 feet long with an average
height of 35 feet; 900,000 ounces of silver had been mined from the stope to the
end of April, 1923. The stope produced some very fine specimens of argentite
with wire silver "sprouting" from the argentite. These specimens occurred in
vugs in the vein.
A lens of cobalt ore occurs in \\'ood's vein at the north part of the workings.
On the third level, at the northeast end, two prominent faults occur. The
first one is 90 feet north of the shaft, and was drifted on for about 90 feet. It
strikes about east and west, and is almost vertical, dipping steeply to the north.
This fault has about an eighth to a quarter of an inch of gouge, and six to eight
inches of fault breccia. No. 1 vein passes through the fault, and high-grade ore
was found north of it, and for a few feet south. At the time of examination a
Fig. 52 — Wood's vein, Crompton mine, 300-ft. level, back of stope; showing a width of 30
inches of high-grade silver ore. Photograph furnished by the Mining Corporation
of Canada, Limited.
Stope was being worked in this ore-shoot, which had reached a height of about
25 feet and a length of about 25 feet.
At the top of this stope, the second fault, dipping about 34° to the northwest,
was met with. This fault had a fault breccia about a foot wide. The vein had
not been found above this fault at the time of examination. That the fault
was older than the ore deposits appeared to be shown by the presence of leaf
silver and ruby silver in the fault breccia, in which these two minerals had
evidently been deposited. But there was some later movement which faulted
the vein a little. This fault was followed on the level in a drift which begins
50 feet north of the shaft. In this drift the fault breccia is 6 to 24 inches wide.
It appears to be an important fault.
Second Level, 150 Feet heloiv the Collar of No. 1 Shaft. — Ihis level is entirely in
Keewatin basalt, but is cut by younger dikes of feldspar-porphyry and lampro-
phyre. Towards the south end of the workings. No. 1 vein appears to follow an
irregular lamprophyre dike.'
224
Department of Mines
No. 4
Xo. 1 vein has been followed for about 1,000 feet, but only three small,
unimportant shoots of high-grade silver ore were found. 1 he vein mav average
two inches, and is five or six inches wide in places, but it is merely a crack else-
w^here. At times the vein contains small lenses, five or six inches wide, of cobalt
ore.
At the shaft, Xo. 1 vein encounters a well-defined fault, showing several
inches of gouge and breccia, and there is an apparent horizontal displacement of
about 30 feet.
At the north end of the workings there is what is known as the Haileybury
silver vein. It is a barren pink calcite vein dipping 70° to the northeast. There
is a raise or shaft to the surface; some cobalt ore was obtained in the raise years
ago.i
Scale: 150 Feet to I Inch
150 0
Fig. 53 — Plan showing mine -workings of Wettlaufer. Furnished by Mr. Horace F. Strong.
First Level, 75 Feet below Collar of No. 1 Shaft. — Only about 250 feet of work
has been done on this level, partly on Xo. 1 vein and partly on a fault which
meets the vein not quite at right angles. The vein is about six inches wide and
appears to follow a lamprophyre dike. The workings northeast of the shaft were
not accessible.
Wettlaufer
The Wettlaufer claim, H.R. 85, is contiguous to the Keeley on the southeast.
Ihe mine had, up to the end of the year 1922, the largest production of
silver in South Lorrain, the output amounting to about 2,564,584 ounces at that
^The Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskaming bv Willet G. Miller,
Annual Report of the Ont. Bur. Mines, 1913, Vol, XIX, pt. II, p. 143.
1922 ^ South Lorrain 225
date. It has not, however, yielded much silver since 1913, although it has been
worked on and off since then.
The property was idle and flooded at the time it was visited in the fall of
1922, and hence it was impossible to examine the mine workings.
From information gathered from various sources, it appears that there is
practically one ^'ein on the property. This vein occurs only in the top of the
Nipissing diabase sill, and does not extend into the overlying Keewatin, in which
respect it differs from veins on the Keeley and Frontier, which occur both in the
diabase and overlying Keewatin. One may note on the surface that the vein
does not enter the Keewatin.
The Wettlaufer vein strikes about north 60° east. It outcrops along the
side of the Wettlaufer valley, and it enters the valley at a gentle angle. The
Wettlaufer valley probably represents a fault; and as it strikes north 41° east,
it is seen that if the vein continues far enough to the northeast with a strike of
north 60° east it would gradually enter the Wettlaufer valley fault.
It is reported that silver occurred on the surface in the Wettlaufer vein.
The vein may still be examined on the surface, and in places shows a width of
one to three inches of smaltite. Quartz is also found in the vein, stained
with cobalt bloom and having a width of two inches.
The vein runs about at right angles to the contact between the Nipissing
diabase and the Keewatin.
The writer is indebted co Horace F. Strong, who was manager of the Wett-
laufer at one time, for his kindness in writing the following description of the
underground geology: —
The Wettlaufer mine was one of the early discoveries of high-grade silver in the South Lorrain
field, and has the unique feature that its comparatively large production came entirely from the
Nipissing diabase and from a depth of from 100 feet to 250 feet below the Keewatin contact.
It is essentially a "one-vein" mine, though a branch of the main vein produced ore for a
length of 150 feet and a depth of 60 feet.
The main vein runs in width from a fracture up to six inches, and is usually accompanied
by two or more parallel fractures from a few inches to two feet away on either or both sides. The
strike is northeast-southwest, and the dip is practically vertical.
The channel of mineralization would appear to be a minor reverse fault, striking approx-
imately north and south and dipping to the west at about 20°. At the fourth or 230-ft. level
the vein is displaced by a throw of 15 feet. The silver-bearing solutions circulated upward
from this fault for a distance of 100 to 150 feet. A few patches of ore were found below the
fault, but not more than a maximum of 45 feet below.
In the plane of the vein the ore-shoots rake to the southwest at from 15° to 30°, more or less,
conforming with the dip of the contact between the diabase and the overlying Keewatin. At
the shaft the contact was, before erosion, about 100 feet above the collar; and high-grade was
found in the outcropping of the vein at the shaft. At the southwest corner of the property, 500
feet distant along the strike of the vein, the contact is about 100 feet above the top of the ore
zone. This is an interesting feature, and shows a relation between ore zone and contact similar
to many cases in Cobalt where the ore zones in the conglomerate of the Cobalt series conform
to the Keewatin contact at a more or less regular distance from it.
After the vein leaves the Wettlaufer ground, at the southwest corner, it crosses the north-
west corner of the Silver Eagle property, H.R. 97, a length of 20 feet on the fourth, or 230-ft.
level, and "feathers" out on the Curry or Pittsburg Lorrain S>'ndicate property, H.R. 105, in
a further fifty feet. Considerable high-grade was taken out of the Silver Eagle, but no ore was
found on the H.R. 105 property for more than 20 feet southwest of the line. Northeast of the
shaft the vein continues, from two inches to four inches in width, for a further 500 feet, wherel;
weakens, splits into fractures and practically dies out. No ore was found for more than 80 feet
beyond the shaft in a northeast direction.
It might be added that the diabase in the vicinity of the vein shows little jointing or frac-
turing. Consequently, leaf silver penetrated only a few inches into the wall rock, and the quantity
of mill-rock from the walls was negligible.
226
Department of Mines
No. 4
Mr. Strong has also very kindly furnished che writer with a stope section of
the vein, and with plans of the various levels (Figs. 54 and 53).
A. G. Burrows, who examined the area in 1908 for the Ontario Bureau of
Mines, has this to say about the Wettlaufer; —
On the Wettlaufer claim, H.R. 85, there were found three parallel veins with a strike north-
east and southwest. Of these, the two northerly veins had rich shoots showins native silver
in sheet form, while the south vein carried smaltite with low silver values. The veins were
narrow, but parts of them attained a width of six inches. Flake silver is shot into the diabase
wall rock from one to three inches. The distance from the north to south vein is about ninety
feet.i
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, 1913, pt. H, p. 141.
1922 , South Lorrain 227
The Ontario Department of Mines is also indebted to J. B. Tyrrell for in-
formation concerning the dip of the top of the Nipisaing diabase sill in the mine
workings of the Wettlaufer. The information was conv^eyed in the following
personal letter to the writer: —
At that time (1913) five levels had been driven, though I have not a definite record of the
depths of the levels, except that the first one was 65 feet below the collar of the shaft. This level
was driven westward to the contact of the diabase and Keewatin, and on it the contact was 30
feet farther west than at the surface, making it dip westward at an angle of 64°. The other
levels had not reached the plane of this 64° slope or the contact, so that my determination of
the slope was taken from these two points.
The inspectors of mines for Ontario have published from time to time the
following information concerning the Wettlaufer: —
In 19C8 the following work was accomplished: This claim, H.R. 85, adjoins the Keeley to
the southeast. Most of the claim is in diabase, and the vein found runs about at right angles
to the contact of the diabase with the Keewatin, and in a northeast and southwest direction.
The vein or fissure has been stripped for a considerable distance, and some test pits have been
sunk on it. The vein opens up in lenses in places three to four inches in width, carrying good
values in silver. A company has been formed known as the Wettlaufer Lorrain Silver Alines,
Limited, of which Mr. Wettlaufer is president, Mr. F. C. Loring, managing engineer, and Mr.
A. C. Bailey, superintendent.^
In 1909 work was done as follows: —
The Wettlaufer mine is the largest producer in South Lorrain. The main shaft is 150 feet
deep, with first level at 65 feet and second level at 140 feet. On the first level, on No. 1 vein,
drifts have been run south 190 feet. No. 2 vein is cut by a crosscut from the shaft 79 feet in
length. On this vein some 20C feet of drifting has been done. It joins No. 1 vein about 100 feet
southwest from the shaft. On the second level the drift southwest from the shaft is 300 feet in
length and is driven northeast 175 feet. At a point 75 feet southwest of the shaft a winze is
being sunk having a depth at date of inspection of 32 feet. No stoping of any amount has been
done.-
Regarding operations for the year 1911, the Inspector of Mines reported as
follows : — -
The Wettlaufer is the largest and hitherto the only steady- producer in South Lorrain. It is
owned and operated by the Wettlaufer Lorrain Siher Mines, Limited, which have an authorized
capital of 1,500,000 shares of a par value of sSLOO, and have paid $450,000 in dividends to June
1st, 1912. On the advent of electric power to the camp from the British Canadian Power
Company, a new plant was installed, consisting of a 12-drill compressor, driven by a 200-h. p.
motor. A 30-ton concentrating mill has been erected. The main shaft has been sunk to the
fourth level, a depth of 250 feet. Levels have been run at depths of 65 feet, 140 feet, 185 feet,
and 250 feet. The vein has been developed for a length of 500 feet, the drifts on each level
having been run approximately this distance. A winze was sunk at a point 210 feet southwest
of the shaft from the fourth to the fifth level, and a drift runs south 160 feet and north 70 feet.^
According to the Inspector of Mines, operations carried on in 1912 were the
following: —
The Wettlaufer was the only shipper in South Lorrain during 1912. It is owned and oper-
ated by the Wettlaufer Lorrain Silver Mines, Limited. The main shaft has been sunk to the
fourth level, a depth of 250 feet. At a point 210 feet southwest of the shaft a winze has been
sunk to the seventh level a total depth from the surface of about 500 feet. On the fifth level
drifts have been run northeast and southwest of the winze, distances of 70 and 180 feet, and on
the seventh level 120 feet and 130 feet respectivelv. The mill has a capacity of about 30 tons
a day.*
In 1913, the Wettlaufer operated until October 31st, when it was decided to
cease active work at the property. During the year $141,659 were paid in
dividends. Some 1,390 feet of drifts, crosscuts, raises, and winzes were run.^
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XVIII, pt. I, 1909, pp. 124-125.
' " " " " " \'ol. XIX, pt. I, 1910, pp. 114-115.
' " " " " " \ol. XXI, pt. I, 1912, p. 147.
* " " " " " \ol. XXII, pt. I, 1913, p. 123.
' " " " " " \ol. XXIII, pt. I, 1914, p. 157.
16 D.M.
228 Department of Mines No. 4
In 1916, the Inspector of Mines reported as follows regarding the
Wettlaufer: —
The Comfort Mining and Leasing Company operated the Wettlaufer property under lease
from the Wettlaufer Lorrain Mining Company-. Work during the >ear was confined to milling
of fines in the dump and jig tailings from previous milling operations. The tailings were hoisted
on an incline and dumped into a raise near the mill, and trammed to the shaft on the 50-ft. level.
Wo''k was discontinued during the year.'
In August, 1917, the Pittsburgh-Lorrain Syndicate acquired the Wettlaufer
mine and mill under lease, and during the autumn of 1917 the Wettlaufer dump
was milled. About 750 feet of drifting and crosscutting was done on the third
and fourth level, but no new veins were discovered."
In 1918, the Pittsburgh-Lorrain Syndicate operated the Curry and Wettlaufer
mines until November 30th, 1918, when work was suspended at both properties.
The surface dumps were worked o\er and a considerable amount of mill-rock
was obtained from the underground workings.^
In June, 1919, the Pittsburgh-Lorrain Syndicate began to re-treat sand and
tailings at the Wettlaufer mill and were handling 20 to 30 tons daily during the
autumn. Two small shipments of concentrates were made.^
Curry Claim, H.R. 105
The Curry claim is contiguous to the Wettlaufer on the southwest. It was
not working at the time it was visited and the mine w^orkings were not accessible.
Considerable underground work has been done on the property from an inclined
shaft. The Inspector of Mines gives an account of the underground work accom-
plished, and Horace F. Strong makes reference to the vein and mining operations
in his report on the Wettlaufer mine on page 225 of this report. It w^ould appear
that the Wettlaufer vein extended about 50 feet into the Curry and then
"feathered" out; about 20 feet of the vein on the Curry is reported to have
yielded some ore.
On the dump there are pieces of vein matter, showing eight to eleven inches
of almost pure smaltite.
About 300 yards southwest of the inclined shaft, there is another shaft sunk
in Keewatin rocks. On the dump from this shaft there are pieces of vein matter
consisting of fine-grained, banded calcite, or dolomite. The dump also has
blocks of diabase, but most of the dump consists of Keewatin basalt.
The following information from the annual reports of the Inspector of Mines
is reprinted below\
In reference to operations in 1912 on the Curry, H.R. 105, the Inspector of
Mines reported: —
On H.R. 105, adjoining the Wettlaufer on the southwest, the Pittsburgh-Lorrain Syndicate
have been engaged in development work under consulting engineer, J. A. Rice. An inclined
shaft has been sunk 271 feet, and a crosscut driven 45 feet to connect with the Wettlaufer
workings.^
The Inspector of Mines, referring to operations in 1914, reported: —
The Pittsburgh-Lorrain Syndicate operated this property adjoining the Wettlaufer mine
during the year, with a force of 15 to 25 men. The workings consist of a shaft of which the first
200 feet is an incline of about 45° and the next 200 feet is vertical, about 330 feet of raises and
winzes and 1,650 feet of drifts and crosscuts. This represents the work done up to November
1st, 1914, in the two ^ears the property has been working.^
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XXVI, 1917. p. 132.
" Vol. XXVII, pt. I, 1918. p. 131.
" " Vol. XXVIII, pt. L 1919, p. 153.
" " Vol. XXIX, pt. I, 1920, p. 110.
" \oI. XXU, pt. I, 1913. p. 123.
" " \'ol. XXI\', pt. I, 1915, p. 129.
1922 J South Lorrain 229
The property was worked continuously in 1915 by the Pittsburgh-Lorrain
Syndicate. The Inspector of Mines' report was as follows: —
The shaft has been sunk 275 feet on the slope, the first 175 feet is at 45° and the remaining
100 feet 85°. On the fourth or 175-ft. level a winze was started about 500 feet southeast of the
main shaft and was sunk for 115 feet at 80°. Levels were opened off the winze at 50 and 100
feet, and by February, 1916, the drifting done on these winze levels was: on the 50-ft., 50 feet
to the northwest and 50 feet to the southeast; on the 100-ft., 20 feet to the northwest and 75
feet to the southeast. A No. 13^ special Sirocco reversible fan is used for ventilating the winze
workings. Just above the winze a body of high-grade ore was encountered. The shoot is about
60 feet long; and north of the winze it extends to a known height of 85 feet above this level,
while south of the winze it runs for 40 feet above. It is in the Keewatin series just above the
Keewatin-diabase contact.'
In 1916, the Pittsburgh-Lorrain Syndicate worked the Curry mine contin-
uously during the year. The Inspector of Mines reported as follows: — •
The shaft in the main workings is now 400 feet deep, and work during the \'ear consisted
of drifting on the fifth level and raising on the fourth. The winze workings from the fourth
level were abandoned. Shaft No. 2 is 110 feet deep, and 500 feet of drifting in the direction of
No. 1 shaft was done during the year.-
In 1917, the following work at the property was done: — -
Development of the Curry mine, in South Lorrain, was continued during 1917 by the Pitts-
burgh-Lorrain Syndicate. Some high-grade ore was stoped on the fourth level. In August,
1917, the syndicate acquired the Wettlaufer mine and mill under lease. Operations at the
Curry were suspended, and during the autumn of 1917 the Wettlaufer dump was milled. At the
Wettlaufer about 750 feet of drifting and crosscutting were done on the third and fourth levels,
but no new veins were discovered. Underground work at the Curry mine was resumed and the
mill has since been treating Curry ore.^
In 1918, the Pittsburgh-Lorrain Syndicate operated the Curry until Novem-
ber 30th, 1918, when work was suspended.^
Silver Eagle Claim, H.R. 97
The Silver Eagle is contiguous on the south to the Wettlaufer. Horace F.
Strong states that the Wettlaufer vein crossed the northwest corner of the Silver
Eagle and that some high-grade ore was mined from this part of the Silver Eagle
claim (see report on Wettlaufer by Strong, on page 225 of this report). The
claim produced 7,989 ounces of silver in 1918.
Bellellen Claim, R.L. 470
The Bellellen is contiguous to the Little Keeley on the east. It was formerly
known as the Newman. The property has produced 31,630 ounces of silver.
It was not pumped oat at the time of examination in October, 1922. On
the surface most of the rock is Keewatin basalt, but the Nipissing diabase sill is
exposed on the southwest part of the claim. The diabase probably dips below
the Keewatin, judging from the structure at the Keeley and Frontier mines.
On the dump from the main shaft there are blocks of vein material, showing
the vein to have a width of 12 to 15 inches of white calcite. Both smaltite and
chloanthite are found in these blocks. The presence of chloanthite was deter-
mined by W. K. McNeill, Pro\'incial Assayer. On the dump are blocks of mica-
laniprophyre and feldspar-porphyry.
The following information regarding the underground workings is reprinted
from the reports of the Inspector of Mines.
'Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XX\', pt. I, 1916, p. 126.
- " " " " " Vol. XXVI, 1917, p. 132.
" " " " " " Vol. XX\TI. pt. I, 1918, p. 131.
* " " " " " \oI. XXX'III, pt. I, 1919, p. 153.
230 Department of Mines No. 4
Referring to the year 1909, the following work w^as done: —
Considerable trenching had formerh- been done on this claim. The present owners, under
the direction of Norman R. Fisher, have sunk a shaft 75 feet and drifted 100 feet.^
In 1911, the following work was done: —
No. 1 shaft is 80 feet deep, with 144 feet and 114 feet of drifting north and south of the
shaft on the 80- ft. level: some stoping has been done. No. 2 shaft is 100 feet deep, with 200 feet
of drifting and crosscutting at the 100-ft. level. -
In 1912, work was done as follows: — ■
On R.L. 470 the Bellellen Silver Mines, Limited, have been engaged part of the year in carrying
on development work. All work is confined to No. 2 shaft, which is 100 feet deep with drifts
west 56 feet and south 120 feet. A winze 35 feet deep has been sunk from the south drift, and a
drift started north from the bottom of this winze. ^
In September, 1915, work was resumed on the Bellellen: —
On the 100-ft. level, about 100 feet north of No. 2 shaft, a winze has been sunk 75 feet. On
the 40-ft. level of this winze 30 feet of drifting has been done, and at the bottom of the winze a
drift extends to the south a distance of 125 feet.'*
Regarding work accomplished in 1916, it is reported that work was carried
on continuously during the year: —
The winze on the 100-ft. level, about 100 feet south of No. 2 shaft, was down 145 feet when
inspected in November, 1Q16. About 75 feet of drifting was done at the bottom level. Shaft
No. 1 is 70 feet deep with drifts to north and south at the bottom level. Work during the year
was confined to No. 1 shaft."
In 1917, work was continued most of the year: —
The winze on the 100-ft. level was sunk to a depth of 275 feet, and at the 200-ft. winze level
a drift was run to the south, a distance of 100 feet.^
Maidens Claims, 11. R. 69, H.R. 70, H.R. 67, H.R. 66
The Maidens claims are less than half ^ mile west of Lake Timiskaming.
The property was not being worked in the fall of 1922.
There are two shafts about 100 yards apart, and two adits; most of the work
has been done on H.R. 69.
On the dump of the most easterly shaft leaf silver was noted ; and there were
also noted chin hlms of a black mineral which W. K. McNeill determined to be
a sulphantimonide of silver, but the quantity of the mineral obtained was too
small for the determination to be absolutely definite. Pieces of the vein on the
dump show a width of six to eight inches of calcite and a little quartz. The vein
also carries some smaltite. Some of the blocks of vein matter show rock frag-
ments cemented with calcite, suggesting a fault vein; a little cobalt bloom was
noted in this fault breccia, and some pure smaltite. Judging from the rock seen
•on the dump the Nipissing diabase was not encountered in the workings. Blocks
of lamprophyre were found on the dump.
The dump from the east adit shows a calcite vein which is over a foot wide
in places.
lAnnual Report, Ont. Bur. Alines, \'ol. XIX, 1910, pt. I, p. 113-114.
\ol. XXI, 1912, pt. I, p. 147.
\'ol. XXII, 1913, pt. I, p. 123.
\'ol. XXV, 1916, pt. I, p. 125.
\'ol. XXVI, 1917, pt. I, p. 132.
\ol. XX\TI, 1918, pt. I, p. 131.
1922
South Lorrain
231
On the southeast corner of H.R. 69 the Nipissing diabase is exposed. The
rest of the claim is underlaid by Keewatin basalt, although much of the
Keewatin is heavily covered with drift. The contact between the Nipissing
diabase and Keewatin is drift-covered, so that it is not known whether the
Nipissing diabase dips below the Keewatin. It is important to determine how
the diabase dips, so that some idea may be obtained as to how far the top of the
diabase sill is below the surface in the vicinity of the veins. At the Keeley,
Frontier, and Wettlaufer mines, most of the ore has been obtained along the
contact, within 100 or 200 feet above or below.
The nearest contact of the Nipissing diabase and the Keewatin is about one
mile westward f-;om the Maidens on claims R.L. 461 and H.S. 11. Here the
232 Department of Mines No. 4
contact is vertical. The contact is also vertical about half a mile to the north-
west on claim B.C. 105.
Thus, all that can be said is that the nearest exposed contacts to the Maidens
claims are vertical. Diamond-drilling or shaft-sinking will alone determine the
dip of the diabase sill on the Maidens claims.
The Keewatin is cut in one place by a hornblende diabase intrusion; it has
the appearance of a dike of Hailevburian age.
As the mine workings were not accessible at the time the claims were visited,
an examination was not made. The writer is indebted to J. Mackintosh Bell
for the following description and accompanying plan (Fig. 55) of the property: —
Two vertical shafts have been sunk on the property, and two tunnels driven from the surface
in the valley of Maidens creek. No. 1 shaft which, including a sump, is 80 feet deep, communi-
cates with a level at 72 feet, from which a winze sunk on the dip of No. 1 vein provides entry to
a sub-level 71 feet vertically below. There is an 8-foot sump at the bottom of the winze. Three
hundred feet of drifting and crosscutting have been done in the main level, and 125 feet in the
sub-level.
No. 2 shaft is 85 feet deep, and 91 feet of crosscutting and drifting have been done from a
level of 71 feet. The shaft was commenced on No. 2 vein, which, however, is carried by its
northerly dip out of the workings.
No. 1 tunnel driven on No. 3 vein is 162 feet long, and from it a winze reported to be 63 feet
deep has been sunk.
No. 2 tunnel, 160 feet long, is a crosscut for 100 feet from the adit, and for the remainder
of the distance, 60 feet, is driven on the course of No. 4 vein. The entrance of this tunnel, ap-
proximately 40 feet above Lake Timiskaming, has been taken as the datum level. The entrance
of No. 1 tunnel is 1.7 feet higher; the collar of No. 1 shaft, 147.6 feet; and the collar of No. 2
shaft, 153.7 feet.
Four strong veins have been so far discovered on the property, all of which have been opened
up to a small extent by the developments previously described. In addition, a large number of
minor veins have been located in the sub-surface workings, branching from the principal veins.
No. 1 vein, which dips at an angle of about 75" to the northeast, has been opened up for 145
feet in the No. 1 level of No. 1 shaft and for 120 feet in the No. 2 level thereof. The vein, which
consists principally of shattered country rock and calcite, contains in places considerable amounts
of smaltite and some native silver. It is noteworthy that the silver values which are found both
in the vein and the adjoining country rock occur over a greater length and are in general higher
at the second than at the first level. The shoot of silver-bearing material has a length of 15 feet
at the first level, which assays as follows: —
10 feet from north face 11 ounces over 48 inches
20 " " " "] ..'.'..'.'.'.'.'...'..'. ...56 " "25 "
At the second level, irregular values show for a length of 65 feet, measuring southward from
the north wall of the sump, as follows: —
North wall of sump 12 inches 52 . 8 ounces
10 feet 18 " 5.2 "
15 " 30 " 1.6 "
20 " 16 " 1.8 "
25 " 38 " .8 "
30 « 4 " 12.2 "
35 "'.'..'...'....'............. ...48 " 1.0 "
40 " 16 " 28.0 "
45 " 26 " 79.0 "
50 " 49 " .2 "
55 " 18 " .4 "
60 " 31 " 18.4 "
65 " 21 " .4 "
No. 2 vein, where it has been developed both in No. 1 and No. 2 shafts (85 feet in the former
and 78 feet in the latter) consists almost entirely of soft, highly fractured country rock containing
in places some calcite and generally much pyrite. The vein occupies what is clearly a pronounced
fault fracture. The strike is easterly, and the dip varies from high angles northerly to high
angles southerly, but is generally the former. Wire silver is reported to have been found in the
soft vuggy material contained in the vein in the portion now hidden by the shaft timbers.
No. 3 vein is a particularly strong deposit of pink calcite commonly 18 inches or near in width,
and containing in many places considerable smaltite. The silver values are low in the portion
so far devcloi)ed. The vein strikes northeasterly and dips 75° to the southeast.
No. 4 vein resembles No. 3 in mineralogical character, but in general it appears to be some-
what weaker. It strikes a little west of north and dips at 80° to the easterly.
1922 -^ South Lorrain 233
In 1913, A. G. Burrows described the Maidens claim in the following words: —
On H.R. 69, Maidens claim, there has been extensive development work. Near the east
side-line a tunnel has been driven from the base of a hill a distance of 285 feet on a calcite vein
[No. 3]. At lOU feet a winze has been sunk to a depth of 60 feet. The vein in places has a width
of 12 inches. Smaltite and niccolite are found in bunches in the vein. Low silver values are
reported to have been obtained on assay. On vein No. 4 to the northwest a tunnel has been
driven 225 feet. The vein filling is chiefly calcite with smaltite and niccolite in portions of the
vein, 5 to 7 inches in width. The veins are in Keevvatin, just north of the contact with the
Nipissing diabase, and strike a little east of north.'
The inspectors of mines for the Province of Ontario have given in their
departmental reports the following information regarding the Maidens claims.
In 1908, the work done was as follows: —
On mining claim H.R. 69, which lies about one mile northwest of the new government
dock, the company are doing mining work south of the government road, consisting of adits
driven south into the hill, which has an elevation of over 100 feet above the road. No. 1 adit
was driven 63 feet through clay to the rock and 135 feet farther, part of it being on the vein
which was encountered. Another adit has been begun 300 feet west of the No. 1 and has been
driven 50 feet through clay to the rock.-
In 1909, the two adits were driven farther into the hill.
In addition to trenching and test pitting, two adits have been driven. No. 1 having a length
of 285 feet and No. 2, 225 feet.^
For the year 1914, the report on the property is as follows: —
The Maidens Silver Mining Company was operating its property during most of the year
with a force of six men. A winze was being put down in November about 200 feet from the
shaft and had reached a depth of 60 feet below the 75-ft. level. There is another shaft of the
same depth, 85 feet, which was not working.^
Little Keeley Claim, H.S. 40
The L.ittle Keeley is north of the Frontier. The property was flooded at
the time of examination in the fall of 1922. Little underground work has, how-
ever, been done, and the records of the Department do not give an account of
this work. The rocks on the surface are almost wholly Keewatin basalt.
The property has been acquired by the Mining Corporation of Canada,
Limited
Lorrain Consolidated Claim, H.R. 24
The Lorrain Consolidated, formerly known as the Harris, was not working
and was flooded in the fall of 1922. The property is contiguous to the Frontier
on the east. A shaft has been sunk to a depth of 263 feet, and 800 feet of drifting
and crosscutting done on the bottom level.
On the dump are rocks consisting of Keewatin basalt and of Nipissing
diabase. The shaft was begun in Keewatin, and evidently the shaft or other
workings passed through this formation into the Nipissing diabase.
Judging from the dump, the workings followed a strong vein; blocks on the
dump show the vein to be as wide as one foot, and to contain almost pure smaltite
and niccolite six inches wide in places.
The A'ein has been exposed on the surface by some deep trenches; these
have partly fallen in. Where the vein is now seen in the trench, it is from three
to six inches in width, consisting of calcite with some pure smaltite and niccolite.
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, \ol. XIX, pt. II, 1913, p. 143.
2 " " " " " Vol. X\'III, pt. I, 1909, p. 124.
» " " " " " \ol. XIX, pt. I, 1910, p. 114.
* " " " " " \ol. XXI\', pt. I, 1915, p. 130.
234 Department of Mines No. 4
Regarding the work done in 1908, the Inspector of Mines made the following
remarks : — -
This claim lying to the east of and adjoining the Haileybury Silver Mining Company property
is owned by Mr. Mark Harris. Captain Terrill is in charge of this work and has sunk two pits
to a depth of 22 feet and 18 feet respectively.^
The work done during the \'ear 1916 is thus summarized by the Inspector
of Mines: —
The Lorrain Consolidated Mining Company, formerly known as the Harris, continued
development work at its property in South Lorrain during the year (^1916). Work was in charge
of J. G. Harkness, on contract; the shaft was sunk to a depth of 263 feet, and about 800 feet of
drifting and crosscutting done on the bottom level. It closed down on June 15th, 1917.^
Montrose, H.R. 459
The Montrose, R.L. 459, joins the Keeley on the east. A shaft has been
sunk to a depth of 110 feet in the Nipissing diabase.^ On the dump there is a
vein of brown weathering calcite or dolomite evidently carrying some ferrous
iron.
T.C. 71
Regarding this claim, T.C. 71, A. G. Burrows reported in 1913: —
On T.C. 71, east of Loon lake, a tunnel has been driven 100 feet on a strong calcite vein about
a foot in width.*
Taylor Claim, R.L. 471
The Taylor claim adjoins the Bellellen on the north. A. G. Burrows
reported in 1913: — .
On R.L. 471, near the east side line, there is a strong vein of massive smaltite, on which a
shaft has been sunk 65 feet. The vein is in the Keewatin.^
Alice Lorrain Claim, R.L. 467
The claim is about one-quarter of a mile north of the Bellellen.
The Inspector of Mines reported in 1912 that a shaft had been sunk on the
property to a depth of 75 feet." This shaft is in the Xipissing diabase sill at a
point about 100 yards east of the contact between the Keewatin and Nipissing
diabase. The diabase is the acid variety containing pink spots which consist of
a micrographic intergrowth of quartz and pink feldspar. About 125 yards
southwest of the shaft, the contact between the Keewatin and diabase is exposed
for 40 feet, and the contact may be seen to dip steeply westward.
(Jn the dump, there are pieces of a calcite vein one to six inches wide.
A plant had been erected, but has since been burnt.
Forneri Claim, H.S. 42
The Forneri claim adjoins the Little Keeley on the north, and has been
acquired by the Mining Corporation of Canada. It is almost entirely underlain
with rocks of the Cobalt series, except at the south end where the Keewatin
series outcrops. A specimen from a vein on this claim was submitted to W. K.
McNeill, Provincial Assayer, who found that the sample was cobaltite. This
vein may be the northward extension of Wood's vein, though this has not been
proven as yet.
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, \"ol. X\ HI, pt. I, 1909, p. 123.
" " \ol. XX\ I, 1917, p. 133.
" " \"ol. XXI. pt. I, 1912, p. 147.
" " \"ol. XIX, pt. II, 1913, p. 143.
" " \"ol. XIX, pt. II, 1913, p. 143.
" \'ol. XXI, pt. I, 1912, p. 147.
1922 ■_^ South Lorrain 235
A. G. Burrows in 1913 reported on this claim as follows: —
On H.S. 42 (Forneri claim) there is a vein about three inches in width, with strike north-
northeast, and occurring in conglomerate. The vein material is smaltite and copper pyrites in
calcite and quartz. A surface sample on assay showed no silver values. A shaft has been sunk
to a depth of 75 feet. At 35 feet the vein dipped from the shaft. It is reported that silver
values were obtained on assay at 14 feet depth. ^
Sharp Lake Claim, B.C. 100
For the year 1911, the Inspector of Mines reports as follows regarding this
claim, which is a mile north of the Forneri: —
On claim B.C. 100 the Sharp Lake Mines, Limited, have sunk a shaft a depth of 50 feet.
At the 50-ft. level a drift has been run south 145 feet and east 60 feet.^
H.R. 63
On H.R. 63, on the shore of Lake Timiskaming near Maidens creek, a tunnel
has been driven 300 feet into the Nipissing diabase at the foot of a high cliff.
The tunnel strikes west 35° south, and w^as driven to intersect a narrow calcite
vein, striking west 32° north, which outcrops about 100 yards south of the
portal of the tunnel. The tunnel apparently was not run far enough to reach
the vein; at any rate the vein was not encountered. The vein occurs in a joint
plane of the diabase along which some horizontal shearing has taken place. The
vein is rusty in places. At the end of the tunnel, there is a pink calcite vein from
one-quarter of an inch to an inch in width. A horizontal fault, with a little
calcite in it, was noted in the tunnel. At the tunnel portal, there is a diabase
dike cutting the Nipissing diabase.
H.R. 14
This claim, H.R. 14, is two claims south of the Maidens claim. A. G.
Burrows in 1913 reported as follow^s concerning it: —
On H.R. 14, near the west side line, some native silver has been obtained in a narrow vein
in the diabase.'
Tallen Claim, H.R. 106
The Tallen claim is at the northeast corner of Trout lake. The following
information concerning the property has been published by the Inspector of
Mines:—
Mr. J. D. Dodd has a contract for sinking a shaft on the property of the Tallen Mining
Company, Limited, half a mile southwest of the Curry, in the latter half of the year. Work
was started in a prospect shaft 60 feet deep, from the bottom of which 120 feet of drifting had
been done. This shaft had a depth of 180 feet on March 1st, 1915.*
Regarding operations for the year 1915 and early in 1916, the Inspector of
Mines stated : —
On claim H.R. 106, South Lorrain, the Tallen Mining Company, Limited, has sunk a two-
compartment shaft 200 feet.
On the 200-ft. level a drift is being run north 40" west. In February, 1916, the face of this
drift was 200 feet from the shaft. Eight men are employed. All the work done in this shaft
is in diabase, with the exception of the last 20 feet at the face of the above mentioned drift,
which is in Keewatin.^
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt II, 1913, p. 143.
' " " " " " Vol. XXI, pt. I, 1912, p. 147.
' " " " " " Vol. XIX, pt. II, 1913, p. 143.
' " " " " " Vol. XXIV, pt. I, 1915, p. 130.
' " " " " " \'ol. XXV, pt. I, 1916, p. 126.
236 Department of Mines No. 4
A. G. Burrows in 1913 remarked: —
On H.R. 106, adjoining Trout lake on the northeast, a five by seven shaft has been sunk
50 feet on a caicite vein carrying smaltite.^
King George Claims, H.R. 110, H.R. 170
These two claims are at the northeast corner of Trout lake, and are mostly
in the bed of this lake.
For the year 1911. the Inspector of Mines reports as follows on the claim?: —
Active development work was carried on during 1911 on claims H.R. 110 and H.R. 170.
The main shaft has been sunk to a depth of 272 feet, with 30 feet of crosscutting at the 250-ft.
level.^
T.C. 73
Claim No. T.C. 73 is about one-quarter of a mile east of Trout lake. In
1913, Mr. A. G. Burrows reported as follows on this claim: —
On T.C. 73 there is a shaft down 40 feet on a caicite vein with disseminated smaltite and
copper pyrites. These veins have not proved to carry appreciable silver values. The rock
is the Nipissing diabase.'
Toronto Lorrain Claim, H.S. 308
At the north end of H.S. 308, near the shore of Lake Timiskaming, there is
a cakite vein exposed at the top of the hill which rises up from the shore. The
vein is three or four inches wide and strikes westward, dipping steeply to the
north. The vein occurs in banded Keewatin basalt, the banding dipping steeply
to the north and the vein following about the dip of the banding of the basalt.
A little blasting has been done on this vein. Near the foot of the hill, there is a
shaft reported to be about 30 feet deep, following a small caicite vein and an
aplite dike. This shaft is in coarse-grained Nipissing diabase. It is some 60 or
70 feet below the vein at the top of the cliff. Further work will show whether
these two veins join. The contact between the diabase and the overlying
Keewatin is covered on the hillside above the shaft, but is exposed a short dis-
tance to the north, where it dips 25° to 30° to the southwestward.
In January, 1923, the Toronto Lorrain Silver Mines, Limited, was organized
to take over this claim, together with mining claim No. 192-47, surveyed as
H.F. 9, and mining claim No. 19389, surveyed as H.R. 123. The president and
general manager of the company is Walter J. D. Penly.
H.S. 500
This claim is about one-quarter of a mile southeast of Oxbow lake.
There is a shaft on the property reported to be 38 feet deep in the Keewatin.
On the dump beside the shaft, there is a caicite vein about half an inch in width.
The shaft is 400 or 500 feet south of the Nipissing diabase. The diabase contact
is exposed on the hillside, dipping 37° to 40° southeastward. Some unusually
deep trenches have been made on the claim.
H.R. 56
On H.R. 56. which is about one-quarter of a mile south of Loon lake, there
is a shaft reported to be about 40 feet deep. The shaft is in Keewatin, and is
100 feet east of the west boundary. There is a vein of caicite an inch or two wide,
in places six inches wide. ^__
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt. H, 1913, p. 143.
2 " " " " " Vol. XXI, pt. I, 1912, p. 147.
' " " " " " Vol. XIX, Part II, 1913, p. 143.
1922
South Lorrain
237
Lang-Caswell
The Lang-Caswell properties, in Lorrain township at the northeast corner
of lot 8, in the tirst concession, were not examined. There is a brief note in the
twentieth annual report of the Department which states that: — -
Extensive development work was carried on at the Lang-Caswell properties in Lorrain,
and while no ore has been shipped, things are said to look very promising. ^
Giroux
On a claim situated on the north shore of Latour lake, concession two, Lorrain township,
a shaft has been sunk to a depth of 50 feet and 24 feet of crosscutting done on the 50-ft. level. ^
^Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Mines, \ol. XX, pt. I, 1911, p. 54.
= " " " " " \ol. XX\'.. pt. I, 1916, p. 126.
Fig. 56 — Old Keeley workings. No. 1 shaft; the original discovery was made in this place.
238 Department of Mines No. 4
Lorrain Trout Lake Mines Claim, H.R. 103
In the spring of 1923, this claim was acquired by interests associated with
the Mining Corpoiation of Canada, Limited. Under the direction of this
company, wo' k was begun on a shaft which it was planned to sink on the
southward extension of Wood's vein. By the end of the year, the shaft had
reached a depth of about 350 feet. The results of sampling the vein material
in this shaft were published by the Mining Corporation. The assay returns
are as follows: —
Channel samples were taken at five foot Intervals across the footwall section of the vein.
First 35 feet of shaft not on vein.
Depth, I:
SXHES
Ounces per
Depth,
Inches
Ounces per
Feet
Ton
Feet
Ton
35
.30
8.0
160
24
29.4
40
.16
15.0
165
36
22.0
45
.28
6.0
170
36
22.8
50
.36
65 . 8
175
30
23.6
55
.38
260.8
180
36
44.6
60
.25
132.2
185
32
11.0
65
.20
72.0
190
15
22.0
70
.19
2214.0
195
12
9.2
75
.18
1155.2
200
24
16.8
80
.20
1017.2
205
18
77.6
85
.20
133.2
210
12
198.4
90
.25
54.5
215
18
36,0
95
.20
220
18
72.5
100
.18
28.6
225
4
21.15
105
20
49 . 2
230
10
74.0
110
17
.15
17.0
11.6
235
240
28
48.5
115
16
37.5
120
18
4.2
245
12
18.5
125
.20
3.8
250
12
25.5
135
.24
5.8
255
12
86.2
140. .'limbered.
No sample.
260
24
3.0
145. .Timbered.
No sample.
265
20
6.0
150
.54
64.8
270
21
11.0
155
.48
11.6
AUTHORS' PREFACE TO CHAPTER IV
At the request of Mr. Cyril W. Knight, author of a report on the "Geology and Mine
Workings of Cobalt and South Lorrain Silver Areas," the following account has been written
of the development of the milling and metallurgical practice in the treatment of the Cobalt
silver ores.
For the recovery of silver from these ores, two systems of treatment have been of outstanding
importance, namely, gravity concentration, and cyanidation. A third process of relatively
minor importance, namely, flotation, was introduced comparatively recently.
The practice used in the different milling plants is largely standardized, although in every
mill variations are found in procedure and in the machines used to accomplish a given end. In
the following account of the development of the ore-treatment processes, the authors have used
the Coniagas mill to illustrate the general practice of gravity concentration and flotation, and
the Nipissing mill to illustiate the practice in cyanidation. The practice used in other mills
is mentioned, for the most part, only for its historical significance, or because it departs in an
interesting and important way from the general practice of the camp.
This plan of development was adopted, after mature consideiation, for the following reasons:
(a) The records of these plants were more immediately available and familiar to the authors
than were those of similar mills in the camp.
(d) The Coniagas mill is a good example, though no claim is made that it is the best one,
of the general standard practice used in gravity concentration and flotation, and well illustrates
the various changes and vicissitudes incident to the transition from a high-grade to a low-grade
property.
(c) No account is possible of the metallurgy of the Cobalt ores without an extended reference
to the work done, and the results achieved, at the Nipissing mills.
(d) This plan of procedure is best adapted to allow of a systematic development of the
subject in hand.
In this paper the attempt is made to present a summary of the more important data con-
tained in all previous articles, in addition to much information never before published.
The authors have drawn freely from all printed material on the milling and metallurgical
processes of the camp. As far as possible, due acknowledgment for information and data is
made by suitable references. A general acknowledgment is here made to cover other cases
where a particular reference was not possible.
Fraser D. Reid,
J. J. Denny,
R. H. Hutchison.
CoB.\LT, March, 1924.
..'?9|
J
^\\ ^|i>'i:
■w t,^
v^^^
12401
CHAPTER IV
MINING AND METALLURGICAL PRACTICE IN
TREATMENT OF SILVER ORES AT COBALT
By
Fraser D. Reid, J. J. Denny, and R. H. Hutchison
SUMMARY OF THE REPORT
The important points in the niilHng and metallurgical treatment of Cobalt^
ores are summarized below. These are developed in greater detail in the
discussion which follows. (See page 246 et seq.)
The Ore
1. The ores of the Cobalt area are a complex assemblage of minerals of
which silver, and to a less extent, cobalt and arsenic, are the valuable elements.
2. It is estimated that 97 per cent, of the silver is found in the form of
more or less impure native silver. The chief impurity is antimony, together
with arsenic and smaller amounts of other elements.
3. The remaining 3 per cent, of the silver is found in various minerals,
some of them complex, in which the silver is chemically combined with sulphur,
arsenic, antimony, and bismuth. The more important of these minerals are
argentite, and the ruby silvers, proustite and pyrargyrite.
4. The valuable minerals have a high specific gravity, and for the most
part are readily recovered by standard methods of gravity concentration.
5. The concentrates produced by table concentration and flotation opera-
tions are much higher in base-metal sulphides than are the products from jigging
and hand-sorting.
6. Gravity concentration will effect a recovery of 80 per cent, of the values
from an ore containing 25 ounces of silver to the ton.
7. Early attempts to cyanide the complex ores of Cobalt were unsatisfac-
tory, owing to the heavy consumption of cyanide, the fouling of the working
solution, and the prolonged treatment required.
8. The early difficulties were solved by adoption of the practice of fine
grinding, by precipitation with aluminium, and later with sodium sulphide, and
under some conditions, by a preliminary desulphurizing treatment.
9. Of the various cyanicides present, nickel is the most troublesome in the
treatment of high-grade ore and table concentrates. The low-grade wall-rock
contains, in addition, sulphides of copper and iron that are cyanide-consuming
minerals.
'The reader will bear in mind that the word "Cobalt" when spelled with a capital "C"
refers to the area, not the metal.
[241]
242 Department of Mines No. 4
10. The cyanidation of high-grade ores and table concentrates requires a
preliminary treatment for the removal or oxidation of the various cyanicides
present.
11. Flotation concentrates, for the most part, cannot be treated locally
by cyanidation, owing to the large amount of base-metal cyanicides present.
12. Processes used to recover the silver from the high-grade ore include the
amalgamation-cyanidation treatment, the hypochlorite-cyanidation treatment,
and the acid-wash c>'anidation treatment.
13. Argentite, the ruby silvers, and pure leaf-silver float readily. Anti-
monial silver, oxidized ores, and cobalt arsenides are floated with difficulty.
Crushers and Crushing
1. The general practice is to use a Blake or jaw crusher as the primary
breaker, followed usually by a medium-size gyratory crusher.
2. The use of the gravity stamp as an intermediate crusher predominates
throughout the camp.
3. Fine-grinding is done in tube-mills, the present tendency being to sub-
stitute iron balls for flint pebbles.
4. The economic limit of crushing is about 16 mesh for gravity concentra-
tion, a minus 80-mesh product for flotation, and minus 200-mesh for cyanidation.
Gravity Concentration — Low-Grade Ore
1. The early practice was to give the ore a preliminary washing treatment
by jigging and hand-sorting, to recover portions of high-grade vein-matter
broken into the mill-rock.
2. Table concentration is eftective on sizes from one-quarter inch to minus
200-mesh sands. The sand tables recover a high-grade concentrate, and dis-
charge a low-grade tailing. The fines are treated or re-treated on slime tables.
3. With the introduction of the flotation process, the preliminary washing
treatment was discontinued. Coarser battery screens are used, the battery-
discharge is given a roughing treatment on sand tables, and classified, the coarser
portion being re-ground in tube-mills, with iron balls. The tube-mill discharge
after classification is concentrated on slime tables, the tailing from which goes
to the flotation plant.
4. The concentrates from the tables are re-cleaned on a separate table.
5. The middling from the re-cleaning table in some cases is re-ground, but
usually is returned in closed circuit to the cleaning table.
Cyanidation
1. Cyanidation was first used as an accessory treatment to recover the
values in the slime tailing, the first plant to operate being the Buffalo.
2. Concentration followed by re-grinding and cyanidation was first used at
the O'Brien mill, where precipitation with aluminium dust was developed.
3. In the early Nipissing practice, the ore below the stamps was treated
by straight cyanidation, after a preliminary desulphurizing treatment. Pre-
cipitation was with aluminium dust.
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 243
4. Sodium sulphide in 1916 was introduced in place of aluminium as the
precipitant.
5. Flotation following cyanidation was not successful.
6. The present Nipissing practice is gravity concentration in cyanide solu-
tion, followed by cyanidation after extremely fine grinding.
7. The pulp is agitated for 50 hours in tanks provided with mechanical
agitators, in a solution containing 0.25 per cent. KCN, with a dilution of 2.5:1.
Aeration is effected by means of 6-inch air-lifts.
8. At the Cobalt Reduction Company, 45 per cent, of the feed to mill is
rejected as a 40-mesh and finer sand tailing from table concentration. The
remaining 55 per cent, is slime which is treated by cyanidation.
9. Extremely line grinding is essential to dissolution of the silver values in
a reasonable time of treatment.
10. Desulphurization is effective only on ores containing considerable amounts
of the complex silver minerals, and is not applicable to the general ore of the
camp.
11. The precipitate of silver sulphide is desulphurized with aluminium in
a solution of caustic soda. It is then melted and refined in a reverberatory
furnace and cast into bars.
12. Sampling of wet concentrates, by coning and quartering, gives accurate
results.
Flotation
1. The flotation process was adapted to the treatment of Cobalt ores as a
result of the work done at the BufTalo experimental plant.
2. Flotation plays a useful part in the treatment of fines, following gravity
concentration.
3. The Callow pneumatic system of flotation is used throughout the camp.
4. The oil mixture in general use is 70 per cent, coal tar creosote, 20 per
cent, pine oil, and 10 per cent, coal tar. At the Coniagas plant, in order to
treat oxidized minerals, the mixture is sulphidized by distilling the oil, under
pressure, with sulphur.
5. Grinding is done to 80 or 100 mesh in tube-mills, or Hardinge mills,
using iron balls.
6. The concentrate made by the rougher cells is low in grade, containing
about 50 ounces of silver to the ton. This is raised to from 400 to 600 ounces
to the ton by re-treatment in re-cleaning cells.
7. The tailing from the cleaner cells is the middling. This is either returned
to the rougher cell, or is treated in a separate circuit by flotation or cyanidation.
8. The recovery of undissolved mineral from cyanide tailing by flotation
was not successful at the Nipissing mine.
9. The attempt to recover the silver from the flotation concentrate by
means of a chloridizing roast in Holt-Dern furnaces, followed by an acid salt-
leach or by cyanidation, was not a commercial success.
10. Owing to the high cost of marketing flotation concentrates, the pro-
duction of a high-grade concentrate is essential.
17 D.M.
244 Department of Mines No. 4
Iligh-Grade Treatment
1. By the amalgamation-cyanidation treatment, 95 to 96 per ceni. of the
silver was recovered by amalgamating the ore with mercury in a tube-mill.
The remaining 5 to 4 per cent, was recovered by agitating the residue from amal-
gamation for 36 hours in 0.75 per cent. KCN solution.
2. The amalgam was retorted in oil-fired retorts, and the resulting sponge
melted and refined in an oil-fired reverberatory furnace.
3. The Thornhill process was used successfully at the BufTalo mill to recover
the mercury from the residues. It consisted of leaching the residues with a
solution containing 4 per cent, sodium sulphide, which is a solvent for mercuric
sulphide.
4. Various means were tried at the Nipissing plant to recover the mercury
volatilized during the retorting and refining processes. These included a sys-
tem of flues, a bag-house, and the Cottrell system of fume precipitation.
I'ig. 58 — Klit Lake iniiu-, \iL\v ul .-uiiace plant and dumps.
5. The processes now used to recover the silver from high-grade ore and
table concentrates involve a preliminary treatment for the removal or oxidation
of base-metal cyanicides, followed by cyanidation.
6. In the hypochlorite treatment, the ore is ground to 200 mesh in tube-
mills, using 2-inch iron balls. Calcium hypochlorite is added to the amount of
50 to 75 lbs. per ton of ore. The tube-mill discharge is classified, and the classifier
overflow, after settling and decanting, is filtered on Oliver filters, and washed
free of chlorides.
7. In the acid-wash treatment, the pulp, after being ground to 200 mesh,
is agitated with a 3 per cent, solution of sulphuric acid at a dilution of 2:1.
The pulp is washed several times by diluticjn and decantation, and lime is added
to neutralize the acidity.
8. Cyanidation of the pulp is effected by agitating it for 8 to 14 hours with a
solution containing 0.5 per cent. KCN, at a dilution of 20-35:1.
9. Both treatments give a recovery of 98 per cent, of the silver.
1922
. Mining and Metallurgical Practice
245
M c3
J^<
u
u=^j
O
246 Department of Mines No. 4
THE SILVER ORES OF COBALT
General Characteristics
The ores of the Cobalt area are remarkable for their high content of silver,
and for the complex assemblage of minerals found in the veins and the enclosing
wall-rock. The ores include native silver, together with cobalt and nickel, in
the form of arsenides, sulphides, sulpharsenides, sulpharsenites, antimonides,
sulphantimonides, sulphantimonites, sulphobismuthites, and alteration products.
Associated and often intimately mixed with the silver-bearing minerals are
found a number of base-metal compounds — smaltite, chloanthite, niccolite,
breithauptite, arsenopyrite, cobaltite, native bismuth, millerite, tetrahedrite,
chalcopyrite, bornite, emplecite, sphaero-cobaltite, cobalt bloom, annabergite
and scorodite, with pyrite, galena, sphalerite, and others. The vein-stones
include calcite, together with quartz, dolomite, aragonite, and manganiferous
carbonate. Barite and fluorite occur in the outlying areas.
Silver is, of course, the metal of outstanding economic value, but the cobalt
and arsenic and, to a less extent, the nickel, are important by-products. Pay-
ment also is made on the copper content of certain shipments. A small amount
of gold has been found in some veins, associated with cobaltite and arsenopyrite,
and in the decomposed vein-matter.
Of the silver-bearing minerals, native silver is of outstanding importance,
as fully 97 per cent, of the values occur in this form. It is found in masses
ranging from large slabs to the finest filmy leaf. The native silver of Cobalt
is relatively impure, containing only from 85 to 96 per cent, of fine silver. The
chief impurity is antimony, together with arsenic and mercury. With increasing
antimony content, the native silver grades into dyscrasite. In some veins, the
native silver is found in plates and leaf, in a calcite gangue; in other veins, it is
found associated and intimately mixed with smaltite, niccolite, and breithauptite.
The remaining 3 per cent, of the silver values is found in the numerous,
often complex, silver-bearing minerals, in which it is chemically combined with
sulphur, arsenic, antimony, and bismuth. Of these compounds argentite is the
most abundant and important, followed by proustite and pyrargyrite, together
with small amounts of polybasite, freibergite, freieslebenite, stephanite, matildite,
etc. These complex silver minerals seem to occur more abundantly in the
Keewatin formation, and in the vicinity of the Cobalt fault. Silver is also
found intimately mixed with chalcopyrite and bornite. A few decomposed
veins are found, carrying a mud which is high in silver, probably as an alteration
product from argentite.
Suitability for Gravity Concentration
The valuable minerals have a high specific gravity and, with certain limita-
tions, are readily recovered by standard methods of concentration, even under
conditions that are far from favourable. The general practice has been to give
the ore a preliminary treatment in washing-plants before sending it to the
stamp bins. For the most part, the high-grade vein-matter separates cleanly
from the enclosing wall-rock, and is readily recovered by hand-sorting and jig-
ging. The concentrate from this preliminary treatment is clean high-grade ore.
Ores carrying finely divided silver, in a gangue of smaltite and niccolite,
1922 Mining and MetaHurgical Practice 247
concentrate readily, and this type of ore predominates in the camp as a whole.
A calcite gangue, on account of its low specific gravity, has a buoyant effect,
and such material is more difficult to treat. If, as is usually the case, the silver
in a calcite gangue is in plates and larger aggregates, it will usually concentrate
readily. On the other hand, silver in the form of filmy leaf is difficult to recover
by concentration. The gouge, or oxidized material from decomposed veins, is-
very difficult to treat by concentration, and since it sometimes runs as high as
12,000 ounces of silver to the ton, it will have a very marked efifect on the value
of the slime tailing.
The veins vary from a mere crack up to 24 inches in width, and at times a
strong vein breaks up into a number of stringers. The vein-matter as far as
possible is hand-sorted underground; ihe wall-rock, together with the stringers
and unrecovered vein-matter, constitute the milling-rock. After crushing, the
vein-matter liberated from the stringers is recovered by the preliminary treat-
ment in the washing-plant. The rejects from this preliminary treatment,
which include the wall-rock and calcite vein-matter carrying fine leaf silver, are
sent to mill-bins for further crushing and grinding.
The vein-matter, both from different veins and from the same vein, varies
widely in silver content. Thus, calcite veins may vary from barren calcite to
vein-matter carrying 5,000 ounces of silver to the ton, while smaltite and nicco-
lite veins range from low-grade or barren smaltite and niccolite to material
carrying 8,000 ounces of silver to the ton. A similar irregularity in the distribu-
tion of the silver content is found in the wall-rock, which may range from low
values to more than 75 ounces of silver to the ton. In general, the wall-rock
may be said to average from 10 ounces to 16 ounces of silver to the ton, but
this may be raised to 40 ounces or higher by the presence of high-grade vein-
matter.
In the wall-rock, the silver-bearing minerals are finely disseminated and
associated with larger amounts of pyrite and chalcopyrite than are found in the
vein-matter. For this reason, the concentrates from milling operations are much
higher in base-metal sulphides than are the jig concentrates or hand-sorted ore.
This applies with especial force to the concentrates produced by the flotation
process. The high base-metal content of these concentrates has an important
bearing on their further treatment for the recovery of silver in a marketable
form. Thus it has been found impossible, commercially, to cyanide flotation
concentrates where these base metals predominate. These base-metal com-
pounds are more common in the conglomerate and Keewatin wall-rock. The
treatment of ores occurring in the diabase gives a clean grade of concentrate,
from which the silver can be recovered without difficulty by the cyanide treat-
ment.
The grade of the concentrates varies with the nature of the ore. Thus,
where the silver values are evenly distributed throughout the vein-matter, table
concentrates are produced which may carry as high as 4,000 ounces of silver to
the ton. If, on the other hand, the values are irregularly distributed, the con-
centrates may contain as little as 500 ounces of silver to the ton, owing to the
presence of large amounts of low-grade smaltite and niccolite, together with the
base-metal sulphides, pyrite, arsenopyrite, etc.
The losses in the tailing will vary with the character and the grade of the
ore. The principal loss is in the fines resulting from the unavoidable sliming
of some of the high-grade vein-matter during crushing, and from the presence
in the ore of high-grade slime from decomposed veins. The fine filmy leaf
silver and various brittle silver minerals, e.g., proustite and pyrargyrite, also
248 Department of Mines No. 4
slime badly on crushing. As a general average for the camp it may be said that,
on treating an ore containing 25 ounces of silver to the ton, a recovery of 80
per cent, of the values can be made by gravity concentration.
Suitability for Cyanidation
Owing to the complex and refractory nature of the Cobalt ores, the earlier
attempts to recover the silver by cyanide treatment were disappointing. Using
the standard practice of cyaniding silver ores, as then developed, it was soon
found that the solution rapidly became foul and lost its dissolving efficiency;
that the consumption of cyanide at times was unduly heavy; and that, to get a
satisfactory extraction of the silver, a prolonged treatment was required. The
solution of these early difficulties, as a result of continued research, has greatly
advanced the art of cyaniding complex silver ores and made this method of
treating Cobalt ores a commercial success. Some of the more important im-
provements developed in the Cobalt practice include the recognition of the
necessity of fine grinding; the adoption of aluminium and, later, of sodium-
sulphide precipitation ; the reduction of the complex silver minerals by a pre-
liminary desulphurizing treatment ; and the development of processes for the
recovery, in the form of bullion, of the silver content of high-grade ore and
concentrates, by cyanide treatment.
Cyanicides
Nickel is the predominating cyanicide and is especially troublesome in the
extraction of silver from high-grade ore and table concentrates by cyanide
treatment. In the treatment of the low-grade wall-rock, copper and iron,
occurring as base-metal sulphides, together with other compounds, account for
most of the cyanide consumed.
The cleanest ore from the standpoint of cyanide treatment is native silver
in a calcite gangue. Table concentrates contain a certain amount of base-
metal sulphides, and are more difficult to treat than high-grade ore and jig
concentrates. In flotation concentrates, excepting only those produced by the
treatment of ores occurring in the diabase, these base-metal compounds pre-
dominate, and on account of the heavy consumption of cyanide they cannot be
treated by cyanidation.
The various processes for the treatment of high-grade ore and concentrates
by cyanidation usually involve a preliminary treatment for the removal of these
cyanide-consuming elements.
The efTect of the different cyanicides is well illustrated by the results of the
following test: —
The Ore — A sample of niccolite and smaltite, containing a trace of silver,
together with various base-metals.
Treatment. — The sample was ground w^ith fiint pebbles, in a small Abbe
mill, to pass a 200-mesh screen. It was then given a cyanidation treatment
in a two-liter bottle, with agitation on a wheel.
Table I. — Details of Cyanide Treatment
Weight of ore 50 grammes.
Time of treatment 24 hours.
Dilution of pulp at finish 24:1 (by weight).
Lime added per ton of ore 10 lbs.
Strength of cyanide maintained at 0.5 per cent. KCN.
After treatment the cyanide consumed, per ton of ore. . 1077. v3 lbs. NaCN.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
249
Analysis of Solution" .\fter Cy.vnide Treatment
Element
Per cent, in
solution
Amount of metal in
lbs. per ton of ore
NaCN tied up,
lbs. par ton of ore
Fe
Cu
Zn
Ni
Co
0.046
Nil
0.090
0.470
0.020
0.038
0.408
32. OS
Nil
43.20
225.60
9.60
18.24
195.84
116. 18
Nil
120.56
754.72
47 00
NaCNS
As . .
18.24
1066.60
Comments
1. Assuming that the metals are present as double cyanides, the percentages
of these elem-ents in the solution would account for a total cyanide consumption
of 1066.6 pounds. The test showed a real consumption of 1077.3 pounds NaCN,
the difference of 10.7 pounds being unaccounted for.
2. The above sample is not representative of the high-grade ore being
treated by the cyanide process, since it contains a considerable amount of zinc
and only a trace of silver. The test, however, does indicate very clearly the
fact that the nickel compounds are the predominating cyanicides.
Cyaniding Low-Grade Ore
Owing to the good results obtained by straight concentration, and the
difficulties experienced in the earlier attempts at cyaniding, the dumps and low-
grade ore were at first treated exclusively by concentration, and the concentrates
sold to the smelters. Later, certain of these mills added a cyanide annex to
treat the slime tailings, the lower-grade sands going to waste. Later still at the
O'Brien mill, after a preliminary concentration on tables, which recovered 40
per cent, of the silver as a high-grade concentrate, the ore was crushed to 80 per
cent, through a 200-mesh screen, and the remaining values extracted by cyanide
treatment, using aluminium-dust precipitation. The Nipissing low-grade plant
was the first mill to treat the ore by an all-cyanide process below the stamps.
From time to time, various changes were made in all of these plants to bring the
treatment into line with the newer developments in practice, and to adapt the
process to changing conditions in the nature and grade of the ore, changes in
marketing conditions, and changes in the cost of materials, as a result of the
dislocation of industry by the Great War.
The fouling of the working-solution, with the consequent loss of dissolving
efiiciency, was found to be due to the introduction of zinc into a solution carrying
considerable arnounts of dissolved arsenic and antimony. This was corrected
by substituting aluminium for zinc as the precipitant, since aluminium forms no
compounds with cyanide. The use of aluminium also effected an important
saving in cyanide consumption.
Clean native silver in a calcite gangue dissolves readily in cyanide solution,
giving a high extraction, as do also the filmy brittle leaf and the high-grade slime
from decomposed veins. On the other hand, impure native silver, high in anti-
mony and grading into dyscrasite. dissolves very slowly and requires a prolonged
250 Department of Mines No. 4
treatment. Of the silver compounds, argentite yields to treatment without
difficulty, but with proustite and pyrargyrite the extraction is low, and when
these minerals are present in the ore, the tailing from the cyanide treatment is
relatively high.
Owing to the refractory nature of these minerals, extremely fine grinding is
essential to dissolution, in order to obtain a satisfactory extraction within a
reasonable time of treatment. Failure to recognize this fact was responsible
for much of the 'grief and unsatisfactory results of the earlier operators. In
the present practice of the Nipissing low-grade mill, the 200-mesh sands are
ground to a true slime by means of iron balls in tube-mills, operating in closed
circuit with Dorr bowl classifiers.
The extraction of the silver from the complex silver minerals is, for the most
part, greatly improved by giving the ore a preliminary desulphurizing treatment
with aluminium in a solution of caustic soda, before sending it to the cyanide
tanks. By this treatment these minerals are reduced to their elements, leaving
the silver as a spongy metal, in which condition it is readily soluble in cyanide
solutions. As these silver minerals are not characteristic of the ore as a whole,
but rather are found localized in certain veins and sections of veins, this pre-
liminary desulphurizing treatment is not applicable to the general ore of the
camp.
Cyanide in Treatment of High-Grade Ore and Concentrates
The advantages of shipping only fine bullion led to the development of
various processes for the local treatment of high-grade material, but more
especially hand-sorted ore and jig and table concentrates. The processes
involving the use of cyanide for the extraction of the silver include the following:
(a) The Amalgamation and Cyanidation Process. — This was used at the
Nipissing high-grade mill and later at the Buffalo mill. Pan amalgamation
was also used at the Dominion Reduction plant. In this treatment cyanide
played a very subordinate part. In the Nipissing practice an extraction of
97 per cent, of the silver was obtained by amalgamation in the tube-mill, leaving
an extraction of only 3 per cent, for the cyanide process.
{h) The Hypochlorite- Cyanidation Process. — This process was de\'eloped
by the joint efforts of the Cobalt Reduction and Nipissing Mines, and is still
in use at the Cobalt Reduction plant. At the Nipissing it replaced the older
amalgamation process, owing, among other reasons, to the increased cost of
mercury. The process involves the oxidation of the base-metal compounds by a
preliminary treatment of the ore with hypochlorite, before sending it to the
cyanide tanks. An extraction of 97 per cent, of the silver in the ore in the form
of fine bullion is effected in a treatment period of ninety-six hours.
(c) The Sulphuric Acid- Cyanidation Process. — -This was introduced at the
Nipissing high-grade mill where it has replaced the former hypochlorite treat-
ment. It involves the removal, before cyanidation, of the decomposed nickel
compounds by a preliminary treatment with dilute sulphuric acid. The results
are similar to those from the hypochlorite treatment, but on decomposed material
a greater saving in cyanide is effected.
(d) Chloridizing Roast. — -This process was used at the Buffalo mill for the
treatment of flotation concentrates. It consisted of a preliminary chloridizing
roast in the Holt-Dern furnace, followed by a weak acid-wash to eliminate the
cyanicides, especially copper, after which the pulp was treated by cyanidation.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
251
Suitability for Flotation
In the enthusiasm that followed the introduction of the flotation process,
high hopes were entertained as to the possiblities of this method of concentrating
Cobalt silver ores. Indeed, the many advantages claimed for the new process,
such as its high efficiency, low treatment costs, and inexpensive installation,
led some of its exponents to hope that it would displace entirely the older methods
of treatment by gravity concentration or cyanidation, and completely revolution-
ize the established practice of ore treatment. But these hopes have largely failed
of realization. The flotation process is not so efficient in the treatment of Cobalt
ores as was at first anticipated. As against the cyanide process, flotation pro-
duces only a concentrate instead of fine bullion. As against gravity concentra-
tion, the flotation concentrate is expensive to market: it is relatively low in
silver and high in silica; it is high in base-metal sulphides and low in cobalt
arsenides, and the latter are now valuable by-products. For these reasons flotation
concentrates are not desired by the Canadian smelters. At the present time they
are marketed in the United States.
The various minerals in the ore respond differently to the flotation treatment.
Thus fine leaf silver floats readily, as do also argentite, and the ruby silvers,
proustite and pyrargyrite. Antimonial silver and dyscrasite, and the silver in
the high-grade slimes from oxidized veins, are recovered less readily. The base-
metal sulphides are raised easily, but the arsenides are floated with difficulty.
The result of the flotation treatment on some of the more important silver
minerals in the Cobalt ores is shown in the following table: — -
Table II. — Result of Flotatiox Treatment on Silver Miner.\ls
Mineral
Silver (native silver minus 100 plus 200 mesh) .
Silver (native silver minus 200 mesh)
Silver (refined silver minus 100 plus 200 mesh)
Silver (refined silver minus 200 mesh)
Argentite
Proustite
Pyrargyrite
Matildite
Freieslebenite
Freiburgite
Concen-
Head
Tail
trate
Extraction
assay
assay
assay
cz. Ag.
oz. Ag.
cz. Ag.
per cent.
15.56
12.20
482.00
22.23
20.48
6.00
1377.00
71.04
12.53
3.30
512.00
74.14
15.67
2.70
632.00
83.15
30.41
8.85
1972.43
71.22
19.75
7.62
1824.97
61.82
33 . 33
8.64
1524.52
74.49
22.05
14.03
973.57
36.91
9.63
4.96
421.55
49.15
19.99
4.52
534.25
78.03
Comments
1. Samples for the above tests were prepared by adding picked specimens
of these minerals to a sand-tailing containing approximately 3.5 ounces of silver
to the ton. The sample was then ground dry, to pass a 100-mesh screen, with
flint pebbles in an Abbe mill.
2. Testing was done by treating samples of 1000 grammes for thirty minutes
in a mechanical frothing machine, at a dilution of 4:1. An oil mixture, con-
taining 70 per cent, creosote, 10 per cent, coal tar, and 20 percent, pine oil, was
added to the amount of one and a half pounds per ton of ore.
3. The effort w^as made to produce a high-grade concentrate and a tailing
in one operation.
252
Department of Mines
No. 4
Fig. 60 — Temiskaming mill and shaft-house.
Fig. 61 — McKinley-Darragh-Savage mill.
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 253
CRUSHERS AND CRUSHING
Introduction
Every mining camp presents many problems that are peculiar to itself, the
solution of which will depend on the particular conditions prevailing in the
district. This applies as much to the crushing of the ore from any camp as
to the mining or metallurgical treatment of it. Each is a problem to be solved
on its own merits. For this reason, it is unsafe to indulge in broad generaliza-
tions and to attempt to impose the solution of such a problem for one region,
under a given set of conditions, on another region where the conditions are
entirely different.
The crushing practice of the Cobalt area, arrived at by a process of trial and
elimination, represents the best solution of that problem for this district, under
the conditions imposed. Some of these governing conditions are the low tonnages
treated, the hardness and toughness of the rock, the richness of the ore, and
the desirability of sliming or non-sliming.
Coarse Crushing
For these reasons, the Blake or jaw crusher is favoured as the primary
breaker, owing to the ability of a medium-size machine of this type to take the
run-of-mine ore, and break it to 2-inch to 4-inch cubes. A breaker of the
gyratory type, capable of handling the larger pieces of rock, would be out of all
proportion to the capacity of the rest of the mill. A medium-size gyratory is
generally used as a secondary crusher, discharging a product of 1 inch to 2 inches.
Intermediate Crushing
With Cobalt ores stage-crushing followed by concentration is not practic-
able. After the preliminary hand-sorting and jigging treatment, approximately
70 per cent, of the values are liberated on reducing the ore to 16-20 mesh. This
will permit the elimination of a sand tailing carrying three to four ounces of silver
to the ton. For gravity concentration, sliming of the valuable minerals should
be reduced to a minimum. The work of the intermediate crusher, therefore,
is to reduce a feed of 1 inch to 2 inches to 16-20 mesh, in one operation, with a
minimum production of fines. For this purpose at some time or other, practically
all the standard machines have been tried out in the camp. These include
gravity stamps, rolls, the Huntingdon mill, the Chilian mill, the Symons disc,
the Hardinge mill, and various types of ball-mills: the Krupp, Gates, Chalmers,
and Marcy, as well as combination ball-and-pebble mills. These machines
were used with varying degrees of success. A comparison of their performance
is impossible for various reasons, one of which is that the conditions under which
they were used were not always parallel. In the ball-mills and tube-mills, all
the standard liners have been tried. The present practice is to use liners of
manganese steel in the ball-mills for coarse crushing, and chilled iron in the
tube-mills for fine grinding.
Gravity Stamp Best for Intermediate Crushing
As an intermediate crusher, however, the gravity stamp has proved its
superiority over all other types and combinations of machines. The smashing
blow of the stamp is particularly effective in reducing the tough Cobalt rock to
254 Department of Mines No. 4
a granular product with a minimum of slime, which is very suitable for table
concentration. It is therefore no accident that the use of this machine has
always predominated in the camp and that at the present time all the ore being
treated is crushed in stamp batteries.
The stamp has won its present position of popularity in the Cobalt
camp on its merits as an intermediate crusher. Some of its advantages may
be summarized as follows: —
1. Its efficiency and low operating cost.
2. Its simplicity and reliability.
3. The stamp as a unit is the same for a small mill as for a large mill. For
this reason the small installation is just as efficient as the larger one.
4. Its wide crushing range. The stamp will take a 2-inch feed and reduce
it efficiently, in one operation, to any size down to 16 mesh. The
stamp duty, of course, is lower with the finer discharge.
5. Its ability to discharge a product that is very suitable for concentration
on tables.
The present practice is to use coarser screens on the stamps and after a
roughing treatment on tables, to re-grind in tube-mills or Hardinge mills loaded
with iron balls. Details of practice are gi\'en later in the descriptions of various
milling plants.
Tube-Mills for Fine Grinding
For fine grinding, the tube-mill is used in nearly every instance, though
a few plants use the Hardinge mill for this purpose. In tube-milling the import-
ant factors are : the load circulating through the mill, the dilution of the pulp,
the size of the balls, and the size and character of the feed. On these points
details are given later in the descriptions of actual practice.
The present tendency is to substitute iron balls for flint pebbles in the
tube-mills. These are used in sizes ranging from 1 inch to 4 inches, depending
on the size of the feed to the mill. A mill loaded with iron balls shows a marked
increase in tonnage over one using fiint pebbles, provided each is loaded to the
centre, volume for volume. The cost of grinding is about the same in each case,
as the consumption of power increases in proportion to the tonnage ground.
The saving effected is that the output is enlarged without increasing the number
of machines. Crushing with iron balls has the additional advantage of enabling
the tube-mill to take a coarser feed. At the Coniagas mill, material as coarse
as 3^ inch is now being ground in tube-mills using 4-inch iron balls. At this
plant the substitution of iron balls for pebbles has made possible a large increase
in daily capacity without installing additional equipment.
Economic Limit of Crushing
The economic limit of crushing depends on the subsequent treatment of the
ore. It is that point where the least crushing will liberate the most values, in a
readily recoverable form. For gravity concentration this limit is about 16 mesh,
as at this point the easily liberated values are set free, permitting the discharge
of a sand-tailing averaging three to four ounces of silver to the ton. The sliming
of the ore must be avoided as far as possible, as when once slimed, a certain
amount of the values will float away, and no amount of mechanical concentration
will save them. It is now recognized that, in the early days of the camp, the
general tendency was to over-grind the ore preparatory for gravity concentration,
causing an undue loss of values in the slimes. In the milling of the higher
grades of ore, this is a point of vital importance.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
255
The following tables give screen analyses of the stamp discharge at the
Coniagas, O'Brien, and Nipissing mills, the Coniagas using coarse screens and the
O'Brien a finer (14-mesh) screen. These tables illustrate clearly the nature of the
crushing done and show the distribution of the values in the various products.
Tabl~ III. — Screen An.\lysis of Stamp Discharge
Coniagas mill, February 27th, 1923: Opening in battery screen, f by f in. or 9.525 m.m. by
15.875 m.m.; assay of general sample, 10.0 oz. of silver per ton; dilution, 5.5:1 ; tons per stamp
in 24 hours, 5.53.
Mesh
Per cent.
Assay value
Per cent. Ag. value
On 6
28.29
10.31
10.22
7.95
8.04
7.10
7.00
3.12
2.55
2.84
1.32
1.70
9.56
4.4
6.2
11.0
9.2
8.0
14.5
11.2
12.8
21.4
18.1
19.0
26.2
14.0
!'> 81
" 6-8
6 61
" 8-10
11 57
" 10-14
7 53
« 14-20
6 61
« 20-28
10 64
" 28-35
8 06
« 35-48
4 13
" 48-65
5 69
" 65-100
5 27
" 100-150
2 59
" 150-200
4 65
Minus 200
13.84
Table IV. — Screen Analysis of Stamp Discharge
Coniagas mill, April 15th, 1923: Opening in battery screen, ^^ by 3^ inch or 19.050 m.m. by
12.700 m.m.; assay of general head, 10.0 oz. of silver per ton; tons per stamp in 24 hours, 6.36.
Mesh
Per cent.
Assay value
Per cent. Ag. value
On 6
35.95
9.92
8.25
8.52
4.42
6.57
3.93
3.88
3.11
2.51
2.18
1.14
9.56
4.2
7.3
8.5
12.5
18.1
12.2
22.2
20.1
20.1
20.6
16.2
28.8
14.8
14 40
« 8
6 90
" 10
6 66
" 14
10.20
" 20
7.60
« 28
7.60
" 35
8.30
48
« 65
7.40
6.00
" 100
5.00
" 150
3.80
« 200
2.84
Minus 200
13 30
Table V. — Screen An.a.lysis of Stamp Discharge
O'Brien mill, April 30, 1923: Openingof battery screen, 0.0212 by 0.2811 in., or 0.5386 m.m.
by 7.276 m.m. (14 mesh); assav of general head, 14.6 oz. of silver per ton; tons per stamp in
24 hours. 2.78.
Mesh
Per cent.
Assay value
Per cent. Ag. value
On 14
3.00
9.34
11.10
10.18
9.34
7.96
8.96
6.89
5. 75
27.49
4.4
5.0
11.2
18.1
17.3
14.6
14.8
15.8
19.0
14.7
0.9
" 20
3 3
" 28
8 8
« 35
13 1
" 48
11.6
65
8.3
" 100
9.5
150
7.8
" 200
7.8
Minus 200
28.9
256
Department of Mines
No. 4
Tablk VI. — Sizing Analysi.s on B.\ttery Discharge
Nipissing Mines: 40-1500 stamps; 8-inch drop, 100 drops per minute, usin^ 4-mesh
screens on batteries (16 holts to sq. in.) Dilution of pulp, 3.3:1.
Batterv
Screen size
discharge
Cumulative
per cent.
per cent.
+ 4
0.0
-4+ 6
3.822
-6+ 8
5 . 755
9.577
- 8+ 10
6.307
15.884
-10+ 14
4.696
20.580
- 14+ 20
4.696
25.276
-20+ 28
4.604
29.880
-28+ 35
4.374
34.254
-35+ 48
4.696
38.950
-48+ 65
3.729
42.679
-65 + 100
5 . 202
47.881
- 100 + 150
3.039
50.920
- 150 + 200
6.492
57.412
-200
13.444
70.856
Slime
29.144
100.000
For flotation, the economic limit of crushing is about an 80-mesh sand,
though this will vary considerably with the character of the ore. Excessive
sliming should be avoided, as the fine slimes give a poor recovery by this treat-
ment.
The work done by flotation is shown in the screen analyses of the heads and
tailings at the Coniagas and O'Brien mills, as given in the following tables.
These analyses show the distribution of the values in the different sizes, and
how the various sizes respond to the flotation treatment.
Table \"II. — Screen Analysis of Flotation He.ad
Coniagas mill, February 27, 1923: Assay of general sample, 3.5 oz. of silver per ton.
Mesh
Per cent.
Assay value
Per cent. Ag. value
On 48
1.05
3.35
10.27
8.70
15.20
61.43
8.5
1.7
1.8
2.1
2.8
4.2
2.56
" 48-65
1.70
" 65-100
5.11
" 100-150
5.11
" 150-200
12.22
Minus 200
73.30
Table VH {Continued). — Screen Analysis of Flotation Tailings
General sample, 1.5. oz. of silver per ton.
Mesh
Per cent.
Assay value
Percent. Ag. value
On 48
1.48
4.36
1 1 . 54
9.66
15.37
57.59
2.2
1.7
1.4
1.1
0.9
1.7
2.01
« 48-65
4.70
" 65-100 ..
10.74
" 100-150
7.38
" 150-200
9.40
Minus 200 .
65.77
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
257
T.VBLE V'lII. SCREHX ANALYSIS OF FlOT.\TION HeAD
Coniagas mill, April 15, 1923: Assay of general head, 3.3 oz. of silver per ton.
Mesh
Per cent.
.^ssay value
Percent. Ag. value
Plus 48
0.66
1.98
7.42
14.30
8.08
67.56
5.3
5.3
2.2
1.7
2.1
3.8
1. 1
« 65
3.1
" 100
" 150
" 200
Minus 200
5.0
7.4
5.2
78.0
Table V'III {Continued). — Screen Analysis of Flotation Tail
General tail, 1.3 oz. of silver per ton.
Mesh
Per cent.
Assay value
Per cent. Ag. value
Plus 48
1.33
3.74
11.12
13.35
10.14
60.32
1.7
1.7
1.2
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.5
" 65
" 100
"150
" 200
Minus 200
4.6
10.0
8.4
6.1
69 2
Table IX. — Screen Analy'sis of Flotation Head
O'Brien mill, April 30th, 1923; general head 4.8 oz. of silver per ton.
Mesh
Per cent.
Assay value
Percent. Ag. value
Plus 65
2 20
10.86
13.72
9.83
63 . 39
3.0
2.8
2.3
2.6
6.1
1.4
" 100
6.2
" 150
" 200
6.7
5.4
Minus 200
80.3
Table IX {Continued). — Screen Analysis of Flotation Tail
General tail, 2.0 oz. of silver per ton.
Mesh
Per cent.
Assay value
Per cent. Ag. \'alue
Plus 100
7.45
12.23
12.62
67.70
2.0
1.5
1.5
2.1
8.0
150
9.0
"200
10.0
Minus 200
73.0
For cyanidation, owing to the refractory nature of the ore, excessively
fine grinding is required to obtain dissolution of the values in a reasonable time
of treatment. This is carried to the ultimate degree at the Nipissing low-grade
mill, where the 200-mesh sands are ground to an impalpable slime with l^^-inch
iron balls, in tube-mills working in closed circuit with Dorr bowl classifiers.
258
Department of Mines
No. 4
Buchanan jaw
crasher 18"x36"
4" product
{
Table X
Run of mine ore
i -
1
No. 2 bronze ball
gyratory crusher
4" product
*
No. 2 bronze ball
gyratory crusher
I' _>" to 2" product
40-1500 !b. stamps
100-8" drops per min.
4 mesh product
\
». 3 Dorr duplex classifiers
r '
Sand
3-20x6 tube mills
making 26 r.p.m.
Grinding with 3" — 4" flint
pebbles on smooth iron liners.
Pebbles loaded to centre of mill.
J
Dorr bowl classifiers
I
Sand
+
l-20'x4' tube mill
making 32 r.p.m.
Grinding with 1'4" iron balls
on smooth iron liners.
Balls loaded to centre of mill.
J
I
Cyanidation
Slime
Nipissing Mining Company, Ltd.— Flow-sheet (1922) of preliminary crushing and fine
gtinding of the run-of-mine ore to —200 mesh product. The present practice (1923) with one
tube-mill lined with rubber, is shown in table Xa.
Table Xa
Dorr duplex 15' bowl
classifier
Sand
L_
40—1500 lb. stamps.
100 — 8 " drops per min.
4 mesh product.
Dorr duplex 15' bowl
classifier
1 — 20'x4' tube mill making
32 r.p.m. Grinding with 1^4 "
iron balls on ^g" rubber liners.
Balls loaded to centre of mill.
Cyanidation
Dorr duplex classifier
' ' ' ' o' H
Slime Sand
t
1 — 20x6' tube mill
making 26 r.p.m.
Grinding with 3 -4 '
flint pebbles on
smooth iron liners.
Pebbles loaded to
centre of mill
The Cost of Crushing
Tables XI and XII give detailed costs of crushing at the Nipissing low-
grade mill and the Cobalt Reduction Company's mill.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
259
H
U
o
U
in 4j
O
-*->
tn
c
<u
i_i
o
^
u
H
X
H
U
H
-' <^ c
y rt u = ^
z c p M o ^-^
^^ XI -C •7 -C :^ D
00 2 C ="^
-2 «2^
o tn y u
2 -5.S
LO ~ I- S:
-- P n E
^J OJC
O O OJ
c a3 ^ y^ -^ ;i
o '-^ tn en
^ ~ n o
o^.h^J2 ^ n c -- 0.
5 '>)J£ c
= P ^ -x- P
5.5.. I _>- ,n open
H
18 D.M.
260 Department of Mines No. 4
Table XII gives the cost of crushing ore at the Cobalt Reduction works
for a full year, namely, from June 1st, 1921, to May 31st, 1922: —
Table XII. — Crushing Costs at Cobalt Reductiox Company Mill
Layout consisting of one No. 5 McCully crusher.
two No. 4 "K" Gates crushers.
one 6 ft. by 3 ft. by IJ-^-inch sizing trommel.
one 20 by 6-inch Blake type jaw crusher.
Ore reduction from 9 inches mine run to 13^ inches to stamps.
Tons crushed 97,050
Hours run 3,600
Tons per hour 26 . 958 cents
Operating cost per ton (labour) 3 . 692
Repair " " " (labour) 2.488
Repair " " " (material) 3.342
Power " " " 3.091
12.613
Cost of Stamping
Layout consisting of: —
75-1260 lb. stamps, 7^ inches drop, 104 drops per minute.
Screens^3-mesh double crimped steel wire gauge .078125 inch.
Running time, appioximately 96 per cent.
Chrome steel shoes; hard iron dies.
Tons stamped 97,050 cents
Operating cost per ton (labour) 6.998
Repair " " " (labour) 3 . 588
Repair " " " (material) 12.089
Power " " " 10. 904
33.579
Cost of Tube-Milling, Grinding to 40 Mesh
Product: plus 200-mesh, 45 per cent.; minus 200-mesh, 55 per cent.
Layout consisting of: —
One 5 bv 20 tube-mill, 26 r.p.m. 60 H.P. Motor, 70.54 H.P.
Bali load. 18,000 lbs.
One 4 bv 20 tube-mill, 29 r.p.m. 50 H.P. Motor, 70.90 H.P.
Ball load, 16,000 lbs.
One 5 bv 16 tube-mill, 25 r.p.m. 50 H.P. Motor, 80.93 H.P.
Ball load, 16,C00 lbs.
Liners, hard iron.
Balls, 2-inch hard iron.
Tons ground 97,050 cents
Operating cost per ton (labour) 2.332
Repair " " " " (labour) 1 . 195
" " " (balls) 14.365
" " " (liners) 9.219
Power " " " 12.171
39.282
1922
• Mining and Metallurgical Practice
261
S o o
oo
cJ)Q
(L
<D
—^
OJ
OJ
JJ
^
C
O
o
O
o
3 o
CT
C
tn a
£: c
to C
(« c
LA! C
^ o
o
U2 O
o
o
O
c
^.ii
u
aj_i-
OJ.Sj
CJ _1-
c
T3
o-o
o-n
o~
o-a
II
u
u, u.
u '-'
U L-
I- v-
t: u
^
re
j= re
o re
-c re
^ re
j= re
rt rt
L.
3
UI
£k
UX
un:
u:n
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
S 5
1
\ I
1 1
1
1 1
1
c
o
o
o
<u
QJ
(U
o
<y
c
<u o o
o o
o_o
o (u
o 0)
O 0)
o OJ
O 0)
7
5 j^5
c^Q
c^'Q
l^Q
E^O
^5
F^3
c^Q
T3
T3
CN
^
j:
_d
_c
re ■ =
C "—1
re.S
re h
c
OJ
;:^
'■X >s
re
o
oo"
S
>>
- c
■-^
■^1
t/5
u-
<NI
rH
On
'*
•^
O
-^
O;
OS
r~
o
»— *
lO
»^
t^
-f
^I
t^
tN
lO
lO
OS
o
»— «
so
ro
^
re
m3
t-~
o
o
to
to
to
'*
<y-.
to
O
o
U
o
c
^o
-*
,— f
^H
,—1
r^
r^
rN
ly^
00
i^
re
^— t
r^
'J'
to
O
OS
„c o
-Tf
00
o
so
r^
C^
-t"
-*
t^
CN
y—l
rv]
r^
*-H
^-H
^-H
<-H
▼— (
V— H
hJ
O
d
^
LO
UO
lO
O
o
o
'O
o
o
O
'—'
OS
r^
»— »
O
lO
to
o
o
o
so
_b/j
f^
"*
oo_
o_
o_
rO_
ro
■^_
■^
o_
t/3
r^
o"
•rt"
f^
•-h"
of
o"
1^
J-^
tof
o
C
(^1
d
ir;
to
lO
o
>o
to
to
o
o
O
'Z
CN
t^
00
o
00
Cs
ro
tN
(^1
■^^
'"'
^
'"'
Os
u
o
r^i
-*
lO
ro
<r)
Os
o
r^
t^
CN
rv)
so
to
0^
so
o
00
tr °
00
o
'i*
OO
-*
-Tt^
O
00
to
to
r<1
^
'^
^
ro
ro
ro
r^^
I>1
re
O
d
,^
L/~
c
lO
o
O
to
O
O
o
•o
^
Csl
(^1
o
o
to
t^
o
to
t^
_b/)
00
■o_
rn
"^
l^
J^
oo
1^
r^
^
(fl
c
""7
tn
Os"
fO
-*
so"
fo"
^
^
c
c^
r^
CN
r-i
rsi
f^l
f^
ro
re
lO
(^1
r-
If)
to
6
u~
ID
lO
O
to
•o
o
lO
to
Z
(X
o
o
cs
0\
o
o
ro
fN
^^
'"'
'"'
'"^
'"'
""*
'"'
^
-a
tN
I^
<r>
yD
t^
ro
"*
sC
CN
re
r-A
Os
-*
ro
?-
to
so
l/^
'*
CK
OS
lO
t^
so
t^l
C
o_
o ^
^2
-*
"0
o"
o
OO
•— t
t^
ro
«— <
^— (
ir~
to
in
so
so
t^
Os
»— 1
■^l
o
!/;
I^
u
re
o
o
M
>H
^
re
^
•o
o
t-~.
CO
OS
o
«-H
r^
re
CD
'—
-H
'-I
rN
Ol
(^
o
262
Department of Mines
No. 4
Table XIV
-Consumption of Shoes and Dies per Ton of Ore Crushed, Xipissing Mining
Company, Limited, Years 1915-1922, Inclusive.
Shoe. . . . 263 lbs.
Die 165 lbs.
Tons
stamped
Chrome shoes
Chrome dies
Replacement of
stems and cam shafts
Year
Xo.
Total
weight
Lbs.
per
ton
Xo.
Total
weight
Lbs.
per
ton
Swed.
iron
stems
Fag.
iron
C.S.
Stamp
duty,
tons per
day per
stamp
1915
77,183
76,851
74,498
80,274
65,391
81,700
80,720
82,025
130
100
118
95
86
101
96
85
34,190
26,300
31,034
24,985
22,618
26,563
25,248
22,355
0.4429
.3422
.4166
.3112
.3459
.3251
.3128
.2725
130
100
109
S3
66
91
77
56
21,450
16,500
17,985
13,695
10,890
15,015
12,705
9,240
0.2779
2147
.2414
.1706
.1665
.1838
.1574
.1126
0
3
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
3
4
0
0
0
6 57
1916
6 70
1917
6 31
1918
6 98
1919
6 27
1920
6 36
1921
6 27
1922
7 05
Average
618,642
811
213,293
0.3448
712
117.480
0.1899
6
8
6.49
Stamp Battery Practice at Nipissing
Feeders are of the suspended Nelson type. Stamping is done in 0.12 per
•cent, cyanide solution, to pass a 4-mesh screen. There are forty stamps, each
averaging 1,500 pounds, the weight of the various parts, when new, being as
follows : —
lbs.
Swedish iron stem 4 in. dia. by 16 ft. long 681
Cast steel tappet, 10-1-8 by 14 in. with gib and keys . . . 190
Cast steel head, 93^ in dia. by 24 in. long 412
Forged chrome steel shoe, 9}4: in. by 12 in 254
1,537
The stamps are arranged five to a battery. The order of drop is 1, 3, 5, 2, 4.
Number of drops per minute is 100. Height of drop is eight inches. Height
of discharge is one and a half inches. The cam shaft is of the Blanton fluted
type, seven inches in diameter. The mortars are Fraser and Chalmers No. 161
type, for rapid discharge, and weigh, with steel liners, 12,410 pounds each.
A rubber pad j^^^-inch thick is placed between the mortar and the concrete
mortar-block. A 40-horsepower motor is used to drive each battery of ten
stamps. The stamp duty is from 6.01 to 7.05 tons every twenty-four hours.
The average daily stamp-duty at the Nipissing mill, over a period of ten
years, is shown in the following table: —
Table XV. — St.\mp Duty, Xipissing Mill
Screen mesh per inch
1913 — 6.09 tons per stamp per day 8 by 8 and 4 by 4
1914—6.01
1915—6.57
1916—6.70
1917—6.20
1918—6.98
1919—6 27
1920—6.36
1921—6.26
1922-7 05
8 bv 8 and 4 bv 4
3 by 3 and 2 by 2
3 bv 3 and 2 bv 2
3 bv 3 and 2 bv 2
4 b\- 4
4 bv 4
4 bv 4
4 bv 4
4 bv 4
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 263
Rubber Liner for Tube-Mill
An experiment of more than ordinary interest is now in progress at the
Nipissing mill. In the endeavour to reduce the cost and improve the grinding
in tube-mills, the idea suggested itself, owing to its resiliency and wearing
qualities, of using rubber as a liner, instead of hard iron or manganese steel.
Experimental grinding tests with rubber as a liner were carried out in 1921,
in a 3-ft. by 18-inch tube-mill. Aher several months the results of these tests
were so encouraging that it was decided to try the experiment on a commercial
scale. A slab of rubber 3 ft. wide, 12 ft. 9 inches long, by ^ inches thick, was
fitted in a 4-ft. by 20-ft. tube-mill, grinding a 4-mesh and finer product, and
loaded with IJ^-inch iron balls. After three months of continuous operation
the rubber was removed and weighed. The loss in weight was so small as to
warrant the complete lining of a tube-mill.
In January, 1923, a 4-ft. by 20-ft. tube-mill was put into operation, loaded
with Ij^-inch iron balls and lined with rubber throughout. To date (July 1st,
1923) the lining appears to be in good condition, and the tube-mill duty has
been increased to a marked degree.
The experiment has proved conclusively that, as a grinding medium, the
liner plays only a minor part. The chief function of the liner is to protect the
shell of the mill.
The use of rubber as a lining may prove to be an important development
in tube-mill practice. It is too early to predict just what it will mean to the
industry.
TREATMENT OF LOW-GRADE ORE
Introduction
Silver was first discovered at Cobalt in the fall of 1903, and as a result of the
richness of the ore and the ease with which it was won, production started at
once. Thus in 1904, a total of 158 tons of high-grade ore, containing 206,875
ounces of silver, was consigned to the smelters. For the first three years following
discovery, only high-grade ore was sought, no attempt being made to extract
the values from the low-grade material. Much of the ore was sacked under-
ground, and the remainder hand-sorted in simple washing-plants.
In the summer of 1907, the McKinley-Darragh Mining Company erected
and put into operation the first milling plant to treat the low-grade ore. This
plant comprised a five-stamp battery, together with classifiers, a Wilfley table,
and Frue vanners, and had a daily capacity of fifteen tons. Then followed the
Buffalo and others in quick succession, until at one time or other a total of
eighteen mills having a combined daily capacity of 2,100 tons, were engaged in
recovering the values from the low-grade ore. At the time of writing (February,
1923) only five of these plants continue in operation.
The treatment of the low-grade ores by milling processes has been an import-
ant factor in increasing the production of silver from the district and prolonging,
the life of the camp. The high-grade ore is found in narrow cracks and veins-
that are extensive neither in length nor depth, and though exceedingly rich in
silver, are soon worked out. This fact, together with the general failure to
recognize the importance of the relatively large amount of low-grade milling ore,
caused the prediction of a very short life for the Cobalt camp, which, in the early-
days, was variously placed at from three to seven years. The high-grade ore-
proved to be more extensive than was first anticipated, but even so, the transition
264
Department of Mines
No. 4
s- &s
>
X
r^ '— JL
LS:
\i
•- -a
C >
o &
s3ui[[ej_
Ed.
2 E"
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
265
from a high-grade to a low-grade camp was rapid, and methods were soon sought
for treating the accumulated reserves of low-grade ore. To-day the positions
are completely reversed. In most of the mines, the high-grade ore is now only
incidental, and the production of the camp depends very largely on the recovery
of the values from the low-grade ore, by milling processes. This point is brought
out clearly by the following table of silver production, taken from the
Thirtieth Annual Report of the Department of Mines, which shows that
about 50 per cent, of the total production has been in the form of concentrates,
bullion, and residues from milling and metallurgical treatment. It will be noted
too that there is no record of concentrates until the year 1908, the concentrates
produced in 1907 being shipped and credited as high-grade ore.
Table XVI.-
—Production,
Silver M
INES, 1904 TO 1920
No. of
produc-
ing
mines
Shipments and silver contents
Year
Ore
Concen
trates and residues
Bullion
Total
Tons
Oz.
Av. per
ton.
oz.
Tons
Oz.
Av. per
ton.
oz.
Oz.
Oz.
Value
1904. .
4
16
17
28
30
31
41
34
30
35
32
24
28
28
38
33
35
158
2,144
5.335
14.788
24.487
27,729
27.437
17.278
10,719
9,861
4,302
2.865
2,177
2.288
1,456
850
578
206.875
2.451.356
5,401.766
10,023,311
18,022,480
22,436,355
22,581,714
20,318,626
15,395,504
13,668,079
6.504.753
6.758,286
4.672.500
3.271,353
1.401,050
806,341
668,081
1.309
1.143
1,013
677
736
809
821
1,176
1,436
1,,?86
1.511
2,359
2,146
1,429
962
949
1,152
206.875
2.451.356
5.401.766
10.023.311
19,437,875
25,897,825
30,645,181
31,507,791
30,243,859
29,681,975
25,162,841
24,746,534
19,915.090
19.401.893
17.661,694
11,214.317
10,846,321
$111,887
1905
1.360.503
1906 . .
3.667,551
1907. .
6,155,391
1908
1,137
2,948
6,845
9,375
11,214
11,016
12,152
1 1 ,996
8,561
13,720
17,958
15,208
9,757
1,415,395
3,461,470
7,082,834
8,056,189
9,768,228
8,489,321
8,915,958
10,001.548
7.598,011
6,445.243
5.793,756
4,024,212
3,777,812
1.244
1,174
1,030
858
871
770
733
834
887
469
323
265
387
9,133,378
1909 . .
12,461,576
1910. .
1911. .
1912. .
1913. .
1914..
1915..
1916. .
1917. .
1918. .
1919. .
1920..
980.633
3,132.976
5.080.127
7.524,575
9,742,130
7,986,700
7,644,579
8,053,318
10,466,888
6,383,764
6.402.423
15,478,047
15,953,847
17,408.935
16.553.981
12.765,461
12,135,816
12,643,175
16.121.013
17,341,790
12,738,994
10,654,471
Total..
154,452
154,586,430
1,001
131,187
84,839.977
643
73,398,113
314.446,504
$192,685,816
The recovery of the values from the low-grade mill rock has been effected
by three distinct processes — -gravity concentration, cyanidation, and flotation.
Of these, the older treatments of gravity concentration and cyanidation have
been of outstanding importance, and to them must be credited, largely, the silver
values won by milling operations. The flotation process is, in comparison, a
recent innovation, although it plays a useful part in the recovery of values from
the slimes and low-grade sands. These processes will now be discussed in some
detail.
Gravity Concentration
Preliminary Treatment
Early Practice. — Early operations were confined to the recovery of high-
grade ore, which was sorted from the rock as broken in the mine. Later, sorting-
plants were introduced, and the run-of-mine ore passed over bumping tables.
During this period, the following products were obtained and shipped to the
smelters: —
1. A high-grade ore carrying from 1,000 to 4,000 ounces of silver to the ton.
2. A lower grade ore, averaging about 400 ounces.
3. A screening or grizzly-product, averaging 125 ounces.
266 Department of Mines No. 4
Later Practice. — With the introduction of gravity concentration plants in
1907, the general practice was to give the ore a preliminary washing treatment
before sending it on for finer crushing, with subsequent treatment on tables.
The ore was crushed in breakers, and sized on screens or in trommels; the over-
size from the trommel was then hand-sorted on picking belts, while the finer
sizes were concentrated on Hartz or Richards jigs. The rejects from this treat-
ment, after being de-watered, were sent to the stamp bins.
The purpose of the preliminary washing treatment was to recover portions
of the high-grade vein-matter broken into the mill-rock. The product was a
clean high-grade ore, and represented about 50 per cent, of the total values
recovered by the milling operations. It was desirable to recover this material
without subjecting it to finer crushing, owing to the tendency of the high-grade
ore to slime, with a consequent loss of some of the values.
Present Practice. — As a result of changing conditions, the tendency of later
years has been to abandon the preliminary treatment, and at the present time
there are no washing plants in operation. Later improvements in practice,
and the lowering of the grade of the ore, are contributing causes leading to this
change. With the impoverishment of the ore and the necessity of milling a
constantly decreasing grade of wall-rock, the cost of recovering the small amount
of high-grade vein-matter by a sorting and jigging treatment became unduly
high. The elimination of the preliminary treatment was assisted, also, by various
improvements in practice, of which the most outstanding was the development of
the flotation process for the recovery of values from the slimes. It was found that
gravity concentration, followed by a re-treatment of the slimes either by flotation
or cyanidation, would effect a satisfactory recovery of the small amount of high-
grade present in the ore. Similar satisfactory results were obtained in cyanida-
tion by recovering much of the high-grade as a coarse concentrate by gravity
concentration, prior to fine grinding for cyanide treatment. Thus, at the
Nipissing low-grade mill, table concentration below the stamps has made
unnecessary the more expensive preliminary washing-treatment above the
stamps. In addition to a lower treatment cost, these changes have shown a
marked improvement in practice. The elimination of the washing-plant has
simplified the flow-sheet of the ore-treatment processes, a thing much to be
desired. Table concentration removes the high-grade silver values more com-
pletely than did the former sorting practice, and so takes care of all fluctuations
in the value of the feed to the mill. The grade of the ore, after concentration
on tables, is thus more or less standardized, and this helps to stabilize the
subsequent treatment by flotation or cyanidation.
Treatment Below the Stamps
General. — Following finer crushing to liberate the values in the wall-rock
and low-grade vein-matter, the treatment of the ore by gravity concentration
shows a considerable variation in the methods used to recover the values. For
this purpose all the standard machines and devices known — reciprocating
tables, both sand and slime tables, vanners, buddies, and canvas tables — have
been tried out at some time or other. Of all these, the reciprocating table has
been used most widely from the beginning of operations down to the present
time. The tables used include all the standard machines on the market — Wilfley,
James, Deister, and Overstrom tables for the sands, and James and Deister tables
for the slimes. All of these have given satisfactory results, at a low cost.
Concentration on tables is effective on sizes ranging from 3^-inch to 200
mesh and finer. The ratio of concentration is very high, being as much as 125
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
267
to 1. The sand tables recover a high-grade concentrate, containing from 500
to 4,000 ounces of silver to the ton and discharge a low-grade tailing assaying
from 2.5 to 4 ounces of silver to the ton. The slimes are concentrated less readily.
Working on a feed assaying 15 ounces of silver to the ton, the slime tables
make a concentrate containing 400 to 3,000 ounces of silver, and discharge a
tailing assaying 7 ounces of silver to the ton. The recovery effected will
depend on the character of the ore and the skill of the operator. The re-treat-
ment of this slime tailing on canvas tables w^ill recover another ounce of silver
as a low-grade concentrate assaying from 125 to 200 ounces of silver to the ton.
Early Practice. — The early practice was to crush rather fine through 20,
30, 40 mesh, and classify closely into sand and slime. Crushing was effected in
stamps, Chilean mills, Huntingdon mills, Ball mills, and Hardinge mills. The
sand was treated on James, Wilfley, Deister, and Ov^erstrom tables, making a
low-grade sand tailing which went to waste, and a clean high-grade concentrate
which was dried and shipped to the smelter. The middling, either with or with-
out re-grinding, was retreated on middling tables, making a concentrate and a
tailing which was discharged with the general sand tailing. The overflow from
the classifier, after thickening in Callow cones or Dorr thickeners, was treated
on slime tables or vanners, and the tailings, after re-treatment on canvas tables,
were either impounded or sent to waste. The concentrates from the slime tables
and canvas tables were dried and shipped. With certain modifications, this
continued to be the general practice in gravity concentration until the intro-
duction of the flotation process in 1916. This is shown in skeleton outline in
the following flow-sheet: —
Table XVII
ROLL MILLS ^
I Trommels
Jigs Sorting belt
Crushers to 1" — 1'
20 to 30 ounce ore
STAMP MILLS
Trommels
Jigs
r
Conceiitrate
\
Settling tank
I
Dryer
I
Smelter
?
Rejects
I
Rolls to \i"
\
Trommels & classifiers
\
Jigs — & — tables
\
Rejects
Ag. — 10 to 15 ounces
t
Dewatering device
\
Hardinge mills — 14-20 Mesh
\
Classifiers
\
Sand & slime tables
r
Tailing
I
Waste
\
Sorting belt
-^ '
Rejects
Dewatering device
I
Battery bins
I
Stamps— 14-20 mesh
\
Classifiers
I
Sand & slime tables .
Tailing
I
Waste
4 to 6 ounces
silver per ton
Tailing
\
Canvas tables .
\
Tailing
\
Waste
"1
Concentrate
I
Settling tank
\
Dryer
\
Smelter
Flow-sheet of early practice in gravity concentration to 1916.
268
Department of Mines
No. 4
Present Practice. — The present practice in gravity concentration dates
from the introduction ol the flotation process in 1916. when the improvement
in the treatment of sHmes, together with the higher price of silver and the falHng
off in the general grade of the ore, made certain changes in operation necessary
and desirable. The preliminary sorting and jigging treatment was discontinued,
and the stamp duty increased by the use of coarser battery-screens. The older
practice was still followed, of recovering as much of the values as economically
possible by gravity concentration on sand and slime tables, the tailing from the
slime tables going direct to the flotation plant. The sand tailing, which formerly
w^as sent to waste, was now re-ground and sent to the flotation machines. The
re-grinding of the sands was done in tube-mills, using a silex lining and flint
pebbles. Later developments resulted in substituting iron balls for the pebbles.
The resulting practice now in general use is shown in skeleton outline in
the following flow-sheet: —
Concentrate .^_
Table XVIII
Crushers — 1 ' V'
10 to 15 ounce ore
Battery bins
i
Stamps— 14 mesh — ] -{'x %"
\
With or without classification
to sand and slime tables
I
Classifiers — 100 mesh
i
+ 100 mesh
•^ Thickenci
i
Flotatioi.
Middling _»
Callow rougher cells
I
Dilution ( Concentrates
1 5 to 20 : 1)50 ounces Ag. per ton
I
Cleaner cells
250 ounces Ag. per ton
i
Concentrate
\
«- Cleaner cells
300 to 600 ounces |
Ag. per ton /
Tube mills to 80-100 mesh
i
. SUme tables
\ 3 to 5 ounces
Tailing Ag. per ton— dilution 3 to 5: 1
\
~1
Tailmg
I
Waste
>. Final concentrate
Thickener
\
Dryer .« Oliver filter
Smelter
Flow-sheet showing general practice in gravity concentration and flotation.
Outline of Coniagas Practice
The various changes made in concentration, as applied to the ores of Cobalt,
and the development of the art to meet changing conditions, are well illustrated
in the following outline of the practice of the Coniagas concentrator. This
plant was started on September 24th, 1907, and was the second mill to begin
operating in Cobalt. It had a daily capacity of sixty tons. The original flow-
sheet was as follows: —
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
269
Iable
XIX
Storage bin
+
Blake crusher 7"xlO"
1
Elevator
+
Bin
., 1
P^-No 1 — 10x30" rolls to J
1 1
i'
Oversize
Elevator
t
- No 1- Trommel —
*. ^r
t
+
5/16"
Jigs — »— Tailing — *— No. 2 rolls to ?
1
1
Concentrate
1 — No. 2 trommel
r t i
'
No.
^ 'T'^mm*'!
M" ^/
a" Oversize
1
t
On 3 mm.
3 mm & finer
i
t
r Fme Jigs 1
Wilfley sand table -
i
t
Concentrate Tailing
Tailing
Concentrate
+
Settling tank
1
Dryer
t
Smelte
Hu
ntington mill — 20 mesh
+
Richards classifiers -
f,
— Overflow
+
t
Spigot discharge
Callow tanks
i
t
Wilfley tables & vanners
1
Concentrate
Wilflej
/ slimer
1
Settling tank
t
Dryer
t
Smelter
S-nd & slime tailings to waste
Coniagas mill, original flow-sheet.
Early Practice.- — Much trouble was experienced in the crushing section of
this plant, and it was soon discovered that the equipment was too light for the
work. The rock was found to be very hard and tough, causing a heavy breakage
of crusher parts, and excessive wear and tear on the rolls and Huntingdon mill.
A Krupp ball mill was tried out, but the results were not satisfactory. A test
was then made with stamps, using the 5-stamp mill of the McKinley-Darragh.
As a result of these tests the Coniagas plant was remodelled and thirty stamps
were installed in 1908. These were later increased by an additional thirty
stamps. With sixty stamps crushing to 16-mesh, the mill had a daily capacity
of 180 tons.
For some time a system of straight gravity concentration was used. The
ore, after crushing, was given a preliminary sorting and jigging treatment, the
rejects being sent to the battery bins. The battery discharge was concentrated
270
Department of Mines
No. 4
on Deister sand and slime tables, and the tailing from the slime tables was re-
treated on canvas tables. The sands were sent to waste, and the slime tailing
was impounded.
A point of some interest was the use in this plant of a pilot- table to check
the work of the concentrating tables. A continuous sample, cut from the tailing
going to waste, was fed over a regular No. 2 Deister table, and the feed and the
tailing from this table were assayed daily. The use of this pilot-table had also
a good moral effect on the operators, since the amount of free mineral on the
same afforded a continuous record of the efficiency of the work being done by
the other tables in the mill.
Later Practice. — Later, when a number of oxidized veins were developed,
trouble was experienced in handling the primary slime from the mine. This
amounted to about five tons a day with a silver content of from 100 to 150 ounces
to the ton. The experiment was tried of isolating this material, and treating
it in a separate concentrating circuit, but this was unsuccessful, as the final
tailing from this treatment carried approximately seventy-five ounces of silver
to the ton. To handle these primary slimes, a small temporary cyanide annex
was installed at a low cost. This plant continued in operation for several years
until the oxidized veins were worked out, and the grade of the primary slimes
fell to a point where they could no longer be treated at a profit by the cyanide
process.
A general flow-sheet of the mill at the time the Callow flotation plant was
put into operation (February 6th, 1917) was as follows: —
Table XX
Overflow
100-200 ounces
Ag. per ton
\
Cyanide annex
Drag classifier.
\
Sand
Jigs
Crusher 10"xl6"--to 3"
\
No. 4K Gates short head gyratory crusher
to 1' ,"
I '
4 .^ Trommel ^Oversize of 3^' ^Sorting belt
\
Jigs
\
. Drag classiher
I
Battery bins .» Rejects
60-1250-lb. Stamps— 14 Mesh— 25 ounces Ag.
i per ton
12 — No. 2 Deister sand tables ^ Concentrate
Overflow
— 100 mesh"*~
I
Callow Cones
;
8 — No. 3 Deister slime tables
\
Tailings
\
Canvas tables
{
Tailings
6 ounces Ag.
per ton
I
Storage pond
i
Tailings
I
Drag classifier
3 ounces Ag.
_>»Sand tailing per ton.
\
Waste
Cleaner table
Concentrate-
J
. Settling tank
i
Dr>'er
Coniagas mill, flow-sheet, 1916, before adopting flotation.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
Table XXa
271
360 tons crushed—
in 24 hours
Concentrate
Elevator _
Cleaner table
Storage bin
\
Jaw crusher-^15"x24"--breaking to pass 3" ring
t
Elevator
Gates crusher^JK-breaking to pass 1 1 _," ring
Elevator
I
Conveyor
I
Movable conveyor
t
Bins I *
i I
60 - 12dO lb stamps— product passing ^^'x'^.," screens
1 2 No. 2 Deister sand tables
Tailings
r^
Concentrate Middlings
2800 oz. Ag. per ton
Flotation oil mixture.
65*^"^ coal tar creosote
25^ pine oil No. 350
10*7 coal tar
is ground with ore
in tube mills.
One pound per ton of
ore is added.
Tailings ^ Drag classifier
^ I
Sand Overflow
No. 1 tube mill I
5x22' 14—8' Callow cones
charged with 4 ' ,, t „ I
,,„„ „„v,ui Underflow Dvfrflr,
iron pebbles | ^^ erno
Dorr simplex 3-No. 2 Deister
^classifier I tables \
Sand to spiral Overflow 1 '^'" '"S'
feeder j. I
^Concentrate
feeder
Steam
drier
No. 2 tube
5x22'
charged with 1 ' , '
iron balls
I
4 — No. 3 Deister
i slime tables I
Concentrates —I t
\ Tailings
Frenier pump-<-
f»-Cleaner table > ( Tailings
Concentrate ^ 1
Middlings Sump
6 Pump
2800 oz. Ag. per ton
Sodium silicate is
used for cleaning
concentrate.
.05 pounds are
used per ton of
ore floated.
r3 24' Callow double compartment
roughing cells
Concentrate
3 — 8 —Double cleaner cells
Concentrate Tailings
(middlings)
■1
Diaphragm
pump
+
1 — 8' Single cleaner
cell
Concentrate Tailings
^ (middlings)
Diaphragm |
pump
I
1—8 Single cleaner 1
cell • I
» Tailings
Concentrate (middlings)
600 oz. Ag- per |
ton
I ^
Dorr thickener *
I
Oliver filter
I
Steam drier
Tailings -
Ail middlings
1 Double compartment
16' Callow steep
roughing cell
Tailing
centrate i
1—8 Single cleaner 1
I cell Tailings
_ * (middlings)
Concentrate
1 8 Single cleaner ,
\ cell T
Concentrate Tailings —
(middlings)
8' Callow cone
..J t— Overflow
^ Underflow '
8 No. 2 Deister 1 — 24' Double compartment
sand tables I Callow roughing cell I
Concentrate Tailings
Concentrate .*
X Tailings
Elevator
Concentrate-
Drier
-Cleaner table
Middlings
1 8' Double cleaner
; cell .♦.
Concentrate Tailings
... (middlings)
Tailings -1 , ^
Waste
Coniagas Mines, Limited, flow-sheet of concentration and flotation plants.
272 Department of Mines No. 4
Present Practice. — When the flotation process was first introduced in the
Coniagas mill in 1917, the only change made in the flow-sheet was to eliminate
the canvas tables and to send the tailing from the slime tables direct to the flotation
machines. This resulted in a final slime tailing of approximately 1.5 ounces of
silver to the ton. Early in 1918 two tube-mills, five feet by twenty-two feet,
lined with silex and using Danish pebbles, were installed to re-grind the sand
tailings to 80 mesh for further treatment by flotation. At the same time, in
order to increase the stamp-duty, the battery-screens were changed from 16 mesh
to 10 mesh. With the lowering of the grade of ore. it became imperative to
treat an increased tonnage of low-grade rock, and maintain a high recovery,
with a low working cost. The preliminary sorting and jigging treatment was
now discontinued, the increased efficiency of the milling process being relied on
to recover any small amount of high grade present in the ore. By using battery
screens 3^ inch by ^i inch, and substituting iron balls for pebbles in the tube-
mills, the capacity of the mill was raised to 350 tons a day. The battery-
discharge is given a roughing treatment on sand tables, making a low-grade
concentrate which is re-cleaned, the coarse tailing going to the ball tube-mills.
The ball-tube-mill discharge, after classification, together with the battery slimes
is treated on slime tables, and the slime tailing sent to the flotation machines.
This process is given in outline in the following flow-sheet: —
Table XXI
Storage bin
I
Jaw crusher 15 x24 — 3
4K Gates gyratory crusher — 1 J/^"
r
60-1250-lb. stamps— ;^"x3j" screens
\
12 — Deister sand tables .
\
Tailing |
IRecleaning table^
Drag classifier . Tailing Concentrate
\ \ j
Tube mills Sli.-r.e to thickener Smelter
60 to 80 mesh I
^. Slime tables ,
\ I
Tailings Concentrate ^ Recleaner table
I
[
■- Tailings Concentrate
~1 \
Flotation Smelter
Tailings Concentrate
Waste Smelter
Coniagas mill, present practice. For graphic details, see Coniagas Mines, Ltd., flow-sheet
of concentration and flotation plants, page 271.
Additional Notes on Gravity Concentration
Screening Out Mine Fines. — For a time it was the practice in one mill to
screen out the original mine fines, which were shipped direct to the smeller.
This was later discontinued, as it was found more profitable to treat this product
on tables, eliminating the low-grade rock, and producing a clean concentrate.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
273
Skimming on the Jigs. — Owing to the small amount of valuable mineral
present in the ore, it was found impossible to use a continuous discharge on the
jigs. Accordingly the practice was to allow the concentrates to accumulate
on the screens, and remove them periodically by skimming.
Classification of Table Feed. — The relative advantage of a close classification
of the feed to the tables has been a disputed question in the Cobalt camp. In
the Coniagas mill, classification before treatment on sand tables was dispensed
with. The battery discharge was sent direct to the tables, the tailing being
then classified into sand and slime by means of a drag classifier. The sands were
sent to waste, and the slimes received a further treatment on slime and canvas
tables. By this treatment it was shown that the sand tailing from an unclassified
feed was as low in silver as from a closely classified one, and further, that 20
per cent, of the values in the concentrate produced by the sand tables was con-
tained in the 200 mesh and finer sizes. In other words, on passing over the
sand tables, the slime in the battery discharge was reduced 40 per cent, in silver
content before receiving the final treatment on slime and canvas tables. These
results are possible owing to the high specific gravity of the valuable minerals,
and the ease with which they are recovered on tables. The removal, on the sand
tables, of the more readily recovered values in the slime permitted of a closer
adjustment in the subsequent treatment on slime tables.
Fig. bl — Shall ciiid null ul iIk- C"oiuai;ci> Miiio, Liiuiled.
Re-cleaning Concentrates. — At most of the mills, it is the practice to make a
clean tailing on the sand tables by cutting out a low-grade concentrate, which
will include the free mineral, together with the true middling, and some low-
grade rock. This low-grade concentrate contains about 500 ounces of silver to
the ton. It is brought up to the required grade by re-treatment on cleaning-
tables. This treatment produces the following products: —
(a) A clean high-grade concentrate, containing from 1,500 to 3,000 ounces
of silver to the ton.
(b) A high-grade middling, which is returned to the cleaning-table in closed
circuit, without re-grinding.
274
Department of Mines
No. 4
(c) A low-grade tailing, which is sent to the tube-mills for grinding and
further treatment.
The following flow-sheets indicate the milling practice in operation at
several of the leading mines and mills. Comparative sheets are given for the
years 1907, 1914, 1917, and 1923, the last three mentioned appearing as inserts
facing pages 274, 276, and 278, respectively.
J5 _o
S 2
=£
00
iC
.£ _
(9 It
H
"2a
C/3
^5
<
IJ
O
':^
<
rj i_
2
u - — ^
^-*
ii
O
u
lAp
^ c _
.•^
^
::
cJ5
2
U
„
^1
C
^ c
c
' 5 a
<
^ n
"
1, Ui ■"
5-5 H
H
c^
H
2
M C ^
UJ
c -
u
s —
H
: c ^
^
_]
vj
<
^ — "H '
^
m
o
<A g
i
m
u
■"'
o
-
^
^
^
^
2
*
t '
' c
£
=
5
M
' *^
~
U
2
c
' ^
rr
-^Q-^
H
■i H
t£
£ u
u"
H
'^
2
«
c
o
— ^" ^
.H
J
rc
^
^
<
a
^
\j
V)
II.
"- I —
^-i-H *■
j>:
b.
, 2
tables
H
■n
c
i
>>
*''3
2 it
Q_
i;
U
£
(X
K
U
.
c
^ j c
c
S d
O
<
r^
L* — >>
*"
w
u,
^
3
,
K
i
<
!5
Q
a
>
U
3
1.
^ 1 >>
, c
1
Z
2
""1"
s
:^
0
U
1922 . Mining and Metallurgical Practice 275
The advantages of this practice are developed in the following section.
The Treatment of Middling. — h disputed question, in the treatment of ores
by gravity concentration, is the disposal to be made of the inevitable middling
product, as to whether or not this should be re-ground, before receiving further
treatment. Both systems have been practiced in the treatment of Cobalt ores.
As indicated in the preceding section, at several mills the re-grinding of the
middling is not favoured, and this product is returned in closed circuit on the
table used to re-clean the concentrates. From the following considerations, it
is claimed that this practice will yield a higher recovery of the silver values in
the ore.
In treating Cobalt ores by gravity concentration, the ratio of concentration
is so high that the concentrate discharged forms only a narrow ribbon or streak
on the table. The order of stratification is interesting; with minerals of the
same degree of fineness, the niccolite has a tendency to ride ahead, followed in
turn by fine silver, cobalt minerals, pyrite and chalcopyrite. Coarser particles
of mineral on the other hand tend to come off with the middling. Owing to the
narrow zone of mineral on the table, it is impossible to take off a clean concentrate
without cutting a considerable amount of free mineral into the middling.
The middling thus includes both free mineral, and coarser particles of rock,
together with the true middling, some of which is high in grade. The objection
to re-grinding this product is the inevitable loss of silver resulting from the slim-
ing of the free mineral present. This loss is avoided in the practice already out-
lined, of cutting out a low-grade concentrate, which will include the free mineral,
true middling, and rock, and re-cleaning this product on a separate table. By
returning the high-grade middling product to this re-treatment table without
re-grinding, a zone of true middling is built up, which forms a line of demarcation
between the free high-grade mineral on the one hand, and the low-grade rock on
the other. This makes, it possible to recover a high-grade concentrate for ship-
ment and to eliminate a low-grade tailing, which is sent to the tube-mills for
re-grinding and further treatment. The true middling continues to accumulate
in the circuit until it escapes by one or another of these paths, the higher grade
finally cutting into the concentrate, and the lower-grade material passing into the
tailing.
Minor Developments. — Various minor developments may here be noted
briefly. All varieties and combinations of riffles have been tried out, as well as
tables without rififles. To replace the standard linoleum deck, various materials
have been tried, including tops made of iron, monel metal, and glass. Working
on unsized material, none of these were a success, as, on account of the nature of
the material and the smoothness of the top, they failed to make a clean
separation of ore and gangue.
Of some interest is the canvas-covered deck, used at the Nipissing low-grade
mill, for concentrating in cyanide solution. The surface is of ten ounce canvas,
laid on wet P. & B. paint on a wood deck. This is given two coats of P. &. B.
paint, before tacking on the rififles. This deck costs $28.00 to renew and will
last for one year. It handles satisfactorily a feed of 4 mesh and finer, in a solu-
tion containing 0.2 per cent. KCN and 0.25 per cent, protective alkali.
19 D.M.
276
Department of Mines
No. 4
O o ^
.5 c
o .
jn
<u
hfi
o
K
o
rn
01
w
-a
i::;
4 CJ b ^
g u o ^
o c w
J o •-
•/I —
<
bcTS
r^ r-^ ^ r-^ ir; tr; i^/ lO '^^ O
ir; --^ I^ -^H f^l ^ ir; i/^ r^ rvj
O O O C: O "^ <^i i^l <^ ^1
ccoccococc
vo lt; rv] Lo O ^ ^^ C^ C* f~^ '^. »— ' O" C^
c'c-'c-"'^'"-+''^'>W'rt'"c''<^ 00 00 ^ o
■<:t'iOCNO>/~-'^CO'>lC^OOOCC^-^
(M -ri- nC -f '^1 O t^ ^3 O l^ ^. C^ c^ C^
O'^C'+O^LT/O"". OOO'^
i/^0'-'C>l^C^OO<^<~^000
CvOOvCTf"!^rt<Tt>iC!^(r>-Tt<
X.^i'^cc:>C-t--foO"~. ceo
OC -f LT, (^j »^i 1/-, O '— O C O 00 c^
fV) t--."" "^l — ' LC 00 O 00 O 00 O'" o" to -h"
(^1 O 00 -t O oi rsi o t~^i r^ ■" O" i^, oo
0"~. LC-+iO-^'^rOfCCN'— I'— 1^— 1»— I
LT, oo'^^^'^oo^~-'';c^■^■^~^fO
OO o. o -^ <~
O O " -^ ^ "
C 0\ c^ o c^ c^
: 1^ OO Ov C --^ ^^
^ _j _j oo r^ . ^
M
p
■or-'JG
^
CNI .rt —
Ifl
o
bC
"So
c
2 rt,0J -
c
o
« ^ OJ c
bjO
i^ o o i'
>M
c— o o
c
° 5:i c2;
"Z,
O =•- ^
^.s"^ = is
'^ p
S^ b^-5
r- CS 0)
"g 5 S'rt-2 o'c.
^_ to _2 -^ rt"^ 0)
u J- 2 nl r^ Co ?->
U H c/: U U U U
e -o <o 13 CO S-, tkO
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 277
Cyanidation
The early attempts to cyanide the Cobalt ores were not very successful,
with the result that the first milling plants built to recover the silver values
from the low-grade ores made use of the simpler process of gravity concentration.
The ores of Cobalt are very complex and refractory, and their treatment by
cyanidation presented a number of difficulties. Early experiments showed that
the loss in the tailing was high, and the consumption of cyanide was heavy;
that the working solution rapidly became foul, and lost its dissolving efficiency;
and that the extraction of the silver was unsatisfactory, unless the time of treat-
ment was unduly prolonged. These points have already been treated in some
detail in the discussion on the nature of the ore. The solution of these difficulties,
as a result of later research, has led to some important improvements in the
treatment of complex silver ores by cyanidation. These include the development
of aluminium precipitation, and the desulphurization process. Later, when, it
became necessary to resort to precipitation by sodium sulphide, suitable processes
were developed to reduce the resulting silver sulphide to metallic silver, thus
removing the chief objection to this method of precipitation. The result of
these developments was to place cyanidation on an equal basis, as a competitive
process, with the older treatment by gravity concentration.
Early Practice
Buffalo Mine. — Cyanidation was first used in Cobalt in 1908 in the mill at
the Buffalo mine, as an accessory treatment to recover the high losses in the slime
tailing. Here the ore was crushed in rolls and a Chilean mill, and separated
into sands and fines on an impact screen. The sands were sent over tables,
the tailing going to waste, and the slimes, after treatment on slime tables, went
to the cyanide annex. The attempt was also made at the Buffalo mill to recover
the values in the low-grade sand-tailing by cyanide leaching, but the experiment
was not a success, and further work along this line was abandoned. Cyanidation
was used also at the Nova Scotia mill (later the Dominion Reduction) in con-
junction, at first, with amalgamation, and later with gravity concentration.
The O'Brien management did much of the pioneer work in developing a
successful cyaniding practice, and in 1909 put into operation the first plant to
treat the ore by cyanidation. In the O'Brien practice, the ore was given the
usual preliminary treatment by hand-sorting and jigging, followed by a com-
bined gravity-concentration and cyanidation treatment below the stamps.
Aluminium precipitation was developed by the O'Brien metallurgists and was
here used for the first time.
O'Brien Mine. — At the O'Brien, the ore was brought to the mill by a surface
tram, using electric haulage, and weighed on a Fairbanks scale. It was then
hand-sorted while being fed to a No. 5 Gates gyratory breaker, crushing to
one and a half inches. The crushed ore was then separated into four sizes by a
trommel, the coarser sizes treated on Hartz and Richards jigs, and the fines
net to the stamp bins, together with the tailing from the jigs. The hand-sorted
ore and jig concentrates were shipped to the smelter at Deloro. About 20 per
cent, of the total mill recovery of silver was made by the preliminary treatment,
most of it on the Hartz bull-jig.
Crushing in the stamps was in a two and a half pound cyanide solution, to
pass a screen with 3-mesh opening. After some earlier modifications, the
practice below the stamps was as follows: The pulp was sent to a Dorr classifier,
working in closed circuit with the Hardinge mills and Deister tables; about
278
Department of Mines
No. 4
Fig. 63 — O'Brien concentrator, Cobalt.
Fig. 64 — O'Brien mill, destroyed by fire, September 4, 1922.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
279
70 per cent, of the pulp, in the form of a sand, was re-ground in two Hardinge
mills, and concentrated on three Deister tables, the tailing being returned to
the Dorr classifier; the concentrate from the tables was shipped to the company
smelter at Deloro. The table concentrate accounted for about 40 per cent, of the
total recovery.
The overflow from the Dorr classifier, of which about 80 per cent, is 200 mesh
and finer, passed to a 30-foot Dorr settler, and the thickened pulp was pumped
to Pachuca tanks. Here the pulp was agitated for forty-eight hours in a cyanide
solution made up to five pounds KCN to the ton. It was then filtered in a two-
basket 24-leaf Moore filter, and the pregnant solution after clarifying was sent
to the precipitating tank.
The silver was precipitated by means of aluminium dust, and the precipitate
melted down without flux in a Harvey furnace, yielding a bullion about 960
fine. Later developments made it necessary to omit the preliminary jigging
treatment, to modify the crushing practice, and to use precipitation by sodium
sulphide. These developments are shown in the flow-sheet of O'Brien practice
(see insert facing page 276).
The earlier practice, as used at the O'Brien, is shown in skeleton outline in
the following table:
Table XXIII
Gyratory crusher
i
Jigs— Richards & Hartz
Pulp discharged .*_
30 stamps.^
I
Dorr classifiers —
I
2 Hardinge mills
i
4 Deister tables
Dorr classifiers "
-I-
\
Tube mill
i
2 Deister tables -
i
Concentrates
to smelter
Aluminum dust
Dorr thickener
Pachuca agitators
I
Moore filter
i
Precipitation tanks _< I
i
Slime press
1
Silver bullion
Early practice at O'Brien mill.
Nipissing Mine. — Cyanidation, as applied to the treatment of low-grade
oies at the Buffalo, O'Brien, and Nova Scotia mills, was used in conjunction with
280 Deoartment of Mines No. 4
gravity concentration. The only all-cyanidation process used in Cobalt was
developed in the Nipissing low-grade mill, which commenced operations in
November, 1912. The outstanding features of the Nipissing practice are the
fine grinding, the desulphurization treatment, and the use of aluminium precipita-
tion. A description, in great detail, of this plant is given in J. Johnston's
article,"The Mill and Metallurgical Practice of the Nipissing Mining Company,"
Chapter 1, Mining and Engineering Transactions, Vol. XLVIII, 1914, pages 3-32;
and Transactions Canadian Mining Institute, Vol. X\TI, 1914, page 64.
In brief outline, the practice used for a number of years was as follows:
The ore from the various workings, after being broken to 4-inch cubes in gyratory
crushers, was delivered to the mill bins, either by surface tramways or by a
Bleichert aerial tram, stretching across Cobalt lake. On entering the mill,
the ore was weighed on a Fairbanks registering scale, sized in a trommel, and
given a preliminary treatment by hand-sorting and jigging. The concentrate
was sent to the high-grade mill for treatment, and credited to the mine as high-
grade ore. The rejects from the washing plant were crushed to one and a half
inches in a No. 4 Gates gyratory, and sent to the stamp bins.
In the mill proper, the ore was crushed by forty stamps through a 4-me5h
screen, in a 0.25 per cent, solution of caustic soda. Lime was added to the
battery to the extent of five pounds per ton of ore, to facilitate settling and
decantation of the clear solution back to the battery storage tank. Fine grinding
was effected in a closed system of four tube-mills and classifiers, two of the tube-
mills being used to grind the battery-discharge and the other two for the ultimate
fine grinding. The tube-mills were six feet by twenty feet, lined with silex, and
loaded with flint pebbles. Of the final product 2 per cent, remained on a 200-
mesh screen, 26 per cent, to 40 per cent, being a fine — 200-mesh sand, and the
remainder an impalpable slime. After settling and decanting the solution, the
thickened slime was sent on to the reducing treatment.
The pulp was given a preliminary desulphurizing treatment by passing
it through a tube-mill, charged with ingots of aluminium. The final treatment
was given by agitating the pulp by mechanical means for thirty-six hours in the
filter stock-tank, which was lined with aluminium plates. After filtering, the
cake carried 26 per cent, of alkaline solution as moisture, and was discharged
without washing to the cyanide tanks.
Cyanidation was practised by the charge system, in mechanically agitated
tanks. The pulp was agitated for forty-eight hours in a 0.25 per cent, solution
of cyanide, with a dilution of 2.5 :1, the pulp was then settled, the excess solution
decanted, and the thickened pulp sent to the stock-tank for filtering. A Butters'
filter-plant was used. This was equipped with eighty leaves, and handled a
charge of thirty-five or forty tons every three to four hours. The tailing dis-
charged contained 26 per cent, of moisture. After being clarified, the pregnant
solution was precipitated with aluminium dust. A continuous precipitation
process was used, instead of the charge system, as developed at the O'Brien.
The precipitate was collected in Merrill filter presses, and sent to the refinery
of the high-grade mill. Here it was melted down and refined in a reverberatory
furnace, the resulting bullion averaging 994 fine. The chief impurity was copper,
which was brought down by the aluminium. The fineness was raised to 996
by re-melting with amalgam sponge from the high-grade treatment.
Using the practice as outlined above, the Nipissing low-grade mill had a
daily capacity of about 230 tons. Working on a 26-ounce ore (below the stamps)
the mill made an extraction of 92 per cent, of the silver values, actually recovered
in bullion.
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 281
Development of Later Practice at Nipissing
For several years, following the commencement of operations in the latter
part of 1912, the Nipissing low-grade mill continued to function satisfactorily,
using the practice as outlined above. Early in 1915, however, changes in the
character of the ore being treated, and economic disturbances resulting from the
war, made certain changes in metallurgical treatment essential. Some of the
more important of these changing conditions were as follows: —
Changes in the character of the ore: When the low-grade mill started
operating, the ore carried appreciable amounts of the complex silver-minerals,
which are difficult of solution in cyanide, but which yield readily to the
desulphurization treatment. Later, the ore coming into the mill contained less
of these minerals, until, with the increased cost of aluminium, the desulphur-
ization treatment of the ore did not pay for itself in the increased amount of
silver recovered by the subsequent treatment with cyanide.
Variations in the price of silver: Prices fell in 1915 to as low as 46^
cents an ounce, and rose later in 1919 to a maximum of $1.37^ an ounce.
The rise in the cost of labour and supplies, including chemicals: During
the war period the cost of all chemicals was greatly enhanced, the price of alum-
inium dust for instance advancing from nineteen cents a pound to over $1.00
a pound.
The development of a market for concentrates and residues containing
cobalt and arsenic: During the war these base-metal by-products became a
valuable source of revenue, the price of metallic cobalt advancing to $4.50 a
pound.
To meet these varying conditions the following changes were made in the
metallurgical treatment of the ore.
{a) In 1915 desulphurization was discontinued, owing to the change in the
character of the ore and the increased cost of aluminium.
{h) In 1916 the all-cyanidation practice was abandoned, and an experimental
flotation machine was installed to ascertain whether the silver minerals, not
dissolved by the cyaniding treatment, could be recovered.
(c) At the same time aluminium precipitation was abandoned in favour of
precipitation with sodium sulphide. A small amount of aluminium was still
used to desulphurize the precipitated silver sulphide.
{d) As experimental work on a commercial scale with the flotation process
was found to be unsuccessful after cyanidation, in the latter part of 1917
the tests were discontinued and gravity concentration was installed before
cyanidation.
(g) The practice of gravity concentration, with extremely fine grinding,
followed by cyanidation was found to be so satisfactory that in 1921 the prelim-
inary treatment by hand-sorting and jigging was abandoned.
Present Nipissing Practice
The various changes in metallurgical treatment, indicated above, have
resulted in the present Nipissing practice, which is as follows: —
Crushing and Stamping. — The run of mine ore is crushed at the mine to
4-inch cubes in 18-inch by 36-inch jaw crushers and delivered to the mill bins
by surface trams or by the Bleichert aerial tram as in previous practice. At the
mill, the ore is fed over a magnetic pulley to remove tramp-iron and is reduced to
13^-inch cubes in a No. 2 Bronze Ball gyratory, before being sent to the stamp
bins. Stamping is done in 0.12 per cent. KCN solution, through a 4-mesh screen.
282
Department of Mines
No. 4
Lime is added in the battery to the amount of five pounds per ton of ore, to
facilitate settling and decantation.
Concentration and Fine Grinding. — The battery discharge is concentrated
on twelve No. 6 Wilfiey tables, making a low-grade concentrate, which is re-
cleaned on a separate No. 6 Wilfiey table. The reasons for this practice have
already been given in the discussion on concentration. The tailing from the
tables goes direct to Dorr duplex classifiers working in closed circuit with three
6-ft. by 20-ft. tube-mills. These are lined with hard iron and loaded with flint
pebbles, and discharge a product of which approximately 8 or 10 per cent,
remains on a 200-mesh screen. The classifier overflow is concentrated on
sixteen No. 6 Wilfiey slime tables, making a low-grade concentrate, which is
re-cleaned on one No. 6 Wilfiey slime table. The re-cleaning tables discharge
a clean high-grade product, which is loaded at intervals into a car and conveyed
to a fioor where it is weighed and sampled. It is then sent to the high-
grade mill for further treatment.
Fig. 65 — Low-grade and high-grade mills, Xipipsing Mining Company, Limited.
Final Sliming. — For final re-grinding, the tailing from the slime tables is
pumped to two 15-ft. Dorr duplex bowl classifiers, operating in closed circuit
with one 4-ft. by 20-ft. tube-mill, lined with hard iron and loaded to the centre
with 134-inch iron balls. The plus and minus 200-mesh sands are separated
by the classifier, and ground in the tube-mill until reduced to an impalpable
slime. The classifier overflow, containing approximately 80 per cent, of true
slime, and the remainder as a very fine sand, is sent to a Dorr thickener which
feeds the agitation vats.
Agitation. — The overflow from the thickener, depending on its silver content,
is sent either to the circulating tank or to the precipitation supply vat. The
underflow with a dilution of 2.5: 1, is pumped by a triplex diaphragm pump
direct to the agitation tanks. Cyanidation is practiced by the charge system
in mechanically agitated tanks. The pulp is agitated continuously for a period
of fifty hours, the cyanide strength being maintained at 0.25 per cent. The
oxygen necessary for dissolution is supplied by circulating the pulp by means of
a 6-inch air lift, during the treatment period. The pulp is then allowed to settle
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 283
for eight hours, and the pregnant sokition decanted to the precipitation storage-
tank. The thickened pulp is again agitated, the depth of pulp measured, and
a sample taken for calculating tonnage by specific gravity determination. The
charge is then pumped to the filter storage-tank. It is interesting to note that
after making due allowance for the addition of lime, pebl)les, and solids in the
mill solution, the calculated tonnage has checked with the weighed-in weight of
this ore, over a period of eight years.
Filtering. — The pulp in the filter stock vat is agitated continuously and
drawn off to the filters as required. The filter plant is arranged on a semi-
gravity plan, a 10-inch centrifugal pump with hydraulically operated valves
being connected with the filter-box, for handling the excess pulp and solution.
A Butters filter with seventy-two leaves handles a charge of forty tons of dry
slime in three and three-quarter hours. The effluent solutions are sent by
means of a 12-inch by 10-inch Goulds duplex wet vacuum pump to the precipita-
tion or circulating storage vats. The residue is flushed to the slime pond.
Precipitation and Desiilphurization. — The pregnant solutions to be precipita-
ted are delivered to a storage vat, from which they are pumped through a clarify-
ing press in the precipitation-room by means of a 6-inch by 9-inch vertical triplex
pump. The clear solution flows to the precipitation tank, where it is mixed with
sodium sulphide which precipitates the silver as silver sulphide. The solution
is then pumped by a 6-inch by 9-inch vertical triplex pump through a filter press,
where the precipitated silver sulphide is retained. The barren solution is returned
to the barren-solution tank, for further use. The silver sulphide precipitate is
taken from the press every three days, and reduced to metallic silver by a
desulphurizing treatment with aluminium ingots, in a solution of caustic soda.
It is then sent to the refinery of the high-grade mill, where it is refined into bullion
999 fine. Details of the Nipissing practice, in precipitating, desulphurizing, and
refining, are given in the discussion below.
Summary of Nipissing Practice
The present Nipissing practice may be summarized as follows: —
1. Crushing run of mine ore at the mine to 4 inch in 18-inch by 36-inch
jaw crushers.
2. Crushing to l^^-inch at mill in No. 4 gyratory crushers.
3. Stamping to 4 mesh by 40 1,500-pound stamps.
4. Roughing on Wilfley sand tables.
5. Fine-grinding in tube-mills to 8 per cent, plus 200 mesh.
6. Roughing fines on Wilfley slime tables.
7. Final sliming in tube-mill with 134-inch iron balls.
8. Agitation for fifty hours in 0.25 per cent. KCN in mechanical agitators.
9. Filtering in Butters filters.
10. Sodium sulphide precipitation.
11. Desulphurizing precipitate of silver sulphide.
12. Melting and refining to bullion 999 fine.
These operations are shown in skeleton outline in Table XXIV, which
follows : —
284
Department of Mines
No. 4
Table XXIV
Run of mine ore
Surface tramway
I
Gyratory crusher
4" product
Run of mine ore
I
Jaw crusher
4" product
i
Aerial tramway
I
Storage bin
i
Belt conveyor
i
Magnetic pulley
i
Gyratory crusher
2" product
i
Belt conveyor
y
Bucket elevator
i
Battery bin
i
1500 lb. stamps
4 mesh product
i
Wilflev tables
J ^—
Concentrates
i
Recleaning table
Tails
Concentrates
Middlings
I
Tails
r
Slime
Wilfley tables
Dorr duplex classifiers
1 — >-
1
Sand
I
Tube mills
I
Concentrates
i
Recleaning table
V
Tails
Middlings
Tails
L_
15' Dorr bowl
classifiers
■f
Slime
-1'
Sand
Dorr thickener
if * ' t
Underflow Overflow
1 1
Cyanide vats Circulating solution
1 to stamps, tables, etc.
Filter
1
But
ers filter
1 >
1
*
i
Residue
Pregnant solution
tailings pond
Clarifying press
NaiS precipitation
Ag;S precipitate
1
Precipitate desulphurized
\
Refinery
1
Bullion
Xipissing Mining Company, Ltd., flow-sheet of low-grade mill.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
285
Results.— A summary of the results obtained in the Nipissing low-grade
mill is given in Table XXV, which shows graphically the yearly tonnage,
assay of heads and tails, and extraction, for the years 1913 to 1922. inclusive.
This chart brings out very clearly the effect of the various changes in practice
as alreadv outlined.
CO
^ .aL\.\ .y.
\
II sis
__:^'
o
t\ 1.
o 3 S 'c 2
\
CD ^^■^^
\\^,i:
'v V .'t n
^■5(j5'cC'-Di£Sai3
,.:____z_v_.
/ \ ft
"'J 2'S
0 = 3 'c 2
\ a_
T 11
1 ' -si
1 .5.1
'^1 / i
^ W / i
)_J___j.
.^-:^^-
_
SILVER
PRODUCED
Fine oz.
3.500.000
3,000.000
g g o o
o o o S
§■ § 8 §■
1/1 o in o
rj aj — -
Q
O
! i 1 i
III!
1 1 1 i
6 f\
1 1
^C_)^^ CvJ o CO CDITJ
ojQco^ 0) cji (T> CO mm
to .
-J rs, in ui
2 0 tj <t n m
OJ fVJ
= * J 1 i
tt N in o in f-,
^ O ^ 1 r, S
CJ oj
t/1 g o o o "
° s 1 1 i
"^ CD m i< f:;
§
■0
286
Department of Mines
No. 4
Tarlf. XXVa
Shaft- 2 compart. 2 ton skips
Weighing hopper 4 tons capacity
Storage bin 100 tons capacity
No. 5— gyratory crusher
Magnetic pulley
Grizzly — 2 ' spacing
2 — No. 4 gyratory crushers
16" belt elevator
215" trommels
Conveyor belt
Distributing conveyor
Battery bins— 1000 tons capacity
75- 1250 lb. stamps 3 mesh screens
Belt and bucket elevators
Automatic sampler
Distributor
H-Wilfley rougher tables
3 Dorr classifiers for dewatering
3—5' X 20' tube mills
4" centrifugal pump
3 Dorr bowl classifiers
Hydraulic classifiers —
2 spigot type
, - iiT-,n 1 ui , ^ coarse
l3 Wilfley tables ' , ^
■' 6 fine
Settling box for concentrates
crri^ IZ© t '^"'^
^i t_J Blake
(<j^^^ crusher
/i\
i I i i i
Cone
■Wilfley table-cleaner
3-30' X 10' collecting I I | I I I
tanks ' ' ^—r-^ ' '
Low grade
cyanide plant
Cobalt Reduction Company flow-sheet, 300-ton plant.
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
287
Extraction. — Using the combined gravity concentration and cyanidation
practice, the Nipissing low-grade mill, over a period of two years, made an
extraction of 93.9 per cent., on an ore averaging approximately forty-three
ounces of silver to the ton. The relative recoveries made by the different pro-
cesses are shown in the following table.
Table XXVI. — Silver Recovery .\t Nipissing Low-Gr.\de Mill
Product
Total silver
Per cent, of total
Coarse concentrate
ounces
4,490,341.45
207,876.47
1,842,942.48
424,915.48
64 461
Fine concentrate
2 99I93 90
Cyanide precipitate
26 45
Loss in KCN tailing
6 10
Total
6.966.075.88
100.00
The low recovery in the fine concentrate is due to the dissolution of some of the
silver, during the stamping and tube-milling operations.
Fig. 66 — Mill of the Cobalt Reduction Company.
Cobalt Reduction Company Practice
The process used at the Cobalt Reduction Company mill is gravity con-
centration, followed by cyanidation. This is one of the best equipped mills in
the camp, and since the practice offers an interesting variation from the general
procedure, a brief description of this plant is given here.
Concentration. — The run-of-mine ore is delivered to the mill bins and fed to
a g\Tatory crusher, where it is broken to 4-inch cubes. After passing over a
magnetic pulley for the removal of tramp-iron, it is conveyed to a second gyra-
tory, where it is broken to 13^2 inch. It is then delivered to the battery bins.
Crushing in the battery is done with 1,250-pound stamps, in water, to pass a
6-mesh screen. The battery-discharge is sampled automatically and passed
over Wilfiey sand tables. The tailing is classified, the sand going direct to tube-
mills, while the slime passes on to the cyanide annex. The tube-mill discharge,
288
Department of Mines
No. 4
now ground to 40-mesh, passes to Dorr classifiers which separate it into two
products, sand and sHme. The sand goes to double-spigot hydraulic classifiers
which eliminate all slime, making a clean sand product. This is concentrated
on Wilfley slime tables, the tailing from which goes to waste. The slime from
the classifiers passes to the cyanide annex. The concentrates from all tables
are re-cleaned on a separate table, making a clean product which is sent to the
high-grade plant for treatment. The middling is returned to the tube-mill
circuit.
Table XXVIa
Lime mixer tank
Collector tanks 30' x 10'
30'x 10' filter storage
2i leaf Butters dewatering
filter
Gould vacuum pump
Excess pulp tank 16 x 6'
Centrifugal pump
Cake mixmg tank
Centrifugal pump
S— 30 X 10 Dorr agitators
30' X 10' filter storage
Wash storage
55 leaf Butters filter
Gould vacuum pump
30' X 10' pregnant storage
Excess pulp tank 18' x 6'
Excess wash tank
Centrifugal pump
Cake mixmg tank 12' x 6'
Bucket elevators
Tailings pond
Clarifying leaves
Triplex vacuum pump
30' x 10' precipitation tank
Triplex pressure pump
, ru 25,000 oz
2 filter presses . -
Barren solution storage
Precipitate to desulphurizing
apparatus in high grade plant
??T??'
•en
^
I 4 1 — JdissoKing
I tank
/ \
Cobalt Reduction Companj- flow-sheet, cyanide annex, 190 tons capacity,
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
289
Cyanidation. — The slimes produced by the various crushing operations
amount, approximately, to 55 per cent, of the original feed to mill. Ninety-
eight per cent, of this material will pass a 200-mesh screen. The slime is sampled
automatically, and discharged into a collecting tank equipped with a Dorr
agitator mechanism. Three pounds of lime per ton of ore are added to assist
settling, and the clear water is decanted to waste. The thickened pulp passes
to a Butters filter plant where it is dewatered, the cake retaining 25 per cent,
moisture. This is dropped into a receiving tank, barren solution is added, and
the mass thoroughly agitated. It is then pumped to Dorr agitators and given
a cyanide treatment at a dilution of 2:1 for a period of fifty-five hours. The
cyanide strength is maintained at 0.25 per cent. KCN. After treatment the
pulp passes to a storage tank, which feeds the Butters filter. After filtering, the
cake is washed with barren solution, and discharged to waste. The pregnant
solution is clarified by vacuum filters, and the silver precipitated by the charge-
system with sodium sulphide, the precipitate being desulphurized with aluminium.
The precipitation practice is similar to that of the Nipissing which is described
later.
Summary. — The points of greatest interest in the Cobalt Reduction Com-
pany practice are: —
1. Concentration in water.
2. Separation of sand from slime — 45 per cent, of the total feed is ground
to 40 mesh and concentrated, the tailing going to waste; 55 per cent,
of the total feed, ground to 200 mesh, is treated by cyanidation
3. Treatment of high-grade ore and table concentrates by the hypochlorite
cyanidation process. This plant is described in a later section dis-
cussing the treatment of high-grade ore.
Recovery. — The results obtained at the Cobalt Reduction Company's plant
are shown in the following table: —
Table XXVII. — Production Chart of Cobalt.^Reductign Company
Schedule
Years
1917 and 1918
Per cent.
July 1, 1921, to
June 30, 1922
Per cent.
Tons treated
125,845
38.53
4,849,077
96,509
18.07
1,743,949
Average assay, oz. per ton
Ounces contained
Tons concentrate
1,847.74
2,021.17
3,734,603
656.90
1,729.87
1,136,351
Average assay, oz. per ton
Ounces contained . .
77.02
65.16
Tons cvanided
70,952
13.23
939,046
775,320
51,729
9.21
476,485
376,966
Average assay, oz. per ton
Ounces contained
Ounces recovered
15.99
21.62
Total ounces recovered
4,509,923
339,154
93.01
6.99
1,513,317
230,632
86.78
Tailing (ounces)
13.22
Additional Notes
Dissolution. — Extremely fine grinding of the ore is essential to dissolution
of the silver values in a reasonable time of treatment. The failure to appreciate
290 Department of Mines No. 4
this fact was one of the principal reasons for the poor extraction obtained in
some of the earher work. The degree of comminution required varies with the
amount of antimony present. MetalHc silver containing antimony dissolves
very slowly in cyanide solution, as do also the complex silver-minerals, unless
they are ground very fine.
The ore is strongly reducing. This is due to the presence of soluble com-
pounds of sulphur, arsenic, and antimony, e.g., sulphides, arsenites, antimonites,
etc. These soluble compounds are oxidized to thiosulphates, arsenates, and
antimonates, etc., by the dissolved oxygen, with the result that the dissolving
efificiency of the solution is greatly impaired. A large amount of air must be
supplied to prevent the solution being robbed of its dissolved oxygen.
Desulphnrization.- — The object of this treatment was to decompose the
complex silver-minerals into their respective elements, leaving the silver in a
spongy metallic state, in which condition it was readily amenable to cyanide
treatment. This was accomplished by bringing the ore into direct contact with
aluminium in a solution of caustic soda. The method of applying this treat-
ment, in actual operations, has already been given in the discussion of earlier
Nipissing practice. A complete description of the process is given in the paper
by J. J. Denny, "Desulphurizing Silver Ores at Cobalt," Mining and Scientific
Press, September 27th, 1913.
At the Nipissing low-grade mill, desulphnrization was practised for several
years. It was discontinued in 1915, when the change in the nature of the ore
and the increased cost of aluminium rendered it commercially ineffective. Desul-
phurization is still used in the reduction to metallic silver of the silver sulphide
resulting from sodium sulphide precipitation. This is discussed below.
Costs and Extraction. — In the early Nipissing practice, desulphurization of
the ore then being treated resulted in an increased extraction of one to four
ounces of silver, at the cost of one ounce. Detailed costs of treatment, taken
from the article by J. J. Denny, already referred to, are given in the following
table: —
Table XX\'III. — Cost of Desulphurizing Treatment
Collecting, desulphurizing, and transferring of pulp: —
Per ton
Labour $0,050
Supplies — Aluminium 0.81 lb. ]
Caustic soda 1.4 " j- 0.347
Lime 5. "J
Power 0.027
Workshop 0 . 008
Total SO. 432
Alkali solution, filtering and transferring: —
Per ton
Labour $0. 069
Supplies 0.006
Power 0.028
Workshop 0.002
Total $0,105
Total cost of treatment 0. 537
Agitation. — Agitation during the cyanidation treatment is carried on in
tanks of various forms and designs. These include the Dorr agitator, Pachuca
tanks, and agitators of the mechanical stirrer type. Of these the Dorr agitator
is considered the most satisfactory, owing to its simplicity, low power consump-
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 291
tion, and the absence of mechanical trouble. In the cyanidation of these ores
a high dilution is desirable, the treatment of 20-ounce ore requiring a dilution
of 2:1 or more. Since subsequent settling and decantation of the clear solution
is not possible, a high dilution cannot be used in the Pachuca tank without
throwing a heavy load on the filtering plant.
Filters and Filter Presses. — -Vacuum filters of the Butters and Moore type
are used in all the mills. The Dominion Reduction and the O'Brien mills use
the Moore filter. The Butters filter is used at the Nipissing and Cobalt Reduc-
tion plants.
The filtering cycle of the Nipissing low-grade mill, shown in the following
table, is indicative of the general practice.
Table XXIX. — Filterixg Cycle at the Nipissing Low-C rade Mill
Minutes
Filling filtei box with stock pulp 5
Period vacuum applied 60
Pumping back excess pulp 8
Pumping in solution wash 6
Time washing 90
Pumping back solution wash 6
Pumping in water wash 6
Time water washing 18
Pumping back water wash 6
Discharging residues 20
Total time (.'f filtering c\cle 3 hrs. 45 min.
Thickness of cake 1 ^A in.
Specific gravity of pulp 1.3
Tons of dry slime filtered 40
The filter presses used are of various designs. The Nipissing and Dominion
Reduction use the regular Merrill triangular filter press for clarifying the solu-
tion and collecting the precipitate. The Cobalt Reduction use the Perrin press.
The O'Brien used a Perrin press for clarifying, and a Schriver press for collecting
the precipitate. Between these various machines there is little choice; all
operate on the same mechanical principle, and give equally satisfactory results.
Precipitation
Three distinct methods for precipitating silver have been used in the cyani-
dation of Cobalt ores. These are: — ■
1. Precipitation with zinc,
2. Precipitation with aluminium,
3. Precipitation with sodium sulphide.
Precipitation ivith zinc. — At the Buffalo mill precipitation was effected by
zinc-shavings, using three wooden boxes of the ordinary type. At the Dominion
Reduction mill, zinc dust was used, with a regular Merrill triangular filter press
for collecting the precipitate. The Nipissing low-grade mill was originally
designed for precipitation with zinc dust, but after investigation the system of
precipitating with aluminium was adopted before the mill started to operate.
The use of zinc as a precipitant, in a solution containing appreciable amounts
of arsenic and antimony, was found to be very unsatisfactory. In addition to
causing a heavy consumption of cyanide, the zinc fouled the solution, resulting
in a marked decrease in dissolving efficiency. A comparison of zinc with alumi-
nium, as a precipitant of silver from cyanide solution, is given in the following
discussion.
20 D.M.
292 Department of Mines No. 4
Alnmimum Precipitation. — Precipitation by aluminium was developed by
S. F. Kirkpatrick, who applied it in a commercial way to the cyanidation of
Cobalt ores, first at the Deloro smelter, and later at the O'Brien mill in Cobalt.
Its advantages over precipitation by zinc were later fully investigated by the
metallurgists at the Nipissing before its adoption in the low-grade mill. The
subject is covered fully in the articles by J. J. DennyS E. M. Hamilton^ and
S. F. Kirkpatrick^ Details of the practice used at the Nipissing and O'Brien
mills are given in E. M. Hamilton's article.
The advantages of aluminium precipitation are as follows: —
(1) No fouling of the solution, and no loss of dissolving efficiency, but
rather the reverse. The working-solution showed an increased dissolving power
of 0. 35 ounces of silver per ton of ore, over a freshly made solution.
(2) A regeneration of cyanide, instead of a heavy consumption. Unlike
zinc, aluminium forms no cyanogen compound, and in addition actually regen-
erates the cyanide combined with the silver. In the Nipissing mill, this regen-
eration amounted to 0. 608 lbs. of KCN per ton of solution, or 1. 67 lbs. of cyanide
per ton of ore treated, equal to 408 lbs. of cyanide a day.
(3) The recovery of the silver as a clean high-grade precipitate, averaging
27,000 ounces to the ton, or about 930 fine. The barren solution is reduced to
about 0. 05 ounces of silver to the ton.
Cost of Aluminiiim Precipitation. — The following data showing the relative
costs of precipitation by aluminium and zinc are taken from the article by
E. M. Hamilton, already referred to.
The present price of aluminium dust, laid down at the Nipissing, is 38 cents per pound,
and of zinc dust 7 cents per pound. The consumption of aluminium is 0.02 pound, and of zinc
dust 0.1 pound, per ounce of silver precipitated, on an ore yielding 20 ounces of silver to the ton.
The relative costs would be as follows: —
Table XXX. — Comparative Costs of Zinx and Aluminium Precipitation
Aluminium dust Zinc dust
0.4 pound aluminium at 38 cents $0,152 2 pound at 7 cents $0.14
1 .5 pound caustic soda, 2'/4 cents 0.033
Per ton SO. 185 $0.14
In the figure for caustic soda, 0.5 pounds has been allowed for chemical consumption and
1 pound for mechanical loss. To offset the extra charge of 43^ cents per ton of ore, there would
be a direct recovery of 9.6 pounds of KCN at 15 cents or $0.24 per ton; a further saving in cyanide
due to the absence of any action between the precipitant and the cyanide; a saving in the cost of
milling and refining, and in some cases, of marketing the bullion. In addition there is a gain in
extraction of from 7 per cent, to 14 per cent.
The equations given for the precipitation of silver by aluminium are as
follows : —
2 NaAg(CN)2 + 4NaOH + 2Al = 4NaCN + 2Ag + Na2Al204 + 2H2
According to this equation, one part of aluminium would precipitate four times
its weight of silver. In practice, the proportion is found to be about three of
silver for one of aluminium.
Analysis of Precipitate. — The following tables give analyses of the pre-
cipitates obtained at the Nipissing and Dominion Reduction mills: —
^J. J. Denny, Mining and Scientific Press, September 27th, 1913.
^E. M Hamilton. Engineering and Mining Journal, May 10th, 1913.
^S. F. Kirkpatrick, Engineering and Mining Journal, June 28th, 1913.
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 293
Table XXXI. — Analysis of Silver Precipitate by Aluminium Dust at Nipissing Mill
Per cent.
Silver 89.92
Sulphur 0.84
Lime 1.07
Iron 0.95
Mercury 0.48
Aluminium 0.56
Copper 0.36
Arsenic 0 . 48
Antimony 0 . 64
Nickel 0. 16
Lead 0.08
Bismuth 0.03
Zinc 0.06
Cobalt trace
Silica and insoluble 2 .98
Table XXXII. — An.\lysis of Silver Precipitate by Alu.mimum Dust at Dominion
Reduction Company Mill
Per cent.
Silver 88 . 04
Silica 3 . 50
Copper 0.78
Iron 1 . 84
Cobalt 0.13
Nickel 0.16
Aluminium 0 . 84
Lime— CaO 1 .04
Arsenic 2.41
Lead 0. 65
Sulphur 0.27
99.30
Sodium Sulphide Precipitation. — -The present practice of precipitation by
sodium sulphide was developed in 1916 at the Nipissing mill, to replace aluminium
precipitation, and like the former practice, it soon became general in the camp.
The change was made urgently necessary as a result of the changes in economic
conditions wrought by the war. Before the war, aluminium dust cost 2>3. 82
cents per pound and caustic soda 2. 11 cents per pound, laid down at the mine.
In May, 1916, the price of aluminium dust was advanced to 90 cents, and caustic
soda to 5. 77 cents per pound. At these prices, the increased cost of these two
chemicals amounted to about $33,000 a year. Although developed to meet an
emergency, the present practice has been so satisfactory that it will be perman-
ently retained. A complete description of the process and the Nipissing practice
is given in the article by R. B. Watson, "Sodium Sulphide Precipitation of
Silver at the Nipissing Mine," Transactions of the Canadian Mining Institute,
\'ol. XX, 1917, from which are taken many of the data here gi\'en.
The sodium sulphide process involves the precipitation of the silver as silver
sulphide, the reduction of the precipitate to metallic silver by a desulphurizing
treatment, and the melting down of the resulting silver to fine bullion.
At the Nipissing, precipitation is effected in two wooden tanks, 5 ft. by
6 ft., provided with mechanical agitation. In the first tank the clarified solu-
tion meets a small stream of concentrated sodium sulphide, which throws down
the silver sulphide as a fine precipitate. To avoid blinding the canvas, the
precipitate is caused to agglomerate by agitating it in the second tank, before
it is drawn off to the filter press. In practice it is found that 0. 06 lbs. of sodium
sulphide (60 per cent, strength) are required to precipitate one troy ounce of
silver. Gold is not precipitated at all, nor is copper, if the solution contains
294 Deoartment of Mines No. 4
not less than 0. 15 per cent, of free cyanide. As with aluminium, precipitation
by sodium sulphide regenerates all the cyanide combined with the silver in the
pregnant solution. The reactions involved are shown in the equation: —
2 XaAg (CN)2 + Xa3S-Ag2S + 4 Xa CX.
A press full of sulphide precipitate contains about 23,000 ounces of silver.
Treatment of Precipitate
O'Brien Practice. — To reduce the precipitate of silver sulphide to metallic
silver, several processes were developed at the O'Brien mill. These are, briefly,
as follows: — ■
(1) The precipitate was melted and cast into anodes which were electro-
lysed in a solution of caustic soda, using carbon cathodes.
(2) The silver sulphide was melted in crucibles with scrap iron, yielding a
base bullion and an iron matte, which carried appreciable amounts of silver.
These were shipped to the company's smelter at Deloro.
(3) The latest practice, used up to the time of the destruction of the mill
by fire (Sept., 1922), was to fuse the silver sulphide with aluminium ingots in a
Harvey tilting furnace. By this treatment one pound of aluminium will refine
twelve pounds of silver, yielding a bullion up to 980 fine, and a slag of aluminium
sulphide; 5 per cent, of the silver enters the slag. About four tons of slag are
accumulated in a year, from the treatment of about 250,000 ounces of silver.
Nipissing Practice. — At the Xipissing, the precipitate is reduced to metallic
silver by a modified form of the desulphurizing process, already described in the
treatment of the ore.
The precipitate of silver sulphide is transferred to an iron tank 7 ft. by 5 ft.,
provided with a mechanical agitator. Aluminium ingots, weighing 500 lbs., are
thrown in, and caustic soda is added, about 0. 03 lbs. of 76 per cent, caustic soda
being required for every ounce of silver. With a dilution of 4:1 the solution
has a strength of about 8 per cent. XaOH. The mixture is agitated until the
black silver sulphide turns brown. This requires about eight hours, depending
upon the temperature of the solution. The caustic solution must not be too
hot, as the reaction with the aluminium will then become too violent. This
will interfere with the reduction of the silver sulphide, as the large amount of
hydrogen given off prevents the actual contact necessary between the sulphide
and the aluminium. The desulphurized precipitate is collected in a filter press,
washed free of sodium sulphide, and delivered to the refinery. The ingots
remaining are left in the bottom of the tank for the next charge. The reactions
involved are shown in the following equation: —
2 Al + 8 XaOH + 3 Ag2 S^Xa^ Al, O4 + 3 Na^S + e Ag + 4 H^O
Samples taken of the silver sulphide precipitate, before and after treatment,
are assayed for silver. The increase in silver after desulphurizing is approxi-
mately 3,000 ounces. If the pregnant solution is well clarified before precipita-
tion, it is possible to make a product, after desulphurizing, that will assay 27,000
ounces. Analyses of the precipitate, before and after desulphurizing, are given
in the following table, from the article by R. B. Watson, already referred to.
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 295
Table XXXIII.— An.\lysis of Silver Sulphide Precipit.\te, Before .a.nd After
Desulphurizing
Ag
S
Soluble in water .
Insoluble in acid ,
FeO
AI2O3
CaO
MgO
Hg
Before
After
desulphurizing
desulphurizing
per cent.
per cent.
81.21
91.72
12.09
0.58
2.02
0.52
2.63
3.03
0.46
0.57
1.32
1.55
0.44
0.49
0.14
0.16
0.10
0.11
100.41 98.73
The precipitate contains no Au, Cu, Bi, Co, Ni. or Zn.
Refinery. — The desulphurized precipitate is weighed in lots, as received
from the mill, and samples taken to determine the moisture and silver content.
It is then charged to the reverberatory refinery furnace and melted down with-
out flux, yielding a bullion 999 fine. During the refining the impurities are
skimmed ofif by the operator, with a rake. These skimmings are accumulated
from one to two months and melted down in a small blast furnace. The result-
ing base bullion is melted down with the next lot of precipitate. The slag from
the blast furnace is weighed and assayed for silver and delivered to the high-
grade mill, where it is given the same treatment as the concentrates. The time
required for refining approximately 35,000 ounces varies from twenty-four to
thirty-six hours. The fine bullion is ladled from the furnace and cast in iron
moulds, to bars of about 1,200 troy ounces.
Treatment of Skimmings. — From forty-three lots of precipitate, charged to
the reverberatory furnace, the following table shows the silver content of the
various products from the treatment of the skimmings in the blast furnace.
T.\BLE XXXIV. — Silver Content of Products from Skimmings Tre.\ted in Blast
Furnace
Total weight of precipitate melted and refined in reverb- Silver content
eratory furnace 66,308 pounds 832,308 . 57 oz.
Skimmings produced '. . 8,947 " 52,721.84 "
Skimmings by weight 13 . 49 per cent. 6 . H per cent.
Silver content of skimmings 40.42
Slag and speiss produced in blast furnace 4,020 pounds 1,991 .06 oz.
Slag and speiss produced in blast furnace by weight 6.06 per cent. 0.24 per cent.
Owing to the richness of the skimmings, practically no flux need be added for
smelting. The furnace charge is made up by mixing the skimmings with about
15 per cent, by weight of coke and a small amount of speiss, which acts as a
wash. The products from the furnace are slag, speiss, and a base bullion which
assays about 850 fine.
Annual Clean-up. — The reverberatory furnace is in practically continuous
operation for one year, very little patching being required to keep it in good
shape. At the end of the year it is broken down and re-built, in order to make
the annual clean-up. After treating between three and four million ounces of
silver during the year, the amount of silver recovered from the brick and pan-
bottom is less than 2 per cent. Over a period of three years, the consumption
of fuel oil for 1,000 ounces of refined silver bullion was 11.5 gallons.
Sampling Milling Ore
At the Nipissing mill the ore is sampled by hand by taking samples of
the stamp-battery discharge every half-hour over a period of twenty-four hours.
296 Department of Mines No. 4
When grinding in cyanide solution containing dissolved silver, this system of
sampling is not accurate, in spite of corrections for dilution and solution assay.
Errors are due both to dissolution of silver by the cyanide solution in the battery,
and to re-precipitation of dissolved silver by the action of cyanicides present
in the ore. On treating clean ore, about three ounces of silver are dissolved in
the battery and the recovery is higher, by this amount, than the amount of
silver indicated by the heads. Re-precipitation of the dissolved silver is caused
especially by decomposed nickel minerals. At one time it was thought that
carbon might be the offender, as some ores contain carbonaceous slates, but a
few tests showed that the material does not act as a precipitant of silver from
cyanide solutions. On treating ores containing decomposed nickel minerals,
about three ounces of silver are re-precipitated in the battery. Under these
conditions the heads appear to be high and the extraction of silver low. The
range of error is thus about six ounces in a 45-ounce head sample.
Sampling of Table Concentrates
The results from the sampling of table concentrates at the Nipissing Mill
are interesting. The following figures show the comparative results of sampling
by hand and mechanically, a total weight of 3,652 tons of wet table concentrates,
containing 7 per cent, moisture. Hand sampling was carried out by quartering
lots of six tons before charging into a 4 ft. by 25 ft. tube-mill. The feed was
ground for twenty-three hours with iron balls, at a dilution of 1:1, to pass a
200-mesh screen. It was then dumped into a tank where it was diluted to
7:1 with water, and classified. The classifier overflow was sampled by an Elmore
sampler located in the launder, twelve feet from the classifier. The pulp was
sampled by another automatic sampling device, which cut samples from the
launder as the pulp was discharged into a receiving tank. The results are shown
in the following table: —
Table XXXV. — Sampling Wet Table Conxextrates by Hand and also Automatically
Quartering method (4-mesh product) Oz. per ton 1362.95
Automatic method (200-mesh product) (after allowing for dilu-
tion by foreign matter) Oz. per ton 1262 . 19
Difference in favour of quartering method 100 . 76 oz. 7 . 39 per cent.
The silver, recovered as fine bullion, checked with the quartering method.
Aero-Brand Cyanide
Aero-brand cyanide was used in the camp for three years. During this
time it did good work and showed a saving over 98 per cent, sodium cyanide,
which w^as then selling at an advanced price. Aero-brand cyanide is high in
lime, which it was found necessary to eliminate by adding soda ash to the mill
solution. In the treatment of Cobalt ores a high lime is objectionable, as it has
a tendency to retard the activity of the solution, with a consequent decrease in
the extraction of silver. This effect is due either to the increased viscosity of
the solution, which interferes with the migration of the ions, or to the reaction
of CaO with some other compound in the solution.
As 98 per cent, sodium cyanide is easier to handle, the use of Aero-brand
cyanide was discontinued when, as a result of declining price, the cost of Aero-
brand, together with the soda ash, showed no advantage over the 98 per cent,
product. Aero-brand does good work elsewhere, when used with zinc precipita-
tion, owing to the precipitation of the lime as calcium zincate. Carbon dioxide
from the atmosphere also precipitates some of the lime as calcium carbonate.
Comparative analyses of the barren working-solutions from the treatment of
these ores by 98 per cent, sodium cyanide and Aero-brand cyanide, are shown
in the following table: —
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
297
Table XXXVL
-Comparative Analysis of Barren Working-Solutions, Using
CENT. Sodium and Aero-brand Cyanide
Analysis made January 20, 1916, NaCN
and Al dust precipitation.
Analysis made May 14, 1920, on high and low-grade
solution using Aero-brand cyanide and sodium
sulphide precipitation.
Specific gravity
Total solids. . .
Free KCN..
Total KCN.
Alkali
KCNS
Cu
Ni and Co . .
Al
Fe
As
Sb
CaO
Low-grade
solution
1.007
Per cent.
1.190
0.212
0.303
0.180
0.080
0.060
0.010
0.020
0.001
0.050
0.040
0.016
Specific gravity
Total solids
Total cyanogen
Free cyanide (KCN)
Alkali before removing CO2.
Alkali after removing CO2 . . .
Lime (CaO)
Fe
Ferrocyanide
Thiocyanate
Chlorine
C u
Ni and Co ,
Magnesia
Sodium
Silver
Carbon (floating or in sus
pension)
High-grade Low-grade
solution solution
1.0115
Per cent.
3 . 596
1.0571
Per cent.
8.304
1.13
0.47
1.33
0.89
0.04
0.03
0.18
0.12
1.44
0.31
0.04
0.01
1.96
.8O0Z
none
0.42
0.22
0.30
0.20
0.04
0.01
0.07
0.09
0.70
0.16
0.02
0.01
0.62
. 28 oz.
The Flotation Process
Introduction
Various small scale tests were made with the Flotation Process in Cobalt
prior to 1915, but the results of these were largely unsatisfactory. One of the
principal difihculties was that the concentrates produced were low in grade,
assaying only from thirty to fifty ounces of silver to the ton. Unfortunately
no attempt was made to re-clean these low-grade concentrates, as otherwise a
satisfactory process might possibly have been developed sooner.
In October, 1915, the Buffalo Mines, Limited, built an experimental flota-
tion plant, capable of working on a tonnage scale. The machines used were of
the Callow pneumatic type. The experimental work in this pioneer plant was
under the direct personal supervision of J. M. Callow, who furnished experienced
operators to take charge of the work. The treble-length Callow cell was here
developed to meet local conditions, since, to obtain the best results, the Cobalt
ores require a relatively long treatment. The adaptation of the flotation
process to the treatment of the Cobalt ores was a direct result of the research
work carried on at the Buffalo experimental plant.
The following September, the Buffalo Mines began to operate a Callow
flotation plant, having a daily capacity of 600 tons, treating the current tailing
from the gravity concentration plant, in addition to re-treating a large tonnage
of similar tailings that had accumulated on the property.
The success of these plants soon led to the general adoption of this process
and similar plants were built by the McKinley-Darragh-Savage Mines, the
Coniagas Mines, The Dominion Reduction Company, the Northern Customs
Concentrator, and the National Mines. In addition to these an experimental
plant was operated by the Nipissing Mines over a period of one year, to deter-
mine whether the process could be used to advantage for the re-treatment of
the tailings from the cyanide plant. The combined daily capacity of these
plants was, approximately, 2,000 tons.
General Outline of Cobalt Practice
Oil Mixtures. — The flotation plants in Cobalt use an oil mixture of pine
oil, coal tar creosote, and coal tar. This mixture, in the proportions of 15 per
298 Department of Mines No. 4
cent, pine oil, 75 per cent, coal tar creosote, and 10 per cent, coal tar. was adopted
as a result of the research work done at the Buffalo experimental mill, and with
variations in the amounts of pine oil and creosote, has been used by all the other
mills. Many other oils and mixtures of oils have been tried, both in the labora-
tory and in large scale tests under mill conditions, but this particular combina-
tion has been found to be the most satisfactory. At the Coniagas mill it has
been found good practice to sulphidize the oil mixture by distilling it under
pressure with sulphur. The proportions used are 25 per cent, of No. 350 pine
oil, 65 per cent, creosote, and 10 per cent, coal tar, together with 23^2 PC cent,
sulphur. The oil mixture is added to the tube-mill in amounts varying from
^ to 13/2 lbs. per ton of ore treated. The amount of oil required will vary
with the dilution of the pulp, the amount of mineral present, the fineness of
the product being treated, and the skill of the operator.
Concentration and Grinding. — It may be said in general that the silver con-
tent of the tailing from the flotation process varies directly with the value of
the feed to the cell. For this reason it has been found good practice to recover
as much of the silver as possible by gravity concentration, before treatment by
flotation. The tailings from the preliminary concentration treatment are
ground in tube-mills, usually to 80 to 100 mesh, depending on the character of
the ore. At the Coniagas mines, the practice is to grind to pass to 60-mesh
screen. The oil mixture is added in the tube-mill, as a thorough emulsification
of the oil is essential to good results. Care is taken also to screen out all chips
and wood-pulp, as this material is found to interfere seriously with successful
work. After grinding, the ore is given a final concentration on slime tables,
before passing to Dorr thickeners or Callow cones. The thickened pulp is
then pumped either to a mechanical mixer, where it receives an additional
oiling, or direct to the flotation cells. The overflow from the thickeners is
practically clear water. This is either discarded or is pumped back to be used
over again in the circuit.
The Flotation Cells. — The treble-length Callow pneumatic cell, ^either single
or double compartment, is used throughout the camp as a roughing cell. These
are twenty-seven feet long and twenty-four inches wide, and are supplied with
air at from four to six pounds pressure. The dilution of the feed is from 3 to 5:1,
a low dilution being necessary to yield a low tailing. The rougher cell discharges
a low-grade concentrate, assaying about fifty ounces of silver to the ton, which
goes to the cleaner cells, and a tailing, assaying from one to two ounces of silver
to the ton, which is sent to waste.
The cleaner cell is a single length Callow pneumatic cell 9 ft. by 24 inches,
similar in detail to the rougher cell. The concentrate from the rougher cell is
treated at a dilution usually from 15 to 20:1, without any further addition of
oil. The high dilution is required to make a high-grade concentrate. A device,
commonly adopted to assist in raising the grade of the concentrate, is to build
up the sides of the cell to within six inches of the lower end, in order to restrict
the overflow. It has also been found by some operators that, by adding
sodium carbonate or sodium silicate to the cleaner cell circuit, a much higher
grade of concentrates can be produced. The final concentrate usually assays
from 300 to 600 ounces of silver to the ton.
Treatment of the Middling. — The tailing from the cleaner cell is called the
middling. This material is not a true middling, but consists largely of a mix-
ture of oiled particles of free mineral and rock matter, together with the true
middling. It amounts to approximately 8 per cent, of the original feed, and
assays from ten to thirty ounces of silver to the ton, varying with the grade of
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
299
the current ore. The treatment of this product is a disputed question and has
led to a considerable variation in practice. Some operators treat it by the
cyanide process, others re-clean it several times in a separate circuit and finally
discard a tailing containing from three to five ounces of silver to the ton, which
joins the tailing from the roughing cells; others again return the middling to
the head of the rougher cells with the chance of lowering its silver content before
it is finally discarded with the tailing from the rougher cells. The objection to
the latter course is that the high dilution of the middling disturbs the control
of the rougher cell, where a low dilution is essential to the production of a low
tailing. Hence the advantage of cyaniding this product or of treating it in a
separate circuit.
Treatment of Concentrate. — The general practice is to settle the concentrates
in Dorr thickeners, filter the thickened discharge on Oliver continuous filters,
and finally dry on steam coils. The product, still carrying 5 per cent, moisture,
is bagged and shipped to the smelter.
Summary. — The points essential for the best results in floating the Cobalt
ores are as follows: —
1. The removal of as much of the value as possible by gravity concentration.
2. The emulsification of the oil in the tube-mill.
3. The removal of chips and wood pulp.
4. A low dilution — 3:1 — in the rougher cell in order to get a low tailing.
5. A high dilution — 15 to 20:1 — in the cleaner cell to get a high-grad(-:
concentrate.
A skeleton flow-sheet of the mills using gravity concentration, followed by
flotation, is as follows:- —
Table XXXVH
Concentrating mill rejects ground to 80-100
mesh containing 3 to 5 ounces of silver per ton.
Oil mixture fed to tube mills
Pump or elevator
I
.Callow rougher cells — dilution 3 to 5: 1
Concentrates
50 ounces of silver
per ton— dilution
15 to 20: 1
Middling _ Cleaner cells
250 ounces of silver
per ton
Concentrates
I
Tailing -(V° ■^°""'^"
lof silver per to
Middhng., Cleaner cells— Sodium silicate or soda ash added.
300 to 600 ounces of
silver per ton
Concentrates to thickener
Dryer
Smelter
Flotation flow-sheet of general practice.
300 Department of Mines No. 4
The Coniagas Practice
The details of the froth flotation process, as applied to the concentration of
Cobalt ores, are well exemplified in the following description of the practice
used at the Coniagas plant.
Concenti'atio}i and Grinding. — The battery discharge, without classification,
receives a roughing treatment on Deister sand tables, making a low-grade
concentrate, which is re-cleaned, and discharging a low-grade tailing which goes
to a large drag classifier. The overflow from the classifier is pumped to a sys-
tem of fourteen 8-ft. Callow cones, having ^-inch discharge spigots. The spigot
discharge is further treated by being passed over three Deister slime tables.
The low-grade concentrate from these tables is re-cleaned, and the tailing is
sent to the flotation sump.
The discharge from the Drag classifier goes to a 5 ft. by 22 ft. tube-mill,
loaded with ten tons of 4-inch metallic (white iron) pebbles. The oil mixture
is added to the tube-mill and is ground with the ore, the oil consumption being
less than one pound per ton of ore treated. The tube-mill discharge passes a
a Dorr simplex classifier, the overflow of which goes to the flotation sump.
The sand discharge from the classifier is carried by a spiral conveyer to a second
tube-mill, 5 ft. by 22 ft., loaded with ten tons of 13/2-inch white iron pebbles.
A further addition of the oil mixture is made in this mill. The pulp, now ground
to pass to 60-mesh screen, receives a further treatment on four No. 3 Deister
slime tables, the concentrate from which is finished on a re-cleaning table.
The tailing is discharged to the flotation sump.
The Primary Rougher Circuit. — The pulp is lifted from the flotation sump
by a 6-inch centrifugal pump, to a distributor head-box in the flotation plant,
and passes, at a dilution of 4:1, into three treble-length, double-compartment
Callow rougher cells. Each primary rougher cell, with its series of three single
length cleaner cells, is a separate circuit and is supplied with air at from four to
six pounds pressure by a Connersville blower, operated by a 50-H.P. motor.
The tailing from the rougher cells receives a final concentration treatment
before being sent to waste. In each system of cells, the concentrate from the
rougher cells passes to a double compartment cleaner cell which discharges its
concentrate to a tank. A diaphragm pump lifts it to a second cleaner cell
which discharges its concentrate to a second tank. It is lifted to a third cleaner
cell for final treatment, the cleaned concentrate from which now assays 600
ounces of silver to the ton. This is discharged to a 20 ft. by 10 ft. Dorr thick-
ener, dewatered on an Oliver continuous filter, and dried for shipment. Sodium
silicate, in the proportion of fifteen pounds per ton of final concentrate produced,
is added to the cleaner cells as a deflocculant.
The Middling Circuit. — The tailings from the cleaner cells are known as the
"middlings." The middling circuit is another separate unit. The system
includes a double length (16 inch) double-compartment rougher cell, known as
the middling cell, followed by two single length cleaner cells. The middlings
flow to a sump, from which they are lifted by a 3-inch pump to the middlings
rougher cell. The tailing from this cell joins the tailing from the three rougher
cells for a final treatment by concentration. The concentrates from the mid-
dlings cell pass to the first cleaner cell. Sodium silicate is added to the con-
centrate from this cell, which is raised by an air-lift to the second cleaner cell,
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
301
where it receives the final treatment. The tailing from the two cleaner cells
is returned to the middling circuit. The cleaned concentrate flows to the Dorr
thickener.
The Tailing Circuit. — The tailing from the four rougher cells goes to a box
and is lifted by a 4-inch centrifugal pump to an 8-ft. Callow cone. The under-
flow passes over eight No. 2 Deister sand tables, the concentrates from which
are cleaned on a finishing table. The tailing from these tables goes to waste.
The overflow from the Callow cone goes to a treble-length double-compart-
ment rougher cell, the tailing going to waste. The concentrate is cleaned in a
9-ft. double-compartment cleaner cell, the tailing from which is returned to the
middling circuit. The concentrate is sent to the Dorr thickener.
The Coniagas practice, as described above, is shown in outline in the fol-
lowing flow-sheet: —
Table XXXXIII
Tailings from concentrator
\
3 Callow rougher cells
Tailings .^_
\
Callow cone
Callow rougher cell
Underflow
\
8 Deister tables No. 2
-i I
Concentrate Tailings
\ 1
To cleaner
Circuit
Waste
Concentrate
$20 to $30 profit "
recovered daily
i
Settling tank
I
Dryer
\
Smelter
Concentrate
\
Cleaner cells .
\
Concentrate
i
r- Cleaner cell
Middling
Concentrate
i
Cleaner cell
^ 1
Concentrate I
Sodium
silicate added
.Middling.
Sodium
silicate added
.Middling .
Callow rougher cell
1 1
. Tailings Concentrate
Dorr thickener
i
Oliver filter
I
Dryer
Cleaner cell i . . Sodium
I I I silicate added
Concentrate t Middling
i
Cleaner cell, Sodium silicate added
I I
.Concentrate t Middling
Smelter
Flotation flow-sheet of Coniagas practice.
The following chart, taken at random, for the month of April, 1923, shows
the results obtained at this plant.
302
Department of Mines
No. 4
Table XXXIX. — Monthly Chart of the Conl\gas Flotation Plant, showing Monthly
Averages, together with Sizing Analysis and Assays of the Daily'
Tailing, for the Month of April, 1923
fFlotation I ead 3 . 40 ounces
Monthly average. . . . -j Primarv rougher tailing 79 "
(Final tailing 1.23 "
Percentage of weight
Assay
ounces o
f silver per ton
Date
80
100
150
150
80
100
150
150
1st
9.89
9.44
16.40
64.27
2.0
1.6
1.4
1.7
2nd
11.75
7.44
14.14
66.67
1.6
.8
. 7
1.4
3rd
15.34
7.62
16.19
60.95
2.0
1.2
1.0
1.8
4th
12.29
9.31
15.62
62.78
2.2
2 0
1.8
3.4
5th
9.82
10.48
14.81
64.89
1.8
1 6
2.6
l.S
6th
7.45
6.69
12.92
72.94
2.6
1.5
1.1
2.0
7th
10.63
9.19
17.12
63 . 06
1.0
1.7
.8
1.8
8th
6.13
6.28
17.52
70.07
1.6
1.0
1.0
1.4
9th
4.50
6.74
15.73
73.03
1.4
1.2
1.3
2.0
10th
12.12
10.05
14.83
63 . 00
.8
.8
.6
1.0
11th
9.22
8.68
15.55
66.55
1.0
.6
.5
.9
12th
9.56
8.53
15.56
66 . 45
1.1
. /
.4
1.0
13th
9.47
8.63
17.26
64.62
. /
.6
.4
.9
14th
12.37
8.44
14.56
64.63
1.0
1.1
.7
1.8
15th
5.89
7.68
18.03
68.40
.9
.6
.5
1.2
16th
7.06
7.55
14.22
71.17
1.0
. /
.6
1.2
17th
10.50
8.78
14.89
65 . 83
1.2
1.1
1.1
2 5
18th
8.52
7.40
14.01
70.07
.9
. 7
.6
1.2
19th
9.02
9.13
14.60
67.27
.5
.8
.5
1.0
20th
9.34
7.00
16.93
66.73
.8
.6
.4
1.0
21st
9.19
6.85
14.64
69.32
1.0
1.1
.7
1.4
22nd
11.51
10.75
15.80
61.94
.6
.6
.4
1.2
23rd
10.89
8.35
13.61
67.15
1.7
1.1
.6
1.7
24th
6.02
7.98
17.26
68.74
.9
.6
.5
1.1
25th
6.06
7.19
15.99
70.86
1.3
.6
.5
1.0
26th
8.05
7.26
17.94
66.75
.8
.6
.7
1.2
27th
7.57
8.38
16.16
67.89
.9
.6
.5
1.1
28th
11.70
7.02
14.82
66.46
.8
.9
.6
1.5
29th
9.38
11.69
15.23
63.70
1.1
.9
2.3
1.7
30th
9.88
7.49
14.65
67.98
1.0
.8
.8
1.6
Average ..
9.37
8.26
15.57
66.80
1.21
.96
.85
1 48
Note: — The difference between the rougher tailing and the final tailing is due to middlings.
Table XXXIXo. — .Analysis of Flot.vtion Concentrates, Coniagas Mill, Feb. 27, 1923
(.Ag. 504.0 oz. ton, 1.7 per cent.)
Per cent.
Insoluble 42 . 32
Pb 21
Cu 3.55
Sb 1.32
As 5.98
Fe 14.80
AI2O3 8.82
Ni 55
Co 2.04
Zn 12
CaO 5.23
MgO 2.25
S 8.35
Total 95.54
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
303
Additional Notes
Flotation of Cyanide Tailings. — The flotation process has not been combined
successfully with cyanidation treatment, as each interferes seriously with the
other. This fact was brought out by the attempt of the Nipissing mines in
1916-1917, to treat the tailing from the low-grade mill by flotation.
Owing to the increased cost of aluminium, which advanced in 1915 from
19 cents to over SI. 00 a pound, it was necessary to find a substitute for the
desulphurizing treatment, in order to treat ores containing silver chemically
combined with arsenic, antimony, and sulphur. On such ores, with a 48-hour
treatment, straight cyanidation gave a poor extraction. The treatment of the
cyanide tailing by flotation naturally suggested itself. Experiments to that
end were conducted on a commercial scale for a period of over a year, but after
trying many \'ariations in the method of applying the treatment, the attempt
was abandoned, as the results were not satisfactory. The low extraction of
the precious metal was apparently due to the fact that the solvent action of
the cyanide solution had pitted the surface of the base-metal particle containing
the silver, so that it floated with dif^culty. The flotation cells were discarded
and the present practice was adopted, of gravity concentration on tables, fol-
lowed by cyanidation. As already indicated, this practice has been found
entirely satisfactory. Another factor in favour of gravity concentration in this
plant was that it readily recovered the cobalt minerals in the ore. By the
flotation treatment this valuable by-product for the most part was not recovered,
as the arsenides are floated with difficulty.
The analyses of the flotation products from the Nipissing plant are shown
in the following table ■ —
Table XL. — Analysis of Nipissing Flotation Products
Schedule
Heads
Tails
Concentrates
Silver, ounces
7.12
Per cent.
0.025
Trace
0.17
0.11
0.70
0.32
71.52
16.72
3.56
1.10
5.20
2.4
Per cent
0.008
Trace
0.16
0.10
0.66
0.10
71.31
16.76
3.64
1.00
5.20
729.9
Silver
Per cent.
2.50
Copper
2.70
Cobalt
0.21
Nickel
Arsenic
0.14
0.85
Sulphur
3.69
Insoluble
Iron and Aluminium
54.28
20.93
Lime
3.04
Magnesia
0.98
\'olatile, H9O, COo, etc
8.30
99.425
98.938
97.62
The copper was paid for on the basis of five cents per pound.
Local Treatment of Concentrates. — A most serious objection to the flotation
process is the difficulty of treating the concentrates to recover the silver as a
fine bullion. Owing to the excessive marketing charges, the metallurgists of
the district, and elsewhere, have experimented with practically every well-
known process, in addition to carrying on a considerable amount of original
research, in the effort to devise a satisfactory method of treatment. Fine
grinding with straight cyanidation, and wet desulphurization followed by cyani-
304 Department of Mines No. 4
dation have both failed. The principal difficulty is the excessive cyanide con-
sumption (over 75 lbs. per ton of concentrates) which is due to the presence of
large amounts of iron and copper mineral, as well as other base-metals, that act
as cyanicides.
It was thought by some metallurgists that a chloridizing roast in the Holt-
Dern furnace, followed by an acid-salt leach, might solve the problem. To try
out this process, experiments were carried on at the Buffalo mines and the
Dominion Reduction Company, the former installing a large furnace of this
type and the latter four small ones. In both cases, after operating for several
months, the process was abandoned, as it was not a success either commercially
or metallurgically. On account of the fineness of the product, it was found
impossible to get any large tonnage through the furnace. Furthermore, the
product did not leach well, so that the extraction did not exceed 92 per cent.
A still further disadvantage was the fact that the bullion recovered always
contained a considerable amount of copper, which necessitated paying a refin-
ing charge.
All the flotation concentrates from the camp are shipped to smelters in the
United States. Payment is made for the copper as well as the silver content.
The Cost of Marketing Concentrates. — The cost of marketing concentrates
from the flotation process is shown in the following schedule. This brings out
very clearly the marked advantage of shipping a high-grade rather than a low-
grade product.
Table XLI. — Comparative Returns from Different Grades of
Flotatiox Concentrates.
General: —
Freight Cobalt to emelter, per ton $24.40
Smelter treatment charge, per ton 14 . 00
Smelter refining charge, per ounce 00^4
Smelter percentage 5%
Representation and assaying, per ton SO . 86
Estimated price of silver, per ounce 65
100 Ounce Concentrate: — ■
Freight S24.40 Value $65.00
Treatment 14.00 Less 42.76
Refining .25
Percentage 3.25 Net $22.24
Representation and assaying .86
S42.76
Percentage of total value of ore received 34. 21
200 Ounce Concentrate: —
Freight $24.40 Value $130.00
Treatment 14.00 Less 46.26
Refining .50
Percentage 6.50 Net $83.74
Representation and assaying .86
546.26
Percentage of total value of ore received 64.41
300 Ounce Concentrate: —
Freight $24.40 Value $195.00
Treatment 14.00 Less 49.76
Refining .75
Percentage 9.75 Net $145 . 24
Representation and assaying .86
$49 . 76
Percentage of total value of ore received 74.48
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 305
400 Ounce Conxentrate: —
Freight $24.40 Value $260. OC
Treatment 14.00 Less 53.26
Refining 1.00
Percentage 13.00 Net $206.74
Representation and assaying .86
$53.26
Percentage of total value of ore received 79.51
500 Ounce Concentrate: —
Freight $24.40 Value $325.00
Treatment 14.00 Less 56.76
Refining 1.25
Percentage 16.25 Net $268.24
Representation and assaying. ... .86
$56.76
Percentage of total value of ore received 82 . 53
600 Ounce Concentrate: —
Freight $24.40 Value $390.00
Treatment 14.00 Less 60.26
Refining 1.50
Percentage 19.50 Net $329.74
Representation and assaying .86
$60.26
Percentage of total value of ore received 84 . 55
TREATMENT OF HIGH-GRADE ORE
Introduction
In the early days of the Cobalt camp the high-grade ore, together with the
concentrates from the jigs and tables, was shipped to smelters in the United
States for treatment. Later, special plants for treating these ores were built
at Deloro, Thorold, Copper Cliff, and elsewhere. Owing to the complex nature
of the ore, and the high arsenic content, this material was difficult to treat, and
undesirable for the ordinary customs smelter. The general practice was to
smelt in blast furnaces, recovering most of the silver as a base bullion. The
resulting speiss was roasted and treated by wet methods for the recovery of the
remainder of the silver, together with the cobalt and nickel. The arsenic tri-
oxide from the roasting was recovered in bag-houses. The process was slow and
required a large working capital as well as a heavy expenditure for plant.
In view of marketing difficulties, the management of the Nipissing, as
early as 1908, undertook to investigate the possibility of treating the ore locally.
A test plant was built, and a series of experiments carried out, with a view to
developing a process by which the ore could be treated at the mine. It was
desired that the process be at once efficient, inexpensive, simple to operate, one
that did not require an expensive plant and that would produce the silver in
a form ready to market as fine bullion. These experiments were finally success-
ful and resulted in the building of the Nipissing high-grade mill, which began
to operate in February, 1911.
306 Department of Mines No. 4
Amalgamation and Cyanidation
The Nipissing High-Grade Mill
The process used at the high-grade mill, as developed by Chas. Butters
and G. H. Clev'enger, consisted of tube-mill amalgamation followed by cyani-
dation. In this plant only hand-sorted ore and jig concentrates were treated,
as table concentration was not used at the Niplss'.ng during this period. The
process is fully described by R. B. Watson ("The Nipissing High-grade Mill,"
Engifieering and Mining Journal, Dec. 7th, 1912). A brief outline of the
process, based on Watson's article, is as follows: —
Sampling. — The high-grade ore was put through a 9 by 15 Blake crusher
and fed to a Xo. 3 6-ft. Krupp ball-mill, carrying 1,000 lbs. of steel balls, and
fitted with 20-mesh screens. The metallics were removed periodically from the
ball-mill, and melted down in the refinery. The pulp from the ball-mill was
delivered to a \'ezln sampler and elevated to steel storage tanks.
Amalgamation. — The main operation consisted of amalgamating the silver
in a tube-mill, by grinding the ore with mercury in 5 per cent, cyanide solution.
For this purpose a Krupp mill was used, fitted with Silex liners and turning at
37 r.p.ni. About one pound of mercury was used for every ounce of silver
present, the ordinary charge being 6,500 lbs. of 2,500-ounce ore, 8,500 lbs. of
mercury, 3,800 lbs. of 5 per cent. KCN solution, and six tons of pebbles. The
mill was revolved for nine and a half hours, when 99 per cent, of the pulp would
pass a 200-mesh screen, and the amalgamation was complete. By means of a
special arrangement, compressed air was blown through the tube-mill to keep
down the temperature, and to enable the cyanide to dissoh-e a greater propor-
tion of the silver.
The charge was then dumped into an 8-ft. all-iron settler, fitted with wooden
shoes. The amalgam was finally drawn off into canvas bags where it was allowed
to drain, after which it still carried 78 per cent, of mercury. The pulp was dis-
charged to the agitation tank for further treatment. The remarkable part
about the whole process is that 97 to 98 per cent, of the total silver in the ore
yielded to amalgamation in the tube-mill. Ore assaying 2,500 ounces to the
ton was reduced to from 50 to 75 ounces when it left the settler.
Cyanidation. — The subsequent cyanidation of the pulp was relatively unim-
portant, as it dealt with the daily treatment of only six or seven tons of 50-
ounce ore. A charge for agitation was made up of four tube-mill charges, or
thirteen tons of dry pulp. Five pounds of lime were added per ton of pulp,
and the charge agitated for thirty-six hours in 0.75 KCN solution in mechanic-
ally agitated tanks. After settling and decanting, the pulp was filtered on a
Butters filter, and the clarified solution precipitated by passing through zinc-
boxes filled with coarse zinc shavings. The residue left on the filter was stored.
It contained thirty-five ounces of silver and fifteen to twenty pounds of mercury
to the ton. This material has since become valuable for its cobalt content.
An analysis of the residue is as follows: — •
Table XLII. — Axalvsis of Residue from Amalgamation — Cyanidation of Htgh-Graof Ore
Silver 35 Oz. Ton. Arsenic 29. 50 fvr .-ei-l
Nickel 9.72 per cent. Sulphur 1.59 "
Cobalt 5.85 " Silica 11.44 "
Iron 2 . 58 " Lime 8 . 63 "
Antimony 3.80 " Magnesia 2.91 "
Bismuth 0.09 " Mercurv 1.00 "
Copper. 0.06 " Alkali.! ]
Carbonic acid 13.55 " Gold Trace
Combined water 5 . 74 " Ox>gen.
Sn., Zn., Mn 3.15 per cent.
1922 . Mining and Metallurgical Practice 307
Determinations of the mercury consumption brought out the interesting fact,
until then unsuspected, that the high-grade ore itself contained mercury, to
the amount of two to five pounds per ton of ore. This was found to be con-
tained in the metallics.
Retorting. — After draining in the sacks the amalgam was sent to the refinery,
where it was weighed and charged into six 14 by 60-in. oil-fired retorts, arranged
in batteries of two. The retorts were charged three-quarters full. They were
fired for nine hours, and, after being allowed to cool for six hours, were then
opened, and the resulting sponge weighed. The sponge assayed approximately
80 per cent, silver, the main impurities being arsenic, cobalt, nickel, antimony,
and bismuth.
Refining. — The sponge from the retorts, in charges containing 28,000 ounces
of silver, was melted down in an oil-fired reverberatory furnace. At first the
furnace was lined with ordinary acid fire-brick, but later, magnesite brick was
substituted to advantage. Air at fifteen pounds pressure was blown on the
surface of the molten charge, from two iron pipes at the back of the furnaces.
The oxides of cobalt, nickel, and other impurities rose rapidly to the surface,
and were raked off through the charging door. No flux of any kind was required.
The blowing was continued until the bullion was 999 fine, as determined by dip
samples. It was then tapped into moulds.
The waste gases were passed through dust chambers, to recover the mer-
cury in the fumes. These consisted of brick chambers and two iron pipes 3 ft.
by 27 ft., connected by brick work. The pipes were sprayed externally and at
intervals sprays were introduced into the first pipe and the last chamber. Prac-
tically the whole recovery, amounting to 1,000 lbs. to 2,000 lbs. of mercury per
month, was in the pipes, mostly in the first one, which was provided with the
internal sprays.
Smelting. — A 20-in. round, water-jacketed blast furnace was installed to
smelt the skimmings from the melting furnace, together with the flue dust, and
the zinc precipitate from the cyanide plant. The flue from the furnace was
connected with the dust chambers. Before being charged to the blast furnace,
the flue dust and precipitate were retorted, then mixed with sugar-water, bri-
quetted, and dried.
The skimmings assayed about 15,000 ounces, the flue dust 700 ounces, and
the precipitate 15,000 to 18,000 ounces of silver to the ton. The charge was
so rich in silver that no lead was necessary. The products were a base bullion,
about 800 fine, which was melted down in the reverberatory furnace, and a
slag carrying from five to eleven ounces of silver to the ton. A small amount
of speiss was also formed. It was necessary to run the blast furnace only one
day in ten, to clean up all the by-products.
Recovery and Costs. — The treatment, as outlined above, was remarkably
efficient and expeditious, the silver being delivered as fine bullion, at New York,
within a week of the day that the ore was delivered to the mill. Based on
uncorrected fire assays, the recovery was as high as 99. 5 to 100 per cent. Of
this total, 95 to 96 per cent, was recovered by amalgamation, and 5 to 4 per
cent, by cyanidation. The total cost of the plant was $67,757.00, which includes
the sampler, mill, and refinery.
308
Department of Mines
No. 4
Table XLIII
High grade ore from jigs and
picking belt
t
Crusher
Sampler
Ore bins
;
Scales
Cyanide amalgamation in tube mill
Amalgam
Amalgam bags
Residue
Cyanide vats
I
Vacuum filter
Mercury
Hard amalgam
Pregnant solution
I
Pregnant solution vat
t
Zinc boxes
-' » 1
Amalgam sponge
Precipitate
I
Retorts
-^ • 1
Barren solution
1
Barren solution vat
Mercury
Mercury
Reverberatory furnace
Skimmings
Blast furnace
Base bullion
Discharged residues
sold for silver and
cobalt values
Blast furnace slag
to low grade mill
Bullion 998 fine
Flow-sheet of Nipissing high-grade mill. Tul)e mill amalgamation, 1911-1918.
Additional Notes on Amalgamation
Retorting. — The retorts were required to withstand hard and continuous
service, and for this purpose retorts of cast iron proved to be unsatisfactory.
Various grades of iron were tried, but all were found liable to crack, owing to
the high temperature and the weight of the sponge. A soft grey iron, low in
phosphorus, was found to give the best results. The average life of a retort
was thirty-four charges, though occasionally a retort would break on the first
firing. Later, retorts of cast steel and wrought iron were tried with better
results.
A system of retorting using graphite crucibles was finally installed, and
proved to be very satisfactory. A desirable feature of this system was that
in one operation it permitted the retorting of the mercury and the melting
doM^n of the resulting silver sponge. It had the additional advantage of being
cheaper and simpler to operate, and of requiring less fuel oil. A crucible was
good for thirty-five melts.
In operation, about 1,200 lbs. of amalgam were charged into a No. 400
Morgan graphite crucible. After fastening down the cover, which was con-
nected to the condensing pipe, the crucible was fired for a period of five hours,
the heat being gradually increased up to the melting-point of silver. The tops
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
309
were then removed and the silver cast into bars of base bulHon. Using this
system of retorting, the mercury content of the base bullion was reduced to less
than one per cent.
■■> ■ yl ■•■ ;■'■"■ •■■/'■■■ ■■, —
■yt Cost Iron Bottom
Sectional Elevation
13 '6 "
Floor
'Water
H" Inlet Pipe
Oil Burner
4"'4"0pen/ny
Alternate brick and space
to allow gas i'entilation.
Brick
Space
IH^ED
( y^mmdmi
t^
Plan
Spring— .^^^
Front Elevation
Fig. 67 — Tilting retort, Nipissing Mining Company.
Mercury Content of Silver Sponge and Base Bullion. — On retorting the
amalgam in iron retorts, the silver was left as a sponge bar 4 ft. by 10 in. by 6 in.,
which weighed about 900 lbs. The crucible system yielded a bar of base bullion.
"Saw-cut" samples of these, made by sawing clean through the bar at the cen-
tre, and at both ends, were then assayed for mercury. It was found that the
310
Department of Mines
No. 4
mercury content of the solid portion of the sponge bar was always less than
that of the porous portion; that usually it was lower at the centre than at the
ends; and that it was less in the bar of base bullion than in the sponge bar.
These facts are brought out in the following tables which show the analyses of
a number of bars of both types.
Table XLIV.— Distribution of Merccry in Sponge and Base Bullion Bars
Mercury content in sponge bar after retorting
in iron retorts
Bar "A"—
Solid end .... 1 . 75 per cent. Hg.
Solid centre 1 . 62 "
Porous end 3.14 "
Bar "B"—
Porous end 11.45 "
Solid centre 1.91 "
Solid end , . . . . 1 . 69
Bar "C"—
This was half solid
and half porous.
End 2.46
Centre 2.58
End 1.13
Bar "D"—
This was porous throughout
End 3.28 "
Centre 2.29 "
End 2.58
Mercury content of bar of base bullion,
after retorting and melting in crucibles
and pouring into moulds
Bar "E"—
End 0.94 per cent. Hg.
Centre 0.86 "
End 1.11 "
Bar "F"—
End 1.07 «
Centre 0.94 "
End 0.98 "
Bar "G"—
End 1 . 24
Centre 1.01 "
End 1.02 "
Mercnry Losses in the Residues. — The mercury lost in the residues was in
the form either of floured mercury or of the sulphide HgS. As already noted,
this amounted to fifteen to twenty pounds per ton. At the Nipissing high-
grade mill, various attempts made to recover the lost mercury were not success-
ful. For the most part the mercury was present in the residue in a finely divided
metallic state, with only a small amount of the sulphide. This was due to the
fact that, at the Nipissing mill, only clean high-grade ore and jig concentrates
were treated, and this material was low in sulphur. This is shown in the fol-
lowing table: —
Table XLV. — Sulphur Content of Clean High-Grade Ore From Various Mines, Sampled
in Lots of Approximately 30 Tons.
Nipissing — average of 9 lots 2 . 98 per cent.
La Rose " 6 " 1.72
Kerr Lake. " 5 « 1.16
Cobalt Comet " 3 " 1 . 53 "
Crown Reserve " 2 " 1.16
Table concentrates, on the other hand, contain from 4 per cent, to 7 per
cent, of sulphur, and the treatment of this material causes an e.xcessive loss of
mercury in the residue, most of it being in the form of the sulphide. This
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 311
was the cause of the high mercury losses at the Buffalo high-grade mill which
was built in 1912 to treat the jig and table concentrates. The practice used was
essentially the same as developed at the Nipissing, except that, in places, the
same object was accomplished by the use of a different type of machine.
The Thornhill Process. — A process to recover the mercury from the current
and accumulated residues was developed in 1914 at the Buffalo plant, and is
described by E. B. Thornhill, metallurgist for the company'. The process,
successfully introduced by Mr. Thornhill, consisted essentially of le^iching the
mercuric sulphide from the residues by means of a caustic alkaline solution of
sodium sulphide, and precipitating the mercury with metallic aluminium. The
reactions involved are shown in the following equations: —
(1) HgS. + Na2S = HgS. Na^S.
(2) 3HgS. Na2S + 8 NaOH + 2Al = 3 Hg + 6 Na2S + Na2 AI2O4+4 H2O.
Since the dissolution of the mercuric sulphide is very rapid, no agitation
was required, the solvent being applied to the residue on the filter leaf.
In practice, the pulp was caked on a Moore filter, and washed with water
until free of silver solution. Sodium sulphide solution was then drawn through
the cake, until the effluent solution showed only a trace of mercury. The strength
of the solvent was kept up to 4 per cent. Na2S and 1 per cent. NaOH. Usually
one ton of solution per ton of residue was sufficient. The mercury was pre-
cipitated by agitating the mercuric sulphide solution with granular aluminium.
After settling and decanting, the mercury was run off and strained through
canvas.
The cost of treatment for labour and chemicals is given as thirteen cents
per pound of mercury recovered. An interesting point is that the mercury recov-
ered is very pure, and is absolutely free of arsenic.
The Buffalo practice, together with the sodium sulphide treatment of the
residues, is shown in outline in the following flow-sheet of the Buffalo high-
grade mill.
Losses of Merctiry in the Stack. — A considerable amount of research work
has been done at the Nipissing high-grade mill, to improve the recovery of
values contained in the waste gases from the refining and smelting furnaces.
The original installation of brick chambers and water-sprayed iron pipes,
to recover the dust and fumes from the waste gases, has already been described.
Later improvements included the substitution of the crucible system of retorting,
in place of the cast-iron retorts, which reduced the mercury content of the
amalgam sponge to less than 1 per cent., and the addition of a bag-house to
improve the recovery of fume.
The bag-house was 18 ft. 8 in. by 18 ft. 8 in. by 22 ft. 9 in., and contained
forty-two woollen bags, each 20 in. by 22 ft. The gases were drawn through
the older arrangement of dust chambers and passed through the bags, where
a further recovery of the fume was made. The bulk af the material collected
in the bag-house consisted of arsenic, antimony, nickel, cobalt, and bismuth,
together with mercury and silver. The amount was surprisingly small, con-
sidering the nature of the material treated, and the volatile constituents that it
contained. After starting the new high-grade treatment, no precipitate was
'"Recovery of Mercury from Residues of Amalgamated Cobalt Ores," A.I.M.E. Trans.,
Vol. LII., 1915, p. 165; C.M.I. Trans., Vol. XLVI, 1915, p. 94.
312
Department of Mines
No. 4
Table XL\'I
Jig and table concentrates
I
Ore bins
Cyanide amalgamation in tube
I
Amalgam
I
Amalgam bags
— ^
Pulp
Cyanide vats
Mercury
Hard amalgam
1
Retorts
Vacuum filter
t
Amalgam sponge
Mercury
i
Pregnant solution
I
Pregnant solution storage vat
. A .
Precipitation vat
Precipitate press
, i ,
Precipitate
I
Retorts
i
Barren solution
Barren solution storage vat
i * dV
Mercury
Precipitate
Filter for NajS solution
( " '
Reverberatory furnace
Skimmings
i
Tilting furnace
I
Base bullion
*
Slag
t_
Refined,
bullion
Pregnant Hg. solution
I
Pregnant Hg. solution
storage vat
I
Precipitation vat
*
Slag
r —
Concentrates
i
Ball mill
Wimey table
1 ,
Hg. precipitate
I Barren NaiS
Tube mill solution
I
Mercury bag
,- 1 .
f
Mercury
t
Tailings to low grade plant
Residue from precipitate
I
Retort
K i >
Mercury
i
Residue
sold for silver
and cobalt values
Flow-sheet of high-grade and mercury extraction plant, Buffalo Mines, Ltd.
found in the bags after a run of several months, and the bag-house practice
was then discontinued. A stack 105 feet high was built at the end of the last
dust chamber, to supply the draft in place of the fan.
Tests on CottreJl Process. — In January, 1915, tests were made with the
Cottrell system for the precipitation of fumes on a portion of the gases before
entering the bag-house. The volume of the stack gases w^as calculated from
readings from a standard Pitot tube, and an Ellison differential draft gauge.
Care was taken in every test to maintain the average reading in the sampling
tube the same as in the stack.
The results of these tests indicate that 90 per cent, of the dust carried by the
total gases could be collected by the Cottrell system of fume precipitation.
The Cottrell system was not installed, as the value of the increased amount of
dust collected did not warrant the expense of changing over, particularly when
the crucible system of retorting was developed at this period.
The results of some tests with the Cottrell system of fume precipitation are
given in the following table: —
1922
Mining and Metallurgical Practice
313
rr
(f)
<
w
J
?
pa
P
^
(f)
w
ii.
U
o
<
5^
z
(^
o
5
H
IJh
<
H
Ix
(IS
O
U
H
W
<
«
Cu
09
fc
Pd
o
W
>
5^
W
w
Qi
H
uo} jad -sq
o
o
V3
d
CO
'Ajnojaai jo Abss^^
'^
•o
00
ro
o
o
o
o
o
uoi jad -szo
-f
<M
d
lO
ro
'jaA|is JO ABssy
lO
00
1^1
00
o
■sqi
'suinioA ie;o; ujojj pa^Bi
—
(M
"-^
ro
o
t^
(M
CO
-+
o
-idpajd aq pinoqs ^Bqi ;sna
c^
CM
~
'^
rO
Cvl
t^
00
'^
O
•sqi 'pajBjidp
tN
-3jd jsnp JO jqSia^
d
d
d
d
00
o
00
00
_
pa}B3J4 sb2
Ol
00
lO
OI
■^^
[BlO; JO 3§BJU33J3(J
r~)
^~*
C^l
(>q
"
-t
-f
CN
rO
o
;33j -no
pajEaJi sbS jo 3uiniO/\
V2
ro
O
o
0-"
rc
lO
On
lO
o
■ — ^
^
o
o
^
o
J33J -no '4S35
O
o
o
O
q_
Suunp 3ny qSnoaqi
o"
d"
o
00
sbH jo auinjOA jbjoj^
O
>o
cs
CO
oT
ro
■^
^
o
oo
LO
-f
■^
•33S J3d SBS jo AiI30I3,\
r^
lO
<^
'^
t~~
'^
VO
00
U-)
rn
(J
U
'J
O
U
S3S-B3 JO ajn^Bjaduiaj^
-f
i^
t^
t~~
00
Ol
^
^~*
""•
u
Cu
^ ^
O
a
■q.
•2-00 „
D.00
s s
p3sn 3pOJJ3913
ingle
18 ir
wire
_aj
.S '^
gas
1 No.
n wiri
O
n wir
ingle
18 ir
wire
'35
.^ 6
.i "1
o
o
o
O
o
o
o
O
o
3pOJ}33[3 UO aSBJJO \
2-
o
o"
o
d"
o
d"
d"
-?
"*
^
^
'f
lA
tn
lA
tr!
tn
u
u
u
1S31 JO UOI^BJOQ
43
—
—
—
o
00
-*
t—
lO
-*
c^
^-
»-H
a;
OJ
OJ
tu
M [/)
M
M
b«
C K/i _
C
C
C
bullion,
gam spo
. ppts.
-bullion
kimmin;
clean-u]:
nuggets
bullion
gam spo
d scrap
nmings
O
tn
O
_bf
ryi
u
u
03
base
amal
L.G
base
[.G. s
mill
Nin
1,500 lbs. base
3,450 lbs amal
Wood, rags am
Low-grade skii
amal
-up
-un
2
r "■
c
3
tn en S S t" tn
o o 5 o = ^ c<j
Olbs.
clean
clean
^1
o '-
o '->
O LO O O — , CM CO
■^ — ^1 — I-~ -^ -^
o=: c
2 c
O r-
>^
>■» •
>» .
X
>,
t-' !
u
L-
o ;
o
o :
O
o
-M
^ r-
rt
rt
rt •
rt
cl
• — c
u
;-
u
ifi o
OJ ^ o
OJ OJ
OJ OJ
OJ
Oj
aj 'C
^ '_>
^ tj
J2
^
U. rt
1- rt
u
aj c
(U ^
?^ c
OJ
0)
P OJ
> u
^ Cl.
OJ 3 t/
OJ 3
<" 3 cr
^ "^
it i2
3 o
U ,j_
u
H.G.
L.G.
Blast
H.G.
Blast
C ^ -
X CC ^
.H C
■ON is^i
-
cs
CO
'*
LO
1
314
Department of Mines
No. 4
Table XL VI la
Cone-capacity — 6 tons charge
5' X 16' tube mill— 40'7 HjO
Mixing tank
Centrifugal pump
Dorr classifiers
Filter storage
Oliver filter for washing
and dewatering
Mixing tank
2 stage centrifugal pump
1 treatment— 2 agit. tanks
2 stock tanks
Oliver filter
Pregnant solution storage
Clarifying leaves
Triplex vacuum pump
Precipitation tank
Triplex pump
40.000 oz. press for
silver sulphide
Desulphurizing apparatus
Triplex pump
40.000 oz. sliver press
3 Reverberatory
furnaces
Bullion 999 fine
Y
^
Metallics to
refinery I
I I I c=) iBase bullion
^ furnace
1 1 — 1 [Refined bullion
Cobalt Reduction Company, flow-sheet of high-grade
plant treating 2000-3000 ounce ore.
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 315
Cyanidation
The amalgamation-cyanidation process, as described above, was used at
the Nipissing mill for the treatment of high-grade ore and jig concentrates for
a period of seven years, during which time it gave satisfactory results. The
circumstances that led to the abandonment of amalgamation in 1918 were the
result partly of economic disturbances caused by the war and partly of changes
in the ore and in marketing conditions. The amalgamation process in operation
required the use of large stocks of mercury as a working medium. During the
war, the price of mercury advanced from $33 to $130 per flask of seventy-five
pounds', and the inevitable losses of mercury in the residues and fumes, amount-
ing to twenty-four pounds per ton of ore, became a serious matter. In addition
to this, the character of the material to be treated had changed. As already
outlined in the discussion of the treatment of low-grade ore, the low-grade mill,
after experimenting with flotation, in 1918 adopted gravity concentration
before cyaniding, and the high-grade mill was now required to treat the con-
centrates from the table and a less amount of high-grade ore. As the experience
of the Buffalo mill had already shown, table concentrates are not amenable
to the amalgamation process, owing to their high sulphur content and the presence
of other impurities, which cause a heavy loss of mercury in the residues. For
these reasons, the Nipissing management in 1918 decided to discontinue amalga-
mation, and adopted instead the hypochlorite cyanidation process which had
already been developed, and was then in successful operation, at the Cobalt
Reduction plant.
The problem of recovering the silver from high-grade ores and concentrates
by cyanidation alone, without amalgamation, had long engaged the attention
of the Cobalt metallurgists. As already pointed out in the discussion on the
nature of the ore, the ordinary treatment of this material with cyanide gave
disappointing results; the cyanide consumption was very high, and the extraction
of silver was low. The high consumption of cyanide was due to the various
cyanicides present, of which nickel was by far the worst offender. The low
extraction was due to the presence of antimonial silver and various reducing
compounds which interfered with dissolution. By continued research work,
it was finally shown that a high extraction could be made with a normal cyanide
consumption, if the ore was ground very fine to assist dissolution and given a
preliminary treatment for the removal or oxidation of the base-metal compounds.
The preliminary treatment oxidizes these compounds that would otherwise act
as reducing agents, leaving the silver readily amenable to cyanidation. It
has but little effect on the cobalt and nickel arsenides, which remain unaltered.
Two different preliminary treatments have been developed, the hypochlorite
treatment and the acid wash. These will now be described briefly: —
The Hypochlorite Treatment
This process, developed in 1915 at the plant of the Cobalt Reduction
Company, is still in operation. At the Nipissing it was substituted in 1918 for
the older amalgamation-cyanidation process, and continued to be used until the
development of the acid wash treatment in 1921. The practice used at the
Cobalt Reduction and Nipissing mills is almost identical except for the present
difference in the preliminary treatment.
Cobalt Reduction Company Practice
Sampling. — The wet concentrate from the low-grade treatment is mixed
thoroughly and sampled by coning and quartering. Duplicate samples are taken
and assayed for moisture and silver. A composite sample is made up every
316 Department of Mines No. 4
month and assayed for cobalt and nickel. When the work is done carefully,
this system of sampling is foimd to check with the silver recovered as bullion.
Grinding and Hypochlorite Treatment. — Five to seven tons of high-grade
ore or table concentrates (4 mesh) are charged into a 5 ft. by 16 ft. tube-mill,
loaded with 2-inch iron balls, and ground for eighteen hours with a dilution of
1:1. Calcium hypochlorite is then added at the rate of fifty to seventy-five
pounds per ton of ore treated, depending upon the amount of sulphides present,
and the grinding is continued for an additional six hours. The pulp is then
discharged and fed to a Dorr classifier, to separate the coarse metallic silver
from the slime pulp. The metallic silver discharged from the classifier is re-
charged to the tube-mill with the next lot of ore, for further grinding. The
slime overflow from the Dorr classifier, containing about 1 per cent, of plus
200-mesh sand, passes to a tank where it is settled and decanted to give a thick-
ened pulp, having a dilution of 1:1. It is then discharged to an Oliver con-
tinuous filter, where the pulp is washed free of soluble chlorides.
Agitation. — Owing to the solubility of nickel arsenide in cyanide solution,
and the effect which it has of re-precipitating the dissolved silver, it is imperative
to get a rapid dissolution of the silver, and when once this is accomplished, to
separate the pregnant solution from the ore as quickly as possible. This will
result in the saving of considerable cyanide, and pre\'ent the re-precipitation of
the silver into the residues. Rapid dissolution of the silver is effected by
treating the ore with a solution high in cyanide, at a high dilution, and by
circulating the pulp with a 7-inch centrifugal pump, in order to aerate it
thoroughly. In practice, washed cake from the filter discharges to a 20 ft. by 10 ft.
mechanically agitated treatment-tank. The charge is made up to a dilution of
25:1, and the cyanide strength kept up to 0.5 per cent. The pulp is then
thorotrghly agitated and aerated for fourteen hours, after which it is allowed to
settle for five hours and the excess solution decanted. The cyanide strength
must not be allowed to fall below 0.2 per cent. KCN, as re-precipitation of the
dissolved silver will then take place. The pulp is again agitated, and pumped
to the stock tank for filtering.
Precipitation and Refining. — The precipitation of the silver with sodium
sulphide and the subsequent desulphurizing and refining of the precipitate are
identical with the Nipissing practice already described.
Recovery. — The treatment described gives a recovery of 97 per cent, of
the silver contained in the high-grade ore and table concentrates, in a ninety-six-
hour treatment.
Residues. — The residue discharged from the filter contains from fifty to
seventy-five ounces of silver to the ton. The average analysis of this material,
which is sold to the smelters for its silver and cobalt values, is as follows: —
Table XLVTII. — -Analysis of Residue from Hypochlorite-Cyaxidation Treatmext of
High-Grade Ore and Concentrates at Cobalt Reduction Company
Arsenic 40 . 87 per cent.
Insoluble 8.24
Mercury 0 . 075
Copper 0.243
Sulphur 4.97
Lime 3.12
Iron 8.90
Cobalt 7.99
Nickel 7.68
1922 Mining and Metallurgical Practice 317
The Acid-Wash Treatment
The preliminary acid-wash treatment replaced the hypochlorite treatment
at the Nipissing high-grade mill in 1921. The Nipissing ores contain a greater
amount of decomposed nickel compounds than do most ores in the district, and
on this material the acid-wash treatment shows a greater saving in cyanide con-
sumption than the older treatment with hypochlorite. The Nipissing practice
is identical with that of the Cobalt Reduction in many respects. Only the more
important differences are referred to here.
The sampling and grinding is identical with the Cobalt Reduction practice.
The ore is ground for twenty-three hours in charges of seven tons, in a
4 ft. by 25 ft. tube-mill under the conditions already described, and after settling
and decantation in a tank, the 200-mesh pulp, with a dilution of 1:1, is pumped
to a 20-foot by 10-foot wooden agitator tank, to receive the preliminary acid
wash.
Acid Treatment. — The pulp is agitated for twelve hours with a 3 per cent,
solution of sulphuric acid, the dilution being approximately 2:1. At the end
of this period the acid strength is reduced to about 1 per cent., depending upon
the amount of calcite in the ore. The dilution is raised to 12:1, and the pulp
allowed to settle. The clear solution is then decanted and the washing operation
repeated, to ensure the complete elimination of all soluble cyanicides. The
thickened pulp is then agitated at a dilution of less than 1:1, and lime is added
to neutralize the acidity, before discharging to the cyanide tanks. No attempt
is made to filter at this stage, as any surplus solution made in the high-grade
circuit, from incomplete dewatering of the pulp, is transferred to the low-grade
circuit.
Cyanide Treatment. — The pulp from the acid treatment is pumped to the
cyanide vats, where it is agitated mechanically, and circulated at the same time
with a 7-inch centrifugal pump for a period of eight to twelve hours. The
dilution is about 35:1. Starting with 0.5 per cent., the cyanide strength is not
allowed to fall below 0.25 per cent., in order to prevent re-precipitation of the
silver. After filtering, the silver is precipitated with sodium sulphide, and the pre-
cipitate desulphurized and refined in the manner already described.
Recovery. — The treatment as outlined above gives a recovery of 98 per cent,
of the silver in the ores and concentrates. The discharged residue carries from
thirty to sixty ounces of silver to the ton.
Residue. — The residue from the treatment is stored and sold to the
smelters. Payment is made for the silver and cobalt values. The composition
of the residue is shown in the following table: —
Table XLIX. — Analysis of Residue from Acid-Wash Cyanidation Treatment
AT Nipissing High-Grade Mill
Cobalt (Co) 7.31 per cent.
Nickel (Ni) 10.35 "
Arsenic (As) 33 . 79 "
Antimony (Sb) 2.16 "
Silver (Ag) 24 "
Copper Trace ' '
Silica (SiO) 6.24 "
Alumina (AI2O3) 2 . 20 "
Iron (FeO— some Fe) 9 . 64 "
Lime (CaO) 10.26 "
Magnesia (MgO) 1.22 "
Sulphur (S— mostly SO3) 4.17 "
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) 7.78 "
95.54
Soluble in H2O (alkali carbonate, sulphates, chlorides, etc.) 6.42 "
Sulphate sol. in H2O (SO3) 42
318 Department of Mines No. 4
Treatment of Flotation Concentrates. — The various processes described above
give excellent results when applied to the treatment of high-grade ore and jig
and table concentrates. On flotation concentrates, on the other hand, the results
are unsatisfactory. This is due to the fact that flotation concentrates are low-
grade and carry large amounts of base-metal impurities that destroy cyanide.
The film of oil surrounding the particles serves also to protect the silver from the
dissolving action of the cyanide solution. The treatment of flotation concen-
trates has already been discussed (see under treatment of low-grade ore
flotation), and will not be referred to further here.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MILLING PRACTICE AT COBALT
1906. — Robertson, John J.
"Cyanide tests on Temiskaming Ores,"
Can. Min. Inst. Transactions, \'ol. IX, 1906, pp. 396 et seq.
1907.— Howe, Henry M.
Campbell, Wm.
Knight, Cyril W.
"Roasting of the Argentiferous Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides of Temiskaming, Ont ,
Canada,"
Transactions Am. Inst. IVIin. Engineers, 1907, \'ol. XXX\TII, pp. 162-170.
Editorial Eng. and Min. Journal,
"Milling at Cobalt,"
Oct. 12, 1907, p. 698.
HixoN, Hiram W.
"Method of Smelting Cobalt Ores,"
Eng. and Min. Journal, March 2, 1907, pp. 426-427.
"The Smelting of Cobalt Ores,"
Can. Min. Inst. Transactions, \'ol. X, 1907, pp. 74-76.
1908.— Flynn, F. N.
"Metallurgical Conditions at Cobalt, Ontario,"
Can. Min. Inst. Transactions, Vol. XI, 1908. pp. 292-334.
Min. and Sci. Press, Sept. 26, 1908, pp. 432-434.
Sancton, G. E.
"Methods of Concentration at Cobalt, Ontario,"
Can. Min. Inst. Transactions, Vol. XI, 1908, pp. 340-347.
Gillespie, Geo. H.
"Concentrating Cobalt Ores,"
Can. Min. Journal, April 1, 1908, pp. 103-106.
1911.— Young, H. G.
"Concentration at Hudson Bay Mines, Ltd.,"
Can. Min. Journal, Nov. 15, 1911, pp. 722-725.
Reid, Eraser D.
"Ore Dressing, Coniagas Concentrator,"
Can. Min. Journal, Jan. 1, 1911, pp. 23-24.
PUGSLEY, F. W.
"Sampling Ores from Cobalt Mines,"
Eng. and Min. Journal, April 15, 1911, p. 770.
Campbell & Deyell.
"Sampling of High-Grade Cobalt Silver Ores,"
Can. Min. Journal, Oct 15, 1911, pp. 660-663.
Globe, A. P.
"Concentrating Methods at the McKinlev-Darragh Mine, Cobalt, Ontario,"
Can. Min. Journal, July 15, 1911, pp. 438-440.
1912.— Dobbins, W. J.
Anderson, H. G. S.
"Buffalo Mine and Mill, Cobalt."
Eng. and Min. Journal, Aug. 3, 1912. pp. 211-220.
Megraw, Herbert A.
"Cyanidation in the Cobalt District,"
Eng. and Min. Journal, Nov. 2, 1912, pp. 837-841.
1922 . Mining and Metallurgical Practice 319
Watson, R. B.
"Nipissing High-grade Mill, Cobalt,"
Eng. and Alin. Journal, Dec. 7, 1912, pp. 1077-1080.
1913. — Megraw, Herbert A.
"The Cyanide Process in Canada,"
Can. Min. Inst. Transactions, Vol. XVI, 1913, pp. 146-151
Can. Min. Journal, April, 1913, pp. 210-211.
1912. — Megraw, Herbert A.
"Nipissing High-grade Mill, Cobalt,"
Eng. and Min. Journal, Dec. 14, 1912, pp. 1127-1128.
1913.— Reid, Eraser D.
"Milling Practice in the Cobalt Camp,"
Can. Min. Journal, Sept. 1, 1913, pp. 542-543.
Hore, R. E.
"Amalgamation and Cyanidation of Cobalt Silver Ores,"
Can. Min. Journal, Sept. 15, 1913, pp. 568-572.
Denny, Jas. J.
"Desulphurizing Silver Ores at Cobalt,"
Can. Min. Journal, Nov. 15, 1913, p. 777.
Min and Sci. Press, Sept. 27, 1913, pp. 484-485.
Reid, Eraser D.
"Milling at Cobalt,"
Min. and Sci. Press, Aug. 9, 1913, pp. 216-217.
1914. — Johnston, Jas.
"The Mill and Metallurgical Practice of the Nipissing Mining Company, Ltd., of
Cobalt, Ontario, Canada,"
A.I.M.E. Transactions, Vol. XLVIII, 1914, pp. 3-32.
Abstract in Can. Min. Journal, Eeb. 1, 1914, pp. 99-100, under the title
"Cyaniding Silver Ores at Nipissing Mine, Cobalt."
Can. Min. Journal, March 15, 1914, pp. 205-210; 238-241.
1914— Eng. and Mining Journal, Editorial, May 16, 1914, pp. 1005-1006.
"Treatment of Complex Silver Ore."
Clevenger, G. H.
"The Mill and Metallurgical Practice of the Nipissing Mining Co., Ltd., Cobalt,
Ontario, Canada,"
A.I.M.E. Transactions, Vol. XLIX, pp. 156-182.
1915. — Clevenger, G. H.
"Note upon the Occurrence of Mercury in the Cobalt Ores,"
Economic Geology, Vol. X, 1915, pp. 770-772.
Eng. and Min. Journal Editorial, June 26, 1915, p. 1120.
"Phillips' Process for Treating Cobalt-Silver Ores,"
Thornhill, E. B.
"Recovery of Mercury from Amalgamation Tailing, Buffalo Mines, Cobalt,"
A.I.M.E. Transactions, Vol. LII, 1915, pp. 165-170.
French, Herbert J.
"Flotation Tests on Cobalt-Silver Ores,"
Can. Min. Journal, July 1, 1915, pp. 400-401.
1916.^Bridges, Ralph.
"Metallurgy of the Ores from Cobalt, Ontario,"
1. "Method of Treatment at the Cobalt Plant of the Canadian Copper Company,"
Can. Min. Journal, Jan. 15, 1916, pp. 48-50.
Eng. and Min. Journal, April 8, 1916, pp. 646-647.
2. "Loss of Silver in Chloridizing Speiss,"
Can. Min. Journal, Feb. 1, 1916, pp. 68-69.
3. "Leaching of Chloridized Speiss with Cyanide,"
Can. Min. Journal, March 15, 1916, pp. 134-135.
Hughes, Ben.
"Concentrating Cobalt-Silver Ores by the Oil Flotation Process,"
Can. Min. Journal, Aug. 1, 1916, p. 365.
1917.— Watson, R. B.
"Sodium Sulphide Precipitation of Silver at the Nipissing Mine,"
Can. Min. Inst. Transactions, \'ol. XX, 1917, pp. 6 et seq.
320 Department of Mines No. 4
Dye, Robt. E.
"Milling Practice at the Buffalo Mines, Cobalt,"
Can. Min. Inst. Transactions, Vol. XX, 1917, pp. 11 et seq.
Callow, J. M.
"Notes on Flotation,"
A.I.M.E. Transactions, Vol. LIV, 1917, pp. 3-25.
Callow, J. M.
"McKinley-Darragh-Savage Flotation Plant, Cobalt,"
Eng. and Min. Journal, Feb. 10, 1917, p. 279.
Watson, R. B.
"Notes on Metallurgy at Cobalt during 1916,"
Can. Min. Journal, March 1, 1917, pp. 102-103.
Wright, S. B.
"S. F. Kirkpatrick's Contributions to Metallurgy of Cobalt Silver Ores,"
Can. Min. Journal, Aug. 1st, 1917, p. 305.
Thornhill, E. B.
Dye, Robt. E.
Cole, A. A.
Groch, Frank.
"Flotation Process at Cobalt, Notes on,"
Ont. Bur. Mines Reports, Vol. XXVII, Part 1, 1917, pp. 127-130.
1918.— Drury, Chas. W.
"Development of the Metallurgv of the Ontario Silver-Cobalt Ores,"
Ont. Dept. of Mines Report, Vol. XXVII, 1918, Part III, Cobalt, pp. 6-1-69.
Wright, Sydney B.
"The Smelting and Refining of Cobalt Silver Ores,"
Can. Min. Inst. Transactions, Vol. XXI, 1918, p. 992.
Groch, Frank.
Simpson, W E.
" The Groch Flotation Machine,"
C.M.I. Transactions, Vol. XXI, 1918, pp. 145-150.
1919. — Wright, Sydney B.
"Smelting and Refining of Cobalt Silver Ore,"
Min. and Sci Press, Jan. 25, 1919, pp. 125-126.
Fairlie, M. F.
"Extraction of Silver from Ores,"
Pitman's Common Commodities. By Benjamin White.
Descriptions of milling practice are also given in the annual reports of the operating com-
panies; in the annual reports of the Ontario Department of Mines: in Mr. A A. Cole's annual
reports to the Temiskaming & Northern Ontario Raihva}- Commission.
CHAPTER V
LITERATURE ON GEOLOGY^
By Cyril W. Knight
INTRODUCTION
Before the discovery of Cobalt in 1903, detailed geological work had not
been accomplished in the Cobalt silver area. This was due chiefly to the fact
that no ore-bodies had been discovered which were of sufficient importance to
encourage accurate geological surveys, and partly also to the fact that the
region was remote from railways and was settled in but one or two isolated
places, such as Haileybury, New Liskeard, and a few localities on the east side
of Lake Timiskaming.
Accordingly the reports on the geology were general in character, and the
geological maps faulty and published on a small scale.
There is little necessity in this review of the literature to summarize the
early reports published prior to 1903, of which there are only a few. Sir William
Logan wrote the first general account of the rocks when he examined the shores
of Lake Timiskaming in 1845-46. The only other report of importance was
written by Dr. Alfred E. Barlow many years after, in 1897. Barlow covered a
very great area, 6,912 square miles, and published a geological map extending
from Lake Nipissing on the south to the head of Lake Timiskaming on the north.
In such a vast area, it was clearly impossible with the financial resources then
available to do detailed geological work. But Barlow's topographic survey of
the main waterways was extraordinarily accurate and will remain a monument to
his careful and painstaking labour. Moreover, he mapped in a general way the
outlines of the diabase and suggested that in certain localities it appeared to
occur in the form of a sheet or sill. In later years Miller named this rock the
Nipissing diabase and showed that it was the source of the silver ores.
Thus there are but two reports of importance in the period preceding the
discovery of Cobalt, that by Sir Wm. Logan and that by Dr. Alfred E. Barlow.
Any one desirous of delving into the literature of that time will find an
excellent review in Dr. Barlow's report and in Bulletin No. 360 of the United
States Geological Survey.
It may be noted here, however, that the discovery of a body of silver-lead
ore, the Wright silver mine, on the east shore of Lake Timiskaming, was made
in the year 1686. A very interesting account of the finding of this deposit has
been written by Mr. J. A. McRae. A reprint of Mr. McRae's article will be
found in following pages.
Coming now to the second period, namely, that following the discovery of
Cobalt, a higher standard begins to develop in the literature dealing with Cobalt
and other great camps of northeastern Ontario. The reports cover smaller
areas and the maps are on a larger scale and of increasing accuracy and exactness.
In the twenty-one years which have elapsed since the discovery of Cobalt, the
^The list of reports on milling and metallurgy is given in Chapter IV.
[3211
322 Department of Mines No. 4
complex structure of the rocks has gradually been unravelled. Its complexity,
indeed, is much greater than was imagined by the early geologists. If we
compare, for example, Barlow's summing up in the year 1897, of the age relation-
ships of the rocks with that of to-day, it will be seen that the advance in the
science of geology has been rapid and great.
Barlow, for instance, divided the rocks into the following simple divisions: —
Paleozoic Silurian, Cambro-Silurian.
gabbro, conglomerate, gre\"wacke, quartzite
series) granite, gneiss, crystalline limestone.
. /Huronian Diabase and gabbro, conglomerate, gre\"wacke, quartzite.
^^•-^^•■^^l Laurentian (including Grenville se "
If this table be compared with the table showing the complex subdivisions
given in the legend on page 30 of this report, a proper understanding of the
advance in our knowledge of the geological history of the area will be realized.
It should be noted, however, that Barlow's report did not cover the Matachewan
area in which the Matachewan series was subsequently discovered by Burrows.^
In the second period, that following the discovery of Cobalt, the outstanding
report on the Cobalt silver field is that by Dr. Willet G. Miller, which was
published in four editions.
In the following summaries, it is not practical to attempt to summarize
fully the four editions of Miller's report; any one desirous of becoming familiar
with the geology of the Cobalt area must consult Miller's work. As noted else-
where copies of his report are still available. Certain parts of Chapter I of the
present report give Miller's conclusions in regard to the general geology, ore
deposits, and mineralogy. It is not necessary, therefore, to repeat these sum-
maries in Chapter V.
In addition to the reports summarized below, there will be found much
information on mining and the treatment of the ores in the annual reports of the
Temiskaming and Northern Ontario Railway by Arthur A. Cole.
The annual reports of the mining companies also give much information,
particularly regarding costs of mining and treatment of the ores.
A few of the papers which have been written on the Cobalt silver field are
not mentioned or simimarized in the following pages. Some of these are brief
notes, or discussions, which would not add much to the value of this chapter.
The literature has grown to such proportions that the summaries are of
necessity, for the most part, brief.
SUMMARIES OF LITERATURE
Miller,^ in December, 1903, publishes the first report on Cobalt a few months
after the deposits were discovered. In view of the importance of this paper it is
reprinted below in full: —
During the last month, the discovery of deposits of cobalt-nickcl-arsenic and silver ores in
the northern part of the Province of Ontario has been made public. Little importance appears
to have been attached to the deposits by those who first saw them, it being thought that they
carried a small amount of copper, the niccolite being mistaken for this metal. The Director of
the Bureau of Mines,'' however, when on a recent visit to the district, received specimens of
the minerals, and recognized that they represented valuable ore. The writer was, accordingly,
instructed to make as thorough an examination of the deposits and surrounding area as could
be made at the season of the year, snow having already begun to fall in the district.
The deposits were discovered during the building of the Temiskaming & Northern Ontario, the
government railway, which is now under construction from North Bay junction, on the Canadian
'The Matachewan Series and its pre-Cambrian Relations, by Willet G. Miller; Can. Min.
Jour., April 20, 1923.
^Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Silver in Ont., bv Willet G. Miller; Eng. Min. Jour., Dec. 10,
1903: Can. Min. Rev., Vol. 22, No. 12, Dec. 31, 1903, pp. 245-249.
^Thos. W. Gibson.
1922 . Literature on Geology 323
Pacific, to the head of Lake Tcmiskaniiiig. The road-bed of this new railway runs almost over
the top of the first of the deposits discovered. The deposits He five miles south of the village
of PIaileybur> , one of the two sister villages on the Ontario side of the northern part of Lake
Temiskaming. Haileybury, following the railway, lies about 106 miles north of North Bay
station, which is, by the Grand Trunk Railway, 227 miles north of the city of Toronto.
As the deposits were discovered quite recently, and snow has fallen in that district, very
little prospecting has been done in the surrounding area. The discoveries were made by men
employed on the railway, and not by regular prospectors; hence the work has not been done as
systematically as it might have been.
When I visited the locality, recently, four veins or deposits had been located in the vicinity
of a small body of water known as Long lake, which is not shown on existing maps. It lies about
one-half mile south of the southern boundary of lots 8 and 9 in the first concession of the town-
ship of Bucke. The reports of other finds were not verified.
Each of the four veins visited was found to carry cobalt. Nickel also appears to be present
in all of them; but as the weathering of the cobalt compounds masks, at times, the nickel colours,
this latter metal was not definitely recognized in two of the deposits, although it doubtless
occurs wherever the cobalt is found. Three of the veins are rich in native silver. The veins
occur in unsurveyed territorj-, and, as the locations are as yet unnamed, we shall speak of them
as Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4. The outcrop of No. 2 lies about one-half mile southwest of No. 1, and
No. 3 the same distance southwest of No. 2. The outcrop of the fourth vein is about one-half
mile southeastward of No. 3.
\'ery little work has been done on any of the veins, and as the surface is prettj- well filled
by moss and soil, it is impossible to state what is their horizontal extent.
All of the veins cut through one or both of the formations known in the district as Huronian
slate and breccia-conglomerate. The latter rock is considered to be composed of volcanic eject-
amenta — grains and fragments of rock of various kinds which have become consolidated. The
slate conglomerate of older Canadian writers, Logan and Murray, is a variety. The slate along
the railway cuts, in the vicinity of Long lake, contains occasional fragments of pink granite,
which are, at times, a couple of inches or more in diameter. On the faces of some of the vertical
clifTs, the well-banded slate at the bottom is found to pass gradually into massive breccia-con-
glomerate at the top, the fragments in the latter being of varied composition, and ranging in
size from small grain-like fragments to pieces of rock a foot in diameter.
I have had no opportunity of making a laboratory study of the specimens of rocks collected.
The presence of dikes or sheets of some of the darker-coloured eruptives was suspected, but they
were not definitely recognized. In the field they would resemble rather closely some of the more
massive varieties of the slate and finer-grained breccia.
The slate and conglomerate have a slight dip, and the veins referred to cut them almost
vertically. The strike of veins Nos. 1 and 3 is approximately northeast and southwest; that
of 4 is east and west; that of 2, northwest and southeast. Diabase and gabbro invade these
fragmental rocks in some parts of the district, and appear to underlie most of the area. About
three miles to the northward of Long lake, Silurian limestone overlies the Huronian, but the
limestone is undoubtedly of younger age than the veins.
\'ein No. 1 lies east of the railway track, at the edge of a swamp, about one-quarter mile
north of the end of Long lake. It has been uncovered at three points, which are within a few
yards of one another. As the surface of the rock is low here, and little of it is exposed, it is difficult
to tell much about the form of the deposit. Medium grained, dark-coloured conglomerate is found
on one wall. At the widest opening the deposit has a width of over 6 feet, but the vein matter
is more or less mixed with rock. The ore consists of niccolite, or the arsenide of nickel, and
smaltite, the diarsenide of cobalt, together with much native silver. Niccolite contains, theoreti-
cally, 43.9 per cent, of nickel and 56.1 of arsenic. Smaltite carries 28.2 per cent, of cobalt and
71.8 of arsenic. It may be added that the ore of nickel now worked in Ontario, the iron sulphide
or pyrrhotite of Sudbury, in which nickel occurs not as an essential but as an accidental constitu-
ent, carries, on the average, less than 5 per cent, of the metal. On weathered surfaces the vein
matter is coated with the beautiful pink decomposition product, cobalt bloom. The green
nickel stain is also seen on some surfaces, but is usually masked by that of the cobalt. This
nickel compound is probably the arsenate, annabergite, but nickel silicate may also be present.
The secondary mineral, arsenolite, is present. The native silver occurs as films, or leaves and
fine threads, or moss-like forms, through the nickel and cobalt minerals, especially in the nicco-
lite, as well as in cracks in the rock and in the calcite veinstone. In weathered portions of the ore
the silver shows distinctly. Some lumps of weathered ore, weighing from 10 to 50 lb., carry a high
percentage of silver. One sheet, composed chiefly of silver, attached to a rock surface, had a
thickness of nearly 0.375 inch and a diameter of about 1 foot. The silver appears to have crystal-
lized earlier than the niccolite, which has been deposited around it. The cobalt arsenide has
formed still later than the niccolite. As so little work has been done on this ore-body, it is diiifi-
cult to determine whether the three openings belong to one vein, or whether the ore occurs in a
more irregular deposit, although the chief opening appears to be on a vein-like body. The ore is
undoubtedly very rich, containing values in nickel, cobalt, silver and arsenic, and a compara-
tively small vein could be worked at a handsome profit.
On location No. 2 the ore-body is distinctly vein-like in form. The ore here is a mixture
of smaltite, and probably some closely related arsenides of cobalt, such as safidorite and niccolite.
The only complete analysis which has yet been made of the ore from this locality was that of a
sample from this vein. It was found to have the following percentage composition: Cobalt,
324 Department of Mines No. 4
16.8; nickel, 7; iron, 6.3; arsenic, 69; rock matter, 0.9; total, 100. This ore-bod}, unlike the other
three examined, carries no silver in the parts so far uncovered. Three openings have been made on
the vein over a length of 300 feet. The massive ore has a width of 14 inches but vugs in the
wall-rock, 2 feet or more from the vein, are filled with cobalt bloom. The rock of both walls is
slate. The walls are well defined, and the vein dips almost vertically, the strike being toward
the southeast. The vein lies on the hillside, a few hundred yards east of Long lake and the
railwav, and, unlike ore-body No. 1, is at a height of about 70 feet above the water level.
Although the width of this vein is not great, the character of the ore is such as to make it prom-
ising, at the present prices of the metals contained in it.
The ore has a massive appearance, and a rather dark-gray colour, where not coated with
cobalt bloom. WTien examined carefully, however, in hand specimens, especially if a polished
surface be examined with a magnifying glass, it is seen to be a mixture of a gray mineral, which
is chiefl\- smaltite, and the reddish mineral, niccolite. Smaltite and the corresponding arsenide
of nickel, chloanthite, are claimed b}- most authors to ])ass into one another b\- the substitution
of cobalt for nickel, and vice versa. Niccolite, in the analysis quoted by Dana and others, carries
only a small percentage of cobalt and iron, while smaltite and the other diarsenides of cobalt
frequently contain much iron and nickel. In the ore under consideration, the cobalt and nickel
appear to be, for the most part, in distinct compounds. In the analysis quoted, if we consider
the 7 per cent, of nickel to exist as niccolite, and the percentages of iron and cobalt, 6.3 and 16.8,
respectiveh', to exist as smaltite, the theoretical percentage of arsenic in the ore should be 68.47,
instead of 69, as found by analysis. The percentage of niccolite by weight would be 15.94, or
about one-seventh part of the whole by volume, since niccolite has a somewhat higher specific
gravity than smaltite. The specimens, when examined v.ith the magnifying glass, agree with
this. The niccolite has crystallized earlier than the smaltite, which forms the ground-mass
through which the niccolite grains are set.
Aiinute, brilliant, silver-white or tin-white crystals occur sparingly, embedded in the wall-
rock and in the ore. The crystals occur in cubes, and in combinations of this form with the
pyritohedron, or rhombic dodecahedron, and octahedron. An analysis is required to determine
whether they are smaltite, cobaltite, or some related compound. The smaltite shows a tendency
to form globular or spheroidal masses, with a radiated structure. The ore is somewhat porous,
spaces being left between the globules, which are tarnished almost black on their surfaces. Where
not coated with cobalt bloom, the weathered surface of the ore has a dark colour, not unlike that
of the wall-rock. On a fresh surface, the more massive ore resembles mispickel, but is somewhat
darker in colour. Small grainsofquartzare found sparingK- in the ore. The proportion of nickel
to cobalt in this case is less than that in No. 1. A more detailed study of the form and chemical
composition of the minerals is being made.
Ore-body No. 3, so far as could be seen, is similar in character to No. 1. It lies at the southern
edge of Long lake. The ore consists of native silver, smaltite and cobalt bloom, and, in all prob-
ability, niccolite also.
Vein No. 4, although having the smallest width of the four, is, in many respects, the most
interesting of the group. Here a perpendicular bare cliff of rock, 60 or 70 feet high, faces west.
The vein, whose width averages not more than 8 inches, cuts this face at right angles, and has
an almost vertical dip. The vein is weathered awa}% lea\'ing a crack in the face of the cliff 2 feet,
in some places 4 or 5 feet, in depth. When I saw it first, it had not been disturbed. Thin leaves
of silver up to 2 inches in diameter were lying on the ledges, and the decomposed vein matter
was cemented together by the metal, like fungus in rotten wood. It was a vein such as one reads
of in text books, but which is rarely seen, being so clearly defined and so rich in contents. It was
found impossible to get a fresh sample of the ore with the prospecting-pick, the vein being so much
decomposed. The weathered specimens, however, in addition to the native silver, contained
cobalt bloom; and the unaltered ore will be found, in all probability, to consist of smaltite and
niccolite, in addition to the silver. It may also be added that, in one part of the vein, a distinct
banded structure was noticed. Across a distance of 8 inches there were 12 or 14 layers of ore
lying parallel to the walls. At the bottom of the cliff the vein cuts thin, banded, dark-gray
or greenish, at times almost black, slate, which has a slight dip. This slate passes gradually,
so far as could be determined from the steep character of the clift', into coarse breccia-conglom-
erate in the upper part. The fragments in the conglomerate consist of quartz-slate, granite
and other rocks.
On some of the weathered surfaces of the native silver specimens there are small, black,
spheroidal masses, with little lustre. These appear to be the hydrated oxide of cobalt, hetero-
genite. Some of the deposits on the silver resemble asbolite. The carbonates of cobalt and nickel
are also probably present. Antimony and sulphur have been detected in the ore of veins 1 and
2. Detailed analyses are required to determine the character of some of the silver-bearing
minerals, which are present in small amounts. Bismuth, copper and manganese, in an associa-
tion of ores such as we have in these deposits, are to be looked for.
These recently-discovered ore-bodies lie about 90 miles northeast of the town of Sudbury,
in the vicinity of which are situated the well-known nickel mines. The ore of the latter is of a
different character from that of the Haileybury deposits, being essentially pyrrhotite and copper
pyrite. The rock associated with the Sudbury deposits, which are not veins, but deposits of
irregular shape, is norite, a variety of gabbro; the ore itself is claimed by most writers to be of
igneous origin. It is thus seen that there is little in common between the ore-bodies of the two
localities, with the exception that nickel is a characteristic metal of each. The Sudbury pyrrho-
1922 . Literature on Geology 325
tites carry a small percentage of cobalt in addition to nickel. The minerals niccolite, danaite,
and other arsenical compounds, ha\-e been found in some of the Sudbury deposits, but only in
small quantities.
It is of interest to note that a deposit of sulph-arsenide of iron, mispickel, was discovered
a few years ago near Net lake, which lies about 25 miles to the southwestward of the Hailey-
bury deposits. This mispickel, however, does not carry appreciable amounts of nickel, cobalt or
silver.
On the Quebec side of Lake Temiskaming, about nine miles to the northeastward of the
Haileybur},- deposits, a deposit, known as the Wright silver mine, was discovered many years ago
by some of the early explorers of that region. During recent years, this deposit has been worked
for its lead and silver contents. The deposit is unique in character, the wall-rock being Huronian
breccia-conglomerate, the fragments in which are, at times, cemented together by argentiferous
galena.
The only area in Ontario or central Canada which has hitherto been found to contain deposits
of rich silver ore is that which lies near the head of Lake Superior. While native silver has been
found in considerable quantity in these deposits, the sulphide, argentite, is the more characteristic
ore. The Silver Islet mine, near Port Arthur, is well known to those interested in the metal
industry. Deposits of somewhat similar character, which occur on the mainland, have also been
frequently described. The report of Mr. E. D. Ingall, of the Canadian Geological Survey,
published some years ago, gives a particularh^ full account of this silver-bearing area.
The silver veins in the vicinity of Port Arthur, like those of Haileybury, cut through slate,
but the Port Arthur slates are held to be of later age — Animikie — than those of Haileybury,
which are what is called, in a general way, Huronian. Much work remains to be done on our
metamorphic and igneous rocks before the various formations can be correctly correlated. Both
the Port Arthur and Haileybury slates have been disturbed by eruptions of diabase and related
rocks.
Although cobalt and nickel minerals have not been found in quantity near Port Arthur, it
is interesting to know that the ore of the Silver Islet and some of the other mines was, at times,
found to be coated with cobalt bloom. Niccolite and other minerals carrying cobalt and nickel
occur in small amounts in some of these deposits. The only deposit in which quicksilver has been
foimd in Ontario is that of Silver Islet, where chloride of silver is also said to occur as a decom-
position product.
Small quantities of cobalt, nickel and silver-bearing minerals occur on Michipicoten island.
Lake Superior. Arsenical compounds of the first two metals have been found at several other
localities in Ontario and at Calumet island, Quebec. It will be noticed that the association of
minerals in these Haileybury veins is not unlike that found in some well-known deposits of Ger-
many and other countries.
Although little prospecting has been done in the vicinity of the Haileybury deposits, it would
appear, from the discoveries already made, that ore-bodies occur there which can be worked profit-
ably for the metals which have been mentioned. It is scarcely probable that nickel will be found
in sufficient quantity in these deposits to interfere materially with the lower grade, but large,
deposits of the Sudbury area.
Slate and conglomerate, similar in character to those of Long lake, cover a very large, as yet
little prospected, area in northern Ontario. These rocks, along the government railway, a con-
siderable distance south of the deposits described in this paper, contain indications of the presence
of cobalt ore.
It is stated in "The Mineral Industry" that "cobalt, which is used in the arts, chiefly in the
form of oxide, is obtained from New Caledonia, Australia and Germany, and smelted in France,
Germany and Great Britain, the Messrs. Vivian, of Swansea, being the chief buyers in the last-
named country." Cobalt oxide is produced at one plant in the United States.
The ore of New Caledonia, which is the world's largest producer, shipping about 3,000 tons
^•early, is cobaltiferous wad, containing 25 to 30 per cent, manganese and 2 to 8 per cent, cobalt
oxide (CoO). The ore of New South Wales is similar in character. In both countries the cobalt
ore is a decomposition product, and occurs in irregular deposits, similar to those of bog iron ore.
At the end of 1901 and the beginning of 1902 the price of cobalt ore, containing 4 per cent,
cobalt, in New Caledonia, was forced up higher than circumstances warranted. For a long time
the price in Europe did not justify more than 90 fr. per ton being paid for this quality of ore at
the mines, but the price steadih- rose to 330 fr. fabout S66) until recenth', since which it has
receded. The black oxide of cobalt sells at from $2.26 to $2.30 per pound, or the metallic cobalt
in the compound brings about S3 per pound. It would thus seem that the refiners should make a
much larger profit than the miners. The market will not, however, stand a greatly increased
production without the prices materially decreasing. It is claimed that there has been a com-
bination among refiners to keep up the prices of the artificial cobalt products.
I would be pleased to receive inquiries from buyers of Cobalt ore, and other minerals which
are associated with it in the vicinity of Haileybury, with the object of putting them into com-
munication with producers. Shipments could be made during the coming winter.
Miller,^ in 1904, gives a preliminary description of the rocks and of the four
veins first discovered around Cobalt lake. This paper is substantially the same
^ The Cobalt Nickel-Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskaming, by Willet G. Miller,
Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIII, pt. I, pp. 96-103.
326 Department of Mines No. 4
as that published in the "Engineering and Mining Journal" on December IGth,
1903. Some further material is, however, added.
Barlow/ in 1904, finds that the iron formations at the northeast part of
Lake Timagami belong to a much older series than what he had hitherto
described as Huronian in this district. The iron formations with accompanying
green schists, slates, dolomites, and schistose eruptives, and intruded by granites,
belong to a series which had been intensely folded, metamorphosed, and con-
siderably eroded before the deposition of the overlying conglomerate hitherto
described as the basal member of the Huronian system in this region. The
larger fragments in the conglomerate are principally pebbles of granite and green-
stone derived from the degradation of this underlying series.
Barlow believes that the \^ermilion iron range of Minnesota is very closely
related, if not identical in character and age with the iron-bearing ranges out-
cropping in the vicinity of Lake Timagami. Both have highly inclined attitudes
with very brilliant associated jaspers.
Parks,- in 1904, describes the veins and rocks in the area around Cobalt
lake, and also the rocks north of Lake Timiskaming.
The age to be ascribed to the rocks around Cobalt and their position in the
complex formations constituting the most ancient rocks of the earth, is a matter
to be approached with some hesitation. When the greatest authorities differ
it is very difficult to decide on the proper nomenclature.
Young,' in 1904, finds that in the area between Rabbit and Timagami lakes
the oldest series of rocks consists chiefly of schists, chloritic, sericitic, and horn-
blendic. The schists are penetrated by masses of granite and syenite. The
schists, granite, and syenite are unconformably overlain by conglomerate, slate,
and quartzite. These sediments rest horizontally and are frequently capped by
sills of diabase. The different areas of diabase throughout the district are, it is
tolerably certain, all parts of a once continuous sill.
Miller,^ in 1905, publishes his first full report on Cobalt. This report was
based on field work of 1904. He classifies the rocks according to the following
table: —
Niagara Limestone with a small amount of sandstone and
conglomerate at its base.
Great unconformity
PRE-C AM BRIAN
DiAB.ASE AND CiABBRO. . .Animikie or Keweenawan in age.
Middle Huronian Lorrain arkose, quartzite. and conglomerate.
Unconformity
Lower Huko.ni.\n The Cobalt series, consisting of conglomerate, breccia,
quartzites, and gre> wacke-slate.
Great unconformity
Keew.atin An igneous complex, consisting of greenstones,
quartz-porphyries, and other rocks.
Igneous contact
L.\UREN'Ti.\N Lorrain granite.
' The Timagami District, bv Alfred E. Barlow, Sum. Rept., Geol. Surv. Can., 1903, pp.
120-132.
^ The Geology of a District from I^ake Timiskaming Northward, bv \Vm. A. Parks, Geol.
Surv. Can., Vol. 16, 1904, pp. 198A-255.\.
' On Surveys between Rabbit and Timagami Lakes, by G. A. Young, Sum. Rept., Geol.
Surv. Can., 1904, pp. 19,S-198.
^ The Cobalt-.Xickel .Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskaming, bv Willet G. Miller,
Ont. Bur. Mines. \oI. XI\", pt. II. 1905.
1922 Literature on Geology 327
In the Lower Huronian (Cobalt series) conglomerate, he finds granite
boulders of great size and he speculates as to the possibility of the conglomerate
being glacial in origin. He thinks that in the present state of our knowledge there
is little warrant for claiming that these granite boulders, often two or three feet
or more in diameter and distant a couple of miles from exposures of the rock,
indicate glacial conditions during Lower Huronian times, although there is no
proof to the contrary.
He believes that the material in the silver veins has, in all likelihood, been
deposited from highly heated and impure water which circulated through the
cracks and fissures of the crust and were probably associated with the diabase
eruption.
Bell,^ in 1905, reports on the Cobalt mining district.
Hardman,- in 1905, describes a new mineral area in Ontario.
Campbell and Knight,^ in June, 1906, work out the paragenesis of th
cobalt-nickel arsenides and silver deposits of the Cobalt area. Beginning with
the earliest they believe the following to be the order in which the minerals were
deposited: (1) smaltite-chloanthite, (2) niccolite, (3) calcite, (4) argentite,
(5) native silver, (6) decomposition products (erythrite, annabergite, etc.).
This order was worked out by examining polished surfaces of the ore by means
of reflected light under the microscope.
Campbell and Knight,^ in September, 1906, make a microscopic examination
of polished surfaces of the silver ores from Cobalt. Although all of the structures
met with in this examination cannot be satisfactorily explained, they point to the
following order of origin for the principal constituents: First came the smaltite,
closely followed by the niccolite; other minerals in small amount came down at
this time. Then, after a period of slight movement in which the first minerals
were more or less fractured, calcite was deposited as a ground-mass. Later
came argentite, which was followed by native silver and native bismuth. Lastly
came the surface decomposition products, erythrite and annabergite.
Arranged in tabular order, the succession is then as follows: —
Smaltite.
Niccolite.
Period of movement and fracturing.
Calcite.
Argentite.
Native silver.
Native bismuth.
Period of decomposition.
Erythrite and annabergite.
Miller,^ in 1906, publishes the second edition of his report on Cobalt. This
is substantially the same as the first edition.
Van Hise," in 1907, after having spent about a month during each of two
seasons in the Cobalt area, is con\'inced that there have been two periods of
concentration in the ore deposits. The first concentration occurred under deep-
1 Cobalt Mining District, by Robt. Bell, Sum. Kept., Geol. Surv. Can., 1905, pp. 94-104.
^ A New Mineral Area in Ontario, bv J. E. Hardman, Can. Min. Rev., \'ol. 24, No. 5, May^
1905, pp. 95-98.
^ The Paragenesis of the Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskaming, by
W. C. Campbell and C. W. Knight, Eng. Min. Jour., June 9, 1906.
^ A Alicroscopic Examination of the Cobalt Nickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timis-
kaming, by W. Campbell and Cyril \V. Knight, Econ. Geol., \'ol. 1, No. 8, Sept. -Oct., 1906.
'" The Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskaming, bv Willet G. Miller,
Ont. Bur. Mines, 1905, pt. II.
" The Ore Deposits of the Cobalt District, Ont., by C. R. \'an Hise, Jour. Can. Min. Inst.,
1907, \'ol. 10, pp. 45-61. The above is largely quoted word for word from the original article.
328 Department of Mines No. 4
seated conditions when the waters were free from oxygen ; during this first period
arsenical, antinionial, and sulphur compounds of cobalt, nickel, and silver were
deposited. He does not know whether these waters were atmospheric or mag-
matic, or partly one and partly the other. Since the first concentration there
has been a second concentration through the influence of surface waters bearing
oxygen and descending or travelling laterally. An adequate explanation of the
ore deposits must combine the effects of the deep-seated and shallow circulations.
It appears that at least the major portion of the cobalt-bearing minerals,
smaltite and cobaltite, are products of an early concentration. These minerals
were doubtless deposited at a considerable depth below the surface. At this
time the openings w^ere largely or altogether filled with vein material, smaltite,
cobaltite, and gangue materials.
After the main deposition of the cobalt minerals, there were movements
which resulted in secondary fracturing of the veins. These openings permitted
the entrance of silver-bearing solutions and the contact of these solutions with
the cobalt minerals resulted in the precipitation of the silver. It is a well-known
fact that if silver solutions are placed in contact with cobalt and nickel sulphides
and arsenides under ordinary conditions, these minerals will precipitate the
silver. Thus he inclines to the view that the cobalt minerals appeared com-
paratively early, and that later the siher-bearing solutions appeared, which
resulted in the silver minerals. In presenting this view he does not mean to say
that the deposition of the cobalt minerals had ceased before the silver began
to be deposited, for the two may have overlapped to a considerable extent.
It appears certain that the extremely rich, superficial deposits of a few feet
in thickness, connected with the zone of weathering, are due to secondary con-
centration under surface conditions. This statement refers to the nugget
horizon which is so rich in silver and in which the smaltite and cobaltite have
been largely altered into secondary minerals, or have been leached out altogether.
It is practically certain that this extraordinarily rich upper film in the Cobalt
area has been produced by two concentrations, one under deep-seated conditions
w^hen atmospheric waters were not present, and the other under surface conditions
when atmospheric waters were present.
Van Hise points out that it must be remembered that in the past the veins
which now stop abruptly at the surface continued upward to an unknown height
into what is now the atmosphere. Erosion has cut away this upper material.
This process has been a very slow one. At any given time the silver salts at or
near the surface were being oxidized to a soluble form and were being carried
down in the openings of the veins. At or near the level of groundwater the silver
in the solutions would again be precipitated by the cobalt minerals. These
reactions would take place with the arsenical and antinionial silver-bearing
minerals as well as with argentite, although the latter case is more simple.
The argentite in the upper part of the belt is oxidized to silver sulphate which is
readily soluble. As this salt is carried down and comes in contact with the cobalt
minerals, native silver is precipitated, just as silver is precipitated from silver
sulphate in a beaker when in contact with such minerals.
As the process of erosion, solution, and deposition goes on, the material, once
-enriched as the result of erosion, reaches the surface and goes through the same
process as before. In this manner, a layer of rich material is accumulated at the
surface. Thus the nugget zone is produced.
But the majority of the mines do not depend upon this very rich superficial
film, but upon the main horizon below. To what extent is this deeper horizon
the result of a single concentration under deep-seated conditions and of a later
1922 . Literature on Geology 329
concentration under surface conditions? To this question he is unable to give
a definite answer, but he believes that the later secondary concentration, even
for this belt, has made important additions to the silver values and may have
been an important factor throughout the horizon. Whether the chief values of
silver are thus explained or were produced under deep-seated conditions in the
later stages of the Cobalt deposition, is a point for the future to decide.
He believes the diabase is the source of the ore. The diabase sheet cooled
first along the contacts. Consequently, when the main mass was still molten
the exterior was solid. During cooling, contraction took place, earth movements
occurred, and openings were found not only in the conglomerate and Keewatin,
but in the solidified diabase itself. Later, when these openings became filled by
deposits from circulating solutions, they formed the veins of the area. Thus
openings in the outer solid part of the diabase may be filled with silver-bearing
solutions which are derived from the diabase itself. If this theory is correct,
what would be expected as to the distribution of the ore-bearing veins? He
imagines that the diabase would be most likely to bear productive veins in con-
tact with or close to the older rocks because these are the parts first cooled.
If this theory is correct, veins should be found in the conglomerate and Keewatin
in those parts of these formations which are close to the diabase.
He believes that the Keewatin and conglomerate are the main sources of the
calcite of the veins.
He suggests that the solutions bearing calcium carbonate were a factor in
the precipitation of the metalliferous minerals. It is probable that precipitation
was largely caused by the mingling of solutions which were derived from the
diabase, Keewatin, and conglomerate, although the mere cooling of the solutions
may have been a factor in the process.
He suggests that the favourable places to explore are those in the con-
glomerate and Keewatin along the border of the diabase; and the favourable
place in the diabase itself is comparatively near its border.
Present knowledge warrants cautious attempts to explore the conglomerate
below the diabase for silver veins. If the conglomerate under the diabase proves
to be profitable, it will furnish information as to the relative importance of the
primary and secondary concentrations; for the ores below the diabase will be
largely those produced by the deeper circulation, and comparatively little affected
by the secondary concentration.
Following the presentation of this paper by Van Hise, a discussion took
place in which Messrs. Ingall, Hixon, Parks, Van Hise, Coste, Bell, Miller,
Tyrrell, and Brock took part. In replying to some questions. Van Hise said he
did not know how much of the silver was deposited by the secondary surface
concentration nor what proportion was produced under deep-seated conditions.
Miller said he did not think there was any question at all that there were
two periods of deposition. Miller also discussed an important feature of the
veins. He gave reasons why the silver in the veins disappeared when the veins
passed down into the Keewatin rocks. There are a number of veins which pass
from the conglomerate down into the Keewatin. They hold their width pretty
well in passing — not all, but some of them. Now in practically all cases, that
is in the area west of Peterson lake, the silver values disappear when they go to
the Keewatin, but the smaltite and niccolite continue below the contact. The
only explanation he could give for this was that during this period of secondary
disturbance the silver filled in the cracks through the smaltite or other minerals.
The silver is always found in the secondary cracks: but during this period of
330 Department of Mines No. 4
secondary disturbance, the Keewatin being the older mass, the igneous formation
differing from the conglomerate seems to have escaped the effects of this slight
disturbance, hence there were no cracks in it, and the solutions could not get
through the Keewatin. They could work through the vein in the over-lying
conglomerate, but the vein in the Keewatin escaped. It seemed to him
that this was pretty conclusive evidence of two periods of deposition : an older
period of deposition of nickel and cobalt minerals, and a later period of deposition
of silver minerals. Referring to the question of carbonaceous material. Miller
said that there was considerable graphite in one of La Rose veins. There is
also much graphite in the Cobalt hill vein, a massive vein of smaltite and niccolite
14 inches wide, where there is no silver at all.
Ledoux,^ in 1907, shows the grade of the Cobalt ores as determined at his
sampling works in Jersey City. Since January, 1905, he has handled at the
works, 366 carload lots of ore and 52 other lots, less than carloads, including
what are called nuggets. The nuggets are not pure silver, but run anywhere
from 700 to 870 parts of silver in the thousand. There are more or less gangue
and other materials associated with the silver, and the metallic silver itself,
visibly free from gangue, runs about 950 fine. Leaving otit of consideration the
nuggets and native silver and including only the lots of regtilar ore, a review of
394 lots sampled shows that the highest lot ran 7,402 ounces of silver to the ton,
the next in order being 6,909, 6,413, 6,163, and 5.948 ounces per ton. In the
394 lots he found that 40 per cent, of the lots contained from 1,000 to 7,402
ounces of silver to the ton. The highest per cent, of cobalt found in any one
shipment is 11.96 per cent., the average being 5.99 per cent. The highest
assay for nickel in any car is 12.49 per cent., the average being 3.66 per cent.
The highest per cent, of arsenic is 59.32 per cent., the average 27.12 per cent.
Bell,^ in 1907, gives a general account of the rocks and veins at Cobalt.
Tyrrell," in 1907, concludes that the cobalt and silver \'eins were formed in
V-shaped fissures which taper from above downwards; that, although they were
formed by mineral-bearing waters which rose from deep-seated sources, and were
associated with the latest stages of the eruption of diabase, having probably
risen through the same vents with it, these waters spread out laterally through
cracks and openings in the mushroom-shaped top of the laccolith of diabase
and descended into the fissures in the rocks beneath it; that the veins were thus
originally formed by deposition from waters which locally descended from above,
rather than ascended from below, as in most normal veins; and finally that
the veins were superficially enriched at a later period by atmospheric waters
descending through portions of the veins which haxe since been eroded away.
Miller,* in 1907, publishes the third edition of his report on Cobalt. This
edition has been enlarged. More detailed descriptions are given as to the char-
acter of the rocks. A chapter on the working mines of Cobalt has been added
by E. T. Corkill, and also a chapter on the Montreal Ri\'er area and South
Lorrain by Cyril W. Knight. A description of the Bloom Lake area is given by
\\\ R. Rogers, and a report on Casey and Harris townships, and Wendigo lake
by R. E. Hore. Mr. J. S. DeLury describes an area west of Bay lake.
1 Richness of Cobalt Ores, bv Albert R. Ledoux, Jour. Can. Min. Inst., 1907, \ol. 10, pp.
62-68.
2 The Cobalt Mining District, by Robt. Bell, Jour. Can. Min. Inst., 1907, Vol. 10, pp. 62-68.
'Vein Formation at Cobalt, Ontario, by J. B. Tvrrell, Can. Min. Jour., Aug. 1, 1907, pp.
301-303.
■•Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Siher Deposits of Timiskaniine, b\- W'illct C. Miller, Ont.
Bur. Mines, Vol. XVI., 1907, pt. II.
1922 . Literature on Geology 331
Gibson,' in 1907, gives an account of the first discoveries of silver at Cobalt
He says : —
The discovery of the Cobalt silver camp was one of the most significant events in the story
of the mining industry of Ontario. The region was not a remote one, being close to the shores
of Lake Temiskaming whose waters were known to the voyageurs of two centuries ago, and was
in later times for years the scene of active lumbering operations, yet its mineral riches, though
in many places lying actually on the surface, remained undiscovered until accidentally- stumbled
upon in the summer or fall of 1903.
The first discovery seems to have been made by James H. McKinle\- and Ernest J. Darragh,
described as "lumbermen and prospectors," who on 14th August, 1903, made a joint application
to the Department of Crown Lands for a location situated "about 600 feet southeasterly from
the ninth mile, say between stations 54 and 64, south from New Liskeard, of the Temiskaming
and Northern Ontario Railway line as now located and graded." The application was not
accompanied by the required affidavit showing discovery of mineral, but this was supplied on
6th October, and gave the date of discovery as the 7th August previous, the find consisting of
rock ascertained by assay to contain "a goodly percentage of free or native silver." According
to the papers, McKinley and Darragh were joint discoverers. The location was surveyed by
\V. J. Blair, O.L.S., as J.B. 1, containing 32 acres. Subsequently, four acres of the bed of Cobalt
(then known as Long") lake in front of J.B. 1, and the mining rights of the road allowance between
these two parcels, containing two acres, were granted. The discovery on J.B. 1 was developed
into the well-known McKinley- Darragh mine, now owned and operated by the McKinley-
Darragh-Savage Alining Company.
While silver appears to have been the first mineral of value actually discovered in Cobalt, the
active histor}' of the camp begins with the finding of niccolite (kupfer-nickel) on what is now the La
Rose mine, perhaps the most famous of all the Cobalt deposits. Fred La Rose, a blacksmith
employed in construction work on the T. & N. O. railway, then being graded, when not engaged
in sharpening "steel" for the rock-men, was accustomed to poke about the rocks in the neighbour-
hood of his smith>-. In doing so he uncovered some pinkish material and a little digging disclosed
samples of a heavy copper-coloured mineral, which in reality was niccolite, hitherto found in
Ontario only in minute quantity, and known practically in this Province to mineralogists only.
La Rose applied to the Department on 29th September, 1903, for a location described as being
opposite station 113 on the T. & N. O. railway about 1,300 feet from Long lake at the mouth
of Rock creek about one mile from the south boundary of the township of Bucke. The date of
the discovery is given in the affidavit as 15th September, 1903. The claim was afterwards sur-
veyed by John Shaw. O.L.S., as J.S. 14, containing 37 acres, being a 40-acre tract less the right
of way of the T. & N. O. railway which crosses the western half of the parcel almost diagonally.
La Rose's affida\"it f which is signed F"red "Rose") describes his discovery as of one of copper,
which was not an unnatural mistake under the circumstances, especially as La Rose was not a
prospector, and knew nothing whatever about minerals. Neil A. King, a fire ranger on the T. &
N. O. line, subsequently (on 8th October, 1903) filed a claim for 160 acres, being "80 acres south
of lot 8 first range township of Bucke, also 80 acres south of lot 9 first range" of said township,
a description which included the La Rose parcel. King dated his discovery on 16th Mav, 1903,
also describing the mineral found as "copper ore." A hotly contested dispute between La Rose
and King — or their assignees — followed, which was decided in favour of La Rose. The latter
and his associates had at first entirely failed to recognize the native silver which lav blackened
by exposure in plates and nuggets on the surface of the vein, both in place and in the form of
boulders. These were pointed out to them by Prof. Aliller, Provincial tieologist, who visited
and examined the veins in the early part of November, 1903. Mr. Miller's reports really made
known these remarkable discoveries to the public.
Coleman,- in 1907, extracted from the conglomerate at Cobalt a few stones
showing well marked striations, confirming a conclusion which he had reached
some time before that the Lower Huronian conglomerate is an ancient boulder
clay.
Barlow,^ in 1908, discusses the origin of the silver in James township in the
Cobalt area. He regards the vein filling as of pegmatitic origin, having the
same genetic relationship to diabase that ordinary pegmatite has to granite.
He prefers the term diabase-pegmatite in preference to the term aplite. Some
of the veins are made up almost wholly of red feldspar, which is almost always a
plagioclase near the acid end of the series, together with a subordinate amount of
calcite and quartz. The quartz sometimes forms graphic intergrowths with the
'Thos. W. Gibson, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XVL, pt. I, p. 7.
-Am. Jour. Sci., Vol. 23, 1907, pp. 187-192.
^The Origin of the Silver of James Township, Montreal River, by Alfred E. Barlow, Jour.
Can. Min. Inst., 1908, Vol. 11, pp. 256-273.
332 Department of Mines No. 4
feldspars. Other veins are made up of an almost equal proportion of plagioclase
and calcite and sometimes quartz, while still others present a finer-grained
feldspathic portion in the vicinity of the walls, with the whole mass of the
interior made up of coarse-grained calcite and sometimes a little quartz.
Hore,^ in 1908, suggests that the arsenides and sulphides of the Cobalt
veins have been concentrated from the diabase magma by extreme differentiation.
Tyrrell,^ in 1908, discusses Barlow's paper^ on the origin of silver in James
township, and Hore's paper on Cobalt.'*
Knight and Bartlett,^ in March, 1908, give the first description of the
Keeley and Haileybury Silver (Frontier) mines in South Lorrain. There is an
open cut 40 feet long and 14 feet deep, exposing a vein two to six inches wide on
the Keeley. Smaltite and wire silver in what appear to be considerable quantity
are present. At the Haileybury Silver claim a shaft had been sunk 40 feet on a
vein which at the bottom showed five or six inches of smaltite and niccolite.
The rock in the vicinity of the Keeley and Haileybury Silver veins belongs to the
Keewatin series.
Coleman,* in 1908, comes to the conclusion that the basal conglomerates
of the Lower Huronian (Cobalt series) of the Cobalt area are consolidated tiliites
or ancient boulder clays. This shows that a glacial period existed at that time.
Specimens of striated pebbles have been found by him in the conglomerate.
Barlow,^ in 1909, further discusses the veins in James township. He finds
that while many of the veins or dikes are abruptly differentiated from the
associated diabase, exhibiting perfectly sharp and in some cases free walls,
others show a gradual transition from the vein material (pegmatite) into the
surrounding diabase, which graduation can only be explained on the assumption
of a commingling of material while both were in a fluid, or, at most, a viscous
condition, and before complete solidification has taken place. Not only the
native silver, but also the characteristic sulphides and arsenides began to be
introduced along with the first pegmatite (aplite) filling. These metallics
did not wait for the reopening of the pegmatite and the introduction of more
abundant calcite, for the latter mineral accompanied and overlapped the crystall-
ization of the feldspar. He considers the pegmatites to be the ore bringers.
The use of the terms "dike" and "vein" as separate names in regard to peg-
matite is misleading. The strict limitation of their meaning has lead to certain
misconceptions as to its manner of formation. He would prefer to make the
two terms synonymous, or better still to use "vein" in both senses, for, accurately
speaking, every "mineral \ein" is intrusive in the surrounding country rock.
Tyrrell,* in 1909, discusses the origin of the mineral \'eins in the Montreal
Rixer area.
^Origin of the Cobalt-Silver Ores of Northern Ontario, bv R. E. Hore, Jour. Can. Min-
Inst., Vol. 11, 1908, pp. 275-286.
-Mineral Veins in the Montreal River District, bv J. B. Tyrrell, Can. Min. Jour., Dec.
15, 1908. pp. 651a-652a.
■'The Origin of the Silver of James Township, bv Alfred E. Barlow, Jour. Can. Min. Inst.,
Vol. 11, 1908, pp. 256-273.
^Origin of Cobalt-Silver Ores of Northern Ontario, bv R. E. Hore, Jour. Can. Min. Intt.,
Vol. 11, 1908, np. 275-286.
^Cobalt-Silver Veins, South Lorrain, by Cvril W. Knight, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XVI.,
1907, pt. II, p. 147.
•■'The Lower Huronian Ice Age, by A. P. Coleman, Jour. Geol., Vol. 16, 1908, pp. 149-158.
'Mineral Veins in the Montreal River District, by Alfred E. Barlow, Can. Min. Jour.,
Jan. 15, 1909.
^Mineral Veins in the Montreal District, bv J. B. Tvrrell, Can. Min. Jour., Mar. 1, 1909,
p. 149.
1922 ; Literature on Geology 333
Coleman/ in 1909, describes the Pleistocene geology in northeastern
Ontario, with special reference to the Glacial lake Ojibway. Mention is made
of the Pleistocene deposits along the Temiskaming and Northern Ontario
railway.
Bowen,- in 1909, gives analyses of three aplite dikes from the Cobalt silver
field and shows that the aplites have a simple mineral composition.
Collins,^ in 1909, gives a preliminary report on Gowganda.
Bowen, ^ in 1909, describes the aplites and diabase of the Cobalt area.
Ramsay,^ in 1909, gives a brief description of the rocks and veins in the
Maple Mountain area.
Mickle,^ in 1910, discusses the probable number of veins in the Cobalt
district. At the close of July, 1907, there appeared to be in all sixty-six different
productive veins. These were distributed among the geological formations as
follows: —
Huronian (Cobalt series) 53
Diabase 7
Keewatin 6
Hore,^ in 1910, discusses the diabase of the Cobalt area.
Hore,* in 1910, discusses the Huronian rocks of Nipissing, Ontario.
Collins,^ in 1910, describes the quartz-diabase of Nipissing district.
Bowen, ^° in 1910, describes the diabase and granophyre of Gowganda.
He ascribes the red and pink colour of the plagioclase to thin plates of hematite
filling the cleavage spaces.
Wilson, 'Mn 1910, reports on an area adjoining the east side of Lake Timiskam-
ing, Quebec. He finds that the geology differs but slightly from the Timagami-
Timiskaming area, presenting rocks of the same varieties and in the same
stratigraphical relationship. He finds, however, no unconformity in the Huron-
ian (Cobalt) series between the conglomerate and greywacke, and the overlying
quartzite and arkose.
The diabase, with which the silver-cobalt ores of the Timiskaming area are
associated, has its largest extent in the township of Fabre. This diabase is
poorly exposed and prospecting is thus rendered difficult. No silver deposits
of economic value have been found.
'Lake Ojibwav, Last of the Great Glacial Lakes, by A. P. Coleman, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol.
XVIII, 1909, pp. 284-293.
-Composition of the Aplites, by X. L. Bowen, Can. Min. Jour., April 15, 1909, p. 240.
^Preliminary Report on Gowganda Mining Division, by W. H. Collins, Geol. Surv. Can.,
1909, pp. 47.
^Diabase and Aplite of the Cobalt Silver Area, by N. L. Bowen, Jour. Can. Min. Inst.,
VoL 12, 1909, pp. 517-528.
^The Maple Mountain Mining District of Ontario, by J. D. Ramsav, Can. Min. Jour.,
Sept. 1, 1909, pp. 526-527.
^The Probable Number of Veins in the Cobalt District, by Geo. R. Mickle, Jour. Can.
Min. Inst., Vol. 13, 1910, pp. 325-335.
'Diabase of the Cobalt District, Out., by R. E. Hore, Jour. Geo!., Vol. 18, No. 3, April-May,
1910.
^Huronian Rocks of Nipissing, Ontario, bv R. E. Hore, Jour Geol., Vol. 18, No. 5, July-
Aug., 1910.
^Quartz-Diabase of Nipissing District, bv W. H. Collins, Econ. Geol., Vol. 5, No. 6, Sept.,
1910, pp. 538-550.
^''Diabase and Granophyre of the Gowganda Lake District, Ont., by N. L. Bowen, Jour.
Geol., Vol. 18, No. 7, Oct. -Nov., 1910, pp. 658-674.
^'Geology of an Area Adjoining the East Side of Lake Timiskaming, Quebec, by Morley E.
Wilson, Geol. Surv. Can., Publication No. 1064.
334 Department of Mines No. 4
Coleman/ in 1910, summarizes again his reasons for believing that there
was an ice age in Lower Huronian times. He notes that Willet G. Miller, in
1905, had guardedly suggested the resemblance of the conglomerate to boulder
clay.-
Miller and Knight,^ in 1911, discuss the Laurentian system.
Harvie,* in 1911, geologically maps and reports on the township of Fabre,
Quebec, on the east side of Lake Timiskaming and opposite South Lorrain.
He finds that the geological sequence in Fabre is very similar to that of Cobalt,
but is fuller, since another Huronian series, not known at Cobalt, is present.
This series he names the Fabre series. It is closely associated with the Keewatin,
and also somewhat squeezed. It is a thin succession of conglomerate, arkose,
quartzite, and greywacke, which represent the lowest series of Huronian found
in the area. This series lies below and is essentially different from the Lower
Huronian (Cobalt series) described by Miller at Cobalt. The relations to the
Laurentian are not as well known, the sediments being older than some of the
dike rocks and younger than others.
He finds that numerous cobalt-bearing quartz-calcite veins, with a few
aplite dikes, are found in the diabase. None of these veins contain economic
quantities of silver. A little gold occurs in the \'eins. Some of the veins have
been found in the Keewatin, but none in the Huronian. He believes there is no
great promise in the mineral deposits of Fabre.
Miller,^ in 1911, proposes to employ the name Cobalt series for the f rag-
mental series in which the cobalt-silver veins characteristically occur at Cobalt-
The name Timiskaming will be used for the older, more disturbed conglomerate
series which outcrops at Kirk and Cross lakes and in greater volume on Lake
Timiskaming, outcrops also being known a considerable distance south of Cobalt
and 90 miles to the northwest at Porcupine. The granite intruding in the Tim-
iskaming series but not in the Cobalt series, will be called the Lorrain granite,
a name under which it is already known. The quartz-diabase of the sill at
Cobalt, which is of such great economic importance and is so widespread not
only in that vicinity, but throughout a large territory in the district of Xipissing,
will be called the Nipissing diabase. This will ser\'e to distinguish it from
diabase of other ages that occur in the region.
Miller finds that faults, generalh* with small displacement, and joints are
very numerous in rocks in which the Cobalt ores are found. Few drifts are
run that have not one smooth wall, indicating a fault or a joint for at least part
of their course. The faults are of various ages. Some of those in the Keewatin
are doubtless pre-Huronian in age. Others were formed at the time of the
Lorrain granite intrusion; while later faulting took place at the time of the
intrusion of the diabase sill and later still when the fissures now occupied by
the ores were opened. After the filling of the veins, there was again faulting in
pre-Cambrian times. A few veins occupy fault planes while others have been
disturbed by more recent faulting. There were even minor faults that were
formed after the glacial period.
'The Lower Huronian Ice Age, bv A. P. Coleman, Intcrnat. Geol. Congr., 1910.
^Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIV, 1905, p. 41.
'The Laurentian System, by Willet (i. Miller and C\ ril W. Knight, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol.
XX, pt. I, pp. 280-284.
^Geology of Portion of Fabre Township, Pontiac County, by Robert Harvie, Mines Branch,
Quebec, 1911. See also re Fabre series, Ont. Dept. Mines, 5so. 62, Vol. XIX, pt. II.
^Xotes on the Cobalt Area, by Willet G. Miller, Eng. and Min. Jour., Sept. 30, 1911, pp.
645-649.
1922 Literature on Geology 335
Hore,' in 1911, reviews the geology of the Cobalt area.
Hore,- in 1911, reviews the geology of Cobalt.
Hore,^ in 1911, discusses differentiation in the quartz-diabase of the Cobalt
area.
Mickle,^ in 1912, estimates a probable total production of silver from
Cobalt of 242 million ounces.
Up to July, 1911, there appeared to be 111 veins that could be considered
productive; these were distributed among the geological formations as follows: —
Huronian (Cobalt series) 86 veins, or 77.5 per cent.
Diabase 12 veins, or 10.8 per cent.
Keewatin 13 \'eins, or 11.7 per cent.
The diabase has yielded 7 per cent., the Keewatin 10.85 per cent., and the
Cobalt series 82 per cent, of the total production.
Knight,^ in 1912, compiles ten cross-sections showing the structure of
the rocks in the Cobalt area proper. He finds that the Cobalt lake fault has a
vertical displacement of 233 feet at La Rose mine, while at the McKinley-
Darragh it is possibly 400 feet or more.
Colvocoresses,® in 1912, finds at the Millerett mine that silver ore occurs in
the No. 1 vein in the Huronian above the diabase sill. The top of the sill dips
eastward at 30°.
He points out that in Gowganda all of the producing veins have been found
in the diabase or (in one case) in the Huronian rocks above the diabase sill.
Nothing has been found in the foot-wall of the diabase sill.
Very little prospecting has ever been done in the Huronian conglomerate,
but he believes there is every reason to assume that some good conglomerate
veins yet remain to be discovered. The Miller Lake-O'Brien vein in diabase
had not a remarkable surface showing, nor did the mine look particularly promis-
ing until after a year's hard work.
Palmer and Bastin,^ in 1913, in preliminary experiments show that certain
sulphides and arsenides of copper and nickel, precipitate metallic silver very
efficiently from dilute aqueous solutions of silver sulphate. The more common
sulphides, such as pyrite, galena, and sphalerite, were relatively inactive as
precipitants of silver from aqueous solutions of its sulphate.
Tyrrell,^ in 1913, points out that as a general rule in South Lorrain the
veins appear to be near the contact between the diabase and the Keewatin,
either in the diabase itself or in the Keewatin greenstone. In South Lorrain
the conglomerates do not appear to have been attractive to the silver-bearing
solutions. The rich ore-bodies, where they occur, are not found directly at the
diabase contact, but at some little distance away from it.
^Geologv' of the Cobalt District, Ont., Canada, b\- R. E. Hore, Trans. A.I.M.E., Vol. 42,
1911, pp. 480-499.
-Tiie Silver Fields of Nipissing, bv R. E. Hore, Jour. Can. Min. Inst., Vol. 14, 1911, pp.
612-636.
'Differentiation Products in Quartz-Diabase Masses of the Cobalt District, by R. E. Hore,
Econ. Geol., Vol. 6, Xo. 1, 1911, pp. 51-59.
*The Probable Total Production of -Silver from the Cobalt District, by Geo. R. Mickle,
Jour. Can. Min. Inst., 1912.
^Recent Underground Development Work at Cobalt, bv Cyril \V. Knight, Trans. Can.
Min. Inst., Vol. 15, 1912, pp. 231-237.
^Gowganda during 191 1, by G. M. Colvocoresses, Can. Min. Jour., April 15, 1912, pp. 256-260.
'Metallic Minerals as Precipitants of Silver and Gold, by Chase Palmer and Edson S. Bastin,
Econ. Geol., March, 1913.
^Silver Veins of South Lorrain, by J. B. Tyrrell, Can. Min. Jour., June 1, 1913, pp. 329-330.
336
Department of Mines
No. 4
Huronian
Miller and Knight/ in 1913, referring to northern Ontario, are inclined to
place the Keewatin jaspilite and other sediments associated with it, such as
greywacke and crystalline limestone, with the Grenville series. They consider
that the dual grouping of the pre-Cambrian should be discarded.
It is not at all unlikely that the diabase and norite of Cobalt and Sudbury,
respectively, are of the same age as the Keweenawan basic igneous rocks of
Michigan and the Lake Superior country generally.
Miller,- in 1913, summarizes the geology of the Cobalt area. This is largely
a summary of Miller's fourth edition of his report on Cobalt.
Collins,^ in 1913, di\'ides the rocks in Gowganda into the following
divisions: —
Pleistocene /Unconsolidated glacial till,
[ stratmed clay and sand.
Great unconformity.
fPost Huronian intrusions ("Olivine diabase.
iQuartz diabase and aplite.
Upper or Middle. Quartzite, arkose, and quartz con-
glomerate (Lorrain series).
Faint iinconformitv.
Middle or Lower. Conglomerate, greywacke, slate, and
arkose (Cobalt series).
Pre-Camrrian. ..J 1 Rhyolite, lava and tuff.
Great toiconformity.
fHornblende and biotite granites,
. .■{ granodiorite and syenite and
[ their gneissic equivalents.
[Basic and acid volcanic and intru-
I sive rocks, chloritic and seri-
. . \ citic schists, iron formation,
I graphitic slate and hornblende
[ schist.
Collins finds that the silver deposits form veins, commonl}- less than a
foot wide, either within the diabase or, in a few cases, in the formations immedi-
ately adjacent. These consist of a quartz and calcite, less frequently barite,
gangue carrying native silver, smaltite, niccolite, chalcopyrite, and smaller
amounts of native bismuth, argentite, galena, pyrite, specularite, and other
minerals. Silver was deposited somewhat later than the other minerals and
traverses them as a fine network. Erythrite and annabergite occur as oxidation
products of smaltite and niccolite for a depth of a few feet beneath the surface.
The ores are not evenly distributed through the veins, but occur, so far as present
explorations indicate, in irregular masses. The diabase, for a few inches away
from the veins, is often irregularly mineralized.
He regards the diabase masses as occurring in sills, and he gives an excellent
description of their lithological character.
The aplite dikes which cut the diabase may be described as unusually fine-
grained pink granite poor in dark minerals, but there are wide \'ariations from
such a type.
'Sudbur\-, Cobalt and Porcupine Geology, by Willet G. Miller and Cyril W. Knight, Eng.
Min. Jour., June 7, 1913, pp. 1129-1133.
^Guide Book No. 7, Internat. Geol. Congr., 1913.
^Geology of Gowganda Mining Division, by W. H. Collins, Geol. Surv. Can., Memoir
No. 33.
iLaurentian balholithic intrusions.
Keewatin .
1922
Literature on Geology
337
Miller,' in 1913, publishes the fourth edition of his report on the cobalt-
nickel arsenides and silver deposits of Timiskaming. This work of 279 pages,
with detailed geological surface maps and plans, is the outstanding report on
the area. On account of its size it is not practical to attempt to summarize it
here. The report gives an account of the discovery of the \eins, a description of
the ores and minerals, a record of the dividends paid, an account of the rocks
and their age relationships, and so forth. The report is still in print and may be
obtained from the Ontario Department of Mines, Toronto. For convenience,
however, Miller's subdi\'isions of the rocks are given below, together with his
broad general comments thereon. In the following legend. Miller discontinues
the use of the term Huronian which he had made use of in the first three editions.
The dual subdivision of the pre-Cambrian into Aigonkian and Archean, or Proterozoic and
Archeozoic, employed by many authors, is not adopted by the writer, since he believes that the
Grenville series, which includes limestones and other sediments of great thickness, is of pre-
Laurentian age. The thickness of the sediments in the Grenville and the character of the deposits
make it inadvisable to attempt to subdivide the pre-Cambrian into an upper characteristically
sedimentary group, above the Grenville, and a lower igneous complex including the Grenville
sediments. The subdivision into Proterozoic and Archeozoic groups, the latter including the
Grenville, is purely arbitrary. Thus a dual subdivision of pre-Cambrian rocks, based on argu-
ments that have been employed in its behalf, fails. If a name is desired for the pre-Cambrian
rocks, to correspond with Paleozoic and Mesozoic, the well-known name Eozoic may be used.
Age Relations of Rocks of Cobalt and Adjacent Areas
PALEOZOIC
Silurian
Niagara
{Great unconformitx)
EOZOIC OR PRE-CAMBRIAN
Later Dikes
NiPissiNG Diabase
(Intrusive contact)
Prominent outcrops of Niagara limestone, with basal con-
glomerate and sandstone, occur on some of the islands and the
shores of the north end of lake Tcmiskaming.
Cobalt Series
( Unconformity)
Lorrain Granite
(Intrusive contact)
Lamfrophyre Dikes
(Intrusive contact)
Temiskaming Series
( Unconformity)
Keewatin Complex
Aplite, diabase, basalt.
This diabase, which is of such great interest in connection with
the cobalt-silver veins, is believed to be of Keweenawan age.
Certain aplite dikes are genetically con nected with the diabase.
The Cobalt series includes conglomerate, greywacke and
other fragmental rocks.
This granite occupies a considerable part of the township of
Lorrain and has large exposures elsewhere in the vicinity of
lake Temiskaming.
Lamprophyre dikes are to be seen near some of the mines at
Cobalt.
Like the Cobalt series, the Temiskaming consists of con-
glomerate and other fragmental rocks.
The Laurentian, gneiss and granite, which in age lies between
the Keewatin and Temiskaming, is absent in the Cobalt
area proper, but is found in the surrounding region.
Under the heading Keewatin are grouped the most ancient
rocks of the region. They consist essentially of basic volcanic
types, now represented by schists and greenstones, together
with more acidic types, such as quartz-porphyry.
With the Keewatin are included certain sediments, such
as iron formation or jaspilyte, dark slates and greywackes,
W'hich probably represent the Grenville series of southeastern
Ontario.
Certain dike rocks that are grouped with the Keewatin
may be of post-Temiskaming age, but since they have not
been found in contact with the Temiskaming their age relation-
ships are unknown.
^ The Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskaming, by Willet G. Miller,
Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, pt. II, 1913.
338 Department of Mines No. 4
Livermore/ in 1914, gives a description of the method and machinery used
in draining Kerr lake, Cobalt.
Williams,^ in 1915, determines from fossils collected that the dolomites
west and north of Haileybury are of Black River age; that the upper strata of
Mann island and the top of Farr island belong near the base of the Niagara;
that the Dawson point section includes besides undetermined beds at the base,
the Niagara from its base to the horizon of numerous corals; that Chief island
contains in the patches of limestone resting upon the Huronian, representatives
of both Niagara and Trenton rock; that a limited area of Silurian strata occurs
north of the wharf at Haileybury; and that the green calcareous shales making
up the lower part of the section at the northwestern end^of Mann island and
probably concealed by talus on the eastern side of Dawson point, must be
between Black River and Niagara in age.
Miller and Knight,^ in 1915, present a detailed classification of the pre-
Cambrian ore deposits in the Province of Ontario, showing the various metallo-
genetic epochs into which the period may be divided. The following table
shows that there have been at least four great metallogenetic epochs during
the pre-Cambrian period in Ontario, namely, Grenville, Algoman, Animikean,
and Keweenawan. A fifth epoch of minor importance should probably be
added to represent the ore-bodies associated with the basic intrusives that
preceded the intrusion of the Algoman granite and followed the deposition of the
Timiskaming sediments.
The basic rocks of the Keweenawan in Michigan and in the Coppermine
River country are considered to be genetically connected with deposits of native
copper. In Ontario, along the north shore of Lake Huron, the Keweenawan
intrusives appear to have given rise to the deposits of copper pyrites, while at
Sudbury the copper-nickel ores and at Cobalt the silver-cobalt veins have
been shown to be genetically connected with them.
Age Classification of Ontario Ore Deposits
Keweenawan — Epoch, following basic intrusions, of (a) Silver, cobalt, nickel and arsenic at
Cobalt and elsewhere, (b) Nickel and copper at Sudbury, and copper elsewhere. Certain
gold deposits, not now productive, appear to belong to this epoch.
Animikean — Epoch of deposition of "iron formation" as a chemical precipitate.
Algoman — Epoch, following granite intrusions, of gold at Porcupine and at many other localities,
and of auriferous mispickel. Deposits of galena, zinc blende, fluorite and other minerals
also appear to have been derived from the granites, but some of them were not formed till
post pre-Cambrian time. Preceding the intrusion of the Algoman granites, basic intrusives,
that appear to be of post-Timiskamian age, gave rise to nickel and titaniferous and non-
titaniferous magnetite deposits and chromite.
Timiskamian — Epoch of minor deposition of "iron formation" as a chemical precipitate.
Laurentian — Granite intrusions probably gave rise to ore deposits which have been removed by
excessive erosion as is known to be the case with deposits of later origin.
Loganian: — ■
Grenville — Epoch of deposition of extensive "iron formation" as a chemical precipitate
among other sediments.
Keewatin — Composed largely of basic volcanic rocks.
Miller and Knight,^ in 1915, give a general discussion of the pre-Cambrian
geology of Ontario and of the classification. They divide the rocks into the
following subdivisions: —
1 Draining Kerr Lake, by R. Livermore, Trans. A.I.M.E., Vol. 49, 1914, pp. 328-342.
^ The Ordovician Rocks of Lake Timiskaming, by M. Y. Williams, Geol. Surv. Can., Mus.
Bull. No. 17.
^ Metallogenetic Epochs in the Pre-Cambrian of Ontario, by Willet G. Miller and Cvril W.
Knight, Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., Ser. Ill, 1915, Vol. IX.
^ Revision of Pre-Cambrian Classification in Ontario, by Willet G. Miller and Cyril W.
Knight, Jour. Geol., Vol. 23, 1915, No. 7, Oct. -Nov.
1922 Literature on Geology 339
PrE-CaM BRIAN
Keweenawax
Unconformity
Animikean Under this heading the authors place not only the rocks that
have heretofore been called Animikie, but the so-called
Huronian rocks of the "classic" Lake Huron area, and the
Cobalt and Ramsay Lake series. Minor unconformities
occur within the Animikean.
Great unconformity
(Algoman granite and gneiss) Laurentian of some authors, and the Lorrain granite of
Igneous contact Cobalt, and the Killarney granite of Lake Huron, etc.
Timiskamian In this group the authors place sedimentary rocks of various
localities, that heretofore have been called Huronian, and
the Sudbury series of Coleman.
Great unconformity There is no evidence that this unconformity is of lesser
magnitude than that beneath the Animikean.
(Laurentian granite and gneiss)
Igneous contact
Grenville The authors have found the Keewatin to occur in considerable
{Sedimentary) volume in southeastern Ontario and have determined the
LoG.\Nl.\N I Keewatin relations of the Grenville to it.
[ (Igneous)
Hume,^ in 1916, maps an area of Paleozoic sediments extending from the
north end of Lake Timiskaming northward to Englehart. The chief change
in the geological map of the area was made in the region extending northwest
from New Liskeard; this part had previously been mapped as pre-Cambrian,
but from drill records available it was found that the rock is Paleozoic lime-
stone, Lockport in age. He finds that the Paleozoic rocks may be subdivided
as follows: —
Lockport and Cataract formations, Silurian in age, including some
basal conglomerate and sandstone of Ordovician age.
Black River — Trenton, Ordovician in age.
Reference is made to the Lake Timiskaming fault.
Ellsworth,^ in 1916, makes a chemical study, combined with a microscopic
examination of polished surfaces of certain minerals from Cobalt. He identifies
four new minerals, namely, lollingite, rammelsbergite, chalcocite, and symplesite.
He finds the order of deposition of the minerals to agree in the main with the
conclusion reached by W. G. Miller and C. W. Knight.
From the numerous extremely intimate intergrowths which have been
observed among the Cobalt minerals, e.g., smaltite-chloanthite, niccolite-
breithauptite, etc., he believes that certain of these minerals were precipitated
in greater or less quantity at the same time.
The structures observed appear to indicate that the mineralizing solutions at first were
relatively very rich in arsenic and during this time intergrowths of diarsenides — smaltite and
chloanthite — were chiefly precipitated. The arsenic content of the solutions gradually dim-
inished and monarsenides — niccolite and breithauptite- — were for a time predominately deposited.
The arsenic continued to decrease in amount and sulphur became prominent, so that sulph-
arsenides, such as cobaltite and arsenop\rite, were deposited. Finally, the arsenic in solution was
reduced to a very small quantity, and calcite was deposited. A period of fracturing ensued
and the solution which may now have been of either a sulphate or carbonate character circulated
through the fractured veins. From this solution native silver and argentite were precipitated by
the action of arsenides and calcite.
It is believed that the process of deposition of the various arsenides and sulpharsenides was
more or less continuous, and that, though a period of maximum deposition for any one of these
minerals may be distinguished, there is, nevertheless, no sharp dividing line between the different
periods.
^ Paleozoic Rocks of Lake Timiskaming Area, by G. S. Hume, Sum. Rept., Geol. Surv.
Can., 1916, pp. 188-192.
- A Studv of Certain Minerals from Cobalt, Ontario, by H. \'. Ellsworth, Ont. Bur. Mines,
\o\. XXY, pt. I, 1916.
23 D.M.
340 Department of Mines No. 4
The apparent order of deposition from the writer's observations may be indicated in tabular
form as follows: —
Ni As2
i ^- Diarsenides ^ ^^.^^^^
I. Arsenides and J 3. Monarsenides j S-?
Sulpharsenides ] I JNiAs
I 3. Sulpharsenides | Fe ^s S
II. Calcite, followed by fracturing.
III. Native silver and argentite, native bismuth, sulphides and sulpho-salts.
I\". Decomposition products — arsenates of cobalt, nickel, iron, copper, and calcium.
Whitman,^ in 1916, after a close study of many of the underground workings
at Cobalt, concludes: —
That the ore bodies in the Huronian lie wholly within it and chiefly near the base.
That the ore bodies in the Keewatin lie chiefly within 300 feet of the upper or lower contact
of the diabase.
That the ore bodies in the diabase lie chiefl\- within 300 feet of its margins.
Faults. — That ere exists in all classes of faults of steep attitude, but is distributed in them
according to their attitudes and the stresses extant during the period of deposition.
That ore bodies of importance were often formed in favourable fractures in the walls of
faults paralleling or diverging from them.
That such faults are genetically related to the folds in the district, striking diagonalh' across
them from east to west, or appro.ximately paralleling their axes.
Folds. — That ore is to be found in economic quantities only in areas of strong folding.
That within such areas the most favourable sites for ore are the slopes of folds, and particu-
larly the steeper ones.
That on these slopes the most favourable spots are minor folds, and that the most favourable
of these are the small cross folds.
That veins in these situations tend to parallel the dips of the sides of those minor folds
being influenced by the major ones similarly but to a less extent, or that the veins tend to cross
the axes of the minor folds, save as they may tend to parallel the axes of certain miner anti-
clines or to parallel faults.
That these sites are the best for ore bodies, particularly when they are associated with
contacts as discussed above, or with major faults.
That the slopes are better sites than the axes of major folds, because on the slopes the deforma-
tion is the greatest and the best opportunities are afforded for the circulation and deposition of
ore materials; and for the same reasons the steeper slopes are the better.
Joints. — That the fractures in which the ore bodies were formed were chiefly vertical joints
produced by the compressive stresses which produced the folds and faults.
That such structural planes of weakness as contacts, slate beds, and major faults, together
with the slopes of folds, constitute loci of strain and maximum jointing; and in such regions,
particularly where two or more of them coincide, the vertical joints will have been converted
into ore bodies.
That the joints in the Huronian are the most favourable seats of deposition, those in the
diabase next, and those in the Keewatin least.
That the joints now open and uncemented express chiefiy the final relief of the rocks from
the original deformative stresses.
That the veins were formed under conditions of too great pressure for the existence of large
open spaces or for the free opening of small fractures, and that they were formed by the metaso-
matic replacement of the walls of tight fractures.
Attitudes of Channels. — That of veins formed in joints, those that are the steeper are the
richer, and the most flath- inclined are the poorer, under otherwise similar conditions, the richness
being proportional to the degree of the dip, and the veins being thus classifiable with regard to
both dip and contents: —
10° to 30° — Quartz, calcite, little sulphide.
30° to 50° — Quartz, calcite, much sulphide, little arsenide, trace of silver.
50° to 70° — No quartz, calcite, little sulphide, much arsenide, notable silver.
70° to 90° — No quartz, calcite, no sulphide, much arsenide, much silver.
That faults are not good seats of deposition for these ores, and that of faults with narrow
shear zones the steeper side-thrust faults are most favourable, and in the wide shear zcnes of
other faults, ores have formed only in spots locally relieved of compressive stress.
Faults
That the faults are all due to compression or to folding torsion.
That the east-west faults are side thrusts.
That the other faults are upthrusts or down thrusts.
That faults along folding axes on a given horizon dip with those axes.
' Final General Geological Report on the Area about Cobalt Lake, by Alfred R. Whitman,,
unpublished report, dated 1916.
1922 Literature on Geology 341
That the side thrusts were the first faults, usually preceding the folding, that the folding
torsion faults were next in age, and that the thrusts on the axial planes of folds were the last,
but that the folding continues through all the faulting and after it, and the mineralization followed
all the deformation
Whitman considers that discussion of the Keewatin-Huronian contact
would not be complete without a description of its contour and its configuration
in relation to the folds of the district.
On beginning his work, Whitman found that the contact between the
Keewatin and Huronian was irregular and that some of the irregularities were
abrupt. Some of the mine managers referred to Keewatin hills and valleys
underlying the Huronian. There seemed to be an interesting prospect that
the productive conglomerate could be forecast beneath the diabase in certain
spots through the careful working out of old drainage systems carved in the
Keewatin surface, in which Huronian gravels and finer sediments had been
deposited.
Investigations were immediately started along this line; but it soon began
to appear that the theory was untenable. The fact that the dips of the finer
sediments conformed with the contact was at first admitted as consistent with
the supposition that the first layers of sediment in a body of water would neces-
sarily conform precisely with the sloping floor of the basin. However, it was
recognized that this parallelism was not confined to the fine sediments lying
on the Keewatin floor, but was also shared by those 100 feet or more above it,
and by coarse boulder layers as well. These facts obviously could not be recon-
ciled, and the idea of folding was adopted and subsequently proven.
The evidences in favour of folding are: (1) The interbedding of fine sediments
with thick layers of heavy boulders, and the parallelism of the whole series to
the contact for a distance of 100 feet and more from it. (2) The development of
joints in the sediments as well as in the Keewatin and the diabase, parallel to the
Keew^atin-Huronian contact and showing evidences of shear in the direction of
upthrust faulting on the sides of undulations. These flat-lying shear joints in
many cases can be seen passing through pebbles in the Huronian conglomerate
and faulting them short distances. Also in many cases these joints show distinct
striae paralleling their dip. (3) Shearing on the contact itself.
The inference from this conformity of bedding with the contact is that the
contact was virtually a horizontal plane when the sediments were laid down.
And this by long careful research has been found to be the remarkable fact.
There are a few exceptions to this rule: one of them is a small depression, perhaps
100 feet long by 150 feet wide and 25 feet in depth, lying on the west side of the
Coniagas mine about one-third of the way from the north corner to the south
corner. Another depression of about the same depth apparently exists in the
Seneca Superior mine under Cart lake. A corresponding promontory of similar
height lies along the brow of Nipissing hill above the north end of the higher
tailings dam.
A few other minor irregularities in this old land surface have been noted;
but for all purposes significant to mining operations, the surface may be assumed
to have been originally a nearly smooth flat surface folded only after the advent
of the diabase.
Bastin,' in 1917, after making an examination of the Cobalt ores with the
microscope, applies the theory of enrichment by descending surface solutions
to account for the rich silver ores of Cobalt.
'Significant Mineralogical Relations of the Silver Ores of Cobalt, by Edson S. Bastin,
Econ. Geol., April-May, 1917.
342 Department of Mines No. 4
Collins/ in 1917, finds that the Huronian in the Onaping and Gowganda
areas consists of a single series — the Cobalt series. It is composed of conglom-
erate, greywacke, quartzite, and one thin formation of siliceous limestone.
It is separable into two quite distinct parts. The lower part is made up domi-
nantly of dark grey conglomerates and greywackes regarded as probably of glacial
origin. For this lower part he suggests the name Gowganda formation, as the
rocks are exceptionally well developed in the Gowganda area. The upper
part of the series is thick and consists of quartzite, the lower part of which is
called the I>orrain quartzite.
In spite of their diversity of appearance, composition, and genesis, these
two parts of the Cobalt series are largely in conformable relation to each other.
An unconformity exists in a few places.
Reid," in 1918, reviews Bastin's paper^ in which Bastin regards the silver
ores of Cobalt as secondary in origin.
Reid believes that the theory of secondary enrichment is inapplicable to
the Cobalt deposits, owing to the slight apparent relation of the ore-shoots to
the surface as indicated by the absence of the zones of oxidation and of primary
ore or protore — two of the most important criteria for the recognition of second-
ary deposits. The silver veins in their origin are related primarily to the diabase
intrusion, and secondarily to \arious structural conditions in its neighbourhood,
to wit, areas of local differential fracturing around the borders of the intrusive
body, probably caused by compressive stresses. This fracturing, and especially
the attendant mineralization, is local in character and does not extend beyond
the contact area; it is due to the relative frangibility and permeability of the
rocks involved. In this relationship the conglomerate takes the first place,
diabase the second, and Keewatin the third. The enriching solutions are con-
sidered to be deep seated in origin, being connected with the diabase magma
and consequently alkaline in reaction, the silver being probably carried in
carbonate solution.^
Whitehead,^ in 1920, comes to the conclusion that the Cobalt series is of
normal stream origin. Striated pebbles, which have been mentioned as an
indication of the glacial origin of these strata, were found during the investi-
gation, but are believed to have been crushed by the dynamic deformation of the
rocks. The parts of the basal conglomerate resembling residual soil and breccia,
the well-sorted character of many beds, and the usual stratification, unite to
offer proof of fluviatile origin.
Faults. — The faults of the area are all reverse faults. The familiar dip-
slip fault is the usual form, but displacement is often principally lateral.
By far the greatest number of ore-shoots in the district are determined,
however, by fiat-dipping shear zones or faults. Such faults lie in many places
in a zone of movement upon and near the Huronian-Keewatin contact. Similar
planes of movement, deflected from this contact by irregularities, primary or
due to folding or faulting, lie partly in the Huronian sediments, or, where formed
with no relation in the contact, lie wholly in these sediments. Other contacts,
as those of the diabase and Keewatin, and of the diabase and Huronian, are
loci of similar movement, and such shear zones may lie also within the diabase.
Where faults are distributive on the bedding of slates, great masses of low-grade
^Onaping Map Area, by W. H. Collins, Geol. Surv. Can., Memoir No. 95, 1917.
'' J. A. Reid, Econ. Geol., July, 1918.
^ Significant Mineralogical Relations of tlie Silver Ores of Cobalt, bv Edson S. Bastin, Econ.
Geol., April- May, 1917.
■* This suniniar\' was especiallv written h\ Mr. Reid for this report.
* The \'eins of Cobalt, Ontario, by W. L. Whitehead, Econ. Geol., \ol. 16, No. 2, March, 1920.
1922 Literature on Geology 343
ore have been formed near veins. Above the contact or near a fault plane,
which is usually heavily mineralized by calcite, fan-shaped ore-shoots lie in
the vein and possess typical peripheral mineral variations. Nearest the fault
the vein contains predominantly smaltite, often with dull silver-gray cores of
a mineral, probably cobaltite. Away from the ore-centre, niccolite cores in
smaltite spherules are encountered, and transition takes place in turn between
these spherules into massi\'e niccolite. At the periphery sparsely disseminated
niccolite or smaltite spherules pass into pure calcite of pinkish colour. Silver
content decreases gradually but surely from the central axis, near the fault,
to the periphery of the shoot.
Such ore-shoots have been developed in their lower portions 1,000 feet
or more laterally, and have extended from 250 to 300 feet vertically. Many do
not outcrop; indeed their upper portions are often 300 feet or more below the
surface, and smaltite w^ith native silver has been found 1,600 feet in depth at
the Beaver mine.
He reaches the conclusion that downward secondary enrichment has been
essentially absent as a factor in the deposition in the Cobalt ores and that
silver of the veins is due to the last stage of the primary mineralization.
He gives the following summary of his work: —
Geology
1. The Cobalt series is of stream origin.
2. Its base was a topograph\- of slight relief.
Structure
1. The rocks of the district were subjected to deformation by forces of compression upon
two normal axes.
2. The structures developed are essentially contemporaneous.
3. The major fractures of economic importance were formed in definite relation to faults and
folds.
4. These fractures were probably due to local tensional stress.
Veins
1. The veins are but slightly faulted, and are about of the same age.
2. They may be classified bj-
(ai Attitude,
ib) Certain structures determining ore-shoots.
3. The mineral content is influenced by the type of joint on which the vein was formed.
. 4. The veins are predominantly due to replacement.
5. During an early hypogene stage calcite, dolomite, arsenides and sulphides were deposited.
6. During a late hypogene stage silver was deposited.
7. Supergene silver deposition is essentially absent from the veins.
8. The veins were probably formed by hot waters, of deep seated, possibly magmatic, origin.
Burrows,^ in 1920, publishes his third report on Gowganda, the two previous
reports forming part of Miller's report on Cobalt. The third report deals mainly
with recent developments in Gowganda, particularly in the vicinity of Miller
lake. He finds the rocks in general similar to those at Cobalt.
Hume,- in 1920, describes the Paleozoic rocks north of Lake Timiskaming
and gi\es an account of the Lake Timiskaming fault. His views regarding the
tault are summed up in Chapter L
Whitman,^ in 1920, comes to the conclusion that: —
1. The cobalt-nickel-silver ores of the Cobalt district were derived by diffusion and metaso-
matic fixation from the sill of Nipissing diabase with which they are associated.
2. They were deposited essentially in their present form below the groundwater level, not
by circulating solutions, but by migrant ions traversing virtually stagnant or slowly circulating
aqueous solutions, from all parts of the adjacent diabase, to such favourable seats of deposition
as were accessible in the neighbourhood of its margins.
1 Gowganda Silver Area, by A. G. Burrows, Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXIX, pt. Ill, 1920,
pp. 77-88.
= Am. Jour. Sci., 4th sen, \ol. .SO, 1920, pp. 293-309.
'Diffusion in \'ein-Genesis at Cobalt, by Alfred R. Whitman, Econ. Geol., \'ol. 15, No. 2,
March, 1920.
344 Department of Mines No. 4
3. Mineral-laden water filled all the pores, joints, and fractures of the diabase and its neigh-
bouring rocks; and through it moved the ions of vein material, at a temperature considerably
below the melting point of the diabase, and at a pressure of several thousand feet of hydrostatic
head. These ions were not capable of combination and precipitation without the help of an
external agency; this consisted in catalytic influences or obscure metasomatic reactions of a kind
which could take place only in rock relatively free from stress in one direction, as that must have
been, which lined the sides of vertical tension joints lying parallel with the chief lateral stresses
of the locality. The effect of these reactions of replacement, although virtually grain-for-grain
as is understood by the term tnetasoniatic, was to send into solution the aluminous and ferrous
silicates composing the wall rocks, and to fill the vacated space grain-for-grain as it developed,
with the ore minerals. The first rock to be thus replaced was that under least stress on the
immediate walls of the indicated joints. The joints being tight, there was virtually no opportunity
for crustification. The replacement extended outward from the plane of its inception, the
widening vein always being so firmh- frozen to its walls that aqueous solutions would move along
it often with less ease than elsewhere through the wall rock.
Miller and Knight,' in 1920, propose to employ the name Haileyburian for
intrusive dikes and other masses of lamprophyre and peridotite which are
post-Timiskaming and pre-Algoman in age. The name is taken from that of
the capital of the District of Timiskaming, the town of Haileybury. The follow-
ing table shows the position of the Haileyburian rocks: —
Pre-Cambri.\x Epochs of Ontario and Their Metal Production
[Keweenawan) . — Epoch, following basic intrusions, of (a) silver, cobalt, nickel, and arsenic
at Cobalt and elsewhere; [b) nickel and copper at Sudbury, and copper elsewhere. Certain gold
deposits, not now productive, appear to belong to this epoch.
Animikean. — Epoch of deposition of "iron formation" as a chemical precipitate. Includes
the Cobalt and other series of sediments.
(Algoman). — Epoch, following granite intrusions, of gold at Porcupine and at many other
localities, and of auriferous mispickel. Deposits of galena, zinc blende, ffuorite, and other
minerals appear also to have been derived from the granites, but some of them were not formed
till post pre-Cambrian time.
(Haileyburian). — Preceding the intrusion of the Algoman granites, basic intrusives, of post-
Timiskaming age, gave rise to nickel and titaniferous and non-titaniferous magnetite deposits
and chromite.
Timiskamian. — Epoch of minor deposition of '"iron formation" as a chemical precipitate,
with conglomerate and other sediments.
{Laurentian). — Granite intrusions probably gave rise to ore deposits which have been removed
by excessiv'C erosion as is known to be the case with deposits of later origin.
f Creni'ille. — Epoch of deposition of extensive "iron formation" as a chemical
T • 1 precipitate, with limestone and other sediments.
^ • • • ■ 1 {Keeivatin). — Composed largely of basic lava flows, many of which are now
[ schistose. There are also acid lava flows such as rhyolite.
Walker,- in 1921, thinks it probable that the material commonly called
dyscrasite in Cobalt is made up of a eutectic intergrowth of silver and an anti-
monide of silver, probably Ag3 Sb, which should contain 27.1 per cent, of anti-
mony.
Bell,' in 1922, describes the geology and silver deposits of South Lorrain
with special remarks about the Keeley mine. He has the following remarks to
make regarding the oxidation of Wood's vein: —
While most of the veins which have been prospected on the Keeley mines property show
only superficial oxidation, Xos. 1 and 2 veins in the northern part of the property are slightly
oxidized to a depth of 120 feet, and the southern portion of Wood's vein shows intense oxidation
to the greatest depth yet attained (420 feetj, a condition, as far as is known unique in the Cobalt
district. The northern limit of oxidation on Wood's vein, which is quite abrupth" demarcated,
pitches steeply northward to about 350 feet, and from that depth to the deepest horizon of the
' Hailevburian Intrusive Rocks, bv Willet G. Miller and Cyril W. Knight, Ont. Dept. Mines,
Vol. XXIX, pt. I, 1920, pp. 235-236; Can. Min. Jour., Aug. 13, 1920.
- Dyscrasite from Cobalt, Ont., by T. L. Walker, l'niversit\- of Toronto Studies, Geological
Series No. 12, pp. 20-22.
^ The Occurrence of Silver Ores in South Lorrain, bv J. Mackintosh Bell, Bull. Inst. Min.
and Met., Feb., 1922.
1922 Literature on Geology 345
mine (420 feet) deeply southward. Not only is Wood's vein itself oxidized, but the oxidation
extends into the footwall for an unknown distance, and the branching stringers on the hanging-
wall connecting the parent vein with No. 6 show a similar change. It is obvious that such exten-
sive oxidation, even along so strong a line of fracturing, cannot be post-glacial, but must have
ante-dated the glacial epoch. The greater depth to which oxidation extends in the southern than
in the northern part of Wood's vein is probably to be connected with the influence on the parent
vein and its numerous branches of the position of the water-level in a pre-glacial topography, the
nature of which s not now clear. It seems possible that glacial denudation was not as great in
South Lorrain generally as at Cobalt, and that in the southern and particularly narrow part of
the depression occupied by Wood's vein protection against corrosion was given b}' the walls of
greenstone on either side, especially after the depression had been filled by debris with the initial
advance of the ice.
(1) Generally speaking, the richest and most persistent ore-shoots occur at or near the
diabase- Keewat in contact, either within the diabase or within the Keewatin; the immediate con-
tact is commonly barren or of low grade.
(2) An ore-shoot in the Keewatin does not ordinarily persist down into the diabase; or,
vice versa, one in the diabase extend upward into the Keewatin. In other words, one part of a
vein may carry ore in diabase, another in Keewatin.
(3) Gently inclined fractures, parallel to the contact and transverse to the dip of the veins,
have an enriching effect upon the vein material.
(4) The junction of one vein with another, even a considerable distance from the contact,
affects the values either in one vein or the other, or in both. If the veins are valueless before
joining, a shoot of greater or less length is commonly made in the united vein.
(5) The values of a vein within sufficient distance of the contact, even in the smaller veins,
are likely to improve when the vein occurs in a well-fractured zone, with cracking developed
parallel to its strike.
(6) Ore-shoots are frequently localized on a main vein between the points of departure of
two minor branching veins, or between the points of crossing of two zones of fracturing.
(7) When the ore-shoots are in Keewatin rocks, the most favourable type is an extremely
dense fissile well-fractured greenstone. Lamprophyre is generally much less favourable, though
some of the richest ore is found in fault planes when greenstone occupies one wall and lamprophyre
the other.
(8) Generally speaking, the veins are more likely to carry ore when the dip of the vein is
steep (upwards of 70 degrees) than when it is flat. Wood's vein, however, carries large amounts
of ore when the dip is as low as 60 degrees, or even less.
The oxidized zone in W^ood's vein reaches its northern-most extension in the mine workings
at a depth of about 350 feet. On the surface, the outcrop of the vein occupies, as previously
indicated, a relatively deep depression filled with boulder clay, and the vein has been exposed
northward of the portion so heavily oxidized below ground. Whether oxidized material actually
now occurs in this northern part of the vein or not, seems unimportant as compared with the
certainty that it was oxidized ii harmony with the vein farther south, though not to the same
extent prior to glaciation.
The very rusty character of the veinstone, showing the presence of abundant iron in the
ferric condition, indicates its derivation from pyrite or some iron-bearing sulphide, such as chal-
copyrite, both of which are common in the unoxidized portions of the vein.
It is easy to understand how acidic ferric sulphate solutions, carrying their burden of silver
leached from Wood's vein, seeped down its broad crushed zone into transverse veins below the
hanging-wall (such as No. 16), where under changed chemical conditions the native silver was
redeposited, and, on similar reasoning, how the ore-shoots of the northern upper unoxidized
portions of Wood's \ein were enriched by silver derived from the leaching of still higher sections
of the vein, much of which may long since have been removed by erosion.
The fact that the southern oxidized portion of Wood's vein carries considerable silver ore
from the surface downward to about 250 feet and is barren, or at least very low-grade, below that
depth to the lowest horizon reached (420 feet), is explained by the super-saturation of solutions
with oxygen, though the oxidation of all available sulphides near the surface, and the consequent
necessity of reprecipitation of at least a certain portion of the silver dissolved, in accordance
with the required state of chemical equilibrium. The relatively large amount of silver in the upper
oxidized portion of Wood's vein has been derived from the eroded parts of the vein, and the
enriched "gossan" has migrated downward with the progress of weathering, following the recog-
nized rules of surface enrichment, except inasmuch as there was drastic erosion during glacial
times. The barrenness of the oxidized zone in depth follows logically the assumption that at
these inferior horizons there was originally sufficient sulphide present to satisfy the requirements
of such oxygen as penetrated with surface waters to those depths, and that thus an acidic sulphate
solution was again produced to carr\' the silver downward, leaving behind vein-material practically
leached of all its values. It is noteworthy to mention that the silver in the oxidized surface-
enriched ore is mainl\- in the native form, while that in what is considered to be largely secondarily-
enriched ore below the oxidized zone is chiefly argentite, ruby silver, and stromeyerite, with less
conspicuous native silver, generally in the wire form. In this secondarily-enriched ore, mar-
casite is invariablv present and is especiallv conspicuous in the tvpical example of enrichment in
No. 16 vein (420 'feet).
The writer's opinion, it may be said in conclusion, is that while the primary silver-bearing
material, including much of the high-grade ore, either in all of the veins near the diabase-Keewatin
346 Department of Mines No. 4
contact, or relatively remote therefrom, in Wood's vein, where structural conditions determining
its deposition were present, is due to hypogene agencies, there has been widespread enrichment by
descending solutions, which has materially changed the primary mineralization.
Bell/ in 1922, reviews the early history of South Lorrain, and gives a
summary of the geology.
Knight,^ in 1922, gives a brief account of the work, carried on in 1920
and 1921, during a geological survey of the imderground workings of Cobalt
and South Lorrain: —
In making the resurvey, the broad general principles of structure which were worked out by
Miller in the early days of the camp were found to be correct; but extensive mining operations,
carried on since Miller's last report was published, have revealed certain structures of great
economic importance. These structures and their relationships to ore-shoots could not be
recognized and understood until mining operations had advanced beyond the stage reached at
the time Miller's last report was issued.
One of the most important structures regarding the ore-bodies is the general occurrence of
the silver ore-shoots at and near contacts. The mine operators have found, for instance, that the
silver occurs largely at and near the base of the Cobalt series, along the contact with the under-
lying Keewatin rocks. It has been shown that the silver ore-shoots seldom rise more than 150
or 200 feet above this contact, although the veins themselves, consisting mainly of calcite, do
rise in many instances higher than this.
Mining operations in recent years have gradually demonstrated that certain faults appear to
limit, to some extent at any rate, the area in which productive veins occur. These faults are older
than the ore-bodies. The outstanding example of such a fault occurs at the northern end of the
Cobalt camp. This fault, which is a normal one with a displacement of from 4 to about 25 feet,
strikes east 22 degrees south and dips to the southwest 70 to 90 degrees. It is a remarkable fact
that north of the fault in the Cobalt area proper practically no high-grade ore has been found and
only about 200,000 ounces of milling ore has been discovered. The fault itself contained important
quantities of hi h-grade silver ore, both in the Hudson Bay and Xipissing mines; in the latter
the vein was 26 inches wide in places.
He suggests that such faults as this ha\e acted as dams, or impermeable
barriers, through which, on account of the clay gouge in the fault, the solutions
carrying the silver were not able to penetrate to any important extent.
Whitman,' in 1922, concludes that: —
The fissures in which the ores were deposited were not cooling cracks in the strict sense, but
were joints developed as a result of folding subsequent to the solidification of the diabase, and
that the ores were derived from the diabase sheet itself, transported, and deposited chiefly through
the agency of ditTusion through relatively stagnant water in the pore spaces of the rocks.
The folds, which affect diabase and sediments alike, are parallel with the major structural
axes of the region and also with the original undulations of the diabase sheet which transgress the
sedimentary beds, these folds being indicated in the diabase by innumerable large and small
surfaces of shearing parallel with the surface of folding. The vein joints are spatially related
to the folds and to the faults which originated during the folding. From these relationships it is
inferred that such joints are genetically related to the other deformations, and to external com-
pressive stresses rather than to direct cooling shrinkage. It is immaterial, and impossible to
conjecture, whether this compressive stress arose chiefly from the lateral expansive force due to
the heating of the locality of the sheet, or whether it arose chiefly from the general contraction
due to the cooling of the locality of the sheet, the latter having an undulating configuration, and
the undulations being weak to lateral compression resulting from the contraction of their general
environment. Since all the deformations, however, are clearly of the same immediate period as
those in the diabase, the conclusion seems inevitable that the diastrophic activity followetl the
solidification of the igneous mass, and was of a compressive character.
In connection with the genesis of the ores it was pointed out that the commercial veins of
the whole region as well as those in other parts of northern Ontario lie exclusively within marginal
zones of the Nipissing diabase extending not more than 350 feet inward and outward in the diabase
and Keewatin formations, nor more than 550 feet from the diabase margins in the Cobalt series of
sediments. Even the noncommercial deposits and traces of cobalt in the northern part of the
province are clearly related to the diabase, and no occurrences are known in this whole region that
are clearly related to deep fissures in controversion of this rule. These facts are taken as strong
evidence that the visible diabase itself was the source of the ores.
1 Discussion on the Occurrence of Silver Ores in South Lorrain, Ont., Can., bv J. Mackintosh
Bell, E. T. McCarthy, H. F. Collins, J. A. L. Henderson, and R. T. Hancock; Bulletin 8, Inst.
Min. and Met., Mar., 1922, pp. 1-14.
K:obalt— Its Past and Future, by Cyril \V. Knicht, En?. Min. Jour., May 6, 1922.
^ Genesis of the Ores of the Cobalt District, Ont., Can., by Alfred R. Whitman, University of
California Publications, May 31, 1922.
1922 , Literature on Geology 347
Negation was resorted to in order to exclude any supposition that the ores might have
originated either through the downward circulation of vadose waters or through the upward circu-
lation of juvenile or of hot meteoric waters. These matters need not, perhaps, be reviewed here
further than to recall that the principal points made in regard to ascending solutions were: (1)
that the heated mineral waters of the earth, whatever their origin, are known to be very dilute, so
that large volumes would be required to pass through the rock in order to produce a moderate
amount of metasomatic ore; (2) that in the absence of crustification and comb structure, metaso-
matic veins can be supposed to have grown only by marginal accretion; (3) that the chief circula-
tion of underground water must be through fissures, and that its passage in volume through pore
spaces must be practically inhibited by the large coefficient of friction due to the narrowness of
the capillary and subcapillary openings and the tortuousness of its course; and (4) that, at least
in the case of the silver ores under discussion, the veins and vein walls offer no more porous
courses for the passage of water than the country rock offers, and therefore there would be no
directive agency to cause mineral-bearing solutions to circulate there rather than at random
through the country rock.
At Cobalt the chief ore production has come from beneath the diabase sheet, the veins being
metasomatic replacements of the walls of cul de sac fractures. It seems far-fetched to suppose,
since the diabase in\-aded chloritic schists which must have been saturated with ground water,
that mineral-bearing solutions could have circulated downward from the diabase into the already
saturated country rock in sufficient quantity and strength to have produced such metasomatic
deposits in those blind fractures. Local convection currents could be supposed to have only gone
round and round in a fracture of that sort without any chance of replenishing their original
supph' of mineral.
Water circulation being practically inhibited, recourse must be had to the principle of diffusion
to explain the transference and deposition of mineral; but slow as would be the migration of
metalliferous ions through the pore spaces of the rock, it would nevertheless be that of mineral
at 100 per cent, concentration; and, furthermore, it would be directed from the point of its origin
to the point of deposition by the steepening of the diffusion gradient at the point where precipita-
tion is gcing on.
Time seems to be the chief obstacle in the way of accepting diffusion as a dominant agenc>- in
the genesis of metasomatic ore deposits. The ratio of its effectiveness to that of water circula-
tion is the point in doubt. There are two forces which may be considered as tending to actuate
the circulation of water through the pore spaces of rock, capillarity and hydrostatic head, or
difference in head. Capillarity operates only in the first wetting of the rock; after that hydro-
static head is the sole actuator. In the depths this can arise only from heat or the compression
of rocks containing water in sufficient quantity to be squeezed out. In either case the head would
have to be considerable to drive water through capillary openings for a great distance; and the
propagation of that force would be so slow that the passage of large volumes of water past a certain
point within a firm rock might easily take as much time as the migration, by diffusion, of an
equivalent amcunt of mineral ions. This ratio of effectiveness is at present indeterminable,
and must await the results of experimentation. In the meantime, however, we have some \'ery
definite chemical facts in which to find assurance that diffusion is a factor to be reckoned with.
Fick, Soret, and others have made it clear that when a solute is in contact with a solvent it tends
to diffuse into the solvent until equally distributed through it. The diffusion gradient consequent
upon Pick's law supplies a directive agency and a means of acceleration the moment precipitation
begins within the field of diffusion. Its operation is slow but relentless. The force actuating the
diffusion of salts has not been measured directh, but its supposed equivalent in osmotic pressure
has been equated and measured, and found in certain instances to attain a magnitude of many
atmospheres. Thus we already know that where there is water and a solute, the latter will tend
to migrate through the former without cessation until equally dispersed through it; and when
obstructed it will be assisted b>- the force of osmosis. Given the time, then, which is required
for the flow of large volumes of water through a great thickness of firm rock, diffusion is a factor
to be considered. The particular utility of that concept in assisting the understanding of the
phenomena of \ein genesis lies in the subtlet\-, mobility, efficiency, and vector quality of diffusion.
Knittel,^ in 1922, finds small quantities of platinum and palladium in the
anode slimes resulting from the electrolytic refining of silver recovered by
smelting ores from the Cobalt district.
Watson,- in 1922, in a general review of the Cobalt silver area points out
that the main Cobalt area is four miles long by two miles wide, and that in
this area there were about thirty producing mines. Diligent exploration for
years has failed to extend the limits of the main area, although the formation is
fa\ourable on three sides.
' Notes on the Detection and Estimation of Small Amounts of Platinum and Palladium in
the Presence of Large Amounts of Silver, bv G. A. Knittel, Can. Chem. and Met., Aug., 1922,
p. 179.
=> R. B. Watson, Financial Post, Toronto, Oct. 27, 1922.
348 Department of Mines No. 4
The ores are found over a stretch of country from South Lorrain to Gow-
ganda; this shows that the solutions depositing the ores came from different
sources, or at least have been widely distributed from the same source. This
leads to the hope that other occurrences will be found in the great area of favour-
able rocks in northern Ontario.
The most remarkable feature of the Cobalt camp from the investor's stand-
point is the large per cent, of the money received from the sale of ore, which
has been returned to the stockholders in di\-idends. The Nipissing, for instance,
up to the end of 1921, had produced 841,000,000 worth of ore, and had disbursed
$23,640,000 in dividends. Adding the cash and ore on hand brings this latter
figure up to $27,000,000. In other words, the stockholders have received in
dividends 66 per cent, of all the money taken in.
He considers that it takes a long time for a good camp to die. On the older
properties the favourable territory has been pretty well prospected; the easy ore
has been found. There is a large area, however, which is overlain by the diabase
sill; the contact of this sill with the underlying rocks offers possibilities for the
adventurous. Prospecting for these contact ore bodies will be expensive on
account of the lack of surface indications, and is not likely to be generally
undertaken, except where the contact can be reached without great expense, or
where the conditions indicate an ore-body at a certain place, such as at the
Colonial where a vein on the adjoining property, the O'Brien, has been developed.
Knox,^ in 1922, discusses an efifect of climatic change on the superficial
alteration of ore deposits, and cites as examples the Keeley mine in South Lorrain
and the group of copper deposits at Soymanovsk near Kyshtim in the Urals.
Burrows and Hopkins," in 1922, map and report on an area which lies to
the north and northwest of Lake Timiskaming. They find the succession of
rocks the same as that described by Miller in the Cobalt area. In Mulligan
township, however, an area of mica schist was met with which they state
resembles the Couchiching of Western Ontario. They also encountered a
massive altered diabase which in their opinion may be pre-Algoman in age.
In Cane and Auld townships there are a number of \'eins of calcite and dikes
of aplite containing silver. They occur toward the hanging-wall side, or upper
part, of the diabase sill.
The gold deposits of Bryce township are described.
Parsons,^ in 1922, describes the hemimorphic character of a crystal of
proustite from Cobalt.
Burrows,^ in 1922, finds that in Gowganda nearU* all the siKer occurs in
the Nipissing diabase at the top of the sill. In addition to those veins found
in the diabase, a few silver-bearing veins have been discovered in the Keewatin
greenstone, and the conglomerate of the Cobalt series. Where the discoveries
in the Keewatin and diabase have been made, these formations overlie the
diabase sill and the veins are near the hanging-wall contact. At the Millerett
mine (Miller Lake-O'Brien) 500,000 ounces of silver were produced from con-
glomerate of the Cobalt series above the Nipissing diabase sill. In Gowganda
no silver-bearing veins have as yet been found in rocks that lie below the diabase
sill.
^ An Effect of Climatic Change on the Superficial Alteration of Ore Deposits, bv Henry H.
Knox, Econ. Geol., Vol. XVII, No. 8, Dec, 1922.
2 Blanche River Area, bv A. G. Burrows and P. E. Hopkins, Ont. Dept. Mines, \'ol. XXXI,
pt. HI, 1922.
^ A Third Type of Proustite from Cobalt, Ont., b\- A. L. Parsons, University of Toronto
Studies, Geological Series No. 14.
* Gowganda Silver Area, by A. G. Burrows, 4th ed., Ont. Dept. Mines, \ol. XXX, pt. Ill,
pp. 1-54.
1922 Literature on Geology 349
He classifies the rocks as follows: —
Post-Keweenawan Olivine-diabase, quartz-diabase aplite.
Keweenawan Quartz-diabase (sill).
Intrusive contact
A ,„ , ,^ e • \ / Upper: Conglomerate, quartzite, arkose.
Animikeax (Cobalt Series) | Lower: Conglomerate, greywacke, quartzite.
Unconformity
Laurentia\(?) Granite, syenite, gneiss.
Intrusive contact
Keewatix Basic and acidic volcanic and intrusive
rocks, iron formation, chlorite and horn-
blende schist, etc.
Bastin,^ in 1922, makes a study of the native-silver ores near Wickenburg,
Arizona, and compares them with the silver ores at Cobalt. His conclusions
are as follows: —
1. The ores of the Monte Cristo mine, near Wickenburg, Ariz., occur as replacement veins
in rocks of probable pre-Cambrian age. There is no direct evidence of the age of the mineraliza-
tion. If, as seems likely, these veins were formed contemporaneously with most other ore deposits
of this region, their age is probably late Tertiary.
2. The minerals listed below were noted in the Monte Cristo ores; the commoner ones are
shown in italics.
Primary (hypogene) : Chalcopyrite, pyrite, arsenopyrite, sphalerite, galena, tennantite,
enargite, specular hematite, quartz, barite, magnetite, niccolite, chloanthite, gersdorfifite, natiie
silver, proustite, pearceite, argentite, calcite, and siderite.
Secondary (supergene) : Argentite (?), erythrite (cobalt bloom), annabergite (nickel
bloom), and limonite.
3. Although several ore types are recognizable there is no clear evidence of more than one
general period of primary mineralization.
4. The microscopic relations in the Monte Cristo ores show clearly that the silver-bearing
minerals — native silver, proustite, and pearceite — are primar>- (hypogene), having crystallized
contemporaneously with several of the commoner and unquestionably primary ore minerals.
These three silver minerals never replace other minerals in these ores.
5. In some of the Monte Cristo ores argentite has replaced native silver. This argentite
is clearly contemporaneous with calcite and is believed to be late primary (hypogene) rather than
secondary (supergene).
6. Downward enrichment in silver is negligible unless some argentite is to be interpreted as
secondary (supergene). Downward enrichment in copper is limited to the formation of peacock
tarnishes on chalcopyrit .
7. Waters dripping through the vein are neutral.
8. O.xidation has been slight.
9. The undoubted primary association of native silver witii nickel arsenides in the Monte
Cristo mine lends credence to the view that the native silver associated with cobalt and nickel
arsenides and antimonides at Cobalt, Ontario, and elsewhere may also be mainly primary.
10. The native silver at Cobalt differs from that at the Monte Cristo mine in that it is not
contemporaneously intergrown with the cobalt and nickel arsenides and antimonides but has
replaced them. For this reason it has been thought by some to be a product of downward enrich-
ment through the agency of solutions carrying silver in balance with the suljahate radicle. The
field relations at Cobalt indicate, however, that the rich silver ores are primary and offer appar-
ently insuperable obstacles to the hypothesis of downward enrichment.
11. The abundance of carbonates and the absence of sulphates in the Cobalt ores suggest
that in the mineralizing solutions silver was carried in balance with the bicarbonate rather than
the sulphate radicle.
12. A restudy of typical Cobalt ores showing that silver and calcite have simultaneously
replaced niccolite also suggests that silver deposition was accomplished by carbonate rather
than sulphate solutions.
13. Qualitative experiments prove conclusively that cobalt and nickel arsenides and anti-
monides are effective precipitants of metallic silver from silver bicarbonate solutions, nickel
and cobalt being simultaneously taken into solution. The reactions are analogous to those
previously worked out quantitatively for silver sulphate solutions, except that the solutions
remain neutral after the reactions.
14. The field relations of the Cobalt deposits, the microscopic relations of the silver to the
other ore minerals, experimental work with silver bicarbonate solutions, and partial analogy
with the Monte Cristo ores all appear to favour the hypothesis that the rich native silver ores
of the Cobalt district are late primarv (hypogene) deposits from bicarbonate solutions.
^ Primarv Native Silver Ores near Wickenburg, Arizona, by Edson S. Bastin, Bull. 735E,
U.S.G.S., 1922.
350
Department of Mines
No. 4
Sir EMmund Walker/ in 1922, in his presidential address to the shareholders
of the Canadian Bank of Commerce remarks that for three-quarters of a century
our geologists and other Canadians of reasonable intelligence have known that
we possess in the centre of Canada the largest area in the world of the oldest
rocks and of rocks immediately following these, all roughly classed as pre-
Cambrian. These are most promising areas for the prospector. But we also
possess in the Maritime Provinces and eastern Quebec our share of the Appal-
achian mountains, and in the far west our share of the vast Cordilleran areas.
Of gold, silver, nickel, copper, asbestos, and other metals we are already important
producers. We have iron ores in plenty, but these are not so readily available
as the ores mined in that comparatively small extension of our pre-Cambrian
area into the United States, which is so wonderfully rich in iron and copper as
to be famous throughout the world. What we have accomplished thus far in
the three great mining areas has been largely the result of accident; we can
hardly pretend that there has been serious prospecting in many of the mining
fields of Canada, except by a very small number of trained experts.
Collins," in 1922, publishes a geological map of northern Ontario. This
map includes Cobalt, Porcupine, Kirkland Lake, and Sudbury, and the country
as far west as Lake Superior. It also embraces a narrow^ fringe of western
Quebec. The legend publishefl with the map appears below.
LEGEND
(After W. H. Collins)
Glacial drift, and post-GIacial lake beds
SILURIAN AND
ORDOVICIAN
Limestone, shale and sandstone
Killarney granite and ftneiss
Quartz diabase and quartz norite intrusives
The Thessalon greenstone and later olivine-diabase dykes are included in
this group, although not of exactly the same age.
Conglomerate and sandstone
Trout Lake conglomerate, Onaping tuffs, Onvvatin slate and Chelms-
ford sandstone
f Lorrain quartzite, banded cherty quartzite and upper white quartzite
COBALT SERIES i Gowganda formation
I (conglomerate, greywacke, quartzite and limestone)
f Serpent quartzite
Bruce conglomerate, Bruce limestone, Espanola greywacke and
Espanola limestone
Mississagi quartzite
Granite-gneiss and related acid plutonic rocks
Gneiss
A complex association of igneous granite and granite gneiss with highly meta-
morphosed sedimentary materials (stratiform gneisses, quartzites and crystalline
limestone) of Grenville-Iike appearance. Hitherto believed contemporaneous
with gneiss above, or older, but the igneous members are now known to be in
part, if not altogether, of the same age as the Killarney granite.
Dore series, Sudbury series, Timiskaming series, Pontiac series
These sedimentary series, though grouped together as pre-Huronian sediments
are not known to be of the same age.
Iron formation (differentiated in places from the schist complex.)
A schist complex essentially of volcanic origin; but containing some obscure
sediments of pyroclastic origin and undifferentiated areas of iron formation.
KEWEENAWAN
WHITEWATER
SERIES
BRUCE SERIES
BATHOLITHIC
INTRUSIVES
SEDIMENTS
VOLCANIC
COMPLEX
' Presidential Address to the Shareholders of the Canadian Bank of Commerce, 1922, by
Sir Kdniiind Walker.
-Map No. 155A, Portions of the D'strict of Algonia, Sudbury and Timiskaming, Canadian
Ceol. Survey.
1922 . Literature on Geology 351
Miller/ in 1923, writes as follows:^
In northeastern Ontario, as is well known, the pre-Cambrian consists of a great variety of
both igneous and sedimentary rocks that represent a vast period of time. In this region are also
to be found some of the world's greatest gold, silver and nickel deposits. The age and structural
relations of the rocks have been closely studied during recent years chiefly owing to their bearing
on economic problems, and it has been found that owing to the variety of ore occurrences it is
necessary to have a more detailed knowledge of the rocks than is required in most regions if
prospecting and mining problems are to be satisfactorily solved. There is need of a knowledge
of what rocks are genetically or structurally connected with certain ores and those that are not.
For example, an older series of sediments, the Timiskaming, is found to be structurally related,
at least, with the occurrence of gold deposits that are now productive, and certain acid rocks
are genetically related to the same deposits. On the other hand, a newer series of sediments, the
Cobalt series, is younger than the gold deposits, but in it has been found a high percentage of
the silver ores. The silver deposits are genetically connected with certain diabases, the Nipissing
series, that occupies large areas in the region.
It is difficult to distinguish certain igneous rocks from others that may be either younger
or older, unless they are found in contact with rocks whose ages are known. The same may be
said of certain sedimentary rocks of the region. But for economic reasons it is necessary to
determine if possible the age relations. Prospectors, for instance, have spent time in searching
for silver deposits in diabases that they mistook for the Nipissing diabase but which were really
of much greater age. Similarly, older porphyries have been mistaken for the newer, that are
associated with gold deposits.
A good example of a series of older diabases that have in one or two areas, at least, been
mistaken for the newer Nipissing diabase is recorded by Air. A. G. Burrows in his reports on
the Matachewan and Gowganda areas.
Similar observations have been made by Dr. H. C. Cooke on the occur-
rence of diabase dikes in the Matachewan area. D. G. H. Wright has also
found the same series of dikes in the Watabeag area. Miller has named these
diabases the Matachewan series.
Miller shows in the following table the relati\'e position of the Matachewan
series : —
EOZOIC OR PRE-C.A.M BRIAN
Tj f (Keweenawan) — Nipissing diabase, etc., of N.E. Ontario.
^^ \ Animikean — sediments of Cobalt series, etc.
Great Uncomformity
f (Matachewan) — diabase dikes, etc.
Middle J (Algoman)— granite, porphyry, etc.
I (Haileyburian) — lamprophyre, diabase, etc.
[ Timiskamian — sediments.
Great UnconformiJy
f (Laurentian) — granite, etc.
Lower -j /Grenville — -limestones, etc.
[\(Keewat!n) — basic lavas, etc.
Miller,- in 1923, constructs a diagram which shows the triangular relations
of Sudbury, Cobalt, and Porcupine.
Knight,^ in 1923, reports on the South Lorrain silver area. His report forms
Chapter III of the present report.
Walker,^ in 1923, describes a coarsely porphyritic dike of diabase from
Gowganda. The diabase is fine-grained and shows typical ophitic structure.
The augite is fairly fresh, though the plagioclase is so strongly altered that only
on the outer zone of an occasional crystal can the characteristic twinning be
^ The Matachewan Series and its pre-Cambrian Relations, bv Willet G. Miller, Can. Min.
Jour., April 20, 1923.
^ Ontario's Triumvirate of Great Mining Areas — A Remarkable Triangle, by Willet G.
Miller, Can. Min. Jour., June 22, 1923
' The South Lorrain Silver .Area, bv Cvril W. Knight, Ont. Dept. Mines, Bulletin No. 48,
1923. ' '
* Huronite from Gowganda, Ont., bv T. L. Walker, Universitv of Toronto Studies, Geolog-
ical Series No. 16, 1923.
352 Department of Mines No. 4
obser\-ed. The porphyritic crystals are somewhat rounded, are pale yellowish-
green, and attain a diameter of one and a half inches. An analysis of the pheno-
crysts gave the following results: —
per cent.
SiOo 46.98
AI2O3 30.18
Fe203 95
FeO 42
CaO 9.38
MgO 39
MnO 04
Na.0 1.36
K2O 6.40
H2O 4.05
CO2 27
100.42
Walker believes this material to be scapolite, a mineral into which basic
plagioclase frequently alters. In thin sections under the microscope the pheno-
crysts are seen to be composed of an exceedingly fine-grained aggregate, which is
somewhat fibrous in texture.
Miller,^ in 1923, describes the geology and ore deposits of the Cobalt area.
This is a reprint of the Guide Book prepared for the International Geological
Congress in 1913.
Bastin,^ in 1923, during the month of August, writes as follows: —
The veins of the Frontier mine (South Lorrain) follow steeply inclined zones of fracturing
of general northerly and southerly trend. The ore has been deposited in part as a filling in open
cracks as in the Watson vein, third level, where open cavities lined with successive layers of ore
minerals are common. In the main, however, the work has shown that most of the ore has been
deposited by the process known as replacement. Where the veins now are there existed prior
to mineralization zones where the rocks were traversed by numerous nearly parallel fractures
or where they had been crushed to an aggregate of small fragments. Large open spaces were
rare. Along these fractured and brecciated zones the mineralizing solutions circulated dissolving
rock material and depositing ore minerals in its place. Even some of the veins that are sharp-
walled have been formed in this way. The practical importance of recognizing replacement
as the dominant method of mineralization lies in the fact that in the deposition of replacement
veins variations in (a) kind of wall rock, (b) degree and manner of fracturing, and (c) extent
of development of clay or gouge, exert a much larger control on mineralization than they do in
the filling of open fissures. A small gouge-lined fracture may suffice to terminate abruptly an
ore-body forming by replacement by acting as a barrier to the replacing solutions.
He finds that calcite, usually pink and iron-bearing, is the dominant gangue
mineral. Quartz is also present.
The metallic minerals are: —
Arsenopyrite (FeAsS) {Usually Pyrite (FeS^)
Cobaltite (CoAsS) B""'^ V f"/ ?? c;,
^ ' J Metallics Argentite (AgjS)
Lollingite (FeAs2) Proustite (ruby silver) (3Ag2S. AsoSs)
Xiccolite (NiAs) Sphalerite (ZnS) (Bismuthinite) (Bi2S3)
Breithauptite (NiSb) Native silver
Chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) Native bismuth
Tetrahedrite (4Cu2S. Sb2S3)
Although the gray metallics of the veins commonly go under the name of "smaltite" most
of what has been termed "smaltite" is an intimate mixture of arsenopyrite and cobaltite with
in places some lollingite. Further study may reveal some true smaltite.
All of the minerals listed above are unquestionably primary with the following exceptions: —
1. A small part of the silver.
2. Possibly some proustite.
3. Possibly some argentite.
1 The Cobalt Area, by Willet G. Miller, Ont. Dept. Mines, Guide Book, Sudbury, Cobalt,
South Forrain, Kirkland Lake, Porcupine, and Timagami, 1923.
- The Frontier Mine, South Lorrain, by Edson S. Bastin, Special Report to the Shareholders
of the Mining Corporation of Canada, Ltd., Sept. 17, 1923.
1922 Literature on Geology 353
The study under the microscope of polished specimens of rich ore representative of all
parts of the mine shows definitely that nearly all of the native silver of the mine is primary.
Some of it is early primary and is contemporaneoush^ intercrystallized with niccolite that was
one of the first ore minerals to deposit. Most of the silver is, however, late primary- and occurs
together with calcite, tetrahedrite, chalcopyrite, sphalerite, and bismuthinite, in vcinlet-like
masses traversing the commoner metallic minerals and clearly the last portions of the ore to
cr\stallize.
The evidence that most of the nati\-e sih-er is primary is definite and conclusive, and warrants
the confidence that shoots of rich ore may be encountered to considerable depths unless other
factors such as decrease in the degree of fracturing and of replacement with depth interfere.
In portions of the Wood's ore-shoot above the third level, argentite is abundant lining
small vugs in very rich ore. This argentite interlocks intimately with undoubted primary
minerals and seems itself to be primary. It was one of the last of the primary minerals to deposit.
F'urther study may show that some argentite is a secondary deposit from descending solutions,
but if present at all its quantity is unimportant from the commercial viewpoint.
Teeth and wires of native silver occur implanted in primary argentite in vugs in some of
the ore of the rich Wood's stope. This silver is clearly an alteration product of the argentite.
Ordinarily this alteration would be attributed to enrichment by waters descending from the
surface, but in a fe\v places the wires and teeth of silver have been partly reconverted to argentite
- — a change not characteristic of the action of descending surface waters. Further study may
show that the formation of the silver wires and teeth had no connection with surface processes.
At all events the silver values in the form of silver wires and teeth are small as contrasted with
the more massive silver which is clearly primary, and the question of their primary or secondary
origin is of minor practical importance.
Bell/ in 1923, describes the pre-glacial weathering of Wood's vein to a
depth of 560 feet at the Keeley mine. He believes that some of the silver is
secondary. His views are given more fully elsewhere in this report.
The Imperial Mineral Resources Bureau,^ in 1923, gives an excellent review
of the geology, production, and so forth of the Cobalt silver field. The report
also deals with the silver fields of the British Empire and foreign countries for
the period 1913 to 1919.
Spurr,^ in 1923, expresses the opinion that the veins at Cobalt are clearly
intrusive veindikes, with perhaps some replacement of the wall rock on both sides
of the veindike fissures. He considers that the veins have all the characteristics
of true veindike fissures. They are branching and reuniting injections, enclosing
isolated, sharp, angular fragments, and also long slabs of country rock. Succes-
sive substages or episodes of vein injection are shown, as in one specimen which
shows an earlier injection of a smaltite (with much fine disseminated niccolite)
veindike which was split along one wall, and a later injection of niccolite and
calcite forced up. The occurrence of niccolite in both injections shows that
these injections followed one another closely in point of time and constitute a
phenomenon of fractional splitting, or magmation of the ore magma, which
elsewhere in Cobalt frequently crystallized as a single veindike combining
both these episodes; and that, therefore, these examples are hardly to be
regarded as true compound veins, any more than are the veins at Porcupine
or at Kirkland lake. The Cobalt veins are in the large sense one-stage veins
exhibiting the usual differential crystallization, whereby some elements overlap
and partially succeed others, where the crystallization was slow enough to
allow this differentiation or magmation. Another instance of sequence of vein
crystallization, which he observed in a specimen at the exhibit of Cobalt ores
at the Nipissing mill, showed on the walls of a little veindike a first deposition
^ Deep-Seated Oxidation and Secondary Enrichment at the Keeley Silver Mine, by J.
Mackintosh Bell, Econ. Geol., Vol. 18, No. 7, Oct. -Nov., 1923.
- The Mineral Industry of the British Empire and Foreign Countries. War period. Silver.
Imperial Mineral Resources Bureau, 1923. Printed and published by His Majesty's Stationery
Office, London, England.
' The Nature of the Silver Veins at Cobalt, by J. E. Spurr, Eng. and Min. Jour.-Press,
Oct. 27, 1923, pp. 709-712. The above is quoted practically word for word from Mr. Spurr's
article.
354 Department of Mines No. 4
of quartz, with a centre of arsenides (smaltite, etc.) and native sih'er. There
was no second spHtting here; the phenomenon was that of sequence of crystal-
Hzation from an ore magma filHng and distending a fissure which it had intruded —
and cooHng with sufficient slowness to permit in this unusual case a gradual
crystallization.
The tendency of metals, in congealing ore magmas, to crystallize later
than the bulk of the gangue minerals and also to segregate towards the walls
(under gaseous tension pressure), or even to escape from the veindike into the
walls or upwards into a just-crystallized portion of the veindike, to which
tendency he has called attention as a rule of ore magma crystallization and has
recently pointed out at Porcupine, is well illustrated at Cobalt, on a striking
and important scale, by the occurrence of native silver, which characteristically
partially escaped the veindikes, and occurs in crevices in a zone of country rock
on either side, forming sheets and films of silver, and which, moreover, fills
cracks and crevices in the earlier crystallized calcite-arsenide — native silver
veindike, just as at Porcupine native gold does in the earlier crystallized quartz
(gold) veindike. This silver-impregnated country rock, extending often several
feet away from the veindikes (which themselves carry far more silver and
constitute the phenomenonally rich ore) makes up the considerable tonnage
of low-grade or milling ore of the district. In the veindikes themselves, this
late crystallization and high degree of mobility of the native silver has procured
an irregular concentration of silver; so that, while some of the veins seen were
reported to carry locally several thousand ounces of silver to the ton, similar
veins and indeed other portions of the same vein, carry very little silver, while
representing the same veindike intrusion, as shown by the presence of all
the rest of the minerals of the characteristic veindike fabric, such as calcite,
smaltite, and niccolite. The explanation for the high migrativeness and concen-
tration of native silver above given, involves, of course, an upward as well as
outward pressure in the veindikes: accordingly, the tops of veindikes (for some
of the veindikes have been found to terminate upwards in the mtnes, constitut-
ing so-called "blind veins") are said to be ordinarily relatively high in silver.
There is no question in his mind that the silver is a primary ore-magma
mineral: not the result of alteration and concentration by surface waters, whose
effect at Cobalt has been negligible. In Cobalt, indeed, there is practically no
zone of oxidation and rearrangement by surface waters, the pre-glacial zone
having been gouged away by the glacier, and subsequent (post-glacial) time
proving to have been inadequate for much superficial decomposition. Know-
ledge of this type of ore deposit is recent, and when the rich native-silver ores
were discovered and were later found to fail characteristically at a certain
depth, geologists with knowledge of the formation of native-silver ores in the
western United States, by reduction from sulphide ores under the influence of
descending waters, were naturally inclined by analogy to regard the Cobalt
ores as also secondary. But events and a better conception of the geology have
proven that the analogy was a false one, and that the native-silver ore here is
primary and truly magmatic.
The great influence of wall-rocks in determining the locus of precipitation
of the net final fraction of the ore magma is as striking at Cobalt as at Porcu-
pine, or even more so. At Porcupine, it will be recalled, a gold quartz veindike
(for example in the Mclntyre mine) which runs from the (basic) Keewatin
schists into the siliceous porphyry, is apt to lose most of its gold values, though
the veindike itself may proceed bravely on. And at Cobalt 80 per cent, of the
ore has come from the conglomerates and other sediments of the Cobalt series.
1922 Literature on Geology 355
into which series the diabase has intruded. Most of these exposed sediments
at Cobalt underhe the diabase sill which has been partly stripped off by erosion;
and veins pass downwards from the conglomerates into underlying Keewatin
(basic) schists, representing ancient lava flows, essentially like those of corres-
ponding age of Porcupine. Many of the veins lose much or practically all of
their silver values when traced (downward) from the conglomerates into the
Keewatin, while the vein itself (of smaltite, niccolite, calcite, etc.) sometimes
proceeds on in full width. The controlling influence of the wall-rock on the
precipitation of (he hnal (silver) fraction of the ore magma is clear; and the
explanation of this striking phenomenon is as nice a problem as it is in Porcupine
- — or even more exacting.
Considering first the chemical influence of wall-rocks on silver deposition,
he has pointed out that the basic derived ore magmas, being calcic, would be
most influenced to precipitation by siliceous wall-rocks, just as the siliceous-
magma-derived ore magmas, being themselves siliceous, are best influenced to
precipitation by basic wall-rocks. This would appear to be upheld at Cobalt,
where the conglomerate and other sediments of the Cobalt series, containing a
large amount of granitic material, should precipitate from calcic solutions more
readily than should either Keewatin schists or the Keweenawan diabase, both
basic rocks.
Bell,^ in 1923, discusses the geology and ore deposits of South Lorrain. He
says : — ■
The Nipissing diabase, in South Lorrain, occurs in the form of a wide sill that, after being
folded into a broad dome, was subjected to pronounced faulting and long-continued erosion.
To day, the centre of the formerly continuous dome is mainly a valley underlain by rocks of the
Cobalt series and occupied by numerous small lakes, the largest of which are Loon and Oxbow.
Along the outer slopes of the dome, Keewatin rocks are conspicuous; these, in turn, are generally
overlain by rocks of the Cobalt series. Silver ores in apprecialole quantity have been found in
two localities onl\-, nameh- along the western slope, where are situated the Keeley and the pro-
perties of the Mining Corporation, and along the northeastern slope, where the Canadian Lorrain
silver mine is situated. The latter area is unimportant and, for the purpose of this paper, only
the area adjacent to the Keele>' and the properties of the Mining Corporation need be considered.
He considers that certain generalities govern the position of the ore-shoots
in South Lorrain and Cobalt: —
(1) Generally speaking, the richest and most persistent ore-shoots occur at or near the
diabase — Keewatin contact, either within the diabase or within the Keewatin; the immediate
contact is commonly barren or of low grade.
(2) The junction of one vein with another, even a considerable distance from the contact,
affects the values, either in one vein or the other, or in both. If the veins are valueless before
joining, an ore-shoot of greater or less length is commonly made in the united vein.
(3) The values within a sufficient distance of the contact, even in the smaller veins, are
likely to improve when the deposit occurs in a well-fractured zone, with cracking developed
parallel to its strike.
(4) Ore-shoots are frequenth' localized on a main vein between the points of departure
of two minor branching veins, or between the points of crossing of two zones of fracturing.
(5) When the ore-shoots are in Keewatin rocks, the most favourable rock is an extremely
dense, fissile, well-fractured greenstone. Lamprophyre is generally less favourable, though some
of the richest ore is found in fault planes where greenstone occupies one wall and lamprophyre
the other.
(6) Generally speaking, the veins are more likely to carry ore where the dip of the vein is
steep (upwards of 70°) than where it is flat. Wood's vein, however, carries large amounts of ore
when the dip is as low as 60° or even less.
(7) It is noteworthy that where the dip of a vein varies from the vertical in both directions,
one inclination may be productive and the other not.
The origin of the veins of South Lorrain, with their rich ore-shoots, is similar to that of Cobalt,
where the question has received much attention from various authorities. The writer has given
his opinions in this connection elsewhere and considers it unnecessary here to do more than
^ South Lorrain Silver District, Ont., bv J. Mackintosh Bell, Trans. Am. Inst. Min. and
Met. Eng., Jan. 1924.
356 Department of Mines No. 4
repeat his conviction that while the greater part of the ore is primary and due to hypogene
agencies, there has been, in places, material enrichment by descending solutions that derived
their silver content from the now improverished portions of the oxidized zones.
Bastin,' in 1923, considers the native silver at the Frontier mine, South
Lorrain, to be primary.
APPENDIX-
In the following pages will be found an interesting account of the discovery
and history of the Wright silver mine on the east shore of Lake Timiskaming.
The Wright mine is one of the oldest in North America. This account of its
discovery was published in The Daily Nugget in 1921, and in the Canadian
Mining Journal. It was written by Mr. J. A. McRae.
In the National Library of Paris are some notes which deal with the discovery of lead ore
in 1686 upon the eastern shore of what is now known as Lake Timiskaming. These notes were
taken from the diary of Sieur de Troyes, and are referred to as "Relations and Journal of a
journey to the North b\' a detachment of one hundred men under the command of 'Le sieur de
Troyes,' in date of March, 1686."
Thus it was that at a time when a few venturesome souls, some of them perhaps with no-
thing short of an empire in their brains and some of them merely the coureurs des bois of a new
continent, were engaged in the difificult task of establishing the white race in North America, an
ore deposit was discovered, only to be lost, then found again after the sway of the Indian tribes
had become dissipated before the advance of civilization in Canada.
Names of Officers of the Detachment in 1686
Chaplain — Rev. Father Silvie, Jesuite.
Commander — Sieur de Troyes.
Lieutenant — Sieur de St. Helene.
2nd Lieutenant — Sieur de Hyberville.
Major — Sieur de Maricourt.
Assistant Major — Sieur de La Noue.
Board Commissioner — Sieur Lallement.
(Also designed to command a vessel in case we should not locate one to come to Quebecq).
Captain of the Guides — Sieur de St. Germain.
Narrowly Missed Altering Tide of Progress in North America
It is perhaps one of the strangest chapters in Canadian history that while attention has
turned to the mineral possibilities of the country as far back as 1686, following this discovery
on the eastern shore of Lake Timiskaming, yet within three miles of the western shore of the
same body of water the fabulously rich silver veins of the Cobalt district actually lay bleaching
in the sun until accidentally found in 1903.
Just here, it is interesting to indulge in conjecture as to what influence the discovery of
these vast riches in native silver might have had upon early settlement on the North American
continent. It seems quite safe to assume that had Cobalt been found in 1686, the attention of
the Old World would have been focused with great intensity upon this region. It is not unrea-
sonable to suppose that the tide of immigration to North America would have been in this
particular direction. It is probable that bitter jealousies would have grown in the breasts of
those who were blazing the western trails for France and those who were steering the destiny
of Anglo-Saxon influence in the New World.
It is one of the marvels of the opening of Northern Canada that for more than two centuries
white men, armed with all the inquisitive instinct of the race, should have trekked along Lake
Timiskaming, camped upon its shores, and failed to receive any intimation from their fellows
or from the natives of the rich silver veins lying in the very shadow of their camps.
Rut, to turn again to the history and romance of the Wright Mine: The following are notes
as taken from the Commander's diary, dating from May 12 to May 24, 1686, the date on which
the lead deposit was found.
The Diary of Sieur de Troyes
On May 12th — We reached 'Mattawan', which signifies in Indian language "Fork of Rivers":
one being at a point that the left is to the south, and the road of Ottawa's to the right, which is
north. Consequently my road leads me to Temiskamingue. I arrived at this place of Matta-
^ Primary Native Silver Ores of South Lorrain near Cobalt, Ont., by Edson S. Bastin, Geol.
Soc. Am., 36th Ann. Meeting, Washington, D.C., 1923. • i^-
2 The Daily Nugget, Cobalt, 1921, and Can. Min. Jour., Aug. 19, 1921.
1922 Literature on Geology 357
wan very early; this gave an opportunity- to the Rev. Father Sylvie to celebrate Holy Mass.
We were at a point where the Indians were camped, and were making canoes. They seemed
to be greatly surprised to see such a lot of people. It had snowed in the morning, but the even-
ing was very nice: I had dined with Sieur Juchereau that came from Alichilmakina, and was,
going to Quebecq in a great hurry to bring news to Monsieur le Marquis de Denonville. He
had arrived as I was having dinner, and continued his journey shortly afterwards, to gain time
on his route. In the same time I ordered Sieur de St. Helene with three of our canoes to go
and meet Mr. d'H\berviIle.
On May 13th — It rained, snowed, and strong wind all day; also continued the next day
till noon. Monsieur d'H>berville arrived and told me he had uselessly waited for two days
for the canoe I had made him wait for.
I was very suspicious of the Indians; consequently in order to keep my stafT on the watch,
I had ordered that nobody on the guard should sleep, and on the first alarm, they were to put
out a small fire, and in one word everybody was ready and in order, the arm in hand.
I got a cross erected on the point of the Fork, and our English interpreter opened his leg to
the bone with a stroke of the axe. We count from the Island of Montreal to Mattawan one
hundred leagues (or 250 miles).
On May 15th — W^e could not start before sunrise on account of portaging we had to do in
water which was extremely cold. We left after Mass was celebrated, and having made three
portages, we camped one league higher than the first, and three and one half from Mattawan.
One of our canoes was broken in pieces in the second portage. Having landed in a rapid, we
saved the Contents, but we got some of the staff hurt. I got in the canoe of the Captain of our
Guides, an Indian that knew the road of the "Bay" perfectly well. I hired him in Mattawan.
On May 16th — We were camped eight leagues from Mattawan, one league above the fourth
portage. The road is very bad and for three hundred feet long, Sieur de Ste. Helene was drag-
ging.
On the 17th — We went up again and the place that we name "The Long of the Soo." It
is two leagues long and is extremely difificult on account of its great current. We had to pole
it nearly all the way, and dragged it in five or six different places. We got some canoes damaged
and we camped above the last rapid.
On the 18th — We left in the morning, and left although there was a big storm that lasted
very well near all day. Arrived at the house of Messrs. The Company of the North. This
company is on an island of Lake Temiskamingue: it may have one half a league of circum-
ference and between two rapids proceeding from a little river called "Matabec Chouan" in Indian,
from which some Indians come out to trade. There were fourteen Frenchmen in this house
for the Company that were as joyful as we were of our arrival, that we celebrated from parts
and others by several shots of guns.
On the 19th — And two following days, the weather was very unfavourable, Messieurs de
Ste. Helene and d'H^berville employed with Monsieur de St. Germain business of the Old and
New Company, and furs that were in the store, where they appointed Sieur Sibille to render
accounts of all to the company. We left him four men to make the trade with very little provi-
sions. Sieurs Guillet and X'illedieu stayed for three days at Nipissingue, Savage Nation, to get
canoes made and to bring them to Montreal. As for us, we traded with the Indians that were
close to our house to replace the ones we had, and that we had left there on account of them
being too large and too heavy for the balance of our journey. I was very careful to put two good
canoe-men for every canoe in order to jump the rapids.
On the 22nd — It rained a part of the day; this did not stop us from going after celebration
of Mass, followed by three canoes to go and visit a mine at six leagues from the house. I gave
orders to Sieur de Ste. Helene that I left, to settle the afTairs and to join me the next day with
the balance of the staff, and to keep in the Lake the route of the North, to facilitate his joining
me. Two leagues from the house, I met three Indian camps that traded a small canoe of four
places with me, that I made use of the balance of my journey and for my route to Quebecq. I
camped from there on an island: weather not permitting me to go farther.
On May 23rd — After Mass we walked to search the mine. The man Coignac guided us.
We met in our search an Indian camp in which the people the previous day had killed a big
moose. This gave me an opportunity to camp close to them, and in order that Coignac would
find the mine easier. He looked for it uselessly the balance of the day: during this time the two
lieutenants left the house to join me with all our staff", but a big storm separated them; ones
took the south and others took the north. One part got on islands, this was the cause of very
few joining me.
On May 2-4th — A very heavy wind all day accompanied by rain: but Coignac that had
renewed his memory assured me that he recognized himself and that the mine was very close.
I got in canoe with him: I paddled in bow and he steered and did not quit our search, although
the weather was very bad, to go to the place where Coignac thought the mine was. We found
it; indeed this mine is situated to the east and west on the borders of the lake, west of a rock
in form of half circle that has fifty feet on the edge of the water, ten feet high from the level
of the water, and one hundred feet deep, having no earth on it and losing itself under a moun-
tain covered with rock. We extracted a few small pieces with great difficulty and returned to
the camp.
358 Department of Mines No. 4
Time of the Re-Discovery
There are no illustrations or drawings in existence which deal with the mine as it appeared
more than two centuries ago. Indeed there is but meagre mention made of the deposit until
about 1850. It was about this date that Mr. E. \'. Wright of Ottawa, who owned the timber
in this locality, rediscovered the deposit.
Wright was engaged in removing timber from his concession when the calks on his boots
chipped off some of the galena and lead-bearing ore. Samples of the ore were taken to Ottawa
where they lay for several years on the desk of the discoverer. About 1870, it occurred to Wright
to have the samples assa>ed. The result of the assay was such as to arouse considerable interest.
Shortly after this, Mr. Wright, accompanied by J. M. Courier and Mr. Eustis from Boston,
came up and commenced work sinking a shaft to a depth of about 12 feet. From this shaft they
took out about ten tons of ore. Details of the result are lacking. It is recorded, however, that
a second shipment was made by raft, but the crude conveyance smashed up in a mad plunge
through the rapids at Deux Ri\ ieres.
Nothing was done until 1885, when George Goodwin, of Ottawa, together with G. T. Brophy
advanced sufificient money to pay for sinking the shaft a further 50 feet in depth as well as instal-
ling some mechanical equifAment and a five-ton stamp mill. This plant was afterwards burned.
No ore was shipped as a result of this work.
About 1890, Robert Chapin, at that time president of the Ingersoll Rock Drill Company
(N.Y.), bought the property and made an option payment on the basis of $125,000. He installed
the first air compressor in the country-, and built a fifty or sixty ton mill. He continued the
shaft to a depth of 250 feet and did considerable lateral work. This resulted in the shipment
of a considerable quantity of concentrates, the value of which seems to be impossible to ascer-
tain at this date. It is said that Mr. Chapin became involved in some bad investments which
caused him to abandon this mining project with the result that the property reverted to Wright,
the principal holder.
In 1895, Wright sold the property to the Petroleum Oil Trust of London, England. The
new owners sunk the shaft another 5 feet in depth and did several hundred feet of drifting and
cross-cutting at the bottom level, as well as some work at the 250-foot level. The mill was also
operated, the concentrates being shipped to Swansea, Wales. No figures are available as to
the amount of concentrates produced.
The mill and buildings as erected by the Petroleum Oil Trust are still standing, although
the machinery has been pretty well all removed. The writer visited the mine, June 18, 1921,
together with the members of the Ontario Mining Association who were being entertained by
the Timiskaming Mine Managers' Association. These buildings are of the old-fashioned type,
features being the many gables as well as having a ground floor entrance and a second storey
entrance by stairways leading from the ground.
A few jears ago, the Wright Mine was bought b\- the Timmins-McMartin interests of
Montreal, and is still owned by them. The underground workings are filled with water, the
plant is completely dismantled, and the visitor finds difficulty in throwing off a feeling of
pecuh'ar sadness as he views this neglected strange link between Canada of the present day
and the wild land of 235 years ago, long before Wolfe took Quebec, and even dating back nearly
a >ear before La Salle, the greatest perhaps of the French pioneers to North America. It was in
1682 that history tells us that in the name of France, La Salle took possession of all Louisiana,
from the mouth of the Ohio to the Gulf of Mexico in a resounding proclamation handed down
to us. On the column was inscribed "Louis le Grand, Roy de France et de Navarre, regne; le
neuvieme Avril, 1682." It was four years later that the Wright mine was found, thus linking
Itself with a past about which only a little is known and which occupies but a dim place in the
minds of men.
INDEX
Note. — All referenxes are to the Cobalt silver area unless otherwise stated.
A PAGE
Acid-wash treatment 244, 317
Adanac silver mine
Diabase 184
Plans of levels In map case
Silver from upper contact 7
production 27
Adanac Silver Mines, Ltd 177
Aero-brand cyanide 296, 297
Agaunico silver mine.
Diabase sill, section 1 74
Gold; cobalt; development 185
Lower contact 7
Agitation (cyaniding) 290, 291
Aladdin Cobalt mine, production. . . .25, 161
Plans of levels In map case
Aladdin Cobalt Co.
Capital: dividends 20, 161
See also Chambers-Ferland.
Kirkland Lake Proprietary.
Algoman period.
Mineral deposits 338
Ontario, northern 30, 3 1
Matachewan area 351
S. Lorrain tp 196
Views of Miller and Knight 339
Alice Lorrain mine 199, 234
Aluminium.
Precipitation 241,242, 249
advantages and cost 291
Price 281, 293
Amalgamation and cyanidation process. 250
See also Cyanidation.
Aman, E. G 204
Amydaloidal basalt ..." 30
Amydules 40
Analyses.
Celestite 215
Ferric and ferrous ores 209
Flotation products 302, 303
Lamprophyre, altered 216
Phenocrysts, diabase 352
Quartz-gabbro 109
Silver precipitates 293, 295
residues 306, 316, 317
Solutions using cyanide and sodium
sulphide 297
Anderson, H. G. S 318
Andesite 30
Angus, D 159
Animikean period.
See also Cobalt series.
Iron formation in 338
Ontario, northern 30
Matachewan area 351
S. Lorrain tp 196
Views of Miller and Knight 339
.-^nimikie formation 325, 326
Annabergite.
Cobalt s. area 35, 246
Annabergite PAGE
Cobalt s. area — Continued.
first discovery 323
order of deposition 327
Gowganda s. area 336
Monte Cristo m., Ariz 349
Antimonides 35
Antimony.
Cobalt s. area 241
first discovery 324
in native silver 37
Apatite 35
Aplite.
Auld and Cane tps 348
Cobalt s. area 337
Gowganda area 336
James tp 331, 332
Aragonite 35, 246
Archean. See Pre-Cambrian.
Area reported on 3
Argentite.
Arizona 349
Cobalt s. area 35, 37, 241
deposition 327, 339, 340
flotation treatment 251
Keewatin 246
Nipissing s. m 39, 50
( lowganda s. area 336
Silver Islet • -. 325
S. Lorrain tp 214, 352
Argentum s. m., production 27
Argyropyrite 35
Arizona.
Silver ores compared with Cobalt. 349, 350
Arkose 30
Arsenic 241
Drummond m 158
Order of deposition 338, 339
Percentage in ores 330
Arsenides and Arsenates 35, 37
Order of deposition 340
Arsenolite 35, 323
Arsenopyrite 35
See also Mispickel.
Associated with gold 246
Deposition 339
Frontier s. m 352
Asbolite 35, 324
Associated Gold Mines of West Aus-
tralia 204-206
Auld tp 348
B
Bailev s. mine.
Plans of levels ... .In map case
Production; photo; workings. .26, 157, 172
Barite.
Cobalt s. area 35
Gowganda s. area 336
Barlow, Alfred E 321-332
Bartlett, James xii, 123, 124, iU
[359]
360
Department of Mines
No. 4
PAGE
Bartlett s. m 28
Basalt 30,31,40
See also Geol. of mine workings.
Productive veins in 58
S. Lorrain tp 196, 201
Bastin, Edson S 335, 356
Notes on : —
Frontier m., veins 352
Monte Cristo s. m., Ariz 349, 350
origin of Cobalt ores 38, 341
Bateman, G. C 93
Batteries. See Stamp mills.
B. C. 105 loc, rocks 197
Beaver s. mine.
Barren veins 115
Diabase 32,34, 184
greywacke in 167
Flow-sheets fjciiig 274, 276
Mine workings 146-152
Ore shoot, depth 5
Photo 145
Plans of levels In map case
Silver from contacts 7,10
production 19, 24
Smaltite, depth 343
Vein svstem 1 30
faults in.. ..10, 14
\'ertical section, coloured facing 10, 32
Beaver Consolidated Mines Ltd.
Capital ; dividends 20, 148
Beaver Lake silver mine.
See also Keeley s. m.
Early history 206, 207
Workings 217
Bell, J. Mackintosh . .346, 353
Acting for Associated Gold Mines of
W.A ... 204
Description by, of workings, JNIaidens
claim 232
Notes by, on: —
ore deposits of S. Lorrain 355
origin of the ores 38
Wood's vein 344, 345
Secondary character of silver pointed
out by 210
Work at Keeley m 195
Bell, Robert 327-330
Bellellen s. mine.
Description; production 229, 230
Plan showing location 203
Bellellen Silver Mines, Ltd 230
Bibliography of Milling Practice 318-320
See also Literature.
Big Chamber s. vein 11, 88
See also Carson vein.
Big Pete s. vein 157
Big Pete Canadian Mines. Ltd 156
Biotite granite 336
Birthday vein, Keeley s. ni 210
Bismuth.
Cobalt s. area 35, 246
deposition 327
Gowganda s. area 336
S. Lorrain tp 352
Bismuthinite 3, 352
Black, W. J 331
Black River formation 339
Blake crusher ; 253
Blast furnace 305
Bloom, cobalt. See Cobalt bloom.
Bloom, nickel. See Annabergite.
P.\GE
Blue Diamond Coal Co 128
Bolivia. See Potosi.
Bonsall s. mine 28
Bonuses 20, 21
Bornite 35, 246
Boulder clay 331, 332
Boulders, granite.
Indicating glaciation (?) 327
Bowen, N. L 333
Boyd Gordon s. mine 28
Braidwood, A 5
Breccia (fault breccia).
Definition 12
See also Cobalt series.
Breccia conglomerate 323, 325
Breithauptite 35
Deposition 339
Frontier s. mine 352
With nati\e silver 246
Bridges, Ralph 319
Brigstocke, R. W 158
Brock, R. W 329
Brophy, G. T 358
Bruce series 350
Bryce, Robt. A 1 70
Buchanan, T. R xii
Bucke tp 331
See also Genesee s. m.
North Cobalt s. m.
Buffalo s. mine.
See also La Rose s. m.
Chloridizing roast 250
Cobalt series 64
Cost of mining 63, 64
Cvanidation 242, 250, 277
Faults 13, 143
Flotation process 243, 297, 298
F~lo\v-sheets. . . .274; facing 274, 276; 312
Geology and development 66-70
Iron formation 166
Mercury losses 311
Mill for low grade ores 263
Ore reserves 64
Owners 63
Plan of levels In map case
Silver production 19, 24, 63
\'eins, location 11
Zinc precipitation 291
Buffalo Alines, Ltd.
Capital ; dividends 20, 66
Burk-Remey s. mine 28
Burnside Gold Mines Ltd 161
Burrows, A. G 4, 8, 10, 343, 348
Alaidens claim described by 223
Matachewan series described by 322
Notes on Beaver L. claim 207
Forneri claim 235
Wettlaufer m 226, 227
Views on Gowganda s. a 348
Butters, Charles 306
C
Calcite 35,37
See also Geology of mine workings.
Deposition and origin. .327, 328, 339, 340
Keeley s. m., analysis 215
Nipissing s. m 39
Veins, carrying Cobalt bloom 119
\arying values 247
Calcite Lake s. mine 28
1922
Index
361
Callow, J. M 297, 320
See also Flotation process.
Calumet isld., Que 325
Calumet s. mine 177
Cambro-Silurian. See Ordovician.
Camburn Silver Mines, Ltd 178
Campbell, C. L 165, 166
Campbell, \V. C 318, 327
Canada, mineral possibilities 350
Canadian Gowganda s. mine 28
Cane tp 348
Canvas-covered deck 275
Capital of principal mg. companies. . . .20, 21
Carbonaceous material. See Graphite.
Carson, Sir John, photo 103
Carson vein.
See also Big Chamber vein.
Crown Reserve m.: wealth 105
Keewatin, productive in 104
Location 11
Photo ' 103
Silver Leaf s. m 167
Cart lake.
See also Mercier s. m,
Seneca-Superior s. m.
Conditions of erosion and deposition
beneath 172
Keewatin rocks 173
Leased to Alg. Corp. of Can. .63, 171, 177
-Map 168
Structure 11, 60
Workings underneath, plan oi . In map case
Cart Lake s. mine, production 26
Cartwright, B. E 134, 135
Cartwright, R. A 134
Casey s. mine.
Flow-sheet facing 274
High-grade ore 13
Casey tp., silver production 18
Casey-Cobalt Silver Mg. Co 18, 20
Casey-Kismet Mg. Co 18
Castle s. mine, Gowganda 10
Castle-Trethewey s. mine 28
Cataract formation 339
Caustic soda, price 293
Central Operating Co 165
Chalcocite 35, 36, 246
Chalcopyrite 35, 246
F"rontier s. m 352
( ".owganda s. area 336
^ Stratification order in milling 275
Chambers-Ferland s. mine.
Drifts in Right of Way m. used by. 159, 160
Fault 7
Mine workings 161-165
Plan of levels In map case
Royalties paid by 22,25
Silver production 161
Veins 49, 54, 55, 127
Meyer 47, 55
Chapin, Robert 358
Chelmsford sandstone 350
Chert 31, 35, 40
See also Geol. of mine workings.
Chief isld 338
Chloanthite 35
Bellellen s. m 229
Passing into smaltite 324
Chloridizing roast 250
Chloritic schist 336
Chromite 338
City of Cobalt s. mine. PAGE
Cobalt series 64
Epsomite 36
Faults.. 17, 67, 143
Keewatin, depression in 76
Mine workings 70-74
Ore reser\es 64
Owners 63
Plan of levels In map case
Silver from contact 10
production 23, 63, 70
Veins, location 1 1
Cobalt, Ont.
Cobalt series near 32
Fault 10
Map showing location of x
Photos 2, 240
Section, vertical, through N.
part of facing 8
Cobalt and cobalt ore.
Agaunico s. m 185
Deposition 338
Discovery 323
Fisher-Eplett m 101
Frontier m 221, 224
Gowganda s. area, amount paid for. . . 28
Michipicoten isld 325
Mineralogical notes 324
Xipissing s. m 59
Percentage in ores 330
Price ; sources of 325
Ruby s. m . 2 •
Cobalt bloom 35
Arizona 349
Chambers-Ferland s. m 165
City of Cobalt s. m 65
Cobalt Lake s. m 76
Deposition 327
Discovery 323
Gowganda s. area 336
Hudson Bay s. m 144
Keeley s. m 217, 218
McKinley-Darragh-Savage s. m. . .117, 118
Maidens claim 230
Port Arthur dist 325
Princess s. m 98
Right of Way s. m 160
Temiskaming s. m 135-1J8
Cobalt lake.
See also Cobalt Lake fault.
Xipissing s. m.
Cobalt series, thickness 31, 64
Emptied 74
Faults, diagram 14
Lava flows near, attitude 32
Structure beneath 11,32
Cobalt minerals.
Origin.... 37
Stratification order in milling 275
Cobalt series.
See also Geol. of mine workings.
Age; composition 30, 326, 337, 339
Argentiferous 3-10, 31
production (to 1911) 335
percentage 354, 355
Crown Reserve s. m 105
Dip of beds 81
Folding 32
Millerett s. m 348
Ontario, northern 350
Gowganda s. a 336
Sketch, ideal 11
362
Department of Mines
No. 4
Cobalt series — Continued. PAGE
S. Lorrain tp 196, 201
Unconformity 342
Veins in, more than in other rocks... . 8
productive, number iii, 335
Cobalt silver area.
Area included in 3
productive • 347
Discovery xi. 263
account by T. Gibson 331
Geological formation 30, 326, 350
literature 341-358
map facing 30
Maps, Index and Geological, .x, facing 30
Milling and metallurgical practice. 241-320
Mines of, geology and workings 42-188
Mining claims, map showing. .In map case
Ore shoots, notes by J. M. Bell 355
Origin of ores, various views 339-347
Report (1903) by Miller 322-325
Re-survey of, correspondence re 41
Silver production 1, 18-27, 263
veins, plans showing In map case
Cobalt Central s. m.ine.
See also Penn Canadian s. m.
Standard s. m.
Flow-sheet 274
Cobalt Central Mines Co.
Capital ; dividends 20
Penn Canadian m. worked by 156
Cobalt Comet s. mine.
Silver production 24
Sulphur 310
Cobalt Comet Mines Ltd.
Capital; dividends 20, 158
See also Drummond s. m.
Cobalt Hill s. vein 330
Cobalt Lake fault.
Age ; 1 "
Faulting Xipissing diabase sill 32
General notes 12, 13, 66
La Rose m 94, 335
McKinley-Darragh-Savage m.l6, 93,115-19
photo showing xiv
Mining on, notes by Nipissing Mg. Co. 59
Veins in, width and grade; stope
sections 75
Cobalt Lake s. mine.
Flow-sheet facing 27 i
Ore reserves 64
Owners 63
Plans of levels In map case
Profit tax 22
Silver production 19, 23, 63, 74
Veins, location of •__ 11
Workings ~^'''L
Cobalt Feasors s. mine 17
Cobalt Provincial Mg. Co 172
See also Provincial s. m.
Cobalt Reduction Co.
Cost of crushing 260
Cyaniding 243
Filter presses ^ ..... . 291
Flow-sheets facing 274, 276, 278;
286, 288, 314
Hypochlorite treatment 315, 316
Hypochlorite-cyanidation process. . . . 250
Mill, photo and practice 287
Co1)alt Silver Queen s. mine.
Production; development 25, 161
Cobalt SiKor Oueen, Ltd.
Capital ; dividends 20, 161
Cobalt Townsite s. mine. page
Cobalt series 64
Faults 13, 143
Iron formation 35
Keewatin, depression in 76
Ore reserves; owners 63, 64
Plan of levels In map case
Section, vertical, coloured facing 12
Silver production 19, 23, 63, 78
V'eins, location 11
Workings, geology and vertical £ection78-81
Cobaltite 35
Associated with gold 246
Deposition 339, 340
Forneri s. m 234
Frontier s. m 352
Origin 328
Clay, boulder.. 331, 332
Clay, post-glacial.
New Liskeard, diagrammatic section . . 15
Clear 1 35
Clevenger, G. H 306, 319
Cochrane s. mine.
Plan of levels In map case
Production 27
Cohen, S. W 103, 106, 113
Coignac (guide) 357
Cole, A. A 320, 322
Coleman, A. P 331-33^
Collins, E. A xii, 124
Collins, H. F 346
Collins, W. H 333
Classification by, of rocks of Northern
Ont 336, 350
Views on Huronian of Gowganda area . 342
Colonial s. mine.
Development promising 2
Diabase 34
Flow-sheet facing 274
Mine workings 1 70
plan of levels In map case
Ore shoot, depth 5
Silver, from contacts 7
production 25, 170
Columbus s. mine 36
Plan of levels In map case
Colvocoresses, G. M 335
Comfort Mining and Leasing Co 228
Comstock. Nev., silver production 29
Concentrates, flotation.
Comparative returns 304, 305
Concentrates, shipments 265
Concentration. See Gravity concentration.
Conglomerate 30, 31
See also Cobalt series.
Timiskaming series.
Main source of calcite 329
Sketch, ideal... 16
Coniagas silver mine.
Conglomerate 56
Development and geologv 82-86
Fault ._ 13
Flotation process 243, 297-302
Flow-sheets 269-272, 274,
facing 274, 276, 278
Low-grade ore developed 2
Mill, crushing costs 261
details 255-257
photo 273
practice 268
])ro(luction chart 276
Plan of levels In map case
1922
Index
363
PAGE
Coniagas Silver Mine — Continued.
Shaft house, photo 273
Silver production 19, 23
Coniagas Mines, Ltd.
See also Ruby s. m.
Trethewey s. m.
Beaver s. m. leased by 145
Capital ; dividends 20, 82
Princess s. m. optioned to 186
Properties held by 82
Contact fault.
Buffalo s. m 67, 68
Cobalt Townsite s. m 80
Coniagas s. m 8-4-86
Princess s. m 98, 99
Contacts.
Influence of, on deposition of ore-
shoots 8-10
Cooktp 40
Cooke, H. C 351
Cooper, Win 138
Copper 35
See also Flin Flon c. m.
Sudbury dist., age of deposit 338
Temiskaming s. m 132
Ural nuns 348
Copper pyrites.
Green-AIeehan, Red Reck, and Ruby
mines 177, 1 79
Nipissing s. m 55, 62
Oxford, Cobalt, and Victory mines . . . 184
T. C. claim 236
Copper Cliff, Ont 305
Corkill, E. T xii
Cosalite 36
Cost of mining and milling.
Buffalo s. m 64
Coniagas s. m 82
Crown Reserve s. m 101, 102
McKinley-Darragh-Savage s. m. . .113, 114
Nipissing s. m 44
Seneca-Superior m 156
Temiskaming m 133
Coste, Eugene 329
Cottrell precipitation system. .244, 312, 313
Couchiching series 348
Courier, J. M 358
Crews-McFarlane s. mine 28
Crompton s. mine 63
Description and workings 2 19-224
Location 203
Plan showing levels In map case
Wood's vein, production 194
Cross lake.
Faults, notes and diagram 13, 14
Rocks 334
Crown Reserve s. mine.
Coating of secondary origin on walls. . 127
Costs; mill returns 102
Development and geology 1 04- 1 1 3
Diabase 34
Dump, photo a
Faults 14
Gold 106
Levels, plan of /;/ map case
Quartz-gabbro, analysis 109
Royalties paid 22
Section, vertical, coloured facing 34
Silver production 19, 23, 105
Sulphur 310
Crown Reserve s. mine — Continued. p.\ge
Veins, Big Chamber 89
location 11
productive below diabase 34
Crown Reserve Mg. Co.
See also Carson vein.
Drummond Fraction m.
Silver Leaf m.
Capital; dividends 20, 101
Crusher silver vein, production 88
Crushers anrl crushing 242
Methods and costs 253-263
Crystallization.
Notes bv Spence 353, 35 4
Culver, F.'L 146, 150
Curry s. mine 228, 229
Cyanicides 248
Cyanidation.
Early and modern practice.241-251, 277-297
Suitability of the ores 248
Cyanide tailings, flotation of 303
D
Daigle, Alex 134
Darragh, Ernest J 331
See also McKinley-Darragh-Savage.
Daws6n pt 338
Deloro, Ont 277
De Lurv, J. S 330
Denny,'james J xi, 290, 292, 319
Paper bv, on Mg. and Metallurgical
practice 241-320
Depth of ore shoots 5
Desulphurization 290.
Dewev, Alvin H 156
Deyell, Harold J 318
Diabase 30, 31
See also Geol. of mine workings,
Nipissing diabase.
Fabre tp.. Que 3ii
Gowganda area 336, 35 1
Origin of the ores 329
Silver production to 1911 335
dependent on proximity to 37
Thickness of sheet 2
Veins in, producti\e, number of. ..333, 335
Diabase mt.
Ore bodies 157
Photo ii
Rocks 152
Diabase-pegmatite 331
Diamond-drill holes.
Plan of, in Watash m 186
Diarsenides.
Order of deposition 340
Dickson, Gordon F 128
Dies and shoes.
Coniagas and Nipissing mills 261, 262
Dividends 20, 21
Dobbins, W. J 318
Dodd, J. D 235
Dolomite 35, 37
Haileybury (near), fossiliferous 338
Dominion s. mine, production 25
Dominion Reduction Co.
C%anidation 277
Filters 291
Flotation process 297
Flow-sheets facing 274, 276
Pan amalgamation 250
Siher production 25
Zinc precipitation 291, 293
Dore series 350
364
Department of Mines
No. 4
PAGE
Drummond, W. H 158
Drummond s. mine.
Geology; development; production. 24, 158
Productive veins below diabase 34
Drummond Fraction s. mine 26, 170
Dust precipitation. See Cottrell system.
Dye, Robert E 320
Dyscrasite 35, 246
Cyaniding of 249
E
Edwards and Wright, Ltd 174
See also Red Rock m . . .
Edwards-Wright s. m 7
See also Green-Meehan m.
Elk lake, cosalite 36
Ellipsoidal basalt 30
Ellsworth, H. V 36, 339
Emens, Warren H 11, 65, 71, 73
Emmons, S. F.
On origin of the ores 38
Emplecite 35, 246
Enargite 349
Englehart, Ont 339
Ennis, R. J 132
Eozoic. See Pre-Cambrian.
Epsomite 36
Erythrite. See Cobalt bloom.
Espanola greywacke and limestone 350
Everett s. m 28
Exhibition of minerals.
Xipissing refinery, photo 245
F
Fabre series 334
Fabre tp.. Que 2,i3, 334
Fairlie, M. F 320
Fancy, W. F 65
Farmers Bank 204
Farr isld 338
Fault breccia. See Breccia.
Fault No. 64.
Age; location; displacement; pro-
ductive 10-17
La Rose m 94, 95
Nipissing m 51
Faults.
See also Fault Xo. 64.
Geol. of mine workings.
Affecting deposition of ores 3, 10
Character 342
Description and notes 12-17
Hudson Bay m 143
Miller's views 334
Plan of general outline and approxi-
mate position on surface 14
Relationship to veins 16
Xipissing m., sketch 51
Silver in 12
South Lorrain tp 194, 195
Whitman's views 340
Feldspar, James tp 331
Feldspar porphyry.
South Lorrain tp 196
Temiskaming m., dike, notes and
sketch 139
Felsite, Sasaginaga 1 40
Ferric and ferrous ore.
See also Iron formation.
Keeley m., analysis 209
Ferrier, Miss D xii
Filters and filter presses 291
Fines, screening out 272
Fire of 1922. page
Haileybury after, photo 207
Fisher, Korman R 131, 135, 230
Fisher-Eplett s. mine 101
See also La Rose Mines, Ltd.
Fleming s. vein 88-91, 105, 106
Flin Flon copper m., Man 63
Flotation process.
Description and practice 243, 297-305
Economic crushing limit for 256
Ore suitability 251
Flow-sheets.
Buffalo m 274, facing 274, 276; 312
Cobalt Central m . . . 274
Cobalt Red. Co. .facing 274, 276, 278;
286, 288, 314
Coniagas m 269-272, 274,
facing 274, 276, 278
Early practice in batteries 267
Flotation, general practice 268, 299
McKinley-Darragh-Savage m. 264,
facing 264; 274, facing 274, 276
Xipissing m 258, facing 274, 276,
278, 280; 284, 285, 308
O'Brien m facing 274, 276, 278; 279
\'arious mines, comparative 274,
jacing 274, 276, 278
Fluorite 35, 338
Flynn, F. X 318
Folds and folding 32
See also Geol. of mine workings.
Whitman's views 340
Foreign silver fields 1
Formation tables.
Cobalt s. area 326
Gowganda s. area 336
Matachewan area 351
Northern Ontario 350
S. Lorrain tp 196
Forneri s. mine.
Acquired by Mg. Corp. of Can 219
Rocks; workings 234, 235
Foster s. mine.
Mine workings, photo 165-167
Plan of levels In map case
Silver production 25
Veins productive below diabase 34
Foster Cobalt Mg. Co.
Capital; dividends 20, 165
Fourth-of-July s. vein 47, 49, 57
Freiberg. Germany 29
Freibergite .' 35, 246, 251
Freieslebenite 246, 251
French, Herbert J 319
Frontier s. mine.
Description; geology; history; photo;
and workings 219-224
Diabase 199
Fault 194, 195
Location, plan showing 203
Minerals, list 352
niccolite and smaltite 332
Ore bodies along contact 231
disco\er\- 195
origin 38-
structural position 130
Owners 63
Plan of levels In map case
\'eins, notes by Bastin 352
\'ertical section, coloured facing 219
Fume precipitation 312
See also Cottrell svstem.
1922
Index
365
G
Galena. page
Buffalo s. m 67, 69
Crown Reserve s. m 109
Deposition, order of 338
Frontier s. m 352
Gowganda s. area 336
Nipissing s. m 50, 51, 55, 62
O'Brien s. m 124, 125
Oxford Cobalt and X'ictory s. m's. . . . 184
\'iolet s. m 97
Galena fault 13
Buffalo s. m 17, 67, 69
City of Cobalt s.m 72, 73
Gans silver claim 135
Gear silver vein, production 105, 106
General Examining and Development Co.
See also Buffalo s. m.
Cost of mining 64
Genesee s. mine.
Chert 35
Development promising 2
High-grade ore 10-13
Workings 181-183
Geolog}.
General 30-34
Literature 321-358
Map facing 30
Aline workings 43-187
South Lorrain tp 196-202
plan showing In map case
Surface 40
Germanv. See Freiberg.
Gersdorffite 349
Gibson, Thomas \V x'
Account by, of first s. discoveries 331
Gillespie, George H 318
Gillies limit, profit tax 22
Giroux lake, photo 166
See also University s. m.
Giroux s. mine 237
Glaciation 31, 327
Glen lake.
Photos; rocks 157, 166
Glen Lake s. mine, production 27
Globe, A. P 318
Gneiss 30
Northern Ont., notes bv Collins 350
Gold.
Agaunico s. mine 185
Age of deposition 338
Associated with cobaltite 246
Crown Reserve s. m 106
Fabre tp 334
Porcupine area 338
Goodwin, George 358
Gouge, definition 12
Gould Consolidated. See Mercer Mg.
Co.
Govt, revenue. See Revenue.
Gowganda formation.
Age and composition 350
Gowganda silver area.
Diabase, description 351, 352
relation to silver 8, 10
Formations, table of 336
Huronian, Collins' views 342
producing veins in 335
Map, index x
Silver production 18,28
Upper contact, silver from 7
PAGE
Granite 30, 31
See also Lorrain granite.
South Lorrain tp 196
Granodiorite.
Crown Reserve s. m 108
Gowganda area 336
Graphite 35
La Rose s. m 330
Graphite shale, Gowganda area 336
Gravity concentration.
Early and modern practice 265-276
Low-grade ore, notes 242
Suitability of the ores 246, 247
Gravity stamps.
Economic limit 254
See also Stamp mills.
Green-Meehan s. mine.
See also Edwards- Wright s. m.
Diabase sill 174
High-grade ore 13
Production 26, 174
Workings, notes, plan and section . . 174-177
Greenstone. See Keewatin.
Grenville series 30
Iron formation deposit in 338
Matachewan area 351
Greywacke 30, 31, 40
Overlying conglomerate, sketch 11
Groch, Frank 320
Guanajuato, Mexico, s. production 1, 29
H
Haileyburian formation 31
Age and ores 344
Frontier s. m 221
Keeley s. m 216
Matachewan s. m 351
New Liskeard, section 15
See also Lamprophyre.
Haileybury.
Photo, after the fire 201
Rocks 32, 325, 338
Haileybury Silver claim.
See also Frontier mine.
Smaltite and niccolite 372
Vein 224
Hailey Silver Mg. Co 220
Hamilton, E. M 292
Hancock, R. T 346
Hardinge mills 253, 254
Hardman, J. E 327
Hargrave s. mine.
Development 92, 93
Plans of levels In map case
Royalties paid by 22
Silver production 25, 92
Harkness, J. G 190, 220, 234
Harris, Mark. See Lorrain Consolidated.
Harris s. mine 203
Harvie, Robt 334
Helen iron mine 193
Henderson, J. A. L 346
Heterogenite 35, 324
Heubachite 35
High-grade ores, treatment of 263-305
Hill, David xii, 65
Hill. James xii, 65, 120, 173, 178
Description of Cobalt Townsite m.. . . 78
La Rose m., mapped by 93
Notes on Buffalo m 66
\'iews on Cobalt series 81
Hixon, A. B ..329
366
Department of Mines
No. 4
PAGE
Hixon, Hiram W 318
Hopkins, P. E 348
Hore, R. E . . .319, 330-335
Hornblende granite and schist.
Goweanda area 336
Howe, Henry M 318
H. R. loc. 1-4 235
H. R. Iocs. 30, 61 201
H. R. loc. 56 236
H. R. loc. 98 202
H. R. loc. 103, fault 194
H. R. loc. 113 199
H. S. loc. 11, rocks 231
H.S. loc. 308 201
H. S. Iocs. 497, 500 199, 236
Hudson Bav s. mine.
Faults. .: 14, 50, 51, 346
Flow-sheets jacing 21 A, 27b
Iron formation 166
Mine workings 142-144
plan of levels In map case
Royalties paid by 22
Silver production 19, 24, 142
\'ein Xo. 64 47
Hudson Bay Mines, Ltd.
Capital; dividends 20, 142
Properties in Leith tp., s. production . . 28
Hughes, Ben 319
Hume, G. S 195, 339, 343
Description bv, of L. Timiskaming
fault .' 15, 16
Huronian.
Composition 326
Contact with Keewatin, notes 341
Joints in, favourable for ores 340
Northern Ontario.
classification 350
Gowganda s. area 335, 336
Huronian, Lower. See Cobalt series.
Huronian slate ^23
Hutchison, R. H xi
Paper bv, on Metallurgical Prac-
tice... ^ 241-320
Hyberville, Sieur de 356, 357
Hydrated oxide of cobalt 324
Hypochloride-cyanidization
process 244, 250, 315, 316
I
Ingall, Elfric Drew. 325, 329
Intermediate crushing 253
Iron.
Cobalt ores, S. Lorrain tp 191
Iron diarsenide. See Lollingite.
Iron formation 30, 31, 40
See also Geology of mine wkgs.
Age of deposition 336-350
Geological notes 34, 35
Gowganda area 336
Influence of, in formation of vein
fractures 18
Timagami lake 326
Iron p\rites. See Pyrite.
. J
James tp., silver, origin 331, 332
Jasper 326
Jaspilite. See Iron formation.
Jaw crusher 253
J. B. loc. 1.
See also McKinley-Darragh-Savage m.
First Cobalt discovery 331
PAGE
Johnston, F"rank 319
Joint planes, silver production 16
Jones, T. R 186
Jowsey, R.J 206, 207
Account by, of discovery, Keeley m . . . 218
Original owner, Keelev m 202
Photo ' 198
K
Kee, A. H 41
Keeley, Charles 202
Keeley s. mine.
See also Wood's vein.
Calcite, analysis 215
Cobalt ore, anahsis 191
Diabase, dip....' 199
Discovery 190
Fault....' 194, 195
Glaciation 31
History 202
Location, plan showing 203
Mica lamprophvre, analysis 216
Notes by J. M.'Bell 344, 345
Ore, discovery 195
origin 38, 40
shoots 193
structural position 130, 231
superficial alteration 348
Photos of mine and mill 205, 212, 219
Pre-glacial weathering 3, 208, 353
Section, vertical, coloured facing 207
Silver, production 190, 192
secondary 210
Stope section on Wood's vein, facing 216
\'ein No. 26, production 194
and rock structure 207
Workings, description 210-218
original, photo 237, 332
plan of levels In map case
Keelev Mine, Ltd 204
Keeley Silver Mines, Ltd 191
Beaver L. claims acquired by 217
^ Capital ' 202
Keewatin formation.
See also Geology of mine wkgs.
Age; composition 30, 31
Calcite in 329
Cobalt series in, ideal sketch 11
Contact with Huronian, notes 341
Gowganda area 336
Lava flows, notes 40
Matachewan area 351
Notes by Collins 337, 339
Ore bodies in, near diabase contact. . .340
Relation of, to contact fault 83
Silver minerals in „ ^"^^
relation to 5,7,10
South Lorrain tp 196
Kell s. mine 28
Kendell s. vein (No. 63) 57-62, 118, 120
Kerr lake 1-i
See also Drummond s. m.
Drummond Fraction s. m.
Diabase dome, notes and photo. .. .32-34
Emptied 107
photo after being ^^
Stopes in bed of, photo 8/
Kerr Lake s. mine.
Bonanzas 38
Lollingite 191
Plant and dump, photos S5, 244
1922
Index
367
Kerr Lake s. mine — Continued. page
Silver from contact 10
production 19, 23, 88
Sulphur 310
Veins, calcite 158
Fleming 106, HI
location 11
Xo. 3, length of stope 193
productive below diabase 34, 193
Workings 89-93
plan of levels In map case
Kerr Lake Mines, Ltd.
See also Drummond Fraction s. ni.
Hargrave s. m.
Capital; dividends 20, 82
Profit tax 22
Kerry Mining Co 152
Keweenawan 30-32, 326, 337
L. Superior dist 336
Northern Ontario.
classification 350
Matachewan area 351
S. Lorrain tp 196
Ore deposits 16, 338
Killarnev granite and gneiss 350
King, NeilA 331
King Edward s. mine.
Diabase 34
F"jow-sheet facing 274
Silver from upper contact 7
production 25
King George s. claims 236
Kirk 1., rocks 334
Kirkland Lake area.
Formations, table of 350
Map, index x
Kirkland Lake Gold Mg. Co 146
Kirkpatrick, S. F 292
Kiight, Cyril W 327-335, 338
Classification bv, of Pre-Cambrian,
Ont 339
Name Haileyburian suggested by. . . . 344
Notes on structural geology. 346
X'iews on Grenville series 336
Knittel, C. A 36,347
Knox, Henry H 348
Kupfer-Nickel. See Niccolite.
L
Labradorean ice sheet 31
Lake Huron area, Animikean 339
Lake North (No. 3) s. vein, production. 88
Lake s. vein, McKinlev-Darragh-Savage
mines 118, 119
Lake Superior, silver 325
Lake Timiskaming fault 194, 195
Age; description 14, 15
Hume's views '343
Lallement, Sieur 356
Lamprophyre dikes . .30, 31
Adanac s. m 178
Agaunico s. m 185
i)ge '.'.'.. 337
Beaver s. m 69, 149, 151
City of Cobalt s. m 72
Crown Reserve s. m 104, 110
Influence of, in formation of vein'
fractures 18
Kerr Lake s. m 91
McKinley-Darragh-Savage s. m.. .118, 121
O'Brien s. m 128
S. Lorrain tp 196
Lamprophyre dikes — Continued. page
Temiskaming and Trethewey s.
mines 130, 140, 141
Lang-Caswell s. m 237
La Nove, Sieur de 356
La Rose, Fred 331
La Rose silver mine.
Faults 13, 14, 17, 335
Graphite 330
Silver production 19, 23, 93
Sulphur '. . 310
Workings 93.95
plan of levels In map case
La Rose Extension s. m 95
La Rose Mines, Ltd.
Capital; dividends 20, 93
Properties '93
Latour lake 237
Laurentian 30 326
Gowganda area 336
Matachewan area 351
Ore deposits eroded 338
Lava 30-32, 40
See also Geol. of mine wkgs.
Ciowganda s. area 336
S. Lorrain tp 196
Lawson s. mine.
See also La Rose s. m.
Development and plan 99, 100
Photo 166
Silver production 99
\'eins productive below diabase. . . .34, 193
Lead.
See also Galena; Wright m.
Wright mine 321
Ledoux, Albert R 330
Ledoux & Co 208, 209
Leith tp., silver production 28
Levels of mines, plans of In map case
See also the various mines.
Lightning river 40
Limestone, crystalline 30
Limonite, Keeley s. m 216
Nipissing s. m 50
Lindgren, Waldemar 12
Literature.
See also Bibliography.
Geologv, etc., paper bv C. W.
Knight ' 321-358
Little Keeley s. claim 233
Little McDonald s. claim, production. . . 88
Little Nipissing s. mine.
Plan of levels In map case
Production; work 26, 177
Little silver shaft 154
Little silver vein 57-62, ^?,
Livermore, R 338
Lockport formation 339
New I.iskeard, section 15
Logan, Sir William 321, 323
Loganian period 30
See Grenville and Keewatin.
Lollingite 36, 191, 352
Long lake.
Rocks; silver ores 195, 201, 323, 324
Loon lake, fault 194
Lorrain granite.
Age 326, 339
Beaver s. m 150
Definition 334
Lorrain syndicate. See Pittsburgh-
Lorrain.
368
Department of Mines
No. 4
Lorrain tp. page
Rocks; silver mg 237, 337
Lorrain Consolidated s. m 199, 233, 234
Lorrain Trout Lake Mines claim 238
Lorrain series.
Age 326, 337
Gowganda area 336
Intruded in Cobalt series 350
Lower contact, percentage of silver
from 7
Low-grade ores, treatment of 263-305
Lumsden s. mine.
Silver from upper contact 7
production 27, 178
Workings 178
plan of levels In map case
Lyman, R. H 156
M
McCarthv, E. T 346
McDonald s. vein 88, 94, 122
Mclntyre gold mine 354
Mclntyre Porcupine Alines, Ltd 128
McKinley, James H.
See also McKinley-Darragh-Savage.
Discoverer, Cobalt field 331
McKinley-Darragh-Savage s. mine.
Costs of mining 113, 114
Discovery 331
Faults 13, 16, 93, 335
First mine applied for 93
Flotation process 297
Flow-sheets 264, facing 264; 274,
facing 274, 276
.Mill, photo 252
practice 263-265, 274-276
Photo, Cobalt lake fault xiv
Section, vertical, coloured facing 12
Silver production 19, 23, 113, 115
Workings 114-119
plan of levels In map case
McKinlev-Darragh-Savage Mines of
Cobalt, Ltd.
See also Savage s. m.
Capital; dividends 20, 113
McMillan, J. G xii, 123, 124
McNeill, W. K.
Anahses and tests bv,
36,' 109, 127, 191, 210, 216, 229, 230, 234
McRae, J. A 321
Account bv, of Wright mine 356-358
McReavv, L'S 132, 133
MacVich'ie, J. A 184
Magnetite 338
Maguire, T. D 156
Maidens s. claims.
Description; plan; wkgs 230-233
Location, plan showing 203
Maidens Silver Mg. Co 233
Maidens vallev.
Fault, rocks. 194, 197, 198
Main Fast s. vein, production 88
Mannisld 338
Mann s. mine 28
Maple Mount s. claim, production 18
Maps and plans 4, 5, 196
See also the various mines.
Cobalt s. a., geological fad'ig -^0
index x
Mine levels In map case
S. Lorrain tp., mg. claims 203
PAGE
Maricourt, Major 356
Martin, E 110
Matachewan area.
Pre-Cambrian, classification 351
Matachewan formation 30, 322
Matildite 35, 246
Flotation treatment, extraction 251
Megraw, Herbert A 318, 319
Mercer s. mine.
Ore; production 154
Mercer Mining Co 177
Mercury 35, 37
Keeley s. m 210
Means to recover 244
Nipissing s. m 309, 310
Metallurgical practice.
Paper bv Reid, Denny and Hutchi-
son. . .' 241-320
Mexico, silver production 29
Meyer shaft, photo 73
Meyer vein.
Development on 52-56
Ore shoot, diagram 8,9
Production, estimated 47
Relation between, and fault, sketch
showing 48
Stope, length of 193
Mica-lamprophyre 211, 215, 216
Michipicoten isld 325
Mickle, G. R 7, m, 335
Middhng, treatment of 275, 298
Miller, Willet G.
Acknowledgments to xi
Classification bv, of rocks
326, 337, 339, 351
Cobalt series named by 334
Letter to, re re-surve\" of area 41
List by, of minerals 35
Report by (first), on area 322-325
Timiskaming L. fault described by. 15, 195
Views of, on : —
disappearance of silver in Keewatin 7
faults 12,334
Grenville series 336
origin of ores 36, 329
Miller Lake O'Brien s. mine 28
See also Millerett s. m.
Diabase; s. production 19, 335
Millerett s. mine, Gowganda 28
Huronian 335
Silver above diabase 8
from Cobalt series 348
Millerite 35, 246
Milling costs. See Costs of mining.
Milling practice.
Bibliography 318-320
Paper, by Reid, Dennv and Hutchi-
son...; ■ 241-320
Mine fines, screening out 272
Mine levels. See Mine workings.
Mineralogy 35, 36
Minerals.
Photo of exhibit at Cobalt 245
Mines.
Description and gcologv 43-238
Levels, plans of /" »'ap case
notes ^
Producing, number of -"5
1922
Mining Corporation of Canada, Ltd. page
See also Buffalo s.m.
City of Cobalt s. ni.
Cobalt Lake s. m.
Cobalt Townsite s. m.
Crompton s. ni.
Foster s. m.
Frontier s. m.
Townsite Extension s. ni.
Acknowledgments to 191
Capital; dividends 21, 63
Cart and Peterson lakes leased hv 171, 177
Claims acquired by 221, 233", 234, 238
Geology of mines 64-81
Silver production 23, 63
Work by, on : —
Little Nipissing m.
Seneca-Superior m.
Mining costs. See Costs of mining.
Mining revenue and silver production. .22-27
Mispickel 35, 325
See also Arsenopyrite.
Mississagi quartzite 350
Monarsenides 340
Monte Cristo m., Arizona 349
Montreal River area, production 18
Montreal River fault 194, 195
Moose Horn s. m 36
Mulligan tp 348
Murray, Ale.xander 323
Mutch", Douglas 132
N
Nancy-Helen s. mine 26, 27
National silver mine.
Flotation process 297
F'low-sheet f hieing 276
Silver production 25
Native silver.
See also Geology of mine wkgs.
Percentage of, in production 246
Neillv, Balmer xii, 132, 156, 157
Net Lake 325
Nevada. See Comstcck.
Newburger, Henry 220
Newburger, Joseph 220
New Caledonia, nickel 325
New Liskeard 32, 339
\'ertical section through, diagram. ... 15
Newman s. mine. See Bellellen s. m.
New South Wales, cobalt ores 325
Niagara formation 526, 337, 338
Niccolite 35
Age of deposition 327, 339
Agaunico s. m 185
Arizona 349
Beaver s. m 149
City of Cobalt and Cobalt Lake
s. m's 66, 77
Composition, theoretical 323
Continuous below contact 329
Cyanidation of 248
Discovery, first 331
Drummond s. m 158
Frontier s. m 221, 332, 352
Gowganda s. area 336
Keeley s. m 218
Lorrain Consolidated s. m 233
McKinley-Darragh-Savage m 120
Mistaken for copper 322, 331
Nipissing s. m 50, 51
Port Arthur dist 325
Stratification order, in milling 275
Index 369
Niccolite — Continued. p.\ge
Temiskaming s. m 135-138
\'eins, varying \-alue 247
X'ictory s. m 184
With native silver 246
Nickel.
Age of deposition 338
As a cyanicide 315
Discovery in area ^23
Fisher-Eplett s. m 101
Michipicoten isid 325
Percentage in ores 330
Silver Queen s. m 162
South Lorrain tp) 191
Sudbury dist 324
Nickel bloom. See Annabergite.
Nickel minerals.
Origin of, in Cobalt veins 37
Nickel sulphide 35
Nipissing diabase.
See also Diabase.
Geology of mine wkgs.
Kerr 1.
Age 337
Keeley m., analysis 213
Named by Miller 321
Ore shoots associated with 8, 122
Origin of silver ores 36, 343
Silver in, percentage proportion to
other rocks 7
S. Lorrain tp 196-201
vertical section facing 207
Thickness 34
Nipissing hill, rocks 341
Nipissing s. mine.
See also Meyer s. vein.
Costs; reserves 44, 4^
Cyanidation. . .242, 243, 249. 250, 272-285
Desulphurization 290. 291
Diabase sill, section 174
Faults.. 5, 17, 346
Filters 291
Flotation plant 297, 303
Flow-sheets 258, facing 274, 276,
278, 280; 284, 285, 308
Greywacke 154
High-grade ore, treatment 305-310
Hypochlorite treatment 31.5
Location, plan showing 1"
Mercurv 244,309
Mill, photo _._ 282
practice 255-294
Ore sold, value -^48
Photo . 42
Section, vertical, coloured f'teing 12
Silver production 19, 23, 42
Sphaerocobaltite ^^
Sulphur 310
Tilting retort, diagram 309
\'ein crystallization 3h?<
Workings 45-62
plan of levels In map case
Nipissing Mines Co.
Capital; dividends 21, 44, 348
Nipissing Reduction Co.
Flow-sheet facing 274
Norite 30, 336
North silver vein 105, 106
North Cobalt, fault -10
North Cobalt s. mine.
Diabase ^^^
Production
370
Department of Mines
No. 4
North Cobalt s. mine — Continued. page
Workings and plan 180
Northern Customs Concentrators, Ltd.
Flotation process 297
Flow-sheets facing 274, 276
Northern Mines xii
Nova Scotia s. mine.
Cyanidation 277
I-ocation, plan showing 171
Silver production 25
Nuggets 330
O
O'Brien s. mine.
Cyanidation 242, 249, 277
Diabase sill, section 174
Faults 14
Filter 291
Flow-sheets jacing 274, 276, 278; 279
Geology and workings 121-128
plan of levels In map case
Iron formation 96
Location, plan showing 171
McDonald vein 94
Milling and concentrating
255, 257, 274-279
Royalties paid by 22
Silver from lower contact 7, 10
production 19, 24, 121
Sodium sulphite process 294
Stope (No. 1 vein"), length 193
Treatment of precipitate 294
Ofifice silver vein 91
Oil mixture for flotation 243, 297, 298
Olivine diabase 336
Onaping area, Huronian 342
Onaping tufTs 350
Ontario.
Cieol. formations in N.E 30
Pre-Cambrian classification 339
metal prod 344
Onwatin slate 350
Ophir s. mine 187
Ordovician 30
See also Haileyburian.
Northern Ont 350
Ores and ore deposits.
Age classification 338
Characteristics 246
How they occur 5-21
Mining and treatment of 241-320
Origin 36, 327, 328
Reserves 18
difficult to estimate 131
Suitability for treatment 246-252
Ore shoots.
Associated with Cobalt series 7-10
Depth 5
Factors go\erning formation of 8-11
Notes bv J. M. Bell and White-
head 343, 355
Oxbow lake, rocks 195, 202
Oxford Cobalt Silver Mines, Ltd 1,183
Oxides 35
Pachuca, Alexico 29
Paleozoic 30, 31, 322
See also Niagara formation.
Northern Ontario 350
Palladium 36, 347
Palmer, Chase 37, 335
P.\GE
Pan-Silver s.m 177
Park, Hugh 36, 47
Parks, W. A 326, 329
Parsons, A. 1 193
Pearceite 349
Pegmatite 332
Penly, Walter J. D 191, 236
Penn-Canadian s. mine.
Flow-sheets facing 274, 276
Geol. and wkgs.
plan of levels In map case
Photo 157
.Silver production 24
X'ertical section, coloured facing 40
Penn-Canadian Mines, Ltd.
Capital; dividends 21
People's silver mine 187
Peterson lake.
See also Little Nipissing m.
Seneca-Superior m.
Conditions of erosion and deposition
beneath 172
Fault near 60
Leased by Mg. Corporation . .63, 171, 177
Map 168, 169
Mine workings under, plan of 2
Peterson Lake s. mine.
See also Seneca-Superior m.
Silver production 25, 167
Peterson Lake Silver-Cobalt Mg. Co.
Capital; dividends 21
Contract with Seneca-Superior m. . . . 152
Leases, map and plan 168-171
Petroleum Oil Trust 358
Phosphate 35
Pittsburgh-Lorrain Syndicate.
Operating Curry and Wettlaufer
mines 228, 229
Production 192
Plans of mines 4 and in map case
Pleistocene 30, 31
Polybarite 35, 246
Pontiac series 350
Porcupine gold area.
Age of deposition 338
Formations, table of 350
Influence of wall-rock 354
La\a flows 32
Map, index x
Porphyry 30
Port Arthur 325
Post, W. J . 161
Potosi, Bolivia, s. production 1, 29
Powerful s. mine 28
Pre-Cambrian.
Cobalt s. area 30, 31
classification 337
faulting 16
metallogenetic epochs 338
New Liskeard, section 15
S. Lorrain tp 196-202
Gowganda s. area, classification 336
Matachewan area, classification 351
Ontario, classification 339
Potential wealth 1
Precipitation fcyanidization) 291-294
Pre-glacial weathering 3
Price of silver 18, 29, 281
Prince s. mine.
Development 1^6
Levels, plan of In map case
1922
Index
371
Prince s. mine — Continued. PAGE
Optioned to Beaver m 149
Profit tax 22
Proustite 35, 241
See also Ruby silver.
Arizona 349
Flotation treatment, extraction 251
Frontier m 352
Keewatin formation 246
Provincial s. mine.
Greywacke 172-174
Location, plan showing 171
Royalties paid by 22,26
Silver production 172
Workings 172-174
plan of levels In map case
Pugsley, F. W 318
Pyrargyrite 35, 241
See also Ruby silver.
Flotation treatment, extraction 251
Keewatin formation 246
Pvrite 35
'Beavers, m 147, 151, 152
Buffalo s. m 69
Cobalt Townsite m 81
Frontier m 352
Gowganda s. area 336
Hudson Bay m 143, 144
Kerr Lake m 90
Nipissing m 50, 5 1
O'Brien m .•■••.•. ^^^' ^25
Stratification order in milling 275
Temiskaming m 140
Pyrrhotite.
Agaunico m 1 84
Sudbury dist 323-325
Q
Quartz, auriferous 185
Quartz diabase. See Nipissing diabase.
Quartz gabbro.
Crown Reserve m., analysis 109
Quartz porphyry. See Keewatin.
Quartzite . . . .' 30, 3 1
See also Cobalt series.
Gowganda area 336
S. Lorrain tp 196, 197
Quicksilver. See Mercury.
R
Rabbit 1., Timagami dist 326
Rammelsbergite 36
Ramsay, J. B US
Ramsay Lake series 339
Rattrav, J. H 178
Redington, John 172, 173, 192
Red Rock s. mine 175, 177
Reeve-Dobie s. mine 28
Reid, Fraser D xi, 48. 318, 319
Paper on Mg. and Metallurgical
Practice 241-320
Reid, J. A.
Views on origin of ores 342
Reliance s. mine, production 26
Replacement deposits.
Explanation of term 3
Retorting at Nipissing m 308, 309
Revenue, mining 22
Reverse faults.
Cobalt area, none other 342
Rhyolite 336
Richardson, Charles A 134
PAGE
Right of Way s. mine.
Silver production 19, 24, 159
Workings 159, 160
plan of levels In map case
Right of Way Mines, Ltd.
Capital; development 21, 159
Right of Way Mining Co.
Capital ; development 21
R. L. loc. 461 197, 231
Robb, J. M xii
Robertson, John J 318
Rochester s. mine.
Plan of levels In map case
Silver from upper contact 7
production 27, 179
Rockck 331
Rogers, W. R xii, 330
Roll mills 267
Rose, Fred. See La Rose, Fred.
Roselite 35
Ross, J. G., photo 103
Ross silver vein 105, 106
Royalties, mining 22
Rubber liners for tube mills 263
Ruby silver.
See also Proustite; Pyrargyrite.
Keeley m 210, 214
Nipissing m 39, 50
Ruby s. mine.
Cobalt ores 2
Copper pyrites 177
Diabase sill, section 174
Fault 40
Lower contact 7
Silver production 27, 179
Workings 1 79
Russell, J. W 183, 184
S
St. Anthony s. mine 171
St. Germain, Sieur de 356
St. Helen, Sieur de 356
Sancton, G. E 318
Sandstone. See Niagara formation.
Sasaginaga lake 13, 32, 35, 40
Savage silver mine.
Development and workings 120, 121
plan of levels In map case
Greywacke 154
Location, plan showing 171
Sea polite 35, 352
Scorodite 246
Screen anahses 255-257
Screening fines 272
Secondary concentration 328-330
Secondary enrichment.
Notes by Bell, Miller and Emmons. .37, 38
Notes by Reid and Whitehead.. . .342, 343
Secondary silver.
Keeley m 210
Nipissing m 50
Segsworth, W. F. . . 152-156, 177
Seneca-Superior s. mine.
Depression in contact 341
Geology and workings 152-156
Greywacke affects veins 118
Location, plan showing 171
Seccion, verticil 15^
Silver production 24, 155
Worked by Mg. Corp. of Canada .... 177
372
Department of Mines
No. 4
PAGE
Seneca-Superior Silver Mines, Ltd.
Capital ; dividends 21
Notes by Segsworth 152
Sericite schist ^-^6
Serpent quartzite 350
Serpentine 30
Sharp Lake Mines, Ltd 235
Shaw, John 331
Shoes and dies, Coniagas mill 261
Short lake. See Little Xipissing s. m.
Silurian 30, 322
See also Lockport formation.
Niagara formation.
Walsi formation.
Northern Ontario 350
Timiskaming 1 15, 338
Silver.
Arizona compared with Cobalt area. 349, 350
Auld and Cane tps 348
Deposition, order of 327, 338-340
Depth, Cobalt area 148
Gowganda s. area 336
In faults 12
James tp., origin 331, 332
Michipicoten isld 325
Ores. See Ores.
Prices 18, 29, 281
Quebec. See Wright m.
Silver islet ■_ 325
Statistics Cobalt area 18-27, 265
Gowganda area 28
World's......... 29
Stratification order in milling 275
World's great fields 1
Silver Islet ;••.■■•. ^25
Silver, native. See Native silver.
Silver sulphantimonide 230
Silver sulphide 35
Silver veins. See Veins.
Silver Bar s. mine, production 27
Silver Cliff s. mine 7, facing 274
Silver Eagle s. mine 192, 229
Silver Leaf s. mine.
Carson vein 113
Depth; diabase 105, 110
Production 25, 167
Section through N. shaft facing 34
Workings 167
plan of levels In map case
Silver Queen s. mine.
Plan of levels In map case
Simpson, W'. E 320
Sizing, analysis 256
Skimmings, treatment of 295
Slate.
See also Greywacke.
Seneca-Superior m 152-155
Slate conglomerate i2i
Slate fault . 80
Slimes.
Concentration 267
Danger of 254
Palladium and platinum in 347
Smaltite 35
Beaver m 149, 343
Bellellen m 229
Buffalo m 69
Chambers-Ferland m 162-164
City of Cobalt m 65
Cobalt Lake m 77
Cobalt Townsite m 81
Smaltite — Continued. page
Composition, theoretical 323
Coniagas m 85
Continuous below contact 329
Crown Reserve m 109, 1 10
Cyanidation of 248
Drummond m 158
Frontier m 222
Generally miscalled 352
Gowganda s. area 336
Keeley m 204, 214, 217
Kerr Lake m 91
Lorrain Consolidated m 233
McKinley-Darragh-Savage m 118
IMaidens claim 332
Mineralogical notes 324
Native silver associated with 246
Nipissing m 49-50, 354
Origin 327, 328
Oxford Cobalt m 183
Princess m 98
Provincial m 172
Ruby m 180
Seneca-Superior m 154
Silver Queen m 161-164
Taylor m 234
T. C. claim _ 236
Temiskaming m 135-138
\'eins, varying value 247
Victory m 184
Molet m 96
Wettlaufer m 225, 226
Smelting 305
Smith, H. C 5
Smith, Leonard G., photos 188, 212
Sodium sulphide precipitation
277, 281,293, 294
.South Lorrain tp.
See also Frontier s. m.
Keeley s. m.
Agricultural land 190
Diabase . 34
vertical section facing 207
Discoveries upset prophecies 4
Faults 12-17
Maps, index and geological. . .x, 189,
facing 193
Alines and mining 189-238
Ore, high-grade l._2
shoots 355
Silver area productive, geol.
plan In map case
from upper contact 7, 10
production .....3, 18, 191, 192
V'eins, No. 10, production 88
notes by Tj'rrell 335
Specularite 336
Sphaero-cobaltite 36, 246
Sphalerite. See Zinc blende.
.Split s. vein 88
Spurr, j. E 3, 353
Stafford, W. H 204
Stamp mills 253, 254
See also Milling.
.Standard s. mine, production 24
Statistics. See Silver production.
Steenman, L. F 181-183
Stephanite 35, 246
Nipissing m 39, 40, 50
.Stewart, R. B 190
Stromeyerite 35
1922
Index
373
PAGE
Strong, Horace F 191, 194, 224, 226
Interest in Keeley m 190
Notes by, on: —
Frontier m 220
Sih^er Eagle ni 229
Wettlaufer m 225, 226
Structure of the rocks 31
See also Geol. of mine workings.
Sudbury dist.
Formations, table of 350
Nickel and copper ores 323-325, 338
Sudbury series 339
Sulpharsenides 339, 340
See also Arsenopyrite, Cobaltite, etc.
Sulphides and Sulpharsenides 35
Sulphobismuthites 35
Sulphur.
Cobalt ores, S. Lorrain tp 191
Discovery in area 324
Mines, various, percentage 310
Sulphuric acid-cyanidization process. . . . 250
Susquehanna s. mine 171
Sutherland, T. F xii
Syenite 30, 196
Symplesite 36
T
Table concentrates, sampling of 296
Table feed, Coniagas m 273
Table of formations. See Formations.
Tallen s. mine 235, 236
Taxes. See Royalties; Profit tax.
Tajdor s. mine 234
T. C. Iocs. 71 and 73 234, 236
Temiskaming. See also Timiskaming.
Temiskaming s. mine.
Calcite 147
Diabase 32, 34, 184
Flow-sheets facing 21 A, 276
Geol. and workings 129-140
levels, plan of In map case
stopes 146
Historical notes 134
Photos 145, 252
Sections, vertical, coloured. . ./af/»g 10, 32
Silver from upper contact 7, 10
production 19, 24, 128, 133
\eins 10, 115, 147, 193
Temiskaming and Hudson Bay Mg. Co.
Capital; dividends 21
Tem'skaming'and Northern Ontario Ry.,
Cobalt discovery due to 332
Temiskaming Mine Managers' Associa-
tion 41
Temiskaming Mg. Co.
Capital; dividends 21, 128
Temiskamite 36
Tennantite 349
Tetrahedrite 35, 246, 352
Thessalon greenstone 350
Thornhill, E. B 311, 319, 320
Thornhill process 244, 311
Thorold, Ont 305
Tillite. See Boulder clay.
Tilting retort, diagram 309
Timagami lake 326
Timiskamian series 30-32
Matachewan s. area 351
Mineral deposits in 338
Views of Miller and Knight 339
Timiskaming. See also Temiskaming.
Timiskaming lake.
See also Haileybury.
Wright ni.
Earlv knowledge and reports 321, 331
Fault 15, 16
Rocks 20, n, i^i-ii9
Timiskaming series.
Age and composition 337, 350
Later meaning of 334
Titaniferous magnetite 338
Toronto Lorrain Silver Mines, Ltd 236
Tough-Oakes Cxold Mines, Ltd 161
Townsite s. m. See Cobalt Townsite m.
Townsite Extension s. mine.
Owners; reserves; rocks 63, 64
Workings, plan of levels In map case
Trenton formation 338
Trethewey s. mine.
See also Meyer vein.
Bought by Coniagas 82
Fault ^. . 13
Flow-sheets facing 11 \, 216
Iron formation 35
Silver production 19, 24, 140
Workings 1-11
plan of levels In map case
Trethewey Silver Cobalt Mines, Ltd.
Capital ; dividends 21
Trout lake 195, 198, 199, 208
See also Tallen s. m.
Trout Lake s. mine 203
Troyes, Sieur de 356 357
Tube mills 253, 254, 260, 263
Tuffs in Gowganda area 336
Tyrrell, J. B 329,332
Notes by, on: —
origin of ores • • 330
veins, S. Lorrain tp ^35
Wettlaufer m 227
U
Union Pacific s. mine 171
University s. mine.
See also La Rose m.
Development 100, 101
plan of levels In map case
Diabase, production below 34, 193
Section, vertical facing 40
Silver production 26, 100
Upper contact '
See also Geol. of mine workings.
Ural mtns., copper 348
V
Valley fault 1-', U
Chambers-Ferland m 162
Displacement '
Nipissing m 53-56
VanHise,C. R 327,328
On origin of ores ^^
Vein(s) ^
See also Geol. of mine workings.
Age and number of productive . . . .33i3, 335
Notes by Spurr and Whitman . . . .340, 353
Relation to faults 16
Vein dikes ^
Vein-filling, character in faults 17
Vermilion iron range -^26
Victoria s. vein 105, 106
Victory Silver Mines, Ltd 1^4
Vimy Ridge s. vein ^'^
374
Department of Mines
No. 4
PAGE
Violet s. mine.
See also La Rose m.
Diabase siil, section .174
Faults... ^ 14
Greywacke 167
Iron formation 125
Litigation 122
McDonald vein 94
Silver from contact 10
production 96
Workings 96, 97
plan of levels In map case
Vivian, H. H., and Co 325
W
Wad, cobaltiferous 325
Waldeman s. mine.
Production; royalties 22, 27
Walker, Sir Edmund 350
Walker, T. L 36, 344
Description bv, of Gowganda diabase
351, 352
Wall rock 351
Chemical influence of, on veins 355
Walsi formation 15
Watabeag area, rocks 351
Watash s. m.
Diamond drilling, notes and plan 186
Watson, C. E 65
Watson, R. B ... 1, 2, 8, 44, 48, 319, 320, 347
On amalgamation-cyanidization process. 306
On sodium sulphide precipitation. . . . 293
Watson silver vein 219-221
Weatherbee, D'Arcy 66, 70
Weathering, pre-glacial.
See Pre-glacial weathering.
Welch s. mine 28
West fault 17
Wettlaufer s. mine.
Diabase . . 199
Location, plan showing 203
Ore from along contact 231
Silver production 19, 192, 224
Workings 224-228
stopes 194
Wettlaufer Lorrain Silver Mines, Ltd.
Capital and dividends 21,227, 228
Wheeler, J. L 134
Whitman, Alfred R 132, 133
Notes on origin of ores 343, 346
structural geology 340
Whitman, G. R 90
Whitewater series 350
Wickenburg, Arizona 349
Williams, M. Y 338
P.\GK
Wilson, Morlev E Hi
Wood, J. ^L
Original owner. Keelev m 204-207, 218
Photo ' 198
Wood's fault 15, 16, 194, 195, 217
Wood's vein.
Clayey material, analysis 213, 216
Cobalt ores, analysis 191
Crompton m., notes, photo and pro-
duction 194, 223
Frontier m 193, 219, 220
Keelev m., description and photol88, 210-15
Notes by J. M. Bell 344, 345
Occurs in faults 17
Stope section on, in Keeley m\n(t facing 216
Weathering, glacial 193, 353
World's big silver fields 1
World's silver production 29
Worth, S. Harry 156
Worth's vein.
Description and section 152-155
Mercer s. mine, prod. 17V
Wright, D. G. H.
Wright, E. V
Wright, M. P.. ..^
Wright, Major Ward
Wright, Sydney B
Wright galena mine. Que.
Historical notes
351
358
158
174
320
321
356-358
Rocks 325
Wyandoh s. mine.
Royalties; production 22. 27
13, 17
. 35
. . 8£
X
X fault
Xanthoconite
Xmas s. vein, production
Y
York-Ontario s. mine, production 27
Young, H. G 318, 326
Zacatecas, Mexico, silver prod 1, 29
Zinc blende (sphalerite) 35, 246
Age of deposition . . 338
Buffalo m 69
Crown Reserve m . 109
Frontier m . 352
Monte Cristo m 349
Nipissing m 50, 51, 62
O'Brien m 124, 125
Oxford Cobalt and Victory mines.. .. 184
Zinc precipitation 291, 292
Zoller, F. W 156
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
Ho\. II. Mills, Minister of ]\Iines
Thos. W. Gibson, Depcti' Minister
THIRTY-FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART III, 1922
Blanche River Area
By
A. Q. Burrows and P. E. Hopkins
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed by Clarkson W. James, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1922
Printed l)y
THE RYERSOX IMJESS
CONTENTS
Vol. XXXI, Part 111
PAGE
Introduction 1
Previous work 2
Topography 3
Geology 3
Keewatin 4
Pre-Algoman 6
Algoman 6
Cobalt Series 6
Keweenawan 7
Paleozoic 8
Pleistocene 9
Gold • 10
Bryce Township . 10
Dack Township 12
Chamberlain Township 12
I'.-vGi';
Silver 13
Cane Township 13
Auld Township 14
Casey Township 15
Ingram Township 16
Bayly Township Ki
Mulligan and Pense Townships 16
Brick Industry 16
Limestone 17
Quartzite 19
Peat Bog 19
Sand and Gravel 19
Water Supply 20
Hydro-Electric Power 20
ILLUSTRATIONS
PACK
Gold bearing shear zone in andesite, Borgford claim, Eryce township 10
Pit on Borgford claim showing two rusty weathering gold bearing bands 11
Limestone (Lockport) cliffs at Dawson point, Lake Timiskaming 17
Liine kiln on lot 1, concesion I, Armstrong township IS
Outcrop of Silurian (Lockport) limestone at Dawson point 19
SKETCH MAPS AND DIAGRAMS
PAGE
Profile of a portion (30Vy miles) of the Blanche river, scale I miles to the inch .... iv
Key map showing the location of the Blanche River area 1
Cross-section showing the relationship of rocks in Bryce township 10
GEOLOGICALLY COLOURED MAP
No. 31b. — Blanche River Area, District of Timiskaming, scale one mile to the inch
{In pocket on inside of back cover)
(iii)
i(xooo
Feet
563-1'
585-3'
5.000
1
1
0.000
"'"^
S"?!
5 3
§ 5-
5.000
'
§■■*
5- 3-
^ ^
"^ o
5 ■=
10.000
1?
15.000
^1'
20.000
-
2^
587-e'
i5-3
^ ^
25.000
30.000
35.000
590- e'
591 0'
40.000
59S-3'
eoo-0'
45.000
50.000
600-0'
55.000
63^0'
634 3 ■
63
•3'
63
•S'
\
«5
'- \
«
.-5-
SS
■r \
65D0Q
665-J 1
6«
s-s'
80*00 misons Rapids
00*00 Wooden Bridge
i^. Half Lots. Con.5.
Evanturei Tp.Decl(EI.6l2-4i
ZOOO Junction East branch
59*19 Steel Bridge
N. Bdry. Evanturel Tp.
Decl< Ei6li-T ^
65000
Feet
220*00 Stee/ Bridge
LotsiO-II.Con.2.
Morter Tp. Decl<EI. 613-0'
North limit of
Profile of a portion
(10,560 feet) to 1 inch,
are referred to sea-level.
353*90 Foot of Rapids
368*00 Head of Rapids
400t00 Wooden Bridge
Lot 12, Cons. 3- 4, ^
Marter Tp. Decic El. 623-3'
Ice £1594-7'
490-*00
Junction North branch
Ice EL 600-0'
536*00 Foot of Falls.
556*00 Head of Falls.
598*60
Foot of Hrugerdorf Rapids
655*00
Head of Krugerdorf Rapids
683*00 Wooden Bridge
West of Krugerdorf
Deck El 684 -8; Ice El 665-5 '
nche River Area Map.
(301/2 miles) of
10.000 %
15.000
8OJ0O0
85,000
90.000
95.000
100.000
105.000
/moo
1151300
670-1
611-0'
I20WO
125.000
I30W0
135,000
Feet
151.340
655*00
Head of Krugerdorf Rapids
663-00 Wooden Bridge
West of Krugerdorf
Deck El 684-8. Ice EL 665-5
816*00 Wooden Bridge
Deck EL 681- 7 'Ice Ej. 666-5'
m*20 Foot of Rapids
842*60 Headof Rapids
932*00 Rapids
1014-80 Foot of Rapids
1048*00 Head of Rapids
1169-00 Foot of Rapids
II83'00 Head cf Rapids
1257*00 Foot of Rapids
1306*00 Head of£ap!dr
1330*00 Wooden Bridge
Ice El 885-0 Deck El WTff
B85-0' 1349*00 Foot of Rapids
1355*00 Head of Rapids
(Approtimate)
1513 *40 Round Lake
the Blanche river, horizontal scale 2 miles
Altitudes, determined in March, 1922, by the T. & N. 0. Ry..
IV
BLANCHE RIVER AREA
By
A. Q. Burrows and P. R. Hopkins
Introduction
This report deals with an area which lies to the north and northwest of Lake
Timiskaming, and which is draijied largely hy the Blanche river and its numerous
tributaries. The area includes a block of twenty- five townships, approximately
thirty miles square, lying between the Cobalt siher area on the soutli, and the
Boston-Skead gold area on the north. The Ontario-Quebec boundary forms t\\<-
east limit of the nux])-sheet ; tlir soiitb boiiiKhiry is at 4^' ."Ji)' iioi'tli hititiidc.
Much of the area consists of clay, which is being rapidly cleared for agricul
tural purposes, the land around Liskeard^ having been settled prior to 1900.
The Temiskaming and Northern Ontario Railway, with branch lines to E'lk Lake
and Charlton, passes through it. There are good wagon roads and rural telephone
lines in many of the townships. Approximately three million ounces of silver
have been mined from the Casey-Cobalt mine in Casey townsliip. Ricli silver
showings have also been found in Cane and Auld townships, and there are iiidica-
vions ol' .ihor in the vicinity of Wendigo lake. Prospecting for gold lias beeji
carried on in Brj'co, Back, Marter and other townships.
Scale of Miles
Key map showing the location of the Blanche River Area in reference to
the mineral areas of Timiskaming and Cochrane districts.
Accompanying this report is a coloured geological map of the area, on a scale
of one mile to the inch, on which are shown the rock outcrops, clay and sand tracts,
wagon roads, roads under construction, and many other features.
Most of the field work was done in the summer of 1921, when H. T. Leslie,
A. R. Clarke, J. A. Wedge and D. Kearney acted as efficient assistants. The field
work was completed in l\'tay, 1922, with the assistance of K. B. Heisey and W.
Greenwood.
The assays and analyses were made by \Y. K. McNeill and T. E. Rolhwell of
the Provincial Assay Office.
'The name "New Liskeard" is commonly used. In this report the ruling of the
Geographic Board of Canada has been observed.
Department of Mines, Part III No. 4
Previous Work
Lake Timiskamiiig and other geographical features in the area were known
to the French as early as 1632. During recent years exploratory trips were made
through the area by W. McOuat, W. G. Miller, W. A. Parks and others; however,
only a limited portion of the Blanche Eiver sheet has been previously mapped.
Cojisiderable geo^^Ofiical work has been done in tbe neighbouring areas of Cobalt.
]\Iontreal Eiver and the townships shown on the Boston-Skead map. Following the
discoveries of silver ore at 'Cobalt, a possible silver-producing area was located by
prospectors in several townships around Wcndigo lake, where the Nipissing diabase
was found lo outcrop and veins carrying cobalt bloom were found. Portions of
the townships of Bayh", Mulligan, Ingram and Pense were geologically mapped
by R. E. Hore in 1908.' Tbe towiLships of Casey and Harris were also partiail;-
mapped by Mr. Hore in the same year, following a discovery of native silver on
the Bushnell property, afterwards known as the Casey-Cobalt mine, in the soutli
part of Casey towaiship.
Xative silver was discovered in the townships of Aukl and Cane a few years
ago, and parts of these townships were mapped in 1920 by A. G. Burrows.
A part of the central portion of the area, extending northwesterly from the
north end of Lake Timiskaming, for a distance of twenty-eight miles and for a
•width of nine miles, is largely covered with Pleistocene deposits of stratified clay,"
•with a few scattered outcrops of Paleozoic rocks. The Paleozoic rocks of Niagara
age were recognized as early as 1845, by Sir William Logan around the north end
of Lake Timiskaming, and were described by A. E. Barlow in 1897. The Paleozoii^,
rocks near the north end of the lake are shown in the 1910 edition of the map of
Cobalt, published by the Ontario Department of ]\iines.
In 1915, M. Y. Williams recognized the Ordovician (Black Eiver) formation
as occurring to the west of Haileybury, fragments of which were found along the
shore of the lake by Logan.
In 1916, G. S. Hume^ mapped the Paleozoic rocks to the northwest of Lake
Timiskaming. As the area is largely covered by Pleistocene clay deposits, the
records of drill holes in different localities were used by Mr. Hume in determining
the distribution of these rocks.
\\'alter McOuat,* one of the earlier explorers, made a micrometer survey of
Blanche river from Timiskaming to Round lake in' 1872. The mam part of
the Blanche river flows through the area described in this report. For the first
twent3'-five miles of its course no rocks were exposed along the shores, after which
rocks outcropped infrequently to Eound lake. j\TcOuat describes certain rocks as
chlorite and hornblende schists and diorite.
W. G. Miller,^ Provincial Geologist, in 1900, described the geology along the
north and Abitibi branches of the Blanche river and Wendigo lake.
In 1904, W. A. Parks^ made a geological examination along main canoe
routes in the area together with some land traverses.
^Ont. Bur. Min. Reports, Vol. XIX, 1913, Part II. pp. 149-151.
^bid, Vol. XVIII, 1909, pp. 284-293, by A. P. Coleman.
''Paleozoic Rocks of Lake Timiskaming Area, Summary report, Geol. Surv. of Can.,
1916. pp. 18i8-192.
* Report of an examination of the country between Lalves Timiskaming and Abitibi,
Report of -Progress, Geol. Surv. Canada, 1872-73, pp. 112-135.
•'Lake Timiskaming to the Height of Land, Ont. Bur. Mines Report, Vol. XI, 1902,
pp. 214-230.
" The Geology of a District from Lake Timiskaming Northward, Summary Report,
Geol. Sur. Canada, 1904, pp. 198-225.
1922 Blanche River Area
Topography
A marked characteristic of the region is the flat pfuin extending north-
westerly from Lake Timiskaming. This is composed of Pleistocene clays and flat-
lying Paleozoic rocks, and has an elevation of 630 to 820 feet. The clay plain
has been deeply intersected by V-shaped valleys formed by the Wabi and Blanche
rivers and their many tributaries, which empty into Lake Timiskaming. The
Blanche river at Englehart has cut at least 100 feet into the plain. The streams
have a turbid appearance due to finely-suspended clay particles. The Montreal
river cuts across the southwest corner of the map-sheet. Long Lake, near Charl-
ton, is the largest lake in the area. An arm of the clay plain extends south-
westerly from Earlton, along which runs a branch line of the railway. This
portion in part of Kerns, Henwood and Cane townships, consists o,f flat-lying
pre-Camhrian quartzite. Around these flat areas, the country is hilly, due to the
uneven erosion of the pre-Cambrian rocks, and has the general appearance of the
pre-Cambrian topogi'aphy throughout most of northern Ontario.
A plain of good agricultural land, from 200 to 250 feet higher than the
Englehart-Liskeard plain, occurs in the vicinity of Charlton, in parts of Dack,
Robillard, Beauchamp, Savard and Chamberlain townships. Hills of Keewatin
la-.a iuul agglomerate rise 200 to 300' feet above this plain, near the boundary
between Dack and Beauchamp townships. Some very marked ridges and hills
occur in other portions of the area. High ridges of Nipissing diabase form strik-
ing features in Auld .and Cane townships. The northeast part of the area, in the
townships around Wendigo lake, is particularly rugged, some of the ridge-,- being-
300 feet above the lake. There are also some pronounced conical hills of Keewatin
diabase in Brethour township. In the township of Beauchamp the chief features
are the high morainic hills and ridges of sand and gravel which form some of the
highest points in the area. Other sand areas accur in northeast Marter and in
southwest Hudson township. A prominent sand and boulder ridge extends in a
northwest-southeast direction across Armstrong, Hilliard and Harley townships.
Geology
There is a wide range of rocks in the area, including many members of the
pre-Cambrian, varying in age from much altered lavas of the Keewatin to well-
preserved Keweenawan diabase, and in addition areas of fossiliferous dolomite
of early Paleozoic age. It is unusual to see formations that are younger than the
pre-Cambrian represented on maps of portions of northern Ontario. The Kee-
watin, Algoman, Animikean, Keweenawan and Silurian are all prominently shown
on the accompanying map. The pre-Cambrian rocks are similar to those described
in reports on surrounding areas.
The geological divisions are shown in the table of formations which follows,
the oldest being placed at the bottom.
TABLE OF FORMATIONS
Pleistocene
Glacial and Recent —
Peat bog.
Sand, gravel, sandy loam and boulders.
Stratified clay, boulder clay, clay loam, sandy clay.
Paleozoic
Silurian —
Ordovician —
Lcckport dolomite and sandstone.
Cataract limestone and impure shales.
Trenton limestone.
4 Department of Mines, Part III No. 4
Unconformity
Pee-Cambeiax
Keweexawax —
Diabase dikes and sills, granopliyre.
Intrusive Contact
AxiMiKEAx (Cobalt Series) —
Quartzite.
Conglomerate, arkose, greywacke and slate.
Unconjormity
Laueentiax or Algoman —
Quartz-porphyry, aplite and felsite dikes.
Hornblende-biotite granite, syenite and gneiss.
Intrusive Contact
Pee-Algomax (?) —
Diabase.
Intrusive Contact
Keewatix —
Rhyolite, andesite and dacite.
Amygdaloidal and ellipsoidal basalt, agglimerate. diabase, horn-
blende and chlorite schist.
Mica schist.
Keewatin
The Keewatin occurs prominently in the west part of the area, namely, in
the tO"miships of Eobillard, Bryce, Dack and Beauchamp. Similar rocks occur
in the townsliips of Marter and Bayly, while a few scatt(!red outcrops of Kee-
watin arc found near the Ontario-Quebec boundary.
Basalt and Andesite. — The Keewatin consists principally of altered basic lavas
which were originally basalt. These are quite dark-coloured, and frequently show
the pillow structure so characteristic of basic lava flows of this age. The lavas
in Eobillard township are chiefly dark-coloured with pillow structures and fre-
quent aniyu'daJes, and in places are altered to hornblende and chlorite schists.
The basic lavas extend southerly into the north part of Bryce township, while
farther south they become lighter-coloured, approaching andesite in composition.
With the andesite there is a light, greenish-grey rock which has the com-
position of dacite, or possibly rh3^olite. A great part of Bryce is covered by the
lighter-coloured andesitic and dacitic rocks. The pillow structure was observed
in andesite on lot 2 along the line between concessions III. and IV. The ix)ck
has a slightly porphyritic texture, showing phenocrysts of plagioclase and smaller
crystals of biotite altered to chlorite, while a second generation of plagioclase
is shown in the groundmass. In places the andesite has an amygdaloidal struc-
ture.
The dacite shows phenocrysts of quartz as well as plagioclase and is lighter-
coloured than the andesite. Much of the rock has an ash grey colour on the
weathered surface. In lots 10 and 11, concession lY., Bryce township, there are
grey feldspar porphyry masses wliich may be differentiation pha^^es from the ande-
site magma.
The lavas are altered in places to schist with a strike approximately N 70° W,
and dip 60 deg. to 80 deg. north.
1922 Blanche River Area
(1)
(2)
Andesite
Dacite
per cent.
per cent,
61.56
70.68
17.96
15.79
4.95
4.75
1.01
1.17
3.86
1.17
2.S8
0.94
0.42
2.01
4.16
ZM
0.94
1.02
2.82
2.05
With the lig-ht-eoloured lavas there are bands of agglomerate breccia or tuff-
like dejDOsits of material similar to the lavas, which make up a great part of the
light coloured rock. These dccur in lots !> and 1(». i-oncessions II and III and in
lot 5, concession VI, Bryce, and on the boundary between Beauchanip and Dai-k
townships. Ash rocks are likewise associated with the more basic lavas on the
boundary line between Da,ck and 'Chaml)erlain towaiships.
The composition of the andesite and dacite is shown in the following tables :
(1) Lot 11, line between concessions III and IV. Bryce.
(2) Lot 10, concession IV, Bryce; Analysts, W. K. McNeill and T. E. Rothwell.
Silica
Alumina
Ferrous Oxide
Ferric O.xide
Lime
Magnesia
Potash
Soda
Carbon Dioxide
Water
Some shear zones carrying values in gold occtir in the light-coloured vol-
canics in Bryce toAvnship.
The andesite which covers nearly all the southwest part of 'Skead town-
ship extends southerly into Ba3'ly, nio.st of the northwest part o,L' the latter
township being covered by andesite, with the exception of some diabase dikes and
a little conglomerate near Wendigo lake. With the andesite is a breccia which
is made up of fragments of the andesite. This type of rock occurs in lot 3 con-
cession lY, Bayly township. Xo gold deposits were seen in Bayly township,
however the andesite of Skead township is kno\ni to contain gold-bearing veins.'
Mica Scliisl. — There are several outcrops of mica schist in the eastern part
of the area. The}- occur along the boundary line between ,Ontario ^and Quebec,
about two miles north of the southeast corner of Mulligan townshi}). ^lica schist
occtipies a large part of the southeast portion of Pense toAvnship and also a part
of Brethour. Similar rock occurs in small patches in Casey township.
The rock is a fine-grained biotite schist, containing numerous quartz grains.
It is grey to black in colour, depending on the proportion of biotite, and often
has a rusty surface due to the oxidation of disseminated iron pyrites. In places
there is a definite banding or stratification, indicating an origin from a quart-
zose sediment. Irregular lenses of quartz occur in the schist in the direction of
schistosity which is generally east and west. The rocks usually dip to the north
at about 80 deg. A few narrow dikes of diabase intrude the schist.
Erom the description given by Morley E. AYilson - of the Pontiac series wlwck
he found to occur in a large area in Quebec to the east of Larder lake, it Is evident
that the rock above described is similar to the Pontiac schist. Wilson did not
* Boston-Skead Gold Area by A. G. Burrows and P. E. Hopkins, Ont. D'ept. of Mines
Report. Vol. XXX, 1921, Pt. 6.
'Larder Lake District. Geo. Sur. Can. Memoir. 17Ei, p. 27.
6 Department of Mines, Part III No. 4
find any relation.'^hij) between the mica schist and the Keewatin greenstones.
and conseqitentl}' placed the schist in a separate series.' Some of the green-
stone in Pense township does not appear so highly metamorphosed as the mica
schist, hut the rocks were not ol)served in contact. It has Ijeen thought advis-
able to group tlie mica schist with the Keewatin roclvS on the accompanying
map. In the southeast part of Pense township the mica schist has been intruded
by coarse hornblende syenite. The mica schists resemble the Couchiching of
western Ontario.
Pre=Algoman ?
Cutting the andesite to the north of Wendigo lake on lots 7 and 8, con-
cession III, IV, and V, Bajdy township, is a massive altered diabase which may
be pre-Algoman in age. The rock is clearly intruded by a Keweenawan dia-
base dike, but its relationship with the other rocks is not known.
Algoman
Pink and grey biotite granites occur in several parts of the area. The largest
volume is that which covers Savard and parts of Bryce, Robillard and Chamberlain
townships. The granite is part of a larger area that extends northerly in Pacaud
and Marquis townships, and westerly towards Elk lake. The batholith of biotite
granite is generally massive in structure, but near the contact with older rocks
it may be gneissoid. It is pink to grey in colour, and frequently shows spots
of quartz, stained a bright red, greatly resembling garnet in appearance. The
chief constituents are quartz, orthoclase, plagioclase, biotite and augite, with
small amounts of apatite and rutile.
A smaller mass of pink biotite granite outcrops in the east part of ^lulligan
to^vnship, extending easterly into Quebec.
A fine-grained white-weathering granite, or aplite, intrudes mica schist on
lot 9, concession III, Pense township. In lot 11, concesion I of the same township
the mica schist is intruded by a coarse red hornblende syenite.
Grey granite and gneiss occur on lots 10 and 11, concession II. Cane town-
sliip. The area is small and has been exposed by erosion of overlying Cobalt
series quartzite, and Nipissing diabase, which are the other rocks in the vicinity.
A few narrow quartz and feldspar-porph}Ty dikes are sho'mi on portions of
the accompanying map. Several narrow dikes occur in Keewatin scliist lietween
Charlton and Engleliart near the periphery of a granite batholith. The porplnTy
occurs in larger volume in lots 10 and 11, concession III, Bryce township. At
the latter locality the grey feldspar-porphyry may be a differentiation phase of
the adjoining andesite; the porphyry also contains narrow gold-bearing veins.
Somewhat similar porphjTy occurs ^nth the andesite in Bayly to^^^lship. A quartz-
porphyr}' dike occurs on the west boundary of Brj^ce township.
Cobalt Series
The series of sedimentary rocks occurs prominently in the east and south-
west parts of the area. Around Wendigo lake, there are ridges of greywacke,
quartzite and conglomerate, witli which is a-sociated the Xipissing diabase form-
ing some of the highest points in the area. The sediments in the southwest part
are largely reddish quartzite and arkose, whicli form the latest rocks of tlie Cobalt
series. The quartzite is in comparatively low ridges outcropping through the clav
and sand in the townsliips of Cane, Henwood. Auld and Lundy. In the town-
1922 Blanche River Area
ship of Bryce there are scattered outcrops of conglomerate and reddish slate
like greywacke which overlie the Keewatin schists and are intruded by the Nip-
issi.ag diabase. The latter sediments are thin remiuuits along the margin ot the
large area of Cobalt series lying to the south.
Where exposed, the series is very little disturbed, having the nearly horizontal
attitude characteristic of most of the Cobalt series which has been mapped over
several hundred square miles of country to the south, southwest and west. To
the west of AVendigo lake some of the boulders in the conglomerate are ten inches
across.
A number of contacts with the older rocks were observed, some of the best
being in Bryce township where numerous patches of conglomerate overlie the basalt,
andesite and rhyolite, the old surface o,f the Keewatin on which the sediments
were laid do^v^l, being much like that of to-day. Some of these small patches of
conglomerate were seen in lot 5, concession VI, Bryce township, foi^r miles from
the main mass of sediments to the south. In the northeast corner of Mulligan
township the conglomerate contains numerous grey, medium-grained biotite granite
pebbles derived from the underlying granite in the immediate vicinity.
The order of deposition of the members of the Cobalt series in Bryce and
Cane townships from the oldest to the youngest is as follows: conglomerate,
banded reddish slate-like grey^vacke with thin beds of conglomerate, quart'/itc
and arkose.
Keweenawan
The Keweenawan diabase, which has such a wide distri b^^tion in northern
Ontario and which is known to be associated with the silver deposits of Cobalt
and elsewhere, occurs in various parts of this area, particularly in the north-
east and southwest. The country round Wendigo lake is very rockji and pro-
minent ridges of diabase are found in tlie townships of Bayly, Mulligan. Peii^c
and Ingram in the vicinity of the lake. Scattered ridges and hills of diabase out-
crop through the heavy mantle of clay or sand southerly to Casey and Harris
townships. In the southwest part there are ridges of diabase in Auld, Cane,
Bryce and Lundy townships, while near Cobalt, in Hudson and Dymond town-
ships, the diabase is also found. A number of relationships were observed in the
field which confirmed the previous in.formation regarding the sill form of the dia-
base. The best contacts were found in the township of Bryce, where both footwall
and hanging-wall conditions occur, and a small area of diabase was seen from
which the overlying rocks had been eroded, exposing the top of the sill. These
features were observed on lots 8 and 9, concession II, Bryce township. The
relationships between the diabase sill and the older rocks in the locality are
shown on the accompanying cross-section. Similar structures occur in Auld and
Cane townships, and are referred to in a previous report. R. E. Hore refers
to the sill-like cha.ractor of the diabase in his description of the occurrence near
Wendigo lake. He states: "At the foot of cliffs of diabase, the igneous rock is
seen to overlie horizontally bedded, slaty greywacke. At the west end of Lake
Wendigo the slate dips slightly to the south under dialiase. The cooling ol: the
igneous sheet has produced vertical cylindrical columns. These are often well
e^-:posed in the ridge north of Ingram township, where columns twenty to thirty
feet in diameter form tlie vertical cliffs, while wide cracks mark out the continua-
tion of the column boundary."'^ The top of the diabase isill may also be seen in lot
'Ont. Bur. Min. Report, Vol. XIX, 1913, Part II. "Area South of Lake Wendigo."
Department of Mines, Part III No. 4
10, concession III, Kerns township, and the hottom of the sill in lot "2, concession
I and lot 1, concession IV of Hudson township.
Noniially the diabase has the dark greyish to greenish colour characteristic
qt the major part of the sill in northern Ontario which has been described by
Knight and other writers in earlier reports.
The typical diabase contains dark-coloured plagioclase, brox^ii augite. a little
biotite, and usually a little quartz intergrown with feldspar, also ■:^iagnetite or
ilmenite as accessor^'- minerals.
A red rock, or granophyre, is found in minor quantity, particularly in the
southwest part of Cane township, and is probably associated with the diabase as at
Gowganda. The neighbouring rock in this locality is a feldspathic quartzite. and
it is likely that some of the red rock has been fonned by assimilation of the
quartzite by the diabase, since it is difficult to distinguish the two rocks when
found in the same outcrop. Granophyre also occurs in lot 9, concession III,
Kerns toMmship.
In places the diabase occurs as dikes. At Kenabeek statioJi the contact
between the diabase and quartzite appears to be vertical.
Considerable cobalt bloom occurs in the diabase in parts of Pense, ]\Iulligan
and Ingram townships. Promising silver-bearing veins occur in the upper part
of the diabase sill in Cane and Auld townships. Much silver has been produced
at the Casey-Cobalt mine in Casey township, the ore coming from sediments which
were probably overlain by diabase.
Paleozoic
The latest report on the Paleozoic rocks of Timiskaming is by G. S. Hume^
who mapped the formations in 1916. A large area of Ordovician and Silurian
has been preserved by faulting. The strong NW-SE fault to the northwest of
Xew Liskeard was first recognized by W. G. Miller.- The fault scarp, which is
the continuation of the west shore of Lake Timiskaming, has been traced by
Hume for 12 miles to the north part of Kerns township where the ridge flattens.
Hume classifies the Paleozoic rocks into an upper division, Silurian, consisting
of Lockport and Cataract formations, and a lower division, Ordovician, consisting
of Black River-Trenton. In 1915 M. Y. Williams^ recognized the limestone on the
ridge to the west of Haileybury as Ordovician, similar rock occurring to the west
of Liskeard. The Ordovician formations liere are on the west or upthrow
side of the fault. Most of the exposures of dolomite to the east of the fault are
referred by Hume to the Lockport, while the Cataract is exposed below the Lock-
port at Daw^son point, and outcrops at the falls two miles south of Englehart.
Hume also recognizes a thin l^and of Cataract extending northwesterly from the
east side of Dawson point to Englehart. To the east of this, the same author has
mapped a band of Ordovician extending to the pre-Caml)rian rocks near the
Blanche river.
The limestone of the area has been used for building purposes and for pro-
ducing lime; also in connection with the paper sulphite plant at Iroquois Falls.
' Paleozoic Rocks of Lake Timiskaming Area, Summary Report, G.S.C.. 1916, pp.
188-192, and accompanying map.
= Ont. Bur. Min. Reports, Vol. XIX, Part II, p. 120.
'The Ordovician Rocks Oif Lake Timiskaming. Mu.seum Bulletin No. 17., Geo. Sur. Can.
1922 Blanche River Area
Pleistocene
The greater part of the area is covered with Glacial and Recent deposits of un-
consolidated material, stratified clay, sand, gravel, etc. The stratified clay is the
most ahundant of the superficial deposits, covering most of the townships extend-
ing northerly from Liskeard to beyond Englehart. The clay deposits are ill
a low area, which rises gradually to the north. The plain-like region broadens
near Earlton, a narrow belt of clay extending southwesterly into Henwood and
Cane townships, while easterly beyond the Blanche river in parts of Ingram, Hil-
liard and Brethour townships the clay contains much sand. To the west of Engle-
hart there is a ridge of Keewatin greenstone and granite for a few miles, beyond
which the clay continues over several townships around Charlton. Here, the
underlying rocks are pre-Cambrian, and there are scattered hillocks and ridge& of
rock protruding from the soil. This clay area is 200 to 250 feet higher than the
plain between Englehart and Earlton. The deposits of clay become scattered to-
ward the north, consequently the rocky portions are more numerous and the
country not so suitable for agriculture.
The presence of the large tillahle clay area made possible the opening of a
number of townships for settlement in past years, and the agricultural land avail-
able has been taken up by settlers. Many parts of the area have had well estab-
lished communities for several years, the first settlements having been made near
Liskeard over thirty years ago.
The elevation of the clay plain varies from CA2 feet at Liskeard to 816 feet-
at Earlton, while at Englehart, farther north, it is only 677 feet.
The clay deposits comprise alternating layers of dark and light-coloured ma-
terials, one-half an inch or over in thickness, which were formed in fairly deep
waters. The deposits are in places from 100 to 20iO feet in thickness. Red brick
has been made from the clays at Liskeard. The clay in many ]3arts of the
area is overlain by sand, silt and gravel. Much of the eastern portion of Marter
township is sand, which can be traced to the north for twenty-five miles. In the
northeast part of the township the sand rises to a height of 100 feet, while farther
south in the same township it gives way to a sandy loam which is covered in places
by a thin covering of clay. Sand can be seen lying on stratified clay m a section
of the river bank in lot 3, concession III, Marter township.
High morainic ridges occur in the west part of Beauchamp and the east part
of Bryce in concessions II and III. These ridges are 100 to 150 feet above the
plain. Several depressions represent old kettle lakes, many of which are now dry.
To the south of the morainic ridges there is a broad sand plain, stretching south-
erly into the north parts of Cane and Henwood townships, which is possibly an
outwash plain from a glacier.
A narrow sand-gravel-boulder ridge extends in a southeasterly direction for
nine miles from lot 3, concession IV, Armstrong township to the southeast
corner of Harley to'waiship. Silurian limestone outcrops at intervals along the ridge.
A glacial morainic deposit extends east of the Blanche river near Judge post-
office in Casey township.
Where the rocks are exposed one often sees the glacial grooves and scratches,
which strike from S. 30° E. to S. 50° E. astronomic.
10
Department of Mines, Part III
No. 4
Horizontal Scale, I Mile = l Inch
0 1
Keewatin
Andesite, dacite
Basalt
Algoman
Granite
Cobalt Series
Nipissin^
Cong/omerate Reddish s/ate- Quartz diabase
dike greywacke
Cross-Section on line A B ( .S'ee map No. 31b) showing the relationship of
rocks in Bryce township.
Gold
Bryce Township
Gold has been discovered on several lots in the township o.f Bryce. Since
the township has been almost completely burned over, the rocky portions are well
exposed for prospecting
Thehna. — Some years ago a shaft was sunk on the south half of lot 8, con-
cession II by the Thelma Mining Company. The rock is schistose Keewatin, which
is probably an altered andesite. This is cut by a quartz vein which, at the shaft.
ii^ h.,^^ ■■■iM^'^ii.r-,. -^^
Gold bearing shear zone, about 15 inches wide, in
white weathering andesite. Borgford
claim, Bryce township.
1922
Blanche River Area
11
is 3 to 6 inches in width. It strikes N. 53° W. and has been traced about 200 feet
with varying widths, showing small stringers running from the vein. The shaft
could not be examined, but some of the vein material on the dump carries iron
pyrites, copper pyrites, pyrrhotite and specularite, a sample of which gave no
results in gold. It is reported, however, that some gold was obtained in samples
from the vein. The Keewatin is here underlain 1)y the Nipissing dial)ase sill.
t
Pit on the Borgford claim, north ^^ lot 9, concession II, Bryce township,
showing two rusty weathering gold bearing bands, each one foot in width.
Borgford. — During the summer of 1920 George Borgford of Elk Lake dis-
covered some gold-bearing shear zones in the north parts of lots 9 and 10, con-
cession II, Bryce township. Following this discovery a number of claims were
staked in the vicinity. The rocks which carry the gold deposits arc andesite, dacito
and agglomerate, which are light greenish-grey in colour. These rocks are quite
schistose in places,, particularly in the vicinity of the veins. The ellipsoidal and
amygdaloidal structure is not common, although mnnerous l)oinlj-]ike inclusions
were noted in the agglomerate. In some places the rock is quite porphyritic. The
shear zones are recognized hy the abundance of iron pyrites which is oxidized on the
surface, staining the light-coloured rock a rusty brown. The rusty bands strike 20
degrees north of west, dip 80 degrees northerly, and are traceable at least 400 ft. The
rusty streaks average aJbout one foot in width, and one pit shows two of these three
feet apart. They contain schist impregnated with iron pyrites, copper pyrites and
quartz, together with some calcite, feldspar, pyrrhotite and zinc blende. A sample
from a 12-foot pit near the east boundary gave $5.60 in gold per ton over a
12 Department of Mines, Part III No. 4
width of ten inches. Other samples from the same pit gave 80 cents and $2.0't
per ton over narrow widths. Samples of the rock from the pit and adjacent to the
rusty streaks gave no gold on assay.
Two samples from a pit 4I/2 chains southeast on lot 9, concession II gave
^0 cents and 80 cents over widths of 12 inches, The three feet of rock between
gave an assay of $1.20 per ton.
Quesnell. — Some years ago a 20-foot pit was sunk 011 an 18-ineh white
quartz vein in andesite in the southwest part of lot 10, concession II, Bryco
township. The vein strikes approximately east and west and is traceable for 400
feet. Four men Avere trenching the vein in May, 1922. The quartz in places car-
ries some iron and copper pyrites and the wall rock is scistose. Mr. Quesnell stated
that a vein one quarter of a mile west gave encouraging values on assay.
S. W. 14, S. 1/2, Lot S, Con. III. — Some shallow pits have been sunk on
bands of pyritous schist on this claim. A selected sample of the schist zone gave
an assay of $2.40 per ton.
Lof 6, Con. VI. — A sliaft was sunk in the basalt on some stringers of quartz
carrying a little iron pyrites and pyrrhotite. ^N'o gold was shown on assay of
several mineralized pieces of quartz .from the dump.
Dack Township
A 100-foot inclined shaft has been sunk at a 30-foot falls on the Blanche
river on the Parker claim in lot 7, concession lY. The shaft is sunk in a pro-
nounced fault which strikes N. 30° E and dips 80° to the N. 60° W, the rocks being
Iveewatin serjientinous diabase and talc schist. Fragments of quartz, calcite, pyrite
and chalcopyrite taken from the dump showed an absence of gold on analysis.
A narrow band of highly altered Iveewatin schist occurs on the southeasterly
periphery of a granite batholith extending in a northeasterly direction from the
town of Charlton to lot 4, concession I, Chamberlain township. These lava schists,
rusty carbonates and tuffs are intruded by a few small dikes of porphyry and lamp-
rophyre, and contain occasional quartz veins. A shallow pit has been sunk in
this zone on a porphyrj- dike with quartz veinlets near the hydro-electric power
station at Charlton. A pit has also Ijeen sunk on a narrow quartz vein carrying
iron p\Tites on the Scott location, the south half of lot 6, concession V, Dack
township. Considerable trenching has been done on the McPherson farms north
parts of lots 4 and 5, concession YI, Dack township, exposing a quartz vein two
to three feet in width and over a quarter of a mile in length. Two channel
samples of quartz carrying iron pyrites, talc and dolomite from the vein gave on
assay 40 cents and 80 cents in gold per ton.
Chamberlain Township
The McPherson vein extends northeasterly to the Grant location, lot 4, con-
cession I, Chamberlain toA^iiship. Several quartz veins can be seen in the railw'ay
rocks cuts 0)1 this lof. however, two samples, well mineralized with pyrite, showed
no gold on assay.
1922 Blanche River Area 13
Silver
Xative silver, smaltite aud iiiccolite and other related minerals have been
found in several townships shown on the accompanying map. Silver ore has been
shipped from the townships of Casey and Cane.
There are a niinil)er of veins of calcite and dikes of aplite in the town-
ships of Auld and Cane that are silver-bearing. They occur toward the hanging-
wall side, or upper part, of the diabase sill. The main outcrop of diabase is
a long- narrow section of a sill extending in a general north and south direction.
The veins of calcite and dikes of aplite are approximately at right angles to the
contact of the sill Avitli the overlying quartzite, consequently the strike approaches
east and west. A number of properties have been located on the diabase ridge,
and the exploration of those along the easterly side has shown silver-bearing vein?
of promise.
Generally where an aplite dike is mineralized, it is accompanied by calcite
and quartz veinlets, either irregularly in the dike or parallel to it. Veins in
which aplite, quartz and calcite occur are more numerous than the ordinary
silver-bearing calcite veins. The silver-bearing aplite dikes vary in width from
an inch to 18 inches. The aplite is a differentiation from the diabase magma,
sometimes occurring in dikes with well-defined walls. Again, the aplite may grade
into the normal dark diabase and still have a dike-like structure, suggesting a
segregation from the diabase magma in the process of cooling with consequent
shrinkage, the more acid portion of the aplite being near the centre of the dike.
The quartz in the veins is later than the aplite, and the calcite the latest
gangue mineral. Frequently there is a narrow band of quartz between the diabase,
or aplite, and the calcite.
The smaltite usually accompanies the calcite, and native silver may occur
as masses in the smaltite and cak-ite, or as slieets and scales in the quartz, aplite
and diabase. Where veins of calcite occur in diabase or aplite, one portion may
be replaced over its width with massive smaltite and silver, and thus show bunches
or small shoots of high-grade along the vein, with adjacent parts containing little
or no smaltite or silver.
Cane Township
Cane. — The Cane Silver Mines comprise three mining claims, ^I. E. 5227,
5251, 5276, in lot 2 in the second concession of Cane township. They are sit-
uated along the narrow ridge of diabase that extends from Auld to Cane.
A number of silver-bearing veins occur along the easterly side of the diabase
ridge in proximity to the overlying quartzite. consequently they are in the upper
part of the diabase sill. They are approximately at right angles to tlie contact,
varying in strike from N. 70 deg. E. to S. 70 deg. E. Eight veins have been
located and work was being done on three of them in the fall of 1920. Open
cuts were made on veins Nos. 1, 2 and 8, and ore has been bagged from each of
these. Xo. 1 was traced 175 feet, ^nth strike X. 70 deg. E. and dip 80 deg. N".,
extending westward across the boundary to the next claim. This vein is aplitic
in character, showing lenses of calcite, smaltite. niccolite and silver and some
bismuth, varying in width up to four inches. There are also branching veins, in
one place three in a width of four feet. There is some leaf silver as well in
the diabase along the veins. One lens of his:h-2rrade ore that was mined was
14 Department of Mines, Part III No. 4
about three feet long, carrying massive smaltite studded with native silver. A
sample of high-grade ore has the following partial composition :Co. — 19.29; Xi. —
3.67 ; As.— 46.44 per cent.
An open cut was made on Xo. 'i vein, which contains two leads about two
feet apart. Aplite is also the chief ga^gue of these veins, one showing a width
of two or three inches, with streaks of high-grade silver ore about one-quarter to
one-half inch thick, and forming a rib-like structure in the aplite. At times the
high-grade ore runs diagonally across aplite. These high-grade streaks carry silver,
smaltite and calcite. Some leaf silver is also found in the diabase near the
veins.
No. 8 vein, on the northerly claim of the group, is also of aplitic dike char-
acter with an average width, where exposed by trenching, of 14 inches. One
section of the dike .for 20 feet shows an abimdance of cobalt bloom on the surface.
An open cut was made along this section, revealing lenses and impregnations
of smaltite carrying native silver. The silver-bearing smaltite occurs irreg-ularly,
sometimes along the walls of the dike, sometimes running diagonally across the
dike, and again as rounded nodular-like masses in the aplite. The aplite where it
contains smaltite and silver is impregnated with calcite. A shaft was sunk on this
vein, using hand steel, to a depth of 40 feet, the vein maintaining its width with
ore similar to that found on the surface. Work was stopped in December. It is
expected that a compressor plant will be installed at a later date when mining
will be resumed. Previous to October 1, 1920, 100 sacks of ore weighing SVz tons
and assaying 402 ounces of silver per ton. were shipped from open cuts to the
Cobalt Eeduction Company. One hundred sacks in addition were taken from
the open cuts and shaft liefore work ceased for the winter. ,J. ,1. Byrne is
manager of the property.
Sliepp. — The two principal claims of the group are M. R. 52 T9 and M. R.
5286, lying just northeast of the Cane Silver Mines. An aplite dike 8 inches wide
and dipping 80 deg. X.E. crosses the line between the two claims ; two shafts
have been sunk to moderate depths and some trenching done. The southerly shaft
was sunk at the junction of two aplite dikes 6 inches and 8 inches in width. The
material on the dump shows some massive smaltite, partly altered to cobalt bloom,
together with a little native silver. The exposure here somewhat resembles that
at Xo. 8 vein at the Cane mine. At the time of examination the shafts were
filled with water, hut work was to be resumed in the spring of 1922, the intention
being to sink to a depth of 100 feet and to cross-cut to the vein. The owning
company is Ontario Solid Silver Mines. Limited.
Auld Township
Triangle. — The Triangle Silver Mines, situated in Auld township, consists of
1,000 acres, being part of lots 2 and 3 in the fifth and sLxth concessions. Silver
was discovered on the group in 1912. and this discovery is described by C. W.
Knight ^ as follows :
On the Hitchcock location,, south half of lot 3, con. VI, there are a number of
narrow east and west veins, in some of which native silver with some smaltite and
bloom have been found. The wall rock of the veins is usually aplitic. On the westerly
side of the easterly diabase ridge native silver occurs at two points in fairly coanse
dendritic form. At the northerlv exposure there is coarse-grained reddish aplite
which is heavily stained with bloom. The aplite has more the character of a differen-
tiation of the diabase than a clearly defined dike. At the other exposure where
silver was seen, there is a grey aplite along one perpendicular .surface of which there
is native silver in dentritic form.
>Ont. Bur. Min., Vol. XIX, 1913, Part 2, p. 163.
1922 Blanche River Area 15
Veins were later discovered on lot 2 lying- to the east and near the contact
with the quartzite. The group of claims was operated first as the Kenabeek Silver
Mines, later re-organized as tlie Triangle Silver ^Miiies. On lot 2, a tunnel
has been driven westward on a fracture on the east side of a high diabase ridge.
The principal work, however, has been on a series of veins, the principal one of which
strikes X. 66 deg. E. and dips 80 deg. S. A shaft has been sunk to the 132-foot
level, on the dip of the vein, and to the 182-foot level at a flatter angle. Drifting
and croSiS-cutting have been done on the two levels, most of the work being on
the upper level. A .faulted zone, 10 feet to 12 feet in width and dipping fl.atly
southward, was encountered at the first level.
The calcite veins on which underground work was done carry segregations
of native silver, smaltite and niccolite. Tlie veins varv from an ineli to six inches
in width, while some heavy sheet silver is occasionally encountered in the wall
rock. A small quantity of ore has been raised from the mine, but no shipments
have been made. W. E. Hitchcock is managing director and W. H. Jeffrey
mine manager.
Bradley-Donaldson. — The Bradley-Donaldson property includes the south half
of lot 5, Con. IV., Auld. It is situated on the west side of Lepha lake, along the
westerly shore of Avhieh is a high diabase ridge sloping steeplv to the lake. No
work has been done for several years, and the camp buildings are dismantled.
A tunnel was run westward into the ridge on a calcite vein near the south boundary
of the property, and it is stated that some native silver was obtained from the
workings now^ filled with Avater. Fragments from the dump show a banded struc-
ture in the vein, which is composed chiefly of grey calcite with narrow ribbons
of quartz. The structure indicates a replacement type of vein along a fracture
in the diabase. In this locality the diabase dips steeply beneath the quartzite,
and the workings are near the upper contact.
Casey Township
Casey-Cohalt Mine. — The property is situated on the southeast quarter of the
south half of lot 5, concession I, Casey township, about 10 miles northeast of the
town of Liskeard. The mine was operated from 1908 to 1919, durino- which
time it produced 2,946,512 oz. silver and paid $20'3,219.33 in diAddends. The
property has been 'described in the report on "The Cobalt-Mckel- Arsenides and
Silver Deposits of Temiskaming."^ The producing veins were in rocks of the Cobalt
series. C. W. Knight states that the shaft passed through 240 feet of
conglomerate greywacke and greywacke -slate, after which it met with an old
complex consisting largely of lamprophyre and fine-grained greenstone. About a
quarter of a mile northerly from the shaft the Nipissing diabase was seen resting
on the sediments ol the Cohalt series and dipping apparently to the east. It is
prol)able that the diabase sill originally covered all the rocks on the present hill,
it having now been largely eroded. Conditions are therefore similar to those at
Col)alt ^^•here the greater part of the silver mined has been from veins in the
Cobalt series beneath the Nipissing diabase sill.
Casey Mountain. — This property comprises portions of lots 6 in the second
and third concessions of Casey townsliip. On the location is a large diabase
outcrop surrounded for some distance by clay and sand. According to the general
• Ont. Bur. Min. Reports, Vol. XIX, Part 2. p. 148.
16 Department of Mines, Part III No. 4
manager, E. G. Williamson, No. 1 shaft is 415 feet deep with 90 feet of drift-
ing at the 50-ft. level, a short drift at the 10*0-ft. level, a cross-cut at the 335-ft.
level and IIG feet of cross-cutting at the lowest level. Some diamond drilling has
also been done on the lower levels. The No. 1 shaft showed 140 feet of con-
glomerate between the diabase capping and the underlying Keewatin. No. 2
shaft to the north is 245 feet deep. Seventeen men were employed at the pro-
perty in October, 1921.
Ingram Township
The to^aiship of Ingram is for the greater part covered with drift deposits,
most of the toAvnship being suitable for agricultural jrarposes. There is a small
amount of diabase exposed in the northern part and, during past years, some
prospecting was done in the diabase near Mallard lake. An old pit in the south
half of lot 10, concession YI reveals a narrow calcite-quartz vein containing a
little cobalt bloom. On the south half of lot 11, concession A^I a pit was sunk
on a three-inch calcite-quartz vein containing some small masses of galena, a
sample of which contained 4 oz. silver jjer ton.
Bayly Township
No work was being done in this township while the geological examination
was being made. During past years, however, several pits were sunk in the
search for silver. On claim J.S. 19, wlmch is in the south part of the south
half of lot 7, concession III, there are three pits in diabase showing some small
gasli veins. Some of the material on the dump of one pit carries a little galena,
zinc blende, and garnet in calcite-quartz veinlets. The veinlets indicate no value
where exposed.
On the northwest quarter of the north half of lot 5, concession III, there i.^
a pit on an apHte dike 2 to 3 inches in mdth which runs N 17° W in a wide
diabase dike. The aplite carries copper pyrites, but no cobalt bloom, often an
accompaniment of aplite, was observed along the dike.
Mulligan and Pense Townships
In 1906. E. E. Hore examined an area south of "Wendigo lake, including parts
o.f the townships of Ingram, Pense, Bayly, and Mulligan, where several small
quartz veins carrying cobalt bloom had been found in Nipissing diabase. No
native silver or argentite was seen, but Mr. Hore noted small quantities of
sphalerite, galena and smaltite in some of the veins. ^ In 1918 many of these
claims showing cobalt bloom were re-staked, but no further development work
was done.
Brick Industry
All through the clay belt, the Pleistocene clay is remarkable for its even
stratification. The bands are alternately of light and dark colour, the light layers
containing more lime. Attempts have been made to use the clay for the manufacture
of bricks at Liskeard and Haileybury. The clay in the upper 6 feet contains
many limy nodules, apparently the re.sult of percolating waters, and where these
are not removed from the brick clay, white spots result which spoil the appearance
of the bricks and later cause them to burst, owing to the slaking of the lime of the
nodules. Even when the clay is obtained from a deep pit where no nodules are present,
it is found that the bricks are of an inferior quality, owing to the large content of
lime. To overcome the difficulty, sand was added, but owing to its scarcity in this
district, the cost of production of bricks was too high for competition with outside
^Ont. Bur. Min. Reports, Vol. XVI, Part 3, 1907, p. 135.
1922
Blanche River Area
17
firms. Lately the Haileybury Brick and Tile Company made the discovery that the
finely ground diabase, so plentiful at Cobalt, could be used in place of sand. By
experimentation, a suitable mixture of ground diabase and clay has been found and
bricks much supericir to those formerly produced are now being made. The increased
cost of production has been more than overcome by the increase in number of good
bricks obtained.'
Limestone
Some of the limestone of the area is suitable for building, for the making of
lime and for use in the manitfactiire of paper pnlp.
■i nil I, II „ ii^ij^iiMi^j^ii I
ilMHMii»
Limestone (Lockport) cliffs at Dawson Point, Lake Timiskaming.
Farr Quarry. — Just south of the map area at Haileybury, in lot 2, con-
cession III, Buc-ke township, is the Farr quarry, w^hich has been shipping Trenton
limestone to the Abitibi Pulp and Paper Company's plant at Iroquois
Falls for a number of years. The limestone is used in a sulphide plant for the
manufacture of paper pulp. The limestone has been shipped continuously from
1915 to 1921. inclusive, the total value of the output being in the neighbourhood
of $22,082.
Lime.- All the lime that has been produced in the area has been made from the Lock-
port formation. At present a kiln is situated west of Liskeard and owned by Mr.
W. Taylor [and shown on the accompanying map] is the only producer of lime in
commercial quantities. Analyses of the limestones gave the following results:
AXAI.YSES f)r Ll.MFSTOXK IH.IM Ha ILEYIUUV AM) LiSKEAKI).
Farr's
Quarry.
Per Cent.
Insoluble residue 5.06
Aluminum and iron oxide 0.87
Calcium oxide 44.81
Magnesium oxide 5.90
Carbon dioxide 42.40
G. S. Hume, collector and analyst. Total 99.40
'Sum. Rep. Geol. Surv. Can., 1916, p. 191, by G. S. Hume.
'Ibid, pp. 191, 192.
Taylor's
Quarry.
Per Cent.
2.96
1.87
31.98
10.86
51.85
99.52
18
Department of Mines, Part III
No. 4
W. G. Miller ^ fomid a sample of limestone from the Farr quarry on analysis
to yield as follows: — insoliible residue 1.60; ferric oxide and alumina .66; lime
29.50; magnesia 21.59; carbon dioxide 46.81; sulphur trioxide .TO; total IUO.89
per cent.
David Bass of Thornloe has a small outcrop of Silurian (Lockport) lime-
stone on his farm in the south part of lot 1, concession II, Armstrono- township,
from which some lime is made at times for local use. Fragments 5 inches across
are burned in a small kiln which has a capacity of 200 bushels in 96 hours.
Lime kiln on lut 1, concession II, Arnistrung township.
Building Stone. — Books of both the Trenton and the Lockport formations
have been used as building stone to some extent.
In Haileybury several buildings, chief among which is the cathedral, have been
made of .stone taken from Farr's quarry, west of the town. The stone, which is
Trenton in age, is of a bluish grey colciur on the fresh surface and of a pleasing
appearance, but, owing to the great thickness of the individual beds, the stone is
not readily obtained in blocks of the proper size and with smooth surfaces.
A good quarry for building stone has been opened on the east side of Mann or
Burnt island, from which stone was taken to build the public library of New Liskeard.
The stcoie is buff to cream-coloured and occurs in the quarry in uniform beds six to
eight inches thick. Jointing, too, is well developed and fairly regular, so that waste
in quarrying is not excessive. Owing to the ease with which the stone may be
extracted and to the fact that it can be transported by boat to any of the towns
around the lake, this quarry should become of considerable commercial importance
in the near future. ^
Lime.stone in various parts of the area has been used locally for building
foundation purposes.
' Ont. Bur. Min. Report, Vol. XIX, Part 2, p. 107.
-Sum. Rep. Geol. Surv. Can., 1916, p. 192, by G. S. Hume.
1922
Blanche River Area
19
Quartzite
^Silica Gianile Products Co. — This company owns the south half of lot 3.
concession 111, lienwood township, which is 3I/2 miles from a railway. Much
of llie lot is (()\(rc(i by ;i ,uTi>y Aniniikic (juarlzite. wliicli is common in many
townships of the area. It could not be learned why a plant, consisting of a
boiler, jaw crusher and trammels, had been instalhd at tliis point, wbon similar
rock occurs nearer railway traiKsjtortation.
Oiitcro]) of Silurian (Lockport) limestone at Dawson Point, Lake Timiskaming.
Peat Bog
Mdjlhrooke. — This bog is on the Temiskamiiiii- ajul Northern Ontai'io railway
between mileages 131 and 123 in Kerns and Harley townships. The surveyed
outline of the bog, as furnished by S. B. Clement, chief engineer for the railway,
lias l;een placed on the accompanying map. It contains approximately 1,281
acres, namely : —
Acres Depth of Feat, ft.
232 Less than o ; average 4.
671 .5 to 10; average 7.
378 10 to 15; average 11.
The ])eat is ctimposed ]>riiici]ially of spbagnum,
eriophorum and otlier plants.^
Sand and Gravel
Volume in Cubic Yards.
1.498,000
6,890.000
6,705.000
heavily mixed with carex.
The sand and gravel areas arc outlined on the accompanying map. Where-
ever convenient, the gravel has been used for road dressing and constrnction
purposes. Enormous quantities have also been used for railway ballast. A fine
sand, containino- some clay and suitable for moulding purposes, occurs on the farm
of J. Haddoux, lot 3,, concession 1, Kerns township. One carload has been
shipped to the Wabi Iron AYorks at Liskeard.
' The Mining Industry in that part of Northern Ontario served hy the Temiskamlng
and Northern Ontario Railway, 1919. by A. A. Cole.
20 Department of Mines, Part III No. 4
Water Supply
In the large plain extending from Liskeard to Englehart, the Paleozic
limestone is overlain by lliO to 250 feet of clay, in j^ortions of which surface well
water is scarce, particularly since the forest has been largely cleared away.
Numerous deep wells have been drilled in portions of the area from which abun-
dance of water is obtained. In many wells the water rises to a point near the surface
and is pumped, while in others the water has a constant flow. Some wells flow
during the spring and autumn and are puin2:)ed during other seasons. Tliornlo'"
obtained an artesian well with a flow of 6 gallons per minute after drilling through
230 feet of clay, 8 feet of quicksand and 35 feet of grey limestone.' The watei
su])ply of the town of Liskeard comes from several deep wells. In most
parts of tbe area where boring has been done a supply of water is usually obtained.
Hydro=Electric Power
111 1914, in tlie early stage of development of the Tough-Oakes gold mine to
the north of tliis area, a 1200 horse power hydro-electric plant was Imilt at
the south end of Long lake at Charlton. The power is transmitted at 33^000
volts on a three-phase transmission line to Kirkland Lake, part of the line
being shown on map. Number 31b. The Charlton plant also furnishes light,
heat and power to the to\viis of Charlton and Englehart, and to some farms.
Following upon further development, the Northern Ontario Light and Power
Company bought the Charlton plant and also extended its transmission line from
the sub-station at Cobalt to Kirkland Lake, a distance of 65 miles. Thirty-nine
miles of this transmission line is also shown on the accompanying map-sheet."
A small power was developed on the Wabi river in Dymond township by the
town of Liskeard : however, this plant was taken over by the Northern Ontario
Light and Power Company and closed down.
A power has been partially developed on the west end of Wendigo lake in
Marter township l)v the Canadian Associated (ioldfields interests. The plan w^<
to dam the outlet of Wendigo lake and allow the water to pass through a flume,
one mile in length, which would empty into the Blanche river below a series
of rapids and falls, thus attaining a head of 135 feet. Some rock excavation
was done in l!)2(i, and in 1921.
Approximately 2,000 horsepower could be developed on the north branch of
tlic niaiiche river in lot 2, concession IV, 'Marter township, where a total operating
head of 138 feet is available. The discharge of the river on May 6th. 1915, was
552 cubic feet per second.
' Mining Industry in that Part of Northern Ontario Served by the Temiskaming and
Northern Ontario Railway, by A. A. Cole, 1914, p. (1.5. Logs of wells drilled at other
stations by the T. & N. O. Railway are given in Mr. Cole's report for the years
1915 and 1916.
-On October 4th, 1922. a large part of the Blanche River area wai visited by a
disastrous fire, resulting in the loss of some 43 lives. Many farmers were burning
slash, brush and stumps as is customary at this season. Deciduous trees nad
.shed their leaves and these were dry as tinder. Following a protracted dry
period a high wind siu-ang up, fanning fires which spread with great rapidity.
Houses and farm buildings, several villages, the town of North Cobalt and the
greater part of the town of Haileybury were destroyed. Haileybury was burned
in two hours, while Liskeard was saved by a sudden change in the high wind. In
addition, twelve miles of electric transmission line, which supplied the Kirkland
Lake gold area with power, was destroyed, causing the loss before repairs were
completed of a full month's output. The localities hardest hit were Casey, Evan-
tuel and intervening townships. Settlements along the Elk Lake branch of the
T. & N. O. railway were also destroyed. In consequence many of the buildings
shown on the accompanying map (Xo. 31b) no longer exist.
INDEX
Vol. XXXI, Parts
PAGE
Agglomerate 1, 5
Agricultural land 1,3,9
Algomau. Sec Laurenti?.n.
Amygdules 4
Analyses
Andesite: dactite 5
Limestone 17, 18
Andesite 4-6, 10
Animikie series 4-7, 19
Aplite dikes 13. 14
Armstrong tp 9,18
Auld tp.
Rooks 4-7
Silver 1,2,8,13-15
Basalt 4, 10
Bass. David 18
Batholiths 6,12
Bayly tp.
Rocks 4-6
Silver 16
Beauchamp tp.
Agricultural land 3
Morainic ridge 9
Rocks 3^5
Biotite granite 6
Biotite schist 5
Blanche river
Clay : 3
Gold 12
Profile of part 21
Rocks 2, 8
Waterpower 20
Black River formation 2, 8
Borgford, George 11
Borgford gold claim 10, 11
Bradley-Donaldson silver mine 15
Brethour tp 3,5,9
Brick clay 9,16
Bryce tp.
Gold 1,5,10-12
Morainic ridges 9
Rocks 4-7,10
Bucke tp 17
Building stone 8,18
Burnt (Mann) island 18
Burrows, A. G 2
Bushnell silver mine. See Casey-
Col^alt silver mine.
Calcite veins 13
Canadian Associated Goldfieldi: 20
Cane tp.
Clay 9
Rocks 3-8
Sand plaiii 9
Silver 1,2, 8, 13
Cane Silver Mines 13
Casey mt 15
Casey tp. Rre Casey-Cobalt.
Casey-Cobalt silver mine
Notes 15
Ore, origin 8
Pi'oduction 1
Cataract formation 3
I'AGK
Chamberlain tp.
Agricultural land 3
Gold: rocks 5.0,12
Charlton.
Agricultural land 3, 9
Rocks 6.12
Waterpower 20
Chlorite schist 4
Clarke, A. R 1
Clay 1-3, 9
Clement, S. B 19
Cobalt, Out 17
Cobalt bloom ' 8, 14, 16
Cobalt series 10
Cole, A. A 20
Congloimerate 6,7,10
Copper pyrites 16
Dacite 4. 10
Da ok tp.
Agricultural land 4
Gold prospecting 1,12
Rocks 4, 5
Dawson pt 8,17
Diabase 5-8, 14
See Nipissing diabase for bricks. . 17
Dolomite. See Lockport formation.
Dymond tp 7, 20
Earlton 3, 6
Englehart 8, 9
Erythrite. -Sec Cobalt bloom.
Farm land. See Agricultural land.
Farr limestone quarry 17, 18
Feldspar porphyry 6
Fire 20n
Galena 16
Geology 3-10
Gold 1,10-12
Glacial deposits. See Pleistocene.
Glacial striae 9
Granite 6, 10
Granophyre 8
Grant gold claim 12
Gravel, economic 19
Greenwood. W 1
Haddoux, J 19
Haileybury.
Brick clay 16
Limestone, analysis 17
Rocks 2, 8
Haileybury Brick and Tile (o 17
Harley tp 9,19
Heisey, K. B 1
Hen wood ti).
Clay: sand 9
Quartzite 3. 6. 19
Hilliard tp 9
Hitchcock. W. R 15
Hitchcock silver claim 14
Here, R. E 7, If^
Hornblende schist 4
Hudson tp 3, 7, 8
Hume, G. S 2, 8
Hydro-electric power 20
21
22
Department of Mines, Part III
No. 4
PAGF.
Ingram tp.
Clay 9.16
Cobalt Wooni 8. 1 0
Iroquois Falls 8
Jeffrey, W. H 15
Judge 9
Kearney, D 1
Keewatin formation 2-6, 9, 10
Kenabeek 8,15
Kenabeek Silver Mines 15
Kerns tp.
Clay: peat 19
Rocks S, 8
Kettle holes 9
Keweena-^'an formation 4, 7. 8
Knight, C. W 14
Krugerdorf rajiids 21
Laurentian (Algoman) 4. 6. lo
Lava 1,4,5
Leslie, H. T 1
Lime 17
Limestone 8. 17. IS
See also Trenton limestone.
Limestone, economic 17
Liskeard (New Liskeard).
Agricultural land 1. 9
Brick clay 16
Fault scarp S
Limestone, analysis 17
Waterpower for 20
Lockport formation 3, 8, 17, 18
Long 1. near Charlton .3, 20
Lundy tp 6, 7
McNeill, W. K 1
McOuat, Walter 2
McPherson farn- 12
Mallard lake 16
Mann (Burnt) island 18
Maps
Blanche R. '-rsa (geol. ). -With Rept.
Index 1
Marquis tp 6
Marter tp.
Gold 1
Rocks 4
Sand areas 3, 9
Waterpower 20
Mica schist 4, 5
Miller, W. G 2, 8
Morainic deposits 9
Mulligan tp.
Cobalt bloom 8. 16
Rocks 5-7
New Liskeard. See Liskeard.
Niagara formation 2
Niccolite 13
Nipissing diabase 2.3.6,7,10
PAGE
Northern Ontario Light and Power
Co 20
Ontario Solid Silver Mines, Ltd 14
Ordovician. Sec Trenton limestone.
Pacaud tp 6
Paleozoic 3, 8
Parker gold claim 12
Parks, W. A 2
Peat 19
Pense tp.
Cobalt bloom 8,16
Rocks 5, 6
Pillow structure 4
Pleistocene 3, 9
Pontiac series 5
Porphyry 6
Pre-Cambrian 3-S
Quartzite 3.6,19
Quartz porphyry 6
Quesnell gold claim 12
Recent deposits. See Pleistocene.
Robillard tp 3.4,6
Rothwell, T. E 1
Sand 3, 9
Economic 19
Savard tp 3
Scott gold claim 12
Shepip silver claim 14
Silica Granite Products Co 19
Silver. Sec <t]so Ca c.v-Coljalt.
Mining 13-16
Wendigo lake 1, 2
Silurian 3, 8, 18
Skead tp. 5
Smaltite 13. 14
Soil. See Agricultural land.
Sphalerite 16
Striae. See Glacial stria?.
Superficial deposits. See Pleistocene.
Table of formations 3,4
Taylor. Wm 17
Temiskaming and No; thern Ontario
Ry 19
Thelma Mining Co 10
Timiskaming lake 2
Topography 3
Trenton limestone 3
Triangle Silver INIines 14, 15
Wabi river 20
Waterpower; water supply 20
Wedge. J. A 1
Wendigo lake
Rocks 6, 7
Silver 1, 2
Waterpower 20
Williams, M. Y 2,8
Zinc. See Si)halerite.
rsS0y
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
Hon. H. Mills, Minister of Mines
Thos. W. Gibson, Deputy Minister
THIRTY=FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART IV, 19 2 2
Fourth Report
OF
JOINT PEAT COMMITTEE
By B. F. Haanel, Secretary
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed by CLARKSON \\ . JAMES, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1 925
CONTENTS
Vol. XXXI, Part IV.
Pace
Introduction 1
Preparations for 1921 Operations . . 2
Operations during 1921:
Improved Plant No. 4 2
Portable Belt Conveyor 2
Plant No. 2 — Moore Plant 5
Erection of Plant on Bog (5
Novel Features of the Moore
Machine 7
Drying Field Required for Sea-
son's Output 9
Harvesting 10
Difficulties Encountered and Im-
provements Made 10
Conclusions Reached at the End
of 1920 10
Table I — Operation of No. 2 or
Moore Plant 12
Table II— Summary Trouble Sheet.
Plant No. 2 13
Costs 14
A. — Capacity of Machine .... 15
B. — Production Cost 16
PAGr:
Costs — continued.
C. — Overhead 16
D. — Cost if operated by Self-
Contained Steam Plant .... 17
E. — Cost if driven by Semi-
Deisel Engine 17
Farmers' Plant 18
Macerating 18
Loss of Peat Fuel through Fire.. 19
Sale of Manufactured Fuel 20
Harvesting 21
Meteorological Observations with
reference to Drying 22
Outline of Investigation for 1922. 24
App?:xi)ix
Development of Peat Machinery ... 2.5
Necessity for further Governmeiit
Operation 26
Cost of Manufacturing Fuel with the
Combination Plant 26
Costs 27
Market 2S
Plant No. 3, Small Peat Plant 2S
ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig. 1. — Belt Conveyor in place for operation 3
Fig. 2. — New Spreader attached to Belt Conveyor 4
Fig. 3. — Another view of Belt Conveyor system, Excavator in distance 5
Fig. 4. — One of the eleven Caterpillar elements 6
Fig. 5. — Peat Fuel laid on the field by the new machine 7
Fig. 6. — Belt Conveyor and Spreader S
Fig. 7. — Plant No. 2 in operation S
Fig. 8. — Near view of Spreader ; also Cutting Device 9
DIAGRAM
General plan of operation for single unit, AnrepMoore machine peat manufac-
turing plant 23
FOURTH REPORT OF JOINT PEAT COMMITTEE
By B. F. Haanel, Secretary.
Introduction
The Peat Committee shortly after appointment early in 1918, carefully ex-
amined all existing reports and records concerning the manufacture of peat into
a domestic and industrial fuel, and concluded that the air-dried machine peat
process was the only economic one known to exist which gave promise of ultimate
success Avhen employed under conditions obtaining in Canada. To adapt this
process to Canadian conditions, the Committee found that new types of peat
manufacturing machinery, capable of performing the several operations required
in the course of manufacture, had to be developed. Consequently, the investiga-
tion inaugurated by them resolved itself into: first, the design and construction;
second, development, and third, operation of machines capable of operating under
severe and adverse conditions, with the employment of the minimum number of
labourers and with the minimum charge for repairs and maintenance.
The Preliminary Eeports issued by the Peat Committee from their appoint-
ment in 1918, up to and including the year 1920, dealt with the design, con-
struction, development and operation of the two different types of peat macliines
— designated as plants Nos. 1 and 2 — which, in the opinion of the Committee,
offered the greatest promise of success. The investigation also included the design,
construction and development of a small peat machine capable of being operated
Ijy one man and two boys, suitable for the manufacture of peat fuel on a small
Sialic by individual farmers, or groups of farmers or small communities. This
machine, during this period, also passed more or less successfully through the
stages of design, construction and development.
As a result of the progress made up to the end of 1920, the Committee
were in a position to make in their Preliminary Report for that year the state-
ment : "Although it is not possible for the Peat Committee to state at this time
that Peat Fuel can or cannot l)e manufactured in Canada on a commercial basis,
the results of the investigation so far conducted enable them to arrive at the
following conclusions : —
(1) That the Anrep plant (No. 1) as it stands is in no sense commercial.
(2) That the Moore plant (No. 2) under certain conditions can be employed
commercially for the manufacture of Peat Fuel.
(3) That the Anrep excavating element is the superior of the two and the
logical one to employ, while
(4) The Moore spreading system is far more efficient and is the logical
spreading system to employ."
Based on these conclusions, recommendations were made for conducting the
investigation through the season of 1921, and for concluding same during the
season of 1922-3. These recommendations were as follows : — •
(1) That a portable belt conveyor be constructed for operating in conjunc-
tion with the Anrep excavating element for the purpose of combining the best
elements of the two types of machines.
1
2 Department of Mines, Part fV No. 4
(2) To develop and commercially try out a small Farmer's Peat machine,
(3) To operate the ]\Ioore plant throughout the entire working season on
a strictly commercial Ijasis "with the least number of men and without the
supervision of the expert staff, in order to obtain valuable information and data
concerning overhead costs, actual costs of laying fuel on the field, harvesting
same and transporting to stock pile and loading into cars for shipment: also
to determine the loss in time through breakages, etc. Further, it was desirable that
this machine be operated in order that sufficient peat fuel be manufactured to
sup])]y the market already created.
Preparations for 1921 Operations
This report is concerned chiefly wJtli the recommendations just cited, and
includes a somewhat detailed analysis of the results obtained with Plant No. 2,
which was operated on a strictly commercial basis during the entire season in
a.ccordance with the ahove progTamme. This plant was not put into perfect
condition inasmuch as this would have involved the redesigning and reconstruct-
ing of the caterpillar elements, an expense which the Peat Committee did not feel
warranted in incurring, hence the results obtained are inferior to what would
be expected were these known defects of tlie macliine removed.
Operations during 1921
Improved Plant No. 4
On June 1st the first car load of the new conveyor pai'ts arrived at Alfred
station, and during the same month tlie remainder of the conveyor parts arrived
at the bog. The assembling of the conveyor ])art> was immediately begun, and
the installation of the entire plant was sufficiently far advanced on August oth
to enable the conveyor to be turned over under its own power, and on August 20th,
excavated peat was delivered to the belt of tlie ])ortal)h> conveyor. The time
from August 20th to August 26tli, was spent in making adjustments in order to
permit the belt conveyor, spreader and excavator to wi>ik in harmony, and on
August 26th, a very fair demonstration of the operations uf the entire pUtnt was
made in the presence of the Peat Committee atul others.
Portable Belt Conveyor
The portalde belt conveyor, which takes the peat from the excavator and
delivers it continuously to the spreader, is of novel design, and may even be
described as a daring venture on the part of those responsible for the conception
of the idea. Nothing of its kind had ever before been constructed, and although
stationary belt conveyors of longer spans are in successful use, the attempt to
employ a portable belt conveyor of the dimensions of this conveyor has never
been made, so a great deal of credit is due to the engineer of the Peat Committee
and to those responsible for the carrying out of the design and construction
for the remarkable success which was achieved almost on the very day the
conveyor was completely assembled.
The conveyor is 850 feet long, and is composed of ten 85-foot latticed, boxed
girder sections connected together forming a flexible bridge member which is
carried on eleven caterpillar elements, all of which are operated from the main
caterpillar near the excavating element. This bridge supports a rubber-covered
belt conveyor, 850 feet between centres, thus making a total length of ])elt of
1922
Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee
o
Department of Mines, Part IV
No. 4
1,700 feet. Fears were entertained that the conveyor would get seriously out
of line .and throw the belt off when attempts were made to move it under its
own power over the field, but these fears proved entirely unfounded. In order to
lay on the field ten tons an hour of standard peat fuel it is necessary to move
the belt conveyor every ly^ hours a distance of 13 feet 6 inches parallel to the
line of travel of the excavating element, and this means a lateral movement of
108 feet in a working day of ten hours. The conveyor system in fact was put
through a very severe test, a more severe test than it will ever be called upon
to withstand in actual practice, and not only did it maintain its line, but in
general, its behaviour far exceeded the expectations of its designers.
The spreader which was designed and constructed for use with this conveyor
system was based upon the experience and results obtained with the spreader
used on the Moore system. This spreader also had a very severe trial, and
proved entirely satisfactory with the exception of a fcAv minor mechanical details
which will be changed.
The quality of the peat laid on the field by this improved plant is better
than anvthing that has ever been obtained before at Alfred.
1^1.
.ilUu li
Fig. 1 shows the belt conveyor in place for operation. Fig. 2 shows the new
spreader attached to the belt conveyor. Fig. 3 is another view of the belt con-
veyor system, and excavator in the far distance, and shows the unloading device
for delivering the peat from the belt into the hopper of the spreader. Fig. 4
shows one of the caterpillar elements of whicli there are eleven, and also the
take-up ])ulley at the extreme outboard end of the conveyor. Fig. 5 shows the
peat fuel which was laid on the field with this new machine. This figure shows
very clearly the effect of the improved longitudinal and cross cutters. It will
be seen that the peat blocks are separated by a consideral)le space, and that this
increases the drying surface over that obtained with former methods for
cutting. This improved method of longitudinal and cross cutting, it is believed,
will greatly improve the quality and resisting properties of the peat, as well
as materially, reducing the time required for drying down to 25 per cent, or
30 per cent, moisture.
1922
Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee
Plant No. 2.=Moore Plant
This; plant was constructed from original designs prepared by E. Y. Moore,
submitted to the Minister of Mines of the Federal Government before the forma-
tion of the Peat Committee, who decided that it should be constructed. In de-
signing this plant Mr. Moore's objective was the reduction to as great an extent
as possible of the number of labourers required to operate the plant, and his
design shows a great many novel features which it was believed would realize
this end. Neither this plant nor any plant of similar design, had previously
been constructed, and it therefore devolved upon the 'Government and later the
Peat Committee to construct and develop it into a successful machine. The
advantages which were clainicd for tliis design at tlie time it was presented
Avere : —
(1) Lower cost of plant Tor a given output as comj)ared with the Anrep
system.
(2) Eeduction in number of men required to operate, namely seven men
compared with fifteen or more for the x^nrep system.
(3) Four boys required to jierform the operation of cubing, which required
not less than twelve workers with the Anrep system.
(4) Xumber of men required for harvesting reduced by one-half.
(5) Fuel not loaded on railway cars automatically left in storage piles in-
stead of remaining spread over the drying field.
(6) Xo delays incurred in moving tracks or bringing machine back to
starting point, which delays are responsible for the loss of 25 to 30 per cent, of
the total working time, when the Anrep system i.s employed.
(i) Extremely direct route of the peat from the working face to the drying
field will permit using nnich less transmission machinery, and will provide more
regular feed to the macerator and, therefore, iiicrease its output.
7^: fs: vrx ""? " T l^lf}.''-^:^^^ '
J!^-
Fig. 3. — Another view of Uelt Conveyor aysteiii. Excavator in distance.
The Government, and later the Peat Committee, after carefully considering
these claims were convinced that the design possessed sufficient merit to warrant
experimenting with a full-sized unit, and consequently the construction of this
machine was authorized at the same time as the Anrep plant.
Department of Mines, Part IV
No. 4
Erection of Plant on Bog
Although the contract to construct this plant was given sufficiently early in
the season to insure its erection on the bog in time to give the plant a complete
mechanical try-out during the summer of 1918, failure on the part of the con-
tractors to meet their obligations made it impossible to begin erection until late
in the Fall of 1918. Consequently it was impossible to investigate the mechanical
behaviour of the plant imtil the spring and summer of 1919.
During this year, the Moore plant had a severe mechanical trial in the course
of which a certain amount of peat Avas manufactured. This trial disclosed many
weaknesses and faults in the design, which were remedied to as great an extent
as possible during the following winter. In 1920', the Moore plant was operated
for the manufacture of peat fuel throughout the entire working -season. This
season's investigation demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Peat Committee that
the original claims enumerated above were not borne out in every particular.
For example, it was found that the harvesting operation could not be performed
with this machine without seriously reducing its capacity for making peat fuel.
But a still more serious defect was disclosed, namely, the excessively long working
Fig. 4. — One of the elevtu v uici ijillar elements.
face which this type of machine requires for laying down a season's production
of peat fuel. In order to lay down one ton of peat fuel, the Moore machine
must travel a linear distance of 56 feet. This not only means that the entire
weight of the macliine, excavating element, conveyor and spreader must be moved
that distance, but also that in performing a season's work it will be necessary for
the machine' to travel approximately 60' miles. This is a very severe handicap for
any machine, inasmuch as the wear and tear on the entire plant to perform this
excessive travel would be abnormal. Moreover, the fact that a very long working
face, approximately two miles in length, is required to lay down a season's pro-
duction of fuel, will limit its employment to only a very fcAv bogs. Even on
bogs where such a machine could be employed, it wouhl be impossible to operate
economically more than one unit to advantage.
Another defect should be mentioned, namely, the difficulty of keeping the
machine on the line of excavation. It has been observed that in order to keep
the machine on the line of excavation and insuring that the excavator buckets
remove a constant quantity of peat, a very skilful operator is required, and even
then the quantity of peat excavated in a unit of time may not be constant.
1922
Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee
Novel Features of the Moore Machine
A novel feature possessed by this machine is the method employed for trans-
porting the excavated peat from the macerator to the spreader. This is accom-
plished by a belt conveyor which is flexibly attached to the middle of the main
platform carrying the excavator and macerator. This belt conveyor is about
180 feet long, and is formed of a box girder about 30' inches square. The inside
•end of this girder is attached to the main platform, the balance of the weight
being supported on a caterpillar element situated approximately 100 feet out,
which is operated in nnison vrith the caterpillars on the main machine through
the medium of a power shaft connected to the caterpillar-driving mechanism
on the main machine. The spreader is attached to this belt conveyor at any
•desired position, and is dragged along by the main machine. When one row
Fig. 5. — Peat Fuel laid on the field Ijy the new machine.
is completed, the direction of the main peat machiiie is reversed, and the spreader
is removed to the opposite side of the girder and shifted the required distance
along the conveyor. After this row is completed, the main machine is again
reversed, and the operation repeated imtil the requisite number of rows represent-
ing the season's output are laid on the field.
Fig. 6 shows the belt conveyor with the spreader in position near the end
farthest removed from the line of excavation, and the entire plant at the end of the
working face ready to be reversed. This figure also shows clearly the peat laid on
the ground. Fig. 7 is a general view of the Xo. 2, or Moore plant, in opera-
tion. Fig. 8 shows a close-up view of the spreader in the position indicated in Fig.
<) and clearly illustrates the operation of the cutting devices. It also shows the
Department of Mines, Part IV
No. 4
be
1922
Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee
]>usition of the spreader when tlie iiiaximiim number of rows is laid. The civNator
at the extreme end of the girder is used to convey the dried peat to stack or small
ti'ain ears.
When the last row is completed the machine must either stop, or else the first
row laid down nmst be sufficiently dry for harvesting, in order that the spreader
may be placed in its original position and the operation of laying dowii peat
again proceeded with as described. Fig. 7 shows also the device for unloading
the peat from the conveyor belt to the ho])per situated at the centre of the s]:)reader.
This hopper delivers into a box the full width of the spreader (13 feet) wliicli is
provided with a l-t-incli stanchird spiral conveyor, one half of which is right hand
and the otlier, left hand, both sections tapering from tlic lull size at the centre
Fig. S. — Near view of Spreader; also Cutting Device,
to practically nothing at ihe ends. This spiral is rotated by power recei\ed
from the transmission shaft whicli extends the full length of the bridge work,
and insures that the peat fed in the hopper will be spread in a sheet of uniform
thickness. The depth of the opening for the discharge of the peat on the field
may be adjusted from 3 inches to 6 inches, and this opening extends over the
full length of the box. By means of this regulation the thickness of the sheet
of peat laid on the bog can be varied to suit conditions.
Drying Field Required for Season's Output
For an average ])roduction of 60 tons per day of ten hours, this machine must
travel 3,360 lineal feet, and since a maximum of forty days is requij'ed I'of com'
plete drying, it is necessary to provide a drying field which w:ill permit the laying
out of 120,000 feet of spreader section, that is 120',000 feet by twelve feet the
10 Department of Mines, Part IV No. 4
width of the spreader times the depth of the peat spread. The belt conveyor
is of sufficient length to provide for the laying do-wn of 12 rows. The drying field
for ten hours per day operation should, therefore, be 10,000 feet long in order
to insure the complete drying of an average production of 60 tons of fuel per day.
This is one of the chief drawbacks of the Moore plant. The working face pro-
vided for this machine at Alfred was 8,000 feet long, but this did not permit of
the complete drying of the fuel and at the same time the production of the quantity
of peat fuel for which the machine was designed.
Harvesting
When the machine was developed on paper, it was considered possible to
employ the above conveyor for harvesting the dried peat at the same time that
the peat slop was being laid on the field, but this operation it was found could not
be efficiently performed without further experimentation. In short, all attempts
to employ the conveyor for harvesting the dried peat fuel resulted in a decrease in
the quantity of peat produced. Otlier methods of harvesting were conse^iupntly
resorted to.
Difficulties Encountered and Improvements Made
The most serious difficulties encountered in connection with the operation of
the Moore plant were occasioned by the caterpillar elements. When these were
designed the engineer had very little data to guide him, since no machine capable
of performing the operation required of a peat machine had ever before been
designed for travelling over a spongy surface on caterpillar elements, consequently,
serious defects were observed almost immediately in the design of the caterpillars
and the mechanism driving them, and also in the method employed for steering
the machine. Hence, most of the time and money which had been spent on altera-
tions and improvements to this machine were expended on the caterpillar elements.
As a matter of fact the caterpillar difficulties have not yet been eliminated. They
could easily be improved or made j>erfect, but it was not considered necessary
to rebuild the caterpillars for the purpose of completing the investigation of this
machine, since it was decided, at the close of in-?l, to cease operating tlie Moore
plant.
Minor difficulties were also encountered in the excavating element and in other
portions of the plant, but these were or could be eliminated without much trouble.
Conclusions Reached at the End of 1920
At the conclusion of the field operations at the beginning of the fall of 1920
a large amount of data was available for comparing the relative merits of the
Moore and Anrep plants.
(1) It was clearly demonstrated that tlie ]\roore plant showed a marked
economy in labour over the Anrep plant, but that in spite of this economy the
Moore plant could not compete with the Anrep plant, provided the latter Avera
equipped witli an improved delivery and spreading system.
(2) It also appeared from the observations made during the operation of
the Moore plant that the maximum length of the bridge work which can be
supported l)y a single caterpillar had been practically reached, and that any
extension of this bridge Avork would make the machine altogether too cumbersome
to handle. Twelve rows of peat, therefore, appears to be the maximum number of
rows which can be spread with a machine of the ]\roore type. As stated before,
1922 Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee H
a linear travel of 56 feet is required in order to lay dowji one ton of standard peat
fuel, and a working face 10,000 feet long for a ten-hour shift, and 20,000 feet long
for two ten-hour shifts. If it were possible to lengthen the belt conveyor bridge
work to accommodate double the number of rows of peat laid, that is to say, the
laying of 24 rows instead of 12, the length of the working face would be cut in
two. This would remove certain of the difficulties imder which the plant labours,
but as stated it does not appear that the lengtli of the belt conveyor can be
sufficiently increased without making the entire plant too cumbersome and un-
wieldy.
(3) The advantage which it was also expected the Moore plant would have
over the Anrep plant in harvesting did not materialize. This was due to two
causes; (a) when harvesting operations were being carried on as originally
intended, a stoppage anywhere along the line from the excavator to dumping into
storage meant a stoppage of the entire equipment; (b) variations in the weather
could not be provided for, that is, an exceptionally dry spell would permit the
drying of the fuel to proceed too far before it could be harvested, and if the
weather were abnormally wet, there was the further danger of the whole plant being
stopped or held up waiting for the fuel on the ground to dry. On account of
these two difficulties, it was decided that it would be more efficient to harvest the
production of the Moore ])lant with the harvesting equipment employed with the
Anrep plant — even though this equipment was not designed for operation in con-
nection with the former — than to attempt to harvest with the machine itself as was
originally intended.
(4) The quality of the fuel manufactured during the early part of the
season compared unfavourably with that produced l)y the Anrep plant. This
was in part due to the inferior quality of peat in that portion of the bog
Avhere the Moore plant operated, but it was also partially due to the fact that the
long working face, over which the machine takes on\j one complete cut before a
complete row is laid down, is likely to freeze to a considerable depth in a cold
winter, and that the first rows which are made from the peat excavated from a
frozen face would produce peat of an inferior quality. In the case of the Anrep
plant the excavation is made over a very short working face, consequently, it is
possible to dig away the frozen face before the operation of making peat is begun,
A certain quantity of ])eat manufactured with the Moore plant during the season
of 1920 was of inferior quality due to this cause.
(5) In order to carry out in the most economical manner the various opera-
tions in the manufacture of peat fuel according to the air-dried machine peat
process, it is necessary that the plant and machinery employed be as simple as
possible, since it is not feasible to have skilled workmen on hand to operate a plant
which may be situated at some inaccessible point, and which, moreover, can
operate for only a part of the year Any peat plant, therefore, which required for
its operation skilled labour suffers a severe handicap. The Moore plant to a certain
extent is under this handicap, since to operate it to the best advantage more
skilful and more careful operation is required than with the Anrep plant. More-
over, the uniformity and quality of the fuel laid down by the former plant depends
to a large degree on the care exercised by the operator. This applies to a certain
extent also to the Anrep plant, but its operator has a much better control over his
machine, and does not therefore require to exercise the same degree of skill.
12
Department of Mines, Part IV
No. 4
On account of the above defects which were observed in the operation of the
Moore plant and those which were noticed in the spreading system employed with
the Anrep plant, the Peat Committee decided to recommend that the best
features of both plants be incorporated in a combination plant. The following-
table gives the principal data obtained during the operation of the ^loore jiLant
in 1011), 1020 and 1921.
TABLE T.~OPERATIOX OF NO. 2 OK MOOKt] PLANT.
1919
1920
1921
Total length of working season
exclusive of Sundays
Total days actual operation
Unavoidable lost time
Percentage of season
Avoidable lost time
Percentage of season lost through
delays which might have been
eliminated
Distance travelled, al^out
Fuel laid down
Fuel laid do\A-n per hour, average
Total labor cost to operate plant
Total labor cost for repairs
Labor cost to lay out per ton . . .
Cost of cubmg per ton
Total labor cost ready to harvest.
Total labor cost if troubles elimin-
ated
Maximum day production
(a)
(b)
45,000 feet
500-600 tons
$1,023 82
(c)
ie)
(/)
105
41
18.4
17.5
45 . G
days.
days.
days
days
43.4
149,250 feet
2 , 665 tons
3 . 4 tons
$4,603 . 33
$1,138.-50
$1.75
(d)
107
62.3
12.4
16.6
32.3
days
days
daj's
davs
53.6
30.1
242 '250 feet
3,889.5 tons
5.2 tons
$3,380 27
700 77
0.869
0.20
1.07
0.807.
70 tons
(a) Does not include 180 hours night work which is included to arrive at average
production per hour in 1920.
(&) This distance travelled should have produced SOO tons, but no fuel was made dur-
ing the first three or four cuts when working face was being opened up. ,
(c) It is estimated that 2,985 tons of fuel were made by No. 2 in 1920 on a basis of
50 lineal feet of row laid out per ton, and harvesting records would seem to
confirm this figure, but 1921 records show it requires 56 lineal feet of row to
produce one ton of 30 p.er cent, moisture fuel, and this figure has been use<l
so as to make a fair comparison with 1921. The apparent greater production
in 1920 is accounted for by the fact that the fuel harvested was not dried
down to 30 per cent, moisture content.
About 1,600 tons of fuel made by No. 2 in 1920 sold for $4.00 per ton.
About 200 tons of fuel made by No. 2 in 1920, was used for fuel.
'About 865 tons of fuel made by No. 2 in 1920 was not dry enough to harvest.
(f/) Estimates of fuel made in 1921 on basis of 56 lineal feet of movement of spreader
check very closely with actual weights.
Total fuel weighed into storage 3,194.5 tons
. Total fuel used for fuel ' 221.0 tons
Total fuel wasted on field in harvesting 116.0 tons
Total fuel left on field not dry 358.0 tons
3,889.5 tons
Known loss in production through thin spreading, about 450.0 tons
Total 4,339.5 tons
Theoretical production for 242,250 feet at 56 feet per ton 4,326.0. tons
1922 Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee 13
(c) Tliis figure incliules $735.00 cost of night sliift, and $700.00 paid to two additional
men over regular shifts who were necessary to look after suction hose through
which water was drawn to the boiler. For a fair comparison with 1921 this
latter fgure should be subtracted from the total, making cojt per ton:
(^> $1.47
(f/) Cost of turning and cubing in 1920 for the lirst part of the season was done by
day labor. A great deal of work was done on old frozen peat in an attempt
to save it, and the total cost for turning and cubing in 1920 is abnormally high,
so that any figure given would be misleading. In the latter part of the season
cubing was done by contract for 20 cents per ton.
During- 1919, Xo. ■! plant was given a iiiccliaiiic al try-out, and oiilv a small
quantity of fuel wa.s nianuraetured in tlif (oni>c ol' experimentation. In ]920
an effort was made to operate the plant during a full working season. Tlic total
length of the working season, exclusive of Sundays, was 105 days, and the total
days during which the macliine was actually oi)erated was 41. If will he noted
that the total days of actual operation during 1921 were greatly increased, and
that the unavoidable lost time was reduced from 18.1 days in 1930 to 12.4 days
in 1921, which corresponds to 17.5 and 11. (i pci cent, respectively of the entire
working season. The avoidable lost time during 1921 was notably decreased
from that of 1920, namely, from 43.4 to ;)0.1 per cent. A very large increase
will be noted in the lineal distance travelled by the plant in 1921 as compared with
that travelled in 1920, and the average fuel laid down per hour in 192] is notably
greater than that laid down in 1920, namely, 5.2 tons, which is about 8-lOths of
a ton less than the maximum which was expected.
It would appear, therefore, from the results of these three seasons that this'
plant could be brought to a high degree of efficiency, and that most of the
mechanical troubles experienced could be entirely elin^sinated, which would make
it possible to lay on the field the requisite cjuantity of fuel during an entire working
season, provided a 10,000, foot working space Avere available.
It is necessary at this point to direct attention to the fact that no attempt
was made to put the machine in perfect condition for operation during the season
of, 1921, since to do so would involve a large expenditure of money Avhich the
Committee could not reconnnend. This machine, therefore, began operations under
a severe handicap which was in no sense decreased as the season advanced.
Eegarding the total labour costs to operate the plant in 1921 as compared
with 1920, it will be noted that for a greater production of fuel the laliour cost is
.one-third less, and that the cost for repairs is also in the vicinity of one-third less
than in 1920i, but the decrease in labour cost is more noticeal)le in the costs
calculated per ton of fuel laid down, namely, .$().<S69 in 1921 while in 1920 it was
$1.75. This shows a reduction of ajjpruximatdy 50' per cent. If the troubles
above-mentioned were eliminated, the labour costs for laying down a ton of fuel
would be reduced to practically 81 cents. In li)21 the maximum daily production
realized was 70 tons, while that of 1920 was 5;5.(; tons. The total quantity of
fuel manufactured during 1921 was 3,889 net tons of 2,000 lbs., 450 tons were
lost through defective spreading; the total productictn was consequently 4,439 tons.
This checks very closely with the theoretical quantity which should have been pro-
duced for a lineal travel of 242,250 feet, namely, 4,326 tons. Table No. 2 gives a
summary of the troubles experienced with the machine during the season of 1921,
the time lost and the reasons therefor.
14
Department of Mines, Part IV
No. 4
TABLE II.— SUALMARY TROUBLE SHEET, PLANT NO.
2, 1921
Cause
Unavoidable
To be expected
Due to known de-
fects which could
have been eliminated
Hours Minutes
Hours Minutes
Hours Minutes
26 45
2 Turning
11 55
3 15
7 20
.5 "NIovp from field to field
20 40
G Engine
4 0
10 0
1 45
5 0
1 10
12 0
4 5
0 10
8 20
4 0
1 0
4 35
7 Exfavator element
14 45
9 Chains ....
52 17
10 Belt . . .
39 35
1^ Cross Cutter
13 Ties
1 4 SnTnf>kpts
1.5 Clutches
8 5
0 50
10 30
14 33
20 No fuel
40
21 Roots in ^lacerator
15 0
10 0
13 0
22 15
31 45
23 Variable Speed
13 10
24 Loader
25 0
25 Stacker
0 45
3 40
27 Repairs
18 20
36 45
/ Total
26 45
2.675 day.s
97 50
9.78 days
322 20
32.23 days
Costs
While this investigation is being conducted for the purpose of developing
machinery capable of performing all the operations required to convert the raw
peat substance of a bog into a marketable fuel with the greatest degree of
efficiency, such efforts would result in nothing but waste in time and money were
the cost of the fuel so produced too great to permit competition with other classes
of fuel now on the market.
The main objective has, therefore, been to develop machinery Avhich can not
only perform the various mechanical operations in the most efficient manner
possible, but also produce a fuel at an economic cost. This has not proven to be a
simple problem. The removal of one difficulty which barred the road to success
often introduced another equally or more serious, and, as often happens in the
development and refining of processes and their application commercially, the
Peat Committee were confronted with the fact that the refining of mechanical
appliances can be carried to a iwint where the saving resulting from the higher
efficiency of labour-saving devices is more than offset by the increased cost. Con-
sequently, the problem with which this investigation is chiefly concerned, resolved
itself into the co-ordination of manual labour and mechanical labour-saving de\dces
so that the human element and the mechanical element would be properly balanced.
In order to produce a low grade fuel like peat from a very low grade sub-
stance such as raw peat, which contains ninety per cent water and only ten
1922 Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee 15
])er eeiit. conibustible matter and ash by weigiit, with machinery capable of per-
forming the -various operations to a large degree automatically, the output of
finished fuel per unit of time must be as large as possible. This implies a large
and powerful manufacturing unit which in itself, introduces a serious difficulty,
viz. : overhead costs.
Plant Xo. 2 was replete with labour-saving devices which partially defeated
the very object of their introduction, and its elimination as a nutchine for manu-
facturing peat fuel on a commercial generally was partly due to these defects.
A detailed estimate of the total cost of one ton of standard peat fuel as manufac-
tured b}' this machine as it staiids would consequently be of little or no value.
In the light of the experience gained during two complete seasons' operations,
a new machine of the Moore type could be Imilt at a much lower cost than was
possible with the original machine, and, moreover, the new machine w^ould have
incorporated into its design improvements which would correct many of the
defects of the former, and would as a result be far more efficient, and under
special conditions, even prove commercial.
With the results and records of operation now at the disposal of the Com-
mittee, it is possible to roughly estimate the cost of producing standard peat fuel
with plant No. 2 — re-designed and rebuilt. However, it must be understood that
these costs are subject to revision in the final report when detailed estimates of
the costs of a complete plant will be obtained.
The estimated cost of making fuel with the Peat Committee Plant No. 2 is
based on the conditions : —
1— Plant rebuilt in light of all knowledge gained.
2 — Plant is electric-motor driven.
3 — 10,000 feet working face available.
4 — Minimum wages 35 cents per hour. >
5 — 100 days minimum working season.
6— Ten-hour shift.
and that the capacity of the machine when re-designed and re-built will reach an
average of 60 tons of standard peat fuel per day for 100 days. There is no
reason to doubt that this and even a greater production would under these circum-
stances be realized. For convenience the details of the estimates are placed under
the following headings :
A. — Capacity of machine.
B. — Production cost.
C. — Overhead.
D. — Costs if plant is driven hy self-contained steam plant.
E. — Costs if plant is driven by Semi-Deisel engine.
The subject matter under these heads is sufficiently clear to require no further
explanation.
A. — Capacity of Machine
Plant Xo. 2 moved 242,250 ft. in 1921 in 62.3 days elapsed time, of which
four days were spent in shifting to new position.
Therefore, plant X^o. 2 moved 242,250 feet in 1921 in 58.3 days actual travel
or 415.5 feet per hour. But observed speed of travel of machine was over 8 feet
per minute, or, 480 feet per hour.
Therefore Plant Xo. 2 lost 7.75 days during 1921 operation not recorded
in trouble sheet. Of this the greatest part was due to holding back when using its
16 Department of Mines, Part IV No. 4
own harvester, and from travel records it is estimated tins amounted to between
4 and 5 days, and the balance say 3.75 days was lost 1\v short delays which Avere
unrecorded.
There is no reason Avhy an improved Xo. 2 Plant should not sustain a rate of
travel of 8 feet per minute when in motion, equal to 480 feet per hour equivalent
to production of 8.5 tons of fuel per hour.
Known unavoidable delays = 11.6 per cent.
Unrecorded delays = 3.6 per cent.
Delays due to shifting machine
to new position on the
field (on 10,000 ft.-face) = 1.8 per cent.
Total delays = 17 per cent.
Therefore capacity of plant should be S3 per cent, of 8.6 tons = 7.0 tons per hour
or per 100 days = 7,000 tons
Deduct for fuel 400 tons
left on ground 210 tons
waste at loading 5 per cent. 350 tons
, Say 1,000 tons
Net amount available on cars ^= 6.000 tons
B. — Production Cost
This covers items which vary as number of tons manufactured.
Cost of raw materials on royalty basis per ton 0.0.5
Operation:
Runner per day $5 00
Man in excavator 3 50
Spreader 3 50
Spare man 5 00
Electrician and Mechanic 7 50
Fireman 4 00
Water boy and messenger 1 50
Total per day 30 00
Allowing 25 days to open up and close down for winter —
125 days at .$30.00 per day— Total labor cost $3,750 00
or, per ton 0 625
Supplies, oil, etc 0 015
Turning by contract 0 15
Harvesting to storage or Railway Cars 0 60
Total Production Cost 1 44
C. — Overhead
Estimated capital Investment: —
No. 2 machine complete with motor drive $10,000 00
Harvester for same 1,200 00
16.-lb. track 12,000 ft 5,000 00
12.-lb. track 2,000 ft 600 00
Harvester cars (12) 1,500 00
Locomotive 1,500 00
Storage and Loading Equipment 3,000 00
Railway Siding : 1,500 00
Office, machine shop, power house and transmission 15,000 00
Total Capital Layout 39,300 00
Add for under-estimate and emergencies 10 per cent 3,930 00
Total say $45,000 00
Total Production Cost 1 44
For Capital Charge: —
. Write off for all purposes 20 per cent, of $45,000 00 $ 9,000 00
or per ton for 10-hr. shift 1 50
1922
Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee
17
for 16-hr. shift 95c.
for 20-hr. shift "^Sc
For Executive overhead charge: —
Manager for year $2,400 00
Clerk S mos. at $75 00 600 00
OfTice Expenses 600 00
Total $3,600 00
Or per ton on 10-hr. shift . 0 60
16-hr. shift 37ioC.
20-hr. shift 30c.
Add to re-handle from storage to cars 0 35
Total cost for 10-hr. shift $3 89
16-hr. shift 3 11
20 hr. shift 2 84
D. — Cost if operated by Self=Contained Steam Plant
Raw material 0 05
Production Cost: —
Fireman $4 00
Engineer 7 50
Runner 4 00
Man in Excavator 3 50
Man to get Fuel 3 50
Man on Spreader 3 50
Spare man 5 00
Mechanic Helper 3 50
Water boy 1 50
Total $36 00
Or for 125 davs=$4,500 00; per ton 0 75
Add Supplies 0 015
Turning 0 15
For mechanic if manager and mechanic not same man 0 10
Harvesting 0 60
Total Production Cost $1 665
Overhead: —
No.. 2 machine complete with steam power $15,000 00
Harvester 1 1,200 00
Track 16-lb 5,000 00
Track 12-lb 600 00
Cars 1.500 00
Locomotive 1,500 00
Storage and Loading Equipment 3,000 00
Siding 1,500 00
Office and machine shop 2,500 00
Total ..$31,800 00
Plus 10 per cent ". 3,180 00
Say $35,000 00
Or for 10 hours — overhead charges per ton 1 17
Executive overhead charge 0 60
Re-handling charge 0 35
Total $3 79
E. — Cost if driven by Semi=Deisel Engine
Raw material 0 05
Production Cost: —
Engineer $7 50
Runner 4 00
Man in Excavator 3 50
18 Department of Mines, Part IV No. 4
Man on Spreader 3 50
Spare man 5 00
Mechanic 6 00
Mechanic helper 3 50
Water boy 1 50
Total $34 50
Or for 125 days— $4,312 50; per ton for 6,400 tons 0 68
Supplies 0 025
Turning 0 15
Harvesting , 0 60
Total Production $1 505
Overhead: —
Total capital investment not greater than for steam,
Or annual charge of $3,600 00 for 6,400 tons;
per ton $1 10
Total executive charge same as for steam,
Or annual charge of $3,600 00 for 6,400 tons;
per ton 0 56
Re-handling charge 0 35
Oil fuel 1 gal. per H.P. at 11 cents per ton 0 11
Total $3 625
Summary: — Separate steam-driven power plant 3 99
Self-contained steam-driven power plant 3 79
Self-contained crude oil engine 3 625
Farmers' Plant
Plant No. 3 is in design a miniature ^foore-Anrep combination plant. The
method of supportino- the excavating and macerating element is based on the
principle employed with the Anrej) system, while the delivery and spreader sys-
tem employs the principles so successfully demonstrated in the Moore plant.
But in order to combine the features of these two plants on a small and eco-
nomical scale new prol)lenis arose which liad to be solved. In the course of its
development many discouragements were experienced, and it appeared at one
time as if the entire design would have to be changed; but an alteration to
the excava ting-macerating element and a rebalancing of the other parts of the
machine, together with the installation of a more powerful motor, eradicated
many of the worst difficulties, and a few further changes put the machine into
such condition that the Committee see no reason why it cannot l)e successfully
operated during the coming season.
Like the larger machines, this small peat plant must also provide means to
excavate, macerate and spread the pulped peat on tlie ground. In order to
carry out these operations in the most simple and economical manner effort was
made to design an element which would combine, in one, the operations of ex-
cavating and macerating.
As the machine now stands, it is expected that its average hourly capacity
will be between 1 and 2 tons of standard peat fuel. This will amoiuit to 10 to
20 tons during a working day of 10 hours. The machine is very simple to
operate, and can 1)0 easily bandied by 1 man and '2 lioys.
Macerating
The degree to which maceration can be economically conducted has an ex-
ceedingly important bearing on the quality of the fuel produced. It is there-
fore essentia] that every effort be made, in attempting the manufacture of peat
1922 Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee 19
fuel according to the wet process, to obtain the highest degree of maceration
consistent with economy. The results which have been obtained during the
past three years have led the Peat Committee to conclude that the Anrep
macerator as at present constructed is not entirely satisfactory for operation
where a high rate of production is required, since it has been their experience
that a large amount of the time which has been lost during a limited season of
one hundred days during which it is possible to manufacture peat fuel, has been
due to stoppages of the plant through choking or breaking of the macerator
with roots and pieces of iron, which now and again find their way into it. To
avoid loss of time through such stoppages, the Committee made arrangements
with the Jeffrey Manufacturing Company of Montreal to experiment with a
swing hammer shredder which they were led to believe might prove successful
for macerating peat. This shredder arrived at the plant too late for experimenta-
tion, but a few minutes' demonstration run which it was possible to cai-ry out
showed that the maceration obtained Avith this machine was far superior to that
possible with the Anrep macerator. This shredder will be tried out early in the
spring of 1922, and in case it is found unsatisfactory, two Anrep macerators
placed in parallel will be employed. Arrangements for installing them are
now under way. This will make it possible to obtain the maximum production
of peat fuel during an entire working day, and will avoid stoppages since it is
not probable that both macerators will be choked up at the same time. Moreover,
while one is being cleaned, the other can be overloaded for a short time thus
insuring the delivery of a more or less continuous supply of peat to the belt
conveyor.
Loss of Peat Fuel through Fire
On Xovember 8th fire was discovered in the stock pile of fuel which con-
tained a portion of this season's production, a quantity of fuel manufactured last
season and several hundred tons of broken frozen peat and fines. The fmes were
stored in this pile preparatory for shipment as a fertilizer- filler and soil-
conditioner. The portion of the stock pile where steam and smoke were seen
to issue was immediately opened up, and efforts made to quench the incandescent
fuel thus exposed. Towards the evening of this day it appeared to those in
charge that the fire had been put out, or at least got under control, since
smoke ceased to issue from any part of the pile. But a rising wind soon revived
the fire which broke out in other parts of the pile, and though strenuous efforts
were made to locate the seat of the fire, this proved impo,>sible since it spread
with great rapidity when it reached the good peat fuel where an abundant
supply of air was available. The meagre and inadequate equipment available
which could be used for fighting a fire proved of little avail, and efforts to
cut the pile in two, in an attempt to separate the burning peat from the good
peat fuel failed owing to a change in the direction of the wind, which blew
the poisonous gases resulting from incomplete combustion upon the workers and
necessitated their hasty withdrawal. Consequently it was possible to salvage
only a very small quantity of the fuel.
20 Department of Mines, Part IV No. 4
Prior to November 8tli the superintendent of operations and the engineer
to the Peat Committee, who examined the stock pile on many occasions, had no
reason whatever to suspect that the peat wa? on fire, and moreover, the great
rapidity with which it developed aj)pears to indicate that it was of very recent
origin.
A thorough investigation failed to reveal the cause. It may have been
due to carelessness on the part of a labourer, or to a spark from a locomotive
which, lodging in the fines, was covered by freshly dumped peat and slowly
ignited the fines at a considerable depth. But the theory that the fire was the
result of spontaneous coml)ustion can be given but little credence, since there
is no record of a peat fire originating in this manner in Eurojiean countries,
wliere it is the practice to store great quantities of peat in this manner.
Hereafter the peat will be stored in separate piles. This will j^ermit a fire
to he attacked more efficiently — should one ever occur again — and at the same
time insure the minimum loss, inasmuch as a fire in one pile would be confined
to that pile.
However unfortunate such a loss may be, no Ijlame. in liglit of the evidence
obtained, can be attached to any member of the staff responsible for the condttct-
ing of the investigation at Alfred.
Tlie stock ])ile l)efore l)urning Avas over 22 feet high, from oO feet to -iO feet
in width at tlie to]i and about 100 feet in width at the bottom. These dimen-
sions will give some idea of the difficulties eiicoTuitered in tlie attempt which Avas
made to cut the jiile in two.
It is estimated tli.it ill- loss by lire was: —
Quality.
1921 Good peat fuel
1920 Poor disintegrated fuel
Screenings
Damage to trestle
Total
Sale of Manufactured Fuel
The Peat Committee has met with considerable difficulty in disposing
of the fuel manufactured to the best advantage. This has Ijeen occasioned partly
by the nature of the work which the Peat Committee is conducting, namely, an
investigation which is concerned more with the development of the machinery
for manufacturing ]jeat fuel than with the product itself. Consequently, the
quality of the fuel placed on the market has not in certain instances been of
the best. In order to dispose of the fuel made during a season in the most
economical manner, it has been found impossible to avoid shipping a certain
portion of the inferior fuel with the good fuel, and a small quantity of the
former has therefore found its way into households, and has given rise to a
certain amount of dissatisfaction. While it is necessary to call attention to
this fact, it is gratifying to know that the complaints from inferior fuel have
been exceedingly few, and that by far the greater portion of the fuel sold si]ice
the inauguration of the Peat Committee's investigation, so far as the Committee
could ascertain, has given complete satisfaction.
Quantity
Estimated Value.
1,780 tons
$8,500 00
600 "
1,800 00
100 "
300 00
400 00
$11,000 00 .
1922 Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee 21
The operation of two experimental niaeliines witli tlie eonse(|nent laying-
out of fuel on two sections of a bog widely separated, made it impracticable to-
instal harvesting and loading apparatus which would ena])le these operations
to be carried out in tlie most economical manner. The installation of the ]iroiit'r
facilities for efficiently harvesting and handling the fuel manufactured would
liave imolved a com])aratively large capital expenditure, whicli the Peat Com-
niittee did not feel warranted in incui'i'ing, on account of the temporary
character of tlu' work they are conducting. Harvesting operations will be dis-
cussed U2ider a sej^arate heading.
The policy of the Peat Committee is to dispose of the fuel manufactured
to householders, in order to introduce tliis fuel for domestic purposes. A con-
siderable portion, however, was sold for heating office buildings and to a certain
extent the Government buildings of (Ottawa, but care was taken uot to ]»ermit
the fuel, in wholesale lots, to get into j^rivate hands.
The selling of the fuel in Otta^va and Ottawa district was put in the Juuids
of a selling agent, -who undertook to dispose of the entire out])ut. The agree-
ment which the Peat Committee made with him called for the ])roduction of
4,000 tons, but this agreement was broken by both the sales agent and the Peat
Committee, first l)y the former in not accepting the delivery of ])eat as required,
and later in the season by the Committee owing to the (ire wliich destroyed a
large portion of this season's output.
The selling and distribution of ])eat fuel ])reseuts cei'tnin jirohlcins wliicli
must be worked out indcitendently. They are, however, all ])ractical ])rol)lenis whicli
can l)e Imndb^d more satisfat'torily l)v hnsiiK^ss men. Peat sales for 1!)?1 were as
follows : —
Raw peat sold in cars 1,160 tons at $5 00 $5,800 00
Raw peat sold locally 125 " at 5 00 625 00
r.,, ^ ,, . f 85 " at 3 00 1 oAft nn
Old peat sold m cars I jg „ ^^ g 50 '
Screenings sold in cars 113 " at 3 00 339 00
Peat on hand saved from fire and sold for
future delivery, estimated 50 " at 3 75 187 50
Approximate total sales 1,551 " $7,251 50
Less contract in connection with sales in
Ottawa and Hull, estimated $460 00
Joliette Steel Company 248 75
Car Screenings to Fuel Testing Station 71 16 759 91
Net $6,491 59
Harvesting
The harvesting of the finished peat fuel which comprises the operations
of taking the fuel off the ground, loading on small tram cars, transporting these
to loading trestle and unloading small cars on storage pile or into freight cars
for shipment, lias presented many problems, certain of which must be worked
out independently. Prior to the war sU(h operations liave been largely ])erformeil
22 Department of Mines, Part IV No. 4
by hand labour, but during and since the war labour conditions have changed
very materially. As regards wages, and in order to carry out these operations
in the most efficient and economical manner, manual labour must be replaced
to the largest extent by mechanical devices. AVhen the Peat Committee under-
took this investigation, they were of the opinion that the harvesting of a season's
production of fuel would not present any problems of unusual nature, and that
the ordinary methods could be employed without increasing unduly the cost of
the fuel. As the investigation proceeded, however, it has been discovered that
harvesting constitutes one of the most important problems, second only to the
manufacture of the fuel itself, and that if this operation is not conducted in the
most economical manner possible, the economies realized from the development of
peat fuel manufacturing machinery will be more than offset by the cost of the
former.
As time permitted, close attention was given to the problems presented in
harvesting, and automatic devices were designed, constructed and tried out for
certain operations heretofore performed by manual labour. "While considerable
progress has been made in this direction, the problem is by no means entirely
solved, and economies in advance of those so far obtained may be expected.
Harvesting a season's production of the Xo. 4 phmt — the combined Moore-
Anrep plants — can be performed at a less cost than was the case with plant
No. 2, but Avitli the latter plant, little attention was paid to this particular
problem, when it was realized that harvesting could not be performed eco-
nomically by the machine itself. If plant No. 2 had proved satisfactory for
commercial operations generally, instead of for special isolated cases, the prob-
lem of harvesting a season's production of fuel laid down with that machine
would have demanded closer consideration.
The Peat investigation was undertaken at a time when the costs of raw
materials entering into the construction of peat machines and general equip-
ment required for the peat manufacturing plant were inordinately high. At this
time also labour wages reached the highest level. To-day, these conditions have
materially changed; peat manufacturing machinery and other equipment required
ckn be purchased for practically fifty per cent, of the war prices, and labour
wages have also dropped materially. The figures of cost which have been prepared
for this report are consequently based on higher labour wages than it is expected
will obtain during the season of 1922-3.
Meteorological Observations with reference to Drying
Meteorological observations including precipitation, temperature, and baro-
metric pressure, have been made during the season 1920 and 1921. A full
record of these observations as well as a complete report on the drying of peat
fuel as observed at Alfred will be included in tlie final report. It will suffice to
say here that the observations covering the last two seasons have shown that the
maximum period during which peat fuel can be manufactured — that is, laid on
the ground and dried sufficiently for shipment — is one hundred working days.
It has been ascertained that peat manufacturing operations can begin as
early as the 1st of May and be continued up to the 25th of August.
1922
Fourth Report of Joint Peat Committee
23
^ 1 1 SHSOddnd DNIiSSAaVH
dOi ><3vai iN3NVha3d-IW3S
1
^ / 11 ^ ■
>- "X
^
N
^
5U O
y
t
r a
o
1 u
1
1
1
•1
\)
lo ^ 1
\ o
< ►-
'^ . .
t
c- ^ i
u
■to -.-
1^
■lo
o
■o
"J (D
Q
^ 2
"\3 c-- or
•o
o
1
O <i) o
--4 Q^-.o
^>3
■to *-
-^ 5
<o —I
^ UJ
or CD
>, ^ o
^^ z \ .^
Ho
o
a
o
1 1
ex.
o
>■
t
-Q W
.c;
>
lU
>
z
o
u
1
■)
5
^
UJ
>
z
o
u
111
o
X
x; 1 I
m
1
^"2 «£^ fr
'y
\
o
^^.3Z^^ N
0 1 ± V
A V 1 3 X 3 "~'"S °
^ i'^J -..i'
/^
fc' £
<.
. . _
- <
1
ll
a.
K
1
Z
z
z
2
<
<
X
i
2
oc
1
d:
u
a
o
1-
2
Q
D.
-I
UJ
ll.
o
z
>-
oc
Q
V
ll
1
J
S3S0dWnd 3NIXS3AM\)
M aOd XOVal lN3NVWd3d-IW3S
CI.
24 Department of Mines, Part IV No. 4
Outline of Investigation for 1922
lu aeeordauce A\"ith the programme submitted in tlie spring of lU'^^l, the
investigation for VJ22 will be confined to the operation of the new combination
plant and the small plant No. 3 on a commercial scale, the former through
an entire working season, and the latter for a sufficient period to demonstrate
its value for the work it was designed to perform. The Jeffrey swing hammer
shredder which was sliipped to the bog last fall too late for experimentation will
he thoroughly tested out early this spring, and if the results are satisfactory,
it will be employed during the working season for macerating the peat excavated
by the combination plant. It is not expected that any new equipment will be
purchased, nor will any construction be undertaken with the exception of that
involved in the replacing of the loading and storage facilities, which were
destroyed by fire. Additional machinery which may be required to carry to
completion the investigation will if possible be rented instead of purchased.
Arrangements have already been made to rent at a nominal cost an engine for
operating the swing hammer shredder, in ease it is satisfactory, or the two Anrep
macerators in parallel. This engine if purchased would have cost the Committee
considerably over $2,0(JU, while on the reiital basis it will involve an expenditure
of approximately $400 to $500.
Just as soon as the snow is off the ground the new combination plant will
be put into condition for beginning commercial operation about the 1st of May.
Plant Xo. 2 will be dismantled, with the exception of the boiler and propelling
engine, which it is proposed to emplov for supplying the extra power required
to operate the new plant.
The harvesting equipment has already been overhauled, so that this is in
order for the coming season's work. In order to render the combination plant
commercial in every respect an hourly average production of ten tons of saleable
peat fuel must be maintained throughout a working season of 100 days. There
is no reason to believe, however, that this production will not be realized. An
hourly production of ten tons of saleable peat fuel for ten hours a day and for
a working season of 100 days means laying on the field a greater quantity than
10,000 tons of finislied peat fuel. To accomplish this a longer working face
will be required than was necessary for the Anrep plant as it was originally
operated, and to provide tlie additional workin? face it is planned to operate
on both sides of the main excavation according to the plan on page 2:1. This
shows two drying fields, Nos. 1 .and 2 . It also shows the semi-permanent tracks
which will ])e laid for harvesting purposes, and the permanent tracks at both
ends of the field for sliifting the belt conveyor from Xo. 1 drying field to No. 2.
At the conclusion of the working season in 1922 the preparation of the final
report of the operations of the Peat Committee since the inauguration of the in-
vestisration in 1918 vnll be begun immediatelv.
(APPENDIX)
INTERIM REPORT OF JOINT PEAT COMMITTEE
The original objective which the Joint Peat Committee liad in 1918, the
year of its appointment, was the testing of peat machines under commercial con-
ditions, in order to determine if a type suitable for manufacturing peat fuel on
a commercial basis could be developed. By a process of elimination two types
were selected, the well known Anrep peat machine, largely used (in the smaller
sizes) in European countries, and the Moore machine. The latter, while not
fully developed, appeared to possess so many obvious advantages that the Federal
Government, before the appointment of tlie Peat C^oramittee, decided that it
should 1)6 given a trial.
On account of the precedence given to war contracts, the two machines were
not delivered at the Alfred ])og, Ontario, until the spring of 1919, and their
erection M'as only completed in time to enable a short mechanical try-out to be
conducted before cold w^eather set in. It was not, therefore, until the spring
and summer of 1920 that manufacturing operations were actually begun.
IJ-p to this time the Committee was under the impression that its work would
be completed at the conclusion of 1920 and tliat sufficient data would be avail-
able to enable an opinion to be expressed concerning tlie commercial possibilities
of the tw^o machines. The results of that season's operations, however, disclosed
inherent weaknesses in both plants, and the Committee was unable to approve
either type for commercial work. Eecognizing the great value of a healthy peat
development to the Dominion at large, the Committee recommended that a new
combination lx> effected emlxxlying the best features of the two types which had
been tried out. This recommendation was approved l)y the two CTOvernments,
Provincial and Federal, and funds were allotted for carrying out the construc-
tion and operation of the new combination. The construction was completed
late in 1921 and operations Avere concluded in 1922.
Development of Peat Machinery
The success of any such machine depends largely upon the elimination of
manual labour to the greatest extent possible and on tlie production of a manu-
facturing unit of large ca]Xicity at the lowest possible cost commensurate with
good service.
Attempts to meet these two conditions led to the trial of many mechanical
devices which heretofore have not been used in this connection. The most note-
worthy features involved were the ado])tion of caterpillar aprons and the substi-
tution of a portable belt conveyor, an automatic spreading machinery for the
track system and field presses formerly employed. The development of these
and other mechanical features proved dilTicult and occasioned the expenditure
of much time. While the machine has not actually been constructed to the
design which the Committee esteems would Ite reasonably free from defects, the
problems involved have, in their opinion, been thoroughly investigated, and draw-
ings for a complete standard equipment with power plant, pulverizing unit, con-
veyor and spreading system are now under way.
25
26 Department of Mines, Part IV No. 4
Necessity for Further Government Operation
A\']ule the C'oiiiniittec has completed research work requisite to the develop-
meut of a successful peat manufacturing jjlant, and is able to place at the dis-
posal of those interested, construction data and operating statistics, it is of
opinion that the esablishment of a peat industry- is of such importance to Can-
ada and especially the Province of Ontario, that the Governments should under-
take the construction and operation of a perfected plant until its possibilities
are fully demoustrated.
Cost of Manufacturing Fuel with the Combination Plant
The Committee after careful consideration arbitrarily lixed the price f.o.b.
ears peat ]dant siding, at which peat fuel could in its opinion be sold for con-
sumption, within a 100-mile radius and still compete with anthracite coal. This
]irice Mas $5.00 per ton of standard peat fuel, containing thirty per cent, mois-
ture, ai)(I comprises the following items: — 1, production cost; 2, overhead
charges : '.]. manufacturer's profit.
The production cost de]3ends mainly upon the cost of the raw material, the
prevailing price of labour, the number of employees, seasonal ^■ariations, and the
quantity of saleable fuel produced jier unit per working season.
Overhead charges include interest on capital invested, depreciation and ad-
ministration.
Manufacturer's profit is estimated as it would be arrived at by the investor.
The figures employed in this report are considered fair Ijy the Committee,
but those M'ho desire to engage in such an enterprise would iiaturally estimate
their own overhead charges and profit.
In order to keep items 1 and 2 sufficiently low to enable fair manufacturer's
l)rofit to be realized and still bring the selling ])rice of peat f.o.b. cars witliin
the limit of $5.00, it was estimated that the minimum capacity of a unit must
1)6 10,000 short tons of saleable, standard peat fuel for a working season of one
hundred days. This type of machine should be capable of producing a sufficiently
high hourly average of peat fuel throughout an entire season, irrespective of
seasonal variations and delays due to breakdowns or other causes, to enable the
10,000 ton figure to be realized. This we believe could be accomplished by con-
structing the complet(> unit sufficiently large to produce a maximum capacity
considerably in excess of the minimum required.
The improved plant, exclusive of harvesting e(pii]>iuent, consists of four com-
ponents. 1. -Excavating, 2.-Macerating. o.-Distriliuting and spreading, -l.-Power.
The excavating element proved of sufficient capacity to meet all require-
ments, and the distributing and spreading system was sufficient to deliver and
spread the maximum quantity of peat excavated. The macerating element, how-
ever, failed to deliver the i-equired quantity with the power available. This
was due to the adoption of a new type of macerator, a "Swing Hammer Pul-
verizer," which it A\as considerered would prove far more reliable, cheaper and
more efficient than the Anrep macerator heretofore employed. This machine had
not before been employed for macerating peat and, therefore, its capacity and
the power required to operate it for such purpose were not known, A portion
of the operating season had to be devoted to experimentation with and calibration
of this unit.
On account of the lateness of the season, and lack of funds, the Committee
could not possibly consider the purchase of a power plant sufficient to operate
the combined plant to full capacity. The power plant used was improvised, com-
J 922 Appendix 27
prising two boilers already on the bog, the wasteful steam engines which formed
part of the two plants previously experimented with, and a high speed engine
which was rented for a season. The two l)oil(^rs were rated at eighty horsepower
each and the engineer of the Comniittee had reason to believe that practically
160 horsepower would l)r a\ailablc. A t»'st. however, disclosed that only 110
horsepower could be developed, while the niiiiiinum required to operate the full
capacity was estimated to l)e lod liorst'puwt-r. With 150 horsepower and a larger
macerator, the full capacity of the plant could have been delivered. Since both
these elements are standard e(iuipment and can be obtained in various sizes on
the market, the ultimate capacity of the plant can readily be obtained by sim-
ply substituting a macerator and power plant of greater capacity.
Costs
Based on the performance of the experimental combination plant and the
'•stimated cost of an entirely new and remodelled plant, complete with an effi-
'ient power unit and larger macerator, the production costs and overhead charges
ijf the unfinished peat per toji are estimated to be $2.00 and $2.48 respectively for
a 10-hour day or $2.Uii and $1.50 for a 20-hoitr day; or a total
lOst of finished peat fuel, on board cars at siding of ])lant of $4.48 for
a ten-hour day for a season of 100 days, or $3.50 for a twenty-hour day
or a total cost of finished peat fuel, on hoard cars at siding of plant of $4.48
for a ten-hour day for a season of 100 days, or $3.50 for a twenty-hour day
during the same season. A total production of saleable fuel in the first case
is 10,000 short tons and in the second, 20,000 short tons. Since, however, the
overhead costs mount ra])idly as the production decreases, the Committee reeom-
mend that ])hnits of tliis ty[)e should V)e operated for twenty hours jier ilav.
The necessity for increasing the length of the working season by operating
twenty hours ])er day will be readily appreciated, when it is realized that the
considerable investment represented in plant is. under the most favourable con-
ditions, lying idle practically two-thirds of the year. Thus the overhead would
be distributed over the production of only one-third of a year, thus greatly in-
creasing the cost. Working two shifts is equivalent to operating ten hours a
day for 200 days. Xight operation with this combined plant is entirely feasible ;
it was not the case with either of the others.
The foregoing costs are below that arbitrarily set by the Committee, as
the maximum price at which peat could be sold f.o.b. plant and still compete
with coal for domestic purposes. The most notable feature is the marked re-
duction in the total cost due to redttction in overhead, by operating for a sea-
son of two thousand hours instead of one thousand.
The important reductions in the final total cost will be attained by many
improvements permitting of substantial saving in the construction of a new
plant, and by the employment of a self-contained Diesel engine electric power
plant. By using Diesel engines and electric generators and operating all drives on
plant with electric motors, it is estimated that a saving of eighty-five cents
per ton of saleable peat fuel will be realized, over that possible with the in-
efficient outfit employed this season. These figures assume the employment oE
this or some other equally efficient power i^lant. For a plant producing ten
thousand tons, in 1,000 hours, a power equipment of 200 horsepower will be
required. The following table recites the estimated costs of building an en-
tirely new plant with power, harvesting, loading equipment, and other acces-
sories. Overhead and administration charges are also shown.
28
Department of Mines, Part IV
No. 4
Table of New Plant Costs
Capital Costs
Interest
Depreciation
Per Cent
$
Power plant $25,000.00.
' 7 per cent
10
20
14
10
2,500.00
7,000.00
3,500.00
500.00
10 per cent on
$100,000.00 for 20 hrs.
or 10 per cent on
$50,000 00 for 10 hrs.
dailj' operation
Peat plant $35,000.00
Harvesting Equipment $25,000.00 . .
Buildings, Equipment and
Miscellaneous $5,000 00
Total $90,000,00
$6,300.00
13,500.00
$10,000.00 or
$5,000.00
Market
A good market lias been developed for peat within the economical shipping
radins of the Alfred bog. The demand is growing. The success of such a plant
depends in a marked measure, however, upon the site chosen for manufacturing
in its relation to points of consumption. This should be selected with a view
to eliminating long rail hauls. The economic limit depends not only upon freight
rates, but on the price of other available competitive fuel. For example, the
cost of anthracite to consumers has an effect upon the price at which peat fuel
can Ije sold at the same point. It is the opinion of the Committee, that the
price of jieat fuel delivered to consumers should be in the neighliorhood of $10.00
per ton if the bogs are strategically situated with respect to transportation faci-
lities and Avitliin 100 miles of the market.
Plant No. 3, Small Peat Plant
When Plant Xo. 3, the small plant, was first designed an attempt was made
to combine the excavating and macerating units in a single machine, simple
in design and inexpensive. Until the end of the season of 1921 efforts w^ere
made to perfect the original design, hut the results were not satisfactory. Diffi-
culties with the combined excavator and macerator were not completely overcome
and it was decided that other means of macerating must be found before this
type of machine could be deemed practical from a commercial standpoint. About
this time the possibilities of the Swing Hammer Pulverizer were brought to the
notice of the Committee and nothing further was done Avith Xo. 3. until this
machine had been tried out.
The "Swing Hammer Pulverizer" proved to be so superior to the type of
macerator formerly used that it was decided to include it in the rebuilding of
jSTo. 3. This was carried out during the 1922 season. Construction, howeA'er,
was only complete after the normal M'orking season and, therefore, no sus-
tained demonstration was possible. The troubles which developed in the first
design were overcome. The capacity of Xo. 3 plant should be not less than
one and one-half tons standard fuel per hour, and in regular operation might
exceed this. The cost of construction cannot be given at this time as new draw-
ings have to be prepared. It is, however, expected that it will not exceed
$5,000.00. A full description of the redesigned machine with a discussion of
its capabilities, and accurate figures of its cost, will be given in the final report
of the Committee. Three men should be sufficient to operate it.
(Signed.)
Toronto, December otli, 1922.
B. F. Haaxel, Secretary, |
Arthur A. Cole, Chairman, Y Pcat Committee.
R. C. Harris. I
INDEX VOL. XXXI, PART IV
PAGE
Alfred station 2
Anrep plant. Sec Plant No. 1 .
Anrep macerator If)
Anrep-Moore plant. See Plant
No. 4
Belt conveyor (Plant No. 2).
And spreader (photo) 8
Belt conveyor. (Plant No. 4)
Described 2-4
In place for operation (photo) 3
Another view, excavator in dis-
tance . 5
Costs.
Cubing 12, 13
General 14
Labour (q. v.)
Jeffrey swing hammer shredder:
purchase of engine to operate
as against rental 24
Labour: Plant No. 2 12, 13, 16-lS
Overhead IG
Reduction in 22
Plant No. 2:
capacity of machine 15, 16
if driven by semi-Diesil engine 17
if operated by self-contained
steam plant . 17
production 12, 13, 16
Interim report of Peat Committee
on 27, 28
Cubing costs. (Plant No. 2) 12, 13
Distance travelled. Plant No. 2 . . 12, 13
Drying.
Meteorological observations with
reference to 22
Moisture content 4
Farmers' Peat machine. See Plant
No. 3.
Fire
Less of peat fuel through 19, 20
Fuel laid down 12, 13
Harvesting 10, 21, 22
Interim report of Joint Peat Com-
mittee 25-28
Investigation for 1922, outline of 22-24
Jeffrey Manufacturing Company of
Montreal 19
Joliette Steel Company 21
Labour costs.
Plant No. 2 12, 13, 16-lS
Reduction in 22
Lost time 12, 13
Macerating IS, 19
Machinery and equipment.
Reduction in costs 22
Development of 25
Market 28
Meteorological observations re
drying 22
PAGE
Minister of Mines (Federal
Government ) ,")
Moisture content of Peat.
Drying down 4
Moore, E. V 5
Moore plant. See Plant No. 2.
Operations during 1921, improved
plant. See Plant No. 4.
Operations, table of and costs .... 12
Ottawa and vicinity.
Peat sales in 21
Overhead costs 16
Peat Committee.
Findings of 1, 2, 25-28
Refs .5, 19. 20, 21
Percentage. (Plant No. 2).
Lost time, unavoidable and
avoidable ) 2, 13
Plant No. 1 (Anrep plant).
Fuel Committee's findings on . . 1
Relative merits of, and Plant
No. 2 (Moore Plant) 10, 11
Plant No. 2 (Moore plant).
Advantages claimed for 5
Belt conveyor and spreader .... S
Conclusion reached at end of
1920 10. 11
Defects and drawbacks of .... 6. 10
Difficulties encountered and im-
provements made 10
Distance travelled 9, 15
Drying field required for sea-
son's output 9
Erection of plant on bog 6
Harvesting 10
In operation (photo) S
Novel features of 7
One of the eleven caterpillar
elements (photo) ij
Operation and costs (table) .... 12. 13
Peat fuel laid on field by
(photo) 7
Relative merits of, and Plant No.
1 (Anrep plant) 10, ] 1
Speed of travel 15, 16
Spreader: near view of, also
cutting device 9
Time lost 15. 16
To be dismantled 24
Trouble sheet (summary) 14
Plant No. 3 (Farmer's plant).
Description, capacity, and labour 18, 23
Ref 2
Plant No. 4 (Anrep-Moore mach-
ine).
Assembling and installation ... 2
Belt conveyor system, exciivator
in distance (photo) 5
29
30
Department of Mines, Part IV
No. 4
PAGE
Plant No. 4 (Anrep-Moore mach-
ine)— continued.
Belt conveyor In place for oper-
ation (photo ) 3
another view 5
Belt conveyor ( portable) 2-4
Costs 26-28
Drying down 4
General plan of operation for
single unit 23
Harvesting by 22
Proposed operations of 22-24
Ref 12
Spreader attached to l)elt con-
veyor (photo) 4
PAGE
Production (Plant No. 2) 12, 13
Sale of manufactured peat 20, 21
Spreader (Plant No. 2).
Attached to belt conveyor
(photo) 4
Belt conveyor and (photo) .... 8
Near view of: also cutting
device 9
Storage of peat 20
Swing hammer shredder 19, 24
"Swing hammer pulverizer" 28
Trouble sheet, Plant No. 2 14
Wages. See Labour costs.
Working season 12, 13
Economy of working two shifts 27
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
Hon. H. Mills, Minister of Mines Thos. W. Gibson, Deputy Minister
THIRTY=FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART V, 1922
Natural Gas in 1921 = = 1 71
Petroleum in 1921 = = 72 76
By R. B. Harkness
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed by CLARKSON W. JAMES, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1923
Printed by
THE RYERSON PRESS
CONTENTS
Vol. XXXI, Part V
Page
Letter of Transmission iv
Natural Gas ix 1921
General Conditions 1
Work of the Year 2
Orders issued 3
Percentage contract 3
Measurement of gas 4
Economy in using gas 5
New appliances for burning gas .... 7
Residue supply 7
Peak loads and their effects S
Peak loads in cities and towns .... 13
Leakage 14
Improvements in the fields 15
Production 15
Table I — ^Consumption in towns
and cities 17
Table II — Consumption in town-
ships 18
Table III — ^Classification by in-
dustries 20
Ratio of price to gas consumed .... 22
Operators licensed to produce natural
gas, 1921 23
Operators licensed to drill or bore for
natural gas, 1921 24
Operators licensed to operate natural
gas pipe lines, 1921 24
Page
Operators licensed to distribute na-
tural gas, 1921 25
Operators licensed to lease and pros-
pect for natural gas. 1921 _ 26
Field operations in 1921 26
Table IV— Natural gas well drilled,
1921 27
Samuel S. Wyer's report 28
Part 1. — Present natural gas situa-
tion 29
Part 2. — How to keep natural gas
industry alive 32
A new bailing machine '. . . 34
Gas wells in Lake Erie 36
General 37
Locating gas leak with match 37
Drillers' logs 38
Petroleum in 1921
Table I — ^Crude petroleum production
in 1921 72
Table II — Crude petroleum production
by fields, 1917-1921 73
Drilling operations 73
Exploratory drilling 74
Shooting an oil well 75
Map_ of oil fields 75
Refining operations 76
ILLUSTRATIONS
Page
A battery of three orifice meters and a fourth auxiliary meter at Windsor 4
Dust trap for removing iron sulphate from natural gas 15
Bailing machine . ,. • • ... 35
One of the gas wells in Lake Erie near Port Alma, Tilbury East 37
The result of searching for a gas leak with a match or lamp 38
Modern (standard) drilling rig 74
The right way and wrong way of shooting an oil well 75
DIAGRAMS, CHARTS AND MAP
Page
Fig. 1 — Diagram showing improper and proper distances "between gas burner and
bottom of cooking vessel 5
Fig. 2 — Temporary methods of shortening distance between burners and cooking
utensils 6
Fig. 3 — Kent gas field showing past and projected future decline of volume and
pressure 8
Differential pressure or rate of flow diagrams 9-12
Pressure and temperature charts, Sarnia, Windsor and Chatham facing 13
Past and estimated future rock pressure decline of Kent natural gas field 31
Diagram showing tubing holder for renewing leaky tubing in low pressure gas wells 35
Key map of Southwestern Ontario showing location and extent of Oil Fields, past
and present, scale 5 miles to the inch facing 75
(iii)
Letter of Transmission
HoxouRABLE H. Mills,
Minister of Mines.
Sir, — I have the honour to submit my report on Natural Gas and Petroleum for
the year 1921. The full calendar year is covered in this report although the writer
was not appointed until the passing of the Natural Gas Conservation Act on May 4th,
1921. Mr. E. S. Estlin, who resigned at that time, left sufficient information to
discuss the first four months' operations in a general way, but the problems leading
up to the passing of the Natural Gas Conservation Act, 1921, have necessarily been
omitted.
The small number of complaints from the public and the improved conditions,
both in production and distribution, as regards natural gas, indicate that the objects
aimed at in the Act have been measurably achieved.
I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your obedient servant,
R. B. Harkxess.
Commissioner of Natural Gas.
Office of the Commissioner of Natural Gas,
Toronto, 1922.
(iv)
NATURAL GAS IN 1921
By
R. B. Harkness, Natural Qas Commissioner
General Conditions
The winter of 1920-1921 was unusually mild. There were only ten days m
December and ten in January during): which the temperature remained below
freezing point for twenty-four liours; and only once in the whole winter did the
thermometer register a drop below five degrees al)ove zero.
The shortage of gas noted in previous rejjoits had been taken as a, warning, and
consumers were advised l\v circular to })ut in a supply of coal, siiice a similar
shortage could be expected for the coming winter. ]\ranufacturers were denied
the use of gas wherever possible, and restriction ord(»rs were issued for gas used
for heating schools and public l)uildings. In some cases manufacturers and gas
companies refuvsed to acknowledge the authority of the Commissioner to issue such
orders. There is no doubt that the acute shortage experienced during the winter
of 1920-21 was directly due to the large quantities of gas used in industries and
for heating large buildings. Wasteful appliances and leakage also contributed
to the shortage as in past years, though conditions in these respects were improved
as compared with the previous year. Windsor and Sarnia suffered more than
Chatham, 1)eing farther from the field.
The Natural Clas Conservation Act, 1921. l)ecame law on May 4tli, and con-
tained a provision authorizing the varying of contracts in the interest of gas
conservation for domestic use. Industries were at once instructed to change their
equipment so as to use some other fuel wherever possible. These directions were
generally obeyed ; in some cases where they were not taken seriously, inconvenience
was felt when the change had to be made later on short notice. IMany manu-
facturers spent a great deal of money experimenting with other fuels, and a few
were unahle to find any other suitable for their needs. In these cases gas was
allowed if only a small quantity was required. Some industries were permitted to
use gas on giving up an equal quantity previously used for domestic^ ])urposes.
In nearly every case the mayor and council of the town or city was consulted before
depriving any industry of natural gas, when such action would |)i-ob.ibIv lead to
throwing men out of employment. Two large cities recommended tliat no industry
whatever should be permitted to use gas, and most of the remainder recommended
that only a selected list should receive such permission. Table Xo. Til, page 20,
shows how gas was distributed among industrial concerns. These measures had
a marked effect at once, as Avill be seen on a study of the insert cliarts. These
charts com])are the gas pressure in the Tilbury field during the months of Xovem-
l)er and December, 1920, with the same months in 1921, and also the pressure
for these months at the point where the Union Natural Gas Company delivers gas
to the Windsor Gas Company for distribution in Windsor. A glance will show the
great improvement in pressure at the Windsor end of the line, and it will be seen
that whereas in Xovem])er 1920, the pressure went below ten pounds on twenty-
1
2 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
three days, in Xovember 1921 it went below that point only on five days. In
December 19,30, pressure was below ten pounds on twenty-eight days, while in
December 1921, only on eleven days, and in Xoveml:)er and .December 1921, the
weather was, if anything, colder than in the same months of 1920. Similar graphs
aj'e given for Sarnia and Chatham, winch show like results in a less marked degree,
owing to their smaller population.
A remarkable feature is that the average jjressure in the gas field was at least
ten pounds greater in 1920 than in 1921, and at ^^'indsor thirty pounds lower in
1920 than in 1921; indicating a greater demand in Windsor in 1920; which is
borne out by the fact that the sales of gas in Xovember and Decemlier, 1920, were
twelve per cent, greater tlian in the same months in 1921. Again, on examining
the Windsor low ])ressure chart on page 9, it will be noted that on Christmas Day
1920, the pressure at the consumer's gas range was as low as one-quarter of an
ounce at one p.m., whereas on Christmas Day, 1921, it was slightly below one ounce
at the same hour, and for nine hours averaged nearly four ounces higher than on
Christmas Day, 1 920, outside temperature being practically the same in both cases.
While many complaints were received from citizens of Windsor in 1920, none
were received in 1921 ; the reason being that the people used less gas but used it
more carefully, thus enabling the gas company to maintain a higher pressure for
the benefit of all. Undoubtedly the higher rate charged for gas in 1921 had also
a material eifect. Iiut an examination of the graph shows that after each meal
the pressure at the city limits increased slightly. As industries were not using
gas to an}' great extent in 1921, this can only be interpreted as indicating that the
lessened demand after the meal-time "peak load" allowed the pressure to build up
for a time, and thereby improved the service.
Work of the Year
The winter months from January until March were fully taken up in distri-
buting the inadequate supply of gas among consumers and industries, making in-
spections and investigating complaints. A survey of the Kent gas field was made
by Samuel S. Wyer, natural gas expert and consulting engineer of Columbus, Ohio,
and a report was submitted by him on May 29th, 1921. A copy of this report
which is given on page 29 was sent to every one of the municipalities using natural
gas in Ontario.
On .Tune 1st, 1921, the Natural (ias Commissioner's office was moved from
Chatham to 5 Queen's Park. Toronto.
Tlie supjdying of gas to the village of Fonthill and Pelham township, under-
taken by Commissioner Estlin in October, 1920, the Belief Gas Company having be-
come insolvent and unable to continue^ in l)usiness, was turned over to a committee
representing these i)laces on July 1, 1921. The pipe line and distributing plant of
the Belief Company was subsequently sold, and Fonthill and Pelham are now being
supplied with gas by the purchaser, P. G. Kerlin, of Hamilton.
During the month of August and at intervals in October and Xovember the
gas fields were inspected, and an attempt made to mark on the map the location
of all wells drilled and all pipe lines in Ontario, also the owner of each. This
was a heavy task, but much was done; most of the fields were inspected and many
wells located on the map. This hasty inspection brought out the fact that some
companies and most private well owners neglected their wells and allowed them to
fill up Anth water. The correction of this condition had to be left over until 1922.
1922 Natural Gas in I92I
All hearings to adjust rates held by Geo. F. Henderson, Referee under the
Natural Gas Conservation Act, 1921, were attended as follows: —
Chatham, July 11-11, 1921, application by Union Natural Gas Company;
ditto Sept. 29 1921.
St. Thomas, November 23, 1921, applicatioii by Southern Ontario Gas Co.;
ditto, December 8, 1921.
Aylmer, November 22, 1921, application by Central Pipe Line Co.: ditto,
December 7, 1921.
Welland, October 5, 1921, application by Provincial Gas and Fuel Co.
At these hearings rates were fixed for most municipalities in Western Ontario.
Inquiries of an official and semi-official nature were held at Belmont, St.
Catharines, London, Welland, Stevensville and Eidgeway.
Orders Issued
The following Orders were issued : —
Order No. 17: limiting the amount of leakage allowable on all ])ipes; providing
for metering or measuring of all gas and for the inspection of consumers' ap-
pliances.
Order No. 18 : prohibiting the use of gas without charge, and providing for
compensation.
Order No. 19 : imposing certain restrictions with regard to heating in public
buildings, schools and churches.
Order No. 20 : amending Order No. 18.
Most of the industrial plants using gas were inspected during the year, and
when it was found that natural gas was being used where other fuel could easily be
substituted, or could be used to better advantage, permission to use natural gas
was withdrawn.
In the month of November the industrial gas situation in Chatham, Windsor
and Sarnia was given special attention. The representatives of the industries
and the mayors of these cities were met, conditions were very frankly discussed,
and all assisted in finding a solution.
The remainder of the year was employed in various inspections in gas fields
and distributing plants throughout the Province.
B. D. Burn, Inspector, has carried out his many duties most satisfactorily,
these ranging from testing and adjusting gas stoves to plugging gas wells.
Percentage Contracts
It was recommended by Mr. Wyer (see report) that all percentage contracts
should be abrogated at once. Consequently, on July 8th the Commissioner met
the companies who paid for the gas they distributed on a percentage basis,
and asked them to show cause why they should not pay for their gas at the point
of junction of the high pressure mains with the distributing plant, so that the
excessive leakage should be reduced to an attainal)le standard of 20'0 M cu. ft. per
mile of three-inch pipe. The distributing companies all agreed to so improve their
plants that the leakage would be kept at least up to this standard. They were
given until July 1st, 1922, to make the necessary improvements and repairs.
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Measurement of Gas
Large volume and high pressure orifice meters are in general nse, and are
indispensable to the natural gas industry. These meters give general satisfaction,
and vary within the same small limits as the domestic meters commonly used in
dwelling houses for measuring retailed gas. The meters installed in 1921, in com-
pliance with Order Xo. 17, were as follows: —
ORIFICE METERS.
City of Windsor 3
Blenheim 1 '
Dresden 1
Tilbury gas field 5
Dover do. 1
Kingsville 1
Dundas 1
Total 13
A battery of three orifice meters and a fourth auxiliary meter at Windsor.
Tn addition, 54 jiositive meters were placed where sliort lines leave
the high pressure mains. These meters check the quantity of gas entering
the short lines against the quantity delivered to the consumers served
therefrom. This work was begun in July, when tlie gas companies were
assured of higher rates for their product, and was continued until the
end of the year, some work remaining to be completed in 1922. Companies with
very scattered gas Avells and short pi})e lines have })een exempted from this re-
quirement. All gas is measured in tliis way from the wells to the liigii jjressure
pipe line, from the higli pressure ])ipe line to the distributing jdaut. and from
the distributing plant to the consumer. All these measurements are reported
monthly on a form supplied by tlie Department. The leakage reported is noted,
and steps taken to curtail anything that seems to be excessive.
The result of this measure of control has been a marked decrease in the
leakage of most distributing plants. The Wallacelmrg Gas Company laid several
miles of new ])i])e, and r<'<Iuce(| its leakage from 4,900 cu. ft. per mile of three-inch
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
pipe per annum to 3,969 eii. ft. By reason of the fact that gas companies read
meters every day in the month, any one month's figures Avill also include some
gas used in the previous month; consequently it will require one year to ohtain
definite information as to the total reduction of tliis \va>t(' hy leakage. Another
result of the campaign against leakage is that it has heen tuuml that the pressures
carried on distrihuting systems are higher than necessary, and on several plants
the pressures are being lowered. The largest cities now using natural gas are being-
supplied at two to four ounct^, hut there is still nuu-li room for the reductioii of
pressures generally.
Economy in using Gas
An effort has heen begun to teach tbe general public bow to use gas more
economically. The gas com]ninies were directed (Order A'o. 11 ) to inspect and
adjust appliances, recommend changes in the same wdiere necessary, and generally
explain how economies could be effected. A set of directions showing in detail
and by means of cuts how to arrange Ijurners so as to obtain the best >er\i(e when
the pressure drops, was sent by the Department to every consumer of natural gas,
These directions originated in Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, and are
reproduced below.
In burning gas for cooking three distinct steps are necessary:
(a) The gas must be properly burned: that is, it must be properly mixed with
air so as to burn with a pale blue non-luminous flame. A luminous flame will be
wasteful and will deposit soot on the cooking vessel.
(b) The flame must be properly directed, that is, the tip of the flame must
come close to the cooking vessel. If the flame is too short to reach the cooking
vessel, or is blown to one side by a strong draft of air, gas will be wasted, a longer
time will be required, and if the flame tip is too far away it may be impossible to
cook, although the short improperly directed flames may be kept burning a long time.
(c) The heat generated by the burning gas must be delivered through the cook-
ing vessel walls and into the food. Hence, thin vessels and grid or open stove
tops are necessary for good service. Natural gas should never be used under a solid
stove top because it is always wasteful and under low pressure conditions may
make cooking impossible.
COOH/N6 l/£5S£l
EFF£CT]V£ PART OF
FLAME FOffCOOMNG
i^lNTMSPMroF
FUiMEC4A/600ar
HOff/ZOfifTMLy /!ND
Dowfl/mffD sarmT
UPMTO COOK-
/N6 I/F55FI
INEFF£CT7V£
AND
WASTEFUL
Y-
WRONG
Fig. 1. — Diagram showing improper and proper distances between gas burner
and bottom of cooking vessel.
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
A and B in the illustration (Fig. 1) show what happens when low pressure
natural gas is burned in the usual natural gas stove. Position B shows cooking
vessel so far away that the short flames cannot reach it, resulting in waste of gas^
longer time to cook, and in some cases impossibility to cook at all, even though the
gas may be burned for a long time. In A, two-thirds of the flame does not reach
the bottom of the vessel, i.e., this gas is wasted.
Merely lowering the cooking vessel or raising the burner, as shown at C in
Fig. 1, will result in satisfactory cooking, in the usual length of time with same
low pressure, same stove and same burner. In fact, properly directed short flames
at low pressure, as shown at C, will actually use less than one-half of the gas re-
quired with the usual high pressure and resulting long flames.
Correct Position of Burner and Vessel.
For permanent service in purchasing new stoves, get either an artificial gas
stove or a natural gas stove with burners properly raised for short flame service-
Old stoves worth remodeling may be changed by:
(a) Raising the burner, burner supports, and manifold — that is, pipe into which
gas burner cocks are screwed.
(b) New burner castings of proper height for short flames may be secured for
some stoves.
(c) Cementing casting on top of existing burners so as to bring the burner top
to the proper height.
(d) Depressed grid tops to bring the vessel support down to the low burners.
Closed tops should never be used and in all cases where burners are raised, grid
or open tops must be used with the short flames.
A larger sized spud opening — that is, the small opening immediately in front of the
gas cock through which the gas passes into the mixer — should be used with low pres-
sure service. Some stoves have adjustable spuds; others must either have new
spuds or have the old small openings reamed larger.
If the pressure in the gas mains is too high, the more efficient short flame low
pressure conditions can still be maintained by merely partially opening the gas cock.
Never let the flame lick up along the side of the vessel.
Baker burners need not be raised, because the heat from the burning gas is
already inside of the chamber to be heated. The spud and mixer must, however,
be properly adjusted so as to get a pale blue non-luminous flame.
Fig. 2. — Temporary methods of shortening distance between burners and cooking
utensils.
1922 Natural Gas in 1921
As a temporary means, remove the stove top and on drilled burners insert three
wire nails and on slotted burners, three pieces of sheet iron, for supporting the
cooking vessel as shown above, so that the tip of the short low pressure flame
comes close to the vessel bottom.
After the boiling point is reached, mucli gas can be saved by turning down the
flame.
Dirty gas burners alA^ays prevent proper cooking operations.
Ay;./
New appliances for burning Gas
At the suggestion of two of llio gas coniijaiiies u largo stove manufacturing
firm lias designed and placed on the market a stove specially suited for burning
"sulphur" gas, or in fact any kind of gas, with greater economy. A demonstra-
tion of the qualities of this stove was given at AVindsor and the appliance pro-
nounced a decided success. AVhen it is considered that a large majority of the
appliances used for burning gas are old coal and wood stoves converted into gas
burners, the advantage and saving that may be derived from a specially designed
apparatus can readily be seen. For example, a test made on an old coal stove
showed it to consume five eu. ft. as against one cu. ft. in a gas stove with an open
top. This means that the old stove is depri\ing four families of gas, also that
one-fifth of the bill is for gas used in cooking, and four-fifths for gas wasted.
Of course, wdth "sulidiur'" gas, an open top stove cannot be used. It will be
interesting to note what the saving effected l3y the new stove will Ije. Un-
doubtedly, some of the heat must go up the chimney, but if the housewife is careful
to turn out the gas when she removes the vessel, and to turn the gas down or use
a ^'simmerer" when the water begins to boil, (for water cannot be raised above 213
degrees Fahr. no matter how hard the kettle boils) she would at once notice a
difference in the gas bills. The matter of raising the burners to li/4 to li/o inches
below the bottom of the vessel has been so often urged that it needs no further
discussion. An experiiuent carried out at Ohio State University showed that the
average cook wasted eighty-five per cent of the heat in any ordinary gas stove.
Surely it is time that the general public seriously studied how to use the remaining
supply of natural gas to the best advantage.
Residue Supply
The quantity of gas in any gas Jield is easily calculated, provided the original
rock pressure, present rock pressure, and the total volume of the gas that has been
drawn or has escaped from the wells are known. Naturally the records must be
carefully kept or the result will fall short of accuracy.
In the Kent gas field a fair record of rock pressures has been kept for a
number of years, and computations have from time to time been made. The
total volume of gas originally in the field was 190,000^000,000 cu. ft. This and
the quantities used each year are shown in graphic form, Figttre 3. Although
theoretically the decline in rock pressure and the decline in volume should follow
the same line, it is practically impossible to record either with sufficient accuracy
to make them identical. However, the result is on the whole satisi'actory.
The projected future supply is taken from Mr. Wyer's report, where it was
shown in terms of rock pressure. By noting on the chart the cpiantity of gas that
may be consumed each year, it is clearly seen that instead of increa.sing the
number of consumers and the number of industries to be supplied with gas, these
numbers must be reduced each year, or the supply of natural gas cannot last for
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
the longlli Oj' time given bv Mr. AVver. It is encouraging to note that this
essential fact is finding its way into the conscionsness of many people, and that
not a few consumers are beginning to render assistance by curtailing the use of
gas where other fuel can be substituted.
Maiiy peo]>lc are still of the opinion that there is plenty of gas for all. To
show how small a quantity of gas lias to serve the people of eighty-two townships,
it might be well to mention that in the city of Toronto during the year 192J,
5,500,000,000 cu. ft. of gas was manufactured for use in that one city, whereas
the total production in the same year by 1,022 gas wells in an area of approximately
G,000 square miles was only 8,532.234^000 cu. ft.
Peak Loads and their Effects
The supply of gas a\'ailab]e for any locality is determined by: —
1. The number of gas wells and their rock pressure (i.e., the volume of gas
in pounds ])er square incli which was placed by nature in tlio ]nicrosco])ic cavities
between the sand grains of the rock re.servoir).
2. The leugtli and size of the pii»e line from the gas field to the place of
consumption.
In M city supplied witli manufactured gas these two factors are represented l)y :
(1) The capacity of the ^jroducer plant.
(2) Size of the gas holder.
600
550
500
4-50
4-00
^50
iOO
250
200
ISO
100
50
a
1
—
—
_
_
Year Consumption Rock Pressure
in cubic feet
to 1907 2,000,000 (waste)
1907 297,000 630
1908 848,000 501
1909 15 96,000 550
1910 4,689,000 580
1911 5549,000 548
1912 7,762,000 538
1913 7,975,000 512
1914 10,121,000 491
1915 10319.000 475
1916 13,752,000 434
1917 15.644,000 368
1918 9,439,000 330
1919 7,852,000 318
1920 7,626.000 291
1921 5815.000 265
/
\
/
\
f
^
.
J
\
\
f
\
'
V.
^
^
\
\
^
\ r
•^ VC
■^^-^
'^^V^
'^
y
T^
?
>
^.
\>
^^
>
x:
,
^S^
kv
\
"^
■
V^
.>
^^
"x.
*
^'-*
■
y^
^
^^f
^;
■ >^
^^ .
"^
^«
r^
;,,„_^
**.■
.
\ ,
1 ,
1
\—\l2S ^
'B
Fig. 3. — Kent gas field showiiii
of volume and presstxre.
past and projected future decline
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
Ounces Pressure, Christmas day, 1920.
— Ounces Pressure, Christmas day, 1921.
Differential pressure or Rate of Flow under Peak Load
conditions.
Lbs. Pressure of Gas at the Orifice Meter under Peak Load
Conditions.
■--—Rate of Flow if the demand were constant and no Peak
Load.
-• — • — Lbs. pressure of gas necessary to supply such constant
demand.
10
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
■Pressure in the High Pressure Gas Mains.
-Differential Pressure or Rate of Flow in Winter.
The Meter is measuring the full capacity of the Plant for
13 hours.
-Pressure in the High Pressure Gas Mains.
-Differential Pressure or Rate of Flow in Summer.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
11
-Pressure in High Pressure Gas Mains.
-Rate of Flow or Winter Demand in Brantford. It does
not differ so very mucli from summer demand.
-Pressure in the Higli Pressure Gas Mains.
-Rate of Flow or Demand in Brantford in Summer.
12
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
■Pressure in High Pressure Gas Mains.
-Rate of Flow or "Demand" in St. Catharines in the Win-
ter.
■Pressure in High Pressure Gas Mains.
-Demand In St. Catharines in Summer.
To Accompany Ontario Department of Mines Report. Vol. XXXI. Part V.. 1722.
—
—
—
—
'
,
1
'
A
; ',
- 4
IN
)
1 ,
I
!
fl <
f,
,
»
;,
1
tj
V
iii
!■■ A
f,
Mr-'
fl '
' i ''\
,1
^
■Vl
|A
1
^
T'',
I
|j,i
0
/I
ifi
iV
l\
l'^
■V
\
.
^A
/V\
A
.^1
i.
1
"V
1; \
y:i\
; \ A
In
;!
iL
' ' I,
."i
f
•Ijl
.\ A
'r!s
i^
i'v
1
1 1
1 'i
ijl \
■J !l
h
l^"
iV'
V 1,
;\
m'',"
; \
/ \
4
' ■ I A
A
!\i\
/V
' \^,
W
\Ail.NM
kr^A
A,
/\
A
\ ;*i \
}} •
\V'
'j\\'j
'■i^Jm-
\\i\
'^Iv
,,' i^;
\ A
\ / 1
1 \l
r ^
Il i ■'
I
\
] 1
; 1
p/'r
il'i
)!/
All
1
^ '
i '!'
'\
■
y
/ V
Vl
V ^
•"
^
\/
'"
N
^\
vll
III
1
jfl
A'
V 1
1
'^
^
J
V
v' ^
)
-' 1
I
'
J
1 "
*
m
A
r
■k
/!i
11
i^
^
j(V
il
1 1 J
ifl
A
II
1
In
I
/I
,
f[
A
j\
^m
\
'
\.
\l\n
1
'1
I V'
J
1
L
i/
\J
I.A,
II
\^
>
/^
\i
j^
Jr
1 M
/u
^
1
1
n
k\7
1
Hi
J^
1
A
n
^
1
^m
'/\/
J JL
/v
V\
1
V
•\ a;v
•KJ}
/\
f>'\ 1
\ ,
r
\^
\
\^
/^
"r*
U^
\l
A,
V
/L
n/^
X
r^i
K
/"
A
^i
1
/ •*
1 Tri
\
\^
\[
\I
/ '
' \
n
1
/
I
\
v**
1
\/
1
">
KS
»v
i*^
—
J*'
/
V
U 1
\y
V U
V
V
\J
V
\ \.
Q^
%
l/
,
S^i
r
/
W
_
1
i
1 "
-
'\J
^
T
r ^
1
2
J
*
b
6
7
8
9
10
"
12
IJ
'♦
15
16
17
le
9
20
21
22
23
24-
25
26
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4.
5
6
7
8
9
0
II
12
13
1
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2B
26
27-
28
29
30
31
Pre
,. '^arria
Temperature
1
_
f
,1
jl
,M
fl
(S
f
1
^
<f
f,
,
A
,
1
-U-
,
'1 ■
\\
fl
V\
f\
V,
1
,
*r
M
!
|i
^
■'»,
1,
n
^
h
t\
M',
l\
\
il
Ai
I'l
|i
.'!
.1
;;
-A-
-i—
.
■;.
\
\[
-Vr
S
(i^
s
ilhi
^
l\
.'\
f
/\
/■
-lia
1'!
;\
;l
il'
/^\
; i
u
\\
^
\
; ]
\\
1 \
■!."
ft\
,','
Ift
i
r,
A\
I'j
_L4.
\
: '.
M^
'V
-VA
\
\\
■I'^l
k
1 \
r
'';
1 1
i Vl
Ail
'A
• V',
■ ' ll
I'A
I1;'\'A',aI'. .
1^1
' ;
1.
/ \
IV.
in
I
h
Ifli
/I !
!'i',
I '>
'\V\
1
1;
I
M
Ai ,
',
f-t-
.'\
■'\
; 1
4
; 1
,'\
•-1
A\
|K
i '^'-f
' 'i
/ '•■
A 1
f'A
Vii
I
1
i' *
' \
r ■
/I'!
p\; \
\!'
/I ■
71
lA •
■>
• E
/■
',
h
\\
[U/^
f\
-fc
i/ii
!
|i'
ft/
j
/'*
,'\
A/
fi'
Ai
>
'-^
9
^
i
aT
;^
[_
u
lI__
,'
/L
^
,
'
1 ^
'■ r
w
W
1. 1
|\
/
'V
A
l^
,\/ll
'
\
1>
1
'
J'
V
'
1 '''
r
\
^
TK.
5
K
B
T<
t<)
^
^
H
V
^
tt
'te
n\
/v^L
VL
/*
rV
^
f
*
1
V
\
V
/
I
-^
1 W
^' fl
i
Vl
1
Lfu
^
>
H
■- ;
-^7
«JL
„^y
^n
V '
M^
,A-
^
A
i^'^
i
ll>
r
^s^
\
J .
\\
I ^'
~r
\
\
\ ^^
' "
-i
^
\
\
\r
''
1/
"T
1
'
1 —
:
M
\4
i!
\
*-'
*
1
'
'
t
^
I
'^^
-H
~v
-1?
1
1
L_
1
'
'
'
'
No-v
embe
Pressure and
1921
rEMPERATURE ChART,
Sarnia.
December
20 £
I
/
To Acamlyin!/ 0<i/«r(o Dip<irtmml of Mina Rtport, Vol. XXXI, Pert V., 1922.
1
j
^K'-
1 M
i-^
»^
A
tn
1
J 4
jri^^j
iXl^ i
» ^
^V-,
1 ^
h
'I '
a\ ^
if
'\
.\
'i
f '
{ ■•■,
'i^l
h
1
j!
i- fV'' f-
^ 'T^^y
A
^ V
/■■S,
■■[V
}\
i 1
PTtf
, ?j\
Mi
I
A'\ '4
/'A
A
il
li'.
A
\!^ i
\ ..
j__
i^-u
H-hthll
. i'^
.^
F^
K
tM-t (=-
pfc^W
A^'
i; J
i;
-t4
iWH
' \ 1
^' i^i
Mi^
\ 1 'i
*L
1 1
f\
1 \
^AfV^^y^
^
]V:i
^A
—
7,-
^
,^
-5-
r7^
n
i 11
WS^ i'
J-V
>-'
I 'j-
li-
~ii~'^
^-*
1;
rj—
h
1 1
f"
1
[^^
(
—
\i
r^
|— '
' — 1
—
—
' —
'^r
\
^^^^-"
— "
j^
j„' ifi/i
i
l| 4
i^ . 1^g ir
j
^-^
\l
ll
'
1
v^-fr-
\
ft.
r'
(
fl
\
-i ^li [
1
'
f\-^ I
t
H
' \
i
\»f
1
A
^ J
i»
" 4
/
h
\
A
1
\^
A
ft
^
iA
- -^4
(\— -
\
t_
i ~
' M/IVJ
A
-» ifl
f
\iJ
.1
~ T
-V
.A
h
lA'
>. -
r
II
|\
1
1
n
TV A
1 '
y
*J \
/\
«\
MJ^ik
rx/ K^
r^-
U.
A
^
J^
^
4
r~
7"
/v-v
H
^U-ti
1
,.^
11
I
1
-^
J^
A
/
^
j\±-
^—
^
A;
^
\
i'v^ 4J l^V"
.44-
vi
' I
J^-
^. 1
^-
LX_
L
l\
■^~r
-uJ
J J^
U \-J Vi
t.
^
—J
L
4.
r
/u4
1
2
3 ♦
5 6
8
9
10 IJ
12 13
I* !■
16
17
18 19
20 21
22
23
2+
2S
26
27
28 29
30 1
2
3 ♦
5 6
7
8
9 JO II 12
13 14^ IS 16 17
18 19 20
21 22
23 2+ 25 2e
27 28 29 30 31
Pressure at Field Station
., WinH..nr
. i
, ,•'
k
1
J
.
—
A
. I'i
ll' \\\ \\
L.
'"' M\
,
i a.
ii'
1
1
J
/-'
1
;
«/i:
i^
/" i 1
f \
U-^JZ
A
■\
> ; j
!-, j »
\
■■'i/i
■Vijr
k-.A
{'^ /
V; 1
!' •
;>» Jn
\ I
;'.
{
,1^
f!
,i\,
1
^ 'i
+T"«~
ir
T^,\
TTi"
iV
! 1 1 !l
trw- -kT
X^at
tl
T~
v\
1 ;
; \ ;-'■
t-+ 1 — -
V'
.' ^''
f ',
N^ \
1 1 T
V
jijl' jli
^Xr
i;
ll
;1
N
> \ i
ll
'V !
y/
V.
; '
[iLlLlkLl F! U l/\li\
fMti
I< '
A. l/i U lA
rft'^
1 ;
i'-i-^-^
**
' V
1
It ''' i
V 1
\\
h
i 1 1 : 1'
; 1
i\
1 \t",
! \ i
j;
r\\
. !
\
Jl I
V|L_^
>[I'i T'Ci
J '»' >^ ' 1 j'
^i
/\ '
Jl f !
rruG
,.".
j
A ';
i— i i -
I.' i
/ V
l\ \
.
/ ^
r\ ■
1
! *
j 1
/•^
■' i >
; '
'H '
1 i. *
1
'
tju^fM
t - t
■' '^ A
>/./ \
."A-in
k!"^ IX
(Uj
nr-
t"
-
.-IT
w
-j
f
^4
ii-
!
—
r\ ^
fri
'rim
-IT"^
v
ffil W
"ttA^:
r\ r*^
-
- fl
' -it
(V.'T^-^
|-i
J
ftli
■
1
a
^1
.ii
^-
:h
i
|l
1
1
1
1
^=i
^
4n
-4- -
i4
4
5
(^
-f
T[
—
.i
IB:
4
if
Vovc
nbcr
—
1
—
—
Pressure and 1
-V
EMPER.\TURE
Chart
Windsor
—
=1— — —
11
December
iU
w
-yp-
^ j
Sr!
ftfr
JUL
Tc Accompany Onlarh Dcpartmaii of Mina Report, ^ol. XXXI, Part V., 1922.
11 r
!
/
! ^'
L_
fi
1
^ /rrsiA L
^
Vl] 1 1
'Vl
\r
j\
•1 .''^
y 1 /■
¥-^^
• (S, „
1
T~ f,
1 1
« « 1 1
^ 4— r
(1
ft
]\ 1T
!
ft ' 1
'•' \
l( '•»
;\ (
\
^JtlS;
rwiT
-A«^."i
i i!ii
;1
n
,11
1 1
UMiLl
^ M X3
X^
,1,
. !
A
A »
^ 44.
^4
iSj'
('■
1 '
i
^ S
4^t^i^
1 ; 1 r"4
; ]i|'|
/111 ,'|
; .' ',
;'.
1 1
Mts^W,
I^U-^vp^jt
hftft
il
r'
'V 1 V
'lf\ y\/\..
,"^
'1 '
h
_j''
; ;
E >'l
/' '
'i i
il
;
,
'•■; :> I
4^d;iA
/ '1 V
(' l' •'''■'I
' l,lj\'
'(' 1
■•^l
1 ij
.hit - W
AXipIllJ/-
^Mm
i!/
l\
/ '
1 i
i ^1
;.
'^\
li
1
p I
/u
1
11 '
.
)^ .^
^r7_iLJLJ
ti ''A ii
/I
1 1
i \
u ',
A 'A
UTi .
A 1. 'i '-i
■^Uif
/ A
/ \
; \ n
Z\;
L I
li '-^^
>-' V
\
,
' ^, '•
^1
1
, ^
m
\
/ H «l. Ai'
\ 3
^ f
■^ H -
i.VZt
''•
a
' I
^ t
I i-
if
V
\
. 1
«
1
u
:\
_ .._
St
1
7
1 7 111! »lll 1 i. fJI
IaI It
1 1
i '
' /
i
I ,
1 1 V
l^
Mc
^ t
J
J j nn
, "I M
1
/
*\
>\
U^i
Tw j
1
Jtr
- -
X
1
I
J li
i J(- lil
(
/I
V '
J\
Iw
- 4-
o,
n ^
lA
i'-h'i^'
J»L]i
'("
- A_
1
t^
w
1
^ \
.^t '
4 -1
d
*
J
1
* iM '^
^<l-^.i*
^^kri
(r
>i-
M
7-
,/
f
i\
lit -
1
^
1 \r Tj
V
-T .^
V
«
"^1/i^Aj^
'vir
Vl
I
WW
/ ^ J
-J^X.
Ll^I
n
j
*"^i
^
y
V
1
^ U LZj^ /
2 3 4 5 6 7
10 Jl 12 13 14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 I 2 5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14- IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Pkessuhe and Temperature Chart, Chatham.
1922 Natural Gas in 1921 13
In municipalities only a few miles from the o-as field a slioi't pipf line must
be packed with gas at a verv high pressure, whereas foi- a inuiii(i|iality a long
distance from the field, a long pipe line will hold the same \<iliiini' of gas at a
much lower pressure, and as the pressure on a short line is (|uiikly lowered, more
gas wells must be held in reserve to keep up the supply to a iifai'l>\ inunicipality
than would be required for the one farther away. This can readily he seen
hy comparing the graphs (see inserts') showing the coiuitaralixe pressures to Sariiia,
Chatham and Windsor. Sarnia and ("hatliain Innc iieaidv the same po])ulation.
yet there is a much greater variation in j)r(>ssure at Cliatham than at Sarnia.
The same reasoning will show that the distant munieipalit v will get a better
and more even service with a lower ]n-essure than the iiear-hy one, hnt, uiifor-
tunately, when the rock pressure becomes very low the demand foi- thi' near-bv
municipality is so great that gas wells must lie lield in resei-\e to uii-n on when the
pipe line pressure drops below the miniinnm iiecessarv for maintaining a snp|ilv.
and as a result the distant municipality is bound to sull'er a shortage.
As the rock pressure in the gas field falls from year to yeai', peak loads (»n the
near-by municipalities will become more serious, and in the attiMiipt to maintain
a good service in such municipalities, those at a distance mu-t -ull'ei' ioi- the
reason pointed out in the preceding paragraph.
The question of determining when the distant muniripalit\ must he llnallv
deprived of its natural gas service is dependent upon the economies that the
near-by municipalities will practise.
An examination of the three graphs (inserts) showing pressure> at W'iiidsoi-,
Chatham and Sarnia, a]id the pressure-volume charts, pages 9 to l"i, A\il| show
that in the early morning the gas pressure begins to drop, and that after six o'clock
at night the pressure rises, although betw-een these hours in the pa>t winter the
pressure showed signs of recovery. This is explained l)y the fact that much less
gas was being used in the industries last winter than in the one pre\ ious. and that
between the hours for preparing meals the supply of gas wa> gieatei- than the
demand, thus permitting a rise in the gas pressure. Such an effect, howcxcr, is
only noticeable on a few occasions, as the demand for heating is si) great that
only on warm days can any relief be expected.
Peak Loads In Cities and Towns
In cities Avhere very little gas is used for heating purposes and the greater
demand is for cooking, the peak load is most in evidence. The orifice meter chart
for the city of Hamilton, page 9. shows this ])eak load. It will be seen
that the gas pressure drops from 5 a.m. until 12.30 p.m., reco\ei's fi-om 12.o0
p.m. until 4.30 p.m., drops until 6.30 p.m., and recovers until o a.m. The
differential pressure, which indicates the volume or "rate at which gas flows"
shows practically no gas being used from midnight until .") a.m. The breakfast
cooking demand, causing a sudden rush which lasts until !) a.m., the lesser quantitv
of gas used between breakfast and noon for baking, washing, etc., the sudden
increase again at 11 a.m. until 12 noon, the practical cessation of the demand
again until 4.30, when another rise begins culminating at 0 |).m., unnn'stakably
reflect the daily programme of domestic life in the homes of Hamilton gas con-
sumers. To deliver the volume of gas required to cook the meals in a citv of
200,000 people requires an efficient system of di^tvibution. The quantitv of gas
14 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
passing througJi the orifice meter is 1, 085,000' cu. ft. in twenty-four hours, and
practically all of this gas was used in the daylight hours. If the demand had been
uniform during the twenty-four hours, and the same amount of gas passed
through the meter, the differential pressure or "rate of flow" would have followed
the broken line, and the pressure might have been reduced to ten pounds, as shown
by the — . — . line.
Turning to the charts for Leamington, Brantford and St. Catharines, it will
be noticed that the noon "peak" is very pronounced in both summer and winter in
both Brantford and St. Catharines, while in Leamington there is a uniform
daylight load in the winter, and the mealtime "peaks" are in summer. The ex-
planation of this is that the j^rice of gas in Brantford and St. Catharines is higher
than in Leamington, and very little is used for heating, while in the latter place,
with a lower price, there is a great demand for heating. Still another reason is
that the distributing plants of Brantford and St. Catharines have pipes of
sufiicient size to deliver gas at a four-ounce pressure, while in Leamington the
pipes are much too small to supply the demand and pressures vary from ten to
twenty-two ounces. The pipes in this town will be enlarged and relaid in 1922,
and an improvement in the service will then undoubtedly be noted. Comparing
the total load, it wall be seen that the St. Catharines consumption on a winter day
is 675,000 cu. ft., as against 209,000 cu. ft. in summer, or over three times as
much. In Brantford it is 515,000 cu. ft. in winter as against 299,000 cu. ft. in
summer, little gas being used for heating in Brantford, while in Leamington the
winter consumption is 1,081,000 cu. ft. as compared with 160,000 cu. ft. in
summer, or over six times as much. These quantities are calculated by applying
a formula and constant multiplier to the line pressure and the differential
pressure shown in the chart.
A distriljutiug plant must be designed to deliver all the gas demanded at
times of peak loads, and from this it can be clearly seen that if no gas is being
used during the night and very little between meals, the gas plant is lying idle
and yielding no return about sixty per cent, of the time, hence the rate the con-
sumer pays for gas must be j)roportionately higher than if there were a constant
demand during the twenty-four hours and no peak load. This is further shown
by the broken line on the Hamilton chart. The statement is quite as true of trans-
mission lines as it is of distribution plants.
Leakage
It had been hoped to thoroughly discuss the important question of leakage in
this report, but on account of the late installation of orifice meters and the fact
that there is no check on some companies to date, it would be obviously unfair to
single out those companies which are lowering the leakage on their pipe lines and
distributing plants, while those which have not yet accomplished much escape
notice. SuflBce it to say that the leakage on nearly all pipe lines and distributing
plants is more than it should be. In some private lines seventy-five per cent, of
the gas escapes, and in other pipe lines the loss varies down to permissible and
accepted standards of leakage. In every practicable way pressure is being brought
to bear on companies and individuals to check this excessive leakage.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
IS
Improvements in the Fields
Amouy the improvements in the methods of transmitting and distributing
gas in Ontario during the year 1921, mention may be made of a "dust" or sedi-
ment trap, and the instaUation of a number of hirge volume orifice meters.
In long distance transmission of natural gas containing sul})huretted
hydrogen, it was found increasingly difficult to keep regulators and meters in good
condition as the distance from the field lengthened. Investigation proved that
the difficulty was due to a deposit of fine dust which clogged some of the working
parts and caused excessive friction in others. The dust was found to be iron
sulphide Avhich formed in these long pipes, and was carried along with the gas.
Dust trap for removing iron sulphate from natural gas. '
To remove this dust, the complicated apparatus shown in the jjhotograph was
installed. Two lengths of eighteen-incli pipe, each 140 feet long, were laid
parallel and tied together at each end by a slightly smaller pipe, and all joints
oxyacetylene-welded. The gas enters tlirough an eight-inch pipe into the two
eighteen-inch pipes, and the rate of flow is reduced about ten times. This slowing
up allows the iron sulphide dust or sediment to settle, and the gas passing up and
through the connecting pipe at the distant end of the eighteen-inch pipes to the
orifice meters shown on page 4, is almost entirely freed from the dust. Tliis
was put in operation in the late autumn, and gave every satisfaction during the
winter when it liad its most severe test. The estimated total cost of this plant
comprising dust trap and orifice meters installed is about $5,500'.
Production
The production of natural gas during the year 1921 was 8,532,234,000 cu. ft.,
which is 2,015.254,000 cu. ft. less than in the previous year. These figures do
not include leakage. The falling off in production is due to three causes :
'Photo supplied by Union Natural Gas Co., Ltd., Chatham, Ontario,
16 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
(1) The natural decrease in the quantity of gas which will come out of the
rock owing to decrease in tlie gas pressure.
(2) The many restrictions enforced by the Commissioner in the sale of gas
for manufacturing purposes.
(;3) The iiu-rease in the price of gas, and consequently the more careful use
of this valual)le fuel.
The total value of gas produced, taken from the returns of the companies,
was •$2,9To,5i)2. Some companies value their output at the })rice paid them l)y
the companies wliicli distribute the gas, heru-e the above ^■al^ation is at best ap-
proximate, being leased partly on wholesale and partly on retail ])rices. The
average retail ])rice in 102] was al)Out forty-five cents per '^I cu. ft.
Comparing last year's sales with those of 1920, we have the following com-
parison : —
In 1920:
To,00O domestic consumers used 9,1 21,000 M cu. ft.
5,000 commercial consumers used 1,12-1:. 000 ''
Total 10,515,000
In ]921:
ST.IO'S domestic consumers used . . . 1,671,198 M cu. ft.
1,000 (estinnited) commercial consumers used .... 85T,711 "
Total 8,532,231 "
Omitting the citv of Hamilton, where the natural gas is mixed with maini-
factured gas, there were in 1921, 65,962 consumers using 7,116,032 ^I c\i. ft., an
average of 107,000 cu. ft. per consumer, which compares very favouraldy with the
average quantity used at that price on this continent.^
Although it is possible that the number of domestic and industrial con-
sumers reported in 1920 was in part estimated, yet even if the number of
domestic consumers was the same in both years they used 1,116,507 ^I cu. ft. of
gas less in 1921 than in 1920. and the im])rovement in service is clearly seen in
this report. This is ground enough upon which to base the statement that the
methods adopted for conserving the natural gas su})ply are in the interest of the
public.
Below is a table giving particulars regarding the consumption of natural gas
in cities, towns and villages during 1921. It shows the quantities used for or-
dinary domestic purjjoses, also in industrial operations, the ])rices jiaid. and other
particulars. This is followed liy a tal)le giving similar infornnition with respect
to the use of gas in township municipalities.
'Rep. Out. Dept. Mines.. Vol. XXX. 1921. Pt. 5. p. 1.3.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
17
TABLE I.— CONSUMPTION OF NATURAL GAS IN TOWNS AND CITIES, 1921.
City, Town or
Village
Popu-l
lation
No. of
consmners
Amount used in 1921
M. cu. ft.
Distance
from gas
field,
Rate,
cents,
per M.
Free
1
Pay Free
Pay
Industrial
miles
cu. ft.
Aylmer
Bridgehurg
Fort Erie . . .
2.094
2,401
1,.546
r 3
742
974
499
"500
'373
"124
1,000
"l71
' ' 282
117
45,539
60,876
6,492
68,027
17,. 306
152,. 544
2,642
.50,7.53
25,389
564,182
27,4.56
109 , 1.36
38,. 377
20,764
61,0.34
34,424
.55,. 544
8.933
73,002
.55,846
16,828
18,802
.33,712
1,2,50
99.342
31,688
80,284
182,959
132,782
7,912
107,982
31,363
32,7.54
74,106
.522,924
206,. 508
161,810
24,565
47,, 532
15,448
76,. 507
13,198
91,826
60,786
56,907
174,972
9 18,. 593
1.39,627
18,868
112,316
30,. 306
102,8.38
21,366
52,929
369
174
576
1,092
5,318
4,9.34
1,236
47,1.35
12
8
94
20
29M
141
3
63^
53 M
22
60&75
50ct75
iielmoiit
140
75
BlenluMin
1,-565
608
29,440
1,137
1.223
448
13,256
784
3,224
4,978
733
1,.3.39
813
1,588
600
13,216
114,151
4
5
516
149
4,537
72
426
217
3,600
209
916
1,041
246
527
269
412
150
1,572
21 , 146
413
124
365
20
1,225
240
576
1,135
2,878
140
820
641
240
637
3,950
1,501
3,414
445
402
133
930
131
1,959
470
440
1,403
7,209
1,100
142
2,150
208
1,241
2.50
474
45
Belle River
45
Brant ford
80
Chippawa
40
Caledonia
40ct45
Court right
Chatham
45
45
Cayuga
Dmmville
Dundas
Delhi ^
Dresden and Tujjper-
ville
Dutton
Essex
Fonthill
Gait
45
13,962
873
1,264
16,724
1,226
15,046
2,637
61,, 578
20
6,112
2,129
107,802
561
1,806
4,158
375
12
172
26
30
52
33
25
147
166
27
32
13M
100
9
30
20
11
1
60
129
42&4o
70
45
45
30
45
70
80
Hamilton . . .
East Hamilton
75
Highgate
394
1,169
317
5 , 1.50
485
1,783
3,675
14.764
490
3,148
4,368
756
1,855
16,135
3,953
19:881
. 4,825
2,542
1.673
978
2,974
288
8,654
4,415
5,870
7,059
.38,591
4,006
378
9,935
755
3.415
1,524
672
1.462
1
"'l5
1
)■.::::
3
1
]■.::::
20
Hagersville
50
Hepworth
Ingersoll
.Jar vis
50
80
43
Kingsville
Leamington
Niagara Falls
Oil Springs
40
40
50(.t70
75
Petrolia
Paris
50
80
Rodney
Ridgetown
148i 40
12,.543i 28
28
45
Sarnia
13,161
9,7.57
2,395
62,418
15,744
3,204
5514
20
35
30
133^
50
14
40&50
Simcoe
45
St. Catharines
1 horold
75
75
35
Merritton
Tilhurv . .
Tecimiseh
45
lillsonburg
\ ienna
47
45ct65
Welland
705
6,482
13,768
209,690
3
433^
43 M
4334
4314
27^
3
108
45
50*70
Sandwich
Ford
Walkerville
\\ indsor
Wallacehurg
Wheatlev
40&.5O
40&.")()
40<t.5()
40cV-.5()
40&5()
25
^^'oodstock
W est Lome
Port Colborne
5,036
576
9 , 133
9787
140,816
80
28
Humberstone
Port Rowan
Port Dover
3
29
50
52
45
All Gas Companies
for power jjurposes
Total
33
75,263
3,066
5,677,365
812.470
iFrom Dominion Bureau of Statistics, 1921 Census.
18
Department of Mines, Part V
No 4
TABLE II.— COXSUMPTIOX OF NATURAL GAS IX TOWNSHIPS, 1921.
Townships
Popu-
lation
No. of
consumers
Quan
titv used in
^I. cu. ft.
1921,
Rate,
cents
per M.
Free
Pay
Free
Pay
Industrial
cu. ft.
Essex County —
Gosfield North
Gosfleld South
1,977
2,427
2,225
1,911
1.391
3,519
2,348
3,356
1,699
1,533
3.063
3,320
2,865
2,583
1,543
4,343
4,345
3,197
1,563
4,124
1,814
2,507
5,272
2,021
2,906
2.581
3,211
2,748
3,438
5,258
3 , 104
1,165
2,057
2,553
2,492
2,950
.1,669
1,134
2,391
4
- 12
1
> 168
!"
2
5
3
1
8
7
9
6
3
17
10
117
415
471
132
181
667
11
20
1,537
688
33
8
28
122
163
65
356
247
137
15
7
98
\ 114
206
140
7
147
2,291
364
21
54,934
6,979
565
" 429
302
52
"1,337
16.310
57,851
59,838
17,540
22,560
77.861
1.800
6,667
245.284
•
112,026
3.480
960
3,324
14,623
26,203
5,428
33,291
24.134
12,199
966
418
7,940
[ 9,796
12,560
7,288
341
36&89
36<feS9
IMaid.stone
Rochester
Sandwich South . .
1
45
Sandwich West
Sandwich East
Mersea
Tilburv North
Tilbury, West
3,548
30
45
Lambton County —
Enniskillen
Moore
Sombra
Sarnia
Euphemia
Kent County — -
Raleigh
45
45
25
35.165
100
579
3,465
Dover
Tilbury East
17&35
Romnev
Harwich
Orford
Howard
Chatham
17, 25
& 45
45
Camden
Elgin County —
Aldboro
Dunwieh
45
25
40
Southwold
Malahide
505
35&7
Bavham
35. 42,
Westminster. .
480
47&65
66&70
Dorchester North
60&70
Norfolk County —
Houghton
47
Aliddleton
2,143
1,126
1,322
586
2,385
1,572
42
52
45
45
45
Walsingham
Charlotteville
Windham ....
Woodhouse
Brant County —
Onondaga
45&80
94
80
Oxford Countv —
We.st Oxford
80
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
19
TABLE II.— Continued
Townships
Popu-
ulation
No. of
consumers
Free
Pay
Quuntitv used in 1921,
M. cu. ft.
Free
Pay
Industrial
Rate,
cents
per M.
cu. ft.
Haldimand County — ■
Canborough
Moult on
Seneca
North Cayuga
South Cayuga
Rainham
Sherbrooko
Dunn
Walpole
Oneida
Welland County —
Wainfleet
Humberstone
Bertie
Pelhani
Thorokl
Willouglil)y
Crowland
Stamford
Lincoln County —
Caistor
Gainsboro
Grimsby
Louth
Grantham
Wentworth Comity-
Binbrook
Glanford
Barton
Flamboro West. .
Ancaster
Total.
997
,609
,742
,423
591
,731
316
788
,311
,377
,582
,304
,305
,600
,885
917
,826
,000
,300
,117
,879
,312
,456
1,260
1,409
10,165
2,423
4,058
46
34
67
15
28
105
1
27
46
10
42
58
85
5
1
38
29
76
87
136
35
59
272
26
115
297
69
117
158
1,041
136
153
53
58
239]
28
42
140
10
17
86
84
923
34
1
7.551
6; 116
10,634
2,776
5,737
21,366
250
2,814
8,481
1,331
7,027
11.709
17,071
1,110
169
7,904
5,179
6.
7,
11,
3,
4,
29,
12^
29,
7,
783
861
699
856
616
705
661
188
265
399
1,131
5,041
50
12,147
881
6,799
1,452
758
4,492
143,595
6,655
6,885
38,044
9,000
9,161
1,824
3,956
8,222
4,880
2,314
8,310
710
1,200
13,049
9.356
73,614
1 . 258
1,326
485
224
315,797
42 H
25&60
30&45
35
42^
25
40&50
20&42
26&45
40&50
35&70
50
60
57
50&70
50&70
50
50&70
25&4214
35&75
75
57
57
25&42^
25&4214
40
70
25
1,840
These two tables of gas coiisnniption in the cities, towns and townships
of Ontario is not given as correct in detail. In procuring the data for the same,
it was found difficult to segregate gas users in one town .ship ' from those in an
adjoining one, or in a group of townships, the gas companies not finding it
necessary to keep a separate ledger for each township. Again, many houses and
small gas engines may be supplied with gas passing through the same meter, and
on account of the relatively small consumption, this gas has been classed as for
domestic use. The number of consumers is probably correct, but the quantity of
gas consumed may in some cases not be so. This applies more particularly to
country and village users. In cities and large tow^ns separate ledgers are usually
kept, and more precise figures are available. The tables, however, approximate
the true situation and show where most gas is used, and also how the price afi^ects
the quantity consumed. It will be noted that the total gas consumed as shown
in the tables is not the same as the total quantity of gas produced in 1921. This
is explained by the fact that no private wells are included and no leakage.
20
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
(IJ -no -K)
K c ?5
X
oi
-+ ic C' --r X --C -t< '^ CO
COCOO't-tCO^^'MI^
c; 1— 1 1^ uo lO :^i c^i t^ X
^r^oi^co^'-Hcr
72
55 -t-
05 O
LO
Ol
X
lO
01
M
~ Ol
01 o
— X
01 r^
3t
LO
X
LO
X CO t^ o
LO CO X o
— -i t- X
■* C: Ci
sasnoqitaajf) ;
1 :
0 ■
01 •
O •
'sjaj[jo \\ ABI3
C^ o
.— 0-1
ox
CD CO
■* X ■
Ol --H •
^ Ol
lO
•M ■
01 •
S •
x" ■
Sut.iU3
OOOBqOJL
X ■
x" ■
^ •
seiJO|\!joq'B'7
X •
X ■
sauyBQ
X
CO
(N ■
^ :
01 -
'sj9uoi:(oajuo3
:c t^ "
^ ox
^ O lO
C50 Ci
o •
X
Ol •
o ■
O X •
CC
O
o
Ol •
CD •
Oi
CO
'.Ui}V.\\ 'XBAV
an[S SupBajj
X CO
2; 2:
5P:
lC
Ol
Ol
CO
Ol
o
I)UI|UI.I(J
^+0
c^
X ■
-^ ■
!
• 'sjauBaj3
'sai-ipuntj^;
o
! ^^
CO
CO
§uij[auiBU2
CO
X
X
o
oT
CO
CO
SuipjauuY'
'Suijaclixiaj^
's[T;:)ara
§uiuap.ii3^
'xiui.iap[og
^
-1-
'^4
lO
— —
rn'x
Ol
01
s
'
05 ■
ja.uoj puB
CO X^ COiM
t- lO O O Tt^
05 -,C ^ ri C:
(M'*oc^occ'*^-*-^co»C'-coo^c;t^c
COXXCOOlCO^O^Olt^lMXi-OClXC^lXO^
^ C~. X CO CD n C^l — — lT l> t^ CO ^
CO
OOi-O
O X Tti
X i-O
t^ OS
o<r>
CCX
■JO^Bjauiou];
'Suijijajj
• 1—1
• CO
■^
c
■ c
^1
^•J
■ i
• 'J
b
r
N r
" r
s r
v r
./; *""
5,:
::i
:]b
1 1
i 1
I". 7
b
' c
; c
; c
■ t
• c
:^
3]C
- >
3 C
^ t-
c
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
21
X
X X
•* X
"
CN
-t
L7
^
G2,41S
15,744
3.204
o
X
LO
L.0
t^
X
X
CO
O
X
I— 1
00
CO
?3
1
CD
I— 1
oc
X
C5
CO
1— I
C5
CD
X
X
0(N
•^ CO
03
05
oc
X
X
CO
C5
05
O
X
I— 1
rot^t^^"
X ■M C^rH
oaMi-i
LO
O
CD
CD~
CO
CO
^
CO
1— 1
cocc
^ X
O
O
x"
o
f^
CO
CO
O
CO
t^
^
^
COO
X
o
Tin"
??
23
■M C5
CO
CD
CO
c^
o
C5
CO
00
00
X
l!7
Xr- C:
CO X CO
co^ -*
X CO
X X
03
o
CD
S
-< cr. x t
C^^ L-: „ _
r^ Lt ^ — • rr ic r:
^ o re L-: • c; :o c
C-. L-T — 't rc
cc -f< " ?c
1-H t^
X X i^
X
T— 1
O
uo
CD
oT
CO
X
X -^
CD
1 ^
i c
5y
'a
c
"'2
■J
r.
:
'>
y
>
c
■J
c ,
i
^
/I
is
y
_y
1
y
"c
c
C
y
5
"si
22
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Ratio of price to Gas consumed
At tlie various rate hearings during the year 1921, it was stated several
times that the rates charged for gas had very little to do with conserving gas. A
glance at Taljles I and II will show at once that it has very much to do with con-
servino- aas. For instance:
Place
No . Consunaers
Rate
cents
Amount used,
M.cu. ft.
Average per Con-
sumer
M. cu. ft.
4 Townships in'Kent Count}'
■ ii -^ - ■
Button
168
1537
269
1041
Free
35 and 17
30
70
54,934
245,284
34,424
38,377
321
160
128
Dundas
37
These places have been taken at random. Averaging all places where rates
are equal may give a slightly different result.^ The comparison is only made to
show tliat careless use of gas does exist, and that the steps taken to curtail needless
consumption of gas are justified. Surely there is no need of anyone using
321,000 cu. ft. of gas when his neighbour has the same result from 160,000 cu. ft.
When the price of gas is advanced beyond fifty cents apparently other fuels
come into competition for heating purposes, but where the price of gas is below
fifty cents it is undoubtedly used for all purposes. The degree of care used in
conserving gas will be seen to decrease in direct proportion with the decrease in
price.
There is also a rate above or below which profits decrease. One company
puts this maximum rate at eighty cents.
It has often been stated that electricity is a cheaper and better fuel for cook-
ing than natural gas. A glance at the number of consumers, rate, and amount
of gas used in Xiagara Falls, where electricity is cheapest, should l)e sufficient
to convince the most skeptical that this is not correct.
It is of considerable interest to know for what j^articular purposes natural
gas is used, in industrial or manufacturing operations. There are certain trade
and even agricultural operations for which gas is so convenient and advantageous
a fuel, as compared with any other, that it is difficult to deny them the use of
gas if it can at all be spared. Table III :-lassifies bv industries the industrial
uses of eras in 1921.
'Ont. Dept. of Mines, Vol. XXX, Pt. 5, p. 13.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
7?.
Tho i'ollowing list gives the names and addresses of operators licensed to pro-
duce ]ialnral gas in 1931 : —
OPERATORS LICENSED TO PRODUCE NATURAL GAS, 1921
License
No.
Address
105
122
130
137
139
142
134
141
148
129
118
104
147
110
146
131
115
144
127
108
145
119
116
124
123
112
143
136
135
132
106
121
125
109
113
117
103
133
140
138
120
114
111
126
128
107
Aldrich Gas & Oil Co
Beer, George
Beaver Oil* Gas Co., Ltd. . .
Bertie Natural Gas Co
Battle Natural Gas Co
Binhrook Gas Co
Castle Oil *t Gas Co., Ltd . . . .
Chi])pawa Development Co. . .
Chippawa Oil & Gas Co
Coleman, J. A
Canfield Natural Gas Co
Canby, B. F..
Canboro Gas & Oil Co., Ltd. .
Darling; Road Co-op. Co., Ltd.
Dunn Natural C!as Co
Dominion Natural Gas Co. . . .
Empire Limestone Co
Emerson, Laidlaw, Troughton.
Glenwood Natural Gas Co. . . .
Hamilton Gas & Oil Co
Hendee Gas Co jCayuga, Ont.
Lidu.strial Natural Gas Co jThorold, Ont.
Jasperson, B iKingsville, Ont
Lalor & Yokes Dunnville, Out
F. R. Lalor Dunnville, Ont
Bruce & Counsel, Hamilton, Ont.
Binbrook, Ont.
Brantford, Ont.
Ridgeway, Ont.
Sun Life Bldg., Hamilton, Ont.
N. Laidman, Binbrook, Ont.
Niagara Falls, Ont.
Chippawa, Ont.
Tavistock, Ont.
Wellandport, Ont.
W. W. Thompson, Canfield, Ont.
R.R. No. 2, Alarshville, Ont.
Selkirk, Ont.
Canfield, Ont.
Dunnville, Ont.
Brantford, Ont.
191 Hudson St., Buffalo, X.Y.
R.R. No. 1, Attercliffe Station, Ont.
638 Ellicott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
17 Main St., E. Hamilton, Ont.
Lamb, A
Midfield Natural Gas Co.
Medina Natural Gas Co
Marshall, James
National Gas Co
North Shore Gas Co
Northern Gas & Gasoline Co
Ontario Gypsum Co
Oil Springs Oil & Gas Co
Provincial Natural Gas Co
Port Colborne-Welland Natural Gas Co.
Pilkington Bros
Petrol Oil ct Gas Co
Richmond CJas Co.
Sparham, A. F
Sterling Natural Gas Co
Stevensville Gas Co
Sundy Gas Well Co
Union Natural Gas Co
United Gas Companies
Vacuum Oil & Gas Co., Ltd
Selkirk, Ont.
9 Maple Ave., Hamilton, Ont.
Chatham, Ont.
Hamilton, Ont.
Hamilton, Ont.
c-o Bruce & Counsel, Hamilton, Ont.
Hepworth, Ont.
Paris, Ont.
Oil Springs, Ont.
Niagara Falls, Ont.
Port Colborne, Ont.
Thorold, Ont.
1804 Royal Bank Bldg., Toronto, Ont.
Chatham, Ont.
R.R. No. 1, Caledonia, Ont.
Port Colborne, Ont.
Stevensville, Ont.
J. Ralston, Dunnville, Ont.
Chatham, Ont.
St. Catharines, Ont.
608 Lumsden Bldg., Toronto, Ont.
24
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Tltc iii(li\i(hials. jinns and coinpaiiies duly licensed to drill or l)ore for
natural izas were: —
OPERATORS LICENSED TO DRILL OR BORE FOR NATURAL GAS, 1921
License
No.
Name
Address
50
Berrv & Anderson
Caledonia Ont
63
J. A. Coleman
Wellandi)ort, Ont.
Shelburne Ont
66
Chamlierlain, H. A
70
68
Clover Gas & Oil Co., Ltd
Featherstone, C. W
Raymond tt Si)ence, Welland, Ont.
Canhoro, Ont
69
71
Featherstone, C. W
Hoover & Mav
Canl)oro, Ont.
Selkirk Ont
58
72
Industrial Natural Gas Co
Imperial Oil Co., Ltd
Thorold. Ont.
56 Church St Toronto Ont
56
Jasperson, Bon
Kingsville, Ont.
Tillsonliurji. Ont.
Dunnville, Ont.
Dunnville, Ont.
Hcj^worth, Ont.
Niagara Falls, Ont.
90 Alelrose \ve Hamilton Ont
64&65
Kiser & Loner
59
60
57
55
51,52&53
McCutcheon, T. J
McLister, J. J
McKillop, Wm
Provincial Nat. Gas <t Fuel Co
Snivelv, F. L
67
Stover, F. H
110 Canfield Ave., E Detroit, Mich.
54
62
73
87
Universal Gas & Oil, Ltd
Union Exploration Co., Ltd
jMcKechnie, Sam
c-o Miliar, Ferguson i\: Hunter, Crown Life
Bldg., Toronto, Ont.
Chatham, Ont.
Dunnville, Ont.
Dunnville ( )nt
Companies operatin^u' pii;e lines niider license were as tVdlows: —
OPERATORS LICENSED TO OPERATE NATURAL CiAS PIPE LINES, 1921
License
No.
Name
Address
24
Beaver Oil & Gas Co
638 Elhcott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
Niagara Falls, Ont.
Chatham. Ont.
26
Ca.stle Oil & Gas Co
27
Central Pipe Line Co . . . .
25
23
19
Dominion Natural Gas Co
Glenwood Natural Gas Co
Northern I^i))e Line Co.
638 Elhcott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
Brantford, Ont.
21
22
Southern Ontario Gas Co
United Gas Companies
638 Ellicott Sq.. Buffalo. N.Y.
St Catharines Ont
20
Union Natural Gas Co., Ltd
Chatham, Ont.
1922
iNatural Oas in 1921
25
T)i>tributor> oL' natural ,i;as duly authorized to carry on operations in 1921
were as follows : —
OPERATORS LICENSED TO DISTRIBUTE NATURAL GAS, 1921.
License
No.
Xamc
Address
98
99A
112
91
96
105
114
103
111
115
89
83
110
112
104
119
88
120
102
121
92
107
117
123
113
100
93
84
85
86
87
95
94
109
lis
97
99
101
116
90
108
106
Azoff Natural Gas Co
Beer, George
Bertie Natural Gas Co
Belmont Gas Light Co
Brantford Gas Co
Beaver Oil c^^ Gas Co
Binhrook Gas Co
Coleman, J. A
Central Vipo Line Co
Chipi)a\va Develo])ment Co
Cor}). Town of Leamington
Chatham Gas Co
Castle Oil c^: Gas Co
Chippawa Oil & C!as Co
Dominion Natural Gas Co
Dunn Natural Gas Co
Fisherville Gas Co. .
Gas A: (3il Co., of Springvale
Cilenwood Natiu'al Gas Co
High CJratle Natural Gas Co
Industrial Natural Gas Co
Ingersoll Gas Light Co
Lake Shore Natural (ias Co
Kerlin, R. G '
Midfield Natural CJas Co
Manufacturers Gas Co
Northern Gas &: Gasoline Co
Oil Springs ( )il & Gas Co
Petrolia Utilities Co
Provincial Natural Cias & Fuel Co., Ltd
Port Colhorne-Welland Gas Co
Rosehill Natural Gas Co
Sterling Gas Co
Sarnia Gas Co
Shetland f ias Co
Southern Ontario Gas Co. . . .
I'nion Natural Gas Co., Ltd.
United CJas Comjjanies
I'nited Gas & Fuel Co
Windsor Gas Co
Wallacehurg Gas Co
Woodstock Gas Light Co. . . .
c/o A. Baker, Canfield, Ont.
Binbrook, Ont.
Ridgeway, Ont.
Belmont, Ont.
Brantford, Ont.
Brantford, Ont.
Binbrook, Ont.
WellandiJort, Ont.
Chatham, Ont.
Chipi)awa, Ont.
Leamington, Ont.
Chatham, Ont.
Niagara Falls, Ont.
c/o A. E. Ratz, Tavistock, Ont.
638 EUicott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
Dunnville, Ont.
c/o Ciu-is. Held. Fisherville, Ont.
o/o W. B. Shoup, Hagersville, Ont.
638 Ellicott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
c/o R. L. Pattinson, Chatham, Ont.
Thorold, Ont.
Ingersoll, Ont.
294 Bavnes St., Buffalo, N.Y.
234 Lister Bldg., Hamilton, Ont.
9 Maple Ave., Hamilton, Ont.
638 EUicott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
Hepworth, Ont.
Oil Sjirings, Ont.
Petrolia, Ont.
Box 55, Niagara Falls, Ont.
Port Colborne, Ont.
c/o G. A. Halhin, Department of Assessment,
15 City Hall, Buffalo, N.Y.
Port Coll)orne, Ont.
Sarnia, Ont.
c/o L. H. Badgelev, Florence, Ont.
638 Ellicott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
Chatham, Ont.
St. Catharines, Ont.
Hamilton, Ont.
Windsor, Ont.
Wallaceburg, Ont.
Woodstock, Ont.
26
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
The following list coiitjiins the names and addresses of those to wliom licenses^
were issued to lease lands for gas purposes, and to prospect for gas in 1921.
OPERATORS LICENSED TO LEASE AND PROSPECT FOR NATURAL GAS. 1921.
License
No.
•92
76
86
59
81
68
75
7.3
72
90
89
67
84
77
70
69
63
78
65
61
66
79
88
80
82
93
94
95
91
60
64
71
83
85
62
74
87
Name
Address
Abrav, Thomas
Beaver Oil & Ga.s Co., Ltd
Bermingham, T. F
Bunn, Forest
Castle Oil & Gas Co., Ltd
Clover Gas & Oil Co., Ltd
Dominion Natural Gas Co., Ltd. . .
Frontier Oil & Gas Co., Ltd
Glenwood Natm'al Gas Co., Ltd. . .
Irvine, J. J
Inland Oil & Gas Co., Ltd
Industrial Natural Gas Co
Jasperson, Bon
Kevser, Bert L
Miikins. H. R., Jr
Minor, L. E
Maple Leaf Oil & Gas Co.. Ltd . . .
Petrol Oil & Gas Co., Ltd
Provincial Natural Gas & Fuel Co.
Pilkington Bros., Limited
Progressive Gas &'Oil Co., Ltd. . . .
Quillinan, .J. A
Robnett, C. W .. .
Symes, H. D ,
Snively, F. L . . ;
Staehling, E. H
Smith, R. H
Sparham, A. F
Smith, H. B
Thames Oil & Gas Co .'
Universal Gas & Oil, Ltd
Union Exploration Co., Ltd
VaUey Oil & Gas Co ...
Western Counties Gas Co
Winger, S. W
Williams, A
Wiles, Chas. H
Ltd.
Highgate, Out.
Buffalo, N.Y.
55 John St., S. Hamilton, Ont.
Ruthven, Ont.
Imperial Bank BIdg., Niagara Falls.
1711 Main St., Buffalo, N.Y.
638 Ellicott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
211 Libert v Bldg., Buffalo, N.Y.
638 Elhcott Sq., Buffalo, N.Y.
Victoria Hotel, Dunnville, Ont.
Kent Bldg., Toronto, Ont.
Thorold, Ont.
Kingsville, Ont.
21 London St., Toronto, Ont.
R.R. No. 2, Leamington, Ont.
Smithville, Ont.
14 Brisbane Bldg., Buffalo, N.Y.
1804 Royal Bank Bldg., Toronto, Ont.
Box 55, Niagara Falls, Ont.
Thorold, Ont.
38 Sun Life Bldg , Hanilton, Ont.
Drawer 110, Niagara Falls, Ont.
Merlin, Ont.
Imperial Bank Chambers, Niagara Falls, Onf.
90 Melrose Ave.. Hamilton, Ont.
Merlin, Ont.
Lowbanks, Ont.
Caledonia, Ont.
117 Oak Ave., Windsor. Ont.
24 Adelaide St., Toronto, % T B. Malon;>
Crown Life Bldg., Toronto, Ont.
Chatham, Ont.
42 Home Bank Bldg., Hamilton, Ont.
Bradford & Bradford, Dunnville, Ont.
R.R. No. 4, Hagersville, Ont.
Leamington, Ont.
R.R. No. 2, Dunnville, Ont.
Field Operations in 1921
The field operations lor the year 1921 are shown in the following table,
which indicates" the efforts that are being made to locate and open up new reservoirs
of gas, and the degree of success attending them.
Table IV shows the field operations for the year. It is gratifying to com-
pare this record with that for 1920, when out of a total of 91 wells drilled 21
were dry and 73 produced in daily open flow only 9,203,000 cu. ft.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
27
TABLE IV.— NATURAL GAS WELLS DRILLED, 1921
County
Township
Number of
Wells Aban-
doned hi li)21
Number of Dry
Wells Drilled
in 1921
Producing Wells
Drilled in 1921
er of Pro-
Wells on
51st, 1921
Number
Open
Flow
'a|6
3 =^ <l^
Brant
Onondaga
.\iuabel
4
cu. ft.
53
Bi'uce
2
I'lsiiu
Aldborough ....
1
1
N
Bavhani
1
1
1
1
4
4
75,000
200,000
17,000
25,000
201,000
538,435
56
Malahide
2
1
Essex
GosHeld S
1
Alersea
4
Haldiinand ....
Canboro
Cayuga North . . .
6
158
3
44
^»
Cayuga South
Dunn
Moulton
Oneida
1
1
2
62
■?
1
7
9
100,000
266,000
763,000
. 20
91
23
Rainham
Seneca
Sherbrooke
Walpole
9
7
1
16
1
3
2
13
1
122
3
1
2
2
28
2
4
1
1
3,030,000
280,000
225,000
60,000
1,000,000
161
14
157
Kent
Dover West
Raleigh
Romnej^
Tilbury East... .
Dawn
8
24
95
Lambton
1
12
1
4,288,000
177,000
147
1
Enniskillen
4
Euphemia
6
Sarnia
Caistor
Gainsborough. . . .
Nissouri West . . .
3
13
1
11
2,400,000
14
Lincoln
50
' 2
Middlesex
3
Norfolk
Charlotteville . . . .
Houghton
Middlcton
1
3
14
2
2
2
1
273,000
126,000
18,000
17
A\ alsinghani X .
6
\\'alsinghaiu S. . . .
15
A\ uidliaui
5
Woodhouse
Bertie
4
6
3
8
3
245.000
2,860,000
325,000
63
Wclland
97
C^rowland
50
Humberstone. . . .
Wainfieet
Willoughbv
Binbrook
Barton
5
1
4
2
118
55
1
3
51 -
Wentworth ....
6
197,000
71
2
Beverlev
1
1
1
Flamboro West
Glanford
3
1
30,000
28
Total .
IH
21
115
18,716,435
1915
Note: — Gas wells drilled into the gravel beds above the rock are not included. The Table
comprises 72 private wells, but no doubt this is short of the total number.
The shortage of money in 1920 certainly had much to do with limiting drill-
ing operations, but the appointment of a Eeferee under the J^atural Gas Con-
servation Act, 1921. with powers to iix rates had much more to do witli en-
28 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
coiiraging operations in lO'H. A niiniljer of independent eoni])anies who sell
their gas to pipeline companies commenced "work, one company drilling as many
as 15 wells, 14 of which were producers. The real effect of this new legislation
will be seen in 1922, as many companies were not ready to start work before cold
weather set in, acquiring leases and financing having occupied most of the year.
It is regrettable that the total nnml)er of wells in operation in all fields and
their rock pressures has not l)een recorded in past years. If this had been done
tlie life of the old AYelland-Haldimand field might have been gauged, but it is
impossible to get enough information to |)redict its future in gra))h form as
has been done with the Kent field (see Figure :> ) . It will l)e noted. Iiowever,
that the number of wells drilled in 1921 is very much less tlian the number
abandoned, and that the open flow of new wells averages 12!».0'Hi cu. ft., whereas
ten years ago this would have been considered very low.
Without definite facts one can only sound tlie warning, COXSEI'VE.
The future of Ontario's gas supply is in new fields. The kno\vn fields have
more than enough wells draining them at present. ^lore exploration and deeper
exploration must be carried out, or fliere will not ])v enough gas sold to make
it profitable to maintain the long pipelines in Ontario at ])rt'sent. True enough,
some deep drilling has been done and results are none too encouraging, but the
tests are scattered and very little has been done to correlate the work of the
different companies. Thorough survey of the work done in the past, and care-
ful tabulation of the information gained, should be a useful guide in the search
for new gas fields. It is hoped that fliis work may he undt'rtaken in 1922.
The usual amount of drilling was carried out in the old fields excepting the
fields in Bruce eounty and Oil 82:)rings, where the limits of the present fields
appear to have l)een reached.
Mr. Bon Jasi)erson tested a new field in E'ssex county with indift'erent suc-
cess.
The Union Natural (ias Conipanv discovered a new deep field in Dawn town-
ship after two failures.
The Sarnia (ias and r)il Company ]i;is discoveied a new gas field in Sarnia
townshi]) at shallow depth. The wells have only a moderate production.
The Dominion Xatural (ias"" Companv has found a jiew field at Lakeview at
the expense of some dry holes.
The Provincial Xatural Gas Company has discovered a small body of gas
under high ])ressure at Point Abiiio on the e(]ge of the almost exhausted Welland
field that has been producing gas for oo years. Unfortunately there is space
for only three wells in this small area.
The Valley Oil and Gas Company drilled a well at Dundas with a very
small show of gas and oil, and in a second well at Coi)etown found such deep and
difficult surface that the well had to l)e ahandoned at 53T feet. The company is
extending its operations in 1922.
Samuel S. Wyer's Report
In the s])ring of 1921, in view of the conflicting opinions freely I'xpressed
regarding the volume of gas remaining in the Kent county gas field — the principal
gas area of Ontario — and its bearing on fair and reasonable prices for gas, the
government of Ontario decided to have an examination and report made on
1922 Natural Gas in 1921 29
the same by an impartial and uom])etent expert. It was agreed on all sides
that Samuel S. Wyer, consulting engineer of Colnmbus, Ohio, a recognized author-
ity on natural gas, possessed the requisite qualifications and experience, and
he was accordingly commissioned to undertake the task.
The text of Mr. Wyer's Eeport, in which he deals in an illuminating way
with the present and future of the natural gas situation in Kent county, is as
follows : —
HON. HENRY CVIILLS,
Ministei- of Mines,
Toronto, Ontario.
Dear Sir:
In accordance with your instructions, I have made a personal inspection and
analysis of your natural gas situation in the Kent Field in Western Ontario, and
find the following:
1 — Since 1910, average rock pressure has declined from 570 to 256 pounds.
2 — There is no justification whatever for making open flow volume test of
wells, because of needless gas waste.
3 — The transmission and distribution leakage is excessive, and should be
curtailed.
4 — The percentage contracts for sale of gas are against public policy, and
should be abrogated at once.
5 — Meters should be installed to measure gas into and out of all trans-
mission lines.
6 — Domestic consumers waste enormous quantities' of gas through im-
proper appliances.
7 — All gas using appliances should be inspected at once by gas companies.
8 — The use of wasteful appliances should be prohibited.
9 — All extensions to merely maintain service should be paid for out of
operating expense and not capitalized.
10 — A just retail price can be fixed only by paying an adequate return on
the present fair value of natural gas properties.
11 — The immediate carrying out of these recommendations is imperative in
order to cope with the cold weather conditions of next winter.
Respectfully submitted,
Samuel S. Wyeu.
Columbus, Ohio.
May 31, 1921.
Part I. — Present Natural Qas Situation
(1) Misleading Mature of Open Floic Data. — The term "open or natural flow"
refers to the entiire volume of gas that will come from the mouth of a gas well when
blown directly into the atmosphere and retarded only by atmospheric pressure.
The custom of exploiting original open flow capacities of natural gas wells in
"cubic feet" rather than in "M" cubic feet, and without any regard to actual delivering
possibilities, alone has led to grossly misleading impressions. Thus for a popular
"million cubic foot well":
In 24 Hours.
Original open flow capacity 1,000,000 cu. ft.
Gas for market is always measured and sold in units of 1,000 cu.
ft. Thus in terms of marketing units, this 1,000,000 cu. ft. rep-
resents only 1.000 "M" cu. ft.
Because of operating limitations, not more than 259^ of the open
flow capacity can generally be delivered from the average
natural gas well. This reduces the actual marketing units of
the "million cu. ft. well" to 250 "M" cu. ft.
2 — M.v.
30 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
The well capacity will decline from the beginning of gas removal
until the expiration of the well's life. The rate of decline in
the earlier period of the well's life will generally be much more
marked than in the latter part. Therefore, the average output
of a 1,000,000 cu. ft. well, even under Canada's longer cold
weather conditions, will be about 140 "M" cu. ft.
(2) Significance of Rock Pj-essurc. — When nature generated or deposited the
natural gas in the rock reservoir — made up of the microscopic cavities between the
sand grains — a fixed amount of gas was placed in a fixed inclosed space. The pres-
sure in the rock — called "rock pressure" — was the result of the pressing into this
fixed space of a larger volume of gas than the mere free air capacity of this rock
reservoir. The degree of compression employed by nature in the formation pro-
cess determined the intensity of the resulting pressure in the reservoir.
As the gas is removed, the rock pressure and volume must decline, because
there is no regeneration, and only a fixed amount of gas was placed in the reservoir,
and if a part of this fixed volume is removed the remaining gas volume expands
and keeps the reservoir completely filled except as water intrusion interferes —
but at a lower pressure. Rock pressure decline is, therefore, inevitable whenever
any gas is removed, and the average rate of decline for a number of wells is generally
a much better index of the amount of gas left than any data pertaining to any
relative open flow capacity at different periods.
The rock pressure decline in the past — based on data collected by your depart-
ment— is shown on the next page, as well as my estimates for future decline under
conservation and adequate price operating conditions. The average rock pressure
of 260 wells measured in May, 1921, was 256 pounds.
The importance of refinements in rock pressure data have been much exaggerated.
The practical problem is how to best use the residue gas that remains. Variations
of a few pounds either way are of no consequence now.
The desirability of obtaining rock pressures with surrounding wells shut in has
been much over-stressed. Wells are not operated on this basis, and the actual rock
pressures determined under average operating conditions are more dependable as
an index of the true condition.
(3) Gas Merely an Incident of Oil Prospecting. — It is not generally appreciated
that natural gas is found primarily as a by-product in the search for oil. This is
due to the fact that the oil industry does not have any public utility obligations and
can be handled with much less capital than is required for natural gas, and the
average prospector would very much prefer to find oil rather than gas.
(4) No Holding Back of Supply. — There has not been any holding back of the
natural gas supply in the field, as has been alleged. It is, of course, obviously true
that vvhere a main pipe line leaves a field to supply a large number of consumers,
that the gate valves of the lateral lines close to the field cannot ordinarily be kept
wide open if service is to be rendered to all of the towns, because the towns near-
est the field would take all of the gas and not leave any for the towns further away.
(5) Water Pumping. — The intrusion of water in the gas sand makes the field
operating conditions especially troublesome. The methods now in use for removing
the water with mechanical pumps rather than by blowing wells, are to be commended.
This water problem obviously increases the operating costs.
(6) Sulphur Problem. — The high sulphur content of the gas gives it an offensive
odor, but does not interfere with the heating value of the gas; that is, for heating
purposes the gas has the average number of heating units per cubic foot. The of-
fensive odor has some advantages in that it makes the detection of gas leaks very
much easier, and the leakage condition with the high sulphur gas should be very
much better than the average. This has not been realized in practice due to the
negligence in handling the gas.
(7) Waste in Production. — Much gas has been needlessly wasted in unnecessary
well blowing. There can be no justification whatever for blowins; wells merely to
determine the open flow capacity, because the rock pressure decline data, which can
be secured without any waste of gas, give a much better index of the future serving
possibilities. This is such a serious matter that your denartment should prohibit
open flow blowing except where it is necessary to test wells for water conditions.
Many of the gate valves in the field are leaking badly, and there is much gas
lost along the field lines and around the rural consumers' premises.
(8) Waste in Transmission. — Due to the lack of measuring data in the field.
there is no definite check as to the amount of gas put into the transmission lines.
Meters should be installed, not at each individual well, but at groups of wells, so as
to get a definite basis of measurement of the amount of gas delivered to the trans-
mission lines.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
31
PAST AND ESTIMATED FUTURE
ROCK PRESSURE DECLINE
KENT NATURAL 6AS FIELD
ONTARIO, CANADA
■r--r-T |— |— -TT
I I I I I I
I I I I j_ I I
! I
— 1-1
1 I 1
-I-
I I I
■ 4-1 — ^-
I i- ESTIMATED FUTURE ROCK PPESSUPE
-1 I \^ 4- DECLINE UNDER CONSERVATION AND -
1 I / 1 I ADEQUATE PRICE CONDITIONS. \
/ I I I IJ 1 1 i i I
j-_
•■>.^
I I I I
i_Li_
' ! '
I I I
5 S $
(9) ^Vaaie in Distribution. — The waste in distribution is excessively higli. Much
of the gas is sold through percentage contracts; that is, where the natural gas is
delivered to the local distributing plant and then sold to the local distributing
company on the basis of a certain percentage of the income from the ultimate con-
sumers" meters, without any definite limitation as to leakage conditions of the local
distributing company's plant, througli which the gas must be passed to he marketed
or delivered to the ultimate consumer. These percentage contracts should be abro-
gated at once, for the reasons given in Section 14.
The leakage should be reported in terms of "1,000" cu. ft., of gas lost per annum
per mile of equivalent 3-inch pipe.'
The criminal waste in some of the distributing plants is obvious from the following
comparison:
Annual Unaccounted for Gas Per Mile
3-Inch Pipe in "1,000" Cu. Ft.
Good manufactured gas practice 100
Ohio Fuel Supply Co.'s own distributing plants in Ohio, aggregating
60,000 consumers ; 190
Standard fixed by United States District Court' of Kansas, Der ember 22,
1920, as attainable 200
Sarnia, Ontario Distributing plant 590
Chatham, Ontario distributing plant 4,800
Wallaceburg, Ontario distributing plant 4,900
The distril)uting pressures carried are higher than desirable for good service See
Section 20.
(10) Waste in Natural Gas Use. — Due to poor appliances, the. average domestic
(onsumer wastes much more gas than he uses. :Much gas is wasted in leakage, im-
proper combustion, and burning of gas for a longer period than is necessary. The
me of gas in coal burning appliances is always grossly wasteful, and natural gas
should be used only in appliances designed especially for gas. The waste in hot
wat»r tank heating and in cooking is exceptionally large, as is shown by the abnorm-
ally high consumption of gas in hot summer months when the heating load is off."
(11) Why Natural Gas Supply is Short. — The demand is now greater than the
available supply. The supply will become less each year and cannot be increased.
The demand must be curtailed to meet the constantly decreasing supply available.
'Sizes other than 3-inch are converted to 3-inch by multiplying by the ratio of
the respective diameters. That is, one mile of 6-inch would be equivalent to two miles
of 3-inch, and one mile of 1%-inch would be equivalent to one-half mile of 3-inch.
'269 Federal Reporter, p. 433.
-For further discussion see Technical Paper 257 "Waste and correct use of natural
gas in the home." United States Bureau of Mines, Washington, D.C.
32 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
The leakage in the field in transmission and distribution is excessive and must
be curtailed, if continuity of service for the future is to be secured.
The consumers' methods for use of gas in the home are grossly wasteful. With
efficient use the same service can be secured with a very much smaller volume. The
peak load demand in winter time for heating load fluctuates with the temperature,
that is, as the temperature goes down the demand for gas increases very rapidly,
and during low temperature periods this demand is greater than the serving pos-
sibilities of the supply. For this reason, not only must efficient appliances be used,
but the heating load must be rapidly curtailed.
Part II. — How To Keep Natural Gas Industry Alive
(12) Xatural Gas Industry Has ReacJied Crisis. — Your natural gas industry reached
the peak of its production in 1917, and has declined since that date. It is now in a
rapid transition stage, and unless immediate steps are taken to bring about a complete
re-organization of the methods of production, transmission and use, the industry can
live for but a very few years. The only way the industry can be made to continue
to function is to place it on a conservation basis. That is, curtail waste in produc-
tion transmission, distribution and use. If the facts are faced fairly, squarely and
immediately, a solution can be worked out which will produce satisfactory natural
gas service for many years. If the facts are not met immediately, then early liquid-
ation of the industry is inevitable. Speed in applying remedial measures is there-
fore the essence of the present situation.
As to what per cent, of the total residue gas can be saved will depend on the
price. That is an adequate price is the crux of the gas conservation question.
Furthermore, the important feature now is not to bother with what has happened in
the past, but to handle the residue supplies still available in the most efficient manner.
(13) Substitutes for Xatural Gas. — Natural gas is the ideal fuel for domestic
purposes and should be saved for this service. The value of natural gas will be
best appreciated by comparing it with the quantities of substitutes required to furnish
the same heating energy.
Amount required to equal "1,000"
cu. ft. natural gas.
Manufactured gas 2 "M" cu. ft.
Acetylene 200 lbs. calcium carbide.
Gasoline 8 Imperial Gallons.
Kerosene 7 Imperial Gallons.
Alcohol 12 Imperial Gallons.
Electricity 322 K.W. Hours.
In tests made in the Department of Home Economics, The Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio, it was shown that .$1.00 natural gas, used under low pressure con-
ditions with properly directed short flames, was cheaper than any other fuel that
could be secured.^
(14) Percentage Contracts Must Be Eliminated. — The vicious features of the
percentage contract are not in the fact that the gas is sold by the local distributing
company on a mere percentage of the total receipts through the ultimate consumers'
meters, but in the fact that the wholesale company must first stand all of the leak-
age in the local distributing plant, and. secondly, that this places no incentive what-
soever on the local distributing company to keep its plant tight, and is the major
reason for the deplorable leakage conditions that now exist in distributing plants
selling natural gas on a percentage basis. That is. because of these percentage con-
tracts a premium is actually placed on inefficient operation, and the local distribut-
ing plant is so operated as to actually stimulate a wanton waste of a limited natural
resource, and in so doing greatly injures the public.
Where percentage contracts are in use the following invariably will happen:
a — Collections by the local distributing company will not be as carefully looked
after as when the local distributing company is entirely responsible for and
the sole loser of tmpaid bills.
'For further discussion see "Kitchen tests of relative cost of natural gas. soft
coal, coal oil, gasoline and electricity for cooking" made by the Department of
Home Economics, The Ohio State University, Columbus. 0.. June, 1917.
1922 Natural Gas in 1921 33
b — The waste in leakage will always be much greater than where there is a
definite responsibility. Most natural gas distributors fail to appreciate that
constant vigilance is the price of a tight natural gas plant, and if they are
not responsible for the tightness of their plant little or no vigilance will be
exercised in curtailing leakage.
Much has been said about the sacredness of contracts, without appreciating that
there can be no vested right to do a moral wrong. These percentage contracts are
not private contracts, but are public contracts in which the public has a vital interest,
and when one recklessly, defiantly, persistently and continuously wastes natural
gas, and boldly declares his purpose to continue to do so, he ought not to complain
of being branded as the enemy of mankind.
The distributing and wholesale companies should be given two weeks in which
to abrogate these objectionable percentage contracts and if they do not agree, then
a governmental agency should step in immediately and declare that the contracts
are against public policy and should void them in the interest of the public.
(15) Gas Must Be Measured. — The status of the large volume high pressure
gas measuring art is such that there is no longer any excuse for not using large
volume meters where needed. The gas should be measured in the field, not at
individual wells but in groups of wells, so as to get a definite basis as to the amount
of gas that is put into the line.
All gas removed from the transmission line into lateral lines or town distribut-
ing plants should also be measured at the point of removal, so as to give a definite
check on the loss in the distributing plant, as well as in the main or lateral line
back to the field measurement. The annual figures obtained should be made public
so that the relative efficiencies of the different lines could be noted, and all distribut-
ing plant leakage should be reported in terms of "1,000" cu. ft. of gas lost per
annum per mile of 3-inch main.
(16) Gas Leakage Must Be Curtailed. — Considerable money must be spent in
correcting the leakage conditions now prevailing, not only in the main lines but
also in the distributing plants, and the hunting and locating of leaks must be re-
garded as a continuous task.
(17) Wasteful AppliGnces Must Be Eliminated. — The Ontario Government should
issue rules that would prohibit the use of wasteful appliances in the home. "Where
one consumer Avastes gas, even though he may pay for the waste, he at the same
time destroys that which his neighbor has need of and interferes with the service
to his neighbor, and the question of home waste is therefore a matter in which
the community interest is paramount.^
(18) Appliances Should Be Inspected. — Arrangements should be made at once
for the gas companies to have competent men inspect all natural gas using appliances,
and show the consumer what changes would be necessary in order to bring about
correct use of gas. -
. (19) Future Extensions for Maintaining Service Should Xot Be Capitalized. — Ex-
tensions in the way of additional drilling operations, field lines or remedial measurers
to curtail leakage, should not be capitalized, but should be wiped out in the operating
account each year. Such expenditures are merely made to maintain continuity of
service and the capital account should not be increased. In cases where the exten-
sions could not all be wiped out in one year they should be amortized within two or
three years, but never charged to capital.
(20) Pressures must he lowered. — The distributing plant pressures carried are
too high for good service. Lowering of the pressures and properly adjusted appliances
will not only greatly curtail the leakage in the distributing plant, but will also im-
prove the operating conditions in tlie home. That is, pressures in the neighborhood
of from one to two ounces will give much better service than pressures in the
neighborhood of four ounces. ■''■
'For further discussion see Amicus Curite report on "Can preventable waste of
natural gas in home be prohibited by rules authorized by public service commis-
sions?" Prepared for The Public Service Commission of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, Harrisburg, Pa., April 2, 1921.
- For further discussion see Resolutions adopted by National Committee on Natural
Gas Conservation, promulgated bv the United States Bureau of Mines, Washington,
D.C., June 11, 1920.
■For further discussion of low pressure see Ohio State University Bulletin Xo. 2S,
on Effect of gas pressure on natural gas cooking operations in the home.
34 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
(21) Competition in Field Should Be Eliminated. — The entire field should be
operated as a unit, so as to carry uniform pressures as the rock pressures go down.
(22) Industrial Gas. — If the field is operated on a conservation basis, then in-
dustrial gas sales can be eliminated and the gas saved for the future. While the
selling of industrial gas during summer time has depleted the volume available
for future use, it has also kept the average domestic price down. To eliminate in-
dustrial sales and save the gas for future service must, from the very nature of
the case, result in a higher domestic price.
(23) Conservation and Price. — I do not believe that there should be a rate in-
crease without proper provision for con.seivation of' the residue supplies. I also
know, as a positive fact, that there can be no conservation of residue supplies
without an adequate price. The development necessary to get the residue supplies
cannot be coerced, but must be induced by an adequate compensatory rate.
Even if every commodity price goes down in the next five years natural gas
prices must go up, not because of any economic law of supply and demand, but
because only adequate prices will keep the industry functioning for the future, and
without such functioning in making natural gas worth saving, natural gas con-
sumers must very shortly in the larger towns go back to manufactured gas, which
will have a cost equivalent of at least $2.50 for natural gas, and the smaller towns
will be without any gas at all, because manufactured gas plants cannot be main-
tained in small towns.
Everything that should be done to distribute and use natural gas as it ought to
be used must be done to use manufactured gas at all, and if this is done at once,
by both the gas companies and the public, no manufactured gas need be used for
many years. The magnitude of the retail price will, therefore, determine the de-
gree of conservation that is expedient or possible.
(24) Determination of Fair Price for Xatural Gas. — This requires the determin-
ation of the following four factors:
A — ^Present fair value of property used and useful in rendering public utility
service. The representatives of the companies and the public ought to be
able to agree on this figure without going to the expense of any more ap-
praisal work, which, in my judgment, is entirely unnecessary.
B — Operating cost, including taxes and extensions necessary to maintain service.
C — Rate of return on fair present value. This must provide for:
a — Expenditures made or liabilities accrued in the form of a sinking fund, or
replacements to maintain the integrity of the property value.
b — Legal rate of interest. Money has just as definite and tangible a cost as a
piece of pipe, and this must be ultimately reckoned with — although frequently
ignored in all business enterprises.
c — Profit commensurate with the hazard of the enterprise. There is no profit in
the enterprise until the above three factors have been provided for, notwith-
standing the fact that normal interest rate is frequently confused with pro-
fit. The interest for the use of the money included in "b" above is merely
the money paid for the use of capital, while profits have their source in
the business ability, skill and foresight of the management — as well as in
the risks assumed — and are entirely separate and distinct from, and in
addition to the amount of money paid for the use of capital.
I> — Volume of gas that can be sold through ultimate consumers' meters in the
future.
The foregoing operating cost "B" plus the product of the rate of return into
the fair value of the property will give the total income needed. This total income
divided by item "D" will give the average fair price of gas per "^1" to the ultimate
consumer.
A New Bailing Machine
The l)ailin,o- machine shown in tlic ])]i()toura])li ha.s l)een designed for re-
moving water Irom wells that have no tnhing and can no longer he cleared of
water hy "hlowing"' (that i.s, shutting in the well until the pre.^sure has increa.sed
sufficiently to carry the water out with the gas when tlie head of the well has
been opened u])). Tin's practice of "blowing" wells is a vicious Avaste of gas,
and has been foi'liiddcii by regulation under the Xatui'al (ins Conservation Act,
1921.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
35
f\[
n
it
i
i
i
Li
A. — Bailing Machine.
Photograph and information through the
kindness of Mr. Chas. Beam of the Dominion
Natural Gas Company, Dunnville.
B. — Diagram showing tubing holder (top)
which screws into packer (bottom) for renew-
ing leaky tubing in lew pressure gas wells.
m /#
B.
36 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
However, a gas well that has so little pressure left that it will uot clear it-
self of water is of very little value, and prohablv not worth the cost of instal-
ling and operating a pnnip. The bailing machine will kee]) it •"alive" for per-
haps several years after it would otherwise have been plugged.
The machine consists of a gasoline engine and a winding drum mounted on
an ordinary steel wagon frame. The mast is made of two lengths of casing that
teleseojje inside one another. It is pivoted aljout one-third of the way up and
can be lowered to rest in a seat at the front of the machine. This machine will
raise a -f-inch bailer 22 feet long at the rate of 340 feet per minute with the
engine running at a moderate speed. A 2-inch bailer in o-inch casing or
tubing^ can be used, and no doubt a bailer can l)e run in 2-in<-li tuljino-. This
machine can also be used to pull %-inch pipe or a pump. It should he of special
interest to owners of "private" wells.
Another very useful invention is credited to, Ernest Lindsay of the
Dominion Xatural Gas Company. It is designed for use in the sort of well
described, l)ut its use is for renewing tubing. t<er diagram "B," page 35.
AVhen the tubing above the packer is surrounded l)y water and has developed
a leak near the top, heretofore it has been necessary for the tubing to l)e pulled
out and renewed, l)ut in the meantime enough water would have run in to the
gas •'■'sand" to require pumping or syphoning for several days, and in fact many
wells if once flooded cannot be recovered. The use of this tool allows the dam-
aged portion of the tubing to be taken out and renewed, without disturbing the
packer, the tool being removed without allowing anv Avater to reach the gas
•^^and."
Mr. Lindsay describes the method used as follows: —
Taking a particular case where the tul)ing is leaking 60 feet below the top
of the casing head, 70 or 80 feet of the %-inch syphon pipe is pulled out and the
plunger with the leather cup screwed into the •''4-inch pipe. On top of this is
screwed the tool shown in the cut which holds the tubing from turning. On top of
this again is screwed enough inch pipe to allow the %-inch pipe to rest on the
bottom. The weight of the inch pipe forces the tapered part of the holder into the
lower split portion or jaws made of steel, causing it to expand, the corners
engaging the inside of the tubing and holding it fast. A wrench is put on
the one-inch pipe at the surface to hold the tubing steady and another wrench
is used for unscrewing the tubing in the usual way. It practically always
comes apart at the Joint immediately above where it is held. The l%ulty
tubing is replaced bv sound tubing and put back in the well in tlie u-ual way.
Gas Wells in Lake Erie
The photo shows one of the wells ilrillcd in Lake Erie, otf shore and opposite
Port Alma. Storms break ovei- the tlooi- of the derrick, and ice flatters and
shoves against this slim column in wintci'. There is no doul)t that the action of
ice has diverted the column iVoiu the perpendicular, as the piling has been
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
37
torn away on the shore side. One well head at least in Lake Erie has
been entirely swejjt away tlir(Uii;li the action uf ice, and in such a ease
the lake water flows freely down intd tlic well, Hoods the gas sand and uhiniately
ruins the gas field. AVells drille'\ in Lake Erie should have more protection than
is shown in this photograi)h.
One of the gas wells in Lake Erie near Port Alma, Tilbury
East. An attempt to reach the rickety ladder from a row-boat
impresses one with the diiTiculty and danger of well-drilling in
Lake Erie. Note the destruction of piling by an ice shove.
General
An attempt is being made to keep al)reast with all developments of the
natural gas industry, from the gas wells to the l)urners. Catalogues are re-
ceived in the Commissioner's otfice from all makers of drilling equipment as they
are published. A complete set of pamphlets issued l)y the United States Bureau
of Mines on latest methods of field work and treatment of troubles met with in
various phases of the industry, as well as many professional papers on the geol-
ogy of the various States, may be consulted by those interested, also data on the
use of the rotary core barrel bit and tbe devclopincnt of the diamond drill for
use in oil and gas fields.
A study has been made of the latest uses of fuels for manufacturing, and
the progress made in utilizing our growing resources of electricity for heating
metals and ovens. Catalogues and literature are on hand for reference.
Such records as can be had from drill cuttings taken irom gas and oil wells
are carefully tabulated, in the hope that they will assist in interpreting the strati-
graphy of that part of the Province in which the sedimentary rocks occur.
Locating Gas Leak with Match
The photo shows what remains of a house where a lighted match was used
to find a leak in the gas fixtures. The house was filled with gas when the match
was lighted.
38
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
The result of searching for a gas leak with a match or lamp,
the brick basement of the building remains.
Note that only
Drillers' Logs
The followinof logs of we\U drilled in 1921 are published as oiven by the
drillers. It will be noted that different drillers use different nomenclature,
which is apt to be confusing, but it is hoped that during the year 1922 logs will
be collected and shown in the form of cross-sections through the Province, in
which form they will be much easier to visualise.
Log Xo 1; IXFORMATIOX BY JoHX StROUP, MeRLIN
Lot.
11
Concession.
Middle Road
South
Estimated production: 70,000.
Formation.
Drift Clay
Soap
Upper Lime
Soap
Shell
lyime
Sharp Sand
Lime
Brown Lime
Township
Tilbury
East
County
Kent
Completed: Oct. 29th, 1921.
Thick
For
147
15
18
45
4
207
140
678
109
ness of
mat ion
Feet
Total Depth
147 Feet
162
180
225
229
4.36
576
1 , 254
1,363
Total Depth 1,. 363 ft.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
39
Log No. 2; Information by A. E. Randall, Petrolia.
Lot.
1
Concession.
1
Estimated Production: (oil) Dry Hole.
Formation.
Clay
Soap
Lime
Soap
Lime
Soap
Lime
Soap
Big Lime
Township.
Raleigh
Thickness of
Formation.
81 Feet
28
4
25
8
2
7
31
146
County.
Kent.
Completed .May 30th, 1921.
Total Depth.
81 Feet
109 "
113 "
138 "
146 "
148 "
155 "
186 "
332 "
Total Depth.
332 Feet.
Log No. 3; Information by A. E. Randall, Petrolia.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
1 1 Raleigh. Kent.
Estimated Production: (oil) Dry Hole. Completed June ISth, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clay 85 Feet. 85 Feet
Sand 10 " 95 "
Soap 20 " 115 "
Lime 4 " 119 "
Soap 21 " 140 "
Lime ' 8 " 148 "
Soap 2 " 150 "
Lime 10 " 160 "
Soap 31 " 191 "
Big Lime 103 " 294 "
Total Depth 294 Feet.
Log No. 4; Inform.\tion by A. Humber, Ruth yen.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
1 1 Raleigh Kent.
Estimated Production: (oil) S bbls. Completed: June 25tli, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clay 85 Feet 85 Feet
Soap 56 " 141 "
Lime 8 " 149 "
Soap 313^" 180M"
Big Lime 783^" 259 "
Total Depth 259 Feet. Oil at 250. Feet.
40
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log Xo. 5; Information by A. Hu.mber, Ruthven.
Lot. Concession.
1 1
Estimated productii)n: Ujilj Dry Hole.
Formation.
Clay
Soap
Sliair
Soajj
Shale
Soap
Shale.
Big Lime
Total Deinh .
Township
County.
Raleigh
Kent.
Completed: Jul.y 27
Thickness o
f
Formation.
Total Depth.
82 Feet
S2 Feet
27 '
109 "
2 '
111 "
21 '
132 ••
23 '
155 "
27 '
182 "
3 '
185 "
75 '
260 '•
260 Feet.
Log Xo. 6; Inform.\tion by E. Wolfe, Woodslea.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
1 1 Raleigh. Kent'.
Estimated production: (oil) Piunped 50 bbls. first 48 hrs. Completed July 27th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clav 75 Feet 75 Feet
Sand 10 " 85 "
Soap 16 " 101 "
Lime 2 " 103 "
Soap 38 " 141 "
Lime 4 " 145 '•
Soap 313^" 1763/^"
Big Lime 101}^ " 278 "
Total Depth 278 Feet. Oil at 209 Feet.
Oil at 245 Feet.
Log X'^o. 7; Information by' E. Wolfe. Woodlea.
Lot. Concession. , Township. County.
1 1 Raleigh. Kent.
Estimated production: (oil) Pumped 10 Ijbls. in 12 hrs. Completed June 28th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clay 81 Feet 81 Feet
Sand 10 " 91 "
Soap 47 " 138 "
Lime • 10 " 148 "
Soap 31 " 179 "
Big Lime 107 " 286 "
Total Depth 286 Feet. Oil at 148 Feet.
Oil at 250 Feet.
1922 Natural Gas in 1921 41
Log Xo. 8; Infokmatiox by E. Wolfe, Woodslea.
Lot. Concession. Township. Count v.
1 1 Raleigh. Kent'.
Estiinati'd ])r()(hiction: (oil) Puini)ed 5 l)l)l8. in 12 hrs. Coini)l('T('(i July 21st, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clav 81 Feet 81 Feet
Soap 19 " 100 "
Shale 2K " 1021^"
Soap .2 " 104H"
Shale 3^" 105 "
Soap • 27 " 182 "
Lime 13 " 145 "
Soap 31 " 176 "
Big Lime 115 " 291 "
Oil at 145 Feet.
Total Depth 291 Feet. Oil at 177^^ Feet.
Oil at 246 Feet.
Log Xo. 9; Information by I'nioN Xat. Gas Co., Chatham.
Lot. Concession. Townshiji. County.
10 11 Tilbury East Kent".
Estimated production: 124,700 cu. ft. Completed Oct. 5th,' 1921
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 155 Feet 155 Feet
Soap 61 " 216 "
Lime 274 " 590 "
Sharp Sand 210 " 700 "
Lime 410 " 1,110 "
Gas Sand 298 " 1 ,408 "
Gas at 1 ,340 P>et.
Total Depth 1 ,408 Feet. Gas at 1 ,376 Feet.
Water at 375 Feet.
Water at 700 Feet.
Log Xo. 10; Information by Union Xat. Gas Co., Chatham
Lot. Concession. Townshij). County.
11 11 Tilbury East Kent.
Estimated jtroduction: 284,000 cu. ft. Comjjleted Sept. 4th, 1921
Thickness (jf
Formation. ' Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 150 Feet 150 Feet
Soap 45 " 195 "
Lime 305 " .500 "
Sharp sand 220 " 720 "
Brown lime 30 " 750 "
Lime 425 " 1.175 "
Gas sand 218 " 1 , 393 "
Total De])th 1 , 393 Feet.
^^'ater at 350 and 700 feet. Gas at 1 , 21 1, 1 . 330, 1 . 350 and 1 , 375 feet
42 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
Log Xo. 11; Ixformatiox by Uxiox Natural Gas Co., Chatham.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
13 14 Tilbury East Kent'.
Estimated production: 284,000 cu. ft. Completed Aug. 3rd, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 162 Feet. 162 Feet
Soap 14 " 176 "
Lime 1,004 " 1,180 "
Gas Sand 201 " 1 ,381 "
Total Depth 1 .381 Feet.
Gas at 1,200 and 1,250 feet. Water at 625 feet.
Log Xo. 12; Ixformatiox by Uxiox Xatural Ga.s Co., Chatham.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
12 Middle Road Tilbury East. Kent".
South.
Estimated production: open flow yery light, well abandoned. Completed Dec. 10th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 1.55 Feet 155 Feet
Soap 43 " 198 "
Lime 282 " 480 "
Sharp Sand 220 " 700 "
Lime 530 " 1 . 230 "
Gas Sand 150 " 1 ,380 "
Total Depth. 1 .380 Feet
Gas at 1,325 and 1,377 feet. Water at 465 and 1,330 feet.
Log Xo. 13; Ixform.vtiox by Uxiox Xatural G.\s Co., Chatham.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
12 Middle Road Tilbury East Kent".
South
Estimated production: 373,100 cu. feet. Comiileted July 29th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 147 Feet 147 Feet
Soap 45 " 192 '^
Lime 298 " 490 "
Sharj) Sand 190 " 680 "
Lime , 500 " 1 . 180 "
Gas Sand 163 " 1,343 "
Total Depth 1 ,343 Feet.
Gas at 1,185, 1,285 and 1,310 feet. Water at 335 and 670 feet.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
43
Log No. 14; Ixfohmation by Union NATruAi, CIas Co., Chatham.
Lot.
12
Concession.
Middle Road
South.
Estimated production: 7S1,0()() cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 293 lbs.
Formation.
Surface
Soap
Lime
Sharp Sand
Lime
Gas Sand
Township. County.
'Pilhurv Kast Kent.
Completed June lOth, 1921.
Thickne.ss of
Formation.
Tot
al Depth.
145 Feet
145 Feet
40 "
185 "
340 "
555 "
190 "
745 "
465 "
1,180 "
161 "
1,341 "
Total Depth 1 , 341 Feet.
Gas at 1,180 and 1,305 feet.
Water at 330 feet.
Log Xo. 15; Inform.ation by Union Natural Gas Co., Ch.^tham.
Lot. Concession. Town.ship. Count}'.
12 Middle Road Tilbury East Kent.
South.
Estimated production: 1,.S4(),()()0 cu. ft. Completed April 22nd, 1921.
Rock pressure: 310 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 145 Feet 145 Feet
Soap 40 " 185 "
Lime 205 " 390 "
Sharp Sand 160 " 550 "
Lime 490 " 1 , 140 "
Gas Sand 206 " 1 ,346 "
Total Depth 1 .346 Feet.
Gas at 1,160 and 1,265 feet. Water at 145 feet'
Log No. 16; Information by Union N.-vtural Gas Co., Ch.\tham.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
10 10 Tilbury East. Kent.
E.stimated production: 325,000 cu. ft. Completed Nov. 23rd, 1921.
Rock pressure: 310 lt)s.
Thickne.ss of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 151 Feet 151 Feet
Soap 38 " 189 "
Lime 281 " 470 "
Sharp Sand 670 " 1 , 140 "
Gas Sand 249 " 1,389 "
Total Depth 1 , 389 Feet.
Gas at 1,200, 1,290 and 1,330 feet. Water at 678 feet
44
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Loo Xo. 17; Information by John Stroup, Merlin.
Lot. Concession. Township.
13 Middle Road Tilburv East.
South.
Estimated production: 1,000,000 cu. ft.
Thici-cness of
Formation. Formation.
Clav 130 Feet
Shale 17 •'
Soap I'S
Gray Lime 865 "
Lime and Slate 145 "
Gray Lime 143 "
Total Depth 1 .318 Feet.
County.
Kent.
Completed June 9tli, 1921.
Total Depth.
130 Feet
147 Feet
165 "
1,030 "
1.175 "
1 . SIS "
Loc; No. 18; Information by John Stroup, Merlin.
Lot. Concession. Township. Coimtv.
13 12 Tilbury East. Kent'.
Estimated production: 85,000 cu. ft. Completed Sept. 12th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Drift Clay • 145 Feet 145 Feet
Soap....'. 40 " 185 "
Bio; Lime 140 '' 325 "
Dark Lime 250 '' 575 "
Sharp Sand 65 " 640 "
Lime 744 " 1384 "
Total Depth 1 ,384 Feet.
Loc; No. 19; Information by E. P. Howe. Toronto.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
1 1 Dover. Kent.
]']stimated production: 80,000. Completed :May, 1921.
Hock pressure: 900 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 97 Feet 97 Feet
Shale Top Rock 6 •' 103 "
Upper Soap Hamilton 115 " 218 "
Middle Lime 15 " 233 "
Lower Soap • 68 " 301 "
Onondaga 1 , 290 " 1 . 591 "
Niagara 350 " 1 ,941 "
Niagara Shale, Dark 51 " 1 ,992 "
Red Shale 50 " 2 . 042 " .
Grey Shale 30 " 2,072 "
Clinton Lime and Dolomite 70 " 2.142 "
Red Shale, Medina 60 " 2 . 202 "
White Medina 20 " 2,222 "
Red Medina 280 " 2,502 "
Hudson River 291 " 2, 793 "
Utica, brown and black 114 " 2.907 "
Trenton 398 " 3 , 305 "
Total Depth 3 , 305 Feet.
Gas at 2,927, 3,025, 3,075 and 3,105 feet. Small show of oil.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
45
Log No. 20; Information by W. J. Hussey, Petrolia.
Lot. 4
J. .\. Ferguson
farm.
Confession.
2
Township.
Raleigli.
Countv.
Kent".
Drv Hole.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Sm-face 70 Feet
Gravel 15 "
Shale 50 "
Top Soap 95 "
Middle Lime IS "
Lower Soap 52 ''
Lower Lime 200
Total Depth 500 Feet.
Tota
1 Depth.
70 Feet
85 "
135 "
230 "
248 "
300 "
500 "
Log Xo. 21; Information by W. J. Hussey, Petrolia.
Lot.
4
Concession.
2
Township.
Raleigh.
Drv Hole.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Surface 51 Feet
Gravel and Sand 15 "
Top Rock 30 "
Top Soap 130 "
Middle Lime 12 "
Lower Soap 24 "
Lower Lime 138 "
Total Depth 400 Feet.
County.
Kent.
Total Depth.
51 Feet
66
96
226
238
262
400
Log Xo. 22; Inform.\tion by Stover Drilling Co., Chatham.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
11 4 Dover E. Kent.
Open flow: 10,000 cu. ft. Completed Dec 9th, 1920.
Oil: 5 bbls. per day.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 75 Feet 75 Feet
Black Shale 28 " 103 "
Soapstone and Limestone 200 " 303 '"
Corniferous Limestone 102 " 405 ''
Sylvania Limestone 70 " 475 '"
Onondaga Limestone and Dolomite 885 " 1,360 "
Onondaga Limestone and Rock Salt 110 " 1,470 "
Guelph Dolomite 215 " 1 ,685 "
Xiagara Limestone 267 " 1 ,952 "
Niagara Shale 15 " 1 ,967 '•
Clinton Sandstone 25 " 1 ,992 "
Red Shale .- 58 " 2,050 "
Grev Shale 80 " 2, 130 "
White Medina 5 " 2 . 135 ''
Red Medina Shale 105 " 2.240 ••
Hudson River Limestone and Shale 485 " 2,725 ''
Utica Shale 173 " 2,898 "
Trenton Lime.=!tone 434 " 3,332 "
Total Depth 3,332 Feet.
46
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log No. 23; Information by John Stroup, Merlin.
Lot.
Concession.
Townshi :>.
County.
11
Middle Road
South.
Tilbury E.
Kent.
Open flow: 120,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 290 lbs.
Formation.
Completed Dec. 14th, 1921.
Clay
Quick Sand.
Shale
Soap
Lime
Lime
Sharp Sand .
Lime
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth
128 Feet
128 Feet
17 "
145
5 "
150
22 "
172
38 "
210
230 "
440
80 "
520
834 "
1,354 "
Total Depth 1 ,354 Feet
Log No. 24; Inform.\tion by A.i.\x Oil .\nd Gas Co., Toronto.
Lot.
Concession.
1
Town.ship.
Raleieh.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Clav 60 Feet
Quick Sand 42 "
Soap 14 "
Hard Lime 8 "
Soft Soap 18 "
Soft Lime 8 "
Hard Lime 15 |'
Soap 27
Hard Lime 88 "
Soft Lime 18 "
Total Depth 298 Feet.
Oil at 210, 235, 265 and 280 feet.
County.
Kent.
Completed Januarj', 1921.
Total Depth.
60 Feet
102
116
124
142
150
165
192
280
298
Log No. 25; Information by Geo. D. Brown, Chath.\m.
Lot.
2
Concession.
2&3
Formation
Clay
Sand
Soap
Middle Lime
Soap
Lower Soap
Jjower Lime
Total Depth
Oil at 130 feet.
Township.
County.
Raleigh.
Kent.
Completed Feb. 19th, 1921
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
65 Feet
65 Feet
36 "
101 "
27 "
128 "
7 "
135 "
35 '•
170 "
35 "
205 "
95 "
300 "
300 Feet.
Gas at 208 feet
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
47
Log No. 26; Information by Geo. D. Bhown, Chatham.
Lot. Concession. Townshii). County.
2 2 and 3 Raleigh Kent.
Completed March 22nd, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clay 70 Feet 70 Feet
Sand .31 " 101 "
Soap 19 " 120 "
Lime 7 " 127 "
Soap 13 " 140 "
Lime 1 " 141 "
Soap 6 " 147 "
Lime 13 " 160 "
Soap 34 " 194 "
Limestone 109 " 303 "
Total Dei)th 303 Feet.
Oil at 232 feet. Gas at 27.5 feet
Log No. 27; Information by A. E. Randall, Petrolia.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.'
2 2 and 3 Raleigh. Kent.
Completed Dec. 3rd, 1921.
Tliickness of
Formation. IVjrmation. Total Depth.
Sulisoil 10 Feet 10 Feet
Clav 24 " 34 "
Sand and Clravel 4 " 38 "
Clav 32 " 70 "
Sandv Clav 22 " 92 "
Soap 15 " 107 "
Lime 4 " 111 "
Soap 1 " 112 "
Lime 2 " 114 "
Soap 26 " 140 "
Lime ,5 " 145 "
Soap 5 " 150 "
Middle Lime 6 " 156 "
Lower Lime 29 " 185 "
Lower Lime 105 " 290 "
Total Depth 290 "
Oil at 190 feet.
Log No. 28; Information by A. E. Randall, Petrolia.
Lot.
9
Concession.
2 and 3.
Formation.
Subsoil
Clay
Sandy Clay
Soap and Clay
Sand
Soap
Lime
Soap
Lime
Soap
Middle Lime
Soaj)
Lime
Soap.
Lower Lime
Total Depth .
Oirat'21ti feet.
Township.
Cou
ntv.
Raleigh.
Kent.
Completed D(>c. 28th, 1922,
Thick]
iiess of
Formation.
Total
Dejith.
8
Feet
8
Feet
47
It
55
"
15
u
70
10
11
80
15
it
95
33
tl
128
2
"
130
2
"
132
2
"
134
27
"
161
5
tt
166
5
"
171
2
"
173
37
tt
210
90
It
Feet.
300
300
Gas at 262 Feet
48
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Loc; Xo. 20; Ixformation by Box Jasperson, Kixcsvillk.
Lot.
Concession.
1
Townshiji.
Gosfield S.
Open flow: 17,000 cu. ft.
Rock pre.ssure: 240 ll>s.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Quick Sand 85 Feet
Grey Lime 416 "
Brown Lime 189 "
Grev Lime. . 60 "
Slate 90 "
Lime 60 "
Lime 130 "
Total Depth 1 .030 Feet.
Count V.
Ess?x.
Completed Nov. 2Sth, 1921.
Total Depth.
85 F'eet
501 "
690 "
750 ^■
840 "
900 ''
1,030 •'
Loc; Xo. 30; Informatiox by Imperial Oil Co.
Lot. Conces.sion. Townshij). Count}'.
1 1 Mersea. Essex.
Dry Hole. Comjjleted Fehruary, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 121 Feet 121 Feet
Limestone 744 " 865 "
Limestone . , . . 770 " 1 , 635 "
Red Shale 20 " 1 ,655 "
Grev Shale 18 " 1 ,673 "
Red Shale 13 " 1 ,686 "
Grev Shale SO " 1 ,766 "
GreV Lime 26 " 1 ,792 "
Red Shale 112 " 1,904 "
Grev Shale 52 " 1 .956 "
Reel Shale 40 " 1 ,996 "
Grev Shale 480 " 2,476 "
Black and Grev Shale 35 " 2,511 "
Trenton Lime.^ '. 825 " 3.336 "
Sandstone .' 10 " 3,346 "
Total Depth 3 . 346 Feet.
Log X'o. 31; Ixformatiox by Glexwood Compaxy.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
IS 4 Mer.sea. Essex.
Open flow: 22.000 cu. ft. Completed Aug. 5th, 1921
Rock pressure: 300 11;)S.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clav 75 Feet. 75 Feet
GraV Lime 205 " 280 "
Brown Lime ■ 200 " 480 "
Lime 195 " 675 "
Brown Lim- 125 " 800 "
Lime 190 " 990 "
Salt Sand 17 " 1.007 "
Total Depth 1.C07 Feet.
Salt water at 990 feet.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
49
Log No. 32; Ixforjiatiox in Txiox Exploratiox Co., (Jhatha.m.
Lot. Conces.sion. Townsliip. County.
24 5 Dawn Xo. 3. Lanihtoii.
(){)fn flow: 177,400 cu. ft.
Hoek pressure: 77o lbs. Completed X(iveiii])er, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Dei)th.
Surfae- 90 Feet 90 Feet
Shale 190 " 280 "
Soap 180 " 460 ''
Lime 65 " 525 "
Soap 15 " 540 "
Grev Lime 1 .075 " 1 .615 "
Clinton 535 " 2,150 "
Total Depth 2.150 Feet.
Cas at ].f)l.") and 1,750 feet. Water at 610 feet
Log No. 33; Ixformatiox by John Kenney, Dunnville.
Lot.
4
Concession.
Townshi]!.
Crowland.
County.
Welland.
Open flow: loO.OOO cu. ft.
Rock pre.ssure: 200 lbs.
Completed Nov. 3rd. 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Niagara Dolomite 78 Feet
Limestone and Shale 400 "
Clinton Shale 55 "
Chnton Lime 37 "
Red Mechna 60 "
Blve Shale 40 "
\yhite Medina 15 "
Red Shale 23 "
Total Depth
Gas at 538, 570-639 imd 689 feet. 70S Feet.
Total Depth
78 Feet
478
'
533
(
570
'
630
670
'
685
'
708
(
Water at 4.50 feet
Log No. 34; Inform.\tiox by John Kenney, Dunnville.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
3 7 Crowland Wellancl.
Open flow: 20.000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 250 lbs. Completed Aug. 24th, 1921.
Thickness of
Fonnati(>n. Fcjrmation. Total Depth.
Surf.-ice ; . . . 100 Feet 100 Feet
Shale 100 " 200 "
Niagara Dolomite 260 " 460 "
Clinton Shale 50 " 510 "
Clinton Lime 32 " 542 "
Red Medina 58 " 600 "
Blue Shale 30 " 630 "
White Medina 15 " 645 "
Red Shale 41 " 686 "
Total Depth 686 Feet.
Water at 150. Black water at 210 with sulphur gas.
50
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log Xo. 35; Ixformatiox by C. W. Feathkrstoxe, Dunxville.
Lot.
10
Open flow: 150,000 eu. ft.
Formation.
Surface
Flint
Lime and Shale . .
Niagara
Casing Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Grey Shale
White Medina ...
Red Shale
Concession.
14
Total Depth .
Township.
Countv.
Walpole
Haldimand.
Completed July 2l
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
10 Feet
10 Feet
50
60 "
365
425 "
274
699 "
21
720 ".
33
753 "
20
773 "
66
839 "
12
851 "
13
eet.
864 "
864 F
Log Xo. 36; Ixfor.xutiox by C. W. Fe.\thersotxe, Duxxvilli
Lot.
11
Open flow: 100.000 cu. ft.
Formation.
Clay
Lime and Shale . .
Xiagara
White Lime
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Gray Shale
White Medina . . .
Red Shale
Concession.
13
Total Depth
Township.
Countv.
Walpole.
Haldimand.
Completed ^lay 9
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
17 Feet
17 Feet
413 "
430 "
200 "
630 "
70 "
700 "
26 "
726 "
37 "
763 "
24 "
787 "
56 "
843 "
12 "
855 "
5 "
860 "
860 Feet.
Log Xo. 37; Ixformatiox by C. W. Featherstoxe. Duxxville.
Lot.
Part of Young
Tract.
Conce.ssion.
Open flow: 103,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure : 230 ihs.
Township. County.
Seneca. Haldimand.
Completed Aug. 24th, 191:1
Formation.
Surface
Thick
Form
95
ness of
ation.
Feet
tt
It
it
it
Feet.
Tot
d Depth.
95 Fppt
Lime and Shale . . .
100
195
445
489
518
555
615
630
680
Niagara
Shale
Clinton
250
44
29
Red Medina
37
BlueSliale
60
White Medina ....
15
Red Shale
50
^pth.
Gas at 494
Total D(
680
and 513 feet
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
51
Log No. 38; Information by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnville.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
Part of Dennis Oneida. Haldimand.
Block.
Open flow: 58,000 cu. ft. Completed Sei)t. 2nd, 1921.
Rock pressure : 270 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 44 Feet 44 Feet
Lime and Shale 150 " 194 "
Niagara 250 " 444 "
Shale 16 " 460 "
Clinton 24 " 484 "
Red Medina 34 " 518 "
Blue Shale 63 " 581 "
White Medina 11 " 592 "
Red Shale 51 " 643 "
Total Depth 643 Feet.
Gas at 465 and 472 feet.
Log No. 39; Information by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnvilfe.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
Part of Dennis Oneida. Haldimand.
Block.
Open flow: 18,000 cu. ft. Completed Oct. 13th, 1921 .
Rock pressure : 260 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 46 Feet 46 Feet
Lime and Shale 214 " 260 "
Niagara 259 " 519 "
Shale 22 " 541 "
Clinton 21 " 562 "
Red Medina 37 " 599 "
Blue Shale 53 " 652 "
White Medina 11 " 663 "
Red Shale 50 " 713 "
Total Depth 713 Feet.
Gas at 543 and 553 feet.
Log No. 40; Information by C. W. Featherstone, DunnV'Ille.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
Farm of Wm. Bell Oneida. Haldimand.
Open flow: 37,000 cu. ft. Completed Nov. 3rd, 1921.
Rock pressure : 270 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 28 Feet 28 Feet
Lime and Shale 197 " 225 "
Niagara 243 " 468 "
Shale 28 " 496 "
Clinton 26 " 522 "
Red Medina 39 " 561 "
Blue Shale 63 " 624 "
White Medina 12 " 636 "
Red Shale 54 " 690 "
Total Depth 690 Feet.
52
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log Xo. 41; Information by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnville.
Lot. Concession. Townshij). County.
72 and 73. River Range. Oneida. Haldimand.
Open flow: IH.OOO fu. ft. Completed Nov. 29th, 192L
Rock pre.s.sure : 240 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 24 Feet 24 Feet
Lime and Shale 196 " 220 "
Niagara 242 " 462 "
Shale 36 " 498 "
Clinton 22 " 520 "
Red Medina 45 " 565 "
Blue Shale 52 " 617 "
White Medina 12 •' 629 "
Red Shale 39 " 668 "
Total Depth 668 Feet.
Gas at 522-540 feet.
Log No. 42; Information by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnville.
Lot. Concession. Township. Count.y.
64 River Range. Oneida. Haldimand.
Open flow: 88,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 310 lbs. Completed May 17th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 56 Feet 56 Feet
Lime and Shale 179 '' 235 "
Niagara 233 '' 468 "
Shale 34 " 502 "
Clinton 29 " 531 "
Red Medina 45 " 576 "
Blue Shale 59 '■' 635 "
White Medina 10 " 645 "
Red Shale 50 " 695 "
Total Depth 695 P>et.
Gas at 510, 530, 541 and 640 feet.
Log No. 43; Information by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnville.
Lot.
Part of Young Tract.
Open flow: 58,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 280 lbs.
Formation.
Surface
Lime and Shale
Niagara
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina
Red Shale
Concession.
Township.
Seneca.
Thickness of
Formation.
84 Feet
141 "
245 "
40 "
25 "
.33 "
55 "
25 "'
51 "
County.
Haldimand.
Coini)leted May 30th, 1921.
Total Depth .
699 Feet.
Gas at 512 and 569 feet.
Total Depth.
84 Feet
225
470
510
535
568
623
648
699
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
53
Log No. 44; Information by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnville.
Lot.
62
Open flow: 105,000 cu. ft.
]{ock proissure: 345 ll)s.
Formation.
Surface
Lime and Shale . . . .
Niagara
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Bhie Shale
White Medina
Red Shale
Conces.sion.
River Range.
Town.'^hip. County.
Oneida. Haldimand
Completed June 9th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
48 Feet
48 Feet
172 "
220
254 "
474
32 "
506
28 "
534
30 "
564
56 "
620
10 "
630
50 "
680
Total Depth 680 Feet.
Gas at 508, 516, 531, 549 and 625.
Lot.
Part of Young Tract
Open flow: 68,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 260 lbs.
P'ormation.
Surface
Lime and Shale. .
Niagara
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina . . .
Red Shale '. .
Log No. 45; Information by C. W^. Feather.stone, Dunnville
Concession.
Township. County.
Seneca. Haldimand.
Completed June 21st, 1921.
Total Depth .
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
104 Feet
104 Feet
114 "
218 "
245 "
463 "
32 "
495 "
33 "
528 "
38 "
566 "
50 "
616 "
15 "
631 "
46 "
677 "
677 Feet.
Gas at 499 and 530 feet.
Log No. 46; Infor.mation by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnville.
Lot. Conces.sion. Township. County.
60 River Range. Oneida. Haldimand.
Open flow: 97,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 305 lbs. Com])lete(l July 2nd, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 57 PVet 57 Feet
Lime and Shale 171 " 228 "
Niagara 254 " 482 "
Shale 19 " 501 "
Clinton 22 " 523 "
Red Medina 40 " 563 "
Blue Shale 63 " 626 "
White Medina 11 " 637 "
Red Shale 50 " 687 "
Total Depth 687 Feet.
Gas at 503, 511, 628 and 636 feet.
54
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log Xo. 47; Ixformatiox by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnville
Lot. Concession.
Part of Young Tract.
Open flow: 37,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 260 lbs.
Formation.
Surface
Lime and Shale. . .
Niagara
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina. . .
Red Shale
Township.
Seneca.
County.
Haldimand.
Completed July 15th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
96 Feet
96 Feet
119 "
215 "
245 "
460 "
34 "
494 "
30 "
524 "
35 "
559 "
60 "
619 "
21 "
640 "
50 "
690 "
Total Depth 690 Feet.
Gas at 499, 519 and 629 feet.
Log Xo. 48; Inform.\tiox by C. W. Featherstoxe, Duxxville.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
Farm of C. H. Wills. Seneca. Haldimand.
Open flow: 100,000 cu. ft. Completed Aug. 10th, 1921
Rock Pressure: 230 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 102 Feet 102 Feet
Lime and Shale 113 " 215 "
Xiagara. . . . : 245 " 460 "
Shale 39 " 499 "
Clinton 28 " 527 "
Red Medina 35 " 562 "
Blue Shale 55 " 617 "
White Medina 12 " 629 "
Red Shale 50 " 679 "
Total Depth 679 Feet.
Gas at 504, 516 and 622 feet.
Log Xo. 49; Ixform.\tiox by C. W. Featherstoxe, Di'xxville.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
59 " River Range. Oneida. Haldimand.
Open flow: 88,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 270 lbs. Completed Aug. 11th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 45 Feet 45 Feet
Lime and Shale 150 " 195 "
Niagara Shale 244 " 439 "
Shale 20 " 459 "
Clinton .■ 24 " 483 "
Red Medina 34 " 517 "
Blue Shale 63 " 580 "
White Medina 10 " 590 "
Red Shale 50 " 640 "
Total Depth 640 Feet.
Gas at 467, 477 and 582.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
55
Loc: No. 50; Ixfokmation by C. W. Featherstoxe, DuN^fVILLE.
Lot.
14
Open flow: 55.0(10 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 'I'.iO lbs.
Formation.
Surface
Lime and Shale . . . .
Niagara
Shale
Clinton
Red ^ledina
Blue Shale
White Medina
Red Shale
Concession
River Raimi
Township. County.
Seneca. Haldimand
Completed Jan. 2.5th, 1921.
Total Depth 654 Feet.
Gas at 480, 507 and 598 feet.
Thick]
less of
Formation.
Total Depth.
43
Feet
43 Feet
147
"
190 "
242
"
432 "
38
a
470 "
27
497 "
38
<i
535 "
58
"
593 "
11
"
604 "
50
"
654 "
Log No. 51; Ixformatiox ky C. W. Featherstoxe, Dunnville.
Lot.
14
Open flow: 111,000 cu. ft.
Rook pressure: 240 11 )S.
Formation.
Surface
Lime and Shale . .
Niagara
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina. . .
Red Shale
Concession.
River Range.
Town>hip. County.
Seneca. Haldimand.
Completed Fel). 19th, 1921.
Total Depth 664 Feet.
Gas at 478, 509 and 610 feet.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
28 Feet
28 Feet
167
195 "
250
445 "
30
475 "
27
502 "
42
544 "
61
605 "
9
614 "
50
664 "
Log No. 52; Information by C. W. Featherstone, Dunnville.
Lot. Conce.ssion. Township. County.
"B" Village of Indiana. Seneca. Haldimand.
Open flow: 55,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 280 ll)s. Completed Mar. 22nd, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 43 Feet 43 Feet
Lime and Shale 182 " 225 "
Niagara • 246 " 471 "
Shale 32 " 503 •'
Clinton 26 " 529 '"
Red Medina 39 " . 568 "
Blue Shale 53 " 621 '•
White Medina 10 " 631 "
Red Shale .' 50 " 681 ■"
Total Depth 681 Feet.
Gas at 507 and 522 feet.
56
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Loi; No. 53; Information by C. \V. Featherstoxe, Dunnville.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
24 and 25. Village of Indiana. Seneca. Haldiinand.
Open flow: 164,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 260 lbs. Completed April i:jth, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 50 Feet 50 Feet
Lime and Shale 172 " 222 "
Niagara 252 " 474 "
Shale 25 " 499 "
Clinton 26 " 525 "
Red Medina 42 " 567 "
Blue Shale 54 " 621 "
White Medina 10 " 631 "
RedSha'e 50 " 681 "
Total Deph 681 Feet.
Gas at 504, 525 and 572 feet.
Log 54; Inform.\tion by F. L. Snively, Hamiltou.
Lot.
10
Concession.
3
Township.
Moulton.
County.
Haldimand.
Open flow: 70,000 cu. ft
Hock pressure: 40 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Clay 75 Feet
Shale Gypsum 146 "
Xiagara Lime 223 "
Shale 52 "
Clinton 25 "
Red Medina 38 "
Bhie Shale 63 "
White Medina 12 "
Red Shale 50 "
Total Depth 684 Feet.
Completed June 18th, 1921.
Total Depth.
75 Feet
221 "
444 "
496 "
521 "
559 "
622 "
634 "
684 "
Log No. 55; Information by F. L. Snively, Hamilton.
Lot.
10
Concession.
2
Township.
Moulton.
County.
Haldiman(
Open flow: 84,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 40 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Clay 80 Feet
Shale and Gypsum 139 "
Niagara Limestone 221 "
Grev Shale 55 "
Clinton 30 "
Red Medina 36 "
Blue Shale 61 "
While Medina 12 "
Red Shale 50 "
'I'otal Depth 684 Feet.
Completed May 31st, 1921.
Total Dei)th.
SO Feet
219 "
440 "
495 "
525 "
561 "
622 "
634 "
684 "
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
57
Log No. 56; Information by F. L. Snively, Hamilton.
Concession. Township. County.
Lot
11
Seneca.
Dry Hole.
Thickness of
Format ion. Formation.
Chiv 62 Feet
Grey Lime 110 "
Niagara Brown 110 "
Grev Sliale 40 "
Clinton Grev 35 "
Red Medina 40 "
Bhie Shale 55 "
White :Medina 10 "
Red Shale 45 "
Total Depth 507 Feet.
Haldimand.
Completed Nov. 4th, 1921.
Total Depth.
62 Feet
172 "
282 "
322 "
357 "
397 "
452 "
462 "
507 "
Cul
Drv Hole.
Log No. 57; Infor.mation by T. J. McCutcheon, Dunnville.
Lot. 19 Concession. Township. County.
) I'arm, 6 South Cayuga. Haldimand.
Completed April 29tli, 1921.
Thickness of
Forma t i( m . Formation.
Clav 16 Feet
Flint 34 "
Grey Lime 60 "
Shale and Lime 250 "
Brown Lime 70 "
Niagara Lime 175 "
Black and (irey Lime 50 "
Grev Shale 55 "
Clinton 30 "
Red Medina 40 "
Grev Shale 55 "
White Medina 12 "
Red Shale 653 "
Red and Grev Shale 175 "
Grev Shale 600 "
White and Black Shale 175 "
Trenton Limestone 703 ''
Total D(>i)th 3 , 153 Feet.
Total Depth.
16 Feet
50 "
110 "
360 "
430 "
605 "
655 "
710 "
740 "
780 "
835 "
847 "
1,500 "
1,675 "
2,275 "
2,450 "
3,153 "
Log No. 58; Infor.mation by F. L. Snively, Hamilton.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
7 9 Walpole. Haldimand.
Open' flow: 21,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure : 3.')5 ll)s. Completed March 5th, 1921
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 15 Feet 15 Feet
Flint 60 " 75 "
Grey Lime 70 " 145 "
Shale . . ■ 75 " 220 "
Guelph Lime 108 " 328 "
Shale and Lime 147 " 475 "
Niagara 216 " 691 "
Shale 98 " 789 "
Clinton Sand No. 1 34 " 823 "
Red Medina Sand No. 2 37 " 860 "
Blue Shale 35 '' 895 "
White Medina 22 " 917 "
Total Depth 917 Feet.
58
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Lot.
7
Loo No. .59; Ixform.\tion by F. L. Sxively, Hamilton.
Conces.sion.
S
Drv hole.
Formation.
Clav
Flint
White Lime
Grev Lime
Shale
Guelph Lime
Shale and Limestone.
Niagara Limestone . .
Clinton Shale
Red Medina
Bhie Shale
^Yhite Medina
Total Depth.
Fownship.
Coi;
mtv.
Walpole.
Haldimand.
Completi
ed April 16
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
17 Feet
17 Feet
45 "
62 "
9 "
71 "
78 "
149 "
66 "
215 "
115 "
330 "
134 '•
464 •■
234 '•
698 "
102 "
800 "
36 •'
836 "
44 ■'
880 "
15 "
895 "
895
Feet.
Log No. 60; Ixfokm.\tio.\ by J. ,J. McLi.ster, Duxxville.
Lot. Conce.ssion. Townshij). Count\'.
1 1 North Cayuga. Haldimand.
Open flow: 42,700 cu. ft. Completed March loth, 1921.
Rock pressure: 175 lbs.
Thickne.'^s of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 45 Feet 45 Feet
Shale 135 " 180 "
Niagara ■ 200 " 380 "
White Lime 43 " 423 "
Casing Shale 37 " 460 "
Clinton 25 " 485 "
Red Medina 40 " 525 "
Blue Shale 60 " .585 "
White Medina 15 " 600 "
Red Shale 25 " 625 "
Total Depth 625 Feet.
Log No. 61; Ixform.\tiox by F. L. Sxively, Hamilton.
Lot.
A
Concession.
Township.
Moulton.
Open flow: 6,000 cu. ft. with small show of oil.
Rock pressure: 127 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Clay 90 Feet
Shale and Gypsum 110 "
Niagara 225 "
Grey Shale 51 "
Clinton : 28 "
Red Medina 35 "
Blue Shale .50 "
White Medina 12 "
Red Shale 50 "
Total Depth 651 Feet.
C()unt>".
Haldimand.
Completed July 23rd, 1921.
Total Depth.
90 Feet
200 "
425 "
476 "
.504 "
539 "
589 "
601 "
651 "
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
59
Log No. 62; Ixformation by F. L. Sxively, Hamiltox.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
River Range.
65
Open flow: 171,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 220 lbs.
Formation.
■ Surface Clay
Guelph Shale ....
Niagara
Casing Shale
Grey Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina . . .
Red Shale
Total Depth ^ 670 Feet.
Gas at 487 and 515 Feet.
Oneidt
I.
H
ildimand
Comj)
lete
d Jan. (ith, 1
Thick
less of
Form
ation
Tol
al Dei)th.
25
Feet
25 Feet
194
219 '
211
4:^0 '
17
447 '
36
483 '
22
505 '
46
551 '
46
597 '
23
620 '
50
670 '
Log No. 63; Information by J. J. McLister, Dunnville.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
17 2 Canboro. Haldimand.
Open flow: 17,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 130 ll)s. Completed Dec. 5th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 46 Feet 46 Feet
Shale 120 " 166 "
Niagara 200 " 366 "
White Lime . 50 " 416 "
Shale ;. 24 •' 440 "
Clinton 30 " 470 "
Red Medina 32 '^ 502 •••
Blue Shale 60 " 562 "
W^hite Medina 14 " 576 "
Red Shale 46 " 622 "
Total Length 622 Feet.
Gas at 490 and 578 feet.
Log No. 64; Information by J. J. ^NIcLister, Dunnville.
Lot.
17
Open flow: 43,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure : 136 lbs.
Formation.
Surface
Shale
Niagara
White Lime
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina . . .
Red Shale
Conce.ssion.
2
Township.
Canboro.
Thickness of
Formation.
33 Feet
117 "
200 "
50 "
36 "
28 "
32 "
60 "
14 "
51 "
County.
Haldimand.
Completed Nov. 11th, 1921.
Total Depth.
33 Feet
150
350
400
436
464
496
556
570
621
Total Depth.
621 Feet.
Gas at. 485 and 572
60
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log No. 65; Information by T. J. McCutcheon, Dunnville.
Lot.
5
Open flow: 20.000 cii. ft.
Formation.
Surface
Lime and Shale . .
Niagara
Shale
Clinton Rock ....
Red Medina
Shale
White Medina . . .
Red Shale
Conces.sion.
S.F.R.
Town.ship.
Moult on.
Thickness of
Formation.
10.5 Feet
160 '■■
225 "
50 "
30 "
45 "
55 "
12 "
25 "
County.
Haldimand.
Completed Oct. 27th, 1921.
Total Depth.
105 Feet
265
490
540
570
615
670
682
707
Total Depth.
707 Feet.
Gas at 545 and 677 feet.
Log No. 66; Information by T. J. McCutcheon, Dunnville.
Lot.
6
Open flow: 40,000 cu.ft.
Concession.
South Forks Road.
Formation.
Surface
Lime and shale. . .
Niagara
Shale
Clinton Rock
Red Medina
Shale
^Miite Medina . . . -
Red Shale
Township.
Moulton.
Thiclvness of
Formation.
76 Feet
184 "
220 "
50 "
30 "
45 "
55 "
12 "
50 "'
County.
Haldimand.
Completed Aug. 21st, 1921.
Total Depth.
76 Feet
260
480
530
560
605
660
672
722
Total Depth .
722 Feet.
Gas at 535 feet.
Log No. 67; Information by T. .1. ^IcCvtcheon, Dunnville.
Lot.
6
Open flow: 20,000 cu. ft.
Formation.
Surface
Lime and Shale . .
Niagara
Shale
Clinton Rock . . . .
Red Medina
Shale
White Medina . . .
Red Shale
Concession.
South Forks Road.
Total Depth.
Township.
Moulton.
Thickness of
Formation.
82 Feet
180 '•
218 "
50 "
30 X
45 '\
55 " ^
12 "
51 "
County.
Haldimand.
Completed Sept. 30th, 1921.
Total Length.
82 Feet
262
480
530
560
605
660
672
723
723 Feet.
Gas at 535 feet.
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
61
Log No. 68; Ixformation by Hoover & May, Selkirk.
Lot.
4
Concession.
2
Open flow: 29,000 cu. ft.
Rock pre.ssure: 215 lbs.
Township. County.
Seneca. Haldimand.
Completed Dec. 24th, 1921.
Formal ion.
Surface
Shale
Niagara
White Lime
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Grey Shale
White Medina
Red Shale
Total Depth
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
38 Feet
38 Feet
93 "
131 "
197 "
328 "
31 "
359 "
34 "
393 "
32 "
425 "
37 "
462 "
54 "
516 "
27 "
543 "
57 "
600 "
600 Feet.
Loc; No. 69; Information by Hoover & May, Selkirk.
Lot.
3
Open flow: 29,000 cu. ft.
Rock Pressure: 219 lbs.
Formation.
Surface
Shale
Niagara
White Lime
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Grey Shale
White Medina . . .
Red Shale
Concession.
2
Total Depth 595 Feet.
Township.
County.
Seneca.
Haldimand.
Completed Jan. 14th, 1
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
48 Feet
48 Feet
88 "
136 "
192 "
328 "
17 "
345 "
34 "
379 "
32 "
411 "
39 "
450 "
54 "
504 "
29 "
533 "
62 ■'
595 "
Log No. 70; Information by J. A. Coleman, Wellandport
Lot.
15
Formation.
Surface
Lime Stone. . .
Niagara
White Sand...
Slate
Clinton
Red Medina . .
Slate
White Medina .
Red Shale ...
Concession.
2
Total Depth.
Townshi]
Count V.
Moulton.
Haldimand.
C-ompleted Nov. 2s
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Dei)th
26 Feet
26 Feet
141 '
167 "
160 '
327 "
20 '
347 "
50 '
397 "
34 '
431 "
35 '
466 •'
55 '
521 "
10 '
532 "
68 '
600 "
600 F
eet.
3— M.V.
62
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log No 71; Information by F. L. Sxively, Hamilton.
Lot. Conce.s.sion. Township. County
21 7 Binl)rook Wentworth.
Open flow: 40,0(10 cu. ft.
Rock pre.'i.sure: 125 lbs. Completed Oct. Ist, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clay 42 Feet 42 Feet
Brown Lime 83 " 125 "
Niagara 120 " 245 ''
Grey Casing Shale 40 " 2<S5 "
Clinton 35 '• 320 "
Red Medina 43 " ' 363 "
Blue Shale 55 " 418 "
White Medin 10 " 433 "
Red Shale 50 " 483 "
T(jtal Dejith 483 Feet.
Lot.
4
Log No. 72; Information by F. L. Snively, Hamilton.
ConceiBsion.
3
Township.
Binl)0()k.
County.
^^'entworth.
Dry hole.
Completed July 5th, 1921
Thiekne-ss of
Formation. Formation.
Clay 17 Feet
Brown Lime. . . . : 76 "
Niagara 115 "
Grey Shale 40 "
Clinton - 30 "
Red Medina 35 "
Blue Shale 55 "
White Medina 10 "
Red Shale 9 "
Total Dejjth 441 Feet.
rotal
Depth
71 Feet
147
262
302
332
367
422
432
441
Log No. 73; Information by Wm. McKillop. Hepworth.
Lot.
10
Concession.
I
Open Flow: 6,000 cu. ft.
Formation.
Surface
Red Shale..
Hudson ....
Black Shale.
Trenton . . . .
Potsdam . . .
Township.
Flamboro \\'est
Thickness of
Formation.
231 Feet
200
639
205
793
55
Total Depth 2,123 Feet
Gas at 296, 1,280 and 1,970 Feet.
County .
Wentworth.
Completed April 6th, 1921.
T
otal Depth
231
Feet
431
"
1,070
"
1,275
2,068
"
2,123
"
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
63
Log Xo. 74; Ixformatiox by F. L. Sxively, Hamilton.
Lot.
1
Concession.
4
Township.
Binhrook.
Dry hole.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Clay... 64 Feet
Brown Lime 76 '"
Niagara 115 "
Casing Shale 40 "
Clinton 30 "
Red Medina 35 "
Blue Shale 55 "
White :\Iedina 10 "
Total Dejith 425 Feet.
County.
^^'ent worth.
Completed Feb. 19th, l'J21.
Total Depth.
64 Feet
140 "
255 "
295 "
325 "
360 "
415 "
425 "
Loci Xo. 75; Ixformatiox by F. L. Sxively, Hamilton*.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
4 4 Binl)rook. Wentworth.
Open flow: 50,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 150 lbs. Completed June 15tli. 1021.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clay 76 Feet 76 Feet
Brown Lime 76 " 152 "
Xiagara 115 " 267 "
Casing Shale 40 " 307 "
Clinton 30 " 337 "
Red :\Iedina 35 " 372 "
Blue Shale 55 " 427 "
White Medina 10 " 437 "
Red Shale 50 " 487 "
Total Depth 487 Feet.
Gas at 337, 357 and 437 feet.
Log Xo. 76; Ixformatiox by F. L. Sxively, Hamilton.
Lot.
20
Open flow: 40,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 125 lbs.
Formation.
Clay and Stone . . .
Brown Lime
X'iagara
Gre}- Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White :\Iedina . . .
Red Shale
Concession.
4
Townshi]).
Binl)rook.
County.
Wentworth.
Completed Aug. 2nd, 1921.
Total Depth 478 Feet.
Gas at 332, 364 and 428 feet.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
80 Feet
SO l'>et
72 "
152
110 "
262
40 "
302
30 "
332
32 "
364
54 "
418
10 "
428
i
50 "
478
64
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log No. 77; Ixformation by F. L. S.mvely, Hamilton.
Lot.
20 blk. 4.
Open flow: 40,000 ru. ft.
Rock pressure: 125 lbs.
Formation.
Clay
Brown Lime
Niagara
Grey Casing Shale.
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina . . . .
Red Shale
Concession.
4
Township. County.
Binbrook. Went worth.
Completed Aug. 24th, 1921.
Total Depth 46S Feet.
Gas at 316, 351 and 418 feet.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total
Depth.
60 Feet
60 Feet
76 "
136 '
115 "
251 '
35 "
286 '
30 "
316 '
35 "
351 '
55 "
406 '
12 "
418 '
50 "
468 '
Log No. 78; Information by F. L. Snively, Hamilton.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
19 7 Binbrook. Went worth.
Open flow: 40,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 120 lbs. Completed Sept. 12th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clay 48 Feet 48 Feet
Brown Lime 76 " 124 "
Niagara 115 " 239 "
Cirev Casing Shale 40 " 279 "
Clinton 30 " 309 "
Red Medina 40 " 349 "
Blue Shale 55 " 404 "
White Medina 12 " 416 "
Red Shale 50 " 466 "
Total Depth 466 Feet.
Gas at 309, 349 and 416 feet.
Lo(; No. 79; Information by F. L. Snively, Hamilton.
Lot.
4
Open flow: 40,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 150 lbs.
Formation.
Clay.
Brown Lime
Niagara
Grey Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina. . .
Red Shale
Concession.
S. McKennall Farm.
Fownship. County.
Binbrook. Wentworth.
Completed June loth, 1921.
Total Dejtth.
Thick
less of
Formation.
Total Depth.
7S
Feet
78 Feet
76
154 "
115
269 "
40
309 "
30
339 "
35
374 "
55
429 "
10
439 "
48
Feet.
487 "
487
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
65
Log No. 80; Information by F. L. Snively, Hamilton.
Lot.
4
Concession.
4
Drv hole.
■ Formation.
Clay....
Brown Lime
Niagara Lime
Casing Shale
Clinton
Red ^Medina
Blue Shale
White Medina
Red Shale
Total Depth 443 Feet
Township.
County.
Binhroo
ik.
\\>nt
worth.
Coinple
ted Jan. 22i
Thick]
ness of
Form
ation.
Tot a
1 Depth.
79
Feet
79 Feet
76
"
155 "
115
"
270 "
40
"
310 "
30
"
340 "
35
"
375 "
55
ti
430 "
10
"
440 "
3
ti
443 "
Log No. 81; Lnfor.mation by F. L. Snively, Ha.milto.m.
/Ot.
Concession.
Township.
County.
4
3
Near Hall.s Corner.-^
Binhrook.
Wentworth.
Open flow: 40,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 150 lbs.
Thickne,ss of
Formation. Formation.
Clay 78 Feet
Brown Lime 76 "
Niagara 115 "
Casing Shale 40 "
Clinton 30 "
Red Medina 35 ''
Blue Shale 55 "
White Medina 10 "
Red Shale 48 "
Total Depth 487 Feet.
Completed May 24th, 1921.
Total Depth.
78 Feet
154 "
269 "
309 "
339 "
374 "
429 "
439 "
487 "
Log No. 82; I.nfokmation by F. L. Sniyely, Hamilton.
Dry hole
Lot.
Concession.
Township.
County.
Si/2-1 & 2
4
Near Halls Corners
Binhrook.
Wentworth
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Clay 64 Feet
Brown Lime 76 "
Niagara 115 "
Casing Shale 40 "
Clinton 30 "
Red Medina 35 "
Blue Shale 55 "
White Medina 10 "
Total Depth 425 Feet.
Completed Feb. 19th, 1921.
Total Depth.
64 Feet
140 "
255 "
295 "
325 "
360 "
415 "
425 "
66
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log Xo. 83; Information by Wm. IMcKillop, Hepwokth.
Lot. Concession.
28 1
Formation.
Clay
Quick Sand
Red Clay
Sand
Coarse Water Sand
Quick Sand
Sand and Gravel
Total Depth 537 Feet
Town.ship.
Countv.
Beverly.
Went worth.
Completed Sept. 1921.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
18 Feet
18 Feet
192 "
210 ■'
14 "
224 "
161 "
385 "
55 "
440 "
90 "
530 "
7 "
537 "
Log Xo. 84; Information by Kiser tt Louer, Tillsonburg.
Lot.
78
Open flow: 43,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 605 lbs..
Formation.
Surface
Lime
Hint
Sharp Sand
Hard Lime
Lime and Shale . .
Brown Lime
Hard Lime
Xiagara Lime. . . .
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
Grev Shale
Concession.
13
Township.
X"^. Walsingham.
County.
Xorfolk.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth. '
208 Feet
208 Feet
155 '
363 '•
50 "
413 "
80 "
493 "
54 "
547 "
84 "
631 "
102 "
733 "
151 "
884 •■
257 "
1,141 ••
67 "
1.208 '•
27 "
1,235 '•
5 "
1.240 '•
24 "
1.264 '■
Total Depth 1 , 264 Feet.
Log Xo. 85; Information by Wesley Hamaker, Port Dover.
Lot.
2
Open flow: 178,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 555 lbs.
Concession.
B. F.
Township.
Woodhouse.
County.
Norfolk.
Thick
ness of
Formation.
Form
at ion.
Total Depth.
Surface
116
P'eet
116 Feet
Flint
159
275 "
Sand
47
322 ''
Lime
51
373 "
Lime and Shale
293
666 "
Xiagara Lime
299
965 "
Shale
44
1.009 "
Clinton
23
1,032 "
Red Medina
20
1,052 "
Grev Shale
76
1.128 "
White Medina
28
1.156 "
Red Shale
1
Feet.
1.157 "
Total Depth
1.1.57
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
67
Log Xo. 86; Information by Kiser & Louer, Tillsonburg.
Lot.
10
Open flow: 1S,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 475 lbs.
Concession.
"B"
Townshij).
Walsinshain.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Surface 313 Feet
Lime 137 "
Flint 150 "
Niagara Lime 200 "
Shale 69 "
CHnton 20 "
Red xMedina 27 "
Shale 5 "
Total Depth 921 Feet.
County.
Norfolk.
Total Depth.
818 Feet
450 "
600 "
800 "
869 "
889 "
916 "
921 "
Log Xo. 87; Inform.\tion by George Williams, Delhi.
Lot. Concession. - Township. County.
.31 3 Middleton. Norfolk.
Open flow: 75,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 550 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 206 Feet 206 Feet
Lime 140 " 346 "
Flint 52 " 398 "
Sharp Sand 80 " 478 "
Hard Lime 52 " 530 "
Lime and Shale .. 83 " 613 "
Brown Lime 102 " 715 "
Hard Lime 150 " 865 "
Niagara Lime 257 " 1 , 122 "
Shale 41 " 1,163 "
Clinton 30 " 1,193 "
Red Medina 5 " 1 , 198 "
Grey Shale 34 " 1 ,232 "
Total Depth . 1 , 282 Feet.
Log Xo. 88; Inform.\tion by Wesley Hamaker, Port Dover.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
1 Broken Front. W^oodhouse. Norfolk.
Rock pressure: 485 lbs. Completed Nov. 7th, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 186 Feet 136 Feet
Lime 100 " 236 "
Flint SO " 316 "
Sand 32 " 348 "
Lime 110 " 458 "
Lime and Shale 80 " 538 "
Lime 110 " 648 "
Shale 60 " 708 "
Xiagara 272 " 980 "
Shale 60 " 1,040 "
Clinton 25 " 1 ,065 "
Red Medina 25 " 1 ,090 "
Shale 70 " 1.160 "
White Medina 17 " 1,177 "
Red Shale 2 " 1 , 179 "
Total Depth 1 . 179 Feet.
68
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log No. 89; Information by H. Cable.
Lot. Concession. Town.'^hip. County.
Lever Farm. 3 Artemesia. Grev.
L35 r-S.R.
Drilled in 1!)17.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 28 Feet 28 Feet
Niagara Lime 202 " 230 "
Blue Shale 40 " 270 "
Brown or Grev Rock 30 " 300 •
Blue Shale 5 " 305 -
Red Medina 265 " 370 '•
Hudson River 400 " 770 '•
I'tica (brown) 170 " 940 "
Trenton Lime 40 " 980 "
Blue Shale and Gvpsum 60 " 1 ,040 "
Trenton with Streaks of Shale 35 " 1 ,075 "
Shale and Slate 40 " 1 , 115 "
Gvpsum and Conglomerate 25 " 1,140 "
Grev Rock '55 " 1 , 195 "
Trenton and Shale. . . ■. 100 " 1 , 295 "
Grev and l)lue rock '. 60 " 1 ,355 "
Trenton 185 " 1 . 540 "
Total Depth 1 .540 Feet.
Gas at 1645 and 1,695 feet. Oil at 1,715 feet.
Trenton lime comglomerate with shale gypsmn and Potsdam sands to a depth
of 1873 feet where Trenton lime ceases to show.
Log No. 90; Information by W. H. McDo.nald, Oshawa.
Lot.
24
Concession.
Township.
St. Vincent.
County.
Grev.
Thickness ol
Formation. Formation.
Surface 10 Feet
Collingwood Shale 40 ''
Hudson Shale 170 "
Utica Shale 60 "
Trenton 676 "
Arkose 20 "
Total Depth 976 Feet.
Completed July, 1921.
Total Depth.
10 Feet
50 "
220 "
280 "
956 "
976 "
Log No. 91; Information by A. E. Hoover, Selkirk.
Lot.
16
Concession.
1
Township.
Toronto.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Surface 4 Feet
Hudson River 603 "
Utica 178 "
Trenton 605 "
Different Rocks 32 "
Granite 3 "
Total Depth 1 ,425 Feet.
County.
Peel.
Completed Sept. 1920.
Total Depth.
4 Feet
607 "
785 "
1,390 "
1,422 "
1,425 "
1922
Natural Gas in 1921
69
Log No. 92; Information by Jas. Pickering, Shelbourne.
Lot.
2
Formation.
Surface
Niagara
Dolomite
Clinton
BlueClav
RedShaie
Blue Shale
Soft Slate
Utica Shale
Trenton
Concession.
3
Township.
County.
Melancthon.
Dufferin.
Drilled in 1907
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
25 Feet
25 Feet
115
140 "
20
(
160 "
50
210 "
100
. 310 "
320
630 "
370
1,000 "
225
1,225 "
75
1,300 "
650
1,950 "
Total Depth 1 ,950 Feet.
Log No. 93; Inform.\tion by Kiser <!ir Louer, Tillsonburg.
Lot. Concession. Township. County.
33 1 Malahide. Elgin.
Open flow: 70,000 cu. ft. Completed, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation Formation. Total Depth.
Surface 268 Feet 268 Feet
Lime 212 " 480 "
Flint . . 160 " 640 "
Lime 460 " 1,100 "
Niagara Lime 245 " 1 ,345 "
Shale 55 " 1,400 "
Clinton 22 " 1,422 "
Red Medina 30 " 1,452 '*
White Shale 30 " 1 ,482 "
\Yhite Medina : . . 35 " 1 ,517 "
Red Shale 5 " 1 ,522 "
Total Depth 1 , 522 Feet.
Log No. 94; Information by Kiser & Louer, Tillsonburg.
Lot.
34
Open flow: 201,000 cu. ft.
Rock pressure: 585 lbs.
Formation.
Surface
Lime
Fhnt
Lime
Niagara Lime. . . .
Shale
Clinton
Red Medina
White Shale
Concession.
1
Township.
Malahide.
County.
Elgin.
Completed, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
280 Feet
280 Feet
220 "
500
'
150 "
650
i
425 "
1,075
285 "
1,360
'
54 "
1,414
'
25 "
1,439
'
10 "
1,449
'
36 "
1,485
'
Total Depth 1 ,485 Feet.
70
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Log Xo. 95; Ixformatiox by Kiser & Louer, Tillsoxburo.
Lot.
35
Conression.
2
Township.
Malahide.
Drv hole.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Surface 277 Feet
Lime 203
Flint 150 "
Lime 445 "
Niagiara 280
Shale 60 "
Clinton 16 "
Red Medina 13 "
Total Depth 1 .444 Feet.
County.
Elgin.
Completed Oct. 21. 1921.
Total Depth.
277 Feet
480 "
630 "
1,075 "
1.355 "
1,415 "
1.431 •'
1,444 "
Log Xo. 96; Driller Geo. King, Str.\throy.
Lot.
7
Concession.
5
Formation.
Surface
Top Rock
Soap
Black Lime
Grey Lime
Lime
Total Depth 358 Feet
Oil at 2.58 and 300 feet.
Township.
County.
Adelaide.
Middlesex.
C
ompleted, 1921.
Thickness of
Formation.
Total Depth.
142 Feet
142 Feet
20 "
162 •'
30 "
192 "
14 •'
206 "
52 "
258 "
100 "
358 "
Log Xo. 97; I\form.\tiox by Driller Geo. Kixg, Strathroy,
Lot.
7
Concession.
5
Township.
Adelaide.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Surface 145 Feet.
Top Rock 20 "
Soap 30 1^
Lime 76
Total Depth 271 Feet.
Gas at 209, 230 and 245 feet.
County.
Middlesex.
Completed June loth, 1921
Total Depth.
145 Feet
165 "
195 "
271 "
Log Xo. 98; Ixform.\tiox by Driller Geo. Kixg, Strathroy
Lot. Concession.
Township.
7 5 Adelaide.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation.
Surface 155 Feet
Top Rock 20 "
Soap 30 •'
Lime 72 "
Total Dcplh 277 Feet.
County.
Middlesex.
Total Depth.
155 Feet
175 "
205 "
277 "
1922
Natural Gas in I92I
Log No. 99; Ixformatiox by Driller F. L. Sxively, Hamilton.
Lot. 1st Concession South Township. County.
4 Dundas Road North Dorchester. Middlesex.
Saul Farm. Completed Feb. 8th, 1921
Open flow: 237,000 ru. ft.
Rock pressure: 160 lbs.
Thickness of
Formation. Formation. Total Depth.
Clay 12.5 Feet 12.5 Feet
Grey Limestone 54 " 179 "
Brown Lime 3.58 " 537 "
White Lime 39 " 576 "
Grev Lime and Hard Shale 149 " 725 "
Gypsum 56 " 781 "
Hard Shale 144 " 925 "
Guelph Lime 55 " 980 "
Hard Shale 25 " 1 ,005 "
Total Depth 1 ,005 Feet.
Log X(j. 100; Ixformatiox by Driller F. L. Snively, Hamilton.
Lot. 1st Concession South. Township. ( 'ounty.
3 Dundas Road. North Dorchester. Middlesex.
Dry hole. Completed May 14th, 1921
Thickness of
Formation. P^ormation. Total Depth.
Clay 139 Feet 139 Feet
Grey Limestone 54 " 193 "
Brown Lime 358 " 551 "
White Lime 39 " 590 "
Grey Lime and Hard Shale 149 " 739 "
Gyp.sum 56 " 795 "
Hard Shale 143 " 938 "
Salt Bed 35 " 973 "
Hard Shale 77 " 1 ,050 "
Total Depth 1 ,050 Feet.
PETROLEUM IN 1921
The quantitv of crude petroleum produced in Ontario in 1921 was 112,85!)
barrels of 35 Imperial gallons: 8,891 barrels less than in 1920. The principal
cause of this decline is that tlie .<u]jply in two of the fields is giving out. There
are other reasons also: the low price of oil, which fell from $4.09 per barrel in
January to $1.98 in July, August and Sei^tember, iindouhteilly lessened the out-
put. A glance at table I, which gives the numljer of wells not operating, will
show that, had the price been more stable, more properties would have been
worked.
TABLE I.— CRUDE PETROLEUM PRODUCED IX 1921.
Field
Production
Wells
Average
Produc-
tion per
Gain or Loss in
Production
in 1921
bbls. gals. Operating
Non- Abandoned
Operating
operating
Well
Gain
bbls.
3,402
1,579
500
574
"sis
379
2,832
226
1S9
Loss
bbls.
Petrolia and
Enni.skillen . . 68.483
Oil Springs ... . 40,966
Moore Tp 7.536
Sarnia Tp 4,068
Plvmpton Tp . . 480
Bothwell 26,877
Tilburv East Tp' 1,002
32
22
04
20
21
01
29
1.681
1.192
94
111
30
252
fa) 6
859
82
15
30
21
42
125
37
26
24
22
30
bbls.
40.74
31.85
80.27
36.65
16.00
106.64
51
Dover' West Tp 7.473 10 7
1,067.60
166.00
37.74
203.00
660.00
4,697
Raleigh Tp ....
Onondaga Tp. .
Mosa Tp
Thaniesville . . .
3,;320 13 20
566 06 15
10, 764 1 03 53
1.319 20 4
6
67
4
1.3,299
Belle River. . . .
24
Dutton
76
837
Total .
172,858 :32 3,465
1,222 268
9,994
Net Loss
18,884
8,890
(a) Production mainly from a large number of gas wells.
An examination of Table I, ''gain and loss," shows, in spite of a general loss,
a successful year's operations. Witli the exception of the Raleigh field, all the
fields are old. The Petrolia field is entering its (JOth year of continuous pro-
duction, and after many years of gradual decline shows an increase of over
3,000 barrels, all without any new drilling. This is believed to be due, first to
Inspector John Scott's diligence in searching out and plugging the abandoned
wells that have been allowing surface Avater to flood the '"oil sand.'' A glance at
Table I, column "Wells not oijerating" will show that this is no simple matter.
With so many idle wells, any of which might be leaking, it may mean that a
score of them must be tested. Second; to the increased use of electric power for
pumping oil wells; electric power is surer and steadier than gas engine poM'er
and increases production. The gas engine may stop in the evening, and wells
idle for 10 hotirs may require days of pumping before oil will appear again.
The other fields in Lambton county are ])ractically as old as the Petrolia
Held, and are very similar.
The Paleigh field is maitdv in the northwest corner of the township. The
discovery of this field was noted in last year's report, and Dr. M. Y. Williams
may fairly be given most of tlic credit for the discovery. It niiglit still
72
1922
Petroleum in 1921
n
be enlarged. The limits are fairly well knowji. and it would appear that many
more producing wells could be drilled, and the production greatly increased.
The increases shown in Tilbury East and Onondaga are more apparent than
real, owing to an accumulation of crude ])etroleum ship])od in January, which
was really produced in 1920.
The sudden failure of the ^[osa (Glencoe) field offsets the increase in the
other fields. This heretofore excellent field only ])ro(hiced forty-five per cent.
of its production in lO^O. No reason can be given for this sudden failure
excepting natural causes. However, a careful inspection of the sources
of water might throw light on the decline. The West Dover field that has been
a "flowing" one has been failing during the year on account of the depletion of
the gas in the wells. The operating companies are installing pumps, and no
doubt the year 1922 will show an improvement. The Thamesville field closed
down in May owing to a disastrous fire that destroyed the pumping plant. The
JKitton and Belle River fields were apparently inactive this year, although four
wells are reported as operating at Belle River, and sonic of the wells in the But-
ton field are reported as being "bailed." However, no oil was marketed from
either field.
TABLE II.— CRUDE PETROLEUM PRODUCTION(i), BY FIELDS, 1917-1921.
Field
Petrolia and Enniskillen .
Oil Springs
Moore township
Sarnia township
Plvmpton township ....
Bothwell
Dover, West 1 n^-ii
Tilbury, East/^''^"''>'-
Raleigh township
Dutton
Onondaga township. . . .
Belle River
1917
Bbls.
74,267
46,902
6,282
4,494
579
29,682
10,041
1918
Bbls.
65,467
44,671
6,367
3,438
412
29,116
25.228
2.941
383
-Mosa township 20,999
Thamesville ! (> . 420
1,875
1,186
447
108,988
1 , 565
1919
1920
1921
Bbls.
70,087
45,245
4,029
4,259
560
29,425
/ 16, 705
1 1,660
1 , 272
197
Bbls.
65,082
39,388
7,036
3,495
531
25,563
12.171
623
(2)
837
341
Total Production Bbls. 202,990
Value $\ 475,000
.\verage price per Bbl. (■i) $' 2.34
288,760
781,097
2.703^
45 , 860
801
220,100
6.32,789
2.87M
24,063
1,131
181,750
724,145
3.98K
Bbls.
68,483
40,966
7,536
4,068
480
26,877
7.473
1,002
3,320
566
10.
1.
764
319
172,858
466,716
2.6814
(1) Figures supplied to the Ontario Department of Mines by J. C. Waddell, Supervisor of
Petroleum Bounties, Petrolia.
(-) Production for 1920 in Raleigh tf)\vn,ship wa,s included with that of Dover West.
(3) A bounty of 52? 9 cefits per l)arrel (35 Imperial gallon.s) or a total of $90,748.78 was paid
in addition by the Federal Government under The "Petroleum Bounty .\ct."
Drilling Operations
Probably on account of the lalliiig price of ])ct rolciiiii. tlicrc was little dril-
ling activity during the year. Only two oil wells were drilled in Land)ton
county, both being in Moore township, and small producers.
Ill the Raleigh field the Eureka Oil and Gas Company dill led two wells, the
Ajax Company four, the Pens Oil and (Jas Company si.\. and the Inland Oil and
Gas Company one dry hole.
Jolm L. Hutton drilled a well on lot 27, con. 1. Mosa township, near Both-
well, a dry hole.
No other drilling activities are recorded in the old fields.
74
Department of Mines, Part V
No. 4
Exploratory Drilling
Several operators have turned their attention to Middlesex connty. and
niueli land has been leased over a very widespread area.
Actual drilling operations were begun by Messrs. Johnson and Hyett. Arkona,
on a Trenton well not finished.
Bert Kevser started in 1920, and has drilled three shallow wells at Keyser's
•Corners.
The Central Ontario Petroleum Company has drilled two wells soiith of Ker-
wood ; both had some oil, but the yield is not reported.
In the Kent county field, E. P. Eowe put down a shallow test well in lot
15, con. II Harwich, a dry hole.
The Valley Oil and C4as Company drilled a well to the granite one mile south-
west of Dundas Station with a show of both oil and gas in .th& Trenton lime-
stone.
.Mudtni ( .--laiularii I diilluii; rig.
Ii. I. Henderson commenced a well two miles northtast of Bronte but has not
•completed it. Some gas was found in the Hudson River formation, but so far
as known the Trenton was dry.
The Canadian Oil Fields, Limited, are drilling a well two miles east of
Shelburne. Xo oil or gas is reported in the formations above the Potsdam sands,
but this company claims to have a percentage of heaw oil in the rock 500 to GOO
feet below the bottom of the Trenton limestone.
Some drilling was done in ]\Ianitoulin Island. ])ut no reports have been
received of the results.
Capt. C. M. McCarthy has a party organized to drill for oil with a diamond
drill on the Mattagami river about 100 miles north of the Transcontinental rail-
way. His i^arty left on December 27th, and no reports will be received from
him until the spring. He is using dog teams to take his supplies and eqitip-
ment into tin's nninbaluted countrv.
[TKiir
I
1922
Petroleum in 1921
75
The right way The wrong way
Shooting an Oil Well
When the casing is poorly st-ated or wliere tlie liuid \r\v\ \> alioxc the Ijot-
tom of the casing- the escaping gases and dehris are likely to lift the casing-
out. Of course misfortune may attend a well-placed shot, and even the dehris
escaping may lodge in the easing, and the compressed gasses force the casing out of
the well. In the upper right hand picture the latter may have 1)een the cause, as
the fluid can l)e clearly seen shooting uji l)et\ve(Mi the drive-|)i|)e and the string of
casing that is being blown out of tlie well.
Map of Oil Fields
The map showing the oil fields of Ontario, past and present, is published
io preserve the history of the oil development in Ontario as well as to serve as a
reference for future development. E'uquiries are often made as to where oil has
been found in Ontario, and it is hoped that this will be of value to prospectors. It
is not possible to show on a small scale all the test wells that have been drilled
and have 2")roved unproductive, but a very complete record of these wells is kept
in the Xatural Gas Commissioner's office and is available for reference by anv one
interested.
The original l^oundaries of the old oil fields are dillicult to ai'rive at ac-
curateh', as the information must be got from tlie memory of the old operators,
which is not always reliable. Xeither do any of the old reports contain any
accurate record of the limits of the old fields.
Acknowledgments are due for information received to Mr. Bookmiller of
Tilbury, C. C. Eoberts of Brantford, D." A. Coste of Niagara Falls, and many
individual jiroptM-ty owners on wliose farms wells liave been drilled
76 Department of Mines, Part V No. 4
Refining Operations
Four refineries op(>rated iu the Province in 1921, as noted hereunder:
PETROLEUM REFINERIES, 1921.
I Days |
Co.MPA.w Location of Refineryj Operated Head Office Address
British American Oil Co., Ltd Toronto, Cherry St.
Canadian Oil Companies, Limited. . Petroha
tCities Service Oil Co., Ltd Wallaceburg .
Imperial Oil, Limited Sarnia
314
Toronto, Roval Bank
Bldg.
309
Toronto, Excelsior Life
Bldg.
306
Wallaceburg.
312
Sarnia.
fThis company took over the Great Lakes Oil Company's refinery on Mar. 1, 1921.
The following table, summarized from annual reports of the Ontario Depart-
ment of Mines for the 3'ears 1907-1921 antl Dominion Bureau of Statistics for
1921, shows refinery operations for the past five years:
TABLE TIL— STATISTICS OF Pi:TROLErM REFINERIES, 1917-1921.
Schedule 1917 ! 1918
1919 1920 i 1921
<"rude i)ctn)lc\ini piodiirtion
Imp. gals 7 . 104 . 700 10 . 106 . 61 o 7 . 703 . .51.5 6 . 361 . 234 6 , 050 . 062
Value •• $ 475.000 781,097 6:32,789 724.145 466.716
American Crude, distilled,
Imp. gals 122,4:36,923 137,065,788 141.1o7,:309 148..540,.511 150,692, 113
Value " $\ 9,2:36,033 12,612,882 12,486,174 20,102,784 14,537,339
Canadian Crude, distilled,
Imp. gals 8.122.062 9,513.222 7.693.:385 (5.402. 118 5.880.086
Value •• $' .559,4.3.5 781.703 661.927 769.775 .500,418
Per cent, of total 6.22 6.49 5.17 4.13i 3.75
Products : \
Illuminating oil . . . Imp. gals. 40 . 195 , 774 36 , 211 , 715 34 , 800 , 2:33 33 , 897 , 891 29 , 774 , 134
Value •' $ 3.4.57,817 4,2.39,816, 5,073,647 6,331,706 3, .335. 200
Lubricating oil. .. Imp. gals. 12.288,466 12, .595, .305! 12. .501, 385 13,804,074 13,848.721
Value " $ 1,. 586, 270 2,118,002 2,293,640, 3,276.569 2.. 351. 975
Benzine, Naphtha, | j
Ga.soline Imp. gals. I .34.611.0.56 .39.1.56.447 44. 625.. 590 47,418.420 51.033.;337
Value " $\ S. 292. 828 10,244.;328 11,677,077| 14,485,935 12,655,244
*Gas and Fuel oil. Tar, \ ,
Imp. gals. :39,815,106 40, 949,. 3.58 40,581,499 45,025,050 44,. 364, 794
Value •' $ 2.671,414 2,943,-503 2,265,4.57 5,486.636 2.130.685
ParaffinWaxandCandles.lbs. 12, 649,. 553 13,650,128 10.903,202 10,.398,127i 10,777,994
Value " $^ 908,996 1.148.726 1,044.798 973.805 310.267
I ^ 1 '
Employees Ave. No. j 1 , 289' 1 ,3121 1 . 580l 1 , 736 1 , 560
Wages paid .$! 1,2.59,3441 1,486.677: 2.045,072 2.695..507 2,176,700
*Figures for 1921 do not include Tar product which was 18,971,400 poimds with selling value
of .11; 142, 285. 00.
INDEX
Vol. XXXI, Part V.
Page
Abray, Thomas 26
Acetylene.
Compared with natural gas .... 32
Adelaide tp., boring records 70
Ajax Oil and Gas Co 46, 73
Aldboro tp.
Gas consumption: population ... IS
Wells drilled 27
Aldrich Gas and Oil Co 23
Amabel tp., wells drilled 27
Ancaster tp 19
Artemesia tp., borings 88
Artificial gas.
Compared with natural gas .... 32
Aylmer.
Gas consumption : population ... 17
for industries 20
Azoff Natural Gas Co 25
Bailing machine.
Description and photo 34-36
Barton tp. . 19
Battle Natural Gas Co 23
Bayham tp.
Gas consumption : population ... 18
Wells drilled 27
Beaver Oil and Gas Co 23, 24, 26
Beer, George 25
Belle River.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
Oil field 72, 73
Belmont.
Gas consumption 17
for industries 20
Belmont Gas Light Co 25
Bermingham, T. C 26
Berry and Anderson 24
Bertie tp.
Gas consumption; population ... 19
Wells drilled 27
Beverly tp.
Boring records 66
Wells drilled 27
Binbrook tp.
Gas consumption: production ... 19
Wells 27
records 62-65
Binbrook Gas Co 23, 25
Blenheim.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
meter, orifice 4
Bookmiller, Mr 75
Boring for gas.
Dufferin co 69
Elgin CO 69, 70
Essex CO 48
Grey co 68
Haldimand co 50-61
Kent CO 38-47
Pagk
Boring for gas — continued.
Middlesex co 70, 71
Norfolk CO 66, 67
Operators licensed, list 24
Peel co 69
Welland co 49
Wells sunk, township list 27
Wentworth co 62-66
Boring for oil 73-75
Bothwell oil field 73
Brant co.
Gas consumption: population ... 18
wells sunk in 1921 27
Brantford.
Gas consumption 17
peak, graph 14
for industries 20
rate of flow, diagrams 11
Population 17
Brantford Gas Co 25
Bridgeburg.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
British American Oil Co 76
Bronte 74
Brown, Geo. D 46, 47
Bruce co., gas wells 27
Bunn, Forest 26
Burners.
Method of altering, for economi-
cal cooking 4
Burn, B. D 3
Cable, H 68
Caistor tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 19
wells 27
Caledonia.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
Camden tp 18
Canadian Oil Companies, Ltd 76
Canboro Gas and Oil Co 23
Canborough tp.
Boring for gas 27
records 59
Gas consumption: population .. 19
Canby, B. F 23
Canfield Natural Gas Co 23
Castle Oil and Gas Co 23-26
Cayuga.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
Cayuga tps.
Boring records 57, 58
Gas consumption: population ... 19
wells 27
Central Ontario Petroleum Co 74
Central Pipe Line Co.
Appeal to adjust prices 3
Licenses to 24, 25
Chamberlain, H. A 24
77
4— M.V.
78
Department of Mines, Part V.
No. 4
Page
Charlotteville tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 18
wells 27
Chatham.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
for industries 20
pressure 2, 3, Facing 13
Chatham tp 18
Chatham Gas Co 25
Chippawa 17
Chippawa Development Co 23, 25
Chippawa Oil and Gas Co 23, 25
Cities Service Oil Co 76
Clover Gas and Oil Co 24, 26
Coatsworth 20
Coleman, .T. A 24, 61
Comber 20
Competition.
Inadvisable in gas industry 34
Consumers of gas, statistics 17-19
Contracts, percentage. See Percentage
contracts.
Cooking by gas.
Notes on economical methods ... 5-7
Copetown 28
Coste, D. A 75
Courtright.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
for industries 20
Crowland tps.
Gas consumption : population . . 19
wells 27
records 49
Danville 17
Darling Road Co-operative Co. ... 23
Dawn tp.
Gas, new field 28
wells 27
record 49
Delhi.
Gas consumption : population . . 17
for industries 20
Dominion Natural Gas Co.
Boring at Lakeview 28
Licenses to 23-26
Dorchester tps.
Gas consumption: population ... 18
wells, records 71
Dover tps.
Gas, consumption: 18
meter, orifice 4
wells 27
records 44, 45
Oil production 72, 73
Population 18
Dresden.
Gas con.sumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
meter, orifice 4
Drilling operations. See Boring for
gas and oil.
Drilling rig, photo 74
Dumfries tp 18
Dundas.
Gas, consumption: population . . 17
for industries 20
Page
Dundas — continued.
meter, orifice 4
new well 28
price 22
Oil, new well 28, 74
Dunn tp.
Gas, consumption: population .. 19
wells 27
Dunn Natural Gas Co 25
Dunnville 20
Dunwich tp 18
"Dust" trap, notes and photo .... 15
Dutton.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
price 22
Oil field, production 72, 73
F^conomy in using gas.
Notes by Ohio State University . . 5-7
Electricity.
Compared with natural gas 30
Elgin CO.
Gas consumption 18
wells 27
records 69, 70
Population 18
Emerson, Laidlaw and Troughton 23
Empire Limestone Co 23
Enniskillen oil field, production . . 72, 73
Ennislvillen tp.
Gas consumption: population . . 18
wells 27
f]ssex.
Gas consumption: poulation .... 17
for industries 20
Essex CO.
Gas consumption: 18
wells 27
records 48
Population 18
Estlin, E. S 5
Euphemia tp.
Gas consumption: population . . 18
wells 27
Eureka Oil and Gas Co 73
Factories.
Gas for, statistics 20, 21
Featherstone, C. W 24
Fisherville Gas Co 25
Flamboro tps.
Gas consumption 19
wells 27
records 62
Population 19
Fonthill.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
supply 2
Ford 17
Fort Erie.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
Free consumers of gas 18, 19
Frontier Oil and Gas Co 26
Gainsboro tp.
Gas consumption: population .. 19
wells 27
1922
Index
79
Page
Gait.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
Gas and Oil Co., of Springvale ... 25
Gas burners. See Burners.
Gas engines.
Gas for, statistics 20, 21
Gas stoves. See Stoves.
Gasoline.
Compared with natural gas 32
Glanford tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 19
wells 27
Glencoe oil field. See IVTosa tp.
Glenwood Natural Gas Co 23-26, 48
Gosfield tps.
Boring records 48
Gas consumption: population ... 18
wells 27
Grantham tp.
Gas consumption: population . . 19
Grey co., boring records 68
Grimsby tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 19
Hagersville 17
Hamilton.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
peak load 13
pressure 9
Haldimand co.
Gas consumption: population .. 19
wells 27
records 50-61
Hamaker, Wesley 66, 67
Hamilton Gas and Oil Co 23
Harwich tp.
Gas consumption: population .. 18
Oil, boring for 74
Hendee Gas Co 23
Henderson, Geo. F 3
Henderson, R. L 74
Hepworth 17
Highgate.
Gas consumption: population . . 17
for industries 20
High Grade Natural Gas Co 25
Hoover, A. E 68
Hoover and May 24, 61
Houghton tp.
Gas consumption: population .. 18
wells 27
Howard tp.
Gas consumption: population . . 18
Humber, A 39, 40
Humberstone 17
Humberstone tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 19
wells 27
Hussey, W. J 45
Hutton, John L 73
Hyett and Johnson 74
Imperial Oil Co.
Acknowledgments 48
License 24
Oil refining 76
Page
Industrial gas consumers, statistics
17, 18. 20. 21
Industrial Natural Gas Co 23-26
Ingersoll.
Gas, consumption: population .. 17
for industries 20
Ingersoll Gas Light Co 25
Inland Oil and Gas Co 26, 73
Iron sulphate.
Removal of, from gas 15
Irvine, J. J 26
Jarvis.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
for industries 20
Jasperson, Bon 23, 24, 26, 28, 48
Johnson and Hyett 74
Kenney, John 49
Kent CO.
See also Kent gas field.
Gas consumption IS
price 22
wells 27
records 38-47
Oil, boring for 74
Population 18
Kent gas field.
Report by Wyer 29-34
ref to 2
Volume; pressure: consumption 7,8
Kerlin, R. G 2, 25
Kerosene.
Compared with natural gas .... 32
Kerwood 74
Keyser, Bert L 26, 74
Keyser Corners 74
King, Geo 70
Kingsville.
Gas consumption : population . . 17
for industries 20
meter, orifice 4
Kiser and Louer 24, 66, 69, 70
Lake Erie.
Gas wells 36, 37
Lake Shore Natural Gas Co 25
Lakeview 28
Lalor and Yokes 23
Lamb, A 23
Lambton co.
Gas consumption: 18
wells 27
Oil 72, 73
Population IS
Leakage notes 14, 15
Leamington.
Gas consumption 14, 17
peak load, graph facing 14
pressure 10
License to town 25
Population 17
Lever farm 68
Lincoln co.
Gas, consumption: population .. 19
wells 27
80
Department of Mines, Part V.
No. 4
Page
Lindsay, Ernest 36
Logs of wells. See Boring for gas .
McCarthy, CM 74
McCutcheon, T. L 24
McCiiteheon, T. J. M 57, 60
McDonald. W. H 68
McKecknie, Sam 24
McKillop, Wm 24, 62, 66
McLister, J. J 24, 58, 59
Maidstone tp.
Gas, consumption: population .. 18
Malahide tp.
Gas, consumption IS
wells 27 -
records 69, 70
Population 18
Manitoulin island 74
Manufacturers Gas Co 25
Map, oil field facing 75
Maple Leaf Oil and Gas Co 2G
Marshall, James 23
Mattagami river 74
Medina Natural Gas Co 23
Melancthon tp 69
Merritton 17
Mersea tps.
Gas, consumption 18
wells 27
records 48
Population 18
Meters.
Orifice, notes and photo 4, 5
Middleton tp.
Gas, consumption: population .. IS
wells 27
records 67
Middlesex co.
Gas, consumption: 18
wells 27
records 70, 71
Oil, boring for 74
Population IS
Midland Natural Gas Co 23, 25
Milkins, H. R. Jr 26
Mills, Hon. Henry 29
Minor, L. E 26
Moore tp.
Gas, consumption: population .. 18
Oil; boring for; production .... 72, 73
M'osa tp.
Oil; boring for; production 72, 73
Moulton tp.
Gas. consumption 19
wells 27
records 56-61
Population 19
Muirkirk 20
National Gas Co 23
Natural gas. See also Boring for gas.
Measurement of 4
Production
Shortage 1. 2
Substitutes for 32
Supply, notes '''
Natural Gas Commissioner 2, 3
Page
Natural Gas Conservation Act .... 27
Niagara Falls.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for factories 20
Nissouri tps 27
Norfolk CO.
Gas, consumption 18
wells 19, 21, 27
records 66, 67
Northern Gas and Gasoline Co. ...23, 25
Northern Pipe Line Co 25
North Shore Gas Co 23
Ohio State University.
Notes bv, on economy in using gas 5-7
Oil.
Gas an incident of prospecting for 30
Report 72-76
Oil Springs.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
for industries 20
Oil production 72, 73
Oil Springs Oil and Gas Co 23, 25
Oneida tp.
Gas, consumption 19
wells 27
records
Population 19
Onondaga tp.
Gas, consumption; population .. 18
wells 27
Oil production 72, 73
Ontario Gypsum Co 23
Open (Natural) flow.
Notes by Wyer 29
Operators in natural gas.
List of. licensed 23-25
Orford tp.
Gas, consumption: population .. 18
Orifice meters.
Notes and photo 4, 5
Oxford CO.
Gas, consumption: population ... 18
Oxford tp.
Gas, consumption: population .. 18
Paris.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
Peak loads.
Cities and towns 13, 14
Effects, notes and diagrams 8-13
Peel CO., boring records 69
Pelham.
Gas, consumption: population .. 19
Pelham tp. gas supply 2
Pens Oil and Gas Co 73
Percentage contracts.
Abolition advisable 3, 29, 32
Explanation of term 31
Petrol Oil and Gas Co 23,26
Petrolia.
Gas for industries 20
Petrolia oil field 72, 73
Petrolia Utilities Co 25
Pickering, James 69
Pilkington Bros 23, 26
1922
Index
81
Page
Plympton tp 72, 73
Point Abino 28
Populatiou.
Counties and townships 18, 19
Towns and cities 17
Port Alma.
Gas well opposite, notes and photo 3C, 37
Port Colborne.
Gas, consumption: population ... 17
for industries 20
Port Colborne-Welland Natural Gas
Co 23, 25
Port Dover.
Gas, consumption : population . . 17
for industries 20
Port Rowan 17
Prairie Siding 20
Pressure of gas.
Lowering recommended 33
Various cities, diagrams 9-12
Putnam 21
Price of natural gas.
Average retail 16
Localities in gas district 17-19
Notes by Wyer 34
Ratio of, to gas consumed 22
Price of oil 72
Provincial Gas and Oil Co 26
Provincial Natural Gas and Fuel Co.
Appeal to adjust prices 3
Boring at Point Abino 28
Licenses to 23-26
Quillinan, J. A 26
Rainham tp.
Gas, consumption: population . . 19
wells 27
Raleigh tp.
Gas, consumption IS
wells 27
records 39-41, 45, 46
Oil 72, 73
Population 18
Randall, A. E 39, 47
Rate of gas flow.
Various cities, diagrams 9-12
Referee.
Appointment of, and powers ....27, 28
Refining operations, oil 76
Relief Gas Co 2
Richmond Gas Co 23
Ridgetown.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 21
Ridgeway 21
Roberts, C. C 75
Robnett, C. W. 26
Rochester tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 18
Rock pressure.
Kent field, graphs 8, 31
Notes by Wyer 29
Rodney.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 21
Page
Romney.
Gas, consumption: population.. 17
Wells drilled 27
Rosehill Natural Gas Co 25
Rowe, E. P 74
Rowe, S. P 44
St. Catharines.
Gas, consumption: population.. 17
for industries 21
peak load, graph facing 14
rate of flow, diagrams 12
St. George 17
St. Vincent tp 68
Sandwich 21
Sandwich tps.
Gas consumption: population ... 18
Sarnia.
Gas consumption 17
for industries 21
pressure to gi'aph 13
shortage 1-3
Population 17
Sarnia tp.
Gas consumption 18
new field 28
wells 27
Oil production 72, 73
Population 18
Sarnia Gas Co 25
Saul farm 71
Scott, John 72
Sediment trap.
For removing iron sulphate from
gas, notes and photo 15
Selkirk 21
Seneca tp.
Gas, consumption 19
_ wells 27
records 50-57
Shedden-Pingal 21
Shelburne 74
Sherbrooke tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 19
wells 27
Shetland Gas Co 25
Simcoe.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 21
Smith, H. B 26
Smith. R. H 26
Snively, F. L 24, 26, 56-65, 71
Sombra tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 18
Southern Ontario Gas Co.
Appeal to adjust prices 3
Licenses to 24, 25
Southwold tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 18
Sparham, A. F 23
Staehling, E. H 26
Stamford tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 19
Sterling Natural Gas Co 23, 25
Stevensville 21
Stevensville Gas Co 23
Stover, F. H 24
82
Department of Mines, Part V., Index
No. 4
Page
Stover Drilling Co 45
Stoves for "sulphur" gas 7
Stroup, John 38, 44, 46
Substitutes for natural gas 32
"Sulphur gas."
Notes by Wyer 30
Special stove for burning 7
Sundy Gas Well Co 23
Symmes, H. D 26
Tecumseh 17
Thames Oil and Gas Co 26
Thamesville oil field 72, 73
Thorold.
Gas, consumption: population .. 17
for industries 21
Thorold tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 19
Tilbury.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 21
Tilbury tps.
Gas consumption 18
meters, orifice 4
wells 27
records 38, 41-43, 46, 47
See also Port Alma.
Oil production 72, 73
Population 18
Tillsonburg.
Gas consumption : population . . 17
for industries 21
Toronto 8
Toronto tp., boring record 68
Tupperville 17
Union Exploration Co 24, 26, 29
Union Natural Gas Co.
Appeal to adjust prices 3
Licenses to 23-25
Wells sunk by 41-43
in Dawn tp 28
United Gas and Fuel Co 25
United Gas Companies, Ltd 23-25
Universal Gas and Oil Co 24, 26
Vacuum Oil and Gas Co 23
Valley Oil and Gas Co.
Boring at Dundas and Copetown 28, 74
Licenses to 26
Vienna 17
Waddell, J. C 73
Wainfleet tp.
Gas consumption: population ... 19
wells 27
Walkerville.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
for industries 21
Wallaceburg.
Gas consumption : population . . 17
for industries 21
Wallaceburg Gas Co 4, 25
Page
Wallacetown 21
Walpole tp.
Gas consumption 19
wells 27
records 50, 57, 58
Population 9
Walsingham tp.
Gas consumption : population . . 18
wells 27
records 66, 87
Waste of gas
Notes by Wyer 30, 31
Rules to prevent 33
Welland.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
industries 21
Welland co.
Gas consumption 1&
wells 27
records 49
Population 19
Wellandport 21
Wells.
List of, 1921 27
See also Boring for gas.
Wentworth co.
Gas consumption: population .. 19
well records 62-66
Western Counties Gas Co 26
West Lome.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
for industries 21
Wheatley 17
Wiles, Charles H 26
Williams. A 26
Williams, M. Y 72
Willoughby tp.
Gas consumption: population .. 19
wells 27
Windham tp.
Gas consumption: population .. IS
wells drilled 27
Windsor.
Gas consumption: population ... 17
for industries 21
meter, orifice 4, 5
pressure, graphs 9, facing 14
shortage 1-3
Windsor Gas Co 25
Winger, S. W 26
Wolfe, E 40, 41
Woodhouse tp.
Gas consumption: population .. 18
wells 27
records 66, 67
Woodstock.
Gas consumption: population .. 17
for industries 21
Woodstock Gas Light Co 25
Wyer, Samuel S.
Report by, on Kent gas field ..2, 29-34
PROVINCE or ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
lluN. H. Mills, AIixistek of Mi-nes Thos. W. Gibsox, Deputy JNIixister
THIRTV=FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART VI,
1922
Geology and Minerals
OF THE
COUNTY of LEEDS
By
M. B. Baker
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE uEQISLATiVE ASSEMBLE OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed by CLARKSON W. JAMKS, Printer to the King's Most Kxcellent Majesty
1923
Printed by
THE RYERSON PRESS
CONTENTS
Vol. XXXI, Part VI.
Page.
Introduction 1
Topography 2
Age cJassification of the rocks of
the area 2
Grenville 3
Crystalline Limestone 3
Quartzite 4
Gneisses 6
Breccia 6
Laurentian 7
Mica and Phosphate 9
Algoman 10
Page
Pegmatite dikes 11
Feldspar 12
Granite for Building Uses .... 13
Keweenawan 14
Nickel and Iron Ore 15
Cambrian 16
Iron Ores 16
Building Stone 17
Sandstone for glass-making ... 18
Ordovician 20
Glaciation and its effects 20
Summary of Economic Minerals ... 23
ILLUSTRATIONS
Page
Frontispiece facing 1
Fig. 1 — Grenville crystalline limestone, showing original bedding preserved ..... 4
Fig. 2 — Grenville quartzite in perfect conformity with crystalline limestone 5
Fig. 3 — Pseudo-conglomerate of fragments of paragneiss in matrix of crystalline
limestone 7
Fig. 4 — Grenville gneiss, showing prominent Ut-par-Vit intrusions of Laurentian.. 8
Fig. 5 — Algoman pegmatite dike which cuts Algoman granite, WashTourn 11
Fig. 6 — Lyndhurst Granite Quarries, showing perfect jointing of the
Algoman granite 13
Fig. 7 — Joint blocks of Algoman granite from the quarries of A. C. Brown,
Lyndhurst 14
Fig. 8 — Grenville limestone and Algoman pegmatite, both cut by dike
of Keweenawan trap 15
Fig. 9 — Cliff-like front of Potsdam sandstone with conglomerate at base, rest-
ing on Grenville gneiss floor 16
Fig. 10 — Contact of Black River limestone with Algoman granite 17
GEOLOGICALLY COLOURED MAP
No. 31r-. — Leeds County, scale 2 miles to the inch. {In pocket inside Jyack cover.)
Ciii) .
Frontispiece
Great War \"eterans' Memorial at Lyndhurst, Leeds county. Tlie Algoman granile from which
the monument was cut came from the local cniariv of A. C. Prown.
GEOLOGY AND MINERALS OF THE COUNTY OF LEEDS
Bv M. B. Baker
Introduction
Accompanying the report of the Eoyal Commission on the Mineral Resources
of Ontario (1890) is a small scale map prepared from the various Dominion
survevs made between the years 1842 and 1882. In the vicinity of the Thousand
Islands this map shows the Paleozoic sediments lying against the pre-Cambrian
complex, but the latter is shown merely under tlie old classification oC Laurentian
and Huronian.
In 1901 the Geological tSurvey of Canada issued a report^ .along with a map
showing portions of the counties of Frontenac, Renfrew, Lanark, and Leeds.
This ]iiap also outlines the Paleozoic and pre-Cambrian in much more detail,
but no attempt is made to subdivide the pre-Camlbrian, and it is there,fore shown
in one colour. The map shows that between Kingston on the west, and Brock-
ville on the east, is a belt of pre-Cambrian rocks, which like an isthmus joins two
very large areas of similar character, one to the northwest in eastern Ontario,
and the other to the southeast in the State of New York, U.S.A.
In 1910 there was issued by the New York State Museum, Bulletin No. 145
"On the Geology of the Thousand Island Region,'^ with a detailed description,
and an excellent geological map of New York State. References were made to
the probable continuation of some of these formations into Canadian territory.
Thus it seemed advisable to have the area in Ontario immediately adjoining the
boimdary line, geologically surveyed, especially as the geology of this area is
typical of a much larger one, which yields excellent economic deposits of mica,
talc, phosphate, feldspar, quartz, and many other minerals. In 1916 the writer
made a geological report with a map of the south part of Frontenac county for the
Bureau of ]\Iines.^ The present report and map should be examined in con-
junction with those of 1916, as the two are contigitous and together cover the
geology of the area between Kingston and Broclndlle, about the Thousand Is-
lands, and for a distance of approximately thirty miles north of the International
boundary line.
Tlie production of the map was supervised by W. R. Rogers, topographer
of tlie Department of Mines, to wliom the writer tenders his thanks.
Contoured roads maps issued by the Military Surveys Branch of the Depart-
ment of Militia and Defence, Ottawa, were used as a base for the work in the
south and east parts of the country. The Ontario Department of Highways
sujjplied the liase map for the balance of the area covered.
^Geol. Sur. Can., Vol. XII, Pt. 1. Iron Ore Deposits along the Kingston and Pembroke
Kailway, by E. D. Ingall.
=Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XXV, 1916, Pt. III. The Geology of Kingston and vicinity. By
M. B. Baker.
1
Department of Mines, Part VI.
No. 4
Topography
The general topography of this area is that characteristic of pre-Cambrian
formations occupying the eastern portion of Canada. Tlie whole area represents
a very ancient peneplain, the result of long periods of erosion, in which all prom-
inences have heen pretty well removed. The rocks making up the area are
almost all metajnorphosed, so that their schistose and gneissic structures have
formed lines of weakness, along which erosion took place more readily than it
did across the structure. The result has been a series of ridges and hollows
whose longer axes lie northeast and southwest.
Differences in hardness of the rocks has given rise to a series of ridges and
hollows, M'^hich correspond in direction with the general gneissic structure. The
]nost jH'onounced hollows, usually occupied by lakes, are .formed where the rocks
■were crystalline limestone, while the ridges forming the watersheds between the
lakes and drainage channels are composed of the most resistant rooks, for example,
granite gneisses or other metamorphosed igneous rocks.
Eecent glaciation has refreshed this topography merely, but not produced
it, for an examination of the area clearly shows that the present contour was
developed before the Cambrian sediments were laid upon it. In many places
thin outhers of Cambrian sediments still remain, and beneath these the old topo-
graphy of i^re-Cambrian rocks can he clearly seen. It differs in no way from the
exposed portions, and shoAvs plainly that the topography of the pre-Cambrian
areas was developed in ])re-Canil)rian times. While locally it is very rough, being
made up of mounds and hollows, swamps, lakes, and river valleys, there are ]io
great contrasts in altitude. All the ridges are of about equal height, approxi-
mately 650' feet above the sea. so that the whole area presents an even sky-line,
when \'iewed from the top of any one mound or ridge.
Age Classification of the Rocks of the Area
Below is the classification of the rocks, according to their age relations, used
in this report and on the ar-companyiug map. The oldest rocks are at the bottom
of the table.
?leistocp:ne
PALEOZOIC
RECENT
GLACIAL
ORDOVICIAX
CAMBRIAN
Marl and peat beds, shallow water deposits,
and sand dunes,
r Laminated clays, sand and fine gravel; all
< sorted products of glacial till.
L Boulder clay, unsorted glacial till.
' Leray and Lowville — ■
coarse limestones.
Pamelia formation — a
fine-textured 1 i m e-
stone.
Rideau beds (basal
member of Pamelia),
shales, sandy lime-
stones and conglom-
erates.
Black Eiver-
Potsdam-
Sandstones.
1922 Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds 3
GREAT UNCONFORMITY.
( KEWEENAWAN.. Trap, diabase and gabbro intrusives.
I
INTRUSIVE CONTACT.
ALGOM'AN Coarse-grained granite and syenite Intru-
sives, with later pegmatites.
I INTRUSIVE CONTACT
I LAURENTIAN. . . .Grey to pink, medium to fine-grained, gra-
PEE-CAMBRIAN i nitic gneisses.
INTRUSIVE CONTACT
GRENVILLB
White, coarsely crystalline limestone, with
quartzite and rusty-weathering gneisses.
Dark green to black gneisses, thoroughly im-
pregnated with minute dikes of Lauren-
tian granite, now also changed to gneiss.
Qrenville
The earliest members of the geological record have been the subject of inten-
?ive study, re-grouping, and re-classification by many geologists. It is doubtful
if any other group of rocks has received so much attention. The earliest geo-
logis-ts claimed that the pre-Camhrian was almost entirely a group of igneous
rocks, in most complex relationship, and it was only in recent years that any
appreciable amount of sedimentary material has been admitted to the pre-Algo-
man complex. It is now well established that a large part o,f the oldest form-
ations yet disco'vered are sediments, and the Grenville is becoming a more compre-
hensive group than formerly.
In 1907 a paper^ was written on "The Grenville-ITastings Unconformity"
by "W. Gr. Miller and C. W. Knight, in which they stated that a sedimentary series,
which they called the Grenville, rested on .an older floor of hasic lavas, which
they called the Keewatin. The Keewatin is therefore the oldest formation yet
discovered in Ontario, and is entirely igneous in origin, and composed largely
of basic lava flows. The Grenville, on the contrary, is almost entirely sediment-
ary in origin, a pant heing chemically deposited, and lies for the most part upon
the Keewatin. Some of the beds are interlaid with the later Keewatin flows in
much the same manner as are the Keweenawan sediments and volcanic flows
of Keweenaw Point on Lake Superior.
In northwestern Ontario the Keewatin is abundantly present and the Gren-
ville rather scarce. In southeastern Ontario, on the contrary, the Keewatin is
practically wanting, while the Grenville is abundant. A glance at the map
accompanying the report on the Kingston area^ and the map accompanying this
report brings this fact out very prominently. No recognizalde Keewatin was
seen in either area examined by the writer, but large areas of Grenville sediment
are indicated.
Crystalline Limestone
The most easily recognized member of the Grenville series is crystalline
limestone, but closely associated with tliis are quartzites, rusty- weathering
gneisses, and dark green to lilack micaceous, liornl)lende, or garnetiferous
'Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XVI. 1907, Pt. 1. Page 221.
-Idem. Vol. XXV, 1916, Pt. III.
Department of Mines, Part VI.
No. 4
gneisses aud schists. Tiie liinestoues are as a rule coarsely crystalline, tiie
individual grains being frequently as large as peas. They are rather pure
as a whole, but in many places contain flake graphite, phlogopite, hematite,
chondrodite, vesuvianite, diopside, quartz, and other minerals. Their softer char-
acter has rendered them more susceptible to erosion 'than the accompanying rocks,
so that they occupy the basins of the various lakes of the area, and are also the
valley bottoms of many of the northeast-southwest drainage channels. This is a very
pronounced feature of the area, and is well brought out on the accompanying
map. The section which accompanies the map, and which cuts across the strikes
of the rocks, shows well the depressed portions of Grenville limestone, due to
its rapid erosion, as compared with the more resistant areas of Algoman granite,
or Gren\ille and Laurentian gneisses.
The original bedding of the limestones can still be seen in many places, and
shows the series to be standing at high angles from ii) to G5 degrees, Fig. 1.
Pig. 1. — Grenville crystalline limestone, showing original bedding preserved.
The constancy of strike in this series, and the pronounced isoclinal dip o.f most
ci-oss-sections. have led to numei'ous discussions as to the total thickness of these
sedimentary beds. The writer attempted to work out the structure from the
crystalline belts, but found the dips so variable that he was unable to do this
.satisfactorily. It would appear, however, that the great belts of gneiss, crystal-
line limestone, and quartzite shown on the accompanying map are due to repeated
isoclinal folding of the Grenville series, and do not indicate the enormous thick-
ness of original sediments asserted by some investigators. Even this conception
means that each of these belts would represent a series of great thickness, tilted
up at a high angle.
Quartzite
The Grenville quartzite is a compact greenish to white rock, often showing
the distinct banding or bedding of the original sandstone from which it was
1923
Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds
formed, Fig. 2. The masses are so dense and hard that tht>y rurni
very prominent features in the landscape, usually istanding up as distinct ridges
with their long axes running northeast and southwest, while softer members of
the Grenville series occur in parallel hollows and valleys. In many places the
quartzite is in contact with the crystalline limestone, and small bands of qnartz-
ite from two to ten inches thick are interlaminated with the limestone.
Analysis of this (jiuirtzite is given below:
Per cent.
SiO. 98.14
CaO 35
Al.,0. 88
Fe.O:. 41
99.78
This quartzite would be suitable for tlie manufacture of silica refractories,
e.g. silica brick, but it is not suitable for glass manufacture on account of the
PTUshing which it requires, and which would give a very high percentage of
angular fiiies.
Fig. 2. — Grenville (juartzite in perfect conformity with crystalline limestone, show-
ing original bedding of both and the superior hardness of quartzite.
In examining any unmetamorphosed section of sedimentary rocks the out-
standing features will admittedly be the prominent bedding planes; the con-
tinuity of composition and texture along the bedding; and the abrupt and
numerous changes in composition and texture across their bedding. Keep-
ing these features in mind, one would expect that a metamorphosed series
of sedimentary rocks would show, in addition to the gneissic or schistose structure,
a marked banding or belting in the direction of the original bedding, and a
variety of colours and textures in the several bands, depending on their changing
composition, across the former bedding. This is a feature of the Grenville series
that cannot be too much emphasized.
Department of Mines, Part VI.
No. 4
Gneisses
Great belts or zones of rusty-weathering gneisses, together ^vith green
to black micaceous, hornblendic, or garnetiferous gneisses are to be found
throughout the area under consideration. They are shown on the map in blue
coloration, and their pronounced northeasterly extension is very evident. They
are closely inter-belted with bands of crystalline limestone or with quartzite.
The rusty-weathering effect is due to the oxidation of pyrites, which most of
them contain in scattered grains. The most prominent feature of these gneisses
i.« their pronounced platy cleavage in addition to the gneissic texture. TJsua,lly
this platy cleavage corresponds in direction with the gneissic texture, and also
with the dip and strike of the accompanying crystalline limestone belts.
Chemical analysis of highly metamorphosed rock is of value in determining
the origin of the series, especially when taken in conjuction with field relation-
ships. Samples of the.se gneisses were therefore selected and the analyses are
shown below. ^
Si02
AI2O3
FeoOs
Ca 0 Mg 0
K2O
NaoO
CO2
X 0
Total
45.14
48.34
59.08
11.20
12.71
13.90
2.40
5.43
3.30
20.42 3.26
19.85 1.66
10.68 3.50
3.86
2.51
4.23
2.90
2.64
1.61
!
10.08 ! 99.26
2.90 3.92 99.52
1.05 3.40 100.75
The writer has already stated his doubt as to the value of chemical analyses
of highty metamorphosed rock, but considered in the light of field relationships,
distribution, and geological form of occurrence, rock analyses certainly offer
evidence of reliable and confirmatory value. The low percentage of silica and
potash might suggest a basic igneous rock, but the accompanying low percentage
of ferro-magne.sian constituents preclude this possibility. The rather high per-
centage of alumina and calcium carbonate confirm the claim for a highly cal-
careous set of sediments, accompanying the crystalline limestones and qnartzites.
From the field relationships and the analyses it is probable that the rusty-weather-
ing gneisses represent sandy sediments which were originally present with the lime-
stone, and "v^'iiich suffered metamorphism along with it, in order to produce the
gneissic characters now shown.
Breccia
A very frequent occurrence in the area is a pseudo-agglomerate or breccia,
made up of fragments of gneiss in a matrix of crystalline limestone. In
many cases the fragments of gneiss are in alignment, or carry out a warp or
curve indicating a flow-like structure. Fig. 3. They undoubtedly represent
the more resistant, brittle fragments of the paragneisses that have been mashed
up with the crystalline limestone when undergoing deformation. The limestone
being so much so.fter, sianply mashed up and flowed about the brecciated gneiss.
This is a very .striking rock, and is abundant throughout the area. It form's
one more proof that the belted gneisses, accompanying the crystalline limestone,
are of sedimentary origin, and were clayey to sandy impure sediments of Oren-
'Analyses by W. K. McNeill, Provincial Assayer, Toronto.
1922
Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds
ville age, which sufEered metamorphisni along with the purer limestones and
sandstones to form the highly complicated and intimately mixed group now knouTi
as the Grenville series.
In addition to the calcareous group just described and mapped in blue colour,
there are many other areas of micaceous and horn!blendi(i gneisses in parallel
position with the calcareous belts, but they lack the lenses of crystalline lime-
stone. Their outstanding feature is their platy cleavage, in addition to the
gneissic texture. They also are believed by the writer to be largely impure sedi-
ments, but he is unable to prove that they are not partly igneous in origin. They
may represent a most intimate mixture of Grenville sediments with inter-lam-
inated Laureutian intrusions in lii-par-lit injection. For this reason they are
mapped in a different colour, green. In many places they resemble the gneissic
parts of the typical Grenville. but in other places they are so characteri.stieally
'*-*;4^^ ^Jgi^
Fig.
-Pseudo-conglomerate of rusty-weathering fragments of paragneiss in a
matrix of Grenville crystalline limestone.
granitic or syenitic, that their resemblance to the Laureutian is more striking.
As they may be a mixture of the Grenville with the Laureutian, they are so
mapped by the writer.
Laurentian
The Laurentian has been defined by the International Committee on nomen-
clature as consisting of the great masses of gneissic granite that invade the
Grenville series, and nothing younger.^ It is essential that this point be insisted
upon because another iseries of pink granites, often somewhat gneissic, invades
the GrenviUe and also later formations, and it is only by stratigraphic field exam-
ination that these two can be definitely distinguished. The Laurentian is gran-
itic for the most part, but also has syenitic phases. It is medium to fine-grained,
pinkish to grey in colour, and always strongly gneissic in texture. A small
'Jour. Geo!., Vol. XV, 1907, Page 216.
8
Department of Mines, Part VI
No. 4
amount of mica (biotite) is usually present, and this senses to bring out prom-
inently the gneissic structure on weathered surfaces. There are three belts of
predominantly Laurentian rocks, sufficiently large and free from accompanying
Grenville material to show their real character, exposed in the area mapped. One
of tliese extends from just east of (rananoque in a northeasterly direction along
the river front to Youge Mills. A second area is shown west of Newboro lake,
while a third area, and much the most characteristic one, occupies all the northern
part of the township of South Crosby. A chemical analysis by W. K. McXeill
from the second of these areas mentioned shows it to be a typical granite converted
into gneiss by metamorphism.
>Si02
AI2O3 Fe 0
FesOs
CaO
MgO K2O
Na20 XO
Total
64.45
14.11 j 0.10
8.96
tr
1
0.19 7.20 1.62 3.64
100.27
Fig. 4. — Grenville gneiss, showing prominent Ut-i»ir-Ut intrusions of Laurentian.
In addition to the larger masses of Laurentian gneiss there are areas, as
mentioned above under the discussion of the Grenville, which show a most intim-
ate mixture of minute intrusive dikes of Laurentian rocks into the bedded Gren-
ville sediment. They appear as abundant lens-like bands whose longer axes
correspond to the gneissic and bedded direction of the sediments, Fig. 4.
A typical area of this kind extends from just north of Gananoque Junction
iiortheasterly to Charleston lake. Another area is shown about Sand lake, just north
of Jones Falls. Here excellent exposures of the crushed or mashed Grenville are
peen where iihe intrusive Laurentian granite appears to have caused the crushing.
These minute dikes of Laurentian granite are so numerous that it is difficult
to determine which formation predominates. It is therefore scarcely possible to
decide whether the area should be mapped as Grenville or Laurentian. A mixed
1922 Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds
symbol has accordingly been used lor them, la many places the alternate bands
of Grenville and Laurentian gneisses are not over half an inch thick, and are
repeated so often as to produce a most striking result. Many of the small
i.aurentian dikes jog across the bedding of the Grenville gneisiS from layer to
layer, so as to preclitde the possibility of their being contemporaneous in age.
No close examination of the Grenville where it is intruded by large masses
of Laurentian rock, can fail to emphasize the importance of the contact of these
two. Almost everywhere that a large body of Laurentian intrudes a similar
body of Grenville rocks, a zone of contact metamorphism is the result. Many
contact minerals were generated, and some in such large quantities as to Ije of
economic value. Two of these, apatite or calcium phosphate, and plilogopite
or amber mica, have been largely mined; while a third mineral, calcite, or
coarsely crystallized limeistone, is now being mined and is finding a market in
ground form in the manufacture of paints, and as a filler for paper.
Mica and Phosphate
Southeastern Ontario has long been known as an important producer
of phlogopite or amber mica. In the "Geology of Canada," issued by the
Geological Society in 1863, reference is made by Sir William Logan to the
occurrence of mica in this area. He says, "it appears probable that by
further exploration in this region and in Grenville, sufficient quantities of mica
could be obtained to supply a large demand.^'
All early reports of mica occurrences speak of its association with phosphate,
and in ,fact, the phosphate industry flourished long before the mining of mica
was carried on. In 1868 apatite was mined by the Eideau Mining Company in
"NTorth Burgess township, and was shipped to Germany, It then brought seven
dollars per ton. In 1871 apatite was discovered in the township of Loughborough
by H. G. Vennor. Mica then began to be mined as a by-product in the phoisphate
industry-. It was not, however, until after 1890 that there was any appreciable
demand for mica. Of the great quantity that had been mined in the phosphate
industry, and thrown on the dumps, only a very small portion of the choicest sizes
found a market.
After 1890 both mica and phosphate found sale for a time. l)ut the placing of
the easily mined phosphates of the southern states on the market, soon
stopped the sale of the harder and more costly phosphate of southeastern On-
tario. A demand for this phosphate is being revived, however, and the Chemical
Products Limited of Trenton, Ontario, is now in the market to purchase a sup-
ply. It is not the writer's intention to deal in detail with the mica industry.
Monograph 'No. 118 on mica, issued in 1913 by the Mines Branch, Department of
!>rines. Ottawa, is full of information for those who wish particulars. Suf-
fice it to say that along the contact of the Laurentian intrusives with the highly
calcareous Gremdlle formation were developed scattered crystals of pyroxene,
phlogopite, apatite, calcite, scapolite, graphite, and other minerals, showing clearly
that these minerals were brought into being as contact metamorphic crystalliza-
tions, and were the result of a siliceous magma coming in contact with a dolomitic
country rock.
In many cases the contact produced a rather fine-grained crystalline rock
composed largely of pyroxene, mica, and apatite, which may easily be taken for a
10 Department of Mines, Part VI No. 4
pyroxenite, and from its position would appear to be intrusive, as has been so
frequentl}' claimed. At other places raore open and spacious contacts developed
larger crystals, and it is from these that the merchantable mica and apatite are
got. Pyroxene crystals six inches square, aj^atite crystals up to ten inches in
diameter, sphene four inches across, and zircons half an inch to a side and an
inch and a half in length, and other crystals of similar dimensions have made
these localities famous as collecting grounds for the mineTalogist. The writer
would therefore advise prospectors for mica, to search out contacts of Grenville
sediments (mapped in blue colour) with Laurentian gneisses (mapped in green)
and follow these contacts for the location of economic deposits. That the granitic
intrusion which caused the metamorphism and mineralization, was Laurentian
in age, and not Algoman, is certain, because both Algoman and later rocks cut
these mica-phosphate deposits.
Algoman
In their work in southeastern Ontario, Miller and Knight showed that a
series of intrusive granites and syenites cut the Hastings group, which they
considered the equivalent of the Timiskaming series.^ These intrusives are called
Algoman. The Avriter cannot prove that the igneous masses which he has placed
in the Algoman are post-Timiskaming, but they are clearly later than the
Laurentian, for they cut it, and since they correspond in every other respect with
the post-Timiskaming intrusives of the area lying immediately to the northwest,
and described by Miller and Knight, he believes them to be identical in age, i.e.,
Algoman.
Similar occurrences are found in the Thousand Islands region described by
Gushing in his report of that area." Regarding these rocks Gushing says: —
This (Picton granite) is the latest, most extensive, most interesting, and most exten-
sively quarried Across the border in Canada, it seems to have large extent,
though it has not yet been differentiated from the Laurentian in mapping. If, how-
ever, we are correct in correlating the granite at Kingston, Ontario, with this rock, a
batholith of considerable extent is implied. The general rock is rather a bright red
granite of quite coarse grain. It varies much in this respect, however, and much of the
border rock is of much finer grain. Red feldspars constitute 75 per cent, or more of the
rock. Considerable quartz is usually present, and is frequently characterized by a
slightly bluish cast, which makes a helpful diagnostic feature of the rock. Hornblende
and biotite are sufficiently abundant to show prominent black spots in the otherwise
red rock. In all likelihood the rock can be carried across on the Canadian islands to
the mainland, and thence west to Kingston, but until this has been done some reserve
must be felt in making the correlation.
A casual examination of these later granites, syenites, and their accompany-
ing dikes, causes one to hesitate in attempting to distinguish them from typical
Laurentian members which they so closely resemble. Where the Timiskaming series
is present the age of these granites and syenites is of course readily determined. Even
where no Timiskaming is present by which to fix the ages of the Algoman, a close
examination brings out the following characteristics: — The rock is coarser-grained
than the Laurentian, and is composed of pink orthoclase and microcline feldspars,
with quartz bluish to milky coloured instead of clear, glassy, and colourless. Bio-
tite and hornblende are often present, but occur in larger grains and are not so
abundant as in the Laurentian members. The rocks .are distinctly redder in general
appearance, noticeably fresher and undecomposed. They are very much less gneis-
^Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XXII., 1913, Pt. II. P. 130.
-New York State Museum Bulletin 145.
1922
Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds
11
sold than the Laiireiitiau; in fact, most ol' the granites and syenites of Algoman
age sliOAV no gneissic strnctnres at all, and are typical medium- to coarse-grained,
plutonic crystallizations.
A gneissic structure is, however, often shown fairly well developed along the
margins of the mass, but even here such structure is indicated rather by the
draTm-out character or alignment of the dark minerals, than by the crushed and
dynamically squeezed appearance of typically Laurentian gneisses. This align-
inent of dark constituents in the Algoman borders appears to ])e due more to
a flow structure produced while the mass was still potentially liquid, by a rubbing
or flow along its margins, than to true gneissosity due to subsequent dynamic
forces. From these main differences it is possible to distinguish with a great
degree of certainty between Laurentian gneisses and the much later Algoman
granites and syenites, even when these are gneissic in structure.
Fig. 5. — Algoman pegmatite dike which
cuts Algoman granite, Wasliburn,
Rideau canal.
Pegmatite Dikes
As a final phase of the Algoman intrusion, and after it had
(ooled sufficiently to be .jointed and fractured, came a series of pegmatite dikes,
which showed a considerable tendency to differentiate, Fig. .5; so much so, that
large economic deposits of feldspar, and o.f quartz have resulted in many cases.
This feldspar is pink in colour and is largely microcline; at other times it is an
intimate miji:ture of orthoclase and microcline, in microperthitic texture. The
quartz of the pegmatites is also in sufficiently large masses to be mined separately,
12 Department of Mines, Part VI. No. 4
and used in the mannfacture of lerro-silicon bronze, and in other industries re-
quiring silica.
Where these Algoman pegmatite dikes cut Grenville or Laurentian gneisses,
they form coarse-textured, pink-coloured dikes whose feldspar is rich in potash,
running usually 13 per cent. On the other hand, where these dikes cut Grenville
crystalline limestone, they yield white or bleached-looking pegmatites, composed
of pale, white feldspars carrvdng about 6 per cent, .of potash and 3 per cent, o.f
soda. In these white pegmatites, moreover, there is not the same tendency to
differentiation as in the pink ones, and in no deposit seen by the writer was the
feldspar sufficiently free from quartz intergrowth to yield merchantable feldspar.
Contemporaneous crystallization yielding graphic granite texture, iseems to have
been the rule in these dikes. Even fragments of apparently clear white feldspar,
when examined under a microscope, show abundant micro-pegmatitic intergrowths of
quartz.
Dr. Cashing, in his report on the Thousand Islands region, records similar
effects where granitic dikes cut cr^^stalline limestone. He adds the very interest-
ing information that he discoloured the pink feldspars by heating them over an
ordinary Bunsen burner in the presence of limestone.^
Feldspar
Feldspar in more or less pure form has been mined from the Algoman
pegmatite dikes of eastern Ontario for twenty years. It is used chiefly
in the glazing of electric insulators, reflectors, toilet and bath equipment, earthen-
ware, china, decorative tile, etc. It is also used in finely ground form in the
manufacture of the body of heavy insulators for hydro lines, all classes of common
earthenware, and floor tile. For these purposes it is mixed vnth. ground quartz
and with a good quality of china clay. The moulded or dry-pressed article is
fired to a solid porcelain-like body, and Is later glazed or not as required.
It is to be noted that for glazing purposes the feldspar needs to be as pure
a? it is possible to get it, otherwise checks, blotches, flaAvs and discolorations ap-
pear. For the manufacture of earthenware or porcelain a certain percentage of
quartz is not objectionable, for in any event quartz will be later added in the
mix. The writer has mentioned above that two classes of Algoman pegmatite
dikes occur. In one the ingredients are so weU segregated or differentiated that
clean feldspar can be obtained from them, such as is demanded by the glazing
industry. In the other pegmatites it w^as pointed out that they took on a grapliic
granite texture where the quartz and feldspar are most intimately mixed. If
the percentage of quartz is not too high, say over 15 per cent., these dikes can be
used and cobbed to a saleable product for the porcelain, tile, or earthenware in-
dustry, but the material will not command so high a price. These two features
should be clearly borne in mind in prospecting for feldspar, or in offering it for
sale to the manufacturer. It should also be remembered that the presence of
mica, hornblende, or touTmaline •mil condemn the product for either use, so that
many otherwise promising feldspar deposits are useless on this account. These
minerals cause flaws, uneven textures, and discolorations of the article, or of the
glaze, as the case may be.
'New York State Bulletin No. 145, Page 179.
1922
Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds
13
Granite for Building Uses
The Algomaii nuisses of gruuite and syenite show jointing as a rule,
and in many places the jointing is remarkably good. Figure Q, allowing
the rock to be quarried into fine building blocks and monumental stones,
Avliile the smaller waste pieces are readily trimmed to paving blocks or
cobble-stone. A promising industry is being Irailt up in paving blocks, and
also larger granite monumental or building-blocks in this vicinity. The Wood-
burn Granite Quarries, Gananoque, operated by Charles Gordon and associates,
^md the Lyndhurst Granite Quarries at Lyndhurst belonging to A. C. Brown,
iive the chief producers at present. Those granites are being used also
Fig. 6. — Quarries Lyndhurst Granite, showing perfect jointing
of the Algoman granite.
for polished and lettered monuments, and for red to pink granites the writer
has no liesitation in recommending them as the equal of anything in colour and
durability he has seen. A good example is seen in the Great War Veterans'
memorial monument -erected at Lyndhurst. (See Frontispiece) . This stone was
supplied from the quarries of A. U. Brown, situated near the western end of the
large exposure of Algoman granite extending westward from the village of
Lyndhurst to Whitefish lake. Figs. 6 and 7. Tombstone men will do well to look
into this source of supply before going to the expense of importing red granites,
that are in no way superior, but cost much more.
14
Department of Alines, Part VI,
No. 4
Keweenawan
The youngest of the pre-Cambrian rocks iu the county of Leeds is a group
of diabases, traps and gabbro intrusives. These cut the Algoman as well as all
earlier rocks. In other parts of Ontario a great series of sediments, which lie
unconformably on the Algoman, and which are known as Animikie in age, are
cut by a similar set of basic dikes and sills, and their age is therefore fixed.
Since in this area no Animikie rocks are to be found, it can only be said that
these later dikes are post-Algoman, but as was the case in considering the Algo-
man, tlie per.fect similarity of material and structure seems to justify the correl-
ation of these basic intrusives with the proven Keweenawan of other areas. The
Fig. 7. — Joint blocks of Algoman granite from the quarries
of A. C. Brown, Lyndhurst.
only alternative is to introduce other periods of igneous activity than those
generally recognized throughout the pre-Cambrian rocks of Ontario, and this
is much less justifiable than to correlate them with the already well-known and
established periods.
These dikes and intrusives vary from fine-grained traps to coarse gabbro-
jike masses. A microscopic examination of them shows that they are mostly
augite diabases, whether fine or coarse-grained. They show the most beautiftil
ophitic textures, with lath-like blades and crystals of basic plagioelase, cutting
1922
Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds
15
into and through large honey-coloured crystals of augite. Their texture is there-
fore identically like that of the other Avell-knoMii Keweenawan areas of northern
Ontario. Moreover, they carry traces of nickel, a further strong evidence from
the standpoint of consanguinity. They are remarkably fresh and undecomposed,
and are therefore believed to be the youngest of the pre-Cambrian rocks in this
area. Fig. 8.
Nickel and Iron Ore
Dr. AVillet G. Miller drew attention to tlie possible economic
value of these basic intrusives in 189^^ where he notes the occurrence
of nickel in the titaniferous luagjietites associated with them. An investi-
gation of these titaniferous juagnetites showed the presence of nickel in every
case, and often cobalt in traces as well. The now famous deposits of nickel,
cobalt and si her of the Cobalt region of nortliern Ontario are of this same age.
Fig 8. — Grenville crystalline limestone cut by Algonian pegmatite and both of
these cut by a vertical dike of Keweenawan trap.
It has also heen claimed that the iron produced from titaniferous ores is a
tougher and better iron for many purposes th.an that from non-titanium
ores. More recent improvements in electrical smelting strongly suggest a
market in the near future, for these hitherto condjemned ores.
Eegarding segregations of iron ore in the coaser-grained gabbroic masses,
only two are found in the area under consideration. They are known as the
Chaffey mine, lot 2(\, con. \J, in tlie township of South Orosby ; and the j\lat-
thews mine, lot 1, con. YI, in the townshij) of Xorth Crosby. Both of these
deposits were worked as early as 1858, and continued operating in a desultor}-
fashion till 1871. The ore was shipped by water to Cleveland, Ohio, and bv rail
from there to Pittsburg. Analyses of this ore show metallic iron varying i)etween
50 and 60 per cent., while titanium oxide ran from traces to as much as 16.4
per cent. ; no analysis for nickel content was given.
'Ont. Bur. Mines. Vol. VII. 1S97, p. 2.30.
16
Department of Mines, Part VI.
No. 4
Cambrian
The intrusions of the Keweenawan period closed the pre-Cambrian in this
as in other parts of Ontario. A long interval of weathering and erosion followed^,
during which the Keweenawan and all earlier rocks were subjected to processes
of donudatioi! to such an extent ais to produce practically the same topography
as we Ihid to-day over ihe wl.'oie of the pre-Cambrian. This must bave been a
very long period of erosion, for the country was almost base-leveled. This feat-
ure has been well preserved by the earliest sediments of the Paleozoic seas: and
ismall ()u:liers of these sediment;, whieli remain to-day, show llie underlying
pre-Cambrian floor to have exactly the same contour and general character .as
that of the exposed areas. Glaciation, of course, eroded both the pre-Cambrian
and the later rocks, and has served merely to freshen the existing topography
of the country, but did not jii'oduce it.
Fig. 9. — Cliff-like front of Potsdam sandstone with conglomerate at base,
resting on Grenville gneiss floor.
Overlying this pre-Cambrian floor we find first the Potsdam series. In
most places there is a basal conglomerate up to four feet thick, composed of well-
rounded, water-worn pebbles and boulders of quartzite, Fig. 9. One striking
feature of all these basal conglomerates is the absence of any of the softer rocks.
Scarcely any pebbles or boulders of dark gneiss, schists, or crystalline limestone
are to be seen, but only the harder quartzite, as stated above.
Iron Ores
In many cases these l)asal conglomerates are cemented by a brown to
deep red iron oxide. This is so abundaJit in places that some of them have
been opened up as prospects for hematite iron, for example, lot 13, Con. IX,
and lot 23, Con. X, in the townsliip of Bastard. On these lots a number of pits
were opened up, but shipping ore was not found in any apprecial)le tonnage.
]\!()st of the hematite is ochreous, but much of it was solidified to a massive state.
1922
Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds
17
They are merely masses of shattered sandstone and conglomerate richly impreg-
nated by ochreous hematite. In some cases the iron oxides follow down the bed
of the sandstone giving the appearance of a true vein, but there is no evidence
of filling from below, merely tlie leaching down of the oxide from the overlying
beds of sedimentary rock. In every case tlie ore is highly siliceous from original
sand grains imprisoned with the iron oxide accimmlation.
A very interesting deposit of hematite occurs on lot 4, Con. V. in the town-
ship of South Croslby. A pocket in the old G-renviUe crystalUne limestone be-
came filled with ochre that had leached dovni from the overlying Potsdam sand-
stone. This sandstone had subsequently been eroded so that the pocket of exposed
red ochre was left. This was mined and shipped in sacks to a paint factory. The
pocket was small. Init tlic few ton;: of ochre secured were very clean, and of tlie
best qnality.
Fig. 10. — Contact of Black River limestone (above) with Algoman granite (below).
Building Stone
Above this basal conglomerate the Potsdam is, as a rule, a rather even-
grained, uniform sandstone. Avith a total thickness of about sixty-five feet.
There appear to be two members in the series, one a buff to red sandstone with
ferruginous cement, in places upwards of twenty feet in thickness. The other
is an equally thick group of sandstones, very pure and verj- white in colour, and
apparently later in age than the red beds.
The buff to red sandstones are not always present beneath the white ones,
because they conformed to the surface of the pre-Cambrian floor on which they
were deposited. Moreover, they were evidently laid in shallow water, as indicated
by the crossed bedding, and the abundance of rip]>le marks to be found on them.
It was pointed out above that the pre-Cambrian area is one of low ridges with
hummocky topography, and with broad-bottomed, relatively shallow basins and
vallevs. The extremes of local relief would seldom be over 150 feet, but even
18 Department of Mines, Part VI. No 4.
this was siifficient to cause m-auy island-like areas of pre-Cambrian rocks to
remain above the shallow Cambrian sea ; thus the valleys and basins only^ would
have the earliest sandstone laid down in them. The later white sandstone would in
some places cover these, but in many other places would rest directly on the island-
Jike pre-Cambri.an areas just mentioned. Even the later Cambrian seas did not en-
tirely submerge all the islands, for in many places the still later Ordovician lime-
stones rest directly on the pre-Cambrian, with splendid basal conglomerates,
Fig. 10. In most cases, however, these limestones rest conformably on
the sandstones of Clambrian age.
The margins of the limestone as they rest on the .sandstones, and of the
sandstones as they rest on the pre-Cambrian rocks, are often cliff-like. This is
no doubt to be accounted for by the bedding, as vrell as by the jointing o,f the
sediments, causing them to weather and drop away in blocks, rather than wear
down in a tapering contact.
The buff to reddish sandstone of Cambrian age is well adapted for building
purposes, and has been quarried and used in many buildings in the county of
Leeds. The stone is even-grained, free from fossils or other porous cavities, has
good bedding, and a durable cement. The white sandstones .are very much harder,
and not so well suited to quarrying in building block sizes. They are now
l)eing used in large quantities throughout the county of Leeds for road building.
Crushed white sandstone yields a good hard road metal, and is giving excellent
results on the roads within readi of the deposits.
Paving Blocks
These lighter coloured siliceous sandstones are also suitable for paving
blocks, and may be quarried and hannner-trimmed to cobblestone size. The
natural bedding planes may be selected to yield layers three and one half inches
thick, and from these it is an easy task to trim blocks 3^ x 4 x 8 inches in
size. ^Ylien these blocks are laid on their edges, so that the ])edding planes
stand vertically, they yield an excellent material for road paving, or for street-
railway lining. These blocks are now in use in the city of Kingston. Princess
street, " the main business street of the city, and the one subjected to the
heaviest traffic, has now been paved with these l)loeks for eight years, and not
a stone has required replacement.
"When it is remembered that this rock is made up almost entirely of quartz.
one of the hardest of minerals, and is bound by a siliceous cement, its great
resistance to wear is not surprising. The blocks are much less brittle than
paving bricks, and do not readily wear to round edges.
Sandstone for Qlass=.\\aking
Believing that this pure white siliceous sandstone had possibilities in the
glass and porcelain industries, also possibly for refractory linings of furnaces,
the writer collected some of tin's sandstone, and has made it the subject of a
special investigation. An advanced student of geology at Queen's University,
J. "W. Greig, was given the problem of making a physical and cbemical investiga-
tion of this material, and the results of his work are summarized as follows: —
1922
Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds
19
In order that a sandstone may be suitable as a source of silica for the manufacture
of glass it must fulfil a number of conditions. The most important of these is a re-
quired chemical composition. No sand occurring in nature is pure silica, and eacli
of the impurities affects the glass in a different way. The most prevalent impurity is
alumina (ALO3). This may be present in the sand in the form of feldspar, clay, or
other aluminous silicate, in small pieces which have not been destroyed in the weather-
ing down of the original rock, or as clay between the grains of quartz. The latter is the
more likely. Alumina, although an impurity, is not detrimental, however, in the small
quantities usually found in a glass sand, but it has the following effects on the glass:
(1) It appears to reduce the tendency of a glass to devitrify or crystallize. (2) Three
to four per cent, of alumina in a glass renders it less susceptible to the reducing effect
of a flame. (3) It reduces the co-efRcient of expansion of a glass. (4) It increases
the tenacity and the surface tension of the molten glass, and this is very beneficial in
moulding. (5) It increases the brilliancy, and decreases the solubility of a glass in
water. From the above points and others it will be seen that alumina not above three
per cent, is beneficial to a glass rather than injurious.
Tlie most detrimental impurity likely tO' be found in a sand is iron. It imparts a
cream colour to the stone, and washing will frequently remove a great part of it. Fer-
rous iron, even in small quantities, imparts a bluish to greenish colour to the glass.
So common is this impurity that almost any glass, in thick sections, will be seen to
have a greenish cast. This effect can often be overcome by what are called discolori-
zers, the most common of which is manganese dioxide. This material added to a glass
imparts a violet shade, which neutralizes to some extent the green due to iron. But
this neutralizing is accomplished chiefly by absorption of light rays, so that the trans-
parency of the glass is impaired. Most authorities agree that iron should not exceed
0.05 per cent, in the sand, although the glass sands of Belgium, which are extensively
used for sheet and plate glass, contain as much as 0.25 per cent, of iron.
Clay or alumina in glass is said to cause a cloudiness, and consequently any sand
with a clay content which cannot be removed by washing should not be used in the
manufacture of glass.
Silica is the useful part of the sand, and tlie percentage should be as high as possible.
Whether or not a sand is suitable for glass manufacture can be best seen by a chemical
analysis showing the percentages of impurities. Most glass sands contain upwards of
97 per cent, of silica. The sand grains composing the sandstone should be fairly uni-
form in size. On crushing, the material should break between, and among the grains,
rather than across them. The size of the grains is of considerable importance. With
large grains the length of time required to flux is longer, and therefore the output of
the furnace is lessened. On the other hand, very fine-grained material is said to "burn
out" in the batch. Thorough mixing of the ingredients is also very difficult when
the grains are very fine, and there is likely to be considerable loss from the finest
sand going up the flue with the draught. The most suitable sizes of grain appear
to be between SO and 20 mesh. The grains may be either angular or rounded, and
there does not appear to be any consensus of opinion as to which is the more suitable
form.
Below are given both chemical and mechanical analyses of two glass sands most used
in the United States. There is also a sample of the white Potsdam sandstone collected
by the writer. No. 1 is Keystone No. 1, produced by tlie Keystone worlds of the
Pennsylvania Glass Sand Co., near Mapleton, Penn. This is an angular sand. No. 2 is
a well-rounded sand produced by the Wedron White Sand Co. of Ottawa, 111. No. 3 is
the white Potsdam sandstone from lot 19, Con. 1, township of Pittsburg, county of Fron-
tenac, Ontario.
ChKMICAL AN.A.LY.SE8 OF S.A.NDS
No.
Si02
AI2O.3
Fe20.3
MgO
CaO
1
99.36
99. 4o
99.45
0.17
0.30
0.11
O.OG
0.14
0.13
0.12
•7
0.30
.3
0 23
A screen analysis of the crushed sandstone, using the W. S. Tyler Standard Screen
Scale, was also made and the results obtained from the same three samples follow:
20
Department of Mines, Part VI.
No. 4
Pekcextages Retaixed on Standard Screens
Remaining on 20 mesh
Remaining on 28 mesh, through 20 mesh.
" 35 " " 28 " .
" 48 " " 35 " .
" 65 " " 48 " .
" 100 " " 65 " .
" 150 " " 100 " .
" 200 " " 150 " .
" 200 " .
0.07
1.59
13.11
61.71
20.25
2.79
0.16
0.03
0.01
0.04
2.16
19.01
38.04
14.19
10.15
6.65
5.68
4.70
99.72 100.62 100.15
0.45
7.20
32.00
30.90
13.00
7.80
3.70
2.60
2.50
The grains from each screen in analysis No. 3 above, were afterwards examined
under a binocular microscope. Those remaining on the 35, 48, 65, and 100-mesh screens
were found to have a rounded outline, with facets where the silica cementing them to
adjacent grains had broken across. Those below this in size were angular. Over 50
per cent, of what remained on the 200-mesh screen were evidently fracture pieces. Ap-
parently then this sandstone in crushing breaks across the cementing material be-
tv.een the grains, and not across the grains, and therefore yields round sand very like
that from Ottawa, 111. Moreover, the sandstone crushes readily to the sizes indicated
above.
It is evident that the white sandstone of Potsdam age is eminently suited
to the manufacture of high-grade glass, and for the mannfacture of porcelain
ware, potter}^, earthenware dishes, floor tile, glazes, etc. The supph* is unlimited
and well situated for rail or water shipment, hy the C*anadian National railway
or Rideau canal. The areas indicated on the map in yellow colour can be quickly
run over, and suitable sandstone for any of the purposes required, and the loca-
lion be.st adapted for shipment by rail or water, selected. The areas aliout Delta,
N'ewboro, and Westport seem to the writer to be the most suitable.
Ordovician
The Ordovician sediments overlie the Cambrian sandstones with perfect
conformity. The ibasal beds are shales, sandy limestones, and calcareous con-
glomerates, whose pebbles are largely quartz, indicating a very thorough dis-
integration and removal of all softer min,erals from the pre-Cambrian rocks
from which they Avere derived. These beds are al^out 8 feet in thickness, and are
followed by a much more compact, finer-grained, dove-blue coloured series of lime-
stones, remarkably free from fossils, and yielding a splendid compact l)uilding
stone. In crttshed form a good roa-d metal for macadam construction is also
obtained. This series is about 30 feet in total thickness. Xo horizon later than
the Black Eiver group was observed in the county of Leeds, and if any did exist
it has been completely eroded away. The next material to be found above the
Black Eiver beds is the unsorted moraine of Pleistocene glaciation.
QIaciation and its Effects
At the close of this long period o,f time there were three relatively short
stages of geological activity which bring us to the present. The first of these
was the burial of all eastern Ontario, including the county of Leeds, beneath the
Labradorian ice sheets. There is now ample evidence, about the margin of the
ice-covered area., that there was more than one advance and retreat of the ice,
with inter-glacial periods of considerable duration. In the county of Leeds
itself, there is no evidence of these temporary retreats of the ice front.
1922 Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds 21
The second geological event was a submergence of a large portion of easier ji
Ontario, including the southern part of Leeds, beneath the sea. This occurred
towards the close of the Pleistocene epoch, that is, during the final retreat of
the ice front.
The third and last episode brings us to the present. After the retreat of
the ice, the area slowl}- rose again from beneath the sea, bringing the Thousand
Islands region to its present altitude.
Discussing the first of these three events, we find everywhere the evidence
of a great glacial movement from the Labradorian heiglits, east of Hudson bay,
in a southwesterly direction, and extending to the northern part of the United
States. Great deposits of till or soil made up of indiscriminate mixtures of
clay, sand, silt, gravel, and boulders are found overlyiiijg well polished, smooth-
ened, scratched, and gouged rock surfaces. Every trace of decayed or weathered
rock has been scraped off, and a fresh surface presented to the renewal of
weathering processes. Ordinarily on areas that ha.ve not been glaciated, the soil
is not marked off sharply from the rocks on which it rests, but shows a gradual
passage from surface soil, downward into less and less altered or disintegrated
rock, to fresh rocks at the base of the section. The soil is a residual soil left,
by the processes of weathering, on the rock from which it was formed. In glaciated
areas, on the contrary, the soil bears no relationship to the formations beneath it.
It is made np of fine to coarse materials, clay, sand, gravel, and boulders, many
of which ha^e no known outcrop for many miles from the place at which they
are found. The whole mass is usually qnite without any signs of sorting or
stratification.
There is no actual means of telling how deep was the layer of residual soil
which covered the rocks of this area before the advance of the Labradorian ice
sheet, but from the fact that the area was exposed from Silurian times onwards,
we might conclude that the residual soil was very dteep, and it is extremely
doubtful that the pre-Cam])rian rocks of this district were exposed, till bared
by the Labradorian ice sheets. The many outliers of Paleozoic sediments
strongly suggest that they covered all this portion of Ontario previous to the
advance of the ice. The writer has described the structure of the pre-Cambrian,
and accounted for its topography as being the result of erosion on a series of
harder belts of intrusive igneous rocks, with softer belts of schists, gneisses and
crystalline limestone. The whole structure was developed northeast and south-
west into ridges and valleys, due to differences in the hardiness of the rocks
involved. The ice movement was, therefore, forced to take this general direction
from the Labradorian highlands. When it reached the Paleozoic sedimentary
area, its direction of movement was already well established, as is evidenced by the
parallel striation and gouges developed on the smooth sedimentary rocks. This
is strikingly l)rought out on the map accompanying this report. The tongues
or peninsulas of sediment, as they project southwest from the general area, are
most striking, and show that they occupy the pre-Cambrian hollows. Cor-
responding projecting fingers of the pre-Cambrian rocks in a northeasterly
direction, mark the axes of ridges between the depressions filled with Paleozoic
sediment.
Lying ujjon the rock surface, we find a variable thickness of unconsolidated
material. Three formations are recognizable, and mark broadly the three epi-
sodes spoken of above. The deposits of the first and oldest period are irregular
22 Department of Mines, Part VI. No. 4
bodies of glacial drift, composed of calcareous cla^- for the most part, but mixed
in many places vrlih sand, gravel or boulders. This represents ground moraine
deposited by the glacier with little or no sorting. The greatest advance of the
Labradorian glacier was Avell beyond the southern boundary of the Statte of ISTew
York and northern Pennsylvania. Duriiig tlie slow retreat of the Ontarian
lobe of the ice-front, the ponded waters about its front were first drained ofi
througli the Mohawk valley of New York State. By further retreat of the
Ontarian ice-lobe, the drainage developed farther north in the vicinity of Eome,
New York, and later still the ice-lobe retreated sufficiently to allow the overflow
of the great glacial lake, lying at the ice-front, to take place around the Adiron-
dack region of X'ew York State, and out by Covey Hill to the Champlain drain-
age basin.
During all this time the county of Leeds was deeply buried beneath glacial
ice, so that none of the re-sorted, laminated clays collected in and about these
great lakes were deposited in this countji; only the unsorted ground moraine
was left here. From Covey Hill, which lies near the boundary between New
York State and the Province of Quebec, the land drops away to the St. Law-
rence valley, but this was sftill blocked by ice, and it was only ninjch later, and
by further retreat of the ice-front, that the St. Lawrence valley was opened up,
and the level of this large glacial lake fell to the then sea level. It Was a very
different sea level from that of the present time. The finding of marine shells
as far up the St. Lawrence as Prescott and Brockville proves that, despite
the volume of fresh water entering from the great glacial lakes about the ice
front, salt water extended up at least to these places. Up the Ottawa valley,
marine shells are similarly found ten miles above the city of Ottawa, and in the
county of Leeds the remains of whales were found near Smitli Falls. AVith
the opening of the St. Lawrence valley, therefore, and the entry of the sea water
to about the eastern end of Lake Ontario, we reach the second stage in glacial
deposition in and about the county of Leeds.
Almost everj'one in Canada is familiar with the typical glacial drift, and
particularly -^ath the boulders or ''hard heads'" which in so many localities have
to be picked up and removed from farming lands. In Leeds there is the usual
collection of rounded boulders or rocks from the more northeasterly parts of
Ontario. There is an abnormally large percentage of flat flag stones, which
represent portions of the Paleozoic sedimentary rocks, torn ofl' and carried along
in the basal portions of the ice.
The invasion of the sea just described backing up the upper St. Lawrence
river close to Lake Ontario, has been given the name of Gilbert gulf, and it is
clear that many of the lower valleys of Leeds county would be occupied by bays
of brackish water in which re-sorted glacial drifts Avould tend to be deposited
as well sorted gravel, sand, or bedded clay, depending upon the strength of the
current present. This second member of the glacial period is therefore fre-
quently a laminated clay of striking appearance. It consists of a series of thin
bands of rich clay, with alternate bands of marly clay or sometimes sandy clay
laid in perfect conformity. At the time these banded deposits were laid in the
waters of Gilbert gulf, the water level must have stood about 100 feet higher than
at present, for geologists of the United States have sho^vn that the beaches of
Gilbert gulf, in the vicinity of Waterdown, N. Y., are now about T33 feet above
1922 Geology and Minerals of the County of Leeds 23
the sea, that is, 487 feet above T.ake Ontario. Mucli of the et)uuty of l^eeds
lies below this level, and remnants of these beds lie in nearly horizontal position
almost everywhere. These clays are remarkably free from liouklers and pebbles
although such are occasionally fonnd, and are believed to be due to droppings
from floating ice in Gilbert gulf.
Loam is delined as an intimate mixture of clay and sand, and as many of
these laminated clays are interbanded with isandy material, the ploughing of
such areas yields the finest of loamy land, and the farmers of Leeds county dis-
tingaiish very readily their clay land, from their loamy land. During the past
abnormally dry season, the loamy land held its nioi;sture so much better than
the clay lands that remarkable contrasts in cro[) could be seen in adjoining
fields, or even more strikingly iu portions of the same field.
With the final retreat of the glacial ice, and the consequeut removal of its
great weight, the northeastern portion of Canada began to slowly rise, so that
the sea level sank towards its present position, and the St. Lawrence river with
its Ottawa tributary developed. Thus the county of Leeds and adjoining areas
were soon exposed to the action of weathering and erosion, which has continued
to the present time. Along its drainage channels, and in its lower flats alluvial
plains were formed. In its lakes re-sorted and bedded sediments are now form-
ing. On its shallow swampy lands, peat heds or marl beds have accumulated,
and in many places wind-blown dune sands have collected.
About a mile east of Clark station, on the Canadian Pacific railway, and
about seven miles north of Broctadlle, is a group of sand dunes which overlie
the glacial drift. This sand is light pink in colour, and the hills are bare, so
that the bloT^^l sand is destroying roads and much of the agricultural land in
their vicinity. An effort is now being made to clothe them with small pine
trees, and areas have been planted in the hope of binding the sand together, and
stopping its drifting to adjoining territory. The success of the attempt cannot
be told yet, as the planting is too recent.
.A.S mentioned above, local deposits of marl and peat are now forming in
the lower marshy areas. The largest of these peat bogs lies about three miles
due north of Brockville. It is about one mile wide, and nearly three miles in
length, and its longer axis lies as usual about northeast. These deposits make
up the third, and most recent group of accumulations of unconsolidated character,
and bring us to the present time.
Summary of Economic Minerals
The chief economic features of the area have been dealt with under the
various formational divisions in which they occur, but a recapitulation of them
here may not be out of place.
The G-renville formation yields crystalline limestone, too coarse for marble,
Itut suitable for lime burning, and ,for road metal on less travelled roads. The
material is too soft, however, to be used where traffic is heavy.
The Grenville gneisses are much used in crushed form for road building,
and produce a very good material, especially when rolled in with flner top dressing.
Some graphite and galena are found in the crystalline limestone, but
no accumulations of possible economic value were seen in this county. Many
small seams of "black lead" or graphite are fonnd amongst the crj'stalline lime-
stones, but they could not be considered from an economic standpoint.
24 Department of Mines, Part VI. No. 4
The Laurentian gneisses are suitable only for road metal i]i crushed form.
Along their contact with cr3-stalline limestones, or with highly calcareous gneisses,
is favourable ground for deposits of amiber mica suitable for electrical insulators,
boiler packing, fire proofing, etc.
Algoman granites and syenites yield the very finest of building blocks,
monumental or decorative stone, and paving blocks.
The pegmatitic phases of this formation yield economic deposits of feldspar,
suitable for glazing purposes, or in their less pure form for pottery, porcelain,
toilet ware, electric insulators, glazed or unglazed ware, floor-tile, etc.
The Keweenawan traps would be the most snitable rocks possible in crushed
form for road metal, but are not present in sufficiently large quantity to oflfer
much encouragement in this respect.
The coarse-grained gabbroic members are often associated with magnetite,
which carries nickel in most cases, but unfortunately always carries titanium
also, which up to this time has caused these ores to be refused by the iron smelter.
Recent investigations would indicate that electrical smelting offers some prospect
for the use of these ores in the near future.
The Potsdam sandstones are suitable for building stone in rich red to buff
colours. The white coloured highly siliceous ones are suitable for road metal,
and paving blocks, and the writer suggests their investigation by glass manu-
facturers, and also by manufacturers of porcelain earthenware, or other products
requiring the so-called "flint" of commerce in their process.
The Ordovician is suitable for lime-making, for building stone, and iii
cruslied form for macadam road building.
Unconsolidated glacial drift yields local deposits of gravel or sand for
road building, and for concrete mixtures, while local beds of clay, free enough
from pebbles, are used in the manufacture of building brick and common field
or drain tile.
The following note' on iron smelting in the county of Leeds is of historic
interest :
The first iron furnace in this Province was erected about the year 1800 in the
northern part of the township of Lansdowne, in the county of Leeds, at the falls of
the Gananoque river. The ore used was of inferior quality and had to be drawn a
considerable distance, and after two years' trial the enterprise was abandoned. An
attempt was made to cast such hollow-ware as pots and kettles for the use of settlers,
but that also proved to be a complete failure.
The furnace was erected by a company composed of Ephraim Jones, Daniel Sher-
wood, Samuel Barlow and Wallace Sutherland, and the location was known as Furnace
Falls, now Lyndhurst. In the Geological Survey report for the year 1851-2 Alexander
Murray states that the ore" used was a "scaly red ore," and was obtained on lot 25
of the 10th concession of Bastard, "but the quantity in the locality worked was not
sufficient to give a profitable result."
^Report of Royal Commission on the Mineral Resources of Ontario, 1890, p. 319.
-See reference on page 16 under Iron Ores.
INDEX
Vol. XXXI, Part VI.
Page
Acknowledgments 1
Age classification of rocks of area
(table) 2, 3
Algoman 10, 11, 24
Alumina 19
Analyses:
Glass sands used in United States 19. 20
Gneiss (Grenville) 6
Gneiss (Laurentian) 8
Iron ore, Chaffey and Matthews
mines 15
Quartzite (Grenville) 5
Animikie 14
Apatite 9, 10
Baker, M. B In
Bastard tp., iron ore 16
Biotite 10
Black River group 20
Breccia 6, 7
Brockville . 22, 23
Brown, A. C 13
Building stone 17, 18
Calcite 9
Calcium phosphate 9
See Apatite.
Cambrian 16-20
Canadian National Railway 20
Chaffey mine, South Crosby tp 15
Iron ore analysis 15
Charleston lake.
Laurentian intrusives 8
Chemical Products Company, Limited
of Trenton, Ont 9
Chrondrolite 4
Clark station, Canadian Pacific Ry. 23
Cleveland, Ohio 15
Cobalt (mineral) 15
Covey Hill, New York State 22
Crystalline limestone (Grenville) 3, 4, 23
Gushing, Dr 10, 12
Delta 20
Diopside 4
Feldspar 10, 11, 12
Furnace Falls. See Lyndhurst.
Galena 23
Gananoque 8
Gananoque Junction 8
Gilbert gulf 22, 23
Glaciation and its effects 20-23
Glass sands, analyses 19, 20
Gneiss (Grenville) 7, 23
Analysis 6
Gneiss (Laurentian) .8, 24
Gordon, Charles 13
Page
Granite for building uses 13
Graphite 4, 9, 23
Great War Veterans' Memorial Monu-
ment, Lyndhurst 13
Photo Frontispiece
Greig, J. W.
Quoted on sandstone for glass-
making 18, 19
Grenville 3-7, 23
Hematite 4
South Crosby tp 17
Hornblende 10
Ingall, E. D in
Iron ore.
Analyses, Chaffey and Matthews
mines 15
Bastard tp 16, 24
Smelting at Lyndhurst 24
Jones Falls S
Keewatin 3
Keeweenawan 14, 15
Keeweenaw Pt, Lake Superior .... 3
Keystone Works, Pennsylvania Glass
Sand Co 19
Kingston. Ont 10, 18
Knight, C. W 3, 10
Lansdowne tp , . 24
Laurentian 7-10, 24
Logan, Sir William 9
Loughborough tp., apatite 9
Lyndhurst.
First iron furnace in Ontario .... 24
Memorial monument. . . Fontispiece, 13
Lyndhurst Granite Quarries 13
Magnetite ' 24
Manganese dioxide 19
Mapleton, Penna 19
Maps (former) of area 1
Matthews mine. North Crosby tp.
Iron ore analysis 15
McNeill, W. K 6», 8
Military Surveys Branch. Depart-
ment of Militia and Defence 1
Miller, W. G 3, 10, 15
Mohawk valley, New York State . . 22
Mica 8, 10
Murray, Alexander 24
Newboro 20
Newboro lake.
Laurentian rock belt 8
Nickel 15
North Burgess tp.
Apatite mining in (1868) 9
North Crosby tp 15
25
26
Department of Mines, Part VI.
No. 4
Pa<;e
Ontario Department of Highways . . 1
Ordovician 20, 24
Ottawa, Out 22
Ottawa, III 19, 20
Ottawa valley, marine shells 22
Paving blocks 18
Pegmatite dikes 11, 12
Pennsylvania Glass Sand Co., 19
Phlogopite (mica ) 4, 9
Phosphate 9
Picton granite 10
Pittsburg tp., Frontenac co., 19
Pittsburg, Penna 15
Potsdam sandstone 16. 17, 19, 20, 24
Prescott 22
Price, apatite (1868 ) 9
Pyroxene 9
Quartzite (Grenville) 5
Rideau canal 20
Ride-iu Mining Company 9
Rocks c*" the area.
Age classification 2, 3
Rogers, W. R 1
Rome, New York State 22
Royal Commission on Mineral Re-
sources of Ontario 1, 24n
Sand lake, Laurentian intrusives .... 8
Pack
Sandstone. Sec also Potsdam sandstone.
For building 17, 18, 24
For glass-making IS, 19, 24
Scapolite 9
Silica IS, 19
Smith Falls, Leeds co 22
South Crosby tp S, 15
Hematite deposit 17
Iron ore analyses 15
Laurentian rock belt 8
Sphene 10
Syenites 10, 24
Thousand Islands region .1, 21
Topography 2
Vennor, H. G 9
Vesuvianite 4
Waterdown, New York 22
Wedron White Sand Co.. of Ottawa.
Ill 19
Westport 20
Whitefish lake 13
Woodburn Granite Quarries, Ganan-
oque 13
W. S. Tyler Standard Screen Scale . 19
Yonge Mills
Laurentian rock belt 8
Zircons .... 10
"H^
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
H3N. H. Mills, Minister of Mines Thos. W. Gibson, Deputy Minister
THIRTY=FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART VII, 1922
Geology of the
WATABEAG AREA
By Douglas G. H. Wright
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed by CLARKSON W. JAMES, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1922
Sca/e, 50 Mi/es=/ /nch •
Key map showing location of the Wata-
beag Area (Map No. 31d.)
(H)
CONTENTS
Vol. XXXI, PART VH.
Page
Introduction 1
Previous Work 1
Acknowledgments 2
Means of Access 2
Topography 3
Drainage 4
Waterpowers 5
Timber 5
Agriculture 6
Geological Outline 6
Keewatin 7
Algoman 11
Cobalt Series 15
Matchewan 15
Pleistocene 18
Page
tCconomic Geology 18
Iron 18
Copper 19
Molybdenite 19
Erythrite (Cobalt Bloom) 19
Gold 19
Brief Summary of the Townships
Playfair township 22
McCann township 23
Tolstoi and Terry townships .... 23
Lee township 24
McEvay township 24
Nordica township 25
Egan township 25
Sheraton township 26
Michie township 27
Tlmmins township 27
ILLUSTRATIONS
Looking east from west bank of the Black river near Ramore towards Lava Flow
Mountain, Cook township. The country was devastated by the Matlieson
tire in 1916 3
Waterfall on the Black river, south half lot 3, concession V, Playfair township. 4
Psuedo-conglomerate, lot 1, concession V, Playfair. The hammer rests upon a
rounded boulder of pink-weathering feldspar porphyry 8
Psuedo-conglomerate, lot 1, concession V, Playfair 9
Foliated Keewatin schists containing lenticular-shaped masses of greenstone, situa-
ted on the northeast shore of Radisson lake 9
Pillow lava near Ramore station, north half lot 4, concession V, Playfair 10
Contact shatter breccia showing rounded xenoliths partly assimilated and sur-
rounded by a hybrid rock. McCann township, lot 7, concession V 14
Slate-like greywacke member of Cobalt series near 4i/.-mile post, north boundary
of Lee township. The cleavage is perpendicular to the bedding, signifying
that the outcrop is near the axial region of a fold 16
The Black river in Playfair township flows between high clay banks. The view
shows the west bank of the river, in concession IV, thirty feet high. Note
the stratified clay in the upper part underlain by till 17
Lemoine lake, Nordica township, typical of the beautiful lakes so abundant
throughout the rolling sand country. View looking northwest across the lake .
from Hill lake portage 25
A three way contact near the east shore of Saral lake, Timmins township. Fresh
diabase, instrusive through Keewatin hornblende schist, and pink-weathering
hornblende-feldspar porphyry of Algoman? age. The feldspar porphyry is the
light coloured rock in the upper right hand corner of the picture. Contacts
have been accentuated with white chalk 29
KEY and INDEX MAPS
Key map, showing location of the Watabeag area (Map No. 31d. ) (ii)
Index map showing the extent of Algoman granite and syenite, also Keewatin
rocks. Only the larger areas of Cobalt series are shown. The two lower tiers
of townships are in the distict of Timiskaming, while the top tier forms
part of the new district of Cochrane, created October 2. 1922 (iv)
GEOLOGICALLY COLOURED MAP
No. 31d — Watabeag Area, Districts of Cochrane and Timiskaming, scale 1 mile to
the inch {In pocket on inside of back cover).
(iii)
itL.1 — 1 — : — i — r — T.,--: t
\*
^^^ .
47 1'j 'V ..• .. s : I' j -? f . • -5 , • • T^; • s'V .
4-3- --AO^.
O 6
-5 G
Eh
o ,
i£ o
^+ + + + ^//^^ "*■
as
s «
§ ^
< =" Ci
.. . O tH
a3 S O
^
9
-*->
^
a>
o
"3
^
P
(1)
n
,
^
a
^
ci;
S
c
;«
>
o
<;
o
u
M
4-4
«
c
(t
c3
CS
o
^J
03
^
fl
CO
;3
(U
0)
o
(iv)
GEOLOGY OF THE WATABEAG AREA
Districts of Timiskaming and Cochrane
By Douglas Q. H. Wright
Introduction
The VVatabeag Lake area comprises the townships of Lee, Terry, Nordica,
Michie, Timmins, McEVaj, Tolstoi, Black,^ Playfair, McCann, Egan and Sheraton.
The area is contiguous on the west to the Black Eiver area mapped by the
writer in 1920 and, as will be seen from the key and index maps, is favourably
located with respect to other areas, either of proven worth or of good promise as
gold camps. The Porcupine gold area lies to the northwest and that of Kirkland
Lake to southeast. To the northeast is the Beatty and Munro gold area and to
the southwest lies Matachewan, with deposits of promise. From the fact that
Watabeag- lake extends into four of the twelve townships of the area and because
the basin of the AYatabeag river includes more than one half of the area, the name
Watabeag seems a suitable one for the report. The height of land between the
valley of the St. Lawrence and the Hudson Bay slope passes along the south of the
area. The southeast quarter of Lee township and a. southern portion of Terry
township lie to the south ; the remainder of the area is north of the height of land.
The area is roughly four hundred and fifty square miles in extent, and of
this almost four hundred square miles were covered during the summer of 192L
Hence it will be realized that the following report must only be treated as a geo-
logical reconnaissance of the area, supplemented by more detailed work in localities
where geological conditions, or considerable staking, warranted it.
Travel routes were surveyed, micrometer and prismatic compass being used on
lake surveys, and pace and compass traverses on portages. The various township
boundaries were used as control lines. In th© townships which had not been sub-
divided it was necessary to run pace and compass traverses following as a general
rule the diagonals of the township. In subdivided townships lot and concession
lines were travelled and claim lines in staked territory. Following the plan
instituted by C. W. Knight^, the dotted courses on the accompanying map, No. 316,
show these inland sections so that prospectors may know what parts were examined.
The rock classification used on the accompanying map is largely a field one,
based on the megascopic characters of the rocks.
Previous Work
The first geological work in the Watabeag area was done by George F. Kay
in 1903. Mr. Kay examined the rocks along the old canoe route to Fort Matache-
wan, which traverses the chain of lakes through the centre of McCann township,
'Black township has been taken from the Black River Area to complete the block.
Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXX, Part 6, 1921.
-The writer was Informed by Wasil McDougall, an Indian trapper, that Wata-
beag, translated, means "Northern Lights lake."
'Map of Ben Nevis Gold Area, Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXIX, Part 3, 1920.
1
Department of Mines, Part VII No. 4
and also rock outcrops on AVatabeag lake and along the Watabeag river, from which
he also ran several inland sections. The result of Kay's work was published in the
13th Report of the Bureau of Mines, 1904. Since the available supply of this
report is limited, some of the more important passages have been quoted herein.
Later W. M. Goodwin prospected a part of the area between Gowganda and Porcu-
pine, and a geological sketcli map, compiled l)y him, was published by the De-
l^artment.^^
Acknowledgments
The thanks of the Ontario Department of Mines are due the E. S. Potter
Lumber Company, of Matheson, for the many courtesies extended the party while
working in the area, and also to the Abitibi Power and Paper Company of Iroquois
Falls for the map of Watal)eag lake.
The field party consisted of one graduate assistant, J. W. Dougherty, three
undergraduate assistants, "W. Greenwood and J. C. Macgillivray, of Queen's Uni-
versity, and P. L. Hutchison, of Toronto University, and the writer. Most of
the inland sections were done by dividing the party and working in pairs, Mr.
Dougherty taking one assistant and the writer the other. Mr. Dougherty must
therefore be credited with a large share of the field work.
Means of Access
Tlie Temiskamiiig and Xorthern Ontario Eailway traverses the townships con-
tiguous on the east, crossing into the Watabeag area along the eastern boundary of
Plavfair, near the second concession. The eastern townships of the area present
individual problems in accessibility, and these will be dealt with later under the
heading of the township concerned. The western three-quarters of the area may
be reached by the canoe route which follows the old Fort Matachewan trail. This
route, however, is not recommended for travel, as it has not been used in recent
years. An alternative route is to go by wagon road from ^latheson to Davis lake,
on the Tolstoi-]\IcEvay boundary, and from there follow the Blackwater-Lockpot
lake route to Watabeag lake. From Watabeag lake there are various canoe routes
which may l)e seen on the accompanying map. Practically all portages shown were
travelled by our ])arty during the summer of 1921, and were recut and reblazed
where necessary. Many of the portages follow sand ridge or sand plain country,
and though some of them are quite long the travelling is good. The trip to
Watabeag lake may also be made by ascending the Watabeag river from its
junction with the Black river as far as the creek outlet of the Davis lake system;
but the current throughout the trip and the many log jams encountered make the
journey both toilsome and irksome, and hence teaming of canoes and supplies
to Davis lake, if not to Watabeag dam, is recommended. The area is also accessible
from Xighthawk lake by way of a three-and-a-half mile portage to Radisson
(Trout) creek in Timmins township.
The Watabeag Dam road starting from ^latheson is suitable for motor car
traffic as far as Blackwater lake. Light cars have completed the trip to the
dam. During the summer of 1922 the Abitibi Power and Paper Company, Ltd.,
im.proved the road from Blackwater lake to the dam, so that motor cars may now
make the through trip.
'Map of part of the area between Gowganda and Porcupine, accompanying Vol.
XX, 1911, Part 2. Ont. Bur. Mines Report.
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area
Topography
Much has already been written on the general aspects of various areas com-
prising the pre-C'ambrian Shield region, and a detailed topograi)hical description
would be largely a repetition. Topographically, the area exhibits a monotonous
undulating landscape, broken occasionally by low, rocky hills, which rise to eleva-
tions of only a few hundred feet above the surrounding country. Locally, the
country is quite rugged, particularly in the eastern part of ilcCann township, m
the Kadisson and Island lake vicinity.
There are extensive sand plain areas, low and Tolling, diversified bv kettle
holes, eskers and an occasional rocky ridge, usually composed of the more resistant
rock types, granite and post-Algoman diabase. Plains of anotlier type, not formed
by outwash from the glacial ice sheets which overran the country, but caused by the
silting in of lakes, are well exemplified in several instances, ])arti('ularly in Timmins
V'
Looking east from west bank of the Black river near Ramore towards Lava Plow
mountain, Cook Township. The country was devastated by the Matheson fire in 1916.
township, stretching north from Dougherty lake, and in ISTordica township about the
centre, stretching westward from AVatabeag lake. Plains of this type are usually
ear-marked with ponds which represent the lower declivities of the central portion
of the former glacial or post-glacial lake basin.
Another striking topographical form is that assumed in localities underlain
by sediments of the Cobalt series. Such areas are characterized by valleys and
ridges running north and south. The Cobalt series has been gently folded along
north and south axes, and the more jointed and broken anticlinal ])ortion has been
obliterated by erosion, the synclinal portion forming a ridge. A striking example
of this may be seen in tlu^ north-south ridge commencing immediately west of
Cariad lake in Black township and continuing southward into Lee township, to the
west of the chain of lakes which drain into Tomwool creek.
Lakes are numerous, varying in size from mere ponds to those having areas of
several square miles, such as Eadisson^ and Watabeag. The water is usually
'There are numerous Trout lakes throughout northern Ontario and for this
reason it was deemed advisable to change the name. Radisson was one of Canada's
early explorers who discovered the Great North West, ten years before Marquette and
Joliet, twenty years before La Salle and a hundred years before De la Verendrye.
Department of Mines, Part VII
No. 4
crystal clear, and practically free from organic matter in suspension,
most common in the sand plain country.
Lakes are
Drainage
The Black river and its tributaries, the White Clay, the Watabeag, the
Wildgoose, the Driftwood and their resjDective creek affluents, drain all of the area
excepting the southeast corner of Lee, a small southern portion of Terry township,
which lies to the south of the height of land, and the western parts of Michie,
Timmins and Sheraton townships which lie west of a secondary divide. Streams
Waterfall on the Black river, south half lot 3, concession V,
Playfair township.
an the area west of this secondary divide drain to Hudson Bay through the Night-
hawk system, one of the main tributaries of the Moose river. Eadisson( Trout), the
main creek in this part, is a tributary of the Whitefish river, joining the latter at a
point in Thomas township one-and-one-half miles west of the two-mile post
on the western boundary of Sheraton. Cautts creek, one of the main creek
tributaries of Eadisson creek, has its source in Cautts lake. Cautts lake is fed
by an underground stream, Mackay creek, which drains Stewart and Mackay
lakes and the area east of Eadisson lake in Michie township. The point where
Mackay creek becomes a subterranean stream was not seen by the writer. That it
does follow a course beneath the surface, is commonly known to sojourners in this
locality, and this was confirmed by our inland sections. The bottom of Cautts
Bake appears as numerous springs, and there is a heavy deposition of marl.
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area 5
All the rivers are quite young, possessing V-shaped valleys, and many rapids
and falls. Numerous swamps exist, due to the drainage not being well established.
Waterpowers
Small waterpowers might be developed at several points within the area.
On the Black river in Playfair township there are two falls, one of about twenty
feet in the northwest corner of the north half of lot 2, concession II, and the other
with a level difference of approximately 30 feet in lot 3, concession Y. On Wi'ld-
goose river in the north half of lot 8, concession V. of the same to^^^lship, there is
a falls of 40 or 50 feet already harnessed. The power developed is utilized for
operating a small saw mill.
In Lee township, on AAliite Clay creek there is a small, picturesque falls
having a drop of twenty feet.
On the Watabeag river there are two falls of note, one in McEvay, slightly north
of the centre of the township, the other, called Egan chutes, which is north of the
Egan-Currie boundary, just beyond the limits of the area herein described. The
first-mentioned is a very pretty falls, at the head of which the river narrows to about
fifteen feet, then widens as the foaming waters plunge over the rocky ledges. A
hundred yards below this falls the river forms a chute. The total drop, including
rapids above and below the falls, is roughly sixty feet. At Egan chutes the water
tumbles over a rocky ledge at about forty-five degrees with a level difference of
thirty feet. There are points of vantage on the "Watabeag river where inexpensive
dams might be constructed to permit the storage of almost any desired quantity of
water in the Watabeag lake system.
Timber
The area is well forested, but large tracts have been burnt over several times,
until in some townships mere remnants only are left of the once green forest.
This is particularly true of McCann, Tolstoi and Playfair townships. The timber
of economic importance consists of poplar, balsam, spruce, jack (banksian) pine
and minor quantities of white pine. The white pine has a fairly profuse distribution
around Watabeag lake. Poplar is abundant along the banks of the Watabeag
river and in Lee township. The greater portion of the area is sandy; hence
jack (banksian) pine is the most abundant.
Forest fires have devastated considerable of the area in recent years. Playfair
township w^as swept by the Matheson fire in 1916. The central portion of McCann
is burnt bare. Tolstoi township is largely brule. Forest fires were active during
the long, dry spell in 1921, and swept the eastern part of McCann and the western
part of Playfair. During the same period the central and northwestern part of
Egan township and the southern portion of Nordica, lying west of Watabeag lake,
were devastated by fire.
The western part of the area has not been much travelled in recent years,
nor have forest fires devastated it to any extent; as a result wild animals are still
fairly plentiful. Moose are numerous, red deer and bear are occasionally seen.
The fur-bearing animals are gradually becoming extinct, although beaver are still
plentiful. Most of the lakes are well stocked with fish: pike, pickerel, trout and
whitefish being the most common species. Watabeag lake fairly teems with lake
Department of Mines, Part VII No. 4
trout, and in addition to this is a most picturesque spot, readily reached by motor
car from ]\Iatheson over a good stage road. The lake is an ideal summer camping
spot with few rivals in natural grandeur. The sand l^eaches, with shelving lake
bottoms, are splendid for bathing. The trout fishing is unexcelled in northern
Ontario. Game in the vicinity of Watabeag lake is still plentiful. The water is
transparentlv clear, as the translation of the Indian name implies. The average
depth is tliirty-five feet and tlie nuiximum sixty-four feet.
The Watabeag basin comprising ilain Watal)eag, Long AVatabeag, Link and
Caribou lakes, lies partly in all of tlie following townshijis — Xordica, Terry,
McEvay. Tolstoi and Sheba.
TABLE OF ACREAGES OF WATABEAG BASIX.
Township Api'kox Akka
Terry 940 acres
Nordica 838
Sheba 77 "
McEvay 59
Tolstoi 57
The topography of the locality is that of a rolling sand country, with numerous
hills and ridges. Sand ridges parallel the lakes, extending in most instances to
the water's edge. The stratified sand bluffs, thirty to forty feet high, on the
north shore of main Watabeag, near the narrows, and on the east shore, south of the
Caribou system inlet, are extremely picturesque. The timber is practically all
green, the area having ])een burnt over about forty years ago. Jack or banksian
pine is the dominant species. The jack-pine forest is diversified ])y small numbers
of birch, poplar and white pine, the latter, towering majestically above the sur-
rounding forest. There are several islands, one of rock in the main lake and
three small gravel islands and a large sand island in Long Watabeag. From
Watabeag lake many side trips may be taken. The portages, for the most part,
lead through sandy country which ensures a minimum of hardship in portaging.
A good stage road from Matheson to Watabeag dam, on the Watalieag river,
renders the locality easily accessible by motor car.
All in all. this centre of natural beauty is warmly recommended to the
"back to nature" lover during the summer months.
Agriculture
Excepting the township of Playfair, which is essentially a farming community,
only small areas are suitable for agricultural purposes. The soil varies from light
to heavy clay and, judging from the crops during the summer of 1921, is quite
productive. Other localities suitable for agricultural puri)oses are in ^IcCann,
Egan and Sheraton townships.
Geological Outline
Li general the geology of the Watabeag area is similar to that of other com-
ponent parts of the pre-Caml)rian shield, and more particularly to those lying
within the ])ouiidaries of Timiskaming district. A summary of the geology giving
a classification of the rocks according to age relationshi})S, used in this report
and on the accompanying map, is given below. The rock formations are in order
of age, the oldest being at t]u> bottom of the table.
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area
PLEISTOCENE.
Glacial and Recent Fluviatile and lacustrine deposits of stratified
clay and sand, gravel, boulders and till, mostly
of glacial origin.
Great Unconformity.
PRE-CA.MBRIAN.
Keweenawan (Nipissing) Quartz, diabase and olivine diabase occurring
as dikes and sill remnants.
Intrusive Contact.
Animikeax (Cobalt Series) Conglomerate, greywacke, argillite, slate-like
greywacke, arkose.
Great Unconformity.
M.\tachewax Dikes, frequently characterized by the pre-
sence of numerous phenocrysts of labradorite
feldspar sometimes 1 and 2 inches in
diameter.
Intrusive Contact.
Algoman (?) Granite (gneissic in places), syenite, por-
phyries, aplite and lamprophyre dikes.
Intrusive Contact.
Keewatin Rhyolite, andesite, basalt, volcanic fragmental,
pseudo-conglomerate, old diabases and gabbros,
meta-basalt, hornblende, chlorite and sericite
schist.
The oldest rock.s of the area are of Keewatin age. These rocks are largely
basic to intermediate volcanies, and their schistose derivatives. The Keewatin in
places has Ijeen liberally intruded by acid dikes and a batholith of granite and
syenite which are probably of Algoman age. The post-Keewatin rocks have been
intruded by dikes of diabase, for the most part quite fresh-looking and fre-
quently characterized by large phenocrysts of laljradorite having a greenish colour
and a waxy lustre.
Following the intrusion of the diabase was a long period of erosion, after
and during which a series of flat-lying sediments, the Cobalt series, was deposited
upon the eroded surface of the older basic volcanic and granitic rocks.
No diabase dikes were observed intruding the Cobalt series, but dcnibtless
somi," of tlie (lialuise is of Nipis:sing age. although coiisiderable of it is thought to
1)0 post-Algoman and pre-Cobalt in age. The intimate association of some of
these diabase dikes with the granite masses suggests that there may be some con-
sanguinity between the two.
Keewatin
The Keewatin rocks in the area are considered to represent an orderly
succession of lava flows, basic for the mo.st part. Eock types identical with the
Cook township lava flows^ were traced westward across Playfair into McCann
township but the structure was worked out only in lot 3, con. Ill, of Playfair
township where five distinct flows were recognized, tilted up from the horizontal
to an almost vertical position. The strike of the upturned edge of the flows is S.
81° E, magnetic. Amygdaloichil and pillow lavas have a widespread distribution,
and in several other localities remnants of distinct flows were recognized. One ex-
posure, easy of access, is in the north half of lot 4, concession V, of Playfair town-
ship, a few chains east of Eamore post office. Keewatin rocks in the eastern part of
'The Black River Area, Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXX, 1921, Pt. VI.
8
Department of Mines, Part VII
No. 4
the area, remote from the batholithic intrusion of granite,, are fairly massive, and
show comparatively small signs of dynamic metamorphism, whereas the Keewatin
rocks in proximity to the granitic intrusion have been largely altered to hornblende,
chlorite and sericite schists. The most common strike of the schists is between
north and west and the dip is usually 60° — 70° northeast; some variations to this
have been noted on the accompanying map.
Excellent exposures 'Of pillow lava occur throughout Playfair and McCann.
Associated with these are bands of volcanic fragmental material, fine-grained and
agglomeratic in character, which doubtless represent tops of flows, the structure
being obscured bv the overburden.
^•,*i<
Fsuedo-cunglomerate, lot 1, euuce.ssiun
V, Playfair. The hammer rests
upon a rounded boulder of
pink-weathering feldspar
porphyry.
In the northeast corner of Playfair there are some interesting small ex-
posures of a pseudo-conglomerate. The matrix is quite schistose, the strike
being South 60° East magnetic and dip 75° to the south. The pebbles and
boulders are of various kinds, elongated parallel to the schistosity and ill-as-
sorted. Boulders up to two feet in diameter are alongside of small stones, from
a few inches to a fraction of an inch in diameter. Pebbles of the following
were noted — pink granite, feldspar porphyry, basalt, dolerite and amygdaloidal
lava. An outstanding feature is the large proportion of granite and pink-
weathering feldspar porphyry. Many of these pebbles have been well rounded.
This pseudo-conglomerate seems to be infolded with Ijasic lava flows classed
as Keewatin. Under tlie rhicroscope the matrix appears to be igneous with small
1922
Geology of the Watabeag Area
I
\
^ 1 .;
•' > /' ■'/
"-
■il/ '
<
f
^,>
■^- ■
J» V
-rV" .
■ >
i
\ ^y''^:\:^ ■
>
: .^y
Psutdo-conglumerate, lot 1,, conce.sbiuii V, i'luyl'air.
Foliated Keewatin schists containing lenticular-
shaped masses of greenstone, situated on
the northeast shore of Radisson lake.
10
Department of Mines, Part VII
No. 4
crystals of quartz and feldspar in abundant chlorite. The outcrops are small and
field relationships obscure. Although these rocks resemble in some respects
sediments of Timiskaming age, definite proof of sedimentary origin is lacking.
Hence they have been classed tentatively as Keewatin. The possibility, how-
ever of these schistose elastics being an infolded remnant of the Timiskaming series
must be considered, since these rocks occur in Munro township to the north and
east. The outcrop bears a strong resemblance to rocks occurring in lot 5, con.
I, Tisdale towiiship, southwest of the Dome mill, and these have Ijeen classified
by Burrows^ as Timiskaming.
The Keewatin schist, which surrounds the granite and syenite batholithic
intrusion, varies quite locally from black glistening hornblende to chlorite to sericite
schist, the first-named being the predominating type. The schist usually has a
banded or foliated structure, owing to the parallel alignment of the rod-like crystals
of hornblende and infiltration of feldspathic materials in the planes of schistosity.
Every occurrence of amphibolite or hornblende schist was in the marginal zone sur-
rr .;' .i-i**"
\
^ i.
Pillow lava near Ramore station, north half lot 4, concession V, Pluyfair.
rounding the intrusive batholith. In many instances a gradation from these
schists to typical volcanic types could be traced. In several localities the amygda-
loidal structure was preserved, notably in the hill outcrop north of the Sylvia-
Sanborn lake portage in Nordica township, and in lot 9. concession II, Egan
township. The relationships of tliese foliated schists indicate that they were
all originally volcanic rocks that have been re-crystallized and foliated through
the contact action of the intrusive granite batholith. The strike of the schists
was found to parallel in a general way the periphery of the intrusive batholith.
On the accompanying map many occurrences of dolerite have been noted.
Since this is a general term, it will be defined for the purpose of this report.
The word dolerite, as used, covers that class of rocks which range chemically
from a diorite to a gabbro, megascopically lacking the ophitic texture character-
istic of the diabase, and too fine-grained to definitely show, in hand speci-
'Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XXV, 1915, Ft. 3, map No. 24e.
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area 1 i
mens, whether the ])re(lominant t'erro-magnesian mineral constituent is pyroxene
or hornblende. Eocks of this type have a widespread distribution in the area,
and represent to a great extent the central portion of the lava flows.
Grey lavas and more acidic volcanics, such as rhyolites, are not widely
represented in the Keewatin volcanic complex of the area. In several localities
acid rocks were noted. The island in the Black river just below the twenty-
foot fall, concession IV, Playfair, is composed of acid volcanics. Another
occurrence is with the Keewatin schists along the shore of the southwest bay
cf Radisson lake.
The alteration of the Keewatin rocks, other than the metamorphic effects of the
granitic intrusion already mentioned, consists largely in the development of such
secondary minerals as chlorite, serpentine, quartz, carbonate, feldspar, epidote,
sericite and kaolin. The secondary minerals developed, and the relative pro-
portion of each, depend upon and vary with the original rock type. The
ferro-magnesian minerals usually alter to chlorite and e})idote. Alteration to
serpentine, where observed, was only local and usually along joint planes.
Keewatin rocks west of the eastern boundary of the granite-syenite batho-
lith in general consist of island-like masses, wliich are considered to be rem-
nants of the original roof of the batholith.
The Keewatin of the AVatabeag area has been closely folded. The lava flows
have been tilted up from the horizontal into an almost vertical or sometimes a
r.lightly overturned attitude. The axial strike of the folds is always from
)iorth 83° east astronomic to due east and west. The axial strike in the
A^atabeag area is practically identical with that determined for the Keewatin
of the Abitil)i^ and the Black river- areas to the east.
Algoman
The central portion and western fringe of the area is occupied l)y a granitic
batholith with syenite porphyry facies. Some of the granite is quite similar to
rocks farther south referred to as Laurentian.
Certain writers ]ia\(' drawn an arbitrary age line, depending upon whetlier
the dark-coloured constituent of the granite is biotite or hornblende, others have
used gneissic textures as a criterion for separating the granites, usually al-
locating the gneissic granite to the Laurentian. The writer's field experience,
however, failed to show these criteria applicable. Practically all of the granites
contain both hornl)lende and biotite, although the former is admittedly the
predominant dark-coloured acessory mineral, and gneissic texture is common.
The development of gneissic texture is always local and appears to be due to
conditions existing during solidification, ratlier tlian to regional deformation
which would naturally affect the entire mass rather than isolated portions of it.
In tlie Watabeag area, it was not possible to get any erosive unconformities
or igneous contacts between the granitic rocks and older rocks of post-Keewatin
age.
Granites of the Laurentian should be, iji most cases, more decomposed and
disturl)ed tlian Algoman granites.
'Ont. Eur. Mines, Vol. XXVIII. 1919, Pt. II.
=Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXX, 1921, Pt. VI.
12 Department of Mines, Part VII No. 4
For the reason that there appears to be no grounds for separating the
granites of the area, and, further, as the rocks are comparatively fresh and
undisturbed, with one exception to be cited later, they have all been tentatively
classed as Algoman.
The granite and syenite is intrusive into the Keewatin and is older than
the CobaJt series. The conglomefate of this series is composed largely of
boulders and pebbles of reddish hornblende granite and a syenite porphyry
identical with the rocks seen in situ.
The index map shows the probable extent of the granite batholith. The Kee-
watin in McCann and Egan townships in proximity to the batholith has been
intimately intruded by narrow granitic dikes.
The granite batholith of the area, herein described, is in all probability
a part of a huge batholith which extends southward into Eobertson, Sheba, Dun-
more, Holmes^ Alma and Cairo- townships.
In McCann township, along the Watabeag road, are outcrops of hornblende
syenite porphyry. It was observed that the proportion of hornblende increases
towards contact with the Keewatin. The syenite porphyry in both Egan and
McCann townships is extremely coarse; lath-like phenocrysts, three-quarters of
an inch long, are common. In lot 8, concession IV, McCann township, pheno-
crysts 3 inches long were seen. The porphyry is of a deep pink shade and
weathers to a pale pink. Some of the feldspar exhibits zonal weathering. A
partial analysis made by W. K. McNeill, Provincial Assayer, of the syenite
porphyry from lot 8, McCann tovraship, along the line between concessions TV
and V, gave soda 8.66 per cent., potash 3.85 per cent. The feldspar pheno-
crysts consist of plagioclase and microcline. The plagioclase was proven by
means of its index of refraction and extinction angle to be albite. Feldspar
forms a high percentage of the rock.
The major occurrences of the coarse albite syenite porphyry are confined
to the township of Egan and McCann. In the remainder of the area covered
by the granitic batholith the rock type is usually rather syenitic granite
with biotite and hornblende as accessories, together with minor quantities of
sphene, apatite and zircon. The granite grades without change in texture to
hornblende-albite syenite or quartz-albite syenite. In places the former syenite
consists of about equal proportions of light coloured minerals and of dark ferro-
magnesian minerals. The light pink feldspars usually have a pearly cleavage
surface.
Kay" made rather an exhaustive petrographic study of the syenite exposed on
on the island in main Watabeag lake, and his findings are quoted, in part, below:
Perhaps the most interesting of all the rocks of the area were collected on a small
island in Wataybeeg Lake. Two quite distinct types were found, one of which has been
called a hornblende-albite syenite, the other a quartz-albite syenite.
The hornblende-albite syenite is a medium-grained phanerite, the individual grains
having a diameter of about one millimetre. This rock consists of about equal propor-
tions of light-coloured minerals and of the dark ferromagnesian minerals. The light
colored minerals are feldspars, no quartz being present. The feldspars have a pale
^Cooke, H. C, Exploration of the townships west of Kirkland Lake, Can. Geol-
Survey, Summary Report 1919, Pt. E, and Geology of Matachewan District, Can. Geol.
Survey, Memoir 115.
^Burrows, A. G., The Matachewan Gold Area, Out. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXVII,
1918, Pt. 1, and the Matachewan Gold Area Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXIX, 1920. Pt. III.
'Kay, George F., The Abitibi Region, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIII, 1904, Pt. I.
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area 13
pinkish color, pearly cleavage surface, and in patches they exhibit poikilitic effects.
The ferromagnesian minerals are hornblende and biotite, the former predominating.
In thin section, the prevailing texture is poikilitic; but certain parts present a some-
what graphic texture, due to the interlocking of the crystals, the only constituent,
other than the accessory minerals, which approaches automorphism is the hornblende.
The feldspars consist of a plagioclase feldspar and microcline. The plagieclaae
feldspar was proven, by means of its index of refraction and angle of extinction, to be
albite. The albite and the microcline assume several relationships; in some cases, the
microcline is poikilitic in the albite; in some cases, the opposite is true, that is, the
albite is poikilitic in the microcline; again, the two minerals are coarsely intergrown,
in which case an approach to graphic texture is presented, but further examination
shows that the two minerals have a parallel arrangement, and hence the texture is really
coarsely microperthitic; the albite and the microcline appear to have grown contem-
poraneously.
The microcline usually shows polysynthetic twinning, that is, lamellar twinning
according to the albite and pericline laws.
The albite is also twinned, although many of the crystals are so cut that the
striations are not apparent; the prevalent twinning is according to the albite law, but a
few Carlsbad twins were also observed. The striations of the albite are very narrow
and straight. Of the two feldspars, the albite has suffered the greater amount of de-
composition, although both are comparatively fresh.
The hornblende usually occurs in irregular crystals, although automorphic forms
in sections cut across the prisms also occur; in such cases the characteristic cleavage
is quite perfect. The pleochroism is from a light greenish-brown to green.
The biotite occurs in irregular shaped plates. Its color is brown. The ferro-
magnesian minerals are poikilitic in the feldspars; both the biotite and the hornblende
are somewhat altered.
The subordinate minerals are sphene, which occurs in orange-yellow irregular
crystals, and apatite, which is quite abundant in well-formed prisms, some of whlchi
are colored by iron oxide. The secondary minerals are a fibrous, light-colored horn-
blende, which is probably actinolite, a light-colored chlorite and calcite.
An analysis of this rock by Mr. A. G. Burrows, of Belleville, Ont., gave the follow-
ing result: —
Per cent.
SiOe 56 . 62
AI2O3 16.33
Fe^Os trace
FeO 4.21
MgO 7.65
CaO 5.12
Na20 : 4.34
K=0 2 . 68
Ti02 .26
CO2, H2O, etc 2 . 70
Measurements were made of the minerals present in this rock and the mode de-
termined.^
The result was as follows:
Per cent.
Albite 27.80
Microcline 17 . 54
Biotite 11.15
Hornblende 42 . 45
Apatite .73
Titanite .29
With these percentages an attempt was made to ascertain what must be the nature
of the hornblende to correspond with the composition of this rock as determined by
analysis. In this calculation the biotite was assumed to have the composition of the
biotite in a quartz monzonite from Walkerville, Butte, Montana.*
It was found that the hornblende must be high in silica, high in alumina, high in
magnesia, low in iron and low in potassium. A hornblende from Sanlupe was found to
have such a composition.^
The quartz-albite syenite is found associated with the hornblende albite syenite,
the two types seeming to grade into each other. Megascopically, this rock differs con-
'Quant. Class, of Igneous Rocks, p. 204.
Table XIV. Quant. Class, of Igneous Rocks.
^Dana: System of Mineralogy, page 395.
Department of Mines, Part VII
No. 4
siderably from the associated rock, in that it consists almost entirely of light-colortd
minerals, there being less than five per cent, of ferromagnesian constituents. This rock
is also different in that it contains quartz, while mica is absent.
In thin section, the texture is seen to be similar to that of the hornblende-albite
syenite. The feldspars are albite and microcline, which present the same characteristics
as were described in the associated rock, but whereas in the hornblende-albite syenite
there was less than twice as much albite as microcline, in this rock the albite is about
six times as abundant as the microcline.
The quartz comprises about 13 per cent, of the rock. It is clear and has xeno-
morphic outlines. It is usually segregated in small patches.
The ferromagnesian mineral is hornblende, which has a rather deep-green color and
constitutes about 5 per cent, of the rock. It shows the usual pleochroism, and in some
crystals the characteristic cleavage is present.
The accessory minerals are sphene, apatite, zircon, and a small amount of magnetite.
This rock was also measured and the percentage weights determined. The result
was as follows: —
Per cent.
Albite 69.86
Quartz 13.55
Microcline 11 . 91
Hornblende 4.26
V ;• Apatite -03
Titanite -29
' Zircon -06
Contact shatter breccia sliowing rounded xeiioliihs partly assimilated and sur-
rounded by a hybrid rock. McCann township, lot. 7, concession V.
In Playfair towiishi]), usually in close association with granite or syenite
intrusions, a rock occurs which is composed largely of hornblende and biotite,
separately or combined with an occasional small crystal of light pink feld-
.spar, standing out in contrast to the darker minerals.
A study of a suite of specimens from the Mobb claim, 1187, northeast
quarter of the south half of lot 9, concession IV, revealed evidence of con-
sanguinity between this and the hornblende-albite syenite. In fact, some speci-
mens collected are identical with hornblende and biotite albite-syenite, seen
on the island in main Watabeag lake. These rocks were therefore mapped with
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area 15
the Algoman and are considered lamprophyric differentiates from the granite
magma. The biotite melaphyre or minette type is of common occurrence among
the Playfair lamprophyres.
The only point where the Keewatin-granite batholith contact is well ex-
posed for any distance is in McCann township, where an interesting hybrid
facies has been developed. Contact shatter-breccias, showing both angular and
rounded xenoliths, are in evidence in the hybrid zone, together with a true
hybrid, fonned by the digesting of the wall rock by the molten magma ])rior
to solidification. The inclusions or xenoliths are in many instances compar-
atively unaltered, and their parent rock may be readily determined. The xeno-
liths range in size from minute fragments to blocks with major axes of 10 to
15 feet, or even larger. The largest are comparatively scarce, the greater
number being 2 to 6 feet in diameter, with numberless smaller ones.
Quartz veins in the area covered by the granite-syenite batholitli should be
carefully prospected for gold, since the deposits of this metal in Cairo and Alma
townships, occur with quartz veins in the syenite, presumably a part of the same
batholith.
The possible exception of granite of an earlier age than Algoman, pre-
viously referred to, is a dike 15 feet wide of schistose granite, with a strike of
north 20° west magnetic and an almost vertical dip, which occurs on the east
shore of Radisson lake, just north of the southern boundary of Michie town-
ship. This dike can be traced to the western shore of the lake, and on account
of its appearance it is considered to be possibly of pre-Algnman age.
Cobalt Series
Since all the rocks of the Cobalt series have been fully described by W. C.
Miller^ and others in recent publications of the Department, the writer will
refrain from entering on a detailed description of the Col)alt series in the
Watal)eag area.
Sediments of this series are found mainly in the central portion of Lee
township, in the eastern part of Tolstoi township, and in the southeast corner
of McCann township. In Lee township, to the west of Verona, Burl and Tom-
wool lakes, a narrow ridge striking N. 15° W. extends north into Black township.
The direction of this ridge outcrop appears to represent the main axis of a fold, for
the cleavage is almost per])endicular to the bedding. The dip of the strata rarely
exceeds 20°, and is almost invariably to the east.
No A'ounger rocks intrusive through the Cobalt series were found in the
Watabeag area.
Matachewan Series
The Keewatin rocks, and the granite and the syenite of Algoman ( ?) age, are
cut by dikes and small masses of fresh diabase. Many of the dikes consist of
a coarse quartz diabase frequently containing phenocrysts of labradorite feld-
spar, sometimes one or two inches in diameter. The plienocrysts have a
greenish-yellow, waxy appearance, due principally to sericitization and kaoliniz-
ation. A coarse porphyry of this type may be seen on the hill outcro]) on the
northeast shore of Sanborn lake in Nordica township.
^W. G. Miller, Cobalt and Adjacent Areas, Ont. Bur. Mines, Vol. XIX, Pt. II, 4th
Edition.
16
Department of Mines, Part VII
No. 4
" Besides the porphyritic diabase, there are two other varieties, one an oliv-
ine diabase, the other olivine free. The olivine diabase is characterized by
spheroidal weathering and in certain instances, notably on the outcrop north
from the Toy- Sanborn lake portage, residual boulders may be seen.
At the close of the season, the writer collected a suite of specimens from
Diabase hill in the Cobalt area for comj^arison, and both microscopically and mega-
scopically these rocks appeared identical with the post-Algoman diabase of the
Watabeag area. In the field, however, some of the diabase had an older appear-
ance than the Xipissing diabase of the Cobalt area. As no diabase was found
Slate-like greywacke member of Co-
balt series near 4t4-mile post, north
boundary of Lee township. The
cleavage is perpendicular to the
bedding, signifying that the
outcrop is near the axial
region of a fold.
cutting the Cobalt series in the Watabeag area, none of it is definitely deter-
minable as Xipissing diabase. An intimate association between the diabase dikes
and the granitic masses was noted in the field, which strongly suggests a
genetic relationship between at least some of the diabase and the Algoman ( ?)
granites and syenites of the area. Burrows^ noted an instance where several
dikes of fresh diabase lie unconformably below the basal conglomerate of the
Cobalt series, and Cooke' reports that conglomerate of this series includes
boulders of the diabase. Many of the diabase dikes of the Watabeag area are
'The Matachewan Gold Area, Ont. Bur. Mines Report, Vol. 27. 1918, Pt. I, page 229.
Gowganda and other Silver Areas, Ont. Dept. Mines Report, Vol. XXX., Pt. III., 1921, p. 8.
^Geology of Matachewan District, Geol. Sur. of Can., Memoir 115, p. 33.
1922
Geology of the Watabeag Area
17
considered to be the correlatives of the diabase of the Matachewan area to the
south, the age of which, as has been pointed out, was definitely affixed as post-
Algoman and pre-Cobalt. Separation of these diabases, post-Algoman and pre-
Cobalt, and Nipissing, on petrographic grounds would indeed be difficult if
jiot impossible. Therefore the strong possibility of some of the diabase be-
ing the correlative of the Nipissing diabase must be considered.
In the vicinity of Island lake, ]\Iichie township, some small isolated occur-
rences may possibly be sill remnants.
The contacts in the majority of cases were not exposed, but, to cite an
instance, on the east shore of Island lake a sill remnant of a fresh diabase
appears to rest unconformably upon the eroded surface of the Keewatin schists.
The Black river in Playt'air township
flows between high clay banks. The
view shows the west bank of the
river, in concession IV, thirty
feet high. Note the stratified
clay in the upper part un-
derlain by till.
The dikes liave a vertical attitude, or nearly so, and usually a northerly
strike. The exomorphic effects of the diabase are unimportant, and only extend
into the intruded rock a few inches from the contact.
Narrow alpite dikes and feldspar-porphyry dikes frequently cut the diabase.
These are regarded as an acid fades of the latter. Dikes of this nature are
to be seen on the hill outcrop west of the Watabeag river, on the north boundary
of Egan township, and on the northeast shore of Wildgoose lake in McCann
township.
18 Department of Mines, Part VII No. 4
Pleistocene
Superficial deposits of unconsolidated material cover a great part of the
area. These drift deposits consist largely of sand, gravel, stratified clay, or
sand and clay. The townships of McCann, McEvay, Tolstoi, Terry and Xordica
comprise, in the main, one vast undulating sand area. Here and there are
.sand ridges and hills which stand out prominently ahove the surrounding country.
Although the glacial trend in the area, as revealed hy stria?, is about 10°
east of south, the majority of the moraines and eskers have either a northwest and
southeast or an east to west trend. The area presents many interesting glacial
features which do not fall within the scope of this report, requiring as they
do a detailed topographical study for proper and intelligent interpretation.
Economic Geology
Speaking generally, from an economic viewpoint the geological work proved
disappointing, for much of the area is both overlain by swamps and sandplain
and underlain l)y hornblende granite. The Keewatin rocks near the margin
of the granitic batholitli are favourable for prospecting.
Geologically, the area is more favourable as a possible gohl producer than
for anv other mineral. Gold discoveries have already been made at several
widely distributed points i nthe area, viz., in Playfair, in Terry, in Egan and in
Timmins townships. These prospects will receive particular mention later.
Small deposits of fluorite have been found in Cairo and Alma townships in the
eastern part of the Matachewan gold area.^ They occur in quartz veins in syenite,
Since the syenite of tlie Watabeag area is thought to belong to the same batholith,
and owing to tlie widespread occurrence of fluorite in the area contiguous to the
south, pros})ectino- might ])e rewarded by the finding of economic deposits of this
mineral. Small quantities of fluorite were seen in a quartz vein on the west shore
of Radisson lake near the bay.
Barite veins of commercial importance have been found cutting the red
syenite in one instance, and the Col)alt series slate and quartzite in another, in the
Matachewan area. There is a possibility of making similar discoveries in the
"Watabeag area-
Iron '
On the southern boinidary of lot 1"2, concession II. Egau township, there is
a small deposit of magnetite, with a minor quantity of chalcopyrite, occurring as a
magmatic differentiate from the post-Algoman diabase. Some of the chalcopyrite
exposed to weathering conditions is altered to tlie l>lue l)asic cupric carbonate,
azurite. The outcrop at the point of concentration of the magnetite is quite
small, but the diabase appears to underlie the whole lot and appreciable local
attraction was noted in this locality. It was, therefore, deemed advisable to
mention this occurrence, since ditferentiation from similar magma has in other
areas yielded deposits of economic importance. Complementary dikes, further
evidence of magnuitic differentiation, were noted in the same locality. Several
specimens taken from the outcrop were tested for elironiiiiin witli negative results.
Titanium is present.
'Burrows, A. G., Matachewan Gold Area, Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXVII, 1918, Pt. I.
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area 19
Copper
Copper-bearing minerals, principally chalcopyrite, were observed in niunerous
localities throughout the area, but in no place was a deposit of sufficient extent
seen to be of commercial value. In the area chaleopyrite usually occurs in a
quartz gangue as small aggregates or minute disseminations tbroughout the fresh
diabase or aplite dikes, genetically connected with the diabase.
Molybdenite
Molybdenite was seen in a pegmatite dike in the granite on the Biederman
claim, D.G. 67, on the south boundary of Terry township, and also on claim 17010
on tlu' north boundary of Timmins township. The Timmins township occurrence
is at the margin of a quartz veiu 16 inches wide, striking S'. 80° W., and dipping
60° north. In both instances cited the quantity of the mineral is small.
Erythrite (Cobalt Bloom)
Cobalt bloom was identified by the writer from a narrow calcite vein in
l)roximity to the diabase dike which strikes in a northerly direction from the
Ifadisson-Currie lake ])ortage. The quantity was too small to be of economic
importance, but at the same time it points to calcite veins in the vicinity of the
diabase dikes and sill remnants ])eing worthy of attention as possible sources of
silver. This mineral, cobalt bloom, has to date in the Province of Ontario been
associated with Keweenawan (N^ipissing) basic intrusions, with which are also
associated the silver, nickel, and arsenic of Cobalt, Ontario, and elsewhere in the
Province.
Gold
Cold discoveries have been made at several jxjints in tlie area, notably in
Playfair, Timmins and Terry townships. The discovery of gold in Playfair
township was practically the first in north-eastern Ontario. The Ontario Land
Survey party working in Playfair township first noticed the occurrence in liJO-j,
and the news soon spread. Claims were staked liy Messrs. Mercer, Mobb, Legris,
l'al)JCoe, Gould and others, early in the spring of 1906.
The discovery of gold in 1908 along the south boundary of Terry township in
the Fall Duck lake vicinity led to a mild I'ush to that ])art of the area. This was
known as the ■"Caribou rush" of 19()!i. Other gold discoveries have been made,
i)Ut no work has been done in late years on any of the discoveries.
While the economic importance of the gold deposits so far discovered in the
area is still quite problematical, they at least afford another striking example of
gold being derived from acid intrusives of Algoman age.^ This relationship is
particularly well exemplified by the occurrence of gold in a pegmatitic vein in
the granite on Biederman claim, D.G. 67, in Terry township. AH gold discoveries
to date, in the area, are in close proximity to the granite, syenite or feldspar
porphyry, all of which are considered to have a genetic connection, being different
iacies of the same parent magma. In the proximity of these acid intrusions is
a favourable locality to prospect for gold.
A few of the claims upon which gold has l)een found are now descrilied :
'W. G. Miller and C. W. Knight in a paper entitled "Metallogenetic Epochs of the
pre-Cambrian of Ontario," Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, Series III,
Volume IX, 1915, allocated most of the gold deposits of Ontario to the Algoman Metallo-
genetic epoch.
20
Department of Mines, Part VII
No/4
Mohh claim, 1187, is the northeast quarter of the south half of lot 9,
concession IV, Playfair township. The rock outcrops are confined largely to the
southeast portion of the claim. Two test pits have been sunk on the main dis-
covery, which consists of three parallel veins that strike east and west magnetic^
and dip almost vertically. The north and south veins consist of a quartz and
calcite gangue slightly mineralized with iron pyrites, chalcopyrite and minor
amounts" of molybdenite. The centre vein is practically barren, and has tight
walls, whereas the walls of the south vein are well defined. The wall rock on the
north is a coarse-grained phanerite, a hornblende-albite syenite. This rock con-
sists of about equal proportions of light-coloured minerals and of dark ferro-
magnesian minerals. The light-coloured minerals are a plagioclase feldspar, albite
and microcline with a pinkish colour and pearly cleavage. The ferro-magnesian
Claim
1187
u
Cut by
numerous
narrow
MimmF-'
N92
Post
^////^
I
|xy x
WH
pszZf
Drift.
Trap dike.
Algoman pink feldspar porphyry.
Algoman lamprophyre and
hornblende syenite.
Keewatin Basalt.
Kee\vatin pillow lava.
Scale of Feet
100
200
Surface geology on Claim 1187. Some gold values are found in main east-west vein,
minerals are hornblende and biotite, the former predominating- The rock is
intimately cut by narrow pink syenite dikes, practically free from any ferro-
magnesian minerals. Porphyry dikelets from one to a few Inches wide cut the
intervening rock between the north and south vein. The most easterly test pit
has been sunk on the junction of this parallel vein system, and a barren, milky-
white quartz vein striking northeast and southwest and dipping 45° northwest.
The white quartz vein is paralleled by several narrow felsite dikelets, and is
capped on the surface with magnetite. A chip channel sample on the parallel
vein system taken across four feet on the most westerly test pit gave $60 in gold
and 9 ounces in silver per ton. A'alues are erratic, however, as a second sample
did not give such encouraging results. The owner, Frederick Mobb, having made
an initial discovery of gold, was given a free grant under the Mining Act^ of On-
tario. The patent to the property was not received until 1920, and nothing wa&
done upon it from 1909, when the assessment work was finished, until the summer
of 1920, when :\rr. Mobb revisited the claim with a view to further testing it.
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area 21
Biederman claims, D.G. 67 and 15740, are situated along the south boundary
of Terry township near the two-mile post, and extend south into Dunmore town-
ship. The discovery was made in 1908, and a shaft was then put down to a depth
of 20 feet on a quartz pegmatite vein, about 25 feet wide, cutting a
pink granite, having biotite and hornblende as accessory minerals, the
former being the more plentiful. The vein strikes S. 25° E. magnetic, and dips
about 85° E. The footwall is obscure; the immediate hanginuwall is a
biotite melaphyre. The biotite melaphyre passes gradually into a pink biotite
granite. The schistosity conforms with the strike of the vein. The central
portion of the vein is barren, white vitreous quartz, with little gossan. Near the
margin there is a patchy mineralization of iron pyrites, chalcopyrite and molyb-
denite. There is considerable feldspar with the quartz. A picked, heavily
mineralized sample containing all of the minerals mentioned did not yield an
encouraging assay in gold or silver.
A road was cut along the south boundary of Lee and Terry from Sesekinika
lake in Maisonville township to the property. A diamond-drill outfit was taken
in over this road in 1914, and several holes drilled by a prospecting company from
New York. The Avriter is indebted to William Biederman, the owner, for the
following particulars relative to the diamond drilling.
No. 1 hole depth 125 feet dip 75°
No. 2 hole " 320 feet " 85°
No. 3 hole " 269 feet " 60°
No. 4 hole " 300 feet, 10 in. " 60°
All holes were drilled from the footwall side of the vein. Values of 90 cents to
$14 in gold and two to three ounces of silver per ton were obtained. All the assays
were made of core from No. 3 hole, which was drilled 120 feet in quartz at an angle
of 60°.
These values, while interesting, give no conception of the economic im-
portance of the deposit.
Lightning River Gold Mines, Ltd. — This company owns four chiims in Egan
township, two patented, descril^ed as parcels 2443 and 2444, and two numbering
8499 and 8500, respectively comprising the south half of lot 9, concession III,
Egan township. As will be seen from the plan on page 22, the discovery is
near the Keewatin schist-granite contact. The main outcrop is near the centre of
the four claims, and consists of Keewatin schists, hornblende and chlorite schist
being the two prevailing types. The strike of the schist varies from east and
west astronomic to N. 35° W. The dip is to the north and northeast at steep
angles of 65 to 75 degrees. The Keewatin schists have been intimately intruded
by narrow granitic, some porphyritic, dikes. The dikes have no regular strike,
but in a general way it is parallel to the schistocity of the Keewatin. In the main
outcrop there is a sheeted zone slightly over 100 feet wide and exposed along the
strike for several hundred feet. The schists in this zone strike N. 37° W., dip 65°
iSr.E., and are cut by a narrow quartz vein striking S. 53° E. The intervening
rock and the quartz veins are slightly mineralized with cul^ical iron pyrites. The
schists are locally altered to a ferruginous carbonate. There is a series of joint
fissures at right angles to the main fracture. Grab samples, as nearly repre-
sentative as possible, taken from sixteen different points across this sheeted zone,
gave low gold values.
No work of any account has been done on the claims since 1916. During
the summer of 1921 a cabin was built with a view to further prospecting the
property.
22
Department of Mines, Part VII
No. 4
li^p^^^^^l^sg
^ikl
••— .-=v.- "■••n-""— "^"^rrr
^:.^
- ^ ^ v\iv.v:/^> vy
05
CO
■"^r^'^
:^-:
Con. Ill
■••—
.^-^:
V . V ^r^:iy:::v;l:i ^ ^^ v
; Con. II
'"'^'
•.^ ^ v-Z-'-.'-.'-.-ri •"•-■•'.■••.•■:" "^ ^.-
V
■p
EGAN T?
'■■■y^^^'^^v'/;
0
-I
o
-1
1
>
73°
• ^^<^
-"C^;
1
'A^^^^'
'-'-^
V V (^ V ^\i^^^-Zj^; V ;"
. '^'^i-'' "^ ^ ^^ <?
^^
Iv'*;^'^^''-*. V •'
'"''^^ '•'• -'j^^ ^^.^-'^^ -^
^'C^ ^
V V V 1 '* *' * ■"--'^ ^' *
^^ '-' ■ '» ,,^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^
^^^>^
•"T^ — .
'^ ^r^-^ ,^>^ '^'
"f-^^
• V V ^^ •■ '
i^gi^^'^^
^
psi^^^?^^
^i
^: '
^- •■ V,^^ J^-^^ '-^'^
^"
Scale of Feet
^$$00^
100 0 ?00
l—J 1 1 1
400
Keew
^ p:^ pvTi
n
l%.l l-^^1
1 -^^ 1
atin Algoman Post-Algoma
Quartz Strike
Strike and
foliated
scliist granite dikes diabase
veins and dip
vertical dip
Claims of Lightning River Gold Mines, showing geological relationship of rocks typical
of the Watabeag area. Small gold values were obtained from quartz
veins cutting the granite.
Claims 17010 and 16088 are located along the north boundary of Timmins
township at tlie southwest corner of Egan township. Considerable surface Avork
has been done on these claims and a shaft sunk, judging from the dump, to a
depth of 25 or 30 feet, near the hornblende-syenite porphyry-ehlorite schist con-
tact, on several parallel veins striking X'. 6° E. magnetic. The gangue is largely
quartz with minor cjuantities of calcite, ankerite and a carbonate, probably brun-
jierite (carbonate of iron and magnesium) judging from its tan-coloured weather-
ing. The veins are mineralized with culjical iron pyrites.
The quartz veins cut both the Keewatin schists and the syenite porphyry, but
the mineralization is largely confined to that part of the vein lying outside the
porphyry. South of the shaft there is a small schistose felsite dike intrusive
through the Keewatin schists.
From a representative grab sample of the vein material, an assay of $10.40
in gold per ton was obtained. Gold was seen in several specimens found on the
dump.
1922
Geology of the Watabeag Area
23
On claim 17010, near the southeast corner, a test pit 13 feet deep has been
sunk on a white vitreous quartz vein striking S. 80° W. magnetic, and dipping
60° X. The mineralization is scant. Along the footwall side of the vein there is
a belt varying from a few to 18 inches in width, which contains considerable
molybdenite and ankerite. The hangingwall has been altered to a ferruginous
carbonate. Judging from material on the dump, the vein is associated with a deep
pink to red coloured felsite dike. This dike was not seen on the outcrop. The
footwall rock, carrving consideraljle molvl)denite, sliowed only a trace of gold.
^/w\SHE RATON jeXi^^/
Ferruginous shear zone.
uartz veins.
Post-AIgoman diabase.
Algoman ditto of pink hornblende syenite
porphyry.
Keewatin schists, chlorite and hornblendic,
much contorted in places.
Strike and dip of schistosity.
Scale of Feet
200
Geology of parts of Claims 17010 and 16099.
A speck of gold was seen in a narrow dike composed of dark aphanitic rock
cutting a granitic boulder. The boulder was along the south boundary of Lee
township, just west of the five-and-a-half mile-post. From the angular nature of
the boulder and its many associates, and from the fact that the granite was
identical with that seen in situ a few chains east, it doubtless was not transported
far from the northward.
Panning of the glacial gravel and sand in the vicinity of Wolverton lake, in
Timmins township, is reported to have yielded a few colours to the panful. Since
the sand and gravel is purely of glacial origin, there is little chance of a natural
concentration having been effected to a sufficient extent to form deposits of
economic importance.
Brief Summary of the Townships
Playfair Township
The northeast quarter of Playfair township in traversed by the Temiskaming
and Northern Ontario railway. Eoads have been cut and graded in all but
the southwest quarter of the townshi]). Hence all parts are easily accessible.
The greater part of the township is overlain with a heavy mantle of clay soil, well
adapted for agricultural purposes. The arable lots are practically all taken up.
24 Department of Mines, Part VII No. 4
and already there are man}' well improved farms. As a result of the Mathesen fire
in 1916, much of the land was easily cleared, and Playfair township now presents
a well-settled appearance, and an uninterrupted view of the undulating clay land
may be had across several concessions.
Bamore village, along the T. and ISi'. 0. railway, in concession V, is a thriving
community. The village had, in the summer of 1921, a post office, two general
stores, a bank, two restaurants, a boarding house, a blacksmith shop, three saw-
mills, a public school, a separate school and a Boman Catholic church. In
growth this village rivals some of the western prairie towns, for it has been built
up since 1912, when the first farm settlers came in.
The present postmaster, T. E. Cocklin, has been a resident of Bamore
since 1908, before the township was thrown open for location. In 1908 Bamore
was called Wildgoose siding. In February, 1909, a post office was opened at
Bamore station as Clay Belt post office, a name afterwards changed to Bamore.
The greatest influx of settlers came between 1914 and 1918, and it was not till
following the Matheson fire in 1916 that the community and town spread west
of the railway.
The entire township is underlain with Keewatin, possessing all the char-
acteristics of extrusive lava flows. Locally, this basement of volcanic rocks has
been liberally intruded by acid dikes, granite and syenite, frequently porphyritic
and lamprophyre dikes. A promising locality, worthy of further prospecting for
ore deposits, is in lots 7, 8 and 9, concessions II, III and IV. The most rugged
country is situated along the southern and western boundary line. A splendid
view of the entire township may be obtained from the summit of Kempis mountain,
on the eastern boundary line.
Small values in gold were obtained from quartz veins cutting the Keewatin
rocks in the north half of lot 13, concession V.
McCann Township
Topographically, the township of McCann may be roughly divided into
three parts. The eastern third is rugged and underlain with Keewatin
rocks; the central third is a rolling sand country which strongly suggests re-
cessional glacial material; and the western third may be separated into the south
half, which is flat land more or less swampy, and the north half, which is undu-
lating land with a good mantle of clay loam, suitable for agricultural purposes.
The central rolling sand plain area has been repeatedly burned over until it
is quite bare. There are areas of good poplar in the northwest quarter and con-
siderable spruce in the southeast quarter. Some small remnants of the original
jack pine forest still remain in the southern part-
The northeast quarter of the township is particularly rugged, and forest
fires have bared the rock. The Keewatin rocks in this section have been cut
by numerous narrow dikes of Algoman age. There are many high, rocky hills
in the northeast and also along the Keewatin-granitic batholith contact, which
runs roughly north and south across the centre of the township. In the south-
east quarter there are a few outcrops of the Cobalt series.
Small lakes are numerous in the sand-covered part of the township.
The Matheson- Watabeag Dam road crosses about the centre of the township
from north to south.
The most promising localities for prospecting are accessible from De Courcey,
Wildgoose and Turkey lakes. Some recent staking has l)een done in the vicinity
of Andrew lake, on lot 7, concession YI.
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area 25
Tolstoi and Terry Townships
The townships of Tolstoi and Terry may be described together, since geo-
logically and topographically they are someAvhat similar. In the main they
are characterized by rolling sand plains with occasional areas of considerable extent
of flat land, more or less swampy. The sand ridges have two general strikes, east
to west and northwest to southeast. The country north of Tolstoi creek in
Terry is mostly swampy.
The central portion of Tolstoi has been swept by forest fires, which have
destroyed considerable of the jack pine forest, but quantities of splendid jack
pine still remain. Only minor tracts of agricultural land exist, and these are
confined to the eastern part. They are not of sufficient extent to warrant sub-
dividing the township.
Tolstoi township is not easily accessible, and has been but little travelled.
From the prospector's viewpoint there is little of interest, since the rocks are
almost entirely covered. Only here and there do small outcrops of the under-
lying granite and syenite occur. A strij) along the east of the township, one
mile wide from east to west, is underlain by Keewatin rocks. The bedrock in the
remainder of the toAvnship is inferred to be granite and syenite, cut by numerous
dikes of fresh diabase. Some small outcrops of the Cobalt series conglomerate
and greywacke are scattered throughout the eastern third of the township.
A canoe route, which can be readily followed upon the accompanying map,
leading from Caribou lake, makes all parts of Terry township comparatively
accessible. Tolstoi creek, if cleaned out, would be suitable for canoe travel,
but in its present condition is not navigable. A rough road has been cut west
from Sesekinika lake, Maisonville township, to mining claim D.G. 67, situated
at the two-mile post on the southern boiindary of Terry township.
The rock outcrops seen, which are by no means numerous, except in the
eastern third of the township, consist wholly of granite and syenite cut by fresh
diabase dikes. The occurrence of gold in a pegmatitic quartz dike cutting the
granite has already been mentioned.
Lee Township
White Clay creek, which empties into Meyers lake, is navigable by canoe
during high water, but in shallow water the swam]^ w^illows, which in many
places overhang its banks, make travel tedious. This creek and numerous lakes
render the township reasonably accessible. The forest is green, with the exception
of a small area surrounding Sarsfield Lake and extending westward along the
southern boundary- The entire townsliip is well timbered, principally with
poplar, spruce and jack pine. Lee township is part of a timber l)ertli held by
T. S. Woollings & Co., of Englehart. The only pulpwood cut so far is in the
vicinity of Meyers lake, where the company has erected huts.
The surface of the area is mainly rolling in character. The southwest part
is low and swampy and spruce-covered, the east and north consists of more
elevated clay land timbered with birch and poplar, and the southeast is a rolling
sand country dotted with numerous small lakes of crystal clear water. A com-
manding view of the entire township may be had from tlie outcrop situated in
the southeast corner of Terry township, a few chains west and north of the south-
east corner. A feature of the topography is the north to south ridges of the
Cobalt series.
26 Department of Mines, Part VII No. 4
The western fringe of the township is underlain by granite, the central belt
by sediments of the Cobalt series, and the eastern jDortion by Keewatin rocks.
Some claims have been staked near the Lee-Maisonville boundary.
McEvay Township
McEvay townsliij) is well provided with means of access both by land and
water. AVagon roads lead from the main Watabeag Dam road to the various
camps along the Watabeag river. Most of these are shown on the accompanying
map. The Watabeag river is quite suital)le for canoe travel except during
seasons when the timber drive is on.
The Watabeag river flows from south to north roughly across the centre of
the township. The banks are high, in places 60 feet, composed of sand and gravel
abo\"e the falls ; below the falls, the soil is clay and clay loam and the tinil)er along
the I)anks changes from jack pine and poplar to spruce of merchantable grade. In
the country lying to the east of the Watabeag river considerable valuable timber,
inostly jack pine, lias already been cut, but some patches of this pine of fine
quality still remain, ])articularly along the Watabeag Dam road. West of the
river practically no timber has been cut except along the river bank.
Tlie entire townsliip is covered with a heavy mantle of sand and gravel.
Eock outcrops were seen only along the Watal)eag river, and the northern and
western boundaries of the township. Some rock, not definitely in situ, seen
along the river between Lockpot lake and Watabeag dam has not been showii
on til ' accompanying map.
Lakes are especially numerous in the southern half of the township. The
northwest quarter consists of alternating sand and spruce swamp.
Many sand hills and ridges lend variety to the otherwise monotonous
landscape. The usual strike of sand ridges is either east-west or northwest and
southeast.
Lemoine lake. Xordica township, typical of the beautiful lakes so abundant
throughout the rolling sand country. View looking north-
west across the lake from Hill lake portage.
Nordica Township
Nordica is a township of varied topography, possessing as it does, rolling sand
plain country, spruce muskeg and many high, rugged, rocky hills. The country
between the three- and five-mile posts, along the western boundary, and that
lying north and northwest of Sanborn lake, is particularly rugged. Eocky
hills rise to elevations of one hundred and fifty feet above the surrounding
1922 Geology of the Watabeag Area 27
country. A splendid view of the entii'e towiislii}) may he had from the hill north
of Sanborn lake. South from this point, the country gently rises for nearly
two miles, the rise culminating in an east to west granite ridge, which crosses
the township from Watabeag lake to the western boundary, about the three-mile
post. North and south of this ridge is sand count i-y with low knolls of rock pro-
truding through the sand at widely separated jtoints. Xoi'dica townshif), ex-
cepting six or nine square miles in the northwest, is inferred to be un(h'rlain
1)V granite and syenite. The area in the northwest is presumably unib'rbiin by
Keewatin rocks, as all of the few outcrops seen were composed of horidjlciide and
chlorite schist, metamorphosed sheared basic eruptives of the Keewatin series.
These had invariably been cut by numerous narrow dikes of fresh diabase, as well
as by a few acid dikes belonging to the Algoman intrusives.
Splendid canoe routes render all parts reasonably accessible. Watabeag
lake, which is a feature of the township, has already received mention.
Egan Township
Egan township is one of the subdivided townships of the area. The land
in general may be classed as undulating clay loam, except in two or three
sections where rocky hills rise to an elevation of 200 to 400 feet above the
surrounding country. Fifty to sixty ])er cent, of the land is suitable for agri-
cultural purposes. The greater part of concession I is unsuitable for settle-
ment, being low and swampy.
The entire township is heavily timbered with large spruce, poplar, Iialm of
gilead, balsam and banksian pine. Much tie timber and some ]nili)wood have
been cut along the Watabeag river. Forest fires in 1921 swept over the north-
west quarter, destroying the forest growth.
The Watabeag and Little Driftwood rivers drain respectively the east and
west portions of the township. Small creeks tributary to these two streams are
numerous. The only lakes seen are in lots 9 and 10, concession VI.
The country along the line between lots 8 and 9, from south to north, is
rough. Eocky hills, over one hundred feet above the surroundiui;- country, are
numerous. Merriman mountain on the northern boundary immediately west
of the Watabeag river is prol)al)ly the finest point of vantage in the area, being
400 feet high. A splendid view of the surrounding country for miles around
may be had; the valley of the Watabeag, winding southward, presents a pictur-
esque setting. Commanding views may also be obtained from Ibsen and Pinero
hills. From the summit of tlie latter hill, a fascinating panorama of wooded plain
and gently rolling hills unfolds itself to the east and west, the view south being
obstructed by Ibsen hill. The three large hills near the iiortheast corner of
the township are an outstanding feature. The intervening country is a flat
woodland with a dense growth of poplar, birch and spruce. Due east, the country
appears almost level, broken only by the rocky hills on the eastern l)oundary of
^IcC'ann township. To the southwest a rolling succession of round-topped hills
and shallow valleys is presented, stretching away as far as the eye can see. A
strip of spruce running in a northerly direction marks the course of the Little
Driftwood.
The Watabeag river is navigal)le across the township, but the Little Drift-
wood, on account of the many log jams, is useless as a canoe route. A good wagon
road branches off the main Watabeag Dam road at the forks, near the southern
28 Department of Mines, Part VII No. 4
boundary of McCann, and leads to the camps on the banks of the \Yatabeag river,
along the southern boundary and near concession I. A first-class trail leads from
the camps on the southern l)oundary to the Lightning Kiver Gold Mines property
in lot 9, concession III. A winter road, which affords a good trail, follows along
the Watabeag river to Wasach, on the Temiskaming and Northern Ontario rail-
way, at the crossing of the Watabeag river. On the northern boundary of Egan
township, west of Merriman mountain, there is a rock, light to dark greenish-grey
in colour. The rock is of porphyritic character, having flesh-coloured phenocrysts
of alkali-calcic plagioclase ; the rock may be called a porphyrite. The age could not
be determined in the field as no contacts were seen. It is tentatively left in the
Keewatin, but is probably younger,
Sheraton Township
Time did not permit completing the geological survey of Sheraton. A
few sections only were made, which aiford some idea of the general aspects of the
township, of use to the prospector.
Sheraton township is not very accessible except by canoe in the north, up
the Driftwood river from Monteith to Moose lake in Bond township, then south
to the lake, along the line between lots 6 and 7, concession VI. Our party
entered Sheraton by way of Egan and Timmins townships. These routes are
not recommended. In the western third of the township a rolling sand plain area
extends from concession I to concession VI. A tract of good agricultural land
extends from north to south across the central part of the township. The soil
is clay and clay loam.
Near the eastern boundary of the township, the country is rougher, and there
are some abrupt rock exposures, particularly in concessions III and IV. The
southeast corner of the township is largely Keewatin. There is a contact be-
tween the Keewatin and granite near the north boundary of lot 1, concession III.
The northeast quarter of the township is underlain with granite. Exposures are
most common along the lot 4 and 5 line north from Con. III. According to field
notes of W. Galbraith, O.L.S., surveyor in charge of township survey, an
abnormally low magnetic declination, varying from 0° to 5° west, was evidenced in
the four square miles in the southeast corner of the to\TOship.
Michie Township
Michie township is the most rugged in the area, prominent, high rocky hills
being found in all parts. The country for a mile east and west of Eadisson lake
is particularly rough, and rocky hills are of common occurrence. The country
lying north of Eadisson lake and east of Eadisson creek, is sand-covered and
appears to have been burnt over about thirty or forty years ago. Small areas of the
original jack pine remain.
Along the western l^oundary the country is level land, heavily timbered with
a mixed forest of cedar, birch, balsam, spruce and poplar, of from eight to eighteen
inches in diameter. Timber of commercial size is also to be found between
Eadisson lake and the eastern boundar}-.
Within the township are several large lakes, Eadisson being the largest.
The water in Eadisson lake is quite clear and in places more than 100 feet in
depth. The shore line on the west is all rocky. A precipitous rocky shore, thirty
1922
Geology of the Watabeag Area
29
to fifty feet high, extends north from the southern boundary for several hundred
yards. It was thought that this shore might possibly represent a fault scarp,
with a north to south strike, and that weathering along the fault had produced
a valley of which Radisson and the north-to-south string of lakes in Eobertson
township occujjy a part.
The northeast quarter is underlain with Keewatin rocks. Elsewhere the
underlying rock formation is largely granite, with the exception of a few patches
of Keewatin on the shores of Radisson lake and along the southern boundary
of the township. Diabase dikes, usually with a northerly strike, are common,
cutting both the Keewatin schists and the Algoman granites.
The canoe route from Stewart to Radisson lake, by way of Macphail lake,
is not recommended, as the portages, besides being long, are poorly cut out and
lead through considerable swampy country.
Timmins Township
The many lakes in the sand plain country make all sections of Timmins
township reasonably accessible. Radisson creek is not navigable by canoes, ex-
cept for a short distance south from the Nighthawk lake-Radisson creek portage.
A three way contact near the east shore of
Saral lake, Timmins township. Fresh diabase,
intrusive through Keewatin hornblende
schist, and pink weathering hornblende-
feldspar porphyry of Algoman? age. The
feldspar porphyry is the light colored
rock in the upper right hand corner
of the picture. Contacts have been
accentuated with white chalk.
30 Department of Mines, Part VII No. 4
Eadissou creek appears to follow a topooraphical and geological boundary. All
rock outcrops seen west of the creek are granite and those to the east are Keewatin
or low knolls of fresh diabase and granite presumably, dike remnants which
have resisted erosive influence better than the Keewatin rocks which they intruded.
The country lying east of Kadisson creek is largely sand-covered, whereas that
to the west is low, swampy and covered with spruce. The northern portion of the
township is mostly swampy, with minor tracts, ridges and hills of sand. In the
vicinity of Island lake the country is more rugged, and several hills rise from
one to three hundred feet above the surrounding country. The Saral hills
comprise a chain which has a north to south length of three miles, bordering Island
and Elspeth lake on the west. The hills consist of hornblende and chlorite
schists, liberally intruded by a coarse, fresh dial)ase together with a few granitic
dikes, some of porphyry, of Algoman ? age. The only other rock outcrop of any
extent is in the northeast part of the township, where a north-soutli ridge com-
posed of fresh diabase appears intrusive through the granite at its southern
extremity and through the Keewatin at its northern extremity. The dike can
be traced for nearly three miles along the strike.
Small, widely separated sections represent the only agricultural lands in
the township. They are not of sufficient extent to be of economic importance,
even though the township may be more accessible in the future.
Timber resources are average; no large recent l)rule areas exist. Jack pine
is the principal species represented. Areas of good spruce are situated in the
northeast, in the north and in the strip west of Eadisson creek. In the more
rugged portions there is a very heavy growth of medium-sized timber. Spruce,
balsam, l)irch and poplar are the most abundant species.
INDEX
Vol. XXXI, Part VII.
Page
Abitibi Power and Paper Companv,
Ltd '. 2
Abitibi River area 11
Access to area 2, 3
Acknowledgments 2
Actinolite 13
Agricultural land 6, 23, 25,26
Albite 12, 13
Algoman 11-15
Fluorite IS
Granite batholith 12
Quartz veins 15
Amphibolite 10
Analyses
Hornblende-albite syenite 13
Syenite porphyry 12
Andrew lake 23
Ankerite 22, 23
Apatite 13
Assay, gold.
Biederman claim 21
Lightning River Gold Mines 21
Azurite IS
Balm of gilead 26
Balsam 5, 26, 28
Bear 5
Beaver 5
Beatty township gold area 1
Biederman gold claim.
Assays 21
Diamond-drilling 21
Notes 21
Ref 19
Biederman. William 21
Biotite 11, 13, 21
Birch 6, 11, 24, 27, 28
Black river.
Drainage area 4
Refs 1. 2, 11
Waterfalls 4, 5
Black tp.
Cobalt series 15
Refs 1 and n.
Blackwater lake 2
Blackwater-Lockpot lake route 2
Boundaries of area 1
Brule 5, 30
Brunnerite 22
Burrows, A. G 10, 13, 16
Cairo tp.
Fluorite 18
Refs 12, 15
Calcite 13. 22
Canoe routes 2, 6, 24, 25, 26 27
Carbonate 11
Pai;k
Cariad lake 3
Caribou lake 6. 23
Cautts creek 4
Cautts lake 4
Cedar 27
Chalcopyrite 18, 19, 21
Chlorite 10, 11, 13
Clay Belt post office 24
Cobalt bloom 19
Cobalt series 3, 7, 15, 24, 25
Cocklin, T. E 24
Cook tp 7
Cooke, H. C I2n, 16
Copper 19
Copper-bearing minerals 19
Davis lake 2
De Courcey lake 23
De la Verendrye 'in
Diabase 7
Diabase hill I6
Diamond drilling
Biederman gold claims £1
Dolerite.
Explanation of term 10
Dome mill, Tisdale tp 10
Dougherty, J. W 2
Drainage areas 4
Driftwood river 4
Dunmore tp 12. 21
Economic geology 18-23
Egan chutes, McEvay tp 5
Egan tp.
Agricultural land 6, 25
Albite-syenite porphyry 12
Chalcopyrite 18
Forest fires 5
Gold 18, 22
Granitic dike intrusion 12
Magnetite I8
Notes 25, 26
Timber 26
Elspeth lake 28
Epidote 11
Erythrite. See Cobalt bloom.
Extent of Watabeag area 1
Fall Duck lake 19
Feldspar n, 12, 13, 20
Felsite 20, 23
Fish '5^ 6
Forest fires 5, 24, 27, 28
Fort Matachewan 1
Fur-bearing animals 5
31
32
Department of Mines, Part VII
No. 4
Page
Galbraith, W., O.L.S 28
Game 6
Geological outline 6-18
Geological formations (table) 7
Goodwin, W. M 2
Gold 19-23
Gossan 21
Gould 19
Granite 7
Greenstone 9
Greenwood, W 2
Grey lavas 11
Height of land 1
Holmes tp 12
Hornblende-albite syenite 12
Hornblende schist 10
Hutchison, F. L 2
Ibsen hill 27
Iron 18
Iron pyrites 21
Island lake 17, 28
Jack (banksian) pine ..5. 6, 23, 24, 26, 28
Joliet (explorer) 3«
Kaolin 11
Kay, George F 1,2
Keewatin 7-11
Keewatin schist 10
Kempis mountain 22
Kirkland Lake gold area 1
Knight, C. W •. 1, 19«
La Salle (explorer) 3?i
Labradorite 7
Lake trout 5, 6
Lakes 4,25
Flows 7, 8
Pillow, Playfair and McCann tps. . 8
Playfair tp. (photo) 10
Lee tp.
Cobalt series 3, 15
Greywacke (photo) 16
Notes 24
Timber 5, 24
Legris.— ? 19
Lemoine lake ( photo) 25
Lightning River Gold Mines, Ltd.
Assay 22
Notes 21, 22
Link lake 6
Little Driftwood river 26
Lockpot lake 2, 26
Long Watabeag lake 6
Macgillivray, J. C 2
M'ackay creek 4
Mackay lake 4
Macphail lake 29
Magnetite 18
Main Watabeag lake 6, 12
Maisonville tp 21
Mapping of area 1, 2
Marl 5
Page
Marquette (explorer) 3n
M'atachewan 1
Matachewan area.
Barite veins 18
Cobalt series slate and quartzite . . 18
Matheson 2
Matheson fire in 1916 5, 23
Matheson-Watabeag Dam road 23
McCann tp.
Agricultural land 6, 24
Cobalt series 15
Contact shatter-breccia (photo) .. 14
Dikes, aplite and feldspar porphyry 17
Forest fires 5
Granitic dike intrusion 12
Hornblende-syenite porphyry out-
crops 12
Keewatin-granite batholith contact 15
Lava flows 7
Notes 24
Pillow lava 8
Pleistocene 18
Timber 24
McDougall, Wasil 1
McEvay tp.
Notes 26
Pleistocene 18
Timber 26
Waterpowers 5
McNeill, W. K 12
Mercer, — ? 19
Merriman mountain 27
Michie tp.
Notes 28, 29
Post-Algoman diabase 17
Schistose granite dike 15
Timber 27
Microcline 12, 13
Miller, W. G 15, 19n
Mobb, Fredrick 19, 20
Mobb gold claim.
Notes 20
Rocks 14
Molybdenite 19, 20, 23
Monteith 26
Moose 5
Moose lake, Bond tp 26
Moose river 4
Munro gold area 1
Munro tp 10
New York 21
Nighthawk lake 2
Nighthawk drainage basin 4
Nordica tp.
Area in Watabeag basin 6
Forest fires 5
Notes 26, 27
Pleistocene 18
Post-Algoman diabase 15
Schist 10
Ontario Land Survey party (1905) .. 19
Phanerite 20
Pike 5
Pinero hill 27
1922
Index, Part VII
33
Page
Plagioclase 12
Pickerel 5
Playfair tp.
Acid volcanoes 11
Agricultural land 6. 23
Gold 18, 19
Lava flows 7
Matheson fire o
Notes 23, 24
Pillow lava 8. 10
Pseudo-conglomerate (pliotos) ....8, 9
Waterfall on Black river 4
Waterpowers 5
Pleistocene 2, 3, 6, 18, 24, 25
Poplar 5, 6, 24, 26, 27, 28
Porcupine gold area 1
Post-Algoman diabase 15-17
Potter Lumber Company, R. S 2
Pulpwood 25
Quartz 11
Quartz-albite syenite 12
Radisson (explorer) 3n
Radisson lake
Acid volcanoes 11
Fluorite 15
Foliated Keewatin schists (photo) 9
Refs 4, 18, 27
Radisson (Trout) creek, Timmins
tp 2, 27
Radisson-Currie lake portage 19
Ramore 7, 24
Red deer 5
Rhyolites 11
Roads 2, 6, 21, 24
Robertson tp 12
Sanborn lake 15, 27
Sand. Sec Pleistocene.
Sanlupe 13
Saral hills 28
Saral lake, three-way contact (photo) 28
Sarsfield lake 24
Schists, Keewatin 8, 9
Sericite 11
Serpentine 11
Sesekinlka lake 21, 25
Sheba tp.
Area in Watabeag l)asin 6
Ref 12
Sheraton tp 4
Agricultural land 6, 28
Notes 28
Soils. Sec Agricultural land.
Sphene
Spruce 5, 25. 27, 28,
Stewart lake
Syenite 7,
Tabicoe,— ?
Temiskaming and Northern Ontario
Railway 2, 23,
13
30
4
IS
19
Page
Terry tp.
Area in Watabeag basin C
Biederman claims 21
Gold 18
Molybdenite 19
Notes 25
Pleistocene 18
Refs 1, 4. 19
Thomas tp 4
Timmins tp.
Agricultural land 30
Gold 18, 19, 21, 22
Molybdenite 19
Notes 29, 30
Timber 30
Timber 5, 6, 25, 28
Tisdale tp., rocks 10
Titanite 13
Titanium 18
Tolstoi creek 25
Tolstoi tp.
Agricultural land 25
Area in Watabeag basin G
Cobalt series 15
Notes 25
Pleistocene 18
Timber 5
Toy-Sanborn lake i)ortage 16
Tomwool creek 3
Trout 3n, 5, 6
Turkey lake 24
Walkerville, Butte. Montana 13
Wasacli 28
Waterpowers 5
Watabeag, translation of 1
Watabeag area, topography 2, 3
Watabeag basin.
Lakes included in 6
Table of acreages in 6
Townships comprised in 1
Watabeag Dam road 2, 26
Watabeag lake.
Depths in 6
Fish 5, 6
Watabeag river.
Refs 2, 4, 5, 17, 27, 28
Waterpowers
Water in area, characteristics of . .
White Clay river
5
3
4
White pine 5, 6
Whitefish 5
Whitefish river 4
Wild animals 5
Wildgoose lake 17, 24
Wildgoose river.
Refs 4, 5
Waterpowers 5
Wildgoose siding, See Ramore.
Wolverton lake, Timmins tp 23
Zircon 12
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
Hon. H. Mills, Minister of Mines Thos. W. Gibson, Deputy Minister
THIRTY=FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART VIII, 1922
CONTENTS OF PART VIII
PAGES
Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph by E. L. Bruce - 1-32
Eastern Part of Lake St. Joseph by E. L. Bruce - - 3S-SS
Area South of the West End of Lake St. Joseph
by E. L. Bruce 39-40
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed by CLARKSON W. JAMES, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1923
Printed by
THE RYERSON PRESS
CONTENTS
Vol. XXXI, Part VIII
Page
Ikon Formation of Lake St. Joseph
Introductory 1
Field Work 1
Acknowledgments 1
Position, Area and Means of Access. . 1
Previous Work 2
Summary 2
Topography 3
Local Topographic Divisions 3
Drainage 6
Waterpowers 6
Pulpwood and Timber 6
Agriculture 6
Fish 6
General Geology 7
Pre-Granite Complex 7
Sedimentary Division of Pre-Granite
Complex 7
Description of Rock Types 7
The Iron-Bearing Beds 10
General Character 10
Distribution 11
Origin of Sedimentary Beds 11
Metamorphism of the Sediments.. 12
Succession of the Sediments 12
Similar Rocks in Adjacent Areas.. 13
Igneous Division of the Pre-Granite
Rocks 13
General 13
Acidic Flows 13
Alteration 15
Distribution 15
Origin 16
Comparison with Rocks in Adja-
cent Areas 16
Basic Volcanic Rocks and Associ-
ated Schists 16
Age Relations of the Igneous Pre-
Granite Rocks 19
Rocks of the Granite Intrusions 19
Rock Types 19
Age Relation of the Granite 21
Page
Glacial Formations 21
Recent 21
Geological History 22
Economic Geology 23
History of Prospecting 23
Iron Formation 24
Character of the Iron Occurrences. 24
Mineralogy of the Iron Formation. 24
Associated and Interbedded Rocks 25
Origin of the Iron-Bearing Beds . . 26
Hypothesis of Contact Metamor-
phism 26
Hypothesis of Clastic Sedimenta-
tion 26
Hypothesis of Chemical Precipita-
tion 27
Comparison with Lake Savant Oc-
currences 29
Composition of the Deposits 30
Depth of the Deposits 31
Possibility of Enriched Lenses ... 31
Possibility of Concealed Lenses of
Magnetite 32
Quartz Veins 32
Eastern Part of Lake St. Jo.seph.
Introduction 33
Summary 33
Timber 33
Geology 33
Pre-Granite Complex 34
General 34
Sedimentary Group 34
Igneous Group 36
Granite and Other Intrusives 36
Recent 37
Pleistocene Deposits 31
Area Soith of the West End of Lake
St. Joseph.
Introduction 39
Geology 39
(iii:
Fig. 1.-
Fig. 2.-
Fig. 3.-
Fig. 4.-
Fig. 5.-
Fig. 6.-
Fig. 7.-
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.-
Fig. 11.-
Fig. 12.
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
No. 31e.
No. 31f.
ILLUSTRATIONS
IROX FOKMATIOX OF LaKE St. JOSEPH.
-Marshy longitudinal valley occupied in part by a bay of Lake St.
Joseph 3
-Hummocky ridges of glacial sands and gravels lying between Lake St.
Joseph and Lake No. 1 4
-Terminal moraine lakes, north of the narrows of Lake St. Joseph,
viewed from a height of 2,700 feet ^
-Ropy-looking rock of the sedimentary group 8
-Band of conglomeratic material containing nodules of magnetite 10
-Photomicrograph of section of quartz porphyry from Island 400, show-
ing absorbed phenocrysts of quartz 14
-Photomicrograph of quartz porphyry from Island 400, showing feld-
spar phenocrysts 14
-Pyroclastic rock on the north side of the narrows. Lake St. Joseph . . 18
-Photomicrograph of quartz porphyry fragments in pyroclastic rock,
north side of the narrows, Lake St. Joseph 18
-Glacial boulder of granite on the shore of Blackstone lake 20
-Part of La,ke St. Joseph from an altitude of 2,500 feet, looking south-
west 23
Outcrop of iron formation on Island 84, showing the platey structure
formed by weathering in schistose rock 24
Eastern Part of Lake St. Joseph.
-Photomicrograph X 30 of quartzite from the south side of the bay
crossed by the base line between Mile XII and Mile XIV, Eastern
part of Lake St. Joseph 35
-Lake in terminal moraine deposits, south of Lake St. Joseph 36
-Osnaburgh House, Lake St. Joseph, viewed from an elevation of 800 feet 37
-Island 670, Lake St. Joseph, showing sand spit formed on the south side 38
GEOLOGICAL MAPS
(171 pocket inside back cover).
—Western Part of Lake St. Joseph, scale one mile to the inch.
—Eastern Part of Lake St. Joseph, scale two miles to the inch.
(iv)
IRON FORMATION OF LAKE ST. JOSEPH
By E. L. Bru.e
Introductory
It has been known for some years that iron formation occurs at Lake St.
Joseph on the Albany river, but as no thorough examination of the deposits for
])ublic information had ever been made, and as the region is now fairly easy of
access, the writer was instructed by the Ontario Department of Mines to examine
the ore deposits and the associated rocks of that region during the field season
of 1921.
Field Work
The field work covered a period from the first of June to the middle of
September. The shores and islands of the western part of Lake St. Joseph
were examined in detail during the first part of the season, and inland traverses
were made by pace and compass methods at closely spaced intervals. Along
the south shore, owing to magnetic disturbances, it was necessary to use the
dial compass; dip needle observations were also made. Small lakes inland from
the main hike Avere located and surveyed by stadia and compass, and the southern
part of Blackstone lake, w'hich is included in the map sheet, was also surveyed.
Special attention was given to the delineation of the iron-bearing beds. Their
possible extension and connections under the lake were determined by dip-needle
readings taken by canoe on calm days. Li this way it was possible to obtain as-
surance of the continuity of certain beds. Average samples over considerable
widths were taken at some of the more promising occurrences. Some quartz
veins were also sampled.
Acknowledgments
Thanks are due to L. G. Williams of the Hudson's Bay Company at Sioux
Lookout, to G. B. Murray of Hudson, and to David Wright, in charge of the post at
Osnaburgh House, for assistance and hospitality during the field season. J. W.
Greig, J. F. Comer, G. L. Fraser, and L. F. Williams, were capable assistants.
A large part of the stadia survey made is the work of Mr. Greig, and both Mr.
Greig and Mr. Comer assisted efficiently in the geological w^ork. Through the
courtesy of Captain A, W. Carter, in charge of the Air Board Station at Sioux
Lookout, it was possible to arrange at the close of the field season a flight over
tlv' area mapped.
Position, Area, and Means of Access
Lake St. Joseph, practically at the head waters of the Albany river, is on
the boundary between the districts of Kenora and Thunder Bay on the south
and Patricia on the north. The western end is sixty miles north of the Canadian
Government railway at Superior Junction. The area dealt with in this report
comprises four townships, three lying west, and one east of the meridian run by
J. S. Dobie, 0. L. S. in 1919. The southw^est corner of the eastern town-
ship is at Mile LX on this line.
1
Department of Mines, Part VI I i No. 4
The area is reached most easily from the Government railways either at
Sioux Lookout or at Hudson. From either place the route follows the river
to Lac Seul. From Hudson the only obstruction is at Manitou rapids, but the
powerful motor-boats used by the Lac Seul fishermen are able to go up or down,
except during the spring freshet. From Sioux Lookout there is a thirty-chain
portage at Pelican falls before reaching Manitou rapids. The route crosses
the eastern end of Lac Seul to the mouth, of Eoot river; thence up that river,
which is obstructed by a number of rapids, requiring ten portages. The portage
across the height of land which separates Root river from a sluggish stream
draining into Lake St. Joseph, is half a mile in length, and much of it is mus-
keg, across which a pole walk has been made. The route is not a difficult
one, as motor-boats can be used as far as the mouth of Eoot river.
Previous Work
Although Lake St. Joseph has been a main trade route of the Hudson's
Bay Company from early times, little mention of it is made in the accounts of
earl}" explorers. The iirst geological literature dealing with the region is the
report of Dr. Eobert Bell.^ A transit and micrometer survey had at that time
been made by Thomas Fawcett, D.T.S., and this survey is the basis of all the maps
up to the present.
In 1900 John E. Davison was attached as geologist to survey party No. 9,
and the result of his observation, together with reports by the surveyor in charge,
was published by the Ontario government.- In 1902 A. W. G. Wilson of the
Geological Survey of Canada, made an exploration of neighbouring districts, and
in his report certain references are made to Lake St. Joseph.^
In 1904 William Mclnnes and Charles Camsell, of the Geological Survey
of Canada, crossed parts of Lake St. Joseph on their way to Attawapiskat river
and Cat Lake districts respectively, but the country in the vicinity of Lake
St. Joseph was not examined by them. In 1919 James S. Dobie, O.L.S., com-
pleted a meridian line northwards to Lake St. Joseph, and in 1920 he surveyed
tlie part of the lake west of the meridian and outlined a tier of three townships.
A. L. Parsons accompanied the party in 1919 in the capacity of geologist.
Summary
The Lake St. Joseph area is typically pre-Cambrian in character. The top-
ography consists of an irregular hummocky section of small relief developed
upon granite, a section of linear ridges upon foliated rocks, and an irregular
hummocky section of terminal moraines. The rocks consist of a group of
sedimentary origin, with which iron-bearing beds occur, overlaid without any
erosion interval by quartz porphyry and andesite flows. These rocks are cut
by lamprophyric dikes, granite batholiths and pegmatite dikes. All are of pre-
Cambrian age. They are covered in part hy glacial and recent deposits.
'Geol. Sur. Can. Vol. II, Part G. 1886.
'Report cf the Survey and Exploration of Northern Ontario, 1900, (1901) pp. 230-249.
' Report of a Traverse Through the Southern Part of the North-West Territory
from Lac Seul to Cat Lake in 1902. Geol. Surv. Publication 1006.
1922
Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph
The formations of economic interest are the iron-bearing beds, Channel
samples of the most promising lenses do not show a sufficiently high iron content
to make them workable without concentration. Concentration tests have not
proved encouraging, owing to difficulties encountered due to the fine-grained
texture, and to the intimate mixture of hematite and magnetite. Quartz veins
occur, but none were found carrying any vahies in gold. The rock association,
liowever, seems favourable for the occurrence of gold quartz deposits.
At present, fur is the only product of the region. Fish, however, are
plentiful and of good quality. Some areas of good pulpwood still remain,
but much of the country in the vicinity of the lake has been stripped of timber
by forest fires. There are no available waterpowers, but should more water
storage be necessary for the Winnipeg river power development, it seems pos-
sible that the drainage of the Lake St. Joseph basin could be diverted into
Lac Seul.
Fig. 1. — Marshy longitudinal valley occupied in part by a bay of Lake St.
Joseph. The top of the ridge to the south is glacial sand.
Topography
The area in which Lake St. Joseph lies is part of the pre-Cambrian shield,
and its topography is similar in all respects to the general topography of other
parts of that region. The surface features of this great geological element have
been described so often that it is not necessary to recapitulate those character-
istics which are common to all parts of the shield. There are certain local
modifications that will be described briefliy.
Local Topographic Divisions
In the four townships covered by this report three local topographic divisions
are recognizable: i
1. The part lying south of the lake in the two western townships.
2. The northwestern part of the two western townaships.
3. The two eastern townships.
These divisions do not include the islands. The larger ones, however, be-
long to the first division.
Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
The Southwest Division. — riie southwestern topographic section consists of
east-west trending ridges sej)arated by fairly continuous valleys, Fig. 1.
Parts of many of the valleys are occupied by narrow bays of Lake St. Joseph,
connected to the main lake usually by narrow channels. Other parts of these
longitudinal valleys are marshy or swampy, with sluggish streams draining into
the heads of the bays. The elevation of the ridges is 100 to 150 feet above
lake level.
The linear topography is directly related to the underlying rock structure.
The general east-west strike of the almost vertical beds of gneiss, greywacke
and quartzite lends itself to the development of straight valleys, either along
the softer beds or along lines of structural weakness developed during the
folding. Ridges in many cases are formed by massive beds of gneiss or quartz-
ite. The lenses of magnetite are resistant and stand up prominently above the
otb.er rocks. A notable example of this is the horseshoe-shaped ridge that
forms the lake shore of the southeastern part of Island 84. The marked vari-
ation from the usual east-west trend of the ridges is due to the sharp buckling
back of the magnetite bed. Inside the flanking ridge a swampy valley paral-
lels the hard layer.
*>:
Fig. 2. — Hummocky ridges of glacial sands and gravels lying between Lake
St. Joseph and Lake No. 1.
Pegmatite dikes, which are numerous south of the lake, form isolated
elevations. As the dikes are not necessarily parallel to the bedding, ridges
developed by them do not in all cases conform to the general east-w^est trend.
The Northwest Division. — Xorthwest of the long narrow bay north of the
main channel of the lake, there is an area of rounded hummocky topography
with lakes of irregular outline. The underlying rock is massive granite. Th^'
difference of relief is small, since there are no marked differences in rock hard-
ness in the various parts. Although most of the lakes have irregular shore lines
and the bays extend in all directions, there are some that have exceptionally
long, straight, narrow bays. An especially striking example is the bay of Lake
St. Joseph, referred to above. Immediately to the north of it, however, a part
of Blackstone lake is joined to the main lake by an equally narrow and straight
channel trending at an angle of about sixty degrees to the long arm of Lake
St. Joseph. These directions are probably determined by the jointing system of
the oTanite.
1922
Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph
Tlie Eastern Division. — The solid rock of much of the iiihiiid seetion of the two
eastern townships is concealed beneath glacial deposits. Solid rock is found
to elevations of approximately 100 feet above lake level; above that the glacial
drift over-lnirden forms hills as high as 150 feet above the lake. The top-
ography is typical of terminal moraines. There are the characteristic hum-
mocky hills, Fig. 2, among which lie oval lakes, many without visible outlets.
Fig. 3. In some places tlie ridges have a rough southwesterly trend
following the direction of motion of the Patrician glacier. Along the lake
shore sand beaches extend for long distances. Behind the beaches, banks of sand
rise abruptly, in places actually forming cliffs. Material eroded from the sand
ridges is carried along the shore l)y lake currents, and in favourable positions
Pho'.ojrap'i by courtesy oj Ihe Air Board of Canada
Fig. 3. — Tei-minal moraine lakes crossed by the meridian north of the
narrows of Lake St. Joseph, viewed from a height of 2,700 feet.
is deposited as sand spits or bay bars, leather remarkable sand bars have formed
across the shore ends of some of the bays. Fig. 3, and belli] id them
marsh vegetation has filled up the shallow water to form great meadows. Some
of these marshes drain out through the sand ; others have sluggish streams
flowing out through breaches in the bar. In some places parts of the lake are separ-
ated only by such barriers. The neck of land joining the main part of the
])fHinsula along the meridian line, north of the narrows, consists only of a
marsh bordered on each side l)y sand beaches. It will be noticed from the
map that the second ])air of bays north of the narrows are actually connected
by a water-way, which is passable for canoes even during comparativeh' low
water.
Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
Drainage
Lake St. Joseph is the collecting basin for the several small streams which
form the hea'i waters of the Albany river. Blackstone lake, which gathers the
drainage from a large area to the north, empties into Lake St. Joseph by two
mouths. At the west encl of Lake St. Joseph a sluggish stream, separated from
Eoot river and the Lac Seul drainage system only by a half mile of low country,
flows into the lake. Along the southern shore, the only incoming stream of any
volume enters the long southerly-extending bay east of the meridian. This
stream receives part of its water from Shekak lake and other lakes lying
south of lake St. Joseph and west of the meridian line, and part from a series
of lakes east of that line.
Waterpowers
Xo waterpower can be developed on any of these streams. The fall between
Blackstone lake and lake St. Joseph is only two feet, and the volume of water
is not large. The other streams are still smaller. Eoot river has several rapids,
but there is not suiiicient fall at any one place nor sufficient water to produce
a commercial water])0wer.
There is a possibility that Lake St. Joseph waters could be diverted to the
Eoot river and Lac Seul basin to increase the water supply for power purposes
below Lac Seul. Levels taken across Eoot portage show that lake St. Joseph is
3.4 feet higher than Eoot river at the southern side of the portage. The great-
est elevation on the portage is less than 25 feet above Lake St. Joseph. So far
as can be judged from the surface much of this 25 feet is clay and sand. In any
ease it would not be a great undertaking to cut through the divide and turn all
the lake St. Joseph waters southward to Lac Seul.
Pulpwood and Timber
Fires have destroyed most of the forest growth near the lake in the four
townships dealt with in this report. Only one area of fair-sized spruce re-
mains unburned. This lies north of the lake just west of the meridian line.
It consists chiefly of spruce, four to eight inches in diameter. A few other
Bmall patches of spruce remain in some of the swampy sections. Owing to the
sandy glacial deposits much of the original growth was jack pine.
Agriculture
The climate is not too severe for most vegetables and hardy grains. Gardens
are cultivated at the Hudson's Bay Company post, on the nortli sliore of Lake St.
Joseph, known as Osnaburgh House,^ but the sandy soil makes it impossible
to raise good crops except in wet seasons.
Fish
Lake St. Joseph is well stocked with fish of good quality. The food varie-
ties found are whiteiish, pickerel, and pike.
' Sec illustration, page 37.
1922
Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph
General Geology
The rock formations of the area are all of pre-Cambrian age. They con-
sist of sediments and lava flows intruded by granite batlioliths. Structurally,
they form a syncline of which the northern limb has been entirely destroyed by
the igneous intrusions.
The age relations of the various types are shown in the following table.
TABLE OF FORMATIONS
Age
Relations
Rock Type
Recent
Glacial
Pre-cambrian
Unconformity
Peat
Sand, Clay, Gravel
Pegmatite dikes
Granite
Lampropliyre dikes
Intrusive Contact
Volcanic Group —
Greenstone, Diorite,
Chlorite schist,
Pyroclastics,
Quartz porphyry,
Sericite schist.
Sedimentary Group —
Iron-bearing beds,
greywacke, qiiartzite,
arkose, biotite gneiss,
biotite-garnet gneiss,
quartz-hornblende gneiss,
sericite and chlorite
schists.
Pre-Granite Complex
Pre=Qranite Complex
The pre-Granite Complex consists of two unlike parts, one chiefly sediment-
ary, the other chiefly igneous. The sediments are highly metamorphosed clastic
rocks of the following types — biotite gneiss, biotite-garnet gneiss, hornblende
gneiss, arkose, greywacke, quartzite, chlorite and sericite schists, carbonate rocks,
magnetite-hematite beds, and magnetite-hematite-jasper beds. There are many
gradations between all these, and no one type can be traced for any great distance.
Sedimentary Division of Pre=Qranite Complex
Description of Rock Types
The Gneisses. — Although there can hardly be said to be any definite order of
rock types, there is in a general way a hand of paragneisses — biotite gneiss, and
biotite-garnet gneiss — ^along the southern side of the map sheet, but other rock
8
Department of Mines, Part VI 11
No. 4
tj-pes are interbanded. The paragneiss is a greyish to Ijrownish weathering rock,
containing biotite Avhich marks the foliation. It is distinctly stratified with dif-
ferent layers marked both by differences in colour and in texture. Ordinarily
the bandings are less than one-half inch in thickness, but there are some beds as
much as five inches thick. Some of the gneisses consist only of quartz and
biotite, others have a considerable amount of pink garnet lying in strings along
the foliation or bedding. At Station 207, which is south of Island 353, a
well banded gneiss has beds up to eight inches in thickness; the colours are
grey and brown. Biotite and quartz can be recognized in the hand specimens.'
Under the microscope the rock appears fairly coarse with quite fresli, inter-
locjjing, quartz grains, biotite and sericite. The platy minerals are not ar-
ranged in parallel position, and the banding is probably an original character-
istic.
./V. • / j ;:^
Fig. 4. — Ropy-looking rock of tlie sedimentary group.
Xorth of the typical paragneiss, but forming a gradational series with it,
is a rather remarkable banded rock, with some beds from one inch to three
inches in thickness that are similar in all respects to the gneiss. Interlaminated
darker bands, however, are made up of chloritic material, and contain gash
veins of quartz that begin nearly parallel to the bedding on the nortli side
of the vertical beds, curve across the bed, and in a reverse curve parallel the
south side of the bed. They give the rock a peculiar ropy appearance, Fig. 4.
Apparently they are the result of the slipping of highly resistant beds
over less resistant beds during the folding, with the result that softer, possibly
clayey beds between, suffered incipient drag folding. On the eastern point of
Island 337 the rocks are verv distinctlv banded in light and dark grev and
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph
brown bands one-eighth of an inch or less in thickness. With these are inter-
layered crumpled greenish rocks witli some quartz stringers. South of Station
IBfi similar rocks occur. The}- consist of evenly banded but somewhat granular
beds of light brownisli grey, interlaminated with schistose, greenish, chlorite
rock in which many small gash veins of quartz occur. Some gash veins also occur
in the massive layers. One massive bed has a thickness of two and a half
feet with many alternations of colour banding. A sample from it under the
microscope shows a fine-grained rock witli suliangular quartz fragments in a
matrix made up mostly of iron-stained quartz. It is a somewhat im-
pure quartzite. A sample seven chains inland from Station 13 on the south
shore, south of Island 84, comes from an exposure of ropy-looking, rusty rock
with quartz gash veins. The thin section shows fresh quartz veins cutting
through an iron-stained quartzite.
(Quartz hornblende gneiss occurs in the series of sediments on the l)ig point
south of Island 407. The greater part of the rocks consists of quartzose or arkosic
sediments, but half a mile north of the west end of the narrow l)ay at the south
side of this point there is a band of strongly foliated rock which microscopic
examination shows to consist of alternate layers of green hornblende and mosaics
of quartz. It is apparently a sediment in which some more richly iron-bearing
layers have recrystallized into hornblende.
Grci/wacl-e. — The greywackes differ from the gneisses in lack of foliation in
the individual beds and the absence of mica or garnet. The rocks are grey and
granular. Under the microscope they are seen to be made up of angular to
sub-angular and rounded fragments of quartz, orthoclase, plagioclase, and a con-
siderable amount of darker minerals now almost completely altered. A speci-
men from the sedimentary group on Island 363 is of granular texture not de-
finitely foliated, and contains considerable quantities of dark coloured minerals.
The microscope shows the constituents to be sub-angular fragments of quartz,
orthoclase, and plagioclase set in a fine-grained matrix.
Arl'ose. — Many beds of the sedimentary series have a greyish granular
appearance. In some outcrops quartz and feldspar are both recognizable in the
hand specimen. Under the microscope a sample of rusty-weathering schistose
rock from Island 185 shows rounded quartz fragments with altered orthoclase
and plagioclase in a finer-grained matrix chiefly of quartz, calcite. and seri-
cite. The rock ten chains east of Station 146 is a finely banded fragmental,
with some massive and very hard beds. The sample from these contains rounded
quartz fragments witli some plagioclase, biotite, and calcite. Many of the
rocks associated directly with the iron formation have the composition of arkose;
they Avill be described in dealing with the origin and character of the iron-
bearing beds.
10
Department of Mines, Part VIII
No. 4
Quartzite. — The composition of most of the sedimentary group is largely
quartzose. Quartzite and impure quartzite make up much of the rock, and most
of the sedimentary gneisses are essentially quartzites in which there is more
or less distinct foliation.
Chlorite and Sericite Schists. — In some places the sedimentary rocks have
undergone so much deformation that they ha\^ been sheared and altered into chlor-
ite or sericite schists. The rocks with considerable quantities of basic minerals
have altered into chloritic schists, and the impure quartzites and arkoses have
altered into sericite schists. Sericite schists are also formed by the alteration
of the quartz porphyry, and basic rocks produce chlorite schists as previously
noted. Hence in some localities it is difficult to determine whether the rock
was originally a member of the sedimentary group or of the volcanic group.
The Iron=Bearing Beds
General Character
Beds containing large proportions of iron oxide occur near the upper part of
the sedimentary group. The iron minerals are magnetite and hematite, in .some
places interbedded with jaspery material, but ordinarily, with material similar to
the fragmental quartzose sediments. The laminated material differs from the
P
Fig. 5. — Band of conglomeratic material containing nodules of magnetite.
usual type of clastic rock in that the greywacke or arkose interbedded with the
magnetite or hematite bands contains a considerable amount of carbonate. In
some samples the percentage is so large that the rock might with propriety be
called a siliceous iron carbonate. So far as seen these carbonate-containing rocks
do not occur except in direct association with the iron beds. In many places
magnetite or hematite bands occur intimately associated with layers of light pink
garnet.
Besides the main bauds of solid iron oxides there are certain apparently frag-
mental rocks of a rather peculiar character. On the weathered surface these ap-
pear to be ordinary clastic beds with oval fragments of greywacke, jasper, quartz
and magnetite, in a fine-grained ground mass, Fig. 5. The magnetite
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 11
inclusions are in some cases half an inch in length by two-thirds of an inch in width.
The peculiar feature is that the fragments are not nearly equidimensional ellip-
soids, but are very nnich elongated in the vertical dimension, that is, parallel to
the original bedding planes. The fragments are thus elongated, cigar-shaped
forms.
Distribution
Iron-hearing beds are not confined to any one horizon of the sedimentary
series. The thickest and most continuous occur near the northern margin, which
for reasons to be given later, is considered to be the upper part of the sediments.
There are, however, numerous bands of iron oxides interlayered with sediments
far below this main iron-bearing zone, but all these lower bands are thin. All
the occurrences are lenticular, and thick lenses may divide into many thinner
ones and gradually feather out into normal quartzose sediments.
All the beds stand at high angles, and so the distribution is linear with
the exposed width practically that of the thickness of the bed. A very pronounced
bed appears on the south shore of Island 84 and forms a well-marked
topographic ridge which curves around the southeast part of the island and fol-
lows the south shore of the large bay on the east side of the island to its western
end, thence northeastward along the northern part of the island and finally
bending westward extends southwestward under the lake. Where it next ap-
pears it is not one definite bed but several fairly large ones, some of which
gradually finger out. Part of this bed, or another lens at about the same horizon,
extends along the north side of Island 184 and then westward after buckling
sharply northward until it gradually fades out.
Origin of Sedimentary Beds
All the rocks up to and including the iron-bearing beds have been formed
under somewhat .similar conditions. They are all sedimentary. The bedded
character of the biotite gneiss is clearly shown Ijy variations in colour and texture.
The beds are of different thicknesses, and of varying mineral make-up. Lines
of garnet of the light pink variety, commonly found in sediments, mark the
original bedding planes, Staurolite occurs with a similar series farther east,
and assuming the identity of the two the presence of staurolite is conclusive
evidence of the sedimentary origin of these formations. K'ear the iron-bearing
beds the rocks are typical greywackes and arkoses, in places finely colour-banded
and w'ith marked variations of texture across the bedding.
The fragmental beds containing elongated spindle-shaped masses of mag-
netite offer some difficulty of interpretation. That they are ordinary water-rolled
fragments is difficult to believe. An alternative theory of origin suggested is
that they represent the accumulation of magnetite grains in the hollows of
ripple marks on an old beach. The magnetite-filled hollows were later covered
by sand and, after consolidation, the magnetite was changed by compression
into solid spindle-shaped bodies. An objection to this theory is the small num-
ber of undoubted pebbles that occur in the associated rocks. It seems likely
that any beach, where magnetite sands w^ere accumulating, would be well sup-
plied with pebbles. Furthermore, no ripple marks have been observed on any
of the bedding planes, and it does not seem likely that all trace of these features
would have been destroyed by metamorphism. The production of such bodies
12 Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
ciuriug folding by crusliiiig and .shearing of the strata has also been considered,
but there seems no reason for the localization of this action in these particular
beds. Brecciation might have occurred by slumping while the material was .still
soft.
Another hypothesis is that the elongated magnetite masses were originally
hydrated iron oxide concretions, and that they have become dehydrated and in-
durated during the metamorphism of the enclosing beds.
Although the sedimentary nature of the whole series may be considered
certain, it is not clear that all members of it were formed by the same processes.
The evidence seems to indicate that the iron-bearing beds have a somewhat dif-
ferent origin than have most of the rocks with which they occur. Probable
methods of deposition of the iron formation will be considered in more detail
when dealing with the economic geology. As for the gneisses and greywackes, the
field observations and micro.scopic examination all point to a clastic origin. The
rocks are peculiar in the almost complete absence of conglomerate or any coarse
fragmental material. East of the district under discus.sion some conglomerate
occurs in beds supposed to belong to the same series, but in the section where the
chief beds of iron oxide occur no conglomeratic rock, except the peculiar type
referred to in the preceding paragraphs, was observed. The original material
of the greater part of the sedimentary group must have been fine-grained sands
made up mostly of quartz, but, in some layers, with a considerable amount of
basic clayey material from which were formed the green and grey chloritic
rocks just below the iron bands and the thin beds containing green horn-
blende. Xone of the beds are continuous for long distances, but all change in
character more or less suddenly along the strike. Conditions of low relief and
continental or deltaic deposition must be postulated to explain such formations.
Metamorphism of the Sediments
The metamorphism that the gneisses, greywackes, etc., have undergone has
been given in detail in tlio de.-eriptions of microscopic examinations of the vari-
ous rock types. It may be summarized here for the group in general. There has
been thorough re-crystallization, producing closely interlocking mosaics of quartz
individuals in all the sediments. In some of the arko.ses the feldspars have
undergone change to sericite, and under the intense dynamic metamorphism that
has occurred along the limbs of the folds iinpure quartzites have been ratlier
extensively sericitized, the foils of the secondary mineral being arranged in
parallel position; where the alteration has preceded to the extreme, the rock
has l)ecome a sericite schist. In the gneissic rocks, the foliation is marked by
parallel foils of biotite. In some of the biotite and garnet gneisses, biotite shows
some alteration to chlorite, and chlorite has formed along cracks in the garnet.
]\rany of the gneisses are somewhat stained by iron oxide.
Succession of the Sediments
It is believed tliat the younger beds in this series lie to the north, and that
sections from the main band of iron formation southward, cross rocks that are
descending in the time scale. The strata along the south shore dip northward,
but at angles nowhere less than seventy to seventy-iive degrees, and hence no con-
clusion of relative age can be safely based on their attitude. The attitude of the
minor folds of the structure is, however, significant. If any bed of the iron for-
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 13
niatiuii is followed Ccustward mong ils outcrop, it will be i'ouiul to otfi>et in ;=hort
folds southward. The pitch of the folds is to the east at angles of forty-five de-
grees upward. On Island 81 the plunge of the axis is steep to the
east. At the offset on the point west of Island IHl it is forty-live degrees to the
east. It is evident then, that these bed^ are on the southern limb of a syncline
pitching eastward and hence that strata lying to the southward are nearer the
anticlinal axis, and so are lower than the main l)and of iron formation. Just
how far south the anticlinal axi.s lies has not been determined. An anticline
crosses the north end of Shikkagami lake six miles south of Lake St. Joseph, but
the gneisses of this anticline are separated from the gneisses along Lake St. Joseph
by a belt of intrusive granite which may have destroyed one or more interven-
ing folds.
Similar Rocks in Adjacent Areas
Rocks similar to these sediment.s are described from neighbouring areas.
Xorth of Lac Seul, Burwash^ mentions banded rocks with which considerable
magnetite is associated. He favours an igneous origin for all of them, ])ut they
have a marked similarity, as shown by his descriptions, to the metamorphosed
sediments in the vicinity of Lake St. Joseph.
Concerning the Lake Savant area, which lies southeast of Lake St. Joseph,
iloore- makes the following statement: "When the rocks are compared with those
of other Keewatin areas, there are a few striking differences. The most notice-
able are the great amount of greywacke occurring in the Keewatin, and the
presence of considerable amounts of fine-grained grey hiotite gneiss, which appears
to correspond closely with the gneisses described as Couchiching, by Law^son."
]\roore considers that part of the gneiss is derived by the metamorphism of
quartz porphyry and rhyolite, and part from residual material derived by the
weathering of those rocks, but he does not give the evidence upon which he decided
that the gneisses are later than the quartz porphyry.
Igneous Division of the Pre=Qranite Rocks
General
The igneous rocks earlier than the great granite intrusions are of two chief
types, with sul)ordinate variations. These are, (1) quartz porphyry, and (2),
basic lava flows. Lamprophyre dikes and massive diorite also occur. Tlie latter
rock may be related to the same igneous activity that produced the lavas, or
may he due to the re-crystallization of the lavas near the margin of the later
granite intrusions.
Acidic Flows >
Quartz Porphijrji. — The quartz porphyry is a greyish pink or nearly white
weathering rock. In some places clear quartz phenocrysts are distinctly visible
in the hand specimens, but ordinarily are recognizable only with a lens. Under
the microscope the rock is seen to be distinctly porphyritic, with phenocrysts of
both quartz and orthoclase set in a fine-grained ground mass.
' Geological Reconnaissance, Out. Dept. Mines Rep., Vol. XXIX, Pt. 1, 1920, Page
164.
= Ont. Bur. Mines Report, Vol. XIX. 1910. Pt. 1. Page 178. ct seq.
14
Department of Mines, Part VI I i
No. 4
The character and rehitionships of the quartz porphyry on Island 400
indicate the character and age relations. On the map the island is shown to
be all greenstone, but along the western shore many small bands of porphyry
are interlayered with the greenstone. From station 400G at the southwest cor-
ner of the island, northward, the following rocks are exposed: —
At station G a narrow band of porphyry, with phenoerysts of quartz and
feldspar.
From station G to station A at the western extremity of the point, massiye
greenstone.
From A north to the bay extending eastward into the island, chlorite schist
with a band of quartz porphyry, eight to nine inches wide, along the water's edge
on the south side of the bay.
On the north side of this bay, a band of quartz porphyry with good-sized
phenoerysts of quartz.
This is followed to the north by a band of chlorite schist, then twelve feet
of porphyry with large phenoerysts of quartz, twelve feet of chlorite schist, two
to four feet of quartz porphyry, and twenty-five feet of greenstone, schistose in
places ])ut showing ellipsoidal weathering, the elongation of the ellipsoids being
parallel to the band. At the northwest corner of the island there are other
interbandings of quartz porphyry or quartz-feldspar porj)hyry with greenstone,
which in many exposures shows ellipsoidal weathering.
Fig. 6. — Photomicrograph of set.
tion of quartz porphyry from
Island 400 showing absorbed
plienocrysts of quartz. Crossed
nicols X 30.
Fig. 7. — Photomicrograpli of quartz
porpliyry from Island 400, show-
ing feldspar phenoerysts.
Crossed nicols X 30.
Samples were taken at both sides and at the centre of a band of porphyry
twenty feet wide. The texture is found to vary from a dense rock at the south
side to a coarse-grained rock at the north side. A similar gradation can be
oliserved in samples from the twelve-foot band listed above. Under the micro-
scope a specimen from the north side of the broader band appears strongly por-
phyritic, with phenoerysts of orthoclase, plagioclase, and quartz. The quartz
crystals show some resorption. The secondary minerals are sericite, calcite, and
kaolin. The ground mass consists of small quartz and feldspar grains with a
distinct flow structure curving around some of the phenoerysts, Fig. 6.
Microscopic examination of a sample from the south side of a band of porphyry
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 15
of about tlie same width shows well formed plieuocrysts of orthoclase, with soma
plagioclase. Many of the feldspar phenocrysts show distinct zonal growth. They
have undergone considerable alteration to sericite and calcite, and some quan-
tity of these minerals occurs in the ground mass which is mostly fine-grained
quartz and feldspar. Xo flow structure can be noticed, Fig. 7.
The main differences in these samples are the greater number and size of
the phenocrysts in the former, and the occurrence of quartz phenocrysts. The
largest feldspar crystals are three times the diameter that any attain in the
latter specimen, but the ground mass is much finer in the specimen from the north
side than in the specimen from the south side. Some of these differences may
be due to the fact that the samples are from different occurrences.
Quartz porphyry specimens from Island 250 are distinctly porphyritic, with
phenocrysts of resorbed quartz and frayed-out plagioclase and orthoclase in
a fine-grained ground mass of quartz with some sericite. The rock on Island
375 is a greenish colour on fresh fracture, but weathers to a faint pink.
Quartz phenocrysts are distinctly recognizable in the hand specimen, and the
microscope shows well formed crystals of orthoclase and plagioclase. The latter
are twinned according to both pericline and albite laws. Much sericite has
formed in elongated and connecting strings which have the appearance of flow
structure.
From Island 119 grey-weathering altered quartz porphyry with irreg-
ular schistosity has rounded phenocrysts of quartz and orthoclase and stout crystals
of much altered, but still recognizable, plagioclase. The ground mass consists
of quartz and feldspar with calcite, sericite and considerable chlorite. A partial
analysis gives SiOo 66.23 per cent., Fe 5.01 per cent.
The quartz porphj'ry outcropi3ing on Island 103 is light greenish yel-
low, with phenocrysts showing distinctly on fresh fractures. The microscope
shows the phenocrysts to be irregular quartz individuals wdiich have suffered
some resorption and are now surrounded and the cracks in them filled by feathery,
secondary minerals. The matrix is fine-grained and indeterminable, but probably
consists chiefly of secondary minerals. The rock has been considerably altered.
Alteration
Much of the quartz porphyry shows a decidedly schistose structure both in
mass and in the hand specimen. In large masses this structure produces platy
weathering. Microscopically, rock from schistoze outcrops shows considerable
alteration to sericite, and some samples are practically sericite schists recognizable
as quartz porphyry only by a few quartz remnants. Highly quartzose, quartz
porphyry may alter into schists very similar to those that are derived from the
arkoses of the sedimentary group.
Distribution
Quartz porphyry forms the rock on many of the islands in the large central
part of Lake St. Joseph west of the meridian line. It is well exposed on Islands
104, 123, 212 and many others that lie in a belt north of the islands upon
which the iron-bearing beds occur. The band is broadest at the eastern end, and
bends sharply north in comformity with the fold of the sediments on Island
84. An isolated mass occurs on Island 271. The main band feathers out to
the westward in basic flows, and eastward is not definitely recognizable east of
Island 84. " i
16 Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
Origin
The quartz porphyry is believed to be an acidic lava flow. This conclusion
rests on field relations and microscopic evidence. The microscope siiows the
rock to be fine-grained and porphyritic with distinct flow structures around some
of the phenocrysts, Fig. 6. In the field it has been found interlayered
with greenstone in relations that seem best explained by assuming that both
are effusive rocks. In no place have intrusive relations of quartz porphyry into
basic lavas been proved. Concerning relationships on Island 400, detailed
previously, Greig, field assistant, wrote the following summary in his notes :
It would seem that the greenstone and the porphyry were poured Oiit as alter-
nate flows. There is no doubt of the extrusive nature of the greenstone, for there
is ellipsoidal weathering. It seems unlikely that the porphyry occurs as dikes,
for there are no stringers of porphyry in the greenstone. Measuring across the
strike of a series of bands, one-quarter of the exposed rock is quartz porphyry.
There is no brecciation; nor are there any stringers of porphyry in the green-
stone between the porphyry bands. In some places, porphyry lies between green-
stone flows, one of which shows ellipsoidal weathering and the other is massive.
If the porphyry were intrusive this relation could occur only if it were intruded
along the bedding places between the two flows.
The main quartz porphyry band lies not far north of the northmost
bed of the sedimentary group. It is assumed to be younger than the gneiss, grey-
w'acke, quartzite, and iron formation on the structural evidence given as to the
order of superposition of those beds. It seems to be somewhat earlier than the
greater part of the greenstone, but some of the lower greenstone flows are con-
temporaneous with some of the quartz porphyry flows.
Comparison with Rocks in Adjacent Areas
Quartz porphyries and rhyolites are described in the Lake Savant area by
Moore. ^ Concerning them he says: "They are often highly metamorphosed and
hard to distinguish from the grey, fine-grained gneiss, some of which has been
developed by the metamorphism of these rocks. The quartz porphyries are light
grey or pinkish in colour, and often contain distinct phenocrysts of quartz
They seem to represent the acid phase of the Keewatin eruptions, intrusive and
extrusive."
This description can be applied without alteration to the quartz porphyries
of Lake St. Joseph, but from evidence cited previously it seems clear that they
were later than the gneiss in the northern area, and the gneiss could not have
been derived through the shearing of the quartz porphyry or the consolidation
of debris formed by its breaking down. It is quite true, however, in the Lake
St. Joseph section, as it apparently is at Lake Savant, that sericitic quartz rocks,
similar in appearance to the gneiss, are formed by the shearing of the quartz
porphyry.
Basic Volcanic Rocks and Associated Schists
The basic rocks, earlier than the granite intrusion, are of four types:
(1) Lava flows with which are associated some sediments. (2) Diorites and horn-
blendites of granitoid texture. (3) Lamprophyre dikes. (4) Pyroclastics.
'- Report Ont. Bur. Mines. Vol. XIX, IDIO. Pt. 1. p. 182.
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 17
Lava 1' loirs. — Tlie lava are fine-grained, dark green rocks or typical
greenstones. In some places they retain the characteristic ellipsoidal weathering
of basic flows. Under the microscope they are found to consist entirely of a
felt of secondary amphibole and serpentine, with a few remnants of piagioclase
feldspar. It is probable that the lavas were of medium basicity, possibly ande-
sites. Some varieties have undergone considerable surface alteration so that, for
an inch or more in depth, the rock is distinctly red and quite friable. In other
places there is little surface alteration. Some of the massive, rather rusty
rock found on the mainland, west of Island 276, is associated with typical green-
stone, but was recognized in the field as being possibly of sedimentary origin.
Microscopic examination shows the doubtful specimens to be made up chiefly
of inosaics of cjuartz grains that seem to be undoubtedly fragmental. No area
of this rock was delimited in mapping, and it is believed that the sedimentary
rock is merely a local lens in the volcanic series. Dynamic metamorphism of
the lavas has produced some areas of chlorite schist.
Dislrihutio>i of the Lavas. — The lavas occur along the north side of the main
channel of the lake. At the western edge of the sheet a narrow belt of greenstone,
lying between sediments on the south and granite on the north, crosses the third
meridian at Mile 1. It attains a width of a mile and three-quarters on the main
land east of the second meridian, and many of the islands in the bay leading up
to the eastern outlet of Blackstone lake are greenstone. North of the lake the
extension of the area of rock of this kind is not known. The contact between
the granite and greenstone trends nearly due north across the stream between Black-
stone lake and Lake St. Joseph. North of Lake St. Joseph, however, the solid
rock is concealed in all but a few places by the heavy cover of drift. These out-
crops, as far north as the base line, are greenstone.
Diorite. — In the eastern part of the area, well exposed on some of the islands,
there is a dark green, or green and white speckled, rock of granitoid texture.
Under the microscope a granular rock from Island 6, shows green hornl)lende,
completely altered feldspar, possibly orthoclase, and a little recognizable piagio-
clase. The association of this rock with granite porphyry, which is described
later, makes it seem that the diorite is a hybrid rock formed near the mar-
gin of the granite batholith by reaction between greenstone and the intrusive
rock. Nearly all the occurrences are not far from the granite-greenstone contact,
and there seem to be gradations from fine-textured greenstone to granitoid diorite.
On the other hand it is possible that the diorite may represent the interior part
of thick basic volcanic flows, or that it may be an intrusive rock accompanying
the lava extrusions. No attempt has been made to show the diorite se])arately
on the map.
Lampropliyre Dikes. — Basic dikes cut the quartz porphyry. Most of them are
narrow, the widest being not more than eight feet. They weather easily, com-
monly forming depres.sions in tl)e hard rock in Avhich they occur, and the surfaces
of the dikes are deeply altered to limonite so that it is difficult to obtain fresh
samples. Below the weathered portion the rock has a somewhat purple shade.
with black hornblende crystals large enough to be visible to the naked eye.
Samples from a three-foot dike cutting quartz porphyry on the north side of
Island 123, consist entirely of secondary minerals — quartz, calcite, and serpen-
tine— with cubes and masses of pyrite.
i8
Department of Mines, Part VIII
No. 4
These dikes have not been observed in the greenstone, but it is possil^le
that they do occur. The dark colour and conspicuous weathering of the dikes make
them noticeable in the hard, light coloured, quartz porphyry, whereas they would
not be so readily observed in the somewhat similar dark coloured basic flows.
Pyroclastics. — Some of the quartz porphyry shows a distinct fragmental charac-
ter with lighter coloured, oval fragments, re-cemented by a somewhat darker ma-
terial, which, however, is also quartz porphyry. At a locality on the north shore of
the narrow channel just west of the meridian, a very striking fragmental
rock contains fragments of quartz porphyry with diameters as great as four inches.
- ^-'*v- ■^'■•^
v;r^^
■■■^*^.Jiv^i
Fig. 8. — Pyroclastic rock on the north side of the narrows. Lake St. Joseph.
Fig. 9. — Photomicrograph of quartz
porphyry fragments in pyroclas-
tic rock, north side of the nar-
rows, Lake St. Joseph. Crossed
nicols X 30.
The matrix is dark green chlorite schist, in which the schistosity flows around
the fragments. Quartz porphyry makes up the greater part of the rock mass,
Fig. 8. A thin section of one of the fragments shows that tlie rock has
undergone very little metamorphism. It is strikingly porphyritic, with well
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 19
formed plieiiocrysts of orthoclase in a fine-grained ground nias^; of quartz and
feldspar, Fig. 9 ; it is a rhyolite porphyry. Tlie undefornied nature of
the minerals in the fragments is probably due to the soft and yielding charac-
ter of the matrix which has absorbed the stresses.
This rock has the characteristics of a clastic rock formed by the break-
ing up of an early acidic flow during the extrusion of a later basic one. Frag-
ments of the early flow were caught and cemented in the lava, and as the
temperature of .extrusion of basic flows is not high there was very little absorj»-
tion of the included fragments.
Age Relations of the Igneous Pre=Qranite Rocks
As the sedimentary beds lie on the southern limb of the syncline the younger
beds lie to the north. No repetition of formations has been recognized and the
axis of the sj'ncline is probably north of the granite-greenstone contact, unless
there may be minor folds Avhich are not truncated to a sufficient depth to expose
rocks older than the greenstone. Accepting these age relationships, the greater
part of the quartz j^orphyry is earlier than the greenstone. Some sediments inter-
calated in the igneous rocks were formed during local periods of sedimentation,
and the passage from the early period of sedimentation to the period of domin-
ant igneous activity was probably gradational. The diorite bosses and iam-
prophyre dikes may be intrusive representatives of the same magma that pro-
duced the basic lavas, or they may be differentiates or hybrid rocks formed by
the intrusion of granite. The whole pre-granite period may be summarized as
one of early sedimentation culminating in the deposition of the iron-bearing
lenses, and a later period, chiefly of igneous activity, with acidic extrusions followed
by basic flows.
Rocks of the Granite Intrusions
Rock Types
Granite Porpliynj. — A porphyritic rock occurs on the northeast point of
Island 10, and extends eastward across the central of Island 0. Similar
rocks outcrop south of this island on the south shore. Field notes with reference
to these outcrops are as follows: "The rock is fine-grained and siliceous, with
zones or dikes of porphyritic rock in which feldspar forms the phenocrysts.
The intrusive relation is not clear, and the -porphyry may be a gradation from
the diorite wdth which it occurs. In the centre of the porphyritic mass at
the east end of the island it contains partially digested inclusions or basic
segregations," Microscopic examination proves that the rock is granite porphyry,
with many phenocrysts of feldspar in a fairly coarsely crystalline ground mass
of quartz, feldspar, and some biotite. Sericite and other secondary minerals
are abundantly developed. This rock is different from the quartz porphyry both
in texture and in composition, and is believed to be an intrusive, possibly re-
lated to the granite batholiths,
(I !■(()) itc. — Granite occupies or underlies the surface in a large ])art of
the map area. A large mass occupies the northwestern part of the two western
townships. The southern border extends nearly east and west across the west-
ern township and then curves northward. An embayment of granite extends
southward from the northwest arm of Lake St. Joseph as far as Lake 2,
20
Department of Mines, Part VIII
No. 4
The eastern edge of the granite reaches nearly to the eastern outlet of Black-
stone lake. In the southern part of the map sheet, granite outcrops were ob-
served along the first base line, and these were found by aerial ob^iervations
to be part of a belt of considerable size, which extends southward as far as
Shekak lake.
The granite of the northern belt is a very fresh-looking, pinkish variety.
A specimen taken at some distance from the contact shows under the micro-
scope a holo-crystalline rock composed chiefly of orthoclase, with some micro-
cline and acid plagioclase. Quartz is abundant, and biotite and a little
magnetite are present. The plagioclase has undergone some alteration to kaolin
and sericite.
The granite is intrusive into greenstone, and dikes are numerous
in the greenstone near the margin. The granite shows little internal
evidence of the intrusion, and is practically unaltered right up to the contact:
no foliation is developed in it as is the case near many greenstone-granite con-
tacts. In the southern belt there are more evidences of reaction Ijetween the
granite and greenstone, and, in places, there is some foliation.
Fig. 10. — Glacial boulder of granite on the shore of Blackstone lake.
Pegmatite Dikes. — Pegmatite dikes are developed very abundantly in the
gneiss along its southern margin. In general, they consist of pink feldspar and
white quartz with considerable mitscovite and some biotite. In many of them
black tourmaline has crystallized out along the margins. One crystal of beryl
was found. The pegmatites are no doubt related to the granite intrusion to
the south. It may be considered an additional indication of the structure of
the region that the dikes occur abtindantly near the southern granite mass, less
abundantly in the northern part of the sedimentary area, and that few are
found along the northern border of the gneiss, even where the distance to the
northern granite mass is not great. fSTo typical pegmatite was found in the
greenstone.
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 21
Age Relation of the Granite
The granite is the youngest pre-Cambrian rock of the region. It is much
later in age than tlie other pre-Cambrian rocks, the sediments having been
laid down and consolidated and the lavas poured out and solidified long before
the batholithic invasion. The granite was associated with the regional disturb-
ances that produced the close folding. Great thicknesses of overlying formations
have been removed to expose the granite cores of the.?e early mountain chains.
Glacial Formations
In this region there are no rocks belonging to the long period of time be-
tween the pre-Cambrian and the Pleistocene. If any such ever existed they
have been completely removed liy erosion. The formations of the Pleistocene
are unconsolidated glacial deposits, chiefly of sand, containing some boulders,
and only a small quantity of clayey material. In the areas underlaid by gran-
ite the prominent jointing provided conditions for easy removal of large rock
masses by the moving ice, and some immense Ijoulders are found along the shores
of Blackstone lake, Fig. 10. These have ]iot been moved any great
distance.
Glacial erosion is well marked along the lake shore where fresh rock sur-
faces are exposed. The gneissic rocks have not retained many evidences of
glacial action, but glacial stria? are visible on many of tb.e granite surfaces.
The signs of glacial erosion are not as abundant or as striking as they are in
many sections of the pre-Cambrian shield, and it seems likely that, for long
periods the ice was almost stagnant, and that this area was the site of de-
deposition, ratlier than of extensive erosion. This is borne out by the typical
terminal moraine character of the glacial depasits. Wherever glacial striae were
observed, they have the southwest trend of the Patrician glacier.
The surface upon which the glacial deposit rests is remarkably fresh.
Differences of relief are small. The fresh pre-glacial surface with compara-
tively small differences of relief e\en in heterogeneous rocks, could not have been
produced by the comparatively weak erosion of the Pleistocene ice. It was
no doubt formed long before that time. There is no evidence in this area to
fix the date of the planation, ])ut it was proliably pre-I^aleozic, as has been shown
to be the case in other sections of the Canadian shield.^
Recent
Since the glacial period the chief changes are the rearrangement of the
glacial deposits and the growth of j)eat bogs in undrained areas. Along the
lake shores the ridges of sand and gravel are being continually cut into bv the
waves. The eroded material is carried along the shore by the currents and
deposited as sand bars and spits. These have been discussed in a previous para-
graph. Peat bogs are not extensive. Wliere gneiss is the underlying rock,
swampy country may extend for considerable distances parallel to the structure,
but such areas are narrow. So much of the glacial material is sand that there
is fairly good drainage wherever the solid rock is covered with glacial deposits.
Marshes border some of the lakes and the sluggish streams.
' Memoir 105. Geol. Surv. Can.
22 Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
Geological History
The geological history indicated by the formations just described begins with
an early period of ordinary sedimentation in a country of comparatively low
relief, go that the sediments consisted chiefly of sandy material with practi-
cally no coarse fragments. At various times conditions in restricted basins
were favourable for the accumulation of iron-bearing beds. The area affected
by these conditions was small, and the time during which they existed was short
during the early i^art of the sedimentary epoch, but towards its close large
areas of this kind existed for periods sufficiently long to form beds of iron
minerals some hundreds of feet in thickness. The conditions of deposition of
these sediments, high in iron, will be dealt with in more detail later.
After the deposition of the main iron-bearing beds came the beginning of
volcanic activity. The first lavas extruded were acidic in character and compara-
tively small in quantity. The later acidic flows alternated with basic lavas, and
finally only basic lavas were poured out. Many of the basic flows have typical
ellipsoidal forms which are usually assumed to be the result of extrusion under
water. Along with the volcanic eflusions there were formed some ordinary
clastic sediments, probably in local basins.
The extrusion of the lavas, possibly accompanied by the intrusion of deep-
seated rocks of similar composition, closed the first great epoch of geological
history. It was followed, after the lapse of sufficient time to thoroughly con-
solidate the clastic rocks, by intense disturbances, which threw^ the formations
into closely api^ressed east- west folds pitching to the east. These disturbances
were accompanied or followed by the intrusion of igneous rocks. Great batho-
lithic masses of granite welled up along the axes of the folds, intensely meta-
morphosing and disturbing the overlying rocks. Narrow lamprophyre dikes are
evidence of igneous activity, the age of which is not definitely known; they may
belong to a pre-granite period, but their undeformed character indicate that
they may be differentiates in some way associated with the granite. Pegmatite
dikes mark the closing period in the consolidation of the granite.
After the igneous intrusion and the structural deformation with which it
is associated, there was an immensely long erosion interval in which the heter-
ogeneous early rocks and the granite were cut down to a fairly level plane which,
it is believed, did not differ very greatly in appearance from the present solid
rock surface. No rocks of any age between the pre-Cambrian and Pleistocene re-
main, but assuming that this portion of the Canadian shield has the same gen-
eral history as other parts of its southern edge, it is likely that Paleozoic and
possibly Mesozoic formations at one time covered part, if not all, of the pre-
Cambrian rocks. If these later formations did exist, they were completely
removed before the advance of the Pleistocene glacier. The chief work of the
Pleistocene glaciers was the removal of unconsolidated and weathered debris from
solid rocks. Later, the stagnant ice front permitted the deposition of immense
quantities of largely unassorted glacial debris. Since the ice age there has been
some rearrangement of the glacial sands and gravels and the formation of organic
deposits. These processes are going on at the present time.
1922
Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph
23
Economic Geology
History of Prospecting
The chief economic interest in the Lake St. Joseph country is in the beds
of iron oxides. It seems strange that though the heds are close to the main
route of travel, followed by the Hudson's Bay Company brigades and all other
travellers down the Albany river, no one mentions actually having seen iron-
bearing bed^. Even the early geological report of Dr. BelP does not mention
such an occurrence, nor does the writer note any abnormal local magnetic at-
traction. In the report of the geologist attached to tlie Ontario Exploration
Pholograph by courtesy of the Air Board of Canada
Fig. 11. — Part of Lake St. Joseph from an altitude of 2,500 feet, looking
southwest. Island 84 is the irregular island in the centre of the picture.
Island 162 is the long island beyond Island 84 near the south shore.
Party Xo. 9, the following note is made." '"At sixteen miles (from Eoot portage)
chlorite or hornblende schist occurs along the shore. An area of great magnetic
variation extends for ten miles down the schist; no apparent cause was found
as the adjoining schist showed no traces of magnetite. At one point the vari-
ation was 65°." It is possible that the schist which showed no magnetite was
that along the south shore south of Island 84. The magnetite occurrences are
on the south shore of the island and bend back to the east beneath the channel
separating it from the south shore. These beds under the lake attract the
needle all along this passage although exposed only on the islands, Fig. 11.
' Annual Report Geol. Surv. Can. New iSeries, Vol. II, 1886.
= Report of the Survey and Exploration of Northern Ontario, 1900, p. 240.
24
Department of Mines, Part VIII
No. 4
Some of the men connected with the Hudson's Bay Company posts along
the Albany river knew of the deposits and claims were staked by Jabez
Williams, formerly in charge of Lac Seul post, now at the post at Fort Hope
on the Albany. Chiefly through his enterprise a diamond-drilling outfit was
sent in from Port Arthur. Island 162 was chosen as the place for testing
the beds, and a considerable amount of drilling was done. A hundred feet or
more of drill core still remain in the cabin on the island, and no doubt the better
portions were taken out for assaying. The walls of a cabin apparently belonging
to prospectors of an earlier period are still standing on Island 84, but the
only trace of development work found was a few clearings near some of the
outcrops.
Fig. 12. — Outcrop of iron formation on Island 84, showing the platy
structure formed by weathering in schistose rock.
Iron Formation
Character of the Iron Occurrences
Although the iron oxides are associated with sediments and form part of
a great sedimentary series, the actual occurrence of the bodies of iron oxides
is lenticular in character. Due to folding, various parts of the same lens
have undergone different degrees of metamorphism, and hence what were origi-
nally similar portions of the lens, are now somewhat unlike both in physical
and mineral make-up.
■Mineralogy of the Iron Formation
The minerals in the iron layers are not of great variety. In the contorted
beds at the crests of the folds, the iron is almost entirely in the form of magnet-
ite, interlaminated with some quartz, but chiefly Avith lenses of rock material
of varying thickness. Along the limbs of the folds where the movements of
the beds with reference to one another was greatest, there is usually little visible
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 25
foreign material, and the whole lens appears to consist of strongly schistose
magnetite, Fig. 13, and specular hematite, which is in many cases
micaceous in structure. On microscopic examination and chemical analysis it
is shown, however, that there are quite large proportions of silica mixed with
the apparently pure iron oxides. No apatite or titaniferous minerals have been
recognized either on polished surfaces or in the ground minerals, but the an-
alvses of samples from different localities all show considerable quantities of
phosphorus and traces of titanium. Small, transparent, deep red garnets, with
sharp crystal outlines, were found embedded in magnetite from the eastern part
of Lake St. Joseph. The crystal form is the unmodified rhombic dodecahedron.
Associated and Interbedded Rocks
The rocks associated with the iron oxides are all clastic, most of them
with a high percentage of silica. The following petrographic descriptions are
of the various rocks interbedded with, or in direct contact with, lenses of iron
oxides.
A specimen of rock lying between bands of iron oxide on Island 84
consists chiefly of carbonate with some chlorite and many rounded grains of
quartz. A partial chemical analysis shows SiOo 40.04 per cent., and iron 7.03
per cent. The carbonate does not effervesce with cold acid and so is probably
dolomite or ankerite. At the southeast corner of the same island rock material
is interlaminated with iron oxide, jasper, and quartz. A specimen of the rock
under the microscope appears fine-grained and highly siliceous, with the quartz
recrystallized into mosaics. Well-crystallized magnetite is present, commonly
associated with chlorite. Biotite and sericite are abundant, and the foils are in
parallel position. A specimen of rock from the iron-bearing beds of the north
part of the same island has rounded fragments of quartz with some orthoclase
and plagioclase. The ground mass is schistose consisting of sericite. Biotite
is present as well, but the foils are not parallel to the schistosity, and it may
have developed subsequent to the foliation. On Island 98 a yellowish green,
granular rock lies north of a band of fragmental or nodular iron oxides. The
rock appears distinctly foliated under the microscope, and consists chiefly of
rounded quartz grains that show secondary eidargement, and some
plagioclase. A partial analysis shows silica 72.3 per cent., and iron 6.33 per cent.
Eock occurring near the iron beds on the north side of Island 133 con-
sists of a few larger particles of plagioclase of fairly acid character, which look
like phenocrysts. The finer material is mostly quartz and fragments of plagio-
clase with considerable secondary quartz and some calcite. The origin of this
rock is somewhat doubtful. The field evidence seems to show that it is a
fragmental rock, ])0ssil)ly a greywaeke, but under the microscope, it has some
of the characteristics of a sheared igneous rock.
Well-l)anded rock noted on Island 158 contains some narrow bands
of magnetite. The widest is not more than two and one-half inches. Micro-
scopically, the rock appears granular, with large rounded or subangular quartz
individuals showing secondary enlargement, set in a ground mass of finer tex-
ture which is mainly quartzose but contains some calcite and epidote. Many of
the largest quartz fragments show strain shadows and others have been actually
fractured, and the cracks filled with the finer material of the matrix. The rock
is apparently an arkose which has been rather severely sheared.
26 Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
Origin of the Iron=Bearing Beds
The descriptions given above show that the beds containing magnetite and
hematite are interlaj'ed with typical sedimentary beds differing from the ordinary
sediments, not directly associated with iron-bearing beds, only in that they carry
considerable amounts of carbonates, probably of iron. There are also some beds of
conglomeratic character in which nodular masses of magnetite are found. From
this association it might be assumed that the iron minerals are sedimentary in
origin, but before accepting this conclusion definitely other hypotheses of the
origin of bedded magnetite deposits should be considered. The following are
possible methods of formation: (1.) Contact metamorphism. (2.) Clastic
sedimentation. (3.) Chemical precipitation.
Hypothesis of Contact A\etamorphism
Contact metamorphism has been established as the probable method of
origin of many bedded magnetite deposits. The ores of such deposits are us-
ually coarse in crystallization, and the magnetite has associated with it typical
contact metamorphic minerals such as garnet, epidote, and usually pyrite. De-
posits in bedded rocks may follow certain favourable beds for long distances,
but they are more likely to be rather irregular. It is usually the case that
contact metamorphic deposits are fairly close to igneous rocks which have sup-
plied the conditions necessary for re-crystallization, and which have in most
cases furnished part of the material for the deposits.
The Lake St. Joseph deposits are distinctly bedded, but are lenticular. Each
bed is confined to a certain horizon, and gradually feathers out into non-iron
bearing roclcs. The change does not seem to be the result of any variation
in an original bed producing less favourable conditions for replacement. In
the carbonate-bearing rocks the iron is contained in the carbonate. It is not
a replacement of carbonate by magnetite. Contact metamorphic minerals are
not common in the iron-bearing beds. Garnet is found in some samples of
magnetite, but it has the appearance of crystallization from impurities con-
tained in the magnetite, and does not seem to have been formed by additions
from an outside source to the minerals of a pre-existing formation. The garnet
does not occur as zones or masses, but only as scattered, well formed crystals.
The granite is the only great intrusion in the area. If the iron formation
were of contact metamorphic origin, it would be expected to occur fairly close
to the contact of the granite batholith Avith the older rocks. The main beds
of iron oxide occur in the district mid-way between the two great granite in-
trusions. No magnetite bands were foimd anywhere near the northern granite
belt, and there is no marked local attraction in that section. On the south shore
of the lake some magnetite bands occur in the gneisses between the main magnet-
ite ])and and the belt of granite : none of these is of large size and the lenses be-
come less numerous and smaller in size proceeding southward. From these facts
it is concluded that the iron formation is not of contact metamorphic origin.
Hypothesis of Clastic Sedimentation
The occurrence of bedded deposits of iron oxides interlaminated with clastic
sediments would seem to be most simply exj^lained by assuming that the
magnetite Avas laid down with the other sands, as it sometimes accumulates
along modern beaches. There are several features, however, which do not seem
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 27
to agree with this theory. The magnetite of the Lake St. Joseph deposits is
fine-grained, and the grains are not rounded or flattened but quite angular.
Much of the angularity is no doubt due to re-crystallization, but it seems doubt-
ful that all the original rounded grains of magnetite would have been re-crystallized
into angular ones. In the second place, a clastic deposit would contain not only
magnetite and quartz, but other heavy minerals that occur along beaches, such
as garnet, titanite, apatite, etc. Garnets occur in the magnetite as noted pre-
viously, but only rarely and then as sharp, well-formed crystals, not as rounded
grains nor as lenses as might be expected if the garnet were detrital. Titan-
ium occurs only as traces in any of the ores analyzed, and hence the heavy and
resistant titanium minerals, which are present in most sand deposits, are al-
most entirely absent. If the iron formation and the interlayered greywackes,
arkoses, and gneisses are all clastic, then all the beds might be expected to eon-
tain considerable amounts of magnetite as Wiiter-rounded grains. Magnetite
does not occur abundantly in any but the main beds, and there are no inter-
mediate types between the lenses of high iron content and beds practically with-
out magnetite, with the exception of those conglomeratic beds, in which the
magnetite looks like rounded pebbles but is actually in the shape of flattened
cylinders or spindles. The explanation that has been offered for these is
that they may be concentrations of magnetite sand in ripple marks, but from
the character of the grains they are more likely concretionary. Finally, the
small included lenses of rock, Avhich consist largely of carbonate, are evidence
that different conditions prevailed during the deposition of the iron-bearing beds
from those present during the formation of the other sediments. Jaspery lenses
are further ])roof of this, although jasper does not occur in large quantity.
Hypothesis of Chemical Precipitation
The theory of formation by chemical precipitation explains the character-
istics of the ore more satisfactorily than do the j^reeeding hypotheses. It explains
the fine-grained character of the oxides, the association with jasper and iron
carbonate, the absence of heavy detrital minerals scattered through the ore, and
the scarcity of magnetite in beds other than the main iron-bearing members.
Assuming that chemical precipitation was the mode of formation, various con-
ditions of deposition may have obtained. The original minerals may have been
iron silicates or iron carbonates, as is held for many of the Lake Superior iron
deposits; the original mineral may have been hematite, as in the Clinton ores;
or the iron may have originally separated as hydrated iron oxides.
In the Lake Superior region the deposition of iron-bearing minerals is
believed to have been preceded by the effusion of basic lavas beneath the sea,
so that the water became saturated with iron salts. From this sea of abnormal
chemical constitution and probably fairly high temperature, iron silicates such
as greenalite were deposited. Later, under ordinary weathering conditions, the
silica was leached from the greenalite in favourable localities where there was
a concentration oi^ the ground water along certain channels. In this way the
iron oxides were left as enriched residual material along the axes of synclines or
in structural basins of other types.
That such conditions did not exist at Lake St. Joseph is shown by the
following facts. Xo iron silicates have been recognized in any of the sections
examined. It is possible that they may have been overlooked, or that the samples
28 Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
collected did not happen to be from the proper locality, but the microscopic
examination is borne out by the low iron content in the sediments, and the
samples are fairly representative of the various beds. The lenticular character
of the Lake St. Joseph deposits is original, whereas the lenses of the Lake Super-
ior region are du.e to secondary leaching, usually at the axes of synclines.
The lenses of magnetite at Lake St. Joseph are not synclinal but, neglecting
the minor folding, they lie along the limb of a major syncline. Hence they
are not structural features formed after the folding, but were prior to it and
probably original. If so, there seems to be no reason to suppose that they are
alteration products from a bed of iron silicates unless such a bed be assumed
also to have been lenticular. Finally, the basic lavas in the vicinity of Lake
St. Joseph are above the iron formation and, being later, could not have supplied
their iron content. It is possible that flows contemporaneous with, or earlier
than, the iron formation, may have existed in other districts suflficientiy near to
have supplied the iron solution for the Lake St. Joseph deposits. They did not
exist beneath the gneisses and arkos-e of the local sedimentary series, for in
that case the iron formation would have l)een at the base of the series instead
of near the top. Thus, the absence of iron silicates, the original lenticular
nature of the magnetite beds and the absence of earlier basic lavas which might
have supplied iron solutions, are indications that the iron formations were not
directly derived from subaqueous lava flows.
The Clinton beds are believed to have formed by the direct precipitation
of hematite in sea water. As there is a consi(leral)le quantity of hematite with
the magnetite in some of the occurrences at Lake St. Joseph, it might be assumed
that they were originally deposited as liematite and later altered to magnetite
during the deformation of tlie region. On such an assumption the most complete
alteration to magnetite should occur in those places of greatest compression and
movement. The opposite condition is found. At the crests of the minor folds,
the iron is chiefly in the form of magnetite, and along the limbs where the greatest
differential movement has occurred a large proportion of specular hematite is
found. From theoretical considerations it is doubtful if hematite would be
altered to magnetite by regional metamorphi.sm. It would appear that the
elimination of oxygen should reduce the volume and hence that hematite should
alter into magnetite under compression. There is, however, a difference in
specific gravity between specularite and magnetite sufficient to off-set this and
to make it more probable that, under pressure alone, specularite and not magnet-
ite is the stable oxide. This agrees with the field evidence.
A third mode of origin to be considered is deposition as hydrated iron oxides
or as carbonate. Hydrated oxides are commonly deposited at the present time
in bogs receiving the drainage from iron-])earing rocks. Such an origin would
explain the lenticular character and the freedom from detrital material in the iron
minerals. It would also explain the spindle-shaped magnetite masses in the
conglomeratic beds. There is, however, a question whether iron carbonates or
hydrated iron oxides would be precipitated without organic agencies, and these,
if present at all, were probably not abundant at tliis early period. Aside from
this possible theoretical ol^jection, the above hypothesis explains most satis-
factorily the observed facts, and as it does not s-eem impossible that these min-
erals can be formed by chemical action alone, this is concluded to be the method of
formation of the original iron-bearing beds. The history of the deposition may
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 29
be summarized as follows. There were certain basins in the old land surface
at various times in which iron-bearing solutions obtained by the ordinary weather-
ing of the surrounding rocks were collected, and from these solutions iron hy-
drates or iron carbonates were preeiintated. Occasional periods of flood l)rought
in some clastic material, now found as lenses of rock. At the edges of such
basins this was most common and so the fingering out of the iron ore lenses
into iron-bearing clastic rocks is explained. The abundance of iron beds, and
the greater thickness near the top of the sedimentary series, may have been the
result of longer periods of deposition, or possibly of the beginning of volcanic
activity in some district tributary to the basins of precipitation. It is not
believed that carbonates formed a large part of the original beds, for the amount
of carbonate found at present is small, and it does not seem to have undergone
much alteration to oxides. The change from hyclrated oxides to magnetite and hema-
tite could easily result through the regional disturbances. The form of the oxide
would depend upon local conditions.
Comparison with Lake Savant Occurrences
Iron formation which occurs at Lake Savant has been examined by E. S.
Moore. His conclusions are similar in some respects to those reached for the
Lake St. Joseph occurrences. Judging from Moore's descriptions the Lake Sav-
ant occurrences have a larger proportion of jasper to iron minerals. Concern-
ing the genesis of the iron oxides Moore says:'
There are, no doubt, plenty of igneous rocks in the region to supply the ore, but
their relations to the jaspers do not seem to indicate them as the source. Instead of
the igneous rocks being interbanded with the iron formation, the latter is made up
of large quantities of greywacke, evidently derived from the partial decomposition of
the igneous rocks. If the igneous rocks supplied the iron solutions to the seas there
should be greater regularity in the distribution of the iron formation, a smaller pro-
portion of imperfectly water-worn sediments, and a closer relation between the igneous
rock and the jasper. For the Savant region it appears that conditions favour deposi-
tion in bodies of water of limited size and surrounded by land areas capable of
furnishing the material for the greywacke. The source of the iron must have been
chiefly the igneous rocks which were decomposed, supplemented to some extent by
solutions supplied directly to the bodies of water by heated igneous rocks. The iron
formation must have reached its present condition through extensive metamorphic
processes by which rearrangement of the iron and silica took idace, emphasizing the
banded formation and changing chert from a crypto-crystalline to a granular crystal-
lized mass The earliest iron compound, the remains of which may still be
recognized, seems to have been the carbonate, which is now very largely altered to
magnetite by excessive metamorphism, while the quartz seems to have originally
been in the form of chert.
There are some conditions in the deposits of the Lake St. Joseph area that
do not fit, exactly, the hypothesis suggested by Moore. The igneous rocks are
later than the iron beds, and so could not have supplied even a part of the iron
solutions directly, nor could their decomposition have furnished the debris for
the gre)'wackes. The earliest rocks exposed are clastic sediments, and the source
of supply of the constituent minerals is unknown. There seems to be no reason
to assume that the crystallized quartz with the iron beds at Lake St. Joseph
was originally cherty. It was probably ordinary sand interbedded with the
original iron minerals and later altered into mosaics of interlocking quartz
'19th Annual Report, Ont. Bur. Min., 1910, Ft. 1, page 189.
30
Department of Mines, Part VIII
No. 4
individuals. Some carbonate has been found with the magnetite-hematite beds,
but there is no evidence that all the iron, or even any large amount of it,
was originally in the form of carbonate. In fact, the carbonate in the samples
examined has more the appearance of being itself secondary. Aside from these
points, the explanations offered for the origin of these similar beds In the two
adjacent areas are practically the same.
Composition of the Deposits
The fine-grained character of the magnetite conceals much of the foreign
material which it contains. At the axis of the folds there is a considerable quantity
of interbedded quartz, jasper, and rock, but along the limbs, the beds have been
sheared into tabular blocks which consist of magnetite with enough specular
hematite to give a red streak, but no other minerals are recognizable
in the hand specimen. It is found on crushing that there is a large amount of
gangue, mostly silica, even in the best samples. Specimens can be cliosen which
give a fairly high content of iron. In attempting to estimate the value of the
lenses, portions were selected which seemed to be of good grade and which were
also sufficiently large to give workable tonnages, if the content of iron should be
foimd to be sufficiently liigh. Chipped samples were taken across such outcrops,
and the following results may be considered to be averages of some of the most
promising occurrences.
14
15
134
135
36.32
none
0.1564
trace
165
34.4
172
173
Fe
S
P
Ti
32.60
34.94
38.42
none
0.1209
trace
37.7
37.92
none
0.2305
trace
No. 14. Channel sample across 151^^ feet at the south side of the iron-bearing
band along the northwest side of Island S4 at a point opposite Island 131.
No. 15. Channel sample across I6I/2 f^et of the north side of the iron-bearing
band at same locality as No. 14. The two samples are continuous, making
the total width sampled 32 feet.
No. 134. Channel sample from the ridge of iron formation north of station C on
the south shore of Island 84. AVidth of the beds at this point is
375 feet. The size of the individual outcrop where the sample was
taken is 50 feet by 200 feet. Width sampled 30 feet.
No. 135. Channel sample across a width of 25 feet parallel to number 134, and
thirty feet east.
No. 165. Channel sample across 35 feet of iron formation high in magnetite,
two chains inland from station C, Island 84. This outcrop is
much contorted and contains considerable jasper.
No. 172. Channel sample across 40 feet of iron formation north of the cabin on
Island 162.
No. 173. Channel sam])le across 32 feet of iron formation at the same locality as
No. 172. The south end of sample 173 is 25 feet north of the north end
of 172. The two samples make a total width sampled of 72 feet but
25 feet of lean rock between the ends of the two channels was not
sampled.
1922
Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph
31
A report by Prof. S. N'. Graham, of mill tests made on two samples of ore, at
the mining laboratories at Queen's University, is as follows:
The ore consists of a very fine-grained and intimate mixture of magnetite, hema-
tite and silica. Preliminary tests showed that very fine grinding was nece,ssary to
make any separation of the iron minerals from the silica. Tests wore then made by
wet magnetic concentration on a drum machine of the Grondal type. In making the
tests the tailings were re-run, and concentrates produced were added to those made
in the first run. The sand tailings contained a small amount of weakly magnetic
material, which probably consisted of grains partly of magnetite and partly of hema-
tite. The overflowing slime was of a deep red colour, due to the hematite.
The following are the results of the tests: —
Sample
Analysis of
Degree of
Analysis of
Ratio of
Total
No.
Iron ore
grinding,
concentrates
Concentration
Iron
through
Iron
Recovered
200-mesh
75
165
34.4
45.2
1.92 to 1
68.3
"
100
56.8
2.44 to 1
67.7
172
37.7
75
47.4
1.82 to 1
69.2
**
"
100
59.5
2.27 to 1
69.4
Depth of the Deposits
The greatest length of ore that may be considered to be a continuous lens is
the main band that is folded to form Island 84. This is found as a series
of lenses on Island 162. Eastward it bends back beneath the lake and can be
traced by magnetic disturbances to a point between Island 17 and the long
sand point on the south shore. This is a total length of nearly five miles.
Owing to the plunge of the folds it may he assumed that the beds continue
down the dip at least half the distance that they can be followed on the strike.
This assumption is based on a supposed circular form for the original basin and
the truncation of the tilted beds approximately along a diameter of the basin. If
this be granted the depth to which the lens may be expected to continue at Island
81, assuming an average plunge of the fold of 15°, is something over two miles.
Possibility of Enriched Lenses
In the Lake Superior deposits the original iron minerals have been altered
and the iron content increased l)y leaching l)y downward moving surface waters,
and as a result^ in certain structural basins, there occur great bodies of high-grade
residual iron ores. Some have assumed that iron formation of the type found
at Lake St. Joseph may have been enriched in similar fashion, and that synclines
will be found to contain ore bodies. Further, the impression has become current
that lake basins are structural hollows and so should be underlaid by deposits of
iron. The differences between the iron ore bodies of Lake Superior and those of
Lake St. Joseph are fundamental. The Lake Superior bodies were leached by sur-
face waters either soon after deposition or at any rate while still near the surface.
The Ontario deposits were not affected by an erosion period following the depo-
sition of the sediments, but so far as can be seen the period of sedimentation
graded directly into the period of igneous extrusions. That is, the iron beds were
covered almost immediatel}^ after deposition, and there was no opportunity for
32 Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
surface alteration or lateritization. They were again exposed only after a very
long period, and after the folding of the region had been accomplished. This
disturbance compressed the whole series ijito svnclines and anticlines, and meta-
morphosed the original iron minerals into dense magnetite and hematite, as-
sociated with the fine-grained quartz. There is little possibility of the leach-
ing of material from this fine-grained aggregation along the exposed edges of the
up-turned beds, and the iron-bearing beds show none of the porous structure which
they should exhibit had they undergone any such alteration. So far as the pos-
sibility of deposits in lake basins is concerned, there is no evidence to support such
an assumption. The magnetite beds mostly form ridges. Some parts of them are
beneath the lake but this is probably due to causes other than the physical character
of the iron formation.
Possibility of Concealed Lenses of Magnetite
In most places the magnetite occurrences are well exposed, but in that part
of the area covered by terminal moraine, sand and gravel conceal even tlie ridge-
forming rocks. Traverses with the dial compass and dip needle were made
at closely spaced intervals in the section south of Lake St. Joseph. Little mag-
netic disturbance was found, and there is not much likelihood of hidden lenses of
qny importance.
Quartz Veins
Many stringers and veins of quartz occur in the granite, but none of these
were sampled. Veins of any workable size in rocks earlier than the granite were
sampled, and assays of two of these were made at the Provincial Assay Office,
Toronto, with the following results :
Xo. 31 Xo. 36
Gold none none
Silver 2.08 oz. per ton none
Sample Xo. 31. Sample chipped across a series of quartz veins on the northwest
side of Island 31. Total width of quartz is four feet in a
zone twenty feet wide.
Sample Xo. 36. Sample chipped across a quartz vein seven chains inland from
the lake south of Island 84. AVidth of vein— ten feet, length
exposed — 100 feet.
Xo large veins were seen in the greenstones. The rock association with
granite intruding basic rocks should have been favourable for the formation of
gold-bearing quartz veins. If such occur anywhere in the district the green-
stone areas east and west of the granite embayment along the north side of Lake
Xo. 2 should be an exceptioually favoural)le locality for prospecting.
EASTERN PART OF LAKE ST. JOSEPH
By E. L. Bruce
Introduction
The following preliminary report deals -with an area lying east of that
covered by the report on "The Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph."
Townships were blocked out south of the lake by J. S. Dobie, 0. and U.L.S.,
during the season of 1921, and the whole south shore of the lake as far east as
Osnaburgh Indian Reserve and a part of the north shore were surveyed by him.
The second base line was run east from Mile (iO on the primary meridian, and
meridians were run north every six miles, from the base line to the
lake shore. Bays from the main lake cross the Ijase line between Mile 10 and
]\Iile 12 and just west of Mile 11:. The large bay southwest from Osnaburgh
House extends nearly to the base line at Mile 22.
Eock outcrops along the shores were examined with considerable care, and
the surveyed lines were traversed. Exposures are too scattered to attempt to make
a complete areal majj, and only actual occurrences of rock seen are shown on the
map accompanying this report. Xo traverses inland were made other than those
on the surveyed lines, both because of lack of time and l^ecause the small areas
of solid rock to be seen did not seem to justify closely spaced sections.
Summary
The general character of this section is very similar to that to the west.
There seems to be less burned country than in the western area, and some sec-
tions of very good pulpwood are to be found. The geology of the district is com-
parable to that of the west, but as much of it lies in the terminal moraine area,
less rock is exjDOsed. Iron formation is found, but the beds are much thinner
than those of the western district and are not of workable size.
Timber
The best area of pulpwood seen anywhere in the vicinity of Lake St. Joseph
is along the meridian running north from Mile 18 to the lake. Good timber
extends eastward along the base line for about a mile east of the meridian.
Westward there is no burned country as far as the lake at Mile 14. Unburned
areas were seen north of the lake, l)ut no examination of any of that part of the
country was made.
Geology
The rocks belong to the same geological groups as those described in the re-
port dealing with the western part of Lake St. Joseph, but there is some modi-
fication in the various types. The relations are expressed by the following table :
33
34
Department of Mines, Part VIII
No. 4
TABLE OF FORMATIONS
Age
Relations
Rock Type
Receipt
Glacial
Peat
Clay, sand, gravel
Unconformity
Pre-Cambeian
Z !
gkanite and other
ixtrusives
Intrusive Contact
PRE-GRAMTE COJIPLEX -
Pegmatite dikes, granite,
hornblendite and diorite,
lamprophyre dikes.
Igneous Group —
Greenstone, chlorite schists.
Sedimentary Group —
Iron formation, biotite-
garnet-gniess, staurolite
schist, quartzite, arkose,
conglomerate.
Pre=Qranite Complex
General
The rocks older than the igneous intrusions associated with the granite
batholiths are grouped into a lower sedimentary series and an upper igneous
series, although in this area there is little conclusive evidence of the relative ages.
The sedimentary' group consists of garnet-biotite-quartz gneiss, quartzite, arkose,
and magnetite beds. There are many occurrences of garnet and staurolite schist
and one of conglomerate. The igneous group is not important areally. The
rocks are massive greenstones, but are not ellipsoidal, and some of them may be
liighly altered greywackes.
Sedimentary Group
Conglomerate. — Outcrops of conglomerate are crossed by the base line east
of the twentieth mile post. The first bed is two chains east of the post. It is
10 feet thick, and contains well rounded pebbles of granite, quartz and bluish
chert in a granular siliceous matrix. Conglomerate is interbedded with rusty
weathering mica gneiss 7 chains east of Mile 20. The beds vary in thickness
from two inches to 2 feet. Granite lies directly west, but not in direct contact
with the conglomerate. Pebbles of granite in the conglomerate might lead to
the inference that there is an unconformity, but it is believed the granite is
younger, as it is found intruding the gneissic rocks on the meridian north from
Mile 18, along the base line at Mile 22 + 25 chains, and at various points along
the shore of the lake north of that part of the base line.
1922 Iron Formation of Lake St. Joseph 35
Other Sedimentary Rodis. — Gneisses of sedimentary origin are the most com-
monly exposed rocks. Large areas of garnet gneiss extend from the base line be-
tween Mile 20 and Mile 22 -f 25 chains northward to the lake. Light pink gar-
nets make up a large proportion of tlie rock mass. Staurolite schist i&
interbanded with garnet gneiss in many places. The crystals of staurolite
are an inch or more in diameter, and form the greater part of the rock. Both
single crystals and twin crystals are found. They are not parallel to the bed-
ding, and have evidently formed subsequent to the folding of the rocks. The
matrix in which they lie is largely sericite. Quartzite was observed at some
localities along the shores of the bay crossed by the base line between Mile 10
and Mile 12. Some of these are brecciated, with the fragments recemented
by quartzite. Under the microscope they appear to be typical quartzites with
rounded grains of quartz, some feldspar, and sericite as an alteration product. Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. — ^Photomicrograph X 30 of
quartzite from the south side of
the bay crossed by the base line
between Mile 12 and Mile 14,
eastern part of Lake St. Joseph.
Magnetite beds are interlayered with other sediments, but are much thinner
and leaner than are the beds of the western part of the lake. Most of them are
only a few' inches in thickness, but zones occur several feet in wudth in which
one-half of the rock consists of magnetite. The rocks commonly interbanded with
magnetite are garnet gneiss, and staurolite schist. At the north side of Island
856, the rock immediately north of the iron formation is dark in colour
and weathers to a nodular surface. In the field, it had the appearance of an
igneous rock. Microscopic examination shows that the cliief minerals are quartz,
and fresh-looking green hornblende. The quartz individuals form a closely
interlocking mosaic, and it seems probable that the rock is really an abnormal
sediment in which the basic material has re-crystallized into hornblende. The
magnetite beds are the result of the re-crystallization of some original iron mineral
associated with quartz or with some other mineral which has changed to quartz.
Some samples of magnetite contain a few deep red garnets in perfectly formed
crystals as large as small peas.
The magnetite-bearing beds along the base line are cut off, and bent sharply
from their normal strike by granite intrusions. Pegmatite dikes in places cut
directly through the magnetite beds. On Island 856 granite is in direct con-
tact with a bed of magnetite, inclusions of which are contained in the igneous
rock. Nevertheless, the granite appears quite fresh and unaffected right up
the contact. The sediments are evidently older than this particular granite,
and the drag-folding indicates a syncline to the north. This view is corroborated
by the position of the granite, which probably came in from below.
36
Department of Mines, Part VIII
No. 4
Igneous Group
Greenstone. — Greenstone occnrs along the shore of the Indian IJeserve south
of Osnaburgh House and on the islands in that vicinity. No ellipsoidal struc-
ture was observed, and the ditferentiation between basi^ lavas and sedimentary
rocks made up of material formed by the breaking down of basic rocks is
somewhat difficult. Owing to the disturbances caused by the igneous intru-
sions, the structure and succession are not easily determined, but there is some
evidence, although not entirely conclusive, that the greenstone lies above the
sediments.
Photofiroiili bji cotirti'Sij of the A-ir Board of Canada.
Fig. 2. — Lake in terminal moraine deposits, south of Lake St. Joseph. The
photograph was taken on Sept. 15, 1921. from a height of 2,700 feet.
Granite and Other Intrusives
The intrusive rocks may belong to several diil'erent ages. Lamprophyre
dikes cut the sediments, and holo-crystalline dioritic rocks are thought to be in-
trusive, although thev have not l)een found in direct contact with other rocks.
Granite and the pegmatite dikes associated with it are the most important intrusive
rocks.
The lamprophyre dikes are similar in all respects to those described in the
western section, and nothing need be added to that description. Such dikes
were found cutting quartzite in outcrops in the marsh south of the bay which is
crossed by the base line between Mile 1') and Mile 13. Diorite occurs on Island
G-i8, on Island 709, and on several smaller islands near it. It is a com-
pletely crystallized rock of granitic texture, and may be related to the granite
intrusion either as a differentiate from it or as a hybrid rock formed by the
assimilation of basic material in the irranite magma.
1922
Eastern Part of Lake St. Joseph
37
The granite is similar to that described in the previous report, but in this
eastern section along many of the contacts there has been much more assimila-
tion of the intruded rocks, and hence there are broad belts of hybrid rocks
which differ from typical granite and vary in character from place to place.
These have been included with the granite, although at many localities if each
outcrop were considered by itself the rock could hardly be termed granite. This
is especially true of the outcrops occurring on Carling island. Pegmatite dikes
do not appear to be so numerous as they are in the western section, but this
may be due to tlie fact that the amount of solid rock exposed is much less. The
dikes are similar to those previously described.
Pluitograph hij courtesy of the Air Board of Canada.
Fii;. o. — U^iiabiirgli House, Lake St. Juseijh, \ie\\eil I'rcjin an elevatiuii ul' ,mhi i^c-i.
The H. B. Co. post is built on a hill of glacial sand with a sand pit in front of it.
Pleistocene Deposits
Deposits formed during the glacial period are thick and wide spread. Banks
of sand and gravel cover all the solid rock over much of the area. Most of
the deposit is typical terminal moraine, with hummocky and irregular hills,
elongated knolls and winding esker-like ridges. Southeast of the lake and from
Mile 22, eastward on the base line, the glacial deposits are thick and continuous,
and as the forest has been almost completely burned away, the irregular hills
and ridges of unsorted sand and gravel, among which lie lakes with no visible
outlets, can be seen extending for a long distance to the south. Another great
area of glacial deposits lies between the lake and the base line west of Mile
20. Forest cover obscures some of the details, but the oval lakes with no rock
exposures can be recognized, Fig. 2.
Recent
At present, peat is forming in some of the undrained areas, and the glacial
sands and gravels are being rearranged by the lake currents into new shore
deposits. The abundant supply of sand has made possible some splendidly
developed sand bars and sand spits, Fig. 3.
38
Department of Mines, Part VIII
1922
be
AREA SOUTH OF THE WEST END OF LAKE ST. JOSEPH
By E. L. Bruce
Introduction
A lake of considerable size was rej^orted to lie in the unmapped area south
of Lake St. Joseph and west of the primary meridian. An exploration was decided
upon to determine the location and size of the lake and, if possible, to obtain
additional information with regard to the character and structure of the sedimentary
gneisses that occur along the south shore of Lake St. Joseph. A sketch furnished
by J. S. Dobie, was found to agree fairly closely with the position of the lake.
The name Shekak is suggested for this body of water, as it is said tliat a man
named Skunk formerly trapped in that section.
The lake is reached by ascending a fair-sized stream that enters the large
bay extending southwestward from the main channel of Lake St. Joseph, three
miles east of the primary meridian. A rapid occurs at the mouth of this stream
but this can be easily ascended by poling. Half a mile above the rapid a tribu-
tary enters from the west. This drains two small lakes, the upper of which is
crossed by the meridian at Mile 57. Half-a-mile west of the meridian a stream
enters the lake with a heavy rapid at the mouth. This was ascended by tracking,
but there is an old portage eleven chains in length on the right bank. The lower
end of the portage is a little distance south of the mouth of the stream. Shik-
kagami lake is directly above the rapids.
The lower part of the lake extends westward for four miles to a large island
which blocks the passage, leaving only a narrow channel on either side. From
this island the lake extends in many long bays to the southwest. The most
southerly bay reaches a point ten miles southwest of the narrows, and so the lake
has a total length of about fourteen miles. The greatest width is three miles.
The track survey by canoe was supplemented by a flight over the lake by
seaplane; this made possible some corrections in outline and the recognition of
connecting lakes, which drain into the southeast bay and may foi*m a canoe route
for some distance southward.
The waters of Sliekak lake are fairly clear witli a slightly lirownish
colour, but not the dark Ijrown of the water in many lakes near the head
of river systems in pre-Cambrian regions. This is due to the comparatively small
proportion of swampy country in its drainage basin, for much of the district is
covered by the sandy glacial deposits of the terminal moraine extending south-
westward from Lake St. Joseph. The irregular ridges and knolls of glacial sand
and gravel can be well seen on large islands in the central part of the lake, where
the forest fires have removed the timber. Much of the mainland of this part
is wooded, but the long, smooth, pebble beaches are typical of the drift-covered
area. The southwestern end is beyond the margin of the moraine and lies in
a rugged country with high, bald ridges and knolls of granite.
Geology
Outcrops are fairly numerous at the lower and upper ends of the lake, but
the central part has boulder and sand beaches with few exposures of solid rock.
The stream draining the lake, and a small part of the lower end of the lake, lie in an
39
40 Department of Mines, Part VIII No. 4
area of granite continuous with the granite area found along the base line south of
Lake St. .]os(|)h. The rock of the central ])art of Shekak lak.' is ijiouii-
weathering niica gneiss, with little vatiation except that produced by the meta-
niorphic effect of granite intrusions. Toward the south, where the second great
belt of granite appears, the gneisses are very severely altered. They are thoroughly
impregnated with material from the intrusive and, in many places, it is difficult
to draw any satisfactory Hue between the two rocks. The gneiss is undoubtedly
-of sedimentary origin. The distinctly bedded character and the highly quartzose
composition are conclusive evidence of this. As in the gneisses of Lake St.
Joseph, it is rather difficult to account for this thick series of sedimentary beds
so homogeneous in nature, apparently clastic, but with no conglomeratic beds
whatever.
The intrusion of the granite has taken place largely lit-par-Ut and in
many places the original bedded structure is retained, although the material
of the rock is now more largely igneous than sedimentary. This type of in-
trusion adds considerably to the difficulty of satisfactory mapping, as granite
and gneiss interfinger most intimately along the contact. The gneisses are also
intruded by large pegmatites, many of which have come in along the bedding,
and as they form ridges, an erroneous opinion of the relative importance of gneiss
and pegmatite may be formed. In some cases what appear to be ridges of
solid pegmatite are found on closer observation to be gneiss, faced Avith peg-
matite.
The structure of the gneiss at the lower end of the lake is well shown.
Where first observed the dip is steep to the northward and the strike nearly
east and west. To the south, the strike swings to the northwestward and the
dips flatten to 45° to the northeast. Still farther south the strike is north
and south, and the dip 15° to the east. Continuing southward, the strike is
northeast-soutliwest with dips to the southeast and then swings east and west
again with steep dips to the south. It is evident that the structure is a
closely appressed anticline which plunges to the east at an angle of 15°. The
dips farther south give some evidence of a minor syncline, the axis of which
is only a short distance south of this main anticlinal axis. There may be a
second anticlinal axis towards the south end of the lake, but the disturbance
introduced by granite intrusions makes the evidence less clear. The relation
of this structure to that of the gneiss along Lake St. Joseph is not determinable.
It is believed from evidence given in detail in a previous report that the Lake St.
Joseph occurences are on the northern limb of an anticline. If it be as-
sumed that the Shekak Lake anticline is the first anticline south of Lake
St. Joseph, and that it occupies its original position, the thickness of sediments
is enormous. It seems more reasonable to assume that there are some inter-
mediate folds now completely destroyed by the granite intrusion. It is also
possible that there has been a fault zone along which the granite has come m.
In that case tlie anticlinal crest exposed on Shikkagami lake may be down-
faulted part of beds originally lying much farther north. So far as the problem of
the structure of the Lake St. Joseph beds is concerned, the evidence is at least cor-
roborative of the eastward plunge of the axes of the folds.
No evidence of any mineralization of possible importance was observed in
any of the exposures seen along the lake shores.
INDEX
Vol. XXXI., Part VIII.
Page
Agriculture.
St. Joseph 1.. H
Analyses, iron ores ■ 30, 31
Andesite 2
Anticline 13, 40
Archean shield, ^'rr Pre-Cambrian.
Arkose.
St. Joseph 1 7. 34
description • 9
petrography 2j
Assays.
Quartz, L. St. Joseph 32
Batholiths 2
Bell, Dr. Robt. 2, 23
Biotite-garnet gneiss.
L. St. Joseph 7, 34
Biotite gneiss 7
Blackstone 1.
Boulders 21
photo 20
Rocks 4, 17
Boulders, glacial.
Blackstone 1., notes and photo ..20, 21
Bruce, E.L.
Reports by, on St. Joseph 1 1-40
Camsell, Charles 2
Canadian shield. tSce Pre-Cambrian.
Carling island 37
Carter, Capt. A. AV 1
Chemical precipitation.
As origin of iron deposits 27
Chlorite schist, St. Joseph 1 7, 23, 34
description ] G
Clastic sedimentation.
As origin of magnetite deposits ... 26
Clinton iron ores 27, 28
Comer, J. F l
Concentration of iron ore.
St. Joseph 1., ratio 31
Conglomerate.
St. Joseph 1 34
magnetite nodules in, photo .... 10
Contact metamorphism.
As origin of magnetite depo;^its . . . ;Y)
Couchiching series 13
Davison, John E 2
Diamond-drilling.
Iron, St. Joseph 1. 24
Diorite.
St. Joseph 1 7, 16, 17, 36
Dobie, James E 1, 2, 33, 3;^
Farming. See Agriculture.
Fawcett, Thomas 2
Fish.
St. Joseph 1 3, G
Forests. See Trees.
Formations. See Table of formations.
Fraser, G. L 1
Page
Fur-bearing animals.
St. Joseph 1 3
Garnets.
St. Joseph 1., in magnetite 25, 27
Geology, economic
Sec Granite; Iron; Gold.
Geology, general
St. Joseph 1 7-22
eastern 33-37
western 39, 40
Glaciation.
St. Joseph 1., notes 21, 37
Gneiss.
L. St. Joseph 4, 7, 8
structure 40
Gold.
St. Joseph 1., possibility 3
Graham, S. N 31
Granite.
St'c also. Binary granite.
L. St. Joseph 2, 4, 7
notes 19, 20, 26, 36
Granite porphyry.
St. Joseph 1 7, 19
Gravels, glacial
St. Joseph 1., photo 4
Greenalite.
L. Superior iron deposits 27
Greenstone.
L. St. Joseph 7, 34
description 35
intruded by granite 20
prospecting advisable 32
Greig, J. W 1, 16
Greywacke.
L. St. Joseph 4, 7
description 9
petrography 25
Savant 1 29
Hematite. See also. Iron-bearing beds.
L. Superior iron ores 28
St. Joseph 1. 3
Hints to prospectors.
Quartz veins, St. Joseph 1 32
Hornblende schist.
St. Joseph 1 23
Iron formation.
L. St. Joseph, Report by Bruce. .. .1-32
eastern 33-36
mineralogy 24, 25
L. Superior, origin 27
Savant 1 13, 29
Iron-bearing beds.
Sec also Iron formation.
L. St. Joseph, geology 10-13
Island No. 6 19
Island No. 10 19
Is land No. 17 31
Island No. 34 32
41
42
Department of Mines, Part VIII
No. 4
Page
Island No. 84.
Folding, photo 13 '
Magnetite. 4, 23, 30, 31
Photo 24
Quartz, assay ■ 32
Rocks 9, 25
Islands Nos. 103 and 104 15
Islands Nos. 119 and 123 15, 17
Island No. 131.
Magnetite, analj'sis 30
Island No. 133.. 2.i
Island No. 158 23
Island No. 162.
Magnetite • 30, 31
Island No. 184.
Folding, photo 13
Island No. 185 9
Islands Nos. 212 and 250 15
Island No. 276 17
Island No. 337 8
Island No. 353 • 8
Island No. 400 14, 16
Island No. 407 9
Island No. 648.... 36
Island No. 670
Sand spit, photo 38
Island No. 709 • 36
Island No. 856 35
Jackpine.
St Joseph 1 6
Jasper.
Iron formation 27
Savant 1 • 29
Lake No. 1.
Glacial drift near, photo 4
Lake No. 2, granite 19
Prospecting advisable 32
Lake Superior
Iron ore, alteration 31
origin 27, 23
Lamprophyre dikes 2, 16, 17, 22
Laurentian shield. .See Pre-Cambrian.
Lava.
St. Joseph 1., notes 16, 17, 22
Lawson, A. C 13
Mclnnes, William 2
Magnetic variation
St. Joseph 1 23, 31
Magnetite.
See also Iron-bearing beds.
St. Joseph 1., notes and photo. 3, 10, 30
Island No. 84 4
Manitou rapids 2
Mica gneiss, L. St. Joseph 34
Shekak 1 40
Mile No. 10 S5
Mile No. 12 35
Mile No. 14 33
Mile No. 18 . 34
Mile No. 20 34, 35
Mile No. 22 34
Mineralogy, iron formation 24, 25
Moore, E. S 29
Moraines, terminal
L. St. Joseph 2
photos 5, 3'"
Murray, G. B.
Page
.. 1
Osnaburgh House.
Agriculture 6
Rocks near; photo. 36, 37
Paragneiss 7, 8
Parsons, A. L 2
Patrician glacier 5
Peat bogs 21, 37
Pegmatite.
L. St. Joseph 2, 4, 34
age 22
description 20
intruding gneisses 40
Petrographic notes.
Gneiss, L. St. Joseph 8
Iron formation 25
Photomicrographs.
Quartz porphyry 14, 18
Quartzite 33
Picea • 19
Pickerel
L. St. Joseph 6
Pike, L. St. Joseph 6
Pleistocene • 21, 37
.S'ee also. Glaciation.
Poplar 6
Porphyry, ."^'ee Granite porphyry.
Pre-Cambrian.
L. St. Joseph area 2, 34
Pre-granite complex.
L. St. Joseph area 7-19, 34, 35
Prospecting.
.S'ee also Hints to prospectors.
L. St. Joseph, historical notes 23
Pulpwood 6, 33
Pyroclastics 7, 16, 17
photo 18
Quartz-hornblende gneiss 7, 9
Quartz porphvry.
St. Joseph 1 2, 7, 10
age 19
photomicrograph 13-18
Quartz veins.
L. St. Joseph, non-auriferous 3, 32
Quartzite.
L. St. Joseph 7, 9, 34
cut by dikes 36
description 10
photomicrograph 35
structure • 4
Recent deposits.
L. St. Joseph area -21, 37
Rhyolite 16
Rock structure.
St. Joseph 1., relation to topography 4
Root river 2, 6
St. Joseph lake.
Reports on, by Bruce • . . 1-40
Sand, glacial
St. Joseph 1., notes and photos. 3, 4, 37
Sand bars or spits.
St. Joseph 1., notes and photos
5, 21, 37, 38
1922
Index
43
Page
Sand pit.
Osnaburgh House, photo 37
Savant lake.
Iron ore, description 13, 29
Rocks 16
Sea water.
Hematite in, as origin of iron ores 2S
Sedimentary group.
L. St. Joseph area 7-19, 34, 35
Sedimentation.
See also Clastic sedimentation.
Sericite schist 7, 10
Shekak lake 6, 13, 39, 40
Silver.
St. Joseph 1., in quartz 32
Sioux Lookout 2
Skunk 1. See Shekak 1.
Soil. See Agriculture.
Spits. See Sand bars.
Spruce 6
Station No. 13 9
Station Xo. 136 9
Station No. 146 9
Page
Station No. 207 8
Staurolite schist • 34, 35
Striae, glacial
L. St. Joseph 21
Syncline
L. St. Joseph, iron ore possible in- 31
Table of formations. L. St. Joseph 7, 34
Topography
L. St. Joseph area S-')
Trees
L. St. Joseph, area 6, 32
Volcanic group
St. Joseph 1., area 7-19
Waterpower
L. St. Joseph 3
Whitefish 6
Williams, Jabez • 24
Williams, L. F 1
Williams, L. G 1
Wilson, A. W. G 2
Wright, David • 1
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
Hon. H. Mills, Minister o? Mines Thos. W. Gibson, Deputy Minister
THIRTY=F1RST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART IX, 192 2
The Stratigraphy and Paleontologfy
OF
Toronto and Vicinity
PARTIII.— GASTROPODA, CEPHALOPODA, and VERMES
By
W. A. Parks, Ph.D. assisted by Madeleine Fritz, B.A.
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed by CLARKSON W. JAMES, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1923
Printed by
THE RYEESON PRESS
THE STRATIGRAPHY AND PALEONTOLOGY
OF
TORONTO AND VICINITY
Part III.— Gastropoda, Cephalopoda, and Vermes
By
W. A. Parks, assisted by Madeleine Fritz
Introductory
Two parts of this series have already appeared in the Eeports of the Ontario
Department of Mines: they deal with the Pelecypoda ^ and Molluscoidea - occur-
ring in the rocks at Toronto.
The present part treats similarly of the classes Gastropoda, Cephalopoda, and
Vermes.
The series of articles of which this is the third niimher was undertaken
in order to furnish a full and modern accomit of the fossils occurring in the
rocks at Toronto. As the original illustrations of most of the species are con-
tained in literature diflicult of access, it has been decided to introduce a figure
of each species referred to.
In the two parts already published, as also, in the present part the fossils
are described without particular reference to their range as it is the intention
to fully consider this aspect of the sid:)Ject in Part IV, to be published at a later
date. It will deal with the remaining groups of fossils and with the strati-
graphy and correlation of the local formations at Toronto.
The Gastropoda of the Toronto rocks are very badly preserved; in conse-
quence, great difficulty attends some of the identifications. We recognize ten
described species to Avhioh we have added one new variety and one doubtful
species, too uncertain to ])e definitely named.
The Cephalopoda, show five species; of these Actinoceras crehvisi'pfum is so
abundant and so unique that consideral)le space has been devoted to a descrip-
tion of the detail of its structure.
The Vermes are represented by one tul)icolar annelid and thirty-four errant
types of which only the jaws are known. AVe have been able to add nothing to
Hinde's excellent account of these minute structures: his descriptions and figures
are reproduced Avithout change. It has been thought advisal)le to include the
five conodonts (teeth of cycJosiomcs ?) descril)ed by Hinde.
A single species of Conularia is included.
The figures accompanying Part III have ])een ])re])ared partly by ourselves
and partly by Miss Emily Logier. In a few cases it has been found necessary to
reproduce figures already published.
'Ont. Dept. Mines Report, Vol. XXIX, Part VI, 1920.
''Ibid, Vol. XXX, Part VII, 1921.
1
2 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Description of Species
The species herein described belong to the two great phyla : Mollusca and
Vermes. Of the former, the two classes considered are the Gastropoda and the
Cephalopoda. Withoiit further introduction these two classes will be tirst dealt
with.
GASTROPODA
Order ASPIDOBRANCHIA
Family acmeidae
Genus AECHIXACELLA. llHch and Scofield
Archinacella, Ulrich and Scofield. Geol. Minnesota 3, pt. 2, 1897, pp. 821-828.
Archixacella, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 61.
The small shells now placed under this genus have been variously ascribed
to Metoptoma, TrihUdhon, and other genera. ArchinacelJa is defined as follows
by Ulrich and Scofield:
Shell patelliform, ovate to subcircular, usually widest anteriorly, forming a low
cone with the apex in front of the center and often submarginal. Muscular scars
forming a continuous band. Surface markings concentric only.
Archixacella pulaskiexsis, Foerste
Plate 1, Figures 1 and 2.
Cakinaropsis patelliformis. Hall. Pal. New York, 1, 1S57, p. 306, pi. 83, figs. 7a-b.
Archinacella puLASKiExsis, Focrstc. Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., 17, 1914, p. 309.
pi. 3, figs. 3a-d.
Archixacella pulaskiexsis, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 64.
The true Arclunacdla patelliformis of Hall is defined as follows:
Obliquely subconical, patelliform, the apex incurved and extended in a lina
with or beyond the margin, obtusely carinated upon the dorsal line; aperture broadly
oval, slightly narrowed posteriorly; surface marked by fine concentric sublamelliform
striae.
This species resembles in form the recent Capulus; but the structure of the
shell is quite different, being, in this respect, closely allied to the Bcller option. There
are one or two other species in the Hudson River group, and a single more elevated
one in the Trenton limestone, which has not been satisfactorily determined.
Hall himself ascribed to the same species certain specimens from the Hud-
son River gi'oup at Pulaski and elsewhere. Foerste (op. cit.) has pointed out that
the Trenton and the Hudson River types of Hall are different and has pro-
posed the name A. pnlashiensis for the latter. His comments on the two species
are as follows :
The form figured by Hall from the Lorraine at Pulaski, New York, as Archinacella
imtelUjormis. differs in outline from his Trenton types, which were derived from
the dark, compact, Trenton limestone at Middleville, New York. This shell is broader
and more convex along the middle and the outline, therefore, is rather broadly ovate
than ovate oblong. Otherwise the two shells are closely similar. The beak extends al-
most or fully as far forward as the anterior margin of the shell. It overhangs this mar-
gin by an anterior slope which on lateral view is not so strongly concave. The beak is
rather pointed, especially when viewed from above, and there is a tendency toward
carination for a moderate distance posterior to the beak. The highest part of the
shell is about five-twelfths of the length of the shell from the anterior margin. The
shell is smooth, surface striations being faint or absent.
The type of the species occurs in the same rock with Modiolopsis modiolaris,
Byssonyehia radiata. Hormotoma gracilis. DalmancUa. and Glyptocrinus columnals.
This species occurs at the Trinucleiis horizon, several hundred yards west of the
railroad bridge across the river, east of Pulaski. It is found also northeast of
the bridge within the limits of Lorraine village, and along the creek within the
boundaries of Barnes Corners. It is found also at the power house at Bennetl
Bridge, a little over a mile west of the Salmon River falls.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 3
The same species occurs in the province of Quebec, on the Richelieu river at
Chambly. A similar form is found on the Nicolet river, southwest of Ste. Monique,
about 575 feet below the lowest horizon containing Strophomoia plamimhona.
This ty})e of gastropod is quite common at Toronto and approaches more
closely .4. 'pulaskiensis. The specimen drawn is a cast of the interior, hut it
shows well the ovate outline characteristic of the s})ecies and also the continu-
ous muscle hand wliich Flricli considers characteristic of the genus. The length
is 16 mm. and the width is !'■->. r) mm. Considerahle variation in size is ohserved,
some specimens heing as much as 2 ("5 mm. long. Variations are also ohserved in
the degree to which the ridge posterior to the apex is developed, some specimens
being quite rounded.
Locality. — Don brickyard, Toronto.
No. 1211 H.R. Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Family cyrtolitidae
Genus CYRTOLITES, Conrad
Cyrtolites, Conrad. Ann. Rep. Nat. Hist. Surv. New York, 1838, p. 118.
Cyrtolite.s. Vlrich and Scofleld. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, pp. 846-858.
Cyrtolites. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, pp. 365, 366. (See for full bibli-
ography).
Ulrich and Scofield descril)e the genus as follows :
Shell coiled in the same plane, symmetrically or nearly so; volutions two or
three, scarcely contiguous, the last occasionally free, enlarging gradually, carinated
on the back and often on the sides, giving a subquadrate cross-section; aperture
not abruptly expanding, with or without a median notch in the outer lip; no
slit-band; shell thin, without callosities of any kind; surface sculpture reticulated
nr cancellated, consisting of straight or obliquely curved regular transverse lines
connected by short oblique lines.
Cyrtolites ornatus, Conrad
Plate 1, Figures 3, 4 and 5.
Cyrtolites orxatus. Hall. Pal. New York, 1, 1847, p. 308, pi. 84, figs. la-g.
Cyrtolites orxatus. Chapman. Canadian Jour., new ser., 7, 1862, p. 119, fig. 119;
8, 1863, p. 206, fig. 207.
Cyrtolites orxatus, Billings. Geol. Canada, Geol. Surv. Canada, 1863, p. 217, fig. 226.
Cyrtolites orxatus, Meek. Pal. Ohio, 1, 1873, p. 148, pi. 13, figs. 3a-b.
Cyrtolites or.natus, Vlrich and Scofield. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 860, pi.
62, figs. 27-29.
Cyrtolites orxatus. Ctnnings. 32nd Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana, 1908,
p. 962, pi. 40, figs. 8, 8a.
Cyrtolites orxatus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 367.
Cyrtolites orxatus, Foerste. Geol. Surv. Canada, Mem. 83, 1916, pp. 85, 90.
Cyrtolites ornatus is one of the most common gastropods found in the To-
ronto vicinity. Although the species occurs in abundance, well-preserved ex-
amples are rare, as most specimens are much flattened and distorted.
A description by T^lricli and Scofield follows:
Shell varying in diameter between 12 mm. and 30 mm., with the average at about
23 mm. Volutions two or three, rapidly increasing in size, strongly and sharply
carinate dorsally, rhombic subquadrate in section; sides prominent and subangular
or narrowly rounded along a line about three-fifths of the bight of the volution
within the dorsal carina, the dorsal slopes gently convex and distinctly undulated
by strong slightly curved transverse furrows and subangular ridges, the ventral
or umbilical slopes almost flat and usually without undulations; ventral side with
a sharp central furrow for the reception of the dorsal carina of the preceding
volution. Umbilicus well defined, wide and deep, the edge wavy. Aperture a little
wider than high, the bight equalling usually a trifle more than half the greatest
diameter of the shell, more or less rhombic-subquadrate, the outline often becom-
ing a little rounded with age. Entire surface covered by a delicate network formed
of raised lines running almost straight across the whorls and short connecting
4 Department of Mines, Part iX No. 4
lines arranged alternately, the result being somewhat similar to the pitting of a
thimble. In a good light the network is generally distinguishable without the aid
of a magnifier, and, excepting three specimens, quite uniform in strength in dif-
ferent shells, there being on the outer half of the last whorl nearly always seven
or eight of the transverse lines and eight or nine of the short lines in 2 mm. In
the excepted specimens the network is more compact, there being over the outer
part of the last whorl from ten to twelve of the transverse lines in the same space.
On another, with the reticulation unusually coarse, the number averages between
six or seven. On the last specimen a good magnifier brings out some very fine
lines of growth running through the network. It is important to note that there
is no perceptible backward curvature of the transverse lines in nearing and cross-
ing the dorsal carina.
The Toronto specimens seem to conform very closely with the figures and
descriptions of this species already puhlished. Owing to imperfections, the cha-
racteristic features of the apertural region cannot be verified. A degree of varia-
tion is observed in our specimens, but it is frequently impossible to determine
whether these are inherent or due to crushing. For instance, the lateral angula-
tion is in some cases much sharper than is indicated in published figures of the
species, but it is quite possible that this is the result of pressure. The keel on
the periphery, in some cases, is quite well defined, but in our best specimens it
is merely a sharp angularity with but a slight concavity on either side. In these
cases the finer surface ornamentation is quite uninterrupted across the keel. The
chief direction in which variation occurs is in the num])er and strength of the
transverse furrows and ridges ; in some cases these are so sharply defined and
prominent as to catch tlie eye at once, in other cases they are quite low and
might almost be overlooked by the naked eye. In many specimens the ridges
near the aperture are as much as 5 mm. apart, Ijut in extreme cases the interval
does not exceed 2 mm. The finer transverse ridges are like'n'ise variable in dis-
tance, from two to four appearing in an interval of 1 mm. at approximately the
same location on the shell of different individuals.
Our collection does not afford a specimen of sufficient perfection to furnish
a better illustration than many of the published figures. The figures have been
copied from ITlrich and Scofield with some slight changes. Figures 3 and 4 are
from our specimen.
Locality. — 6-foot level, Humbervale Quarry, Don brickyard.
Nos. 1208, 1209 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Family SINUITIDAE
Genus SIXFITES, Kol-cn
SiNuiTEs, Koken. Die Leitfossilien, Leipzig, 1896, p. 392.
Protowarthia, TJlrich and Scofield. Minnesota Geol. 3, 1897, pp. 848, 867.
Bellerophos, Montrfort. Conchiliologie Systematique, 1, 1801, p. 51.
Belxerophon (part), Auctorcs.
The genus Belleropliou in the usage of many authors includes diverse types
of thin-shelled, convolute gastropods with a central emargination of the outer
lip, a well developed slit band, and with the volutions more or less rounded on
the back. The genus Protoicarihid was proposed by Ulrich for shells of this
general type characterized as follow.^:
Aperture large but not abruptly expanded, the outer lip bilobate, with a broad
and more or less deep sinus but neither a slit nor band; dorsum convex, never cari-
nate; umbilicus closed; surface markings very fine, generally consisting of more
or less obscure crowded lines of growth and delicate revolving striae. The inner lip
forms a thin granulose deposit over the dorsum of the inner end of the last whorl
and extends on each side around the umbilical region. This portion is covered with
interrupted or inosculating lines.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 5
Ulrich's description appeared in 1897, but Koken liad proposed tiinuites for
shells of tlie same type a year earlier; thus the genus Sinuites has priority.
SiNUITES CANCELLATUS, (Hall)
Plate 1, Figures 6, 7, 8.
Bellerophox bilobatus (not Sowcrby), Auctores.
Bellerophon CANCELLATUS, Hall. Pal. New York, 1, 1847, p. 307, pi. 83, figs. lOa-c.
PROTowARTniA CANCELLATA, TJlrich and Sroficld. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 872,
pi. 63, figs. 1-14.
Sinuites cancellatus, Bossier. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 1159 (See for ex-
tended synonymy).
Examples of this species are fairly alniiidant in the Toronto rocks, but they
are all very imperfectly preserved.
Hall's original description of the species follows:
Involute, subglobose; aperture expanded, bilobate; dorsal line subcarinated; sur-
face cancellated by fine concentric and longitudinal striae; concentric striae arch-
ing on tbe side, and meeting at a sharp angle upon the dorsal line; aperture with
a sinus in the dorsal margin.
Although this species is abundant, we have found no specimen with shell
preserved nor any which are not seriously deformed. In consequence, the figures
given herewith have been copied from TJlrich and Scotield (op. cit.).
Family pleurotomariidae
Genus CLATHROSPIEA, Ulrich and Scofield
Pleurotomaria (part), Auctores.
Clathrospira. Ulrich and Scofield. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, pp. 954-1005.
Clathrospira, Cumings. 32nd. Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana, 1908, p. 948.
Clathrospira, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 228 (See for full bibliography).
The genus Clathrospira was established by Ulrich and Scofield (op. cit.) for
the reception of those forms otherwise like Eotomaria but with the band nearly
vertical and situated upon the perijjhery of the whorls, and with the surface
beautifully cancellated.
The description of Eotomaria follows:
Shell depressed-conical, sometimes sublenticular; base more or less convex, its
bulk usually nearly equal to the apical part; umbilicus very small or wanting;
volutions not very numerous, sometimes slightly turriculate or strongly angular near
the mid-hight; aperture oblique; subquadrate, the inner lip slightly reflected or merely
thickened, the outer deeply notched at the peripheral angle; no slit; band of moder-
ate width, concave, sharply defined, oblique or horizontal, lying upon the apical side
of the periphery. The surface markings consist of fine lines of growth only. These
curve backward more or less strongly toward the band on both the upper and lower
sides of the whorls.
Clathrospira subconica {Uall)
Plate 1, Figure 9.
Pleurotoaiaria subconica, Hall. Pal. New York, 1, 1847, p. 174, pi. 37, figs. 8a-e; p.
304, pi. 83, figs. 3a-e.
Pleurotomaria subconica. Billings. Geol. Surv. Canada, 1863, p. 180, fig. 174.
Clathrospira subconica, Ulrich and Scofield. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 1006,
pi. 69, figs. 47-50; pi. 70, figs. 5-6.
Clathrospira subconica, Cumings. 32nd. Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana,
1908, p. 956, pi. 41, figs. 8, 8b.
Clathrospira subconica, Foersfe. Geol. Surv. Canada, Memoir 83, 1916, p. 249. (See
Bull. 92, U.S.N.M. for full synonymy).
The description of this species as given by Ulrich and Scofield follows:
6 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Shell with a short conical spire, consisting, when fully grown, of six and a half
or seven volutions, of which the two at the apex are usually broken away; greatest
width and height nearly equal, varying generally between 25 and 30 mm., but attaining
occasionally a width of over 40 mm.; apical angle 70° to 80°, but in four specimens
out of every five the variation is only about one degree either way from 74°. Volutions
flattened above in the direction of the slope of the spire, the inner half of the slope
gently convex, the outer half correspondingly, or more strongly concave; convex
portion of slope just touching or failing to reach a line drawn from periphery to
periphery of succeeding whorls; under side of whorls rounded, occasionally very
slightly concave near the periphery, this condition appearing, however, only in speci-
mens in which the band is unusually prominent, umbilical depression small, terminat-
ing generally in a minute axial perforation. Band prominent, sharply defined, rather
wide, concave, nearly vertical, situated on the periphery of the last volution, and lying
immediately above the suture line on the upper whorls. Aperture subquadrate, outer lip
broadly notched; columellar lip not very strong, thin, folding about the small umbilical
perforation. Surface sculpture beautifully cancellated, consisting of two sets of fine,
subequeal, thread-like lines, one revolving, the other running parallel with the margin
of the aperture. The transverse lines, of which three to five occur in the space of
1 mm., are recurved as usual on the upper side and quite as much on the lower side.
At intervals, sometimes quite regular, many specimens exhibit more or less distinct
undulations of growth, In some examples little more than a millimeter apart, in others
two, three, or four millimeters. Considerable variety as regards strength and arrange-
ment of the lines forming the surface sculpture may be observed in specimens from
different localities.
The occurrence of this species in our rocks is open to some question. In
our collections we have only three or four small specimens, very imperfect, but
which seem to show the general form of this species. In addition, we have a
portion of an impression or external mould of a much larger example which
conforms very closely to Clathrospira suhconica. The specimen figured herewith
was obtained from the vicinity of Toronto, but the character of the rock indi-
cates, with reasonable certainty, that it has been derived from Trenton drift.
The fine revolving lines, mentioned in the description, are scarcely discernible,
but the transverse lines are very sharply defined. The umbilical portion has
been copied from Ulrich and Scofield.
Locality. — Trenton drift, Toronto.
No. 292 T., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Genus HOEMOTOMA, Salter
MuKCHisoNiA (part), Auc tores.
HoBMOTOMA (subgenus of Murchisonia), Salter. Geol. Surv. Canada, Can. Org. Re-
mains, dec. 1, 1859, pp. 18, 22.
HOBMOTOMA, Ulrich and Scofield. Geol. Minn., 3, pt. 2, 1897, pp. 959, 1012.
HOBMOTOMA, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 643. (See for full bibliography).
TJlrich and Scofield describe the genus as follows:
Shell elongate, beaded, practically imperforate, composed of rather numerous
(eight to fourteen) rounded or subangular whorls; aperture acuminate subovate,
narrow and more or less prolonged below; outer lip with a broad and deep v-shaped
notch and no slit; band median or submedian, generally obscure, of moderate width,
flat or slightly concave, in the perfect condition margined on each side by a delicate
raised line; surface marked with lines of growth only; these are never very sharp
and always sweep backward very strongly, from below especially, to the band.
HORMOTOMA GRACILIS (Hall)
Plate 1, Figure 10.
MuBCHisoNiA GRACILIS, Hall. Pal. New York. 1, 1847, p. 181, pi. 39, figs. 4a-c.
HOBMOTOMA GRACILIS, Ulrich and Scofield. Geol. Minn., 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 1015, pi. 70,
figs. 18-21, ? 22.
HOBMOTOMA GRACILIS, Basslcr. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 645. (See for full
bibliography).
The description by Ulrich and Scofield follows:
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 7
Hight 20 to 33 mm., apical angle very constantly about 18°. Shell small, slender;
volutions about fourteen in a length of 30 mm.; rounded, generally with a slight
angulation, on which lies the band, a little beneath the middle; band seldom pre-
served, when perfect, rather narrow, smooth, flat or faintly concave and margined
on each side by a delicate raised line; suture simple, deep; lines of growth fine,
bending strongly backward from the suture to the band, and beneath this curving
very strongly forward again, the whole indicating a deeply notched mouth; aperture
a little higher than wide, rounded except below where it is somewhat produced;
inner lip reflected, forming a slightly twisted and thickened columella.
This species has been recorded from the rocks at Toronto by Nicholson and
others; it is said to be abundant "in the Hudson River group, Lake shore, To-
ronto." The old collections of the museum and all the material hitherto ob-
tained for the preparation of this report contain only two small internal casts
which can reasonably be ascribed to this species: these were collected from the
quarry on the Don by J. Townsend. These specimens are each about 12 mm.
long showing four whorls only; both the apex and the umbilical portions are
broken and lacking. Apical angle about 18°.
The species is subject to much variation and ranges from the Trenton to
the Eichmond. The type was described from the Trenton and varieties from
as high as the Eichmond. Our fonn approaches more closely to the type than to
any of the described varieties but differs somewhat in having greater inclination
of the sutures. The total number of whorls and the maximum size cannot be
ascertained as we have no specimen sufficiently perfect.
The figure given herewith is prepared from these specimens with additions
from published figures.
Locality. — Don brickyard, Toronto.
No. 1213 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum.
Genus LIOSPIEA, Ulrich and Scofield
Pleurotomakia and Raphistoma (part), Aucto7-es.
LiosPiRA, Ulrich and Scofield. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 953.
LiospiRA, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bul'l. 92, 1915, p. 745. (See for full bibliography).
Ulrich and Scofield describe the genus as follows :
Shell sublenticular, the spire low, depressed conical, almost smooth, the sutures
very close, scarcely distinguishable; volutions subrhomboidal in section, flat, gently
convex or slightly concave above, sharply rounded at the periphery, convex below,
and not infrequently angular at the edge of the umbilicus. The latter is usually
present but may be filled entirely by an extension from the inner lip, in other cases
it may be open during the younger stages only. Aperture deeply notched; band
scarcely distinguishable as such, wide, situated on the narrow outer edge of the whorls
though chiefly upon the upper side. Surface markings very delicate, rarely preserved,
consisting generally of exceedingly fine transverse lines bending strongly backward
on the apical side to the peripheral band over which they continue with little inter-
ruption to sweep sharply forward again on the lower side. Faint revolving lines
occasionally observed.
LlOSPiRA IIELEXA (BiUings)
Plate 1, Figures 11 and 12.
Pleurotomakia Helena, Billings. Can. Nat. Geol., 5, 1860, p. 165, fig. 8; Cat. Sil.
Foss. Anticosti, Geol, Surv. Canada, 1866, p. 17.
LiosPiRA HELENA, VlncJi and Scofield. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 994.
LiosPiRA HELENA, Basslcv. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 746.
Lio.spiRA HELENA, Foerstc, Geol. Surv. Canada, Memoir 83, 1916, pp. 100, 104, 121, 123,
126.
The occurrence at Toronto of a low-spired gastropod of the general type of
Liospira lielena, L. vitnivia, L. progue is undou])ted, but the exact specific
reference of our form is very questionable. Our whole collection does not con-
M— Part IX.
Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
tain more than half a dozen example? all of -which are compressed, devoid of
surface ornamentation, and are destitute of any detail of structure in the basal
region. Under these circumstances it seems ill-advised to attempt a specific
identification. The best of our specimens show evidence of a concavity on the
upper surface of the whorls and thus seem to approach most nearly to L. helena.
Others might with equal probal)ility be aseri])ed to L. vitruvia or L. progne.
Billing's original description of L. helena is as follows:
Sub-lenticular, with an elevated narrowly rounded margin; spire depressed conical;
whorls about four, the last one rather strongly concave on the upper side, the others
only slightly so. On the under side of the shell the whorls are moderately convex,
and the umbilicus closed. The aperture is a little wider than high, the upper part
of the inner lip slightly indented by the body whorl, the lower half somewhat vertical,
but rounded, the lower part of the outer lip from the umbilicus to the margin of the
whorl gently convex, the portion above the margin, concave. In most specimens
the suture is enamelled, the shell appearing to be continuous from the apex to the
margin, but in some, especially those which are a little worn, it can be more or less
distinctly seen; the last whorl usually drops a little below the margin of the next
preceding, but even in such instances the suture is not very distinct. In the speci-
mens from shaly rocks no surface markings are visible, but in those from the sand-
stone of Anticosti, the striae are distinctly visible curving backwards from the suture
to the margin. They are very fine in general, but there are occasionally a few coarse
ones at distances of half a line or thereabouts from each other. Width from ten
to fifteen lines; height a little variable; usually about three fourths of the width.
The best of our specimens .^hows three Avhorls, but the total numl)er is un-
certain as the apex is l)roken. The upper surface of the whorls is distinctly con-
cave, but the convexity below the suture, shown Ijy Billings for L. helena, is much
less pronounced. The suture, therefore, is more .^sharply defined, and the upper
whorls seem to overhang the suture slightly, suggesting L. abrupfa of Ulrich.
The margin of the body whorl is much thinner and sharper than in Billings'
figure, but how far this may be due to compression it is impossible to say. The
character of the aperture and umbiliciis is not revealed by any of our specimens.
The form figured is 22 mm. wide, and about Id mm. high, measured from the
unil)ilicus to the apex. The apical angle is 120°.
Locality. — Etobicoke river, one mile above Grand Trunk railway bridge.
No. 1202 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Genus LOPHOSPIRA. Whitfield
MURCHISOXIA AND PLEl"R0TOVrARI.\. AUCtOrCS.
LopiiospiRA, Whitfield. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1. 1886, p. 312.
LoPHOsPiRA, Bassler. L'.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 756. (See for full bibliography).
LoPHosPiRA, XJlrich and Scofield. Geol. Minn., 3, pt. 2, 1897, pp. 951-960.
Tlie description, as given by Ulrich and Scofield, follows:
Shells with more or less elevated spires; whorls closely coiled throughout or
only in the upper part, the last often exhibiting a tendency to become disconnected;
whorls angular on the periphery and bearing from one to five distinct carinae;
central or peripheral keel strongest and most prominent, carrying the band, which is
obtusely rounded, or more or less distinctly trilineate, with the median line heavier and
more prominent than the other two; axis rarely, if ever, solid: an umbilicus, usually
of very small size, nearly always present. Inner lip generally thickened, often
slightly twisted, turning around the umbilicus so as to form a kind of hollow pillar.
Outer lip more or less deeply notched, but the centre of the notch, which lies at
the peripheral angle, is never prolonged into a slit. Surface markings parallel with
the apertural edge; occasionally cancellated by fine spiral lines.
LopiiosPiEA BEATRICE, Foerste
Plate 1, Figure 13.
MuRCHisoxiA BKATRicE. BilUngs. Geol. Surv. Can., Rep. 1863. p. 209.
LoPHOSpiRA BE.\TRiCE. Foevstc. Bull. Scl. Lab. Denison Univ., xvii, 1914, p. 310, pi. 2,
figs. 8a. 8b.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 9
L,OPHOSPiRA BEATRICE. Basslcv. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 757.
LoPHOSPiRA (•/. PERA>-GULATA, CoIcvHin. Xlltli Int. Geol. Cong., 1913, Guide Book, 6, p. 19.
This species belongs to the group of Lopliospini howdeni in wliicli the spires
are high and consist of from eight to twelve wliorls, which are less angular than
in the group of L. perani/uhifa. As tlie present species is verv closely related to
the better known L. howdeni, the revised descri])tion of that species given l)y
ITlrich and Scofield is reproduced below :
Height 40 to 70 mm., usually 45 to 50 mm.; apical angle of Tennessee types of
species averaging about 27° but varying between the extremes of 26° and 30°; of
the Lorraine group variety 30° to 34°; of the Richmond group from 25° to
28° for specimens from Trimble county, Kentucky, and 27° to 33° for those from
Boyle county in the same state; volutions eight to ten, moderately angular, the
peripheral band thick, convex, varying as to prominence, situated beneath the centre
of the whorls; upper slope convex, sometimes obscurely carinated, in the upper half,
more or less concave in the lower half; lower carina obscure, never sharp, often
Indistinguishable, the space above it to the peripheral carina generally a little con-
cave; a minute umbilicus usually present, though in narrow specimens it is commonly
covered by the reflexed inner lip; aperture subtriangular or irregularly quadrate,
the outline depending upon the angle at which it is viewed; inner lip nearly vertical,
generally exhibiting a small channel in its lower part. Surface with obscure undul-
ations or unequal lines of growth. These are very strongly recurved toward the
peripheral band, indicating a large and deep v-shaped notch in the outer lip. The band
is distinctly convex, occasionally subangular in the middle, has obscure lunulae, and
Is bordered on both sides by a delicate raised line.
The prominence of the peripheral band varies considerably. As a rule it is the
most pronounced in specimens from the Richmond group and least in those obtained
from the "Upper Nashville" of Tennessee and the Lorraine of Kentucky and Ohio.
The apical angle also is variable, though fairly constant in specimens from a given
loc'ality and horizon. The Lorraine variety is the widest, the Trimble county Ken-
tucky, and Tennessee specimens the narrowest.'
Foerste described L. heatrice (op. cif.) as follows:
The Mnrchisonia beatrice. Billings, listed in the Geology of Canada in 1863 from
the Riviere des Hurons is as good a species of Lophospira as many another form
of this genus, although undoubtedly closely related to Lophospira hoivdcni, Safford,
The specimens figured by Safford represent one extreme of development, with apical
angles of 27 to 30 degrees, and with 8 to 10 volutions of which 6 or 7 are usually
preserved, the tip being broken off. The characteristic feature of this group of
shells is the rather broad and convex peripheral band, situated slightly below the
centre of the whorl, varying considerably in prominence but usually far less angular
than in most species of this genus. Upper slope flattened or moderately concave to-
ward the peripheral band, angulated or obscurely carinated where it curves into the
rather deep sutural area. The lines of growth are strongly recurved toward the peri-
pheral band, as in so many species of the genus. A lower carination or angulation
usuallj obscure but sometimes fairly distinct, ending near the upper margin or the
inner lip, is seen on the last volution of some specimens at hand but enough is pre-
served to indicate that it had essentially the same form as that of Lophospira boivdeni.
The chief difference between Lophospira heatrice and typical Lophospira howdeni
consists in its larger apical angle, apparently averaging about 35 degrees but vary-
ing from 30 to 38 degrees. This produces a shorter shell, so that the greater number
of specimens, in their present state of preservation, present only four or five volutions
although the complete shells probably possessed seven or eight.
Although this species seems to occur in some ahundance at certain horizons
in the strata at Toronto, it is seldom that recognizable examples are found and
really well preserved specimens have not yet been seen. Agreement with the
type in details of ornamentation, lip-structure, etc., is therefore, inferred rather
than observed. In general shape, ajdcal angle, number of whorls, and outline
of whorls, our specimens approacb vciy closely the forms figured by Foerste.
Plate 1, Figure 13, is drawn from our l)est specimen, but the lines of growth
have been restored from im])ressions of other shells in the prevailing shale of
the formation.
'Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, pp. 986, 987.
10 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
The specimen figured measures 34 mm. in height and IT. 5 in maximum
width. The apical angle is 38°: this is very constant in all specimens measured,
as it has not been observed to exceed 40°.
LOPHOSPIEA BEATRICE PARYA^ var. nOV.
Plate 1, Figure 14.
In addition to the species which is herein ascribed to L. heatrice our rocks
contain a closely related form differing only in size and in a somewhat stronger
accentuation of the revolving band. At first sight one is naturally inclined to
regard these specimens as young forms of L. heatrice; but they occur in con-
siderable numbers on slabs of rock which do not show the larger form, leading
to the inference that they represent a separate variety. This inference is
strengthened by certain constant differences as follows : the whorls are usually
five or six instead of eight and the coiling is freer and more graceful in cha-
racter.- The revolving band is more prominent, and is accentuated above and
below by a slight, but well marked depression. All specimens are of nearly
uniform size, the height being 17 mm., the width about 8 mm., and the apical
angle 40° as in the type of species.
Locality. — Don brickyard, Toronto.
No. 1199 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
LornusPiP.A tropidophoea (Meek)
Plate 1, Figures 15 and 16.
Pleurotomaria (Scalites?) tropidophora. Meek. Geol. Surv. Ohio. Pal., 1, 1873, p.
154, pi. 13, figs. 6a-c.
Lophospira tropidophora, Cnmings. 32nd Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana,
1908, p. 969, pi. 41, figs. 2-2d.
Lophospira multigruma, Ulrich and Scofield. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 978.
Lophospira tropidophora, Foerste. Geol. Surv. Canada, Memoir 83. 1916, pp. 84, 116,
123, 130, 133, 135, 158.
Among the uncertain gastropods that appear only on the weathered sur-
faces of limestone layers are a few that are closely rehited to, if not identical
with Lophospira tropidopliora. Two of these forms are selected for description;
both of them show fairly well the character of the spire, and one indicates the
character of the inner lip. The shape of the aperture and the character of the
outer lip or of the umbilicus is not shown by any of our forms. While specimens
referable with any certainty to this species are very few, it is not to be under-
stood that the species is of rare occurrence because many indications of this
type of gastropod are met with on the surfaces of limestone layers.
Lophospira tropidophora is thus described by Meek:
Shell rather small, obliquely rhombic in general outline, as seen in a side view;
height somewhat greater than the breadth; spire conical, with an apical angle of
about 70° to 90°; volutions four to four and a half, each flattened, or sometimes slightly
concave above, with an outward slope from the suture to a prominent angle that
passes around the middle of the body turn, and below the middle of those of the
spire, to which it imparts a somewhat turreted appearance; suture moderately dis-
tinct, but not channeled; lower side of body volution sloping rapidly inward from
the medial angle, a little below which there usually revolves an obscure, undefined
ridge; aperture rhombic subquadrate. Surface nearly smooth, but sometimes show-
ing, under a magnifier, very obscure lines of growth, that curve very strongly back-
ward as they approach the angle around the middle of the body volution, both above
and below: thus indicating the presence of a deep sinus in the lip, widening rapidly
forward, though there is no defined revolving band at the angle.
Length or height, 0.55 inch; breadth, about 0.50 Inch.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity II
Ulricli in describing L. inidtigruma which is regarded as a synonym of
L. tropidophora, saj^s:
Higlit generally from 25 to 35 mm.; greatest width equalling from 75 to 80-lOOths
of the hight; apical angle 75° to 80°. Volutions five, uniangular; base produced,
rounded; umbilicus closed; columellar lip thick and slightly twisted below. Surface
markings curved strongly backward to the peripheral band, coarse and rather ir-
regular on the base of the last whorl, much less distinct on the nearly flat upper
slope. When perfect the lines of growth are somewhat lamellose.
The two specimens which have been selected to rejDresent this species diifer
slightly from one another, one resembling Figure 37 and the other, Figure 39 of
Ulrich, (op. cit.) ; both of these forms are figured herewith. Our specimens differ
from the types in a negative, rather than in a positive manner, i.e., there is no
evidence of the character of the aperture, outer lip, or umlnlicus, and the secon-
dary ridge below the revolving band has not been oljserved.
The best preserved specimen is 20 mm. high, and 15 mm. wide, with an
apical angle of 73.°
Locality. — Humbervale quarry, Toronto.
Nos. 1206 and 1236 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Family trochonematidae
Genus CYCLONEMA, Hall
Cyclonema. Hall. Pal. New York, 2, 1853, p. 89.
Cyclonema, Bassler. U.S. Nat. M'us., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 330. (See for full bibliography).
Cycloxema, ririch and Scofield. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 1056.
The description given by Ulrich and Scofield follows:
Shell turbinate or conical, never thick, composed of few more or less ventricose
whorls; no umbilicus; surface sculpture consisting of numerous revolving lines and
small ridges crossed obliquely by sharp lines of growth; aperture oblique; varying
from rounded to subquadrate; inner lip more or less thickened, reflected, always
excavated.
Cyclonema bilix (Conrad)
Plate 1, Figure IT.
Pi.EUROTOMARiA BILIX, Convad. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8, 1842, p. 271, pi.
16, fig. 10.
Pleukotomaria bellix. Hall. Pal. New York, 1, 1847, p. 305, ipl. 83, figs. 4a-e.
Cyclokema bilix, Cumings. 32nd. Ann. Rep. Dept. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana, 1908, p.
958, pi. 40, figs. 2-2d.
Cycloxema bilix, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 331.
Cyclonema bii>ix, Foerste. Geol. Surv. Canada, Memoir 83, 1916, p. 75.
The description of this species as given l)y Hall is as follows:
Obliquely conical; spire short, composed of four or more volutions, which are
somewhat appressed above and ventricose below; last volution somewhat flattened on
the lower side: aperture rounded, or slightly transverse; surface marked by numerous
strong spiral carinae, which frequently alternate with finer ones; these are crossed
by fine striae, which, commencing at the top of the volution, pass obliquely back-
wards to the base, or into the umbilicus, suffering no alteration of their direction
upon the carinae.
The occurrence of this species at Toronto has long been accepted, but with
the exception of one specimen from Weston (the highest of our strata) our col-
lections show no evidence of the species. It would appear that the listing of
C. hilix among the Toronto fossils is a survival of the time when ''Hudson River"
"was made to include not only the Lorraine but the Richmond. The single speci-
men in our old collection said to be from AYeston might be regarded as having
come from Richmond float were it not that Foerste has recorded the species from
12 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
that locality. C. hlli.r must therefore he recorded among our fossils. Init it is
extremely rare and in our experience has not heen foimd elsewhere than at Wes-
ton. Jn fact we have not found a single specimen in our personal collecting.
The specimen figured is 20 mm. high and 21 mm. wide.
Locality. — Weston, Ontario.
No. 1212 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Cycloxema, (?) sp. indet.
Plate 1, Figure IS.
There is. in our collection from the Don, a single internal cast of a small
gastropod, which is too imperfectly ]n-eserved to assign to any particular genus.
The specimen resemhles l)oth CijcJoueiiKi and Ilolopea. It has heen mentioned
and figured as an account of our gastrojjods would he incomplete without re-
ference to this form.
Genus TEOCHON'EMA, Sailer
Trochonema. Salter. Geol. Surv. Canada, Org. Remains, Dec. 1, 1859, p. 24, 27.
Trociionema. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92. 1915. p. 1299.
Salter's description of this genus follows:
Turbinate, thin, of few angular whorls, marked by strong concentric ridges, and
crossed by very oblique lines of growth. Umbilicus, wide, open. Inner lip thin,
scarcely reflected; peritreme complete.
Ulrich and Scofield in redefining this genus lay stress on the following:
Whorls not numerous (4-8), varying from strongly angular to rounded, always
with two more or less prominent ridges or angles between which lies a broad vertical,
usually flat or concave, peripheral space: a third ridge usually near the suture, while
a fourth generally surrounds the umbilical cavity.
TkOCHOXEMA u:\IBILICATrM (UnlT)
Plate ], Figure 19.
Pleurotomakia t'MBiLicATA. HoU. Pal. New York, 1, 1847, p. 43, pi. 10, figs. 9a-h; p.
175, pi. 38, figs. la-g.
PLEruoTOMARiA t'MBiLiCATA, Chapman. Canadian Jour., n.s., 7, 1862, p. 121, fig. 124.
Trociioxema vmbilicata. Meek and Worthcn. Geol. Surv. Illinois, 3, 1868, p. 314, pi.
3, figs. 5a, b.
Trochoxema r.MBiLicATA. Urirji and Scofield. Geol. IMinnesota, 3, pt. 2, 1897, p. 1047,
pi. 77, figs. 1-8.
Hall's description of this common species follows:
Depressed, nearly discoidal: spire gradually ascending; width about equal to
twice the height; spire short; volutions about four, angular and compressed above,
ventricose below: suture canaliculated; aperture subrhomboidal, angulated anteriorly;
umbilicus large and deep; surface marked with undulating striae.
The last whorl is distinctly marked by three spiral ridges or carinations: one
near the suture, one at the upper outer edge, and one at the lower outer edge, leav-
ing the side of the volution plain and vertical; the upper side is angulated by the
first carina, and the lower side rounded, scarcely ventricose; the lower angle of
the last volution is covered by the spire, the two upper ones continuing. This fossil
is readily distinguished, even in fragments, by the distinctly canaliculated suture,
elevated upper carina, and the curvillinear depression between this and the next
angle.
Tiio occurrence of this species in the strata at Toronto has always heen
accepted, hut, as far as our collections are concerned, it is safe to say that not
a single s])ecimen is of really certain identification. Xevertheless. the species
ill all lu'ohahility does occur and in considerable ahundance, for the shaly layers
frequently show exam])!es of a lo\v-s])ired, thin-shelled, ridged gastropod with
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 13
very fine lines of growth. These shells are invariably so compressed that their
certain identification as T. umbilicatinn cannot be said to be established.
Lacking any local material of suthcient perfection to assist in illustrating
the species we have been forced to make use of the figures given ))y I'lrich and
Scofield.
Suborder Conulariida
Family conulariidae
Genus COXULARIA, Miller
CoNULARiA, MiUer. Sowerby's Min. Conchology, 3, 1821, p. 107.
CoNULARiA, Hall. Pal. New York, 5, pt. 2. 1879, p. 205.
CoNULARiA, Cumings. 32nd. Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana, 1908, p. 950.
CONULARIA, Bossier. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 273. (See for full bibliography).
The peculiar Paleozoic organisms known as Conularia have been ascribe^
to various zoological groups. Following a more or less recognized practice, they
are herein ascribed to the division Pteropoda of the Gastropoda. Later authori-
ties, however, question this relationshi]) and consider that Conularia is not a ptero-
pod, ])ut that it resembles more closely certain ])rimitive cephalopods.
Cumings descri])es the genus as follows:
Shell rectilinear, inversely conical, rectangular to rhombic in cross-section, with
usually sharp edges, acute or truncated posteriorly. Each of the transversely striated
or ribbed lateral faces divided into longitudinal halves by a superficial groove, cor-
responding internally to a median ridge. Posterior portion of the shell divided off
by septa. Aperture constricted by four triangular or linguiform incurved lobes of
the anterior margin.
Conularia foe:mosa. Miller and Thjer
Plate II, Figures 4 and T.
Conularia Formosa, Miller and Dyer. .Tour. Cincinnati See. Nat. Hist., 1, 1878, p. 38,
pi. 1, figs. 12, 12a.
ro.NULARiA FORMOSA, Cumings. 32nd. Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana, 1908, p.
958, pi. 42. fig. 2.
Co.vuLARiA FORMOSA. Bussler. U.S. Nat. Mus.. Bull. 92, 1915. p. 274. (See for full
bibliography).
Miller and Dyer describe the species as follows:
This species in general form is pyramidal, somewhat quadrangular, angles fur-
rowed, and sides somewhat rounded as in C. trentonensis. The surface is marked by
rounded furrows, separated by obliquely transverse ridges, extending from each angle
of the shell diagonally towards the mouth, and meeting those from the opposite angle
in the middle of each side. These ridges are ornamented with small nodes or tuber-
cles at the junction with the striae, which cross the furrow on the side toward the
apex of the shell. The rounded furrows are crossed by striae, which are about
twice as numerous as the transverse ridges, and which terminate on the ridge to-
ward the mouth of the shell in a small tubercle. The longitudinal striae do not
cross the transverse ridges, nor are they continued in straight lines on the opposite
sides (the magnified view is erroneous in this respect), but on the contrary the striae,
which cross the furrows, commence at the ridge toward the apex, at a point between
the tubercles, and crossing the furrow toward the mouth terminate at the tubercles.
Our collections contain but few specimens of this species, all from the Don
brickyard, and all more or less fragmental. It is also recognized at a level of
about 140 feet above Lake Huron in the section at Meaford.
The spacintr of the transverse ridges varies from 5 or 6 in a mm. near the
apex to 2 near the aperture. The longitudinal striae, where the transverse ridges
are 3 to a mm., occur to the numl)er of 5 or 6 in the same distance.
Locality. — Don brickyard.
No. 1215 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
14 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
CEPHALOPODA
Order NAUTILOIDEA
Suborder Holochoanites
Family endoceratidae
Genus EXDOCERAS, HaU
Endocebas, Hall. Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, 47, 1844, p. 109; Pal. New York, 1, 1847,
p. 58, p. 207 footnote.
Endoceras, Hyatt. Text-Book Paleontologj', Zittel-Eastman, 1900, p. 514.
In holochoanitic nautiloids the septal necks reach to the next septum apicad
or even be3'ond. In the Endoceratida there are no ''tabulae" in the siphuncle
which is generally large and coin|)letely shut off from communication with the
camerae.
In the family Endoceratidae the shells are smooth or annulated orthocera-
cones and the siphuncle is always more or less filled with organic deposits.
The genus Endoceras is thus restricted by Hyatt:
Smooth or annulated orthoceracones. Funnels reach from septum of origination
to the next apicad of this, but no farther. Septa pass entirely around the siphuncle.
Organic deposits in the form of endocones, and taper off at the centre into a spire
that is sometimes tubular and hollow, or again flattened and elliptical. This is the
endosiphuncle.
The genus Cameroceras, Conrad, antedates Endoceras and was originally de-
fined as possessing '"'a longitudinal septum, forming a roll or involution with the
margin of the siphuncle." Hall found no evidence of this septum, and therefore
erected Endoceras for related forms, leaving only the genotype Cameroceras tren-
tonense in Conrad's genus. Later authors have come to regard the two names as
co-generic; in consequence, the advocates of priority refer to Cameroceras the
whole group of forms with long septal necks and endosiphuncular organic deposits.
On the other hand the latest writers prefer to retain all these forms in the genus
Endoceras.
Endoceras proteiforme, IlaU
Plate lY, Figures 1-4.
Endoceras proteiforme. Hall. Pal. New York, 1, 1847, p. 208, pi. 46, figs, la-b, 2; 48,
figs. 1, 4; 49, figs, la-e; 50, figs. 1-3; 52, figs, la-b; 53, fig. 1; p. 311;
pi. 85, figs. la-f.
Cajiekoceras proteiforme. Clarke. Geol. Minnesota, 3, pt. 2. 1897, p. 777 pi. 48, figs.
1, 2; pi. 49, fig. 2; pi. 50, figs. 1, 2, 3?; pi. 51, figs. 1-3; pi. 53, figs. 4-5.
Endoceras proteiforme, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 483. (See for
extended synonymy).
Hall's original description of this species was founded on specimens from
the Trenton limestone: in the light of our present knowledge of the nautiloids
this description is quite inadequate. The following quotation is the amended
description given by Clarke (op. cit.) :
It may in a general way be said that Endoceras proteiforme is characterized by
its enormous size, circular section, comparatively shallow air chambers and great sub-
marginal siphon. The size attained by the species is best indicated by the large
cast of the siphon, and entire shells referable to this species have been found with a
length of ten to fifteen feet, though all the material before me is of smaller size. The
difference in the aspect of these fossils at different parts of their length, where the
siphonal tube is variously constructed and the septa subject to variations in distance,
renders most appropriate the specific name proteiforme.
One of the characters which is very helpful in distinguishing the siphonal casts
of this from associated but rarer species of the genus, is the shortness of the siphonal
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 15
funnels. The air chambers are themselves shallow, but the funnels seem at times not
even to extend from one to the next. ...
The marginal or submarginal position of the siphuncle explains the obliquity of
the septal annulations upon this tube, and the gentle incurvature of the septal funnels,
the annulations of this tube.
In the Toronto rocks are numerous examples of large nautiloids with big
marginal siphuncles. It has been customary to refer all these specimens to En-
doceras proteiforme. In the great majority of cases the specimens are fragmen-
tary, crushed, or otherwise distorted : it is impossible, therefore, to determine each
individual specimen with any degree of certainty. Few, if any, of the Toronto
specimens are sufficiently preserved to justify their use for descriptive purposes.
Nevertheless, on the ground of the general resemblance of the fragments to this
species we are inclined to refer them all to E. proteiforme. The specimens herein
described were obtained from more compact layers of rock, presumably of about
the same horizon, at CollingAvood and in the township of Nottawasaga.
Our finest specimen (Plate IV, Figure 1) was obtained in the township of
Nottawasaga. This specimen measures over all 1575 mm. in length. The width
near the aperture is 171 mm. The width apicad is not discernible as the shell
is much worn. As indicated in the figure the antisiphonal side apicad is much
restored and is not reliable. The anterior end seems to be without septa and
therefore to represent the body chamber. The condition of preservation of the
surface, however, is not sufficiently good to justify the statement that septa are
absent in this region. The posterior of this part representing a complete cast,
shows three or possibly four sutures. Apicad, the shell and contained rock are
broken away to the mid-line, thus exposing the siphuncle. Farther apicad, the sip-
huncle is broken open in three places exhibiting the characteristic endocones.
Apicad of the last endocone, the siphuncle continues for some distance but is irregu-
lar, crushed, and devoid of any satisfactory detail.
The septa are strongly convex apicad and throughout the whole length in
which they are visible do not seem to decrease materially in spacing, being about
34 mm. apart. The camerae appear to be quite empty. The siphuncular funnels
extend to the next septum apicad but, without making a section, the detail of
their structure cannot be seen.
The siphuncle anteriorly is 72 mm. Avide and decreases gradually apicad.
It is marked by diagonally disposed slight elevations just orad of the septal
position, while a slight depression marks the general position of the camera. This
diagonal marking of the siphuncle is, of course, the result of its marginal position.
The interior of the siphuncle is filled with endocones, observed where the
structure is broken. How- far orad these extend could not be ascertained without
sacrificing the specimen. The apicad extension of the siphuncle is too uncertain
to warrant any further remarks. (No. 1234 H.R.)
A second short, but well preserved fragment from rollingwood, (Plate IV,
Figure 4), shows the following measurements:
Length 219 mm. Width of siphuncle orad .... 80 mm.
Width orad 171 mm. Width of siphuncle apicad .... 74 mm.
Width apicad 140 mm. Average length of camera .... 27 mm.
The camerae vary in length; but this,, in part at least, is due to distortion.
The septa run strongly forward to the suture giving the camerae a pinched ap-
pearance towards the periphery. The funnels turn apicad with an inward in-
flection, but immediately orad of the next septum they expand slightly and again
contract to be inserted within tlie next neck to a distance of about 4 mm. This
16 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
accounts for the diagonally annnlated appearance of casts of the siphuncle. A
vertical section was made through the siphuncle of this specimen, but no en do-
cones were seen: it is probably situated too far orad. (No. 952 H.E.)
The best specimens actually found at Toronto consist of a few camerae with
the siphuncle protruding apicad ; they are always much flattened and seldom
reveal any detail of structure. The example figured in Plate IV, Figure 3, is
typical. The measureinents of this specimen are as follows:
Length of camerae 85 mm.
Width (greatest diameter of flattened shell), orad 83 mm.
" " " " " " apicad 75 mm.
Width (lesser diameter of flattened shell), orad 50 mm.
Width (lesser diameter of flattened shell), apicad 40 mm.
Greater width of siphuncle 41 mm.
Lesser width of flattened siphuncle , 18 mm.
A flattened specimen of this kind shows the variation in the length of the
camerae, for with a width of shell of 110 mm. (flattened) the average length of
the camerae is only 10 2nm.
The species undoubtedly attained at Toronto a size comparable with that of
the specimens described as we frequently find flattened fragments with a width
up to 200 mm. Also fragments of siphuncles of a width as great as sho"wai by
the specimens referred to from Collingwood. One of these from Humbervale
quarry has a length of 300 mm.
Endocones or perhaps the solid terminal part of sijjliuneles are of frequent
occurrence. When well preserved these are smooth, apparently solid structures
tapering to a sharp point. A good example from the Don quarry is 190 mm.
long, and only 18 mm. wide at the large end.
Locality. — Xottawasaga, Collingwood, Humber river.
Nos. 1234, 952 and 1235 H.R., Royal Ontario INfuseum of Paleontology.
Family orthoceratidae
Genus OETHOCEEAS, Breynlus
Orthocera.s. Breynlus. Dissertatio Physica de Polythalamiis, 1832, p. 12.
Orthoceras. Hyatt. Zittel-Eastman Textb. Pal., 2nd. ed., 1913, p. 598.
The description of this genus given l)y Hyatt (op. cit.) is as follows:
Long tapering orthoceracones and cyrtoceracones, smooth, or with only transverse
striae and growth bands. Siphuncle generally larger than in Geisonoceras. centren
or slightly dorsad of centre. Deposits when present gathered about the funnels as in
An n ulos iph o n a ta .
It would appear that the shape of the siphuncular segments alone will not
serve to difl'erentiate Orthoceras and Aciinoceras but- rather the presence of an
endosiphuncle with radiating tubuli in the latter genus.
The definition of ''nummuloidal" is insiifficient: the term is generally con-
sidered to be applicable if the structure is wider than long, but species confidently
ascribed to Orthoceras have nummuloidal siphuncles within this meaning of the
word. See discussion under Actinoceras, page 20l
Orthoceras dfseri. Hall and Whltfjeld
Plate IT, Figures 7 and 8.
Orthoceras nrsERi. Hall and Whitfield. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Pal. 2, 1875, p. 97. pi. 3, figs.
2-4.
Ortiiocera.s fosteri, Miller. Cincinnati Quart. Jour. Sci., 2, 1875, p. 127.
Orthoceras fosteri, Miller. Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., 4, 1881, p. 319, pi. 8, 7, 7a.
Orthoceras uuseri, James. Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., 8, 1896, p. 241.
Orthoceras du.seri, Foord. Cat. Foss. Ceph. Brit. Mus., 1, 1888, p. 14.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 17
Orthoceras duseri, Lesley. Geol. Surv. Penn., Rep. P4, 1889, p. 548.
Orthoceras duseri. Cu7nin(/s. 32nd. Ann. Rep., Dept. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana, 1908,
p. 1036, pi. 52, figs. 2-2b.
ORTHOC5ERAS DUSERI. Basslev. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 904.
The description oiveii by Hall and A\"liitfield is as follows:
Shell of medium size, rather rapidly and gradually enlarging from below up-
wards, the diameter increasing to twice the size in the space of four and a half inches.
Transverse section circular; length of the outer chamber not determined. Septa
moderately concave, and closely arranged, but gradually increasing in distance with
the increased size of the shell — six chambers occupying the space of one inch where
the diameter of the shell is one and a half inches at the upper one of those measured;
nearer the point there are ten to twelve in the same distance where the diameter is
only three-fourths of an inch. Siphuncle eccentric situated a little nearer to the cen-
ter than to the margin; very small where it passes through septa, but expanding
within the chambers to about four times its diameter at the other point, and form-
ing a flattened bead-like body within each chamber.
Surface of the shell apparently smooth, except that the edges of the septa are
raised above the general level, in the form of narrow rings. This feature may pos-
sibly be due, in part at least, to an expansion of the septa during the process of
petrifaction, but it would scarcely seem to be the case, as the feature is too regular,
and only shows where the external shell is wholly or partly preserved. The rings
are often some little wider on the surface than the thickness of the septa. Where
the surface is most perfectly preserved there is also a finely reticulate or net-like
character, dividing the surface into small rhombic figures of microscopic dimensions,
having their longest diameters corresponding to the length of the shell, and pre-
senting a surface similar to that frequently produced by the attachment of bryozoans;
but the regularity is so great that this cannot have been the origin of the feature;
neither have the rhombs anything like a radial structure or direction in any part,
as would have been the case if they were the result of the growth of a bryozoan.
Along one side of the shell and directly opposite to the position of the siphuncle,
there is a narrow, raised, longitudinal line, extending the entire length of the tube,
but slightly interrupted just above each one of the annular rings.
Foord {op. cii.) makes the following statement:
Section circular or elliptical (? by pressure) enlarging rather rapidly at the
rate of about 1 in 6. Septa closely approximate, but increasing gradually in distance
with the growth of the shell, so that they are about one line apart where the shell
has a diameter of 5 lines, and about 1^/2 lines where the diameter has increased to
10 lines, and so on. . . .
Messrs. Hall and Whitfield describe the surface of the shell in 0. dxiseri as follows:
It has a finely reticulate or net-like character, 'dividing the surface into small
rhombic figures of microscopic dimensions etc' I think these appearances are due
to an encrusting Monticuliporoid Coral (Bryozoan), of which I find traces adhering
to the specimen in the National Collection.
Foord makes no reference to the external vertical raised line mentioned 1)}'
Hall and Whitfield.
There seems to be some discre])ancy between the statements of these anthors
as to the rate of increase in diameter. The statement that the shell doubles in
diameter in 4% inches is evidently useless unless the actual diameter is given.
Hall and AVhitfield's figure, however, shows an increase of 1 in 5.5, which is not
essentially different from the figure given by Foord.
We have been unable to find a figure or descri})tion accurately defining the
pil)huncle in this species. In order to ascertain this feature we have cut a typical
specimen of 0. duseri from the Waynesville of C'larksville, Ohio, presented by
Dr. Foerste. This specimen corresponds closely with the description of the type,
shows the vertical raised line on the antisiphonal side, is encrusted with Pales-
cliara heani, and has the siphuncle distinctly excentric in position, and without
internal thickenings. The siphuncular segments are moniliform or perhaps num-
18 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
muloidal as they are distinctly wider than long and the maximum diameter is
orad of the mid-length.
The following measurements indicate the character of the camerae and of the
siphuncular segments in dorso- ventral section.
Larger end.
Width 20 mm.
Length of camera and siphunciUar segment 3.7 mm.
Width of .siphuncular segment 5.2 mm.
Ratio of length to width of segment 1: 1.4
Smaller end.
Width 16 mm.
Length of camera and siphuncular segment 2.7 mm.
Width of siphuncular segment 3.7 mm.
Ratio of length to width of segment 1: 1.3
It will be observed that the segments are relatively wider orad. This speci-
men (Xo. 12093) is shown in Plate IV, Figure 7.
Hitherto the presence of the ""raised line" has been considered sufficient evi-
dence on which to ascribe a specimen to 0. dii.seri: this peculiarity is really of no
value as it is shown l)y many other species of Orflioceras (See page 22). The
slight protrusion of the septal edges in decorticated specimens is also of little
value. Without cutting sections, we have only the somewhat closer spacing of
the septa as a practical means of separating this species from Actinoceras crebri-
septum. In sections the species is easily differentiated by the wider siphuncular
segments and the absence of the characteristic thickenings of .1. crehriseptum.
The Toronto specimens ascril)ed to 0. duseri are fragments only, but they
seem to agree very closely. The antisiphonal line is well marked: the segments
of the siphuncle are empty, and correspond closely to those of the specimen from
Ohio described above. The spacing of the septa is a little wider than in the Ohio
type. A typical fragment is shown in transverse section in Plate IV, Figure 8.
In comparing this figure with Figure T, one must remember tliat the sections are
at right angles to one another.
Locality. — Humber River, W^eston. 10 feet below base of scarp on east side.
No. 1223 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Orthoceras laviellosum, TIaJl
Plate IV, Figure 6.
Orthoceras lamellosum. Hall. Pal. New York, 1, 1847, p. 312, pi. 86, figs. 2a-e.
Orthoceras lamellosum, Chayjman. Can. Jour., n.s., 8, 1863, p. 20, fig. 127.
Orthoceras lamellositm. Chapman. Expos. Min., Geol. Canada, 1864, 128, fig. 127,
p. 172, fig. 192.
Orthoceras lamellosum, Nicholson. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., pt. 11, 1875, p. 36, fig. 12b.
Orthoceras lamellosum, Ami. Trans. Ottawa Field Nat. Club, 1, 1882, p. 65.
Orthocera.s lamellosum, Foord. Cat. Foss. Ceph., Brit. Mus., 1, 1888, p. 14.
orthoceras lamellosum, Basslcr. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 909.
Orthoceras lamellosum, Foerste. Geol. Surv. Can., Mem. 83, 1916, p. 8.
Hall described this species in a very inadequate manner, and as far as we
have been able to ascertain, nothing has been published to add any essentials to
the original description. It is quite impossible to determine the species by use
of the available publications. Nevertheless, 0. lamellosum has long been recog-
nized as a fossil of frequent occurrence in our rocks. The form to which this
name has been given is herein described as 0. lam'el.losum ; it is undoubtedly dif-
ferent from the other species in o\u rocks, but that it is really the 0. lamellosum
of Hall is uncertain.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 19
Hall's description follows:
Slender, very gradually tapering to an acute point; septa distant from one-fifth
to one-fourth of an inch, having a convexity about equal to their distance from
each other; siphuncle slightly excentric; surface apparently lamellose or subimbricate.
Our collections show several exani|)les, lacking the shell, which externally
at least are closely similar to .i. crchriscptuni, but in which the apical angle
seems to be larger. These casts also show a distinct antisiphonal raised line
as in many specimens of A. crehriseptum. This feature seems to have little or
no specific value as it is known in a number of species: it is more fully considered
on page 32.
The species is represented in our collections by fragments only. The sur-
face is in no case preserved. On the cast the septal edges are markedly even,
horizontal and parallel with gradually increased spacing orad. On the antisi-
phonal side is a "raised line," finer and narrower than in 0. duseri or Actinoceras
crehriseptum, and yet quite clearly defined. The siphuncle is somewhat exden-
tric in position, without thickenings of any kind: it is moniliform in shape, but
distinctly narrower than in .4. crehriseptum and nnich narrower than in 0. duseri.
The available specimens indicate a larger apical angle than in the species men-
tioned above, but the fragments are too short to justify a definite statement.
]\reasurements of two of our best species are given below:
Length 43 mm. 36 mm.
Width, orad 29 mm. 33 mm.
Width, apicad 24 mm. 28 mm.
Rate of taper 1 in 8 1 in 7
Average length of camera 4.7 mm. 5.5 mm.
Ratio, length to width of camera 1: 5.6 1: 5.5
Ratio, width to length of siphuncular segments 1: 1.3 1: 1.4
Unfortunately these specimens were, by mistake, cut transversely instead of
dorso-ventrally ; in consequence, the figure of specimen "B" given herewith shows;
the siphuncle as central in position. The width also is slightly less than indi-
cated by the figures above.
Locality. — Prison quarry, Mimico.
No. 1233 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Family actinoceratidae
Genus ACTINOCEEAS, Bronn
Actinoceras, Bronn. Lethaea Geognostica, 1837, Zweite Aufl. Band 1, p. 97.
Actinoceras, Foorcl. Cat. Foss. Ceph. in Brit. Mus., pt. 1, 1888, p. 164.
The genus Actinoceras seems to have been established by Bronn and Bigsby's
figures published in the Transactions of the Geological Society of London. Stokes
accepts Bronn's genus with certain emendations; Barrande discusses in detail
the various opinions as to the validity of the genus Actinoceras. Most modern
writers accept the genus.
The original description of Actinoceras, quoted l)y Barrande is as follows:
Siphuncle very large, articulated, composed of flattened spheroidal elements with
internal rays.
Stokes' definition of the genus is as follow^s:
The character of the genus Actinoceras is a large siphuncle much dilated in each
chamber and contracted at the points where it crosses the septa. In the interior
of this siphuncle there is a continuous tube which seems to have been capable of
contraction and expansion and (sometimes at least) provided with vertical rays unit-
ing this tube to the walls of the siphuncle.
20 Department of Mines. Part IX No. 4
L. Saemann gives a long dissertation on the nature of Actiiwceras adopting
the opinions of both Bronn and Stokes: i.e., the genus is defined as having ex-
panded siphuncular segments and also internal vertical rays.
This general conception is shared l)y many authors including Woodward,
Eoemer, and Eichwald, the latter of whom admits that the radiating lamellae may
be replaced by radiating tubes. Barrande, after reviewing the evidence to his time,
seems to have been in doubt as to the validity of the genus Acfinoceras.
Barrande, however, draws attention to an organic thickening of the interior
of the siphuncle which visually liegins as an annular ring around the necks of the
septa and may so extend as to fill the whole of the siphuncular segment not oc-
cupied by the endosiphuncle and its tubuli. These organic thickenings were
termed by Barrande "anneaux obstructeurs." They are particularly well de-
veloped in the Actinoceratidae, but are admitted also in the Orfhocerafidae.
In the practical differentiation of Orthoceras and Acilnocems several diffi-
culties arise, {a) The limitation of moniUform as compared with nuniinuloid:
i.e.. the ratio of the length to the width of the swollen si])huncular segment. It
would appear that the segment should be Avider than long in order to be described
as nummuloidal, but nevertheless many forms are ascribed to Actinoceras in which
the siphuncle could not be called nummuloidal according to this definition of
the term. In doubtful cases, therefore, the shape of the siphuncular segment can-
not be relied on to separate Actin-oreras and Orthoceras. (b) With regard to the
anneaux ohstrucieurs: it is evident from what has been said above that this fea-
ture will not serve to differentiate the two genera as these thickenings occur in
both, although more strongly developed in Actinoceras. (c) Actinoceras must
aepend, therefore, on the presence of an endosiphuncle with its radiating lamellae
or tubuli : the preservation of these structures is often very imperfect and they
are sometimes absent as the calcifications diminish orad and completely dis-
appear in the most anterior segments of a large shell.
Foord's description of the genus follows :
Shell attaining to a very large size in some species; straight; elongate-conical.
Section circular to subcircular. Septa usually more arcuate than in Orthoceras; the
necks very short and recurved, and often with crystalline deposits ("the anneaux
obstructeurs" or "depot organique," of Barrande), which sometimes fill the spaces
in the siphuncular cavity not occupied by the endosiphon and its canals. Siphuncle
very large, the diameter sometimes equalling half that of the shell; much inflated
between the septa, so as to present a series of segments of a compressed-globular
form. The shelly covering of these segments, which is composed of several layers,
is very rarely preserved. The calcified lining membrane of the siphuncle is thrown
into a series of folds which impart to it a puckered appearance which is very character-
istic. The endosiphon is provided with a distinct wall, and gives off at regular
intervals between the septa a number of radiating canals or tubuli, which apparently
penetrate the shelly covering or wall of the siphuncle, and, if so, they may have
served, as suggested by Owen, for the passage of blood-vessels to the lining membrane
of the septal chambers. The spaces between the tubuli are sometimes filled up so
that curved transverse partitions, which are formed originally in membrane, and
are convex anteriorly, divide the siphuncle into a series of loculi. Nothing is seen
of these partitions when the siphuncular cavity has been filled with calc-spar.
The first segment of the siphuncle is in the form of a broadly conical chamber,
perforated above the apex by a large foramen, through which the endosiphon passed
from the initial chamber into the siphuncular cavity.
Actinoceras ceebeiseptum {Hall)
Plate II, Figures 2 and 3; Plate III, Figures 1-9.
Ormocer.vs cRKBRisEPTUM, Hall. Pal. New York, 1, 1847, 313, pi. 86, fig. 2a; pi. 87,
figs. 2a-e.
AcTi.xocKRAs CRERRisEPTUM, D'Orhiynij. Prodr. Pal. 1, 1849, p. 3.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 21
Orthoceras cerbrisptum. BiUinc/s. Geol. Surv. Can., Rep. 1863, p. 218, fig. 228.
Orthoceras (Ormoceras) oREURisEPTrM. Barrande. Svst. Sil. du Centre Boheme, 2, pt.
3, 1874, p. 739, pi. 434, figs. 6-8.
Ormoceras crebriseptum. Nicholson. Pal. Prov. Ont., 1875, p. 37.
AcTiNocERAs CREBRISEPTUM. Foord. Cat. Foss. Ceph. Brit. Mus., 1, 1888, p. 173.
Orthoceras crebriseptvm. Chapman. Minerals and Geology of Ontario and Quebec,
1888, p. 211. fig. 233.
Orthoceras crebrisepttm, Chaijnian. Outline Geol. Canada, Introduction, p. xxv, pi.
IV, fig. 52.
Orthoceras crebriseptum, Coleman. Nat. Hist, of Toronto Region, 1913, p. 61.
Orthoceras crebriseptum. Coleman. Xllth. Int. Geol. Congress, Guide Book No. 6,
1913, p. 10.
Actinoceras crebriseptitm. Bossier. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 12.
This species has been the subject of considerable discussion partieuhirly as
its generic reference is still open to question. Hall's original description is as
follows :
Elongated, conical, somewhat rapidly tapering to an acute apex; septa numerous,
approximate, deeply arched, distant about one-seventh the diameter; siphuncle ex-
centric, enlarging in each cell and contracting at its passage through the septum;
section circular; surface marked by longitudinal lines, which are visible in the cast.
The best description of this species is given by Barrande {op. cAt.) and is
founded on a specimen from tlie Hudson River formation of Canada identified
and sent to liim by Billings. Barrande's remarks are quoted somewhat fully be-
low:
It is not necessary to discuss here the specific determination of the fossil which
we figure and which is composed of a series of air chambers, exposed in a longitudinal
section. The authority of Mr. Billings satisfies us on this point.
One may see from this fragment that the shell is elongated. But, as most of the
chambers are broken on the right side, the apical angle which appears to be about 2°
near the small end may have been modified by compression. The cross section is
circular.
The suture is almost horizontal but this statement must not be taken without
doubt. The spacing of the septa is somewhat irregular — between 3 and 7 mm. in
the 18 chambers observed. The curvature can be considered as about one-fifth of the
corresponding diameter. . . .
It may be observed towards the lower end of the fossil which appears to be the
best preserved that the lines representing the sections of the septa indicate a break-
ing on the right of the siphuncle, for they do not form complete curves.
In the space corresponding to the air chambers on the right side the debris of
the septa may be observed. Each piece is covered on both sides by a thin layer of
white silica which also extends around the ends. We find these same layers on the
perfect septa towards the lower end of the fossil. This appearance, together with
that of the rock which occupies the whole space indicates sufficiently the absence of
an organic deposit in this part of the Orthoceras. As it is relatively the larger part
with respect to the siphuncle it would seem, on the contrary, the most disposed to
reveal this deposit.
But, in the part to the left of the siphuncle, we observe a ribbon-like deposit of
a chemical nature which might be misinterpreted as to its origin. However, as this
structure is formed in the same manner as the siliceous layer which covers immediately
all the surfaces of the air chambers and that of the siphuncle, we can consider it
only as derived from an inorganic source. We see that this deposit, well indicated
in the seven lower chambers, disappears in the upper chambers.
The siphuncle, placed off the jixis at the small end, is excentric throughout the
whole length, and its excentricity diminishes gradually towards the top. One could
even predict that in a longer specimen the siphuncle would attain a central position
near the larger end. It would also become submarginal near the small end. We
have noticed a similar obliquity of the siphuncle with respect to the axis of Ortho-
ceras in different species of Bohemia.
The elements of the siphuncle are a little cordiform, i.e.. their width at the
summit is greater than at the base. They are also a little oblique on account of
the marked excentricity. The maximum diameter does not reach 6 mm. and the
corresponding height 7 mm. Thus they approach nearer to the cylindrical than to
the nunimuloidal form in the upper part of the fragment. On the contrary, towards
the lower end, the height and tlie width tend to become equal in each element.
22 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 3
The organic deposits seem to be represented in tlie eight lower elements, but
in an unusual form, which we have not hitherto seen in any other species except
0. palemon of Bohemia. The unusual feature in the occurrence of this deposit is
that it is formed on one side only of the siphuncle — the left in the figure. Their
section pyriform, elongated, and a little irregular extends from the neck throughout
the W'hole length of the element. We see, on the contrary, no trace of this deposit
on the opposite wall. This distribution seems to be the extreme limit of a generally
observed occurrence, for Vanneau ohstructeur is always more developed on one side
of the siphuncle than on the other.
The specimen described has a length of nearly 106 mm. Its diameter at the
small end is about 21 mm.
The elements of this species which we know do not permit us to compare it in
detail with analogous forms from the same country. We have nothing in Bohemia
which can be considered as closely related to it.
It has been a common practice to ascribe to this species most of the speci-
mens of Ortlioceras found at Toronto. As nearly all specimens are imperfect and
very seldom retain the external shell, one is generally iina])le to make use of the
characteristic vertical lining as a means of determination. The mere spacing of the
septa and the rate of tapering are of doubtful value, especially in fragmentary
material. Further, as the identity of the species depends so much on the peculiar
character of the siphuncle and internal thickenings, it becomes necessary, practi-
cally in each case, to prepare a section through the shell. Many specimens show
the characteristic features as described by Barrande with the one exception that
the siphimcle does not tend to become central towards the aperture. On the
contrary, it seems in most cases to become more excentric.
A feature of many specimens of A. crchriseptum is the presence of a more
<or less marked antisiphonal raised line on casts of the interior. Unfortunately
this peculiarity is of little use for the identification of the species as it is seen
also in Ortlioceras duseri and 0. lameUosum from our rocks.
This raised line is given prominence l)y Barrande in all his descriptions of
Paleozoic cephalopods and is discussed in detail in Chapter XIII, Yol. II, Pt. V,
Systeme Silurien de la Boheme. The appearance is called la ligne nonnale and
is thus described by Sandberger:
La ligne nonnale, which we find very clear and distinct in Bactrites gracilis and
B. subconicus, and also in a great number of species of Ortlioceras, shows itself on
the surface of the internal mould of these fossils as a longitudinal keel more or less
clearly marked. Its form varies in different species, for it is sometimes simple, some-
times multiple; thus, it is triple in Ortlioceras undatolineolatum. According to the
state of preservation and the nature of the fossilizing substance, it is sometimes
visible on all the chambers, or it appears, on the contrary, only here and there on
certain ones.
It would appear from Barrande's conclusions that tliis line is individual
rather than specific; that it is sometimes a raised line (carene) or a depressed
line (en creux) ; that it sometimes shows on the living chamber only, and some-
times only on the camerae : and that it may be either siphonal or antisiphonal
in position.
La ligne normale was observed in 61 out of 525 species of Otlioceras from
the Silurian rocks of Bohemia and in 77 out of 1,014 species of cephalopods.
"Many specimens of A. crehriseptum show this line on the camerated part
of moulds; we have not observed it on the body chamber. It is frequently absent
but this may be only accidental as all such specimens are of necessity more or
less imperfect.
The most typical A. crehriseptum in our collections is a fragment 80 mm.
long, 20,5 mm. wide at the larger end, and 12.5 mm. at the smaller end. The
shell is intact and quite smooth on the siphonal side, but witli well marked longi-
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 23
tudinal striae on the antisiphonal side; these extend about one-third of the total
circumference of the shell. (Plate II, Figure 3).
In the ten camerae at the small end the septa average 3.2 mm. apart. The
ratio of length to width is therefore 1 : 5. The siphuncle is slightly exeentric
apicad and tends to become more so orad.
The siphuncular segments (Plate III, Figure 4), are moniliform in shape
and slightly longer than wide. Assuming the siphuncle to be ventral in posi-
tion (right in figure) the organic deposits within this structure seem to be con-
fined to the ventral side and to be less developed orad. Unlike other specimens,
this example shows a hollow within the thickenings which is filled with crystal-
line calcite. The remaining parts of the siphuncle are filled with clay (dotted).
It will be noted that these organic deposits do not exactly correspond witli those
described by Barrande; they are similar, however, in being related to tlie ventral
side.
The camerae on the siphonal side are completely fiHed witli a den>e sort of
calcite which sometimes displaces the septa : it is arranged in a botryoidal manner
and evidently was formed from shell inwards. This type of filling extends to the
antisiphonal side, but here it is slightly developed forming a lining on the inner
side of the shell proper and extending a short distance inward on the orad side
of the septa (lined in figure). From the evidence derived from this specimen
and from that furnished by others described below, it woull appear tliat IJiis
material is inorganic in origin, formed after the death of tho animal, but oc-
casioned by some organic substance within the camerae which was largely con-
fined to the ventral side.
The four apicad septa on the antisiphonal side were filled with (day (dotted)
immediately after the deposit described above was formed. The fiftli was only
partly filled with clay. Those camerae into which clay did not find its vuv —
the four orad camerae — were lined with a thin layer of fine fibrous calcite, and
at a later time, the interiors were filled with crystalline calcite of the same
character as that which fills the space in the centre of the sipliuncular thickenings.
(No. 1225 H.R.)
A second specimen with the test preserved (Plate III, Figure 8), consists
of a fragment near the apex: it is about 44 mm. long; 18 mm. wide orad, and 12
mm. wide apicad. There are 12 camerae giving an average length of 3.7 mm.,
and a. ratio length to width of 1 : 3.6. This specimen has the septa more widely
spaced than in the form described above : in consequence, the siphuncular seg-
ments are more elongated. The figure shows a transverse, instead of a dorso-
ventral section. The inorganic thickenings in the camerae appear, therefore,
in a marginal position on the outer sides of the camerae. The organic thicken-
ings within the siphuncle present more the appearance of rosettes over the septal
necks, and show also, orad at least, the endosiphuncular space. The unoccupied
parts of both siphuncle and camerae are filled with a dense, partially silicified
calcite (vacant in figure). The fibrous layer, however, can be made out in places.
This example bears a striking resemblance, in spacing of septa, and in the
shape of the siphuncular segments to Orthoceras moliri, Miller. In view, how-
ever, of the characteristic thickenings, it seems impossible to remove it from
A. crehriseptitm. (No. 1230 H.R.)
Another somewhat similar specimen is shown in Plate III, Figures 7 and 7a.
Figure 7 represents a transverse section, and Figure 7a, a dorso-ventral section
of the siphonal side. The fragment is 40 mm. long, 17 mm. wide orad, and 10
24 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
mm. wide apicad. There are 15 camerae, giving an average length of 2.6 mm.
and a ratio of length to width of 1 : 5.2. In regard to the spacing of the septa,
tlierefore, there seems to be some variation, as these three specimens, approxi-
mately of the same size, show respectively a spacing of 3.2 mm., 3.T mm., and
2.6 mm. : but, reduced to the ratio of length to width, the difference is less ap-
parent, i.e., 1 : 3.6 to 1 : 5.2.
This specimen is of particular interest in that it shows in a most defined
manner the inorganic thickening in the camerae. In the transverse section it
appears on both sides as clear structureless calcite lining the external wall of
the camerae and extending inwards on the orad side of the septa (dotted in
figure). On the siphonal side (Figure Ta) it is much thicker and botroyoidal in
structure. The camerae which have been filled with clay (crosses in figure)
show a sharp definition of the boundaries of this inorganic layer. All other open
parts are lined with the fibrous layer and filled with crystalline calcite as in the
other cases.
The siphuncle is not well preserved, indistinct thickenings only being ob-
served. In the figure it is indicated as being entirely filled with clay. (Xo. 1229
H.E.)
The three specimens described above are all small and represent either
young individuals or the apical end of larger individuals, more likely the former.
The larger fragments are described below.
One very typical example is shown in dorso-ventral section in Plate III,
Figure 2. The fragment is 46 mm. long, 21 mm. wide at the large end. and 11:
mm. wide at the small end: it contains 13 camerae which increase in length orad
but not regularly. The average length of a camera is 3.5 mm., and the average
width is IT. 5 mm. The ratio of length to width is, therefore 1 : 5.
The shell is not preserved; it appears to have been very thin as likewise the
septa and the siphuncular sheaths. The siphuncle is but slightly excentric — less
so than in some other examples.
This specimen reveals essentially the same features which have been described
in the case of No. 1225 H.E. The chief difference is that the siphuncular thicken-
ings do not exhibit an internal cavity. This organic thickening, however, is very
dense and l)adly ])reserved in this instance: the lining shown in the figure is
muoli overdrawn. The secondary character of the calcite on the siphonal side
(left in figure) of the camerae is indicated ])y the fact that the septa are broken
by the growth of this matter. It is also to be observed that the calcite has
formed around certain centres as in the case of small particles of clay adhering
to the septa in places. On the antisiphonal side a thin layer of similar calcite
(lined in figure) formed on the outer wall of the camerae and extended inwards
on the orad side of the septa. Where infiltered with clay the camerae show no
fibrous layer. AVhere there is no clay the fibrous layer occurs and the centre of
the space is either empty or filled with crystalline calcite.
Locality. — ■Prison quarry, Mimico.
No. 1219 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Another fragment, also without either striae or raised line, shows relatively
longer camerae than the example just described and seems to indicate a trace
of an endosiphuncle.
Til is fragment is 25 mm. long and shows six camerae in that distance; the
maxiiimni width is 20 mm. and the minimum 15 mm. The average camera is
4.2 mill, long and IT..') nun. wide; the ratio of length to width is, therefore, 4.2:
|922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 25
IT. 5, which equals 1: 4.2. Tlie section was cut to pass through the siphuncle
(Phite J II, Figure 5) in a phiue at right angles to the dorso-ventral ; in conse-
quence, the siphuncle ap])ears central and the camerae on both sides present the
same features. It would appear that the inorganic ventral calcification in the
camerae extends above the midline as it appears towards the outer walls on both
sides and increases in amount apicad. The thin fibrous calcification is evidently
later. The interesting point revealed l)y this specimen is the trace of a distinct
endosiphuncle which has a tubular appearance in the first four segments orad ;
it seems to eft'ect a cominuiiication with the camerae in the second section from
the anterior end. In tlic twd ajuCad segments its identity is lost. In the drawing,
the clay filling the endosi])liuncle is figured as in the case of the filling of the
camerae (fine dotted). The clay filling of the rest of the siphuncle is more
coarsely dotted and whilst diagrammatic, it nevertheless expresses the fact of a
different texture being apparent in the two parts. (No. 1220 H.R.)
Another very good sj)ecimen (Plate III, Figure 3) showing the structure
towards the small end and the gradual loss and final disappearance of both the
siphuncular and ventral thickening orad is described below. It is unfortunate
that this specimen, also, shows neither striae nor raised line externally as the shell
is lost.
This is an excellently preserved fragment GG mm. long, 23 mm. wide at the
larger end and 14 mm. wide at the small eiid. It contains 20 camerae. The
average length of a camera is, therefore, 3.3 mm., and the average Avidth is
18.5 mm. The ratio of length to width is 3.3: 18.5. i.e., about 1: 5.6.
The section is cut in the dorso-ventral plane and shows that the siphuncle
in this case is but slightly excentric; further, it does not seem to become more
central towards the aperture. This specimen shows in a marked manner the
difference between the antisiphonal and siphonal filling of the camerae. The
ventral calcification already referred to, seems to fill the whole of the three apicad
segments. This, however, is unexpected and may ])ossil(ly be due to the inability
to differentiate different types of calcite. On tlie antisi])honal side it could as
well he interpreted as an unusual develo])ment of the fibrous layer. From this
point forward the ventral calcification is restricted to the ventral side and fills
all the space between the Avails, septa, and siphuncle as far forAvard as the six-
teenth camera inclusive. Orad of this it gradually decreases in amount, ))eing
confined to the side toAvards the shell ; the remainder of the ventral part of the
camera being filled Avith clay.
On the antisiphonal side of the sii)huncle, excepting the three apicad seg-
ments, the camerae are lined Avitli the fine filu'ous layer already referred to, and
A-ariously filled with clear crystalliiie calcite. The extension of the ventral type
of calcite as a thin layer on this side is not o])served as the peripheral part of
the specimen has been eroded.
The siphuncle is identical in shape Avith that of the specimens already re-
ferred to. The average maximum Avidth of the moniliform segments is 3.2 mm.
and the length 3.3 mm. They are, therefore, slightly longer than Avide.
The organic thickenings within the siphuncle are excellently shoAvn. They
are confined to the ventral side and decrease in amount orad, disappearing Avith
the sixteenth segment except for a minute occurrence in the seventeenth.
This siphuncular thickening shoAA's very indistinctly the ribbon-like character
ascribed to these structures. In places there is a slight indication of "rosettes"
but on the Avhole it is more of a Avavy and indistinct character. This feature
is rather overdraAvn in the fio'ure.
26 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Locality. — Prison quarry, Mimico.
No. 1221 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
Ill all our collections we have only one specimen that shows the hody chamber
(Plate III, Figure 1) : it is about 185 mm. long in all; the body chamber is 56
mm. in length. The chambered portion shows 27 camerae varying somewhat in
length at the smaller end, but becoming distinctly more closely spaced towards
the aperture. The specimen is bent and flattened; in consequence the rate of
tapering as sliOAvn in the drawing may not be quite accurate. The outer shell is
absent, leaving us in doubt as to the occurrence of striae externally. In places
there is a faint indication of a "raised line." A section of the lower part of this
specimen shows the internal structure typical of the species, but tlie siphuncle
is more markedly excentric.
Locality. — Humber River, Toronto.
No. 941 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
The specimen above described seems to have reached its maximum growth
as indicated by the crowding of the septa near the living chamljer; nevertheless,
we find broken pieces of larger size which must be provisionally ascribed to this
sj)ecies. As they are all orad of the region of siphuncular thickening the shape
and spacing of the elements alone indicate a reference to A. crebrisepium, but the
position of the siphuncle in no case shows the approach to the centre mentioned by
Barrande.
One of the best fragments of tliis kind (Plate III, Figure 9) gives the
following measurements ;
Length 80 mm.
Width at larger end 44 mm.
Width at smaller end 29 mm.
Average length of camera 6.1 mm.
Ratio of length to width of camera 1:6
This specimen might as well be ascribed to 0. lamcUosum.
Locality. — Prison quarry, Mimico.
No. 1222 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
As already stated many internal casts show a distinct longitudinal '"'raised
line" on the antisiphonal side. Hitherto we have been accustomed to ascribe
such forms to Orthoceras duseri, but the examination of a great many longi-
tudinal sections prove that these forms differ in no way from A. crehriseptum.
Without sections it is difficult to separate the two species, but in good specimens
the present species may be differentiated by the wider spacing of the septa orad.
A good example (Plate II, Figure 2; Plate III, Figure 6), shows no essen-
tial difference from those already described except in the occurrence of the
"raised line." The spacing and curvature of the septa are the same and the
peculiar siphuncular thickenings and the inorganic deposits on the siphuncular
side are identical. It will be observed that the antisiphonal side is so weathered
that the external portions of the camerae are lost. A very critical comparison
shows a slightly greater relative width for the siphuncular rings and a somewhat
more marginal position for the siphuncle. The following measurements indi-
cate the proportions of this specimen:
Length 100 mm.
Width at larger end 32 mm.
Width at smaller end 26 mm.
Contains 20 camerae.
Length of apicad camera 3.5 mm.
Length of orad camera 6 mm.
Ratio of length to width of camera, orad 1: 5.3
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 27
Ratio of length to width of camera, apicad 1: 7.4
Width of siphuncular segment, apicad 3.5 mm.
Ratio of width to lengtli of segment 1:1
(Anteriorly the segments are relatively narrower).
Locality. — Prison quarry, Mimico.
No. 1226 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
AcTiNOCEEAS cf. CLOUEi {Bnrmncle)
Plate lY, Figure 5.
Orthoceras CLOUEI, Barraiide. Syst. Sil. du Centre Boheme, ser. 2, 1870, pi. 432, figs.
1-6; pi. 433, figs. 1, 2; pi. 434, figs. 1-5.
Orthoceras ci.ovei, Barrande. Syst. Sil. de la Boheme, texte, Vol. 2, Part 3, 1874, p.
718.
AcTi>'ocERAs CLOUEI, Porks. Palaeoz. Foss. Region, S.W. of Hudson Bay, Trans. Royal
Can. Inst., 1915, p. 86; pi. 2, fig. 6; pi. 6, fig. 1.
This species was established by Barrande on specimens from Newfoundland.
According to his description, the shell is sometimes slightly curved, sometimes
straight; the section is nearly circular, but in some instances slightly elliptical.
The siphuncle is near one side — in curved forms, the concave side. The apical
angle varies from 9° to 16°. The sutures are fairly regular and horizontal, and
the spacing of the septa increases with the diameter of the shell, but does not
exceed 10 mm. The curvature of the septa is about one-fifth of their greatest
diameter. The largest specimen measures 210 mm. in lengih with a maximum
width of almost 80 mm.
The camerae are more or less filled with a deposit which Barrande considers
of organic origin. This forms on both sides of the septa; apicad it fills the whole
camerae; orad it is less developed leaving an open space in the middle of the
camera.
The form of the siphuncular elements is immmuloidal and notably flattened,
the width is to the length as 5 to 2. The anneaux ohstructeurs are strongly de-
veloped.
The Toronto collections have yielded a single specimen which is with much
hesitation i^rovisionally ascribed to this species. The fragment is 79 mm. long. The
antisiphonal side is entirely crushed making it impossible to state the width with
certainty, but it was probably 28 mm. wide at the larger and 18 mm. at the
smaller end.
In this distance are 19 camerae, making the average length of each nearly
4 mm. The surface appears to be smootli.
A vertical section in the dorso-ventral plane reveals a siphuncle characteristic
of the genus Aciinoceras and strikingly different from that of any other of our
specimens. The siphuncular segments are inclined to the axis of the shell on
account of the marginal position of the siplmncle : they are distinctly nimimuloidal
and about 20 mm. wide and 11 mm. long at the larger end. The siphuncle is
almost filled with organic deposits, the anneaux ohstructeurs of Barrande, whicli
are disposed as concentric "rosettes" around the septal necks.
The camerae on the ventral side (right in figure) are almost filled with a
deposit of calcite apparently similar to the organic deposits of Barrande. On
the antisiphonal side none of this is seen, but, as the shell and septa are entirely
destroyed in this region, its absence may be due to imperfection. It seems strange,
however, that so solid a structure would entirely disappear on one side and be
so perfectly preserved on the other.
In the figure (Plate IV, Figure 5), the eight camerae apicad are shown at
the lower end. The section is almost through the centre of the siphuncle apicad ;
28 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
higher up it is a little to one side. On the right the siphunciilar sheaths are
apparent, but on the left they are destroyed: on this side also the radiating tubnli
are well shown. The septa on the right side are somewliat restored: in the speci-
men they are undulating and somewhat broken.
This specimen is unique in our collections; it is ascril^ed to .-1. clouei with
great doubt. The resemblance to this form is seen in the character of the si-
plmncle, its internal thickenings, and its marginal position : also, in the "'organic
deposits" in the camerae. It differs from A. douci in its smaller size and in the
less flattened sii^huncular segments.
Locality. — Humbervale quarry.
No. 1228 iH.R.. Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
VERMES
Order ERRANTIA
Although the jaws of errant annelids are known to oecur in considerable
abundance at Toronto, only a limited number of specimens appear in our collec-
tions. Under such circumstances, we are unable to add any information to the
account published in 1879, in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society
of London, by Dr. G. J. Hinde. It has l)een thought advisable, therefore, to re-
produce Dr. Hinde's entire text with accompanyiug plates. The only additions
are the generic descriptions and tlie synonymy.
Genus EUX'IGITES, Elders
EuNiciTES, Elilers. Paleontographica, 17, 1868, p. 147.
EuNiciTEs, Zittel. Handb. Pal., 1, 1880, p. 565.
EuNiciTES, Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 518.
EuNiciTES, Gi-abau and Shimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 1910. 2, p. 241.
EuNiciTES, Bossier. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 510.
Grabau and Shimer's description of this genus follows :
Minute, elongate, denticulate jaws with numerous teeth; subquadrate jaws with
few teeth; simple, more or less curved, narrow hooks without denticles.
EUXICITES MAJOR, I/in(]i-
Plate Y, Figure 1.
EUNICITES MA.J0R, Hinclc. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 374, pi. 18, fig. 1.
EUNICITES MAJOR. GraMu and Shimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 241, fig. 1530a.
Oenonites major. Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 519.
EUNICITES MAJOR, Bossler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 511.
Hinde describes the species as follows :
Jaw oblong, somewhat fiattened, the upper edge curved inwards; the posterior
end truncated, with a deep furrow leading to an oval central depression, from which
a cavity apparently extends under the front portion of the jaw; the furrow is bounded
above and below by rounded ridges. At the front of the jaw are two stout blunted
teeth, and the upper edge carries seven or eight short, subequal, rounded teeth.
This is an at)undant form, though perfect specimens are rarely met with. It
varies greatly in size; the smaller examples are about 1 line long, whilst the largest,
as in the specimen figured, are 314 lines in length and 1% wide. It may be dis-
tinguished from E. (Nereidavus) varians, Grinnell, by its truncated extremity and
the median furrow and cavity.
EuxiciTES (Xereidavus) variaxs, Grinnell
Plate V, Figures 2, 3 and 5.
Nereidavts varians, Grinnell. Amer. Jour. Sci., 3rd ser., 14, 1877, p. 230. figs. 1, 2.
Nereidavus varians, Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 519, fig. 939.
EUNICITES (Nereidavus) varians, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p.
375, pi. 18, figs. 2, 3, 5.
Nereidavus varians, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92. 1915, p. 852. (See for full
synonymy).
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 29
The description by Hiiide follows :
Jaw elongated, curved, rounded in front, and convex, widest about one-third the
length from the anterior end, and then gradually tapering to a point, the front portion
somewhat larger than the rest; succeeding this are from two to five, blunted, rounded,
upright teeth, and then a series, varying in different specimens, of from nine to four-
teen pointed teeth. These latter gradually diminish in size towards the posterior
end, and are uniformly directed backwards. The dimensions of the specimens figured
are as follows: — fig. 2, 2 lines long and 14 line wide; fig. 3, 2^8 lines long and about
Uline in width; fig. 5, 3% lines long and "s line wide. Abundant.
EuNiciTES coNTOETus, Hinde
Plate Y, Figure 4.
EuNiciTES coNTORTus. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 375, pi. 18,
fig. 4.
Eu^?iciTEs CONTORTUS, Grahau and Shimrr. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 241,
fig. 1530d.
EuNiciTES CONTORTUS, Basslcf. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 510.
Hinde's description follows:
Jaw elongated, very narrow, and tapering to a point, the anterior tooth prominent,
nearly upright, not in plane with the rest, and followed by a uniform series of about
seventeen pointed teeth, which are all directed backwards, parallel with each other.
Length about lYa line.
EuxiciTES PEKUENTATUS, Hinde
Plate y, Figure fi.
EuNiciTES PERDENTATus. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35. 1879, p. 375, pi. 18,
fig. 6.
LuMBRicoNEREiTES PERDENTATUS, Miller, N.A. Geol. Pal.. 1889, p. 519. (gen. ref.).
EUNICITES PERDENTATUS, Bassl€7\ U.S. Nat. Mus., Baill. 92, 1915, p. 511.
Ilinde gives the following description :
Jaw extremely small, narrow, and gently curved; the anterior end elevated and
bent inwards; on this portion are two or three rounded teeth, which are followed by
a series of about twenty very minute, subequal, acutely pointed teeth. Length %
line. Abundant.
EuNiciTEs SIMPLEX, Hinde
Plate VI, Figure 2.
EUNICITES SIMPLEX, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 376, pi. 19,
fig. 2.
EUNICITES SIMPLEX, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 511.
EuNiciTES SIMPLEX. Gvahau and Shinier. N.A. Index Fossils. 2, 1910, p. 242, fig. 1528b.
The descri])tion l)y Hinde follows:
Jaw consisting of a simple, slightly curved hook, narrow throughout, and angular
in section. Length 1% line.
EUNICITES GEACILIS, Hinde
Plate VI, Figure ?k
EUNICITES GRACILIS. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 376. pi. 19,
fig. 3.
EUNICITES GRACLLis, Grabau and SJrinier. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 242, fig, 1528c.
EUNICITES GRACILIS. Bas.^ler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 511.
Hinde's description follows :
Jaw composed of a nearly straight, slightly convex basal portion with a strongly
curved anterior hook. Length 1 line, about 14 line in width.
EuNiciTES ? DiGiTATUS, Hinde
Plate VI, Figure 13.
EUNICITES ? DiGiTATUs. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 376, pi. 19,
fig. 3.
EuNiciTES ? DIGITATUS, BasslCT. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 511.
30 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Hinde describes the species as follows :
Jaw very small, triangular, and nearly equilateral. At one extremity are two
slender, elongated, nearly straight teeth, behind which, on the straight upper border,
are seven minute rounded teeth. Length of upper edge about % line.
Genus OENONITES, Ilinde
Oenomtes. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 376.
Oenonites, Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 519.
Oenomtes, Grahau and Sliimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 242, fig. 1532c.
Oexoxites, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 868.
Hinde gives the followins: description of the genns:
Jaws with a more or less curved anterior hook, followed by a series of smaller
teeth, similar in character to those of the existing genus Oenone.
Oexoxites curvidexs, IHnde
Plate \, Figure T.
Oexoxites cvrvidexs. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 376, pi. 18,
fig. 7.
Oenonites clrvidexs, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 868.
Hinde's description follows.
Jaw nearly straight, with a strongly convex ridge, forming the lower portion of
the base; in front a relatively large, very strongly curved tooth, obliquely bent: this
is succeeded by fourteen small pointed teeth, carried on a very narrow flattened ridge.
Length "4 line, about '4 line in width.
Oenoxites ixaequalis, Ilinde
Plate T, Figure 8.
Oexonites ixaequaus, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 376, pi. 18,
fig. 8.
Oexoxites ixaeqxjalis. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 869. fSee for full
bibliography).
Hinde gives the following description :
Jaw nearly straight, tapering to a point; a small projecting appendage below
the anterior part of the base, a slightly curved and blunted anterior tooth, succeeded
by three minute blunted teeth behind which are six or seven larger acutely pointed
teeth. Length 1 line, width rather more than ^i line.
Oexoxites sert^atus, Hinde
Plate Y, Figure 9.
Oexoxites serratus. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 376, pi. 18,
fig. 9.
Oexoxites serratus, Grabau and Sluvjer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2. 1910, p. 242, fig. 1526a.
Oexoxites serratus. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 869. (See for full
bibliography).
Hinde gives the following description:
Jaw elongated, narrow, the toothed border slightly arched, truncated at the pos-
terior end, which is wider than the front portion of the jaw, and is slightly concave,
with a narrow median furrow. The anterior tooth is but slightly curved, behind which
are, first in order, four very small rounded teeth, and then a series or twelve very
minute pointed teeth. Length % line.
Oex^oxites PiOSTRATus, Hinde
Plate Y, Figure 10.
Oexoxites rostratfs. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 376, pi. 18.
- fig. 10.
Oexoxites kostratus. Grahau and Shinier. N.A. Index Fossils, 2. 1910. p. 242, fig. 1526b.
Oexoxites rostratus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, p. 869.
1922 The Stratigraphy and PaSeontoIogy of Toronto and Vicinity 31
The following description is given by Hinde :
Jaw relatively short, very wide and truncate; a deep furrow just below the
toothed edge, extending from the middle to the truncated extremity, and below the
termination of the furrow is a projecting knob-like elevation; a stout curved tooth
in front, behind which are four claw-shaped teeth, followed by five founded teeth.
Length % line, width % line nearly.
Oenonites cuneatus, Ilinde
Plate y, Figure 11.
Oenonites cuneatus, Hinde, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 377, pi. 18,
fig. 11.
Oenonites cuneatus, Grahau and Sliimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 242, fig. 1526c.
Oenonites cuneatus, Basslej'. U.S. Nat. IMus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 868.
Hinde describes the species as follows :
Jaw small, compressed, widest in the central portion and tapering gradually to
the blunted extremity; a slightly curved anterior tooth, and on the nearly straight
upper edge twelve subequal, very minute, rounded teeth. Length % line.
Oenonites ? caiunatus^ Hinde
Plate VI, Figure 19.
Oenonites ? carinatus. Hmde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, .35, 1879, p. 377, pi. 19,
fig. 19.
Oenonites ? carinatus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 868.
The description by Hinde is as follows :
Jaw elongate, truncate posteriorly, the front portion slightly convex; a very stout
anterior tooth, and towards the end of the jaw five minute blunted teeth on an angular
ridge; the central portion of the jaw beneath the ridge deeply concave. Length % line.
Genus ARABELLITES, Hwde
Arabellites, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 377.
Arabellites, Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 517.
Arabeixites, Grahau and Shimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910. p. 240.
Arabellites, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 57.
Hinde describes the genus as follows :
I propose to include in this genus jaws of widely different form, which have a
general resemblance to those of the existing genus Arabella. Grube. 1. Jaws with an
extremely prominent anterior hook, and a row of smaller teeth on a wide base: 2.
Sickle-shaped jaws and allied forms; 3. Jaws subquadrate in form, with a straight
upper edge of small teeth. Those of the first division appear to correspond with the
first pair, the second resemble the second pair, as figured in Cuvier's 'Regne Animal,'
of Arabella (Oenone) maeulata, Edwards; whilst the square-shaped jaws I regard as
belonging to the lower jaw of Annelids of this genus. Examples of these different
forms are very abundant, not only in the Cambro-Silurian, but in all the other for-
mations where the Annelid remains appear.
Arabellites iiamatus, Hinde
Plate V, Figure 12,
Arabellites hamatus, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 377, pi. 18,
fig. 12.
Arabellites hamatus, Grabau and Sliimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 240, fig. 1526d.
Arabellites hamatus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 58.
Hinde's description of the species follows:
Jaw oblong, truncate, the wide base nearly of an even width throughout, a knob-
like projection in the centre of the lower basal edge, and a similar one at the end;
the anterior tooth relatively wide and openly curved. On the upper straight edge
are ten subequal rounded teeth. Length % line.
32 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Arabellites coexutus, Ilinde
Plate Y, Figures 13, 14 and 15.
Arabellites coRNrius. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, y. 377, pi. 18,
figs. 13-15.
Arabellite.s cornutus. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 57.
Hinde describes the species :
Jaw relatively wide, truncate, the lower basal edge curved, with a more or less
prominent knob-like elevation in the centre, which is the widest part of the base, the
upper edge nearly straight, with a deep furrow just below the teeth extending from
the middle to the posterior extremity, beneath which a rounded elevation is some-
times present. In front is an extremely large curved hook, and on the nearly straight
upper edge is a series of small teeth, from eleven to twenty in number; those towards
the front are conical, whilst further back they gradually diminish in size and be-
come rounded. Fig. 13 is one line long and % line wide; fig. 14 is IVz line long and
1/4 line wide; and fig. 15 is 3 lines long and 1 line wide.
Arabellites cuspidatus, Hinde
Plate Y, Figure 19.
Arabellites crsproATus, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 378, pi. 18,
fig. 19.
Arabellites cusprDATfs. Gi-ahau and S}u}7ier. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 241, fig.
1527a.
Arabellites ruspioATrs, Bassler. LT.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 57.
Hinde gives the following description of the species :
Jaw oblong, truncate, flattened, with an elongated depression in the upper pos-
terior portion, the lower and upper borders nearly straight and parallel; in front a
stout blunted tooth or hook, which is nearly at right angles with the main portion
of the jaw, and on the upper edge about eighteen rounded minute teeth. Length
2y, lines, width % line.
Arabellites ovalis, Ilinde
Plate Y, Figure 16.
Arabellites ovalis. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 378, pi. 18,
fig. 16.
Arabellites ovalis, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 58.
The following description is given by Hinde :
Main portion of jaw of an oval figure, with a very large, curved, and slightly
twisted hook in front, and eight or nine small pointed teeth. Total length 1% line,
width % line.
Arabellites gibbosus, Hinde
Plate Y, Figure 21.
Arabellites oiBBOSrs, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 378, pi. 18,
fig. 21.
Arabellites gibbosus, Grahau and Shimer. N.A. Index OPossils, 2, 1910, p. 241, fig. 1527c.
Arabellites crBBOsi-s, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 58.
The species is described l)y Hinde as follows :
Jaw oval and strongly convex, with a well-marked curved line extending from the
base of the hook to the extremity; in front is a short, slightly curved, very stout
hook; on the main portion of the jaw are ten subequal, oblique, pointed teeth. Length
1% line, width Vi; line.
Arabellites ascialis, Hinde
Plate Y, Figure 17.
Arabeu>ites AsriALis. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 378, pi. 18,
fig. 17.
ARABELLriES ASCiAi.is, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 57.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 33
Hiiule descril^es the species as I'ulluus:
Jaw narrow, elongated, and tapering to a point; a very long, curved, anterior
tooth, not in the same plane with the body of the jaw; on the straight upper edge
there are about seven minute acutely pointed teeth. Length 1 line, width 1/6 line.
Arabellites rectus, Ilinde
Plate V, Figure 18.
Arabellites rectus. Hincle. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 378, pi. 18, fig. 18.
Arabellites rectus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 58.
Hinde gives the following- description of the species:
Main portion of jaw somewhat triangular, widest in front, and gradually taper-
ing to the blunted extremity; in front a very large and robust hook, with a deep
longitudinal furrow near the outer side. Six teeth are visible on the upper edge of
the jaw. Length 3^1. lines, width ^i lines.
Arabellites luxatus, Hinde
Plate VI, Figures 4, 5 and 6.
Arabellites luxatus. Hincle. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 378, pi. 19,
figs. 4-6.
Arabellites luxatus. Grahau and Shimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 241, fig. 1528d.
Arabellites luxatus. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 58.
The descri])tiou by Hinde follows :
Jaw sickle or crescent-shaped, one end pointed, the other extended into a rod-
like prolongation, the front surface concave. On the curved outer rim of the crescent
are from ten to twelve short rounded teeth, the two anterior ones are generally slightly
larger and somewhat divergent from the others; in one instance, however, these an-
terior teeth are not present. In fig. 4 the length of the toothed portion is 1 line, and
of the projection 34 line; fig. 5 is li/> line in length; and fig. 6 is % line.
This is a very abundant form, and shows a good deal of variation in different
examples.
Arabellites cristatus, Hinde
Plate YI, Figure T.
Arabellites cristatus. Himle. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 378, pi. 19,
fig. 7.
Arabeixites cristatus. Grahau and Shimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 241, fig. I528g.
Euxicites cristatus, Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 518. (gen. ref.).
Arabellites cristatl^s. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1815, p. 57.
The description hy Hinde follows:
Jaw crescentiform, with but a short angular projection, the front edge curved
upwards, surface concave; on the upper border are eleven distinct elevated teeth, the
first two of which are smaller and not in plane with the others. Length % line.
Arabellites cervicorxis, Hinde
Plate VT. Figures 8 and 12.
Arabellites cervicorxis. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 379, pi. 19,
figs. 8, 12.
Arabellites cervicorxis. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 57.
The species is described bv Hinde as follows :
Jaws very variable in form, sometimes crescentiform, with a short angular ex-
tension in front, at other times elongated and extended below the middle of the jaw;
in front there are from two to three relatively large divergent teeth, followed by a
series of from four to seven minute acute teeth. Length % line.
Arabellites tectixatus, Hinde
Plate YT, Figure 11.
Arabellites pectixatus. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 379. pi. 19.
fig. 11.
Arabellites pectixatus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 58.
34 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Hinde describes the species as follows :
Jaw rudely triangular, the front portion rounded, pointed posteriorly, the sides
meet below to form a short blunted extension nearly below the centre of the jaw;
the upper border slightly arched, and carrying about fifteen small teeth, those in
front rounded and upright, the others acute and directed backwards. Length % line.
Aeabellites crexulatus, Hinde
Plate YI, Figure 9.
Aeabellites crexi'latus, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 379, pi. 19,
fig. 9.
Aeabellites ceenulatus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 57.
The species is described thiis by Hinde :
Main portion of jaw nearly straight, flattened, and gradually tapering; in front
is a short blunted rod-like extension at right angles to the toothed part of the jaw,
which carries eight stout teeth, the first of which is small and claw-shaped, the others
triangular and acute. Length % line. Abundant.
Aeabellites quadeatus^ Hinde
Plate YI, Figure 14.
Aeabellites qltadratus. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 379, pi. 19,
fig. 14.
Aeabellites QVADEATrs, Bassler. U.S. Nat. INlus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 58.
Hinde gives the following description of the species :
Jaw composed of a nearly square, slightly convex plate, with a blunted rod-like
appendage projecting obliquely from one of the lower angles; on the upper, nearly
straight, edge of the plate is a series of about fifteen small, subequal, rounded teeth
or crenulations, whilst just below the upper edge, on what appears to be the posterior
side, there is a small spur-like tooth projecting obliquely. Length of the toothed
edge % line.
Aeabellites scutellatus, Hinde
Plate YI, Figure IG.
Aeabellites scl'tellatits, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 379, pi. 19,
fig. 16.
Aeabellites scx'tellatus. Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 58.
The following description is given by Hinde:
Upper portion of the jaw subquadrate, with a prolonged, gradually narrowing
base; surface slightly convex, with a very prominent protuberance at the lower pos-
terior angle; the nearly straight upper border carries eleven teeth, of which the first
is pointed, somewhat longer than the rest, and projects outwards; the others are sub-
equal rounded teeth. Length and width each about iv, line. Abundant.
Aeabellites? obliquus, Hinde
Plate YI, Figure 15.
Aeabellites? obliquus, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 379, pi. 19,
fig. 15.
Aeabellites? obliquus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92. 1915, p. 58.
Hinde describes the species as follows :
Jaw composed of a comparatively thick, obliquely semioval, concave plate; the
lower rounded edge is slightly elevated, the straight upper border has about fifteen
small rounded subequal teeth or crenulations. Length % line, width % line.
Genus LUMBEICONEEEITES, Ehlers
Lumbricoxereites, Ehlers. Palaeontographica, 17, 1868, ip. 159.
Lumbriconereites, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 380.
LuMBRicoNEREiTES, Zittel. Haudb. Pal., 1, 1880, p. 566.
Lumbriconereites, Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 518.
Lumbriconereites, Grahaii and Shinier. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 242.
Lumbriconereites, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 769.
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 35
The genus is described by Hinde as follows :
Ehlers based this genus on the resemblance of some fossil Annelids in the Solen-
hofen shales to those of the existing genus Luvihriconercis. In his specimens only
ihe jaws appear to have been recognizable, whilst my own examples, which I propose
to place under this genus, resemble the principal jaw-.plate in the upper jaw; but
possess a well-defined basal flange or extension.
LUMBRICONEREITES DACTYLODUS, Hinde
Plate VI, Figure 20.
LvMBRicoNEREiTES DACTYLODXs, Hhicle. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 380,
pi. 18, fig. 20.
LuMBRicoxEREiTEs DACTYi>oi)i's. Gnihau (1)1(1 Shinier. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 242,
fig. 1527b.
LUMBRICONEREITES DACTYLODus, Basslcv. U.S. Nat. iMus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 770.
The species is described by Hinde as follows:
Jaw oblong, straight, and nearly of uniform width, in the central portion a well-
marked protuberance; at the front end are four curved rounded teeth bent upwards
and inwards, whilst on a slightly elevated ridge, which springs obliquely from the
basal flange, is a series of eighteen small rounded teeth. Length nearly 2\'> lines,
width % line.
Genus GLYCERITES, Hinde
Glycerites, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 380.
GLYCERITES, Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 518.
Glycerites, Grahau and Shinier. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 243.
Glycerites, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 552.
The genus is described by Hinde as follows:
Jaws consisting of a simple curved hook with a side base, without smaller teeth,
resembling those of the existing genus Glyeera.
Glycerites sulcatus, Hinde
Plate VI, Figure 1.
Glycerites sulcatus. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 380, pi 19
fig. 1.
Glycerites sxilcatus, Grahau and Shinier. .N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 243, fig. 1528a.
Glycerites sulcatus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 552.
Hinde's description follows :
Jaw oblong, relatively wide and convex, obliquely truncate; from the truncated
end a deep longitudinal furrow extends nearly to the front, where it opens into a
cavity which extends below the hook; this is stout, slightly curved and somewhat
bent inwards; Length 1^^ line, nearly i/4 line in width.
Glycerites sulcatus excavatus, Hinde
Plate VI, Figure 10.
Glycerites sulcatus, var. excavatus. Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1S79,
p. 380, pi. 19, fig. 10.
Glycerites sulcatus excavatus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 552.
The variety is described by Hinde as follows :
The hooked portion in this jaw closely resembles that just described, but the pos-
terior end is relatively Avider and hollowed out, and instead of the central furrow
there is a deep groove which extends round the inner edge of the main portion of
the jaw. Length 1 line, width iv, line.
APPENDIX TO ERRANTIA - CONODONTS
Certain minute denticles, known as Conodonfs, are met with in the rocks
at Toronto. They are frequently referred to as the teeth of Cyclostomes, but
their affinities are quite uncertain. For convenience, therefore, w-e have placed
them as an appendix to the Errantia.
36 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Genus DEEPAX0DU8, Pander
Drepanodus, Pander. Mon. d. foss. Fische Sil. Syst., 1856, p. 20.
Drepanodus, Miller. N.A, Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 518.
DrepajsODUS. Grahau and Shimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 245.
Drepaxodus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 463.
Grabau and Shinier describe tlie i^enns as follows:
Single, straight or curved teeth of more or less circular or elliptical section.
Drepanodus arcuatus. Pander
Plate VI, Figures 21 and 22.
Drepaxodus arcuatus. Pander. Mon. foss. Fish. Sil. Syst., 1856, p. 20, tab. 1, figs. 2, 4, 5.
Drepaxodus arcuatus. Hindc. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35. 1879, p. 357, pi. 15,
figs. 7, 8.
Drepanodus arcuatus, Grahau and t<himcr. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 245, fig.
1537, d, e.
Drepanodus arcuatus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 463.
Hinde gives the following specific description:
Tooth simple, resembling a more or less curved spine, nearly circular in section,
the basal portion expanded and with a slight contraction between it and the shaft of
the tooth. The teeth are all translucent and of a reddish horn-color; they vary in
length from % line to 1% line, and in width at the base from i/i line to % line.
Genus DISTACODUS. Hinde
Machairodus, Pander. Mon. Foss. Fische Sil. Syst., 1856, p. 23.
DisTACODUs, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 357.
DisTACODus, Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889, p. 518.
DiSTACODUs, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 460.
DiSTAcoDus ixcLRvrs, (Pander)
Plate VI, Figure 23.
Machairodus incurvus. Pander. Mon. Foss. Fische Sil. Syst., 1856, p. 23, tab. 1, fig. 22.
DiSTACODUs ixcuRvus, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 357, pi. 15,
DISTACODUS IXCURVUS, Bossler. U.S. Nat. Mus.. Bull. 92. 1915, p. 460.
Hinde describes the sjiecies as follows:
Base of tooth expanded, the shaft slightly curved, the point compressed and acute;
a very strongly marked broad and sharp edge on Jhe outer curve, and a similarly
sharp, but narrower edge on the inner curve of the tooth; the central portion convex
in section. Length l', line, width of base % line.
(ienus PPIOXIODUS, Pander
Prioxiodus. Pander. Mon. d. foss. Fische Sil. Syst., 1856. p. 28.
Prioxiodus. Miller. N.A. Geol. Pal., 1889. p. 520.
Prioxiodus. Grabau. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., 6. 1889. p. 150.
Prioxiodus, Grabau and Shimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 244.
Prioxiodus, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 1034.
The following generic descri])tion is given by Grabau and Shimer:
Jaw with narrow basal portion, supporting numerous delicate denticles, and an
elongated tapering tooth which extends below the basal portion.
Prioniodus elegaxs. Pander
Plate VI, Figure 24.
Prioxiodus elegaxs, Pander. Mon. Foss. Fische Sil. Syst., 1856, p. 29, pi. 2, figs. 22, 23.
Prioniodus elegans, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 358, pi. 15,
fig. 10.
Prioxiodus elegaxs, Grabau and Hhimer. N.A. Index Fossils, 2, 1910, p. 244, fig. 1538d.
Prioxiodus elegaxs, Bassler. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 1034.
TTiiide's description of this ."pecies follows:
1922 The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity 37
Basal portion straight and narrow; at the anterior extremity is an elongated
tapering main tooth, the lower portion of which appears to extend below the front
part of the base. On the base are thirteen straight, delicate, pointed denticles nearly
uniform in size. Both main tooth and denticles convex in section. Length of main
tooth % line, of the horizontal base % line.
Pkioniodus? poliths, Hinde
Plate VI, Figures 26 and 27.
Prioniodus? politus, Hinde. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London. 35, 1879, p. .3.58, pi. 15,
fig. 13.
Prioxiodus? politus, Basshr. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 1034.
The following' description is given by Hinde:
Basal portion of tooth compressed, uneven in width, straight or slightly curved;
at or near the central part a short robust main tooth with a series of short compressed
denticles, varying from five to eight in number, on either side of it. Length of base
from 1-. line to % line. The specimens have a bright polished appearance and a light
horny tint.
PpjoxiODrs FURCATUS, Hinde
Plate YI, Figure 25.
Pkioxiodus FfRCATUs, Hindc. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35, 1879, p. 358, pi. 15,
fig. 13.
Prioniodus furcatus, Basslcr. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 1034.
Hinde gives the following specific description:
Base narrow and' strongly arched, at the centre of the arch a prominent robust
main tooth, slightly curved, depressed convex, and with sharp edges, the lower ex-
tremity blunted and produced beyond the base. On one side of the central tooth the
base carries six flattened denticles inclined to the centre; on the other side are eight
similar denticles, but vertical to the base. Length of main tooth % line; distance
between the extremities of the base % line.
Order TUBICOLA
Genus CORNULITES, Scldothelm
CORMULiTES, Hall. Pal. New York, 5, pa. 2, 1879, p. 164.
CoRXULiTES, Sclilothcini. Petrefaktenkund, 1820, p. 378.
CoRXULiTES, Zittel and Eastman. Textb. Pal., 2nd Ed., 1913, p. 139.
CORXULiTES. Bassler. U.S. Nat. M'us., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 277. (See for full bibliography).
The definition of this genus as given l)y Zittel (op. cit.) follows:
Thick-walled, trumpet-shaped tubes, closed at the lower end, and sometimes at-
taining a length of three or four inches. Exterior annulated, and covered with very
fine longitudinal striae.
iCoRNULiTEs (■/. sTErtLiNGEN.sis {Mcelx (ui d Woiiheu)
Plate II, Figures 5 and 6.
Textaculites sterlixgexsis. Meek and Wo7-then. Geol. Surv. Illinois, 3, 1868, p. 343, pi.
4, fig. 8.
Textaculites sterlixgexsis, Hall. Pal. New York, 7, Sup., 1888, p. 17, pi. 115, figs.
6-7, 32.
Textaculites .sterlixgexsis. Basslei'. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 92, 1915, p. 280.
The descri])tion by Meek and Worthen follows:
Shell small, slightly arched, and gradually tapering to a point; section circular;
annulations prominent, angular, rising abruptly from the surface, usually about their
own breadth apart; constrictions between the annulations, with fine, sharply elevated,
longitudinal striae, which are not continued upon the rings.
Length, 0.56 inch; breadth at the larger end, 0.08 inch; annulations five in the
space of one-eighth of an inch, at the larger end, and nine or ten in the same space
at the smaller end. Longitudinal striae, five in the space of 0.02 inch.
38 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Our rocks contain a single species of Cornulites, the determination of which
is attended with some difficulties. The form has been referred to C. flexuosus,
C. tenuistriatus, and C. sterlingensis.
Our specimens are straight or slightly curved and as far as observed do not
exceed 9.5 mm. in length. Specimens of this size vary from 1.5 to 2.5 mm. in
diameter at the larger end. In this total length are about 26 annulations, nearer
together at the small end (.2 mm.) and more widely spaced at the larger end
(.3 mm.). These annulations are rather sharp and are separated by regularly
concave depressions. Fine longitudinal lines traverse the depressions, but do
not seem to pass over the summits of the annulations.
Cornulites flexuosus was described by Hall from strata of Trenton age. His
description and figures indicate a rather curved form with more strongly curved
tip, increasing rather rapidly in diameter, and with the longitudinal striae con-
tinuous over the annulations. Later Hall ascribed to the same species a form
found in the Lockport limestone : this is evidently not a member of the genus,
a fact which has been recognized by many later authorities. C. flexuostis is recog-
nized by Cumings from the upper part of the Utica in Indiana. His figure
indicates a form 60 mm. long and 20 mm. wide at the large end.
The annulations are sharp with concave intervals and occur at the middle
of the drawing at intervals of about .5 mm. The longitudinal striae seem to be
continuous over the annulations. Cumings further remarks that this form is
probably identical with C. conicus, Nicholson. Bassler, however, lists C. conicus
as a distinct species. A comparison of our form with the figures of C. conicus
given in the supplement to Vol. V, Pt. 3 of the Paleontology of N'ew York,
leaves no doubt as to the distinctness of the two forms.
Compared with Hall's original figures or with that given by Cumings, it is
at once apparent that our form is very much finer in the annulations and differs
also in that the longitudinal striae do not pass over the annulations. Our shells
are also much more gradually tapering.
Cornulites tenuistriatus has been listed as occurring in the rocks at Toronto,
but it does not seem possible to ascribe to that species any specimens in the
museum. C. tenuistriatus is a much larger form with the annulations near the
aperture 2.5 mm. apart. This spacing is so much greater than in our specimens
that it is difficult to believe that Nicholson could have mistaken such specimens
as ours for C. tenuistriatus.
Our specimens approach most closely to Cornulites sterlingensis which they
resemble in size, in spacing of the annulations and of the longitudinal striae.
The figure given by Meek and Worthen seems to show that the annulations are
more rounded than in the Toronto forms but the figures given by Hall in the
Supplement to Vol. V of the Paleontology of N'ew York agree almost exactly.
C. sterlingensis has hitherto been regarded as a Eichmond fossil; if the Toronto
form is identical the range of the species is greatly extended for it occurs practi-
cally through the whole series at Toronto and is also common in the Workman
Brook section of the Lorraine at Meaford.
Locality. — Near water level, Hiimber river, lo mile below AVeston.
No. 1214 H.R., Royal Ontario Museum of Paleontology.
INDEX, PART IX
PAGE
Acmeidae 2
Actinoceratidee 19
Actinoceras 19
Actinoceras crebriseptum 20
Actinoceras cf. clouei 27
Arabellites 31
Arabellites ascialis 32
Arabellites cervicornis 33
Arabellites cornutus 32
Arabellites crenulatus 34
Arabellites cristatus 33
Arabellites cuspidatus 32
Arabellites gibbosus 32
Arabellites hamatus 31
Arabellites lunatus 33
Arabellites obliquus 34
Arabellites ovalis 32
Arabellites pectinatus 33
Arabellites quadratus 34
Arabellites rectus 33
Arabellites scutellatus 34
Arcbinacella 2
Arohinacella patelliformis 2
Arcbinacella pulaskiensis 2
Aspidobranchia 2
Bactrites gracilis 22
Bactrites subconicus 22
Bellerophon 4
Cameroceras 14
Cephalopoda . 2, 14
Clathrospira 5
Clathrospira subconica 5
Conodonts 35
Conularia 13
Conularia formosa 13
Conulariida 13
Conulariidfe 13
Cornulites 37
Cornulites cf. sterlingensis 37, 38
Cyclonema 11
Cyclonema bilix 11
Cyclonema sp. indet 12
Cyrtolites 3
Cyrtolites ornatus 3
Cyrtolitidse 3
Distacodus 36
Distacodus incurvus 36
Drepanodus 36
Drepanodus arcuatus 36
Endoceras 14
Endoceras proteiforme 14, 15
Endoceratidfe 14
Eotomaria 5
Errantia 28
Eunicites 28
Eunicites contortus 29
Eunicites (?) digitatus 29
Eunicites gracilis 29
PAGE
Eunicites major 28
Eunicites perdentatus 29
Eunicites simplex 29
Eunicites varians 28
Gastropoda 2
Glycerites 35
Glycerites sulcatus 35
Glycerites slucatus excavatus 35
Holochoanites 14
Hormotoma 6
Hormotoma gracilis 6
Liospira 7
Liospira helena 7
Liospira progne 7
Liospira vitruvia 7
Lophospira 8
Lophospira beatrice 8
Lophospira beatrice parva 10
Lophospira bowdeni 9
Lophospira multigruma 11
Lophospira perangulata 9
Lophospira tropidophora 10
Lumbriconereites 34
Lumbriconereites dactylodus 35
Mullusca 2
Murchisonia 6, 8
Nautiloidea 14
Nereidavus 28
Oenonites 30
Genonites (?) carinatus 31
Oenonites cuneatus 31
Oenonites curvidens 30
Oenonites inaequalis 30
Oenonites rostratus 30
Oenonites serratus 30
Orthoceras 16
Orthoceras duseri 16
Orthoceras lamellosum 18
Orthoceras mohri 23
Orthoceratidse 16
Palseschara beani 17
Pleurotomariidae 5
Pleurotomaria 7, 8
Prioniodus 36
Prioniodus elegans 36
Prioniodus furcatus 37
Prioniodus (?) politus 37
Protowarthia 4
Raphistoma '^
Sinuites 4
Sinuites cancellatus 5
Sinuitidse 4
Trochonema 12
Trochonema umbillicatum 12
Trochonematidse H
Tubicola 37
Vermes 2, 28
39
40
Department of Mines, Part IX
No. 4
Explanation of Plate I
Unless otherwise indicated, figures are of natural size.
Fig.
1.
1^'ig.
2.
Fig.
3.
Fig.
4.
Fig.
5.
Fig.
6.
Fig.
7.
Fig.
8.
i^'ig.
9.
l-'ig.
10.
Fig.
11.
I'lg.
12.
Fig.
13.
Fig.
14.
i^'ig.
15.
Fig.
16.
Fig.
17.
Fig.
18.
Fig.
19.
Fossil Number
Archinacella pulaskiensis X 1.5 1211 H.R.
Archinacella pulaskiensis X 1.5 1211 H.R.
Cyrtolites ornatus 1208 H.R.
Cyrtolites ornatus 1209 H.R.
Cijrtolites ornatus X 10 1209 H.R.
Simdtes cancellatus After Ulrich
and Scofield
Sinuites cancellatus " "
Sinuites cancellatus " "
Clathrospira suhconica 292 T.
Hormotoma gracilis 1213 H.R.
Liospira helena 1202 H.R.
Liospira helena After Billings
Lophospirn beatrice 1197 H.R.
Lophospira beatrice parva 1199 H.R.
Lophospira tropidophora 1206 H.R.
Lophospira tropidophora 1236 H.R.
Cyclonema bilix 1212 H.R.
Cyclonema sp. indet 1218 H.R.
Trochonema umhilUcatum After Ulrich
and Scofield
Locality
Don brickyard
Don brickyard
Humbervale
quarry
Don brickyard
Page
2
2
3
3
3
5
5
Toronto drift
5
Don brickyard
6
Etobicoke river
7
7
Humber river
8
Don brickvard
10
Humbervale
quarry
Humbervale
10
quarry
Weston
10
11
Don brickyard
12
12
„ /
Plate I
9r*
af ~-- mt m
5
10
11
12
A
13
14 15
18
16
17
Plate 11
'W''^^
\
<m
- m
1922
The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity
41
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Explanation of Plate II
Unless otherwise indicated, figures are of natural size.
Fossil Number Locality
Orthoceras duseri After Hall and
Whitfield
Aciinoceras crebriseptum 1226 H.R. Prison Farm
quarry
Adinoceras crebriseptum 1225 H.R. Prison Farm
quarry
Conularia formosa X 10 1216 H.R. Don brickyard
Cornulites cf. sterlingcnsis X 10 1214 H.R. Weston
Cornulites cf. sterlingensis X 10 1214 H.R. "
Conularia formosa After Miller and
Dyer
Page
16
20
20
13
37
37
13
42 Department of Mines, Part IX No. 4
Explanation of Plate III
All figures are of natural size.
Fossil Number Locality Page
Fig. 1. Adineroceras crebriseptum. Specimen,
showing bod}' chamber 941 H.R. Humber river 26
Fig. 2. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Shows siphun-
cular thickenings, clay fiUing (dot-
ted), fibrous layer, secondary calcite
with disrupted septa on left, open
camerae with later calcite on right,
also the continuation of the secondary
calcite as a thin layer on right 1219 H.R. Prison Farm
quarry 24
Fig. 3. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Similar to
Fig. 2 but the antisiphonal side is
weathered and consequently the
secondary calcite layer and the fibrous
layer are" absent. ..\ 1221 H.R. " '■ 26
Fig. 4. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Similar to
Fig. 2 but shows cavity within si-
phuncular thickenings 1225 H.R. " " 23
Fig. 5. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Transverse
section showing the secondary calcite
on both walls, also trace of endosi-
phuncle. It also shows well the forma-
tion of the fibrous layer only where
clay has not filled the "space.." 1220 H.R. " " 20
Fig. 6. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Dorso-ventral
section showing well the formation of
the fibrous layer which occurs over all
exposed surfaces, clay as well as shell.
The antisiphonal side is worn awa^^ . 1226 H.R. " " 27
Fig. 7. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Transverse
section showing the symmetrical way
• the secondary calcite occurs on the
outer walls on the camerae and on the
orad side of septa. No siphuncular
thickenings. Secondary calcite, dot-
ted; clay, crosses; fibrous laver, cross-
lined. . ." " 1229 H.R. " '• 20
Fig. 7a. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Dorso-ventral
section of siphonal side showing the
secondary calcite. Clay, crosses .... 1229 H.R. " " 24
Fig. 8. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Transverse
section showing the secondary calcite
on both walls and trace of endo-
siphuncle 1230 H.R. Humlier river 23
Fig. 9. Actinoceras crebriseptum. Dorso-ventral
section of large fragment, probably
far orad. Shows marginal siphuncle
and absence of secondary calcite or
siphuncular thickenings 1222 H.R. Prison Farm
quarry 26
Plate III
Plate IV
1922
The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity
4J
Explanation of Plate IV
Unless otherwise stated, all figures are of natural size.
Fossil Number Locality Page
Fig. 1. Endoceras protciforme. 1-12 natural size.
Portion of body chamber and three
camerae orad. Remaining camerae
shown in dorso- ventral section. Si-
phuncle intact orad but broken in
places exposing the endocones 12.34 H.R. Nottawasaga 15
Fig. 2. Endoceras protciforme. One-fourth natu-
ral size. Cross section showing size
and position of siphuncle 952 H.R. ("ollingwood 15
Fig. 3. Endoceras proteiforme. One-half natural
size. Average Toronto specimen. . . . 1235 H.R. Humber river 15
Fig. 4. Endoceras proteiforme. One-fourth natu-
ral size. Shows overlapping of fun-
nels. Siphuncle intact; camerae in
section 952 H.R. Collingwood 15
Fig. 5. Actinoceras cf. clouei. Vertical section . 1228 H.R. Humbervale
quarry 27
Fig. 6. OrthoceraslamellosiDn. Transverse verti-
cal section 1233 H.R. Prison Farm
quarry 18
Fig. 7. Orthoceras duseri. Dorso-ventral longi-
tudinal section 12093 Clarksville, Ohio 17
Fig. 8. Orthoceras duseri. Transverse longi-
tudinal section 1223 H.R. Huml)er river 18
44
Department of Mines, Part IX
No. 4
Explanation of Plate V
Magnification of figures indicated on plate.
Fossil Origin Locality
Fig. 1. Eunicites major After Hinde
Fig. 2. Eunicites varians
Fig. 3. Eunicites varians
Fig. 4. Eunicites contortus
Fig. 5. Euriicltis raridns
Fig. 6. Eunicili s jii nil ritatus
Fig. 7. Oenonites curvulens
Fig. 8. Oenonites inaequalis "
Fig. 9. Oenonites serratus "
Fig. 10. Oenonites rostratus
Fig. 11. Oenonites cuneatus
Fig. 12. Arabellites hamatus
Fig. 1.3. Arabellites cornutus " "
Fig. 14. Ani}i<Ult<s cornutus " "
Fig. 15. .1 r(ili( lliti X cornutus
Fig. 16. Arnh, II 1 1, s oralis " "
Fig. 17. ArnlH lilt, s „srinlis " "
Fig. 18. AnilnlUUs mi IIS '' II
Fig. 19. Arabellites cuspidatus "
Fig. 20. Lumbriconereites daitylodus "
Fig. 21. Arabellites gibbosus "
Toronto
Page
28
28
28
29
28
- 29
30
30
30
30
31
31
32
32
32
32
32
33
32
35
32
Plate V
2 3 4
X6
8
X15 -*JiiK;j-^^3
X12
X15
xl6
12
X20
13
X12
15
xlO
xlO
Plate VI
Xlo
15
16
.^
xl6\
X12
xlO
XIO
25 /
26
x20
X20
x20
The Stratigraphy and Paleontology of Toronto and Vicinity
45
Explanation of Plate VI
Magnification of figures indicated on plate.
Fossil Origin Locality
1. Glycerites sulcatus After Hinde
2. Eunicites simplex "
3. Eunicites gracilis "
4. ArabcUites lunatus "
5. Arabellites lunatus "
6. Arabellites lunatus "
7. Arabellites cristatus "
8. Arabellites ceriicornis "
9. Arabellites crenulatus "
10. Gli/ceritcs sulcatus excai'atus "
11. Arabellites pectinatus "
12. Arabellites cerricornis "
13. Eunicites (,'') digitatus "
1-4. Arabellites quadratus "
15. Arabellites (f) obliquus "
16. Arabellites scutellatus "
17. Sp. indet "
18. Sp. indet "
19. Oenonites {?) carinatus "
20. Sp. indet "
21. Drepanodus arcuatus "
22. Drepanodus arcuatus "
23. Distacodus incun'us "
24. Prioniodus elegans "
2.5. Prioniodus (?) politus "
26. Prioniodus (?) politus "
27. Prioniodus furcatus "
Toronto
Garrison Common
Page
35
29
29
33
33
33
33
33
34
35
33
33
29
34
34
34
31
36
36
36
36
37
37
37
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
DEPARTMENT OF MINES
Hon. H. Mills, Minister of Mines Thos. W. Gibson, Deputy Minister
THIRTY=FIRST ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
ONTARIO DEPARTMENT OF MINES
BEING
VOL. XXXI, PART X, 1922.
CONTENTS
PAGES
Mining Accidents in Ontario, 1921 1 — 10
Mines of Ontario 1 1 — 86
Instruction Classes for Prospectors 87 — 94
Notes on Clays of the Missinaibi River 95 — 96
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY OF ONTARIO
TORONTO
Printed by CLARKSON W. JAMES, Printer to the King's Most Excellent Majesty
1923
Printed by
1 HE KYERSON PRESS
CONTENTS, PART X
.MIXING ACCIDENTS IN ONTARIO,
1921.
Accidents during 1921 1
Workmen's Compensation Rates .... 1
Table of Fatalities 2
Analysis of Fatalities at Mines 2
Table of Fatal Accidents in Mines,
Metallurgical Works and Quar-
ries, 1901 to 1921 3
Fatalities classified according to oc-
cupation and nationality 3
Table of Fatal Accidents in or about
Mines of Ontario during 1921 . . 4
Table of Fatal Accidents at Metallur-
gical Works, 1921 4
Table of Fatal Accidents at Quarries,
Clay and Gravel Pits, 1921 4
Fatalities at mines classified accord-
ing to cause and place 6
Non-fatal Accideiits Classified accord-
ing to Occupation and Nation-
ality of Men Injured (Mines) .. 6
Causes of Non-fatal Accidents
(Mines) 7
Causes of Non-Fatal Accidents
(Metallurgical Works) 7
Occupation and Nationality of Men
Injured (Metallurgical Works) . 8
Occupation and Nationality of Men
Injured (Quarries, Clay and
Gravel Pits) S
Causes of Non-fatal Accidents (Quar-
ries, Clay and Gravel Pits) ... 9
Classification of Explosive Accidents 9
Prosecutions 9
Testing Hoisting Cables 9
MINES OF ONTARIO.
Mines and Prospects Inspected, 1921 11
Metallurgical Works Inspected, 1921 15
I. — NOETHVlfESTERN ONTARIO 15
Gold 15
Iron 17
Iron Pyrites IS
Silver IS
II. — Stdbury, N4>rth Shore and
MicnipicoTEN 20
Gold 20
Iron 21
Copper 22
Nickel and Copper 23
British America Nickel Cor-
poration, Limited 24
International Nickel Company
of Canada, Limited 24
Mond Nickel Company, Limi-
ted 27
Iron Pyrites 28
Miscellaneous 28
PAGE
III- — District ov Timiskaming 28
ttold 28
Boston Creek, Larder Lake,
etc 28
Porcupine 31
Kirkland Lake 40
Matachewan 45
West Shiningtree 45
Howry Creek 46
Silver 47
Cobalt 47
South Lorrain 55
Elk Lake and Govi'ganda .... 57
IV. — Southern and Eastern Ontario 58
Calcite and Dolomite 58
Corundum 59
Feldspar 59
Fluorspar 63
Gold 63
Graphite 64
Gypsum 64
Iron Pyrites 65
Lead 65
Mica 66
Molybdenite 66
Talc 67
Metallurgical Works 67
Quarries and Other Excavations ... 70
Quarries Inspected during 1921 . . 71
Clay Pits Inspected during 1921 . . 78
Sand and Gravel Pits Inspected
during 1921 80
INSTRUCTION CLASSES FOR
PROSPECTORS.
Introduction 87
Methods Adopted 87
Attendance at Classes 88
Madoc 89
Sault Ste. Marie 89
Port Arthur 89
Fort William 90
Sudbury 90
Haileybury 91
Swastika 91
Kirkland Lake 92
South Porcupine 92
Timmins 92
Elk Lake 93
North Bay 93
General 93
Suggestions 94
NOTES ON THE CLAYS OF THE
MTSSINAIBI RIVER.
Introduction 95
Mesozoic Clays 95
DIAGRAM AND ILLUSTRATION
Silver Islet Mine, Diamond-drilling at the Fourth Level 19
Mill at Keeley Silver Mine, 1921 56
:iii)
MINING ACCIDENTS IN ONTARIO, 1921
By
Chief Inspector of Mines, T. F. Sutherland, Toronto; Inspectors, Q. E. Cole, Ottawa;
James Bartlett, Sudbury; J. Q. McMillan, Cobalt; A. R. Webster, Toronto.
Accidents during 1921
Fatal Non-fatal Total
Mines, underground 11 597 608
Mines, surface 1 246 247
Metallurgical Works 4 211 215
Quarries ] 5 ... ....
Clay Pits \ 0 208 216
Sand and Gravel Pits J 3 ...
Total 24 1,262 1,286
During the year 1931, at the mines, nietallurgieal works, quarries, clay, sand
and gravel pits regulated by the Mining Act of Ontario, there were 1,286 acci-
dents reported to the Department of Mines up to January 10, 1922. Twenty-
four of these accidents were fatal.
Four of the fatal accidents at quarries occurred in the handling of explosives
and were due to carelessness or ignorance; of the three fatal accidents at gravel
pits, two were caused by undermining and the third by material falling from a
face sixteen feet in height. A knowledge of explosives and a strict observance
of the Mining Amendment Act would liave prevented all these accidents.
Workmen's Compensation Rates
The assessment per $100 of pay roll made by the Workmen's Compensation
Board is based on the actual cost of the accidents occurring in each class during
the previous year and consequently shows the accident hazard of each class. The
adjusted rates for 1920 and the provisional rates for 1921 show a decrease in the
silver mining industry, a slight increase in gold and nickel-copper mining, and
a fifty per cent, increase in quarrying. The rate for quarries is twice that of
nickel-co])per mining, and three times tliat of silver mining. Most of the em-
])lovees in quarries are English-speaking, but are unskilled in handling tools and
material, have no knowledge of explosives and seldom are under skilled super-
vision such as prevails at mines. The T)e])artment of Mines now has an inspector
who devotes all his time to the inspection of quarries, clay, sand and gravel pits
in an effort to cut down the unnecessary accident hazard of this industry.
Following is a table of Workmen's' Compensation rates: —
1920 1921
Adjusted. Provisional.
Silver mining $2 00 $2 00
Treatment of ores, with heat, in a silver mining industry 1 00 1 00
Treatment of ores, without heat, in a silver mining industry ... 50 50
Gold mining 2 40 2 50
Treatment of ores, with heat, in a gold mining industry 1 20 1 25
1
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
Treatment of ores, without heat, in a gold mining industry ....
Nickel or nickel copper mining
Treatment of ores, with heat, in a nickel or nickel-copper
mining industry
Treatment of ores, without heat, in a nickel or nickel-copper
mining industry
Mining N.O.S
Treatment of ores or minerals, with heat, in an industry in this
group
Treatment of ores or minerals, without heat, in an industry in
this group
Iron smelting, as a business
Treatment of ores or minerals, with heat, N.O.S. , as a business
Treatment of ores or minerals, without heat, N.O.S., as a business
Refining of nickel, as a business
Sand, shale, clay or gravel pits
Quarries, as a business; stone crushing
60
70
3 00
3 0«
1 50
1 50
75
75
2 50
2 50
1 25
1 25
70
70
2 00
2 00
1 20
1 20
60
60
1 50
1 50
4 00
4 00
6 00
6 00
Table of Fatalities
1917 1918 1919 1920 1921
Mines, underground 19 H 21 15 11
Mines, surface 7 4 6 6 1
Metallurgical works 6 12 10 3 4
Quarries 4 5 2 5 8
Totals 36 32 39 29 24
By months, the fatalities occurred as follows:
January 1
February »1
March 3
April 4
May 2
June 2
July 1
August 1
September 3
October 3
November 1
December 2
Total 24
Classifjdng the fatalities according to the industry gives the following:
Nickel mines and smelters 2
Iron mines and blast furnaces 3
Iron pyrites mines 1
Silver mines and smelters 4
Gold mines and mills 6
Limestone quarries 5
Gravel pits 3
Total 24
Analysis of Fatalities at /Wines
Falls of ground
Shaft accidents
Explosives
Miscellaneous underground.
Surface
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
!r cent.
Per cent.
Per cent.
Per cent.
Per cent.
15.4
20.0
22 2
23.8
33.33
15.4
0.0
29.6
9.5
16.66
15.4
40.0
7.4
23.8
16.66
26.9
26.6
18.5
14.3
25.00
26.9
13.3
22.2
28.6
8.33
1922
Mining Accidents in I92I
Table of Fatal Accidents in Mines, Metallurgical Works and Quarries,
1901 to 1921
Persons killed
at metallurgi-
cal works and
mines.
Persons employ-
ed at metallur-
gical works
and producing
mines.
Persons employ-
ed at non-pro-
ducing mines
(estimated).
Total persons
employed
Fatal acci-
dents per
1,000
employed.
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917,
1918,
1919.
1920.
1921
13
10
7
7
9
11
22
47
49
48
49
43
64
58
22
51
36
32
39
29
24
4,135
4,426
3,499
3,475
4,415
5,017
6,305
7,435
8,505
10,862
12,543
13,108
14,293
14,361
13,114
14,624
16,791
14,726
11,926
10,486
8,436
550
450
400
400
500
750
1,140
1,750
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
1 , 500
1,500
2,000
1.000
500
1,000
1,000
1,000
4,685
4.876
3 , 899
3,875
4,915
5,767
7 , 445
9,185
10.505
12,862
14,543
15,108
16,293
15,861
14,614
16,624
17,791
15,226
12,926
11,486
9,436
2.77
2.05
1.79
1.80
1.8?
1.90
2.93
5.11
4.66
3.73
3.37
2,84
3,93
3.60
1,51
3.07
2.02
2.10
3.00
2.61
2.54
Fatalities classified according to occupation and nationality:
Occupations and nationalities of the men killed were:
Occupation.
a a
a
.2
la
c
a}
3
d
o
a
a
r5
'o
Ph
c
'S
a
S
3
O
c
'3
"3
Miner
1
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
6
Foreman
1
5
Laborer
1
2
Blaster
1
2
Teamster
2
Repairman
Conductor
Skiptender
Shaftman
1
Pipefitter
1
Trammer
1
1
Deckman
Total
14
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
24
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
Table of Fatal Accidents in or about
c
2^
Date
Name of Mine.
Name of Owner. Name.
Occupation.
1
May 8
Nov. 28
Apl. 13
July 22
Dec. 6
Mar. 10
Dec. 12
June 9
Oct. 17
Mar. 9
June 8
Apl. 27
Coniagas
Coniagas Mines, Ltd ; Arthur Walker.
Dome Mines Co., Ltd ;W. Alini
Hollinger Consolidated '<
Gold Mines, Ltd iD. Racuba. . . .
" " A. Janice
Skip tender. . . .
Shaftman
Miner
Blaster
2
3
4
Dome
Hollinger
5
6
Creighton
Kirkland Lake
Mclntyre
Buffalo
Victoria
Northpines . .
" " L. Spada
International Nickel Co.
of Canada Albert Smith. . .
Pipefitter
Miner
7
8
9
10
11
Kirkland Lake Gold Mining
Co., Ltd
Mclntvre Porcupine
Mini?s, Ltd
Mining Corp. of Canada. .
Mond Nickel Co., Ltd. . . .
S. Donaldson. .
P. Cimetta
H.B.Smith. ..
G. Kramar. . . .
H Goluk
Foreman
Miner
Trammer
Miner
12
Myer
Nipissing Mining Co
A. Pope
Deckman
Table of Fatal Accidents at
^
Date
Name of Works.
Name of Owner. Name. Occupation.
13
14
15
16
Mar. 24
May 1
Feb. 7
Apl. 23
Blast Furnace
Slag Dump
Caste house
Smelter
Algoma Steel Corporation .
Canadian Furnace Co
Deloro Smelting & Refining
Co
Thos. E. Bell. .
Albert Dore. . .
A. Selick
G. Tompkins. .
Repair man. . . .
Conductor
Labourer
Labourer
Table of Fa'al Accidents at
'^
Name of Works.
Name of (Jwner.
Name.
Occupation.
17
Sept.
2
18
Oct.
21
19
Oct.
27
20
Aug.
6
21
Jan.
29
22
Apl.
22
23
Sept.
15
24
Sept.
16
Washago Quarry. . . . IDept. Public Highways. .
Quarry Lincoln County
Quarry Ontario Reformatory. . . .
Quarry Standard White Lime Co.
Gravel Pit Townsend Twp
Quarry Woodland & Co
Gravel pit Wright & Co
Gravel pit York Countv
L. Campoli. . . . |Miner
L. Glendenning. I Blaster
N. J. Agnew. . . ISuperintendent.
W. J. Culford. . IForeman
A. R. King. . . . JTeamster
W. Woodland. . jForeman
A. Nil.sen iForeman
S. Ball iTeamster
1922
Mining Accidents in 1921
Mines of Ontario during 1921.
Nationality.
IB
<
I.I
> s
< bC
O 3
^ s
m bi)
Cau.se of Accident.
p]nglish
Finn
Russian
Polo
Italian
English
Canadian
Italian
English
Roumanian. . . .
l^krainian
English
50
36
44
35
34
31
37
20
32
26
30
24
M
M
M
S
M
M
M
S
M
S
M
S
" 1 '
J
Fell in shaft.
Fell in shaft.
Caught by run of ore in mill hole.
Walked into blast.
Struck by box in drill chute.
Fall of ground in stope.
Fall of ground in stope.
Drilled into explosive.
Fall of ground from wall of open pit.
Fell from bench into stope.
Fall of ground in crosscut.
Struck by runaway car.
Metallurgical Works, 1921.
Nationality.
Age.
Married
or Single.
Cause of Accident.
Canadian
Canadian
Ru.s.sian
Canadian
49
35
40
51
M
M
M
M
Crushed l)etween engine and post.
Burned by molten slag.
Struck by cast of iron when chain broke.
Electrocuted.
Quarries, Clay and Gravel Pits, 1921.
Nationality.
Age.
Married
or Single.
Cau.se of Accident.
Italian
26
M
Explosion while loading holes.
Picked into explosive.
Canadian
24
S
Canadian
35
M
Struck by fiving rock from explosion.
Canadian
34
S
Electrocuted.
Canadian
30
S
Bank undermined and fell.
Canadian
57
M
Remained too long lighting fuses.
Norwegian
50
M
Fall of sand threw him against wheelbarrow.
English
35
M
Bank undermined and fell.
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
Ages of the men killed:
Age
17-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
Total.
No. killed.
1
2
4
8 3
1
3
1
1
24
Fatalities at mines classified according to cause and place:
Below Ground:
Falls of ground 4
Shaft accidents 2
E.xplo.sives 2
Buried in stope 1
Fell into open stope 1
MiscelJaneous 1
Above Ground:
Struck by car.
Non=fataI Accidents Classified According to Occupation and Nationality of Men Injured
(Mines)
Mines — Surface and
Underground
JS c
leg-
c
Is
1— 1
c
.2
S2
<
a
CO
3
i
i
s
3
O
c
.2
'c
"cS
u
c
u
ei
1
a
c
0
c
a
s
c
0
0;
-a
02
32
c
1
"^
1
Aliner
167
44
80
30
13
25
15
17
5
7
3
8
8
I
7
6
4
1
2
4
4
1
1
1
47
28
16
3
6
2
35
21
3
1
1
15
8
4
17
6
3
20
7
2
11
12
2
7
"3
2
3
1
2
3
2
3
3
1
'2
1
1
1
330
Trammer
Labourer
Mechanic
138
114
35
Chute loader
4
2
2
28
Mill worker
27
Timberman
1
5
1
1
2
22
Carpenter
18
Pipefitter
8
1
3
1
"l
2
"2
1
14
Blacksmith
13
Scaler
" 1
3
12
Foreman
10
Electrician
8
Deckman
1
8
Nipper
1
2
8
Engineer
7
Teamster. ...
1
1
7
Motorman . . .
2
1
1
7
Chute blaster
2
2
1
6
Cage tender
1
5
Crusherman
4
Sampler. . .
4
Shaftman . .
1
2
1
1
3
Sorter
3
Trackman
2
Blaster. . . .
1
1
2
As.saver. . .
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
Cook
2
Fireman
1
Furnaceman . . .
1
Brakeman
1
Clerk
1
Total
472
121
68
37
35
32
29
14
9
8
7
5
3
1
1
1
843
1922
Mining Accidents in 192!
Causes of Non=fataI Accidents (Mines)
Mines
Surface
Under-
ground
Total
Working at chute
Slipped or tripped and fell
Crushed or hit by car or motor
Falling Rock
Sprain or strain
Foreign matter in eye
Struck by falling objects
Handling rock, scaling
Fingers crushed
Injured by hand tools
Rock rolling down pile
Infection
Injured by drill steel
Fell from elevation
Injured by drill
Caught by machinery
Struck by hammer
Struck by flying objects
Flesh punctured by nail
Burned or scalded
Injured by timber
Falling off ladder
Cut by metal, scrap, etc
Injured by cage or skip
Collapse of staging
Miscellaneous
Injured by animals
Injured by bar
Injured by machinery
Caught by belt
Injured by particles dislodged by drill .
Electric burns
Poisoning
36
10
16
19
25
7
16
20
3
14
4
11
14
5
5
3
Total.
246
110
37
53
56
34
30
22
38
24
16
32
15
23
13
16
9
7
9
3
11
10
110
73
63
56
50
49
47
45
40
36
35
29
27
24
16
14
14
12
12
11
11
11
8
8
7
7
5
5
5
5
4
3
1
597
843
Causes of Non=FataI Accidents (Metallurgical Works)
Hit by falling objects 25
Slipped or tripped and fell 20
Burned or scalded 20
Foreign matter in eye 17
Fall from elevation 15
Injured by cars, ladles, etc 13
Burned at furnace 11
Burned by slag, matte, etc 10
Sprain 9
Caught by machinery 8
Injured by bar 8
Crushed between two objects 7
Injured by tools 7
Hit by hammer 6
Handling rock or matte 5
Internal injury carrying load 5
Hit by flying objects 4
Burned by explosion of slag or matte 3
Infection from wound 3
Poisoned 3
Injured by slag pot 3
Cut by metal, scrap, etc 2
Stepped on nail 2
Injured by train 2
Electric burn 1
Gas asphyxiation 1
Fall from vehicle 1
211
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
Occupation and Nationality of Men Injured (Metallurgical Works)
c
.2
CO
3
<
3
43
a
2
'5
s
3
O
(2
-.s
IS
c
.2
c
.2
'H
1
e2
Labourer
45
11
11
6
9
6
6
3
4
4
2
3
3
1
32
2
1
3
7
1
2
4
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
101
Furnace man
18
13
Furnace helper
2
1
1
12
Foreman .
"l
1
11
1
g
6
Tuvere puncher
1
2
6
Crane man
5
1
5
1
3
3
3
2
2
1
2
Cokeman
1
2
2
1
1
2
Teamster
2
Clerk
2
Converter man
Hoistman
Trackman
1
1
OiJer
Ellectrician
1
1
Motorman
1
Total
123
4.5
9
7
7
5
4
3
2
2
2
1
1
211
Occupation and Nationality of Men Injured ( Quarries, Clay and Gravel Pits)
Occupation
II
II
c
c
.2
1
3
O
Pi
c
.2
a
3
p:;
c
'5
c
c
13
e2
Labourer
105
12
14
8
6
4
4
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
24
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
713
Quarry man
Teamster
17
14
Shovel craneman
1
9
Foreman
6
Blacksmith
1
5
Fireman
4
Watchman
1
3
Brakeman
3
Machinist
3
Carpenter
3
Engineer
1
Crusherman
1
Electrician
1
Blaster
1
Total
168
27
4
3
2
2
1
1
208
1922
Mining Accidents in 1921
Causes of Non=fatal Accidents (Quarries, Clay and Gravel Pits)
By material while loading at face . . 44
By machinery 23
By timber or hand tools 21
By haulage accidents 20
By flying pieces of rock from sledging 16
By falls or slides of rock, clay or
gravel 16
By quarry cars or locomotives 14
By slipping or stumbling 10
By drilling accidents 10
By falling from hoists, derricks or
ladders 9
By explosives 6
By falling from surface, benches, or
face 4
By stepping on nail 4
By burns 4
By electricity 2
By other causes 5
208
Classification of Explosive Accidents
Non-fatal . Fatal
Exj)losion, while tamping
Drilled into explosive
Struck unexploded charge with hammer or pick.
Detonators
Premature exjilosion
Hit by rock from explosion
Walked into blast
Explosion while shovelling
Total
12
Prosecutions
At Kirklaiid Lake, on June 10, Andrew Kakar pleaded guilty to riding
on,;May 3 in empty cars on the cage at the Teck-Hughes Gold Mines, in violation,
of Kule T5, Section 164, of the Mining Act. I'eeve John McLeniian imposed a
fine of $20.00 and costs.
Testing Hoisting Cables.
Eule 68, Section 164, of the Mining Amendment Act, 1919, being Part IX,
of the Mining Act of Ontario, is as follows :
Testing Portion of Rope.
(68) At least once in every six months the hoisting rope shall have a portion not
less than six feet in length cut off the lower end. With the exception of the cutting
at the end of the first six months the length so cut off shall have the ends adequately
fastened with binding wire to prevent the disturbance of the strands and shall be
sent to a reliable testing laboratory for a breaking test. The certificate of such test
shall be kept on file. This rule shall not come into effect until proclaimed by the
Lieutenant-Governor in Council.
This rule was by Order in Council dated 7 December, 1921, brought into
effect on 1 January, 1922, and proclamation of same was duly made in The
Ontario Gazette.
10 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
In order to distribute the work in the testing laboratory the Department
decided to make this regulation apply as follows:
In the Mining Division of Kenora, Fort Frances, Kowkash and Port Arthur,
on the first day of January, 1922 ;
In the Mining Divisions of Sault Ste. Marie, Sudbury and Parry Sound,
on the first day of February, 1922 ;
In the Mining Divisions of Temiskamiug, Coleman, ^Montreal Eiver and
Gowganda, on the first day of March, 1922 ;
In the Porcupine Mining Division, on the first day of April, 1922;
In the Larder Lake Mining Division, on the first day of May, 1922;
And in all other parts of the Province, on the first day of June, 1922.
The requirements as to the portion of cable for testing purposes are as
follows :
The portion of cable sent to the testing laboratory shall be the six feet above
the socket or clamps. This test piece shall be kept free from bends and shall be
shipped in a box, or attached by staples to a two-inch board, six feet six inclies
in length. The ends shall be wrapped in burlap to prevent injury to persons in hand-
ling. Before cutting, at least two seizings or servings of soft iron wire, each
about one and a half inches long, shall be placed tightly upon the rope at a
distance apart equal to the length of the test specimen (72 inches). If t^^e ends
of wire rope are not properly secured, the relation of tensions in the rope will be
disturbed; hence it is most important tbat proper seizings be placed at each side
of any point at which the rope is to be cut, and, if possible, two or three seizings
should be employed at each side of a cut. Annealed iron wire should be used,
the suitable sizes being from .054-inch diameter for half-inch rope up to .080-inch
diameter for rope one inch in diameter and .lOo-inch for rope two inches in
diameter.
The following information regarding the rope should be sent to the Depart-
ment of Mines : name of manufacturer ; diameter of rope ; estimated breaking
load as supplied by the manufacturer; name of shaft and compartment in which
rope is used; date rope was put in use; and breaking load at previous test. Ad-
dress, Mines Inspection Branch, Xo. 5 Queen's Park, Toronto, Ontario.
The laboratory at X'o. 5 Queen's Park is equipped with a 300,000-pound-
capacity Tinius Olsen latest improved testing machine of four-screw type with
special length screws and columns so arranged that the maximum clearance l)e-
tween the weighing table and lower surface of the lower or moving crosshead is
six feet four inches, and with two positions in the columns for supporting the
upper crosshead. The machine is equipped with automatic beam and speed regu-
lating cones and with direct-connected motor drive. Instead of the ordinary
rectangular holders and wedge-grip tools for tensile tests, the crossheads have
conical holes. All cables are socketed in zinc for breaking tests.
Until further notice the rates charged will be according to the following
schedule. Cables up to and including %-inch diameter, $10.00; 1-inch and 1%-
inch, $12.00; li^-inch, $15.00; over li^-inch, $20.00.
MINES OF ONTARIO
By
Chief Inspector of Mines, T. F. Sutherland, Toronto; Inspectors, J. Q, McMillan,
Cobalt; James Bartlett, Sudbury; A. R. Webster, Toronto; Q. E. Cole, Ottawa.
The system of mine inspection in use in Ontario provides for the visitation
of all working- mines and metallurgical works, in order to see that the provisions
of the Mining x\ct for the protection of mines and workmen are duly observed.
These visits are made as often as the time of the inspectors will admit, or as
occasion seems to require. In their examinations the inspectors also obtain par-
ticulars regarding mining and develo])ment work, and their notes are summar-
ized in the following pages. Shareholders and the public generally are thus
enal)led to follow from year to year the rise and progress of any particular pro-
perty in which they may be interested. First is given a classified list of the
mines and metallurgical works inspected during 1921, the period covered by the
Eeport.
MINES AND PROSPECTS INSPECTED, 1921
Name
CALCITE AND
DOLOMITE.
Baptiste .
Owner.
Manager.
Addres.s.
Ontario Dolomite Manu-
facturing Co., Ltd
T. B. Caldwell
Alex. Wat.son
76 Coleridge Ave.,
Toronto.
Perth.
Caldwell
COPPER. i : 1
: ; i
Algomont jAIgomont Mine.s, Ltd Geo. Johnson IRydal Bank.
Jewel jJewel Gold and Copper! |
I Mining Co., Ltd !W. J. Hands Webbwood.
CORUNDUM. ; i ! ,
Craigmont Corundum, Ltd jE. B. Clark iCraigmont.
FELDSPAR. I ! !
I : !
Emery lEureka Flint and Spar Co. JR. Wagar i Verona.
Richardson iFeldspars Limited JRalph Scott Hartington, R.R. 1.
Ba]:icock iGardner Feldspar Co
Hoppins Ilnternational Feklspar Co.,
Long Lake.
Keays. . . . ,
Kirkham. . .
Watson. . . .
Burns. . . .
Keays. . . .
Morrow . . .
Woodcock .
Robinson.
Noonan. . .
Keays. . . .
Clobridge .
Ltd. .
Orser and Wilson. . .
Rinaldo McConnell.
J. H. Mendels .
! Perth.
John A. McLean 316 Moffat Block,
Detroit, Mich.
Sherman Orser 'Perth.
Rinaldo ^NlcConnoll. . .jPerth.
Mount Eagle Feldspar Co.. I
Ltd .' M. B. R. Gordon jHybla.
Orser-Kraft Feldspar, Ltd. ISidney H. Orser Perth.
It u
a u
Penn.sylvania Pulvenzmg
Co
R. H. Thompson
Harrv J. Cain
Rock Products Co
A. G. Minehart
" ........
" " 1
Hyljla.
Tichborne.
Toledo, Ohio.
11
12
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
MINES AND PROSPECTS INSPECTED, 1921— Continued.
Name
Owner
Teeples .
Vanluven. .
McDonald .
Ston-ington Feldspar Co.,
Ltd
A. Vanluven
Verona Mining Co
Manager
C. G.Walton.
W.B. Couch.!
Address
Wallbridge Bros.
FLUORSPAR.
Wallbridge
GOLD.
Argonaut |The Argonaut Gold, Ltd .
Beaumont The Beaumont Gold Mines,
Ltd
. . . The Bidgood Gold Mines,
Ltd.. .'
. . . The Big Dvke Gold Mines,
Ltd
The Blanche Bay Syndic-
ate
.... The Blue Quartz Gold
Mines, Ltd
Bou.^fiuet Gold Mines, Ltd
.... I'nder option to Hollinger
Consolidated Gold Mines,
Ltd.. .
.... Goldale Mines, Ltd
Elgin.
Holleford.
Hybla.
Madoc.
Bidgood. . . .
Big Dyke...
Blanche Bay .
Cartwright. .
Bousquet .
Burke. . .
Goldale
Goldfields
Golden Fleece.
J. W. Morrison Dane.
S. H. Allen South Porcupine.
D. H. Angus JKirkland Lake.
Timmins.
Richard Haggerty. jKenogami.
J. J. Hollinger ;Matheson.
Robt. B. Tough IWillisville.
H. A. Kee.
Bonanza .
Costello. .
Detroit.
West Tree.
Schumacher.
Dome. .
Summit.
Canadian A.«sociated Gold!
Fields, Ltd iGeo. Gray jDane.
The Cobalt Frontenac } !
Mining Co [D. H. Fletcher IFlinton.
Contact Bay Mines, Ltd... jE. R. Rognon Dryden.
Crown Reserve Mining Co., \
Ltd |H. J. Stewart. Dane.
Detroit Goudreau Gold De- ;
velopment Co., Ltd \C. G. Daimpre. Goudre;iu.
Murphy .
Superior .
Grace (On Eagle
Lake)
Hayden
Hollinger
Hologden. . .
Howry Creek
Jackson
Domes Mines Co., Ltd. . . .
The Golden Summit ^Mining
Co., Ltd
Goudreau Gold Mines, Ltd.
Goudreau-Superior Mining
Co., Ltd
H. P. De Pencier :South Porcupme.
J. T. Kerr
W. H. Ream.sbottom.
Windsor.
Goudreau.
C. G. Daimpre JGoudreau.
Grace :\Iining Co., Ltd. . . . |W. J. Richards [Kenora.
Hayden Gold Mines, Ltd. . {W. H. Hayden jTimmins.
The Hollinger Consolidated!
Gold :\Iine.s, Ltd lA. F. Brigham.
Hologden Mines, Ltd Hart Martin. . .
The Howry Creek ^Mining
Corporation, Ltd A. K. Anderson.
The Jack.son Development
Co., Ltd W. S. Jackson.
King jThe King-Kirkland Gold
Mines, Ltd
Kirk iKirk Gold Mines, Ltd.. . . .
Combined jKirkland Coml)ined Mines,
j Ltd
Kirkland Lake The Ivirkland Lake Gold
I Mining Co., Ltd
Lake Shore iThe Lake Shore Mines,
I Ltd R. C. Coffey.
Lightning River jLightning River Gold
1 Mines, Ltd J. W. Morrison.
Majt.stic.
Timmins.
North Bay.
Ottawa.
Schreiber.
C. F. Jordan jHaileyburv.
E. H. Birkett IHavilah.
.;Majet-:tic Gold Mines, Ltd. M. A. Attalah.
A. W. Grierson jKirkland Lake.
W. M. Sixt Kirkland Lake.
Kiikland Lake.
Dane.
West Riv3
1922
Mines of Ontario
13
MINES AND PROSPECTS INSPECTED, 1921— Cotitinued.
Name
Owner
Manager
Address
Mclntvre.
Lonjiworth.
Mikado. . . .
Miller-Adair. ..
Molntyre Porcupine Mines,
Limited
McKellar-Longwofth
Mikado Consolidated
Mines, Ltd
Miller-Adair Mines, Ltd...
Miller Independence.. i^NIiller Independence Mines,
j Ltd
Montreal-Kirkland. . . 'Montreal-Kirkland Mines
I Ltd ...
Northorown Northcrown Porcupine
I Mines, Ltd
Ontario-Kirkland. . . . Ontario-Kirkland Gold
j Mines, Ltd .--.••■• iRalph Hurd
Ore Chimney iOre Chimney Mining ]
I Co., Ltd. . I A. E. Fletcher INorthbrook.
David.son Porcupine Davidson Goldi |
i Mines, Ltd :N. J. Evei-ed jSouth Porcupine
Peninsular Porcupine Peninsular
I Gold Mines, Ltd
Keora Porcupine Keora Gold
I Mines, Ltd
R. J. Ennis j.'^ehumacher.
W. L. Longworth iPort Arthur.
H. A. C. Machin |Kenora.
Chas. Miller iToronto.
I
W. E. Simp.son !Bo.ston Creek.
B. G. Killoran jHaileybury.
j
H. J. Stewart jTimmins.
i
iKirkland Lake.
A. R. Globe iConnaught.
Queen Lebel.
J. C. Waite South Porcupine.
Queen Lebel Gold Mines, | !
I _ Ltd.^ lE. B. Wood |Haileybury.
|Skead Gold Mines, Ltd. .jM. L. Bouzan iHaileybury.
C. L. Campbell et al JC. L. Campbell iMontreal.
iTeck Hughes Gold Mines 1
j Ltd . . . p. L. H. Forbes IKirkland Lake.
Thesaurus jThe.saurus Gold Mines,! j
I Ltd iJ. C. Nelson iMatachewan.
W. R. Thomas IKirkland Lake.
D. B. Harri.son South Porcupine.
Skead
St. Anthony
Teck Hughes
Tough Oakes jTough Oakes Gold Mines .
Triplex [Triplex Gold Mines, Ltd. .
Union Union Alining Corp.,
Ltd iC. T. Denker Timmins.
Wasapika Wasapika Con.solidated
]\Iines. Ltd !G. R. Rogers 'Coyn.?. Ont.
White Rock White Rock Mining Co., !
Ltd jj. McVittie iSudbury.
Wright-Hargraves. . . . The Wright-Hargraves I 1
Mines, Ltd lA. Wende IKirkland Lake.
GRAPHITE i !
! '■ i
Black Donald jBlack Donald Ciraphite Co R. F. Bunting iCalabogie.
GYPSUM. I
Ontario Gyp.'-um Co., Ltd
Caledonia Ontario Gyp.'-um Co., Ltd .A. J. Parkhurst [Caledonia.
Lythmore
IRON.
Magpie lAlgoma Steel Corp IG. R. McLaren [Magpie Mine.
Mascn-'NN'ilcox iMa.son-Wilcox Syndicate. . j jSault Ste. Marie.
Moo.se Mountain |]\Ioose ^Mountain, Ltd JA. J. Anderson 'Sellwood.
Palatine Palatine INlining and De-' j
I velopment Co lArthur Mitchell iDuluth.
Atikokan i Under option to Clementl j
j A. Quinn i I Duluth.
Goulais River jUnder option to Chas. R.|
I Sligh , :Grand Rapids, Mich.
14
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
MINES AND PROSPECTS INSPECTED, 1921— Continued.
Name
IRON PYRITES.
Northpines.
Sulphide. . .
Rand
Owner
Manager
LEAD.
HoUandia .
Kingdon .
Nichols Chemical Co.
Address
J. P. Flynn JNorthpines.
W. H. De Biois.
Rand Consolidated Mines, I
Ltd 'A. H. Jackson.
Sulphide.
Buffalo.
Arnprior Syndicate
Ivingdon Alining Smelting
and Manufacturing Co. .
Northern Lead Co
C. Thompson L\rnprior.
R. R. Rose Galetta.
.J. B Bell Montreal.
Frontenac
MICA.
Acton Acton Mines, Ltd C. J. Acton jGananoque.
Howes H. J. Cain H. J. Caic ;Tichborne.
Folger : ^
Lacey Loughborough Mining Co. G. W. McNaughton. . .ISydenham.
MOLYBDENITE. I |
Wilberforce American Molybdenites, LtdiW. E. T. Barton 'Wilberforce.
NICIvEL.
Murray British America Nickel
I Corporation
Creighton 'international Nickel Co.
Bruce iMond Nickel Company.
Ganson I " "
Levack
Victoria
Worthington .
SILVER.
Chambers-Ferland .
Alpine
Bailey
Cobalt A-53
E. Hibbert Nickelton.
J. L. Agnew Copper Cliff.
A. D. Carmichael Bruce Mines.
A. L. Sharp Garson.
F. J. Eager JLevack.
W. J. Mumford jMond.
\. D. Carmichael iWorthington.
Aladdin Cobalt Co., Ltd.. . !.J. Matheson
Alpine Silver Mines, Ltd. . JE. J. Thompson. . .
Bailey Silver Mines, Ltd. . .R. E. Dye
Cobalt A-.5.3 Silver Mining.
Co., Ltd iJ. J. Byrne
Collins F. Howard Collins IF. H. Collins
Coniagas The Coniagas Mines, Ltd.. IF. D. Reid
Dickson Creek The Dickson Creek fCo-
i bait) Silver Mines, Ltd.. !h. Hollands-Hurst.
Federal JThe Federal Mining Co.,}
I Ltd ..iWiley.
Frontier 'Dominion Mines & Quarries H. F. Strong.
Keeley IThe Keeley Silver Mines. . :J. Mackintosh Bell.
Kerr Lake iKerr Lake Mines, Ltd. . . . jH. A. Kee.
La Rose jLa Rose Mine.s, Ltd ]G. C. Bateman. .. .
Princess | " " j " " ...
University " " I " " ...
Violet I " " •.••■■•I " " •••
Mining Corporation. . |The Mining Corporation of;
I Canada, Ltd IM. F. Fairlie
Nipissiug iNipissing Mines Co., Ltd. . (Hugh Park
Miller Lake O'Brien. . jM. J. O'Brien, Ltd |H. G. Kennedy
O'Brien l " " J. G. Dickenson. . .
Northcliffe 'Northoliffe Mines, Ltd ... . JN. E. Dve
Solid Silver Ontario Solid Silver Mines.jRov Sullivan
Oxford Cobalt O.xford Cobalt Silver Mines|j. W. Russell
Reliance illormo Lea.sing Co W. H. Emens
Cobalt.
Gowganda.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Gowganda.
Cobalt.
IHaUeybury.
Port Arthur.
JHaileybury.
1 Silver Centre.
I Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Cobalt.
Gowganda.
Cobalt.
Gowganda.
Elk Lake.
Oibalt.
Cobalt.
1922
Mines of Ontario
15
KIINES AND PROSPECTS INSPECTED, 1921— Continued.
Name
Owner
Manager
Address
Sanderson Under option to Stewart
Troop
Shoefelt j.Iacob Shoefelt
Silver Cliff lUnder lea-=-e to Bailey Silver
j Mines, Ltd
Silver Islet iThe Islet Exploration Co.,
Ltd
Silver Queen lUnder lease
Castle Trethewey Silver Cobalt
j ]\Iining Co
Victory
TALC.
Connolly. .
Price
Henderson .
M.D.Kennedy.
Victory Silver Mines, Ltd . J. A. McVichie. .
W. H. Todd. . .
G. C. Bateman.
D. C. Peacock.
W.J. Post
Asbestos Pulp Co |H. B. Hunger-ford.
Geo. H. Gillespie & Co. . . . {Geo. H. Gillespie.
Montreal.
McLennan.
Cobalt.
Port Arthur.
Cobalt.
Gowganda.
Cobalt.
Madoc.
a
Madoc.
METALLURGIC^AL WORKS INSPECTED, 1921
Woi-ks.
Owner.
Manager.
Address.
Blast Furnaces
Algoma Steel Corporation .
Canadian Furnace Co. ...
Steel Company of Canada.
Coniagas Reduction Co. . .
Doloro Smelting and Re-
fining Comjiany
International Nickel Co. . .
Ontario Smelters and Re-
finers
James D. Jones
G. J. Higgins
S. S. Marie.
ti a
H. G. Hilton
Hamilton.
Silver-Cobalt Refinery
li U il
Nickel Refinerv
D. A. Mutch
Thofold.
S. B. Wright
John More
Deloro.
Port Colborne.
Cobalt Refinery
J F Hickling
Welland
1.— NORTHWESTERN ONTARIO
Gold
Contact Bay Mines, Limited. — This company shut down its Bonanza mine
on December 31, 19'^1, and resumed mining in the spring.
When last inspected, March 9, 1922, the shaft, an 80-degree incHne, mea-
sured 170 feet. On tlie SO-foot level there was 214 feet of drifting to the east,
170 feet to the west, and a 90-foot inclined raise to the surface. On the 160-foot
level drifting was in progress, and the faces were then 125 feet east and 135 feet
west of the shaft.
Harry S. Badger, w^ho has been manager for the company for some years,
left the company's employ in March, 1921 ; E. R. Rogiion is now acting as
managing director. E. S. Henley, superintendent, resigned in September, and
was succeeded by Charles W. Riley.
Empress. — The Empress mine near Jackfish was pumped out and sampled
in 1921 by an American syndicate. The mine is owned by the Czarina Gold
Mines Company of Ontario, Limited, which was incorporated August 28, 1901,
16 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
with a capital of $10,000, and whic-li succeeded the Empress Gold Mining Com-
pany of Ontario, Limited. The last officers of the company were: president,
D. McKellar, Fort William, (now deceased) ; vice-president, Walter Eoss, Leth-
bridge, Alta. ; secretary-treasurer, W. L. Morton, Fort William.
Grace, {Eagle Lal'e)-. — The Grace gold mine on the west side of Eagle
lake in the Manitou lake area was worked during nine months of the year. Cap-
tain Walpole Eoland was at first in charge, but was succeeded by William J.
Richards of Kenora in June. The mine is owned by The Grace Mining Com-
pany, Limited, of 8 Brisbane Building, Buffalo, N.Y. The directors are : George
J. Blake, president; Charles Oelheim, secretary and treasurer; and Charles P.
Blake : all of Buffalo, X.Y. The post office address for the mine is Vermilion
Bay, Ont.
When work was discontinued for the winter on December 15, 1921, the two-
compartment shaft was 187 feet deep and had an average dip of 86 degrees. On
the first level, which is at about 100 feet, there is a crosscut running northwest to
the vein a distance of 20 feet from the shaft, and from the face of this crosscut
drifts extend about 15 feet to the northeast and 25 feet to the southwest; tlie work
on the first level was done between 15 and 20 years ago. On the second, or 180-
foot level there is a crosscut 45 feet to the northwest and a second 45 feet to the
soutlieast, but no drifting has been done.
Jackson. — The Jackson Development Company, Limited, owns eight mining
claims on tlie Canadian Pacific Eailway about two miles east of Schreiber. The
claims are: T.B. 3326, T.B. 3411, T.B^. 3413, T.B. 3588, T.B. 3589, T.B. 3815,
T.B. 3783, and T.B. 3795. For the past seven years the prospecting of these
claims lias been carried on under the direction of Wm. S. Jackson.
When the property was last inspected in March, 1922, ten men were em-
ployed and two adits were being driven into the side of a hill on claim T.B.
3326 a short distance north of the railway, ^'o. 1 adit measured 60 feet and
Xo. 2 adit 40 feet. Xo undergroun.d work has been done on the other claims. The
buildings on the property consist of a dining room, a sleeping camp, two small
cabins, a stalde, and an ore ])in witli sorting room attached.
The company was incorporated on October 1, 1921, with a cai)italization of
$40,000. One-lialf of the stock has been sold at par, and the remainder is in the
treasury. The officers are: president, W. H. Eussell, Port Arthur; vice-president,
Chas. X. Gray, Detroit; secretary, W. F. Larigworthy, Port Arthur; treasurer,
Wm. S. Jackson, 297 Frederick Street, Fort William ; directors, — the above-
mentioned and, — Alex. D. Hunt, Port Arthur, and Harold D. Emmons, Detroit,
;Mich. The head office is at Port Arthur, Out., and tl;e address for tlie miup is
Box 107, Schreiber, Ont.
McKellar-Loif/irorfJi. — The veins on the McKellar-Longwortli pro])erty,
mining location B.J. 122, are described elsewhere in this report by P. E. Hop-
kins of the geological staff.
Tlie property was insnected ^lan h 16. 1!)22. when ten men were
at work nnder foreman J. B. Amm. The adit on tlie vein then measured
85 feet, the north crosscut 59 feet, and the south crosscut 30 feet. X'o. 2 sliaft
was 20 feet deep and Xo. 4 shaft 40 feet. The owners, Peter McKellar of Fort
William and W. L. Longworth of Port Arthur, had just given an option on the
jiropertv to George (ilciidi lining of Toronto.
1922 Mines of Ontario 17
Mikado Consolidated. — On November IG, 1\)21, Mikado Consolidated Mines,
Limited, was incorporated under the Ontario Company's Act with a capitaliza-
tion of $5,000,000 divided into shares of $1.00 par value. Two million shares
have been paid for the mining property, leaving three million shares in the
treasury.
The company's holdings are situated on Shoal lake and are as follows:
(1) The Mikado mine, consisting of Locations U. lil, D. 148, D. 149,
D. 200, D. 201, and D. 201A, some 2T8 acres in all, with the machinery, 20-
itamp mill, and buildings thereupon.
(2) An option to purchase the Tycoon mine, which consists of Locations
J.E.S. 54, D. 219, D. 220 and D. 221, some 40 acres in all.
(3) An option to purchase the Bullion mine, wliich consists of Locations
S. 109, S. 126, S. 150, S. 151, D. 233, D. 239, and I). 389, some 447 acres in all.
The Tycoon and Bullion })roperties adjourn the Mikado mine.
The directors of the company are : president, Lieut.-Col. H. A. C. Machin,
Kenora; vice-president, George J. Guy, Hamilton, Ont. ; secretary and treasurer.
Major George H. Marsli, Toronto; J. T. White, Toronto; A. W. Hunter, To-
ronto. The head office of the company is in Kenora, but an office is also main-
tained at Suite 501, Kent Building, Toronto.
St. Anthonij. — In January and February, 1921, C. L. Campbell and asso-
ciates conducted some experiments at the St. Anthony mine on the ore and
tailing. This mine is on Couture lake in the Sturgeon lake area.
Wadtman. — The Wachman Mining and Milling Company, Limited, made
an assignment on January 14, 1922. Since December, 1920, nothing has been
done on this company's claims, which are near Dryden, Ont.
Iron
Atikol-an. — Early in 1921 Clement A. Quinn of Duluth took an option on
the Atikokan iron mine near Atikokan, Ont., but, so far as has been learned, he
lias not done any mining on the pro])erty.
Palatine. — In the spring of 1921 it was announced that the Palatine Mining
and Development Company of Chicago, the directors of which are Polish-Ameri-
cans, had bought the Paulson mine and some adjacent property in Cook County,
Minnesota, and the Atikokan blast furnace at Port Arthur, Ont. The company
did considerable repair work at the furnaces and began to extend the Port Arthur
and Duluth railway from the end of the track at North Lake, Ont., to the Paul-
son mine, a distance of some 21 miles. The blast furnaces were not put in opera-
tion in 1921.
According to a correspondent of the Engineering and IMining Journal
the officers of this company are as follows : Joseph Mierzynski, president, Chi-
cago; Frank Wydra, secretarv, Chicago; Stanley Grzybowski, treasurer, Chicago;
Arthur Mitchell, consulting engineer, Duluth ; Thomas Krakowiak, chemical
engineer. Palatine City, Minn. ; Eoman Turczynowicz, construction engineer,
Chicago ; Maximillian J. St. George, general counsel, 'Chicago ; James Ostrowski,
director, Chicago ; and Edward A. Zolkowski, director, Chicago.
18 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Iron Pyrites
Northpines. — The Nichols Chemical Company, Limited, worked its North-
pines pyrite mine to a small extent in 1921.
From No. 1 shaft crosscuts were driven on the third and fourth levels to
the main drifts on the vein. In February the main or No. 2 shaft was completed
to the sixth level, and the sixth level station was then cut. Crosscuts to the
hanging walls were driven on the fifth and sixth levels, and from a point in the
shaft 20 feet above the sixth level an ore-pocket raise was driven to the fifth
level and the ore pocket partly excavated. Since September practically no under-
ground work has been done.
From April to September 14,090 tons of pyrite were hoisted and crushed,
and 13,635 tons were stockpiled at the railway ; the difference between these figures
represents the amount of waste removed by sorting.
A 3 7 1/2 -horsepower Type Y Fairbanks-Morse oil engine is being used to fur-
nish power during the shutdown.
J. P. Flynn, Jr., Northpines, is superintendent.
Silver
Federal. — The Federal Mining Company, Limited, owning a mining claim
in lot 26, concession B, Paipoonge township, stopped work at the end of 1921,
and the underground workings are as described in the Thirtieth Annual Eeport
of this Department.
Silver Islet. — Islet Exploration Company, Limited, was incorporated on
Jan. 3, 1921 with an authorized capital of $250,000; about $120,000 of this
stock has been issued. The officers of the company are : president, J. L. Wash-
burn; vice-president, D. C. Peacock; secretary, A. M. Washburn; treasurer, E,
M. Sellwood. The office of the company is at 509 Alworth Building, Duluth,
Minn.
This company was formed to search for ore in the Silver Islet mine con-
sequent on the preliminary investigation made in 1920 by E. C. Jamison and
D. C. Peacock and described in the Thirtieth Annual Eeport of this Department.
Mr. Peacock, who. in addition to being the vice-president, is also 'the mining
engineer of the company, has been kind enough to supply the following notes
regarding the recent work at this famous mine :
The work done at Silver Islet in 1921 was confined to the fourth level which is
at a vertical depth of 225 feet below the collar of the shaft. A crosscut was driven
850 feet to the southwest in te Macfarlane like and disclosed two veins, one about
ten feet in width, and the other about six inches. After a distance of 40 feet had
been driven southerly on the 10-foot vein a heavy flow of water was encountered,
preventing further work in that direction. Drifting was started northward on the
6-inch vein, but this face also had to be stopped on account of water. It was then
decided to resort to diamond drilling to prospect the veins already found and to
explore the ground to the southwest for additional veins. Five holes, totalling 1,000
feet, were driven from this level. Practically no silver was found in the veins by
crosscut, drifts, or diamond drill holes. There was very little graphite in the diabase
and none whatever in the vein-filling. The accompanying plan and section depicts
the position of the work done. The graphite noted on this drawing was in traces
only; in the old workings the graphite occurred in considerable quantities. We
ascribe the lack of silver in the veins tested to the comparative absence of graphite
in the country rock.
A plan of tlie new workings is reproduced on tlie following page.
1922
Mines of Ontario
19
^
JO u^ayi^g ~ _,
.099
-^ ,Ot.
%
«
>
a
J
■*->
u
>i
s
rl
^
H
0)
o
^
!3
c^
O
^
03
O
O
^
a
X
>>
w
n
cs
0)
o
i— 1
?r
a>
0)
■p;
20 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
II.— SUDBURY, NORTH SHORE AND MICHIPICOTEN
Gold
Detroit-Goudreau. — Detroit-Goudreau Gold Development Company, Limi-
ted, was incorporated on January 11, 102'i. with an authorized capital of $2,500,-
000 divided into shares of $1.00 par value. The company has bought fourteen
mining claims in the Goudreau area, giving therefor 1,400,000 shares of stock.
The company's prospectus describes these claims as being situated about one and
a quarter miles due east of the Murphy discovery.
The head office of the company is in the Eoyal Bank Building, Windsor,
Ont., and tbe directors are as follows: president, Fred W, Sparling, Detroit,
Mich.; vice-president, Robert R. Richards, Detroit; secretary-treasurer, Xetter
J. Hill, Detroit ; Wm. J. Daeschner, Detroit ; G. Cosby Geissler, Detroit ; Homer
M. Howe. Windsor, Ont. ; G. Robert Livingstone, Goudreau, Ont. ; Adna K.
Masters, Detroit; Carl W, Mulcahy, Detroit; H. Coleman Smith, Detroit; Eugene
A. Wigren, Detroit. Most of the directors are in the auditing department of
the Michigan Central Railroad Company. Cliarh s G. Daimpre is to be in charge
of the work on the property.
Goudreau Gold Mines, Limited. — This company was incorporated to work
the Murphy and some adjoining claims in the Goudreau area. The capitaliza-
tion is $2,500,000, divided into shares of $1.00 par value. The directors are:
A. R. Porter, Toronto, president ; M. P. Van der Voort, Toronto, secretary-trea-
surer; Clement A. Foster, Toronto, managing director; W. I. Hearst, Toronto;
A. Y. J. Selkirk, Franz, Ont. The head office is at 312 Temple Building Toronto.
The company owns a group of twelve mining claims, 53-4 acres in all,
situated in the centre of township 28, range 26, district of Algoma. A million
and a half shares of stock were given for the original four Murphy claims, leav-
ing one million shares in the treasury. Eight additional claims were purchased
later with a relatively small amount of stock and a small cash payment. The
mine is approximately one mile south and three miles west of Goudreau station
on the Algoma Central and Hudson Bay railway.
The geological conditions in the vicinity of tlie Murphy vein have been de-
scribed by A. G. Burrows of this Department.^
A five-mile road has been cut from Goudreau station to the property and
camps have been built. The main vein has been trenched and two shafts started,
both of which were 25 feet deep at the end of the year. No. 1 shaft is in the
southeast corner of mining claim A.C. 408 at the point where the vein was first
discovered ; the vein here has a dip of 65 degrees to the south. Xo. 2 shaft is
also on the vein 500 feet to the west of No. 1, and is vertical.
Arrangements have been made with the Algoma Steel Corporation for a
supply of power from the Steep Hill Falls plant on the Magpie river. This will
necessitate the construction of about five miles of transmission line.
W. H. Reamsbottom, Goudreau, Out., is superintendent, and Albert Terrill,
mine foreman.
1 Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXX, pt. 4, pp. 39-44.
1922 Mines of Ontario 21
Goudreau-Superior. — Goudreau-Superior Mining Company, Limited, was in-
corporated in Ontario on January 31, 1922, with aji authorized capital of $1,500,-
UCO i]i j^hares of -^l.OO par value. For a consideration of 800,000 shares of the
stock and the sum of $10,750, the company bought a block of six mining claims.
The company's prospectus describes this block as lying directly west of the pro-
perties of the Detroit-Goudreau Gold Development Company, Limited, and the
Kand Consolidated Mines, Limited, and adjoining the property of Goudreau Gold
Mines. Limited on the east and south.
The directors all live in Detroit, Mich., and are as follows : Xetter J. Hill,
president; Edward Leszczynski, vice-president; Fred W, Sparling, secretary-
treasurer; Berton A. Aikens; John J. Danhof, Jr.; Clarence H. Ladd; Adna K.
]\Iasters; P]dward M. Pennell; Robert E. Eichards; Joseph T. Sullivan; Hugo
Zander. Charles G. Daimpre is to be in charge of the prospecting of the claims.
The head othce is in the Allen Theatre Building, Windsor, Ont.
Grace. — The Grace gold mine in the Michipicoten area near Wawa lake was
pumped out and sampled in June and July, 1921. Horace G. Young was the
engineer in charge of the examination.
Kirl: Gold. — Kirk Gold Mines, Limited, now has the following directorate :
George A. Bull, Brampton, Ont., president; E. B. Burkell, Toronto; C. L. Messe-
car, Brantford, Ont.; Eobert Kennedy, Toronto; E. H. Birkett, Havilah, Ont.;
director and manager.
At the Bass Lake property the adit was continued to a distance of 625
feet from the portal. As the vein did not seem to warrant further expenditure,
work was stopped at this prospect.
The company has bought the Ophir or Havilah mine, which is in lot 12,
concession III, Galbraith township, and has been described in some of the early
reports of this Department. ^ No work was done here in 1921, other than pump-
ing out the mine for examination and repairing some of the buildings.
Iron
Goulais Bivcr. — In December, 1921, diamond drilling was begun in behalf
of Charles E. Sligh, Grand Eapids, Mich., on a property forming part of the
Goulais river iron range. The property is twelve miles east of mileage 60 of
the Algoma Central and Hudson Bay railway, is in the southwestern part of
township 22, range XIII, district of Algoma, and consists of eight mining claims.
The drilling. 2,T50 feet, was confined to two of these claims, S.S.M. 1,289 and
S.S.M. 1,293.
Alfiomn Sied Corporation. — The Algoma Steel Corporation, a subsidiary of
the Lake Superior Corporation, owns the steel plant at Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.,
and the Magpie iron mine in the Michipicoten district.
The officers of the xllgoma Steel Corporation are: president, \V. C. Eranz;
vice-president, James Hawson ; general manager, James D. Jones ; assistant gen-
eral superintendent. Joseph W. Wilson; cliief engineer, F. Smallwood; works
engineer, C. H. Speer ; superintendent of blast furnaces, James H. Bell ; superin-
tendents of open hearths, A. H. Hugill and J. McDonald; superintendent of
'Ont. Dept. of Minps, Vol. Ill, pp. 37-45; Vol. IV, p. 206. etc.
22 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
bloom and rail mill, 0. Davies; superintendeut of merchant mill, James Lycett;
superintendent of coke plant, William Seymour; mechanical superintendent,
Carl Stenbol. The secretary is Alex. Taylor, Traders' Bank Building, Toronto.
Magpie. — On March 8, 1921, mining and roasting was stopped at the Magpie
mine, and about a month later the mine workings were allowed to fill with water.
When the mine shut dowm, drifting had been carried on the fifth (the low-
est) level 33a feet west of tlie^statioji and 350 feet east. The ore on this level
is of good grade, and fortunately the "mica dyke," which entered the ore body
above the third level and has been a source of trouble in some of the stopes, seems
to disappear a short distance above the fifth level. On the fifth level to east of
the shaft most of the ore body has been developed and part of it has been stoped;
to the west of the shaft No. 14: stope has been partly developed, but the diabase
dyke has not yet been reached. Above the fourth level some ore remains in
stopes 10 and 11 west of the shaft.
The production of roasted ore for the year was 42,198 (short) tons, and
shipments totalled 58,401 tons.
George E. McLaren, Magpie Mine, Ont., was superintendent and Eobert P.
Welden, assistant superintendent. George S. Cowie, Sault Ste. jVlarie, Ont., is
secretary of the Mines Department of the Algoma Steel Corporation, which owns
the Magpie.
MasonAYilcox. — For the past two years a syndicate of residents of Sault
Ste. Marie, Ont., has been prospecting some iron claims a mile southeast of
Northland station on the Algoma Central and Hudson Bay railway. In the
autumn of 1921, a diamond-drill hole was j)ut down near the southwest corner
of the northwest quarter, south half, lot 2, concession II, township of Deroche.
The property was not visited by the writer, but a reliable informant descril)ed the
prospect as follows: At the southwest corner of the lot-fraction mentioned above
a diabase dyke, 200 to 250 feet wide, cuts the granite in a northwesterly direc-
tion, and, on the south contact of the diabase with the granite, several pockets
of hematite are exposed.
Moose Mountain. — The mine, concentrator, and agglomerating plant of
Moose Mountain, Limited, at Sellwood, Ont., have been closed down since Novem-
ber, 1920, and only some repairing and experimental work were undertaken in
1921, 79 tons of briquettes were shipped during the year.
A. J. Anderson resigned as manager in November, 1921, since which time
C. il. Tolman, the company's electrician, has been temporarily in charge.
Copper
Algomont. — Algomont Mines, Limited, was incorporated in 1920, with an
authorized capital of $4,000,000 divided into shares of $1.00 par value each.
Two million shares of the stock were paid to a syndicate for the mining lands
now held by the company. These lands consist of 805 acres and are known as the
Asam and McPhee properties. The Asam property consists of 485 acres sub-
divided as follows: the south half of lot 1. concession YI, and the north half of
lot 1, concession V, Plummer township, and the southwest quarter of section 6,
Rose township. The McPhee property covers 320 acres and comprises the south-
east quarter of section (>, and tlip soutliwest quarter of section 5, Rose township.
1922 Mines of Ontario 23
The compauy began work in April, 1931, and, after buildiug camps and
completing one and a quarter miles of wagon road, bought and erected the fol-
lowing machinery: two 50 h.p. locomotive-type boilers, a Eand compressor with
16-inch by 2-4-inch cylinders, and a 6-inch by 8-inch Jenckes hoisting engine.
The vein on which work is being done is the "Asam"' vein in the southwest
quarter of section 6, Eose township; it strikes east and west, is in diabase, and
consists of quartz, ankerite and copper pyrites. East of the shaft the vein is
exposed in two places: at 140 feet from the shaft it is from two feet six inches
to three feet wide ; at 195 feet it is two feet wide and at this latter point ankerite
is the predominating mineral. From about 600 to 700 feet west of the shaft
what is probably the same vein is exposed and several test pits have been sunk;
the width of the vein in these pits varies from three feet six inches to six feet.
On July 20, 1921, a shaft was started, and on January 31, 1932, it measured
200 feet; this shaft follows the vein which at this point dips to the north at about
75 degrees. In the shaft the vein has an average width of four feet.
There is also a shaft, said to measure 6 feet by 6 feet by 60 feet in depth,
on iSTo. 1 vein of the McPhee property in the southeast quarter of section 6, Eose
township, but no work has been done at this point by the present owners.
The directors of tlie company are: Charles N. Haldenby. president, Toronto;
John Black, vice-president, Toronto; Dr. A. Moir, Peterborough, Ont.; Eichard
B. Eogers, Peterborough, Ont.; E. E. Wilson, Peterborough, Ont. The secretary-
treasurer is Ziba Gallagher of Toronto, and the company office is in the Bradburn
building, Peterborough, Ont.
John A. MacDonald was superintendent until September 1931, when he
resigned and was succeeded by George Johnson. About 36 men are employed.
The postal address of the mine is Eydal Bank, Ont.
Jewel. — The Jewel Gold and Copper Mining Company, Limited, was incor-
porated on March 11, 1919, with a capital of $300,000. The capital stock was
increased on April 4, 1931, to $1,000,000. The company was formed to work
some veins reported to contain gold and copper and situated in lots 11 and 12,
concession I, Shakespeare township, about two miles northwest of Webbwood.
The company did a little prospecting on tlie property in the spring of 1921,
stopping work on June 15.
The head office of the company is at 67 Eichmond Street West, Toronto,
and the officers are: president, Joseph H. A^anderlip; secretary-treasurer, James
M. Armstrong; general manager, Wm. J. Hands; directors, Wm. J. Hands, Wra.
H. Moody, Stephen G. Thompson, Francis E. Cope, all of Toronto.
Nickel and Copper
Owing to the large stocks of refined nickel on hand, only 262,593 tons of
nickel-copper ore were shipped from the mines of the Sudbury district to the
smelters in 1931; this is the lowest output recorded since 1903. The lack of
demand for nickel resulted in the cessation of all work by the British America Nickel
Corporation in February and by the International Nickel Company in August.
The Mond Nickel Company succeeded in keeping all its mines operating on a
small scale and one blast furnace running at capacity.
24 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Wages were twice reduced and at the end of the year tlie prevailing rates in
the district were approximately, miners $4.20 per day, trammers $3.70 per day,
and for unskilled surface lat)Our at the mines and smelters from 30 to 34 cents
an hour.
British America Nickel Corporation, Limited
Owing to the lack of demand for nickel the British America Xickel Cor-
poration, Limited, was compelled to close down its mine and smelter at Xickel-
ton on February 26, 1921, and its refinery at Deschesnes, Que., a month or two
later.
During the year the financial condition of the corporation became such as
to render a reorganization necessary. This has been effected and the securities
issued now consist of $20,000,000 common stock, $6,000,000 first income bonds,
$6,000,000 "A" income bonds, and $12,500,000 "B" income bonds.
The directors are now as follows : Hon. E. N. Ehodes, Ottawa, president
and managing director; Captain D. Vogt, Kristianssand, Xorway, vice-president
and managing director of the corporation's European office; Victor Hybinette,
Wilmington, Del., vice-president; A. Gronningsaeter, Ottawa, Out., technical
director; S. M. Brown, Ottawa, Ont., secretary-treasurer; The Et. Hon. Sir
Eobert Borden, Ottawa: Sir U. J. E. Borresen, Kristiana, Xorway; Sir Eric
Hambro, London, Eng. ; E. A. Cap})elen Smith, New York, X.Y. ; J. Fred Booth,
Ottawa, Ont. ; S. Giertsen, Kristianssand, Xorway ; Oscar Jebsen, Kristianssand,
Xorway : P. C. Stevenson, Ottawa. Ont. ; E. E. Wood, Toronto, Ont.
Nickelton Smelter. — One of the two blast frunaces at the British America
Xickel Corporation's smelter at Xickelton was kept in blast until the shut-down
on February 26, 1921; since this date the plant has been idle.
At the end of the year the following members of the operating staff were
still at the smelter : E. J. Carlyle, manager ; Oliver E. Jager, superintendent ;
tilast furnace sui)erintendent, T. W. Cavers; converter superintendent, B. C.
Tcmliiison.
Murraij Mine. — L^p to February 26, 1921, 400 men were employed at the
Murray mine; after this only 28 men were retained to sink a M'inze preparatory
to shaft-raising. This winze was sunk from the 800-foot level, where a hoisting
engine was placed, to 20 feet below the 1,300-foot level. A crosscut was started
from the winze toward the shaft on the 1,300-foot level, but had not been com-
pleted when all work was stopped at the end of October.
Ernest Hibbert is manager of mines and H. L. Eoscoe is superintendent.
International Nickel Company of Canada, Limited
The International Xickel Company of Canada, Limited, owns and operates
mines and a smelter in the Sudbury district and a nickel-copper refinery at Port
Colborne, Ont. The officers are: John L. Agnew, Copper Cliff, president; F. S.
Jordan, Xew York, vice-president ; Britton Osier, Toronto : secretary ; directors,
Eobert C. Stanley, Xew York City; Alfred Jaretzki, Xew York City; James L.
Ashley, New York City; John L. Agnew, Copper Cliff; John More, Port Col-
borne. Ont.; W. B. Lawson, Xew York City; F. S. Jordan, Xew York City;
Britton Osier, Toronto,
1922 Mines of Ontario 25
111 1921 the company had an average of about GTo men employed in the
Sudbury district until the Creighton mine and the smelter were closed toward
the end of August; since the shut-down aljout 1?5 men have been employed on
maintenance and repair.
The International Nickel Company owns all the stock of the International
Nickel Company of Canada, Limited. The stock of the parent company con-
sists of: common shares (par $25.00)— $50,000,0UU authorized, $41,83:4,600
outstanding: (3 per cent, non-cumulative preferred shares (par $100)- — 12,000,-
000 authorized, $8,!»12.()()0 outstanding. The officers of the parent company
are : Chairman, Charles Hayden, New York City ; president, Robert C. Stanley,
New York City; vice-president, secretary and treasurer, James L. Ashley, New
York City; comptroller, James W. Beard, New York City; directors, Admiral
Willard H. Brownson, Washingrton, D.C.; W. E. Corey, New York City; Alfred
Jaretzki, New York City: Charles Hayden, New York City; William N. Crom-
well, New York City; Thomas Morrison, Pittsburgh, Pa.; Seward Prosser,
Englewood, N.J. ; Eobert C. Stanley, New York City; William T. Graham,
Greenwich, Conn. ; W. W. Mein, New York City ; James L. Ashley, New York
City; Britton Osier, Toronto; John L. Agiiew, Copper Clilf, Out. The general
offices are at Bayonne, New Jersey, and the executive and financial offices at 67
Wall Street, New York.
The officers residing in Copper Cliff, in addition to those mentioned else-
where in this report, are : president, John L. Agnew ; general superintendent, John
C. Nichols: superintendent of mines, E. T. Corkill; master mechanic of mines,
David Butchart: electrical superintendent, J. B. McCarthy; transportation
superintendent, G. A. Sprecher: safety engineer, William 0. Tower; works
auditor, F. C. Allgeier.
The following information is abstracted from the twentieth annual report
of the parent company and covers the fiscal year ending March 31, 1922 :
The general depression existing in the metal industry since 1920 became more
acute during the twelve months covered by this report and seriously affected your
company's business. The demand for the company's product decreased to such an
extent that the total sales were less than during any similar period since 1904. Our
nickel sales fell off sixty per cent, from the previous year and monel metal sales,
though relatively better, decreased thirty-three per cent. This condition called for
drastic curtailment and economies.
During August, 1921, all mining and smelting operations were suspended, and
the refineries at Port Colborne and Bayonne were practically closed. The total force of
employees was reduced to a number sufficient to maintain your plants in good condi-
tion and to form the nucleus of an organization which could, when required, promptly
and efficiently resume operations. Wages and salaries of all those remaining in the
organization were cut substantially.
With a view to future economy of production it was decided to close permanently
the Orford Works, Bayonne, and concentrate all nickel refining operations at the
Port Colborne, Ontario, refinery, and all operations in connection with rolling monel
metal at the company's new plant at Hantington, West Virginia.
The Monel Metal Products Corporation at Bayonne, all of whose stock was owned
by your company, has been dissolved and merged with The International Nickel
Company. This Bayonne plant will continue to operate as a foundry and warehouse.
During the year rapid progress was made in the construction of the company's
n«w monel metal rolling-mill at Huntington, West Virginia. These works will be
ready for operation during the summer of 1922. The total cost, including equipment
on hand, is estimated at $3,400,000 of which $2,935,000 has been expended to May 1,
1922.
26 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
The consolidated general balance sheet and profit and loss account of the com-
pany and its subsidiaries show the company to be in a sound financial condition.
The operating profit for the year was $83,604.34. After providing $437,720.57 for
depreciation and depletion and $428,630.70 for expense and maintenance of shut-down
mines and plants, the loss for the year was $797,746.93. This loss, plus adjustment
of inventories, etc., of $537,833.89, and the payment of the preferred dividend result
in a total debit to the surplus account of $1,870,336.82. Inventories now amount to
$9,340,589.86 as compared with $11,891,078.23 a year ago.
There was written off the property account for dismantlement $286,575.48, which
amount was charged to depreciation of plant reserve account.
Four dividends of li-; per cent each on the preferred stock of the company have
been paid during the fiscal year. The net earnings for the year of the International
Nickel Company of New Jersey, inclusive of dividends received from its subsidiaries,
were in excess of the amount so distributed. No dividends were paid on the common
stock.
The company's business during the first three months of 1922 indicates general
improvement in the nickel industry. Monthly sales increased and inquiries for
various products became more numerous. Foreign business is slowly becoming
stabilized and further improvement is quite evident. Stocks of finished metals have
been liquidated to such an extent that the Port Colborne refinery was started on
May 1, 1922, and the mine and smelter at Copper Cliff will be started not later than Sept.
1, 1922.
During the year a department was organized to develop new uses for nickel and
monel metal, and to extend their known uses. The activity of the development
department, coupled with well-directed sales effort, shoiild provide for the new rolling
mill profitable tonnage in both rolled nickel and monel metal. It is the belief of the
management that a demand for finished nickel in the form of sheets, rods and wire
can be created which will offset tonnage previously sold for armament uses.
The number of stockholders increased during the fiscal year from 16,206 to
17,714.
Copper Cliff SnicUcr. — One, and for a .«hort time two, of the furnaces at
Copper Cliff were in operation until the plant was shut down at the end of
August. The wedge and reverheratory furnaces have been idle since January
14, 1921.
The officers at the smelter are: superintendent, William Kent; assistant
superintendent, Donald MacCaskill : metallurgist. James W. Eawlins; master
mechanic, George E. Craig: blast furnace foreman, Peter McDonald; converter
foreman, Frank Taylor; reverheratory foreman, Joseph K. AVorkman.
Creighton Mine. — The Creighton mine was worked on a small scale until
August 26, 1921, when all mining was stopped and only a few men were retained
on pumping and maintenance. The number of employees varied from 220 in
January to 127 in August. Shipments of ore aggregated 51,382 tons for the year.
The main shaft remains as at the close of last year, but is now connected with
the bottom of No. 10 hanging-wall winze by means of a crosscut on the 30th level.
The staff at the mine includes : superintendent, George A. Morrison ; assist-
ant superintendent, AV. J. Eolfe; mine foremen, K. C. Browne and Charles Col-
lins; master mechanic, John Symons; electrician, Everett Gillespie.
Dill Quarry. — Dill quarry at Quartz, Ont., was worked (luring the months
of June .and July with a force of 45 men. Shipments of quartz to Copper Cliff
smelter totalled 23,148 tons. Walter Blackwell was superintendent.
1922 Mines of Ontario 27
Mond Nicke! Company, Limited
The ]\Iond ^Nickel Compaii}- now has the following directorate : Eobert L.
Mond (chairman), C. V. Corless, LL.D., Viscount i^rleigh, Sir E. J. Griffith, Sir
Kobert A. Hadfield, Dr. Carl Langer, Eobert Mathias, Emile S. Mond, S. W. A.
Noble, Sir Byron Edmund Walker. The secretary is D. Owen Evans, 39 Victoria
Street, London, S.W., England.
The Canadian staff of the company, exclusive of those mentioned under the
several properties, is as follows: Dr. C. V. Corless, manager; Oliver Hall, super-
intendent of mines; John F. Eobertson, superintendent of reduction works; W.
H. Soule, electrical superintendent; W. L. Dethlotf, chief engineer; L. J. In-
golfsrud, assistant chief engineer; T. M, Paris, chief chemist; W. A. MacDonell,
cashier; Frank Simms, purchasing agent. All reside at Coniston, Ont.
Coniston Smelter. — In 1921, as in the previous year, one furnace and one
converter were kept in blast at the Mond Nickel Company's smelter.
The officers are: E. T. Austin, superintendent; K. S. Clarke, superintendent
of sintering and flotation plants; Jolm Grigg, master mechanic.
Coniston (Juarry. — During the latter part of the year when the stockpile of
siliceous ore from Bruce was nearing depletion, the Mond Nickel Company
opened a quarry half a mile southwest of the smelter. The rock here is a quartzite
and is being used for flux at the smelter.
Bruce. — In February, 1921, the Mond Nickel Company stopped all work at
the Bruce copper mines. A total of 5,439 tons of siliceous copper ore was shipped
from Bruce to Coniston smelter during the year.
(!((rson. — (iarson mine shipped 41,658 tons of ore in 1921. Most of this
came from the stopes between the fourth and sixth levels and ^ small quantity
was obtained from between the third and fourth. About 70 men were employed.
Pump stations were cut on the 600 and 1,000-foot levels and a sump cut on
the latter. A Blake and Knowles double-acting plunger pump, 12 inches by 4
inches by 12 inches stroke, was set up on the sixth level and now pumps the
water to the surface. A similar pump will be put on the tenth level to pump to
the sixth.
Ca])t. A. L. Sharp, Garsoii, Out., is superintendent, and Chas. Caesar and
Alex. Pollock, mine foremen.
Levack. — The ore shipped from the Levack mine in 1920, 42,813 tons, was
all obtained from Nos. 34 and 54 stopes which are east of the shaft and between
the second and fifth levels. Frank J. Eager, Levack, Ont., is superintendent;
J. G. Harris was mine foreman until April when he resigned and was succeeded
by "William Shovel; "William J. Serpell is master mechanic. The force consisted
of 70 men of whom 35 were underground.
Victoria. — During 1921 22,684 tons of ore was shipped from this mine; this
ore was stoped from the following parts of the mine : stope between the 1st and
3rd levels east of the shaft; 15th and 16th level floor pillars; stope between the
16th and 17th levels, finishing this stope; stope between the 17th and 18th
levels. No development work was done. The working force numbered about
68.
W. J. Mumford, Mond, Ont., is superintendent.
28 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Worthington. — Worthington mine shipments for 1921 totalled 28,289 short
tons and the working force average alwut 65 men. Stoping was continued be-
tween the second and fifth levels, but no development work was undertaken. A. D.
Carmichael, Worthington, Ont., is superintendent, and William McKerrow is
mine foreman.
Iron Pyrites
Kand Consolidated.— Fiaiid Consolidated Mines, Limited, has not worked
its claims near Goudreau, Ont., since June, 1920, but early in 1922 stock in this
company was again being offered for sale by Jackson and Jackson of Buffalo, N.Y.
The capitalization of the company is $5,000,000 divided into shares oE $1.00
par value, and 4,100,000 shares have been issued. The directors are : — president,
E, !N". Ohl, Pittsburgh, Pa. ; vice-president and treasurer, F. "W. Powers, Pitts-
burg ; Judge Charles A. Pooley, Buffalo, N'.Y. ; Dan Clemson, Pittsburgh ; John
M. Shaw, Indianapolis: Frank L. Danforth, Buffalo; Albert H. Jackson, Buf-
falo.
Miscellaneous
Gros Cap Mining and Exploration Companij, Limited. — This company,
which was incorporated on October 8, 1919, with a capital of $100,000, owns min-
ing claims S.S.M. 2344 and S.S.M. 2345 and has an option on the south half of
the northeast quarter of section 31 in the township of Prince; these holdings are
situated at Gros Cap on the St. Mary's river about 121^ miles from Sault Ste
Marie, Ont. The company has as yet done but little work.
The liead office is at 270 Queen Street, Sault Ste Marie, Ont., and the direc-
tors are : — president, J. G. Dycie, Sault Ste Marie, Ont. ; vice-president, William
D. Clarke, Sault Ste Marie, Mich.; secretary, Florence M. Bonnin, 58 Pim Street,
Sault Ste Marie, Ont.; S. Lightfoot, James C. Cheyne, and Kobert McMann, all
of Sault Ste Marie, Mich.
Shoefelt. — It was reported in September that a silver claim was being pros-
pected near McLennan, Ont.. not far from the Soo branch of the Canadian Paci-
fic railway. The writer, therefore, visited the scene of the reported discovery on
Septeml)er 7, On land owned by Jacob Shoefelt in the nortli half of lot 4, con-
cession II, township of Tarbutt, four men were sinking a prospect pit under the
supervision of AY. H. Todd of Welland. This pit, which was started some years
ago, was 12 feet deep at the time of examination. It ^vas in diabase and a few
i)unehes of caleite carrying a little chalcopyrite had been encountered, l)ut thert^,
was no vein visible in the pit at the time of inspection.
HI.— DISTRICT OF TIMISKAMINQ
Gold
Boston Creek, Larder Lake, etc.
Miller-Independence. — Miller Independence Mines, Limited, had 25 men
employed at its property in Paean d township during the first quarter of tlie year.
The force was then cut to 15 men and the work confined to cutting diamond-drill
stations and diamond-drilling on the 500-foot level. A total of 1,000 feet of
drifting and crosscutting has l)een done on this level.
W. E. Simpson, Boston Ci'eek, Ont., is manager.
1922 Mines of Ontario 29
Canadian Associated Goldfields, Limited. — This company now controls x\s-
sociated Goldfields Mining Company, Limited. The capitalization of the new com-
pany is $30,000,000, as compared with $5,000,000 in the old one. Four shares
of the new stock were issued to shareholders in exchange for one of the old. The
directorate remains as stated in the Thirtieth Annual Keport of this Department.
In 1921 the company did the following work at the properties in the Larder
Lake area :
At the Harris-Maxwell ("Block B"), diamond-drilling totalling 3,918 feet.
At the Kerr-Addison the 3-compartment shaft was sunk to 320 feet and sta-
tions were cut at 175 and 300 feet. Station-cutting amounted to 6,852 cubic feet;
excavation for sumps, 1,089 cubic feet; and excavation for diamond-drill stations,
1,642 cubic feet. Between June 1 and October 1, 1921, 775 feet of crosscutting
and 310 feet of drifting were completed. This was divided between
the two levels as follows: on the 175-foot, 257 feet of crosscutting and
121 feet of drifting; on the 300-foot, 518 feet of crosscutting and 186 feet of
drifting. Channel samples were cut in all the crosscuts and drifts as a check on
the assays obtained during the previous year from diamond-drill cores. In con-
nection with the prospecting of this property, two dwelling-houses were built on
the adjoining Eeddick claim, and a smithy, a pipefitting building, and a change
house at the Kerr- Addison shaft. The Kerr- Addison was shut down in the last
quarter of the year.
In September the company acquired the Costello property, adjoining the
claim being tested by the Crown Eeserve Mining Company, and built the following r
a powerhouse, 18 feet by 50 feet, a 35-foot headframe, a blacksmith shop, a pump
house, and a transformer house. The principal machines installed are a 680-cubic-
foot Sullivan air compressor, driven by a 150-horse-power motor, and an electric-
ally driven hoist; the latter was brought from the Harris-Maxwell. A 2-com-
partment shaft, begun November 1, was sunk to 118 feet. A level was established
at 110 feet, and on this 100 feet of crosscutting and 20 feet of drifting had been
completed at the end of the year. This crosscut passed through a few feet of
gold-bearing porphyry. There was also 966 feet of diamond-drilling done on this
property.
The company employed an average of 65 men during the year. George Gray
was manager during the greater part of 1921 and the first quarter of 1922.
4r(7onaM^.— Argonaut Gold, Limited, has a capitalization of $3,000,000 in
shares of $1.00 par value. The company operates under a federal charter and has
the following officers: — president, J. H. Eainville; vice-president, F. A. Labelle;
directors, Lieut.-Col. Stark, A. Raymond, L. Peddy, and Wilfred Duguette; all
of these officers live in Montreal. L. J. Marchand, 145 St. James Street, Mon-
treal is secretary-treasurer, and J. W. Morrison, Dane, Ont., manager.
Mining was resumed on April 4, but the burning of the mill on April 29
necessitated the stoppage of underground work for six weeks while a new trans-
former house was being built and two 100-kilowatt transformers put in commis-
sion. The development work completed during the year consisted of 1,000 feet of
drifting and 545 feet of crosscutting; nearly all of this was done on the 350-foot
level. An average of 30 men was employed.
The shaft is noAv being continued from a depth of 380 feet to 500 feet.
M.P.X.— 2.
30 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Blanche Bay. — The Blanche Bay Syndicate has an office at 153 Livingston
Avenue, Buffalo, N.Y., and consists of the following: — Dr. Baker, E. L. Moses,
John Shaff, Henry Shaff, and George Walker. The syndicate owns claims L.
6973, L. 6974, and L. 8218 in Grenfell township near Kenogami station and in
October and November sank a 22-foot shaft on one of them. Eichard Haggerty
was in charge.
Blue Quartz. — Blue Quartz Gold Mines, Limited, was incorporated in 1921
to acquire the property at Painkiller lake formerly worked by Cartwriglit Gold
Fields, Limited. The new company has a capitalization of $3,000,000, and the
officers are as f oIIoavs : — H. C. Crow, Toronto, president; C. H. Taylor, Toronto,
vice-president; J. F. Loudon, Toronto, secretary -treasurer ; J. J. Hollinger, Mathe-
son, Ont., manager. The head office is at 184 Sunnyside Avenue, Toronto.
In 1921 five men were employed at trenching and sinking pits, Imt in Janu-
ary, 1922, mining was begun with a force of sixteen men. A 100-foot shaft was
sunk on one of the claims in 1915.
Croivti Beserve. — The Grown Eeserve Mining Company, Limited, began
trenching in June on a group of claims in ]\IcYittie township about a mile and
a half north of Larder Lake. This group consists of mining claims L.S. 191, L.
9032, L. 8713 and L. 8841. The trenches were from 40 to 120 feet in length.
Those on the first two claims were timbered trenches witli a depth varying from
12 to 20 feet; the third one of these trenches was lost by caving. A total of 1,146
feet of diamond-drilling was also done before tlie property closed down for the
winter. H. J. Stewart was manager and about 15 men were employed.
Golden Summit. — The (Jolden Siinunit Mining Company, Limited, incor])ora-
ted October 16, 1919, with a capital of $2,500,000, owns the Jensen farm, which
is in the north half of lot 6, concession I, Maisonville township. J. T. Kerr,
Windsor, Ont., is president and general manager, and the head office is in the
Heintzman Building, AViiidsor.
In 1921 the company did a small amount of work, deepening a shaft to 27 feet.
Liglitning Biver. — Lightning Eiver Gold Mines, Limited, was incorporated on
March 26, 1920, under the laws of Ontario and has an authorized capitalization of
$3,000,000, divided into shares of $1.00 par value. The head office is in Guelph,
Ont., and the directors are : — William J. Lucy, Haileybury, Ont., president and
general manager; J. W. Morrison, Dane, Ont., first vice-president and consulting
engineer; William M. Cochenour, Haileybury, Ont., second vice-president; Tliomas
McCallum, Montreal, Que.; Dr. E. Lucy, Guelph, Ont.; E. A. Treleaven, Palmer-
ston, Ont.; Udney Eichardson, Flora, Ont., secretary and treasurer.
The company is interested in 24 mining claims having a total area of 1.150
acres. All are in the Larder Lake Mining Division, twelve claims in Holloway
township, two in Harker township and the remainder in the townships of Maison-
ville and Egan. The claims in Holloway and Harker townships are in
the Tjightning river area, twelve miles south of Upper Al)itihi lake; the Maison-
ville claims are two miles from Sesekinika station; and the Egan claims ar^
southwest of Matheson. The company has also acquired the Watabeag river
waterpower in Currie township, three miles from the Egan township claims.
In December the Com]iany commenced work on the Harker-township claims,
Nos. 7247 (Cochenour) and 7463, and let a contract for the sinking of a two-
compartment shaft to the (h'ptli of 50 feet.
1922 Mines of Ontario 31
Skead Gold. — Tlie Skead Gold Mines, Limited operated until December 8, 1921.
A dozen men were employed in winter and six in summer with M. L. Bouzan as
superintendent.
Two shafts, each 50 feet in depth, and one 18 feet were sunk on lot 29 near
Sldddoo lake. On lot 30, twenty-two test pits were sunk from 5 to 18 feet in
depth. On the group of claims west of St. Anthony lake three test pits were
sunk 8, 15, and 22 feet deep, and on the group of claims east of St. Anthony lake
14 test pits were sunk varying from 8 to 20 feet deep.
Porcupine
Beaumont. — The Beaumont Gold Mines, Limited, has the following of-
ficers:— R. T. jeffre}', president; L. G. Harris, managing director, Eoyal Bank
Building, Toronto; S. H. Allen, manager. South Porcupine. The property of
this company is in concession VI, Tisdale township.
In 1921 the shaft was sunk from a depth of 54 feet to 320 feet, and levels
established at 150 and 300 feet. Lateral work consisted of 750 feet of crosscutting
and 47 feet of drifting. After mining was stopped in the autumn, 3,000 feet of
diamond-drilling was done.
A transformer house, an assay office, and a stable were added to the company's
buildings. Transforming equipment and a 10-inch by 12-inch hoist were ob-
tained from the Dome Lake mine.
Big Dyke. — The Big Dyke Gold Mines, Limited, had tliree men employed
during tlie summer and drove an adit 115 feet in length. The property of this
company is in Ogden township, half a mile north of the Hayden mine.
Dome. — The authorized capital of the Dome Mines Company, Limited, has
been reduced from .$5,000,000, to $4,500,000, (as at March 31, 1922) by the pay-
ment to shareholders of $1.00 per share. Of the capital stock, $4,260,879.00 has
been issued; $29,124.00 has been allotted but is not issued; $209,997.00 remains
in the treasury.
The executive officers of the Company are : Jules S. Bache, New York City,
president and treasurer; W. S. Edwards, Chicago, first vice-president; H. P. De-
Pencier, South Porcupine, second vice-president and general manager; Morton
F. Stern, Xew York City, third vice-president; Alex. Pasken, Toronto, secretary;
C. W. Dowsett, South Porcupine, general superintendent. The directors are :
Jules S. Bache, New York City; W. S. Edwards, Chicago; Alex. Fasken, Toronto;
G. C. Miller, Buffalo, X.Y. ; T. R. Finucane, Rochester, N.Y. ; Howard Poillon,
Xew York City; Frederick G. Corning, New York City; Morton F. Stern, New
York City; The head office of the Company is at 36 Toronto Street, Toronto, and
the executive and financial office at 42 Broadway, New York City.
The following information is an abstract from the eleventh annual rejDort of
the Company covering the year ending March 31, 1922:
Four dividends of 25 cents per share were declared during the year, the last, No.
18 — being payable April 20, 1922. The net excess of current assets over current liabili-
ties amounts to $1,758,165.00.
Stoping and development have been carried on from the fifth to the tenth levels
and in addition the main shaft has been sunk 263.5 feet to a point 58.5 feet below the
twelfth level. Sinking is being continued and the shaft will be below the thirteenth
level in May, 1922. Development work has been started on the eleventh level.
32
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
The improvement in labour and operating conditions has permitted an increase
in the broken ore reserve amounting to about 70,000 tons, the broken ore reserve
now standing at 275,000 tons. This result compares very favourably with last year's
operating when the broken ore reserve was depleted by 50,000 tons. The cost of break-
ing this additional tonnage is included in the operating cost, and has to be taken into
account when considering efficiency and costs. It is estimated that to obtain a normal
operation and maximum efficiency we should have at least 350,000 tons in the broken
ore reserve, and it is expected that this position will be reached before the end of the
present year.
The results of the development work during the year were very satisfactory,
more particularly on the eighth level to the west and on the tenth level to the west.
Diamond-drill holes have shown that this ore body continues to the twelftli level, which
is 300 feet below the tenth.
The only work done in Dome Extension ground during the year was a small
amount of stoping in the sixth level ore body; from this stope 6,510 tons, averaging
$4.71 per ton were drawn. It is expected that important ore bodies will be developed
in Dome Extension on the eleventh and twelfth levels during the coming year.
The expenditure uii mining was $556,299.05 or $1,515 per ton milled as
against $1,256 per ton milled during the last year. The increase is due to the
fact that 70,000 tons more was broken than was milled, as against 50,000 tons
less broken than milled in the 1920-21 year. There has also been a much greater
area of stope sill cut during the past year.
The expenditure on development was $404,171.27 or $1,123 per ton milled;
this includes 263.5 feet of shaft sinking in Xo. 3 shaft. The heavy development
expenditure was largely necessitated by the fact that the more important ore
bodies are situated 450 feet to 900 feet from the shaft, thus requiring long drifts
and crosscuts to reach the zones to be prospected.
The following table gives particulars of the development work :
Level
Shafts and
Winzes
Q
1
1
Raise
Slabbing
Box
Holes
.2 02
a:
o
Diamond
Drilling
3rd
57
39
11
808
1,050
1,167
928
415
17
40
92
86
330
489
4
725
"40
"32
195
88
97
646
141
2,007
3,040
1,669
3,646
841.5
172
5.32. 33
5th
167
21
51
740
416
731
25
32
3
98
251
67
129
10
316
20
567
438
15
920
153
36
""25
1,014.00
6th
1,097.91
7th
3,. 542. 00
8th
3,101.07
9th
1,503.00
10th
11th
156
196.5
67
6,716.33
12th
1
Totals
419.5
4,492
2,151
590
2,276
214
1,766
355
12,263.5
17,506.64
Waste hoisted, 45,036 tons.
The ore bodies opened up during the year, as formerly, have proven so irregular
in form and mineral content that no satisfactory estimate can be based on the ex-
posures in drifts and crosscuts. Only by experience in actual stoping operations can
we form any definite idea of what tonnage may reasonably be expected from a given
exposure, and the law of averages must be depended upon in the final result.
While production of the last year has been the .greatest in the history of the
mine by 29 per cent., we are confident that the extensive development policy adopted
has been successful in placing an equivalent amount in sight, and we can therefore
look forward confidently to similar results from our future operation.
The following are the treatment results from the operation of the mill during
the year: —
1922 Mines of Ontario 33
per ton per cent.
Heads, 360,000 tons $8,203
Amalgamation bullion $1,622,012 48 4,506 54.924
Cj'anidation bullion 1,187,439 90 3,298 40.209
$2,809,452 38 7,804 95.133
Of the 360,000 tons of ore milled 333,081 tons, averaging $8.65 per ton, came from
the stopes and 26,919 tons, averaging $10.16 came from development.
The total milling cost was $445,703.38, or $1,238 per ton treated. The cost for
the previous year was at the rate of $1,563 per ton. The following factors were respon-
sible for the reduced cost; the increase in the tonnage milled, the somewhat lower
cost of some supplies such as iron and steel, and the reduction in the wage rate. These
savings were to some extent offset by the expense incurred by finer grinding and longer
treatment of the ore. The extraction was 95.13 per cent, as against 94.728 per cent,
for last year. The finer grinding, already referred to, became necessary owing to the
rock from some of the ore bodies showing a tendency to give a reduced extraction with
ordinary fine grinding. At present the ore is ground so that 92 per cent, passes a 200-
mesh screen, a degree of fineness surpassed by only a few mines treating exceedingly
rebellious ores. Longer cyanide treatment, as well as finer grinding, has been found
necessary, and this is being provided for by the addition of two more Pachuca tanks,
which will increase the time of treatment by thirty per cent.
Both the re-grinding tube mills have been equipped with special liners and iron
balls to improve the fine grinding of concentrate. Two Pachuca tanks have been in
operation since completion early in the year, and two more will be completed and in
operation early this year.
Expenditure on increase of plant amounted to $55,969.86, of which $7,048.00 was
written off. A third 2,500-cubic-foot Belliss and Morcom compressor has been ordered
and will be installed early in the year; this compressor was ordered in 1916, but war"
conditions prevented shipment. The buildings at Dome Extension have been converted
into dwellings, thus providing eight more houses for employees. The new hospital to
replace the one burned was completed early in the year.
Operating costs amounted to $4,558 per ton milled, as compared with $4,529 for the
previous year. This increase is more than accounted for by the increased expenditure
on development work, this expenditure amounting to $1,123 per ton milled, as against
$0,925 for the former period. There is also an increase of 70,000 tons in broken ore
reserve, as against a reduction of 50,000 tons in the previous year.
An ample supply of labor has been available throughout the year and a reduction
of six cents per hour has been made in wage rates.
Goldale.—Goldale Mines, Limited, has bought from The Ontario Porcupine
Goldfields Develoi3ment Company, Limited, the fifty claims formerly owned by
Bewick, Moreing and Company: The company has a capital of 3,000,000 shares
of $1.00 par value, and 1,751,421 shares have been issued. The directors of the
company are as follows: — James Y. Murdoch, Toronto, president; H. W. Knight,
Toronto, vice-president; Arthur H. Britton, Toronto, secretary-treasurer; T. H.
Kea, New York; and E. V. LeSueur, Sarnia. The head office is at 85 Bay St.,
Toronto.
In 1921 the work done consisted of trenching, sampling, and the sinking of
five diamond-drill holes totalling 2,50>3 feet.
Kerr Lake Mines, Limited, has bought a large block of the company's treasury
stock and in April, 1923, H. A. Kee took charge of the work.
TIayden. — Hayden Gold Mines, Limited, had a capitalization of $2,000,000,
but at the last annual meeting a reorganization was eifected and the capitalization
increased to $5,000,000. W. H. Hayden is president and general manager; W. H.
Hills, vice-president; and Willis M. Spaulding, secretary and treasurer. The
head office of the company is at 509 Brisbane Building, Buffalo.
34
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
The mine was pumped out in October and mining resumed late in December
with a force of twelve men. Thirty feet of drifting was done before the end
of the year.
Hollinger. — The Hollinger Consolidated Gold Mines, Limited, has an
authorized capital of $25,000,000—5,000.000 shares of $5.00 par value each;
4,920,000 of these shares are outstanding. The officers of the company are:
Noah A. Timmins, president; David A. Dunlap, vice-president and treasurer;
John B. Holden, secretary; A. F. Brigham, general manager. The directors are:
'Noah A. Timmins, L. H. Timmins, Jules E. Timmins, and Dr. Wilfred L. Mc-
Dougald of Montreal; David A. Dunlap and John B. Holden of Toronto. The
mines and head office are at Timmins, Ont., and the general office is at 85 Bay
Street, Toronto.
The following account of the year's operations is summarized from the eleventh
annual report of the company, covering the year ending December 31. 1921:
The yield from 1,072,493 tons milled in 1921 was $10,031,050.57. Total income
from all sources was $10,314,515.31. Operating expenses absorbed $5,222,855.69, taxes
$429,889.61. depreciation, etc., $634,842.52, making $6,287,587.82 in all, and leaving a
net profit of $4,026,927.49; out of the latter $3,198,000.00 was paid in dividends and
$828,927.49 added to surplus, which now stands at $3,960,779.50.
Following is a summary of charges per ton of ore milled: —
Sundries.
Labour.
Stores.
Total.
Per ton
milled.
General charges.
Mining charges .
Milling charges.
Grand Total.
[10,163 71
,f 228, 924 69
1,979,817 73
500,891 00
S 120, 739 39
1,215,026 71
1,067,292 46
S459,827 79
3,194,844 44
1,. 568, 183 46
50.4287
2.9789
1.4622
S110,163 71 $2,709,633 42 $2,403,058 56 $5,222,855 69t S4.8698
Expenditure charged to plant account for buildings and equipment during the year
was $482,790.79, and the amount written off was $627,488.50. Plant account now show3
a total expenditure from 1910 to the end of 1921 of $4,183,256.76 and $2,827,954.47
written off during that period; the present valuation is 32.4 per cent, of the total
cost of the plant, as compared with a valuation of 40.5 per cent, at the end of 1920.
The company's property has been augmented by the construction of 150 cottages
for employees on the Jerome addition to the town of Timmins. This work involved
a further expenditure for clearing the land, the laying of water service and sewers,
streets, and electric-light equipment.
At No. 11 shaft a large and well-equipped change house to accommodate 800
miners has been built and put in use; also the old change house at the main shaft
has been replaced by one designed to serve 600 miners. These buildings are well-
lighted, warm, dry and equipped with individual steel lockers, wash-basins, showers
and modern sanitary conveniences. A new building to centralize drill sharpening and
tempering has also been completed with facilities for handling 9,000 drills per day.
As to i)ower, the compressor plant now comprises three units of 4,500 and one
of 9,100 cubic feet capacity, equal to 22,600 cubic feet of free air per minute. Two
of the smaller compressors are so designed that, by making some minor changes,
they can be converted into steam engines, and the motors that drive them operated
as generators. This arrangement is novel and was adopted to ensure the continuous
operation of the cyanidation machinery in the event of breakdowns, but it is not
intended that the plant shall function in the reversed condition for a longer time
1922
Mines of Ontario
35
than is necessary to make repairs to the power company's machinery or transmission
lines. Notwithstanding this fact, two units were operated continuously from the
middle of December, 1920, to April 7, 1921. This provided about 1,200 horsepower
which, with the 1,500 kilowatts allotted by the power company, constituted the entire
supply of electric power, as compared with 8,100 horsepower used and paid for
during the latter part of the year. Work was adjusted to the reduced scale, and
costs mounted to a figure never before reached by the Hollinger. From April 7
they declined, and toward the end of the year, as the mill feed increased, were
approaching normal, but they are still higher than the figures for the year 1920.
In the mine a new vein was discovered on the 200-foot level; it is numbered
92 and is of good grade and width. The rest of the ore bodies have maintained
their value and size.
Drifting and crosscutting was continued throughout the year at such a rate as
to provide for the immediate stoi)ing requirements, and maintain the ore reserves
at about the same figure as shown in the preceding three years. The policy of the
company is to so adjust the development programme that the ore put in sight will,
with a safe margin, approximate the tonnage milled. This will continuously tie up
$1,750,000 and will ensure a three and a half years' supply of ore at the present rate
of milling.
The development work done during the year was as follows:
Level
100 feet .
200 feet.
300 feet.
425 feet.
550 feet.
675 feet.
800 feet.
950 feet .
1,100 feet.
1,250 feet.
Shafts
Feet
Total.
.10
166
Drifts
Feet
1,690
1,444
1,787
1,820
4,884
4,792
140
204
176
16,761
Cross
Cuts
Feet
494
244
1,361
700
3,859
1,467
2,341
1,617
800 1
12,8831
RaLses
Feet
325
567
408
337
136
1,773
Diamond
Drilhng
Feet
1,321
6,786
3,557
6,520
5,600
6,588
5,661
525
1,059
37.617
Timbering
Shafts Stope.s
Feet
Feet
333
1,210
1,212
1.332
3,549
1,348
8,984
E.xcava-
tion
Tons
131
75
115
321
Total, Sinking, Drifting, Cross-Cutting and Raising, 31,593 ft.
Details regarding the broken ore:
Level
Broken Ore
in Mine
Jan. 1, 1921
Ore Broken
During
1921
Ore Removed
During
1921
Broken Ore
in Mine
Dec. 31, 1921
No. 10 Shaft Dump
Above 200 ft. Level
•' 300 ft. Level
2,250
56,096
34,264
77,716
232,908
660
91
2,250
113,868
101,449
182,218
380,435
206,803
207,295
1,466
1,244
1,074
108,338
99,630
131,143
470,856
136.363
119,840.
1,466
1,244
1,074
61,626
36,083
425 ft. Level
" 550 ft. Level
128,791
142,487
" 675 ft. Level
71,100
" 800 ft. Level
87,546
" 9.50 ft. Level
" 1,100 ft. Level
" 1,250 ft. Level
Total
403,985
1,195,852
1.069,954
529,883
36
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
The ore developed underground as of December 31, 1921, was:
Above 425-foot level— 1,408,314 tons valued at $15,012,250
425 to 800-foot level— 1,712,571 tons valued at $18,721,478
Below 800-foot level— 281,724 tons valued at $ 2.910.426
A total of 3,402,609 tons valued at $36,644,154
A summary of ore reserves follows:
Tons
Vahie
per
ton
Estimated
gross value
Dec. 31, 1921.
Estimated
gross value
Dec. 31, 1920.
Veins over $10.00
Veins, $10.00 to $8.00.
Veins, $8.00 to $6.00. .
Total ore reserves
Probable ore —
Veins under $6.00. . . .
Surface outcrops
Total
1,571,979
1,653,969
176,661
3,402,609
787,668
202,640
4,392,917
$12 80
9 15
7 80
10 77
5.28
9 42
72
$20,127,764
15,138,440
1,377,950
$36,644,154
$4,162,833
1,909,040
$42,716,027
$19,825,861
15,697,762
1,072,436
$36,596,059
3,135,731
1,987,880
$41,719,670
Certain minor changes in the coarse-crushing machinery have resulted in an
increase in the tube mill output, and established the capacity of the whole plant at
4,000 tons, or more, per day; this average can be confidently expected for the coming
year.
Following is a statement of the milling results:
Tons ore milled
Average value per ton
Gross value
Deduct loss in tailing
Net value recovered
1,072,493
$ 9 67
$10,367,901 07
$ 336,850 50
$10,031,050 57
Average tons per day 2,938 tons
Per cent, of possible time run 78.7
Tons per 24 hours running
time 3.733 tons
Stamp duty per 24 hours run-
ning time 16.59 tons
Solution precipitated per ton
ore 2.08 tons
Value per ton in tailing . . . $0.31
Cyanide consumed per ton of
ore 0.521 lbs.
Zinc consumed per ton of ore 0.209 lbs.
Zinc consumed per ton of
solution 0.100 lbs.
Lime consumed per ton of ore 2.406 lbs.
Lead acetate per ton of ore . . 0.012 lbs.
Average value pregnant solu-
tion $4.48
The average number of men employed during the year has been 1,582, distributed
as follows: —
Miners.
Mechanics.
General.
Total.
Exploration. . .
Development . .
Production ....
11
203
789
Operation
Maintenance. . .
Construction . . .
72
141
5
Mill & refinery
Engineering staff . . .
Clerical staff
Miscellaneous
182
39
29
111
Miners
Mechanics. . . .
General
1,003
218
361
31,00
218
381
1,528
The number of stockholders has increased from 2.800 to nearly 3,500.
1922
Mines of Ontario
37
Mclntijre. — The ninth annual report of Mclntyre Porcupine j\Iines, Limited,
covering the fiscal year ending June 30, 1921, is summarized below: —
Brig. Gen. Sir Henry M. Pellatt, C.V.O., has retired from the directorate and has
been succeeded by W. J. Sheppard of Waubaushene as vice-president, and by Joseph
Errington of San Francisco as director.
Net operating earnings before providing for taxes and depreciation amounted to
$815,562.53 and non-operating revenues to $272,951.38 or a total of $1,088,513.91. This
is a decrease of $191,718.46 in total earnings from the previous year and is due to a
curtailment of work from December 26, 1920, to April 7, 1921, caused by a shortage of
power. To guard against a similar shortage, the company has acquired the right to
develop Sturgeon Falls on the Mattagami River, thirty miles from the mine. Of the
total earnings, $272,983.79 was appropriated as follows:
Reserve for plant depreciation $207,326 50
Reserve for taxes for the current year 64,525 54
Written off holdings in adjoining mining properties 1,131 75
This left a net profit for the year of $815,530.12.
As in the previous year, three dividends of five per cent, each and aggregating
$546,042.45 were paid to the shareholders. The surplus now amounts to $1,646,207.76.
During the year, there was treated 171,916 tons of ore having an average value
of $11.67 per ton; this yielded bullion containing 91,330.26 ounces of gold and
19,806.4 ounces of silver, valued at $1,904,326.36; a recovery of $11.08 per ton of ore
treated.
The total ore hoisted was 174,030 tons, of which 153,267 tons was obtained from
slopes and development headings and the remainder from broken ore reserves. There
are now 92,748 tons of ore broken in the stopes.
Following is a summary of ore hoisted:
Level
600
700
800
1,000
1,125
1,250
1,375
1,500
Tons
2,138
1,623
4,433
47,731
53,022
31,356
30,565
3,162
174,030
Assay value
$ 7
00
9
25
14
75
13
85
9
85
14
15
9
15
9
00
$11 58
Total value
$ 14,966 00
15,012 75
65,386 00
661,074 35
522,266 70
443,687 40
279,669 75
28,458 00
$2,030,520 95
Development work done during the year was confined to the 1125-, 1250-, 1375-,
and 1500-foot levels. The carbonaceous schist encountered in the lower levels of the
mine occurs in a series of south-dipping thrust faults intersecting No. 5 vein for a
distance of 350 feet on the 1250, 420 feet on the 1375 and 435 feet on the 1500. Drift-
ing in this faulted zone opened up sections of No. 5 vein of good stoping width, but,
in mining, this ore will be diluted with carbonaceous material requiring special treat-
ment before cyanidation. Considerable development has been carried on to the west
and below the carbonaceous zone of the four lower levels, and on each level No. 5
vein has been found to continue below the zone without any marked change of gold
content, three stopes now producing ore from this section assay from $13.00 to $16.40.
Below the 1250-foot level the contact between the greenstone-basalt schists and
the porphyry, which strikes southwest, flattens out and the area of favorable ore-
bearing formation is increased.
The main shaft is being sunk from the 1500-foot level and is now 1610 feet deep.
Levels will be opened at 1625, 1750 and 1875 feet. No. 5 shaft is being raised from
the 1375 to the 1000, and when completed will be sunk to the 1500-foot level to facilitate
the development of the lower levels.
38 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Development and exploration work to 3U June, 1921, are summarized as fol-
lows : —
Drifts 41,575.8 ft.
Cross-cuts 15,243.3 "
Raises 6,499.4 "
Winzes 579.7 "
Shafts 5,697.4 "
Stations 1,459.0 "
Sumps 2,542.0 tons
Pockets 3,764.0 "
Total Footage 71,054.6 ft.
Excavations 6,306.0 tons
Diamond Drilling 49,319.0 ft.
The total operating costs per ton milled amounted to $6.3331. Mining costs
totalled $3.5711, made up of: breaking and stoping $2.3004, development $1.1728 and
exploration .$0.0979. The other items are: milling $1.2052, crushing and transporta-
tion of ore $0.2317, head office expense $0.4461, mine office expense $0.3592, employees'
insurance and welfare. $0.2569. heating and maintenance of buildings, $0.1683, general
insurance $0.0866, examination of prospects $0.0080.
The ore reserves are estimated as follows:
Tons Assay Amount
Mclntyre claims 224,586 $10 55 $2,366,524 OO
Mclntyre Extension claims 205,007 10 50 2,153,981 00
Jupiter claim 102,081 7 95 813,275 00
Broken ore reserves in stopes 92.748 11 40 1,058,614 00
624,422 $10 25 $6,392,394 00
A process has been developed that will satisfactorily treat the ores containing-
carbonaceous matter without the aid of flotation. After a preliminary treatment in
the ball and tube mill circuit, the ore can be safely sent to the cyanide plant without
danger of causing a premature precipitation of the gold. The milling capacity of
the plant will be increased to 1,000 tons per day by the addition of a 500-ton unit
equipped to handle carbonaceous ores.
The mill ran 85.5 per cent of the time, and treated 171,916 tons of ore at a cost
of $1.2052 per ton with an extraction of 94.9 per cent.
Nortlicrown. — The directors of the Xorthcrown Porc-upine Mines, Limited,
decided early in the year to develope and diamond-drill the Thompson-Krist section
of the property. Up to June 7, 2,000 feet of drifts and crosscuts were driven
and 1,500 feet of diamond-drill holes completed. During the remainder of the
year only a small crew for pumping and maintenance was employed.
Porcupine Davidson. — Porcupine Davidson Gold Mines, Limited, has succeeded
Davidson Consolidated Mines, Limited, as owner of the 420 acres known as the
Davidson mine. The j^rice paid for the property was £50,000 cash, £175,000 pre-
ferred stock, and £450,000 common stock. The capitalization of the new com-
pany is £1,000,000, in shares of five shillings each, and £710,044 has been issued.
The directors are: Colonel Bobert Starke, Montreal, Que.; H. H. Sutherland,
Toronto ; Arthur AYilson Filmer, London, Eng. ; Sir Archibald ]\ritchelson, Bart.,
London, Eng.; The Hon. Inigo Brassey Freeman Thomas, London, Eng.; Eobert
Fennell, Toronto; J. J. Davis, London, Out. R. E. Evans, 4 King Edward Hotel,
Toronto, is secretary-treasurer.
The mine was pumped out in September, and 45 men, exclusive of ten
diamond-drill operators, were employed between October and December 12. The
development work done consisted of: 74 feet of crosscutting north and 140 feet
1922 Mines of Ontario 39
west iu ore ou the GOO-1'oot level; a 49-foot raise, coimeetiiig the GOO-i"oot with
the 55U-foot level, and 100 feet of crosscuttiiig to the south from the top of tl\e
raise.
Four thousand feet of diamond-drilling was done from the 600-foot level;
this showed commercial ore at a vertical depth of 725 feet. One 600-foot and two
1000-foot holes were drilled from the surface, and two more 1,000 foot holes are
being put down to cut the ore at a depth of 1,000 feet; when this drilling is com-
pleted, the ore body Avill have been tested for a length of 1,500 feet.
Porcupine Peninsular. — The C'allinan-McKay Exploration Company (A
Delaware incorporation) began work in August, under a working option on the
proi)erties of the Porcupine Peninsular Gold Mines, Limited, The latter is an
Ontario Company with a capital of $1,000,000 and owns Gold island and a por-
tion of the peninsula in Xight Hawk lake; the original board of directors con-
sisted of: J. H. Black, C. M. Auer, J. A. McKay, George Grover and Frank
Forbusch. On March 21. 1922, Night Hawk Peninsula Mines, Limited, was
incorporated with a capital of $5,000,000 and acquired the assets of both the above-
mentioned companies together with some additional mining claims. The officers
of the new company are: William Thaw, president; J. W. Callinan, vice-presi-
dent; J. A. McKay, vice-president; Samuel J. Grenet, Treasurer; Sara. Hallis;
James E. Dodworth, chairman board of directors. A. E. Globe is manager and
from twenty to thirty men are employed.
The property has an area of 266 acres and comprises 7 claims in two groups,
namely; Xos. 914 to 919, and P. 7801.
There was an 80-foot shaft on the end of the peninsula. This was deepened
by 110 feet and a second level opened at 180 feet. Lateral development in 1921
consisted of 11 feet of crosscut and 29 feet of drift. Subsequent drifting has
given very encouraging results, and in the west drift on the 180-foot level a face
of 24 feet of $14.00 ore has been opened up.
Porcupine Keora. — Porcupine Keora Mining Company, Limited, had 15 men
at work during the first seven months in the year and kept the mine pumped out
until OctolDer 15, when it was allowed to fill with water.
The development work consisted of 80 or 90 feet of drifting in graphitic ore,
30 feet of drifting on No. 11 vein and 390 feet of crosscutting south on the 245-
foot level to cut Nos. 1 and 3 veins. J. C. Waite is manager.
Triplex.--T\\e Triplex Gold Klines, Limited, capitalized at $5,000,000 in
shares of $1.00 par value, was formed to work 29 mining claims in Sliaw and
Langmuir townships. The hold'-igs aggregate 1266 acres and include the Tommy
Burns, Cavanagh, Pope, and c _.er claims. The officers are: — Charles B. Post,
Worcester, Mass., president; Andrew G. Hildreth, Worcester, Mass., first vice-
president; Gordon H. Gauthier, South Porcupine, Out., second vice-president;
Matthew Thomas, South Porcupine, Out., secretary-treasurer; Charles S. Averill,
Worcester, Mass., director; William H. Dalton, Toronto, director; William M.
Moore, Toronto, director ; Major Duncan B. Harrison, Hotel Bancroft, Worcester,
Mass., construction manager and fiscal agent.
The company started work in June on the Burns claims, sank 105 feet of
incline shaft, and on the 100-foot level did 30 feet of drifting to the north and
37 feet to the south. The force consisted of 20 men.
40 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Union. — The Union Mining Corporation, Limited, continued to prospect
in "UQiitesides township until December 10, wlien it was decided to stop work at the
property there and exploit the Smith-Labine claims, a 120-acre property near
Sesekinika. The company has been changed to a common-law business trust, the
Union Gold Mines Trust, with a capital of $2,000,000 in $10.00 shares.
The underground work completed at the AVhitesides township prospect con-
sisted of: a 260-foot shaft Avitli levels at 150 and 250 feet; on the 150-foot level,
230 feet of crosscutting and 100 feet of drifting; on the 250-foot, 130 feet of
crosscutting. From 25 to 30 men were employed under manager C. T. Denker,
Timmins, Ont.
Kirkland Lake
Bidgood. — The Bidgood Gold Mines, Limited, had thirty men employed on
its property in Lebel township during the last seven months in tlie year. George
Tough is president, and D. H. Angus, manager.
Development work consisted of drifting on the 300-foot level, mainly on
No. 9 vein, sinking the shaft from the 300 to the 400-foot level, and crosscutting
on the 400-foot level to cut No. 9 vein. The following summary shows the
amount of work accomplished underground during 1921 and to date: —
1921. Total.
Drifting 633 feet 1044 feet
Crosscutting 308 feet 657 feet
Shaft sinking 100 feet 417.5 feet
1041 feet 2118.5 feet
King Kirldand. — The King Kirkland Gold Mines, Limited, has an authorized
capital of $2,500,000 of which 1,250,000 shares have been issued, and 1,250,000
remain in the treasury. The board of directors is as follows : — C. F. Jordan, Hailey-
bury, Ont., president and general manager ; E. L. Wettlaufer, Toronto, Ont., vice-
president; A. B. Crosby, Treasurer; G. A. M. Davidson, secretary, (Clerk of Mark-
ham township) ; George I. Hambly, Toronto, and John Schwartz, Kitchener.
The company owns 7 mining claims, L.8001, L.S002, L.4117, L.4118, L.2292,
L.2910, LS.108, "in one block of 309 acres in Lebel township east of Gull lake.
Twenty men were employed during the summer under the supervision of Ernest
Craig. The work done consisted of considerable trenching, the sinking of a 100-
foot shaft and a little drifting.
KirUand ComUned. — On December 1, 1921, the Kirkland Combined Mines,
Limited, resumed drifting on the 200-foot level. Work was in progress for two
months, during which 300 feet were driven and a 600-foot diamond-drill hole put
down. Ten men were employed in the mine, five of whom were diamond-drill
workmen, A. W. Grierson is superintendent.
Kirkland Lake. — The Kirkland Lake Gold Mining Company, Limited,
has a paid-up capital of $2,000,000, the par value of the shares being $1.00.
The directors of the company are: — F. L. Culver, president; W. T. Mason,
vice-president; E. Graham, secretary-treasurer; F. L. Lovelace. The head office of
the Company is at 810 Lumsden Bldg., Toronto. W. M. Sixt is mine superinten-
dent.
1922 Mines of Ontario 41
The sixth annual report of the company covers tlie period for the seven months
ending December 31st, iy<?l. The development work during tliis period was as
follows: — drifting, 1043 feet; crosscutting 163 feet; raising 148 feet; shaft
raising 77 feet; shaft sinking 15 feet; diamond-drilling 1,001 feet. The main or
central shaft is now at the 700-foot level. The mill treated 25,717 tons of ore
from which was recovered $147,(354.83 in gold bnllion.
Lake Shore. — The Lake Shore Mines, Limited, has a capitalization of 2,000,-
000 shares of a par value of $1.00. Tiie executive officers are: — Harry Oakes,
president and managing director; "W. II. Wright, vice-president; J. B. Tyrrell,
second vice-president; Dr. W. P. St. Charles, treasurer; Kirkland Securities,
Limited, secretary. The directors are Harry Oakes, A. G. Slaght, Dr. W. P. St.
Charles, C. E. Wettlaufer, Albert Wende, J. B. Tyrrell, W. H. Wright. E. C.
Coflfey is mine manager.
For the year ending Xov. 30, 1921, 21,681 tons of ore were milled, from which
was recovered in bullion $460,186.37, or $21.22 per ton. A total of 3,188 feet of
development work was done during the year and the broken ore in stopes amounts
to 28,298 tons. The shaft was sunk to the 600-foot level and No. 1 and No. 2
veins were opened up on this level.
Future plans include enlarging the shaft from tbe 400-foot level to the
surface, sinking to the 800-foot level and increasing the milling capacity.
Three dividends of $40,000 each were paid during the year.
Montreal-KirMand. — In November, 1921, the Montreal-Kirkland Mines,
Limited, began work with a force of eight men on its 200-acre property, which
is north of the Ontario-Kirkland mine. The camps were repaired and the fol-
lowing erected: a transmission line, a power house, 24 feet by 36 feet, a 47-foot
head frame, a blacksmith shop and a stable. B. G. Killoran was in charge.
The company had a capitalization of $3,500,000. The board of directors is
as follows: W. F. Empey, president; John T. Tebbutt, vice-president; A. A.
Mack, secretary; Senator N. Curry, Robt. Curry, F. J. Hodgson, J. B. Peloquin,
Fred Cooper, T. H. Eeider, all of Montreal, and B. G. Killoran of Haileybury.
The head office of the company is at 46 Bank of Ottawa Building, Montreal.
A merger with the Ontario-Kirkland Gold Mines, Limited, was effected
March 10, 1922. The agreement provides for the formation of a new company
known as the Montreal-Ontario Mines, Limited, with a capital of $5,000,000 in
shares of $1.00 par value. The Ontario-Kirkland shareholders are to receive
1,500,000 shares in the new company equivalent to their capital stock, and the
Montreal-Kirkland shareholders are to receive 1,725,000 shares in the new com-
pany, the equivalent to their issued stock. The new company assumes the cur-
rent liabilities of the Ontario-Kirkland Mines, Limited, amounting to not more
than $120,000, and in addition agrees to issue 481,250 shares of stock to provide for
the payment of the present outstanding notes of the Ontario-Kirkland company
amounting to $173,250.00; it further agrees to issue additional shares at 40 cents
to cover the six per cent, interest on these notes.
The officers of the new company are: president, AY. F. Empey; vice-presi-
dent, Frank Huth; secretary-treasurer, A. A. Mack; directors: Albert J. Bolton,
Hon. Daniel Curry, Walter E. Hurd, Eobert Curry, W. H. Meyer, J. B. Peloquin,
John T. Tebbutt. ^
42 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Onfario-Kirkland. — The Oiitario-Ivirkland Gold Mines, Limited, operated
its property at Kirkland Lake during the year with an average force of about
40 men; the force was increased to 70 men when the mill was put in operation
about the end of the year. The company has a capitalization of $1,500,000 in
shares of $1.00 par value.
The officers are: Frank Huth, president; Walter E. Hurd, vice-president;
Albert J. Bolton, treasurer; W. A. Gordon, secretary; Ealph Hurd, manager.
The development work during the year consisted of 50 feet of crosscut on the
300-foot level, and 1,500 feet of drifts and crosscuts on the 450-foot level. The
No. 2 shaft was completed to the 450-foot level by sinking from the surface and
raising from the bottom level. Development from the No. 2 shaft consisted of
160 feet of crosscuts and 150 feet of drifts on the 150-foot level.
Stoping was begun in the last quarter of the year, and the Xo. 317 stope
was carried up 40 feet over a length of 135 feet; the X'o. 302 stope was carried
up 30 feet over a length of 175 feet. On the 150-foot level a small stope was
carried up 20 feet over a length of 60 feet.
The additions to plant included the construction of a 100-ton mill complete
for cyanide treatment; the installation of an additional air compressor of 1046-
cubic-feet capacity driven by 170 h.p. motor, and an Ingersoll-Band double-drum
hoist driven by a 50 h.p. motor.
The mill was started in December, but two breakdowns of the hoist caused a
month's delay. Between 3,000 and 4,000 tons were milled before the property
was closed down, February 18.
Queen-Lehel. — The Queen-Lebel Gold Mines, Limited, has an authorized capital
of $2,000,000 in shares of $1.00 par value; 1,000,000 shares have been issued and
1.000,000 remain in the treasury. The board of directors is as follows: G. A.
Wanless, president; David Gross, vice-president; Y. H. Hattin, secretary; Harry
Braniff, treasurer; W. H. Hamblin and William T. Sass, all of Kitchener, On-
tario, and E. B. Wood, general manager, Haileybury, Ontario. The head office
of the company is at 35 King St. West, Kitchener, Ontario.
The companv owns a group of four mining claims south of the east end of
Gull Lake in Lebel township. The property contains 136.7 acres.
Trenchino- began on May 23, 1921, and about 3,000 lineal feet of this work
was done during the summer with a force of 10 men. A 60-foot shaft was sunk
by hand during the first quarter of 1922.
Camps and a power house were built and the following machinery installed
in the spring of 1922 : two 50-h.p. boilers, a 420-cubic-foot Ingersoll-Sargeant air
compressor and a 7 by 9-inch hoist.
TecTc-Hughes. — Teck-Hughes Gold Mines, Limited, operated its property
during the year. The board of directors is as follows: Charles L. Denison, presi-
dent; Albert W. Johnston, vice-president; George C. Miller, secretary; William
C. Himrod, treasurer; Eobert W. Pomeroy, J. F. Thompson. D. L. H. Forbes,
Kirkland Lake, Ont., is general superintendent. An average of 75 men was
employed.
1922
Mines of Ontario
43
The general superiutendent's report for the fiscal year ending August 31,
1921, gives the following summary of operations:
During this period 32,634 dry tons of ore were treated from which bullion
amounting to $304,792.33, or $9.34 per ton, was recovered. Including exchange,
premiums and interest, the gross revenue for the year was $344,806.44, or $10.57 per
ton. The total operating cost, including such indirect charges as depreciation on
plant, new construction and extraordinary expense, amounted to $291,956.07, or $8.95
per ton, leaving a net revenue of $52,850.37. A detailed analysis of operating costs
shows that the total direct operating cost amounted to only $7.01 per ton.
The first, third and fifth levels were extended and the sixth level started. De-
velopment work produced 3,935 tons of ore, that was treated in the mill, 587 tons
of low grade rock, that was sent to stock piles, and 4,372 tons of waste. The total
amount of development work was 1,792.8 lineal feet as detailed in the summary below.
Winzes
Raises
Drifts 1 Crosscut
Shaft
sinking
Station
cutting
Total
At Sept. 1, 1920
For fiscal vear
464.0
48.0
595.0
237.5
6,074.0
842.5
2,993.0
664.8
816
109
11.051.0
1,792.8
At Sept. 1, 1921
512.0
832.5
6,916.5
3,657.8
816
109
12,843.8
At August 31, 1921, ore reserves were estimated to be as follows:
Tons Av. Grade Gross Value
Blocked-out ore 18,100 $1104 $199,800 00
Broken ore 24,500 8 92 218,500 00
Total fully developed 42,600 $ 9 84 $418,300 00
Partly developed 56,290 $ 8 69 $488,840 GO
Total ore reserves 98,890 $ 9 17 $907,140 00
In July, 1921, work was commenced to bring the treatment capacity of the mill up
to the estimated capacity of the mine and surface equipment with only slight ex-
penditures oij mill, sleeping camp and electric power equipment. This work when
completed should appreciably increase the profit to be derived from the known re-
sources of the mine, and ultimately enable the profitable mining and treatment of
blocks of ground in the mine that would otherwise have to be abandoned as un-
profitable.
A supplementary report of the general superintendent for the last four months
of the calendar year shows that the net profit per month from September 1 has been
upwards of $10,000; also that the development on the sixth level has been so satis-
factory that the treatment of 2,900 tons of ore during the month of December gave
a gross return of about $46,000, which should yield about $25,000 net profit. Not
only has some very satisfactory ore been encountered, but the work has developed
some high-grade ore shoots, especially towards the eastern end of No. 3 vein at the
600-foot level. It is planned to continue the winze to the 980-foot level before start-
ing stopes on the sixth level.
A re-organization of the company was effected at a general meeting of the share-
holders held at Toronto on December, 7, 1921. The company as re-organized has a
capital stock of 4,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value, all of which will be issued except
130,000 shares, which will remain in the treasury. In accordance with this plan the
sale of 1,720,000 shares of the new issue of stock will leave outstanding in the
hands of the bondholders only $342,000 of the new bond issue.
Tough-Oal-es. — Tough-Oakes Gold ]\rines, Limited, resumed operations on
April 15 with the de-watering of the mine. Development work began on May
22 with a force of 30 men which was later increased to 60.
44 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
During the year a total of 1,320 feet of development work was accomplished.
This consisted of 899 feet of drifts, 40-i feet of crosscuts and a 17-foot raise. The
orosscutting was undertaken to prove the direction and extent of faulting that
had taken place west of the main diabase fault and the upthrow caused by the
vertical fault which cut off Xo. 2 vein immediately below the 400-foot level. The
vertical fault has thrown the continuation of No. 2 vein into the adjoining Burn-
side property, now a part of the company's holdings, and the horizontal throw
caused by the diabase fault is also southward into this property. Drifting at the
400-foot level on No. 3 vein showed a narrow but well defined vein carrying a
little gold, and drifting on No. 11 vein for a distance of 263 feet developed ore of
average grade with a width of 42 inches.
During the winter reconstruction of the surface plant was undertaken pre-
paratory to resuming milling. Under the new scheme all ore will be handled
from N'o. 3 shaft on the Burnside property which is being continued from the
400 to the 550-foot level.
KirTcland Lake Proprietary, {1919), Limited. — This company was formed in
October, 1919, and is a re-organization of the Kirkland Lake Proprietary. The
company holds a controlling interest in Aladdin Cobalt Company, Limited, and
Tough-Oakes Gold Mines, Limited, and has absorbed Burnside Gold Mines,
Limited. The registered office of the company is Finsbury Pavement House,
London, Eng. The following are the directors: Capt. C. E. C. Jorgensen; Gen.
Sir Bindin Blood, G. C. B. ; Hon. K. H. Simpson, H. G. Latilla, A. Burt, H. J.
Guntrip, secretary. S. C. Thompson, 43 Exchange Place, New York, is con-
sulting engineer and W. E. Thomas, Kirkland Lake, manager. The capital of
the company is one million shares of one pound each; 779,403 shares have been
issued fully paid.
Wrig7it-Har greaves. — AVright-Hargreaves Mines, Limited, has an authorized
capital of $2,750,000, in shares of $1.00 par value. The board of directors is as
follows: Oliver Cavana, Jr., president; Edwin Lang Miller, vice-president and
secretary; Gerard F. Miller, treasurer; Albert Wende, general manager; Ealph
Hochstetter, Charles G. Duffy, Oliver G. Donaldson and Harcourt Ferguson.
Following is an abstract taken from the first annual report of the company,
covering the year ending December 31, 1921:
The mill was started on May 1, and during the ensuing eight months treated
36,081 tons of ore; the recovery was $468,665.64 in gold bullion or an average of
$13.00 per ton. Since the mill was started it has run ninety-two per cent, of the
possible running time and treated an average of 175 tons of ore per day.
Most of the year's work was done on No. 2 vein, and since August 1 nothing
has been done on No. 1 vein. The total amount of crosscutting and drifting up ta
the end of the year was 2,908 feet. Following are details regarding the stopes:
Stope,
Length in feet.
Broken ore
in tons.
400 east
470
7,900
400 west
260
6,360
300 east
220
8,000
200 east
240
1,840
200 west
100
360
On May 1, when the mill was started, the broken ore on hand amounted to 2,000
tons; on December 1, 25,085 tons.
1922 Mines of Ontario 45
Additions to plant included a 650-cubic foot air compressor, two air receivers and
an electric signal system; also equipment to use exhaust steam for heating, and to con-
dense the remainder so as to return all the water to the boiler.
An average of 103 men was employed.
Matachewan
Thesaurus. — The Thesaurus Gold Mines, Limited, has a capital of $1,000,-
000 in shares of $1.00 par value. The board of directors is as follows: W. R.
Smythe, president; W. J. Shields, secretary-treasurer; J. C. Nelson, managing
director; M. J. Conkey and W. L. Forest.
The company owns 271 acres at the head of Matachewan lake on the north
side of the township of Baden.
The property was operated with a force of fifteen men from May 10th to
Nov. 1st. After building a camp, a boiler and hoist house, and a blacksmith
shop, 60 feet of sinking and 23 feet of crosscutting was done; power being sup-
plied by a small steam plant.
West Shiningtree
Burl-c. — In October the Hollinger Consolidated Gold Mines, Limited, took
an option on the Burke-Cochrane-Landagne group of claims (T.TJ.S. 3767, T.R.S.
3768, and others) west of Granite lake in Fawcett township. The company sank
three or four shallow diamond drill holes and discontinued work in January,
1922. It is understood that the option has not been exercised.
Hologden. — Hologden Mines, Limited, was incorporated December 10, 1921,
with a capital of $1,000,000 divided into shares of $1.00 par valut. The head
office of the company is at North Bay, Ont. The directors are : Hart Martin,
president; Charles S. McGaughey, secretary-treasurer; S'avario De Rosa; Angelo
Chirico; Italio Giaya; all of the directors live in North Bay.
The following unpatented claims in the West Shining Tree area have been
transferred to the company: T.R.S. 4043, T.R.S. 4238, T.R.S. 4229, T.R.S. 4666,
T.R.S. 4913, T.R.S. 4913, and T.R.S. 4914; these claims are south of Mac-
Donald lake in Asquith township.
About the middle of March, 1923, six men in charge of Savario De Rosa
began doing assessment work and, when inspection was made March 33, they
were sinking a pit near the camp on T.R.S. 4043; this pit was then 14 feet deep.
Miller- Adair. —The Miller-Adair claims, T.R.S. 4008, T.R.S. 3698, T.R.S.
4121, and T.R.S. 3541, aggregating 153 acres, are now owned by Miller-Adair
Mines, Limited.
This company was incorporated June 3, 1919, but as yet has not done any
work. The capital stock consists of 3,000,000 shares having a par value of $1.00
each; 1,000,000 shares have been issued to John Adair, Archie S. Burton,
Charles A. Gentles, and Charles Millar, the vendors of the claims. The directors
are: Charles Millar, president; Charles A. Gentles, vice-president; George R.
Sproat, secretary-treasurer; Andrew W. Hunter, Charles H. Kemp; all of
Toronto.
46 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Wasapika. — The Wasapika niiue in the "West Shining Tree area, owned by
Wasapika Consolidated Mines, Limited, was idle in 1921. George R. Rogers is
president; James E. Day, vice-president; and Reginald E. Hore, secretary; all
these officers reside in Toronto.
On November 24, 1931, a new company, Ribble Mines, Limited, was incor-
porated with a capital of $2,000,000. This company has acquired control of the
Wasapika Consolidated Mines, Limited, and will operate the Wasapika mine,
commencing in the spring of 1922. The head office of the new company is at
304 C.P.R. Building, Toronto, and the directors are: George R. Rogers, presi-
dent and general manager, Toronto; Reginald E. Hore, vice-president, Toronto;
James E. Day, Toronto; L. J. Lahay, Toronto; J. C. Mahon, Cobalt.
]Yhite RocJi. — White Rock Mining Company, Limited, mentioned in the last
report of this Department, resumed work in the spring of 1921. This company
is i^rospecting the Saville vein, which strikes in a northwesterly direction and
dips to the southwest at about 65 degrees.
On March 22, 1922, the date of last inspection, the shaft was 175 feet deep
and levels had been opened at 65 and 170 feet. This shaft is vertical, divided
into two compartments, and measures 6 feet -4 inches by 11 feet outside the
timbers. It was started at the top of a 65-degree incline that had been sunk
45 feet on the vein, and as much of this incline as was practicable was used to
form the upper portion of the vertical shaft. On the 65-foot level the work
done consisted of a crosscut, 21 feet long, from the shaft to the vein, 165 feet of
drifting to the northwest and 100 feet to the southeast. On the 170-foot level
there was an 86-foot crosscut to the vein, 35 feet of additional crosscutting, 140
feet of drifting to tlie northwest and 120 feet to the southeast.
The machinery includt's two locomotive-type boilers, a 5<)-b.p. and a 35-h.p ,
an 85-h.p. Peerless engine driving a 300-cubic foot Gardner compressor, a
6-inch by 8-inch Jenckes hoisting engine, a 9-inch by 14-inch Mitchell jaw
crusher, a 15-h.p. Jewel engine to drive the crusher, a 2->tamp Tremaine
mill, a circular saw, and an 0. and S. engine to drive the saw.
A small quantity of ore was sloped above the first level, stamped in the
Tremaine mill and amalgamated.
The directors, all of whom live in Sudlniry, are: William McVittie, presi-
dent; W. Arthur Evans, vice-president; Charles Jessup, Maurice Cohen, Charles
McCrea, M.P.P. A. J. Manley, >Sudbury, is secretary, and AVilliam Stevenson,
Shining Tree, Ont., superintendent.
Howry Creek
The three gold prospects mentioned below are in the Howry Creek area and
were described in the last Annual Report :
Bousquet. — Bousquet Gold Mines, Limited, continued to prospect its pro-
perty near Howry Creek until October, when all work was stopped. Besides
doing considerable trenching, the company sank a 2-compartment shaft to a
depth of 110 feet, and did 280 feet of lateral work on the 110-foot level.
Wm. B. .McPhersoii. Imperial IJaiik Building, 171 Yonge Street, Toronto,
is secretary of the company.
1922 Mines of Ontario 47
Howry Creek. — The Howry Creek Mining Corporation, Limited, stopped
work on December 21, 1921. The underground work done up to that date was
as follows :
An adit was driven a total distance of 428 feet; at the point where it was
expected the vein would be cut, only a tight fracture in the quartzite was found.
About 110 feet east of the line of the adit a 5-foot by 7-foot shaft was
started and sunk 50 feet. The vein in the lower part of this shaft is reported
to be about 20 inches in width.
Near the east end of the outcrop a pit, 10 feet deep, was sunk.
A. K. Anderson of Ottawa was superintendent.
Majestic. — Majestic Gold Mines, Limited, did a little prospecting on one
of its claims about half a mile west of West Biver station on the Algoma Eastern
railway.
When the last inspection of this property was made (February IG, 1922)
No. 1 shaft was 33 feet deep and a pit, being sunk about 160 feet to the north-
west of the shaft, was ten feet deep. Small camps and a boiler house have been
built. The latter building contains a Nagle locomotive-type boiler, a small Cana-
dian Band compressor and an Anaconda-type hoist.
M. A. Attalah, 213 Carlton Street, Toronto, is president of the company,
and Peter Greco is mine superintendent.
Silver
Cobalt
Aladdin. — The Aladdin Cobalt Company. Limited, operated during most of
the past year on the southeast portion of the Chambers-Ferland property ; . the
work was done through the Eight-of-Way shaft which was leased. Good results
were obtained in the early part of the year and several new veins were encountered
close to the Nipissing boundary. Unfortunately, on getting to the Keewatin the
results were disappointing and the work was discontinued in November. About
20 men were employed under superintendent John Matheson.
During the period from January to November the development work
amounted to 1082 feet divided as follows: drifts 465 feet; crosscuts 386 feet;
raises 170 feet; winzes 61 feet. The production was 38,031 ounces of silver
which yielded a return of $22,774.82.
As Kirkland Lake Proprietary, 1919, Limited, was re-opeiiiug the Tough-Oakes
gold mine it was decided to suspend work at the Aladdin. Mr. W. H. Goodchild
made a geological examination of the Aladdin in November and reported that
the company's property lying between the N'ipissing and LaBose mine may still
be ranked as first-class prospecting ground, and it is expected that operations
may be resumed in the near future.
Bailey. — The Bailey Silver Mines, Limited, with a capitalization of $1,250,-
000, owns and operates the Bailey mine at Giroux Lake and the mill formerly
owned by Northern Customs Concentrators, Limited, at North Cobalt. In
December a lease was taken on the Silver Cliff mine.
The officers of the company are : A. J. Young, president ; W. B. Sweeney,
secretary-treasurer; G. C. Bateman, consulting engineer, and B. E. Dye, mill
superintendent.
48 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Diiring the year ending December 31, 1921, the Bailey mine shipped 11,600
tons of ore from which was recovered 81,749 ounces of silver. This ore came
from 5A and 5B veins above the fifth level, and also from the extension of the
Big Pete vein workings above the fourth level.
The mill treated a total of 49,619 tons and received a gross revenue of
$141,925.00, from which was realized an operating profit of $37,813.00. This
ore came from the following properties:
Bailey mine 11,600 . 21 tons
Silver Cliff mine 247.79 "
La Rose mines 36,364 . 91 "
Aladdin Cobalt Co 607.01 "
Silver Leaf dump 180 . 84 "
Ophir dump 53 . 95 "
Silver Queen mine 448 . 76 "
Hermo Mining Co. (Reliance) 115.19 "
Total 49,618 . 66 tons
Cohalt A-53. — The Cobalt A-53 property in Gillies Limit was operated by
J. J. Byrne with a force of five to six men during the last two months of the
year. About 100 feet of drifting was done on the 60-foot level, and during the
winter months a 40-foot winze was sunk from this level at a point southeast of
the shaft.
The property is owned by the Cobalt A-53 Silver Mining Company, Limited,
the officers of which are: E. J. Hart, Toronto, president; Edwin Stansbury, first
vice-president; A. W. Hennessey, second vice-president; H. S. Honsberger, 119
Bay St., Toronto, secretary-treasurer; K. Xelson, Benjamin Trumin and W. H.
Matthews.
Coniagas. — The Coniagas Mines, Limited, has a capitalization of $4,000,-
000, divided into shares of a par value of $5.00. The company owns the Coniagas
mine at Cobalt and the Coniagas Reduction Company, Limited, whose smelter
is at Thorold.
The board of directors consists of R. \Y. Leonard, president, St. Catharines;
Alex. Longwell, vice-president, Toronto; F. D. Reid, general manager. Cobalt;
R. P. Rogers, Woodstock: A. L. Bishop, St. Catharines; H. H. Collier, St. Cath-
arines : R. L. Peek, Deschenes, Quebec. J. J. Mackan of St. Catharines is
secretary-treasurer.
During the year the Coniagas Reduction Company, Limited, shipped 1,486,-
857 ounces of fine silver and treated 1,413 tons of ore (dry weight). The aver-
age number of men employed was 91.
The following information regarding the operation of the Coniagas mine
is taken from the annual report of the company for the year ending October 31,
1921:
Development work at the mine consisted of exploring further small blocks of un-
developed ground, and of developing stringers and small veins discovered in stoping.
This work disclosed a large tonnage of low-grade milling ore. The underground elec-
tric haulage system was completed. The work performed during the year included
595 feet of drifting, 112 feet of crosscutting, 23 feet of winze-sinking and the stoping
of 110,840 tons of ore. Shipments of high grade ore amounted to 25.46 tons dry weight,
averaging 4,406.63 ounces of silver per ton. The concentrating mill and flotation plant
1922 Mines of Ontario 49
were operated continuously during the year, the ore milled being 113,279 tons or an
average of five and a half tons per stamp per 24 hours. Mill heads averaged 11.3 ounces
per ton. Shipments of high grade concentrates amounted to 402.47 tons, averaging
1950.26 ounces silver per ton.
The flotation plant, which treats tailing from the concentrating mill and reground
sand from the tailing pile, made an e.xtraction of 68.29 per cent., leaving a tailing of
1.62 ounces of silver per ton. Flotation concentrate amounted to 536.88 tons, averaging
655.24 ounces silver per ton.
Old sand tailing treated during the year amounted to 19,125 tons, and an average of
two ounces per ton was recovered. Cyanidation of old slime tailing was carried on from
May 17 to October 31, the yield being 50,000 ounces of silver from 14,931.6 tons treated.
During the year 1,301,514.91 ounces of silver were shipped, and $800,000 in dividends
were paid.
Dickson Creelc.— The Dickson Creek (Cobalt) Silver Mines, Limited, con-
tinued development on its property in the northeast quarter of the north half
of lot nine, concession V, Bucke Township, from June 21 to the end of 1921.
H. Hollands-Hurst, Haileybury, is superintendent, and seven men are employed.
The shaft was continued from 250 to 325 feet, and an 18-foot station cut
at the 300-foot level; from this station crosscuts were driven 104 feet northwest
and 109 feet southeast.
The head office of the company is at 33 Old Broad Street, London, E.G. 2.
The directors are: Thos. Dempster, president, Perth, Scotland; J. A. Crumble;
J. J. Knight; A. E. T. Price; and Phillip Hurst.
Kerr Lake. — Kerr Lake Mines, Limited, has a capitalization of $2,400,000
in shares of $4.00 par value. The head office is at 61 Broadway, Xew York. The
officers of the company are: Adolph Lewisohn, president; Sam A. Lewisohn,
vice-president; E. A. Westlake, secretary-trea.surer ; H. A. Kee, Cobalt, man-
ager. An average of 90 men was employed.
During the fiscal year ending August 31, 1921, the total advance by drifting,
crosscutting, raising and sinking amounted to 3341.25 lineal feet. Most of the
exploration during the past year was done in the northerly and southerly ex-
tensions of the Xo. 3 diabase vein structure on different levels. This work ex-
posed some high grade ore as well as a little milling ore, though none of the
discoveries in the Kerr Lake area proved of great importance.
During the early work on No. 3 vein high-grade ore shoots were procured
in known horizons, the lower portions of which were about 125 feet above the
lower Keewatin-diabase contact ; recently pockets of high grade ore have been
found close to this contact in both formations. It is planned to continue develop-
ment at favourable levels along the contact in Kerr Lake and Hargrave areas.
The development and stoping figures for the year September 1, 1920, to
August 31, 1921, are as below:
Drifting 1,975.50 Lin. feet
Crosscutting 889.50 Lin. feet
Raising 396.75 Lin. feet
Sinking 79.50 Lin. feet
Total Development 3,341.25 Lin. feet
Total Stoping and Sideslashing 2,939.00 Sq. feet
Total development to August 31st, 1921:
Previous to September 1st, 1920 59,890.55 feet
Total for year 3,341.25 feet
Grand Total 63,231.80 feet
50 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Development work was continued till January 31, 1922, and an additional
1,104 feet driven as follows: drifts 891 feet, crosscuts 60 feet, raises 150 feet.
The recovery from the year's operations was 19i,352 ounces of silver and
lT,09(i pounds of cobalt. Ore milled amounted to 11,235 tons.
The Hargrave property, consisting of 80 acres, was acquired in March for
a purchase price of $16,500. Since that time a small ore shoot has yielded about
36,000 ounces of silver from high-grade ore, and a further production is an-
ticipated.
Four dividends of $75,000 each were paid during the year which brings the
total distribution to date to $8,610,000, in addition to a capital distribution of
$600,000 in 1919, or $1.00 per share.
The company began operations on the Goldale (gold) property in Porcupine
in April, 1922.
La Bose. — La Eose Mines, Limited, with a capital of $1,500,000, in $1.00
shares, operated the La Eose, Violet, Princess and University mines at Cobalt.
The officers of the company are: D. Lome McGibbon, president; Shirley Ogilvie,
vice-president; Stephen J. Le Huray, secretary -treasurer : G. C. Bateman, gen-
eral manager. The head office of the company is at 260 St. James St., Montreal.
During the year the company produced from all sources 637,042 ounces of
silver having a net value of $390,957.51, as compared with 410,445 ounces in
1920, having a value of $313,995.74. The profit on production was $126,088.83.
The average selling price was 63.54 cents per ounce, and the cost of production
46 cents per ounce, as compared with 83.41 cents and 73.27 cents in 1920. The
current net surplus on Dec. 31, 1921, amounted to $555,910.00. This is the
most favourable showing for any year since 1916.
The 36,365 tons of ore shipped to tlie concentrator had an average content
of 15.7 ounces per ton and yielded 659 dry tons of concentrates averaging 759
ounces per ton, or a total of 500,114.53 ounces for which the smelter return was
$298,677.63. The cost of concentration was $102,395.78, or $2.81 per ton milled,
and the extraction 87.6 per cent, on a ratio of concentration 55 to 1.
The following tables give a summary of the work done on the several pro-
perties and the output of each during the year :
Work done: — -
Shafts Drifts Crosscuts Raises Stations Stopes
ft. ft. ft. ft. cu.yds. cu.yds.
La Rose 4.5 7.5 476
Princess 45.5 475. 548.5 54. 122 2,122
University 22.5 1,486.5 1,904.5 348. 6,031
Violet 65.0 224.0 57.5 9.5 344
Total 137.5 2,193.0 2.510.5 411.5 122 8,973
The production by properties was as follows: —
Tons Value
La Rose 11-00 % 18,381 82
Princess 16.81 7,237 32
Violet 1-70 1,446 48
Universitv 29.13 109,861 92
Concentrate 659.26 500,114 53
Totals 717.90 637,042 07
1922 Mines of Ontario 51
The Violet mine remained flooded below the 330-foot level until August
when it was pumped out and a crosscut started from the liottom of the winze
on the 530-foot level. No. 4 vein was encountered 35 feet south of the winze
where it showed a width of from five to six feet of milling ore. It was drifted
on for a distance of 225 feet and in the course of drifting and preparations for
stoping there was removed a total of 1,599 tons containing 49,730 ounces of
silver, or an average of 31.1 ounces per ton. In December work on the 530-foot
level was stopped to permit sinking the winze to the 600-foot level. This depth
has now been reached and a crosscut has been started to intersect the vein.
The Princess mine production came from the cleaning up of old stopes,
from veins previously discovered, and from the extension of No. 1 vein below,
the third level which was developed by an incline. Practically all of the known
ore has been mined, and the possibilities of new discoveries are limited. It was
decided to sink from the lowest level to explore at greater depth a small area
where the geology is favouraljle, and this Avork is now proceeding.
The University mine was operated continuously during the year, and con-
tributed 70 per cent, of the total output of the combined properties. The pro-
fit realized was almost sufficient to pay off the indebtedness to the La Eose com-
pany. The main stope opened in 1920 was exhausted although it still contains
broken ore, but a new ore body lying to the north of this stope was discovered
close to the contact of the diabase with the slates. In places it has a width of
20 feet of milling ore together with small stringers of high grade. Contrary to
the general experience of the Cobalt camp practically no ore has been found in
the conglomerate, the silver here being almost entirely confined to the overlying
slates, of which there is still a considerable area to be prospected.
Mining Corporation. — The Mining Corporation: of 'Canada, Limited, has a
capital of 1,660,050 shares of a par value of $5.00. The directors and oiJicers
are: J. P. Watson, president; W. E. P. Parker, first vice-president; G. M, Clark,
second vice-president; E. H. Eose, J. G. Watson, Thos. Plunkett; Capt. C. E.
TrafFord, directors; Scott Turner, consulting engineer; M. F. Fairlie, mine
manager; G. C. Ames, secretary. The head office is 1512-1520 Bank of Hamilton
Building, Toronto.
The following information is taken .from the eighth annual report of the
corporation :
The Cobalt Reduction Company treated 72,664 tons of ore in the concentrating plant
and produced 548.44 tons of concentrate containing 928,845 ounces of silver. Of this
ore 29,207 tons came from the Mining Corporation, 43,385 tons from the Buffalo, 50
tons from the Foster, and 22 tons^ are classed as "sundry." The slime from the con-
centrating plant, 35,986 tons, was treated in the cyanide plant and 301,219.70 ounces
of silver recovered. The high-grade plant treated all the concentrate produced in the
low-grade mill, the high-grade ore from the mine and 475.80 tons of purchased high-
grade ore and concentrate. The refinery produced 1,966,946.84 ounces of refined bul-
lion. The flotation plant was not operated during the year.
Ore reserves are estimated at 102,300 tons containing 1,935,750 ounces of silver,
as against 103,603 tons containing 2,181,000 ounces in 1920.
Mining and milling were discontinued from March 7 to May 25 while changes were
being made to increase the milling capacity.
Exploration at the Foster failed to develop any new ore and the property was
closed down in October.
An option was taken on the Frontier mine in South Lorrain and development will
be carried out in 1922.
52 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Nipissing. — The Nipissing Mines Company, Limited, has an authorized and
issued capital of 1,200,000 shares of a par value of $5.00. The officers of the
company are:-iE. P. Earle, president; Alexander Fasken, secretary; P. C.
Pfeilfer, treasurer. The directors are: E. P. Earle, Eichard T. Greene, August
Heckscher, E. B. Watson of New York, and W. H. Brouse, John H. Black and David
Fasken of Toronto. The head and corporate office is in the Excelsior Life Build-
ing, Toronto, and the New York office is at 165 Broadway,
The operating company is the Xipissing Mining Company, Limited, with
an issued capital of $250,000 in shares of $100.00 par value. The officers are:
David Fasken, president; E. P. Earle, vice-president; Alexander Fasken, secre-
tary; P. C. Pfeiffer, treasurer. The directors are: John H. Black and David
Fasken of Toronto; E. P. Earle, Eichard T. Greene and E. B. Watson of New
York. The operating officers are: E. B. Watson, general manager; Hugh Park,
manager; James J. Denny, mill manager. The head office is in the Excelsior
Life Building, Toronto.
During 1921 production amounted to 3,156,775 ounces of silver having a
gross value of $1,869,566.^1, and a net value of $968,768.51. The total cost of
producing this silver was 900,779.90, or 28.53 cents per ounce, or $11.16 per ton
of ore treated. The operating cost represents 48.2 per cent, and the operating
profit 51.8 per cent of the gross value. Up to the end of 1921 the company had
shipped a total of 61,855,567.39 ounces of silver, for which the net value received
was $40,076,751.78. Of this total $23,640,000 has been paid in dividends. During
the year a total of $900,000 or 15 per cent, of the capital was returned in
dividends. The surplus on hand is $3,851,242.94.
Shipments in 1921 were:
Tons Fine ounces Net value
silver
Silver bullion 108.32 3,155,538.84 $1,828,095 80
Silver ore 2.43 66.26 46 38
Total shipments 110.75 3,155,605.10 $1,828,142 18
Less custom bullion 4.76 138,844.68 82,731 11
Shipments of Nipissing product .. 105.99 3,016,760.42 $1,745,411 07
The following information is taken from the seventeenth annual report of
the company :
The various products treated in the high-grade plant were:
Tons Assay ozs. Contents ozs.
Nipissing concentrate 1,511 1,498 2,263,084
Custom ore 73 1,812 131.517
Bi-products 41 2,301 95,665
1,625 1,532 2,490,266
Formerly the ore was ground in a tube mill with water and bleaching powder and
then sent to the cyanide treatment. The use of bleaching powder has been discon-
tinued; the ground ore is now agitated in a 3 p.c. sulphuric acid solution to eliminate
cyanicides, principally the oxidized compounds of nickel. After two water-washes
the remaining acid is neutralized with lime and the usual cyanide treatment follows.
This preliminary acid treatment results in a saving of from 25 to 30 lbs. sodium
cyanide per ton of ore treated.
1922 Mines of Ontario 53
Residue produced amounted to 1,878 tons, carrying an average of 57 ounces silver
and 6.8'/r cobalt. The cobalt market was very quiet; no residue shipments were
made during the year.
The refinery treated precipitate from both mills and custom bullion containing
3,527,638 ounces.
Shipments of 3,155,539 fine ounces were made during the year.
The following shows the operations of the low-grade mill: —
Tons Assay Ounces
Ore treated 80,720 41.58 3,356,318
Recovered in products
Precipitate 41 23,953 976,584
Coarse concentrate 1,321 1,580 2,087,312
Pine concentrate 177 511 90,424
Total recovery 3,154,320
Average tailing, 2.48 ounces. Recovery, 93.98%.
Forty stamps ran 322 days, 18 hours, or 88.56% of possible running time, and
crushed 250.1 tons per day, or 6.267 tons per stamp per day.
The above summary shows the results of the first full year's run since the closing
of the picking plant for high grade ore. All the ore, high-grade and low-grade mixed,
is now sent directly to the stamps. Notwithstanding an exceptionally diflBcult ore to
treat compared with former years, the recovery was good and the treatment cost was
lowered.
The following work was clone ■anderground in 19.21 :
Shaft Drifting Crosscutting Raising Sinking
No. feet feet feet feet
63 1,564.5 1,252.0 353.5 37.0
64 26.5 310.0
73 630.5 1,581.5 596.0
Totals 2,221.5 2,833.5 l',259.5 37.0
Total
Stoping
feet
cu. yds.
3,207.0
8,166.0
336.5
906.3
2,808.0
6,855.3
6,351.5
15,927.6
The total underground advance during the year was somewhat less than in 1920,
due partly to destruction by fire of the headframe at Shaft 73 in the month of April.
The work done at Shafts 64 and 73 was consequently reduced. The fire did not affect
operations at the mill, as extra tonnage was obtained from Shaft 63.
For some years past a large proportion of the ore produced has come from the
north side of the lake within the town of Cobalt. Last year, however, more than
half the underground development took place on the east side of the lake and the
present ore reserves are about equally divided between the two sides.
Underground work was carried on in 128 faces exclusive of stopes, of which there
were 23.
As usual, a number of new veins were found, but none was of much importance
with the exception of Vein 251 in the Shaft 63 workings.
Good results were also obtained in blocking out new ore in Vein 64.
Shaft 63. There was a considerable increase shown in the tonnage extracted
through this shaft due to the development of several small veins recently found and
to work on the Little Silver vein, which was the first silver vein found on the Nipissing
property; it still holds a reserve of 227,000.
The most satisfactory result from exploration was the discovery of Vein 251 by a
crosscut from the second level. The drift at that level disclosed an ore shoot 70 feet
in length with an average of 3 inches of ore assaying 3,500 ounces. A winze put
down at the end of the year shows that the vein maintains its width and assay to a
depth of 55 feet where the Keewatin was encountered. Drifts near the contact are
now being driven from the bottom of the winze, with excellent results to date.
In this piece of ground lying west of Cart lake and known as Little Silver hill, a
number of good veins have been developed and it is still being extensively explored.
54 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Shaft 19. This old shaft was reopened during the year to extract the ore remain-
ing No. 6 open cut which had not been worked since the early days of the property.
It will produce some thousands of tons of average ore.
Shaft 6-i. Stoping and development on Vein 64 were considerably increased, due
to the completion of haulage facilities to t^ie main hoisting shaft on Vein 73. Sub-
stantial increases in ore reserves, both high grade and mill rock, resulted from this
work. The vein occurs in a large fault which is only mineralized in spots. The
average assay of the high grade -ore is about 1,000 ounces, but parts of the vein will
assay much higher over widths of from one to two feet. This vein will be one of the
main producers during the coming year.
Although considerable exploration has been done to the north of Vein 64, the
ground does not appear promising, and nothing of interest has developed.
Shaft 73. The older veins worked through this shaft continued to produce a large
part of the ore milled, but such new veins as were found during the year proved of
minor importance. Vein 490 was drawn on heavily, but still shows a fair amount of
ore in reserve with possibilities of further increases.
Shaft 128. A fairly large area of comparatively thin conglomerate will be explored
from this shaft. A few veins, small and low grade, occur here and there at the sur-
face. The old level at 125 feet proved to be too deep to explore all the area, so a new
level has been started at 75 feet.
O'Brien. — The O'Brien mine produced 1,50(3,381 ounces of silver in 1921;
this is the largest amount since 1909, and makes the O'Brien now the second
largest producer in Cobalt.
The underground work done during the year is summarized thus: 795 feet
of drifting, 602 feet of crosscutting, 395 feet of raising, 19 feet of sinking, and
the stoping of 5(3,119 tons of ore.
In the mill 58,924 tons of ore were treated; this makes the total ore milled
from this mine to the end of 1921 546,789 tons. Of the 1,506,384 ounces of
silver recovered during the year, thirty per cent was contained in bullion and
seventy per cent, in concentrate. Several new tanks were added to the cyanide
plant.
The total numl)er of men employed during the year averaged 165 ; 100
of these were underground workmen, 33 were in the mill, and 32 at other sur-
face work.
The mine is owned by M. J. O'Brien, Limited, of which the officers are:
president, M. J. O'Brien, Benfrew; vice-president, J. A. O'Brien, Ottawa; mine
manager, J. G. Dickenson, Cobalt.
Oxford Cobalt. — Oxford Cobalt Silver ]\Iines, Limited, has an authorized
capital of $1,000,000. The officers of the company are: A. H. Wilson, president;
J. E. Shaw, vice-president; E. A. Eea, treasurer; G. W. ]\[ahon, secretary; J.
W. Eussell, general manager.
This company owns mining claims A-lOO and C-1000 in the Gillies Limit.
During the latter half of the year on claim A-lOO an 80-foot .shaft was sunk
and a station cut at the 75-foot level. On mining claim C-1000 170 feet of
drifting was done on the 150-foot level of Xo. 3 shaft and 20 feet from No. 2
shaft. Eight men were employed.
Reliance. — The Eeliance Silver claim near Cobalt was worked under lease
by the Ilermo Mining Company from August 1, 1921, to March 1, 1922.
W. H. Emens of Cobalt was in charge and had five men employed.
1922 Mines of Ontario 55
The following development work was done; the sinking of a winze from
No. 1 shaft workings to 47 feet below the 50-foot level; the sinking of N'o. 2
shaft to a depth of 45 feet and 144 feet of drifting.
One hujidred and fifteen tons of ore were shipped to the Bailey mill, which
yielded 1.3 tons of concentrate assaying 553.6 ounces of silver per ton.
Silver Cliff. — The Silver Cliff mine was operated under lease by the Bailey
Silver Mines, Limited, during the last two months of the year and 247.79 tons
of milling ore was shipped to the company's concentrator for treatment.
Silver Queen. — Silver Queen mine was operated under lease by W. J. Post
during the latter part of the year with a force of two men. A crosscut was
driven 90 feet south on the 90-foot level during December and January.
During 1921 milling ore amounting to 448.76 tons was shipped to the
Bailey mill.
From May to July, 1922, shipments were made to the Cobalt Reduction Com-
pany of 2.88 tons containing 3,660.27 ounces of silver, and metallics containing
493.95 ounces.
Victory. — Victory Silver Mines, Limited, was incorporated May 20, 1920,
with a capitalization of $2,000,000, divided into shares of $1.00 each. The
officers and directors, all of whom live in St. Catharines, Ont., are : president,
A. Patterson; vice-president, W. K. Masterton; secretary-treasurer, F. E. Hether-
ington; directors, John Morton and A. G. Christopher. The head office is at 10
Queen Street, St. Catharines.
The company gave 750,000 shares of stock for the assets of the Victory Silver
Mining Company, Limited ; the mining claim involved was the "Hyland," a ten-
acre claim, north of the Ophir mine and in the southeast part of lot 2, concession
III, township of Coleman.
The shaft on this property was sunk by former owners to a depth of 200 feet.
In 1921 the new company did 150 feet of drifting and 175 feet of crosscutting on
the 185-foot level, in addition to sinking the shaft to a depth of 285 feet. Eleven
men were employed under manager J, A. McVichie.
South Lorrain
Haileylury Frontier. — The Haileybury Frontier Mine in South Lorrain was
operated during the year by H. F. Strong of Haileybury for the Dominion Mines
and Quarries, Limited, with a force of about 30 men. James G. Harkness was
superintendent.
During the first five months of the year about 1,000 feet of drifting was done
on the 150-foot level. During the next three months the shaft was deepened to
150 feet, and a station cut at the 300-foot level. S'ome 400 feet of development
work was done on the 300-foot level before Xovember 13, when the Mining Cor-
poration of Canada took a working option on the property and began working it
as the Lorrain Operating Company. About 300 feet of additional development
work was done by this company on the 300-foot level. A diamond-drill hole 478
feet in depth was also put down to the diabase contact, which was encountered at
450 feet.
In December a shipment of 16.85 tons of high-grade ore containing 47,374.43
ounces of silver was made to the Dominion Eeduction Company at Cobalt.
56
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
Keeley. — The Keeley Silver Mines^ Limited, operating the Keeley mine in
South Lorrain, has a paid up capital of £133,000 sterling. The head office of
the company is at 65 Broad St. Ave., London, E.G. The directors are: — E. Hooper,
chairman, A. H. Collier, E. Turk and J. C. Williamson. Dr. J. Mackintosh
Bell is general manager.
An average of 65 men was employed.
The property was closed from December 1, 1920, to April 6, 1921, and mil-
ling began in June.
Mining operations have been limited to the Xo. 3 shaft on the following levels :
No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 Total
in feet
Drifts 63 31 826 506 1426
Crosscuts 21 . . 57 79 157
Side-slashing 9 47 48 40 144
Raises . . 74 38 112
Winzes . . 75 . . 75
Mill at Keeley Silver Mine, 1921.
The total production was 313,229 ounces of silver and 59,530 pounds of
cobalt, divided as follows; 181,313 ounces of silver and 18,644 pounds of cobalt
in high-grade ore, and 131,916 ounces of silver and 40,886 pounds of cobalt in
mill concentrates.
The mill treated 9,204 tons, and produced 266.5 tons of concentrates. The
heads averaged 17.8 ounces and the tails 3.5 ounces, giving a recovery of 80.5
per cent.
Xew equipment includes a 52-horse power electric hoist at Xo. 3 shaft, and
a 10-horse power triplex electric pump on the sixth level.
A number of new veins were discovered during the year. The more im-
portant were Xo. 15, which branches easterly from Xo. 6 at the fifth level, and
1922 Mines of Ontario 57
No. 16, branchmg- westerly from the Woods' vein at the sixth level. Development
along the jSTo. 16 has been carried on at both the fifth and the sixth levels, and
along the No. 15 only at the fifth level. Development on the Woods' vein at the
sixth level along a much shattered overthrust fault showed continuous ore from
a point 25 feet south of the main crosscut to a point 220 feet north, or for a
total distance of 245 feet.
Elk Lake and Qowganda
Alpine. — Alpine Silver Mines, Limited, has a capitalization of $2,000,000
in $1.00 shares. Charles 0. Taylor, Chicago, 111., is president, and Thos. B. Tough,
Huntsville, Ont., vice-president. The company owns mining claims in the Town-
ship of Van Hise near Spawning lake.
During the summer and autumn, camps, a magazine and an office were built,
a 45-horse power locomotive-type boiler and a three-drill air compressor were in-
stalled, and an adit was advanced 120 feet. There were 10 men employed under
E. J. Thompson.
Collins Mine. — In July F. Howard Collins resumed work on his property
at Leroy lake with a force of seven men. Most of the work was done on the 288-
foot level near the Keewatin-diabase contact. This consisted of drifting 25 feet
north and 36 feet south and crosscutting 83 feet to the east. A small amount
of drifting was also done in No. 2 shaft at a depth of -±8 feet.
Miller Lake O'Brien. — The Miller Lake O'Brien mine near Gowganda is
owned and operated by M. J. O'Brien, Limited. J. G. Dickenson, Cobalt, is
manager and H. G. Kennedy, Gowganda, resident superintendent.
Development work in 1921 consisted of 1,424 feet of drifting and crosscutting
and 54 feet of raising. There were 9,353 tons of ore stoped and 15,878 tons of
ore hoisted. The mill treated 8,425 tons of ore and the production was 245,624
ounces of silver. An average of 68 men was employed.
A shortage of waterpower toward the end of the year interfered with the
work, and necessitated closing the mill from November, 1921, to May, 1922. To
provide greater water storage capacity, a dam was built on the east branch of the
Montreal river.
Early in 1922 the Miller Lake O'Brien mine bought the property of The Bonsall
Mines, Limited, consisting of eight claims adjoining the Miller Lake O'Brien on
the west.
Northcliff. — On October 1, N'orthclitf Mines, Limited, resumed work on its
property on the northwest arm of Gowganda lake. On November 1 the adit
measured 260 feet and 40 feet of drifting had been done 125 feet from the portal.
Seven men were employed under Norman E. Dye until the mine was shut down
for the winter.
Ontario Solid Silver Mines. — Col. D. Shepp let a contract in December, 1921,
to Eoy Sullivan and three associates to sink a 50-foot shaft on the company's
property in Cane township, adjoining that of the Cane Silver Mines. This was
completed February 18 and work was resumed on March 11, 1922, with the in-
tention of sinking to 100 feet.
58 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Sanderson. — The Sanderson claims^ H.R. 40i-ill and L.O. 31-i-lo in Lawson
townshi}) near Wigwam Avere worked under option by Stewart Troop of Montreal,
from April to July 20. A shaft was sunk on claim H.E. 406 half a mile north of
the Bishop mine to a depth of 83 feet, and a boiler house and "Smithy built. From
six to eight men were employed.
Castle. — The Trethewey Silver Cobalt Mining Co., Limited, operated the
Castle property with a force of from 30 to 55 men until June 25, when a fire de-
stroyed the ])0wer house. The shaft was sunk from 70 feet to 260 feet and 300 feet
of drifting and crosscutting was done at the 160-foot level, Murray D. Kennedy is
manager.
At the annual meeting in January, 1922, a new company, the Castle-Trethe-
wey Mines, Limited, was formed with a authorized capital of $2,000,000 in shares
of $1.00 each. Of this capital stock 400,000 shares were exchanged for the
stock of the Castle Mining Company. Limited, and 1,600,000 shares were of-
fered to shareholders at 10 cents per share to provide funds for future Avork.
IV.— SOUTHERN AND EASTERN ONTARIO
Calcite and Dolomite
Baptiste Lake Dolomite Deposit. — In 1916 Alex. AVatson of 76 Coleridge
Avenue, Toronto, Ijought a piece of land on the southwest shore of Baptiste lake,
with a view to prospecting a deposit of dolomite Avhich outcrops about 30 chains
west of Baptiste station on the Irondale, Bancroft and Ottawa branch of the
Canadian Xational Eailways. The deposit lies beside the railway, and outcrops, on
the side of a hill some 350 feet high. In 1921 Mr. Watson transferred his holdings,
Avhich are in lots 23, 24, and 25, concessions IV and V, township of Herschel and
contain 124 acres, to the Ontario Dolomite Manufacturing Company, Limited.
This company hopes to market the dolomite for the manufacture of paints.
The property was visited on September 21, 1921, when five men were work-
ing under Mr. Watson's supervision. As near as could be judged at that time, the
dolomite occurs in the form of a bed having a dij? of from 20 to 40 degrees to the
south and a strike of about 135 degrees. As the property was visited late in the
day and during a rainstorm, no measurements were taken, ]:)ut the portion of the
deposit exposed at the point where most of the stripping has been done shoAved
six feet of rather impure dolomite at the base, the impurities consisting of ser-
pentine and mica in streaks; aboA'e this there Avas from 15 to 25 feet of dolomite
of apparently good quality exposed, and the thickness may be greater, as the upper
contact was not examined. The dolomite is underlain Ijy a gneissoid rock.
Work was carried on from August to October, stripping, test-pitting, and
drilling with a shot-drill.
The officers of the company are : — president, Eobert ]\I. Smith, Toronto : vice-
president, F. W. Burnip, Toronto ; secretary-treasurer, Harold A. Burnip, Toronto.
The office of the company is in tlie Standard Stock Exchange Building, 56 King
Street West, Toronto.
1922 Mines of Ontario 59
Caldwell Calcite Deposit. — A large deposit of calcite, white to cream in
colour, has been discovered on the farm of James Grain in the west half of lot 4
in the seventh concession of the township of Palmerston, county of Frontenac.
Thomas B. Caldwell of Perth, Ont., bought the mineral rights, and in October and
November, 1921, quarried about 2U0 tons for experimental purposes. This work
was done at the southeast end of the lot at a point where a width of 60 feet of
calcite, apparently free from impurities, is exposed ; neither wall was uncovered
at this excavation. The strike of the deposit is ai)proximately east and west.
Twelve hundred feet west of the opening mentioned above, at the edge of a beaver
meadow, a face of pure calcite is exposed 35 feet high; the deposit is 60 feet wide
at this point. The haul to Eobertsville siding on the Kingston and Pembroke
branch of the Canadian Pacific Eailway is about two miles.
Corundum
Corundum, Limited. — The re-treatment mill at Craigmont was operated for
four and three-quarter months in 1921, closing on June 14. During that time
11,256 tons of tailings were re-treated, producing 289 tons of corundum. An
average of 30 men was employed. E. B. Clark of Craigmont is manager.
Feldspar
Eureka Flint and Spar Co., Limited. — The Company's property is in Port-
land township, concession XI, lot 16. It closed down its Emery feldspar pro-
perty near Yerona in April, 1921, and had not resumed work up to the end of
the year. John Wilkes, 39 Logan Avenue, Trenton, N.J., is field manager for
the company and Richard A\'agar of Yerona is superintendent of the Emery quarry.
Federal Feldspar, Limited. — The McGregor feldspar mine, in lot 25, con-
cession III, Bedford township, near Tichborne and owned by this company, has not
been worked since November, 1920. John O'Toole, 250 Slater Street, Ottawa,
is vice-president and manager.
Feldspar Quarries, Limited. — This company owns the Brebner and Tim-
mins feldspar quarries near Yerona and the O'llolloran feldspar quarry near
Perth, all of which have been mentioned in former Annual Eeports. All three
properties were closed in the spring of 1921, and have not been w^orked since.
The officers of the company are : — president and managing director, W. H.
Despard, 48 Crescent Eoad, Toronto; treasurer, Donald A. Cameron, Toronto;
secretary. Miss N. F. Martin, Toronto; manager, Gordon C. Edw^ards, Yerona,
Ont.
Feldspar, LimAted. — This is the well-known Eichardson feldspar mine on
lot 1, concession II, Bedford township. Nothing was done at this property from
December, 1918, until iVugust, 1921. when men were engaged to sort the dump.
This work was still in progress at the end of the year, and was employing from
10 to 14 men. J. Ealph Scott, E.E. No. 1, Hartington, Ont., is manager.
A new road is being built to lead due north from the mine to a junction with
an old road a mile from Glendower station.
Gardner Feldspar Co. — This company worked a feldspar vein on the Babcoek
farm, Loughborough township, concession XI, lot I, near Holleford, until Febru-
ary 12, 1921. In the autumn Joseph H. Mendels of Perth shipped some feldspar
from the deposit.
60 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
International Feldspar Company, Limited. — The Hoppins feldspar mine, Bed-
lord township, concession III, lot 2, owned by this company, was shut down in
March, 1921. John A. McLean, 316 Moffatt Block, Detroit, Mich., is president
of the company.
Lo7ig Lake. — Loughborough township, concession IX, lot 11. This is the
property on Long lake, Frontenac county, first worked by O'Brien and Fowler
in 1920. From December 13, 1930, until the latter part of February, 1931, Sher-
man Orser and Dr. S. C. Wilson shipped a few carloads of feldspar from one
of the veins. William Eaymond was foreman.
Binaldo McConnell of Perth, Ont., worked during 1921 on two feldspar veins
in Bathurst township:
Kirl-ham. — Bathurst township, concession VII, lot 3. This deposit has been
mentioned in previous reports. Work was carried on intermittently during the
early part of 1931, and a force of ten men was employed from May to August
13, since which date the property has lain idle. James Benton was foreman.
Eeays. — Bathurst township, concession IX, lot 30. On August 12, Mr. Mc-
Connell began to prospect a vein of pink feldspar, about 38 feet wide, in syenite,
on the farm of William J. Keays. Drilling was done by hand with a force of
six men until work was stopped towards the end of October. The feldspar quar-
ried was shipped from Glen Tay, seven miles from the pit.
The Mount Eagle Feldspar Company, Limited. — In March, 1931, this com-
pany acquired the AYatson feldspar property near Hybla from Universal Silicates,
Limited. It is situated on lot 33, concession VI, Monteagle township, and was
first mentioned in the 39th. Annual Report of this Department.
Work was carried on until July 28, since which time nothing further has been
done.
"Xo. 1" deposit is an irregular pegmatite vein containing feldspar, con-
siderable quartz and some graphic granite. This was the deposit work by Uni-
versal Silicates, Limited. The open-cut on the vein is about 38 feet long, 28 feet
wide and from 15 to 30 feet deep. A few small pieces of euxenite^ have been
found in this vein.
"Xo. 3" deposit lies north of Xo. L Here, an open cut, approximately 55
feet long, 20 feet wide and from 15 to 30 feet deep, has been made in the side of
a hill; from the inner face of the cut an adit 95 feet long has been driven into the
hill on the vein. At the portal the vein contains from 6 to 8 feet of good feld-
spar, but at one point in the adit it widens to 13 feet. The feldspar above the
adit has not been stoped,
The machinery on the property includes a Leonard and Son locomotive-type
boiler, 42 inches diameter and 17.3 feet long, an Ingersoll-Sergeant compressor;
a Jenckes hoist, about 7 inches by 9 inches, and a derrick.
The head office of the company is at 337 Union Building, Cleveland, Ohio.
J. 0. Brown, Cleveland, is president; M. B. R. Gordon, manager; and Joseph C.
Duval, superintendent.
Orser-Kraft Feldspar, Limited. — The address of this company is Box 366,
Perth, Ont., and the officers are now as follows: — president and manager, Sidney
F- Orser, Perth, Ont. ; vice-president, Edward P. Erion, Buifalo. X.Y. ; treasurer,
1922 Mines of Ontario 61
Leo B. Seitz, Buffalo; secretary, Miss Deiicie M. Orser, Perth; directors, C. G.
Grauer, Buffalo, N.Y. and Gustav Metz, Buffalo, N.Y. In 1931 the company
mined feldspar from the John Burns, WillidDi J. Keays, and Morrow properties, all
of which were mentioned in the Thirtieth Annual Report, and also opened a new
deposit on the Alex. Puliiirr property.
The Burns deposit is in Bathurst townshi|), i-ojuessiun 111, lot 2. Three men
were employed here drilling l)y hand until March, 1921.
The Keays is located in Bathurst township, concession IX, east half of lot 21.
In January. 1921, Orser-Kraft Feldspar, Limited, began to test a large vein of
Avhite feldspar on this property and worked intermittently until autumn. The
vein has a northeasterly strike.
The Morrow mine is in South Sht'i'l)ro()ke towiisliip, concession A', lot 13.
]\Iining was continued at this feldspar deposit until October 31, 1921, when mar-
ket conditions made a shut-down necessary. From 5 to 12 men were employed un-
der superintendent Elwood Orser. Euxenite^ is still found in this quarry.
Pennsylvania Pulverizincj Company. — This company, with headquarters at
Lewiston, Pa., operated two properties known as the IFoof/cocfc and Piohinson, re-
spectively.
The first mentioned is located in Mouteagle towiiship, concession YllI, lot 17.
In Septeml)er, 1921, stripping was commenced on a vein of feldspar on the
farm of Harvey Woodcock near Hybla. When last inspected (Oct. 13, 1921), five
men were engaged in stripping the vein at a point where the merchantable feldspar
appeared about 30 feet wide. The strike of this vein is about 60 degrees. At two
places in tlie portion stripped, some beaiitiful green feldspar (rnicrocline?) has
been found; in one jdace, the green sjnir is interlaminated witli white feldspar,
and in another with red orthoclase. The prospecting is being carried on under the
direction of William J. "Woods, Lewiston, Pa., assistant general manager of the
company, and Eobert H. Thompson, Hybla, Out., superintendent.
The Robinson jn-ospect is located in Bedford township, concession 11, lot 30.
Harry J. Cain of Tichborne, Ont., has stripped a feldspar vein on the John
Eobinson farm. Xo shipments were made.
Rock Proibuis Coni/jany. — Tlu^ liock Products Company, wliose feld-
spar-grinding plant is in Silica, Oliio, carried on work in 1921 at the three feld-
spar properties mentioned below. A. G. Minehart, Xicholas Building, Toledo,
Ohio, is treasurer and manager of the company.
1. — During January the company commenced to test a vein of feldspar on the
farm of William D. Noonan, lot 18, concession IX, Bathurst township. After
several cars had bee:i shii)ped, work was discontinued in April.
2. — Afterwards the company opened a new deposit on the farm of James
Keays in the west half of lot 21, ninth concession of Bathurst to^vaiship. The
feldspar here is of a pale pink colour and occurs in syenite in a vein striking X.
20 degrees E. (magnetic). At the time of last inspection (January 4, 1922), the
main pit measured 53 feet long, 23 feet wide, and 24 feet deep; 20 feet north of
this pit is another 48 feet long. 28 feet wide, and 8 feet deep. Both pits are on
the same vein.
'Euxenite, a Radio-Active Mineral, by Willet G. Miller and Cyril W. Knight, Ont.
Dept. Mines, Vol. XXVI, pp. 314-317.
M.P.X.— 3.
62 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
The plant consists of a Clyde Iron Works vertical tubular boiler, 8 feet -i inches
long and 42 inches in diameter, a friction-drum hoisting engine, and an 85-foot
steel derrick with a 70-fo©t steel boom. From 12 to 15 men were employed here
under superintendent James Benton. The mine post office address is E.R. No.
1, Balderson, Ont,
3. — For a few weeks during the autumn the company also had three men at
work on a feldspar prospect near Tichborne, owned by Charles Clohridge of that
village, and situated in lot 24, concession I. Hinchinbrooke township.
Storrington Feldspar Co., Limited. — Storrington township, concession XIII,
lot 8. This company was incorporated in May, 1921, to work the Alexander
Teeples feldspar property, mentioned in the Thirtieth Annual Eeport of the Ontario
Department of Mines. The capitalization of the company is $100,000, and the
officers are: jjresident. Dr. D. A. Coon, Elgin, Ont.; vice-president, Albrecht Has-
selbring, Flint, Mich.; secretary and treasurer, C. G. Walton, Elgin, Ont.; direc-
tors, William S. Myhill, Worthington, Ont., and H. A. Coon, Calgary, Alta.
As the vein of feldspar is on the south shore of Upper Eock lake at a point
where no road is available in the summer, it was decided to transport the spar
to the railway across a chain of lakes. Accordingly, a trestle and tramway, 940
feet long, was built from the vein to the shore of Upper Eock lake ; a dam was con-
structed between Upper Eock lake and Lower Eock lake to hold the water in the
former; the creek connecting Upper Eock and Stonehouse lakes was dredged out,
and a canal dug between Stonehouse and Little Stonehouse lakes. At Little Stone-
house lake the spar will be unloaded from two scows carrying six tons each
and lifted to the railways cars on the company's siding. This siding is on the
Toronto-Ottawa line of the Canadian Xational Eailways at a point 69.5 miles
west of Ottawa. When this preliminary work had been completed the demand
for feldspar suddenly ceased, and work had to be stopped in September. C. G.
Walton of Elgin was superintendent.
The writer took a sample of this feldspar, which is white in colour, and
the analysis obtained by the Provincial Assayer was as follows : — silica, 70.74 per
cent., lime 0.68 per cent., soda, 2.96 per cent., potash, 10.46 per cent.
Vanluven. — Loughborough township, concession XII, west half of lot 3.
On this lot Albert Yanluven of Holleford, Ont., had six men at work during
December and part of January, 1922, prospecting a vein of feldspar which out-
crops on the shore at the east end of Fourteen Island lake.
Verona Mining Company.- — ^In Monteagle township, concession YII, lot
18, this company, a subsidiary of the Pennsylvania Feldspar Company, Phila-
delphia, Pa., has been for the past two years, quarrying feldspar near Hybla, Ont.
When last inspected in October, 1921, the pit on the Peter McDonald farm
had the following approximate dimensions : — 330 feet in length, 32 feet in width
and 18 feet in depth. The vein strikes S. 75 degrees E. and is in a dark green
gneiss witli light-colored bands. All drilling is done by hand.
At one point in this vein in an area about two feet wide and six feet long,
a highly radio-active mineral occurs. This portion of the vein contains feldspar,
quartz (considora])le of which is smoky), titanite, a black mineral (euxenite?),
and a brownish black mineral; the last two minerals, whose composition has not
been determined, seem to carry the radium.
1922 Mines of Ontario 63
The company has also done a small amount of work on the adjoining Suther-
land farm.
The officers of the Verona Mining Company are: — president, S. Harry Worth;
secretary and treasurer, M. Moore; general superintendent, G. V. Baker; resi-
dent superintendent, Walter B. Couch, Hybla, Ont., foreman, John Moran, Hybla,
Ont. The head office of the company is at 404 Harrison Building, Fifteenth
and Market Streets, Philadelphia, Pa.
Fluorspar
Wallbridge. — On the west half of lot 1, concession I, Madoc township, the
Wallbridge brothers did considerable trenching and sank three prospect pits dur-
ing 1921. On May 22, 1922, a two-compartment shaft was started on one of the
fluorspar veins discovered during the previous year's prospecting operations, and
when the property was visited on June 23, the shaft was 27 feet in depth with
seven feet of fluorspar in the bottom and about 80 tons on the dump.
Gold
Cobalt Frontenac. — The Cobalt Frontenac Mining Company, Limited, owns
about 1300 acres of mining land in Lennox and Addington county. The mine,
formerly known as the Golden Fleece, is on Lots 24 and 25, concession VI, Kala-
dar township.
There are two inclined shafts on the property. The south shaft is 80 feet
deep, with 90 feet of lateral work at the bottom. The north shaft, 400 feet from
the south shaft, is 100 feet deep, with 350 feet of lateral work at the bottom. A
winze, 68 feet in depth has been sunk from the 100-foot level.
The cyanide addition to the mill was completed early in 1922. The mill
has an estimated capacity of 150 tons every 24 hours and includes a 14 by 24-
inch jaw crusher, 10 stamps, a 5 by 16-foot tube mill, a Dorr duplex classifier,
one 12 by 32 thickener, three 20 by 14 agitators followed by three 12 by 32
thickeners. The company owns and operates its own hydro-electric plant on the
Skootamatta Eiver. The power plant has a rated capacity of 600 horse power.
The officers of the company are: — Noah Dyment, Guelph, president; M. E.
Fletcher, Hamilton, vice-president; D. H. Fletcher, Flinton, general manager.
Ore Chimney. — The Ore Chimney Mining Company, Limited, has developed
a waterpower on the Skootamatta river at O'DonnePs rapids, near Northbrook.
Xine dams have been built, and the water has been raised 18 feet at the rapids.
The river has been diverted through a power canal 400 feet long, and has a head
of 55 feet. The penstock is a stave pipe, 240 feet in length and 7 feet in diameter,
and at the lower end has a surge tank. The penstock will supply two Wm. Hamil-
ton turbines of 625-horsepower each, and controlled by Woodward governors.
The electric equipment will be supplied by the Canadian General Electric Company.
One generator has been delivered, and the other purchased for delivery this com-
ing winter.
The generators are 400-k.w., and will generate power at 2,200 volts, which
will be stepped up to 6600 volts by three single-phase transformers, and trans-
mitted three miles to a transformer house at the mine and stepped down to 550
volts for use in the mine and mill.
64 Department of Mines, Part X No, 4
No mining has been done since 191T, but it is expected that some work will
be done in 1933. A cyanide plant is being added to the mill.
The company is capitalized at $1,200,000, and has offices at Xorthbrook,
Ont., and at 700 Main Street, Buffalo, X.Y. The officers are : — president and
manager, Anson E. Fletcher, Northbrook, Ont., vice-president, Edward Zaremba,
Buffalo, jST.Y. ; secretary and treasurer, S. G. Both, Xorthbrook, Ont.; directors,
Anson E. Fletcher, I^i'orthbrook Ont.; Edward Zaremba, Buffalo, N.Y. ; Edward
Smith, Buffalo, X.Y.; S. G. McKay, K.C., Woodstock, Ont.; A. Bauer, Water-
loo, Ont.; John M. Fletcher, Buffalo, N.Y.; A. E. Gumming, Buffalo, N.Y.; Fred
Slater, Woodstock, Ont.; Charles Zinn, New Dundee, Ont.; Charles Siple, Wood-
stock, Ont.; F. E. Misener, Hamilton, Ont. C. N. Thompson, until recently at
the Galetta lead mine, is mine captain and J. E. Mougin is mill superintendent.
Graphite
Black Donald. — The mine and mill of the Black Donald Graphite Company,
Limited, at Whitefish Lake w^as in operation only for the first three months of
1921. Market conditions in the graphite industry did not improve sufficiently
during the year to enable the company to resume operations.
During the three montlis 1500 tons of ore of an average grade of 65 per cent,
graphite were mined. The new mill using the oil flotation process has a capacity
of 12 tons i^er day, and produces a flake graphite with a 95 per cent, carbon
content.
An average of 54 men was employed. The officers are : — K. F. Bunting,
president and treasurer; E. A. Telfer, secretary; John Patno, superintendent.
Gypsum
Ontario Gypsum Company Limited. — This company operated mines and
calcining plants at both Caledonia and Lythmore, and a plaster board mill at
Caledonia. During the year 1921 work was carried on continuously at the mine,
mill, and plaster board plant at Caledonia. Mining was confined to the second
or 65-foot level, the work being principally to the east and north of the incline,
with some work to the w^est. An average of 90 men w^as employed in the mine,
mill and plaster board plant. John Eenwick was mine foreman, L. Y. Eobin-
son, mill foreman, and H. Bonnell, foreman of the board plant.
At Lythmore the shaft was sunk to the second level (115 feet) and mining
carried on for a short time at the 91-foot and 115-foot levels. Gypsum from the
second level; being of the white variety, was shipped to Paris, Ont., for the
manufacture of alabastine. Tbe mill was in operation for a time on gypsum
shipped from Caledonia together w^ith gypsum mined from the upper bed of tni
Lythmore mine. An average of 25 men was employed under W. A. P?rkli;irst,
superintendent and Jos. Marks, foreman.
A total of 84,765 tons of gypsum was taken from the Caledonia and Lyth-
more mines during the year 1921.
The officers of the company are: — president, Whitney G. Case. oG Main St.
Buffalo, N.Y. ; vice-president, 0. W. Whitby,, Paris, Ont.; secrttary-treasurer,
"Robert E. Haire, Paris, Ont. In addition the following are diieetors: — Jas. E.
Liksater, Paris, Ont.; W. G. Case, Buffalo, N.Y.; A. J. Parkhurst, Caledonia,
Ont., general manager is Eobert E. Haire, Paris, Ont., and general superintendent,
A. J. Parkhurst, Caledonia. Ont. The head office of the company is at Paris.
1922 Mines of Ontario 65
Iron Pyrites
Sulphide. — The mine and chemical works of the ^"ichols Chemical Co., at
Sulphide operated at reduced capacity during 1921.
The iron pyrites treated amounted to 13,800 tons, 1,000 tons of which came
from the stock pile. Ore from underground came ]3rincipally from the north
vein on the fifth and sixth levels. During the year a winze, 120 feet deep, was
sunk, from the sixth to the seventh level.
In the chemical works, nitric, sulphuric and hydrochloric acids were manu-
factured in reduced quantities.
An average of 85 men was employed. W. H. De Blois is manager.
Lead
A syndicate of Ariiprior people, represented by C. N. Thompson, formerly
of the Kingdon ]\Iining, Smelting and Manufacturing Compan}', took an option
on lots 1 and 2, Block A, Tudor township, adjoining the old Hollandia mine.
After performing a small amount of work the option was allowed to lapse.
Front rttdc. — Tlie Frontenac lead mine near Perth Iioad has again changed
hands, and is now owned by the Northern Lead Company, Limited, of whicli the
president and managing director is J. B. Bell of 232 St. James Street, Montreal.
Some prospecting work on the surface was done in 1921.
Kingdon.— The Kingdon Mining, Smelting and Manufacturing Com-
pany, Limited, at Caletta, Ont., operated continuously throughout the year 1921.
Underground work was curtailed for a month at the last of the year owing to
the erection of a steel head frame and changes in the surface works.
During the year 1921 mining was carried on at the second, third and fourth
levels. Stoping was done between the second and third levels and between the
third and fourth levels. Drifts on the third level were driven 88 feet to the east
and 182 feet to the west making the faces 568 feet and 591 feet respectively
from the main shaft. On the fourth level drifts were extended 378 feet to the
east and 383 feet to the west and were at the end of the year 656 feet and 659
feet, respectively from the main shaft. From a point on the fourth level 210 feet
west of the main shaft a winze w'as sunk to a depth of 130 feet. A new level
will be made at the bottom of the winze and connected with the main shaft.
In December 1921, a steel head frame, 68 feet high was erected at the main
shaft by the Dominion Bridge Company of ]\Iontreal. A new Marsh hoist driven
by a 90 horse-power motor was installed to handle a two-ton skip.
Underground the ore is dumped from mine cars into the skip. When hoisted
the rock is dumped automatically upon a 2-inch Ross grizzly from which the
under size goes to a 200-ton bin in the shaft house. The oversize is fed to a 12-
inch by a 20-inch jaw crusher and thence to the bin Avith the undersize from the
grizzly. Through a hopi^er the rock passes to a 21:-incli endless belt which in
turn delivers to an 18-inch endless belt set at an angle of 12 degrees. The latter
belt is driven from a Ding magnetic pulley. Eock then passes to a second Eoss
grizzl}' set at •'^-inch and the undersize goes to a 175-ton mill bin. The over-
size is fed to a 5-inch by lo-incli Sturtevaut crusher and thence to the mill bin.
The following changes have been made in the mill: — trommels have been
replaced by ]\Iitchell vibrating screens (three-sixteenth-inch and three-thirty-
second-inch with a one-half-inch to be added later) ; the oversize from the three-
66 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
sixteenth-inch screen goes to rolls set at one-half-ineh and thence to a bucket
elevator for return to the main circuit; the undersize falls directly on the three-
thirty-second-inch screen, and the oversize from this screen passes out as feed for a
James automatic jig; the undersize from the three-thirty-second-inch goes to a set-
tling tank and thence to a James sand and slime tables.
The head office of the company is at 314 Beaver Hall Hill, Montreal, Que,
The officers of the company are : — ^president, Chas. M. Eobertson, Montreal, Que. ;
secretary -treasurer, John J. Milne, Montreal, Que.; managing director, A. G.
Munich, Montreal, Que.; C. H. Thompson was superintendent until October
30, 1921, when he was succeeded by E. E. Eose, Galetta, Ont. F. A. Warren
was smelter superintendent.
An average of 110 men was employed during the year.
Mica
Acton. — In January, 1931, J. U, and C, J, Acton of Gananoque, began to
prospect a mica showing in lot 3, concession IV, Sherbrooke township. The vein
is alongside the Canadian Pacific railway and about half a mile east of Boling-
broke station. The surface rights of the property belong to one Dowdell and the
mining rights to the Matheson estate.
When inspection was made on Februrary 17 five men were engaged in sink-
ing a pit, which was then about twelve feet deep.
On April 27, 1921, Acton Mines, Limited, was incorporated with a capital
of $100,000 presumably to work this prospect. The head office of the company is
in Gananoque.
Howes and Folger. — During the summer, Harry J, Cain of Tichborne mined
mica on a small scale from several shallow pits east of Eagle lake and about a
mile and a half northwest of Tichborne. Some of these pits were on the farm of
David J. Howes, lot 28, concession II, Hinchinbrooke township, and the others
were on lot 27, concession II, Hinchinbrooke, one of the parcels of land owned by
the Folger estate. All of the veins worked were narrow.
Lacey. — The Lacey mica mine near Sydenham, was worked during all of
1921 by the Loughborough Mining Company, Limited. This mine still contains
large reserves of mica.
When the last inspection was made in September the westerly part of the
main vein was being stripped in preparation for stoping. An 8^ by 10-inch
Canadian-Ingersoll-Eand hoisting engine, equipped with a drum and a winch
head, is used in connection with a cableway and carrier to handle the material
removed from this part of the vein. A force of 16 men was employed.
George W. McN"aughton, Sydenham, Ont., is manager and Eichard Smith,
superintendent.
Molybdenite
American Molybdenites, Limited. — The only molybdenite deposit in the pro-
vince on which any work was done in 1921 was the one at Wilberforce on the
Irondale, Bancroft and Ottawa branch of the Canadian National Eailways. The
property is on lot 32, concession XV, and lot 32, concession XVI, township of
Monmouth. The Molybdenum Products Company, Limited, completed a concen-
trating mill on the property in December, 1918, but did not mill much ore. AH
work was stopped in the spring of 1919.
1922 Mines of Ontario 67
American Molybdenites, Limited, was incorporated, May 3, 1917 with a
capitalization of $1,000,000 to work the deposit. The head office of the company
is at 43 Toronto Arcade, Toronto, and the officers are : — president, W. J. L. Mc-
Kay, 466 West Marion Street, Toronto; vice-president, P. J. Dwyer, Toronto;
secretary, J. J. Gray, Toronto; directors: — William Flavelle, Lindsay; A. W.
Marsh, Niagara Falls, Ont.; A. J. Reid, Sheffield, Eng.; H. T. Bush, Port Hope,
Ont. The new company began work in March, 1921, with a small force of men.
Some portions of the deposit were open-cut, but most of the work consisted in
making alterations in the mill.
Mr. Peters was manager until September, when W. E. T. Barton took charge.
The post office address for the mine is Wilberforce, Ont.
Talc
Connolly. — In February, 1921, through the failure of Gilchrist and Com-
pany, of ISI'ew York, the lease of the Connolly property, held by the Anglo-Ameri-
can Talc Corporation, Limited, reverted to the owners. A new company known
as the Asbestos Pulp Company was formed. This company has a capitalization
of 500,000 shares par value $1.00; 350,000 of the shares are common stock and
150,000 preferred. The officers of the company are : H. B. Hungerford, Belleville,
president; A. Gelinas, Montreal, vice-president; P. McJSTiven Bennie, Belleville,
secretary-treasurer.
Additions to the mill include a crusher, 13 inches by 15 inches, a dryer with
a capacity of 50 tons per day, two Griffin mills, screens and new blow rooms.
The treatment process of tbis company now includes a sifting and air-flotation
plant at Belleville.
George H. Gillespie and Company. — The Gillespie talc mill at Madoc was idle
during January and was operated during the remainder of the year, but not at
capacity. Full production was resumed in May, 1922. L. Ashley is mill
superintendent.
Henderson. — The new main hoisting shaft at this talc mine has been com-
pleted to the 200-foot level. The production of ore during the year was main-
tained at a rate sufficient to supply the requirements of the Geo. H. Gillespie
Company. E. Phillips is superintendent.
Price. — The Price farm, being the east balf of lot 15, concession XIV, Hunt-
ingdon township, was prospected during the early part of 1922 by H. B. Hunger-
ford of Belleville. Three hundred and twenty-five feet of trenching was done,
and in June a shaft was down 20 feet.
Metallurgical Works
Algoma Steel Corporation. — In 1921 the Algoma Steel Corporation's blast
furnaces at S'ault Ste. Marie ran as follows: No. 1 furnace, 319 days; No. 3,
205 days; No. 3, 278 days; No. 4 was idle all year.
The staff at the furnaces remains as before, viz. : James H. Bell, blast
furnace superintendent; James Dale, assistant blast furnace superintendent, and
Harry Hitchens, blast furnace master mechanic.
Canadian Furnace Company. — The blast furnace of the Canadian Furnace
Company at Port Colborne was operated from the beginning of the year to April
24, 1921, and employed 160 men.
68 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
From ores imported from the United States 32,405 tons of pig iron was
produced. In December the work of relining the furnace and stoves was begun.
The officers of tlie company are: president, F. B. Baird; first vice-president
and treasurer, Harry Yates; second vice-]3resident, C. A. Cowan; secretary, Fred-
ericli Slee; superintendent. G. J. Higgins.
Coniagas Beduction Befinerij. — The refinery of the Coniagas Eeduction
Company, Limited, at Thorohl Avorked throughout tlie year on the reduction of
ores from the Cobalt mines and closed down at the beginning of 1922 for altera-
tions. An average of 105 men was employed during the ^^ear. During the year
897 tons of ore, concentrates and residues were treated.
A ncAv company, the Coniagas Alkali and Eeduction Company, Limited, was
formed in June, 1922, to operate the plants in which the following companies
are interested: The Coniagas Eeduction Company, the Niagara Alkali Company,
of Niagara Falls, JST.Y., and the Electro Bleaching Gas Comj^any of Niagara
Falls, N.Y.
The treatment of ores, concentrates and residues will be continued under a
different system by which they will be treated as chlorides and not as sulphates.
The blast furnaces, roasting department, bag houses, Cottrell treaters and arsenic
refining plant will be replaced by chlorinating furnaces, condensers and stills.
The cobalt wet department will be remodelled and continued.
One new furnace Ijuilding of steel and concrete has been erected and will be
ready for operation in September. The building is 44.5 feet by 17 feet and 37
feet high and will have a ground floor, one operating floor and three working
platforms above.
The officers of the Coniagas Alkali and Eeduction Company are : president,
E. D. Kingsley; vice-president, Col. E. "W. Leonard; treasurer, Maj. A. L.
Bishop; secretary, J. J. Mackan; directors, A. Longwell, T. M. Hicks, J. T.
Alanson; works manager, F. S. Low; superintendent, D .A. Mutch.
Deloro Mining and Smelting Co., Limited. — The refinery at Deloro was
operated during the year at reduced capacity on the ores, concentrates and
residue from the Cobalt mines. The silver and arsenic departments worked
continuously, but the amount of ore received was considerably less than in the pre-
ceding year. The stellite plant Avas worked at intervals according to the de-
mand and the oxide plant was closed during the year.
Insecticide Avas manufactured in moderate quantities to e^ablish the pro-
duct on the market. Arsenate of lead and calcium arsenate Avere the principal
products of this plant, Avhich is operated by the Deloro Chemical Co.
An average of 100 men Avas employed.
The officers are: president, M. J. O'Brien; managing director. Thomas
Southworth ; general manager, S. B. Wright, Deloro ; general superintendent,
E. A. Elliott, Deloro; secretary-treasurer, F. A. Bapty, Deloro.
International Nickel Refinery. — The refinery of the International Nickel
Company of Canada, Limited, at Port Colborne operated at reduced capacity
from the beginning of the year to August 31. During the remainder of the year
the nickel refinery department Avas operated intermittently.
1922 Mines of Ontario 69
During the coinpaii_v'« liscal year ending Mareli 31, id'i2, ■<!,716 tons of
matte were treated from wliicli. ^vith tlie metal in process, there was obtained
6,301.000 poiuids of blister copper and 3,061,000 pounds of metallic nickel. The
palladium and platinum were shipj^ed as concentrate to Bayonne plant, where the
gold and silver were also extracted.
Alterations in plant and treatment have been under way during the past
IS months, and when comj^leted will permit of a j)roduction of nearly four mil-
lion pounds of nickel per month, which is almost double the present capacity.
To produce this increase the three blast furnaces will be changed from the brick
type to the water-jacket type. This change has already been made on one of the
furnaces. As the use of the reverberatory furnaces have been discontinued, space is
now available for the installation of more calcining furnaces. The capacity of
each of the calciners is being doubled by the addition of another deck.
A steel frame building 3W feet by 90 feet is being erected for the produc-
tion of electrolytic nickel, platinum, palladium, gold and silver. The plant will
have a capacity of 400,000 pounds of electrolytic nickel and is expected to be in
operation in September, 1922. The treatment of all the ores will then be com-
pleted here. The Bayonne plant has been dismantled.
An electric substation will also be erected and transformers installed to pro-
vide for an increase of 1,000 li.p. from the Hydro Electric system.
During the seven months of operating in 1921 the average number of men
employed was 237, and during the remainder of the year about 100.
The officers at Port Colborne are: general manager, John More; assistant
general manager, James Kemp; auditor, E. Lambert.
Ontario Smelters and Refiners. — Ontario Smelters and Eefiners, Limited,
operated at Welland from the beginning of the year to November 15 except dur-
ing the month of August.
The residues which had previously been stocked on the property from mines
at Cobalt were re-treated and produced cobalt oxide, nickel hydrate, nickel sul-
phate and insecticide.
A mining claim on Bass lake near the moutli of the Montreal river was
operated for a time to jDrocure cobalt ore. During the time the plant was in opera-
tion forty men were employed. The officers of the company are : president,
Cliarles Edward Potter ; directors, John F. Hickling, M. D. Jenkins, Albert Her-
bold and James Edward; manager, J. F. Hickling; secretary-treasurer, P. W.
Dunbar, Toronto.
Steel Compani/ of Canada. — The Steel Company of Canada, Limited,
operated its furnaces at Hamilton at reduced capacity and, owing to the decrease
in demand, the stock of pig iron was considerabh' increased.
"B" furnace, with a capacity of 375 tons per day, was worked during the
whole year and "A" furnace, with a capacity of 200 tons, for three and a half
months.
The company employed 140 men while both furnaces were in operation and
an average of 90 during the balance of the time.
P. Ct. AYells is works superintendent, and H. G. Hilton siiperintendent of
blast furnaces.
7 0 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Quarries and other Excavations
A large number of stone quarries and pits for obtaining clay, sand and
gravel were inspected during 19"<?1. A list of these is given below by counties
and districts, alphabetically arranged. A glance at this list will show how widely
spread are these essential materials of construction. Speaking generally, there
are few parts of settled Ontario where they do not occur in quantity sufficient to
supply local demands, while in many places the deposits are large enough to be
drawn upon for the needs of other localities within transportable distances.
In the extreme southwestern part of the Ontario peninsula, say in the
counties of Kent, Essex and Lambton, the supplies of gravel suitable for road
and construction work are scanty, and recourse is had to dredging in the bed
of the St. Clair river, particularly the upper portions, for gravel and sand brought
down by the currents from Lake Huron and deposited in the river as shoals and
gravel banks. The interests of navigation require dredging to be annually car-
ried on at Sarnia and Point Edward, and most of the material recovered there
is coarse and of good quality, and in demand on both sides of the river. The
extensive operations which have been carried on at these points have much reduced
the accumulations of ages, and suggest the advisability of conserving the remaining
supply as much as possible for use on the Canadian side.
The list does not comprise all the quarries and excavations operated in the
Province but not only those actually visited and inspected during the year. It will
be observed that a number of the counties are not included, it being found im-
possible to cover all the operations within the twelve months.
1922
Mines of Ontario
71
s
ston(
pose
stone
03
a
a
O H <U
o
o
d lim
rete.
ngpu
d lim
a>
in C2 fl
ri
Qj O r3 ai
t4
a> o p o
o
-*i .
s.s
C2 Ih CO
c3
— 2 S S r
O*
'J J
C to to c czj 0)
OS'S a> OS'S t?
^ rf a_^ a ^ .
ir^ O O i.' O S fl
r^ , CC^ . _. !-.
one
one.
tone
;one
1 IM
screened
screened
screened
screened
tS'tS'OtJ
o
CI
o
,- a a a a
g S rt C3 c3
O "O "O "^ "C
^ Ci (I) QJ O
CO
CO r-j r-< r-; fH
VJ
3 3 2 3 3
■ 3 s-H ;h ^ !-i
hJ
i-qOOOO
M
ooc^ o o
^ ^ C<)
s a
;7;
bo .
T5
Sn
S
2 S
3^
o
tH CI
O oj
■n
'*-' „^
03
00 S
a o
-o
o-s
O O hJ
W
GO O lO CO OO
u
-S ^
w
02
U c
c
^ 'c3 'o
tH O rt
S CO
HO
O
o o
o
p^
CQ
3i-; M^
0.2U
&,
^
H
O
>j
CO S
:^
o
3
O
O
■+^ o
II
3 a
o o
bD
3 SCQ
S g M
V !> a
_ CO .3
^ aj =;
kT; ojra
2 >
6g
> 3 _S :^ '.s
W
o3
•a. taU
-u 1^ 3
-^ „ ,^ "o oj
OS a^te: I
-0_2^ . ^^
P-^fs-^O
fj£] o3 o -4.^ 3
'^m «3 CK S
t^ CO -S,,^ £
IM GOCJ MH H
<u 03 r
2 O
H 2
c
«„-•
^
o
o
• o .2 OfS
aj> o "*-
O CO
O §
c'E 3
33 o
CD
s
K> . O
S
S 3 •
:'3 £!=5
Ha
=^5
as
« o3
3 &I t>
w >
2 O
o
fe
•73
• oj
. O
.. ^^
■^' tS o S
• cj 5'— "
S-Si _2 CO r;,
?^ o a ^
rt
6°«
So ^ & CO
-g-a ^ 3 J"a
p^:Su ao
=3
'S a s
3 o^
3 co^
OS'S o
«««
fe a .
o w
o
m
u
72
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
^ ^ ^
Q cj ai
15 mi! '"— it— if if if it _
I .1 S-f I'-r-rf -7
t- 1- ^ o t^ *-
p p c S IJ c
O W3 O CC O
X • — X ■ — ai
u
cc
^
X
^
^
w
-*
a
7".
1^,
' ^
r-.
^
o
^
r^
^
i-i-H
riJ
O
^
;3
' '
^
^
U
u
u
o
t c- c- o o o 3^
X r; _^ • — — X ^ -t- X X X' X X r; ^ _j^ ^2
t^xxj:;— _i-osi:^^^'-^xi; xfcxijxi;
"3 5 ~ 5 "tj
'^73
X
C o3
T1
rt O
iii "spin's
s;
Is
s
►JOU oes JQ J Jh^^:;-: JO
O
< I
re -* ■M C2 T}H Tfi
ti ~ o
g ^-^
o
Pi o
-S u
-Ihh .^'
X '^ .ti -^
^ .Qj ■-
^ XTi J, A
o o o o
Jh:iUO
P-(
o a
03 ^
X X
<
-r-r-^O
5 5 scT
c c o ^,
^^ X X -- — ^ ^ —
ro it it r r r r r
;C-S
5 ? - X X X r X
P3
-t^ 5^' =f b d
o £; o
■sffi &
xx^
p: is ^
COO
^ c
X cS
a; c
Pi C5
PuO
5 >
o ^
Ph _ _ ^
o ~ s l< s
<ii 5 i^ fe a
S,9
O £S''^ X S _
P ^ =^ 'I g S >:■
■SJ;. . = .;i-
S:2;:5xG^<:-^oi!>i
c -"r P-i-S pLi.s"^ a
G ^ O
o
W fe
ai :: :: ^ ::
O
o
1922
Mines of Ontario
P .s
73
c
c e
o c
a:
a3 03 ci ^ 0)
_
e-c t-^ E
imeston
imeston
Crete,
rey Lim
uiiding
inie and
ime and
cone
rushe
cone
cone
-)
O U
j^j ooaijj
S3
t- C S -3
5 S o
o
u
-2 -a
S S c
G S ^
i^ P t.
•— -ji c
rj C Oj
• S CS C
~a2 O
K' 5/ [y; -t^ Oj j5
2.SC'r«S g
O
a ^
g 0^ 03
* S S
2.S s^
o
o
m a
c'>
S o<
O
c ^
(N O
o
bC
ffi ffi
Mb
ii c3n
w
Pi
X
- c
ro a
C OJ
- „ 2 c!^ o
CO
— '"^ '3 -^ — -tf
_0 CLi^f-H^
o
u
H
^ &
05. «) S<^w
o
i^^ t:^ M
-S S SS KSai S 3,
O c3 e;
UP^ o
CO.-ti CD
5 «
W
m
~ pi: s^ P=i c
p^ W^j^jS cam
-^ '^
Cd c3
0 ■
_c^
--- o
=3 M tj «3 -»-;
C3 f-« t^
fe TS n'^ '^ r?'
C O Lt
O
S g o aj o <B
CQ CQ PL, OJ ,2~~ o
C o
■4^P-I to (-,
Q^ f, — »~<
o
Plh O
bC
o3
1^'
t3
d
O
O o^
^^-€
c « ^
, o S^;
.sTffi^ p. 2
.^ • O 53
OccQPO
K
■r O
w
p H c clh.2 0.-2
G '^ -
6-1
tiO
^ p.
a(^ c rt
? a
;-^ eg rt
r' >: h >^
g &'
! C o3
Q
■5 G^^^
C " s- ►— ' t*-
=S,<^^^ P
w
t« o3
; W ^. ^ S c ^ S^
^f^.
! P o
iPio
O Q
fe S
CO,-;
e 3
e2|
p
O
cd"
oi
C
O
a.
74
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
a>
bC
t-l ■-<
(^ C/J C/J
> o
-; C3 5 c3 c cS'*-'
OO
c 2 "5 fl ^ c
S.S g =^ S =^
OO"
rt bC rt -rt
£ « 2 c
.^ .^ .^ [/)
S-< !h Sh .S
to cc
~C' "^
■T3-CC
c3 a
o3 rt c3
o o
O O C
b4 ;h
%^ t-i s^
t-> S-i
i^ t^ t^
o o
COO
ai Qj
q; QJ <D
fl C
e c c
o o
OOO
-ti -1^
CO to
03 o
OJ <U QJ
P c
C C G
fl ^
J J
h:;h:;i-J h-:
C vf " ^
a
^3 S .5
bD
rushed
for ro
imesto
rushed
limest
73
<U
3
O ^O
u
^ C '^
<! S
v. <=>
Ojjj g O
- CH^
-g o o - .
O tc g
^ +i HJ ^J O
pq o o OQ
o
o
O QJ
to 3
H a-
„ o
O o3
OO
c
o
-2 o
f^
h'~=3>
_K1
•^ -k^ c ■
• ^O.
fe
O 3 O
m
S oi:>^
t3 -"^ -1^ I— (
pes
•W .-:S.r
O o
lo-q'
b£ ^
G CO
I O t— I rS
i ^ id fl ■ ..
' I— r o C' c
iSoo-^..s
S
o
G O
O
13
T3
o-
-^
> >
5-^ CO -5 -5
O p CO o o
c c
C C
ci d
OO
cr
o
G
G
O
QJ .
crs 03
O'S a^
'S^ S
SOS"
' O ^ CO
6
5? 0^ G
03 X •<
"g S'_^-
G^
SOJ
Sec
c
o ^
^G
O
a,
O
G »
•oOl^«|
• OJ k^ -G
.ti^ q .^
O^lrtOO
o
w
0) JD
c'cC 2
o^ C
G<*- rt
rt O -j^
• I G^
CO S^
^ o5 CO
. O » E^
Cr *^
t5
O G C G o a^'o
o o o«*-. o
C G G G C G r •
g^ 5^ =^ ^W
f^— o
rjl
V-.^ C^ W W w W
^P^ O O O H'^'>
(S.2 >
G^ «^ G
GOO
G -iJ
•tJ to yj
i3 >■. G
C3 c5 03
<^ Si
o
o
2 O
3 -2
> O
Q cy o
.a
P
•-0
•-d
:<
o
G
- C
1922
Mines of Ontario
75
■ O —1
aj
o
o • ,, ,-,
CD
.-,
3 a3 3
3 3 =3
5
c a a
o
a
R
M .3
03
'a
imestone for oy
iagara Falls,
e, agricultural 1
ium, magnesium
one.
d trap.
d limestone.
d limestone.
d and screened lime
2
for roads,
mestone for roac
mestone for roat
nd screened lime
and lime,
stone, crushed
ete.
3 limestone and
3 limestone and
3
o
'a
a;
3
«-■ — !
^^
3
0-73
CD
a
a;
a
a>
2
.-73
i2 C
75
a
"S
a
2
a
77
a a
CO m
o a)
a a
mestone for roa
mestone.
and lime.
o o rt .. ^~
3
O
t:
% 5 3 3
^ bC 3 --3 :3
^ 3 p-3-3
a;
3
O
U
-3-
a
-n
i^i
'-'
^ Qj o oj a;
-iJ OJ CD CB
^ OJ
tn a;
^
a;
QJ
OJ OJ -iJ
a
8 3 3 3 3
.3 tH !-l ^ ^
O
m
a
imes
rush
rush
rush
2
imes
uildi
For c
ryst
ryst
o
3
aJ
aj -gS
fl 3
.3 IH
3
3
3 2.a
OO^XH-
u
JOOUO
J
JUUO
jj
►-JCQ OO
i3 'hJ h^ o
u
u
uo
00.-5
lOCO • o
o
'O »C LO C<I o
t^
iM O -M -H
M lO LO GO >o
O
o
tn
CO t^
lOOOlM
lO C<1 • -^
C^l -rfH .-1 ^ «
I— 1
I— 1
OJ
IM i-H i-H
c a
P5^
aj aj
CQDQ
^ffi
3 a
M
Ah
a
O)
o o 3 ^::i
OU-s a
-u -1^ ^S
"£ >><
!Z c3 i-T-— - i
•^ 3 a> l>
►^ bc O rt rfra
d.a^-sKK
s a -'-5^- -
u,ao^--„
+^ e =5 aa
o ^ o o2
■-q Qua
o
I— I •
^''a a i
-kJ O O bD
V aj
bc o
-rs a
.-I O)
1^
>• a
• o
§^
O
a
o
O
X2
a
6^
a. 2
-gO)
.an-r
irf a
'-'O
opq a
'^ -R
'=^- 0.X!
-2^0
033
bc-r
a; 3
PL,
>^ >.^ ^ ^ o
f- t. o tC' a; ..S
c3 c3 O o a; . ;:i
_^ _j^ c3 c3 rt ^
E tj S S <;
pi a
■ aj
bC
a>T3 .,
fe fe fe s a a -t^
,^ .^ .f^ j2 t/j
a 3 a c3 o M 3
i> ci ai b£ C c3 O
o
^sapri-S-g §
-2
<- o3 a
o g =
a-5
^'1
aj
a a;
•3 a
a;"
."3 aj
11
P3^
ab^
o § §
?iO'p:;
UM o
3 ,• o
>.a"3
~ 3
•« aj
Ph 2
-o a
^ o
O ;-i
KHomSo o S
- ^ t,
^ c3 c3
^ ^ &
O Qi Qi
O O O
.3.3.3
'C 'C 'sh
PhPlhPh
'o'o'o
_^ >> >5
a a a
3 3 3
O O O
3
a^
^ a
S?3
do
OO
o) a^
3 3
a a
o o
CC 73
s's
c3 03
1-5 •-:
6^
aj '3 M
«|Qaa
^u 3
o
tf
3
P^
® a-^
a o^
o a
o
<4-l
O
^^"o
=ai^
>!
>>
S-g^
S =3
-*^
oj-a
1-!
3
a
3
6l§
a 03
~*-* a
O
O
« a o
•C 03
U
U
ooo
PQU
a X
O O
■*^ 01 03 ~
P-t P^Ph
& =
TJ
w
«
a=:
CO
76
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
__
,
2
X c
P
d
= 1
i 11
"3
•—
X v: ^
c c c
•/
U^ f-* '-<
c _
3
^
t- .^
—
^*
u^
o c c a, ::
S E f'' S 5 J-
tc 7^ ;/; ^
5 §-:5'2
A
'f
2 2 g 2 g
c
c
. 1
s
1 I^JI^
^
7 '^ t-"!
^_
^
~ ~^ ^ ~? s
y
?
X X ^
TT
-? ~ .-^'^
;— . S
c
c c c
: 5f
3
^-3
g; ^ .__.
11
_1
~
-1
: III
"^ i "2 - "E "S i
y
'{-'{-''
5
^
? ■"
r — -
"r "X
"7
"y
"
^^ ^ .^ .^ .n
w i-IO wO —
►^
'►^k^hi
L!^-
:^
— ^ ^
^ ^'
^
6
^O »::--: J
o
»3
o
tu
o
c3 .
>,
1^
o
GC Lt t^ t^ iC M
X
^ iC J1
^ i-"
r i-*"
c: w ^ r: ■M t- k--
■—
ic t-
L.'I • •
■^
cc >— -+
M
T— r
: -t
t^ —
C^
?■
M
-<
s
^
c
ii
^
fit
■ '^
c
>
t:
~
] -i
«
§
^ ;
■ ~
"S
s
-r
: .:
:'i
dil
'.'X
^
^
- ^
■J
o
3
■ -X
■> —
^ ^
• H
c
'k^?
il
1 "^;
• »-* .-
' — '
■ "
^
;^ —
!
; ^
1-5
J^
-•- E~
■' =
^""1
i :
il
1
z
^
-^
■ K*
■^ iC J""
-
" ""„ ^
•+' ~ ^•~
'-^. 2 ;;^
'i-
-
^oc ^
^Cfii^
rv^ C C
_£^
:^
w ^
c
c ^ ^ < ^
t^ ■
s.
o •
C-
•J
^
;
— ; z^
K
x:
o
; ; c
• J
_ =
• =
£
_r
C
^ Z^ - -:i
i5
T
«:
-^
^
c
c
^ i
•J.
^
IP
r
"c
S
--^i
^■;
■f
■r.
X
5 ^'^l-^"
^
P
^
c
: 2
i; c
o
C
^
i §
1
=
^
y
c
c
6f:
3 i
^- i
--^ g r—
- ^O .r
"i! -^ 'r
~ c; F
? c ?
-
I— I c
c
i
C
c
_ o ~^ - ^
^ ^c ^5 ^«
"x
X
- o
J
c
X
1
J
-u
_o
'C
■tJ
cc
Q
(h
^
o
~^
c
i:
.^^
• Zi ^^ ^
ij
."*
g
_c
o
O
"
--I
^
I-' .--
^
1922
Mines of Ontario
77
o fl
i; -y;
rr.
T3
~ O
cSt3
c; ;-
'^ ^
' w ^
« C
o
'cc *;
'fi
o --
S c
o
o
oo
o o
o
uo
Ct:.. i
m
o
«
o
-
K
^r
o3
tf
>
[-,
*-H
^
r-
K
c
o
> " =
O !-
c -^
O
• ^
r^ * J^ '
c .
. a^ .
a; . 0) .
o .
. e :
j^ . ^
C •
'C c
■f^ S'^ s
o o
o O o O
S o .
G-i; Cii
x'Sx'S
X S
a; c .
!* c; "C E
1^.^^.
;^|(l c
Pi
K a S
w
Ph. 2 (ii.2
c3
-t^ CO
-U 03
^ >>
3 c3
cS oS
r- fe
C.>
G Q H
2 2
>i ^
78
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
P^
ji ^ ^ & ^o _c ' 3
^ ^ ^ r^ -t^
c3 5 S ^'a
-r -^
- t- rt
:j o o
— ^ X^
£(5
' '*^ cd c^
mi o o u o
■ (N 00 i^ •* 'X CO O 'O CO lO
u
« 2
cncc
O C
pqO coc/:«:
C C
g ^ CO -S
n r^ i_r c c
Pi '
0~ Q
o
bh
c
• o -y.
. 5H
O"
1— 1 c
HH O O
o
(M ^
:^o^6^
g a; a>
fl c c
o c o
G r^
c
O ■
c W ^
C-.2S
■"■33 o
>I-H ^
a; o c d
-oo o 3
giMooco"
ipi-gpi-2
cc'c^'co'" p '^' c
pipi«f^ |p
oi pi 22 C-. C £
.-3
^ -^ . ^
S % ^ ! /ij
p SPP :Q
GPIH
- ^ ^ fr^^-Si ^''-S S^ ^
^2; S
bC
1 c j5 c 2
! O g O-fl
> >
) r^ -^i ^ .
-> j> ^ O '^^ Lj *^ ^^ ^*^ r^ ^ 2!^
"^ a
O
o c ;=; _y a; 0)
^ rt; _x -^ -tj
C
O •
c S
c
a
•O-o
o g e c Qj
:» rt
c as
c? S c
^o
«3^
cS « S
o
P3
" J- r?; "^ 3
o
fcX
si tc
o-ts g >.
O
K c
5
-^
P5 .S
>^ ..•'-So
:20^oOS
^ -i
O
c
o
■5
T3
mm
w
x c- - -
k;:^;
h^ii-j
1922
Mines of Ontario
79
P^ CQ
CQ>^
CO 3 X O
>— ' cc
.a .a .H .H Q,.^ .i >-— .ii.Si
a cS ra (5 « m^ oqgQi
O O w o
I cam
X!
c
o
O
r^ <
=y^
^ lis
5 «
5 >
S ^
r ^
2 -a
OJ o
d Pi^
>
Ul^O. S
3"^
►-I m m ^ ^j ai
o fci ;!; o > £;
Q O O Q X O
A^ W
m
.2d c
tH O C
Ik
Gj C X ^
CJ Oj c3 '"^
m
o3^ ti 3 '^
c-^ o
§ o| o
c a a .
cS 03^ O O O O ^ O
Ph
m
>>-i
•2" -^
PL,
O
CK
OJ
S
(i
.2
'2
cc
-a
G
c
5 w-^
o +^
OO
ffi
P5:S-g,P-o J
£'"S 3 o .
80
Department of Mines, Part X
No.4
c
"?>
"Oi
'S
"c
"
c3
>
>
>
-^
r*
rt
--^
"i
^
t^
;-.
;-i
i-i
o
o
o
o
c
Oi
cS
05 O
. oj oj c; c; o o
bC
S
^
ai
«
1 O
P2
S f3 s
r^>l^
O
C -r O
C C P
OK
oo
o ■
Qi^
fl
^ o
O c
r-'S
<x>
^w'
~
Q -
o
KJn
m
-X
yj^
eg
3 £3
6^
0-5
' '"' !^ !^ is ^ -ij '^'
: ^ PM Cm PL, ^ h:) Cui
!2H
l-3e^
o
a;
02.2
a; Ji;
ct g a;' sec pM p
O ^ O jj" C _jj" o ^
iCQ
P5,
^ ;-;!?■ «:■ =
5 C
-3
9"° 9
^ c
w
c-
r
--
ca
o >-.
. . . . «3
c3 g rt cj . . . s- oi
Ph '.'aO-if^ ■ • -OP-i
tfcL,pL|ggcHCHa.«p^p-,
5 5b
p:
o
pa ^^ Ph
CCS
O O O
o
bpa^
c
■c = -2
■SOP
fi..2
5 2fl^^
«o
O
O 03
^PUi-jt>
5 fl
2^
•v. ^
PuH
3 s rf S K
xQ
Occ
OH§
a, ^^ o
g c^ C
^ 2
o
pa
>^ rt ^ r^
PQ
pa
1922
Mines of Ontario
81
> >
>
i- u.
u.
u tx
U
1 r , 1
, —
' ^
ce
a; Qj Qj c •' •"
> > > >-r-=
r—
' o
S g S £r c c
C
"
OOOOmm k
c3
;o
-CO
c a
1^ C C
t^ 0^ o; q; Qj ^
.^ > > > > >
o3 c5 c3 c3 c3
a> .. ^3
<3 S C C C C
p c5 ci rt c3 cS
c3 c5 c5 _y c3 c5 C3 rt ^
oi ■'^►^
s-< fl rt •
• 22 rt !- . . >-
4: 22 >-. >.-^
o ==
O
<^
S "^
^ o c o c o^
tCO O O O O »
. >>
03000000*^
h-3 h^
• PL,
C o
Jo'
•>2
hh" • SS -SS
u-
,23
h-J i-J
^. O O u
CO
OtJhJ
O S tK • S:^_CX5
o o o cS c c
cdoo o CO
o >do -J ~ .V
_^ T-H iM ai " Ci (M
O! -U .4J -|J ^ -j-i -U
C3 C O Crj O O
W f_; kJ ij Z 1-q h:]
PMfe
"B^^y: ^P."^
^
f-i
tH
u.
OJ
ai •
(B •
o
a> •
o •
s § g ; .:o
C
c •
•S n
b£
bt O
■ b£-r
t^ t; ti S o
C
C a
o
c ^
W
t^ ^
c3
f£i ^
-1^ f^
fin
~ o
Pi rt
o ^
^ ^ ^ ^ ^o
'■•^ -^ -^ T-4 rt t_|
aJ ^ ^ ^ ^
^
O
f^piPip;
fcl
tH
'd
QJ •
o •
g o3 •
<u •
o •
C> fe- ■
fi •
c •
Pi .§ :
W.5
bCo
rne,
dent
Ott
\. 1.
^Ph
-^P^
QJ G
OJ w
-T35
r_; g. rt t;
nU
oO
oCCM e
o
^ T" "r^ ^^ "^ r/
O c O
OJ 0)
^ P ^T-H,
gPim S ^ o 5
<Pi ^5S^
oS
Pi Pi
Pi Pi
b£
t; Ph. 2 Pi.S P-.2
rt ti t- 1.
§ =3^ -c^ ^1
bC
S c -5 ^' H
-SO
TT CL P '
'^ ~ ;^ ¥' .5 x' s ST
Q
-fO 03
s o
;S of:
■go
Q
oi
^Pi<^
C C n
S 5
r-i; • i? == . -co
P3
U
82
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
O Oi O O Ci 03
>>>>>>
o3 ci cS rt rt c:
U i^ i^ S-4 '^ ^
> >
bJDbCblbijbCbX) bCbD
-T3 TS -^ -3 -:2 -5 r^-TS
„•„•_; S S - ^ S 2 S g^_.
'o'o'c " " rt <^ rt :5 =3 53'^ ^
cS rt CSC
T3
c3
Tl
>
>
0)
to
03
Tl
c3 03
c3
02
T-
-n
^
• »
;^
TS
a>
73
ri
0)
>
-a
■^
tn
03
c
c
3
bl
M a:v2 O OOOy^ai^doaoao rhwOO O
c3 03 S^
< w
0) -a •■=. ~ r- <ii ^
bC .
^3
^ :'S -t3 5 -^ '^ ^
c o
OQ
^C5
s^ s>^
>s
^ C S „
>?-g
O
O
c o
^J^^J
OJ .
, ^ 1— I 1-H ro t^
o o
? o c
ih:;!-:^:: h:]
^-Th-Tkh-^ U
o o o
H a,
I O to
hJoQ^
o
CO _rt
- o
•^ o
04 i
C o3^C c3
2 >^ *S -ki
bli t-
■-. >i c3
:< c
-tf QJ 03 CO Oi'
r^-c
r-" I— ' r
^hH
-2 ^-zEy^zCi
tH
(h
c
O . 03 • .
03
03
03
OJ
O
hC
M
S " S w .
s
G
a ^- a fe 2- & :
w
W
■n p
CK "gee's c c
c:5
fl =
'^f.T.P^
C 3'
<! Si Cd Q Oi
^ P4 C
•-I CO •:-;
« a
.3 .3 03 P
; '^ c ^ cj o
S S P^;= P4
G
saO > G
:^ G o3
o
u
.22 '-'
03 5
C .3
-< 3
bC
"g
o
O
5^ 22 t/i oj
;^.&^«^G-p£c
•GGr'^o;,^;*!. •
^ ^ C ^ ■ • '^'
^ E^ >; S d a a" >^ -^"
. . 03 O
o
G G
3 3
O O
I 3 O
1^ rt
i -^ -13 73
h.; s ?s °^
;hq
w
<*H 03
-go
s^
+^ to
03 >
Q
■ o
.« G
o ce
Gt3
P= S
G-
3
w
w
1922
Mines of Ontario
33
01 <I>
> >
> >
>
c3
MbO
b£ iJ:
bC
13 ^3
-— "3
^
C C
G C
c
.-^
03 03
o
c3 ri
Cj
"a
"^
7i
-c ^
TJTJ
>
la's
>
^-«
>
>
-zs
> r.
a c
?!
c c
rt
^
c3
c5
rt 3
c3 c3
02 02
o
02 CO
a
03
o
a
ou
• <U U CJ c o o
-s > > > > > >
C " ." rf rt c3 ff3
% bi 3: 5c bt 3: tc
bc s c c c c s
03 ^ rt rt c3 ;:3
r3-s-3"0'a'a
c c a c a fl
=3 S c3 C3 C3 c3
C bC<
cS.S
.S O
WCCI— I
e.ti
'V*
:/:
>i
^
P
X
>■>
h-T
hH
o 5s
(— 1
Q".
«
^TtT
o o o
'"' '5c C o
i-H «^ -t^
>-X
x
G X
S P^
o o c c c
O
S o
q; 1—1
~ o
1-3
rf l-H
^-><
C3 ^ '^ -J C
-to -tJ -tJ ^J
o o c o
^1
i ^ a
1 & o
o o c o
JhJ ^ 1-1
Q
3 ►S
w-s
HH K* ^J
o
i^'&
Br ^•
a rt
S a
1^
o a
1(^
hJX
a
a ^j -ij
o o o
-a
a a c3
3 03^
• a •
a o a
°U °
C^ tC i-i C^
i-5k-3iJ
•2 ^^
"S a a
>, o)
a : «
XX
o a a
Ph oo
P^ p^pi
p^ pipi;
5 =5
S^,
•73
a
c! a
"C a
5^-a
•xts
a : ". : : : -a
^ S a S a =1^
b£^ ^^ C C o
73 Gj o C' O G^ Q ^
w
a
'bC
a
•O
a:3 a:^
o • .
ID • .
a • 03
bC . O
a
a— bc
a J=
O
O
o3
a
a oj S c3
o^P^P^"
;piP5
!pip^
o
a -ki
oj • bC
s § ^
03 02 o
_,43X
0} .
.S . ^
«P^H
22 '-' ■
'a'-?
a '
.2
C 3'
Q
^ t- bC^ O
-SO
o-g
O
w
■^ t< !-, ^H fc- t-
w
.2 Ph. 2
0 c3 c3 c3 c3 c3 -kJ
ffi ffi Ph HH HH K §
Si
HH %.
'o "o 'o 'o 'o "o ^
1=0
a & a g.3_5-'o
43 05
a °
S'o
^^^^_G^ >,
r ? r « S r a
S^
^^
^^
•i ^ S 3: ^ ^ 3
0 0 0 c 0 0 0
^^
^^
£-^
:- r- H H H H 0
0
Q
(-)
p:J
a
a
o
P4
'o
•O
-2 a^ ^- o
a. 2 s.
1 ^ai-s§
a' ■ ^- 2^
fe
«
d- -
84
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
b£i Si's
^ ^ ^ .-o . ._
r^T^-^ ^ > -r~ >
a z p o P c ^ T-
rt cS c5 - =i rt -
mma2 O '-TirnO
> >
> > > o o
rt :i rt > >
::3 rf
c ^ ^ ^
~~ > > > r^-r-s >~~
X' X l/I' 'O ^ ^^
> >
mm
O
^H C O
<J S
^^^
c o
•90
o
c o rt
-2 o
-1^ *H .
op'
9 Pi
c? ;><
r-:^^ S'^^
P^
a t-t^:c4
5S ^§35HS
^1 gj,^^!^
c >^
o ^ o
T3
> — T c
a£:i
^ Sih^
o = o'S
o I
; — — -
- --
-t:
».
O <^>
-"-*-"■
— i-.
t
—
-►- *.~
■ ^ ~ ^
X
X
-^
^ ^
6
i^
^
^
.^^
^
Ci
3;
tc ■
■f.
a --^ —
-^
';l
r* -*^
■^ -<■
~
r
„
_
"tr
c^
^ "^ ^ ^
O l-M F- CJ
o
2 o
:r ^Z'-^
lit 1^
coffins' §^ s:
2 c S
X —"^^
/^' r^ ;i^ :S r-' Si.';
" X ;:
°HH
2;
^
«
1922
Mines of Ontario
85
g g g g g-S- 5
^ bl bl bi bJC ^ ~ gr
> -^ > > ^ ^ -^
c3 c: n
2c2S 55 55555c:::55Sio 5g^§S £
o -« -^
GO X X CQ
> >
rt c3
i- ;-!
bCfcD
_:
■T3T3
>
i=i a
oi a
-s-s
e a
' C
cj c3
j;;
i/j tc
Cl
-s .^
TS
;-l b
X
cam
>^
u
?u
i:;.it:.s; a
c c; C! tn o ^ ;->
> bL -t
^x Sx /
>>* ^r
o
o
m
C-t;
5 c
4= rt
P-i ci
1— i
^^C^ ti. H^ >_; Ph hJ H
6-g.
bC O
5Pi
W> p2
«^
_b£ g
"S X S -^'
n • --i:
a .-^ ^ t.
c .
X ::
r S
-^ X '^ .y
• £ "^."h' I = I ?i i^' ^ ^_^.-^' %■ J
UfCffi^Pi
it <'a m c£ ci
>r "^ x 22 -
* X _ '^ „
c £ 5 X ^•
'--S'-v-i £"^ bJC'T! bt'*^ -ki .j ^ S ^~
X X K X K
pi pi fS S 5
a
"5 33 c^
i, o J- i; ^^
W O CO o
C3 _•
bi rt
cm
ji. c: fl
s o o
K^ C X eS X
■ c3
O b:
U
=<i
"C o C — ?i "^
O C
!XX
jxd
5 Ch-5fe-^-
H ^ r- O
^r*^
>
■ i :r* G »;■
S P3
o =s ^'"^
• ±: P5
h^'h^ -Xfa^
5 ^ _b£ ^ iz; 5 -^^ g
a r~ 'C ;"^ k^
c
a:
H
^
£
G
^< O O ffi
3 ^
fa fa
8 t =
86
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
O
I— (
P
O
Q
w
H
>
O
P
Q
^
-< a
f=3
u
^-c
Qj "a;
V a V
i; aj
o^
a
> c
> >
> > >
> >
> Ci
>
C3 c3
c3 rt
d rt c3
c3 cj
OS'S
tn
;- u
t- t- t-
SJC-TJ
fct bC
tX Si tJD
i£ ■=£
b£—
tu.
"^ s
-s-o
TS ~ "3
"3 "3
"3 J;
"5
ri :i ci
rt rt
-3-3
C3
u
c = c
c5 ci c3
mmm
•^■^ CO (M ro coca iMicooi
o3
m
9 o
(i:j ^
o o
O 0
fl o
so
t_, O -; ^7^
O
-kj -tj -n) ^j ;
o o o o
3 ^
"3 ~ -^
J 11
o c3 r
II
5 ^ §
q —
__O__C0j— I
133
O QJ I*
S S rt s
CK«^'
GOO
'-^ Lo r^ " o;
CO
o ^
■— —
c
C"3
-'a .
32 >. o
rt S* O
'^ c O c
1— I Ttl k!-l k-H
o
O 53
;2H
o fi
W
a o ^ ^ o —
O
aoW P s-^'i:
§^
c c
■3 b
1—1-1 ^ ,
INSTRUCTION CLASSES FOR PROSPECTORS
By W. L. Goodwin
Introduction
Having been instructed by the Minister of Mines to organize classes for pros-
pectors in selected centres in Ontario, the writer began on November 22nd, 1920,
to make the necessary preparations, including collection and breaking up of min-
erals and rocks for specimens. In the basement of the Parliament Buildings were
found materials which supplied about fifteen mineral species. About twenty were
obtained from Queen's University through the courtesy of Professors G. J. McKay
and E. L. Bruce. A few species were collected in the field and the remainder, mak-
ing a set of 48 minerals and four rocks, were bought from Ward's Natural
Science Establishment, Rochester, N.Y. The work of breaking up this material
was so far advanced early in December that it was found possible to begin at Madoc
on December 7th. After closing the class there, on December 21st, the prepara-
tion of the outfit was continued and completed by January 8th.
Methods Adopted
Classes were held in twelve places: — Madoc, Sault Ste, Marie, Port Arthur,
Fort "William, Sudbury, Haileybury, Swastika, Kirkland Lake, South Porcupine,
Tinunins, Elk Lake, and North Bay, covering the time from December 7th, 1920
to June 2nd, 1921. In each place the work consisted of two parts : a class for the
determination of minerals by field tests, and a course of eight lectures on the Ele-
ments of Geology. The study of minerals was necessarily confined to daylight
hours, but the lectures on geology were given in the evening. For the study of
minerals, the material was distributed in small pieces to each member of the class.
After determination, the occurrence, value, uses, etc., were discussed, and then
printed descriptive labels were distributed, in which the specimen could be
wrapped and kept for future reference. In this way it was found possible to study
forty-eight minerals and several rocks, in the ten days allotted to each place. In
addition to some four or five typical rocks, which were used in all the places, I
found it possible, particularly in the noi'them gold fields, to do useful work with
the rocks peculiar to the neighbourhood. The day class in each place had nine or
ten sessions of about an hour and a half each.
The evening lectures were developed into a logical course on the Elements of
Geology, illustrated by lantern slides, the object being to lay the foundation for
more systematic study and the better understanding of reports as they are issued
by the Geological Survey of Canada and the Ontario Department of Mines. These
are quite generally studied by prospectors and there were frequent expres-
sions of the helpfulness of the lectures in this connection. Eight lectures were
given in each place, with the exception of North Bay, Avhere it was thought advis-
able to shorten the time for both classes. It is to be noted that the evening lec-
tures were attended by many who were not free to leave their work during the day,
and by others who had a purely intellectual interest in the subject. It was felt
that something was being done in this way to stimulate a more general and intelli-
gent interest in mineral industries. To this end the lectures were always used,
when possible, as a means of conveying information about the ore deposits of On-
tario.
87
88
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
Attendance at Classes
The mineral classes were attended not only l)y prospectors, but by others in-
terested in mineral industries. Some of these will become prospectors. In order
to enlarge the horizon of the prospectors, a good deal of attention was paid to min-
erals that are not being particularly looked for. For example, samples of tin-stone
were distributed everywhere, and, as soon as the material could be obtained, tin-
stone in the peculiar granite in which it is usually found was shown, and large
specimens left in each locality, either in the Mining Recorder's office, or in some
other place agreed upon.
A good deal of work was done in the indentification of minerals brought in by
members of the classes. For this purpose a blowpipe set was added to the outfit.
The meetings of the classes were always prolonged by work of this kind, and by
consultation with the prospectors and others looking for information and advice.
Wliere the numbers were large this made a long and busy day.
In the following tabular statement "Eesfistration" refers to the total number
attending the class for the study of minerals. ITnder "Average Attendance" are
given numbers obtained by actual count in the case of the minerals class, and by
as close an estimate as possible for the evening lectures on geology. In each place
there were prospectors and others who were unable to attend the day class. Others
were in the field, but had friends or partners attending the class. For such cases
sets of the samples were made up when asked for. A record was kept and the num-
bers are given in the column "Extra Sets of Minerals." The sets of those who
attended only part time were also made complete. In this way seven hundred and
twenty-four complete sets of fifty-five specimens each were distributed.
Place
Date
Registra-
tion
Average Attend
■xnce
Minerals
Geology
Extra sets
of Minerals
Madoc
Dec. 7—21
Jan. 11—22
Jan. 25— Feb. 4 . .
Feb. 7— 17
Feb. 23— ^Lar. 5..
Mar. 8—18
Mar. 21—31
Apr. 4 — 14
Apr. 18-28
Apr. 30— Mav 11.
Mav 14—25
May 27— June 2..
60
110
30
38
21
47
26
28
44
60
30
15
36
9Q
,5
Sault Ste. Marie. .
81 i 81
20
Port Arthur
Fort William
23
22
34
60
15
20
Sudburv
14
32
16
18
24
35
15
6
49
76
70
89
56
74
73
17
15
Haileybury
Swastika. "^
20
13
Kirkland Lake
25
South Porcupine
Timmins
25
20
Elk Lake
16
North Bay
21
Totals
509
332
708
215
The low average attendance at the day class is to be explained by the fact that
many of the prospectors did not join the class until a da.y or two after it was
started. In some cases, too, members of the class had to break off before the end,
owing to change of shift, having assessment work to do, and other causes. In
some cases the news did not reach them until the class was well along. In nearly
all places the class grew almost to the end. The local newspapers gave effective
help by editorial notices and reports of progress as the classes went on.
1922 Instruction Classes for Prospectors 89
Madoc
By arrangement with Eeeve Burns the classes were held in the village hall.
In addition to the local prospectors the classes were attended by several who came
from considerable distances — one from Bancroft. By request an extra class was
carried on for the Model School teachers and older students. While this extension
of the work was not sought, it was not refused in any place where asked for. It
will increase the interest in the study of minerals, and may help to keep up the
supply of prospectors. Mr. Geo. H. Gillespie, and Mr. A. H. Watson of the North
Hastings Revieiv, were of great assistance in organizing the class. I wish also to
thank Key. T. H. H. Hall, and Messrs. Chris. Henderson, Donald Henderson, Wm.
Cross, C. W. Wallbri'dge, George Lee, and Karl Stokloser for assistance in col-
lecting minerals. The locality is particularly rich in minerals, and there are a
number of keen prospectors at work there. Pyrolusite and bog manganese were
brought in by memhers 'of the class and identified. Manganese ores in economic
quantities are a possibility there. Through the kindness of Mr. Geo. H. Gillespie
of G. H. Gillespie & Co., a large supply of talc was obtained. Mr. Eobert Brj'den,
Manager of Canadian Industrial Minerals, sent me a box of selected fluorspar.
Sault Ste. Marie
The minerals class was held in the Board of Trade rooms, and I wish to thank
the Secretary, Mr. W. E. Wolfe, for his hearty co-operation and assistance in or-
ganizing the classes. Mr. W. N. Miller, Mining Recorder, and Principal Rudlen
of the High School were also very helpful. Mr. T. Taylor w^as engaged as assis-
tant and his ser\ices were a considerable factor in making the work go smoothly
and satisfactorily. Owing to the unexpectedly large numbers, it was found nec-
essary to divide the day class, one section meeting at 10 a.m., and another at 2 p.m.
By request a small class of graduates and advanced students of the High School
was formed and I met them at 3.45 p.m. Each class was carried on for about an
hour and a half. The evening lectures were held in the Carnegie Library. The
very large attendance in the classes for identification of minerals introduced
rather serious difficulties both in finding time for the long day's work and in eking
out the supply of mineral specimens. The interest in prospecting had been stim-
ulated 'by the discovery of gold near Goudreau lake, and the temporary closing
down of the Algoma Steel works set free a numljer of prospectors working there
for a grubstake, as well as many others who had made up their minds to go in for
prospecting. The prospectors consulted me about a field class for the summer,
asking if I or some other person could be sent by the Department of Mines to in-
struct such a class. I suggested that they should organize, draw up a petition, and
forward it to the Minister. Forty members of the class expressed their intention of
joining such a class, if it were organized. On invitation of the Eotary Club I ad-
dressed the members on the relation of the prospector to mineral industries. The
Carnegie Librarian, Miss Carlyle, consulted me about books suitable for consulta-
tion and study by prospectors. Later I sent her lists supplied by W. G. Millar,
and W. M. Goodwin.
Port Arthur
The cfty council provided quarters for the minerals class in the Ruttan
building, and for the evening lectures in the council chamber, Whelan liuilding. I
engaged Mr. H. Watts as assistant. Mayor Matthews, Col. S. W. Ray, Col. Francis,
J. W. Morgan (Mining Recorder), B. :\r. Wylie (Crown Timber Agent), and J. e!
Marks gave aid and counsel in carrying on the class. I have to thank Mr. Marks
90 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
for the loan of a valuable series of photographs taken in the interior of the
Labrador country. Slides were made from these and used as effective illustrations
in the geology lectxires. Mr. F. Eodda, engineer of the Atikokan Iron Company,
brought in a quantity of magnetite for use in the mineral classes, and F. Hille
gave me samples of siderite and other iron ores for identification. A number of
the prospectors lirought in samples of molybdenite for identification. Mrs. A. S.
Wink, Public Librarian of Port Arthur, wrote asking for a list of books suitable
for prospectors. I sent her a list selected from those supplied by Dr. Miller and
Capt. Goodwin. At the close of the classes prospectors and other citizens enter-
tained me at lunch and invited me to speak on prospecting in relation to our min-
eral industries.
Fort William
Here the Board of Education provided a room for the minerals class in the
Collegiate Institute and a lecture room in the fine new Technical School building
adjoining. Principal E. E. Wood' welcomed the classes very cordially and did
much to make our work there pleasant and profitable. Mr. E. Cockbum acted as
assistant. A number of keen and experienced proispectoTs make their headquarters
in Fort William and Port Arthur. Some of those aittending the classes were well
acquainted with minerals. Both in Port Arthur and Fort William there is much
interest in tlie development of an Ontario iron and steel industry using Ontario
ores. Something might be done with the Atikokan and Mattawin ranges by unit-
ing various interests and operating on a large scale. The Kiwanis Club invited me
to an evening meeting to address them on our mineral industries. In connection
with OUT iron ore resources, I ventured the opinion that we should develop pro-
cesses and practice suitable to our own ores, rather than aittempt to make our ores
fit the estaiblished practice. Through the kindness of Dr. Oliver, Public Health
Officer, I made an inspection of the Public Library, a fine building, which is used
not onlv as a library, but as a community centre. The Librarian, Miss Black,
showed me a large number of books suitable for prospectors. Very few additions
are required to make a good consulting library for their purposes.
Sudbury
On the way to Port Arthur, I stoppeid off at Sudbury and in company with
Mr. R. H. Hutchison. Principal of the Mining School there, made an examination
of the possible places of meeting- for the classes. It was decided that the most suit-
able places were those offered by the Board of Education, that is, for the day class,
a room in the Mining and Teclinical School building, under construction, and for
the evening lectures the assembly room of tlie High School. It was expected that
the new building would be far enough advanced for this arrangement, but as the
date for beginnin,2: in Sudbury was two weeks earlier than planned, I found that
the room was in an unfinished state. However, the architect and contractor saw
that it was made comfortable for us, and it turned out well. The building is par-
ticularly well lighted with windows, a good feature where minerals are to be exam-
ined. A number of prospectors livins: at Shining Tree did not see the change of
date and so missed attending the class. Others had made arranigements which
prevented them from coming at the earlier date. I engaged Jas. Crydorman as
assistant. Some members of the class came from Copper Cliff, Shining Tree and
Coniston. By request I attended a meeting of the Sudbury Branch of the Canadian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy and addressed them on the iron and steel in-
dustry. Much interest was taiken in the classes by the staff of the High School,
and I wi^sih particularly to thank Mr. R. H. Hutchison of the Mining School for
his assistance in orffaniTjin.fj the class, and Mr. C. A. Campbell, Mining Recorder,
for his willing and efficient help.
1922 Instruction Classes for Prospectors 91
Haileybury
On arrival in Haileybury I had the valued assistance of the Mining Kecorder,
Mr. N. J. McAulay, in making arrangements for the classes. In conference with
Mr. W. H. Tuke, Principal of the High School, a lalboratory in the High School
building was selected as the meeting place for the day class, and the assembly Toom
waa allotted to us for the evening lectures. Both were found very convenient and
comfortable. Thanks are due Principal Tuke, Mr. James Hill of the Mining De-
partment of the school, and other members of the staff. Here, as in some other
places, the prospectors were a little slow in gathering, but finally they fairly
crowded the small laboratory, many coming from Cobalt and New Liskeard and
one from as far away as St. Thomas. The great majority of the class were ex-
perienced prospectors with considerable knowledge of minerals and rocks. In
conversation with some of them I found that they had been studying text books
hke those of LeConte and Kemp. Mr. L . E. Hamilton, a student of the
Mining School, assisted in the work of the classes. At the close of the Hailey-
bury classes, it was arranged by correspondence with the deputy Minister of Mines
that Mr. Hamilton should act as assistant to the end of the campaign. This ar-
rangement worked out well, and Mr. Hamilton was thoroughly satisfactory.
At the close of tlie classes a Prospectors' Association was organized with Mr.
James Hill of the Mining School as President, Mr. Train as Secretary-Treasurer,
and Dr. W. L. Goodwin as Honorary President. At a banquet held a day or two
later at which about eighty prospectors and mining men were present, the organiz-
ation of the Temiskaming Prospectors' Association was completed, and the whole
subject of prospecting in relation to mineral industries was thoroughly discussed.
This discussion was made more valuable by the presence of a number of mine man-
agers who could give the point of view of the investor. It would doubtless en-
courage prospecting and lead to more rapid development if there were some better
connecting link between the prospector and the investor. Too often the prospector
finds himself unable to continue in his chosen calling because he has reached the
end of his means and has been unable to make a sale of daims. It is quite likely
that further development of some such claims would show valuable results. "^Tiat
seems to be needed is some nwre systematic provision for development. Some bet-
ter plan than the present rather haphazard way might be worked out by frank dis-
cussion at joint meetings of prosipeotors' associ'ations with the Mine Managers'
Association and similar bodies.
Swastika
This place was chosen on the request of a Prospectors' Association which has
its headquarters there. We were met at the station by Mr. H. Geo. Ginn, Mining
Recorder. Mr. T. M. Boisvert, President, and Mr. C. Billington, Secretarv of the
Prospectors' Association. Prospectors and others gathered in the evening in a
room over Boisvert's store and I addressed them there. It had been the intention to
start the class that afternoon, but as the train was several hours late, that was
found impossible. A good start was m^ade next day, the dav class over Boisvert's
store, and the evening lectures in the Union Church. Thanks are due Mr. T. M.
Boisvert for the use of his room, to Messrs. Billington, Boisvert and others for as-
sistance in fitting up the room and moving the apparatus from the station, to the
Board of Management of the Union Church for the use of the church, to Rev. Jas.
Lyttle for many kindnesses, including the use of his lantern, to the club of the
local school for the use of their lantern, to Mr. T. A. McArthur, Inspector of Re-
corder's Offices, whose room in Swastika I occupied while there, to Mr. Ginn for
the use of his office and for attending to the advertising, and to many friends for
their unremitting efforts to make the class a success and our stay a pleasant one.
92 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
In this place as in others the nmnber of men who have a good knowledge of min-
erals is noteworthy. This class was remarkable in having as one of its members. Miss
Fetterly, an experienced practical prospector. On the evening of the last day in
Swastika, we were very pleasantly entertained at a social gathering held in the
Union Church,
Kirkland Lake
By arrangement with Mr. John Gillan the day class was held in the Miners'
T'liion Hall, and it jjroved to l)e a comfoi'tal)le and commodious classroom. The
evening lectures were given in the Union Ohurch (Eev. Jas. Lyttle, Pastor). To
the officials of both Labor Union and Church, I wish to tender my best thanks.
The day class here was attended by many experienced prospectors, including Miss
Gertrude OakCiS. Kirkland Lake is an unusually compact mining camp, which
made it possible for the officials of a num^ber of the mines to gather at tlie evening
lectures. This made it very interesting for the lecturer, who wiisihes to embody in
this report his appreciation of the compliment thus paid him and also of their
warm hospitality. Mr. R. C. Coffey, Manager of the Lake Shore Mine, helped me
collect samples of porphyry and lamprophyre and gave me a large specimen of
telluride. This material was used at all the remaining places visited. Mr.
Porteous, manager of the Hunton-Kirkland mine, gave me specimens of wolframite
which were useful in the other places visited. A significant incident of our stay
here was a visit from a Shining Tree prospector who wished to get information
about the rocks and minerals characteristic of the Kirkland Lake area. He spent
several days with us, and took with him a complete set of the mineral and rock
specimens.
South Porcupine
On arrival at South Porcupine we were met by Mr. W. A. Donaghue, Mining
Recorder, who had made all arrangements for hotel, place of meeting, etc. The
olaases were held in the Oddfellows' Hall, which proved quite satisfactory for the
purpose. We made a visit to the Dome Mines, where we were pleasantly received
by the General Manager, Mr. Depencier, who, with the Superintendent. Mr.
Dowsett, showed us over the -surface features, mill, etc. I have to thank Mr. C. E.
Morgan for assistance in collecting mineral and rocks. We got supplies of green-
stone, diabase, ankerite, quartz, porphyry and tourmaline (near Clifton mine).
Mr. Offer, manager of the Clifton, gave us a considerable quantity of scheelite
which occurs there. In organising the classes I had much assistance from Messrs.
Donaghue, W. G. A. Wood (Crown Timl)er Agent) and Morgan. Here, as in other
places, it was noticed that many of the prospectors were acquainted with a consider-
able range of minerals. Men attended from Dome Mines, Schumacher, and Potts-
ville. At a Board of Trade banquet held after the classes were closed, I was in-
vited to speak on ''Our Mineral Industries."
Timmins
By arrangement with Mayor Mclnnis and Councillor Longmore, the O.B.U.
hall was secured for the day classes, and the ]\Iiners' Union hall for the evening
lectures. The officials of the Unions gave ns their hearty co-operation and assis-
tance in preparing the halls for the work of the classes. The Timmins class was
notable for the large number of active prospectors, some of whom came from
considerable distances, two from Hearst. The hour for the day class was set to suit
one of the mine shifts., as a considerable nxmuber of prospectors were working
in the mines. Two prospectors told me of finding a large piece of float which
corresponded with tin-stone samples distributed to the class. Afterwards they
sent in samples which were tested and found to be tin-stone. By invitation we
1922 Instruction Classes for Prospectors 93
visited the Porcupine-Crown, Hollinger and Mclntyre mines, and have to thaxik
managers Stewart and Ennis, Mr. AYebb, Manager of the Hollinger stores, and
engineers Bell, Eobinson and Longmore for making these visits pleasant and
interesting. We collected supplies of quartz-porphyry and feldspar-porphyry. In
all the classes held in the gold areas great stress was laid on porphyries by careful
examination of specimens by the class, by definitions, and by microphotographs
showTi in the evening lectures. As porphyries are associated with the ore bodies
in all our new gold fields, it was thought important for the prospectors to have
clear ideas on that subject.
Elk Lake
The Council had selected as meeting places for the classes the council chambers
for the day clas'S and the school house for the evening lectures. Mr. M. E. Morgan,
Mining Eecorder, helped us make preparations for the classes and was kind enough
to allow me the use of his office for writing letters, etc. I have also to thank Ool.
H. E. McKee, and Messxs. D. J. 'Giles, McKinley, and A. P. 'Oanipbell for assistance
in collecting supplies of minerals and rocks from the Beaver, Silver Alliance, and
Blight properties. Bornite, malachite, micaceous hematite, diabase, gabbro, and
epidote were obtained. j\Ir. Frank Wescott gave me some pieces of very pure "kid-
ney" hematite from his new discovery in Montrose? township. Many pros-
pectors were noted on their way up the Montreal river to the Matachewan region.
Large numbers were also going into Bruce township, and some claims were staked
for gold in Midlothian township.
North Bay
Most of the prospectors avIio formerly made North Bay their headquarters have
moved out, probably gone farther north. But it was ithought worth whale holding
a class there as an experiment. While the attendance was small, the result in
increasing the interest in exploration for minerals, was encouraging. Special
stress was laid on the advisafbility of prospecting for minerals other than gold and
silver, particularly those that might occur in granite and gneiss. By arrangement
with Mayor Ferguson, the classes were held in the fine Normal School building,
where Principal Casselman and his staff gave us every faciUtv and made us very
much at home. I have also to thank Messrs. Barry Shephard, G. Galvin, and C.
G. Watson for many kindnesses, and much help.
General
If the many expressions of appreciation are taken as a fair indication of the
value of this work, there can be no doubt about the advisability of continuing and
elaborating it. The old days of prospecting by pure chance methods are passed.
The prospector of to-day studies the geological maps and reports, and uses them
intelligently. He is eager to enlarge his acquaintance with mineral species and
rock formations, and to improve his methods by making them more scientific. Pro-
specting is becoming more and more a profession, in which, however, there will
always be room for those of various degrees of scientific education. Advance in
mineral industries depends primarily upon the prospector. If he stops work, there
is no more progress. This only needs to be stated, and it at once follows that the
profession of prospecting should be carefully nurtured, first by providing adequate
facilities for education and second by such economic practice as will ensure a fair
return to the prospector — a living wage. He invests his time, money and skill
as the pioneer adventurer in mineral development.
M.P.X. — 4.
94 Department of Mines, Part X No. 4
Suggestions
At the present stage it does not seem possible to use the ordinary systems of
education to meet the case of the prospector. In some way he should get the ele-
ments of chemistry and physics — just the essential ideas of these subjects, without
the elaboration and detail of the ordinary textbook. This would be the foundation
for the study of minerals and rocks, and the essentials of geolo.g}^ and ore deposits.
All this can be done in winter, when prospecting is mostly held up. By means of
summer field classes the prospector could be instructed in field geology, note-keeping
and sketching. This should be done by instructors who are field geologists with
some experience in prospecting. A great deal can be accomplished even in a few
days of such instruction. The prospector needs only a start. He can be trusted
to go on by himself. There are certain facilities for self-education which may be
usefully provided. In a number of places where classes were held, the public
librarian has adopted the idea of a prospectors' corner or section, where books and
reports will be found specially interesting to prospectors. This movement should
be encouraged, so that in every centre where prospectors make their headquarters
they may count on finding the right books, maps, etc. In such places mineral and
rock collections may be placed. These should be rather different from the ordinary
collections — they should be particular and not general — illustrative of the rocks
and minerals of the district. Special collections of gossans, stains, and other
"signs," and minerals with their associated rocks, should be made, with the minerals
they indicate — all so placed and described in large print that the student may be
able to readily take in their meaning. Occasional illustrated lectures by members
of the Department of Mines staff and others might be given in such places on sub-
jects of current interest, for example on ne^v discoveries of economic importance.
While it seems hardly possible to utilize the ordinary educational facilities, the
mining schools in such places as Sudbury and Haileybury might be used in several
ways. The collections mentioned could be housed there, the prospectors' classes
and lectures might as a matter of course be held in the same place, and the teacher
of geology in the mining school might be engaged to instruct field classes in the
summer.
This is hardly the place to discuss the immediate return the prospector should
get for his work. It is a verv difficult subject, but those most interested should
addre.5s themselves to it. The present conditions are hardly satisfactory. Many
of the best prospectors are becoming discouraged. There is a good deal of chance
in the business, and some scheme should be devised for carrying over those whose
luckv' strike is slow in coming.
Investment in prospecting is subject to the same uncertainties as are found in
other business. The credit system is used in the latter and as the business goes
on a li^-ing is taken out of it. The same idea applied to the independent prospector
should in some way give him his living and enable him to go on until he made
his strike.
In conclusion it is suggested that the places for holding classes should be
selected at an early date so that the whole list with dates of l)eginning may l)e pub-
lished in newspapers. This will enable the prospectors to arrange their business
jO as to reach the selected place in time.
Notes on Clays of the Missinaibi River^
By
Joseph Keele
Introduction
In a former rt']K)rt- certain elay deposits on the Mattagami river were called
"Swamp Clays'' as they were different from any of the late or post-glacial clays in
the region. From the evidence obtained on the Missinaibi river the writer has no
hesitation in assigning the so-called swamp clays on the Abitibi and Mattagami
rivers to an interglacial age. The interglacial clays seen on these rivers were only
very small remnants and at no place was the overlying late glacial boulder clay
present, so that their true relation to the rest of the drift was not in evidence and
hence the donbt as to their origin ; but there is no donbt wdiatever about the in-
terglacial age of similar materials on the Missinaibi river.
The yellowish sands and gravels included in the interglacial series have no
economic value as they are sul\]ect to the same defects as all glacial sands, that is
they are mixed with rock particles and glacial dirt of various kinds. These sands
are not to be confused with those called yellow, orange and reddisli sands described
in the 1920 "report.
Mesozoic Clays
]\[esozoic clays and sands of Lower Cretaceous age were formerly widespread
in northern Ontario, but a long period of pre-glacial erosion and two distinct
glaciations in Pleistocene times have well nigh obliterated them, and now only
small detached patches are found wherever the rivers have cut down through the
overlying glacial debris deeply enough to expose them. The Mesozoic clay and
sands on the Mattagami river were described in the report for the year 1920, but
a much larger remnant than any of these occurs on the Missinaibi river. It is
situated on the east bank of the river about 4 miles above the mouth of the
Wabiskagami, and there is an outcrop of similar clays on the latter river wliich
may he the continuation of the beds on the Missinaibi, as the outcrops are only
two miles apart. These deposits are 45 miles north of the Canadian National
railway line. The Cretaceous lieds are exposed for a distance of half a mile
along the bottom of the Ijank that in places rises to a height of 30 feet above the
river. The greater part of the deposit is sand, mostly white, but stained in places
to a pink and yellow colour, and a small quantity of white clay is mixed with the
sand. The clay is of various colours, white, pink and yellow, but beds of mottled
]Mnk and white clay make up the bulk of the clay beds. The whole deposit is
overlain by the late glacial stony clay, and some of this clay is pressed in and
mixed with the Cretaceous clay for a depth of several feet. Two small streams
which cut through the overlying glacial drift expose the lower clay and form
convenient places for examining the deposit. The overburden of glacial clay is so
thick that except on the immediate river bank it would be difficult to remove it for
^This short paper is a continuation of the report, under the same title and by
the same author, which appeared in Volume XXX, 1921, Part I, pp. 171-175.
=Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XXIX, 1920, Part II.
95
M.P.X.— 5.
96 Department of Mines No. 4
the economic working of the lower clay. The value of the dejjosit as a whole
depends on the mottled clay and quartz sand. The mottled clay is a Xo. 3 fire
clay and the sand would he suitable when washed for the manufacture of glass. ^
A deposit of Cretaceous clay similar to the above was examined in 1899 by E.
B. Borron. stipendiary magistrate, and the results were published in his re-
port - to the Attorney-General of Ontario. The deposit was on the bank of Coal
creek, a small stream entering the Missinaibi about 5 miles above the Wabiska-
gami river. Mr. Borron bored several holes in the clay and found 35 feet in thick-
ness of black, pink, white and mottled clays and a bed of lignite — the whole under-
lain by a thick bed of white sand. This section is almost identical with the
one found on the Mattagami river. This deposit was looked for by the writer
but he was unable to find it. It appeared that the overlying clay had fallen and
covered the exposures of Cretaceous clay and displaced the brook. Poplar trees
nearly a foot in diameter are now growing on the former site of the outcrops.
^The results of the physical tests and chemical analysis of the clays and sand is
given in the Summary Report of the Mines Branch, Dept. of iNIines, Ottawa, 1920.
^Basin of the Moose River,- published by Warwick & Sons, Toronto, 1890.
ExD OF Paet X.
INDEX
Vol, XXXI, Part X
TAGK
A
Abitibi river, clay 95
Accident,s, report on 1-10
Acres limestone ouarry 71
Acton, C. J 14, 6S
Acton, J. U 66
Acton Mines, Ltd 14, 66
Adair, John 45
Addington co. »S'('r Lennox and Adding-
ton.
Agnew, John L 24. 25
Agnew, N. J 4, 14
Aikens, Berton A 21
Alabastine Company of Paris 76
Aladdin Cobalt Co 14, 44, 47
Albion tp., brick plant 7S
Aldborough tp., gravel pit 82
Aldershot, brick plant 79
Alfred tp., limestone 75
Algoma Steel Corp 4, 13, 21, 67
Algomont Mines, Ltd 11, 22
Alini, W 4
Allen, S. H 12, 31
Allen Bros SG
Allgeier, F. C 25
Alpine Silver Mines, Ltd 14, 57
Amabel tp., limestone 71
Amber mica. See Mica.
American Cyanamid Co 75
American Molybdenite, Ltd. ..3 4, 66, 67
Ames, G. C 51
Analysis.
Feldspar, Storrington tp 62
Ancaster Hill 76
Anderdon tp., limestone 72
Anderson, A. J 13, 22
Anderson, A. K 12, 47
Anglo-American Talc Corp 67
Angus, D. H 12, 40
Argonaut Gold, Ltd 12, 29
Armstrong, James A 23
Armstrong Supply Co S5
Artemesia tp.
Brick plant 7S
Gravel and sand S3
Asam copper m 22, 23
Asbestos Pulp Co 15, 67
Ashlev, James L 24, 25
Ashley, L 67
Asquith tp., gold mg 45
Associated Goldfields Mg. Co. See
Canadian Associated Goldfields.
Atikokan iron mine 13, 17
Atlas Brick Co 78
Attalah, M. A 12, 47
Auer, C. M 39
Augusta tp., limestone 1 2
Austin, E. T 27
PAGK
Averill, Chas. S 39
Axford, Jos 82
B
Babcock feldspar claim 59
Bache, J. S 31
Baden tp., gold mg 45
Badger, Harry S 13
Bailey Silver Mines, Ltd 14, 15, 47
Baird, F. B 68
Baker, D 30
Baker, G. Vaughan 63
Ball, S 4
Bannerman, Geo 78
Baptiste Lake, dolomite mine ... 11, 58
Bapty, F. A 68
Barrie, gravel 85
Barry Construction Co 75
Bartlett, James 1, 11
Barton, W. E. T 14, 67
Barton tp.
Brick plant 79
Limestone quarries 76, 78
Bartonville 88
Bartonville Pressed Brick Co 79
Bass 1 69
See also Kirk g.m.
Batcman, G. C 14, 15, 47, 50
Bathurst tp.
Feldspar mg 60, Gl
Sand pits S3
Beachville, lime kilns 75
Beachville White Lime Co 75
Beard, James W 25
Beatty tp.
Gold mg. See Majestic Gold Mines,
Ltd.
Beaumont Gold Mines, Ltd 12, 31
Beckwith tp. granite quarry 73
Bedford tp. feldspar quarry 59-61
Bell, J. B 14, 65
Bell, James H 21, 67
Bell, J. Macintosh 14, 56
Bell, Thos. E, 4
Bellyou, N. E 84
Belmont tp., trap quarrying 75
Bennet, Joseph 86
Benson and Patterson 85
Benton, James 60, 62
Bergin, Patrick 74
Bergonan, Paul S5
Bertie tp., limestone quarries 76
Beverley tp., limestone quarries .... 77
Bewick, Moreing & Co 33
Bidgood Gold Mines, Ltd 12, 40
Big Dyke Gold Mines, Ltd 12, 31
Billings Bridge, brick plant 78
Billington, C 91
97
98
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
PAGE
Birkett, E. H 12, 21
Bishop. A. L 48, 68
Bishop silver m 58
Bishopsgate SO
Black, John 23
Black, John H 39, 52
Black Donald graphite m 13, 64
Blackwell, Walter 23
Blain, James E 82
Blake, Charles E 16
Blake, George J 16
Blanche Bay Syndicate 12, 30
Blast furnaces. See Metallurgical works.
Blizard, Edison 84
Blood, Sir Bindon 44
Blue Quartz Gold Mines, Ltd 12
Boehm, M. S. & Co 86
Bcisvert, T. M 91
Bclingbroke 66
Bolton, A. J 41, 42
Bonanza gold m 12. 15
Bonnell, H 64
Bonnin, Florence M 28
Bonsall Mines, Ltd 57
Book J. H 74
Booth J. Fred 24
Borden. Sir. Robt 24
Borresen, Sir U. J. R 24
Bousquet Gold Mine?, Ltd 12, 46
Bowzan, M. L 13, 31
Bowman, D. J 85
Bradley, J. W 74
Braniff, Harry 42
Brant co.
Gravel pits 80
Tile and brick plant 78
Brant tps.
Gravel and sand 81
Limestone quarr.v 71
Brantford.
Brick plant 7S
Gravel and sand SO
Brantford Sand and Gravel Co SO
Brebner feldspar quarry 59
Brick and tile 78, 79
Bridgeport, gravel and sand .' 85
Brigham, A. P 12. 34
British American Nickel Corp. . . 14, 24
Britnell & Co .' 7.5
Britton, Arthur H 33
Broadwell & Son 7S
Brockville 74
Brown, Alex. C 74
Brown, J. V GO
Brown, Robert 74
Brown, S. M '. 24
Brown, W 84
Browne, K. C 26
Brownlee gravel pit 81
Brownson, Willard H 25
Brougham tp., graphite 64
Brouse, W. H 52
Bruce, E. L S7
Bruce co.
Gravel pits 80, 81
Limestone quarries 71
Tile and brick plants 78
PAGE
Bruce nickel m 14
Bruce tp.
Brick plant, 78
Gold prospecting 93
Gravel pit SO
Bruce Mines, Ltd 27
Bryden, Robt 89
Buffalo silver m 4
Builders Supply Co 84
Bull, George A 21
Bullion gold m 17
Bunting, R. F 13, 64
Bupon. G. H 74
Burford tp., gravel pit 80
Burke gold claims 12, 45
Burkell. R. B 21
Burlington Heights.
Gravel and sand 85
Burnip, F. W 58
Burns, Mr 89
Burns feldspar claim 61
Burns gold claims 39
Burnside gold m 44
Burrows, J. T 80
Burt, A 44
Burton, Archie, S 45
Bush. A. T 67
Butchart, David 2b
Byng, Dunn tp 73
Byrne, J. J 14
C
Cabana, Oliver 44
Cables, testing of 9
Caesar, Charles 27
Cain, Harry J 14, 61, 66
Calcite 11, 59
Caldwell, Thos. B 11, 59
Caledonia, gypsum 13, 64
Callinan. J. W 39
Callinan-McKay Exploration Co 39
Cambridge tp.. limestone 75
Camden tp.
Brick plant 7S
Limestone quarry 74
Cameron, Donald A 59
Campbell, C. A 90
Campbell, C. L 17
Campbell & Lattimore 74
Campbellford. gravel pit 84
Campoli. L 4
Canada Cement Co 76
Canada Crushed Stone Corp 76
Canada Lime Co 75
Canadian Associated Goldfields,
Ltd 12, 29
Canadian Construction Co 76
Canadian Furnace Co 15, 67
Canadian Pressed Brick Co 79
Cane tp., silver mg ^7
Cane Silver Mines, Ltd 57
Carleton co.
Brick plant 78
Gravel and sand 81
Limestone quarries 71, 72
Carlyle, E. J 24
1922
Index
99
Carmichael. A 14, 2S
Carrol Bros 85
Carson, John J 83
Carss, William 81
Cartwright gold m 12
Cartwright Gold Fields, Ltd oO
Cascadden, C. A S2
Case, Whitney G 64
Castle silver mine 58
Castle Mining Co 58
Castle-Trethewey Mines, Ltd 58
Cavanagh gold claim 30
Cavers, T. Willard 24
Cement.
Limestone for 73, 75
Chambers-Ferland silver m 14, 47
Chapman. John 78
Cheyne, James C 28
Chinguacousy tp., brick plant 78
Chirico, Angelo 45
Chisholm Wellage Co 74
Christopher, A. G 55
Church's gravel pit 80
Cimetta, R 4
City View limestone quarry 71
Clancy, R 80
Clarence tp., limestone 75
Clark, E. B 59
Clark, G. M. C 51
Clarke, K. S 27
Clarke, William D 28
Classes. Sec Instruction classes.
Clay.
Accidents in working 1-S
Missinaibi r 95, 96
Clemson, Dan 28
Clinton tp., limestone 74
Clobridge, Charles 62
Clobridge feldspar mine 11
Close, James V S3
Cobalt, Bass 1 69
Cobalt A-53 silver mine 14, 48
Colbalt Frontenac Mining Co 12, 63
Cobalt Reduction Co 51
Cobalt silver area.
Mining reports 47-55
Coboconk, limestone quarrying . . 75, 76
Cochenour, William M 30
Cochrane gold claims 45
Cockburn, R 90
Coffey, R. C 12, 41, 92
Cohen, Maurice 46
Coldwater 79
Coldwater Brick & Tile Co 79
Cole, G. E 1, 11
Coleman tp.
See Cobalt silver area; Hyland
silver m.
Collier, A. H 56
Collier, H. H 48
Collins, Charles 26
Collins, F. Howard 14, 57
Collins, Thomas R SO
Collins silver mine 14, 57
Concrete products.
List of producers 71, 84-86
Coniagas Alkali and Reduction Co. . . 68
PAGli
Coniagas Mines, Ltd 4, 14, 48, 68
Coniagas Reduction Co 15, 68
Coniston nickel-copper smelter 27
Conistcn quartzite quarry 27
Conkey, M. J 45
Connolly talc mine 15, 67
Contact Bay Mines, Ltd 12, 15
Coon, Dr. D. A 62
Cocn, H. A 62
Cooper, Fred 41
Cooper, W. H 79
Ccpe, Francis E 23
Copper.
See Algoman Mines Ltd.; Jewel
Gold & Copper Mg. Co.
Copper Cliff.
Nickel. See International Nickel Co.
Smelter 26
Corey, W. E 25
Corkill, E. T 25
Corless, C. V 27
Corning, Fred. G 31
Corundum 11, 59
Corundum, Ltd 11, 59
Ccstello gold mine 12, 29
Cottrill. Charles W SO
Couch, Walter B 12, 63
Cowan, C. A 68
Cowan Bros 85
Cowie, Geo. S 22
Craig, Ernest 40
Craig, George R 26
Craigmont 11
Grain. James 59
Crawford Bros., brick works 85
Crawford gravel pit 81
Creighton nickel mine .... 4, 14, 25, 26
Cromwell, William N 25
Crosby, A. B 40
Crow, H. C 30
Crow, J. E 85
Crown Reserve Mg. Co 12, 30
Crumble, J. A 49
Crushed Stone, Ltd 76
Cryderman, Jas SO
Crystalline limestone.
Details of quarries 73, 75
Culford. W. J 4
Culross tp., brick plant 78
Culver, F. L 40
Currie tp., waterpower 30
Curry, Daniel 41
Curry, N 41
Curry, R 41
Curtis Bros 79
Czarina Gold Mines Co 15
D
Daeschner, Wm. J 20
Dagenais, J 82
Daimprc, C. G 12
Dale, James 67
Dalton, William H 39
Danforth, Frank L 28
Danhof. John J 21
Davidson, G. M. A 40
Davidson gold mine 13
100
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
PAGE
Davidson Consolidated IMines. Ltd. . . 3S
Davies, 0 21
Davis, J. J 38
Day. James E 48
De Blols. W. H 14, 65
Deloro Mining and Smelting Co. 4, 15, 68
Dempster, Thos 49
Denison, Chas. L 42
Denker. C. T 13, 40
Dennis tp., limestone 72
Denny, James J 52
Denyes, Horace G 84
De Pencier, H. R 12, 31, 92
Derby tp., gravel and sand 83
Deroche tp.
Iron mining 22
Quartzite 71
De Rosa. Savario 45
Deschenes, Que 24
Despard, W. H 59
Dethloff, W. L 27
Detroit Goudreau Gold Development
Co 12, 20
Dewar, James S 14, 80
Dickenson, J. G 54, 57
Dickson Creek (Cobalt) Silver
Mines, Ltd 14, 49
Dill quartz quarry 26
Dobson. Mrs. Thos SO
Dochart Brick, Tile & Terracotta Wk. 79
Dodwell, Mr 66
Dodworth. James R 39
Dolomite 11, 58
Dome Extension gold mine 32, 33
Dome Mines Co 12
Accident at mine 4
Mining report 31-33
Dominion Mines & Quarries, Ltd. 14, 55
Dominion Sewer Pipe & Clay Indust-
ries. Ltd 79
Donaghue, W. A 92
Donaldson, Oliver G 44
Donaldson, S 4
Donaldson, W. J S2
Don Valley Brick Co 79
Dore, Albert 4
Dorr, John 76
Downey tp., gravel and sand 84
Dowsett, C. W 31, 92
Drummond tp., sand pits 83
Dufferin Construction Co 73
Duffy, Charles G 44
Duguette, Wilfred 29
Dumfries tps., gravel and sand . . 80, 85
Dunbar, P. W 69
Dundas, limestone 76
Dundas co., stone quarrying . . 72, 81, 82
Dungannon tp.
Marble quarry 73
Dunlap, David A 34
Dunn tp., limestone quarry 72, 73
Dunwich tp., gravel and sand 82
Duoro tp.. brick plant 79
Duval, Joseph C 60
Dwyer, R. J 67
Dycie, J. G 28
Dye, Xorman E 14, 57
TAGE
Dye, R. E 14, 47
Dyment, Xoah 63
E
Eager, Frank J 14, 27
Eagle 1., Hinchiubrooke tp 63
Eagle 1., Manitou L. dist 16
Earle, E. R 52
Eastern Ontario, mining reports . 58, 86
Echo Place SO
Edwards, Gordon C 59
Edwards. W. S 31
Edwardsburg tp.. limestone 72
Egan tp., gold mining 30
Eganville, limestone 75
Eldon tp., limestone 70
Electro Bleaching Gas Co 68
Elgin CO., gravel and sand 82
ElizabethtoM-n tp., road material .... 74
Elk Lake, classes for prospec-
tors 87, 88, 93
Elk Lake mg. dist., mining reports 57, 58
Ellice tp., gravel and sand 84
Elliott, R. A 68
Elmsley tps., sandstone 73
Emens, W. H 14, 54
Emery feldspar claim 11, 59
Emmons, Harold D 16
Empey, W. F 41
Empire Limestone Co 85
Empress gold mine 15
Empress Gold Mg. Co 16
Ennis, R. J 13, 93
Erion. Edward R 60
Erleigh, Viscount 27
Ernestown tp.
Gravel and sand 84
Limestone 74
Errington, Joseph 37
Escott tp., paving stones 74
Esquesing tp.
Brick plant 78
Limestone 73
Essex CO.
Brick plants 7S
Gravel and sand '■"2
Limestone 72
Eureka Flint and Spar Co 11, 59
Euxenite 61
Evan^, D. Ovven 27
Evans, R. E 38
Evans, W. Arthur 46
Evered. N. J 13
Explosive accidents 2-9
F
Fairlie, M. F 14, 51
Faraday tp,. limestone quarry 73
Fasken, Alex 31, 52
Fasken, David 52
Fatalities. See Accidents.
Faulkner, J. E 82
Fawcett tp., gold mg 45
Featherston. Thomas 82
Federal Feldspar, Ltd 59
Federal IMining Co 14, 13
1922
Index
101
PAGE
Feldspar.
Mines, list of 11. 12
IM'ining reports o9-G3
Feldspar, Limited 11, 59
Feldspar Quarries, Ltd 59
Fennell, Robert 3S
Fergus, limestone 76
Ferguson, Harcourt 44
Ferry's limestone quarry 77
Felterly, Miss 92
Filmer. Arthur Wilson 38
Finch tp.. limestone 75
Finucane, T. R 31
Fitzroy tp., gravel and sand 81
Flamborough tp., limestone 77
Flavelle, William 67
Fletcher, A. E 13
Fletcher, D. H 12, 63
Fletcher, Jos. H 85
Fletcher, M. E 63
Fluorite 12, 63
Flux, limestone for 76
quartz for. See Dill,
quartzite for 27
Flymi, J. R • 18
Folger estate 66
Folger mica mine 14
Fonthill Sand and Gravel Co 85
Forbear, Thos 86
Forbes, D. L. H 13, 42
Forbusch, Frank 39
Forest, W. L 45
Forrester, Geo 82
Fort William.
Classes for prospectors at 87-90
Forwell, J. K 85
Foster, Clement A 20
Foster silver mine 51
Fourteen Island lake 62
Fox, Geo. J 7S
Fox, J 78
Francis. Col 89
Francoeur limestone quarry 75
Franz, W. C 21
Fredericksburgh tps.
Brick plant 78
Limestone 74
Frid Bros 85
Frontenac co.
Gravel and sand 83
Limestone quarries 72
See also Bedford tp.
Loughborough tp.
Pittsburgh tp.
Storrington tp.
Frontenac lead mine 14, 65
Frontier silver m 14, 51
See also Haileybury Frontier.
Fulton, S 82
G
Galbraith tp., gold mg 21
Galetta, lead mg 65
Gallagher. Ziba 23
Gallagher Lime & Stone Co 76
Gait, limestone quarry 76
gravel and stone 85
Galvin, G
Gamble & Co., Feed
Ganonoque, road material
Gardner Feldspar Co 11,
Garson nickel m 14,
Gauthier, H. G
Gauthier tp.
Gold. See Argonaut Gold, Ltd.
Geissler, G. Cosby
Gelinas, A
Gentles, Charles A
Giaya, Italis
Gibson, Jas
Giersten S
Gilchrist & Co
Gillan, John
Gillespie, Mrs Elizabeth
Gillespie, Everett
Gillespie, Geo. H 15, 67,
Gillespie & Co., Geo. H 15,
Gillies limit.
Silver mining
See also Oxford Cobalt.
Ginn. H. Geo
Giroux I., silver mg
See also Oxford Cobalt.
Glascow & Mulligan
Glendinning, George
Glendinning, L
Glendower
Globe, A. R
Gloucester tp.
Brick plant
Gravel pits
Limestone quarries
Gneiss quarries 74,
Godfrey & Son, T
Gold.
Mining accidents
Mining reports 15, 20, 21, 63,
Gold island. Night Hawk 1
Goldale Mines, Ltd 33,
Golden Fleece gold m
Golden Summit Mg. Co
Goluk, H
Goodchild, W. H
Goodwin, W. L.
Report on Instruction Classes . . 87
Gordon, M. B. R 11,
Gordon, R
Gordon, W. A
Gosfield tp.
Brick plant
Gravel and sand
Goudreau
Goudreau Gold Mines, Ltd
Goudreau Superior Mg. Co
Goulais r., iron mg 13,
Goulburn gravel pit
Gould, Arthur
Gow, Jas. A
Gower tps., gravel
Gowganda 1
Gowganda mg. dist.
Mining reports 57,
Grace gold m.. Eagle 1
Grace gold m., near Wawa 1
Graham, R
93
75
74
59
27
39
20
67
45
45
83
24
67
92
83
26
89
67
48
91
47
79
16
4
59
39
78
81
78
1-9
64
39
50
63
30
4
47
-94
60
74
42
78
82
28
20
21
21
81
76
81
57
58
16
21
40
102
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
PAGE
Graham, William T 25
Grand r., limestone 76
Granite 1., Fawcett tp 45
Granite quarries 72, 74
Grant Bros 75
Grantham, gravel pit 80
Grantham tp., limestone 74
Graphite.
Brougham tp 13, 64
Silver islet IS
Gravel. See Sand and Gravel.
Gravenhurst Crushed Granite Co. ... 74
Gray, Charles X 16
Gray, J. J 67
Greco, Peter 47
Greene, Richard T 52
Greenock tp., gravel 80
Grenet, Sam J 39
Grenfell tp.
Gold mg. See Blanche Bay Syn.
Grenville co., limestone 72
Grey Co.
Brick plant 78
Gravel and sand S3
Limestone 72
Grierson, A. W 40
Griffith, Sir E. J 27
Grigg. John 27
Grimsby tp., limestone 74
Griswold, Xorman 82
Gronningsaeter. A 24
Gros Cap Mining & Exploration Co. . . 2S
Gross, David 422
Grover, George 39
Grzybowski, Stanley 17
Guelph tp., limestone 76
Gull 1., Lebel tp 40, 42
Guntrip, H. J 44
Guy, George J 17
Gypsum 13, 64
H
Hadfield, Sir Robert 27
Haggerty. Richard 30
Haileybury.
Instruction classes for prospec-
tors 87, 88, 91
Haileybury Frontier silver m 55
Haire, Robt E 64
Haldenby, Charles N 23
Haldimand co.
Limestone quarries 72, 73
Hale, J. M 82
Hall, Oliver 27
Hall. Rev. T. H. H 89
Hallis, Sam 39
Hallowell tp.
Gravel and sand S4
Limestone 75
Halton CO.
Brick plant 78
Limestone 73
Halton Brick Co 78
Hamblin, W. H 42
Hambly, George T 40
Hambro, Sir Erie 24
Hamilton, L. E 91
PAGE
Hamilton.
Blast furnace 15, 69
Brick plant 79
Gravel and sand 85
Hamilton Pressed Brick Co 79
Hamilton Sand and Gravel, Ltd. ... 85
Hammond, A 83
Hands. Wm. J 23
Hargrave silver m 50
Harker tp., gold mg 30
Harkness, James 55
Harris, J. G 27
Harris, L. C 31
Harris-Maxwell gold property 29
Harrison, Major D. B 39
Hart, R. J 48
Harvey & Son, E 71
Harwich tp., gravel and sand S3
Hasselbring, Albrecht 62
Hastings co.
BricK plant 78
Limestone 73
HaLiin, V. H , , . , 42
Havilah gold mine 21
Hawkesbury tps.
Brick plant 79
Limestone quarry 75
Hawson, James 21
Hayden, Charles 25
Hayden, W. H 12, 33
Hayden Gold Mines, Ltd 12, 33
Hearst, W. 1 20
Heckscher. August 52
Henderson, Chris 89
Henderson, Donald 89
Henderson & Co., Christie 7G
Henderson granite quarry 74
Henderson talc mine 15, 67
Henley, E. S 15
Hennessey, A. W 48
Herbold, Albert 69
Hermo Mining Co 54
Herschel tp., dolomite 58
Hetherington, F. E 55
Hibbert, Ernest 24
Hickliug, John F 69
Hicks, T. M 68
Higgins, G. J 68
Higginson, Geo. & Son 75
Highways, Dept of
Gravel quarrying SO, 83
Stone quarrying 4, 74-77
Hlidreth, Andrew G 39
Hill, James 91
Hill, Xetter J 21
Hille, F 90
Hillier tp., limestone 75
Hillman. J. H 82
Hills, W. H 33
Hilton, H. G 69
Himrod, William C 42
Hinchinbrooke tp.
Feldspar mining 62
Mica mining 66
Hinde & Philips 78
Hitchens, H 67
Hochstetter, Ralph 44
1922
Index
103
I'AGK
Hodgson, F. J 41
Hoisting cables, testing of 9
Holden, John B/ 34
Hollands-Hurst, H 14
Holleford 59
Hollinger Consolidated Gold Mines,
Ltd.
Accident at mine 4
Burke claims worked by 12, 45
Operating report 34-33
Hologden Mines, Ltd 12, 45
Holloway tp., gold mining 30
Home Smith Estate 86
Honsberger. H. S 48
Hooper, E 56
Hoppins feldspar mine 60
Hore, Reginald E 40
Horton tp., limestone 75
Howard tp., gravel and sand 83
Howe, Homer H 20
Howes, David J 66
Howes gravel pit 81
Howry Creek area, gold mining . . 46
Howry Creek Mining Corp 12, 47
Huffman, J 85
Hugill, A. H 21
Humberstone tp., limestone 76
Humphrey's gravel pit 81
Hungerford, H. B 67
Hunt, Alex. D 16
Hunter, Andrew W 17, 45
Huntingdon tp., talc mg 67
Huntington, W. Va., nickel plant .... 25
Huntley tp., gravel and sand 81
Huray, Stephen J. Le 50
Hurd, Ralph 42
Hurd, Walter E 41, 42
Hurst, Philip 40
Hutchison, R. H 90
Huth, Frank 41, 42
Hybinette, Victor 24
Hybla, feldspar quarry near 62
Hydrated lime 71, 75, 76
Hydro-Electric Power Commission.
Limestone quarry 71
Hyland silver mine 55
I
Ingolfsrud, L. J 27
Inksater, Jas. R 64
International Feldspar Co 11, 60
International Nickel Co. 4, 14, 24, 68, 69
Interprovincial Brick Co 78
Iron mining 11
Accidents 1-8
Reports 17, 21, 22
Instruction classes for prospectors 87-94
Iron pyrites. See Pyrites.
Isenbach, W SO
Islet Exploration Co 15, 18
J
Jackflsh, gold mg. near 15
Jackson, A. H 14
Jackson, Albert J 2S
Jackson, Wm. S 10
PAGE
Jackson Bros 7S
Jackson Development Co 12, IG
Jager, Oliver E 24
Jamieson Lime Co 75
Janica, A 4
Jaretzki, Alfred 24, 25
Jebsen, Oscar 24
Jeffrey, R. T 31
Jensen farm. See Golden Summit
Mg. Co.
Jessup, Charles 46
Jev/el Gold and Copper Mg. Co. . . 11, 23
Johnson, George 11, 23
Johnson, R. G 83
Johnson Bros 80
Johnston, Albert W 42
Jones, James D 15, 21
Jordan, C. F 40
Jordan, F. S 24
Jorgensen, C. R. C 44
Joy & Son 84
Jupiter gold m 38
K
Kakar, Andrew 9
Kaladar tp., gold mg 63
Keays, James 61
Keays, William 60, 61
Kee, H. A 33, 49
Keele, Joseph 95
Keeley Silver Mines, Ltd 14
Report and photo 56
Kellen's gravel pit 84
Kemp, Charles H 45
Kemp, James 69-
Kennedy, H. G 57
Kennedy, Murray D 58
Kennedy, Robt 21
Kencgami, gold mg. near 30
Kent, William 20
Kent CO.
Brick plant 78
Gravel and sand 83
Kerr-Addison gold propertv 29
Kerr Lake Mines, Ltd 14. 49
See also Goldale Mines, Ltd.
Killoran, B. G 41
King, A. R 4
Kingdon Mining, Smelting and Manu-
facturing Co 65
King-Kirkland Gold Mines, Ltd. . . 12, 40
Kingsley, E. D 68
Kingston, limestone 72
Kingston Sand & Gravel Co 83
Kingston Smelting & Refining Co. . . 65
Kirk gold mine 12, 21
Kirkham feldspar mine 60
Kirkland-Combined Mines, Ltd. . . 12, 40
Kirkland Lake.
Classes for prospectors .... 87, 88, 92
Kirkland Lake gold area.
Mining reports 40-45
Kirkland Lake Gold Mg. Co. . . 4, 12, 40
Kirkland Lake Proprietary (1919),
Limited.
See Burnside Gold Mines.
Tough-Oakes Gold Mines.
104
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
Kitchener, gravel and sand S5
Klein's gravel pit 84
Knight. H. W 33
Knight, J. J 49
Korah tp., gravel pit SO
Kraft, Harry N. See Orser-Kraft.
Krakowiak, Thomas 1"
Kramer, G 4
L
Labelle, F. A 29
Lacey mica mine 14, 66
Ladd, Clarence H 21
Lahay, L. J 46
Lake Shore Mines, Ltd 12, 41
Lake Superior Corporation 21
Law, E. G "6
Lawson, W. B 24
Lawson tp.. silver 58
Lambert, E 69
Lanark co.
Brick plant 78
Gravel and sand 83
Granite and limestone 73
Landagne gold claims 45
Langer, Dr. Carl 27
Langmuir tp., gold mg 39
Langworthy, W. F 1'3
Larder Lake gold area.
Mining reports 29-31
La Rose Mines, Ltd 14, 50, 51
Latilla, H. G 44
Lead mining 14, 65
Learn, E Sj
Lebel tp., gold mg 40, 42
Lee, George 89
Lee, S. Robert S3
Leeds co.
Gravel and sand _• 84
Stone quarrying 73, 74
Leeds tp.
Granite J^
Syenite '^•J
Leeson, Vincent SO
Lefaivre ^5
Legate, William S3
Lennox and Addington co.
Brick plant 73
Gold mining '"'3
Gravel and sand S4
Stone quarrying 74
Leonard, R. W 48, 6S
LeSueur, R. V 33
Leszcynski, Edward 20
Levack nickel mine 14. 27
Levy 1. See Collins s.m.
Lewlsohn, Adolph 49
Lightfoot, S 28
Lightning River Gold Mines, Ltd. 12, 30
Limestone.
Quarrying 71-77
accidents 1-9
Lincoln co.
Limestone quarries 74
Livingstone, G. Robert 20
Little Silver hill 53
PAGE
Little Silver vein 53
Little Stonehouse 1 62
London, brick plant 78
London tp., gravel pit 84
Long lake, Frontenac co.
Feldspar quarry 60
Longmore, 92
Longwell, Alex 48, 68
Longworth, W. L 18
Lorrain Operating Co 55
Loughborough tp.
Feldspar quarrying 60, 62
Mica mining 66
Loughborough Mining Co 14, 66
Louth tp., limestone 74
Lovelace. F. L 40
Low, F. S 68
Lower Rock 1 62
Lucy, Dr. R 30
Lucy, William J 30
Lycett, James 21
Lythmore, gypsum 64
Lyttle, Rev. .las 92
M
McAllister, W. M 85
McAlpine, D 82
McAlpine, Ont 72
McArthur, Duncan 80
McArthur, T. A 91
McAuley, N. J 91
McAuley, P. L 84
McCarthy, T. B 25
MacCaskill, Donald 26
McColl, W. J 83
McColl Bros 82
McConnell, Ricardo 11, 60
McCrea, Charles 46
McDonald, J 21
McDonald, John A 23
McDonald, Peter 26
Macdonald & Dibble 75
Macdonald feldspar quarry 12, 62
Macdonald 1., Asquith tp 45
MacDonell, W. A 27
McDou.gald, Wilfred L 34
McGaughey, Charles S 45
McGibbon, D. Lome 50
McGregor, D. G 78
McGregor feldspar mine 59
Machin, H. A. C 13, 17
Mclnnis, Israel 83
Mclntyre Porcupine Mines, Ltd 13
Accident at mine 4
Mining report 37, 38
Mack, A. A 41
Mackan, J. J 48, 68
McKay, Prof. G. J 87
McKay, F. H 84
McKay, J. A 39
McKay, W. J. L 67
McKellar, D 16
McKellar, Peter 16
McKellar-Longworth gold m 13, 1^|
McKerrow, William 2S
McKnight Construction Co 84
1922
Index
105
PAGE
McLaren, George R 13, 22
McLaren limestone quarry 71
McLean, J. A. (Chesterviile ) 81
McLean, J. A. (Detroit) 11, 60
McLennan, Ont 2S
McLoughlin. J. M 7S
McMann, Robt 28
McMillan, J. G 1, 11
MacMurchy tp.
Gold mg. See White Rock Mg. Co.
McNamara Bros, and Thornton 85
McNaughton, George W 14, 66
McNiven, P 67
McPhee copper mine 22, 2?>
M'cPherson, Wm. B 4G
McTierman, J 75
McVichie, J. A 15, 55
McVittie, J 13
McVittie, William 46
McVittie tp., gold mg 30
Madoc.
Fluorite mg. near 63
Instruction classes 87-89
Magpie iron m 13, 22
Maher, W 86
Mahon, G. W 54
Mahon, J. C 46
[Maisonville tp., gold mg 30
Majestic Gold Mines, Ltd 12, 47
Malahide tp., gravel and sand 82
Maloney, J 76
Manitou Lake area.
Gold mg. See Grace g.m.
Manley, A. J 46
Manson, J. T 68
Maple Sand, Gravel and Brick Co. . . 86
Marble quarries 73
Marcelis, C 82
March tp., gravel and sand 82
Marchand, L. J 29
Marks, J 64
Marks, J. E 89
Markus, William 75
Marlborough tp., gravel 81
Marsh, A. W 67
Marsh, George H 17
Marshall & Sons, Jas 76
Martin, Hart 45
Martin, M'iss N. F 59
Martindale, Gilbert S3
Mason, William Thomas 40
Mason-Wilcox iron m 13, 22
Masters, Adna K 20, 21
Masterton, W. K 55
Matachewan 1., gold mg 45
Matheson, J 14
Matheson, Ont.
Gold mining near 30
Matheson estate 6G
Mathias, Robert 27
Mattagami r., clay 95, 96
Matthews, W. H 48
Meaford Brick Co 78
Medonte tp.
Gravel 85
Limestone 75
Mein. W. W 25
Mendels, Joseph H 11, 59
PACK
Merkley's Limited 7S
Mersea tp., gravel S2
Messecar, C. L 21
Metallurgical works 15
Accidents i-S
Operating reports 67-69
Metier, Edgar 85
Metz, Gustav 61
Meyer, Peter SO
Meyer, William H 41
Mica mining 14, 66
Michipicoten area, gold mg 20
Middlesex co.
Brick plant 78
Gravel and sand 84
Middleton, John N 76
Midlothian tp., gold prospecting .... 93
Mierzynski, Joseph 17
Mikado Consolidated Mines, Ltd. 13, 17
Millar, Charles 45
Miller, Edwin Lang 44
Miller, G. C 31, 42
Miller, Gerard F 44
Miller, J. A 74
Miller, W. N 89
Miller-Adair Mines, Ltd 13, 45
Miller Independence Mines, Ltd. . 13, 28
Miller Lake O'Brien silver m. . . 14, 57
Mills, Geo. E 79
Milne, John E 66
Milton 78
Milton Pressed Brick Co 78
Minehart, A. G 11, 61
Miner & Son, John T 78
Mines.
Accidents 1-10
Development reports 11-69
Mining Corporation of Canada 14
Accident at mine 4
Report 51, 55
Missinaibi r., clay 95, 96
Mitchell, Arthur 13, 17
Mitchell gravel pit 81
Mitchelson, Sir Archibald 38
Moir, Dr. A 23
Molybdenite, Monmouth tp 66
Molybdenite Products Co 66
Mond. Emile S 27
Mond, Robert L 27
Mond Nickel Co 14
Accident at mine 4
Mining report 27, 28
Monel Metal Products Corp 25
Monteagle tp.
Feldspar 60-62
Molybdenite 66
Montreal-Kirkland Mines, Ltd. . . 13, 41
Montreal-Ontario Mines, Ltd 41
Monumental stone 73, 74
Moody, Wm. H 23
Mooney & St. Denis 75
Moore, George 83
Moore, M 63
Moore, William M 39
Moose Mountain, Ltd 13, 22
Moran, John 63
More, John 15, 24, 69
Morgan, C. E 92
Morgan, J. W 89
106
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
pagf:
Morgan. M. R 93
Morrison, G. A 2G
Morrison, J. W 12. 29, 30
Morrison, Thos 25
Morrow, James 61
Morrow feldspar mine 11
Morton, John 35
Morton, W. L 16
Mountain tp.. limestone 72
Mount Dennis 86
Mount Eagle Feldspar Co 11. 60
Mulcahy, Carl W 20
Mumford, W. J 14. 27
Munich. A. G 65
Murdock. James Y 3"]
Murphy gold claim 12, 20
Murray nickel mine 14, 24
Murray tp., gravel pits Si
Muscovite. Sec Mica.
Muskoka dist., gneiss quarrying .... 74
Mutch, D. A 15
Myer silver m.. accident 4
Myhill, William S 62
N
Napanee.
Gravel and sand 84
Town of, working road material . . 74
Neebish islds., quartzite 71
Nelson, J. C 45
Nelson, Johnson S3
Nelson, K 4S
Nepean tp.
Gravel pit 81
Limestone quarries 71, 72
Newell, H 82
Niagara Alkali Co 68
Nichol tp.. lime kilns 76
Nichols, John 25
Nichols Chemical Co 4. 18. 64
Nickel and copper.
Mining accidents 1-S
Mining reports 22-27
Nickelton smelter 24
Night Hawk 1 39
Night Hawk Peninsula Mines, Ltd. . . 39
Nilsen, A 4
Nipissing Mines, Ltd 4. 52-54
Noble, S. W. A 27
Noonan, William D 61
Norfolk CO., gravel and sand 84
North Bay, classes for prospec-
tors 87, 88, 93
Northcliff Alines, Ltd 57
Northcrown Porcupine Mines, Ltd. . . 38
Northland, iron mg. near 22
Northpines pyrites mine 4, IS
Northumberland co.
Gravel and sand pits 84
Northwestern Ontario.
Minin.g reports 15
Norton, Alsey 7^
O
Oakes, Miss G 92
Oakes, Harry - 41
Oakland tp., gravel pits 80
PAGE
O'Brien, J. A 54
O Brien, M. J 54, 68
■See also Miller Lake O'Brien.
O'Brien and Fowler 60
O'Brien silver mine 54
O'Donnel rapids. Skootamatta r 63
Oelheim, Charles 16
Offer, W. C 92
Ogden tp., gold mining 31
Ogilvie. Shirley 50
O'Halloran feldspar quarry 59
Ohl. E. N 28
Oliver, Dr 90
Oilman, F. R 85
Oneida tp., stone quarrying 73
Ontario co.. quarrying in 75
Ontario reformatory, Guelph 4, 76
Ontario Dolomite Mfg. Co 58
Ontario Gypsum Co 64
Ontario-Kirkland Gold Mines. Ltd. 41, 42
Ontario Porcupine Goldfields Dev.
Co 33
Ontario Rock Co 75
Ontario Sewer Pipe Co 79
Ontario Smelters and Refiners, Ltd. . 69
Ophir gold mine 21
Ore Chimney Mg. Co 63
Orford nickel plant, Bayonne, N.J. . 25
Orillia tps., limestone 75
Orr. Guy H 85
Orser, aiiss D. M 61
Orser, E 61
Orser, Sherman 60
Orser. Sidney H 60
Orser-Kraft Feldspar. Ltd 60, 61
Osgoode tp., limestone quarry 71
Osier, Britton 24, 25
Ostrowski. James 17
Otonabee tp.
Brick plant 79
O'Toole, John 59
Ottawa.
Limestone quarries 71
Ottawa Improvement Commission ... 71
Ottawa Suburban Roads Commission. 71
Ottawa Brick & Tile Co 79
Owen Sound.
Brick plant 78
Gravel and sand 83
Limestone 72
Owen Sound Brick Co 78
Oxford CO., quarrying in 75
Oxford tp., limestone 72, 76
Oxford Cobalt Silver Alines, Ltd 54
P
Pacaud tp.
Gold mining 28
Page. Jacob 85
Painkiller gold mine 30
Paipoonge tp.
Silver. See Federal Mg. Co.
Paisley, gravel pits 80, 81
Palatine iron mine 17
Palmer feldspar mine 61
Palmerston tp., calcite quarrying .... 59
Paris, T. M 27
1922
Index
107
PAGE
Paris Sand & Gravel Co 80
Park, Hugh 52
Parker, W. R. P 51
Parkhurst, A. J 64
Parkhurst, W. A 64
Parks, H. W 78
Patno. John D 64
Patterson, A 55
Paulson iron mine 1"
Paving blocks 73, 74
Peacock, D. C IS
Peddv, L 29
Peek, R. L 4S
Peel CO., brick plants 78
Pelham tp., gravel and sand 85
Limestone 76
Pellatt, Henry M 37
Peloquin, J. B 41
Pennell, Edward M 21
Pennsylvania Pulverizing Co 61
Perth, feldspar quarries near 59
Perth CO.
Gravel and sand pits S4
Limestone quarries 75
Perth Road, lead mining near 65
Peterborough, gravel quarry 84
Peterborough co.
Brick plant. See Hawkesbury.
Gravel and sand pits 84
Limestone quarries 75
Peter McDonald farm. See McDonald
feldspar quarry.
Peters 67
Pfelffer, P. C 52
Phillips, E 67
Phlogopite. See Mica.
Picton, gravel quarrying 84
Pirson, J 76
Pittsburgh tp.
Granite gneiss 74
Limestone 72
Plantagenet tps., limestone 75
Plaster board 64
Plummer tp., copper mining 22
Plunkett, Thomas 51
Poillon, Howard 31
Point Anne 73
Pollock, Alex 27
Pomcroy, Robt. W 42
Ponsford, A. E 82
Poole, F. C 82
Pooley, Charles A 28
Pope, A 4
Pope gold claim 39
Porcupine gold dist.
Mining reports 31-40
Porcupine Davidson Gold Mines,
Ltd 13, 38
Porcupine Keora Mining Co 13, 39
Porcupine Peninsular Gold Mines,
Ltd 13, 39
Port Arthur, classes for prospectors 87-89
Port Colborne.
Blast furnace, refinery 15, 24, 25, 67-69
Limestone 76
PAGE
Port Elgin.
Brick plant 78
Gravel pit 80
Porter, A. R 20
Portland tp.
Feldspar quarrying 59
Post, Charles B 39
Potter, Charles Edward 69
Powers, F. W 28
Prescott CO., quarrying 75
Price, A. E. T 49
Price & Smith 79
Price talc claim 67
Prince tp 28
Prince Edward co.
Gravel and sand pits 84
Road making 7&
Princess silver mine 50, 51
Prior, E. M 82
Prosecutions (Mining Act) 9
Prospectors, Instruction classes for 87-94
Prosser, Seward 25
Proton 83
Puslinch tp., limestone 76.
Pyrites.
See Northpines.
Rand Consolidated.
Sulphide, Out.
Q
Quarries.
Accidents 1-9
Operators 70-77
Quartz, ^ee Dill.
Quartz, Ont. See Dill quartz quarry.
Quartz for flux. See Flux.
Quartzite.
Algoma dist., for roads 71
Queen-Lebel Gold Mines, Ltd 42
Queenston Quarry Co 74
Quinn, Clement A 17
R
Racuba, D 4
Rainville, J. H 29
Raleigh tp., sand pit 83
Rama tp., gneiss quarry 75
Ramsay tp., crystalline limestone ... 73
Rand Consolidated Mines, Ltd. . . 14, 28
Rawlins, James W 26
Ray. Col. S. W 89
Raymond, A 29
Rea. E. A 54
Rea, T. H 33
Reamsbottom, W. H 20
Redden, Henry 84
Reid, A. J 67
Reid, Eraser D 48
Reider, T. H 41
Reliance silver mine 54
Renfrew.
Limestone quarry 75
Renfrew co.
Brick plant. *SVe Arnprior.
Gravel pits 84
Renwick, John 64
Rhodes, E. N 24
108
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
PAGE
Ribble Mines. Ltd 46
Richards, Robert R 20, 21
Richards, William J 16
Richardson, U 30
Richardson feldspar mine 59
Rideau canal.
Limestone quarrying 71
Ridgeville Concrete Works S5
Riley, Charles W 15
Road material 70-86
Robertson, Charles M ';G
Robertson, J. F 27
Robertsville, calcite near 59
Robinson, John 61
Robinson, L. V 64
Rock lakes, Storrington tp 62
Rockcliffe. sand and gravel SI
Rock Products Co 60
Rockwood, limestone 76
Rodda F. . , 9u
Rogers, George R 46
Rogers, R. P 48
Rogers, Richard B 23
Rognon, E. R 15
Rolfe, W. J 2 3
Rollins, D. AV 78
Romney, sand pit S3
Rosa, Savario D 45
Roscoe, H. L 24
Rose, E. H 51
Rose, R. R 66
Rose tp., copper mining 22
Ross, Walter 16
Rudd, S. R 82
Russell, J. W 54
Russell, W. H 16
Russell Co., John E S3
Russell.
Brick plant 79
Russell CO., quarrying 75
Russell tp., limestone 75
S
St. Anthony gold m 17
St. Anthony 1., gold mg 31
St. Charles, Dr. W. P 41
St. George, M. J 17
St. Jean Bros 82
St. Mary r 28
St. Mary's Cement Co 75
St. Vincent tp., brick plant 78
Saltfleet tp.
Limestone quarries 77
Sand and gravel S6
Sand and Gravel.
Accidents in working 1-0
Missinaibi river 95
Operators and pit? 80-86
Sand and Supplies, Ltd 85
Sanderson silver claims 58
Sandstone quarries 71
Sarjeant Co 85
Sass, William T 42
Sault Ste. Marie.
Classes for prospectors 87-89
Scarboro tp., sand and gravel S3
Schreiber, gold mg. near 16
PAGE
Scott, F. S 85
Scott, J. G 85
Scott, J. Ralph 59
Scott & Nicholson 84
Seitz, Leo B 61
Selick, A 4
Selkirk, A. V. J 20
Sellwodd, R. M IS
Sellwood, Out 22
Seneca tp.
Gypsum. Sec Caledonia.
Serpen. William J 27
Sesekinika.
Gold mining near 30, 40
Sewer pipe plants 79
Seymour, WMlliam 21
Shaff, Henrv 30
Shaff, John 30
Shakespeare tp., copper mg 23
Sharp, Capt. A. L 27
Shaw, John M 28
Shaw, J. R 54
Shaw tp., gold mg 39
Shelley, Geo 82
Shephard, Barry 93
Sheppard, W. J 37
Sherbrooke tps., mica and feldspar 61, 66
Sherkston, gravel and sand 76
Shields, W. J 45
Shirk, G. M 85
Shoefelt, Jacob 12
Shoefelt silver claim 12, 28
Shoemaker, A 85
Shovel, William 27
Silica, Ohio 61
Silver mines 14, 15
Accidents 1-S
Mining reports 18, 47-55
Silver Cliff silver m 15, 47, 55
Silver Islet silver m 15, 18, 19
Silver Queen silver m 15, 55
Simcoe co.
Gravel pits S5
Stone quarrying 75
Simms, Frank 27
Simpson H. K 44
Simpson, W. E 28
Sixt, W. M 12, 40
Skead tp.
Gold mining. See Skead Gold
Mines, Ltd.
Skead Gold Mines, Ltd 31
Skidoo 1 30
Skootamatta river 63
Slaght, Arthur G 41
Slee, Frederick 68
Sligh, Charles R 21
Sloane gravel pit 83
Slush. T. H S4
Smallwood, F 21
Smelters.
See Blast furnaces.
British American Nickel Corp.
Copper Cliff.
Port Colborne.
Smith, Albert 4
Smith, E. A. Cappelen 24
1922
Index
109
Smith, H. B 4
Smith, H. Coleman 20
Smith, Richard 66
Smith, Robert M 58
Smith Bros 78, SO
Smitli tp., gravel pits 84
Smiths Falls, limestone quarry 73
Smith-Labine gold claims 40
Smyth, C S6
Smythe, W. R 45
Somerville tp., limestone 75
Soule, W. H 27
South Cedar Springs 83
Southern Ontario.
Mining reports 5S-SC
South Lorrain tp.
Silver mg 55-57
South Porcupine.
Classes for prospectors .... 87, 88, 92
Southworth, Thomas 68
Spada, L 4
Sparling, Fred. W 20
Spauling, Willis M 38
Spawning 1 57
Speer, C. H 21
Spratt, J. A. Harvey 82
Sprecher, G. A 25
Sproat, George R 45
Stamford tp.
Gravel and sand pits 85
Limestone for flux 76
Standard Brick Co 79
Standard Chemical Co 75
Standard White Lime Co 4, 75
Stanley, John 82
Stanley, R. C 24, 25
Stansbury, Edwin 4S
Starke, Col. Robt 38
Steel Company of Canada 15, 69
Steele, Edwin G 79
Stenbol, Carl 21
Stern, Morton F 31
Stevenson, P. C 24
Stevenson, William 4G
Stewart, H. J 30
Stoddard, John 82
Stokloser, Karl 89
Stone. See Building stone; Gra-
nite; Limestone; Trap; Sand-
stone.
Stonehouse 1 62
Stormont co., quarrying 75
Storrington tp.
Feldspar mining . 62
Gravel pit S3
Storrington Feldspar Co 62
Stothart, Jas 84
Street & O'Brien 74
Streetsville Brick Co 78
Strong, H. F 55
Sturgeon falls, Mattagami r 37
Sudbury.
Classes for prospectors 87-90
Sudbury dist.
Gold mg 20
Nickel. See Nickel.
Sullivan, Joseph T 21
Sullivan, Roy 57
PAGi:
Sun Brick Co 79
Sutherland, H. H 38
Sutherland, T. F 1, H
Swansea, brick plant 79
Swartz, John 40
Swastika, classes for prospec-
tors 87, 88, 91
Sweeney, W. R 47
Sydenham, mica mg. near 66
Syenite.
Leeds tp., for monuments 73
T
Tack, Henry 84
Tarbutt tp., silver prospecting 2S
Taylor, Alexander 21
Taylor, C. H 30
Taylor, Charles 0 57
Taylor, Frank 26
Taylor, L 86
Taylor, T 89
Tebbutt, John T 41
Teck-Hughes Gold Mines, Ltd.
Mining report 42, 43
Prosecution under mg. act 9
Teeples, Alexander 62
Teeples feldspar claim 12, 62
Teeswater 71
Telfer, R. A 64
Terracotta.
Gloucester tp 78
Terrill, Albert 20
Thames Quarry Co 75
Thaw, William 39
Theaker, W 86
Thesaurus Gold Mines, Ltd 13, 45
Thomas, Hon. I. B. F '... 33
Thomas, Matthew 39
Thomas, W. R 13, 44
Thompson, C 14
Thompson, C. H 66
Thompson, C. N 65
Thompson, E. J 14. 57
Thompson, J. F 42
Thompson, Robt. H 11, 61
Thompson, S. C 44
Thompson, Stephen G 23
Thompson-Krist gold m 38
Thorold, smelter 15,68
Thunder Bay dist.
Silver mining 18, 19
Thurlow tp.
Brick plant 78
Limestone quarry 73
Tichborne.
Feldspar mg. near 59, 62
Mica mg. near 66
Tile plants 78, 79
Timmins, Jules, R 34
Timmins, L. H 34
Timmins, Noah A 34
Timmins, Ont.
Classes for prospectors 87, 88, 92
Gold. See Hollinger Consolidated.
Timmins feldspar quarry.
Todd, W. H 15, 28
Tolman, C. M 22
110
Department of Mines, Part X
No. 4
PAGE
Tomlinson. B. C 24
Tompkins, G 4
Torbolton tp.. limestone 75
Toronto tp., brick plant 78
Toronto Brick Co 76. 79
Tough, George 40
Tough, R. B 12
Tough. Tho.s. B 57
Tough-Oakes Gold Mines. Ltd. 13, 43, 44
Tower, William 0 25
Townsend tp., -iravel and sand 84
Trafalgar tp., brick plant 78
Trafford, C. E 51
Train, Mr 91
Treleaven, R. A 30
Trethewey Silver-Cobalt Mining
Co 15, 5S
Triplex Gold Mines, Ltd 13, 39
Troop, Stewart 15, 58
Tudor tp.. lead mining 65
Tuke, W. H 91
Turczynowicz, Roman 17
Turk, E 56
Turner, Scott 51
Tycoon gold mine 17
Tyendinaga tp., limestone 73
Tyrrell, J. B 41
U
Union Gold Mines Trust, Ltd 40
Union Mining Corp 13, 40
Universal Silicates, Ltd 60
University silver mine 14, 50, 51
Upper Rock 1 62
V
Vanderlip, Joseph H 23
Vander Voort, M. P 20
Van Hise tp., silver mg 57
Vanluven, Albert 12, 62
Vaughan tp., sand and gravel 86
Vernon 71
Verona 59
Verona Mining Co 62
Victoria co.
Limestone quarrying 75
Victoria nickel mine 14, 27
Victoria silver mine 4
Victory Silver Mines, Ltd 15, 55
Violet silver mine 14, 50, 51
Vogt, D 24
W
Wachman gold m 17
Wagar, Richard 11 , 59
Waide, .J. C 7S
Wainfleet tp., limestone 76
Waite, J. C 13, 39
Wallbridge, C. W 89
Wallbridge Bros 12, 63
Walker, Arthur 4
Walker, Sir Edmund 27
Walker, George 30
Walker Bros 76
Wallace gravel pit 81
W^alpole tp., stone quarrying 73
PAGi:
Walton, C. G 12, 62
Wangler, William 82
Wanless, G. A 42
Warren, F. A 66
Warwick Brick Works, Ltd 78
Wasapika lake. See White Rock Gold
Mg. Co.
Wasapika Consolidated Mines, Ltd. 13, 46
Washago limestone quarry 4
Washburn, J. L IS
Washington, J. L 18
Watabeag r., waterpower 30
Waterdown 77
Waterloo co.
Brick plant. See Kitchener.
Gravel and sand 85
Stone quarrying 76
Waterloo tp 85
Waterpower, Skootamatta r 63
Watson, Alex 11, 58
Watson, A. H 89
Watson. C. G 93
Wation, J. G 51
Watson, J. P 51
Watson. R. B 52
Watson feldspar claim 11, 60
Watts, X 89
Wawa 1 21
Webbwood, copper mg. near 23
Webster, A. R 1, 11
Weir's gravel pit 84
Weldon, Robert P 21, 22
Welland, smelter 69
Welland co.
tJravel and sand 85
Limestone quarrying 76
Wellington co.
Gravel and sand 85
Limestone quarrying 76
Wells, R. G 69
Wende, Albert 13, 41, 44
Wentworth co.
Brick plants 79
Gravel and sand 85, 86
Limestone 76, 77
Wentworth Quarry Co 77
Westlake, E*. A 49
West Lake Brick & Products Co 84
West River station 47
West Shiningtree Lake dist.
Gold mining 45, 46
West Toronto, sand and gravel 86
Wettlaufer, C. E 40, 41
Whitby, 0. W 64
White. Homer 84
White, J. T 17
Whitefish lake. Brougham tp 64
White Rock Mining Co 13, 46
Whitesides tp., gold mg 40
Whitney tp.
Gold. See Porcupine Keora.
Wiarton, limestone 71
Wigren, Eugene A 20
Wigwam, Ont 58
Wilberforce molybdenite m 14
Wiley, Mr 14
Wilkes, John 59
1922
Index
111
PAGE
Williamsburg tp.
Gravel and sand pits 81, 82
Williamson, J. C 5G
Wilson, A. H 54
Wilson, E. R 23
Wilson, Joseph W 21
Wilson, Dr. S. C 60
Wilson & Sons, Samuel 78, 80
Winchester tp.
Gravel and sand 81
Windmill Point 72
Windsor Brick & Tile Co 78
Windsor Sand & Gravel Co 82
Wink, A. S 90
Winning limestone quarry IT,
Wolfe, W. E 89
Wollaston tp., limestone quarry 73
Wood, E. B 13, 42
Wood, E. E 90
Wood, E. R 24
Wood, W. G. A 92
Woodcock feldspar mine 11, 61
Woodland, H 4
Woodland. W 4
Woods, William J 61
Wood's vein. Keeley s.m 50
Workman, J. K 2fi
Workman's Compensation Act .... 1, 2
Worth, S. Harry 63
Worthington nickel mine 14, 28
Wright, .John C 78
PAG]':
Wright, S. B 15, 68
Wright, Wm. H 41
Wright & Co 80
Wright-Hargreaves Mines, Ltd 13
Mining report 44, 45
Wydra. Frank 17
Wylie, B. M 89
Y
Yarmouth tp.
Gravel and sand 82
Yates, Harry 68
Yeo 1., sand briek 84
Yonge tp., gravel and sand 84
York CO.
Brick plants 79
Gravel and sand 86
York tp 86
York Sand and Gravel Co 86
York Sandstone Brick Co 86
Young, A. J 47
Young, Horace G 21
Young, W 74
Z
Zander, Hugo 21
Zettler, Andrew 81
Zettler, William 81
Zolkowski. A 17
CO
to
H
.a
S
to
CO
CD
>
•H
-P
10
•H
O
•H
Li
cd
-p
a
o
■3
o
•H
03
CQ
(D
CO
OJ
-P
P.
o
>
o
o
> -p
o c;
O O hJ
University of Toronto
Library
DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS
POCKET
Acme Library Card Pocket
Uadcr Pat. "Rei. Indax Filt"
Made by LIBRARY BUREAU
mmm
MapN"3ld y^i j_ I |, 2 ^n2,^
WATABEAG AREA ^' '
NOTES
The Watabeag Area is situated partly in the dis-
trict of Timiskaming and partly in the newly created
district of Cochrane, about 450 miles north of the
city of Toronto. Good wagon roads lead from the
towns of Matheson, Ramore, Yorkston and Bourkes,
stations on the Temiskaming and Northern Ontario
Railway, to the eastern portion of the area. Canoe
routes shown on the map have all been travelled, and
portages re-cut and blazed where necessary.
The discovery of gold in Playfair township ranks
among the first in point of time in northeastern On-
tario. Claims were also staked for gold in the town-
ships of Egan, Timmins and Terry more than a decade
ago, but so far no production has come from the area.
At present only a few mining claims have been staked
in any of the townships, and the area has received little
or no attention from the prospector since 1910.
The area is from 850 to 1300 feet above sea level.
The only area of agricultural lands of important size
is in the townships of Playfair, Egan, western McCann
and eastern Sheraton.
Much of the forest, particularly in Playfair and in
the sand country, has been burned and re-burned, yet
much valuable timber still remains.
The magnetic declination within the area varies
usually between 9° and 11° west of north. Some
variations from this have been noted on the map.
Geology
The legend accompanying the map gives the rock
relationships as recognized in the field. Only field
names are used on the map, as the reconnaissance
nature of the report did not warrant a more intensive
study or microscopical classification.
The following is a brief description of the rocks
beginning with the oldest: —
Keewatin. — The Keewatin rocks in the area are
considered to be an orderly succession of lava flows,
basic for the most part, consisting of amygdaloidal
pillow lavas, and fragmental material. These rocks,
remote from the batholithic intrusion of granite are
generally massive, schistosity being only local. The
recks about the periphery of the granite batholith have
been largely altered to hornblende, chlorite and
sericite schists, the first named predominating. Other
Keewatin rocks are serpentine, rhyolite, and a hetero-
geneous clastic fully described in the text.
Algoman. — The central and western fringe of the
area is occupied by a granite batholith, with syenite
porphyry facies. Granite gneiss occurs locally through-
out the area occupied by the batholith. Surrounding
the batholith. manv eranite. sveniteanH arirl nomh-ur,.-
^
--— -
^
^
\
1
o -
_ 12
II
K
Q
1
»LA><"IIK WIVKW AUKA
WSTHtCT w TIMI5l**«I»rti 0«T»»lO
hi IllaJi
liy) ual
<\
(Map. LeY;(Laxi;^ Ok....^
'^ap N^ 51 b
BLANCHE RIVFP AREA
WAT\I»L\<-. AHF..\ ^' '
'\7>3i :{itii
M*^ C \ \ N
rzi^ ■
CD'
[3:]..«
Map .V 51 il
^y^:\'!L\a5EA^J area
l^^ 1.
Map N° 31 c.
COUMYoF LEEDS
f
76
30
44
50
The chief mineral products at present found ir
omic quantities in the County of Leeds are mica, fe
monumental blocks, building stones and paving 1
The mica deposits are to be sought near the cc
of the Grenville crystalline limestones (blue on maf
the gneisses (green). Where these gneisses, fo
granite, intruded the crystalline limestones they pre
contact deposits of mica, pyroxene, and apatite,
mica, which is of amber colour and very pliable, foi
excellent insulator in the manufacture of electrical ni
ery. Apatite, or what is more commonly kno
phosphate, deposits that were formerly worked
County of Leeds, yielded good supplies of this mt
Feldspar, which is pink in colour and used extcr
in the glazing industry, and also in the manufact
electric insulators, is found in the coarse-grained Alj
granite dikes where these latter cut gneisses. In
cases the feldspar can often be mined in economic
titles, and good grades of it find ready market. It :
be as free as possible from quartz, for where this
mineral is present in appreciable quantity, say fifte
,>l^t
II
, ^j^^U.^^UJA^if^^.
V»l Cli. ^' t. 11 '
(r)iisrv.» 1 F(f)S
^H<^^-.
¥ *4yL^>^: A
tt
M-
COUNTYoP LKEDS
f*
7I<U
f
LAKE S^ JO.SFPH
LEGEND
ST
00'
CZD
areas.
Glacial and Recent;
also unexamined
UNCONFORMITY
PRE-CAMBRIAN
Pegmatite dikes.
Granite.
L^^ Lamprophyre dikes.
J^TRVSIVE CONTACT
I ZI ^''^^n^^one and diorite.
I j Quartz porphyry.
^^B ^<^?.netite-hematite beds.
Gneiss, arkose, greywacke, etc.
Symbols
Geological boundary,
approximate. c.
Geological boundary, assumed.
;;^<^Bedding, incUned; dip and strike.
[Bedding, contorted.
NOTE. The^
inap of the ■
trict of Pat
Kenora and?-
as being —
waters of lJ^
Topography j|
Department
Ontario.
Geology by E.
Drawn for *t
Jackson ati
LAKE S! .lOMPII
'\
\S\) feoc
L
Map N9 3lf
LAKE ST JOSEPH
91
TRACK SURVEY OF
SHEKAK LAKE
DISTRICT OF KENORA
Scale: 126.720 or 2 mile 8 ■= 1 incK
Pleistocene
and Recent
LEGEND
Drift; also unexamined areas.
<
3
Granite.
INTRUSIVE CONTACT
,AMBRIAN <
Gneiss.
^^5C
°
Dip and strike.
PROVrNCE OF 0NTAR1I
Map \° 31 f
LAKE S^ JOSEPH
Hon. H. Mills, Ji&tiyCtfr o/'Ji£nes WHet G.AEller, Provincial Geoloffist
h4 ^'^^f
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11